diff options
| author | Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org> | 2003-07-16 05:34:56 +0000 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Gerald Carter <jerry@samba.org> | 2003-07-16 05:34:56 +0000 |
| commit | 4a090ba06a54f5da179ac02bb307cc03d08831bf (patch) | |
| tree | ed652ef36be7f16682c358816334f969a22f1c27 /docs/htmldocs | |
| parent | 95fe82670032a3a43571b46d7bbf2c26bc8cdcd9 (diff) | |
| download | samba-4a090ba06a54f5da179ac02bb307cc03d08831bf.tar.gz samba-4a090ba06a54f5da179ac02bb307cc03d08831bf.tar.bz2 samba-4a090ba06a54f5da179ac02bb307cc03d08831bf.zip | |
trying to get HEAD building again. If you want the code
prior to this merge, checkout HEAD_PRE_3_0_0_BETA_3_MERGE
(This used to be commit adb98e7b7cd0f025b52c570e4034eebf4047b1ad)
Diffstat (limited to 'docs/htmldocs')
56 files changed, 21602 insertions, 10490 deletions
diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide.html index cc12fe60f8..603c87d574 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-Developers-Guide.html @@ -1,5 +1,22 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>SAMBA Developers Guide</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Samba-Developers-Guide"></a>SAMBA Developers Guide</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">SAMBA Team</h3></div></div><hr></div><div class="dedication" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id2791718"></a>Abstract</h2></div></div><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>Last Update</em></span> : Mon Sep 30 15:23:53 CDT 2002 +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>SAMBA Developers Guide</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><meta name="description" content=" +Last Update : Fri Jun 6 00:45:54 CEST 2003 + +This book is a collection of documents that might be useful for +people developing samba or those interested in doing so. +It's nothing more than a collection of documents written by samba developers about +the internals of various parts of samba and the SMB protocol. It's still incomplete. +The most recent version of this document +can be found at http://devel.samba.org/. +Please send updates to Jelmer Vernooij. + +This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) +version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source +distribution. A copy can be found on-line at http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt +"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Samba-Developers-Guide"></a>SAMBA Developers Guide</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">SAMBA Team</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><p><b>Attributions. </b> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="#netbios" title="Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes">Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Luke Leighton</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#architecture" title="Chapter 2. Samba Architecture">Samba Architecture</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Dan Shearer</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#debug" title="Chapter 3. The samba DEBUG system">The samba DEBUG system</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Chris Hertel</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#CodingSuggestions" title="Chapter 4. Coding Suggestions">Coding Suggestions</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Steve French</p></li><li><p>Simo Sorce</p></li><li><p>Andrew Bartlett</p></li><li><p>Tim Potter</p></li><li><p>Martin Pool</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#internals" title="Chapter 5. Samba Internals">Samba Internals</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>David Chappell <<a href="mailto:David.Chappell@mail.trincoll.edu" target="_top">David.Chappell@mail.trincoll.edu</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#parsing" title="Chapter 6. The smb.conf file">The smb.conf file</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Chris Hertel</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#unix-smb" title="Chapter 7. NetBIOS in a Unix World">NetBIOS in a Unix World</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#tracing" title="Chapter 8. Tracing samba system calls">Tracing samba system calls</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#windows-debug" title="Chapter 9. Finding useful information on windows">Finding useful information on windows</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ntdomain" title="Chapter 10. NT Domain RPC's">NT Domain RPC's</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Luke Leighton <<a href="mailto:lkcl@switchboard.net" target="_top">lkcl@switchboard.net</a>></p></li><li><p>Paul Ashton <<a href="mailto:paul@argo.demon.co.uk" target="_top">paul@argo.demon.co.uk</a>></p></li><li><p>Duncan Stansfield <<a href="mailto:duncans@sco.com" target="_top">duncans@sco.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#printing" title="Chapter 11. Samba Printing Internals">Samba Printing Internals</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gerald Carter</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#wins" title="Chapter 12. Samba WINS Internals">Samba WINS Internals</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gerald Carter</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#sam" title="Chapter 13. The Upcoming SAM System">The Upcoming SAM System</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Bartlett</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#pwencrypt" title="Chapter 14. LanMan and NT Password Encryption">LanMan and NT Password Encryption</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">samba@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#modules" title="Chapter 15. Modules">Modules</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#rpc-plugin" title="Chapter 16. RPC Pluggable Modules">RPC Pluggable Modules</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Anthony Liguori <<a href="mailto:aliguor@us.ibm.com" target="_top">aliguor@us.ibm.com</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#vfs" title="Chapter 17. VFS Modules">VFS Modules</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Alexander Bokovoy <<a href="mailto:ab@samba.org" target="_top">ab@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Stefan Metzmacher <<a href="mailto:metze@metzemix.de" target="_top">metze@metzemix.de</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Packaging" title="Chapter 18. Notes to packagers">Notes to packagers</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#contributing" title="Chapter 19. Contributing code">Contributing code</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div><p> + + </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Last Update</em></span> : Fri Jun 6 00:45:54 CEST 2003 </p><p> This book is a collection of documents that might be useful for people developing samba or those interested in doing so. @@ -7,20 +24,20 @@ It's nothing more than a collection of documents written by samba developers abo the internals of various parts of samba and the SMB protocol. It's still incomplete. The most recent version of this document can be found at <a href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a>. -Please send updates to <a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">Jelmer Veenrooij</a>. +Please send updates to <a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">Jelmer Vernooij</a>. </p><p> This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source distribution. A copy can be found on-line at <a href="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt" target="_top">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt</a> -</p></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="#netbios">Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2791176">NETBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791260">BROADCAST NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791291">NBNS NetBIOS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#architecture">Samba Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2795118">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795170">Multithreading and Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790937">Threading smbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2843423">Threading nmbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791332">nbmd Design</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="#debug">The samba DEBUG system</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790677">New Output Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791433">The DEBUG() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791102">The DEBUGADD() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790705">The DEBUGLVL() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790812">New Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790819">dbgtext()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790839">dbghdr()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790862">format_debug_text()</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="#CodingSuggestions">Coding Suggestions</a></dt><dt>5. <a href="#internals">Samba Internals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2857490">Character Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2857515">The new functions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2857977">Macros in byteorder.h</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2857991">CVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858005">PVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858019">SCVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858032">SVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858048">IVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858062">SVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858077">IVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858091">SSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858106">SIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858120">SSVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858134">SIVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858149">RSVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858163">RIVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858177">RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858192">RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858208">LAN Manager Samba API</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2858243">Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858395">Return value</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858481">Code character table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#parsing">The smb.conf file</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2857849">Lexical Analysis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2857787">Handling of Whitespace</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858749">Handling of Line Continuation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858813">Line Continuation Quirks</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858913">Syntax</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2858982">About params.c</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#unix-smb">NetBIOS in a Unix World</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2858682">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858703">Usernames</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858620">File Ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858644">Passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859208">Locking</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859270">Deny Modes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859300">Trapdoor UIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859325">Port numbers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859371">Protocol Complexity</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#tracing">Tracing samba system calls</a></dt><dt>9. <a href="#ntdomain">NT Domain RPC's</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859563">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859980">Sources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860014">Credits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2860053">Notes and Structures</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2860060">Notes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860137">Enumerations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860350">Structures</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2863307">MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863320">MSRPC Pipes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863422">Header</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864296">Tail</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864342">RPC Bind / Bind Ack</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864522">NTLSA Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864687">LSA Open Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864813">LSA Query Info Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864921">LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865012">LSA Open Secret</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865122">LSA Close</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865188">LSA Lookup SIDS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865399">LSA Lookup Names</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865625">NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865786">LSA Request Challenge</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865921">LSA Authenticate 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866069">LSA Server Password Set</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866185">LSA SAM Logon</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866299">LSA SAM Logoff</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866391">\\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866408">Query for PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866670">SAM Logon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866996">SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867041">Net Share Enum</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867261">Net Server Get Info</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867378">Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867386">Definitions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867548">Protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867629">Comments</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867679">SIDs and RIDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867719">Well-known SIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868034">Well-known RIDS</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="#printing">Samba Printing Internals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859754">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859770"> +</p></div></div></div><div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="#netbios">Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2800515">NETBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2800602">BROADCAST NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2800633">NBNS NetBIOS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#architecture">Samba Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2797071">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797281">Multithreading and Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797319">Threading smbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797394">Threading nmbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797461">nbmd Design</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="#debug">The samba DEBUG system</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2796882">New Output Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797018">The DEBUG() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867347">The DEBUGADD() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867392">The DEBUGLVL() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867497">New Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867504">dbgtext()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867524">dbghdr()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867547">format_debug_text()</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="#CodingSuggestions">Coding Suggestions</a></dt><dt>5. <a href="#internals">Samba Internals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866920">Character Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866946">The new functions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868198">Macros in byteorder.h</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869122">CVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869136">PVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869150">SCVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869163">SVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869179">IVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869193">SVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869208">IVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869222">SSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869236">SIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869251">SSVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869265">SIVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869280">RSVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869294">RIVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869308">RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869323">RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869339">LAN Manager Samba API</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869375">Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869526">Return value</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869611">Code character table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#parsing">The smb.conf file</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868950">Lexical Analysis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869043">Handling of Whitespace</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869099">Handling of Line Continuation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870758">Line Continuation Quirks</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870856">Syntax</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870928">About params.c</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#unix-smb">NetBIOS in a Unix World</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870375">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870400">Usernames</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870628">File Ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870665">Passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870702">Locking</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871641">Deny Modes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871672">Trapdoor UIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871697">Port numbers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871742">Protocol Complexity</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#tracing">Tracing samba system calls</a></dt><dt>9. <a href="#windows-debug">Finding useful information on windows</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871397">Netlogon debugging output</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="#ntdomain">NT Domain RPC's</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872364">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873295">Sources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873330">Credits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873367">Notes and Structures</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873375">Notes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873451">Enumerations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873665">Structures</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876614">MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876627">MSRPC Pipes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876729">Header</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877600">Tail</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877647">RPC Bind / Bind Ack</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877826">NTLSA Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877991">LSA Open Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878118">LSA Query Info Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878223">LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878315">LSA Open Secret</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878424">LSA Close</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878490">LSA Lookup SIDS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878700">LSA Lookup Names</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878926">NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879087">LSA Request Challenge</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879222">LSA Authenticate 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879369">LSA Server Password Set</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879484">LSA SAM Logon</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879598">LSA SAM Logoff</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879689">\\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879701">Query for PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879969">SAM Logon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2880294">SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880339">Net Share Enum</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880558">Net Server Get Info</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2880674">Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880682">Definitions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880845">Protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880942">Comments</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2880991">SIDs and RIDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881031">Well-known SIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881346">Well-known RIDS</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#printing">Samba Printing Internals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890028">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890044"> Printing Interface to Various Back ends -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859712"> +</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890298"> Print Queue TDB's -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868639"> +</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890507"> ChangeID and Client Caching of Printer Information -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868653"> +</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890520"> Windows NT/2K Printer Change Notify -</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#wins">Samba WINS Internals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868400">WINS Failover</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#sam">The Upcoming SAM System</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869126">Security in the 'new SAM'</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869257">Standalone from UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869292">Handles and Races in the new SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869361">Layers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869368">Application</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869384">SAM Interface</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869412">SAM Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869434">SAM Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869441">Special Module: sam_passdb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869459">sam_ads</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869498">Memory Management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869589">Testing</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="#pwencrypt">LanMan and NT Password Encryption</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869092">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868961">How does it work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869678">The smbpasswd file</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#modules">Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870133">Advantages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869868">Loading modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869901">Static modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870337">Shared modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870365">Writing modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870425">Static/Shared selection in configure.in</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#rpc-plugin">RPC Pluggable Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869935">About</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869954">General Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#Packaging">Notes to packagers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870644">Versioning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870677">Modules</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="netbios"></a>Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Luke Leighton</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 June 1997</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2791176">NETBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791260">BROADCAST NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791291">NBNS NetBIOS</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2791176"></a>NETBIOS</h2></div></div><p> +</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#wins">Samba WINS Internals</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889988">WINS Failover</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="#sam">The Upcoming SAM System</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889789">Security in the 'new SAM'</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891316">Standalone from UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891349">Handles and Races in the new SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891418">Layers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891425">Application</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891441">SAM Interface</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891468">SAM Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891490">SAM Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891497">Special Module: sam_passdb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891516">sam_ads</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891555">Memory Management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891645">Testing</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#pwencrypt">LanMan and NT Password Encryption</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2892285">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892310">How does it work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891197">The smbpasswd file</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#modules">Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2892236">Advantages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893136">Loading modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893169">Static modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894111">Shared modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2894139">Writing modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2894200">Static/Shared selection in configure.in</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#rpc-plugin">RPC Pluggable Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2892904">About</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892923">General Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#vfs">VFS Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895215">The Samba (Posix) VFS layer</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895223">The general interface</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895338">Possible VFS operation layers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2895409">The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895418">Initialization and registration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895609">How the Modules handle per connection data</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2895852">Upgrading to the New VFS Interface</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895860">Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2896401">Some Notes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2896408">Implement TRANSPARENT functions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896432">Implement OPAQUE functions</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#Packaging">Notes to packagers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895009">Versioning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895042">Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#contributing">Contributing code</a></dt></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="netbios"></a>Chapter 1. Definition of NetBIOS Protocol and Name Resolution Modes</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Luke</span> <span class="surname">Leighton</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 June 1997</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2800515">NETBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2800602">BROADCAST NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2800633">NBNS NetBIOS</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2800515"></a>NETBIOS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> NetBIOS runs over the following tranports: TCP/IP; NetBEUI and IPX/SPX. Samba only uses NetBIOS over TCP/IP. For details on the TCP/IP NetBIOS Session Service NetBIOS Datagram Service, and NetBIOS Names, see @@ -61,7 +78,7 @@ NetBIOS names are either UNIQUE or GROUP. Only one application can claim a UNIQUE NetBIOS name on a network. </p><p> There are two kinds of NetBIOS Name resolution: Broadcast and Point-to-Point. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2791260"></a>BROADCAST NetBIOS</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2800602"></a>BROADCAST NetBIOS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Clients can claim names, and therefore offer services on successfully claimed names, on their broadcast-isolated subnet. One way to get NetBIOS services (such as browsing: see ftp.microsoft.com/drg/developr/CIFS/browdiff.txt; and @@ -73,7 +90,7 @@ find that some of your hosts spend 95 percent of their time dealing with broadcast traffic. [If you have IPX/SPX on your LAN or WAN, you will find that this is already happening: a packet analyzer will show, roughly every twelve minutes, great swathes of broadcast traffic!]. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2791291"></a>NBNS NetBIOS</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2800633"></a>NBNS NetBIOS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> rfc1001.txt describes, amongst other things, the implementation and use of, a 'NetBIOS Name Service'. NT/AS offers 'Windows Internet Name Service' which is fully rfc1001/2 compliant, but has had to take specific action @@ -114,7 +131,7 @@ WINS Clients therefore claim names from the WINS server. If the WINS server allows them to register a name, the client's NetBIOS session service can then offer services on this name. Other WINS clients will then contact the WINS server to resolve a NetBIOS name. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="architecture"></a>Chapter 2. Samba Architecture</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Dan Shearer</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> November 1997</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2795118">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795170">Multithreading and Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790937">Threading smbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2843423">Threading nmbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791332">nbmd Design</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2795118"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="architecture"></a>Chapter 2. Samba Architecture</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Dan</span> <span class="surname">Shearer</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> November 1997</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2797071">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797281">Multithreading and Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797319">Threading smbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797394">Threading nmbd</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797461">nbmd Design</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2797071"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This document gives a general overview of how Samba works internally. The Samba Team has tried to come up with a model which is the best possible compromise between elegance, portability, security @@ -125,7 +142,7 @@ It also tries to answer some of the frequently asked questions such as: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> Is Samba secure when running on Unix? The xyz platform? What about the root priveliges issue? -</p></li><li><p>Pros and cons of multithreading in various parts of Samba</p></li><li><p>Why not have a separate process for name resolution, WINS, and browsing?</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2795170"></a>Multithreading and Samba</h2></div></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>Pros and cons of multithreading in various parts of Samba</p></li><li><p>Why not have a separate process for name resolution, WINS, and browsing?</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2797281"></a>Multithreading and Samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> People sometimes tout threads as a uniformly good thing. They are very nice in their place but are quite inappropriate for smbd. nmbd is another matter, and multi-threading it would be very nice. @@ -142,7 +159,7 @@ smbd multi-threaded. Multi-threading would actually make Samba much slower, less scalable, less portable and much less robust. The fact that we use a separate process for each connection is one of Samba's biggest advantages. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790937"></a>Threading smbd</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2797319"></a>Threading smbd</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> A few problems that would arise from a threaded smbd are: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> It's not only to create threads instead of processes, but you @@ -167,7 +184,7 @@ A few problems that would arise from a threaded smbd are: </p></li><li><p> we couldn't use the system locking calls as the locking context of fcntl() is a process, not a thread. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2843423"></a>Threading nmbd</h2></div></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2797394"></a>Threading nmbd</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This would be ideal, but gets sunk by portability requirements. </p><p> Andrew tried to write a test threads library for nmbd that used only @@ -194,7 +211,7 @@ packet that arrives. Having a pool of processes is possible but is nasty to program cleanly due to the enormous amount of shared data (in complex structures) between the processes. We can't rely on each platform having a shared memory system. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2791332"></a>nbmd Design</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2797461"></a>nbmd Design</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Originally Andrew used recursion to simulate a multi-threaded environment, which use the stack enormously and made for really confusing debugging sessions. Luke Leighton rewrote it to use a @@ -215,7 +232,7 @@ keeps the idea of a distinct packet. See "struct packet_struct" in nameserv.h. It has all the detail but none of the on-the-wire mess. This makes it ideal for using in disk or memory-based databases for browsing and WINS support. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="debug"></a>Chapter 3. The samba DEBUG system</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Chris Hertel</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">July 1998</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2790677">New Output Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791433">The DEBUG() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2791102">The DEBUGADD() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790705">The DEBUGLVL() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790812">New Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790819">dbgtext()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790839">dbghdr()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790862">format_debug_text()</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790677"></a>New Output Syntax</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="debug"></a>Chapter 3. The samba DEBUG system</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Chris</span> <span class="surname">Hertel</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">July 1998</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2796882">New Output Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2797018">The DEBUG() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867347">The DEBUGADD() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867392">The DEBUGLVL() Macro</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867497">New Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867504">dbgtext()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867524">dbghdr()</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867547">format_debug_text()</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2796882"></a>New Output Syntax</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The syntax of a debugging log file is represented as: </p><pre class="programlisting"> >debugfile< :== { >debugmsg< } @@ -268,7 +285,7 @@ by a newline. Note that in the above example the function names are not listed on the header line. That's because the example above was generated on an SGI Indy, and the SGI compiler doesn't support the __FUNCTION__ macro. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2791433"></a>The DEBUG() Macro</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2797018"></a>The DEBUG() Macro</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Use of the DEBUG() macro is unchanged. DEBUG() takes two parameters. The first is the message level, the second is the body of a function call to the Debug1() function. @@ -319,7 +336,7 @@ would look like this: [1998/07/30 16:00:51, 0] file.c:function(261) . </pre><p>Which isn't much use. The format buffer kludge fixes this problem. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2791102"></a>The DEBUGADD() Macro</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867347"></a>The DEBUGADD() Macro</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> In addition to the kludgey solution to the broken line problem described above, there is a clean solution. The DEBUGADD() macro never generates a header. It will append new text to the current debug @@ -333,7 +350,7 @@ DEBUGADD() macro is the same as that of the DEBUG() macro. This is the first line. This is the second line. This is the third line. -</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790705"></a>The DEBUGLVL() Macro</h2></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867392"></a>The DEBUGLVL() Macro</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> One of the problems with the DEBUG() macro was that DEBUG() lines tended to get a bit long. Consider this example from nmbd_sendannounce.c: @@ -368,7 +385,7 @@ within the DEBUGLVL() block. </p></li><li><p> Processing that is only relevant to debug output can be contained within the DEBUGLVL() block. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790812"></a>New Functions</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2790819"></a>dbgtext()</h3></div></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867497"></a>New Functions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867504"></a>dbgtext()</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This function prints debug message text to the debug file (and possibly to syslog) via the format buffer. The function uses a variable argument list just like printf() or Debug1(). The @@ -377,7 +394,7 @@ and then passed to format_debug_text(). If you use DEBUGLVL() you will probably print the body of the message using dbgtext(). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2790839"></a>dbghdr()</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867524"></a>dbghdr()</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This is the function that writes a debug message header. Headers are not processed via the format buffer. Also note that if the format buffer is not empty, a call to dbghdr() will not @@ -385,7 +402,7 @@ produce any output. See the comments in dbghdr() for more info. </p><p> It is not likely that this function will be called directly. It is used by DEBUG() and DEBUGADD(). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2790862"></a>format_debug_text()</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867547"></a>format_debug_text()</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This is a static function in debug.c. It stores the output text for the body of the message in a buffer until it encounters a newline. When the newline character is found, the buffer is @@ -394,7 +411,7 @@ buffer is reset. This allows us to add the indentation at the beginning of each line of the message body, and also ensures that the output is written a line at a time (which cleans up syslog output). -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="CodingSuggestions"></a>Chapter 4. Coding Suggestions</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Steve French</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Simo Sorce</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Bartlett</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Tim Potter</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Martin Pool</h3></div></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="CodingSuggestions"></a>Chapter 4. Coding Suggestions</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Steve</span> <span class="surname">French</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Simo</span> <span class="surname">Sorce</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Bartlett</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Tim</span> <span class="surname">Potter</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Pool</span></h3></div></div></div><div></div></div><p> So you want to add code to Samba ... </p><p> One of the daunting tasks facing a programmer attempting to write code for @@ -405,8 +422,8 @@ document will attempt to document a few of the more important coding practices used at this time on the Samba project. The coding practices are expected to change slightly over time, and even to grow as more is learned about obscure portability considerations. Two existing documents -<tt>samba/source/internals.doc</tt> and -<tt>samba/source/architecture.doc</tt> provide +<tt class="filename">samba/source/internals.doc</tt> and +<tt class="filename">samba/source/architecture.doc</tt> provide additional information. </p><p> The loosely related question of coding style is very personal and this @@ -536,7 +553,7 @@ The suggestions above are simply that, suggestions, but the information may help in reducing the routine rework done on new code. The preceeding list is expected to change routinely as new support routines and macros are added. -</p></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="internals"></a>Chapter 5. Samba Internals</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Chappell</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:David.Chappell@mail.trincoll.edu">David.Chappell@mail.trincoll.edu</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 May 1996</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2857490">Character Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2857515">The new functions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2857977">Macros in byteorder.h</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2857991">CVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858005">PVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858019">SCVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858032">SVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858048">IVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858062">SVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858077">IVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858091">SSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858106">SIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858120">SSVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858134">SIVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858149">RSVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858163">RIVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858177">RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858192">RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858208">LAN Manager Samba API</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2858243">Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858395">Return value</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858481">Code character table</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2857490"></a>Character Handling</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="internals"></a>Chapter 5. Samba Internals</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Chappell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:David.Chappell@mail.trincoll.edu">David.Chappell@mail.trincoll.edu</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 May 1996</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2866920">Character Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866946">The new functions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868198">Macros in byteorder.h</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869122">CVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869136">PVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869150">SCVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869163">SVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869179">IVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869193">SVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869208">IVALS(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869222">SSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869236">SIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869251">SSVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869265">SIVALS(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869280">RSVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869294">RIVAL(buf,pos)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869308">RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869323">RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869339">LAN Manager Samba API</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869375">Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869526">Return value</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869611">Code character table</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866920"></a>Character Handling</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This section describes character set handling in Samba, as implemented in Samba 3.0 and above </p><p> @@ -546,7 +563,7 @@ strings to/from DOS codepages. The problem is that there was no way of telling if a particular char* is in dos codepage or unix codepage. This led to a nightmare of code that tried to cope with particular cases without handlingt the general case. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2857515"></a>The new functions</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866946"></a>The new functions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The new system works like this: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> all char* strings inside Samba are "unix" strings. These are @@ -608,28 +625,28 @@ The new system works like this: parameters is gone. </p></li><li><p> all vfs functions take unix strings. Don't convert when passing to them -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2857977"></a>Macros in byteorder.h</h2></div></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868198"></a>Macros in byteorder.h</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This section describes the macros defined in byteorder.h. These macros are used extensively in the Samba code. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2857991"></a>CVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869122"></a>CVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> returns the byte at offset pos within buffer buf as an unsigned character. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858005"></a>PVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p>returns the value of CVAL(buf,pos) cast to type unsigned integer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858019"></a>SCVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the byte at offset pos within buffer buf to value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858032"></a>SVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869136"></a>PVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>returns the value of CVAL(buf,pos) cast to type unsigned integer.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869150"></a>SCVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the byte at offset pos within buffer buf to value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869163"></a>SVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> returns the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) little-endian integer at offset pos within buffer buf. An integer of this type is sometimes refered to as "USHORT". -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858048"></a>IVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p>returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset -pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858062"></a>SVALS(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p>returns the value of the signed short (16 bit) little-endian integer at -offset pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858077"></a>IVALS(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p>returns the value of the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos -within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858091"></a>SSVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the unsigned short (16 bit) little-endian integer at offset pos within -buffer buf to value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858106"></a>SIVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos within buffer -buf to the value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858120"></a>SSVALS(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the short (16 bit) signed little-endian integer at offset pos within -buffer buf to the value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858134"></a>SIVALS(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos withing buffer -buf to the value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858149"></a>RSVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p>returns the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at -offset pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858163"></a>RIVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><p>returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset -pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858177"></a>RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869179"></a>IVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset +pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869193"></a>SVALS(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>returns the value of the signed short (16 bit) little-endian integer at +offset pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869208"></a>IVALS(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>returns the value of the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos +within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869222"></a>SSVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the unsigned short (16 bit) little-endian integer at offset pos within +buffer buf to value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869236"></a>SIVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the unsigned 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos within buffer +buf to the value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869251"></a>SSVALS(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the short (16 bit) signed little-endian integer at offset pos within +buffer buf to the value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869265"></a>SIVALS(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the signed 32 bit little-endian integer at offset pos withing buffer +buf to the value val.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869280"></a>RSVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>returns the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at +offset pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869294"></a>RIVAL(buf,pos)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>returns the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset +pos within buffer buf.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869308"></a>RSSVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the value of the unsigned short (16 bit) big-endian integer at offset pos within buffer buf to value val. -refered to as "USHORT".</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858192"></a>RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><p>sets the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset -pos within buffer buf to value val.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858208"></a>LAN Manager Samba API</h2></div></div><p> +refered to as "USHORT".</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869323"></a>RSIVAL(buf,pos,val)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>sets the value of the unsigned 32 bit big-endian integer at offset +pos within buffer buf to value val.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869339"></a>LAN Manager Samba API</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This section describes the functions need to make a LAN Manager RPC call. This information had been obtained by examining the Samba code and the LAN Manager 2.0 API documentation. It should not be considered entirely @@ -642,7 +659,7 @@ call_api(int prcnt, int drcnt, int mprcnt, int mdrcnt, </p><p> This function is defined in client.c. It uses an SMB transaction to call a remote api. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858243"></a>Parameters</h3></div></div><p>The parameters are as follows:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869375"></a>Parameters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The parameters are as follows:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> prcnt: the number of bytes of parameters begin sent. </p></li><li><p> drcnt: the number of bytes of data begin sent. @@ -687,7 +704,7 @@ substructures apply, this string is of zero length. </p></li></ol></div><p> The code in client.c always calls call_api() with no data. It is unclear when a non-zero length data buffer would be sent. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858395"></a>Return value</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869526"></a>Return value</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The returned parameters (pointed to by rparam), in their order of appearance are:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> An unsigned 16 bit integer which contains the API function's return code. @@ -718,7 +735,7 @@ fix_char_ptr() in client.c can be used for this purpose. The third parameter (which may be read as "SVAL(rparam,4)") has something to do with indicating the amount of data returned or possibly the amount of data which can be returned if enough buffer space is allowed. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858481"></a>Code character table</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869611"></a>Code character table</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Certain data structures are described by means of ASCIIz strings containing code characters. These are the code characters: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> @@ -741,7 +758,7 @@ r pointer to returned data buffer??? L length in bytes of returned data buffer??? </p></li><li><p> h number of bytes of information available??? -</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="parsing"></a>Chapter 6. The smb.conf file</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Chris Hertel</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">November 1997</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2857849">Lexical Analysis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2857787">Handling of Whitespace</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858749">Handling of Line Continuation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858813">Line Continuation Quirks</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858913">Syntax</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2858982">About params.c</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2857849"></a>Lexical Analysis</h2></div></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="parsing"></a>Chapter 6. The smb.conf file</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Chris</span> <span class="surname">Hertel</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">November 1997</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2868950">Lexical Analysis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869043">Handling of Whitespace</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869099">Handling of Line Continuation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870758">Line Continuation Quirks</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870856">Syntax</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870928">About params.c</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868950"></a>Lexical Analysis</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Basically, the file is processed on a line by line basis. There are four types of lines that are recognized by the lexical analyzer (params.c): @@ -768,7 +785,7 @@ ignores them. The latter two line types are scanned for These are the only tokens passed to the parameter loader (loadparm.c). Parameter names and values are divided from one another by an equal sign: '='. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2857787"></a>Handling of Whitespace</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869043"></a>Handling of Whitespace</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Whitespace is defined as all characters recognized by the isspace() function (see ctype(3C)) except for the newline character ('\n') The newline is excluded because it identifies the end of the line. @@ -783,7 +800,7 @@ the exception of carriage return characters ('\r'), all of which are removed. </p></li><li><p> Leading and trailing whitespace is removed from names and values. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858749"></a>Handling of Line Continuation</h3></div></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869099"></a>Handling of Line Continuation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Long section header and parameter lines may be extended across multiple lines by use of the backslash character ('\\'). Line continuation is ignored for blank and comment lines. @@ -806,7 +823,7 @@ line, plus the four preceeding the word 'with' in the second line. Line continuation characters are ignored on blank lines and at the end of comments. They are *only* recognized within section and parameter lines. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858813"></a>Line Continuation Quirks</h3></div></div><p>Note the following example:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870758"></a>Line Continuation Quirks</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Note the following example:</p><pre class="programlisting"> param name = parameter value string \ \ with line continuation. @@ -830,7 +847,7 @@ terminating character, and the rest of the line is ignored. The lines </pre><p>are read as</p><pre class="programlisting"> [section name] param name = value -</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858913"></a>Syntax</h2></div></div><p>The syntax of the smb.conf file is as follows:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870856"></a>Syntax</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The syntax of the smb.conf file is as follows:</p><pre class="programlisting"> <file> :== { <section> } EOF <section> :== <section header> { <parameter line> } <section header> :== '[' NAME ']' @@ -849,12 +866,12 @@ terminating character, and the rest of the line is ignored. The lines A parameter line is divided into a NAME and a VALUE. The *first* equal sign on the line separates the NAME from the VALUE. The VALUE is terminated by a newline character (NL = '\n'). -</p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858982"></a>About params.c</h3></div></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870928"></a>About params.c</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The parsing of the config file is a bit unusual if you are used to lex, yacc, bison, etc. Both lexical analysis (scanning) and parsing are performed by params.c. Values are loaded via callbacks to loadparm.c. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unix-smb"></a>Chapter 7. NetBIOS in a Unix World</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 1995</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2858682">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858703">Usernames</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858620">File Ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858644">Passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859208">Locking</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859270">Deny Modes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859300">Trapdoor UIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859325">Port numbers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859371">Protocol Complexity</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858682"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unix-smb"></a>Chapter 7. NetBIOS in a Unix World</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 1995</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2870375">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870400">Usernames</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870628">File Ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870665">Passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870702">Locking</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871641">Deny Modes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871672">Trapdoor UIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871697">Port numbers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871742">Protocol Complexity</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870375"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This is a short document that describes some of the issues that confront a SMB implementation on unix, and how Samba copes with them. They may help people who are looking at unix<->PC @@ -862,7 +879,7 @@ interoperability. </p><p> It was written to help out a person who was writing a paper on unix to PC connectivity. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858703"></a>Usernames</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870400"></a>Usernames</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The SMB protocol has only a loose username concept. Early SMB protocols (such as CORE and COREPLUS) have no username concept at all. Even in later protocols clients often attempt operations @@ -899,7 +916,7 @@ in the vast majority of cases. The methods include username maps, the service%user syntax, the saving of session setup usernames for later validation and the derivation of the username from the service name (either directly or via the user= option). -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858620"></a>File Ownership</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870628"></a>File Ownership</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The commonly used SMB protocols have no way of saying "you can't do that because you don't own the file". They have, in fact, no concept of file ownership at all. @@ -917,7 +934,7 @@ file time comparisons right. There are several possible solutions to this problem, including username mapping, and forcing a specific username for particular shares. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858644"></a>Passwords</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870665"></a>Passwords</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Many SMB clients uppercase passwords before sending them. I have no idea why they do this. Interestingly WfWg uppercases the password only if the server is running a protocol greater than COREPLUS, so @@ -939,7 +956,7 @@ This means that it is *VERY* important to ensure that the Samba smbpasswd file containing these password hashes is only readable by the root user. See the documentation ENCRYPTION.txt for more details. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859208"></a>Locking</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870702"></a>Locking</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Since samba 2.2, samba supports other types of locking as well. This section is outdated. </p><p> @@ -970,7 +987,7 @@ asking the server to notify it if anyone else tries to do something on the same file, at which time the client will say if it is willing to give up its lock. Unix has no simple way of implementing opportunistic locking, and currently Samba has no support for it. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859270"></a>Deny Modes</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871641"></a>Deny Modes</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> When a SMB client opens a file it asks for a particular "deny mode" to be placed on the file. These modes (DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE, DENY_ALL, DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS) specify what actions should be @@ -984,7 +1001,7 @@ directory or a shared memory implementation. The lock file method is clumsy and consumes processing and file resources, the shared memory implementation is vastly prefered and is turned on by default for those systems that support it. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859300"></a>Trapdoor UIDs</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871672"></a>Trapdoor UIDs</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> A SMB session can run with several uids on the one socket. This happens when a user connects to two shares with different usernames. To cope with this the unix server needs to switch uids @@ -994,7 +1011,7 @@ a single uid. </p><p> Note that you can also get the "trapdoor uid" message for other reasons. Please see the FAQ for details. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859325"></a>Port numbers</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871697"></a>Port numbers</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There is a convention that clients on sockets use high "unprivilaged" port numbers (>1000) and connect to servers on low "privilaged" port numbers. This is enforced in Unix as non-root users can't open a @@ -1017,7 +1034,7 @@ to any of these OSes unless they are running as root. The answer comes back, but it goes to port 137 which the unix user can't listen on. Interestingly WinNT3.1 got this right - it sends node status responses back to the source port in the request. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859371"></a>Protocol Complexity</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871742"></a>Protocol Complexity</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are many "protocol levels" in the SMB protocol. It seems that each time new functionality was added to a Microsoft operating system, they added the equivalent functions in a new protocol level of the SMB @@ -1055,7 +1072,7 @@ published new specifications. These are far superior to the old X/Open documents but there are still undocumented calls and features. This specification is actively being worked on by a CIFS developers mailing list hosted by Microsft. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="tracing"></a>Chapter 8. Tracing samba system calls</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="tracing"></a>Chapter 8. Tracing samba system calls</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file describes how to do a system call trace on Samba to work out what its doing wrong. This is not for the faint of heart, but if you are reading this then you are probably desperate. @@ -1081,8 +1098,8 @@ strace as strace is the only portable system tracer (its available for free for many unix types) and its also got some of the nicest features. </p><p> -Next, try using strace on some simple commands. For example, <b>strace -ls</b> or <b>strace echo hello</b>. +Next, try using strace on some simple commands. For example, <b class="command">strace +ls</b> or <b class="command">strace echo hello</b>. </p><p> You'll notice that it produces a LOT of output. It is showing you the arguments to every system call that the program makes and the @@ -1091,7 +1108,7 @@ get lots of output. You'll also find that it produces a lot of "preamble" stuff showing the loading of shared libraries etc. Ignore this (unless its going wrong!) </p><p> -For example, the only line that really matters in the <b>strace echo +For example, the only line that really matters in the <b class="command">strace echo hello</b> output is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> write(1, "hello\n", 6) = 6 @@ -1100,10 +1117,10 @@ Ok, now you're familiar with strace. To use it on Samba you need to strace the running smbd daemon. The way I tend ot use it is to first login from my Windows PC to the Samba server, then use smbstatus to find which process ID that client is attached to, then as root I do -<b>strace -p PID</b> to attach to that process. I normally redirect the +<b class="command">strace -p PID</b> to attach to that process. I normally redirect the stderr output from this command to a file for later perusal. For example, if I'm using a csh style shell: -</p><p><b>strace -f -p 3872 >& strace.out</b></p><p>or with a sh style shell:</p><p><b>strace -f -p 3872 > strace.out 2>&1</b></p><p> +</p><p><b class="command">strace -f -p 3872 >& strace.out</b></p><p>or with a sh style shell:</p><p><b class="command">strace -f -p 3872 > strace.out 2>&1</b></p><p> Note the "-f" option. This is only available on some systems, and allows you to trace not just the current process, but any children it forks. This is great for finding printing problems caused by the @@ -1122,16 +1139,16 @@ numbers and "follow" what happens to an open file until it is closed. </p><p> Beyond this you will have to use your initiative. To give you an idea of what you are looking for here is a piece of strace output that -shows that <tt>/dev/null</tt> is not world writeable, which +shows that <tt class="filename">/dev/null</tt> is not world writeable, which causes printing to fail with Samba: </p><pre class="programlisting"> [pid 28268] open("/dev/null", O_RDWR) = -1 EACCES (Permission denied) [pid 28268] open("/dev/null", O_WRONLY) = -1 EACCES (Permission denied) </pre><p> -The process is trying to first open <tt>/dev/null</tt> read-write -then read-only. Both fail. This means <tt>/dev/null</tt> has +The process is trying to first open <tt class="filename">/dev/null</tt> read-write +then read-only. Both fail. This means <tt class="filename">/dev/null</tt> has incorrect permissions. -</p></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ntdomain"></a>Chapter 9. NT Domain RPC's</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Luke Leighton</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:lkcl@switchboard.net">lkcl@switchboard.net</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Paul Ashton</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:paul@argo.demon.co.uk">paul@argo.demon.co.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Duncan Stansfield</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:duncans@sco.com">duncans@sco.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">01 November 97(version 0.0.24)</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2859563">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859980">Sources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860014">Credits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2860053">Notes and Structures</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2860060">Notes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860137">Enumerations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860350">Structures</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2863307">MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863320">MSRPC Pipes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863422">Header</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864296">Tail</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864342">RPC Bind / Bind Ack</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864522">NTLSA Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864687">LSA Open Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864813">LSA Query Info Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864921">LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865012">LSA Open Secret</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865122">LSA Close</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865188">LSA Lookup SIDS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865399">LSA Lookup Names</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865625">NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865786">LSA Request Challenge</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865921">LSA Authenticate 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866069">LSA Server Password Set</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866185">LSA SAM Logon</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866299">LSA SAM Logoff</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866391">\\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866408">Query for PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866670">SAM Logon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866996">SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867041">Net Share Enum</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867261">Net Server Get Info</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867378">Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867386">Definitions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867548">Protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867629">Comments</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867679">SIDs and RIDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867719">Well-known SIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868034">Well-known RIDS</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859563"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="windows-debug"></a>Chapter 9. Finding useful information on windows</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2871397">Netlogon debugging output</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871397"></a>Netlogon debugging output</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>stop netlogon service on PDC</p></li><li><p>rename original netlogon.dll to netlogon.dll.original</p></li><li><p>copy checked version of netlogon.dll to system32 directory</p></li><li><p>set HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters\DBFlag to 0x20000004</p></li><li><p>start netlogon service on PDC</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ntdomain"></a>Chapter 10. NT Domain RPC's</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Luke</span> <span class="surname">Leighton</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:lkcl@switchboard.net">lkcl@switchboard.net</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Paul</span> <span class="surname">Ashton</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:paul@argo.demon.co.uk">paul@argo.demon.co.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Duncan</span> <span class="surname">Stansfield</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:duncans@sco.com">duncans@sco.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">01 November 97(version 0.0.24)</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2872364">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873295">Sources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873330">Credits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873367">Notes and Structures</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873375">Notes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873451">Enumerations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873665">Structures</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876614">MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876627">MSRPC Pipes</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876729">Header</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877600">Tail</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877647">RPC Bind / Bind Ack</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877826">NTLSA Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877991">LSA Open Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878118">LSA Query Info Policy</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878223">LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878315">LSA Open Secret</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878424">LSA Close</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878490">LSA Lookup SIDS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878700">LSA Lookup Names</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878926">NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879087">LSA Request Challenge</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879222">LSA Authenticate 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879369">LSA Server Password Set</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879484">LSA SAM Logon</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879598">LSA SAM Logoff</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879689">\\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879701">Query for PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879969">SAM Logon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2880294">SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880339">Net Share Enum</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880558">Net Server Get Info</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2880674">Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880682">Definitions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880845">Protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880942">Comments</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2880991">SIDs and RIDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881031">Well-known SIDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881346">Well-known RIDS</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872364"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This document contains information to provide an NT workstation with login services, without the need for an NT server. It is the sgml version of <a href="http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/cifsntdomain.txt" target="_top">http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/cifsntdomain.txt</a>, controlled by Luke. </p><p> @@ -1162,7 +1179,7 @@ of this protocol is available from: Also used to provide debugging information is the Check Build version of NT workstation, and enabling full debugging in NETLOGON. This is achieved by setting the following REG_SZ registry key to 0x1ffffff: -</p><p><tt>HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters</tt></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Incorrect direct editing of the registry can cause your +</p><p><tt class="filename">HKLM\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\Netlogon\Parameters</tt></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Incorrect direct editing of the registry can cause your machine to fail. Then again, so can incorrect implementation of this protocol. See "Liability:" above.</em></span></p><p> Bear in mind that each packet over-the-wire will have its origin in an @@ -1177,7 +1194,7 @@ Failure to return this error code will make the workstation report that it is already a member of the domain.</p></li><li><p>the cryptographic side of the NetrServerPasswordSet command, which would allow the workstation to change its password. This password is used to generate the long-term session key. [It is possible to reject this -command, and keep the default workstation password].</p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859980"></a>Sources</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>cket Traces from Netmonitor (Service Pack 1 and above)</td></tr><tr><td>ul Ashton and Luke Leighton's other "NT Domain" doc.</td></tr><tr><td>FS documentation - cifs6.txt</td></tr><tr><td>FS documentation - cifsrap2.txt</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860014"></a>Credits</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Paul Ashton: loads of work with Net Monitor; understanding the NT authentication system; reference implementation of the NT domain support on which this document is originally based.</td></tr><tr><td>Duncan Stansfield: low-level analysis of MSRPC Pipes.</td></tr><tr><td>Linus Nordberg: producing c-code from Paul's crypto spec.</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Sourcer development team</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860053"></a>Notes and Structures</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860060"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +command, and keep the default workstation password].</p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873295"></a>Sources</h3></div></div><div></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>cket Traces from Netmonitor (Service Pack 1 and above)</td></tr><tr><td>ul Ashton and Luke Leighton's other "NT Domain" doc.</td></tr><tr><td>FS documentation - cifs6.txt</td></tr><tr><td>FS documentation - cifsrap2.txt</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873330"></a>Credits</h3></div></div><div></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Paul Ashton: loads of work with Net Monitor; understanding the NT authentication system; reference implementation of the NT domain support on which this document is originally based.</td></tr><tr><td>Duncan Stansfield: low-level analysis of MSRPC Pipes.</td></tr><tr><td>Linus Nordberg: producing c-code from Paul's crypto spec.</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Sourcer development team</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873367"></a>Notes and Structures</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873375"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> In the SMB Transact pipes, some "Structures", described here, appear to be 4-byte aligned with the SMB header, at their start. Exactly which "Structures" need aligning is not precisely known or documented. @@ -1205,18 +1222,18 @@ into or taken out of the SMB data stream. if the count is non-zero, then the pointer is also non-zero. immediately following the pointer is the count again, followed by an array of container sub-structures. the count appears a third time after the last sub-structure. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860137"></a>Enumerations</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860144"></a>MSRPC Header type</h4></div></div><p>command number in the msrpc packet header</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_Request:</span></dt><dd><p>0x00</p></dd><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_Response:</span></dt><dd><p>0x02</p></dd><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_Bind:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0B</p></dd><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_BindAck:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0C</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860218"></a>MSRPC Packet info</h4></div></div><p>The meaning of these flags is undocumented</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">FirstFrag:</span></dt><dd><p>0x01 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">LastFrag:</span></dt><dd><p>0x02 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NotaFrag:</span></dt><dd><p>0x04 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">RecRespond:</span></dt><dd><p>0x08 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NoMultiplex:</span></dt><dd><p>0x10 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NotForIdemp:</span></dt><dd><p>0x20 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NotforBcast:</span></dt><dd><p>0x40 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NoUuid:</span></dt><dd><p>0x80 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860350"></a>Structures</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860357"></a>VOID *</h4></div></div><p>sizeof VOID* is 32 bits.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860368"></a>char</h4></div></div><p>sizeof char is 8 bits.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860380"></a>UTIME</h4></div></div><p>UTIME is 32 bits, indicating time in seconds since 01jan1970. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860393"></a>NTTIME</h4></div></div><p>NTTIME is 64 bits. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860405"></a>DOM_SID (domain SID structure)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num of sub-authorities in domain SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8</span></dt><dd><p>SID revision number</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8</span></dt><dd><p>num of sub-authorities in domain SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[6]</span></dt><dd><p>6 bytes for domain SID - Identifier Authority.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16[n_subauths]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID sub-authorities</p></dd></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the domain SID is documented elsewhere.</em></span> -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860499"></a>STR (string)</h4></div></div><p>STR (string) is a char[] : a null-terminated string of ascii characters.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860513"></a>UNIHDR (unicode string header) </h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>max length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>4 - undocumented.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860569"></a>UNIHDR2 (unicode string header plus buffer pointer)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860611"></a>UNISTR (unicode string)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16[]</span></dt><dd><p>null-terminated string of unicode characters.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860639"></a>NAME (length-indicated unicode string)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16[]</span></dt><dd><p>null-terminated string of unicode characters.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860682"></a>UNISTR2 (aligned unicode string)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>max length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16[]</span></dt><dd><p>string of uncode characters</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860768"></a>OBJ_ATTR (object attributes)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0x18 - length (in bytes) including the length field.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>0 - root directory (pointer)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>0 - object name (pointer)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - attributes (undocumented)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>0 - security descriptior (pointer)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - security quality of service</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860861"></a>POL_HND (LSA policy handle)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[20]</span></dt><dd><p>policy handle</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860889"></a>DOM_SID2 (domain SID structure, SIDS stored in unicode)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - SID type</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID unicode string</p></dd></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: there is a conflict between the unicode string header and the unicode string itself as to which to use to indicate string length. this will need to be resolved.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the SID type indicates, for example, an alias; a well-known group etc. this is documented somewhere.</em></span></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860976"></a>DOM_RID (domain RID structure)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - well-known SID. 1 - user SID (see ShowACLs)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>domain RID </p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - domain index out of above reference domains</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861045"></a>LOG_INFO (server, account, client structure)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: account name is the logon client name from the LSA Request Challenge, with a $ on the end of it, in upper case.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>account name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>sec_chan - security channel type</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon client machine unicode string</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861145"></a>CLNT_SRV (server, client names structure)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon client machine unicode string</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861223"></a>CREDS (credentials + time stamp)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>credentials</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UTIME</span></dt><dd><p>time stamp</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861264"></a>CLNT_INFO2 (server, client structure, client credentials)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will beused in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to - maintain an authenticated request/response trail.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CLNT_SRV</span></dt><dd><p>client and server names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>???? padding, for 4-byte alignment with SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to client credentials.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>client-calculated credentials + client time</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861347"></a>CLNT_INFO (server, account, client structure, client credentials)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will be used in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to maintain an authenticated request/response trail.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LOG_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>logon account info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>client-calculated credentials + client time</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861400"></a>ID_INFO_1 (id info structure, auth level 1)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>ptr_id_info_1</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>param control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT64</span></dt><dd><p>logon ID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>user name unicode header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>workgroup name unicode header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>arc4 LM OWF Password</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>arc4 NT OWF Password</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>user name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>workstation name unicode string</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861570"></a>SAM_INFO (sam logon/logoff id info structure)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: presumably, the return credentials is supposedly for the server to verify that the credential chain hasn't been compromised.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CLNT_INFO2</span></dt><dd><p>client identification/authentication info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to return credentials.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CRED</span></dt><dd><p>return credentials - ignored.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>logon level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>switch value</p></dd></dl></div><pre class="programlisting"> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873451"></a>Enumerations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873459"></a>MSRPC Header type</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>command number in the msrpc packet header</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_Request:</span></dt><dd><p>0x00</p></dd><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_Response:</span></dt><dd><p>0x02</p></dd><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_Bind:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0B</p></dd><dt><span class="term">MSRPC_BindAck:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0C</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873534"></a>MSRPC Packet info</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>The meaning of these flags is undocumented</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">FirstFrag:</span></dt><dd><p>0x01 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">LastFrag:</span></dt><dd><p>0x02 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NotaFrag:</span></dt><dd><p>0x04 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">RecRespond:</span></dt><dd><p>0x08 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NoMultiplex:</span></dt><dd><p>0x10 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NotForIdemp:</span></dt><dd><p>0x20 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NotforBcast:</span></dt><dd><p>0x40 </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NoUuid:</span></dt><dd><p>0x80 </p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873665"></a>Structures</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873672"></a>VOID *</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>sizeof VOID* is 32 bits.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873683"></a>char</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>sizeof char is 8 bits.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873695"></a>UTIME</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>UTIME is 32 bits, indicating time in seconds since 01jan1970. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873708"></a>NTTIME</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>NTTIME is 64 bits. documented in cifs6.txt (section 3.5 page, page 30).</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873720"></a>DOM_SID (domain SID structure)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num of sub-authorities in domain SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8</span></dt><dd><p>SID revision number</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8</span></dt><dd><p>num of sub-authorities in domain SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[6]</span></dt><dd><p>6 bytes for domain SID - Identifier Authority.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16[n_subauths]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID sub-authorities</p></dd></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the domain SID is documented elsewhere.</em></span> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873813"></a>STR (string)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>STR (string) is a char[] : a null-terminated string of ascii characters.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873827"></a>UNIHDR (unicode string header) </h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>max length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>4 - undocumented.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873883"></a>UNIHDR2 (unicode string header plus buffer pointer)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873925"></a>UNISTR (unicode string)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16[]</span></dt><dd><p>null-terminated string of unicode characters.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873953"></a>NAME (length-indicated unicode string)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16[]</span></dt><dd><p>null-terminated string of unicode characters.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2873995"></a>UNISTR2 (aligned unicode string)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>max length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>length of unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16[]</span></dt><dd><p>string of uncode characters</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874081"></a>OBJ_ATTR (object attributes)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0x18 - length (in bytes) including the length field.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>0 - root directory (pointer)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>0 - object name (pointer)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - attributes (undocumented)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>0 - security descriptior (pointer)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - security quality of service</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874174"></a>POL_HND (LSA policy handle)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[20]</span></dt><dd><p>policy handle</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874201"></a>DOM_SID2 (domain SID structure, SIDS stored in unicode)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - SID type</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID unicode string</p></dd></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: there is a conflict between the unicode string header and the unicode string itself as to which to use to indicate string length. this will need to be resolved.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the SID type indicates, for example, an alias; a well-known group etc. this is documented somewhere.</em></span></p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874288"></a>DOM_RID (domain RID structure)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - well-known SID. 1 - user SID (see ShowACLs)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>domain RID </p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - domain index out of above reference domains</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874358"></a>LOG_INFO (server, account, client structure)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: account name is the logon client name from the LSA Request Challenge, with a $ on the end of it, in upper case.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>account name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>sec_chan - security channel type</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon client machine unicode string</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874457"></a>CLNT_SRV (server, client names structure)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon client machine unicode string</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874535"></a>CREDS (credentials + time stamp)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>credentials</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UTIME</span></dt><dd><p>time stamp</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874576"></a>CLNT_INFO2 (server, client structure, client credentials)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will beused in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to + maintain an authenticated request/response trail.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CLNT_SRV</span></dt><dd><p>client and server names</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>???? padding, for 4-byte alignment with SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to client credentials.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>client-calculated credentials + client time</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874658"></a>CLNT_INFO (server, account, client structure, client credentials)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: whenever this structure appears in a request, you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received, because they will be used in subsequent credential checks. the presumed intention is to maintain an authenticated request/response trail.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LOG_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>logon account info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>client-calculated credentials + client time</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874711"></a>ID_INFO_1 (id info structure, auth level 1)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>ptr_id_info_1</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>param control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT64</span></dt><dd><p>logon ID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>user name unicode header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>workgroup name unicode header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>arc4 LM OWF Password</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>arc4 NT OWF Password</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>user name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>workstation name unicode string</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874881"></a>SAM_INFO (sam logon/logoff id info structure)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: presumably, the return credentials is supposedly for the server to verify that the credential chain hasn't been compromised.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CLNT_INFO2</span></dt><dd><p>client identification/authentication info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to return credentials.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CRED</span></dt><dd><p>return credentials - ignored.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>logon level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>switch value</p></dd></dl></div><pre class="programlisting"> switch (switch_value) case 1: { ID_INFO_1 id_info_1; } -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861675"></a>GID (group id info)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>group id</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>user attributes (only used by NT 3.1 and 3.51)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861713"></a>DOM_REF (domain reference info)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num referenced domains?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name buffer pointer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>32 - max number of entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>4 - num referenced domains?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR2[num_ref_doms-1]</span></dt><dd><p>referenced domain unicode string headers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID[num_ref_doms]</span></dt><dd><p>referenced domain SIDs</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861857"></a>DOM_INFO (domain info, levels 3 and 5 are the same))</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>??? padding to get 4-byte alignment with start of SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>domain name string length * 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>domain name string length * 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name string buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain SID string buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain name (unicode string)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2861970"></a>USER_INFO (user logon info)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: it would be nice to know what the 16 byte user session key is for.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>logon time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>logoff time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>kickoff time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>password last set time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>password can change time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>password must change time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>username unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>user's full name unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>logon script unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>profile path unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>home directory unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>home directory drive unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>logon count</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>bad password count</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>User ID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>Group ID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer to groups.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>user flags</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>user session key</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>logon domain unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented logon domain id pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[40]</span></dt><dd><p>40 undocumented padding bytes. future expansion?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - num_other_sids?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>NULL - undocumented pointer to other domain SIDs.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>username unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>user's full name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon script unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>profile path unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>home directory unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>home directory drive unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">GID[num_groups]</span></dt><dd><p>group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon domain unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID[num_sids]</span></dt><dd><p>other domain SIDs?</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2862534"></a>SH_INFO_1_PTR (pointers to level 1 share info strings)</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: see cifsrap2.txt section5, page 10.</em></span></p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>0 for shi1_type indicates a Disk.</td></tr><tr><td>1 for shi1_type indicates a Print Queue.</td></tr><tr><td>2 for shi1_type indicates a Device.</td></tr><tr><td>3 for shi1_type indicates an IPC pipe.</td></tr><tr><td>0x8000 0000 (top bit set in shi1_type) indicates a hidden share.</td></tr></table><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_netname - pointer to net name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_type - type of share. 0 - undocumented.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_remark - pointer to comment.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2862629"></a>SH_INFO_1_STR (level 1 share info strings)</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_netname - unicode string of net name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_remark - unicode string of comment.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2862671"></a>SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</h4></div></div><p>share container with 0 entries:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - Buffer</p></dd></dl></div><p>share container with > 0 entries:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>non-zero - Buffer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SH_INFO_1_PTR[EntriesRead]</span></dt><dd><p>share entry pointers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SH_INFO_1_STR[EntriesRead]</span></dt><dd><p>share entry strings</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - padding</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2862841"></a>SERVER_INFO_101</h4></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: see cifs6.txt section 6.4 - the fields described therein will be of assistance here. for example, the type listed below is the same as fServerType, which is described in 6.4.1. </em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_WORKSTATION</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000001 All workstations</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000002 All servers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_SQLSERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000004 Any server running with SQL server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_CTRL</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000008 Primary domain controller</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_BAKCTRL</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000010 Backup domain controller</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_TIME_SOURCE</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000020 Server running the timesource service</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_AFP</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000040 Apple File Protocol servers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_NOVELL</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000080 Novell servers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MEMBER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000100 Domain Member</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_PRINTQ_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000200 Server sharing print queue</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DIALIN_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000400 Server running dialin service.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_XENIX_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000800 Xenix server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_NT</span></dt><dd><p>0x00001000 NT server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_WFW</span></dt><dd><p>0x00002000 Server running Windows for </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_SERVER_NT</span></dt><dd><p>0x00008000 Windows NT non DC server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_POTENTIAL_BROWSER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00010000 Server that can run the browser service</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_BACKUP_BROWSER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00020000 Backup browser server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_MASTER_BROWSER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00040000 Master browser server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MASTER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00080000 Domain Master Browser server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_LOCAL_LIST_ONLY</span></dt><dd><p>0x40000000 Enumerate only entries marked "local"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_ENUM</span></dt><dd><p>0x80000000 Enumerate Domains. The pszServer and pszDomain parameters must be NULL.</p></dd></dl></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>500 - platform_id</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - major version</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>4 - minor version</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>type (SV_TYPE_... bit field)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>sv101_name - unicode string of server name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>sv_101_comment - unicode string of server comment.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863307"></a>MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe</h2></div></div><p>For details on the SMB Transact Named Pipe, see cifs6.txt</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2863320"></a>MSRPC Pipes</h3></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874984"></a>GID (group id info)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>group id</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>user attributes (only used by NT 3.1 and 3.51)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875023"></a>DOM_REF (domain reference info)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num referenced domains?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name buffer pointer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>32 - max number of entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>4 - num referenced domains?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR2[num_ref_doms-1]</span></dt><dd><p>referenced domain unicode string headers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID[num_ref_doms]</span></dt><dd><p>referenced domain SIDs</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875166"></a>DOM_INFO (domain info, levels 3 and 5 are the same))</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>??? padding to get 4-byte alignment with start of SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>domain name string length * 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>domain name string length * 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name string buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain SID string buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>domain name (unicode string)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875279"></a>USER_INFO (user logon info)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: it would be nice to know what the 16 byte user session key is for.</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>logon time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>logoff time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>kickoff time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>password last set time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>password can change time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NTTIME</span></dt><dd><p>password must change time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>username unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>user's full name unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>logon script unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>profile path unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>home directory unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>home directory drive unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>logon count</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>bad password count</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>User ID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>Group ID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer to groups.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>user flags</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>user session key</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNIHDR</span></dt><dd><p>logon domain unicode string header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented logon domain id pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[40]</span></dt><dd><p>40 undocumented padding bytes. future expansion?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - num_other_sids?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>NULL - undocumented pointer to other domain SIDs.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>username unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>user's full name unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon script unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>profile path unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>home directory unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>home directory drive unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num groups</p></dd><dt><span class="term">GID[num_groups]</span></dt><dd><p>group info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon domain unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID[num_sids]</span></dt><dd><p>other domain SIDs?</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875843"></a>SH_INFO_1_PTR (pointers to level 1 share info strings)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: see cifsrap2.txt section5, page 10.</em></span></p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>0 for shi1_type indicates a Disk.</td></tr><tr><td>1 for shi1_type indicates a Print Queue.</td></tr><tr><td>2 for shi1_type indicates a Device.</td></tr><tr><td>3 for shi1_type indicates an IPC pipe.</td></tr><tr><td>0x8000 0000 (top bit set in shi1_type) indicates a hidden share.</td></tr></table><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_netname - pointer to net name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_type - type of share. 0 - undocumented.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_remark - pointer to comment.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875937"></a>SH_INFO_1_STR (level 1 share info strings)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_netname - unicode string of net name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>shi1_remark - unicode string of comment.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875980"></a>SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>share container with 0 entries:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - Buffer</p></dd></dl></div><p>share container with > 0 entries:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>non-zero - Buffer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SH_INFO_1_PTR[EntriesRead]</span></dt><dd><p>share entry pointers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SH_INFO_1_STR[EntriesRead]</span></dt><dd><p>share entry strings</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>EntriesRead</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - padding</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876149"></a>SERVER_INFO_101</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: see cifs6.txt section 6.4 - the fields described therein will be of assistance here. for example, the type listed below is the same as fServerType, which is described in 6.4.1. </em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_WORKSTATION</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000001 All workstations</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000002 All servers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_SQLSERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000004 Any server running with SQL server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_CTRL</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000008 Primary domain controller</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_BAKCTRL</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000010 Backup domain controller</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_TIME_SOURCE</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000020 Server running the timesource service</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_AFP</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000040 Apple File Protocol servers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_NOVELL</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000080 Novell servers</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MEMBER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000100 Domain Member</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_PRINTQ_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000200 Server sharing print queue</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DIALIN_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000400 Server running dialin service.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_XENIX_SERVER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00000800 Xenix server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_NT</span></dt><dd><p>0x00001000 NT server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_WFW</span></dt><dd><p>0x00002000 Server running Windows for </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_SERVER_NT</span></dt><dd><p>0x00008000 Windows NT non DC server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_POTENTIAL_BROWSER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00010000 Server that can run the browser service</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_BACKUP_BROWSER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00020000 Backup browser server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_MASTER_BROWSER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00040000 Master browser server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_MASTER</span></dt><dd><p>0x00080000 Domain Master Browser server</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_LOCAL_LIST_ONLY</span></dt><dd><p>0x40000000 Enumerate only entries marked "local"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SV_TYPE_DOMAIN_ENUM</span></dt><dd><p>0x80000000 Enumerate Domains. The pszServer and pszDomain parameters must be NULL.</p></dd></dl></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>500 - platform_id</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>5 - major version</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>4 - minor version</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>type (SV_TYPE_... bit field)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>sv101_name - unicode string of server name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>sv_101_comment - unicode string of server comment.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with start of the SMB header.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876614"></a>MSRPC over Transact Named Pipe</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>For details on the SMB Transact Named Pipe, see cifs6.txt</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876627"></a>MSRPC Pipes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The MSRPC is conducted over an SMB Transact Pipe with a name of -<tt>\PIPE\</tt>. You must first obtain a 16 bit file handle, by -sending a SMBopenX with the pipe name <tt>\PIPE\srvsvc</tt> for +<tt class="filename">\PIPE\</tt>. You must first obtain a 16 bit file handle, by +sending a SMBopenX with the pipe name <tt class="filename">\PIPE\srvsvc</tt> for example. You can then perform an SMB Trans, and must carry out an SMBclose on the file handle once you are finished. </p><p> @@ -1254,11 +1271,11 @@ listed below:</p><pre class="programlisting"> initial SMBopenX request: RPC API command 0x26 params: "\\PIPE\\lsarpc" 0x65 0x63; 0x72 0x70; 0x44 0x65; "\\PIPE\\srvsvc" 0x73 0x76; 0x4E 0x00; 0x5C 0x43; -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2863422"></a>Header</h3></div></div><p>[section to be rewritten, following receipt of work by Duncan Stansfield]</p><p>Interesting note: if you set packed data representation to 0x0100 0000 -then all 4-byte and 2-byte word ordering is turned around!</p><p>The start of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes begins with:</p><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>offset: </b>00</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>5 - RPC major version</p><p><b>offset: </b>01</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - RPC minor version</p><p><b>offset: </b>02</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>2 - RPC response packet</p><p><b>offset: </b>03</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>3 - (FirstFrag bit-wise or with LastFrag)</p><p><b>offset: </b>04</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT32</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0x1000 0000 - packed data representation</p><p><b>offset: </b>08</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT16</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>fragment length - data size (bytes) inc header and tail.</p><p><b>offset: </b>0A</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT16</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - authentication length </p><p><b>offset: </b>0C</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT32</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>call identifier. matches 12th UINT32 of incoming RPC data.</p><p><b>offset: </b>10</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT32</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>allocation hint - data size (bytes) minus header and tail.</p><p><b>offset: </b>14</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT16</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - presentation context identifier</p><p><b>offset: </b>16</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - cancel count</p><p><b>offset: </b>17</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>in replies: 0 - reserved; in requests: opnum - see #defines.</p><p><b>offset: </b>18</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>......</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>start of data (goes on for allocation_hint bytes)</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2863612"></a>RPC_Packet for request, response, bind and bind acknowledgement</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8 versionmaj</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x05)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 versionmin</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x00)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 type</span></dt><dd><p>one of the MSRPC_Type enums</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 flags</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x00 for Bind, 0x03 for Request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 representation</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x00000010)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 fraglength</span></dt><dd><p>the length of the data section of the SMB trans packet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 authlength</span></dt><dd><p></p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 callid</span></dt><dd><p>call identifier. (e.g. 0x00149594)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* stub USE TvPacket</span></dt><dd><p>the remainder of the packet depending on the "type"</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2863746"></a>Interface identification</h4></div></div><p>the interfaces are numbered. as yet I haven't seen more than one interface used on the same pipe name srvsvc</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876729"></a>Header</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>[section to be rewritten, following receipt of work by Duncan Stansfield]</p><p>Interesting note: if you set packed data representation to 0x0100 0000 +then all 4-byte and 2-byte word ordering is turned around!</p><p>The start of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes begins with:</p><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>offset: </b>00</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>5 - RPC major version</p><p><b>offset: </b>01</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - RPC minor version</p><p><b>offset: </b>02</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>2 - RPC response packet</p><p><b>offset: </b>03</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>3 - (FirstFrag bit-wise or with LastFrag)</p><p><b>offset: </b>04</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT32</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0x1000 0000 - packed data representation</p><p><b>offset: </b>08</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT16</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>fragment length - data size (bytes) inc header and tail.</p><p><b>offset: </b>0A</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT16</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - authentication length </p><p><b>offset: </b>0C</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT32</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>call identifier. matches 12th UINT32 of incoming RPC data.</p><p><b>offset: </b>10</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT32</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>allocation hint - data size (bytes) minus header and tail.</p><p><b>offset: </b>14</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT16</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - presentation context identifier</p><p><b>offset: </b>16</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>0 - cancel count</p><p><b>offset: </b>17</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>UINT8</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>in replies: 0 - reserved; in requests: opnum - see #defines.</p><p><b>offset: </b>18</p><p><b>Variable type: </b>......</p><p><b>Variable data: </b>start of data (goes on for allocation_hint bytes)</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876919"></a>RPC_Packet for request, response, bind and bind acknowledgement</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8 versionmaj</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x05)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 versionmin</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x00)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 type</span></dt><dd><p>one of the MSRPC_Type enums</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 flags</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x00 for Bind, 0x03 for Request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 representation</span></dt><dd><p>reply same as request (0x00000010)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 fraglength</span></dt><dd><p>the length of the data section of the SMB trans packet</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 authlength</span></dt><dd><p></p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 callid</span></dt><dd><p>call identifier. (e.g. 0x00149594)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* stub USE TvPacket</span></dt><dd><p>the remainder of the packet depending on the "type"</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877052"></a>Interface identification</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>the interfaces are numbered. as yet I haven't seen more than one interface used on the same pipe name srvsvc</p><pre class="programlisting"> abstract (0x4B324FC8, 0x01D31670, 0x475A7812, 0x88E16EBF, 0x00000003) transfer (0x8A885D04, 0x11C91CEB, 0x0008E89F, 0x6048102B, 0x00000002) -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2863772"></a>RPC_Iface RW</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8 byte[16]</span></dt><dd><p>16 bytes of number</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 version</span></dt><dd><p>the interface number</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2863811"></a>RPC_ReqBind RW</h4></div></div><p>the remainder of the packet after the header if "type" was Bind in the response header, "type" should be BindAck</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxtsize</span></dt><dd><p>maximum transmission fragment size (0x1630)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxrsize</span></dt><dd><p>max receive fragment size (0x1630)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 assocgid</span></dt><dd><p>associated group id (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 numelements</span></dt><dd><p>the number of elements (0x1)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 contextid</span></dt><dd><p>presentation context identifier (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 numsyntaxes</span></dt><dd><p>the number of syntaxes (has always been 1?)(0x1)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* abstractint USE RPC_Iface</span></dt><dd><p>num and vers. of interface client is using</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* transferint USE RPC_Iface</span></dt><dd><p>num and vers. of interface to use for replies</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2863952"></a>RPC_Address RW</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16 length</span></dt><dd><p>length of the string including null terminator</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* port USE string</span></dt><dd><p>the string above in single byte, null terminated form</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2863992"></a>RPC_ResBind RW</h4></div></div><p>the response to place after the header in the reply packet</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxtsize</span></dt><dd><p>same as request</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxrsize</span></dt><dd><p>same as request</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 assocgid</span></dt><dd><p>zero</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* secondaddr USE RPC_Address</span></dt><dd><p>the address string, as described earlier</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 numresults</span></dt><dd><p>the number of results (0x01)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 result</span></dt><dd><p>result (0x00 = accept)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 reason</span></dt><dd><p>reason (0x00 = no reason specified)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* transfersyntax USE RPC_Iface</span></dt><dd><p>the transfer syntax from the request</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864143"></a>RPC_ReqNorm RW</h4></div></div><p>the remainder of the packet after the header for every other other request</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32 allochint</span></dt><dd><p>the size of the stub data in bytes</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 prescontext</span></dt><dd><p>presentation context identifier (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 opnum</span></dt><dd><p>operation number (0x15)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* stub USE TvPacket</span></dt><dd><p>a packet dependent on the pipe name (probably the interface) and the op number)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864215"></a>RPC_ResNorm RW</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32 allochint</span></dt><dd><p># size of the stub data in bytes</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 prescontext</span></dt><dd><p># presentation context identifier (same as request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 cancelcount</span></dt><dd><p># cancel count? (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 reserved</span></dt><dd><p># 0 - one byte padding</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* stub USE TvPacket</span></dt><dd><p># the remainder of the reply</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864296"></a>Tail</h3></div></div><p>The end of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes ends with:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">......</span></dt><dd><p>end of data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>return code</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864342"></a>RPC Bind / Bind Ack</h3></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877078"></a>RPC_Iface RW</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT8 byte[16]</span></dt><dd><p>16 bytes of number</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 version</span></dt><dd><p>the interface number</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877117"></a>RPC_ReqBind RW</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>the remainder of the packet after the header if "type" was Bind in the response header, "type" should be BindAck</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxtsize</span></dt><dd><p>maximum transmission fragment size (0x1630)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxrsize</span></dt><dd><p>max receive fragment size (0x1630)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 assocgid</span></dt><dd><p>associated group id (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 numelements</span></dt><dd><p>the number of elements (0x1)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 contextid</span></dt><dd><p>presentation context identifier (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 numsyntaxes</span></dt><dd><p>the number of syntaxes (has always been 1?)(0x1)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* abstractint USE RPC_Iface</span></dt><dd><p>num and vers. of interface client is using</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* transferint USE RPC_Iface</span></dt><dd><p>num and vers. of interface to use for replies</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877258"></a>RPC_Address RW</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16 length</span></dt><dd><p>length of the string including null terminator</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* port USE string</span></dt><dd><p>the string above in single byte, null terminated form</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877298"></a>RPC_ResBind RW</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>the response to place after the header in the reply packet</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxtsize</span></dt><dd><p>same as request</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 maxrsize</span></dt><dd><p>same as request</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32 assocgid</span></dt><dd><p>zero</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* secondaddr USE RPC_Address</span></dt><dd><p>the address string, as described earlier</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 numresults</span></dt><dd><p>the number of results (0x01)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>4-byte alignment padding, against SMB header</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 result</span></dt><dd><p>result (0x00 = accept)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 reason</span></dt><dd><p>reason (0x00 = no reason specified)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* transfersyntax USE RPC_Iface</span></dt><dd><p>the transfer syntax from the request</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877448"></a>RPC_ReqNorm RW</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>the remainder of the packet after the header for every other other request</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32 allochint</span></dt><dd><p>the size of the stub data in bytes</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 prescontext</span></dt><dd><p>presentation context identifier (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 opnum</span></dt><dd><p>operation number (0x15)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* stub USE TvPacket</span></dt><dd><p>a packet dependent on the pipe name (probably the interface) and the op number)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877519"></a>RPC_ResNorm RW</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32 allochint</span></dt><dd><p># size of the stub data in bytes</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16 prescontext</span></dt><dd><p># presentation context identifier (same as request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 cancelcount</span></dt><dd><p># cancel count? (0x0)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8 reserved</span></dt><dd><p># 0 - one byte padding</p></dd><dt><span class="term">* stub USE TvPacket</span></dt><dd><p># the remainder of the reply</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877600"></a>Tail</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The end of each of the NTLSA and NETLOGON named pipes ends with:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">......</span></dt><dd><p>end of data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>return code</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877647"></a>RPC Bind / Bind Ack</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> RPC Binds are the process of associating an RPC pipe (e.g \PIPE\lsarpc) with a "transfer syntax" (see RPC_Iface structure). The purpose for doing this is unknown. @@ -1266,7 +1283,7 @@ this is unknown. returned by the SMBopenX Transact response.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The RPC_ResBind members maxtsize, maxrsize and assocgid are the same in the response as the same members in the RPC_ReqBind. The RPC_ResBind member transfersyntax is the same in the response as the</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The RPC_ResBind response member secondaddr contains the name of what is presumed to be the service behind the RPC pipe. The - mapping identified so far is:</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">initial SMBopenX request:</span></dt><dd><p>RPC_ResBind response:</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\srvsvc"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\ntsvcs"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\samr"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\lsass"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\lsarpc"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\lsass"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\wkssvc"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\wksvcs"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"</p></dd></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The RPC_Packet fraglength member in both the Bind Request and Bind Acknowledgment must contain the length of the entire RPC data, including the RPC_Packet header.</em></span></p><p>Request:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>RPC_Packet</td></tr><tr><td>RPC_ReqBind</td></tr></table><p>Response:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>RPC_Packet</td></tr><tr><td>RPC_ResBind</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864522"></a>NTLSA Transact Named Pipe</h3></div></div><p>The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Establish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.</td></tr><tr><td>Open an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\lsarpc". Store the file handle.</td></tr><tr><td>Using the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.</td></tr><tr><td>Send an LSA Open Policy request. Store the Policy Handle.</td></tr><tr><td>Using the Policy Handle, send LSA Query Info Policy requests, etc.</td></tr><tr><td>Using the Policy Handle, send an LSA Close.</td></tr><tr><td>Close the IPC$ share.</td></tr></table><p>Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LSA Open Policy:</span></dt><dd><p>0x2c</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Query Info Policy:</span></dt><dd><p>0x07</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0d</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Open Secret:</span></dt><dd><p>0xff</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Lookup SIDs:</span></dt><dd><p>0xfe</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Lookup Names:</span></dt><dd><p>0xfd</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Close:</span></dt><dd><p>0x00</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864687"></a>LSA Open Policy</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The policy handle can be anything you like.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864701"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>server name - unicode string starting with two '\'s</p></dd><dt><span class="term">OBJ_ATTR</span></dt><dd><p>object attributes</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>1 - desired access</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864771"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">return</span></dt><dd><p>0 - indicates success</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864813"></a>LSA Query Info Policy</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The info class in response must be the same as that in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864828"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>info class (also a policy handle?)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864866"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>info class (same as info class in request).</p></dd></dl></div><pre class="programlisting"> + mapping identified so far is:</em></span></p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">initial SMBopenX request:</span></dt><dd><p>RPC_ResBind response:</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\srvsvc"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\ntsvcs"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\samr"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\lsass"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\lsarpc"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\lsass"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\wkssvc"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\wksvcs"</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"</span></dt><dd><p>"\\PIPE\\NETLOGON"</p></dd></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The RPC_Packet fraglength member in both the Bind Request and Bind Acknowledgment must contain the length of the entire RPC data, including the RPC_Packet header.</em></span></p><p>Request:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>RPC_Packet</td></tr><tr><td>RPC_ReqBind</td></tr></table><p>Response:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>RPC_Packet</td></tr><tr><td>RPC_ResBind</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877826"></a>NTLSA Transact Named Pipe</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Establish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.</td></tr><tr><td>Open an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\lsarpc". Store the file handle.</td></tr><tr><td>Using the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.</td></tr><tr><td>Send an LSA Open Policy request. Store the Policy Handle.</td></tr><tr><td>Using the Policy Handle, send LSA Query Info Policy requests, etc.</td></tr><tr><td>Using the Policy Handle, send an LSA Close.</td></tr><tr><td>Close the IPC$ share.</td></tr></table><p>Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LSA Open Policy:</span></dt><dd><p>0x2c</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Query Info Policy:</span></dt><dd><p>0x07</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0d</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Open Secret:</span></dt><dd><p>0xff</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Lookup SIDs:</span></dt><dd><p>0xfe</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Lookup Names:</span></dt><dd><p>0xfd</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Close:</span></dt><dd><p>0x00</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877991"></a>LSA Open Policy</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The policy handle can be anything you like.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878004"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>server name - unicode string starting with two '\'s</p></dd><dt><span class="term">OBJ_ATTR</span></dt><dd><p>object attributes</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>1 - desired access</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878075"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">return</span></dt><dd><p>0 - indicates success</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878118"></a>LSA Query Info Policy</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: The info class in response must be the same as that in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878132"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>info class (also a policy handle?)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878170"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>info class (same as info class in request).</p></dd></dl></div><pre class="programlisting"> switch (info class) case 3: case 5: @@ -1275,11 +1292,11 @@ DOM_INFO domain info, levels 3 and 5 (are the same). } return 0 - indicates success -</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864921"></a>LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864928"></a>Request</h4></div></div><p>no extra data</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2864941"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - enumeration context</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - entries read</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - trust information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">return</span></dt><dd><p>0x8000 001a - "no trusted domains" success code</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865012"></a>LSA Open Secret</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865020"></a>Request</h4></div></div><p>no extra data</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865032"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0x0C00 0034 - "no such secret" success code</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865122"></a>LSA Close</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865129"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>policy handle to be closed</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865157"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>0s - closed policy handle (all zeros)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865188"></a>LSA Lookup SIDS</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865203"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain SID buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*[num_entries] undocumented domain SID pointers to be looked up. -</span></dt><dd><p>DOM_SID[num_entries] domain SIDs to be looked up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>completely undocumented 16 bytes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865302"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">DOM_REF</span></dt><dd><p>domain reference response</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID2[num_entries]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865399"></a>LSA Lookup Names</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865413"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain SID buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NAME[num_entries]</span></dt><dd><p>names to be looked up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[]</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented bytes - falsely translated SID structure?</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865527"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">DOM_REF</span></dt><dd><p>domain reference response</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_RID[num_entries]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865625"></a>NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe</h2></div></div><p>The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>tablish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.</td></tr><tr><td>en an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON". Store the file handle.</td></tr><tr><td>ing the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.</td></tr><tr><td>eate Client Challenge. Send LSA Request Challenge. Store Server Challenge.</td></tr><tr><td>lculate Session Key. Send an LSA Auth 2 Challenge. Store Auth2 Challenge.</td></tr><tr><td>lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA Srv PW Set. Calc/Verify Server Creds.</td></tr><tr><td>lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logon . Calc/Verify Server Creds.</td></tr><tr><td>lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logoff. Calc/Verify Server Creds.</td></tr><tr><td>ose the IPC$ share.</td></tr></table><p>Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LSA Request Challenge:</span></dt><dd><p>0x04</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Server Password Set:</span></dt><dd><p>0x06</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA SAM Logon:</span></dt><dd><p>0x02</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA SAM Logoff:</span></dt><dd><p>0x03</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Auth 2:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0f</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Logon Control:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0e</p></dd></dl></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865786"></a>LSA Request Challenge</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon client is the machine, not the user.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the initial LanManager password hash, against which the challenge is issued, is the machine name itself (lower case). there will becalls issued (LSA Server Password Set) which will change this, later. refusing these calls allows you to always deal with the same password (i.e the LM# of the machine name in lower case).</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865818"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon client unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>client challenge</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865888"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>server challenge</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865921"></a>LSA Authenticate 2</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: neg_flags in the response is the same as that in the request.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865952"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LOG_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>client identification info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>client-calculated credentials</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to 4-byte align with start of SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>neg_flags - negotiated flags (usual value is 0x0000 01ff)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866021"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>neg_flags - same as neg_flags in request.</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success. failure value unknown.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866069"></a>LSA Server Password Set</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the new password is suspected to be a DES encryption using the old password to generate the key.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the server credentials are constructed from the client-calculated credentials and the client time + 1 second.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866109"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CLNT_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>client identification/authentication info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[]</span></dt><dd><p>new password - undocumented.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866151"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success; 0xC000 006a indicates failure</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866185"></a>LSA SAM Logon</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878223"></a>LSA Enumerate Trusted Domains</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878230"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>no extra data</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878243"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - enumeration context</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - entries read</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - trust information</p></dd><dt><span class="term">return</span></dt><dd><p>0x8000 001a - "no trusted domains" success code</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878315"></a>LSA Open Secret</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878322"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>no extra data</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878334"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>0 - undocumented</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0x0C00 0034 - "no such secret" success code</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878424"></a>LSA Close</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878432"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>policy handle to be closed</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878459"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>0s - closed policy handle (all zeros)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878490"></a>LSA Lookup SIDS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878504"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain SID buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*[num_entries] undocumented domain SID pointers to be looked up. +</span></dt><dd><p>DOM_SID[num_entries] domain SIDs to be looked up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[16]</span></dt><dd><p>completely undocumented 16 bytes.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878604"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">DOM_REF</span></dt><dd><p>domain reference response</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_SID2[num_entries]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878700"></a>LSA Lookup Names</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: num_entries in response must be same as num_entries in request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878714"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">POL_HND</span></dt><dd><p>LSA policy handle</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain SID buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented domain name buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">NAME[num_entries]</span></dt><dd><p>names to be looked up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[]</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented bytes - falsely translated SID structure?</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878828"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">DOM_REF</span></dt><dd><p>domain reference response</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">DOM_RID[num_entries]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SIDs (from Request, listed above).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>num_entries (listed above)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878926"></a>NETLOGON rpc Transact Named Pipe</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The sequence of actions taken on this pipe are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>tablish a connection to the IPC$ share (SMBtconX). use encrypted passwords.</td></tr><tr><td>en an RPC Pipe with the name "\\PIPE\\NETLOGON". Store the file handle.</td></tr><tr><td>ing the file handle, send a Set Named Pipe Handle state to 0x4300.</td></tr><tr><td>eate Client Challenge. Send LSA Request Challenge. Store Server Challenge.</td></tr><tr><td>lculate Session Key. Send an LSA Auth 2 Challenge. Store Auth2 Challenge.</td></tr><tr><td>lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA Srv PW Set. Calc/Verify Server Creds.</td></tr><tr><td>lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logon . Calc/Verify Server Creds.</td></tr><tr><td>lc/Verify Client Creds. Send LSA SAM Logoff. Calc/Verify Server Creds.</td></tr><tr><td>ose the IPC$ share.</td></tr></table><p>Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LSA Request Challenge:</span></dt><dd><p>0x04</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Server Password Set:</span></dt><dd><p>0x06</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA SAM Logon:</span></dt><dd><p>0x02</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA SAM Logoff:</span></dt><dd><p>0x03</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Auth 2:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0f</p></dd><dt><span class="term">LSA Logon Control:</span></dt><dd><p>0x0e</p></dd></dl></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879087"></a>LSA Request Challenge</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon server name starts with two '\' characters and is upper case.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: logon client is the machine, not the user.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the initial LanManager password hash, against which the challenge is issued, is the machine name itself (lower case). there will becalls issued (LSA Server Password Set) which will change this, later. refusing these calls allows you to always deal with the same password (i.e the LM# of the machine name in lower case).</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879119"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon server unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>logon client unicode string</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>client challenge</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879189"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>server challenge</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879222"></a>LSA Authenticate 2</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: neg_flags in the response is the same as that in the request.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879252"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">LOG_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>client identification info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>client-calculated credentials</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to 4-byte align with start of SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>neg_flags - negotiated flags (usual value is 0x0000 01ff)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879321"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">char[8]</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>neg_flags - same as neg_flags in request.</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success. failure value unknown.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879369"></a>LSA Server Password Set</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the new password is suspected to be a DES encryption using the old password to generate the key.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: in between request and response, calculate the client credentials, and check them against the client-calculated credentials (this process uses the previously received client credentials).</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: the server credentials are constructed from the client-calculated credentials and the client time + 1 second.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: you must take a copy of the client-calculated credentials received here, because they will be used in subsequent authentication packets.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879408"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CLNT_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>client identification/authentication info</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[]</span></dt><dd><p>new password - undocumented.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879450"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success; 0xC000 006a indicates failure</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879484"></a>LSA SAM Logon</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Note: valid_user is True iff the username and password hash are valid for the requested domain. -</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866200"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SAM_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>sam_id structure</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866227"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.</p></dd></dl></div><pre class="programlisting"> +</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879498"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SAM_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>sam_id structure</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879526"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.</p></dd></dl></div><pre class="programlisting"> if (valid_user) { UINT16 3 - switch value indicating USER_INFO structure. @@ -1299,16 +1316,16 @@ else return 0xC000 0064 - NT_STATUS_NO_SUCH_USER. } -</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866299"></a>LSA SAM Logoff</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879598"></a>LSA SAM Logoff</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Note: presumably, the SAM_INFO structure is validated, and a (currently undocumented) error code returned if the Logoff is invalid. -</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866314"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SAM_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>sam_id structure</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866341"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success. undocumented failure indication.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866391"></a>\\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON</h2></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879612"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SAM_INFO</span></dt><dd><p>sam_id structure</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879639"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>undocumented buffer pointer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">CREDS</span></dt><dd><p>server credentials. server time stamp appears to be ignored.</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success. undocumented failure indication.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879689"></a>\\MAILSLOT\NET\NTLOGON</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> Note: mailslots will contain a response mailslot, to which the response should be sent. the target NetBIOS name is REQUEST_NAME<20>, where REQUEST_NAME is the name of the machine that sent the request. -</em></span></p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866408"></a>Query for PDC</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866422"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x0007 - Query for PDC</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>response mailslot</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866549"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x000A - Respose to Query for PDC</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name (in uppercase)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion (same as received in request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken (same as received in request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token (same as received in request)</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866670"></a>SAM Logon</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: machine name in response is preceded by two '\' characters.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: user name in the response is presumably the same as that in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866698"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x0012 - SAM Logon</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>request count</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>user name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>response mailslot</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>alloweable account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID size</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[sid_size]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID, of sid_size bytes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>???? padding to 4? 2? -byte align with start of mailslot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2866881"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x0013 - Response to SAM Logon</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>user name - workstation trust account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name </p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866996"></a>SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe</h2></div></div><p>Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Net Share Enum</span></dt><dd><p>0x0f</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Net Server Get Info</span></dt><dd><p>0x15</p></dd></dl></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867041"></a>Net Share Enum</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: share level and switch value in the response are presumably the same as those in the request.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: cifsrap2.txt (section 5) may be of limited assistance here.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867062"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer (to server name?)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>server name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>share level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch value</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</span></dt><dd><p>share info with 0 entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>preferred maximum length (0xffff ffff)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867188"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>share level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch value</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</span></dt><dd><p>share info (only added if share info ptr is non-zero)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867261"></a>Net Server Get Info</h3></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: level is the same value as in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867275"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>server name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch level</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867316"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to SERVER_INFO_101</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SERVER_INFO_101</span></dt><dd><p>server info (only added if server info ptr is non-zero)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867378"></a>Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867386"></a>Definitions</h3></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Add(A1,A2)</span></dt><dd><p>Intel byte ordered addition of corresponding 4 byte words in arrays A1 and A2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">E(K,D)</span></dt><dd><p>DES ECB encryption of 8 byte data D using 7 byte key K</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lmowf()</span></dt><dd><p>Lan man hash</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntowf()</span></dt><dd><p>NT hash</p></dd><dt><span class="term">PW</span></dt><dd><p>md4(machine_password) == md4(lsadump $machine.acc) == +</em></span></p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879701"></a>Query for PDC</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879721"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x0007 - Query for PDC</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>response mailslot</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879848"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x000A - Respose to Query for PDC</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name (in uppercase)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to 2-byte align with start of mailslot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion (same as received in request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken (same as received in request)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token (same as received in request)</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879969"></a>SAM Logon</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: machine name in response is preceded by two '\' characters.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: NTversion, LMNTtoken, LM20token in response are the same as those given in the request.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: user name in the response is presumably the same as that in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879997"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x0012 - SAM Logon</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>request count</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>user name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">STR</span></dt><dd><p>response mailslot</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>alloweable account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID size</p></dd><dt><span class="term">char[sid_size]</span></dt><dd><p>domain SID, of sid_size bytes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>???? padding to 4? 2? -byte align with start of mailslot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880180"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>0x0013 - Response to SAM Logon</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>machine name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>user name - workstation trust account</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR</span></dt><dd><p>domain name </p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>NTversion</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LMNTtoken</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT16</span></dt><dd><p>LM20token</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880294"></a>SRVSVC Transact Named Pipe</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Defines for this pipe, identifying the query are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Net Share Enum</span></dt><dd><p>0x0f</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Net Server Get Info</span></dt><dd><p>0x15</p></dd></dl></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880339"></a>Net Share Enum</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: share level and switch value in the response are presumably the same as those in the request.</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: cifsrap2.txt (section 5) may be of limited assistance here.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880360"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer (to server name?)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>server name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT8[]</span></dt><dd><p>padding to get unicode string 4-byte aligned with the start of the SMB header.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>share level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch value</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</span></dt><dd><p>share info with 0 entries</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>preferred maximum length (0xffff ffff)</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880485"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>share level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch value</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SHARE_INFO_1_CTR</span></dt><dd><p>share info (only added if share info ptr is non-zero)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880558"></a>Net Server Get Info</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note: level is the same value as in the request.</em></span></p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880572"></a>Request</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UNISTR2</span></dt><dd><p>server name</p></dd><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch level</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880613"></a>Response</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">UINT32</span></dt><dd><p>switch level</p></dd><dt><span class="term">VOID*</span></dt><dd><p>pointer to SERVER_INFO_101</p></dd><dt><span class="term">SERVER_INFO_101</span></dt><dd><p>server info (only added if server info ptr is non-zero)</p></dd></dl></div><p>return 0 - indicates success</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880674"></a>Cryptographic side of NT Domain Authentication</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880682"></a>Definitions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Add(A1,A2)</span></dt><dd><p>Intel byte ordered addition of corresponding 4 byte words in arrays A1 and A2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">E(K,D)</span></dt><dd><p>DES ECB encryption of 8 byte data D using 7 byte key K</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lmowf()</span></dt><dd><p>Lan man hash</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ntowf()</span></dt><dd><p>NT hash</p></dd><dt><span class="term">PW</span></dt><dd><p>md4(machine_password) == md4(lsadump $machine.acc) == pwdump(machine$) (initially) == md4(lmowf(unicode(machine))) -</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ARC4(K,Lk,D,Ld)</span></dt><dd><p>ARC4 encryption of data D of length Ld with key K of length Lk</p></dd><dt><span class="term">v[m..n(,l)]</span></dt><dd><p>subset of v from bytes m to n, optionally padded with zeroes to length l</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Cred(K,D)</span></dt><dd><p>E(K[7..7,7],E(K[0..6],D)) computes a credential</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Time()</span></dt><dd><p>4 byte current time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Cc,Cs</span></dt><dd><p>8 byte client and server challenges Rc,Rs: 8 byte client and server credentials</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867548"></a>Protocol</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ARC4(K,Lk,D,Ld)</span></dt><dd><p>ARC4 encryption of data D of length Ld with key K of length Lk</p></dd><dt><span class="term">v[m..n(,l)]</span></dt><dd><p>subset of v from bytes m to n, optionally padded with zeroes to length l</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Cred(K,D)</span></dt><dd><p>E(K[7..7,7],E(K[0..6],D)) computes a credential</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Time()</span></dt><dd><p>4 byte current time</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Cc,Cs</span></dt><dd><p>8 byte client and server challenges Rc,Rs: 8 byte client and server credentials</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880845"></a>Protocol</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> C->S ReqChal,Cc S->C Cs </pre><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -1344,7 +1361,7 @@ S: Ts = Time() S->C Cred(Ks,Cred(Ks,Rc+Tc+1)),userinfo(logon script,UID,SIDs,etc) C: assert(Rs == Cred(Ks,Cred(Rc+Tc+1)) C: Rc = Cred(Ks,Rc+Tc+1) -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867629"></a>Comments</h3></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880942"></a>Comments</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> On first joining the domain the session key could be computed by anyone listening in on the network as the machine password has a well known value. Until the machine is rebooted it will use this session @@ -1365,43 +1382,43 @@ returned by the server. The password OWFs should NOT be sent over the network reversibly encrypted. They should be sent using ARC4(Ks,md4(owf)) with the server computing the same function using the owf values in the SAM. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867679"></a>SIDs and RIDs</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880991"></a>SIDs and RIDs</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> SIDs and RIDs are well documented elsewhere. </p><p> A SID is an NT Security ID (see DOM_SID structure). They are of the form: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>revision-NN-SubAuth1-SubAuth2-SubAuth3... </td></tr><tr><td>revision-0xNNNNNNNNNNNN-SubAuth1-SubAuth2-SubAuth3...</td></tr></table><p> currently, the SID revision is 1. The Sub-Authorities are known as Relative IDs (RIDs). -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867719"></a>Well-known SIDs</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867726"></a>Universal well-known SIDs</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Null SID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-0-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">World</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-1-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Local</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-2-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Owner ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Group ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-1</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Owner Server ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Group Server ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-3</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(Non-unique IDs)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-4</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867852"></a>NT well-known SIDs</h4></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">NT Authority</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Dialup</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-1</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Network</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Batch</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-3</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Interactive</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-4</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Service</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-6</p></dd><dt><span class="term">AnonymousLogon(aka null logon session)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-7</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Proxy</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-8</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ServerLogon(aka domain controller account)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-8</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(Logon IDs)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-5-X-Y</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(NT non-unique IDs)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-0x15-...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(Built-in domain)</span></dt><dd><p>s-1-5-0x20</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868034"></a>Well-known RIDS</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881031"></a>Well-known SIDs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881038"></a>Universal well-known SIDs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Null SID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-0-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">World</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-1-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Local</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-2-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Owner ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-0</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Group ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-1</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Owner Server ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Creator Group Server ID</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-3-3</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(Non-unique IDs)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-4</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881165"></a>NT well-known SIDs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">NT Authority</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Dialup</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-1</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Network</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Batch</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-3</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Interactive</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-4</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Service</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-6</p></dd><dt><span class="term">AnonymousLogon(aka null logon session)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-7</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Proxy</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-8</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ServerLogon(aka domain controller account)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-8</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(Logon IDs)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-5-X-Y</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(NT non-unique IDs)</span></dt><dd><p>S-1-5-0x15-...</p></dd><dt><span class="term">(Built-in domain)</span></dt><dd><p>s-1-5-0x20</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881346"></a>Well-known RIDS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> A RID is a sub-authority value, as part of either a SID, or in the case of Group RIDs, part of the DOM_GID structure, in the USER_INFO_1 structure, in the LSA SAM Logon response. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2868049"></a>Well-known RID users</h4></div></div><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>Groupname: </b>DOMAIN_USER_RID_ADMIN</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>01F4</p><p><b>Groupname: </b>DOMAIN_USER_RID_GUEST</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>01F5</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2868097"></a>Well-known RID groups</h4></div></div><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_ADMINS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0200</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_USERS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0201</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_GUESTS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0202</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2868157"></a>Well-known RID aliases</h4></div></div><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ADMINS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0220</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_USERS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0221</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_GUESTS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0222</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_POWER_USERS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0223</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ACCOUNT_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0224</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_SYSTEM_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0225</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_PRINT_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0226</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_BACKUP_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0227</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_REPLICATOR</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0228</p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 10. Samba Printing Internals</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald Carter</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">October 2002</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2859754">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859770"> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881360"></a>Well-known RID users</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>Groupname: </b>DOMAIN_USER_RID_ADMIN</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>01F4</p><p><b>Groupname: </b>DOMAIN_USER_RID_GUEST</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>01F5</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881409"></a>Well-known RID groups</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_ADMINS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0200</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_USERS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0201</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_GROUP_RID_GUESTS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0202</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881468"></a>Well-known RID aliases</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="segmentedlist"><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ADMINS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0220</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_USERS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0221</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_GUESTS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0222</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_POWER_USERS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0223</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_ACCOUNT_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0224</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_SYSTEM_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0225</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_PRINT_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0226</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_BACKUP_OPS</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0227</p><p><b>Groupname: </b> DOMAIN_ALIAS_RID_REPLICATOR</p><p><b>????: </b>0x0000</p><p><b>RID: </b>0228</p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 11. Samba Printing Internals</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">October 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2890028">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890044"> Printing Interface to Various Back ends -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859712"> +</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890298"> Print Queue TDB's -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868639"> +</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890507"> ChangeID and Client Caching of Printer Information -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868653"> +</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890520"> Windows NT/2K Printer Change Notify -</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859754"></a>Abstract</h2></div></div><p> +</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890028"></a>Abstract</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The purpose of this document is to provide some insight into Samba's printing functionality and also to describe the semantics of certain features of Windows client printing. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859770"></a> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890044"></a> Printing Interface to Various Back ends -</h2></div></div><p> +</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba uses a table of function pointers to seven functions. The -function prototypes are defined in the <tt>printif</tt> structure declared -in <tt>printing.h</tt>. +function prototypes are defined in the <tt class="varname">printif</tt> structure declared +in <tt class="filename">printing.h</tt>. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>retrieve the contents of a print queue</p></li><li><p>pause the print queue</p></li><li><p>resume a paused print queue</p></li><li><p>delete a job from the queue</p></li><li><p>pause a job in the print queue</p></li><li><p>result a paused print job in the queue</p></li><li><p>submit a job to the print queue</p></li></ul></div><p> Currently there are only two printing back end implementations defined. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a generic set of functions for working with standard UNIX printing subsystems</p></li><li><p>a set of CUPS specific functions (this is only enabled if - the CUPS libraries were located at compile time).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859712"></a> + the CUPS libraries were located at compile time).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890298"></a> Print Queue TDB's -</h2></div></div><p> +</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba provides periodic caching of the output from the "lpq command" for performance reasons. This cache time is configurable in seconds. Obviously the longer the cache time the less often smbd will be @@ -1454,10 +1471,10 @@ id, smbd uses an in memory TDB to match the former to a number appropriate for old lanman clients. </p><p> When updating a print queue, smbd will perform the following -steps ( refer to <tt>print.c:print_queue_update()</tt> ): +steps ( refer to <tt class="filename">print.c:print_queue_update()</tt> ): </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Check to see if another smbd is currently in the process of updating the queue contents by checking the pid - stored in <tt>LOCK/<i><tt>printer_name</tt></i></tt>. + stored in <tt class="constant">LOCK/<i class="replaceable"><tt>printer_name</tt></i></tt>. If so, then do not update the TDB.</p></li><li><p>Lock the mutex entry in the TDB and store our own pid. Check that this succeeded, else fail.</p></li><li><p>Store the updated time stamp for the new cache listing</p></li><li><p>Retrieve the queue listing via "lpq command"</p></li><li><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -1488,13 +1505,13 @@ and the job has the printer's device mode associated with it by default. Only non-default Device Mode are stored with print jobs in the print queue TDB. Otherwise, the Device Mode is obtained from the printer object when the client issues a GetJob(level == 2) request. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868639"></a> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890507"></a> ChangeID and Client Caching of Printer Information -</h2></div></div><p> +</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> [To be filled in later] -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868653"></a> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890520"></a> Windows NT/2K Printer Change Notify -</h2></div></div><p> +</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> When working with Windows NT+ clients, it is possible for a print server to use RPC to send asynchronous change notification events to clients for certain printer and print job attributes. @@ -1574,11 +1591,11 @@ RPC. This packet contains client's spooler on which the change occurred</p></li><li><p>The change_low value which was sent as part of the last RFNPCN request from the client</p></li><li><p>The SPOOL_NOTIFY_INFO container with the event information</p></li></ul></div><p> -A <tt>SPOOL_NOTIFY_INFO</tt> contains: +A <tt class="varname">SPOOL_NOTIFY_INFO</tt> contains: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the version and flags field are predefined and should not be changed</p></li><li><p>The count field is the number of entries in the SPOOL_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA array</p></li></ul></div><p> -The <tt>SPOOL_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA</tt> entries contain: +The <tt class="varname">SPOOL_NOTIFY_INFO_DATA</tt> entries contain: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The type defines whether or not this event is for a printer or a print job</p></li><li><p>The field is the flag identifying the event</p></li><li><p>the notify_data union contains the new valuie of the attribute</p></li><li><p>The enc_type defines the size of the structure for marshalling @@ -1590,7 +1607,7 @@ handle for notification. Samba currently uses the snum of the printer for this which can break if the list of services has been modified since the notification handle was registered.</p></li><li><p>The size is either (a) the string length in UNICODE for strings, (b) the size in bytes of the security descriptor, or (c) 0 for -data values.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="wins"></a>Chapter 11. Samba WINS Internals</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald Carter</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">October 2002</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2868400">WINS Failover</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868400"></a>WINS Failover</h2></div></div><p> +data values.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="wins"></a>Chapter 12. Samba WINS Internals</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">October 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2889988">WINS Failover</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889988"></a>WINS Failover</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The current Samba codebase possesses the capability to use groups of WINS servers that share a common namespace for NetBIOS name registration and resolution. The formal parameter syntax is @@ -1632,7 +1649,7 @@ If a timeout occurs when querying a specific WINS server, that server is marked prevent further timeouts and the next server in the WINS group is contacted. Once marked as dead, Samba will not attempt to contact that server for name registration/resolution queries for a period of 10 minutes. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="sam"></a>Chapter 12. The Upcoming SAM System</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Bartlett</h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">1 October 2002</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869126">Security in the 'new SAM'</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869257">Standalone from UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869292">Handles and Races in the new SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869361">Layers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869368">Application</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869384">SAM Interface</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869412">SAM Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869434">SAM Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869441">Special Module: sam_passdb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869459">sam_ads</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869498">Memory Management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869589">Testing</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869126"></a>Security in the 'new SAM'</h2></div></div><p>One of the biggest problems with passdb is it's implementation of +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="sam"></a>Chapter 13. The Upcoming SAM System</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Bartlett</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">1 October 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2889789">Security in the 'new SAM'</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891316">Standalone from UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891349">Handles and Races in the new SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891418">Layers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891425">Application</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891441">SAM Interface</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891468">SAM Modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891490">SAM Modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891497">Special Module: sam_passdb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891516">sam_ads</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891555">Memory Management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891645">Testing</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889789"></a>Security in the 'new SAM'</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>One of the biggest problems with passdb is it's implementation of 'security'. Access control is on a 'are you root at the moment' basis, and it has no concept of NT ACLs. Things like ldapsam had to add 'magic' 'are you root' checks.</p><p>We took this very seriously when we started work, and the new structure @@ -1692,7 +1709,7 @@ actual data store (like the LDAP server). </p><p> Finally, we have generic get_sec_desc() and set_sec_desc() routines to allow external ACL manipulation. These do lookups based on SID. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869257"></a>Standalone from UNIX</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891316"></a>Standalone from UNIX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> One of the primary tenants of the 'new SAM' is that it would not attempt to deal with 'what unix id for that'. This would be left to the 'SMS' (Sid Mapping System') or SID farm, and probably administered via @@ -1702,7 +1719,7 @@ Accounts not preexisting in unix would be served up via winbind. </p><p> This is an *optional* part, and my preferred end-game. We have a fare way to go before things like winbind up to it however. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869292"></a>Handles and Races in the new SAM</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891349"></a>Handles and Races in the new SAM</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> One of the things that the 'new SAM' work has tried to face is both compatibility with existing code, and a closer alignment to the SAMR interface. I consider SAMR to be a 'primary customer' to the this work, @@ -1727,11 +1744,11 @@ have *really* changed. 'conflicting' updates: Currently we don't deal with this (in passdb or the new sam stuff), but the design is sufficiently flexible to 'deny' a second update. I don't foresee locking records however. -</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869361"></a>Layers</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869368"></a>Application</h3></div></div><p> +</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891418"></a>Layers</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891425"></a>Application</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This is where smbd, samtest and whatever end-user replacement we have for pdbedit sits. They use only the SAM interface, and do not get 'special knowledge' of what is below them. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869384"></a>SAM Interface</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891441"></a>SAM Interface</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This level 'owns' the various handle structures, the get/set routines on those structures and provides the public interface. The application layer may initialize a 'context' to be passed to all interface routines, @@ -1742,7 +1759,7 @@ abstraction to the modules below, and arrange for their initial loading. </p><p> We could possibly add ACL checking at this layer, to avoid discrepancies in implementation modules. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869412"></a>SAM Modules</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891468"></a>SAM Modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> These do not communicate with the application directly, only by setting values in the handles, and receiving requests from the interface. These modules are responsible for translating values from the handle's @@ -1750,13 +1767,13 @@ modules are responsible for translating values from the handle's to 'know' things like it's own domain SID, domain name, and any other state attached to the SAM. Simpler modules may call back to some helper routine. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869434"></a>SAM Modules</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869441"></a>Special Module: sam_passdb</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891490"></a>SAM Modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891497"></a>Special Module: sam_passdb</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> In order for there to be a smooth transition, kai is writing a module that reads existing passdb backends, and translates them into SAM replies. (Also pulling data from the account policy DB etc). We also intend to write a module that does the reverse - gives the SAM a passdb interface. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869459"></a>sam_ads</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891516"></a>sam_ads</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This is the first of the SAM modules to be committed to the tree - mainly because I needed to coordinate work with metze (who authored most of it). This module aims to use Samba's libads code to provide an @@ -1768,7 +1785,7 @@ the construction of an Samba AD DC. </p><p> We also intend to construct a Samba 2.2/3.0 compatible ldap module, again using libads code. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869498"></a>Memory Management</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891555"></a>Memory Management</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The 'new SAM' development effort also concerned itself with getting a sane implementation of memory management. It was decided that we would be (as much as possible) talloc based, using an 'internal talloc @@ -1797,7 +1814,7 @@ NT_USER_TOKEN *access_token, uint32 access_desired, const DOM_SID NTSTATUS sam_enum_accounts(const SAM_CONTEXT *context, const NT_USER_TOKEN *access_token, const DOM_SID *domainsid, uint16 acct_ctrl, int32 *account_count, SAM_ACCOUNT_ENUM **accounts) -</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869589"></a>Testing</h2></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891645"></a>Testing</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Testing is vital in any piece of software, and Samba is certainly no exception. In designing this new subsystem, we have taken care to ensure it is easily tested, independent of outside protocols. @@ -1812,7 +1829,7 @@ of the system, and can load a separate configuration file. A small number of commands are currently implemented, but these have already proved vital in testing. I expect SAM module authors will find it particularly valuable. -</p><p>Example useage:</p><p><tt>$</tt> <b>bin/samtest</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><p>Example useage:</p><p><tt class="prompt">$</tt> <b class="command">bin/samtest</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> > context ads:ldap://192.168.1.96 </pre><p> (this loads a new context, using the new ADS module. The parameter is @@ -1824,15 +1841,15 @@ the 'location' of the ldap server) </p><p> Because the 'new SAM' is NT ACL based, there will be a command to specify an arbitrary NT ACL, but for now it uses 'system' by default. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pwencrypt"></a>Chapter 13. LanMan and NT Password Encryption</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> - <tt><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> - </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">19 Apr 1999</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869092">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868961">How does it work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869678">The smbpasswd file</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869092"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>With the development of LanManager and Windows NT +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pwencrypt"></a>Chapter 14. LanMan and NT Password Encryption</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> + <tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> + </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">19 Apr 1999</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2892285">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892310">How does it work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891197">The smbpasswd file</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892285"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>With the development of LanManager and Windows NT compatible password encryption for Samba, it is now able to validate user connections in exactly the same way as a LanManager or Windows NT server.</p><p>This document describes how the SMB password encryption algorithm works and what issues there are in choosing whether you want to use it. You should read it carefully, especially - the part about security and the "PROS and CONS" section.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868961"></a>How does it work?</h2></div></div><p>LanManager encryption is somewhat similar to UNIX + the part about security and the "PROS and CONS" section.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892310"></a>How does it work?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>LanManager encryption is somewhat similar to UNIX password encryption. The server uses a file containing a hashed value of a user's password. This is created by taking the user's plaintext password, capitalising it, and either @@ -1860,7 +1877,7 @@ specify an arbitrary NT ACL, but for now it uses 'system' by default. is done on both hashes of the user's password and both responses are returned in the SMB call, giving two 24 byte values.</p><p>The Samba server then reproduces the above calculation, using its own stored value of the 16 byte hashed password (read from the - <tt>smbpasswd</tt> file - described later) and the challenge + <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file - described later) and the challenge value that it kept from the negotiate protocol reply. It then checks to see if the 24 byte value it calculates matches the 24 byte value returned to it from the client.</p><p>If these values match exactly, then the client knew the @@ -1869,35 +1886,35 @@ specify an arbitrary NT ACL, but for now it uses 'system' by default. know the correct password and is denied access.</p><p>Note that the Samba server never knows or stores the cleartext of the user's password - just the 16 byte hashed values derived from it. Also note that the cleartext password or 16 byte hashed values - are never transmitted over the network - thus increasing security.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869678"></a>The smbpasswd file</h2></div></div><a name="SMBPASSWDFILEFORMAT"></a><p>In order for Samba to participate in the above protocol + are never transmitted over the network - thus increasing security.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891197"></a>The smbpasswd file</h2></div></div><div></div></div><a name="SMBPASSWDFILEFORMAT"></a><p>In order for Samba to participate in the above protocol it must be able to look up the 16 byte hashed values given a user name. Unfortunately, as the UNIX password value is also a one way hash function (ie. it is impossible to retrieve the cleartext of the user's password given the UNIX hash of it), a separate password file containing this 16 byte value must be kept. To minimise problems with - these two password files, getting out of sync, the UNIX <tt> - /etc/passwd</tt> and the <tt>smbpasswd</tt> file, - a utility, <b>mksmbpasswd.sh</b>, is provided to generate - a smbpasswd file from a UNIX <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> file. - </p><p>To generate the smbpasswd file from your <tt>/etc/passwd - </tt> file use the following command:</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>cat /etc/passwd | mksmbpasswd.sh - > /usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p>If you are running on a system that uses NIS, use</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>ypcat passwd | mksmbpasswd.sh - > /usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p>The <b>mksmbpasswd.sh</b> program is found in + these two password files, getting out of sync, the UNIX <tt class="filename"> + /etc/passwd</tt> and the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file, + a utility, <b class="command">mksmbpasswd.sh</b>, is provided to generate + a smbpasswd file from a UNIX <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> file. + </p><p>To generate the smbpasswd file from your <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd + </tt> file use the following command:</p><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cat /etc/passwd | mksmbpasswd.sh + > /usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p>If you are running on a system that uses NIS, use</p><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ypcat passwd | mksmbpasswd.sh + > /usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p>The <b class="command">mksmbpasswd.sh</b> program is found in the Samba source directory. By default, the smbpasswd file is - stored in :</p><p><tt>/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt></p><p>The owner of the <tt>/usr/local/samba/private/</tt> + stored in :</p><p><tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt></p><p>The owner of the <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/</tt> directory should be set to root, and the permissions on it should - be set to 0500 (<b>chmod 500 /usr/local/samba/private</b>). + be set to 0500 (<b class="command">chmod 500 /usr/local/samba/private</b>). </p><p>Likewise, the smbpasswd file inside the private directory should be owned by root and the permissions on is should be set to 0600 - (<b>chmod 600 smbpasswd</b>).</p><p>The format of the smbpasswd file is (The line has been + (<b class="command">chmod 600 smbpasswd</b>).</p><p>The format of the smbpasswd file is (The line has been wrapped here. It should appear as one entry per line in your smbpasswd file.)</p><pre class="programlisting"> username:uid:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX: [Account type]:LCT-<last-change-time>:Long name - </pre><p>Although only the <i><tt>username</tt></i>, - <i><tt>uid</tt></i>, <i><tt> + </pre><p>Although only the <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i>, + <i class="replaceable"><tt>uid</tt></i>, <i class="replaceable"><tt> XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX</tt></i>, - [<i><tt>Account type</tt></i>] and <i><tt> + [<i class="replaceable"><tt>Account type</tt></i>] and <i class="replaceable"><tt> last-change-time</tt></i> sections are significant and are looked at in the Samba code.</p><p>It is <span class="emphasis"><em>VITALLY</em></span> important that there by 32 'X' characters between the two ':' characters in the XXX sections - @@ -1910,7 +1927,7 @@ username:uid:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX: to 32 ascii hexadecimal digits (0-9, A-F). These are an ascii representation of the 16 byte hashed value of a user's password.</p><p>To set a user to have no password (not recommended), edit the file using vi, and replace the first 11 characters with the ascii text - <tt>"NO PASSWORD"</tt> (minus the quotes).</p><p>For example, to clear the password for user bob, his smbpasswd file + <tt class="constant">"NO PASSWORD"</tt> (minus the quotes).</p><p>For example, to clear the password for user bob, his smbpasswd file entry would look like :</p><pre class="programlisting"> bob:100:NO PASSWORDXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX: [U ]:LCT-00000000:Bob's full name:/bobhome:/bobshell @@ -1918,38 +1935,38 @@ bob:100:NO PASSWORDXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX:XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX: their own passwords, you may want to give users NO PASSWORD initially so they do not have to enter a previous password when changing to their new password (not recommended). In order for you to allow this the - <b>smbpasswd</b> program must be able to connect to the - <b>smbd</b> daemon as that user with no password. Enable this - by adding the line :</p><p><b>null passwords = yes</b></p><p>to the [global] section of the smb.conf file (this is why + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> program must be able to connect to the + <b class="command">smbd</b> daemon as that user with no password. Enable this + by adding the line :</p><p><b class="command">null passwords = yes</b></p><p>to the [global] section of the smb.conf file (this is why the above scenario is not recommended). Preferably, allocate your users a default password to begin with, so you do not have to enable this on your server.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note : </em></span>This file should be protected very carefully. Anyone with access to this file can (with enough knowledge of the protocols) gain access to your SMB server. The file is thus more - sensitive than a normal unix <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> file.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="modules"></a>Chapter 14. Modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 19 March 2003 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2870133">Advantages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869868">Loading modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869901">Static modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870337">Shared modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2870365">Writing modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2870425">Static/Shared selection in configure.in</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870133"></a>Advantages</h2></div></div><p> + sensitive than a normal unix <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> file.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="modules"></a>Chapter 15. Modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 19 March 2003 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2892236">Advantages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893136">Loading modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893169">Static modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894111">Shared modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2894139">Writing modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2894200">Static/Shared selection in configure.in</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892236"></a>Advantages</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The new modules system has the following advantages: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Transparent loading of static and shared modules (no need -for a subsystem to know about modules)</td></tr><tr><td>Simple selection between shared and static modules at configure time</td></tr><tr><td>"preload modules" option for increasing performance for stable modules</td></tr><tr><td>No nasty #define stuff anymore</td></tr><tr><td>All backends are available as plugin now (including pdb_ldap and pdb_tdb)</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869868"></a>Loading modules</h2></div></div><p> +for a subsystem to know about modules)</td></tr><tr><td>Simple selection between shared and static modules at configure time</td></tr><tr><td>"preload modules" option for increasing performance for stable modules</td></tr><tr><td>No nasty #define stuff anymore</td></tr><tr><td>All backends are available as plugin now (including pdb_ldap and pdb_tdb)</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893136"></a>Loading modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Some subsystems in samba use different backends. These backends can be either statically linked in to samba or available as a plugin. A subsystem should have a function that allows a module to register itself. For example, the passdb subsystem has: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -BOOL smb_register_passdb(const char *name, pdb_init_function init, int version); +NTSTATUS smb_register_passdb(int version, const char *name, pdb_init_function init); </pre><p> This function will be called by the initialisation function of the module to register itself. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869901"></a>Static modules</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893169"></a>Static modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The modules system compiles a list of initialisation functions for the static modules of each subsystem. This is a define. For example, -it is here currently (from <tt>include/config.h</tt>): +it is here currently (from <tt class="filename">include/config.h</tt>): </p><pre class="programlisting"> /* Static init functions */ #define static_init_pdb { pdb_mysql_init(); pdb_ldap_init(); pdb_smbpasswd_init(); pdb_tdbsam_init(); pdb_guest_init();} </pre><p> These functions should be called before the subsystem is used. That should be done when the subsystem is initialised or first used. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870337"></a>Shared modules</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2894111"></a>Shared modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> If a subsystem needs a certain backend, it should check if it has already been registered. If the backend hasn't been registered already, the subsystem should call smb_probe_module(char *subsystem, char *backend). @@ -1959,22 +1976,22 @@ is a slash, smb_probe_module() tries to load the module from the absolute path specified in 'backend'. </p><p>After smb_probe_module() has been executed, the subsystem should check again if the module has been registered. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870365"></a>Writing modules</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2894139"></a>Writing modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Each module has an initialisation function. For modules that are -included with samba this name is '<i><tt>subsystem</tt></i>_<i><tt>backend</tt></i>_init'. For external modules (that will never be built-in, but only available as a module) this name is always 'init_module'. (In the case of modules included with samba, the configure system will add a #define subsystem_backend_init() init_module()). +included with samba this name is '<i class="replaceable"><tt>subsystem</tt></i>_<i class="replaceable"><tt>backend</tt></i>_init'. For external modules (that will never be built-in, but only available as a module) this name is always 'init_module'. (In the case of modules included with samba, the configure system will add a #define subsystem_backend_init() init_module()). The prototype for these functions is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -int init_module(void); +NTSTATUS init_module(void); </pre><p>This function should call one or more -registration functions. The function should return non-zero on success and zero on -failure.</p><p>For example, pdb_ldap_init() contains: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -int pdb_ldap_init(void) +registration functions. The function should return NT_STATUS_OK on success and +NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL or a more useful nt error code on failure.</p><p>For example, pdb_ldap_init() contains: </p><pre class="programlisting"> +NTSTATUS pdb_ldap_init(void) { - smb_register_passdb("ldapsam", pdb_init_ldapsam, PASSDB_INTERFACE_VERSION); - smb_register_passdb("ldapsam_nua", pdb_init_ldapsam_nua, PASSDB_INTERFACE_VERSION); - return TRUE; +smb_register_passdb(PASSDB_INTERFACE_VERSION, "ldapsam", pdb_init_ldapsam); +smb_register_passdb(PASSDB_INTERFACE_VERSION, "ldapsam_nua", pdb_init_ldapsam_nua); + return NT_STATUS_OK; } -</pre><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870425"></a>Static/Shared selection in configure.in</h3></div></div><p> +</pre><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2894200"></a>Static/Shared selection in configure.in</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Some macros in configure.in generate the various defines and substs that are necessary for the system to work correct. All modules that should be built by default have to be added to the variable 'default_modules'. @@ -1983,47 +2000,648 @@ For example, if ldap is found, pdb_ldap is added to this variable. On the bottom of configure.in, SMB_MODULE() should be called for each module and SMB_SUBSYSTEM() for each subsystem. </p><p>Syntax:</p><pre class="programlisting"> -SMB_MODULE(<i><tt>subsystem</tt></i>_<i><tt>backend</tt></i>, <i><tt>object files</tt></i>, <i><tt>plugin name</tt></i>, <i><tt>subsystem name</tt></i>, <i><tt>static_action</tt></i>, <i><tt>shared_action</tt></i>) -SMB_SUBSYSTEM(<i><tt>subsystem</tt></i>) +SMB_MODULE(<i class="replaceable"><tt>subsystem</tt></i>_<i class="replaceable"><tt>backend</tt></i>, <i class="replaceable"><tt>object files</tt></i>, <i class="replaceable"><tt>plugin name</tt></i>, <i class="replaceable"><tt>subsystem name</tt></i>, <i class="replaceable"><tt>static_action</tt></i>, <i class="replaceable"><tt>shared_action</tt></i>) +SMB_SUBSYSTEM(<i class="replaceable"><tt>subsystem</tt></i>) </pre><p>Also, make sure to add the correct directives to -<tt>Makefile.in</tt>. <i><tt>@SUBSYSTEM_STATIC@</tt></i> +<tt class="filename">Makefile.in</tt>. <i class="replaceable"><tt>@SUBSYSTEM_STATIC@</tt></i> will be replaced with a list of objects files of the modules that need to -be linked in statically. <i><tt>@SUBSYSTEM_MODULES@</tt></i> will +be linked in statically. <i class="replaceable"><tt>@SUBSYSTEM_MODULES@</tt></i> will be replaced with the names of the plugins to build. </p><p>You must make sure all .c files that contain defines that can be changed by ./configure are rebuilded in the 'modules_clean' make target. -Practically, this means all c files that contain <b>static_init_subsystem;</b> calls need to be rebuilded. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="rpc-plugin"></a>Chapter 15. RPC Pluggable Modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Anthony Liguori</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IBM<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:aliguor@us.ibm.com">aliguor@us.ibm.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">January 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869935">About</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869954">General Overview</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869935"></a>About</h2></div></div><p> +Practically, this means all c files that contain <b class="command">static_init_subsystem;</b> calls need to be rebuilded. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="rpc-plugin"></a>Chapter 16. RPC Pluggable Modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Anthony</span> <span class="surname">Liguori</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IBM<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:aliguor@us.ibm.com">aliguor@us.ibm.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">January 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2892904">About</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892923">General Overview</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892904"></a>About</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This document describes how to make use the new RPC Pluggable Modules features of Samba 3.0. This architecture was added to increase the maintainability of Samba allowing RPC Pipes to be worked on separately from the main CVS branch. The RPM architecture will also allow third-party vendors to add functionality to Samba through plug-ins. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869954"></a>General Overview</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892923"></a>General Overview</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> When an RPC call is sent to smbd, smbd tries to load a shared library by the -name <tt>librpc_<pipename>.so</tt> to handle the call if +name <tt class="filename">librpc_<pipename>.so</tt> to handle the call if it doesn't know how to handle the call internally. For instance, LSA calls -are handled by <tt>librpc_lsass.so</tt>.. -These shared libraries should be located in the <tt><sambaroot>/lib/rpc</tt>. smbd then attempts to call the init_module function within +are handled by <tt class="filename">librpc_lsass.so</tt>.. +These shared libraries should be located in the <tt class="filename"><sambaroot>/lib/rpc</tt>. smbd then attempts to call the init_module function within the shared library. Check the chapter on modules for more information. </p><p> In the init_module function, the library should call rpc_pipe_register_commands(). This function takes the following arguments: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -int rpc_pipe_register_commands(const char *clnt, const char *srv, +NTSTATUS rpc_pipe_register_commands(int version, const char *clnt, const char *srv, const struct api_struct *cmds, int size); -</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">clnt</span></dt><dd><p>the Client name of the named pipe</p></dd><dt><span class="term">srv</span></dt><dd><p>the Server name of the named pipe</p></dd><dt><span class="term">cmds</span></dt><dd><p>a list of api_structs that map RPC ordinal numbers to function calls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">size</span></dt><dd><p>the number of api_structs contained in cmds</p></dd></dl></div><p> +</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">version</span></dt><dd><p>Version number of the RPC interface. Use the define <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB_RPC_INTERFACE_VERSION</em></span> for this +argument.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">clnt</span></dt><dd><p>the Client name of the named pipe</p></dd><dt><span class="term">srv</span></dt><dd><p>the Server name of the named pipe</p></dd><dt><span class="term">cmds</span></dt><dd><p>a list of api_structs that map RPC ordinal numbers to function calls</p></dd><dt><span class="term">size</span></dt><dd><p>the number of api_structs contained in cmds</p></dd></dl></div><p> See rpc_server/srv_reg.c and rpc_server/srv_reg_nt.c for a small example of how to use this library. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Packaging"></a>Chapter 16. Notes to packagers</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer Vernooij</h3></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2870644">Versioning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870677">Modules</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870644"></a>Versioning</h2></div></div><p>Please, please update the version number in -<tt>source/include/version.h</tt> to include the versioning of your package. This makes it easier to distinguish standard samba builds +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="vfs"></a>Chapter 17. VFS Modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Alexander</span> <span class="surname">Bokovoy</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:ab@samba.org">ab@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Stefan</span> <span class="surname">Metzmacher</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:metze@metzemix.de">metze@metzemix.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 May 2003 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2895215">The Samba (Posix) VFS layer</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895223">The general interface</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895338">Possible VFS operation layers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2895409">The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895418">Initialization and registration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895609">How the Modules handle per connection data</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2895852">Upgrading to the New VFS Interface</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2895860">Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2896401">Some Notes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2896408">Implement TRANSPARENT functions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896432">Implement OPAQUE functions</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2895215"></a>The Samba (Posix) VFS layer</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895223"></a>The general interface</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Each VFS operation has a vfs_op_type, a function pointer and a handle pointer in the +struct vfs_ops and tree macros to make it easier to call the operations. +(Take a look at <tt class="filename">include/vfs.h</tt> and <tt class="filename">include/vfs_macros.h</tt>.) +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +typedef enum _vfs_op_type { + SMB_VFS_OP_NOOP = -1, + + ... + + /* File operations */ + + SMB_VFS_OP_OPEN, + SMB_VFS_OP_CLOSE, + SMB_VFS_OP_READ, + SMB_VFS_OP_WRITE, + SMB_VFS_OP_LSEEK, + SMB_VFS_OP_SENDFILE, + + ... + + SMB_VFS_OP_LAST +} vfs_op_type; +</pre><p>This struct contains the function and handle pointers for all operations.</p><pre class="programlisting"> +struct vfs_ops { + struct vfs_fn_pointers { + ... + + /* File operations */ + + int (*open)(struct vfs_handle_struct *handle, + struct connection_struct *conn, + const char *fname, int flags, mode_t mode); + int (*close)(struct vfs_handle_struct *handle, + struct files_struct *fsp, int fd); + ssize_t (*read)(struct vfs_handle_struct *handle, + struct files_struct *fsp, int fd, void *data, size_t n); + ssize_t (*write)(struct vfs_handle_struct *handle, + struct files_struct *fsp, int fd, + const void *data, size_t n); + SMB_OFF_T (*lseek)(struct vfs_handle_struct *handle, + struct files_struct *fsp, int fd, + SMB_OFF_T offset, int whence); + ssize_t (*sendfile)(struct vfs_handle_struct *handle, + int tofd, files_struct *fsp, int fromfd, + const DATA_BLOB *header, SMB_OFF_T offset, size_t count); + + ... + } ops; + + struct vfs_handles_pointers { + ... + + /* File operations */ + + struct vfs_handle_struct *open; + struct vfs_handle_struct *close; + struct vfs_handle_struct *read; + struct vfs_handle_struct *write; + struct vfs_handle_struct *lseek; + struct vfs_handle_struct *sendfile; + + ... + } handles; +}; +</pre><p> +This macros SHOULD be used to call any vfs operation. +DO NOT ACCESS conn->vfs.ops.* directly !!! +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +... + +/* File operations */ +#define SMB_VFS_OPEN(conn, fname, flags, mode) \ + ((conn)->vfs.ops.open((conn)->vfs.handles.open,\ + (conn), (fname), (flags), (mode))) +#define SMB_VFS_CLOSE(fsp, fd) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs.ops.close(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs.handles.close, (fsp), (fd))) +#define SMB_VFS_READ(fsp, fd, data, n) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs.ops.read(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs.handles.read,\ + (fsp), (fd), (data), (n))) +#define SMB_VFS_WRITE(fsp, fd, data, n) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs.ops.write(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs.handles.write,\ + (fsp), (fd), (data), (n))) +#define SMB_VFS_LSEEK(fsp, fd, offset, whence) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs.ops.lseek(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs.handles.lseek,\ + (fsp), (fd), (offset), (whence))) +#define SMB_VFS_SENDFILE(tofd, fsp, fromfd, header, offset, count) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs.ops.sendfile(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs.handles.sendfile,\ + (tofd), (fsp), (fromfd), (header), (offset), (count))) + +... +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895338"></a>Possible VFS operation layers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +These values are used by the VFS subsystem when building the conn->vfs +and conn->vfs_opaque structs for a connection with multiple VFS modules. +Internally, Samba differentiates only opaque and transparent layers at this process. +Other types are used for providing better diagnosing facilities. +</p><p> +Most modules will provide transparent layers. Opaque layer is for modules +which implement actual file system calls (like DB-based VFS). For example, +default POSIX VFS which is built in into Samba is an opaque VFS module. +</p><p> +Other layer types (logger, splitter, scanner) were designed to provide different +degree of transparency and for diagnosing VFS module behaviour. +</p><p> +Each module can implement several layers at the same time provided that only +one layer is used per each operation. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +typedef enum _vfs_op_layer { + SMB_VFS_LAYER_NOOP = -1, /* - For using in VFS module to indicate end of array */ + /* of operations description */ + SMB_VFS_LAYER_OPAQUE = 0, /* - Final level, does not call anything beyond itself */ + SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT, /* - Normal operation, calls underlying layer after */ + /* possibly changing passed data */ + SMB_VFS_LAYER_LOGGER, /* - Logs data, calls underlying layer, logging may not */ + /* use Samba VFS */ + SMB_VFS_LAYER_SPLITTER, /* - Splits operation, calls underlying layer _and_ own facility, */ + /* then combines result */ + SMB_VFS_LAYER_SCANNER /* - Checks data and possibly initiates additional */ + /* file activity like logging to files _inside_ samba VFS */ +} vfs_op_layer; +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2895409"></a>The Interaction between the Samba VFS subsystem and the modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895418"></a>Initialization and registration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As each Samba module a VFS module should have a +</p><pre class="programlisting">NTSTATUS vfs_example_init(void);</pre><p> function if it's staticly linked to samba or +</p><pre class="programlisting">NTSTATUS init_module(void);</pre><p> function if it's a shared module. +</p><p> +This should be the only non static function inside the module. +Global variables should also be static! +</p><p> +The module should register its functions via the +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +NTSTATUS smb_register_vfs(int version, const char *name, vfs_op_tuple *vfs_op_tuples); +</pre><p> function. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">version</span></dt><dd><p>should be filled with SMB_VFS_INTERFACE_VERSION</p></dd><dt><span class="term">name</span></dt><dd><p>this is the name witch can be listed in the +<b class="command">vfs objects</b> parameter to use this module.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_op_tuples</span></dt><dd><p> +this is an array of vfs_op_tuple's. +(vfs_op_tuples is descripted in details below.) +</p></dd></dl></div><p> +For each operation the module wants to provide it has a entry in the +vfs_op_tuple array. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +typedef struct _vfs_op_tuple { + void* op; + vfs_op_type type; + vfs_op_layer layer; +} vfs_op_tuple; +</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">op</span></dt><dd><p>the function pointer to the specified function.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">type</span></dt><dd><p>the vfs_op_type of the function to specified witch operation the function provides.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">layer</span></dt><dd><p>the vfs_op_layer in whitch the function operates.</p></dd></dl></div><p>A simple example:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +static vfs_op_tuple example_op_tuples[] = { + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_connect), SMB_VFS_OP_CONNECT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_disconnect), SMB_VFS_OP_DISCONNECT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_rename), SMB_VFS_OP_RENAME, SMB_VFS_LAYER_OPAQUE}, + + /* This indicates the end of the array */ + {SMB_VFS_OP(NULL), SMB_VFS_OP_NOOP, SMB_VFS_LAYER_NOOP} +}; + +NTSTATUS init_module(void) +{ + return smb_register_vfs(SMB_VFS_INTERFACE_VERSION, "example", example_op_tuples); +} +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895609"></a>How the Modules handle per connection data</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Each VFS function has as first parameter a pointer to the modules vfs_handle_struct. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +typedef struct vfs_handle_struct { + struct vfs_handle_struct *next, *prev; + const char *param; + struct vfs_ops vfs_next; + struct connection_struct *conn; + void *data; + void (*free_data)(void **data); +} vfs_handle_struct; +</pre><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">param</span></dt><dd><p>this is the module parameter specified in the <b class="command">vfs objects</b> parameter.</p><p>e.g. for 'vfs objects = example:test' param would be "test".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_next</span></dt><dd><p>This vfs_ops struct contains the information for calling the next module operations. +Use the SMB_VFS_NEXT_* macros to call a next module operations and +don't access handle->vfs_next.ops.* directly!</p></dd><dt><span class="term">conn</span></dt><dd><p>This is a pointer back to the connection_struct to witch the handle belongs.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">data</span></dt><dd><p>This is a pointer for holding module private data. +You can alloc data with connection life time on the handle->conn->mem_ctx TALLOC_CTX. +But you can also manage the memory allocation yourself.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">free_data</span></dt><dd><p>This is a function pointer to a function that free's the module private data. +If you talloc your private data on the TALLOC_CTX handle->conn->mem_ctx, +you can set this function pointer to NULL.</p></dd></dl></div><p>Some useful MACROS for handle private data. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +#define SMB_VFS_HANDLE_GET_DATA(handle, datap, type, ret) { \ + if (!(handle)||((datap=(type *)(handle)->data)==NULL)) { \ + DEBUG(0,("%s() failed to get vfs_handle->data!\n",FUNCTION_MACRO)); \ + ret; \ + } \ +} + +#define SMB_VFS_HANDLE_SET_DATA(handle, datap, free_fn, type, ret) { \ + if (!(handle)) { \ + DEBUG(0,("%s() failed to set handle->data!\n",FUNCTION_MACRO)); \ + ret; \ + } else { \ + if ((handle)->free_data) { \ + (handle)->free_data(&(handle)->data); \ + } \ + (handle)->data = (void *)datap; \ + (handle)->free_data = free_fn; \ + } \ +} + +#define SMB_VFS_HANDLE_FREE_DATA(handle) { \ + if ((handle) && (handle)->free_data) { \ + (handle)->free_data(&(handle)->data); \ + } \ +} +</pre><p>How SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT functions can call the SMB_VFS_LAYER_OPAQUE functions.</p><p>The easiest way to do this is to use the SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_* macros. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +... +/* File operations */ +#define SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_OPEN(conn, fname, flags, mode) \ + ((conn)->vfs_opaque.ops.open(\ + (conn)->vfs_opaque.handles.open,\ + (conn), (fname), (flags), (mode))) +#define SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_CLOSE(fsp, fd) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.ops.close(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.handles.close,\ + (fsp), (fd))) +#define SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_READ(fsp, fd, data, n) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.ops.read(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.handles.read,\ + (fsp), (fd), (data), (n))) +#define SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_WRITE(fsp, fd, data, n) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.ops.write(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.handles.write,\ + (fsp), (fd), (data), (n))) +#define SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_LSEEK(fsp, fd, offset, whence) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.ops.lseek(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.handles.lseek,\ + (fsp), (fd), (offset), (whence))) +#define SMB_VFS_OPAQUE_SENDFILE(tofd, fsp, fromfd, header, offset, count) \ + ((fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.ops.sendfile(\ + (fsp)->conn->vfs_opaque.handles.sendfile,\ + (tofd), (fsp), (fromfd), (header), (offset), (count))) +... +</pre><p>How SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT functions can call the next modules functions.</p><p>The easiest way to do this is to use the SMB_VFS_NEXT_* macros. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +... +/* File operations */ +#define SMB_VFS_NEXT_OPEN(handle, conn, fname, flags, mode) \ + ((handle)->vfs_next.ops.open(\ + (handle)->vfs_next.handles.open,\ + (conn), (fname), (flags), (mode))) +#define SMB_VFS_NEXT_CLOSE(handle, fsp, fd) \ + ((handle)->vfs_next.ops.close(\ + (handle)->vfs_next.handles.close,\ + (fsp), (fd))) +#define SMB_VFS_NEXT_READ(handle, fsp, fd, data, n) \ + ((handle)->vfs_next.ops.read(\ + (handle)->vfs_next.handles.read,\ + (fsp), (fd), (data), (n))) +#define SMB_VFS_NEXT_WRITE(handle, fsp, fd, data, n) \ + ((handle)->vfs_next.ops.write(\ + (handle)->vfs_next.handles.write,\ + (fsp), (fd), (data), (n))) +#define SMB_VFS_NEXT_LSEEK(handle, fsp, fd, offset, whence) \ + ((handle)->vfs_next.ops.lseek(\ + (handle)->vfs_next.handles.lseek,\ + (fsp), (fd), (offset), (whence))) +#define SMB_VFS_NEXT_SENDFILE(handle, tofd, fsp, fromfd, header, offset, count) \ + ((handle)->vfs_next.ops.sendfile(\ + (handle)->vfs_next.handles.sendfile,\ + (tofd), (fsp), (fromfd), (header), (offset), (count))) +... +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2895852"></a>Upgrading to the New VFS Interface</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895860"></a>Upgrading from 2.2.* and 3.0aplha modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +Add "vfs_handle_struct *handle, " as first parameter to all vfs operation functions. +e.g. example_connect(connection_struct *conn, const char *service, const char *user); +-> example_connect(vfs_handle_struct *handle, connection_struct *conn, const char *service, const char *user); +</p></li><li><p> +Replace "default_vfs_ops." with "smb_vfs_next_". +e.g. default_vfs_ops.connect(conn, service, user); +-> smb_vfs_next_connect(conn, service, user); +</p></li><li><p> +Uppercase all "smb_vfs_next_*" functions. +e.g. smb_vfs_next_connect(conn, service, user); +-> SMB_VFS_NEXT_CONNECT(conn, service, user); +</p></li><li><p> +Add "handle, " as first parameter to all SMB_VFS_NEXT_*() calls. +e.g. SMB_VFS_NEXT_CONNECT(conn, service, user); +-> SMB_VFS_NEXT_CONNECT(handle, conn, service, user); +</p></li><li><p> +(Only for 2.2.* modules) +Convert the old struct vfs_ops example_ops to +a vfs_op_tuple example_op_tuples[] array. +e.g. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +struct vfs_ops example_ops = { + /* Disk operations */ + example_connect, /* connect */ + example_disconnect, /* disconnect */ + NULL, /* disk free * + /* Directory operations */ + NULL, /* opendir */ + NULL, /* readdir */ + NULL, /* mkdir */ + NULL, /* rmdir */ + NULL, /* closedir */ + /* File operations */ + NULL, /* open */ + NULL, /* close */ + NULL, /* read */ + NULL, /* write */ + NULL, /* lseek */ + NULL, /* sendfile */ + NULL, /* rename */ + NULL, /* fsync */ + example_stat, /* stat */ + example_fstat, /* fstat */ + example_lstat, /* lstat */ + NULL, /* unlink */ + NULL, /* chmod */ + NULL, /* fchmod */ + NULL, /* chown */ + NULL, /* fchown */ + NULL, /* chdir */ + NULL, /* getwd */ + NULL, /* utime */ + NULL, /* ftruncate */ + NULL, /* lock */ + NULL, /* symlink */ + NULL, /* readlink */ + NULL, /* link */ + NULL, /* mknod */ + NULL, /* realpath */ + NULL, /* fget_nt_acl */ + NULL, /* get_nt_acl */ + NULL, /* fset_nt_acl */ + NULL, /* set_nt_acl */ + + NULL, /* chmod_acl */ + NULL, /* fchmod_acl */ + + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_entry */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_tag_type */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_permset */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_qualifier */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_file */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_fd */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_clear_perms */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_add_perm */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_to_text */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_init */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_create_entry */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_set_tag_type */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_set_qualifier */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_set_permset */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_valid */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_set_file */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_set_fd */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_delete_def_file */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_get_perm */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_free_text */ + NULL, /* sys_acl_free_acl */ + NULL /* sys_acl_free_qualifier */ +}; +</pre><p> +-> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +static vfs_op_tuple example_op_tuples[] = { + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_connect), SMB_VFS_OP_CONNECT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_disconnect), SMB_VFS_OP_DISCONNECT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_fstat), SMB_VFS_OP_FSTAT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_stat), SMB_VFS_OP_STAT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + {SMB_VFS_OP(example_lstat), SMB_VFS_OP_LSTAT, SMB_VFS_LAYER_TRANSPARENT}, + + {SMB_VFS_OP(NULL), SMB_VFS_OP_NOOP, SMB_VFS_LAYER_NOOP} +}; +</pre><p> +</p></li><li><p> +Move the example_op_tuples[] array to the end of the file. +</p></li><li><p> +Add the init_module() function at the end of the file. +e.g. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +NTSTATUS init_module(void) +{ + return smb_register_vfs(SMB_VFS_INTERFACE_VERSION,"example",example_op_tuples); +} +</pre><p> +</p></li><li><p> +Check if your vfs_init() function does more then just prepare the vfs_ops structs or +remember the struct smb_vfs_handle_struct. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>If NOT you can remove the vfs_init() function.</td></tr><tr><td>If YES decide if you want to move the code to the example_connect() operation or to the init_module(). And then remove vfs_init(). + e.g. a debug class registration should go into init_module() and the allocation of private data should go to example_connect().</td></tr></table><p> +</p></li><li><p> +(Only for 3.0alpha* modules) +Check if your vfs_done() function contains needed code. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>If NOT you can remove the vfs_done() function.</td></tr><tr><td>If YES decide if you can move the code to the example_disconnect() operation. Otherwise register a SMB_EXIT_EVENT with smb_register_exit_event(); (Described in the <a href="#modules" title="Chapter 15. Modules">modules section</a>) And then remove vfs_done(). e.g. the freeing of private data should go to example_disconnect(). +</td></tr></table><p> +</p></li><li><p> +Check if you have any global variables left. +Decide if it wouldn't be better to have this data on a connection basis. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>If NOT leave them as they are. (e.g. this could be the variable for the private debug class.)</td></tr><tr><td>If YES pack all this data into a struct. You can use handle->data to point to such a struct on a per connection basis.</td></tr></table><p> + + e.g. if you have such a struct: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +struct example_privates { + char *some_string; + int db_connection; +}; +</pre><p> +first way of doing it: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +static int example_connect(vfs_handle_struct *handle, + connection_struct *conn, const char *service, + const char* user) +{ + struct example_privates *data = NULL; + + /* alloc our private data */ + data = (struct example_privates *)talloc_zero(conn->mem_ctx, sizeof(struct example_privates)); + if (!data) { + DEBUG(0,("talloc_zero() failed\n")); + return -1; + } + + /* init out private data */ + data->some_string = talloc_strdup(conn->mem_ctx,"test"); + if (!data->some_string) { + DEBUG(0,("talloc_strdup() failed\n")); + return -1; + } + + data->db_connection = open_db_conn(); + + /* and now store the private data pointer in handle->data + * we don't need to specify a free_function here because + * we use the connection TALLOC context. + * (return -1 if something failed.) + */ + VFS_HANDLE_SET_DATA(handle, data, NULL, struct example_privates, return -1); + + return SMB_VFS_NEXT_CONNECT(handle,conn,service,user); +} + +static int example_close(vfs_handle_struct *handle, files_struct *fsp, int fd) +{ + struct example_privates *data = NULL; + + /* get the pointer to our private data + * return -1 if something failed + */ + SMB_VFS_HANDLE_GET_DATA(handle, data, struct example_privates, return -1); + + /* do something here...*/ + DEBUG(0,("some_string: %s\n",data->some_string)); + + return SMB_VFS_NEXT_CLOSE(handle, fsp, fd); +} +</pre><p> +second way of doing it: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +static void free_example_privates(void **datap) +{ + struct example_privates *data = (struct example_privates *)*datap; + + SAFE_FREE(data->some_string); + SAFE_FREE(data); + + datap = NULL; + + return; +} + +static int example_connect(vfs_handle_struct *handle, + connection_struct *conn, const char *service, + const char* user) +{ + struct example_privates *data = NULL; + + /* alloc our private data */ + data = (struct example_privates *)malloc(sizeof(struct example_privates)); + if (!data) { + DEBUG(0,("malloc() failed\n")); + return -1; + } + + /* init out private data */ + data->some_string = strdup(conn->mem_ctx,"test"); + if (!data->some_string) { + DEBUG(0,("strdup() failed\n")); + return -1; + } + + data->db_connection = open_db_conn(); + + /* and now store the private data pointer in handle->data + * we need to specify a free_function because we used malloc() and strdup(). + * (return -1 if something failed.) + */ + SMB_VFS_HANDLE_SET_DATA(handle, data, NULL, struct example_privates, return -1); + + return SMB_VFS_NEXT_CONNECT(handle,conn,service,user); +} + +static int example_close(vfs_handle_struct *handle, files_struct *fsp, int fd) +{ + struct example_privates *data = NULL; + + /* get the pointer to our private data + * return -1 if something failed + */ + SMB_VFS_HANDLE_GET_DATA(handle, data, struct example_privates, return -1); + + /* do something here...*/ + DEBUG(0,("some_string: %s\n",data->some_string)); + + return SMB_VFS_NEXT_CLOSE(handle, fsp, fd); +} +</pre><p> +</p></li><li><p> +To make it easy to build 3rd party modules it would be usefull to provide +configure.in, (configure), install.sh and Makefile.in with the module. +(Take a look at the example in <tt class="filename">examples/VFS</tt>.) +</p><p> +The configure script accepts <tt class="option">--with-samba-source</tt> to specify +the path to the samba source tree. +It also accept <tt class="option">--enable-developer</tt> which lets the compiler +give you more warnings. +</p><p> +The idea is that you can extend this +<tt class="filename">configure.in</tt> and <tt class="filename">Makefile.in</tt> scripts +for your module. +</p></li><li><p> +Compiling & Testing... +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><b class="userinput"><tt>./configure <tt class="option">--enable-developer</tt></tt></b> ...</td></tr><tr><td><b class="userinput"><tt>make</tt></b></td></tr><tr><td>Try to fix all compiler warnings</td></tr><tr><td><b class="userinput"><tt>make</tt></b></td></tr><tr><td>Testing, Testing, Testing ...</td></tr></table><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896401"></a>Some Notes</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896408"></a>Implement TRANSPARENT functions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Avoid writing functions like this: + +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +static int example_close(vfs_handle_struct *handle, files_struct *fsp, int fd) +{ + return SMB_VFS_NEXT_CLOSE(handle, fsp, fd); +} +</pre><p> + +Overload only the functions you really need to! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896432"></a>Implement OPAQUE functions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to just implement a better version of a +default samba opaque function +(e.g. like a disk_free() function for a special filesystem) +it's ok to just overload that specific function. +</p><p> +If you want to implement a database filesystem or +something different from a posix filesystem. +Make sure that you overload every vfs operation!!! +</p><p> +Functions your FS does not support should be overloaded by something like this: +e.g. for a readonly filesystem. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +static int example_rename(vfs_handle_struct *handle, connection_struct *conn, + char *oldname, char *newname) +{ + DEBUG(10,("function rename() not allowed on vfs 'example'\n")); + errno = ENOSYS; + return -1; +} +</pre></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Packaging"></a>Chapter 18. Notes to packagers</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2895009">Versioning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895042">Modules</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2895009"></a>Versioning</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Please, please update the version number in +<tt class="filename">source/include/version.h</tt> to include the versioning of your package. This makes it easier to distinguish standard samba builds from custom-build samba builds (distributions often patch packages). For example, a good version would be: </p><pre class="programlisting"> Version 2.999+3.0.alpha21-5 for Debian -</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2870677"></a>Modules</h2></div></div><p>Samba now has support for building parts of samba as plugins. This +</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2895042"></a>Modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba now has support for building parts of samba as plugins. This makes it possible to, for example, put ldap or mysql support in a seperate package, thus making it possible to have a normal samba package not depending on ldap or mysql. To build as much parts of samba as a plugin, run: </p><pre class="programlisting"> ./configure --with-shared-modules=rpc,vfs,auth,pdb,charset -</pre></div></div></div></body></html> +</pre></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="contributing"></a>Chapter 19. Contributing code</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><p>Here are a few tips and notes that might be useful if you are + interested in modifying samba source code and getting it into + samba's main branch.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Retrieving the source</span></dt><dd><p>In order to contribute code to samba, make sure you have the + latest source. Retrieving the samba source code from CVS is + documented in the appendix of the Samba HOWTO Collection. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Discuss large modifications with team members</span></dt><dd><p>Please discuss large modifications you are going to make + with members of the samba team. Some parts of the samba code + have one or more 'owners' - samba developers who wrote most + of the code and maintain it. + </p><p>This way you can avoid spending your time and effort on + something that is not going to make it into the main samba branch + because someone else was working on the same thing or because your + implementation is not the correct one. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Patch format</span></dt><dd><p>Patches to the samba tree should be in unified diff format, + e.g. files generated by <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -u</tt></b>. + </p><p>If you are modifying a copy of samba you retrieved from CVS, + you can easily generate a diff file of these changes by running + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs diff -u</tt></b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Points of attention when modifying samba source code</span></dt><dd><p> + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Don't simply copy code from other places and modify it until it + works. Code needs to be clean and logical. Duplicate + code is to be avoided.</td></tr><tr><td>Test your patch. It might take a while before one of us looks + at your patch so it will take longer before your patch when your patch + needs to go thru the review cycle again.</td></tr><tr><td>Don't put seperate patches in one large diff file. This makes + it harder to read, understand and test the patch. You might + also risk not getting a good patch committed because you mixed it + with one that had issues. </td></tr><tr><td>Make sure your patch complies to the samba coding style as + suggested in the coding-suggestions chapter. </td></tr></table><p> + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Sending in bugfixes</span></dt><dd><p>Bugfixes to bugs in samba should be submitted to samba's + <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla system</a>, + along with a description of the bug. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Sending in feature patches</span></dt><dd><p>Send feature patches along with a description of what the + patch is supposed to do to the + <a href="mailto:samba-technical@samba.org" target="_top">Samba-technical mailinglist</a> and possibly to a samba team member who is (one of the) 'owners' + of the code you made modifications to. We are all busy people + so everybody tends to 'let one of the others handle it'. If nobody + responded to your patch for a week, try to send it again until you + get a response from one of us. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Feedback on your patch</span></dt><dd><p>One of the team members will look at your patch and either + commit your patch or give comments why he won't apply it. In the + latter case you can fix your patch and re-send it until + your patch is approved.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html index 8334ef82f3..27faf25f17 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/Samba-HOWTO-Collection.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>SAMBA Project Documentation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><meta name="description" content=" +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>SAMBA Project Documentation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><meta name="description" content=" This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years. Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents. The most recent version of this document can be found at http://www.samba.org/ on the "Documentation" page. Please send updates to -Jelmer Venrooij, -John Terpstra or +Jelmer Vernooij, +John H. Terpstra or Gerald (Jerry) Carter. The Samba-Team would like to express sincere thanks to the many people who have with @@ -14,21 +14,24 @@ or without their knowledge contributed to this update. The size and scope of thi project would not have been possible without significant community contribution. A not insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obtained from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big "Thank-you" is also offered. -Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTO's - they are a source of inspiration and +Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTOs - they are a source of inspiration and application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators. -"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Samba-HOWTO-Collection"></a>SAMBA Project Documentation</h1></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">SAMBA Team</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><p> +"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="book" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Samba-HOWTO-Collection"></a>SAMBA Project Documentation</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><h4 class="editedby">Edited by</h4><h3 class="editor"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><h3 class="editor"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><h3 class="editor"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="legalnotice"><p> This documentation is distributed under the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 2. A copy of the license is included with the Samba source distribution. A copy can be found on-line at <a href="http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt" target="_top">http://www.fsf.org/licenses/gpl.txt</a> -</p></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Monday April 21, 2003</p></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> +</p><p><b>Attributions. </b> + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="#IntroSMB" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba">Introduction to Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>David Lechnyr <<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com" target="_top">david@lechnyr.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#install" title="Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Karl Auer</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#FastStart" title="Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient">Fast Start for the Impatient</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ServerType" title="Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes">Server Types and Security Modes</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>David Bannon <<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org" target="_top">dbannon@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#samba-bdc" title="Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control">Backup Domain Control</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Volker Lendecke <<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE" target="_top">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#StandAloneServer" title="Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers">Stand-Alone Servers</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ClientConfig" title="Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#NetworkBrowsing" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Databases</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Olivier (lem) Lemaire <<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org" target="_top">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#groupmapping" title="Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jean François Micouleau</p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#AccessControls" title="Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#locking" title="Chapter 14. File and Record Locking">File and Record Locking</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jeremy Allison <<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org" target="_top">jra@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Eric Roseme <<a href="mailto:eric.roseme@hp.com" target="_top">eric.roseme@hp.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#securing-samba" title="Chapter 15. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#InterdomainTrusts" title="Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Rafal Szczesniak <<a href="mailto:mimir@samba.org" target="_top">mimir@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#msdfs" title="Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Shirish Kalele <<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">samba@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#printing" title="Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support">Classical Printing Support</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Kurt Pfeifle <<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de" target="_top">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></p></li><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#CUPS-printing" title="Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Kurt Pfeifle <<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de" target="_top">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></p></li><li><p>Ciprian Vizitiu <<a href="mailto:CVizitiu@gbif.org" target="_top">CVizitiu@gbif.org</a>> (drawings) </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#VFS" title="Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules">Stackable VFS modules</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Tim Potter</p></li><li><p>Simo Sorce (original vfs_skel README) </p></li><li><p>Alexander Bokovoy (original vfs_netatalk docs) </p></li><li><p>Stefan Metzmacher (Update for multiple modules) </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Tim Potter <<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au" target="_top">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></p></li><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Naag Mummaneni <<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com" target="_top">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement" title="Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management">Advanced Network Management</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#PolicyMgmt" title="Chapter 23. System and Account Policies">System and Account Policies</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#ProfileMgmt" title="Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management">Desktop Profile Management</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#pam" title="Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Stephen Langasek <<a href="mailto:vorlon@netexpress.net" target="_top">vorlon@netexpress.net</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#integrate-ms-networks" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#unicode" title="Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets">Unicode/Charsets</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>TAKAHASHI Motonobu <<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com" target="_top">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Backup" title="Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques">Samba Backup Techniques</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#SambaHA" title="Chapter 29. High Availability Options">High Availability Options</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#upgrading-to-3.0" title="Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0">Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#NT4Migration" title="Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#SWAT" title="Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool">SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 33. The Samba checklist">The Samba checklist</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Andrew Tridgell <<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org" target="_top">tridge@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#problems" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Gerald Carter <<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>David Bannon <<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org" target="_top">dbannon@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#bugreport" title="Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs">Reporting Bugs</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p> Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#compiling" title="Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA">How to compile SAMBA</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p> Someone; Jerry perhaps?</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Portability" title="Chapter 37. Portability">Portability</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Other-Clients" title="Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jim McDonough <<a href="mailto:jmcd@us.ibm.com" target="_top">jmcd@us.ibm.com</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#speed" title="Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning">Samba Performance Tuning</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Paul Cochrane <<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk" target="_top">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></p></li><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#DNSDHCP" title="Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide">DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>John Terpstra <<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">jht@samba.org</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="#Further-Resources" title="Chapter 41. Further Resources">Further Resources</a></span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Jelmer Vernooij <<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">jelmer@samba.org</a>></p></li><li><p>David Lechnyr <<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com" target="_top">david@lechnyr.com</a>></p></li></ul></div></dd></dl></div><p> + + </p></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Monday April 21, 2003</p></div><div><div class="abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p> This book is a collection of HOWTOs added to Samba documentation over the years. Samba is always under development, and so is its' documentation. This release of the documentation represents a major revision or layout as well as contents. The most recent version of this document can be found at <a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> on the "Documentation" page. Please send updates to -<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">Jelmer Venrooij</a>, -<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John Terpstra</a> or +<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org" target="_top">Jelmer Vernooij</a>, +<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John H. Terpstra</a> or <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</a>. </p><p> The Samba-Team would like to express sincere thanks to the many people who have with @@ -36,41 +39,54 @@ or without their knowledge contributed to this update. The size and scope of thi project would not have been possible without significant community contribution. A not insignificant number of ideas for inclusion (if not content itself) has been obtained from a number of Unofficial HOWTOs - to each such author a big "Thank-you" is also offered. -Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTO's - they are a source of inspiration and +Please keep publishing your Unofficial HOWTOs - they are a source of inspiration and application knowledge that is most to be desired by many Samba users and administrators. -</p></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>I. <a href="#introduction">General Installation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2794048">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2794106">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795149">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845311">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790901">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793926">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2844986">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844847">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845201">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844744">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858916">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858954">Try listing the shares available on your - server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859005">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859108">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859169">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>II. <a href="#type">Server Configuration Basics</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>3. <a href="#ServerType">Nomenclature of Server Types</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845139">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859402">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859442">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859458">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="#securitylevels">Samba as Stand-Alone Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859216">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859238">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859720">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859774">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860095">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860234">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc"> -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859583">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859607"> -Background -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860563">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860863">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861132">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861366">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861423">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861529">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861536">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861574">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +</p></div></div></div><div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>I. <a href="#introduction">General Installation</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868116">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868327">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868481">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868550">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868638">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868711">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869372">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869412">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869449">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869599">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869643">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869694">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869795">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869858">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869892">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869904">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870119">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="#FastStart">Fast Start for the Impatient</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869247">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>II. <a href="#type">Server Configuration Basics</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>4. <a href="#ServerType">Server Types and Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871270">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871366">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871450">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871565">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871698">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871820">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872071">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872158">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872383">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872559">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872587">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872620">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872649">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872682">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc">Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874489">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874793">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874809">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875020">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875340">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875639">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875661">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875676">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876003">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876111">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876118">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876157">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861621">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861672">The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861721">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861746">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861910">Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc"> -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845056">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860294">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862166">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862187">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862212">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2862231">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862264">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862361">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862390">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#ADS">Samba as a ADS domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862021">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862571">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862765">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862919">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#domain-member">Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862413">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863318">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>III. <a href="#optional">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>9. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862996">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863646">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863809">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863936">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864124">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864390">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864538">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864555">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864584">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864695">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2864763">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863586">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865218">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865243">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865274">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865287">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865354">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865470">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865517">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865624">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865703">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="#passdb">User information database</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866099">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866152">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866314">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866353">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866388">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866568">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866597">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866613">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866621">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866721">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866860">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866898">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867008">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867304">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867341">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867456">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867737">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867793">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867800">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867854">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867999">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868029">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868072">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#unix-permissions">UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865054">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT - security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864937">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868280">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868401">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868484">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868587">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868637">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868797">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869113">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Configuring Group Mapping</a></dt><dt>13. <a href="#printing">Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869498">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869614">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869661">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869893">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869992">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870099">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870231">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869233">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869259">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870336">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870355">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870379">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869340">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869347">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870552">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870619">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870661">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870795">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871344">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871420">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871438">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871464">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871008">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871067">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871607">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871091">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872272">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872314">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872566">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872915">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873302">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873339">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873758">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874367">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874473">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#winbind">Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874714">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874743">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874814">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872076">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872107">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872135">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872170">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872192">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875280">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875352">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875387">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875414">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875442">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875518">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875611">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2877210">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877264">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875143">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874905">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2874974">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875057">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877889">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877672">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877925">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878014">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878140">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878344">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878457">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878478">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878502">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877599">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877483">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879080">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879695">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879742">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879925">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879970">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880011">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880040">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880129">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880513">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878684">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881006">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881019">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881063">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2881087">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881114">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881210">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#pam">PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880956">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881738">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881795">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882047">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881331">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882249">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882256">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882295">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882416">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882554">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882592">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882614">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882669">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882214">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882961">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882745">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883178">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883316">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883360">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883403">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883498">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883030">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883069">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883112">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883144">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883156">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883603">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883619">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884070">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884122">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884164">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883724">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883760">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884358">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884428">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884517">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884562">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884210">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884872">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884987">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885212">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885239">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885320">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885350">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>IV. <a href="#troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>27. <a href="#diagnosis">The samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884810">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793401">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886854">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790687">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887096">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887237">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887343">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887497">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887016">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886937">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887713">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887849">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887942">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887989">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>V. <a href="#Appendixes">Appendixes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>30. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887580">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887587">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887620">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888377">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888418">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888501">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888639">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888786">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888853">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889045">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888159">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888028">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889725">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889980">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890062">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890304">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889273">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889171">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889194">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890671">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890709">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890716">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890741">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890748">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>33. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890402">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890976">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890983">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891066">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891126">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) - is used as a client?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891155">How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891218">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891226">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891257">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891287">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891313">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891344">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891361">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891388">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891458">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891475">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891585">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890961">SWAT Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890837">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891873">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891946">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892010">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892118">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892167">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892216">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892261">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892300">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892316">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#speed">Samba performance issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891608">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891653">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892541">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892584">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892637">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892660">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892717">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892759">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892781">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>21.1. <a href="#id2882333">Extended Auditing Log Information</a></dt><dt>31.1. <a href="#id2889997">The 3 Major Site Types</a></dt><dt>31.2. <a href="#id2890135">Nature of the Conversion Choices</a></dt></dl></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="introduction"></a>General Installation</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2789774"></a>Preparing Samba for Configuration</h1></div></div><p>This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876206">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876277">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876340">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876367">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc">Backup Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878532">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878705">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878734">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878954">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878975">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879001">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879047">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879149">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879210">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879224">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879254">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879287">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879332">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#domain-member">Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880401">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880516">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880692">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880944">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881141">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881203">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#domain-member-server">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881406">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881788">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881929">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882013">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882376">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882398">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882423">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882455">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#StandAloneServer">Stand-Alone Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884809">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885005">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885077">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885092">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885142">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885356">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>9. <a href="#ClientConfig">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884469">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>III. <a href="#optional">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>10. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886062">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886141">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886251">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886267">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886430">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886562">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2886698">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886824">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887045">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing Samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887315">Making Samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887471">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887488">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887517">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887626">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2887687">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887846">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888045">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888070">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888154">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888167">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888234">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888372">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888419">Browsing support in Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888526">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888605">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889225">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889240">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889269">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#passdb">Account Information Databases</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2892812">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893140">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893204">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893458">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2893513">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893545">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893811">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2893963">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893999">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894038">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894145">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894173">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895689">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2896493">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2896501">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896516">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896576">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2903953">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904055">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904246">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2904310">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904325">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904393">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2904485">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904501">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904562">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="#AccessControls">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902775">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2902812">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902830">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2903087">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2903183">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2903398">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904578">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904850">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905095">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905311">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905383">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905682">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905690">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905728">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905807">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905929">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906157">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906309">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906639">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2906714">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906729">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2907109">I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910721">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910776">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910908">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911554">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911664">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911924">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2912154">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912180">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2912260">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912291">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2912365">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2912394">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914448">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914481">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914555">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914574">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914645">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914697">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914749">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914805">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914866">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2914907">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914932">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914949">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914974">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915881">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915909">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915993">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916006">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2916091">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2916127">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916155">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2916295">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2916428">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916443">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915783">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917436">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#printing">Classical Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2917027">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917095">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2917133">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917203">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918120">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918450">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918559">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2918652">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2918721">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918810">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2919116">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919220">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2919234">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919616">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919945">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920166">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920216">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920741">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2921021">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2921186">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921338">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921450">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921521">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921752">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2921913">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2922008">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2922192">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2923912">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2923933">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924131">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924420">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924516">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2924657">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2924690">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925127">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925430">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925673">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925771">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926117">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926188">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926210">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2926256">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926297">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926316">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926340">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926492">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926822">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926867">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927036">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927051">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2927064">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927097">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936290">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936298">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936350">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2936405">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936484">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936628">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936710">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2936828">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936848">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936875">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936912">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936970">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937131">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2937224">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2937300">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937344">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937445">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937533">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937630">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937742">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937813">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937902">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2937925">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2938065">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938252">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938369">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938539">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938624">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938727">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938883">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938940">rasterto [printers specific]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939024">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939336">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939448">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939464">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939517">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939571">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939786">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940015">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940170">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940530">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2940605">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2940620">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940659">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940731">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2940794">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2940814">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940978">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941054">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941110">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941150">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941216">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941233">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941268">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941289">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941316">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941369"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941388">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941480">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941526">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941724">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941782">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941814">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941864">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942086">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942268">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942369">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942596">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942690">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942777">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942812">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942865">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942978">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2943112">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2943227">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943340">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943429">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943519">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943682">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944334">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2944435">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2944537">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944608">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944670">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944728">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2944795">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2944903">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2945532">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2945993">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946024">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946056">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946097">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946169">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946270">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946341">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946390">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946404">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946598">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946644">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946726">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946787">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946805">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946822">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946857">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946870">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946883">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946896">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946904">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947118">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947424">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948546">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2960717">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960735">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960826">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2960833">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960871">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960995">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961013">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961151">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2961195">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2961218">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961273">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2961303">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#winbind">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962201">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962229">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962301">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962361">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2962392">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962420">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962454">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962477">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962613">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962685">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962720">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2962747">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962851">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962944">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2964563">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964582">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967075">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2967264">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2967363">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967381">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2967592">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967788">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2967822">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2966885">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2966939">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2968722">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2968817">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2968950">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2969202">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2969303">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969324">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969344">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2969388">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969535">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2969549">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2970756">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2970790">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2970831">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2971236">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972407">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972472">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2972737">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972795">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972841">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2972861">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973009">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973563">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2974067">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2974080">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974143">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974365">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#pam">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978309">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978577">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978595">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979265">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979567">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979625">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979709">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2980075">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2980089">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982211">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982236">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982281">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982337">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982462">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982506">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982548">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2982637">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982784">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982829">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983073">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983105">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983130">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2983200">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983216">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983248">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983300">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>27. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984418">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984620">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984690">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984790">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984835">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#Backup">Samba Backup Techniques</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984038">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984063">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#SambaHA">High Availability Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2985605">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>IV. <a href="#migration">Migration and Updating</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>30. <a href="#upgrading-to-3.0">Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984190">Charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984215">Obsolete configuration options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985825">Password Backend</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983845">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983873">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2986549">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2986887">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986968">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2987210">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986434">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986468">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2988827">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2988941">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989005">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989110">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989175">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989239">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989287">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989339">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989362">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>V. <a href="#troubleshooting">Troubleshooting</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>33. <a href="#diagnosis">The Samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2988578">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990437">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990614">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991790">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2993414">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993555">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993839">Useful URLs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993884">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994036">How to get off the mailing lists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994775">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994997">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995034">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995176">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995284">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995331">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>VI. <a href="#Appendixes">Appendixes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt>36. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994651">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994658">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994688">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996207">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996256">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996392">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996529">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996694">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996786">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996990">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2997085">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>37. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995985">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998515">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998546">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998716">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998760">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998767">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2998793">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998800">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>38. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998169">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999522">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2999529">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999608">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999670">How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2999766">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2999774">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999864">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999894">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999940">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999970">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999988">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3000034">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3000107">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3000131">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3000242">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>39. <a href="#speed">Samba Performance Tuning</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3001274">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001319">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001394">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001437">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001490">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001513">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001570">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001612">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001633">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001658">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001692">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>40. <a href="#DNSDHCP">DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3001112">Note</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>41. <a href="#Further-Resources">Further Resources</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3001272">Websites</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3002922">Related updates from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3002990">Books</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3001039">Index</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-figures"><p><b>List of Figures</b></p><dl><dt>19.1. <a href="#id2937409">Windows Printing to a local Printer</a></dt><dt>19.2. <a href="#id2937580">Printing to a Postscript Printer</a></dt><dt>19.3. <a href="#id2937660">Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers</a></dt><dt>19.4. <a href="#id2938589">Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript</a></dt><dt>19.5. <a href="#id2938654">Adding Device-specific Print Options</a></dt><dt>19.6. <a href="#id2938756">Postscript to intermediate Raster format</a></dt><dt>19.7. <a href="#id2938809">CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript</a></dt><dt>19.8. <a href="#id2938904">Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion</a></dt><dt>19.9. <a href="#id2938988">Raster to Printer Specific formats</a></dt><dt>19.10. <a href="#id2940065">cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS</a></dt><dt>19.11. <a href="#id2940695">Print Driver execution on the Client</a></dt><dt>19.12. <a href="#id2940753">Print Driver execution on the Server</a></dt><dt>19.13. <a href="#id2940943">Printing via CUPS/samba server</a></dt><dt>19.14. <a href="#id2942830">cupsaddsmb flowchart</a></dt><dt>19.15. <a href="#id2948557">CUPS Printing Overview</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>List of Tables</b></p><dl><dt>7.1. <a href="#id2881417">Assumptions</a></dt><dt>10.1. <a href="#id2888772">Browse subnet example 1</a></dt><dt>10.2. <a href="#id2888886">Browse subnet example 2</a></dt><dt>10.3. <a href="#id2888985">Browse subnet example 3</a></dt><dt>10.4. <a href="#id2889086">Browse subnet example 4</a></dt><dt>11.1. <a href="#id2895163">Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)</a></dt><dt>11.2. <a href="#id2895850">Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend</a></dt><dt>11.3. <a href="#id2895975">MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend</a></dt><dt>13.1. <a href="#id2903107">Managing directories with unix and windows</a></dt><dt>13.2. <a href="#id2904638">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt>13.3. <a href="#id2904871">File and Directory Permission Based Controls</a></dt><dt>13.4. <a href="#id2905118">Other Controls</a></dt><dt>20.1. <a href="#id2960912">Extended Auditing Log Information</a></dt><dt>24.1. <a href="#id2973359">User Shell Folder registry keys default values</a></dt><dt>24.2. <a href="#id2973503">Defaults of profile settings registry keys</a></dt><dt>24.3. <a href="#id2973759">Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys</a></dt><dt>25.1. <a href="#id2979741">Options recognized by pam_smbpass</a></dt><dt>31.1. <a href="#id2986904">The 3 Major Site Types</a></dt><dt>31.2. <a href="#id2987041">Nature of the Conversion Choices</a></dt></dl></div><div class="list-of-examples"><p><b>List of Examples</b></p><dl><dt>12.1. <a href="#id2904348">smbgrpadd.sh</a></dt><dt>13.1. <a href="#id2903320">Example File</a></dt></dl></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="introduction"></a>General Installation</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2866833"></a>Preparing Samba for Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p>This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba and how to configure the parts of samba you will most likely need. -PLEASE read this.</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2794048">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2794106">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795149">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845311">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790901">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793926">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2844986">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844847">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845201">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844744">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858916">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858954">Try listing the shares available on your - server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859005">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859108">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859169">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="IntroSMB"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Lechnyr</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Unofficial HOWTO<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com">david@lechnyr.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 14, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2794048">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2794106">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2795149">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845311">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2790901">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793926">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2844986">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +PLEASE read this.</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="#IntroSMB">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868116">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868327">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868481">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868550">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868638">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868711">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="#install">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869372">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869412">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869449">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869599">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869643">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869694">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869795">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869858">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869892">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869904">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870119">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="#FastStart">Fast Start for the Impatient</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869247">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="IntroSMB"></a>Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Lechnyr</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Unofficial HOWTO<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com">david@lechnyr.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 14, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2868116">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868327">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868481">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868550">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868638">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868711">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></div><p>“<span class="quote"> "If you understand what you're doing, you're not learning anything." -- Anonymous -</em></span></p><p> +</span>”</p><p> Samba is a file and print server for Windows-based clients using TCP/IP as the underlying transport protocol. In fact, it can support any SMB/CIFS-enabled client. One of Samba's big strengths is that you can use it to blend your mix of Windows and Linux machines together without requiring a separate Windows NT/2000/2003 Server. Samba is actively being developed by a global team of about 30 active programmers and was originally developed by Andrew Tridgell. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2794048"></a>Background</h2></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868116"></a>Background</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Once long ago, there was a buzzword referred to as DCE/RPC. This stood for Distributed Computing Environment/Remote Procedure Calls and conceptually was a good idea. It was originally developed by Apollo/HP as NCA 1.0 (Network Computing Architecture) and only @@ -96,7 +112,7 @@ been dutifully waded through during the information-gathering stages of this pro are *still* many missing pieces... While often tedious, at least the way has been generously littered with occurrences of clapping hand to forehead and muttering 'crikey, what are they thinking? -</em></span></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2794106"></a>Terminology</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +</em></span></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868327"></a>Terminology</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> SMB: Acronym for "Server Message Block". This is Microsoft's file and printer sharing protocol. </p></li><li><p> CIFS: Acronym for "Common Internet File System". Around 1996, Microsoft apparently @@ -145,8 +161,8 @@ thinking? </p></li><li><p> W3K: Acronym for Windows 2003 Server </p></li></ul></div><p>If you plan on getting help, make sure to subscribe to the Samba Mailing List (available at -http://www.samba.org). Optionally, you could just search mailing.unix.samba at http://groups.google.com -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2795149"></a>Related Projects</h2></div></div><p> +<a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org</a>). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868481"></a>Related Projects</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are currently two network filesystem client projects for Linux that are directly related to Samba: SMBFS and CIFS VFS. These are both available in the Linux kernel itself. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> @@ -157,7 +173,7 @@ related to Samba: SMBFS and CIFS VFS. These are both available in the Linux ker </p></li><li><p> CIFS VFS (Common Internet File System Virtual File System) is the successor to SMBFS, and is being actively developed for the upcoming version of the Linux kernel. The intent of this module - is to provide advanced network file system functionality including support for dfs (heirarchical + is to provide advanced network file system functionality including support for dfs (hierarchical name space), secure per-user session establishment, safe distributed caching (oplock), optional packet signing, Unicode and other internationalization improvements, and optional Winbind (nsswitch) integration. @@ -165,9 +181,10 @@ related to Samba: SMBFS and CIFS VFS. These are both available in the Linux ker Again, it's important to note that these are implementations for client filesystems, and have nothing to do with acting as a file and print server for SMB/CIFS clients. </p><p> -There are other Open Source CIFS client implementations, such as the jCIFS project -(jcifs.samba.org) which provides an SMB client toolkit written in Java. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845311"></a>SMB Methodology</h2></div></div><p> +There are other Open Source CIFS client implementations, such as the +<a href="http://jcifs.samba.org/" target="_top">jCIFS project</a> +which provides an SMB client toolkit written in Java. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868550"></a>SMB Methodology</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Traditionally, SMB uses UDP port 137 (NetBIOS name service, or netbios-ns), UDP port 138 (NetBIOS datagram service, or netbios-dgm), and TCP port 139 (NetBIOS session service, or netbios-ssn). Anyone looking at their network with a good @@ -196,54 +213,11 @@ up a single file. In general, SMB sessions are established in the following orde SMB Tree Connect: Connect to a share name (e.g., \\servername\share); Connect to a service type (e.g., IPC$ named pipe) </p></li></ul></div><p> -A good way to examine this process in depth is to try out SecurityFriday's SWB program -at http://www.securityfriday.com/ToolDownload/SWB/swb_doc.html. It allows you to -walk through the establishment of a SMB/CIFS session step by step. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790901"></a>Additional Resources</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/cifs.txt" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>CIFS: Common Insecurities Fail Scrutiny</em></span> by "Hobbit"</a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://afr.com/it/2002/10/01/FFXDF43AP6D.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Doing the Samba on Windows</em></span> by Financial Review - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Implementing CIFS</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://samba.anu.edu.au/cifs/docs/what-is-smb.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Just What Is SMB?</em></span> by Richard Sharpe - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-05/samba_01.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Opening Windows Everywhere</em></span> by Mike Warfield - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SMB-HOWTO.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB HOWTO</em></span> by David Wood - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://www.phrack.org/phrack/60/p60-0x0b.txt" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB/CIFS by The Root</em></span> by "ledin" - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-09/samba_01.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>The Story of Samba</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/samba/" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>The Unofficial Samba HOWTO</em></span> by David Lechnyr - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2001-05/smb_01.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Understanding the Network Neighborhood</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel - </a> - </p></li><li><p> - <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2002-02/samba_01.html" target="_top"> - <span class="emphasis"><em>Using Samba as a PDC</em></span> by Andrew Bartlett - </a> - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2793926"></a>Epilogue</h2></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> -"What's fundamentally wrong is that nobody ever had any taste when they +A good way to examine this process in depth is to try out +<a href="http://www.securityfriday.com/ToolDownload/SWB/swb_doc.html" target="_top">SecurityFriday's SWB program</a>. +It allows you to walk through the establishment of a SMB/CIFS session step by step. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868638"></a>Epilogue</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +What's fundamentally wrong is that nobody ever had any taste when they did it. Microsoft has been very much into making the user interface look good, but internally it's just a complete mess. And even people who program for Microsoft and who have had years of experience, just don't know how it works internally. @@ -252,12 +226,12 @@ mess that fixing one bug might just break a hundred programs that depend on that bug. And Microsoft isn't interested in anyone fixing bugs -- they're interested in making money. They don't have anybody who takes pride in Windows 95 as an operating system. -</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +</span>”</p><p>“<span class="quote"> People inside Microsoft know it's a bad operating system and they still continue obviously working on it because they want to get the next version out because they want to have all these new features to sell more copies of the system. -</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +</span>”</p><p>“<span class="quote"> The problem with that is that over time, when you have this kind of approach, and because nobody understands it, because nobody REALLY fixes bugs (other than when they're really obvious), the end result is really messy. You can't trust @@ -267,281 +241,449 @@ fine and then once in a blue moon for some completely unknown reason, it's dead, and nobody knows why. Not Microsoft, not the experienced user and certainly not the completely clueless user who probably sits there shivering thinking "What did I do wrong?" when they didn't do anything wrong at all. -</em></span></p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +</span>”</p><p>“<span class="quote"> That's what's really irritating to me." -</em></span></p><p>-- +</span>”</p><p>-- <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/boot.txt" target="_top">Linus Torvalds, from an interview with BOOT Magazine, Sept 1998</a> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2844986"></a>Miscellaneous</h2></div></div><p> -This chapter was lovingly handcrafted on a Dell Latitude C400 laptop running Slackware Linux 9.0, -in case anyone asks. -</p><p> -This chapter is Copyright © 2003 David Lechnyr (david at lechnyr dot com). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868711"></a>Miscellaneous</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter is Copyright 2003 David Lechnyr (david at lechnyr dot com). Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. A copy of the license is available at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/fdl.txt. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="install"></a>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Karl Auer</h3></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2844847">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2845201">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2844744">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2858916">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2858954">Try listing the shares available on your - server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859005">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859108">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859169">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2844847"></a>Obtaining and installing samba</h2></div></div><p>Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="install"></a>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Karl</span> <span class="surname">Auer</span></h3></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869372">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869412">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869449">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869599">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869643">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869694">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869795">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869858">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869892">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869904">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870119">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869372"></a>Obtaining and installing samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or Unix distribution. There are also some packages available at <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">the samba homepage</a>. </p><p>If you need to compile samba from source, check the - <a href="#compiling" title="Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA">appropriate appendix chapter</a>.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845201"></a>Configuring samba</h2></div></div><p>Samba's configuration is stored in the smb.conf file, - that usually resides in <tt>/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt> - or <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt>. You can either + <a href="#compiling" title="Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA">appropriate appendix chapter</a>.</p><p>If you have already installed samba, or if your operating system + was pre-installed with samba, then you may not need to bother with this + chapter. On the other hand, you may want to read this chapter anyhow + for information about updating samba.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869412"></a>Configuring samba (smb.conf)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba's configuration is stored in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, + that usually resides in <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt> + or <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt>. You can either edit this file yourself or do it using one of the many graphical tools that are available, such as the web-based interface swat, that - is included with samba.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2844744"></a>Editing the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file</h3></div></div><p>There are sample configuration files in the examples - subdirectory in the distribution. I suggest you read them - carefully so you can see how the options go together in - practice. See the man page for all the options.</p><p>The simplest useful configuration file would be - something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - workgroup = MYGROUP - -[homes] - guest ok = no - read only = no - </pre><p>which would allow connections by anyone with an - account on the server, using either their login name or - "<b>homes</b>" as the service name. (Note that I also set the - workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for details)</p><p>Make sure you put the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file in the same place - you specified in the<tt>Makefile</tt> (the default is to - look for it in <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/</tt>).</p><p>For more information about security settings for the - <b>[homes]</b> share please refer to the chapter - <a href="#securing-samba" title="Chapter 24. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a>.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2858862"></a>Test your config file with - <b>testparm</b></h4></div></div><p>It's important that you test the validity of your - <tt>smb.conf</tt> file using the testparm program. - If testparm runs OK then it will list the loaded services. If - not it will give an error message.</p><p>Make sure it runs OK and that the services look - reasonable before proceeding. </p><p>Always run testparm again when you change - <tt>smb.conf</tt>!</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2858916"></a>SWAT</h3></div></div><p> + is included with samba. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869449"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are sample configuration files in the examples subdirectory in the + distribution. I suggest you read them carefully so you can see how the options + go together in practice. See the man page for all the options. + </p><p> + The simplest useful configuration file would be something like this: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP + + [homes] + guest ok = no + read only = no + </pre><p> + </p><p> + This will allow connections by anyone with an account on the server, using either + their login name or "<i class="parameter"><tt>homes</tt></i>" as the service name. + (Note that the workgroup that Samba must also be set.) + </p><p> + Make sure you put the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in the same place + you specified in the <tt class="filename">Makefile</tt> (the default is to + look for it in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/</tt>). + </p><p> + For more information about security settings for the + <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> share please refer to the chapter + <a href="#securing-samba" title="Chapter 15. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a>. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2869544"></a>Test your config file with <b class="command">testparm</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + It's important that you test the validity of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + file using the <span class="application">testparm</span> program. If testparm runs OK + then it will list the loaded services. If not it will give an error message. + </p><p> + Make sure it runs OK and that the services look reasonable before proceeding. + </p><p> + Always run testparm again when you change <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>! + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869599"></a>SWAT</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> SWAT is a web-based interface that helps you configure samba. SWAT might not be available in the samba package on your platform, but in a separate package. Please read the swat manpage on compiling, installing and configuring swat from source. - </p><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and - point it at "http://localhost:901/". Replace <i><tt>localhost</tt></i> with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you - are running samba on a different computer than your browser.</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected + </p><p> + To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and + point it at <a href="http://localhost:901/" target="_top">http://localhost:901/</a>. Replace + <i class="replaceable"><tt>localhost</tt></i> + with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you + are running samba on a different computer than your browser. + </p><p> + Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent - in the clear over the wire. </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2858954"></a>Try listing the shares available on your - server</h2></div></div><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient -L - <i><tt>yourhostname</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>You should get back a list of shares available on + in the clear over the wire. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869643"></a>Try listing the shares available on your + server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L + <i class="replaceable"><tt>yourhostname</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>You should get back a list of shares available on your server. If you don't then something is incorrectly setup. Note that this method can also be used to see what shares are available on other LanManager clients (such as WfWg).</p><p>If you choose user level security then you may find that Samba requests a password before it will list the shares. - See the <b>smbclient</b> man page for details. (you + See the <b class="command">smbclient</b> man page for details. (you can force it to list the shares without a password by adding the option -U% to the command line. This will not work - with non-Samba servers)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859005"></a>Try connecting with the unix client</h2></div></div><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient <i><tt> - //yourhostname/aservice</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>Typically the <i><tt>yourhostname</tt></i> - would be the name of the host where you installed smbd. - The <i><tt>aservice</tt></i> is - any service you have defined in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> - file. Try your user name if you just have a <b>[homes]</b> + with non-Samba servers)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869694"></a>Try connecting with the unix client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient <i class="replaceable"><tt> + //yourhostname/aservice</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>Typically the <i class="replaceable"><tt>yourhostname</tt></i> + would be the name of the host where you installed <span class="application">smbd</span>. + The <i class="replaceable"><tt>aservice</tt></i> is + any service you have defined in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + file. Try your user name if you just have a <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> section - in <tt>smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>For example if your unix host is <i><tt>bambi</tt></i> - and your login name is <i><tt>fred</tt></i> you would type:</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient //<i><tt>bambi</tt></i>/<i><tt>fred</tt></i> - </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859108"></a>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</h2></div></div><p>Try mounting disks. eg:</p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b><tt>net use d: \\servername\service - </tt></b></p><p>Try printing. eg:</p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b><tt>net use lpt1: - \\servername\spoolservice</tt></b></p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b><tt>print filename - </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859169"></a>What If Things Don't Work?</h2></div></div><p>Then you might read the file chapter - <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist">Diagnosis</a> and the + in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>For example if your unix host is <i class="replaceable"><tt>bambi</tt></i> + and your login name is <i class="replaceable"><tt>fred</tt></i> you would type:</p><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //<i class="replaceable"><tt>bambi</tt></i>/<i class="replaceable"><tt>fred</tt></i> + </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869795"></a>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Try mounting disks. eg:</p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net use d: \\servername\service + </tt></b></p><p>Try printing. eg:</p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net use lpt1: + \\servername\spoolservice</tt></b></p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>print filename + </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869858"></a>What If Things Don't Work?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Then you might read the file chapter + <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 33. The Samba checklist">Diagnosis</a> and the FAQ. If you are still stuck then try to follow - the <a href="#problems" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</a> + the <a href="#problems" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</a> Samba has been successfully installed at thousands of sites worldwide, - so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="type"></a>Server Configuration Basics</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2845027"></a>First Steps in Server Configuration</h1></div></div><p> + so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869892"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following questions and issues get raised on the samba mailing list over and over again. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869904"></a>Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +“<span class="quote"> +Site that is running Samba on an AIX box. They are sharing out about 2 terabytes using samba. +Samba was installed using smitty and the binaries. We seem to be experiencing a memory problem +with this box. When I do a <b class="command">svmon -Pu</b> the monitoring program shows that <span class="application">smbd</span> has several +processes of smbd running: +</span>” +</p><p> + “<span class="quote"> +Is samba suppose to start this many different smbd processes? Or does it run as one smbd process? Also +is it normal for it to be taking up this much memory? +</span>” +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +Inuse * 4096 = amount of memory being used by this process + + Pid Command Inuse Pin Pgsp Virtual 64-bit Mthrd + 20950 smbd 33098 1906 181 5017 N N + 22262 smbd 9104 1906 5410 + 21060 smbd 9048 1906 181 5479 N N + 25972 smbd 8678 1906 181 5109 N N + 24524 smbd 8674 1906 181 5105 N N + 19262 smbd 8582 1906 181 5013 N N + 20722 smbd 8572 1906 181 5003 N N + 21454 smbd 8572 1906 181 5003 N N + 28946 smbd 8567 1906 181 4996 N N + 24076 smbd 8566 1906 181 4996 N N + 20138 smbd 8566 1906 181 4996 N N + 17608 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 21820 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 26940 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 19884 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 9912 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 25800 smbd 8564 1906 181 4995 N N + 20452 smbd 8564 1906 181 4995 N N + 18592 smbd 8562 1906 181 4993 N N + 28216 smbd 8521 1906 181 4954 N N + 19110 smbd 8404 1906 181 4862 N N + + Total memory used: 841,592,832 bytes +</pre><p> +</p><p> +Samba consists on three core programs: +<span class="application">nmbd</span>, <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">winbindd</span>. <span class="application">nmbd</span> is the name server message daemon, +<span class="application">smbd</span> is the server message daemon, <span class="application">winbindd</span> is the daemon that +handles communication with Domain Controllers. +</p><p> +If your system is NOT running as a WINS server, then there will be one (1) single instance of + <span class="application">nmbd</span> running on your system. If it is running as a WINS server then there will be +two (2) instances - one to handle the WINS requests. +</p><p> +<span class="application">smbd</span> handles ALL connection requests and then spawns a new process for each client +connection made. That is why you are seeing so many of them, one (1) per client connection. +</p><p> +<span class="application">winbindd</span> will run as one or two daemons, depending on whether or not it is being +run in "split mode" (in which case there will be two instances). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870119"></a>I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's running. </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="FastStart"></a>Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869247">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869247"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="type"></a>Server Configuration Basics</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2869315"></a>First Steps in Server Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba can operate in various modes within SMB networks. This HOWTO section contains information on configuring samba to function as the type of server your network requires. Please read this section carefully. -</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>3. <a href="#ServerType">Nomenclature of Server Types</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845139">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859402">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859442">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859458">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="#securitylevels">Samba as Stand-Alone Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859216">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859238">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859720">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859774">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860095">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860234">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc"> -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859583">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859607"> -Background -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860563">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860863">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861132">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861366">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861423">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861529">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861536">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861574">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>4. <a href="#ServerType">Server Types and Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871270">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871366">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871450">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871565">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871698">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871820">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872071">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872158">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872383">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872559">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872587">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872620">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872649">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872682">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="#samba-pdc">Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874489">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874793">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874809">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875020">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875340">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875639">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875661">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875676">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876003">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876111">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876118">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876157">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861621">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861672">The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861721">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861746">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861910">Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc"> -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2845056">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860294">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862166">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862187">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862212">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2862231">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862264">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862361">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862390">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#ADS">Samba as a ADS domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862021">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862571">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862765">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862919">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#domain-member">Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862413">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863318">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ServerType"></a>Chapter 3. Nomenclature of Server Types</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2845139">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859402">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859442">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859458">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Adminstrators of Microsoft networks often refer to there being three -different type of servers:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Stand Alone Server</p></li><li><p>Domain Member Server</p></li><li><p>Domain Controller</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>Primary Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>Backup Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>ADS Domain Controller</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><p>A network administrator who is familiar with these terms and who -wishes to migrate to or use Samba will want to know what these terms mean -within a Samba context.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845139"></a>Stand Alone Server</h2></div></div><p> -The term <span class="emphasis"><em>stand alone server</em></span> means that the server -will provide local authentication and access control for all resources -that are available from it. In general this means that there will be a -local user database. In more technical terms, it means that resources -on the machine will either be made available in either SHARE mode or in -USER mode. SHARE mode and USER mode security are documented under -discussions regarding "security mode". The smb.conf configuration parameters -that control security mode are: "security = user" and "security = share". -</p><p> -No special action is needed other than to create user accounts. Stand-alone -servers do NOT provide network logon services, meaning that machines that -use this server do NOT perform a domain logon but instead make use only of -the MS Windows logon which is local to the MS Windows workstation/server. +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876206">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876277">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876340">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876367">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="#samba-bdc">Backup Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878532">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878705">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878734">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878954">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878975">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879001">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879047">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879149">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879210">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879224">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879254">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879287">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879332">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="#domain-member">Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880401">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880516">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880692">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880944">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881141">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881203">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#domain-member-server">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881406">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881788">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881929">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882013">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882376">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882398">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882423">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882455">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="#StandAloneServer">Stand-Alone Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884809">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885005">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885077">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885092">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885142">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885356">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>9. <a href="#ClientConfig">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884469">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ServerType"></a>Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2871270">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871366">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871450">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871565">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871698">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871820">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872071">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872158">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872383">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872559">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872587">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872620">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872649">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872682">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter provides information regarding the types of server that Samba may be +configured to be. A Microsoft network administrator who wishes to migrate to or to +use Samba will want to know what, within a Samba context, terms familiar to MS Windows +administrator mean. This means that it is essential also to define how critical security +modes function BEFORE we get into the details of how to configure the server itself. +</p><p> +The chapter provides an overview of the security modes of which Samba is capable +and how these relate to MS Windows servers and clients. +</p><p> +Firstly we should recognise the question so often asked, "Why would I want to use Samba?" +So, in those chapters where the answer may be important you will see a section that highlights +features and benefits. These may be for or against Samba. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871270"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Two men were walking down a dusty road, when one suddenly kicked up a small red stone. It +hurt his toe and lodged in his sandal. He took the stone out and cursed it with a passion +and fury fitting his anguish. The other looked at the stone and said, that is a garnet - I +can turn that into a precious gem and some day it will make a princess very happy! +</p><p> +The moral of this tale: Two men, two very different perspectives regarding the same stone. +Like it or not, Samba is like that stone. Treat it the right way and it can bring great +pleasure, but if you are forced upon it and have no time for its secrets then it can be +a source of discomfort. +</p><p> +Samba started out as a project that sought to provide interoperability for MS Windows 3.x +clients with a Unix server. It has grown up a lot since its humble beginnings and now provides +features and functionality fit for large scale deployment. It also has some warts. In sections +like this one we will tell of both. +</p><p> +So now, what are the benefits of features mentioned in this chapter? +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Samba-3 can replace an MS Windows NT4 Domain Controller + </p></li><li><p> + Samba-3 offers excellent interoperability with MS Windows NT4 + style domains as well as natively with Microsoft Active + Directory domains. + </p></li><li><p> + Samba-3 permits full NT4 style Interdomain Trusts + </p></li><li><p> + Samba has security modes that permit more flexible + authentication than is possible with MS Windows NT4 Domain Controllers. + </p></li><li><p> + Samba-3 permits use of multiple account database backends + </p></li><li><p> + The account (password) database backends can be distributed + and replicated using multiple methods. This gives Samba-3 + greater flexibility than MS Windows NT4 and in many cases a + significantly higher utility than Active Directory domains + with MS Windows 200x. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871366"></a>Server Types</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Administrators of Microsoft networks often refer to three +different type of servers:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Domain Controller</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Primary Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>Backup Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>ADS Domain Controller</td></tr></table></li><li><p>Domain Member Server</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Active Directory Member Server</td></tr><tr><td>NT4 Style Domain Member Server</td></tr></table></li><li><p>Stand Alone Server</p></li></ul></div><p> +The chapters covering Domain Control, Backup Domain Control and Domain Membership provide +pertinent information regarding Samba-3 configuration for each of these server roles. +The reader is strongly encouraged to become intimately familiar with the information +presented. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871450"></a>Samba Security Modes</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In this section the function and purpose of Samba's <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i> +modes are described. An accurate understanding of how Samba implements each security +mode as well as how to configure MS Windows clients for each mode will significantly +reduce user complaints and administrator heartache. +</p><p> +In the SMB/CIFS networking world, there are only two types of security: <span class="emphasis"><em>USER Level</em></span> +and <span class="emphasis"><em>SHARE Level</em></span>. We refer to these collectively as <span class="emphasis"><em>security levels</em></span>. In implementing these two <span class="emphasis"><em>security levels</em></span> Samba provides flexibilities +that are not available with Microsoft Windows NT4 / 200x servers. Samba knows of five (5) +ways that allow the security levels to be implemented. In actual fact, Samba implements +<span class="emphasis"><em>SHARE Level</em></span> security only one way, but has four ways of implementing +<span class="emphasis"><em>USER Level</em></span> security. Collectively, we call the Samba implementations +<span class="emphasis"><em>Security Modes</em></span>. These are: <span class="emphasis"><em>SHARE</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>USER</em></span>, <span class="emphasis"><em>DOMAIN</em></span>, +<span class="emphasis"><em>ADS</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>SERVER</em></span> +modes. They are documented in this chapter. +</p><p> +A SMB server tells the client at startup what <i class="parameter"><tt>security level</tt></i> +it is running. There are two options: <span class="emphasis"><em>share level</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>user level</em></span>. Which of these two the client receives affects +the way the client then tries to authenticate itself. It does not directly affect +(to any great extent) the way the Samba server does security. This may sound strange, +but it fits in with the client/server approach of SMB. In SMB everything is initiated +and controlled by the client, and the server can only tell the client what is +available and whether an action is allowed. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871565"></a>User Level Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We will describe <i class="parameter"><tt>user level</tt></i> security first, as it's simpler. +In <span class="emphasis"><em>user level</em></span> security, the client will send a +<span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> command directly after the protocol negotiation. +This contains a username and password. The server can either accept or reject that +username/password combination. Note that at this stage the server has no idea what +share the client will eventually try to connect to, so it can't base the +<span class="emphasis"><em>accept/reject</em></span> on anything other than: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>The username/password</p></li><li><p>The name of the client machine</p></li></ol></div><p> +If the server accepts the username/password then the client expects to be able to +mount shares (using a <span class="emphasis"><em>tree connection</em></span>) without specifying a +password. It expects that all access rights will be as the username/password +specified in the <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span>. +</p><p> +It is also possible for a client to send multiple <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> +requests. When the server responds, it gives the client a <span class="emphasis"><em>uid</em></span> to use +as an authentication tag for that username/password. The client can maintain multiple +authentication contexts in this way (WinDD is an example of an application that does this). +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2871659"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that sets <span class="emphasis"><em>User Level Security</em></span> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + security = user +</pre><p> +This is the default setting since samba-2.2.x. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871698"></a>Share Level Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Ok, now for share level security. In share level security, the client authenticates +itself separately for each share. It will send a password along with each +<span class="emphasis"><em>tree connection</em></span> (share mount). It does not explicitly send a +username with this operation. The client expects a password to be associated +with each share, independent of the user. This means that Samba has to work out what +username the client probably wants to use. It is never explicitly sent the username. +Some commercial SMB servers such as NT actually associate passwords directly with +shares in share level security, but Samba always uses the unix authentication scheme +where it is a username/password pair that is authenticated, not a share/password pair. +</p><p> +To gain understanding of the MS Windows networking parallels to this, one should think +in terms of MS Windows 9x/Me where one can create a shared folder that provides read-only +or full access, with or without a password. +</p><p> +Many clients send a <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> even if the server is in share +level security. They normally send a valid username but no password. Samba records +this username in a list of <span class="emphasis"><em>possible usernames</em></span>. When the client +then does a <span class="emphasis"><em>tree connection</em></span> it also adds to this list the name +of the share they try to connect to (useful for home directories) and any users +listed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>user =</tt></i> <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> line. The password is then checked +in turn against these <span class="emphasis"><em>possible usernames</em></span>. If a match is found +then the client is authenticated as that user. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2871778"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that sets <span class="emphasis"><em>Share Level Security</em></span> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + security = share +</pre><p> +Please note that there are reports that recent MS Windows clients do not like to work +with share mode security servers. You are strongly discouraged from using share level security. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871820"></a>Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When Samba is operating in <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i> mode, +the Samba server has a domain security trust account (a machine account) and will cause +all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2871842"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +Samba as a Domain Member Server +</em></span></p><p> +This method involves addition of the following parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + security = domain + workgroup = "name_of_NT_domain" +</pre><p> +In order for this method to work, the Samba server needs to join the MS Windows NT +security domain. This is done as follows: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p>On the MS Windows NT domain controller, using + the Server Manager, add a machine account for the Samba server. + </p></li><li><p>Next, on the Unix/Linux system execute:</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -j DOMAIN_NAME -r PDC_NAME</tt></b> (samba-2.x)</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U administrator%password</tt></b> (samba-3)</p></li></ol></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +As of Samba-2.2.4 the Samba 2.2.x series can auto-join a Windows NT4 style Domain just +by executing: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -j <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN_NAME</tt></i> -r <i class="replaceable"><tt>PDC_NAME</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><p> + +As of Samba-3 the same can be done by executing: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><p> +It is not necessary with Samba-3 to specify the <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN_NAME</tt></i> or the <i class="replaceable"><tt>PDC_NAME</tt></i> as it +figures this out from the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file settings. +</p></div><p> +Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account +for each user in order to assign a uid once the account has been authenticated by +the remote Windows DC. This account can be blocked to prevent logons by clients other than +MS Windows through things such as setting an invalid shell in the +<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry. </p><p> -Samba tends to blur the distinction a little in respect of what is -a stand alone server. This is because the authentication database may be -local or on a remote server, even if from the samba protocol perspective -the samba server is NOT a member of a domain security context. +An alternative to assigning UIDs to Windows users on a Samba member server is +presented in the <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">Winbind Overview</a> chapter +in this HOWTO collection. </p><p> -Through the use of PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) and nsswitch -(the name service switcher) the source of authentication may reside on -another server. We would be inclined to call this the authentication server. -This means that the samba server may use the local Unix/Linux system -password database (/etc/passwd or /etc/shadow), may use a local smbpasswd -file (/etc/samba/smbpasswd or /usr/local/samba/lib/private/smbpasswd), or -may use an LDAP back end, or even via PAM and Winbind another CIFS/SMB -server for authentication. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859402"></a>Domain Member Server</h2></div></div><p> -This mode of server operation involves the samba machine being made a member -of a domain security context. This means by definition that all user authentication -will be done from a centrally defined authentication regime. The authentication -regime may come from an NT3/4 style (old domain technology) server, or it may be -provided from an Active Directory server (ADS) running on MS Windows 2000 or later. -</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> -Of course it should be clear that the authentication back end itself could be from any -distributed directory architecture server that is supported by Samba. This can be -LDAP (from OpenLDAP), or Sun's iPlanet, of NetWare Directory Server, etc. +For more information of being a domain member, see the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain +Member</a> section of this Howto. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872071"></a>ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Both Samba 2.2 and 3.0 can join an Active Directory domain. This is +possible even if the domain is run in native mode. Active Directory in +native mode perfectly allows NT4-style domain members, contrary to +popular belief. The only thing that Active Directory in native mode +prohibits is Backup Domain Controllers running NT4. +</p><p> +If you are running Active Directory starting with Samba 3.0 you can +however join as a native AD member. Why would you want to do that? +Your security policy might prohibit the use of NT-compatible +authentication protocols. All your machines are running Windows 2000 +and above and all use full Kerberos. In this case Samba as a NT4-style +domain would still require NT-compatible authentication data. Samba in +AD-member mode can accept Kerberos. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2872101"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + realm = your.kerberos.REALM + security = ADS +</pre><p> + The following parameter may be required: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + ads server = your.kerberos.server +</pre><p> +Please refer to the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> and <a href="#ads-member" title="Samba ADS Domain Membership">Active Directory +Membership</a> sections for more information regarding this configuration option. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872158"></a>Server Security (User Level Security)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Server security mode is a left over from the time when Samba was not capable of acting +as a domain member server. It is highly recommended NOT to use this feature. Server +security mode has many draw backs. The draw backs include: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Potential Account Lockout on MS Windows NT4/200x password servers</td></tr><tr><td>Lack of assurance that the password server is the one specified</td></tr><tr><td>Does not work with Winbind, particularly needed when storing profiles remotely</td></tr><tr><td>This mode may open connections to the password server, and keep them open for extended periods.</td></tr><tr><td>Security on the Samba server breaks badly when the remote password server suddenly shuts down</td></tr><tr><td>With this mode there is NO security account in the domain that the password server belongs to for the Samba server.</td></tr></table><p> +In server security mode the Samba server reports to the client that it is in user level +security. The client then does a <span class="emphasis"><em>session setup</em></span> as described earlier. +The Samba server takes the username/password that the client sends and attempts to login to the +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> by sending exactly the same username/password that +it got from the client. If that server is in user level security and accepts the password, +then Samba accepts the clients connection. This allows the Samba server to use another SMB +server as the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i>. +</p><p> +You should also note that at the very start of all this, where the server tells the client +what security level it is in, it also tells the client if it supports encryption. If it +does then it supplies the client with a random cryptkey. The client will then send all +passwords in encrypted form. Samba supports this type of encryption by default. +</p><p> +The parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> means that Samba reports to clients that +it is running in <span class="emphasis"><em>user mode</em></span> but actually passes off all authentication +requests to another <span class="emphasis"><em>user mode</em></span> server. This requires an additional +parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> that points to the real authentication server. +That real authentication server can be another Samba server or can be a Windows NT server, +the later natively capable of encrypted password support. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +When Samba is running in <span class="emphasis"><em>server security mode</em></span> it is essential that +the parameter <span class="emphasis"><em>password server</em></span> is set to the precise NetBIOS machine +name of the target authentication server. Samba can NOT determine this from NetBIOS name +lookups because the choice of the target authentication server is arbitrary and can not +be determined from a domain name. In essence, a Samba server that is in +<span class="emphasis"><em>server security mode</em></span> is operating in what used to be known as +workgroup mode. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2872314"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +Using MS Windows NT as an authentication server </em></span></p><p> -Please refer to the section on Howto configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller -and for more information regarding how to create a domain machine account for a -domain member server as well as for information regarding how to enable the samba -domain member machine to join the domain and to be fully trusted by it. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859442"></a>Domain Controller</h2></div></div><p> -Over the years public perceptions of what Domain Control really is has taken on an -almost mystical nature. Before we branch into a brief overview of what Domain Control -is the following types of controller are known: -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859458"></a>Domain Controller Types</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Primary Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>Backup Domain Controller</td></tr><tr><td>ADS Domain Controller</td></tr></table><p> -The <span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> or PDC plays an important role in the MS -Windows NT3 and NT4 Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many -expect. The PDC seeds the Domain Control database (a part of the Windows registry) and -it plays a key part in synchronisation of the domain authentication database. +This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + encrypt passwords = Yes + security = server + password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_a_DC" +</pre><p> +There are two ways of identifying whether or not a username and password pair was valid +or not. One uses the reply information provided as part of the authentication messaging +process, the other uses just an error code. </p><p> -New to Samba-3.0.0 is the ability to use a back-end file that holds the same type of data as -the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files). -The samba-3.0.0 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter "passwd backend" and -valid options include <span class="emphasis"><em> smbpasswd tdbsam ldapsam nisplussam plugin unixsam</em></span>. -The smbpasswd, tdbsam and ldapsam options can have a "_nua" suffix to indicate that No Unix -Accounts need to be created. In other words, the Samba SAM will be independant of Unix/Linux -system accounts, provided a uid range is defined from which SAM accounts can be created. +The down-side of this mode of configuration is the fact that for security reasons Samba +will send the password server a bogus username and a bogus password and if the remote +server fails to reject the username and password pair then an alternative mode of +identification of validation is used. Where a site uses password lock out after a +certain number of failed authentication attempts this will result in user lockouts. </p><p> -The <span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> or BDC plays a key role in servicing network -authentication requests. The BDC is biased to answer logon requests so that on a network segment -that has a BDC and a PDC the BDC will be most likely to service network logon requests. The PDC will -answer network logon requests when the BDC is too busy (high load). A BDC can be promoted to -a PDC. If the PDC is on line at the time that the BDC is promoted to PDC the previous PDC is -automatically demoted to a BDC. -</p><p> -At this time Samba is NOT capable of acting as an <span class="emphasis"><em>ADS Domain Controller</em></span>. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securitylevels"></a>Chapter 4. Samba as Stand-Alone Server</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2859216">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2859238">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859720">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859774">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860095">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860234">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -In this section the function and purpose of Samba's <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span> -modes are described. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859216"></a>User and Share security level</h2></div></div><p> -A SMB server tells the client at startup what "security level" it is -running. There are two options "share level" and "user level". Which -of these two the client receives affects the way the client then tries -to authenticate itself. It does not directly affect (to any great -extent) the way the Samba server does security. I know this is -strange, but it fits in with the client/server approach of SMB. In SMB -everything is initiated and controlled by the client, and the server -can only tell the client what is available and whether an action is -allowed. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859238"></a>User Level Security</h3></div></div><p> -I'll describe user level security first, as its simpler. In user level -security the client will send a "session setup" command directly after -the protocol negotiation. This contains a username and password. The -server can either accept or reject that username/password -combination. Note that at this stage the server has no idea what -share the client will eventually try to connect to, so it can't base -the "accept/reject" on anything other than: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>the username/password</p></li><li><p>the machine that the client is coming from</p></li></ol></div><p> -If the server accepts the username/password then the client expects to -be able to mount any share (using a "tree connection") without -specifying a password. It expects that all access rights will be as -the username/password specified in the "session setup". -</p><p> -It is also possible for a client to send multiple "session setup" -requests. When the server responds it gives the client a "uid" to use -as an authentication tag for that username/password. The client can -maintain multiple authentication contexts in this way (WinDD is an -example of an application that does this) -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859720"></a>Share Level Security</h3></div></div><p> -Ok, now for share level security. In share level security the client -authenticates itself separately for each share. It will send a -password along with each "tree connection" (share mount). It does not -explicitly send a username with this operation. The client is -expecting a password to be associated with each share, independent of -the user. This means that samba has to work out what username the -client probably wants to use. It is never explicitly sent the -username. Some commercial SMB servers such as NT actually associate -passwords directly with shares in share level security, but samba -always uses the unix authentication scheme where it is a -username/password that is authenticated, not a "share/password". -</p><p> -Many clients send a "session setup" even if the server is in share -level security. They normally send a valid username but no -password. Samba records this username in a list of "possible -usernames". When the client then does a "tree connection" it also adds -to this list the name of the share they try to connect to (useful for -home directories) and any users listed in the <b>user =</b> <tt>smb.conf</tt> -line. The password is then checked in turn against these "possible -usernames". If a match is found then the client is authenticated as -that user. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2859774"></a>Server Level Security</h3></div></div><p> -Finally "server level" security. In server level security the samba -server reports to the client that it is in user level security. The -client then does a "session setup" as described earlier. The samba -server takes the username/password that the client sends and attempts -to login to the "password server" by sending exactly the same -username/password that it got from the client. If that server is in -user level security and accepts the password then samba accepts the -clients connection. This allows the samba server to use another SMB -server as the "password server". -</p><p> -You should also note that at the very start of all this, where the -server tells the client what security level it is in, it also tells -the client if it supports encryption. If it does then it supplies the -client with a random "cryptkey". The client will then send all -passwords in encrypted form. You have to compile samba with encryption -enabled to support this feature, and you have to maintain a separate -smbpasswd file with SMB style encrypted passwords. It is -cryptographically impossible to translate from unix style encryption -to SMB style encryption, although there are some fairly simple management -schemes by which the two could be kept in sync. -</p><p> -"security = server" means that Samba reports to clients that -it is running in "user mode" but actually passes off all authentication -requests to another "user mode" server. This requires an additional -parameter "password server =" that points to the real authentication server. -That real authentication server can be another Samba server or can be a -Windows NT server, the later natively capable of encrypted password support. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>Server</em></span> level security is incompatible with what is known -as <span class="emphasis"><em>schannel</em></span> or "sign and seal" protocols. This means that -if you want to use <span class="emphasis"><em>server</em></span> level security you must disable -the use of "sign and seal" on all machines on your network. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2859859"></a>Configuring Samba for Seemless Windows Network Integration</h4></div></div><p> -MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenege/response -authentication model (a.k.a. NTLMv1) or alone, or clear text strings for simple -password based authentication. It should be realized that with the SMB protocol +Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account +for the user, though this account can be blocked to prevent logons by non-SMB/CIFS clients. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872383"></a>Seamless Windows Network Integration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows clients may use encrypted passwords as part of a challenge/response +authentication model (a.k.a. NTLMv1 and NTLMv2) or alone, or clear text strings for simple +password based authentication. It should be realized that with the SMB protocol, the password is passed over the network either in plain text or encrypted, but not both in the same authentication request. </p><p> -When encrypted passwords are used a password that has been entered by the user +When encrypted passwords are used, a password that has been entered by the user is encrypted in two ways: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>An MD4 hash of the UNICODE of the password - string. This is known as the NT hash. - </p></li><li><p>The password is converted to upper case, - and then padded or trucated to 14 bytes. This string is - then appended with 5 bytes of NULL characters and split to - form two 56 bit DES keys to encrypt a "magic" 8 byte value. - The resulting 16 bytes for the LanMan hash. - </p></li></ul></div><p> + string. This is known as the NT hash. + </p></li><li><p>The password is converted to upper case, + and then padded or truncated to 14 bytes. This string is + then appended with 5 bytes of NULL characters and split to + form two 56 bit DES keys to encrypt a "magic" 8 byte value. + The resulting 16 bytes form the LanMan hash. + </p></li></ul></div><p> MS Windows 95 pre-service pack 1, MS Windows NT versions 3.x and version 4.0 pre-service pack 3 will use either mode of password authentication. All versions of MS Windows that follow these versions no longer support plain @@ -559,218 +701,365 @@ service connection mapping attempts to revalidate it will fail if the remote authentication server does not support encrypted passwords. This means that it is definitely not a good idea to re-enable plain text password support in such clients. </p><p> -The following parameters can be used to work around the issue of Windows 9x client +The following parameters can be used to work around the issue of Windows 9x clients upper casing usernames and password before transmitting them to the SMB server when using clear text authentication. </p><pre class="programlisting"> - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDLEVEL" target="_top">passsword level</a> = <i><tt>integer</tt></i> - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMELEVEL" target="_top">username level</a> = <i><tt>integer</tt></i> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDLEVEL" target="_top">password level</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>integer</tt></i> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#USERNAMELEVEL" target="_top">username level</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>integer</tt></i> </pre><p> By default Samba will lower case the username before attempting to lookup the user in the database of local system accounts. Because UNIX usernames conventionally -only contain lower case character, the <i><tt>username level</tt></i> parameter +only contain lower case character, the <i class="parameter"><tt>username level</tt></i> parameter is rarely needed. </p><p> -However, passwords on UNIX systems often make use of mixed case characters. +However, passwords on UNIX systems often make use of mixed case characters. This means that in order for a user on a Windows 9x client to connect to a Samba -server using clear text authentication, the <i><tt>password level</tt></i> +server using clear text authentication, the <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> must be set to the maximum number of upper case letter which <span class="emphasis"><em>could</em></span> appear is a password. Note that the server OS uses the traditional DES version -of crypt(), a <i><tt>password level</tt></i> of 8 will result in case +of crypt(), a <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> of 8 will result in case insensitive passwords as seen from Windows users. This will also result in longer -login times as Samba has to compute the permutations of the password string and +login times as Samba has to compute the permutations of the password string and try them one by one until a match is located (or all combinations fail). </p><p> -The best option to adopt is to enable support for encrypted passwords -where ever Samba is used. There are three configuration possibilities -for support of encrypted passwords: -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860034"></a>Use MS Windows NT as an authentication server</h4></div></div><p> -This method involves the additions of the following parameters in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - encrypt passwords = Yes - security = server - password server = "NetBIOS_name_of_PDC" -</pre><p> -There are two ways of identifying whether or not a username and -password pair was valid or not. One uses the reply information provided -as part of the authentication messaging process, the other uses -just an error code. -</p><p> -The down-side of this mode of configuration is the fact that -for security reasons Samba will send the password server a bogus -username and a bogus password and if the remote server fails to -reject the username and password pair then an alternative mode -of identification of validation is used. Where a site uses password -lock out after a certain number of failed authentication attempts -this will result in user lockouts. -</p><p> -Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be -a standard Unix account for the user, this account can be blocked -to prevent logons by other than MS Windows clients. -</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860095"></a>Domain Level Security</h3></div></div><p> -When samba is operating in <span class="emphasis"><em>security = domain</em></span> mode this means that -the Samba server has a domain security trust account (a machine account) and will cause -all authentication requests to be passed through to the domain controllers. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2860115"></a>Samba as a member of an MS Windows NT security domain</h4></div></div><p> -This method involves addition of the following parameters in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - encrypt passwords = Yes - security = domain - workgroup = "name of NT domain" - password server = * -</pre><p> -The use of the "*" argument to <b>password server</b> will cause samba to locate the -domain controller in a way analogous to the way this is done within MS Windows NT. -This is the default behaviour. -</p><p> -In order for this method to work the Samba server needs to join the -MS Windows NT security domain. This is done as follows: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>On the MS Windows NT domain controller using - the Server Manager add a machine account for the Samba server. - </p></li><li><p>Next, on the Linux system execute: - <b>smbpasswd -r PDC_NAME -j DOMAIN_NAME</b> (samba 2.x) - - <b>net join -U administrator%password</b> (samba-3) - </p></li></ul></div><p> -Use of this mode of authentication does require there to be a standard Unix account -for the user in order to assign a uid once the account has been authenticated by -the remote Windows DC. This account can be blocked to prevent logons by clients other than -MS Windows through things such as setting an invalid shell in the -<tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry. -</p><p> -An alternative to assigning UIDs to Windows users on a Samba member server is -presented in the <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind">Winbind Overview</a> chapter -in this HOWTO collection. -</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2860234"></a>ADS Level Security</h3></div></div><p> -For information about the configuration option please refer to the entire section entitled -<span class="emphasis"><em>Samba as an ADS Domain Member.</em></span> -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-pdc"></a>Chapter 5. -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Bannon</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (26 Apr 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2859583">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2859607"> -Background -</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860563">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860863">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861132">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861366">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861423">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861529">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861536">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861574">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +The best option to adopt is to enable support for encrypted passwords where ever +Samba is used. Most attempts to apply the registry change to re-enable plain text +passwords will eventually lead to user complaints and unhappiness. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872559"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We all make mistakes. It is Ok to make mistakes, so long as they are made in the right places +and at the right time. A mistake that causes lost productivity is seldom tolerated. A mistake +made in a developmental test lab is expected. +</p><p> +Here we look at common mistakes and misapprehensions that have been the subject of discussions +on the Samba mailing lists. Many of these are avoidable by doing you homework before attempting +a Samba implementation. Some are the result of misunderstanding of the English language. The +English language has many turns of phrase that are potentially vague and may be highly confusing +to those for whom English is not their native tongue. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872587"></a>What makes Samba a SERVER?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To some the nature of the Samba <span class="emphasis"><em>security</em></span> mode is very obvious, but entirely +wrong all the same. It is assumed that <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> means that Samba +will act as a server. Not so! See above - this setting means that Samba will <span class="emphasis"><em>try</em></span> +to use another SMB server as its source of user authentication alone. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872620"></a>What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i> does NOT really make Samba behave +as a Domain Controller! This setting means we want Samba to be a domain member! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872649"></a>What makes Samba a Domain Member?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Guess! So many others do. But whatever you do, do NOT think that <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i> +makes Samba act as a domain member. Read the manufacturers manual before the warranty expires! See +the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Member</a> section of this Howto for more information. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872682"></a>Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Why does server_validate() simply give up rather than re-establishing its connection to the +password server? Though I am not fluent in the SMB protocol, perhaps the cluster server +process passes along to its client workstation the session key it receives from the password +server, which means the password hashes submitted by the client would not work on a subsequent +connection, whose session key would be different. So server_validate() must give up. +</p><p> +Indeed. That's why security = server is at best a nasty hack. Please use security = domain. +<i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> mode is also known as pass-through authentication. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-pdc"></a>Chapter 5. Domain Control</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Bannon</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2874489">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874793">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874809">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875020">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875340">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875639">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875661">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875676">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876003">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2876111">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2876118">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876157">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861621">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861672">The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2861721">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2861746">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2861910">Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859583"></a>Prerequisite Reading</h2></div></div><p> -Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure -that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services -in smb.conf and how to enable and administer password -encryption in Samba. Theses two topics are covered in the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> manpage. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2859607"></a> -Background -</h2></div></div><p> -This article outlines the steps necessary for configuring Samba as a PDC. -It is necessary to have a working Samba server prior to implementing the -PDC functionality. +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876206">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876277">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876340">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2876367">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p><b><span class="emphasis"><em>The Essence of Learning:</em></span> </b> +There are many who approach MS Windows networking with incredible misconceptions. +That's OK, because it gives the rest of us plenty of opportunity to be of assistance. +Those who really want help would be well advised to become familiar with information +that is already available. +</p><p> +The reader is advised NOT to tackle this section without having first understood +and mastered some basics. MS Windows networking is not particularly forgiving of +misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain bitterly +of persistent niggles that may be caused by broken network or system configuration. +To a great many people however, MS Windows networking starts with a domain controller +that in some magical way is expected to solve all ills. +</p><p> +From the Samba mailing list one can readily identify many common networking issues. +If you are not clear on the following subjects, then it will do much good to read the +sections of this HOWTO that deal with it. These are the most common causes of MS Windows +networking problems: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Basic TCP/IP configuration</td></tr><tr><td>NetBIOS name resolution</td></tr><tr><td>Authentication configuration</td></tr><tr><td>User and Group configuration</td></tr><tr><td>Basic File and Directory Permission Control in Unix/Linux</td></tr><tr><td>Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network + environment</td></tr></table><p> +Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that any fool +can do it. In fact, it is not a good idea to set up an MS Windows network with +inadequate training and preparation. But let's get our first indelible principle out of the +way: <span class="emphasis"><em>It is perfectly OK to make mistakes!</em></span> In the right place and at +the right time, mistakes are the essence of learning. It is <span class="emphasis"><em>very much</em></span> +not ok to make mistakes that cause loss of productivity and impose an avoidable financial +burden on an organisation. +</p><p> +Where is the right place to make mistakes? Only out of harm's way! If you are going to +make mistakes, then please do this on a test network, away from users and in such a way as +to not inflict pain on others. Do your learning on a test network. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874489"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>What is the key benefit of Microsoft Domain security?</em></span> +</p><p> +In a word, <span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span>, or SSO for short. To many, this is the holy +grail of MS Windows NT and beyond networking. SSO allows users in a well designed network +to log onto any workstation that is a member of the domain that their user account is in +(or in a domain that has an appropriate trust relationship with the domain they are visiting) +and they will be able to log onto the network and access resources (shares, files, and printers) +as if they are sitting at their home (personal) workstation. This is a feature of the Domain +security protocols. +</p><p> +The benefits of Domain security are fully available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Network clients of an MS Windows Domain security environment must be Domain members to be +able to gain access to the advanced features provided. Domain membership involves more than just +setting the workgroup name to the Domain name. It requires the creation of a Domain trust account +for the workstation (called a machine account). Please refer to the chapter on +<a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> for more information. +</p></div><p> +The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Domain logons for Windows NT 4.0 / 200x / XP Professional clients. + Windows NT4 domain trusts </p></li><li><p> - Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security + Adding users via the User Manager for Domains. This can be done on any MS Windows + client using the Nexus toolkit that is available from Microsoft's web site. + At some later date Samba-3 may get support for the use of the Microsoft Management + Console for user management. </p></li><li><p> - Retrieving a list of users and groups from a Samba PDC to - Windows 9x / Me / NT / 200x / XP Professional clients + Introduces replaceable and multiple user account (authentication) + back ends. In the case where the back end is placed in an LDAP database, + Samba-3 confers the benefits of a back end that can be distributed, replicated, + and is highly scalable. </p></li><li><p> - Roaming Profiles - </p></li><li><p> - Network/System Policies - </p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics -that are covered separately in this document. -</p></div><p> -The following functionalities are new to the Samba 3.0 release: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Windows NT 4 domain trusts - </p></li><li><p> - Adding users via the User Manager for Domains + Implements full Unicode support. This simplifies cross locale internationalisation + support. It also opens up the use of protocols that Samba-2.2.x had but could not use due + to the need to fully support Unicode. </p></li></ul></div><p> -The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba 3.0: +The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba-3: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - SAM replication with Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controllers + SAM replication with Windows NT4 Domain Controllers (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa) </p></li><li><p> Acting as a Windows 2000 Domain Controller (i.e. Kerberos and - Active Directory) + Active Directory) - In point of fact, Samba-3 DOES have some + Active Directory Domain Control ability that is at this time + purely experimental <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> that is certain + to change as it becomes a fully supported feature some time + during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle. </p></li></ul></div><p> -Please note that Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain -for reasons outlined in this article. Therefore the protocol for -support of Windows 9x-style domain logons is completely different -from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported for some -time. -</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> -MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit -the use of domain logons.</em></span> +Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain for reasons outlined +in this chapter. The protocol for support of Windows 9x / Me style network (domain) logons +is completely different from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported +for some time. These clients use the old LanMan Network Logon facilities that are supported +in Samba since approximately the Samba-1.9.15 series. +</p><p> +Samba-3 has an implementation of group mapping between Windows NT groups +and Unix groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is +discussed more fully in the <a href="#groupmapping" title="Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups">Group Mapping</a> chapter. +</p><p> +Samba-3, like an MS Windows NT4 PDC or a Windows 200x Active Directory, needs to store +user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 +there can be multiple back-ends for this including: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> - the plain ASCII file stored used by + earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires + a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for + machine accounts). This file will be located in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> + directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba). + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> - a binary database backend that will be + stored in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> directory in a file called + <span class="emphasis"><em>passdb.tdb</em></span>. The key benefit of this binary format + file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accommodated + in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. These permit the extended + account controls that MS Windows NT4 and later also have. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the + LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com. + Like the tdbsam, ldapsam permits the storing of extended account attributes + for control of things like: Permitted access times, password activation and + expiry, permitted points of access (workstation names), per user profile + location, and much more. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam_compat</em></span> - An LDAP back-end that maintains backwards + compatibility with the behaviour of samba-2.2.x. You should use this in the process + of migrating from samba-2.2.x to samba-3 if you do not want to rebuild your LDAP + database. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +Read the chapter about <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database</a> for details +regarding the choices available and how to configure them. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store substantially more information than +smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify +per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc. +Thus, with samba-3 it is possible to have a default system configuration for profiles, +and on a per user basis to over-ride this for those users who should not be subject +to the default configuration. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874793"></a>Basics of Domain Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Over the years, public perceptions of what Domain Control really is has taken on an +almost mystical nature. Before we branch into a brief overview of Domain Control, +there are three basic types of domain controllers: +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2874809"></a>Domain Controller Types</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Primary Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>Backup Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>ADS Domain Controller</p></li></ul></div><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> or PDC plays an important role in the MS +Windows NT4 and Windows 200x Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many +expect. There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows +network, the PDC should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network. +As strange as it may seem to say this here, good over all network performance dictates that +the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in the Backup +Domain Controllers and Stand-Alone (or Domain Member) servers than in the PDC. +</p><p> +In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC seeds the Domain Control database, +a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key +part in NT4 type domain user authentication and in synchronisation of the domain authentication +database with Backup Domain Controllers. +</p><p> +With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller seeds a potential +hierarchy of domain controllers, each with their own area of delegated control. The master domain +controller has the ability to override any down-stream controller, but a down-line controller has +control only over it's down-line. With Samba-3 this functionality can be implemented using an +LDAP based user and machine account back end. +</p><p> +New to Samba-3 is the ability to use a back-end database that holds the same type of data as +the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files). +The Samba-3 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter +<i class="parameter"><tt>passwd backend</tt></i> and valid options include +<span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, nisplussam, xmlsam, mysqlsam, guest</em></span>. </p><p> -Implementing a Samba PDC can basically be divided into 3 broad -steps. -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - Configuring the Samba PDC +The <span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> or BDC plays a key role in servicing network +authentication requests. The BDC is biased to answer logon requests in preference to the PDC. +On a network segment that has a BDC and a PDC the BDC will be most likely to service network +logon requests. The PDC will answer network logon requests when the BDC is too busy (high load). +A BDC can be promoted to a PDC. If the PDC is on line at the time that a BDC is promoted to +PDC, the previous PDC is automatically demoted to a BDC. With Samba-3 this is NOT an automatic +operation; the PDC and BDC must be manually configured and changes need to be made likewise. +</p><p> +With MS Windows NT4, it is an install time decision what type of machine the server will be. +It is possible to change the promote a BDC to a PDC and vice versa only, but the only way +to convert a domain controller to a domain member server or a stand-alone server is to +reinstall it. The install time choices offered are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> - The one that seeds the domain SAM</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> - One that obtains a copy of the domain SAM</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Member Server</em></span> - One that has NO copy of the domain SAM, rather it obtains authentication from a Domain Controller for all access controls.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Stand-Alone Server</em></span> - One that plays NO part is SAM synchronisation, has it's own authentication database and plays no role in Domain security.</p></li></ul></div><p> +With MS Windows 2000 the configuration of domain control is done after the server has been +installed. Samba-3 is capable of acting fully as a native member of a Windows 200x server +Active Directory domain. +</p><p> +New to Samba-3 is the ability to function fully as an MS Windows NT4 style Domain Controller, +excluding the SAM replication components. However, please be aware that Samba-3 support the +MS Windows 200x domain control protocols also. +</p><p> +At this time any appearance that Samba-3 is capable of acting as an +<span class="emphasis"><em>ADS Domain Controller</em></span> is limited and experimental in nature. +This functionality should not be used until the Samba-Team offers formal support for it. +At such a time, the documentation will be revised to duly reflect all configuration and +management requirements. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875020"></a>Preparing for Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two ways that MS Windows machines may interact with each other, with other servers, +and with Domain Controllers: Either as <span class="emphasis"><em>Stand-Alone</em></span> systems, more commonly +called <span class="emphasis"><em>Workgroup</em></span> members, or as full participants in a security system, +more commonly called <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span> members. +</p><p> +It should be noted that <span class="emphasis"><em>Workgroup</em></span> membership involve no special configuration +other than the machine being configured so that the network configuration has a commonly used name +for it's workgroup entry. It is not uncommon for the name WORKGROUP to be used for this. With this +mode of configuration there are NO machine trust accounts and any concept of membership as such +is limited to the fact that all machines appear in the network neighbourhood to be logically +grouped together. Again, just to be clear: <span class="emphasis"><em>workgroup mode does not involve any security machine +accounts</em></span>. +</p><p> +Domain member machines have a machine account in the Domain accounts database. A special procedure +must be followed on each machine to affect Domain membership. This procedure, which can be done +only by the local machine Administrator account, will create the Domain machine account (if +if does not exist), and then initializes that account. When the client first logs onto the +Domain it triggers a machine password change. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +When running a Domain all MS Windows NT / 200x / XP Professional clients should be configured +as full Domain Members - IF A SECURE NETWORK IS WANTED. If the machine is NOT made a member of the +Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer the +<a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> chapter for information regarding + HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members. +</p></div><p> +The following are necessary for configuring Samba-3 as an MS Windows NT4 style PDC for MS Windows +NT4 / 200x / XP clients. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</td></tr><tr><td>Correct designation of the Server Role (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>)</td></tr><tr><td>Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on <a href="#NetworkBrowsing" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide">Browsing</a> and on + <a href="#integrate-ms-networks" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba">MS Windows network Integration</a>)</td></tr><tr><td>Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of Network/System Policies</td></tr><tr><td>Adding and managing domain user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members</td></tr></table><p> +The following provisions are required to serve MS Windows 9x / Me Clients: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</td></tr><tr><td>Correct designation of the Server Role (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>)</td></tr><tr><td>Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain + members, they do not really participate in the security aspects of Domain logons as such)</td></tr><tr><td>Roaming Profile Configuration</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of System Policy handling</td></tr><tr><td>Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration + to log onto the domain</td></tr><tr><td>Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow + all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.</td></tr><tr><td>Adding and managing domain user accounts</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics +that are covered in the <a href="#ProfileMgmt" title="Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management">Profile Management</a> and +<a href="#PolicyMgmt" title="Chapter 23. System and Account Policies">Policy Management</a> chapters of this document. However, these are not necessarily specific +to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts. +</p></div><p> +A Domain Controller is an SMB/CIFS server that: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Registers and advertises itself as a Domain Controller (through NetBIOS broadcasts + as well as by way of name registrations either by Mailslot Broadcasts over UDP broadcast, + to a WINS server over UDP unicast, or via DNS and Active Directory) </p></li><li><p> - Creating machine trust accounts and joining clients to the domain + Provides the NETLOGON service (actually a collection of services that runs over + a number of protocols. These include the LanMan Logon service, the Netlogon service, + the Local Security Account service, and variations of them) </p></li><li><p> - Adding and managing domain user accounts - </p></li></ol></div><p> -There are other minor details such as user profiles, system -policies, etc... However, these are not necessarily specific -to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking -concepts. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860563"></a>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</h2></div></div><p> -The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to -understand the parameters necessary in smb.conf. Here we -attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in -the <tt>smb.conf</tt> man page. -</p><p> -Here is an example <tt>smb.conf</tt> for acting as a PDC: + Provides a share called NETLOGON + </p></li></ul></div><p> +For Samba to provide these is rather easy to configure. Each Samba Domain Controller must provide +the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the <span class="emphasis"><em>domain logons</em></span> functionality +(after the name of the parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file). Additionally, one (1) server in a Samba-3 +Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser. This causes the Primary Domain Controller +to claim domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given +domain/workgroup. Local master browsers in the same domain/workgroup on broadcast-isolated subnets +then ask for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients +will then contact their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, +instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875340"></a>Domain Control - Example Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to understand the parameters necessary +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Here we attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in +the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. +</p><p> +Here is an example <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for acting as a PDC: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - ; Basic server settings - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> = <i><tt>POGO</tt></i> - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> = <i><tt>NARNIA</tt></i> - - ; User and Machine Account Backends - ; Choices are: tdbsam, tdbsam_nua, smbpasswd, smbpasswd_nua, ldapsam, ldapsam_nua, ... - ; mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a> = ldapsam, guest - - ; we should act as the domain and local master browser - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL" target="_top">os level</a> = 64 - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER" target="_top">preferred master</a> = yes - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> = yes - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> = yes - - ; security settings (must user security = user) - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER" target="_top">security</a> = user - - ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> = yes - - ; support domain logons - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> = yes - - ; where to store user profiles? - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> = \\%N\profiles\%u - - ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at? - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE" target="_top">logon drive</a> = H: - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> = \\homeserver\%u - - ; specify a generic logon script for all users - ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script</a> = logon.cmd - -; necessary share for domain controller -[netlogon] - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = yes - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top">write list</a> = <i><tt>ntadmin</tt></i> - -; share for storing user profiles -[profiles] - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /export/smb/ntprofile - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = no - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> = 0600 - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> = 0700 + [global] + ; Basic server settings + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>POGO</tt></i> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>NARNIA</tt></i> + + ; User and Machine Account Backends + ; Choices are: tdbsam, smbpasswd, ldapsam, mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a> = ldapsam, guest + + ; we should act as the domain and local master browser + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL" target="_top">os level</a> = 64 + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER" target="_top">preferred master</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> = yes + + ; security settings (must user security = user) + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER" target="_top">security</a> = user + + ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC (default = Yes) + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> = yes + + ; support domain logons + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> = yes + + ; where to store user profiles? + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> = \\%N\profiles\%u + + ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at? + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE" target="_top">logon drive</a> = H: + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> = \\homeserver\%u\winprofile + + ; specify a generic logon script for all users + ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script</a> = logon.cmd + + ; necessary share for domain controller + [netlogon] + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top">write list</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>ntadmin</tt></i> + + ; share for storing user profiles + [profiles] + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /export/smb/ntprofile + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = no + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> = 0600 + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> = 0700 </pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> The above parameters make for a full set of parameters that may define the server's mode of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone: @@ -778,6 +1067,7 @@ of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone: </p><pre class="programlisting"> workgroup = NARNIA domain logons = Yes + domain master = Yes security = User </pre><p> @@ -787,244 +1077,53 @@ more complete environment. There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Encrypted passwords must be enabled. For more details on how - to do this, refer to <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 10. User information database">the User Database chapter</a>. + to do this, refer to <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database chapter</a>. </p></li><li><p> - The server must support domain logons and a - <tt>[netlogon]</tt> share + The server must support domain logons and have a + <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share </p></li><li><p> The server must be the domain master browser in order for Windows client to locate the server as a DC. Please refer to the various Network Browsing documentation included with this distribution for details. - </p></li></ul></div><p> -Samba 3.0 offers a complete implementation of group mapping -between Windows NT groups and Unix groups (this is really quite -complicated to explain in a short space). -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860863"></a>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</h2></div></div><p> -A machine trust account is a Samba account that is used to -authenticate a client machine (rather than a user) to the Samba -server. In Windows terminology, this is known as a "Computer -Account."</p><p> -The password of a machine trust account acts as the shared secret for -secure communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security -feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name -from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group -accounts. Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust -accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not. Hence, a -Windows 9x / Me / XP Home client is never a true member of a domain -because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no -shared secret with the domain controller. -</p><p>A Windows PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows -Registry. A Samba-3 PDC also has to store machine trust account information -in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 there can be multiple back-ends -for this including: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> - the plain ascii file stored used by - earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires - a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for - machine accounts). This file will be located in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> - directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba). - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd_nua</em></span> - This file is independant of the - system wide user accounts. The use of this back-end option requires - specification of the "non unix account range" option also. It is called - smbpasswd and will be located in the <tt>private</tt> directory. - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> - a binary database backend that will be - stored in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> directory in a file called - <span class="emphasis"><em>passwd.tdb</em></span>. The key benefit of this binary format - file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accomodated - in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam_nua</em></span> like the smbpasswd_nua option above, this - file allows the creation of arbitrary user and machine accounts without - requiring that account to be added to the system (/etc/passwd) file. It - too requires the specification of the "non unix account range" option - in the [globals] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the - LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam_nua</em></span> - LDAP based back-end with no unix - account requirement, like smbpasswd_nua and tdbsam_nua above. - </p></li></ul></div><p>Read the chapter about the <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 10. User information database">User Database</a> -for details.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store vastly more information than -smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify -per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc. -</p></div><p> -A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts, -as follows: - -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A Samba account, stored in the same location as user - LanMan and NT password hashes (currently - <tt>smbpasswd</tt>). The Samba account - possesses and uses only the NT password hash.</p></li><li><p>A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in - <tt>/etc/passwd</tt>. (Future releases will alleviate the need to - create <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entries.) </p></li></ul></div><p> -</p><p> -There are two ways to create machine trust accounts: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Manual creation. Both the Samba and corresponding - Unix account are created by hand.</p></li><li><p> "On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust - account is automatically created by Samba at the time the client - is joined to the domain. (For security, this is the - recommended method.) The corresponding Unix account may be - created automatically or manually. </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861132"></a>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><p> -The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to -manually create the corresponding Unix account in -<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>. This can be done using -<b>vipw</b> or other 'add user' command that is normally -used to create new Unix accounts. The following is an example for a -Linux based Samba server: -</p><p> - <tt>root# </tt><b>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <i><tt>"machine -nickname"</tt></i> -s /bin/false <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$ </b> -</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b>passwd -l <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$</b> -</p><p>On *BSD systems, this can be done using the 'chpass' utility:</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b>chpass -a "<i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</b> -</p><p> -The <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry will list the machine name -with a "$" appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no -home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an -<tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry like this: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -doppy$:x:505:501:<i><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i>:/dev/null:/bin/false -</pre><p> -Above, <i><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i> can be any -descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer. -<i><tt>machine_name</tt></i> absolutely must be the NetBIOS -name of the client to be joined to the domain. The "$" must be -appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize -this as a machine trust account. -</p><p> -Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create -the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial -machine trust account password. This can be done using the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top"><b>smbpasswd(8)</b></a> command -as shown here: -</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b><tt>smbpasswd -a -m <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i></tt></b> -</p><p> -where <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i> is the machine's NetBIOS -name. The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of -the corresponding Unix account. -</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Join the client to the domain immediately</h3><p> - Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the - equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using - the "Server Manager". From the time at which the account is created - to the time which the client joins the domain and changes the password, - your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using - a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently trusts - members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user - information to such clients. You have been warned! - </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861366"></a>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><p> -The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is -simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client -is joined to the domain. </p><p>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding -Unix account, a method for automatically creating the -Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the -<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">add user script</a> -option in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. This -method is not required, however; corresponding Unix accounts may also -be created manually. -</p><p>Below is an example for a RedHat 6.2 Linux system. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - # <...remainder of parameters...> - add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861423"></a>Joining the Client to the Domain</h3></div></div><p> -The procedure for joining a client to the domain varies with the -version of Windows. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Windows 2000</em></span></p><p> - When the user elects to join the client to a domain, Windows prompts for - an account and password that is privileged to join the domain. A Samba administrative - account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the Samba server) must be - entered here; the operation will fail if an ordinary user account is given. - The password for this account should be set to a different password than the associated - <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry, for security reasons. - </p><p> - The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an - encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust - account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or - updated if it already exists. - </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Windows NT</em></span></p><p> If the machine trust account was created manually, on the - Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not - check the box "Create a Computer Account in the Domain." In this case, - the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine to - the domain.</p><p> If the machine trust account is to be created - on-the-fly, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain - name, and check the box "Create a Computer Account in the Domain." In - this case, joining the domain proceeds as above for Windows 2000 - (i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when - prompted).</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Samba</em></span></p><p>Joining a samba client to a domain is documented in - the <a href="#domain-member" title="Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member">Domain Member</a> chapter. -</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2861529"></a>Common Problems and Errors</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861536"></a>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</h3></div></div><p> -A 'machine name' in (typically) <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> -of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD -systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. -</p><p> -The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly. -Create a user without the '$' using <b>vipw</b> to edit the entry, adding -the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like, make sure you use a unique User ID! -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861574"></a>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." -or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</h3></div></div><p> -This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the -machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) -to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC. The following command -will remove all network drive connections: -</p><p> -<tt>C:\WINNT\></tt> <b>net use * /d</b> -</p><p> -Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that -is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will -get this message. Change the workgroup name to something else, it -does not matter what, reboot, and try again. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861621"></a>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</h3></div></div><p>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading -to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, "The system -can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your -system administrator" when attempting to logon. -</p><p> -This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database -is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when -the domain name and/or the server name (netbios name) is changed. -The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain -SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain -SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities. -</p><p> -The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows: + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875639"></a>Samba ADS Domain Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 is not and can not act as an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as +an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller. The protocols for some of the functionality +the Active Directory Domain Controllers is have been partially implemented on an experimental +only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols - nor should you depend +on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may well remove such +experimental features or may change their behaviour. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875661"></a>Domain and Network Logon Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it rightly forms +an integral part of the essential functionality that is provided by a Domain Controller. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875676"></a>Domain Network Logon Service</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All Domain Controllers must run the netlogon service (<span class="emphasis"><em>domain logons</em></span> +in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = Yes</tt></i> +(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = No</tt></i> +must be set. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875709"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + domain logons = Yes + domain master = (Yes on PDC, No on BDCs) -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME' - net setlocalsid 'SID' -</pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861672"></a>The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</h3></div></div><p> -When I try to join the domain I get the message "The machine account -for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible". What's -wrong? -</p><p> -This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. -If you are using the <i><tt>add user script</tt></i> method to create -accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain -admin user system is working. -</p><p> -Alternatively if you are creating account entries manually then they -have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry -correct for the machine trust account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC. -If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd -utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name -with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry -in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. Some people have reported -that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT -client have caused this problem. Make sure that these are consistent -for both client and server. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861721"></a>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</h3></div></div><p> -At first be ensure to enable the useraccounts with <b>smbpasswd -e -%user%</b>, this is normally done, when you create an account. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2861746"></a>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</h2></div></div><p> + [netlogon] + comment = Network Logon Service + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon + guest ok = Yes + browseable = No +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875729"></a>The Special Case of MS Windows XP Home Edition</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +MS Windows XP Home Edition does not have the ability to join any type of Domain +security facility. Unlike, MS Windows 9x / Me, MS Windows XP Home Edition also completely +lacks the ability to log onto a network. +</p></div><p> +To be completely clear: If you want MS Windows XP Home Edition to integrate with your +MS Windows NT4 or Active Directory Domain security understand - IT CAN NOT BE DONE. +Your only choice is to buy the upgrade pack from MS Windows XP Home Edition to +MS Windows XP Professional. +</p><p> +Now that this has been said, please do NOT ask the mailing list, or email any of the +Samba-Team members with your questions asking how to make this work. It can't be done. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875765"></a>The Special Case of Windows 9x / Me</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same thing in terms of network browsing. The difference is that a distributable authentication database is associated with a domain, for secure login access to a @@ -1043,7 +1142,7 @@ section. Samba supports domain logons, network logon scripts, and user profiles for MS Windows for workgroups and MS Windows 9X/ME clients which are the focus of this section. </p><p> -When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon it broadcast requests for a +When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon, it broadcasts requests for a logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed. It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user @@ -1055,15 +1154,18 @@ involved with domains. Using these features you can make your clients verify their logon via the Samba server; make clients run a batch file when they logon to the network and download their preferences, desktop and start menu. -</p><p> +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit +the use of domain logons. +</em></span></p><p> Before launching into the configuration instructions, it is worthwhile to look at how a Windows 9x/ME client performs a logon: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> The client broadcasts (to the IP broadcast address of the subnet it is in) - a NetLogon request. This is sent to the NetBIOS name DOMAIN<1c> at the + a NetLogon request. This is sent to the NetBIOS name DOMAIN<#1c> at the NetBIOS layer. The client chooses the first response it receives, which contains the NetBIOS name of the logon server to use in the format of - \\SERVER. + <tt class="filename">\\SERVER</tt>. </p></li><li><p> The client then connects to that server, logs on (does an SMBsessetupX) and then connects to the IPC$ share (using an SMBtconX). @@ -1071,365 +1173,1098 @@ worthwhile to look at how a Windows 9x/ME client performs a logon: The client then does a NetWkstaUserLogon request, which retrieves the name of the user's logon script. </p></li><li><p> - The client then connects to the NetLogon share and searches for this + The client then connects to the NetLogon share and searches for said script and if it is found and can be read, is retrieved and executed by the client. After this, the client disconnects from the NetLogon share. </p></li><li><p> The client then sends a NetUserGetInfo request to the server, to retrieve the user's home share, which is used to search for profiles. Since the - response to the NetUserGetInfo request does not contain much more then + response to the NetUserGetInfo request does not contain much more than the user's home share, profiles for Win9X clients MUST reside in the user home directory. </p></li><li><p> The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as - a sharename and path. For example, \\server\fred\.profile. + a sharename and path. For example, <tt class="filename">\\server\fred\.winprofile</tt>. If the profiles are found, they are implemented. </p></li><li><p> The client then disconnects from the user's home share, and reconnects to - the NetLogon share and looks for CONFIG.POL, the policies file. If this is + the NetLogon share and looks for <tt class="filename">CONFIG.POL</tt>, the policies file. If this is found, it is read and implemented. - </p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2861910"></a>Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</h3></div></div><p> -The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon -server configuration is that + </p></li></ol></div><p> +The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon server configuration is that </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. -</p></li><li><p> -Windows 9x/ME clients do not possess machine trust accounts. -</p></li></ul></div><p> -Therefore, a Samba PDC will also act as a Windows 9x logon -server. -</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">security mode and master browsers</h3><p> + Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. But note + that beginning with MS Windows 98 the default setting is that plain-text + password support has been disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry + changes that are documented in the chapter on Policies. + </p></li><li><p> + Windows 9x/ME clients do not require and do not use machine trust accounts. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +A Samba PDC will act as a Windows 9x logon server; after all, it does provide the +network logon services that MS Windows 9x / Me expect to find. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876003"></a>Security Mode and Master Browsers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are a few comments to make in order to tie up some loose ends. There has been much debate over the issue of whether or not it is ok to configure Samba as a Domain Controller in security -modes other than <tt>USER</tt>. The only security mode -which will not work due to technical reasons is <tt>SHARE</tt> -mode security. <tt>DOMAIN</tt> and <tt>SERVER</tt> -mode security is really just a variation on SMB user level security. +modes other than <tt class="constant">USER</tt>. The only security mode +which will not work due to technical reasons is <tt class="constant">SHARE</tt> +mode security. <tt class="constant">DOMAIN</tt> and <tt class="constant">SERVER</tt> +mode security are really just a variation on SMB user level security. </p><p> Actually, this issue is also closely tied to the debate on whether or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup when operating as a DC. While it may technically be possible to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to do -so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b NetBIOS +so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN<#1b> NetBIOS name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC. Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB. For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB. </p><p> Now back to the issue of configuring a Samba DC to use a mode other -than "security = user". If a Samba host is configured to use +than <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>. If a Samba host is configured to use another SMB server or DC in order to validate user connection requests, then it is a fact that some other machine on the network -(the "password server") knows more about the user than the Samba host. +(the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i>) knows more about the user than the Samba host. 99% of the time, this other host is a domain controller. Now -in order to operate in domain mode security, the "workgroup" parameter +in order to operate in domain mode security, the <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> parameter must be set to the name of the Windows NT domain (which already -has a domain controller, right?) -</p><p> -Therefore configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that -already by definition has a PDC is asking for trouble. -Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC to be the DMB -for its domain. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-bdc"></a>Chapter 6. -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Volker Lendecke</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (26 Apr 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2845056">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2860294">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862166">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862187">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862212">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2862231">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862264">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862361">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862390">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2845056"></a>Prerequisite Reading</h2></div></div><p> -Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure -that you are comfortable with configuring a Samba PDC -as described in the <a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-HOWTO</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2860294"></a>Background</h2></div></div><p> -What is a Domain Controller? It is a machine that is able to answer -logon requests from workstations in a Windows NT Domain. Whenever a -user logs into a Windows NT Workstation, the workstation connects to a -Domain Controller and asks him whether the username and password the -user typed in is correct. The Domain Controller replies with a lot of -information about the user, for example the place where the users -profile is stored, the users full name of the user. All this -information is stored in the NT user database, the so-called SAM. -</p><p> -There are two kinds of Domain Controller in a NT 4 compatible Domain: -A Primary Domain Controller (PDC) and one or more Backup Domain -Controllers (BDC). The PDC contains the master copy of the -SAM. Whenever the SAM has to change, for example when a user changes -his password, this change has to be done on the PDC. A Backup Domain -Controller is a machine that maintains a read-only copy of the -SAM. This way it is able to reply to logon requests and authenticate -users in case the PDC is not available. During this time no changes to -the SAM are possible. Whenever changes to the SAM are done on the PDC, -all BDC receive the changes from the PDC. -</p><p> -Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all -current Windows Clients, including Windows 2000 and XP. This text -assumes the domain to be named SAMBA. To be able to act as a PDC, some -parameters in the [global]-section of the smb.conf have to be set: +has a domain controller). If the domain does NOT already have a Domain Controller +then you do not yet have a Domain! +</p><p> +Configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that already by definition has a +PDC is asking for trouble. Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC +to be the DMB for its domain and set <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>. +This is the only officially supported mode of operation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876111"></a>Common Problems and Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876118"></a>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A 'machine account', (typically) stored in <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>, +takes the form of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD +systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. +</p><p> +The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly. +Create a user without the '$'. Then use <b class="command">vipw</b> to edit the entry, adding +the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like; make sure you use a unique User ID! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876157"></a>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the +machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) +to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC. The following command +will remove all network drive connections: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">C:\WINNT\></tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>net use * /d</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that +is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will +get this message. Change the workgroup name to something else, it +does not matter what, reboot, and try again. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876206"></a>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading +to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, <span class="errorname">The system +can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your +system administrator</span> when attempting to logon. +</p><p> +This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database +is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when +the domain name and/or the server name (NetBIOS name) is changed. +The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain +SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain +SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities. +</p><p> +The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows: + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME'</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net setlocalsid 'SID'</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876277"></a>The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When I try to join the domain I get the message <span class="errorname">The machine account +for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible</span>. What's +wrong? +</p><p> +This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. +If you are using the <i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i> method to create +accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain +admin user system is working. +</p><p> +Alternatively if you are creating account entries manually then they +have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry +correct for the machine trust account in <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file on the Samba PDC. +If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd +utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name +with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry +in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. +</p><p> +Some people have also reported +that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT +client can cause this problem. Make sure that these are consistent +for both client and server. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876340"></a>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Enable the user accounts with <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -e <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> +</tt></b>, this is normally done as an account is created. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2876367"></a>Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A domain controller has to announce on the network who it is. This usually takes a while. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-bdc"></a>Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Volker</span> <span class="surname">Lendecke</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2878532">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878705">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878734">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878954">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878975">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879001">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879047">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879149">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879210">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2879224">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879254">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879287">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879332">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Before you continue reading in this section, please make sure that you are comfortable +with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in the +<a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control</a> chapter. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878532"></a>Features And Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is one of the most difficult chapters to summarise. It does not matter what we say here +for someone will still draw conclusions and / or approach the Samba-Team with expectations +that are either not yet capable of being delivered, or that can be achieved far more +effectively using a totally different approach. Since this HOWTO is already so large and +extensive, we have taken the decision to provide sufficient (but not comprehensive) +information regarding Backup Domain Control. In the event that you should have a persistent +concern that is not addressed in this HOWTO document then please email +<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John H Terpstra</a> clearly setting out your requirements +and / or question and we will do our best to provide a solution. +</p><p> +Samba-3 is capable of acting as a Backup Domain Controller to another Samba Primary Domain +Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The Samba-3 BDC can +operate with a slave LDAP server for the Account backend. This effectively gives samba a high +degree of scalability. This is a very sweet (nice) solution for large organisations. +</p><p> +While it is possible to run a Samba-3 BDC with non-LDAP backend, the administrator will +need to figure out precisely what is the best way to replicate (copy / distribute) the +user and machine Accounts backend. +</p><p> +The use of a non-LDAP backend SAM database is particularly problematic because Domain member +servers and workstations periodically change the machine trust account password. The new +password is then stored only locally. This means that in the absence of a centrally stored +accounts database (such as that provided with an LDAP based solution) if Samba-3 is running +as a BDC, the BDC instance of the Domain member trust account password will not reach the +PDC (master) copy of the SAM. If the PDC SAM is then replicated to BDCs this results in +overwriting of the SAM that contains the updated (changed) trust account password with resulting +breakage of the domain trust. +</p><p> +Considering the number of comments and questions raised concerning how to configure a BDC +lets consider each possible option and look at the pro's and con's for each theoretical solution: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Backup Domain Backend Account Distribution Options</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Solution: Passwd Backend is LDAP based, BDCs use a slave LDAP server + </p><p> + Arguments For: This is a neat and manageable solution. The LDAP based SAM (ldapsam) + is constantly kept up to date. + </p><p> + Arguments Against: Complexity + </p></li><li><p> + Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based "net rpc vampire" to + suck down the Accounts database from the PDC + </p><p> + Arguments For: It would be a nice solution + </p><p> + Arguments Against: It does not work because Samba-3 does not support the required + protocols. This may become a later feature but is not available today. + </p></li><li><p> + Make use of rsync to replicate (pull down) copies of the essential account files + </p><p> + Arguments For: It is a simple solution, easy to set up as a scheduled job + </p><p> + Arguments Against: This will over-write the locally changed machine trust account + passwords. This is a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. + </p></li><li><p> + Operate with an entirely local accounts database (not recommended) + </p><p> + Arguments For: Simple, easy to maintain + </p><p> + Arguments Against: All machine trust accounts and user accounts will be locally + maintained. Domain users will NOT be able to roam from office to office. This is + a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878705"></a>Essential Background Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A Domain Controller is a machine that is able to answer logon requests from network +workstations. Microsoft LanManager and IBM LanServer were two early products that +provided this capability. The technology has become known as the LanMan Netlogon service. +</p><p> +When MS Windows NT3.10 was first released, it supported an new style of Domain Control +and with it a new form of the network logon service that has extended functionality. +This service became known as the NT NetLogon Service. The nature of this service has +changed with the evolution of MS Windows NT and today provides a very complex array of +services that are implemented over a complex spectrum of technologies. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878734"></a>MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Whenever a user logs into a Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional Workstation, +the workstation connects to a Domain Controller (authentication server) to validate +the username and password that the user entered are valid. If the information entered +does not validate against the account information that has been stored in the Domain +Control database (the SAM, or Security Account Manager database) then a set of error +codes is returned to the workstation that has made the authentication request. +</p><p> +When the username / password pair has been validated, the Domain Controller +(authentication server) will respond with full enumeration of the account information +that has been stored regarding that user in the User and Machine Accounts database +for that Domain. This information contains a complete network access profile for +the user but excludes any information that is particular to the user's desktop profile, +or for that matter it excludes all desktop profiles for groups that the user may +belong to. It does include password time limits, password uniqueness controls, +network access time limits, account validity information, machine names from which the +user may access the network, and much more. All this information was stored in the SAM +in all versions of MS Windows NT (3.10, 3.50, 3.51, 4.0). +</p><p> +The account information (user and machine) on Domain Controllers is stored in two files, +one containing the Security information and the other the SAM. These are stored in files +by the same name in the <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\config</tt> directory. These +are the files that are involved in replication of the SAM database where Backup Domain +Controllers are present on the network. +</p><p> +There are two situations in which it is desirable to install Backup Domain Controllers: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + On the local network that the Primary Domain Controller is on, if there are many + workstations and/or where the PDC is generally very busy. In this case the BDCs + will pick up network logon requests and help to add robustness to network services. + </p></li><li><p> + At each remote site, to reduce wide area network traffic and to add stability to + remote network operations. The design of the network, the strategic placement of + Backup Domain Controllers, together with an implementation that localises as much + of network to client interchange as possible will help to minimise wide area network + bandwidth needs (and thus costs). + </p></li></ul></div><p> +The PDC contains the master copy of the SAM. In the event that an administrator makes a +change to the user account database while physically present on the local network that +has the PDC, the change will likely be made directly to the PDC instance of the master +copy of the SAM. In the event that this update may be performed in a branch office the +change will likely be stored in a delta file on the local BDC. The BDC will then send +a trigger to the PDC to commence the process of SAM synchronisation. The PDC will then +request the delta from the BDC and apply it to the master SAM. The PDC will then contact +all the BDCs in the Domain and trigger them to obtain the update and then apply that to +their own copy of the SAM. +</p><p> +Thus the BDC is said to hold a <span class="emphasis"><em>read-only</em></span> of the SAM from which +it is able to process network logon requests and to authenticate users. The BDC can +continue to provide this service, particularly while, for example, the wide area +network link to the PDC is down. Thus a BDC plays a very important role in both +maintenance of Domain security as well as in network integrity. +</p><p> +In the event that the PDC should need to be taken out of service, or if it dies, then +one of the BDCs can be promoted to a PDC. If this happens while the original PDC is on +line then it is automatically demoted to a BDC. This is an important aspect of Domain +Controller management. The tool that is used to affect a promotion or a demotion is the +Server Manager for Domains. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878883"></a>Example PDC Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all current Windows Clients, +including Windows NT4, 2003 and XP Professional. For samba to be enabled as a PDC some +parameters in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i>-section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> have to be set: </p><pre class="programlisting"> workgroup = SAMBA domain master = yes domain logons = yes </pre><p> -Several other things like a [homes] and a [netlogon] share also may be -set along with settings for the profile path, the users home drive and -others. This will not be covered in this document. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862166"></a>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</h2></div></div><p> -Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to -register the NetBIOS group name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server and/or -by broadcast on the local network. The PDC also registers the unique -NetBIOS name SAMBA#1b with the WINS server. The name type #1b is -normally reserved for the domain master browser, a role that has -nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the -Microsoft Domain implementation requires the domain master browser to -be on the same machine as the PDC. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862187"></a>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</h3></div></div><p> -A NT workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be -authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does -this by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA#1c. It -assumes that each of the machines it gets back from the queries is a -domain controller and can answer logon requests. To not open security -holes both the workstation and the selected (TODO: How is the DC -chosen) domain controller authenticate each other. After that the -workstation sends the user's credentials (his name and password) to -the domain controller, asking for approval. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862212"></a>When is the PDC needed?</h3></div></div><p> -Whenever a user wants to change his password, this has to be done on -the PDC. To find the PDC, the workstation does a NetBIOS name query -for SAMBA#1b, assuming this machine maintains the master copy of the -SAM. The workstation contacts the PDC, both mutually authenticate and -the password change is done. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862231"></a>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</h2></div></div><p> -With version 2.2, no. The native NT SAM replication protocols have -not yet been fully implemented. The Samba Team is working on -understanding and implementing the protocols, but this work has not -been finished for version 2.2. -</p><p> -With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a -suitable storage mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC -support is expected soon. -</p><p> -Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes. The main reason for -implementing a BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, -a second Samba machine can be set up to -service logon requests whenever the PDC is down. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862264"></a>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</h2></div></div><p> +Several other things like a <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> and a <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share also need to be set along with +settings for the profile path, the users home drive, etc.. This will not be covered in this +chapter, for more information please refer to the chapter on <a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878954"></a>Active Directory Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As of the release of MS Windows 2000 and Active Directory, this information is now stored +in a directory that can be replicated and for which partial or full administrative control +can be delegated. Samba-3 is NOT able to be a Domain Controller within an Active Directory +tree, and it can not be an Active Directory server. This means that Samba-3 also can NOT +act as a Backup Domain Controller to an Active Directory Domain Controller. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878975"></a>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to register the NetBIOS +group name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server and/or by broadcast on the local network. +The PDC also registers the unique NetBIOS name SAMBA<#1b> with the WINS server. +The name type <#1b> name is normally reserved for the Domain Master Browser, a role +that has nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the Microsoft Domain +implementation requires the domain master browser to be on the same machine as the PDC. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879001"></a>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +An MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a +local user to be authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does this +by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA<#1c>. It assumes that each +of the machines it gets back from the queries is a domain controller and can answer logon +requests. To not open security holes both the workstation and the selected domain controller +authenticate each other. After that the workstation sends the user's credentials (name and +password) to the local Domain Controller, for validation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879047"></a>Backup Domain Controller Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Several things have to be done: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to -be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created -anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is -stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb -from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would -generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this -new BDC SID.</p><p> -To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the -secrets.tdb, execute 'net rpc getsid' on the BDC. -</p></li><li><p> -The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the -BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be -replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually -whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master -server and the BDC as a NIS slave server. To set up the BDC as a -mere NIS client would not be enough, as the BDC would not be able to -access its user database in case of a PDC failure. -</p></li><li><p> -The Samba password database in the file private/smbpasswd has to be -replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This is a bit tricky, see the -next section. -</p></li><li><p> -Any netlogon share has to be replicated from the PDC to the -BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed, -or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd -synchronization. -</p></li></ul></div><p> -Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done -by setting + The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to + be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created + anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is + stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb + from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would + generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this + new BDC SID.</p><p> + To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the + secrets.tdb, execute: + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc getsid</tt></b> + </pre></li><li><p> + The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the + BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be + replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually + whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master + server and the BDC as a NIS slave server. To set up the BDC as a + mere NIS client would not be enough, as the BDC would not be able to + access its user database in case of a PDC failure. NIS is by no means + the only method to synchronize passwords. An LDAP solution would work + as well. + </p></li><li><p> + The Samba password database has to be replicated from the PDC to the BDC. + As said above, though possible to synchronise the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> + file with rsync and ssh, this method is broken and flawed, and is + therefore not recommended. A better solution is to set up slave LDAP + servers for each BDC and a master LDAP server for the PDC. + </p></li><li><p> + Any netlogon share has to be replicated from the PDC to the + BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed, + or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd + synchronization. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879149"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done by setting: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - workgroup = samba + workgroup = SAMBA domain master = no domain logons = yes </pre><p> -in the [global]-section of the smb.conf of the BDC. This makes the BDC -only register the name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server. This is no -problem as the name SAMBA#1c is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i>-section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> of the BDC. This makes the BDC +only register the name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server. This is no +problem as the name SAMBA<#1c> is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to be registered by more than one machine. The parameter 'domain master = -no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA#1b which as a unique NetBIOS +no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA<#1b> which as a unique NetBIOS name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862361"></a>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</h3></div></div><p> -Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done -whenever changes to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is -done in the smbpasswd file and has to be replicated to the BDC. So -replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary. -</p><p> -As the smbpasswd file contains plain text password equivalents, it -must not be sent unencrypted over the wire. The best way to set up -smbpasswd replication from the PDC to the BDC is to use the utility -rsync. rsync can use ssh as a transport. ssh itself can be set up to -accept *only* rsync transfer without requiring the user to type a -password. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862390"></a>Can I do this all with LDAP?</h3></div></div><p>The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports -binding to a replica LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and -rebind to the master if it ever needs to make a modification to the -database. (Normally BDCs are read only, so this will not occur -often). -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ADS"></a>Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">2002/2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2862021">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862571">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862765">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2862919">Notes</a></dt></dl></div><p> -This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with kerberos authentication against a -Windows2000 KDC. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862021"></a>Setup your <tt>smb.conf</tt></h2></div></div><p>You must use at least the following 3 options in smb.conf:</p><pre class="programlisting"> - realm = YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879210"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As this is a rather new area for Samba there are not many examples that we may refer to. Keep +watching for updates to this section. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879224"></a>Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This problem will occur when occur when the passdb (SAM) files are copied from a central +server but the local Backup Domain Controllers. Local machine trust account password updates +are not copied back to the central server. The newer machine account password is then over +written when the SAM is copied from the PDC. The result is that the Domain member machine +on start up will find that it's passwords does not match the one now in the database and +since the startup security check will now fail, this machine will not allow logon attempts +to proceed and the account expiry error will be reported. +</p><p> +The solution: use a more robust passdb backend, such as the ldapsam backend, setting up +an slave LDAP server for each BDC, and a master LDAP server for the PDC. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879254"></a>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +With version 2.2, no. The native NT4 SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully +implemented. The Samba Team is working on understanding and implementing the protocols, +but this work has not been finished for version 2.2. +</p><p> +With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a suitable storage +mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC support is expected soon. +</p><p> +Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes. The main reason for implementing a +BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, a second Samba machine can be set up to +service logon requests whenever the PDC is down. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879287"></a>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done whenever changes +to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is done in the smbpasswd file and +has to be replicated to the BDC. So replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary. +</p><p> +As the smbpasswd file contains plain text password equivalents, it must not be +sent unencrypted over the wire. The best way to set up smbpasswd replication from +the PDC to the BDC is to use the utility rsync. rsync can use ssh as a transport. +Ssh itself can be set up to accept <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> rsync transfer without requiring the user +to type a password. +</p><p> +As said a few times before, use of this method is broken and flawed. Machine trust +accounts will go out of sync, resulting in a very broken domain. This method is +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended. Try using LDAP instead. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879332"></a>Can I do this all with LDAP?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports binding to a replica +LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and rebind to the master if it ever +needs to make a modification to the database. (Normally BDCs are read only, so +this will not occur often). +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="domain-member"></a>Chapter 7. Domain Membership</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2880401">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880516">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880692">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880944">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881141">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881203">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#domain-member-server">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881406">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881788">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881929">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882013">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882376">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882398">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882423">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882455">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Domain Membership is a subject of vital concern, Samba must be able to +participate as a member server in a Microsoft Domain security context, and +Samba must be capable of providing Domain machine member trust accounts, +otherwise it would not be capable of offering a viable option for many users. +</p><p> +This chapter covers background information pertaining to domain membership, +Samba configuration for it, and MS Windows client procedures for joining a +domain. Why is this necessary? Because both are areas in which there exists +within the current MS Windows networking world and particularly in the +Unix/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of +mis-information, incorrect understanding, and a lack of knowledge. Hopefully +this chapter will fill the voids. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880401"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain +security need to +be made Domain members. Participating in Domain security is often called +<span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span> or <span class="acronym">SSO</span> for short. This +chapter describes the process that must be followed to make a workstation +(or another server - be it an <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x</span> +server) or a Samba server a member of an MS Windows Domain security context. +</p><p> +Samba-3 can join an MS Windows NT4 style domain as a native member server, an +MS Windows Active Directory Domain as a native member server, or a Samba Domain +Control network. +</p><p> +Domain membership has many advantages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + MS Windows workstation users get the benefit of SSO + </p></li><li><p> + Domain user access rights and file ownership / access controls can be set + from the single Domain SAM (Security Account Manager) database + (works with Domain member servers as well as with MS Windows workstations + that are domain members) + </p></li><li><p> + Only <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional</span> + workstations that are Domain members + can use network logon facilities + </p></li><li><p> + Domain Member workstations can be better controlled through the use of + Policy files (<tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>) and Desktop Profiles. + </p></li><li><p> + Through the use of logon scripts, users can be given transparent access to network + applications that run off application servers + </p></li><li><p> + Network administrators gain better application and user access management + abilities because there is no need to maintain user accounts on any network + client or server, other than the central Domain database + (either NT4/Samba SAM style Domain, NT4 Domain that is back ended with an + LDAP directory, or via an Active Directory infrastructure) + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880516"></a>MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A machine trust account is an account that is used to authenticate a client +machine +(rather than a user) to the Domain Controller server. In Windows terminology, +this is known as a "Computer Account." +</p><p> +The password of a machine trust account acts as the shared secret for +secure communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security +feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name +from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group +accounts. Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust +accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not. Hence, a +Windows 9x / Me / XP Home client is never a true member of a domain +because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no +shared secret with the domain controller. +</p><p> +A Windows NT4 PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows Registry. +The introduction of MS Windows 2000 saw the introduction of Active Directory, +the new repository for machine trust accounts. +</p><p> +A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts, +as follows: + +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + A Domain Security Account (stored in the + <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> that has been configured in the + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. The precise nature of the account information that is + stored depends on the type of backend database that has been chosen. + </p><p> + The older format of this data is the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> database + which contains the unix login ID, the Unix user identifier (UID), and the + LanMan and NT encrypted passwords. There is also some other information in + this file that we do not need to concern ourselves with here. + </p><p> + The two newer database types are called <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span>, + <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span>. Both store considerably more data than the + older <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file did. The extra information + enables new user account controls to be used. + </p></li><li><p> + A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. Work is in progress to allow a + simplified mode of operation that does not require Unix user accounts, but + this may not be a feature of the early releases of Samba-3. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><p> +There are three ways to create machine trust accounts: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Manual creation from the Unix/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and + corresponding Unix account are created by hand. + </p></li><li><p> + Using the MS Windows NT4 Server Manager (either from an NT4 Domain member + server, or using the Nexus toolkit available from the Microsoft web site. + This tool can be run from any MS Windows machine so long as the user is + logged on as the administrator account. + </p></li><li><p> + "On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust account is automatically + created by Samba at the time the client is joined to the domain. + (For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding Unix + account may be created automatically or manually. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880692"></a>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to manually +create the corresponding Unix account in <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. +This can be done using <b class="command">vipw</b> or another 'add user' command +that is normally used to create new Unix accounts. The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <i class="replaceable"><tt>"machine nickname"</tt></i> -s /bin/false <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$ </tt></b> +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>passwd -l <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$</tt></b> +</p><p> +On *BSD systems, this can be done using the <b class="command">chpass</b> utility: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chpass -a "<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</tt></b> +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry will list the machine name +with a "$" appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no +home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an +<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +doppy$:x:505:501:<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i>:/dev/null:/bin/false +</pre><p> +Above, <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i> can be any +descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer. +<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i> absolutely must be the NetBIOS +name of the client to be joined to the domain. The "$" must be +appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize +this as a machine trust account. +</p><p> +Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create +the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial +machine trust account password. This can be done using the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top"><b class="command">smbpasswd(8)</b></a> command +as shown here: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -a -m <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i> is the machine's NetBIOS +name. The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of +the corresponding Unix account. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Join the client to the domain immediately</h3><p> + Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the + equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using + the <span class="application">Server Manager</span>. From the time at which the + account is created to the time which the client joins the domain and + changes the password, your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining + your domain using a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently + trusts members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user + information to such clients. You have been warned! + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880944"></a>Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If the machine from which you are trying to manage the domain is an +<span class="application">MS Windows NT4 workstation</span> +then the tool of choice is the package called <b class="command">SRVTOOLS.EXE</b>. +When executed in the target directory this will unpack +<b class="command">SrvMge.exe</b> and <b class="command">UsrMgr.exe</b> (both are +Domain Management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation. +</p><p> +If your workstation is any other MS Windows product you should download the +<b class="command">Nexus.exe</b> package from the Microsoft web site. When executed +from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on +<span class="application">MS Windows 9x/Me/200x/XP</span>. +</p><p> +Launch the <b class="command">srvmgr.exe</b> (Server Manager for Domains) and follow these steps: +</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 7.1. Server Manager Account Machine Account Management</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + From the menu select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on <span class="guimenuitem">Select Domain</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on the name of the domain you wish to administer in the + <span class="guilabel">Select Domain</span> panel and then click + <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. + </p></li><li><p> + Again from the menu select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Select <span class="guimenuitem">Add to Domain</span> + </p></li><li><p> + In the dialog box, click on the radio button to + <span class="guilabel">Add NT Workstation of Server</span>, then + enter the machine name in the field provided, then click the + <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881141"></a>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is +simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client +is joined to the domain. +</p><p>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding Unix account, a method +for automatically creating the Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDMACHINESCRIPT" target="_top">add machine script</a> option in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. This method is not required, however; corresponding Unix +accounts may also be created manually. +</p><p> +Below is an example for a RedHat Linux system. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] + # <...remainder of parameters...> + add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881203"></a>Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The procedure for making an MS Windows workstation of server a member of the domain varies +with the version of Windows: +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881216"></a>Windows 200x XP Professional</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When the user elects to make the client a domain member, Windows 200x prompts for + an account and password that has privileges to create machine accounts in the domain. + A Samba administrative account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the + Samba server) must be entered here; the operation will fail if an ordinary user + account is given. + </p><p> + Note: For security reasons the password for this administrative account should be set + to a password that is other than that used for the root user in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. + </p><p> + The name of the account that is used to create domain member machine accounts can be + anything the network administrator may choose. If it is other than <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> + then this is easily mapped to root using the file pointed to be the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter + <i class="parameter"><tt>username map = /etc/samba/smbusers</tt></i>. + </p><p> + The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an + encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust + account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or + updated if it already exists. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881283"></a>Windows NT4</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If the machine trust account was created manually, on the + Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not + check the box <span class="guilabel">Create a Computer Account in the Domain</span>. + In this case, the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine + to the domain. + </p><p> + If the machine trust account is to be created + on-the-fly, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain + name, and check the box <span class="guilabel">Create a Computer Account in the + Domain</span>. In this case, joining the domain proceeds as above + for Windows 2000 (i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when + prompted). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881324"></a>Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>Joining a Samba client to a domain is documented in + the <a href="#domain-member-server" title="Domain Member Server">Domain Member Server</a> section of this chapter chapter. + </p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="domain-member-server"></a>Domain Member Server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This mode of server operation involves the Samba machine being made a member +of a domain security context. This means by definition that all user +authentication will be done from a centrally defined authentication regime. +The authentication regime may come from an NT3/4 style (old domain technology) +server, or it may be provided from an Active Directory server (ADS) running on +MS Windows 2000 or later. +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em> +Of course it should be clear that the authentication back end itself could be +from any distributed directory architecture server that is supported by Samba. +This can be LDAP (from OpenLDAP), or Sun's iPlanet, of NetWare Directory +Server, etc. +</em></span> +</p><p> +Please refer to the <a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control chapter</a> +for more information regarding how to create a domain +machine account for a domain member server as well as for information +regarding how to enable the Samba domain member machine to join the domain and +to be fully trusted by it. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881406"></a>Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2881417"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.1. Assumptions</b></p><table summary="Assumptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left">NetBIOS name:</td><td align="left">SERV1</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Win2K/NT domain name:</td><td align="left">DOM</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Domain's PDC NetBIOS name:</td><td align="left">DOMPDC</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Domain's BDC NetBIOS names:</td><td align="left">DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p><p> +First, you must edit your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file to tell Samba it should +now use domain security. +</p><p> +Change (or add) your <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section +of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to read: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +security = domain +</pre><p> +</p><p> +Next change the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> +workgroup</tt></i></a> line in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> +section to read: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +workgroup = DOM +</pre><p> +</p><p> +as this is the name of the domain we are joining. +</p><p> +You must also have the parameter <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> set to <tt class="constant">yes +</tt> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC. +</p><p> +Finally, add (or modify) a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a> line in the [global] +section to read: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2 +</pre><p> +</p><p> +These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba +will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will +try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to +rearrange this list in order to spread out the authentication load +among domain controllers. +</p><p> +Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine +the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may +set this line to be: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +password server = * +</pre><p> +</p><p> +This method allows Samba to use exactly the same mechanism that NT does. This +method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to +find domain controllers to authenticate against. +</p><p> +In order to actually join the domain, you must run this command: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -S DOMPDC -U<i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> +If the <tt class="option">-S DOMPDC</tt> argument is not given then +the domain name will be obtained from <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p><p> +As we are joining the domain DOM and the PDC for that domain +(the only machine that has write access to the domain SAM database) +is DOMPDC, we use it for the <tt class="option">-S</tt> option. +The <i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i> is +the login name and password for an account which has the necessary +privilege to add machines to the domain. If this is successful +you will see the message: +</p><p> +<tt class="computeroutput">Joined domain DOM.</tt> +or <tt class="computeroutput">Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</tt> +</p><p> +in your terminal window. See the <a href="net.8.html" target="_top"> +net(8)</a> man page for more details. +</p><p> +This process joins the server to the domain without having to create the machine +trust account on the PDC beforehand. +</p><p> +This command goes through the machine account password +change protocol, then writes the new (random) machine account +password for this Samba server into a file in the same directory +in which an smbpasswd file would be stored - normally: +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/secrets.tdb</tt> +</p><p> +This file is created and owned by root and is not +readable by any other user. It is the key to the domain-level +security for your system, and should be treated as carefully +as a shadow password file. +</p><p> +Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for +clients to begin using domain security! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881788"></a>Why is this better than security = server?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from +having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching +to your server. This means that if domain user <tt class="constant">DOM\fred +</tt> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs +to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix +filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" target="_top">security = server</a>, +where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows +NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would. +</p><p> +Please refer to the <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">Winbind</a> chapter +for information on a system to automatically +assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups. +</p><p> +The advantage to domain-level security is that the +authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated +RPC channel in exactly the same way that an NT server would do it. This +means Samba servers now participate in domain trust relationships in +exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into +a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource +domain PDC to an account domain PDC). +</p><p> +In addition, with <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> every Samba +daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the +authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain +the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run +out of available connections. With <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i>, +however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long +as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, +thus conserving PDC connection resources. +</p><p> +And finally, acting in the same manner as an NT server +authenticating to a PDC means that as part of the authentication +reply, the Samba server gets the user identification information such +as the user SID, the list of NT groups the user belongs to, etc. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Much of the text of this document +was first published in the Web magazine +<a href="http://www.linuxworld.com" target="_top">LinuxWorld</a> as the article <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com/linuxworld/lw-1998-10/lw-10-samba.html" target="_top">Doing +the NIS/NT Samba</a>. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-member"></a>Samba ADS Domain Membership</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with Kerberos authentication against a +Windows2000 KDC. A familiarity with Kerberos is assumed. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881929"></a>Setup your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must use at least the following 3 options in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + realm = your.kerberos.REALM security = ADS encrypt passwords = yes </pre><p> In case samba can't figure out your ads server using your realm name, use the -<b>ads server</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt>: +<i class="parameter"><tt>ads server</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: </p><pre class="programlisting"> ads server = your.kerberos.server </pre><p> -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You do *not* need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will - be authenticated as if <b>security = domain</b>, - although it won't do any harm - and allows you to have local users not in the domain. - I expect that the above required options will change soon when we get better - active directory integration.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862571"></a>Setup your <tt>/etc/krb5.conf</tt></h2></div></div><p>Note: you will need the krb5 workstation, devel, and libs installed</p><p>The minimal configuration for <tt>krb5.conf</tt> is:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +You do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will be authenticated as +if <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i>, although it won't do any harm and +allows you to have local users not in the domain. It is expected that the above +required options will change soon when active directory integration will get +better. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882013"></a>Setup your <tt class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The minimal configuration for <tt class="filename">krb5.conf</tt> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> [realms] YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = { kdc = your.kerberos.server } -</pre><p>Test your config by doing a <b><tt>kinit -<i><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b> and +</pre><p> +Test your config by doing a <b class="userinput"><tt>kinit +<i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b> and making sure that your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The realm must be uppercase or you will get "Cannot find KDC for requested -realm while getting initial credentials" error </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Time between the two servers must be synchronized. You will get a -"kinit(v5): Clock skew too great while getting initial credentials" if the time -difference is more than five minutes. </p></div><p> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The realm must be uppercase or you will get <span class="errorname">Cannot find KDC for +requested realm while getting initial credentials</span> error. +</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Time between the two servers must be synchronized. You will get a +<span class="errorname">kinit(v5): Clock skew too great while getting initial credentials</span> +if the time difference is more than five minutes. +</p></div><p> You also must ensure that you can do a reverse DNS lookup on the IP address of your KDC. Also, the name that this reverse lookup maps to -must either be the netbios name of the KDC (ie. the hostname with no -domain attached) or it can alternatively be the netbios name +must either be the NetBIOS name of the KDC (ie. the hostname with no +domain attached) or it can alternatively be the NetBIOS name followed by the realm. </p><p> The easiest way to ensure you get this right is to add a -<tt>/etc/hosts</tt> entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to -its netbios name. If you don't get this right then you will get a -"local error" when you try to join the realm. +<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to +its NetBIOS name. If you don't get this right then you will get a +<span class="errorname">local error</span> when you try to join the realm. </p><p> -If all you want is kerberos support in smbclient then you can skip -straight to <a href="#ads-test-smbclient" title="Testing with smbclient">Test with smbclient</a> now. +If all you want is Kerberos support in <span class="application">smbclient</span> then you can skip +straight to <a href="#ads-test-smbclient" title="Testing with smbclient">Test with <span class="application">smbclient</span></a> now. <a href="#ads-create-machine-account" title="Create the computer account">Creating a computer account</a> and <a href="#ads-test-server" title="Test your server setup">testing your servers</a> -is only needed if you want kerberos support for smbd and winbindd. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-create-machine-account"></a>Create the computer account</h2></div></div><p> +is only needed if you want Kerberos support for <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">winbindd</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-create-machine-account"></a>Create the computer account</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory (usually root) run: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - <b><tt>net join -U Administrator%password</tt></b> -</pre><p> -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2862765"></a>Possible errors</h3></div></div><p> -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">"ADS support not compiled in"</span></dt><dd><p>Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled - (make clean all install) after the kerberos libs and headers are installed. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">net join prompts for user name</span></dt><dd><p>You need to login to the domain using <b><tt>kinit - <i><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b>. - <i><tt>USERNAME</tt></i> must be a user who has rights to add a machine + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U Administrator%password</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2882222"></a>Possible errors</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><span class="errorname">ADS support not compiled in</span></span></dt><dd><p>Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled + (make clean all install) after the Kerberos libs and headers are installed. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><span class="errorname">net join prompts for user name</span></span></dt><dd><p>You need to login to the domain using <b class="userinput"><tt>kinit + <i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b>. + <i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i> must be a user who has rights to add a machine to the domain. </p></dd></dl></div><p> -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-test-server"></a>Test your server setup</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-test-server"></a>Test your server setup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> If the join was successful, you will see a new computer account with the NetBIOS name of your Samba server in Active Directory (in the "Computers" folder under Users and Computers. </p><p> -On a Windows 2000 client try <b><tt>net use * \\server\share</tt></b>. You should -be logged in with kerberos without needing to know a password. If -this fails then run <b><tt>klist tickets</tt></b>. Did you get a ticket for the +On a Windows 2000 client try <b class="userinput"><tt>net use * \\server\share</tt></b>. You should +be logged in with Kerberos without needing to know a password. If +this fails then run <b class="userinput"><tt>klist tickets</tt></b>. Did you get a ticket for the server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ? -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-test-smbclient"></a>Testing with smbclient</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-test-smbclient"></a>Testing with <span class="application">smbclient</span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba -server using smbclient and kerberos. Use smbclient as usual, but -specify the <i><tt>-k</tt></i> option to choose kerberos authentication. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862919"></a>Notes</h2></div></div><p>You must change administrator password at least once after DC -install, to create the right encoding types</p><p>w2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in - their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs?</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="domain-member"></a>Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">16 Apr 2001</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2862413">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863318">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862413"></a>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</h2></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Assumptions:</em></span> - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - NetBIOS name: SERV1 - Win2K/NT domain name: DOM - Domain's PDC NetBIOS name: DOMPDC - Domain's BDC NetBIOS names: DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2 +server using <span class="application">smbclient</span> and Kerberos. Use <span class="application">smbclient</span> as usual, but +specify the <i class="parameter"><tt>-k</tt></i> option to choose Kerberos authentication. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882376"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must change administrator password at least once after DC +install, to create the right encoding types +</p><p> +W2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in +their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs? +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882398"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the process of adding / deleting / re-adding domain member machine accounts there are +many traps for the unwary player and there are many “<span class="quote">little</span>” things that can go wrong. +It is particularly interesting how often subscribers on the samba mailing list have concluded +after repeated failed attempts to add a machine account that it is necessary to "re-install" +MS Windows on t he machine. In truth, it is seldom necessary to reinstall because of this type +of problem. The real solution is often very simple, and with understanding of how MS Windows +networking functions. easily overcome. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882423"></a>Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Problem:</em></span> A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine +account was deleted and added immediately. The workstation will not join the domain if I use +the same machine name. Attempts to add the machine fail with a message that the machine already +exists on the network - I know it doesn't. Why is this failing? +</p><p> +The original name is still in the NetBIOS name cache and must expire after machine account +deletion BEFORE adding that same name as a domain member again. The best advice is to delete +the old account and then to add the machine with a new name. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882455"></a>Adding Machine to Domain Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a +message that, <span class="errorname">The machine could not be added at this time, there is a network problem. +Please try again later.</span> Why? +</p><p> +You should check that there is an <i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i> in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +file. If there is not, please add one that is appropriate for your OS platform. If a script +has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> +in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file to level 10, then try to rejoin the domain. Check the logs to see which +operation is failing. +</p><p> +Possible causes include: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The script does not actually exist, or could not be located in the path specified. + </p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Corrective Action:</em></span> Fix it. Make sure that when run manually + that the script will add both the Unix system account _and_ the Samba SAM account. + </p></li><li><p> + The machine could not be added to the Unix system accounts file <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> + </p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Corrective Action:</em></span> Check that the machine name is a legal Unix + system account name. ie: If the Unix utility <b class="command">useradd</b> is called + then make sure that the machine name you are trying to add can be added using this + tool. <b class="command">Useradd</b> on some systems will not allow any upper case characters + nor will it allow spaces in the name. + </p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="StandAloneServer"></a>Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884809">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885005">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885077">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885092">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885142">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885356">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +Stand-Alone servers are independent of Domain Controllers on the network. +They are NOT domain members and function more like workgroup servers. In many +cases a stand-alone server is configured with a minimum of security control +with the intent that all data served will be readily accessible to all users. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884809"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Stand-Alone servers can be as secure or as insecure as needs dictate. They can +have simple or complex configurations. Above all, despite the hoopla about +Domain security they remain a very common installation. +</p><p> +If all that is needed is a server for read-only files, or for +printers alone, it may not make sense to affect a complex installation. +For example: A drafting office needs to store old drawings and reference +standards. No-one can write files to the server as it is legislatively +important that all documents remain unaltered. A share mode read-only stand-alone +server is an ideal solution. +</p><p> +Another situation that warrants simplicity is an office that has many printers +that are queued off a single central server. Everyone needs to be able to print +to the printers, there is no need to affect any access controls and no files will +be served from the print server. Again a share mode stand-alone server makes +a great solution. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885005"></a>Background</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The term <span class="emphasis"><em>stand-alone server</em></span> means that the server +will provide local authentication and access control for all resources +that are available from it. In general this means that there will be a +local user database. In more technical terms, it means that resources +on the machine will be made available in either SHARE mode or in +USER mode. +</p><p> +No special action is needed other than to create user accounts. Stand-alone +servers do NOT provide network logon services. This means that machines that +use this server do NOT perform a domain logon to it. Whatever logon facility +the workstations are subject to is independent of this machine. It is however +necessary to accommodate any network user so that the logon name they use will +be translated (mapped) locally on the stand-alone server to a locally known +user name. There are several ways this can be done. +</p><p> +Samba tends to blur the distinction a little in respect of what is +a stand-alone server. This is because the authentication database may be +local or on a remote server, even if from the Samba protocol perspective +the Samba server is NOT a member of a domain security context. +</p><p> +Through the use of PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) and nsswitch +(the name service switcher) the source of authentication may reside on +another server. We would be inclined to call this the authentication server. +This means that the Samba server may use the local Unix/Linux system password database +(<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> or <tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>), may use a +local smbpasswd file, or may use +an LDAP back end, or even via PAM and Winbind another CIFS/SMB server +for authentication. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885077"></a>Example Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following examples are designed to inspire simplicity. It is too easy to +attempt a high level of creativity and to introduce too much complexity in +server and network design. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885092"></a>Reference Documentation Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Configuration of a read-only data server that EVERYONE can access is very simple. +Here is the smb.conf file that will do this. Assume that all the reference documents +are stored in the directory /export, that the documents are owned by a user other than +nobody. No home directories are shared, that are no users in the <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> +Unix system database. This is a very simple system to administer. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # Global parameters + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP + netbios name = REFDOCS + security = SHARE + passdb backend = guest + wins server = 192.168.1.1 + + [data] + comment = Data + path = /export + guest only = Yes +</pre><p> +In the above example the machine name is set to REFDOCS, the workgroup is set to the name +of the local workgroup so that the machine will appear in with systems users are familiar +with. The only password backend required is the "guest" backend so as to allow default +unprivileged account names to be used. Given that there is a WINS server on this network +we do use it. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885142"></a>Central Print Serving</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Configuration of a simple print server is very simple if you have all the right tools +on your system. +</p><div class="orderedlist"><p class="title"><b> Assumptions:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + The print server must require no administration + </p></li><li><p> + The print spooling and processing system on our print server will be CUPS. + (Please refer to the <a href="#CUPS-printing" title="Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0">CUPS Printing</a> chapter for more information). + </p></li><li><p> + All printers that the print server will service will be network + printers. They will be correctly configured, by the administrator, + in the CUPS environment. + </p></li><li><p> + All workstations will be installed using postscript drivers. The printer + of choice is the Apple Color LaserWriter. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +In this example our print server will spool all incoming print jobs to +<tt class="filename">/var/spool/samba</tt> until the job is ready to be submitted by +Samba to the CUPS print processor. Since all incoming connections will be as +the anonymous (guest) user, two things will be required: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Enabling Anonymous Printing</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The Unix/Linux system must have a <b class="command">guest</b> account. + The default for this is usually the account <b class="command">nobody</b>. + To find the correct name to use for your version of Samba do the + following: + </p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -s -v | grep "guest account"</tt></b> + </pre><p> + Then make sure that this account exists in your system password + database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>). + </p></li><li><p> + The directory into which Samba will spool the file must have write + access for the guest account. The following commands will ensure that + this directory is available for use: + </p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>mkdir /var/spool/samba</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown nobody.nobody /var/spool/samba</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod a+rwt /var/spool/samba</tt></b> </pre><p> - </p><p>First, you must edit your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file to tell Samba it should - now use domain security.</p><p>Change (or add) your <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top"> - <i><tt>security =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section - of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> to read:</p><p><b>security = domain</b></p><p>Next change the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top"><i><tt> - workgroup =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section to read: </p><p><b>workgroup = DOM</b></p><p>as this is the name of the domain we are joining. </p><p>You must also have the parameter <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top"> - <i><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> set to <tt>yes - </tt> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC.</p><p>Finally, add (or modify) a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top"> - <i><tt>password server =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] - section to read: </p><p><b>password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2</b></p><p>These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba - will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will - try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to - rearrange this list in order to spread out the authentication load - among domain controllers.</p><p>Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine - the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may - set this line to be :</p><p><b>password server = *</b></p><p>This method, allows Samba to use exactly the same - mechanism that NT does. This - method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to - find domain controllers to authenticate against.</p><p>In order to actually join the domain, you must run this - command:</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net join -S DOMPDC - -U<i><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i></tt></b></p><p> - If the <b><tt>-S DOMPDC</tt></b> argument is not given then - the domain name will be obtained from smb.conf. - </p><p>as we are joining the domain DOM and the PDC for that domain - (the only machine that has write access to the domain SAM database) - is DOMPDC. The <i><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i> is - the login name and password for an account which has the necessary - privilege to add machines to the domain. If this is successful - you will see the message:</p><p><tt>Joined domain DOM.</tt> - or <tt>Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</tt> - </p><p>in your terminal window. See the <a href="net.8.html" target="_top"> - net(8)</a> man page for more details.</p><p>This process joins the server to the domain - without having to create the machine trust account on the PDC - beforehand.</p><p>This command goes through the machine account password - change protocol, then writes the new (random) machine account - password for this Samba server into a file in the same directory - in which an smbpasswd file would be stored - normally :</p><p><tt>/usr/local/samba/private/secrets.tdb</tt></p><p>This file is created and owned by root and is not - readable by any other user. It is the key to the domain-level - security for your system, and should be treated as carefully - as a shadow password file.</p><p>Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for - clients to begin using domain security!</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863318"></a>Why is this better than security = server?</h2></div></div><p>Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from - having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching - to your server. This means that if domain user <tt>DOM\fred - </tt> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs - to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix - filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" target="_top">security = server</a>, - where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows - NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would. - </p><p>Please refer to the <a href="winbind.html" target="_top">Winbind - paper</a> for information on a system to automatically - assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups. - </p><p>The advantage to domain-level security is that the - authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated - RPC channel in exactly the same way that an NT server would do it. This - means Samba servers now participate in domain trust relationships in - exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into - a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource - domain PDC to an account domain PDC).</p><p>In addition, with <b>security = server</b> every Samba - daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the - authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain - the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run - out of available connections. With <b>security = domain</b>, - however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long - as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, - thus conserving PDC connection resources.</p><p>And finally, acting in the same manner as an NT server - authenticating to a PDC means that as part of the authentication - reply, the Samba server gets the user identification information such - as the user SID, the list of NT groups the user belongs to, etc. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Much of the text of this document - was first published in the Web magazine <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com" target="_top"> - LinuxWorld</a> as the article <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com/linuxworld/lw-1998-10/lw-10-samba.html" target="_top">Doing - the NIS/NT Samba</a>.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="optional"></a>Advanced Configuration</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2859626"></a>Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information</h1></div></div><p> + </p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # Global parameters + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP + netbios name = PTRSVR1 + security = SHARE + passdb backend = guest + wins server = 192.168.1.1 + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + printer admin = root + guest ok = Yes + printable = Yes + printing = cups + use client driver = Yes + browseable = No +</pre><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885356"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The greatest mistake so often made is to make a network configuration too complex. +It pays to use the simplest solution that will meet the needs of the moment. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ClientConfig"></a>Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884469">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884469"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="optional"></a>Advanced Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2884234"></a>Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba has several features that you might want or might not want to use. The chapters in this part each cover specific Samba features. -</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>9. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2862996">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863646">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863809">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863936">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864124">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864390">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864538">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864555">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864584">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864695">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2864763">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863586">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865218">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865243">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865274">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865287">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865354">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865470">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865517">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865624">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865703">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="#passdb">User information database</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866099">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866152">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866314">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866353">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866388">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866568">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866597">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866613">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866621">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866721">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866860">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866898">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867008">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867304">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867341">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867456">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867737">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867793">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867800">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867854">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867999">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868029">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868072">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#unix-permissions">UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865054">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT - security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864937">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868280">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868401">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868484">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868587">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868637">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868797">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869113">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Configuring Group Mapping</a></dt><dt>13. <a href="#printing">Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869498">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869614">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869661">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869893">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869992">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870099">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870231">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869233">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869259">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870336">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870355">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870379">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869340">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869347">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870552">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870619">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870661">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870795">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871344">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871420">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871438">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871464">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2871008">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871067">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871607">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871091">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872272">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872314">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872566">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872915">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873302">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873339">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873758">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874367">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874473">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#winbind">Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874714">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874743">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874814">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872076">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872107">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872135">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872170">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872192">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875280">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875352">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875387">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875414">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875442">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875518">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875611">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2877210">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877264">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875143">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874905">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2874974">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875057">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877889">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877672">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877925">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878014">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878140">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878344">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878457">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878478">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878502">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877599">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877483">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879080">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879695">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879742">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879925">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879970">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880011">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880040">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880129">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880513">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878684">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881006">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881019">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881063">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2881087">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881114">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881210">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#pam">PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880956">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881738">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881795">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882047">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881331">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882249">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882256">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882295">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882416">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882554">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882592">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882614">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882669">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882214">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882961">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882745">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883178">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883316">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883360">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883403">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883498">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883030">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883069">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883112">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883144">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883156">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883603">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883619">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884070">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884122">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884164">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883724">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883760">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884358">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884428">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884517">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884562">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884210">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884872">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884987">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885212">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885239">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885320">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885350">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NetworkBrowsing"></a>Chapter 9. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">July 5, 1998</p></div><div><p class="pubdate">Updated: April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2862996">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863646">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2863809">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863936">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864124">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864390">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864538">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864555">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864584">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864695">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2864763">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2863586">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865218">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865243">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865274">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865287">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865354">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2865470">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2865517">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865624">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2865703">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>10. <a href="#NetworkBrowsing">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886062">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886141">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886251">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886267">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886430">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886562">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2886698">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886824">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887045">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing Samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887315">Making Samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887471">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887488">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887517">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887626">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2887687">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887846">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888045">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888070">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888154">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888167">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888234">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888372">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888419">Browsing support in Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888526">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888605">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889225">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889240">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889269">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="#passdb">Account Information Databases</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2892812">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893140">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893204">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893458">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2893513">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893545">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893811">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2893963">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893999">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894038">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894145">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894173">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895689">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2896493">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2896501">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896516">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896576">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="#groupmapping">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2903953">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904055">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904246">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2904310">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904325">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904393">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2904485">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904501">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904562">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="#AccessControls">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902775">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2902812">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902830">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2903087">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2903183">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2903398">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904578">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904850">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905095">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905311">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905383">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905682">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905690">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905728">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905807">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905929">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906157">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906309">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906639">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2906714">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906729">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2907109">I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="#locking">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910721">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910776">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910908">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911554">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911664">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911924">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2912154">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912180">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2912260">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912291">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2912365">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2912394">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="#securing-samba">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914448">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914481">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914555">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914574">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914645">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914697">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914749">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914805">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914866">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2914907">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914932">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914949">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914974">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="#InterdomainTrusts">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915881">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915909">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915993">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916006">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2916091">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2916127">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916155">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2916295">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2916428">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916443">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="#msdfs">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2915783">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917436">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="#printing">Classical Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2917027">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917095">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2917133">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917203">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918120">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918450">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918559">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2918652">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2918721">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918810">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2919116">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919220">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2919234">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919616">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919945">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920166">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920216">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920741">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2921021">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2921186">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921338">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921450">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921521">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921752">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2921913">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2922008">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2922192">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2923912">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2923933">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924131">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924420">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924516">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2924657">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2924690">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925127">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925430">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925673">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925771">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926117">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926188">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926210">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2926256">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926297">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926316">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926340">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926492">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926822">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926867">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927036">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927051">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2927064">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927097">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="#CUPS-printing">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936290">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936298">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936350">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2936405">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936484">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936628">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936710">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2936828">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936848">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936875">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936912">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936970">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937131">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2937224">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2937300">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937344">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937445">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937533">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937630">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937742">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937813">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937902">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2937925">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2938065">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938252">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938369">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938539">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938624">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938727">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938883">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938940">rasterto [printers specific]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939024">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939336">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939448">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939464">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939517">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939571">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939786">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940015">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940170">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940530">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2940605">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2940620">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940659">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940731">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2940794">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2940814">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940978">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941054">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941110">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941150">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941216">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941233">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941268">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941289">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941316">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941369"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941388">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941480">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941526">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941724">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941782">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941814">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941864">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942086">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942268">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942369">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942596">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942690">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942777">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942812">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942865">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942978">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2943112">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2943227">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943340">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943429">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943519">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943682">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944334">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2944435">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2944537">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944608">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944670">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944728">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2944795">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2944903">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2945532">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2945993">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946024">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946056">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946097">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946169">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946270">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946341">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946390">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946404">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946598">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946644">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946726">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946787">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946805">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946822">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946857">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946870">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946883">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946896">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946904">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947118">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947424">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948546">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="#VFS">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2960717">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960735">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960826">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2960833">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960871">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960995">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961013">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961151">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2961195">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2961218">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961273">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2961303">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="#winbind">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962201">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962229">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962301">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962361">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2962392">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962420">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962454">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962477">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962613">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962685">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962720">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2962747">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962851">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962944">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2964563">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964582">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="#AdvancedNetworkManagement">Advanced Network Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967075">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2967264">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2967363">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967381">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2967592">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967788">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2967822">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="#PolicyMgmt">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2966885">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2966939">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2968722">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2968817">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2968950">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2969202">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2969303">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969324">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969344">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2969388">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969535">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2969549">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="#ProfileMgmt">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2970756">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2970790">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2970831">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2971236">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972407">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972472">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2972737">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972795">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972841">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2972861">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973009">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973563">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2974067">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2974080">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974143">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974365">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="#pam">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978309">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978577">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978595">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979265">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979567">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979625">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979709">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2980075">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2980089">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="#integrate-ms-networks">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982211">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982236">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982281">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982337">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982462">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982506">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982548">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2982637">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982784">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982829">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983073">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983105">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983130">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2983200">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983216">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983248">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983300">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>27. <a href="#unicode">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984418">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984620">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984690">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984790">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984835">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#Backup">Samba Backup Techniques</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984038">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984063">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#SambaHA">High Availability Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2985605">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NetworkBrowsing"></a>Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">July 5, 1998</p></div><div><p class="pubdate">Updated: April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2886062">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886141">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886251">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886267">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886430">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886562">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2886698">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2886824">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887045">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="#browse-force-master">Forcing Samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887315">Making Samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887471">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887488">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887517">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887626">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2887687">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887846">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888045">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888070">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888154">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888167">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888234">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888372">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888419">Browsing support in Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888526">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888605">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889225">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889240">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889269">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> This document contains detailed information as well as a fast track guide to implementing browsing across subnets and / or across workgroups (or domains). -WINS is the best tool for resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addesses. WINS is +WINS is the best tool for resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addresses. WINS is NOT involved in browse list handling except by way of name to address resolution. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> MS Windows 2000 and later can be configured to operate with NO NetBIOS @@ -1437,7 +2272,40 @@ over TCP/IP. Samba-3 and later also supports this mode of operation. When the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP has been disabled then the primary means for resolution of MS Windows machine names is via DNS and Active Directory. The following information assumes that your site is running NetBIOS over TCP/IP. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2862996"></a>What is Browsing?</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886062"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Someone once referred to the past in terms of: <span class="emphasis"><em>They were the worst of times, +they were the best of times. The more we look back, them more we long for what was and +hope it never returns!</em></span>. +</p><p> +For many MS Windows network administrators, that statement sums up their feelings about +NetBIOS networking precisely. For those who mastered NetBIOS networking, its fickle +nature was just par for the course. For those who never quite managed to tame its +lusty features, NetBIOS is like Paterson's Curse. +</p><p> +For those not familiar with botanical problems in Australia: Paterson's curse, +Echium plantagineum, was introduced to Australia from Europe during the mid-nineteenth +century. Since then it has spread rapidly. The high seed production, with densities of +thousands of seeds per square metre, a seed longevity of more than seven years, and an +ability to germinate at any time of year, given the right conditions, are some of the +features which make it such a persistent weed. +</p><p> +In this chapter we explore vital aspects of SMB (Server Message Block) networking with +a particular focus on SMB as implemented through running NetBIOS (Network Basic +Input / Output System) over TCP/IP. Since Samba does NOT implement SMB or NetBIOS over +any other protocols we need to know how to configure our network environment and simply +remember to use nothing but TCP/IP on all our MS Windows network clients. +</p><p> +Samba provides the ability to implement a WINS (Windows Internetworking Name Server) +and implements extensions to Microsoft's implementation of WINS. These extensions +help Samba to affect stable WINS operations beyond the normal scope of MS WINS. +</p><p> +Please note that WINS is exclusively a service that applies only to those systems +that run NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows 200x / XP have the capacity to turn off +support for NetBIOS, in which case WINS is of no relevance. Samba-3 supports this also. +</p><p> +For those networks on which NetBIOS has been disabled (ie: WINS is NOT required) +the use of DNS is necessary for host name resolution. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886141"></a>What is Browsing?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> To most people browsing means that they can see the MS Windows and Samba servers in the Network Neighborhood, and when the computer icon for a particular server is clicked, it opens up and shows the shares and printers available on the target server. @@ -1445,9 +2313,10 @@ clicked, it opens up and shows the shares and printers available on the target s What seems so simple is in fact a very complex interaction of different technologies. The technologies (or methods) employed in making all of this work includes: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS Windows machines register their presence to the network</td></tr><tr><td>Machines announce themselves to other machines on the network</td></tr><tr><td>One or more machine on the network collates the local announcements</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine finds the machine that has the collated list of machines</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine is able to resolve the machine names to IP addresses</td></tr><tr><td>The client machine is able to connect to a target machine</td></tr></table><p> -The samba application that controls/manages browse list management and name resolution is -called <tt>nmbd</tt>. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation are: +The Samba application that controls browse list management and name resolution is +called <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt>. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation are: </p><pre class="programlisting"> + Browsing options: ----------------- * os level @@ -1471,70 +2340,131 @@ called <tt>nmbd</tt>. The configuration parameters involved in nmbd's operation * wins support wins hook </pre><p> -WINS Server and WINS Support are mutually exclusive options. Those marked with an '*' are -the only options that commonly MAY need to be modified. Even if not one of these parameters -is set nmbd will still do it's job. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863646"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><p> -Firstly, all MS Windows networking is based on SMB (Server Message -Block) based messaging. SMB messaging may be implemented using NetBIOS or -without NetBIOS. Samba implements NetBIOS by encapsulating it over TCP/IP. -MS Windows products can do likewise. NetBIOS based networking uses broadcast -messaging to affect browse list management. When running NetBIOS over -TCP/IP this uses UDP based messaging. UDP messages can be broadcast or unicast. +For Samba, the WINS Server and WINS Support are mutually exclusive options. Those marked with +an '*' are the only options that commonly MAY need to be modified. Even if not one of these +parameters is set <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt> will still do it's job. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886251"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Firstly, all MS Windows networking uses SMB (Server Message Block) based messaging. +SMB messaging may be implemented with or without NetBIOS. MS Windows 200x supports +NetBIOS over TCP/IP for backwards compatibility. Microsoft is intent on phasing out NetBIOS +support. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886267"></a>NetBIOS over TCP/IP</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba implements NetBIOS, as does MS Windows NT / 200x / XP, by encapsulating it over TCP/IP. +MS Windows products can do likewise. NetBIOS based networking uses broadcast messaging to +affect browse list management. When running NetBIOS over TCP/IP, this uses UDP based messaging. +UDP messages can be broadcast or unicast. </p><p> Normally, only unicast UDP messaging can be forwarded by routers. The -<b>remote announce</b> -parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements +<b class="command">remote announce</b> parameter to smb.conf helps to project browse announcements to remote network segments via unicast UDP. Similarly, the -<b>remote browse sync</b> parameter of <tt>smb.conf</tt> +<b class="command">remote browse sync</b> parameter of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> implements browse list collation using unicast UDP. </p><p> -Secondly, in those networks where Samba is the only SMB server technology -wherever possible <tt>nmbd</tt> should be configured on one (1) machine as the WINS +Secondly, in those networks where Samba is the only SMB server technology, +wherever possible <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt> should be configured on one (1) machine as the WINS server. This makes it easy to manage the browsing environment. If each network segment is configured with it's own Samba WINS server, then the only way to get cross segment browsing to work is by using the -<b>remote announce</b> and the <b>remote browse sync</b> -parameters to your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. +<b class="command">remote announce</b> and the <b class="command">remote browse sync</b> +parameters to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. </p><p> If only one WINS server is used for an entire multi-segment network then -the use of the <b>remote announce</b> and the -<b>remote browse sync</b> parameters should NOT be necessary. +the use of the <b class="command">remote announce</b> and the +<b class="command">remote browse sync</b> parameters should NOT be necessary. </p><p> As of Samba 3 WINS replication is being worked on. The bulk of the code has -been committed, but it still needs maturation. +been committed, but it still needs maturation. This is NOT a supported feature +of the Samba-3.0.0 release. Hopefully, this will become a supported feature +of one of the Samba-3 release series. </p><p> -Right now samba WINS does not support MS-WINS replication. This means that -when setting up Samba as a WINS server there must only be one <tt>nmbd</tt> configured -as a WINS server on the network. Some sites have used multiple Samba WINS +Right now Samba WINS does not support MS-WINS replication. This means that +when setting up Samba as a WINS server there must only be one <tt class="filename">nmbd</tt> +configured as a WINS server on the network. Some sites have used multiple Samba WINS servers for redundancy (one server per subnet) and then used -<b>remote browse sync</b> and <b>remote announce</b> -to affect browse list collation across all -segments. Note that this means clients will only resolve local names, -and must be configured to use DNS to resolve names on other subnets in -order to resolve the IP addresses of the servers they can see on other -subnets. This setup is not recommended, but is mentioned as a practical +<b class="command">remote browse sync</b> and <b class="command">remote announce</b> +to affect browse list collation across all segments. Note that this means clients +will only resolve local names, and must be configured to use DNS to resolve names +on other subnets in order to resolve the IP addresses of the servers they can see +on other subnets. This setup is not recommended, but is mentioned as a practical consideration (ie: an 'if all else fails' scenario). </p><p> Lastly, take note that browse lists are a collection of unreliable broadcast messages that are repeated at intervals of not more than 15 minutes. This means that it will take time to establish a browse list and it can take up to 45 minutes to stabilise, particularly across network segments. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2863809"></a>How Browsing Functions</h2></div></div><p> -As stated above, MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886430"></a>TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All TCP/IP using systems use various forms of host name resolution. The primary +methods for TCP/IP hostname resolutions involves either a static file (<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts +</tt>) or DNS (the Domain Name System). DNS is the technology that makes +the Internet usable. DNS based host name resolution is supported by nearly all TCP/IP +enabled systems. Only a few embedded TCP/IP systems do not support DNS. +</p><p> +When an MS Windows 200x / XP system attempts to resolve a host name to an IP address +it follows a defined path: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Checks the <tt class="filename">hosts</tt> file. It is located in + <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\Drivers\etc</tt>. + </p></li><li><p> + Does a DNS lookup + </p></li><li><p> + Checks the NetBIOS name cache + </p></li><li><p> + Queries the WINS server + </p></li><li><p> + Does a broadcast name lookup over UDP + </p></li><li><p> + Looks up entries in LMHOSTS. It is located in + <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\Drivers\etc</tt>. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +Windows 200x / XP can register it's host name with a Dynamic DNS server. You can +force register with a Dynamic DNS server in Windows 200x / XP using: +<b class="command">ipconfig /registerdns</b> +</p><p> +With Active Directory (ADS), a correctly functioning DNS server is absolutely +essential. In the absence of a working DNS server that has been correctly configured, +MS Windows clients and servers will be totally unable to locate each other, +consequently network services will be severely impaired. +</p><p> +The use of Dynamic DNS is highly recommended with Active Directory, in which case +the use of BIND9 is preferred for it's ability to adequately support the SRV (service) +records that are needed for Active Directory. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886562"></a>DNS and Active Directory</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Occasionally we hear from Unix network administrators who want to use a Unix based Dynamic +DNS server in place of the Microsoft DNS server. While this might be desirable to some, the +MS Windows 200x DNS server is auto-configured to work with Active Directory. It is possible +to use BIND version 8 or 9, but it will almost certainly be necessary to create service records +so that MS Active Directory clients can resolve host names to locate essential network services. +The following are some of the default service records that Active Directory requires: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>_ldap._tcp.pdc.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span></p><p> + This provides the address of the Windows NT PDC for the Domain. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.pdc.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>DomainTree</em></span></p><p> + Resolves the addresses of Global Catalog servers in the domain. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.<span class="emphasis"><em>site</em></span>.sites.writable.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span></p><p> + Provides list of domain controllers based on sites. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.writable.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span></p><p> + Enumerates list of domain controllers that have the writable + copies of the Active Directory data store. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.<span class="emphasis"><em>GUID</em></span>.domains.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>DomainTree</em></span></p><p> + Entry used by MS Windows clients to locate machines using the + Global Unique Identifier. + </p></li><li><p>_ldap._tcp.<span class="emphasis"><em>Site</em></span>.gc.ms-dcs.<span class="emphasis"><em>DomainTree</em></span></p><p> + Used by MS Windows clients to locate site configuration dependent + Global Catalog server. + </p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886698"></a>How Browsing Functions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows machines register their NetBIOS names (ie: the machine name for each service type in operation) on start -up. Also, as stated above, the exact method by which this name registration +up. The exact method by which this name registration takes place is determined by whether or not the MS Windows client/server has been given a WINS server address, whether or not LMHOSTS lookup is enabled, or if DNS for NetBIOS name resolution is enabled, etc. </p><p> -In the case where there is no WINS server all name registrations as +In the case where there is no WINS server, all name registrations as well as name lookups are done by UDP broadcast. This isolates name resolution to the local subnet, unless LMHOSTS is used to list all names and IP addresses. In such situations Samba provides a means by -which the samba server name may be forcibly injected into the browse +which the Samba server name may be forcibly injected into the browse list of a remote MS Windows network (using the -<b>remote announce</b> parameter). +<b class="command">remote announce</b> parameter). </p><p> Where a WINS server is used, the MS Windows client will use UDP unicast to register with the WINS server. Such packets can be routed @@ -1561,21 +2491,21 @@ Any configuration that breaks name resolution and/or browsing intrinsics will annoy users because they will have to put up with protracted inability to use the network services. </p><p> -Samba supports a feature that allows forced synchonisation -of browse lists across routed networks using the <b>remote -browse sync</b> parameter in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. +Samba supports a feature that allows forced synchronisation +of browse lists across routed networks using the <b class="command">remote +browse sync</b> parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. This causes Samba to contact the local master browser on a remote network and to request browse list synchronisation. This effectively bridges two networks that are separated by routers. The two remote networks may use either broadcast based name resolution or WINS -based name resolution, but it should be noted that the <b>remote +based name resolution, but it should be noted that the <b class="command">remote browse sync</b> parameter provides browse list synchronisation - and that is distinct from name to address resolution, in other words, for cross subnet browsing to function correctly it is essential that a name to address resolution mechanism be provided. -This mechanism could be via DNS, <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>, +This mechanism could be via DNS, <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt>, and so on. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2863936"></a>Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886824"></a>Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> To set up cross subnet browsing on a network containing machines in up to be in a WORKGROUP, not an NT Domain you need to set up one Samba server to be the Domain Master Browser (note that this is *NOT* @@ -1585,13 +2515,14 @@ to collate the browse lists from local master browsers on all the subnets that have a machine participating in the workgroup. Without one machine configured as a domain master browser each subnet would be an isolated workgroup, unable to see any machines on any other -subnet. It is the presense of a domain master browser that makes +subnet. It is the presence of a domain master browser that makes cross subnet browsing possible for a workgroup. </p><p> In an WORKGROUP environment the domain master browser must be a Samba server, and there must only be one domain master browser per workgroup name. To set up a Samba server as a domain master browser, -set the following option in the [global] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file : +set the following option in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section +of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> domain master = yes @@ -1599,7 +2530,7 @@ set the following option in the [global] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> The domain master browser should also preferrably be the local master browser for its own subnet. In order to achieve this set the following -options in the [global] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file : +options in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> domain master = yes @@ -1617,8 +2548,8 @@ workgroup. Any MS Windows NT/2K/XP/2003 machine should be able to do this, as will Windows 9x machines (although these tend to get rebooted more often, so it's not such a good idea to use these). To make a Samba server a local master browser -set the following options in the [global] section of the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file : +set the following options in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> domain master = no @@ -1631,16 +2562,16 @@ Do not do this for more than one Samba server on each subnet, or they will war with each other over which is to be the local master browser. </p><p> -The <b>local master</b> parameter allows Samba to act as a -local master browser. The <b>preferred master</b> causes nmbd -to force a browser election on startup and the <b>os level</b> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>local master</tt></i> parameter allows Samba to act as a +local master browser. The <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> causes nmbd +to force a browser election on startup and the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> parameter sets Samba high enough so that it should win any browser elections. </p><p> If you have an NT machine on the subnet that you wish to be the local master browser then you can disable Samba from becoming a local master browser by setting the following -options in the <b>[global]</b> section of the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file : +options in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> domain master = no @@ -1648,20 +2579,20 @@ options in the <b>[global]</b> section of the preferred master = no os level = 0 </pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864124"></a>Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887045"></a>Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> If you are adding Samba servers to a Windows NT Domain then you must not set up a Samba server as a domain master browser. -By default, a Windows NT Primary Domain Controller for a Domain -name is also the Domain master browser for that name, and many +By default, a Windows NT Primary Domain Controller for a domain +is also the Domain master browser for that domain, and many things will break if a Samba server registers the Domain master -browser NetBIOS name (<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i><1B>) +browser NetBIOS name (<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i><1B>) with WINS instead of the PDC. </p><p> For subnets other than the one containing the Windows NT PDC you may set up Samba servers as local master browsers as described. To make a Samba server a local master browser set -the following options in the <b>[global]</b> section -of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file : +the following options in the <b class="command">[global]</b> section +of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> domain master = no @@ -1671,18 +2602,18 @@ of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file : </pre><p> </p><p> If you wish to have a Samba server fight the election with machines -on the same subnet you may set the <b>os level</b> parameter +on the same subnet you may set the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> parameter to lower levels. By doing this you can tune the order of machines that will become local master browsers if they are running. For -more details on this see the section <a href="#browse-force-master" title="Forcing samba to be the master"> -Forcing samba to be the master browser</a> +more details on this see the section <a href="#browse-force-master" title="Forcing Samba to be the master"> +Forcing Samba to be the master browser</a> below. </p><p> If you have Windows NT machines that are members of the domain on all subnets, and you are sure they will always be running then you can disable Samba from taking part in browser elections and ever becoming a local master browser by setting following options -in the <b>[global]</b> section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -1691,63 +2622,63 @@ file : preferred master = no os level = 0 </pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="browse-force-master"></a>Forcing samba to be the master</h3></div></div><p> -Who becomes the <b>master browser</b> is determined by an election +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="browse-force-master"></a>Forcing Samba to be the master</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Who becomes the <i class="parameter"><tt>master browser</tt></i> is determined by an election process using broadcasts. Each election packet contains a number of parameters which determine what precedence (bias) a host should have in the election. By default Samba uses a very low precedence and thus loses elections to just about anyone else. </p><p> -If you want Samba to win elections then just set the <b>os level</b> global -option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to a higher number. It defaults to 0. Using 34 +If you want Samba to win elections then just set the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> global +option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to a higher number. It defaults to 0. Using 34 would make it win all elections over every other system (except other samba systems!) </p><p> -A <b>os level</b> of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows +A <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> of 2 would make it beat WfWg and Win95, but not MS Windows NT/2K Server. A MS Windows NT/2K Server domain controller uses level 32. </p><p>The maximum os level is 255</p><p> -If you want samba to force an election on startup, then set the -<b>preferred master</b> global option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to "yes". Samba will +If you want Samba to force an election on startup, then set the +<i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> global option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. Samba will then have a slight advantage over other potential master browsers that are not preferred master browsers. Use this parameter with -care, as if you have two hosts (whether they are windows 95 or NT or -samba) on the same local subnet both set with <b>preferred master</b> to -"yes", then periodically and continually they will force an election +care, as if you have two hosts (whether they are Windows 95 or NT or +Samba) on the same local subnet both set with <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> to +<tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then periodically and continually they will force an election in order to become the local master browser. </p><p> -If you want samba to be a <b>domain master browser</b>, then it is -recommended that you also set <b>preferred master</b> to "yes", because -samba will not become a domain master browser for the whole of your +If you want Samba to be a <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master browser</tt></i>, then it is +recommended that you also set <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, because +Samba will not become a domain master browser for the whole of your LAN or WAN if it is not also a local master browser on its own broadcast isolated subnet. </p><p> -It is possible to configure two samba servers to attempt to become +It is possible to configure two Samba servers to attempt to become the domain master browser for a domain. The first server that comes -up will be the domain master browser. All other samba servers will +up will be the domain master browser. All other Samba servers will attempt to become the domain master browser every 5 minutes. They -will find that another samba server is already the domain master +will find that another Samba server is already the domain master browser and will fail. This provides automatic redundancy, should the current domain master browser fail. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864390"></a>Making samba the domain master</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887315"></a>Making Samba the domain master</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The domain master is responsible for collating the browse lists of multiple subnets so that browsing can occur between subnets. You can -make samba act as the domain master by setting <b>domain master = yes</b> -in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. By default it will not be a domain master. +make Samba act as the domain master by setting <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = yes</tt></i> +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. By default it will not be a domain master. </p><p> -Note that you should NOT set Samba to be the domain master for a +Note that you should <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> set Samba to be the domain master for a workgroup that has the same name as an NT Domain. </p><p> -When samba is the domain master and the master browser it will listen +When Samba is the domain master and the master browser, it will listen for master announcements (made roughly every twelve minutes) from local master browsers on other subnets and then contact them to synchronise browse lists. </p><p> -If you want samba to be the domain master then I suggest you also set -the <b>os level</b> high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set -<b>preferred master</b> to "yes", to get samba to force an election on +If you want Samba to be the domain master then I suggest you also set +the <i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i> high enough to make sure it wins elections, and set +<i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i> to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, to get Samba to force an election on startup. </p><p> -Note that all your servers (including samba) and clients should be +Note that all your servers (including Samba) and clients should be using a WINS server to resolve NetBIOS names. If your clients are only using broadcasting to resolve NetBIOS names, then two things will occur: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> @@ -1758,11 +2689,11 @@ using broadcasting to resolve NetBIOS names, then two things will occur: a user attempts to access a host in that list, it will be unable to resolve the NetBIOS name of that host. </p></li></ol></div><p> -If, however, both samba and your clients are using a WINS server, then: +If, however, both Samba and your clients are using a WINS server, then: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> your local master browsers will contact the WINS server and, as long as - samba has registered that it is a domain master browser with the WINS - server, your local master browser will receive samba's ip address + Samba has registered that it is a domain master browser with the WINS + server, your local master browser will receive Samba's IP address as its domain master browser. </p></li><li><p> when a client receives a domain-wide browse list, and a user attempts @@ -1770,67 +2701,67 @@ If, however, both samba and your clients are using a WINS server, then: resolve the NetBIOS name of that host. as long as that host has registered its NetBIOS name with the same WINS server, the user will be able to see that host. - </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864538"></a>Note about broadcast addresses</h3></div></div><p> + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887471"></a>Note about broadcast addresses</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> If your network uses a "0" based broadcast address (for example if it ends in a 0) then you will strike problems. Windows for Workgroups does not seem to support a 0's broadcast and you will probably find that browsing and name lookups won't work. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864555"></a>Multiple interfaces</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887488"></a>Multiple interfaces</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba now supports machines with multiple network interfaces. If you -have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the <b>interfaces</b> -option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to configure them. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864584"></a>Use of the <b>Remote Announce</b> parameter</h3></div></div><p> -The <b>remote announce</b> parameter of -<tt>smb.conf</tt> can be used to forcibly ensure +have multiple interfaces then you will need to use the <b class="command">interfaces</b> +option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to configure them. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887517"></a>Use of the Remote Announce parameter</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i> parameter of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> can be used to forcibly ensure that all the NetBIOS names on a network get announced to a remote network. -The syntax of the <b>remote announce</b> parameter is: +The syntax of the <i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i> parameter is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> remote announce = a.b.c.d [e.f.g.h] ... </pre><p> -_or_ +<span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> </p><pre class="programlisting"> remote announce = a.b.c.d/WORKGROUP [e.f.g.h/WORKGROUP] ... </pre><p> where: -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> and -<i><tt>e.f.g.h</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address -or the broadcst address of the remote network. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="replaceable"><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> and +<i class="replaceable"><tt>e.f.g.h</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is either the LMB (Local Master Browser) IP address +or the broadcast address of the remote network. ie: the LMB is at 192.168.1.10, or the address could be given as 192.168.1.255 where the netmask is assumed to be 24 bits (255.255.255.0). When the remote announcement is made to the broadcast -address of the remote network every host will receive +address of the remote network, every host will receive our announcements. This is noisy and therefore undesirable but may be necessary if we do NOT know -the IP address of the remote LMB.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i><tt>WORKGROUP</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is optional and can be either our own workgroup +the IP address of the remote LMB.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="replaceable"><tt>WORKGROUP</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>is optional and can be either our own workgroup or that of the remote network. If you use the workgroup name of the remote network then our NetBIOS machine names will end up looking like they belong to that workgroup, this may cause name resolution problems and should be avoided. </p></dd></dl></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2864695"></a>Use of the <b>Remote Browse Sync</b> parameter</h3></div></div><p> -The <b>remote browse sync</b> parameter of -<tt>smb.conf</tt> is used to announce to -another LMB that it must synchronise it's NetBIOS name list with our +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887626"></a>Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i> parameter of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is used to announce to +another LMB that it must synchronise its NetBIOS name list with our Samba LMB. It works ONLY if the Samba server that has this option is -simultaneously the LMB on it's network segment. +simultaneously the LMB on its network segment. </p><p> -The syntax of the <b>remote browse sync</b> parameter is: +The syntax of the <i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i> parameter is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -remote browse sync = <i><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> +remote browse sync = <i class="replaceable"><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> </pre><p> -where <i><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> is either the IP address of the +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>a.b.c.d</tt></i> is either the IP address of the remote LMB or else is the network broadcast address of the remote segment. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2864763"></a>WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</h2></div></div><p> -Use of WINS (either Samba WINS _or_ MS Windows NT Server WINS) is highly -recommended. Every NetBIOS machine registers it's name together with a -name_type value for each of of several types of service it has available. -eg: It registers it's name directly as a unique (the type 0x03) name. -It also registers it's name if it is running the lanmanager compatible +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887687"></a>WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Use of WINS (either Samba WINS <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> MS Windows NT Server WINS) is highly +recommended. Every NetBIOS machine registers its name together with a +name_type value for each of several types of service it has available. +eg: It registers its name directly as a unique (the type 0x03) name. +It also registers its name if it is running the LanManager compatible server service (used to make shares and printers available to other users) by registering the server (the type 0x20) name. </p><p> @@ -1845,8 +2776,8 @@ that wants to log onto the network can ask the WINS server for a list of all names that have registered the NetLogon service name_type. This saves broadcast traffic and greatly expedites logon processing. Since broadcast name resolution can not be used across network segments this type of -information can only be provided via WINS _or_ via statically configured -<tt>lmhosts</tt> files that must reside on all clients in the +information can only be provided via WINS <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> via statically configured +<tt class="filename">lmhosts</tt> files that must reside on all clients in the absence of WINS. </p><p> WINS also serves the purpose of forcing browse list synchronisation by all @@ -1866,21 +2797,21 @@ lookup attempts by other clients and will therefore cause workstation access errors. </p><p> To configure Samba as a WINS server just add -<b>wins support = yes</b> to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file [globals] section. </p><p> To configure Samba to register with a WINS server just add -"wins server = a.b.c.d" to your smb.conf file [globals] section. +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins server = a.b.c.d</tt></i> to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section. </p><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Important</h3><p> -Never use both <b>wins support = yes</b> together -with <b>wins server = a.b.c.d</b> +Never use both <i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> together +with <i class="parameter"><tt>wins server = a.b.c.d</tt></i> particularly not using it's own IP address. -Specifying both will cause nmbd to refuse to start! -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2863586"></a>Setting up a WINS server</h3></div></div><p> +Specifying both will cause <span class="application">nmbd</span> to refuse to start! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887846"></a>Setting up a WINS server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Either a Samba machine or a Windows NT Server machine may be set up as a WINS server. To set a Samba machine to be a WINS server you must -add the following option to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file on the selected machine : -in the [globals] section add the line +add the following option to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file on the selected machine : +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section add the line </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> wins support = yes @@ -1891,32 +2822,32 @@ yes. If you have any older versions of Samba on your network it is strongly suggested you upgrade to a recent version, or at the very least set the parameter to 'no' on all these machines. </p><p> -Machines with <b>wins support = yes</b> will keep a list of +Machines with <i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> will keep a list of all NetBIOS names registered with them, acting as a DNS for NetBIOS names. </p><p> -You should set up only ONE wins server. Do NOT set the -<b>wins support = yes</b> option on more than one Samba +You should set up only ONE WINS server. Do NOT set the +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> option on more than one Samba server. </p><p> To set up a Windows NT Server as a WINS server you need to set up the WINS service - see your NT documentation for details. Note that Windows NT WINS Servers can replicate to each other, allowing more than one to be set up in a complex subnet environment. As Microsoft -refuse to document these replication protocols Samba cannot currently +refuses to document these replication protocols, Samba cannot currently participate in these replications. It is possible in the future that a Samba->Samba WINS replication protocol may be defined, in which case more than one Samba machine could be set up as a WINS server but currently only one Samba server should have the -<b>wins support = yes</b> parameter set. +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> parameter set. </p><p> After the WINS server has been configured you must ensure that all machines participating on the network are configured with the address of this WINS server. If your WINS server is a Samba machine, fill in -the Samba machine IP address in the "Primary WINS Server" field of -the "Control Panel->Network->Protocols->TCP->WINS Server" dialogs +the Samba machine IP address in the <span class="guilabel">Primary WINS Server</span> field of +the <span class="guilabel">Control Panel->Network->Protocols->TCP->WINS Server</span> dialogs in Windows 95 or Windows NT. To tell a Samba server the IP address -of the WINS server add the following line to the [global] section of -all <tt>smb.conf</tt> files : +of the WINS server add the following line to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +all <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> files : </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> wins server = <name or IP address> @@ -1925,10 +2856,10 @@ all <tt>smb.conf</tt> files : where <name or IP address> is either the DNS name of the WINS server machine or its IP address. </p><p> -Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file of the Samba +Note that this line MUST NOT BE SET in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file of the Samba server acting as the WINS server itself. If you set both the -<b>wins support = yes</b> option and the -<b>wins server = <name></b> option then +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i> option and the +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins server = <name></tt></i> option then nmbd will fail to start. </p><p> There are two possible scenarios for setting up cross subnet browsing. @@ -1936,22 +2867,45 @@ The first details setting up cross subnet browsing on a network containing Windows 95, Samba and Windows NT machines that are not configured as part of a Windows NT Domain. The second details setting up cross subnet browsing on networks that contain NT Domains. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865218"></a>WINS Replication</h3></div></div><p> -Samba-3 permits WINS replication through the use of the <tt>wrepld</tt> utility. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888045"></a>WINS Replication</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 permits WINS replication through the use of the <tt class="filename">wrepld</tt> utility. This tool is not currently capable of being used as it is still in active development. As soon as this tool becomes moderately functional we will prepare man pages and enhance this section of the documentation to provide usage and technical details. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865243"></a>Static WINS Entries</h3></div></div><p> -New to Samba-3 is a tool called <tt>winsedit</tt> that may be used to add -static WINS entries to the WINS database. This tool can be used also to modify entries -existing in the WINS database. -</p><p> -The development of the winsedit tool was made necessary due to the migration -of the older style wins.dat file into a new tdb binary backend data store. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865274"></a>Helpful Hints</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888070"></a>Static WINS Entries</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Adding static entries to your Samba-3 WINS server is actually fairly easy. +All you have to do is add a line to <tt class="filename">wins.dat</tt>, typically +located in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks</tt>. +</p><p> +Entries in <tt class="filename">wins.dat</tt> take the form of + +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +"NAME#TYPE" TTL ADDRESS+ FLAGS +</pre><p> + +where NAME is the NetBIOS name, TYPE is the NetBIOS type, TTL is the +time-to-live as an absolute time in seconds, ADDRESS+ is one or more +addresses corresponding to the registration and FLAGS are the NetBIOS +flags for the registration. +</p><p> +A typical dynamic entry looks like: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +"MADMAN#03" 1055298378 192.168.1.2 66R +</pre><p> + +To make it static, all that has to be done is set the TTL to 0: + +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +"MADMAN#03" 0 192.168.1.2 66R +</pre><p> +</p><p> +Though this method works with early Samba-3 versions, there's a +possibility that it may change in future versions if WINS replication +is added. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888154"></a>Helpful Hints</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The following hints should be carefully considered as they are stumbling points for many new network administrators. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865287"></a>Windows Networking Protocols</h3></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888167"></a>Windows Networking Protocols</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> Do NOT use more than one (1) protocol on MS Windows machines </p></div><p> A very common cause of browsing problems results from installing more than @@ -1959,7 +2913,7 @@ one protocol on an MS Windows machine. </p><p> Every NetBIOS machine takes part in a process of electing the LMB (and DMB) every 15 minutes. A set of election criteria is used to determine the order -of precidence for winning this election process. A machine running Samba or +of precedence for winning this election process. A machine running Samba or Windows NT will be biased so that the most suitable machine will predictably win and thus retain it's role. </p><p> @@ -1981,31 +2935,34 @@ differently from MS Windows NT4. Generally, where a server does NOT support the newer or extended protocol, these will fall back to the NT4 protocols. </em></span></p><p> The safest rule of all to follow it this - USE ONLY ONE PROTOCOL! -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865354"></a>Name Resolution Order</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888234"></a>Name Resolution Order</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Resolution of NetBIOS names to IP addresses can take place using a number of methods. The only ones that can provide NetBIOS name_type information -are:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>WINS: the best tool!</td></tr><tr><td>LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.</td></tr><tr><td>Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.</td></tr></table><p> -Alternative means of name resolution includes:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>/etc/hosts: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info</td></tr><tr><td>DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.</td></tr></table><p> +are: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>WINS: the best tool!</td></tr><tr><td>LMHOSTS: is static and hard to maintain.</td></tr><tr><td>Broadcast: uses UDP and can not resolve names across remote segments.</td></tr></table><p> +Alternative means of name resolution includes: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt>: is static, hard to maintain, and lacks name_type info</td></tr><tr><td>DNS: is a good choice but lacks essential name_type info.</td></tr></table><p> Many sites want to restrict DNS lookups and want to avoid broadcast name -resolution traffic. The "name resolve order" parameter is of great help here. -The syntax of the "name resolve order" parameter is: +resolution traffic. The <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i> parameter is +of great help here. The syntax of the <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i> +parameter is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> name resolve order = wins lmhosts bcast host </pre><p> -_or_ +<span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> </p><pre class="programlisting"> name resolve order = wins lmhosts (eliminates bcast and host) </pre><p> The default is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -name resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast +name resolve order = host lmhost wins bcast </pre><p> where "host" refers the the native methods used by the Unix system to implement the gethostbyname() function call. This is normally -controlled by <tt>/etc/host.conf</tt>, <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> and <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt>. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865470"></a>Technical Overview of browsing</h2></div></div><p> +controlled by <tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt>, <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> and <tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt>. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888372"></a>Technical Overview of browsing</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> SMB networking provides a mechanism by which clients can access a list -of machines in a network, a so-called <b>browse list</b>. This list +of machines in a network, a so-called <i class="parameter"><tt>browse list</tt></i>. This list contains machines that are ready to offer file and/or print services to other machines within the network. Thus it does not include machines which aren't currently able to do server tasks. The browse @@ -2014,7 +2971,7 @@ browsing has been problematic for some Samba users, hence this document. </p><p> MS Windows 2000 and later, as with Samba 3 and later, can be -configured to not use NetBIOS over TCP/IP. When configured this way +configured to not use NetBIOS over TCP/IP. When configured this way, it is imperative that name resolution (using DNS/LDAP/ADS) be correctly configured and operative. Browsing will NOT work if name resolution from SMB machine names to IP addresses does not function correctly. @@ -2023,9 +2980,9 @@ Where NetBIOS over TCP/IP is enabled use of a WINS server is highly recommended to aid the resolution of NetBIOS (SMB) names to IP addresses. WINS allows remote segment clients to obtain NetBIOS name_type information that can NOT be provided by any other means of name resolution. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865517"></a>Browsing support in samba</h3></div></div><p> -Samba facilitates browsing. The browsing is supported by nmbd -and is also controlled by options in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888419"></a>Browsing support in Samba</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba facilitates browsing. The browsing is supported by <span class="application">nmbd</span> +and is also controlled by options in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. Samba can act as a local browse master for a workgroup and the ability to support domain logons and scripts is now available. </p><p> @@ -2033,7 +2990,7 @@ Samba can also act as a domain master browser for a workgroup. This means that it will collate lists from local browse masters into a wide area network server list. In order for browse clients to resolve the names they may find in this list, it is recommended that -both samba and your clients use a WINS server. +both Samba and your clients use a WINS server. </p><p> Note that you should NOT set Samba to be the domain master for a workgroup that has the same name as an NT Domain: on each wide area @@ -2042,34 +2999,34 @@ regardless of whether it is NT, Samba or any other type of domain master that is providing this service. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Nmbd can be configured as a WINS server, but it is not -necessary to specifically use samba as your WINS server. MS Windows +necessary to specifically use Samba as your WINS server. MS Windows NT4, Server or Advanced Server 2000 or 2003 can be configured as -your WINS server. In a mixed NT/2000/2003 server and samba environment on +your WINS server. In a mixed NT/2000/2003 server and Samba environment on a Wide Area Network, it is recommended that you use the Microsoft -WINS server capabilities. In a samba-only environment, it is +WINS server capabilities. In a Samba-only environment, it is recommended that you use one and only one Samba server as your WINS server. </p></div><p> To get browsing to work you need to run nmbd as usual, but will need -to use the <b>workgroup</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> +to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to control what workgroup Samba becomes a part of. </p><p> Samba also has a useful option for a Samba server to offer itself for browsing on another subnet. It is recommended that this option is only used for 'unusual' purposes: announcements over the internet, for -example. See <b>remote announce</b> in the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> man page. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865624"></a>Problem resolution</h3></div></div><p> -If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmb file will help +example. See <i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i> in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888526"></a>Problem resolution</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If something doesn't work then hopefully the log.nmbd file will help you track down the problem. Try a debug level of 2 or 3 for finding problems. Also note that the current browse list usually gets stored -in text form in a file called <tt>browse.dat</tt>. +in text form in a file called <tt class="filename">browse.dat</tt>. </p><p> Note that if it doesn't work for you, then you should still be able to -type the server name as <tt>\\SERVER</tt> in filemanager then +type the server name as <tt class="filename">\\SERVER</tt> in filemanager then hit enter and filemanager should display the list of available shares. </p><p> Some people find browsing fails because they don't have the global -<b>guest account</b> set to a valid account. Remember that the +<i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i> set to a valid account. Remember that the IPC$ connection that lists the shares is done as guest, and thus you must have a valid guest account. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> @@ -2082,16 +3039,14 @@ server resources. </em></span></p><p> The other big problem people have is that their broadcast address, netmask or IP address is wrong (specified with the "interfaces" option -in <tt>smb.conf</tt>) -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2865703"></a>Browsing across subnets</h3></div></div><p> -Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1) Samba has been -updated to enable it to support the replication of browse lists -across subnet boundaries. New code and options have been added to -achieve this. This section describes how to set this feature up -in different settings. +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888605"></a>Browsing across subnets</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since the release of Samba 1.9.17(alpha1), Samba has supported the +replication of browse lists across subnet boundaries. This section +describes how to set this feature up in different settings. </p><p> To see browse lists that span TCP/IP subnets (ie. networks separated -by routers that don't pass broadcast traffic) you must set up at least +by routers that don't pass broadcast traffic), you must set up at least one WINS server. The WINS server acts as a DNS for NetBIOS names, allowing NetBIOS name to IP address translation to be done by doing a direct query of the WINS server. This is done via a directed UDP packet on @@ -2105,8 +3060,8 @@ Remember, for browsing across subnets to work correctly, all machines, be they Windows 95, Windows NT, or Samba servers must have the IP address of a WINS server given to them by a DHCP server, or by manual configuration (for Win95 and WinNT, this is in the TCP/IP Properties, under Network -settings) for Samba this is in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2865754"></a>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</h4></div></div><p> +settings) for Samba this is in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888654"></a>How does cross subnet browsing work ?</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Cross subnet browsing is a complicated dance, containing multiple moving parts. It has taken Microsoft several years to get the code that achieves this correct, and Samba lags behind in some areas. @@ -2114,6 +3069,7 @@ Samba is capable of cross subnet browsing when configured correctly. </p><p> Consider a network set up as follows : </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> (DMB) N1_A N1_B N1_C N1_D N1_E @@ -2135,7 +3091,7 @@ Consisting of 3 subnets (1, 2, 3) connected by two routers (R1, R2) - these do not pass broadcasts. Subnet 1 has 5 machines on it, subnet 2 has 4 machines, subnet 3 has 4 machines. Assume for the moment that all these machines are configured to be in the -same workgroup (for simplicities sake). Machine N1_C on subnet 1 +same workgroup (for simplicity's sake). Machine N1_C on subnet 1 is configured as Domain Master Browser (ie. it will collate the browse lists for the workgroup). Machine N2_D is configured as WINS server and all the other machines are configured to register @@ -2172,15 +3128,7 @@ At this point the browse lists look as follows (these are the machines you would see in your network neighborhood if you looked in it on a particular network right now). </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Subnet Browse Master List ------- ------------- ---- -Subnet1 N1_C N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E - -Subnet2 N2_B N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D - -Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D -</pre><p> +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2888772"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.1. Browse subnet example 1</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 1" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> </p><p> Note that at this point all the subnets are separate, no machine is seen across any of the subnets. @@ -2189,7 +3137,7 @@ Now examine subnet 2. As soon as N2_B has become the local master browser it looks for a Domain master browser to synchronize its browse list with. It does this by querying the WINS server (N2_D) for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name -WORKGROUP<1B>. This name was registerd by the Domain master +WORKGROUP<1B>. This name was registered by the Domain master browser (N1_C) with the WINS server as soon as it was booted. </p><p> Once N2_B knows the address of the Domain master browser it @@ -2202,19 +3150,9 @@ the MasterAnnouncement packet it schedules a synchronization request to the sender of that packet. After both synchronizations are done the browse lists look like : </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Subnet Browse Master List ------- ------------- ---- -Subnet1 N1_C N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, - N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) - -Subnet2 N2_B N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D - N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*) - -Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2888886"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.2. Browse subnet example 2</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 2" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. -</pre><p> </p><p> At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on subnets 1 or 2 will see all the servers on both, users on @@ -2227,49 +3165,22 @@ it gets both the server entries on subnet 1, and those on subnet 2. After N3_D has synchronized with N1_C and vica-versa the browse lists look like. </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Subnet Browse Master List ------- ------------- ---- -Subnet1 N1_C N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, - N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), - N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*) - -Subnet2 N2_B N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D - N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*) - -Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D - N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), - N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2888985"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.3. Browse subnet example 3</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 3" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. -</pre><p> </p><p> At this point users looking in their network neighborhood on -subnets 1 or 3 will see all the servers on all sunbets, users on +subnets 1 or 3 will see all the servers on all subnets, users on subnet 2 will still only see the servers on subnets 1 and 2, but not 3. </p><p> Finally, the local master browser for subnet 2 (N2_B) will sync again -with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will recieve the missing +with the domain master browser (N1_C) and will receive the missing server entries. Finally - and as a steady state (if no machines are removed or shut off) the browse lists will look like : </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Subnet Browse Master List ------- ------------- ---- -Subnet1 N1_C N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, - N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), - N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*) - -Subnet2 N2_B N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D - N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*) - N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*) - -Subnet3 N3_D N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D - N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), - N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*) +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2889086"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 10.4. Browse subnet example 4</b></p><table summary="Browse subnet example 4" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Subnet</th><th align="left">Browse Master</th><th align="left">List</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">Subnet1</td><td align="left">N1_C</td><td align="left">N1_A, N1_B, N1_C, N1_D, N1_E, N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet2</td><td align="left">N2_B</td><td align="left">N2_A, N2_B, N2_C, N2_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N3_A(*), N3_B(*), N3_C(*), N3_D(*)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Subnet3</td><td align="left">N3_D</td><td align="left">N3_A, N3_B, N3_C, N3_D, N1_A(*), N1_B(*), N1_C(*), N1_D(*), N1_E(*), N2_A(*), N2_B(*), N2_C(*), N2_D(*)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> Servers with a (*) after them are non-authoritative names. -</pre><p> </p><p> Synchronizations between the domain master browser and local master browsers will continue to occur, but this should be a @@ -2288,259 +3199,554 @@ If either router R1 or R2 fails the following will occur: be able to access servers on its local subnet, by using subnet-isolated broadcast NetBIOS name resolution. The effects are similar to that of losing access to a DNS server. - </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="passdb"></a>Chapter 10. User information database</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Olivier (lem) Lemaire</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IDEALX<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">February 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2866099">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866152">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866314">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866353">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2866388">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866568">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866597">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866613">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2866621">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866721">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866860">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2866898">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867008">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867304">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867341">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867456">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867737">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2867793">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2867800">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867854">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2867999">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868029">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868072">XML</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866099"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. - Samba can check these passwords by crypting them and comparing them - to the hash stored in the unix user database. + </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889225"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many questions are asked on the mailing lists regarding browsing. The majority of browsing +problems originate out of incorrect configuration of NetBIOS name resolution. Some are of +particular note. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889240"></a>How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba's nmbd process controls all browse list handling. Under normal circumstances it is +safe to restart nmbd. This will effectively flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache and cause it +to be rebuilt. Note that this does NOT make certain that a rogue machine name will not re-appear +in the browse list. When nmbd is taken out of service another machine on the network will +become the browse master. This new list may still have the rogue entry in it. If you really +want to clear a rogue machine from the list then every machine on the network will need to be +shut down and restarted at after all machines are down. Failing a complete restart, the only +other thing you can do is wait until the entry times out and is then flushed from the list. +This may take a long time on some networks (months). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889269"></a>My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Your guest account is probably invalid for some reason. Samba uses the +guest account for browsing in smbd. Check that your guest account is +valid. +</p><p>See also <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i> in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page.</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="passdb"></a>Chapter 11. Account Information Databases</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Olivier (lem)</span> <span class="surname">Lemaire</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IDEALX<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 24, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2892812">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893140">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893204">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893458">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2893513">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893545">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2893811">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2893963">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2893999">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894038">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894145">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2894173">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2895689">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2896493">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2896501">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896516">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2896576">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends. +The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba-3 a degree of flexibility +and scalability that previously could be achieved only with MS Windows Active Directory. +This chapter describes the new functionality and how to get the most out of it. +</p><p> +In the course of development of Samba-3, a number of requests were received to provide the +ability to migrate MS Windows NT4 SAM accounts to Samba-3 without the need to provide +matching Unix/Linux accounts. We called this the <span class="emphasis"><em>Non Unix Accounts (NUA)</em></span> +capability. The intent was that an administrator could decide to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> +backend and by simply specifying <span class="emphasis"><em>"passdb backend = tdbsam_nua, guest"</em></span> +this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use Unix accounts per se. Late +in the development cycle, the team doing this work hit upon some obstacles that prevents this +solution from being used. Given the delays with Samba-3 release a decision was made to NOT +deliver this functionality until a better method of recognising NT Group SIDs from NT User +SIDs could be found. This feature may thus return during the life cycle for the Samba-3 series. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Samba-3.0.0 does NOT support Non-Unix Account (NUA) operation. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892812"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 provides for complete backwards compatibility with Samba-2.2.x functionality +as follows: +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>Backwards Compatibility Backends</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Plain Text:</span></dt><dd><p> + This option uses nothing but the Unix/Linux <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> + style back end. On systems that have PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) + support all PAM modules are supported. The behaviour is just as it was with + Samba-2.2.x, and the protocol limitations imposed by MS Windows clients + apply likewise. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">smbpasswd:</span></dt><dd><p> + This option allows continues use of the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> + file that maintains a plain ASCII (text) layout that includes the MS Windows + LanMan and NT encrypted passwords as well as a field that stores some + account information. This form of password backend does NOT store any of + the MS Windows NT/200x SAM (Security Account Manager) information needed to + provide the extended controls that are needed for more comprehensive + interoperation with MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers. + </p><p> + This backend should be used only for backwards compatibility with older + versions of Samba. It may be deprecated in future releases. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ldapsam_compat (Samba-2.2 LDAP Compatibility):</span></dt><dd><p> + There is a password backend option that allows continued operation with + a existing OpenLDAP backend that uses the Samba-2.2.x LDAP schema extension. + This option is provided primarily as a migration tool, although there is + no reason to force migration at this time. Note that this tool will eventually + be deprecated. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>New Backends</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">guest:</span></dt><dd><p> + This is <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> required as the last backend specified. + It provides the ability to handle guest account requirements for access to + resources like <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> which is used for browsing. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tdbsam:</span></dt><dd><p> + This backend provides a rich database backend for local servers. This + backend is NOT suitable for multiple domain controller (ie: PDC + one + or more BDC) installations. + </p><p> + The <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> password backend stores the old <span class="emphasis"><em> + smbpasswd</em></span> information PLUS the extended MS Windows NT / 200x + SAM information into a binary format TDB (trivial database) file. + The inclusion of the extended information makes it possible for Samba-3 + to implement the same account and system access controls that are possible + with MS Windows NT4 and MS Windows 200x based systems. + </p><p> + The inclusion of the <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> capability is a direct + response to user requests to allow simple site operation without the overhead + of the complexities of running OpenLDAP. It is recommended to use this only + for sites that have fewer than 250 users. For larger sites or implementations + the use of OpenLDAP or of Active Directory integration is strongly recommended. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ldapsam:</span></dt><dd><p> + This provides a rich directory backend for distributed account installation. + </p><p> + Samba-3 has a new and extended LDAP implementation that requires configuration + of OpenLDAP with a new format samba schema. The new format schema file is + included in the <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP</tt> directory of the Samba distribution. + </p><p> + The new LDAP implementation significantly expands the control abilities that + were possible with prior versions of Samba. It is now possible to specify + "per user" profile settings, home directories, account access controls, and + much more. Corporate sites will see that the Samba-Team has listened to their + requests both for capability and to allow greater scalability. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mysqlsam (MySQL based backend):</span></dt><dd><p> + It is expected that the MySQL based SAM will be very popular in some corners. + This database backend will be on considerable interest to sites that want to + leverage existing MySQL technology. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">xmlsam (XML based datafile):</span></dt><dd><p> + Allows the account and password data to be stored in an XML format + data file. This backend can not be used for normal operation, it can only + be used in conjunction with <b class="command">pdbedit</b>'s pdb2pdb + functionality. The DTD that is used might be subject to changes in the future. + </p><p> + The xmlsam option can be useful for account migration between database + backends or backups. Use of this tool will allow the data to be edited before migration + into another backend format. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">nisplussam:</span></dt><dd><p> + The NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an + optional argument. Only works with Sun NIS+ servers. + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893140"></a>Technical Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. Samba can check these + passwords by crypting them and comparing them to the hash stored in the unix user database. </p><p> - Newer windows clients send encrypted passwords (so-called - Lanman and NT hashes) over - the wire, instead of plain text passwords. The newest clients - will only send encrypted passwords and refuse to send plain text - passwords, unless their registry is tweaked. - </p><p>These passwords can't be converted to unix style encrypted - passwords. Because of that you can't use the standard unix - user database, and you have to store the Lanman and NT hashes - somewhere else. </p><p>Next to a differently encrypted passwords, - windows also stores certain data for each user - that is not stored in a unix user database, e.g. - workstations the user may logon from, the location where his/her - profile is stored, etc. - Samba retrieves and stores this information using a "passdb backend". - Commonly - available backends are LDAP, plain text file, MySQL and nisplus. - For more information, see the documentation about the - <b>passdb backend = </b> parameter. - </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866152"></a>Important Notes About Security</h2></div></div><p>The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar - on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix - scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when - logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme never sends the - cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte - hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed - values are a "password equivalent". You cannot derive the user's - password from them, but they could potentially be used in a modified - client to gain access to a server. This would require considerable - technical knowledge on behalf of the attacker but is perfectly possible. - You should thus treat the data stored in whatever - passdb backend you use (smbpasswd file, ldap, mysql) as though it contained the - cleartext passwords of all your users. Its contents must be kept - secret, and the file should be protected accordingly.</p><p>Ideally we would like a password scheme which neither requires - plain text passwords on the net or on disk. Unfortunately this - is not available as Samba is stuck with being compatible with - other SMB systems (WinNT, WfWg, Win95 etc). </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Note that Windows NT 4.0 Service pack 3 changed the - default for permissible authentication so that plaintext - passwords are <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> sent over the wire. - The solution to this is either to switch to encrypted passwords - with Samba or edit the Windows NT registry to re-enable plaintext - passwords. See the document WinNT.txt for details on how to do - this.</p><p>Other Microsoft operating systems which also exhibit - this behavior includes</p><p> These versions of MS Windows do not support full domain - security protocols, although they may log onto a domain environment. - Of these Only MS Windows XP Home does NOT support domain logons.</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with - the basic network redirector installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 95 with the network redirector - update installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 98 [se]</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Me</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Home</td></tr></table><p> The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain - security protocols.</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Windows NT 3.5x</td></tr><tr><td>Windows NT 4.0</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 2000 Professional</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Professional</td></tr></table></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>All current release of - Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the - SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling - clear text authentication does not disable the ability - of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</p></div><p>MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone. - Even when plain text passwords are re-enabled, through the appropriate - registry change, the plain text password is NEVER cached. This means that - in the event that a network connections should become disconnected (broken) - only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server - to affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted - passwords the auto-reconnect will fail. <span class="emphasis"><em>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS - IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</em></span></p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866314"></a>Advantages of SMB Encryption</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Plain text passwords are not passed across - the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just - record passwords going to the SMB server.</td></tr><tr><td>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server - that does not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse - to browse the server if the server is also in user level - security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the - password on each connection, which is very annoying. The - only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption. - </td></tr><tr><td>Encrypted password support allows automatic share - (resource) reconnects.</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866353"></a>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Plain text passwords are not kept - on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </td></tr><tr><td>Uses same password file as other unix - services such as login and ftp</td></tr><tr><td>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which - send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB - isn't such a big deal.</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866388"></a>The smbpasswd Command</h2></div></div><p>The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the - <b>passwd</b> or <b>yppasswd</b> programs. - It maintains the two 32 byte password fields in the passdb backend. </p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> works in a client-server mode - where it contacts the local smbd to change the user's password on its - behalf. This has enormous benefits - as follows.</p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> has the capability - to change passwords on Windows NT servers (this only works when - the request is sent to the NT Primary Domain Controller if you - are changing an NT Domain user's password).</p><p>To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type :</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p><tt>Old SMB password: </tt><b><tt><type old value here - - or hit return if there was no old password></tt></b></p><p><tt>New SMB Password: </tt><b><tt><type new value> - </tt></b></p><p><tt>Repeat New SMB Password: </tt><b><tt><re-type new value - </tt></b></p><p>If the old value does not match the current value stored for - that user, or the two new values do not match each other, then the - password will not be changed.</p><p>If invoked by an ordinary user it will only allow the user - to change his or her own Samba password.</p><p>If run by the root user smbpasswd may take an optional - argument, specifying the user name whose SMB password you wish to - change. Note that when run as root smbpasswd does not prompt for - or check the old password value, thus allowing root to set passwords - for users who have forgotten their passwords.</p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> is designed to work in the same way - and be familiar to UNIX users who use the <b>passwd</b> or - <b>yppasswd</b> commands.</p><p>For more details on using <b>smbpasswd</b> refer - to the man page which will always be the definitive reference.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866568"></a>Plain text</h2></div></div><p> -Older versions of samba retrieved user information from the unix user database -and eventually some other fields from the file <tt>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt> -or <tt>/etc/smbpasswd</tt>. When password encryption is disabled, no -data is stored at all. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866597"></a>TDB</h2></div></div><p>Samba can also store the user data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). Using this backend -doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is recommended for new installations that -don not require LDAP. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2866613"></a>LDAP</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866621"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> -This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user -account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is -assumed that the reader already has a basic understanding of LDAP concepts -and has a working directory server already installed. For more information -on LDAP architectures and Directories, please refer to the following sites. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>OpenLDAP - <a href="http://www.openldap.org/" target="_top">http://www.openldap.org/</a></p></li><li><p>iPlanet Directory Server - <a href="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory" target="_top">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</a></p></li></ul></div><p> -Note that <a href="http://www.ora.com/" target="_top">O'Reilly Publishing</a> is working on -a guide to LDAP for System Administrators which has a planned release date of -early summer, 2002. -</p><p> -Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <a href="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb/ldap-smb-3-howto.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO</a> - maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.</p></li><li><p>The NT migration scripts from <a href="http://samba.idealx.org/" target="_top">IDEALX</a> that are - geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration. - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866721"></a>Encrypted Password Database</h3></div></div><p> -Traditionally, when configuring <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">"encrypt -passwords = yes"</a> in Samba's <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, user account -information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account -flags have been stored in the <tt>smbpasswd(5)</tt> file. There are several -disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted -in the thousands). -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -The first is that all lookups must be performed sequentially. Given that -there are approximately two lookups per domain logon (one for a normal -session connection such as when mapping a network drive or printer), this -is a performance bottleneck for large sites. What is needed is an indexed approach -such as is used in databases. -</p></li><li><p> -The second problem is that administrators who desired to replicate a -smbpasswd file to more than one Samba server were left to use external -tools such as <b>rsync(1)</b> and <b>ssh(1)</b> -and wrote custom, in-house scripts. -</p></li><li><p> -And finally, the amount of information which is stored in an -smbpasswd entry leaves no room for additional attributes such as -a home directory, password expiration time, or even a Relative -Identified (RID). -</p></li></ul></div><p> -As a result of these defeciencies, a more robust means of storing user attributes -used by smbd was developed. The API which defines access to user accounts -is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb -API, and is still so named in the CVS trees). -</p><p> -There are a few points to stress about that the ldapsam -does not provide. The LDAP support referred to in the this documentation does not -include: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A means of retrieving user account information from - an Windows 2000 Active Directory server.</p></li><li><p>A means of replacing /etc/passwd.</p></li></ul></div><p> -The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules. LGPL -versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software -(<a href="http://www.padl.com/" target="_top">http://www.padl.com/</a>). More -information about the configuration of these packages may be found at "LDAP, -System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS". -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866860"></a>Supported LDAP Servers</h3></div></div><p> -The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 (and later) has been developed and tested -using the OpenLDAP 2.0 server and client libraries. -The same code should be able to work with Netscape's Directory Server -and client SDK. However, due to lack of testing so far, there are bound -to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix. -If you are so inclined, please be sure to forward all patches to -<a href="mailto:samba-patches@samba.org" target="_top">samba-patches@samba.org</a> and -<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2866898"></a>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</h3></div></div><p> -Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in -<tt>examples/LDAP/samba.schema</tt>. The sambaAccount objectclass is given here: + Newer windows clients send encrypted passwords (so-called Lanman and NT hashes) over + the wire, instead of plain text passwords. The newest clients will send only encrypted + passwords and refuse to send plain text passwords, unless their registry is tweaked. + </p><p> + These passwords can't be converted to unix style encrypted passwords. Because of that, + you can't use the standard unix user database, and you have to store the Lanman and NT + hashes somewhere else. + </p><p> + In addition to differently encrypted passwords, windows also stores certain data for each + user that is not stored in a unix user database. e.g: workstations the user may logon from, + the location where the users' profile is stored, and so on. Samba retrieves and stores this + information using a <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i>. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text + file, MySQL and nisplus. For more information, see the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> regarding the + <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> parameter. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893204"></a>Important Notes About Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar on the surface. This + similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix scheme typically sends clear text + passwords over the network when logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme + never sends the cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte + hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed values + are a "password equivalent". You cannot derive the user's password from them, but + they could potentially be used in a modified client to gain access to a server. + This would require considerable technical knowledge on behalf of the attacker but + is perfectly possible. You should thus treat the data stored in whatever passdb + backend you use (smbpasswd file, ldap, mysql) as though it contained the cleartext + passwords of all your users. Its contents must be kept secret, and the file should + be protected accordingly. + </p><p> + Ideally we would like a password scheme that involves neither plain text passwords + on the net nor on disk. Unfortunately this is not available as Samba is stuck with + having to be compatible with other SMB systems (WinNT, WfWg, Win95 etc). + </p><p> + Windows NT 4.0 Service pack 3 changed the default setting so that plaintext passwords + are disabled from being sent over the wire. This mandates either the use of encrypted + password support or edit the Windows NT registry to re-enable plaintext passwords. + </p><p> + The following versions of MS Windows do not support full domain security protocols, + although they may log onto a domain environment: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 98 [se]</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Me</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + MS Windows XP Home does not have facilities to become a domain member and it can + not participate in domain logons. + </p></div><p> + The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain security protocols. + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Windows NT 3.5x</td></tr><tr><td>Windows NT 4.0</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 2000 Professional</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Professional</td></tr></table><p> + All current release of Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the + SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling clear text authentication + does not disable the ability of the client to participate in encrypted authentication. + Instead, it allows the client to negotiate either plain text _or_ encrypted password + handling. + </p><p> + MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone. Where plain text passwords + are re-enabled, through the appropriate registry change, the plain text password is NEVER + cached. This means that in the event that a network connections should become disconnected + (broken) only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server to + affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted passwords the + auto-reconnect will fail. <span class="emphasis"><em>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</em></span> + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893368"></a>Advantages of Encrypted Passwords</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Plain text passwords are not passed across + the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just + record passwords going to the SMB server.</p></li><li><p>Plain text passwords are not stored anywhere in + memory or on disk.</p></li><li><p>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server + that does not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse + to browse the server if the server is also in user level + security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the + password on each connection, which is very annoying. The + only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption. + </p></li><li><p>Encrypted password support allows automatic share + (resource) reconnects.</p></li><li><p>Encrypted passwords are essential for PDC/BDC + operation.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893422"></a>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Plain text passwords are not kept + on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </p></li><li><p>Uses same password file as other unix + services such as login and ftp</p></li><li><p>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which + send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB + isn't such a big deal.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893458"></a>Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Every operation in Unix/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in + MS Windows NT4 / 200x this requires a Security Identifier (SID). Samba provides + two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a Unix/Linux UID. + </p><p> + Firstly, all Samba SAM (Security Account Manager database) accounts require + a Unix/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account + information database, Samba-3 will call the <i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i> + interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence, all accounts in + the local SAM require a local user account. + </p><p> + The second way to affect Windows SID to Unix UID mapping is via the + <span class="emphasis"><em>idmap uid, idmap gid</em></span> parameters in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + Please refer to the man page for information about these parameters. + These parameters are essential when mapping users from a remote SAM server. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893513"></a>Account Management Tools</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are +called <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> and <b class="command">pdbedit</b>. A third tool is under +development but is NOT expected to ship in time for Samba-3.0.0. The new tool will be a TCL/TK +GUI tool that looks much like the MS Windows NT4 Domain User Manager - hopefully this will +be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893545"></a>The <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> Command</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the <b class="command">passwd</b> + or <b class="command">yppasswd</b> programs. It maintains the two 32 byte password + fields in the passdb backend. + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> works in a client-server mode where it contacts the + local smbd to change the user's password on its behalf. This has enormous benefits + as follows: + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> has the capability to change passwords on Windows NT + servers (this only works when the request is sent to the NT Primary Domain Controller + if changing an NT Domain user's password). + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> can be used to: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>add</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>delete</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>enable</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>disable</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>set to NULL</em></span> user passwords</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>manage interdomain trust accounts</em></span></td></tr></table><p> + To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Old SMB password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><p> + For <i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> type old value here - or hit return if + there was no old password + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">New SMB Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>new secret</tt></i></tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Repeat New SMB Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>new secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + If the old value does not match the current value stored for that user, or the two + new values do not match each other, then the password will not be changed. + </p><p> + When invoked by an ordinary user it will only allow change of their own + SMB password. + </p><p> + When run by root smbpasswd may take an optional argument, specifying + the user name whose SMB password you wish to change. When run as root, smbpasswd + does not prompt for or check the old password value, thus allowing root to set passwords + for users who have forgotten their passwords. + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> is designed to work in the way familiar to UNIX + users who use the <b class="command">passwd</b> or <b class="command">yppasswd</b> commands. + While designed for administrative use, this tool provides essential user level + password change capabilities. + </p><p> + For more details on using <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> refer to the man page (the + definitive reference). + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893811"></a>The <span class="emphasis"><em>pdbedit</em></span> Command</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + <b class="command">pdbedit</b> is a tool that can be used only by root. It is used to + manage the passdb backend. <b class="command">pdbedit</b> can be used to: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>add, remove or modify user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>listing user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>migrate user accounts</td></tr></table><p> + The <b class="command">pdbedit</b> tool is the only one that can manage the account + security and policy settings. It is capable of all operations that smbpasswd can + do as well as a super set of them. + </p><p> + One particularly important purpose of the <b class="command">pdbedit</b> is to allow + the migration of account information from one passdb backend to another. See the + <a href="#XMLpassdb" title="XML">XML</a> password backend section of this chapter. + </p><p> + The following is an example of the user account information that is stored in + a tdbsam password backend. This listing was produced by running: + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -Lv met</tt></b> + Unix username: met + NT username: + Account Flags: [UX ] + User SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004 + Primary Group SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201 + Full Name: Melissa E Terpstra + Home Directory: \\frodo\met\Win9Profile + HomeDir Drive: H: + Logon Script: scripts\logon.bat + Profile Path: \\frodo\Profiles\met + Domain: MIDEARTH + Account desc: + Workstations: melbelle + Munged dial: + Logon time: 0 + Logoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + Kickoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + Password last set: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT + Password can change: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT + Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + </pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893963"></a>Password Backends</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server +technology available today. The flexibility is immediately obvious as one begins to explore this +capability. +</p><p> +It is possible to specify not only multiple different password backends, but even multiple +backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases: +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> -objectclass ( 1.3.1.5.1.4.1.7165.2.2.2 NAME 'sambaAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY - DESC 'Samba Account' - MUST ( uid $ rid ) - MAY ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $ - logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $ - displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $ - description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain )) -</pre><p> -The samba.schema file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0. The OID's are -owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published. -If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please -submit the modified schema file as a patch to <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a> -</p><p> -Just as the smbpasswd file is meant to store information which supplements a -user's <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry, so is the sambaAccount object -meant to supplement the UNIX user account information. A sambaAccount is a -<tt>STRUCTURAL</tt> objectclass so it can be stored individually -in the directory. However, there are several fields (e.g. uid) which overlap -with the posixAccount objectclass outlined in RFC2307. This is by design. -</p><p> -In order to store all user account information (UNIX and Samba) in the directory, -it is necessary to use the sambaAccount and posixAccount objectclasses in -combination. However, smbd will still obtain the user's UNIX account -information via the standard C library calls (e.g. getpwnam(), et. al.). -This means that the Samba server must also have the LDAP NSS library installed -and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to -store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account -information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867008"></a>Configuring Samba with LDAP</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867016"></a>OpenLDAP configuration</h4></div></div><p> -To include support for the sambaAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory -server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory. -</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b><tt>cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/</tt></b> -</p><p> -Next, include the <tt>samba.schema</tt> file in <tt>slapd.conf</tt>. -The sambaAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema -files. The 'uid' attribute is defined in <tt>cosine.schema</tt> and -the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the <tt>inetorgperson.schema</tt> -file. Both of these must be included before the <tt>samba.schema</tt> file. +[globals] + passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, \ + tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb, guest +</pre><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893999"></a>Plain Text</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Older versions of Samba retrieved user information from the unix user database + and eventually some other fields from the file <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt> + or <tt class="filename">/etc/smbpasswd</tt>. When password encryption is disabled, no + SMB specific data is stored at all. Instead all operations are conducted via the way + that the Samba host OS will access its <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> database. + eg: On Linux systems that is done via PAM. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2894038"></a>smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Traditionally, when configuring <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt + passwords = yes</a> in Samba's <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, user account + information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account + flags have been stored in the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd(5)</tt> file. There are several + disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted + in the thousands). + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The first is that all lookups must be performed sequentially. Given that + there are approximately two lookups per domain logon (one for a normal + session connection such as when mapping a network drive or printer), this + is a performance bottleneck for large sites. What is needed is an indexed approach + such as is used in databases. + </p></li><li><p> + The second problem is that administrators who desire to replicate a smbpasswd file + to more than one Samba server were left to use external tools such as + <b class="command">rsync(1)</b> and <b class="command">ssh(1)</b> and wrote custom, + in-house scripts. + </p></li><li><p> + And finally, the amount of information which is stored in an smbpasswd entry leaves + no room for additional attributes such as a home directory, password expiration time, + or even a Relative Identifier (RID). + </p></li></ul></div><p> + As a result of these deficiencies, a more robust means of storing user attributes + used by smbd was developed. The API which defines access to user accounts + is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb + API, and is still so named in the Samba CVS trees). + </p><p> + Samba-3 provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies + of the smbpasswd plain text database. These are tdbsam, ldapsam, and xmlsam. + Of these ldapsam will be of most interest to large corporate or enterprise sites. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2894145"></a>tdbsam</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). + Using this backend doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is + recommended for new installations that do not require LDAP. + </p><p> + As a general guide the Samba-Team does NOT recommend using the tdbsam backend for sites + that have 250 or more users. Additionally, tdbsam is not capable of scaling for use + in sites that require PDB/BDC implementations that requires replication of the account + database. Clearly, for reason of scalability, the use of ldapsam should be encouraged. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2894173"></a>ldapsam</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are a few points to stress that the ldapsam does not provide. The LDAP + support referred to in the this documentation does not include: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A means of retrieving user account information from + an Windows 200x Active Directory server.</p></li><li><p>A means of replacing /etc/passwd.</p></li></ul></div><p> + The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules. LGPL + versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software + (<a href="http://www.padl.com/" target="_top">http://www.padl.com/</a>). More + information about the configuration of these packages may be found at "LDAP, + System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS". + Refer to <a href="http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6" target="_top"> + http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6</a> for those who might wish to know + more about configuration and administration of an OpenLDAP server. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + This section is outdated for Samba-3 schema. Samba-3 introduces a new schema + that has not been documented at the time of this publication. + </p></div><p> + This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user + account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is + assumed that the reader already has a basic understanding of LDAP concepts + and has a working directory server already installed. For more information + on LDAP architectures and Directories, please refer to the following sites. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>OpenLDAP - <a href="http://www.openldap.org/" target="_top">http://www.openldap.org/</a></p></li><li><p>iPlanet Directory Server - + <a href="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory" target="_top">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</a></p></li></ul></div><p> + Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <a href="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb/ldap-smb-3-howto.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO</a> + maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.</p></li><li><p>The NT migration scripts from <a href="http://samba.idealx.org/" target="_top">IDEALX</a> that are + geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2894325"></a>Supported LDAP Servers</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The LDAP ldapsam code has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 and 2.1 server and + client libraries. The same code should work with Netscape's Directory Server and client SDK. + However, there are bound to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix. + Please submit fixes via <a href="#bugreport" title="Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs">Bug reporting facility</a>. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2894351"></a>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in + <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP/samba.schema</tt>. The sambaSamAccount objectclass is given here: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY + DESC 'Samba Auxiliary Account' + MUST ( uid $ rid ) + MAY ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $ + logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $ + displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $ + description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain )) +</pre><p> +</p><p> + The <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0/2.1. + The OID's are owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published. + If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please + submit the modified schema file as a patch to + <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>. + </p><p> + Just as the smbpasswd file is meant to store information which supplements a + user's <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry, so is the sambaSamAccount object + meant to supplement the UNIX user account information. A sambaSamAccount is a + <tt class="constant">STRUCTURAL</tt> objectclass so it can be stored individually + in the directory. However, there are several fields (e.g. uid) which overlap + with the posixAccount objectclass outlined in RFC2307. This is by design. + </p><p> + In order to store all user account information (UNIX and Samba) in the directory, + it is necessary to use the sambaSamAccount and posixAccount objectclasses in + combination. However, smbd will still obtain the user's UNIX account + information via the standard C library calls (e.g. getpwnam(), et. al.). + This means that the Samba server must also have the LDAP NSS library installed + and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to + store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account + information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2894458"></a>OpenLDAP configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To include support for the sambaSamAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory + server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory. + The samba.schema file can be found in the directory <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP</tt> + in the samba source distribution. + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Next, include the <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file in <tt class="filename">slapd.conf</tt>. + The sambaSamAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema + files. The 'uid' attribute is defined in <tt class="filename">cosine.schema</tt> and + the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the <tt class="filename">inetorgperson.schema</tt> + file. Both of these must be included before the <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file. + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## /etc/openldap/slapd.conf ## schema files (core.schema is required by default) include /etc/openldap/schema/core.schema -## needed for sambaAccount +## needed for sambaSamAccount include /etc/openldap/schema/cosine.schema include /etc/openldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema include /etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema include /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema - .... </pre><p> -It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most usefull attributes, -like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaAccount objectclasses -(and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well). -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><p> + It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most useful attributes, + like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaSamAccount objectclasses + (and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well). + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> # Indices to maintain -## required by OpenLDAP 2.0 -index objectclass eq +## required by OpenLDAP +index objectclass eq -## support pb_getsampwnam() -index uid pres,eq -## support pdb_getsambapwrid() -index rid eq +index cn pres,sub,eq +index sn pres,sub,eq +## required to support pdb_getsampwnam +index uid pres,sub,eq +## required to support pdb_getsambapwrid() +index displayName pres,sub,eq ## uncomment these if you are storing posixAccount and ## posixGroup entries in the directory as well -##index uidNumber eq -##index gidNumber eq -##index cn eq -##index memberUid eq - -# (both fetched via ldapsearch): -index primaryGroupID eq -index displayName pres,eq - -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2867134"></a>Configuring Samba</h4></div></div><p> -The following parameters are available in smb.conf only with <i><tt>--with-ldapsam</tt></i> -was included when compiling Samba. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend [ldapsam|ldapsam_nua]:url</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER" target="_top">ldap filter</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPORT" target="_top">ldap port</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN" target="_top">ldap delete dn</a></p></li></ul></div><p> -These are described in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> man -page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for -use with an LDAP directory could appear as +##index uidNumber eq +##index gidNumber eq +##index memberUid eq + +index sambaSID eq +index sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq +index sambaDomainName eq +index default sub +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Create the new index by executing: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Remember to restart slapd after making these changes: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/etc/init.d/slapd restart</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2894646"></a>Initialise the LDAP database</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Before you can add accounts to the LDAP database you must create the account containers + that they will be stored in. The following LDIF file should be modified to match your + needs (ie: Your DNS entries, etc.). + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +# Organization for Samba Base +dn: dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: dcObject +objectclass: organization +dc: plainjoe +o: Terpstra Org Network +description: The Samba-3 Network LDAP Example + +# Organizational Role for Directory Management +dn: cn=Manager,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: organizationalRole +cn: Manager +description: Directory Manager + +# Setting up container for users +dn: ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: top +objectclass: organizationalUnit +ou: People + +# Setting up admin handle for People OU +dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +cn: admin +objectclass: top +objectclass: organizationalRole +objectclass: simpleSecurityObject +userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz +</pre><p> +</p><p> + The userPassword shown above should be generated using <b class="command">slappasswd</b>. + </p><p> + The following command will then load the contents of the LDIF file into the LDAP + database. + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>slapadd -v -l initldap.dif</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Do not forget to secure your LDAP server with an adequate access control list, + as well as an admin password. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + Before Samba can access the LDAP server you need to store the LDAP admin password + into the Samba-3 <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt> database by: + </p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2894774"></a>Configuring Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following parameters are available in smb.conf only if your + version of samba was built with LDAP support. Samba automatically builds with LDAP support if the + LDAP libraries are found. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend = ldapsam:url</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER" target="_top">ldap filter</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN" target="_top">ldap delete dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">ldap passwd sync</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPTRUSTIDS" target="_top">ldap trust ids</a></p></li></ul></div><p> + These are described in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man + page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for + use with an LDAP directory could appear as + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf [global] @@ -2554,7 +3760,7 @@ use with an LDAP directory could appear as # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf. Rather it - # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <i><tt>secretpw</tt></i>' to store the + # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>secretpw</tt></i>' to store the # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file. If the "ldap admin dn" values # change, this password will need to be reset. ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" @@ -2563,1648 +3769,7743 @@ use with an LDAP directory could appear as # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default)) ldap ssl = start tls - passdb backend ldapsam:ldap://ahab.samba.org + # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port] + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org, guest # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry ldap delete dn = no # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix - # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL siffixes by default + # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default ldap user suffix = ou=People ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems - # define the port to use in the LDAP session (defaults to 636 when - # "ldap ssl = on") - ldap port = 389 + # Trust unix account information in LDAP + # (see the smb.conf manpage for details) + ldap trust ids = Yes # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" # generally the default ldap search filter is ok - # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))" -</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867304"></a>Accounts and Groups management</h3></div></div><p> -As users accounts are managed thru the sambaAccount objectclass, you should -modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaAccount attributes. -</p><p> -Machines accounts are managed with the sambaAccount objectclass, just -like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store thoses accounts -in a different tree of you LDAP namespace: you should use -"ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and -"ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your -NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration -file). -</p><p> -In Samba release 3.0, the group management system is based on posix -groups. This means that Samba makes usage of the posixGroup objectclass. -For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local -groups). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867341"></a>Security and sambaAccount</h3></div></div><p> -There are two important points to remember when discussing the security -of sambaAccount entries in the directory. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> retrieve the lmPassword or - ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> allow non-admin users to - view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</p></li></ul></div><p> -These password hashes are clear text equivalents and can be used to impersonate -the user without deriving the original clear text strings. For more information -on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 10. User information database">User Database</a> of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection. -</p><p> -To remedy the first security issue, the "ldap ssl" smb.conf parameter defaults -to require an encrypted session (<b>ldap ssl = on</b>) using -the default port of 636 -when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP 2.0 server, it -is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of -LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security -(<b>ldap ssl = off</b>). -</p><p> -Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS -extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for -the older method of securing communication between clients and servers. -</p><p> -The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from -harvesting password hashes from the directory. This can be done using the -following ACL in <tt>slapd.conf</tt>: + # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))" +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2894972"></a>Accounts and Groups management</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + As users accounts are managed through the sambaSamAccount objectclass, you should + modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaSamAccount attributes. + </p><p> + Machines accounts are managed with the sambaSamAccount objectclass, just + like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store those accounts + in a different tree of your LDAP namespace: you should use + "ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and + "ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your + NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration + file). + </p><p> + In Samba release 3.0, the group management system is based on POSIX + groups. This means that Samba makes use of the posixGroup objectclass. + For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local + groups). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2895009"></a>Security and sambaSamAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are two important points to remember when discussing the security + of sambaSamAccount entries in the directory. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> retrieve the lmPassword or + ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> allow non-admin users to + view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</p></li></ul></div><p> + These password hashes are clear text equivalents and can be used to impersonate + the user without deriving the original clear text strings. For more information + on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the + <a href="#passdb" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database</a> section of this chapter. + </p><p> + To remedy the first security issue, the <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i> <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter defaults + to require an encrypted session (<i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl = on</tt></i>) using + the default port of <tt class="constant">636</tt> + when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP server, it + is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of + LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security + (<i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl = off</tt></i>). + </p><p> + Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS + extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for + the older method of securing communication between clients and servers. + </p><p> + The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from + harvesting password hashes from the directory. This can be done using the + following ACL in <tt class="filename">slapd.conf</tt>: + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## allow the "ldap admin dn" access, but deny everyone else access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" write by * none -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867456"></a>LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</h3></div></div><p> -The sambaAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmPassword</tt>: the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character - representation of a hexidecimal string.</p></li><li><p><tt>ntPassword</tt>: the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character - representation of a hexidecimal string.</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdLastSet</tt>: The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the - <tt>lmPassword</tt> and <tt>ntPassword</tt> attributes were last set. - </p></li><li><p><tt>acctFlags</tt>: string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] - representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), and - D(disabled).</p></li><li><p><tt>logonTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>logoffTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>kickoffTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdCanChange</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdMustChange</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>homeDrive</tt>: specifies the drive letter to which to map the - UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" - where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the - smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>scriptPath</tt>: The scriptPath property specifies the path of - the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path - is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the - smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>profilePath</tt>: specifies a path to the user's profile. - This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the - "logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>smbHome</tt>: The homeDirectory property specifies the path of - the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies - a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network - UNC path of the form \\server\share\directory. This value can be a null string. - Refer to the "logon home" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information. - </p></li><li><p><tt>userWorkstation</tt>: character string value currently unused. - </p></li><li><p><tt>rid</tt>: the integer representation of the user's relative identifier - (RID).</p></li><li><p><tt>primaryGroupID</tt>: the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group - of the user.</p></li></ul></div><p> -The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of -a domain (refer to the <a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-HOWTO</a> for details on -how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes -are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if the values are non-default values: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>smbHome</p></li><li><p>scriptPath</p></li><li><p>logonPath</p></li><li><p>homeDrive</p></li></ul></div><p> -These attributes are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if -the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been -configured as a PDC and that <b>logon home = \\%L\%u</b> was defined in -its <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain, -the <i><tt>logon home</tt></i> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. -If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org", -this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value -of the <i><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter is used in its place. Samba -will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is -something other than the default (e.g. \\MOBY\becky). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867737"></a>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</h3></div></div><p> -The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass: +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2895146"></a>LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The sambaSamAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes: + </p><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2895163"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)</b></p><table summary="Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt></td><td align="left">the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character + representation of a hexadecimal string.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt></td><td align="left">the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character + representation of a hexadecimal string.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdLastSet</tt></td><td align="left">The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the + <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt> and <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt> attributes were last set. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">acctFlags</tt></td><td align="left">string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] + representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), + I(Domain trust account), H(Home dir required), S(Server trust account), + and D(disabled).</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">logonTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">logoffTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">kickoffTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdCanChange</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdMustChange</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">homeDrive</tt></td><td align="left">specifies the drive letter to which to map the + UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" + where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">scriptPath</tt></td><td align="left">The scriptPath property specifies the path of + the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path + is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">profilePath</tt></td><td align="left">specifies a path to the user's profile. + This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the + "logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">smbHome</tt></td><td align="left">The homeDirectory property specifies the path of + the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies + a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network + UNC path of the form <tt class="filename">\\server\share\directory</tt>. This value can be a null string. + Refer to the <b class="command">logon home</b> parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for more information. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">userWorkstation</tt></td><td align="left">character string value currently unused. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">rid</tt></td><td align="left">the integer representation of the user's relative identifier + (RID).</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">primaryGroupID</tt></td><td align="left">the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group + of the user.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">domain</tt></td><td align="left">domain the user is part of.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p><p> + The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of + a domain (refer to the <a href="#samba-pdc" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Samba as a primary domain controller</a> chapter for details on + how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes + are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if the values are non-default values: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>smbHome</td></tr><tr><td>scriptPath</td></tr><tr><td>logonPath</td></tr><tr><td>homeDrive</td></tr></table><p> + These attributes are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if + the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been + configured as a PDC and that <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home = \\%L\%u</tt></i> was defined in + its <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain, + the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. + If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org", + this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value + of the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter is used in its place. Samba + will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is + something other than the default (e.g. <tt class="filename">\\MOBY\becky</tt>). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2895512"></a>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaSamAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org + ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 + pwdMustChange: 2147483647 + primaryGroupID: 1201 + lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE + pwdLastSet: 1010179124 + logonTime: 0 + objectClass: sambaSamAccount + uid: guest2 + kickoffTime: 2147483647 + acctFlags: [UX ] + logoffTime: 2147483647 + rid: 19006 + pwdCanChange: 0 + </pre><p> + </p><p> + The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaSamAccount and + posixAccount objectclasses: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org + logonTime: 0 + displayName: Gerald Carter + lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE + primaryGroupID: 1201 + objectClass: posixAccount + objectClass: sambaSamAccount + acctFlags: [UX ] + userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo + uid: gcarter + uidNumber: 9000 + cn: Gerald Carter + loginShell: /bin/bash + logoffTime: 2147483647 + gidNumber: 100 + kickoffTime: 2147483647 + pwdLastSet: 1010179230 + rid: 19000 + homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter + pwdCanChange: 0 + pwdMustChange: 2147483647 + ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 +</pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2895574"></a>Password synchronisation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Since version 3.0 samba can update the non-samba (LDAP) password stored with an account. When + using pam_ldap, this allows changing both unix and windows passwords at once. + </p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i> options can have the following values:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">yes</span></dt><dd><p>When the user changes his password, update + <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt>, <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt> + and the <tt class="constant">password</tt> fields.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">no</span></dt><dd><p>Only update <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt> and <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">only</span></dt><dd><p>Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry + about the other fields. This option is only available when the LDAP server supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD. </p></dd></dl></div><p>More information can be found in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">smb.conf</a> manpage. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2895689"></a>MySQL</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Every so often someone will come along with a great new idea. Storing of user accounts in an + SQL backend is one of them. Those who want to do this are in the best position to know what the + specific benefits are to them. This may sound like a cop-out, but in truth we can not attempt + to document every nitty little detail why certain things of marginal utility to the bulk of + Samba users might make sense to the rest. In any case, the following instructions should help + the determined SQL user to implement a working system. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2895709"></a>Creating the database</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below + for the column names) or use the default table. The file <tt class="filename">examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt> + contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command : + + </p><pre class="screen"><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>mysql -u<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> -h<i class="replaceable"><tt>hostname</tt></i> -p<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i> \ +<i class="replaceable"><tt>databasename</tt></i> < <tt class="filename">/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt></tt></b></pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2895772"></a>Configuring</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</p><p>Add a the following to the <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> variable in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins] + </pre><p> + </p><p>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with + the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you + specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i>, you also need to + use different identifiers! + </p><p> + Additional options can be given through the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section. + </p><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2895850"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend</b></p><table summary="Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Field</th><th align="left">Contents</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql host</td><td align="left">host name, defaults to 'localhost'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql password</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql user</td><td align="left">defaults to 'samba'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql database</td><td align="left">defaults to 'samba'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql port</td><td align="left">defaults to 3306</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:table</td><td align="left">Name of the table containing users</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Since the password for the MySQL user is stored in the + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, you should make the the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file + readable only to the user that runs Samba This is considered a security + bug and will be fixed soon. + </p></div><p>Names of the columns in this table (I've added column types those columns should have first):</p><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2895975"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend</b></p><table summary="MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Field</th><th align="left">Type</th><th align="left">Contents</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logoff time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:kickoff time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass last set time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass can change time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass must change time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:username column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">unix username</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:domain column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT domain user is part of</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:nt username column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT username</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:fullname column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Full name of user</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:home dir column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Unix homedir path</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:dir drive column</td><td align="left">varchar(2)</td><td align="left">Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon script column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Batch file to run on client side when logging on</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:profile path column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Path of profile</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:acct desc column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Some ASCII NT user data</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:workstations column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown string column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">unknown string</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:munged dial column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:user sid column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT user SID</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:group sid column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT group ID</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:lanman pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">encrypted lanman password</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:nt pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">encrypted nt passwd</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:plain pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">plaintext password</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:acct control column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">nt user data</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 3 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon divs column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:hours len column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 5 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 6 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p><p> + Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which + should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also + specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be + updated. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896354"></a>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them: + </p><p> + If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set + 'identifier:lanman pass column' and 'identifier:nt pass column' to + 'NULL' (without the quotes) and 'identifier:plain pass column' to the + name of the column containing the plaintext passwords. + </p><p> + If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass + column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896385"></a>Getting non-column data from the table</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'. + </p><p> + For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : + <b class="command">CONCAT(First_name,' ',Sur_name)</b> + </p><p> + Or, set 'identifier:workstations column' to : + <b class="command">NULL</b></p><p>See the MySQL documentation for more language constructs.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="XMLpassdb"></a>XML</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>This module requires libxml2 to be installed.</p><p>The usage of pdb_xml is pretty straightforward. To export data, use: + </p><p> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -e xml:filename</tt></b> + </p><p> + (where filename is the name of the file to put the data in) + </p><p> + To import data, use: + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -i xml:filename</tt></b> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896493"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896501"></a>Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + People forget to put their users in their backend and then complain Samba won't authorize them. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896516"></a>Users are being added to the wrong backend database</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A few complaints have been received from users that just moved to Samba-3. The following + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file entries were causing problems, new accounts were being added to the old + smbpasswd file, not to the tdbsam passdb.tdb file: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + ... + passdb backend = smbpasswd, tdbsam, guest + ... + </pre><p> + </p><p> + Samba will add new accounts to the first entry in the <span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend</em></span> + parameter entry. If you want to update to the tdbsam, then change the entry to: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + ... + passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd, guest + ... + </pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896576"></a>auth methods does not work</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If you explicitly set an 'auth methods' parameter, guest must be specified as the first + entry on the line. Eg: <i class="parameter"><tt>auth methods = guest sam</tt></i>. + </p><p> + This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backed</tt></i> + option, where it must be the <span class="emphasis"><em>LAST</em></span> parameter on the line. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="groupmapping"></a>Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jean François</span> <span class="surname">Micouleau</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2903953">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904055">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904246">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2904310">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904325">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904393">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2904485">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904501">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904562">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> + Starting with Samba-3, new group mapping functionality is available to create associations + between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The <i class="parameter"><tt>groupmap</tt></i> subcommand + included with the <span class="application">net</span> tool can be used to manage these associations. + </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that + the <i class="parameter"><tt>domain admin group</tt></i> has been removed and should no longer + be specified in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. This parameter was used to give the listed users membership + in the <tt class="constant">Domain Admins</tt> Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations + (in default configurations). + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2903953"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba allows the administrator to create MS Windows NT4 / 200x group accounts and to + arbitrarily associate them with Unix/Linux group accounts. + </p><p> + Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x MMC tools + so long as appropriate interface scripts have been provided to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + </p><p> + Administrators should be aware that where <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> group interface scripts make + direct calls to the Unix/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, <b class="command">groupadd</b>, + <b class="command">groupdel</b>, <b class="command">groupmod</b>) then the resulting Unix/Linux group names will be subject + to any limits imposed by these tools. If the tool does NOT allow upper case characters + or space characters, then the creation of an MS Windows NT4 / 200x style group of + <i class="parameter"><tt>Engineering Managers</tt></i> will attempt to create an identically named + Unix/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail! + </p><p> + There are several possible work-arounds for the operating system tools limitation. One + method is to use a script that generates a name for the Unix/Linux system group that + fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the Unix/Linux group id (GID) + back to the calling Samba interface. This will provide a dynamic work-around solution. + </p><p> + Another work-around is to manually create a Unix/Linux group, then manually create the + MS Windows NT4 / 200x group on the Samba server and then use the <b class="command">net groupmap</b> + tool to connect the two to each other. + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904055"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When installing <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x</span> on a computer, the installation + program creates default users and groups, notably the <tt class="constant">Administrators</tt> group, + and gives that group privileges necessary privileges to perform essential system tasks. + eg: Ability to change the date and time or to kill (or close) any process running on the + local machine. + </p><p> + The 'Administrator' user is a member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus inherits + 'Administrators' group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created to be a member of the + 'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'. + </p><p> + When an MS Windows NT4 / W200x is made a domain member, the "Domain Admins" group of the + PDC is added to the local 'Administrators' group of the workstation. Every member of the + 'Domain Administrators' group inherits the rights of the local 'Administrators' group when + logging on the workstation. + </p><p> + The following steps describe how to make Samba PDC users members of the 'Domain Admins' group? + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + create a unix group (usually in <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt>), let's call it domadm + </p></li><li><p>add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example + if you want joe, john and mary, your entry in <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> will + look like: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary + </pre><p> + </p></li><li><p> + Map this domadm group to the "Domain Admins" group by running the command: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. + Also make sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=). + </p></li></ol></div><p> + Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators! + </p><p> + It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT4 / 200x group as well as + making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. For example, if you wanted to include a + UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a local file or printer on a domain member machine, + you would flag that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + Be aware that the RID parameter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should + normally start at 1000. However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned + to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend + you are using. Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically, + but for now the burden is on you. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904246"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing + <b class="command">net groupmap list</b>. Here is an example: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap list</tt></b> + System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin + Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin + Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser + Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest + </pre><p> + </p><p> + For complete details on <b class="command">net groupmap</b>, refer to the net(8) man page. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904310"></a>Configuration Scripts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Everyone needs tools. Some of us like to create our own, others prefer to use canned tools + (ie: prepared by someone else for general use). + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904325"></a>Sample <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> add group script</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A script to great complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces: + </p><p> +</p><div class="example"><a name="id2904348"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + +#!/bin/bash + +# Add the group using normal system groupadd tool. +groupadd smbtmpgrp00 + +thegid=`cat /etc/group | grep smbtmpgrp00 | cut -d ":" -f3` + +# Now change the name to what we want for the MS Windows networking end +cp /etc/group /etc/group.bak +cat /etc/group.bak | sed s/smbtmpgrp00/$1/g > /etc/group + +# Now return the GID as would normally happen. +echo $thegid +exit 0 +</pre></div><p> +</p><p> + The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry for the above script would look like: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g + </pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904393"></a>Script to configure Group Mapping</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + In our example we have created a Unix/Linux group called <i class="parameter"><tt>ntadmin</tt></i>. + Our script will create the additional groups <i class="parameter"><tt>Engineers, Marketoids, Gnomes</tt></i>: + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> -dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org -ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 -pwdMustChange: 2147483647 -primaryGroupID: 1201 -lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE -pwdLastSet: 1010179124 -logonTime: 0 -objectClass: sambaAccount -uid: guest2 -kickoffTime: 2147483647 -acctFlags: [UX ] -logoffTime: 2147483647 -rid: 19006 -pwdCanChange: 0 -</pre><p> -The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaAccount and -posixAccount objectclasses: +#!/bin/bash + +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmin +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Administrators" unixgroup=root +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Users" unixgroup=users +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Guests" unixgroup=nobody +net groupmap modify ntgroup="System Operators" unixgroup=sys +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Account Operators" unixgroup=root +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Backup Operators" unixgroup=bin +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Print Operators" unixgroup=lp +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Replicators" unixgroup=daemon +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Power Users" unixgroup=sys + +#groupadd Engineers +#groupadd Marketoids +#groupadd Gnomes + +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers" unixgroup=Engineers type=d +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Marketoids" unixgroup=Marketoids type=d +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes" unixgroup=Gnomes type=d +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Of course it is expected that the administrator will modify this to suit local needs. + For information regarding the use of the <b class="command">net groupmap</b> tool please + refer to the man page. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904485"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At this time there are many little surprises for the unwary administrator. In a real sense +it is imperative that every step of automated control scripts must be carefully tested +manually before putting them into active service. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904501"></a>Adding Groups Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This is a common problem when the <b class="command">groupadd</b> is called directly + by the Samba interface script for the <i class="parameter"><tt>add group script</tt></i> in + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p><p> + The most common cause of failure is an attempt to add an MS Windows group account + that has either an upper case character and/or a space character in it. + </p><p> + There are three possible work-arounds. Firstly, use only group names that comply + with the limitations of the Unix/Linux <b class="command">groupadd</b> system tool. + The second involves use of the script mentioned earlier in this chapter, and the + third option is to manually create a Unix/Linux group account that can substitute + for the MS Windows group name, then use the procedure listed above to map that group + to the MS Windows group. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904562"></a>Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba-3 does NOT support nested groups from the MS Windows control environment. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="AccessControls"></a>Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 10, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2902775">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2902812">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2902830">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2903087">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2903183">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2903398">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2904578">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2904850">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905095">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905311">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905383">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2905682">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2905690">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905728">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905807">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2905929">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906157">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906309">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2906639">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2906714">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2906729">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2907109">I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Advanced MS Windows users are frequently perplexed when file, directory and share manipulation of +resources shared via Samba do not behave in the manner they might expect. MS Windows network +administrators are often confused regarding network access controls and what is the best way to +provide users with the type of access they need while protecting resources from the consequences +of untoward access capabilities. +</p><p> +Unix administrators frequently are not familiar with the MS Windows environment and in particular +have difficulty in visualizing what the MS Windows user wishes to achieve in attempts to set file +and directory access permissions. +</p><p> +The problem lies in the differences in how file and directory permissions and controls work +between the two environments. This difference is one that Samba can not completely hide, even +though it does try to make the chasm transparent. +</p><p> +POSIX Access Control List technology has been available (along with Extended Attributes) +for Unix for many years, yet there is little evidence today of any significant use. This +explains to some extent the slow adoption of ACLs into commercial Linux products. MS Windows +administrators are astounded at this given that ACLs were a foundational capability of the now +decade old MS Windows NT operating system. +</p><p> +The purpose of this chapter is to present each of the points of control that are possible with +Samba-3 in the hope that this will help the network administrator to find the optimum method +for delivering the best environment for MS Windows desktop users. +</p><p> +This is an opportune point to mention that it should be borne in mind that Samba was created to +provide a means of interoperability and interchange of data between two operating environments +that are quite different. It was never the intent to make Unix/Linux like MS Windows NT. Instead +the purpose was an is to provide a sufficient level of exchange of data between the two environments. +What is available today extends well beyond early plans and expectations, yet the gap continues to +shrink. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2902775"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba offers a lot of flexibility in file system access management. These are the key access control + facilities present in Samba today: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Samba Access Control Facilities</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Unix File and Directory Permissions</em></span> + </p><p> + Samba honours and implements Unix file system access controls. Users + who access a Samba server will do so as a particular MS Windows user. + This information is passed to the Samba server as part of the logon or + connection setup process. Samba uses this user identity to validate + whether or not the user should be given access to file system resources + (files and directories). This chapter provides an overview for those + to whom the Unix permissions and controls are a little strange or unknown. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba Share Definitions</em></span> + </p><p> + In configuring share settings and controls in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file + the network administrator can exercise over-rides to native file + system permissions and behaviours. This can be handy and convenient + to affect behaviour that is more like what MS Windows NT users expect + but it is seldom the <span class="emphasis"><em>best</em></span> way to achieve this. + The basic options and techniques are described herein. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba Share ACLs</em></span> + </p><p> + Just like it is possible in MS Windows NT to set ACLs on shares + themselves, so it is possible to do this in Samba. + Very few people make use of this facility, yet it remains on of the + easiest ways to affect access controls (restrictions) and can often + do so with minimum invasiveness compared with other methods. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>MS Windows ACLs through Unix POSIX ACLs</em></span> + </p><p> + The use of POSIX ACLs on Unix/Linux is possible ONLY if the underlying + operating system supports them. If not, then this option will not be + available to you. Current Unix technology platforms have native support + for POSIX ACLs. There are patches for the Linux kernel that provide + this also. Sadly, few Linux platforms ship today with native ACLs and + Extended Attributes enabled. This chapter has pertinent information + for users of platforms that support them. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2902812"></a>File System Access Controls</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Perhaps the most important recognition to be made is the simple fact that MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP +implement a totally divergent file system technology from what is provided in the Unix operating system +environment. Firstly we should consider what the most significant differences are, then we shall look +at how Samba helps to bridge the differences. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2902830"></a>MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba operates on top of the Unix file system. This means it is subject to Unix file system conventions + and permissions. It also means that if the MS Windows networking environment requires file system + behaviour that differs from unix file system behaviour then somehow Samba is responsible for emulating + that in a transparent and consistent manner. + </p><p> + It is good news that Samba does this to a very large extent and on top of that provides a high degree + of optional configuration to over-ride the default behaviour. We will look at some of these over-rides, + but for the greater part we will stay within the bounds of default behaviour. Those wishing to explore + to depths of control ability should review the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>File System Feature Comparison</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Name Space</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows NT4 / 200x/ XP files names may be up to 254 characters long, Unix file names + may be 1023 characters long. In MS Windows file extensions indicate particular file types, + in Unix this is not so rigorously observed as all names are considered arbitrary. + </p><p> + What MS Windows calls a Folder, Unix calls a directory, + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Case Sensitivity</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows file names are generally Upper Case if made up of 8.3 (ie: 8 character file name + and 3 character extension. If longer than 8.3 file names are Case Preserving, and Case + Insensitive. + </p><p> + Unix file and directory names are Case Sensitive and Case Preserving. Samba implements the + MS Windows file name behaviour, but it does so as a user application. The Unix file system + provides no mechanism to perform case insensitive file name lookups. MS Windows does this + by default. This means that Samba has to carry the processing overhead to provide features + that are NOT native to the Unix operating system environment. + </p><p> + Consider the following, all are unique Unix names but one single MS Windows file name: + <tt class="computeroutput"> + MYFILE.TXT + MyFile.txt + myfile.txt + </tt> + So clearly, In an MS Windows file name space these three files CAN NOT co-exist! But in Unix + they can. So what should Samba do if all three are present? Answer, the one that is lexically + first will be accessible to MS Windows users, the others are invisible and unaccessible - any + other solution would be suicidal. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Directory Separators</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows and DOS uses the back-slash '\' as a directory delimiter, Unix uses the forward-slash '/' + as it's directory delimiter. This is transparently handled by Samba. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Drive Identification</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows products support a notion of drive letters, like <b class="command">C:</b> to represent + disk partitions. Unix has NO concept if separate identifiers for file partitions since each + such file system is <tt class="filename">mounted</tt> to become part of the over-all directory tree. + The Unix directory tree begins at '/', just like the root of a DOS drive is specified like + <b class="command">C:\</b>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">File Naming Conventions</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows generally never experiences file names that begin with a '.', while in Unix these + are commonly found in a user's home directory. Files that begin with a '.' are typically + either start up files for various Unix applications, or they may be files that contain + start-up configuration data. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Links and Short-Cuts</span></dt><dd><p> + MS Windows make use of "links and Short-Cuts" that are actually special types of files that will + redirect an attempt to execute the file to the real location of the file. Unix knows of file and directory + links, but they are entirely different from what MS Windows users are used to. + </p><p> + Symbolic links are files in Unix that contain the actual location of the data (file OR directory). An + operation (like read or write) will operate directly on the file referenced. Symbolic links are also + referred to as 'soft links'. A hard link is something that MS Windows is NOT familiar with. It allows + one physical file to be known simultaneously by more than one file name. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + There are many other subtle differences that may cause the MS Windows administrator some temporary discomfort + in the process of becoming familiar with Unix/Linux. These are best left for a text that is dedicated to the + purpose of Unix/Linux training/education. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2903087"></a>Managing Directories</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are three basic operations for managing directories, <b class="command">create, delete, rename</b>. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2903107"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.1. Managing directories with unix and windows</b></p><table summary="Managing directories with unix and windows" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Action</th><th align="center">MS Windows Command</th><th align="center">Unix Command</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">create</td><td align="center">md folder</td><td align="center">mkdir folder</td></tr><tr><td align="center">delete</td><td align="center">rd folder</td><td align="center">rmdir folder</td></tr><tr><td align="center">rename</td><td align="center">rename oldname newname</td><td align="center">mv oldname newname</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2903183"></a>File and Directory Access Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The network administrator is strongly advised to read foundational training manuals and reference materials + regarding file and directory permissions maintenance. Much can be achieved with the basic Unix permissions + without having to resort to more complex facilities like POSIX Access Control Lists (ACLs) or Extended + Attributes (EAs). + </p><p> + Unix/Linux file and directory access permissions involves setting three (3) primary sets of data and one (1) control set. + A Unix file listing looks as follows:- + + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">jht@frodo:~/stuff> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ls -la</tt></b> + total 632 + drwxr-xr-x 13 jht users 816 2003-05-12 22:56 . + drwxr-xr-x 37 jht users 3800 2003-05-12 22:29 .. + d--------- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado00 + d--x--x--x 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado01 + dr-xr-xr-x 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado02 + drwxrwxrwx 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado03 + drw-rw-rw- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado04 + d-w--w--w- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado05 + dr--r--r-- 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado06 + drwxrwxrwt 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado07 + drwsrwsrwx 2 jht users 48 2003-05-12 22:29 muchado08 + ---------- 1 jht users 1242 2003-05-12 22:31 mydata00.lst + ---x--x--x 1 jht users 1674 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata01.lst + --w--w--w- 1 jht users 7754 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata02.lst + --wx-wx-wx 1 jht users 260179 2003-05-12 22:33 mydata03.lst + -r--r--r-- 1 jht users 21017 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata04.lst + -r-xr-xr-x 1 jht users 206339 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata05.lst + -rw-rw-rw- 1 jht users 41105 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata06.lst + -rwxrwxrwx 1 jht users 19312 2003-05-12 22:32 mydata07.lst + <tt class="prompt">jht@frodo:~/stuff></tt> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + The columns above represent (from left to right): permissions, no blocks used, owner, group, size (bytes), access date, access time, file name. + </p><p> + The permissions field is made up of: + + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + <i><span class="comment"> JRV: Put this into a diagram of some sort</span></i> + [ type ] [ users ] [ group ] [ others ] [File, Directory Permissions] + [ d | l ] [ r w x ] [ r w x ] [ r w x ] + | | | | | | | | | | | + | | | | | | | | | | |-----> Can Execute, List files + | | | | | | | | | |-------> Can Write, Create files + | | | | | | | | |---------> Can Read, Read files + | | | | | | | |---------------> Can Execute, List files + | | | | | | |-----------------> Can Write, Create files + | | | | | |-------------------> Can Read, Read files + | | | | |-------------------------> Can Execute, List files + | | | |---------------------------> Can Write, Create files + | | |-----------------------------> Can Read, Read files + | |-----------------------------------> Is a symbolic Link + |---------------------------------------> Is a directory + </pre><p> + </p><p> + Any bit flag may be unset. An unset bit flag is the equivalent of 'Can NOT' and is represented as a '-' character. + + </p><div class="example"><a name="id2903320"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 13.1. Example File</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + -rwxr-x--- Means: The owner (user) can read, write, execute + the group can read and execute + everyone else can NOT do anything with it + </pre></div><p> + + </p><p> + Additional possibilities in the [type] field are: c = character device, b = block device, p = pipe device, s = Unix Domain Socket. + </p><p> + The letters `rwxXst' set permissions for the user, group and others as: read (r), write (w), execute (or access for directories) (x), + execute only if the file is a directory or already has execute permission for some user (X), set user or group ID on execution (s), + sticky (t). + </p><p> + When the sticky bit is set on a directory, files in that directory may be unlinked (deleted) or renamed only by root or their owner. + Without the sticky bit, anyone able to write to the directory can delete or rename files. The sticky bit is commonly found on + directories, such as /tmp, that are world-writable. + </p><p> + When the set user or group ID bit (s) is set on a directory, then all files created within it will be owned by the user and/or + group whose 'set user or group' bit is set. This can be very helpful in setting up directories that for which it is desired that + all users who are in a group should be able to write to and read from a file, particularly when it is undesirable for that file + to be exclusively owned by a user who's primary group is not the group that all such users belong to. + </p><p> + When a directory is set <tt class="constant">drw-r-----</tt> this means that the owner can read and create (write) files in it, but because + the (x) execute flags are not set files can not be listed (seen) in the directory by anyone. The group can read files in the + directory but can NOT create new files. NOTE: If files in the directory are set to be readable and writable for the group, then + group members will be able to write to (or delete) them. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2903398"></a>Share Definition Access Controls</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file sections that define a share control or affect access controls. +Before using any of the following options please refer to the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904578"></a>User and Group Based Controls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + User and group based controls can prove very useful. In some situations it is distinctly desirable to affect all + file system operations as if a single user is doing this, the use of the <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> and + <i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i> behaviour will achieve this. In other situations it may be necessary to affect a + paranoia level of control to ensure that only particular authorised persons will be able to access a share or + it's contents, here the use of the <i class="parameter"><tt>valid users</tt></i> or the <i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i> may + be most useful. + </p><p> + As always, it is highly advisable to use the least difficult to maintain and the least ambiguous method for + controlling access. Remember, that when you leave the scene someone else will need to provide assistance and + if that person finds too great a mess, or if they do not understand what you have done then there is risk of + Samba being removed and an alternative solution being adopted. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2904638"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.2. User and Group Based Controls</b></p><table summary="User and Group Based Controls" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Control Parameter</th><th align="center">Description - Action - Notes</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>admin users</td><td><p> + List of users who will be granted administrative privileges on the share. + They will do all file operations as the super-user (root). + Any user in this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, + irrespective of file permissions. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force group</td><td><p> + Specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default primary group + for all users connecting to this service. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force user</td><td><p> + Specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. + This is useful for sharing files. Incorrect use can cause security problems. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>guest ok</td><td><p> + If this parameter is set for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. Privileges will be + those of the guest account. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>invalid users</td><td><p> + List of users that should not be allowed to login to this service. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>only user</td><td><p> + Controls whether connections with usernames not in the user list will be allowed. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>read list</td><td><p> + List of users that are given read-only access to a service. Users in this list + will not be given write access, no matter what the read only option is set to. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>username</td><td><p> + Refer to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for more information - this is a complex and potentially misused parameter. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>valid users</td><td><p> + List of users that should be allowed to login to this service. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>write list</td><td><p> + List of users that are given read-write access to a service. + </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904850"></a>File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following file and directory permission based controls, if misused, can result in considerable difficulty to + diagnose the cause of mis-configuration. Use them sparingly and carefully. By gradually introducing each one by one + undesirable side-effects may be detected. In the event of a problem, always comment all of them out and then gradually + re-introduce them in a controlled fashion. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2904871"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.3. File and Directory Permission Based Controls</b></p><table summary="File and Directory Permission Based Controls" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Control Parameter</th><th align="center">Description - Action - Notes</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>create mask</td><td><p> + Refer to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>directory mask</td><td><p> + The octal modes used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories. + See also: directory security mask. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dos filemode</td><td><p> + Enabling this parameter allows a user who has write access to the file to modify the permissions on it. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force create mode</td><td><p> + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a file created by Samba. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force directory mode</td><td><p> + This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will always be set on a directory created by Samba. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force directory security mode</td><td><p> + Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating UNIX permissions on a directory + </p></td></tr><tr><td>force security mode</td><td><p> + Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client manipulates UNIX permissions. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>hide unreadable</td><td><p> + Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be read. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>hide unwriteable files</td><td><p> + Prevents clients from seeing the existence of files that cannot be written to. Unwriteable directories are shown as usual. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>nt acl support</td><td><p> + This parameter controls whether smbd will attempt to map UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>security mask</td><td><p> + Controls UNIX permission bits modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permissions on a file. + </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905095"></a>Miscellaneous Controls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following are documented because of the prevalence of administrators creating inadvertant barriers to file + access by not understanding the full implications of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file settings. + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2905118"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 13.4. Other Controls</b></p><table summary="Other Controls" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Control Parameter</th><th align="center">Description - Action - Notes</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>case sensitive, default case, short preserve case</td><td><p> + This means that all file name lookup will be done in a case sensitive manner. + Files will be created with the precise filename Samba received from the MS Windows client. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>csc policy</td><td><p> + Client Side Caching Policy - parallels MS Windows client side file caching capabilities. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dont descend</td><td><p> + Allows to specify a comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dos filetime resolution</td><td><p> + This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>dos filetimes</td><td><p> + DOS and Windows allows users to change file time stamps if they can write to the file. POSIX semantics prevent this. + This options allows DOS and Windows behaviour. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>fake oplocks</td><td><p> + Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an + oplock then the client is free to assume that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file data. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>hide dot files, hide files, veto files</td><td><p> + Note: MS Windows Explorer allows over-ride of files marked as hidden so they will still be visible. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>read only</td><td><p> + If this parameter is yes, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's directory. + </p></td></tr><tr><td>veto files</td><td><p> + List of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. + </p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905311"></a>Access Controls on Shares</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This section deals with how to configure Samba per share access control restrictions. + By default, Samba sets no restrictions on the share itself. Restrictions on the share itself + can be set on MS Windows NT4/200x/XP shares. This can be a very effective way to limit who can + connect to a share. In the absence of specific restrictions the default setting is to allow + the global user <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt> Full Control (ie: Full control, Change and Read). + </p><p> + At this time Samba does NOT provide a tool for configuring access control setting on the Share + itself. Samba does have the capacity to store and act on access control settings, but the only + way to create those settings is to use either the NT4 Server Manager or the Windows 200x MMC for + Computer Management. + </p><p> + Samba stores the per share access control settings in a file called <tt class="filename">share_info.tdb</tt>. + The location of this file on your system will depend on how samba was compiled. The default location + for Samba's tdb files is under <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. If the <tt class="filename">tdbdump</tt> + utility has been compiled and installed on your system, then you can examine the contents of this file + by: <b class="userinput"><tt>tdbdump share_info.tdb</tt></b>. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905383"></a>Share Permissions Management</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The best tool for the task is platform dependant. Choose the best tool for your environment. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905397"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation/Server</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The tool you need to use to manage share permissions on a Samba server is the NT Server Manager. + Server Manager is shipped with Windows NT4 Server products but not with Windows NT4 Workstation. + You can obtain the NT Server Manager for MS Windows NT4 Workstation from Microsoft - see details below. + </p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 13.1. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + Launch the <span class="application">NT4 Server Manager</span>, click on the Samba server you want to administer, then from the menu + select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span>, then click on the <span class="guimenuitem">Shared Directories</span> entry. + </p></li><li><p> + Now click on the share that you wish to manage, then click on the <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> tab, next click on + the <span class="guilabel">Permissions</span> tab. Now you can add or change access control settings as you wish. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905479"></a>Windows 200x/XP</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + On <span class="application">MS Windows NT4/200x/XP</span> system access control lists on the share itself are set using native + tools, usually from filemanager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder, + then select <span class="guimenuitem">Sharing</span>, then click on <span class="guilabel">Permissions</span>. The default + Windows NT4/200x permission allows <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> Full Control on the Share. + </p><p> + MS Windows 200x and later all comes with a tool called the <span class="application">Computer Management</span> snap-in for the + Microsoft Management Console (MMC). This tool is located by clicking on <tt class="filename">Control Panel -> + Administrative Tools -> Computer Management</tt>. + </p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 13.2. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + After launching the MMC with the Computer Management snap-in, click on the menu item <span class="guimenuitem">Action</span>, + select <span class="guilabel">Connect to another computer</span>. If you are not logged onto a domain you will be prompted + to enter a domain login user identifier and a password. This will authenticate you to the domain. + If you where already logged in with administrative privilege this step is not offered. + </p></li><li><p> + If the Samba server is not shown in the <span class="guilabel">Select Computer</span> box, then type in the name of the target + Samba server in the field <span class="guilabel">Name:</span>. Now click on the <span class="guibutton">[+]</span> next to + <span class="guilabel">System Tools</span>, then on the <span class="guibutton">[+]</span> next to <span class="guilabel">Shared Folders</span> in the + left panel. + </p></li><li><p> + Now in the right panel, double-click on the share you wish to set access control permissions on. + Then click on the tab <span class="guilabel">Share Permissions</span>. It is now possible to add access control entities + to the shared folder. Do NOT forget to set what type of access (full control, change, read) you + wish to assign for each entry. + </p></li></ol></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Be careful. If you take away all permissions from the <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt> user without removing this user + then effectively no user will be able to access the share. This is a result of what is known as + ACL precedence. ie: Everyone with <span class="emphasis"><em>no access</em></span> means that MaryK who is part of the group + <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt> will have no access even if this user is given explicit full control access. + </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905682"></a>MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905690"></a>Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Windows NT clients can use their native security settings + dialog box to view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.</p><p>Note that this ability is careful not to compromise + the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and + still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba + administrator can set.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + All access to Unix/Linux system file via Samba is controlled at + the operating system file access control level. When trying to + figure out file access problems it is vitally important to identify + the identity of the Windows user as it is presented by Samba at + the point of file access. This can best be determined from the + Samba log files. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905728"></a>Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right + mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted + drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click + on the <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> entry at the bottom of + the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog + box. Click on the tab <span class="guilabel">Security</span> and you + will see three buttons, <span class="guibutton">Permissions</span>, + <span class="guibutton">Auditing</span>, and <span class="guibutton">Ownership</span>. + The <span class="guibutton">Auditing</span> button will cause either + an error message <span class="errorname">A requested privilege is not held + by the client</span> to appear if the user is not the + NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an + Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the + user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is + non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only + useful button, the <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button will not currently + allow a list of users to be seen.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905807"></a>Viewing file ownership</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Clicking on the <span class="guibutton">Ownership</span> button + brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The + owner name will be of the form :</p><p><b class="command">"SERVER\user (Long name)"</b></p><p>Where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of + the Samba server, <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of + the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i class="replaceable"><tt>(Long name)</tt></i> + is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the + GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the + <span class="guibutton">Close </span> button to remove this dialog.</p><p>If the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> + is set to <tt class="constant">false</tt> then the file owner will + be shown as the NT user <tt class="constant">"Everyone"</tt>.</p><p>The <span class="guibutton">Take Ownership</span> button will not allow + you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on + it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are + currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason + for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged + operation in UNIX, available only to the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> + user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change + the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT + client this will not work with Samba at this time.</p><p>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba + and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected + to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of + files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS + or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <span class="application">Seclib + </span> NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of + the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905929"></a>Viewing File or Directory Permissions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The third button is the <span class="guibutton">Permissions</span> + button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both + the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. + The owner is displayed in the form :</p><p><b class="command">"<i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i>\ + <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> + <i class="replaceable"><tt>(Long name)</tt></i>"</b></p><p>Where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of + the Samba server, <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of + the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i class="replaceable"><tt>(Long name)</tt></i> + is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the + GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</p><p>If the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> + is set to <tt class="constant">false</tt> then the file owner will + be shown as the NT user <tt class="constant">"Everyone"</tt> and the + permissions will be shown as NT "Full Control".</p><p>The permissions field is displayed differently for files + and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions + are displayed first.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2906021"></a>File Permissions</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>The standard UNIX user/group/world triplet and + the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions + triplets are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL + with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding + NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into + the global NT group <tt class="constant">Everyone</tt>, followed + by the list of permissions allowed for UNIX world. The UNIX + owner and group permissions are displayed as an NT + <span class="guiicon">user</span> icon and an NT <span class="guiicon">local + group</span> icon respectively followed by the list + of permissions allowed for the UNIX user and group.</p><p>As many UNIX permission sets don't map into common + NT names such as <tt class="constant">read</tt>, <tt class="constant"> + "change"</tt> or <tt class="constant">full control</tt> then + usually the permissions will be prefixed by the words <tt class="constant"> + "Special Access"</tt> in the NT display list.</p><p>But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed + for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order + to allow "no permissions" to be seen and modified then Samba + overloads the NT <b class="command">"Take Ownership"</b> ACL attribute + (which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with + no permissions as having the NT <b class="command">"O"</b> bit set. + This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning + zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will + be given below.</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2906112"></a>Directory Permissions</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two + different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions + is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed + in the first set of parentheses in the normal <tt class="constant">"RW"</tt> + NT style. This first set of permissions is created by Samba in + exactly the same way as normal file permissions are, described + above, and is displayed in the same way.</p><p>The second set of directory permissions has no real meaning + in the UNIX permissions world and represents the <tt class="constant"> + inherited</tt> permissions that any file created within + this directory would inherit.</p><p>Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by + returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file + created by Samba on this share would receive.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906157"></a>Modifying file or directory permissions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple + as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and + clicking the <span class="guibutton">OK</span> button. However, there are + limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions + with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS + attributes that need to also be taken into account.</p><p>If the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> + is set to <tt class="constant">false</tt> then any attempt to set + security permissions will fail with an <span class="errorname">"Access Denied" + </span> message.</p><p>The first thing to note is that the <span class="guibutton">"Add"</span> + button will not return a list of users in Samba (it will give + an error message of <span class="errorname">The remote procedure call failed + and did not execute</span>). This means that you can only + manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in + the dialog box. This actually works quite well as these are the + only permissions that UNIX actually has.</p><p>If a permission triplet (either user, group, or world) + is removed from the list of permissions in the NT dialog box, + then when the <span class="guibutton">OK</span> button is pressed it will + be applied as "no permissions" on the UNIX side. If you then + view the permissions again the "no permissions" entry will appear + as the NT <b class="command">"O"</b> flag, as described above. This + allows you to add permissions back to a file or directory once + you have removed them from a triplet component.</p><p>As UNIX supports only the "r", "w" and "x" bits of + an NT ACL then if other NT security attributes such as "Delete + access" are selected then they will be ignored when applied on + the Samba server.</p><p>When setting permissions on a directory the second + set of permissions (in the second set of parentheses) is + by default applied to all files within that directory. If this + is not what you want you must uncheck the <span class="guilabel">Replace + permissions on existing files</span> checkbox in the NT + dialog before clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p><p>If you wish to remove all permissions from a + user/group/world component then you may either highlight the + component and click the <span class="guibutton">Remove</span> button, + or set the component to only have the special <tt class="constant">Take + Ownership</tt> permission (displayed as <b class="command">"O" + </b>) highlighted.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906309"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>There are four parameters + to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters. + These are : + + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></td></tr></table><p> + + </p><p>Once a user clicks <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to apply the + permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world + r/w/x triplet set, and then will check the changed permissions for a + file against the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits that + were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone + in the file permissions.</p><p>Essentially, zero bits in the <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i> + mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> + allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change. + </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as + the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mask + </tt></i></a> parameter. To allow a user to modify all the + user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter + to 0777.</p><p>Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against + the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits + that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter + are forced to be set.</p><p>Essentially, bits set in the <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode + </tt></i> parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when + modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value + as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>force + create mode</tt></i></a> parameter. + To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file + with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>force + security mode</tt></i> parameters are applied to the change + request in that order.</p><p>For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as + described above for a file except using the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt> + directory security mask</tt></i> instead of <i class="parameter"><tt>security + mask</tt></i>, and <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode + </tt></i> parameter instead of <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode + </tt></i>.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i> parameter + by default is set to the same value as the <i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask + </tt></i> parameter and the <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security + mode</tt></i> parameter by default is set to the same value as + the <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i> parameter. </p><p>In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that + an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users + to modify the permission bits within that restriction.</p><p>If you want to set up a share that allows users full control + in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and + doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following + parameters in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in that share specific section : + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask = 0777</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode = 0</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask = 0777</tt></i></td></tr><tr><td><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode = 0</tt></i></td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906639"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read + only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can + be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security + dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping. + </p><p>One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access + for the owner it will show up as "read only" in the standard + file attributes tabbed dialog. Unfortunately this dialog is + the same one that contains the security info in another tab.</p><p>What this can mean is that if the owner changes the permissions + to allow themselves read access using the security dialog, clicks + <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to get back to the standard attributes tab + dialog, and then clicks <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on that dialog, then + NT will set the file permissions back to read-only (as that is what + the attributes still say in the dialog). This means that after setting + permissions and clicking <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to get back to the + attributes dialog you should always hit <span class="guibutton">Cancel</span> + rather than <span class="guibutton">OK</span> to ensure that your changes + are not overridden.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2906714"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +File, Directory and Share access problems are very common on the mailing list. The following +are examples taken from the mailing list in recent times. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2906729"></a>Users can not write to a public share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + “<span class="quote"> + We are facing some troubles with file / directory permissions. I can log on the domain as admin user(root), + and there's a public share, on which everyone needs to have permission to create / modify files, but only + root can change the file, no one else can. We need to constantly go to server to + <b class="userinput"><tt>chgrp -R users *</tt></b> and <b class="userinput"><tt>chown -R nobody *</tt></b> to allow others users to change the file. + </span>” + </p><p> + There are many ways to solve this problem, here are a few hints: + </p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 13.3. Example Solution:</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + Go to the top of the directory that is shared + </p></li><li><p> + Set the ownership to what ever public owner and group you want + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chown user.group {}\; + find 'directory_name' -type d -exec chmod 6775 'directory_name' + find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chmod 0775 {} \; + find 'directory_name' -type f -exec chown user.group {}\; + </pre><p> + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The above will set the 'sticky bit' on all directories. Read your + Unix/Linux man page on what that does. It causes the OS to assign + to all files created in the directories the ownership of the + directory. + </p></div></li><li><p> + + Directory is: <i class="replaceable"><tt>/foodbar</tt></i> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown jack.engr /foodbar</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + </p><p>This is the same as doing:</p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown jack /foodbar</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chgrp engr /foodbar</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p></div></li><li><p>Now do: + + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod 6775 /foodbar</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ls -al /foodbar/..</tt></b> + </pre><p> + + </p><p>You should see: + </p><pre class="screen"> + drwsrwsr-x 2 jack engr 48 2003-02-04 09:55 foodbar + </pre><p> + </p></li><li><p>Now do: + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>su - jill</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cd /foodbar</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>touch Afile</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ls -al</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + You should see that the file <tt class="filename">Afile</tt> created by Jill will have ownership + and permissions of Jack, as follows: + </p><pre class="screen"> + -rw-r--r-- 1 jack engr 0 2003-02-04 09:57 Afile + </pre><p> + </p></li><li><p> + Now in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for the share add: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + force create mode = 0775 + force directory mode = 6775 + </pre><p> + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The above are only needed <span class="emphasis"><em>if</em></span> your users are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> members of the group + you have used. ie: Within the OS do not have write permission on the directory. + </p></div><p> + An alternative is to set in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry for the share: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + force user = jack + force group = engr + </pre><p> + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2907109"></a>I have set force user and Samba still makes <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> the owner of all the files + I touch!</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When you have a user in 'admin users', Samba will always do file operations for + this user as <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span>, even if <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> has been set. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="locking"></a>Chapter 14. File and Record Locking</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Eric</span> <span class="surname">Roseme</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">HP Oplocks Usage Recommendations Whitepaper<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:eric.roseme@hp.com">eric.roseme@hp.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2910721">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2910776">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2910908">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911554">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2911664">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2911924">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2912154">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912180">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2912260">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2912291">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2912365">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2912394">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></div><p> +One area which causes trouble for many network administrators is locking. +The extent of the problem is readily evident from searches over the internet. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910721"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba provides all the same locking semantics that MS Windows clients expect +and that MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers provide also. +</p><p> +The term <span class="emphasis"><em>locking</em></span> has exceptionally broad meaning and covers +a range of functions that are all categorized under this one term. +</p><p> +Opportunistic locking is a desirable feature when it can enhance the +perceived performance of applications on a networked client. However, the +opportunistic locking protocol is not robust, and therefore can +encounter problems when invoked beyond a simplistic configuration, or +on extended, slow, or faulty networks. In these cases, operating +system management of opportunistic locking and/or recovering from +repetitive errors can offset the perceived performance advantage that +it is intended to provide. +</p><p> +The MS Windows network administrator needs to be aware that file and record +locking semantics (behaviour) can be controlled either in Samba or by way of registry +settings on the MS Windows client. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Sometimes it is necessary to disable locking control settings BOTH on the Samba +server as well as on each MS Windows client! +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910776"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two types of locking which need to be performed by a SMB server. +The first is <span class="emphasis"><em>record locking</em></span> which allows a client to lock +a range of bytes in a open file. The second is the <span class="emphasis"><em>deny modes</em></span> +that are specified when a file is open. +</p><p> +Record locking semantics under Unix is very different from record locking under +Windows. Versions of Samba before 2.2 have tried to use the native fcntl() unix +system call to implement proper record locking between different Samba clients. +This can not be fully correct due to several reasons. The simplest is the fact +that a Windows client is allowed to lock a byte range up to 2^32 or 2^64, +depending on the client OS. The unix locking only supports byte ranges up to 2^31. +So it is not possible to correctly satisfy a lock request above 2^31. There are +many more differences, too many to be listed here. +</p><p> +Samba 2.2 and above implements record locking completely independent of the +underlying unix system. If a byte range lock that the client requests happens +to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the Unix system. +All other locks can not be seen by unix anyway. +</p><p> +Strictly a SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on +a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may overstress +the <b class="command">rpc.lockd</b>. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to +independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is +important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked +to by a client, but if you set <i class="parameter"><tt>strict locking = yes</tt></i> then it +will make lock checking calls on every read and write. +</p><p> +You can also disable by range locking completely using <i class="parameter"><tt>locking = no</tt></i>. +This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it +(such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to +tell clients that everything is OK. +</p><p> +The second class of locking is the <i class="parameter"><tt>deny modes</tt></i>. These +are set by an application when it opens a file to determine what types of +access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for +<tt class="constant">DENY_NONE</tt>, <tt class="constant">DENY_READ</tt>, +<tt class="constant">DENY_WRITE</tt> or <tt class="constant">DENY_ALL</tt>. There are also special compatibility +modes called <tt class="constant">DENY_FCB</tt> and <tt class="constant">DENY_DOS</tt>. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910908"></a>Opportunistic Locking Overview</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Opportunistic locking (Oplocks) is invoked by the Windows file system +(as opposed to an API) via registry entries (on the server AND client) +for the purpose of enhancing network performance when accessing a file +residing on a server. Performance is enhanced by caching the file +locally on the client which allows: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Read-ahead:</span></dt><dd><p> + The client reads the local copy of the file, eliminating network latency + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Write caching:</span></dt><dd><p> + The client writes to the local copy of the file, eliminating network latency + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Lock caching:</span></dt><dd><p> + The client caches application locks locally, eliminating network latency + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +The performance enhancement of oplocks is due to the opportunity of +exclusive access to the file - even if it is opened with deny-none - +because Windows monitors the file's status for concurrent access from +other processes. +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>Windows defines 4 kinds of Oplocks:</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Level1 Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + The redirector sees that the file was opened with deny + none (allowing concurrent access), verifies that no + other process is accessing the file, checks that + oplocks are enabled, then grants deny-all/read-write/exclusive + access to the file. The client now performs + operations on the cached local file. + </p><p> + If a second process attempts to open the file, the open + is deferred while the redirector "breaks" the original + oplock. The oplock break signals the caching client to + write the local file back to the server, flush the + local locks, and discard read-ahead data. The break is + then complete, the deferred open is granted, and the + multiple processes can enjoy concurrent file access as + dictated by mandatory or byte-range locking options. + However, if the original opening process opened the + file with a share mode other than deny-none, then the + second process is granted limited or no access, despite + the oplock break. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Level2 Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + Performs like a level1 oplock, except caching is only + operative for reads. All other operations are performed + on the server disk copy of the file. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Filter Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + Does not allow write or delete file access + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Batch Oplock:</span></dt><dd><p> + Manipulates file openings and closings - allows caching + of file attributes + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +An important detail is that oplocks are invoked by the file system, not +an application API. Therefore, an application can close an oplocked +file, but the file system does not relinquish the oplock. When the +oplock break is issued, the file system then simply closes the file in +preparation for the subsequent open by the second process. +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Opportunistic Locking</em></span> is actually an improper name for this feature. +The true benefit of this feature is client-side data caching, and +oplocks is merely a notification mechanism for writing data back to the +networked storage disk. The limitation of opportunistic locking is the +reliability of the mechanism to process an oplock break (notification) +between the server and the caching client. If this exchange is faulty +(usually due to timing out for any number of reasons) then the +client-side caching benefit is negated. +</p><p> +The actual decision that a user or administrator should consider is +whether it is sensible to share amongst multiple users data that will +be cached locally on a client. In many cases the answer is no. +Deciding when to cache or not cache data is the real question, and thus +"opportunistic locking" should be treated as a toggle for client-side +caching. Turn it "ON" when client-side caching is desirable and +reliable. Turn it "OFF" when client-side caching is redundant, +unreliable, or counter-productive. +</p><p> +Opportunistic locking is by default set to "on" by Samba on all +configured shares, so careful attention should be given to each case to +determine if the potential benefit is worth the potential for delays. +The following recommendations will help to characterize the environment +where opportunistic locking may be effectively configured. +</p><p> +Windows Opportunistic Locking is a lightweight performance-enhancing +feature. It is not a robust and reliable protocol. Every +implementation of Opportunistic Locking should be evaluated as a +tradeoff between perceived performance and reliability. Reliability +decreases as each successive rule above is not enforced. Consider a +share with oplocks enabled, over a wide area network, to a client on a +South Pacific atoll, on a high-availability server, serving a +mission-critical multi-user corporate database, during a tropical +storm. This configuration will likely encounter problems with oplocks. +</p><p> +Oplocks can be beneficial to perceived client performance when treated +as a configuration toggle for client-side data caching. If the data +caching is likely to be interrupted, then oplock usage should be +reviewed. Samba enables opportunistic locking by default on all +shares. Careful attention should be given to the client usage of +shared data on the server, the server network reliability, and the +opportunistic locking configuration of each share. +n mission critical high availability environments, data integrity is +often a priority. Complex and expensive configurations are implemented +to ensure that if a client loses connectivity with a file server, a +failover replacement will be available immediately to provide +continuous data availability. +</p><p> +Windows client failover behavior is more at risk of application +interruption than other platforms because it is dependant upon an +established TCP transport connection. If the connection is interrupted +- as in a file server failover - a new session must be established. +It is rare for Windows client applications to be coded to recover +correctly from a transport connection loss, therefore most applications +will experience some sort of interruption - at worst, abort and +require restarting. +</p><p> +If a client session has been caching writes and reads locally due to +opportunistic locking, it is likely that the data will be lost when the +application restarts, or recovers from the TCP interrupt. When the TCP +connection drops, the client state is lost. When the file server +recovers, an oplock break is not sent to the client. In this case, the +work from the prior session is lost. Observing this scenario with +oplocks disabled, and the client was writing data to the file server +real-time, then the failover will provide the data on disk as it +existed at the time of the disconnect. +</p><p> +In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention +should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive +testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks +enabled and disabled. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911199"></a>Exclusively Accessed Shares</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Opportunistic locking is most effective when it is confined to shares +that are exclusively accessed by a single user, or by only one user at +a time. Because the true value of opportunistic locking is the local +client caching of data, any operation that interrupts the caching +mechanism will cause a delay. +</p><p> +Home directories are the most obvious examples of where the performance +benefit of opportunistic locking can be safely realized. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911224"></a>Multiple-Accessed Shares or Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As each additional user accesses a file in a share with opportunistic +locking enabled, the potential for delays and resulting perceived poor +performance increases. When multiple users are accessing a file on a +share that has oplocks enabled, the management impact of sending and +receiving oplock breaks, and the resulting latency while other clients +wait for the caching client to flush data, offset the performance gains +of the caching user. +</p><p> +As each additional client attempts to access a file with oplocks set, +the potential performance improvement is negated and eventually results +in a performance bottleneck. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911253"></a>Unix or NFS Client Accessed Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Local Unix and NFS clients access files without a mandatory +file locking mechanism. Thus, these client platforms are incapable of +initiating an oplock break request from the server to a Windows client +that has a file cached. Local Unix or NFS file access can therefore +write to a file that has been cached by a Windows client, which +exposes the file to likely data corruption. +</p><p> +If files are shared between Windows clients, and either local Unix +or NFS users, then turn opportunistic locking off. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911279"></a>Slow and/or Unreliable Networks</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The biggest potential performance improvement for opportunistic locking +occurs when the client-side caching of reads and writes delivers the +most differential over sending those reads and writes over the wire. +This is most likely to occur when the network is extremely slow, +congested, or distributed (as in a WAN). However, network latency also +has a very high impact on the reliability of the oplock break +mechanism, and thus increases the likelihood of encountering oplock +problems that more than offset the potential perceived performance +gain. Of course, if an oplock break never has to be sent, then this is +the most advantageous scenario to utilize opportunistic locking. +</p><p> +If the network is slow, unreliable, or a WAN, then do not configure +opportunistic locking if there is any chance of multiple users +regularly opening the same file. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911312"></a>Multi-User Databases</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Multi-user databases clearly pose a risk due to their very nature - +they are typically heavily accessed by numerous users at random +intervals. Placing a multi-user database on a share with opportunistic +locking enabled will likely result in a locking management bottleneck +on the Samba server. Whether the database application is developed +in-house or a commercially available product, ensure that the share +has opportunistic locking disabled. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911334"></a>PDM Data Shares</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Process Data Management (PDM) applications such as IMAN, Enovia, and +Clearcase, are increasing in usage with Windows client platforms, and +therefore SMB data stores. PDM applications manage multi-user +environments for critical data security and access. The typical PDM +environment is usually associated with sophisticated client design +applications that will load data locally as demanded. In addition, the +PDM application will usually monitor the data-state of each client. +In this case, client-side data caching is best left to the local +application and PDM server to negotiate and maintain. It is +appropriate to eliminate the client OS from any caching tasks, and the +server from any oplock management, by disabling opportunistic locking on +the share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911375"></a>Beware of Force User</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba includes an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter called <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> that changes +the user accessing a share from the incoming user to whatever user is +defined by the smb.conf variable. If opportunistic locking is enabled +on a share, the change in user access causes an oplock break to be sent +to the client, even if the user has not explicitly loaded a file. In +cases where the network is slow or unreliable, an oplock break can +become lost without the user even accessing a file. This can cause +apparent performance degradation as the client continually reconnects +to overcome the lost oplock break. +</p><p> +Avoid the combination of the following: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> share configuration. + </p></li><li><p> + Slow or unreliable networks + </p></li><li><p> + Opportunistic Locking Enabled + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911453"></a>Advanced Samba Opportunistic Locking Parameters</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba provides opportunistic locking parameters that allow the +administrator to adjust various properties of the oplock mechanism to +account for timing and usage levels. These parameters provide good +versatility for implementing oplocks in environments where they would +likely cause problems. The parameters are: +<i class="parameter"><tt>oplock break wait time</tt></i>, +<i class="parameter"><tt>oplock contention limit</tt></i>. +</p><p> +For most users, administrators, and environments, if these parameters +are required, then the better option is to simply turn oplocks off. +The samba SWAT help text for both parameters reads "DO NOT CHANGE THIS +PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." +This is good advice. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911496"></a>Mission Critical High Availability</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In mission critical high availability environments, data integrity is +often a priority. Complex and expensive configurations are implemented +to ensure that if a client loses connectivity with a file server, a +failover replacement will be available immediately to provide +continuous data availability. +</p><p> +Windows client failover behavior is more at risk of application +interruption than other platforms because it is dependant upon an +established TCP transport connection. If the connection is interrupted +- as in a file server failover - a new session must be established. +It is rare for Windows client applications to be coded to recover +correctly from a transport connection loss, therefore most applications +will experience some sort of interruption - at worst, abort and +require restarting. +</p><p> +If a client session has been caching writes and reads locally due to +opportunistic locking, it is likely that the data will be lost when the +application restarts, or recovers from the TCP interrupt. When the TCP +connection drops, the client state is lost. When the file server +recovers, an oplock break is not sent to the client. In this case, the +work from the prior session is lost. Observing this scenario with +oplocks disabled, and the client was writing data to the file server +real-time, then the failover will provide the data on disk as it +existed at the time of the disconnect. +</p><p> +In mission critical high availability environments, careful attention +should be given to opportunistic locking. Ideally, comprehensive +testing should be done with all affected applications with oplocks +enabled and disabled. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911554"></a>Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Opportunistic Locking is a unique Windows file locking feature. It is +not really file locking, but is included in most discussions of Windows +file locking, so is considered a defacto locking feature. +Opportunistic Locking is actually part of the Windows client file +caching mechanism. It is not a particularly robust or reliable feature +when implemented on the variety of customized networks that exist in +enterprise computing. +</p><p> +Like Windows, Samba implements Opportunistic Locking as a server-side +component of the client caching mechanism. Because of the lightweight +nature of the Windows feature design, effective configuration of +Opportunistic Locking requires a good understanding of its limitations, +and then applying that understanding when configuring data access for +each particular customized network and client usage state. +</p><p> +Opportunistic locking essentially means that the client is allowed to download and cache +a file on their hard drive while making changes; if a second client wants to access the +file, the first client receives a break and must synchronise the file back to the server. +This can give significant performance gains in some cases; some programs insist on +synchronising the contents of the entire file back to the server for a single change. +</p><p> +Level1 Oplocks (aka just plain "oplocks") is another term for opportunistic locking. +</p><p> +Level2 Oplocks provides opportunistic locking for a file that will be treated as +<span class="emphasis"><em>read only</em></span>. Typically this is used on files that are read-only or +on files that the client has no initial intention to write to at time of opening the file. +</p><p> +Kernel Oplocks are essentially a method that allows the Linux kernel to co-exist with +Samba's oplocked files, although this has provided better integration of MS Windows network +file locking with the under lying OS, SGI IRIX and Linux are the only two OS's that are +oplock aware at this time. +</p><p> +Unless your system supports kernel oplocks, you should disable oplocks if you are +accessing the same files from both Unix/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should +always be disabled if you are sharing a database file (e.g., Microsoft Access) between +multiple clients, as any break the first client receives will affect synchronisation of +the entire file (not just the single record), which will result in a noticeable performance +impairment and, more likely, problems accessing the database in the first place. Notably, +Microsoft Outlook's personal folders (*.pst) react very badly to oplocks. If in doubt, +disable oplocks and tune your system from that point. +</p><p> +If client-side caching is desirable and reliable on your network, you will benefit from +turning on oplocks. If your network is slow and/or unreliable, or you are sharing your +files among other file sharing mechanisms (e.g., NFS) or across a WAN, or multiple people +will be accessing the same files frequently, you probably will not benefit from the overhead +of your client sending oplock breaks and will instead want to disable oplocks for the share. +</p><p> +Another factor to consider is the perceived performance of file access. If oplocks provide no +measurable speed benefit on your network, it might not be worth the hassle of dealing with them. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911664"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the following we examine two distinct aspects of Samba locking controls. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911677"></a>Disabling Oplocks</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following: +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> -dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org -logonTime: 0 -displayName: Gerald Carter -lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE -primaryGroupID: 1201 -objectClass: posixAccount -objectClass: sambaAccount -acctFlags: [UX ] -userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo -uid: gcarter -uidNumber: 9000 -cn: Gerald Carter -loginShell: /bin/bash -logoffTime: 2147483647 -gidNumber: 100 -kickoffTime: 2147483647 -pwdLastSet: 1010179230 -rid: 19000 -homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter -pwdCanChange: 0 -pwdMustChange: 2147483647 -ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 -</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2867793"></a>MySQL</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867800"></a>Creating the database</h3></div></div><p> -You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below -for the column names) or use the default table. The file <tt>examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt> -contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command : - -<b>mysql -u<i><tt>username</tt></i> -h<i><tt>hostname</tt></i> -p<i><tt>password</tt></i> <i><tt>databasename</tt></i> > <tt>/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt></b> - -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867854"></a>Configuring</h3></div></div><p>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</p><p>Add a the following to the <b>passdb backend</b> variable in your <tt>smb.conf</tt>: +[acctdata] + oplocks = False + level2 oplocks = False +</pre><p> +</p><p> +The default oplock type is Level1. Level2 Oplocks are enabled on a per-share basis +in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> +Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share: +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> -passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins] + veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/ </pre><p> -</p><p>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with -the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you -specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in 'passdb backend', you also need to -use different identifiers! </p><p> -Additional options can be given thru the smb.conf file in the [global] section. +If you are experiencing problems with oplocks as apparent from Samba's log entries, +you may want to play it safe and disable oplocks and level2 oplocks. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911740"></a>Disabling Kernel OpLocks</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Kernel OpLocks is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that notifies Samba (if +the UNIX kernel has the capability to send a Windows client an oplock +break) when a UNIX process is attempting to open the file that is +cached. This parameter addresses sharing files between UNIX and +Windows with Oplocks enabled on the Samba server: the UNIX process +can open the file that is Oplocked (cached) by the Windows client and +the smbd process will not send an oplock break, which exposes the file +to the risk of data corruption. If the UNIX kernel has the ability to +send an oplock break, then the kernel oplocks parameter enables Samba +to send the oplock break. Kernel oplocks are enabled on a per-server +basis in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> -identifier:mysql host - host name, defaults to 'localhost' -identifier:mysql password -identifier:mysql user - defaults to 'samba' -identifier:mysql database - defaults to 'samba' -identifier:mysql port - defaults to 3306 -identifier:table - Name of the table containing users -</pre><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> -Since the password for the mysql user is stored in the -smb.conf file, you should make the the smb.conf file -readable only to the user that runs samba. This is considered a security -bug and will be fixed soon. -</p></div><p>Names of the columns in this table(I've added column types those columns should have first):</p><pre class="programlisting"> -identifier:logon time column - int(9) -identifier:logoff time column - int(9) -identifier:kickoff time column - int(9) -identifier:pass last set time column - int(9) -identifier:pass can change time column - int(9) -identifier:pass must change time column - int(9) -identifier:username column - varchar(255) - unix username -identifier:domain column - varchar(255) - NT domain user is part of -identifier:nt username column - varchar(255) - NT username -identifier:fullname column - varchar(255) - Full name of user -identifier:home dir column - varchar(255) - Unix homedir path -identifier:dir drive column - varchar(2) - Directory drive path (eg: 'H:') -identifier:logon script column - varchar(255) - - Batch file to run on client side when logging on -identifier:profile path column - varchar(255) - Path of profile -identifier:acct desc column - varchar(255) - Some ASCII NT user data -identifier:workstations column - varchar(255) - - Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all) -identifier:unknown string column - varchar(255) - unknown string -identifier:munged dial column - varchar(255) - ? -identifier:user sid column - varchar(255) - NT user SID -identifier:group sid column - varchar(255) - NT group ID -identifier:lanman pass column - varchar(255) - encrypted lanman password -identifier:nt pass column - varchar(255) - encrypted nt passwd -identifier:plain pass column - varchar(255) - plaintext password -identifier:acct control column - int(9) - nt user data -identifier:unknown 3 column - int(9) - unknown -identifier:logon divs column - int(9) - ? -identifier:hours len column - int(9) - ? -identifier:unknown 5 column - int(9) - unknown -identifier:unknown 6 column - int(9) - unknown -</pre><p> -Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which -should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also -specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be -updated. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2867999"></a>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</h3></div></div><p> -I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them: -</p><p> -If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set -'identifier:lanman pass column' and 'identifier:nt pass column' to -'NULL' (without the quotes) and 'identifier:plain pass column' to the -name of the column containing the plaintext passwords. -</p><p> -If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass -column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868029"></a>Getting non-column data from the table</h3></div></div><p> -It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'. -</p><p> -For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : -<b>CONCAT(First_name,' ',Sur_name)</b> -</p><p> -Or, set 'identifier:workstations column' to : -<b>NULL</b></p><p>See the MySQL documentation for more language constructs.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868072"></a>XML</h2></div></div><p>This module requires libxml2 to be installed.</p><p>The usage of pdb_xml is pretty straightforward. To export data, use: -</p><p> - <b><tt>pdbedit -e xml:filename</tt></b> -</p><p> -(where filename is the name of the file to put the data in) -</p><p> -To import data, use: -<b><tt>pdbedit -i xml:filename -e current-pdb</tt></b> -</p><p> -Where filename is the name to read the data from and current-pdb to put it in. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unix-permissions"></a>Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Apr 1999</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2865054">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT - security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2864937">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868280">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868401">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2868484">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868587">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2868637">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2868797">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869113">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2865054"></a>Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT - security dialogs</h2></div></div><p>Windows NT clients can use their native security settings - dialog box to view and modify the underlying UNIX permissions.</p><p>Note that this ability is careful not to compromise - the security of the UNIX host Samba is running on, and - still obeys all the file permission rules that a Samba - administrator can set.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - All access to Unix/Linux system file via Samba is controlled at - the operating system file access control level. When trying to - figure out file access problems it is vitally important to identify - the identity of the Windows user as it is presented by Samba at - the point of file access. This can best be determined from the - Samba log files. - </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2864937"></a>How to view file security on a Samba share</h2></div></div><p>From an NT4/2000/XP client, single-click with the right - mouse button on any file or directory in a Samba mounted - drive letter or UNC path. When the menu pops-up, click - on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Properties</em></span> entry at the bottom of - the menu. This brings up the file properties dialog - box. Click on the tab <span class="emphasis"><em>Security</em></span> and you - will see three buttons, <span class="emphasis"><em>Permissions</em></span>, - <span class="emphasis"><em>Auditing</em></span>, and <span class="emphasis"><em>Ownership</em></span>. - The <span class="emphasis"><em>Auditing</em></span> button will cause either - an error message A requested privilege is not held - by the client to appear if the user is not the - NT Administrator, or a dialog which is intended to allow an - Administrator to add auditing requirements to a file if the - user is logged on as the NT Administrator. This dialog is - non-functional with a Samba share at this time, as the only - useful button, the <b>Add</b> button will not currently - allow a list of users to be seen.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868280"></a>Viewing file ownership</h2></div></div><p>Clicking on the <b>"Ownership"</b> button - brings up a dialog box telling you who owns the given file. The - owner name will be of the form :</p><p><b>"SERVER\user (Long name)"</b></p><p>Where <i><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of - the Samba server, <i><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of - the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i><tt>(Long name)</tt></i> - is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the - GECOS field of the UNIX password database). Click on the <b>Close - </b> button to remove this dialog.</p><p>If the parameter <i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> - is set to <tt>false</tt> then the file owner will - be shown as the NT user <b>"Everyone"</b>.</p><p>The <b>Take Ownership</b> button will not allow - you to change the ownership of this file to yourself (clicking on - it will display a dialog box complaining that the user you are - currently logged onto the NT client cannot be found). The reason - for this is that changing the ownership of a file is a privileged - operation in UNIX, available only to the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> - user. As clicking on this button causes NT to attempt to change - the ownership of a file to the current user logged into the NT - client this will not work with Samba at this time.</p><p>There is an NT chown command that will work with Samba - and allow a user with Administrator privilege connected - to a Samba server as root to change the ownership of - files on both a local NTFS filesystem or remote mounted NTFS - or Samba drive. This is available as part of the <span class="emphasis"><em>Seclib - </em></span> NT security library written by Jeremy Allison of - the Samba Team, available from the main Samba ftp site.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868401"></a>Viewing file or directory permissions</h2></div></div><p>The third button is the <b>"Permissions"</b> - button. Clicking on this brings up a dialog box that shows both - the permissions and the UNIX owner of the file or directory. - The owner is displayed in the form :</p><p><b>"SERVER\user (Long name)"</b></p><p>Where <i><tt>SERVER</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of - the Samba server, <i><tt>user</tt></i> is the user name of - the UNIX user who owns the file, and <i><tt>(Long name)</tt></i> - is the descriptive string identifying the user (normally found in the - GECOS field of the UNIX password database).</p><p>If the parameter <i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> - is set to <tt>false</tt> then the file owner will - be shown as the NT user <b>"Everyone"</b> and the - permissions will be shown as NT "Full Control".</p><p>The permissions field is displayed differently for files - and directories, so I'll describe the way file permissions - are displayed first.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868484"></a>File Permissions</h3></div></div><p>The standard UNIX user/group/world triple and - the corresponding "read", "write", "execute" permissions - triples are mapped by Samba into a three element NT ACL - with the 'r', 'w', and 'x' bits mapped into the corresponding - NT permissions. The UNIX world permissions are mapped into - the global NT group <b>Everyone</b>, followed - by the list of permissions allowed for UNIX world. The UNIX - owner and group permissions are displayed as an NT - <b>user</b> icon and an NT <b>local - group</b> icon respectively followed by the list - of permissions allowed for the UNIX user and group.</p><p>As many UNIX permission sets don't map into common - NT names such as <b>"read"</b>, <b> - "change"</b> or <b>"full control"</b> then - usually the permissions will be prefixed by the words <b> - "Special Access"</b> in the NT display list.</p><p>But what happens if the file has no permissions allowed - for a particular UNIX user group or world component ? In order - to allow "no permissions" to be seen and modified then Samba - overloads the NT <b>"Take Ownership"</b> ACL attribute - (which has no meaning in UNIX) and reports a component with - no permissions as having the NT <b>"O"</b> bit set. - This was chosen of course to make it look like a zero, meaning - zero permissions. More details on the decision behind this will - be given below.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2868587"></a>Directory Permissions</h3></div></div><p>Directories on an NT NTFS file system have two - different sets of permissions. The first set of permissions - is the ACL set on the directory itself, this is usually displayed - in the first set of parentheses in the normal <b>"RW"</b> - NT style. This first set of permissions is created by Samba in - exactly the same way as normal file permissions are, described - above, and is displayed in the same way.</p><p>The second set of directory permissions has no real meaning - in the UNIX permissions world and represents the <b> - "inherited"</b> permissions that any file created within - this directory would inherit.</p><p>Samba synthesises these inherited permissions for NT by - returning as an NT ACL the UNIX permission mode that a new file - created by Samba on this share would receive.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868637"></a>Modifying file or directory permissions</h2></div></div><p>Modifying file and directory permissions is as simple - as changing the displayed permissions in the dialog box, and - clicking the <b>OK</b> button. However, there are - limitations that a user needs to be aware of, and also interactions - with the standard Samba permission masks and mapping of DOS - attributes that need to also be taken into account.</p><p>If the parameter <i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> - is set to <tt>false</tt> then any attempt to set - security permissions will fail with an <b>"Access Denied" - </b> message.</p><p>The first thing to note is that the <b>"Add"</b> - button will not return a list of users in Samba (it will give - an error message of <b>"The remote procedure call failed - and did not execute"</b>). This means that you can only - manipulate the current user/group/world permissions listed in - the dialog box. This actually works quite well as these are the - only permissions that UNIX actually has.</p><p>If a permission triple (either user, group, or world) - is removed from the list of permissions in the NT dialog box, - then when the <b>"OK"</b> button is pressed it will - be applied as "no permissions" on the UNIX side. If you then - view the permissions again the "no permissions" entry will appear - as the NT <b>"O"</b> flag, as described above. This - allows you to add permissions back to a file or directory once - you have removed them from a triple component.</p><p>As UNIX supports only the "r", "w" and "x" bits of - an NT ACL then if other NT security attributes such as "Delete - access" are selected then they will be ignored when applied on - the Samba server.</p><p>When setting permissions on a directory the second - set of permissions (in the second set of parentheses) is - by default applied to all files within that directory. If this - is not what you want you must uncheck the <b>"Replace - permissions on existing files"</b> checkbox in the NT - dialog before clicking <b>"OK"</b>.</p><p>If you wish to remove all permissions from a - user/group/world component then you may either highlight the - component and click the <b>"Remove"</b> button, - or set the component to only have the special <b>"Take - Ownership"</b> permission (displayed as <b>"O" - </b>) highlighted.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2868797"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters</h2></div></div><p>There are four parameters - to control interaction with the standard Samba create mask parameters. - These are :</p><p><i><tt>security mask</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force security mode</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></p><p>Once a user clicks <b>"OK"</b> to apply the - permissions Samba maps the given permissions into a user/group/world - r/w/x triple set, and then will check the changed permissions for a - file against the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYMASK" target="_top"> - <i><tt>security mask</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits that - were changed that are not set to '1' in this parameter are left alone - in the file permissions.</p><p>Essentially, zero bits in the <i><tt>security mask</tt></i> - mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> - allowed to change, and one bits are those the user is allowed to change. - </p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value as - the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top"><i><tt>create mask - </tt></i></a> parameter. To allow a user to modify all the - user/group/world permissions on a file, set this parameter - to 0777.</p><p>Next Samba checks the changed permissions for a file against - the bits set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCESECURITYMODE" target="_top"> - <i><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameter. Any bits - that were changed that correspond to bits set to '1' in this parameter - are forced to be set.</p><p>Essentially, bits set in the <i><tt>force security mode - </tt></i> parameter may be treated as a set of bits that, when - modifying security on a file, the user has always set to be 'on'.</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is set to the same value - as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#FORCECREATEMODE" target="_top"><i><tt>force - create mode</tt></i></a> parameter. - To allow a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file - with no restrictions set this parameter to 000.</p><p>The <i><tt>security mask</tt></i> and <i><tt>force - security mode</tt></i> parameters are applied to the change - request in that order.</p><p>For a directory Samba will perform the same operations as - described above for a file except using the parameter <i><tt> - directory security mask</tt></i> instead of <i><tt>security - mask</tt></i>, and <i><tt>force directory security mode - </tt></i> parameter instead of <i><tt>force security mode - </tt></i>.</p><p>The <i><tt>directory security mask</tt></i> parameter - by default is set to the same value as the <i><tt>directory mask - </tt></i> parameter and the <i><tt>force directory security - mode</tt></i> parameter by default is set to the same value as - the <i><tt>force directory mode</tt></i> parameter. </p><p>In this way Samba enforces the permission restrictions that - an administrator can set on a Samba share, whilst still allowing users - to modify the permission bits within that restriction.</p><p>If you want to set up a share that allows users full control - in modifying the permission bits on their files and directories and - doesn't force any particular bits to be set 'on', then set the following - parameters in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file in that share specific section :</p><p><i><tt>security mask = 0777</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force security mode = 0</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>directory security mask = 0777</tt></i></p><p><i><tt>force directory security mode = 0</tt></i></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869113"></a>Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping</h2></div></div><p>Samba maps some of the DOS attribute bits (such as "read - only") into the UNIX permissions of a file. This means there can - be a conflict between the permission bits set via the security - dialog and the permission bits set by the file attribute mapping. - </p><p>One way this can show up is if a file has no UNIX read access - for the owner it will show up as "read only" in the standard - file attributes tabbed dialog. Unfortunately this dialog is - the same one that contains the security info in another tab.</p><p>What this can mean is that if the owner changes the permissions - to allow themselves read access using the security dialog, clicks - <b>"OK"</b> to get back to the standard attributes tab - dialog, and then clicks <b>"OK"</b> on that dialog, then - NT will set the file permissions back to read-only (as that is what - the attributes still say in the dialog). This means that after setting - permissions and clicking <b>"OK"</b> to get back to the - attributes dialog you should always hit <b>"Cancel"</b> - rather than <b>"OK"</b> to ensure that your changes - are not overridden.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="groupmapping"></a>Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jean François Micouleau</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><p> -Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, new group mapping functionality -is available to create associations between Windows SIDs and UNIX -groups. The <i><tt>groupmap</tt></i> subcommand included with -the <b>net</b> tool can be used to manage these associations. -</p><p> -The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that -the <i><tt>domain admin group</tt></i> <tt>smb.conf</tt> has been removed. -This parameter was used to give the listed users membership in the "Domain Admins" -Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations (in -default configurations). -</p><p> -When installing NT/W2K on a computer, the installer program creates some users -and groups. Notably the 'Administrators' group, and gives to that group some -privileges like the ability to change the date and time or to kill any process -(or close too) running on the local machine. The 'Administrator' user is a -member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus 'inherit' the 'Administrators' -group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created and become a member of the -'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'. -</p><p> -When a NT/W2K machine is joined to a domain, the "Domain Adminis" group of the -PDC is added to the local 'Administrators' group of the workstation. Every -member of the 'Domain Administrators' group 'inherit' the -rights of the local 'Administrators' group when logging on the workstation. -</p><p> -The following steps describe how to make samba PDC users members of the -'Domain Admins' group? -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>create a unix group (usually in <tt>/etc/group</tt>), - let's call it domadm</p></li><li><p>add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example - if you want joe,john and mary, your entry in <tt>/etc/group</tt> will - look like:</p><pre class="programlisting"> - domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary - </pre></li><li><p>Map this domadm group to the "Domain Admins" group - by running the command:</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</tt></b></p><p>The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. Also make - sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=).</p></li></ol></div><p>Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators!</p><p> -It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT -group as well as making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. -For example, if you wanted to include a UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a -local file or printer on a domain member machine, you would flag -that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC: -</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</tt></b></p><p>Be aware that the rid parmeter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should -normally start at 1000. However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned -to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend -you are using. Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically, -but for now the burden in on you.</p><p>You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing -<b>net groupmap list</b>. Here is an example:</p><pre class="programlisting"><tt>root# </tt>net groupmap list -System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin -Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin -Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser -Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest -</pre><p>For complete details on <b>net groupmap</b>, refer to the -net(8) man page.</p></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 13. Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Patrick Powell</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:papowell@lprng.org">papowell@lprng.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (3 May 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2869498">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869614">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869661">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869893">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2869992">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870099">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870231">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869233">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869259">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870336">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870355">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870379">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2869340">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2869347">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870552">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870619">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870661">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2870795">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871344">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871420">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871438">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871464">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869498"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba supports -the native Windows NT printing mechanisms implemented via -MS-RPC (i.e. the SPOOLSS named pipe). Previous versions of -Samba only supported LanMan printing calls.</p><p>The additional functionality provided by the new -SPOOLSS support includes:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Support for downloading printer driver - files to Windows 95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand. - </p></li><li><p>Uploading of printer drivers via the - Windows NT Add Printer Wizard (APW) or the - Imprints tool set (refer to <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</a>). - </p></li><li><p>Support for the native MS-RPC printing - calls such as StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See - the MSDN documentation at <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</a> - for more information on the Win32 printing API) - </p></li><li><p>Support for NT Access Control Lists (ACL) - on printer objects</p></li><li><p>Improved support for printer queue manipulation - through the use of an internal databases for spooled job - information</p></li></ul></div><p> -There has been some initial confusion about what all this means -and whether or not it is a requirement for printer drivers to be -installed on a Samba host in order to support printing from Windows -clients. As a side note, Samba does not use these drivers in any way to process -spooled files. They are utilized entirely by the clients. -</p><p> -The following MS KB article, may be of some help if you are dealing with -Windows 2000 clients: <span class="emphasis"><em>How to Add Printers with No User -Interaction in Windows 2000</em></span> -</p><p> -<a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q189/1/05.ASP" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q189/1/05.ASP</a> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869614"></a>Configuration</h2></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">[print$] vs. [printer$]</h3><p> -Previous versions of Samba recommended using a share named [printer$]. -This name was taken from the printer$ service created by Windows 9x -clients when a printer was shared. Windows 9x printer servers always have -a printer$ service which provides read-only access via no -password in order to support printer driver downloads. -</p><p> -However, the initial implementation allowed for a -parameter named <i><tt>printer driver location</tt></i> -to be used on a per share basis to specify the location of -the driver files associated with that printer. Another -parameter named <i><tt>printer driver</tt></i> provided -a means of defining the printer driver name to be sent to -the client. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869661"></a>Creating [print$]</h3></div></div><p> -In order to support the uploading of printer driver -files, you must first configure a file share named [print$]. -The name of this share is hard coded in Samba's internals so -the name is very important (print$ is the service used by -Windows NT print servers to provide support for printer driver -download). -</p><p>You should modify the server's smb.conf file to add the global -parameters and to create the -following file share (of course, some of the parameter values, -such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced with -appropriate values for your site):</p><pre class="programlisting"> [global] - ; members of the ntadmin group should be able - ; to add drivers and set printer properties - ; root is implicitly a 'printer admin' - printer admin = @ntadmin - -[print$] - path = /usr/local/samba/printers - guest ok = yes - browseable = yes - read only = yes - ; since this share is configured as read only, then we need - ; a 'write list'. Check the file system permissions to make - ; sure this account can copy files to the share. If this - ; is setup to a non-root account, then it should also exist - ; as a 'printer admin' - write list = @ntadmin,root -</pre><p>The <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top"><i><tt> -write list</tt></i></a> is used to allow administrative -level user accounts to have write access in order to update files -on the share. See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5) -man page</a> for more information on configuring file shares.</p><p>The requirement for <a href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top"><b>guest -ok = yes</b></a> depends upon how your -site is configured. If users will be guaranteed to have -an account on the Samba host, then this is a non-issue.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Author's Note</h3><p> -The non-issue is that if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to be -authenticated by the Samba server (such as a domain member server and the NT -user has already been validated by the Domain Controller in -order to logon to the Windows NT console), then guest access -is not necessary. Of course, in a workgroup environment where -you just want to be able to print without worrying about -silly accounts and security, then configure the share for -guest access. You'll probably want to add <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top"><b>map to guest = Bad User -</b></a> in the [global] section as well. Make sure -you understand what this parameter does before using it -though. --jerry -</p></div><p>In order for a Windows NT print server to support -the downloading of driver files by multiple client architectures, -it must create subdirectories within the [print$] service -which correspond to each of the supported client architectures. -Samba follows this model as well.</p><p>Next create the directory tree below the [print$] share -for each architecture you wish to support.</p><p><tt> -[print$]----- - |-W32X86 ; "Windows NT x86" - |-WIN40 ; "Windows 95/98" - |-W32ALPHA ; "Windows NT Alpha_AXP" - |-W32MIPS ; "Windows NT R4000" - |-W32PPC ; "Windows NT PowerPC" -</tt></p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">ATTENTION! REQUIRED PERMISSIONS</h3><p> -In order to currently add a new driver to you Samba host, -one of two conditions must hold true: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host - must have a uid of 0 (i.e. a root account)</p></li><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host - must be a member of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERADMIN" target="_top"><i><tt>printer - admin</tt></i></a> list.</p></li></ul></div><p> -Of course, the connected account must still possess access -to add files to the subdirectories beneath [print$]. Remember -that all file shares are set to 'read only' by default. -</p></div><p> -Once you have created the required [print$] service and -associated subdirectories, simply log onto the Samba server using -a root (or <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i>) account -from a Windows NT 4.0/2k client. Open "Network Neighbourhood" or -"My Network Places" and browse for the Samba host. Once you have located -the server, navigate to the "Printers..." folder. -You should see an initial listing of printers -that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869893"></a>Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</h3></div></div><p>The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's -Printers folder will have no real printer driver assigned -to them. This defaults to a NULL string to allow the use -of the local Add Printer Wizard on NT/2000 clients. -Attempting to view the printer properties for a printer -which has this default driver assigned will result in -the error message:</p><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver -for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler -properties will be displayed. Do you want to install the -driver now?</em></span> -</p><p> -Click "No" in the error dialog and you will be presented with -the printer properties window. The way to assign a driver to a -printer is to either -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Use the "New Driver..." button to install - a new printer driver, or</p></li><li><p>Select a driver from the popup list of - installed drivers. Initially this list will be empty.</p></li></ul></div><p>If you wish to install printer drivers for client -operating systems other than "Windows NT x86", you will need -to use the "Sharing" tab of the printer properties dialog.</p><p>Assuming you have connected with a root account, you -will also be able modify other printer properties such as -ACLs and device settings using this dialog box.</p><p>A few closing comments for this section, it is possible -on a Windows NT print server to have printers -listed in the Printers folder which are not shared. Samba does -not make this distinction. By definition, the only printers of -which Samba is aware are those which are specified as shares in -<tt>smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>Another interesting side note is that Windows NT clients do -not use the SMB printer share, but rather can print directly -to any printer on another Windows NT host using MS-RPC. This -of course assumes that the printing client has the necessary -privileges on the remote host serving the printer. The default -permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the "Print" -permissions to the "Everyone" well-known group. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869992"></a>Support a large number of printers</h3></div></div><p>One issue that has arisen during the development -phase of Samba 2.2 is the need to support driver downloads for -100's of printers. Using the Windows NT APW is somewhat -awkward to say the list. If more than one printer are using the -same driver, the <a href="rpcclient.1.html" target="_top"><b>rpcclient's -setdriver command</b></a> can be used to set the driver -associated with an installed driver. The following is example -of how this could be accomplished:</p><p> -<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c "enumdrivers"</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] - -[Windows NT x86] -Printer Driver Info 1: - Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS] - -Printer Driver Info 1: - Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 2100 Series PS] - -Printer Driver Info 1: - Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 4Si/4SiMX PS] -</pre><p> -<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c "enumprinters"</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] - flags:[0x800000] - name:[\\POGO\hp-print] - description:[POGO\\POGO\hp-print,NO DRIVER AVAILABLE FOR THIS PRINTER,] - comment:[] - -</pre><p> -<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c "setdriver hp-print \"HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS\""</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] -Successfully set hp-print to driver HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS. -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870099"></a>Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</h3></div></div><p> -By default, Samba offers all printer shares defined in <tt>smb.conf</tt> -in the "Printers..." folder. Also existing in this folder is the Windows NT -Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be show only if -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The connected user is able to successfully - execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative - privileges (i.e. root or <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i>). - </p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" target="_top"><i><tt>show - add printer wizard = yes</tt></i></a> (the default). - </p></li></ul></div><p> -In order to be able to use the APW to successfully add a printer to a Samba -server, the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>add -printer command</tt></i></a> must have a defined value. The program -hook must successfully add the printer to the system (i.e. -<tt>/etc/printcap</tt> or appropriate files) and -<tt>smb.conf</tt> if necessary. -</p><p> -When using the APW from a client, if the named printer share does -not exist, <b>smbd</b> will execute the <i><tt>add printer -command</tt></i> and reparse to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> -to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not defined, -an error of "Access Denied" is returned to the client. Note that the -<i><tt>add printer program</tt></i> is executed under the context -of the connected user, not necessarily a root account. -</p><p> -There is a complementary <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>delete -printer command</tt></i></a> for removing entries from the "Printers..." -folder. -</p><p> -The following is an example <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAN" target="_top"><i><tt>add printer command</tt></i></a> script. It adds the appropriate entries to <tt>/etc/printcap.local</tt> (change that to what you need) and returns a line of 'Done' which is needed for the whole process to work. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -#!/bin/sh - -# Script to insert a new printer entry into printcap.local -# -# $1, printer name, used as the descriptive name -# $2, share name, used as the printer name for Linux -# $3, port name -# $4, driver name -# $5, location, used for the device file of the printer -# $6, win9x location +kernel oplocks = yes +</pre><p> +The default is "no". +</p><p> +Veto OpLocks is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that identifies specific files for +which Oplocks are disabled. When a Windows client opens a file that +has been configured for veto oplocks, the client will not be granted +the oplock, and all operations will be executed on the original file on +disk instead of a client-cached file copy. By explicitly identifying +files that are shared with UNIX processes, and disabling oplocks for +those files, the server-wide Oplock configuration can be enabled to +allow Windows clients to utilize the performance benefit of file +caching without the risk of data corruption. Veto Oplocks can be +enabled on a per-share basis, or globally for the entire server, in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"><font color="red"><title>Example Veto OpLock Settings</title></font> +[global] + veto oplock files = /filename.htm/*.txt/ -# -# Make sure we use the location that RedHat uses for local printer defs -PRINTCAP=/etc/printcap.local -DATE=`date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S` -LP=lp -RESTART="service lpd restart" - -# Keep a copy -cp $PRINTCAP $PRINTCAP.$DATE -# Add the printer to $PRINTCAP -echo "" >> $PRINTCAP -echo "$2|$1:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :sd=/var/spool/lpd/$2:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :mx=0:ml=0:sh:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :lp=/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn:" >> $PRINTCAP - -touch "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" >> /tmp/printadd.$$ 2>&1 -chown $LP "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" >> /tmp/printadd.$$ 2>&1 - -mkdir /var/spool/lpd/$2 -chmod 700 /var/spool/lpd/$2 -chown $LP /var/spool/lpd/$2 -#echo $1 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $2 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $3 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $4 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $5 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $6 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -$RESTART >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -# Not sure if this is needed -touch /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf -# -# You need to return a value, but I am not sure what it means. -# -echo "Done" -exit 0 -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870231"></a>Samba and Printer Ports</h3></div></div><p> -Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer. These normally -take the form of LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:, etc... Samba must also support the -concept of ports associated with a printer. By default, only one printer port, -named "Samba Printer Port", exists on a system. Samba does not really a port in -order to print, rather it is a requirement of Windows clients. -</p><p> -Note that Samba does not support the concept of "Printer Pooling" internally -either. This is when a logical printer is assigned to multiple ports as -a form of load balancing or fail over. -</p><p> -If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason, -<tt>smb.conf</tt> possesses a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>enumports -command</tt></i></a> which can be used to define an external program -that generates a listing of ports on a system. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869233"></a>The Imprints Toolset</h2></div></div><p>The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the - Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please - refer to the Imprints web site at <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top"> - http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</a> as well as the documentation - included with the imprints source distribution. This section will - only provide a brief introduction to the features of Imprints.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869259"></a>What is Imprints?</h3></div></div><p>Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting the goals - of</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Providing a central repository information - regarding Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages</p></li><li><p>Providing the tools necessary for creating - the Imprints printer driver packages.</p></li><li><p>Providing an installation client which - will obtain and install printer drivers on remote Samba - and Windows NT 4 print servers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870336"></a>Creating Printer Driver Packages</h3></div></div><p>The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond - the scope of this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included - with the Samba distribution for more information). In short, - an Imprints driver package is a gzipped tarball containing the - driver files, related INF files, and a control file needed by the - installation client.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870355"></a>The Imprints server</h3></div></div><p>The Imprints server is really a database server that - may be queried via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer - entry in the database has an associated URL for the actual - downloading of the package. Each package is digitally signed - via GnuPG which can be used to verify that package downloaded - is actually the one referred in the Imprints database. It is - <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended that this security check - be disabled.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870379"></a>The Installation Client</h3></div></div><p>More information regarding the Imprints installation client - is available in the <tt>Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps</tt> - file included with the imprints source package.</p><p>The Imprints installation client comes in two forms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a set of command line Perl scripts</p></li><li><p>a GTK+ based graphical interface to - the command line perl scripts</p></li></ul></div><p>The installation client (in both forms) provides a means - of querying the Imprints database server for a matching - list of known printer model names as well as a means to - download and install the drivers on remote Samba and Windows - NT print servers.</p><p>The basic installation process is in four steps and - perl code is wrapped around <b>smbclient</b> - and <b>rpcclient</b>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> -foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) -{ - 1. rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory - on the remote server - 2. smbclient: Upload the driver files - 3. rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC -} - -4. rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually - create the printer -</pre><p>One of the problems encountered when implementing - the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between - various supported client architectures. For example, Windows - NT includes a driver named "Apple LaserWriter II NTX v51.8" - and Windows 95 calls its version of this driver "Apple - LaserWriter II NTX"</p><p>The problem is how to know what client drivers have - been uploaded for a printer. As astute reader will remember - that the Windows NT Printer Properties dialog only includes - space for one printer driver name. A quick look in the - Windows NT 4.0 system registry at</p><p><tt>HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environment - </tt></p><p>will reveal that Windows NT always uses the NT driver - name. This is ok as Windows NT always requires that at least - the Windows NT version of the printer driver is present. - However, Samba does not have the requirement internally. - Therefore, how can you use the NT driver name if is has not - already been installed?</p><p>The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require - that all Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel - Windows NT and 95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is - installed first.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2869340"></a>Diagnosis</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2869347"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> -This is a short description of how to debug printing problems with -Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from a SMB -client to a Samba server, not the other way around. For the reverse -see the examples/printing directory. -</p><p> -Ok, so you want to print to a Samba server from your PC. The first -thing you need to understand is that Samba does not actually do any -printing itself, it just acts as a middleman between your PC client -and your Unix printing subsystem. Samba receives the file from the PC -then passes the file to a external "print command". What print command -you use is up to you. -</p><p> -The whole things is controlled using options in smb.conf. The most -relevant options (which you should look up in the smb.conf man page) -are: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [global] - print command - send a file to a spooler - lpq command - get spool queue status - lprm command - remove a job - [printers] - path = /var/spool/lpd/samba -</pre><p> -The following are nice to know about: +[share_name] + veto oplock files = /*.exe/filename.ext/ +</pre><p> +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Oplock break wait time</em></span> is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that adjusts the time +interval for Samba to reply to an oplock break request. Samba +recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND +UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break Wait Time can only be +configured globally in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> - queuepause command - stop a printer or print queue - queueresume command - start a printer or print queue +[global] + oplock break wait time = 0 (default) </pre><p> -Example: +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Oplock break contention limit</em></span> is an <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter that limits the +response of the Samba server to grant an oplock if the configured +number of contending clients reaches the limit specified by the +parameter. Samba recommends "DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU +HAVE READ AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE." Oplock Break +Contention Limit can be enable on a per-share basis, or globally for +the entire server, in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> - print command = /usr/bin/lpr -r -P%p %s - lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p %s - lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j - queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p stop - queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p start -</pre><p> -Samba should set reasonable defaults for these depending on your -system type, but it isn't clairvoyant. It is not uncommon that you -have to tweak these for local conditions. The commands should -always have fully specified pathnames, as the smdb may not have -the correct PATH values. -</p><p> -When you send a job to Samba to be printed, it will make a temporary -copy of it in the directory specified in the [printers] section. -and it should be periodically cleaned out. The lpr -r option -requests that the temporary copy be removed after printing; If -printing fails then you might find leftover files in this directory, -and it should be periodically cleaned out. Samba used the lpq -command to determine the "job number" assigned to your print job -by the spooler. -</p><p> -The %>letter< are "macros" that get dynamically replaced with appropriate -values when they are used. The %s gets replaced with the name of the spool -file that Samba creates and the %p gets replaced with the name of the -printer. The %j gets replaced with the "job number" which comes from -the lpq output. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870552"></a>Debugging printer problems</h3></div></div><p> -One way to debug printing problems is to start by replacing these -command with shell scripts that record the arguments and the contents -of the print file. A simple example of this kind of things might -be: +[global] + oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) + +[share_name] + oplock break contention limit = 2 (default) +</pre><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911924"></a>MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is a known issue when running applications (like Norton Anti-Virus) on a Windows 2000/ XP +workstation computer that can affect any application attempting to access shared database files +across a network. This is a result of a default setting configured in the Windows 2000/XP +operating system known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Opportunistic Locking</em></span>. When a workstation +attempts to access shared data files located on another Windows 2000/XP computer, +the Windows 2000/XP operating system will attempt to increase performance by locking the +files and caching information locally. When this occurs, the application is unable to +properly function, which results in an <span class="errorname">Access Denied</span> + error message being displayed during network operations. +</p><p> +All Windows operating systems in the NT family that act as database servers for data files +(meaning that data files are stored there and accessed by other Windows PCs) may need to +have opportunistic locking disabled in order to minimize the risk of data file corruption. +This includes Windows 9x/Me, Windows NT, Windows 200x and Windows XP. +</p><p> +If you are using a Windows NT family workstation in place of a server, you must also +disable opportunistic locking (oplocks) on that workstation. For example, if you use a +PC with the Windows NT Workstation operating system instead of Windows NT Server, and you +have data files located on it that are accessed from other Windows PCs, you may need to +disable oplocks on that system. +</p><p> +The major difference is the location in the Windows registry where the values for disabling +oplocks are entered. Instead of the LanManServer location, the LanManWorkstation location +may be used. +</p><p> +You can verify (or change or add, if necessary) this Registry value using the Windows +Registry Editor. When you change this registry value, you will have to reboot the PC +to ensure that the new setting goes into effect. +</p><p> +The location of the client registry entry for opportunistic locking has changed in +Windows 2000 from the earlier location in Microsoft Windows NT. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Windows 2000 will still respect the EnableOplocks registry value used to disable oplocks +in earlier versions of Windows. +</p></div><p> +You can also deny the granting of opportunistic locks by changing the following registry entries: +</p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> - print command = /tmp/saveprint %p %s - - #!/bin/saveprint - # we make sure that we are the right user - /usr/bin/id -p >/tmp/tmp.print - # we run the command and save the error messages - # replace the command with the one appropriate for your system - /usr/bin/lpr -r -P$1 $2 2>>&/tmp/tmp.print -</pre><p> -Then you print a file and try removing it. You may find that the -print queue needs to be stopped in order to see the queue status -and remove the job: + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\MRXSmb\Parameters\ + + OplocksDisabled REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 0 (not disabled) +</pre><p> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The OplocksDisabled registry value configures Windows clients to either request or not +request opportunistic locks on a remote file. To disable oplocks, the value of + OplocksDisabled must be set to 1. +</p></div><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> + HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters + + EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 1 (Enabled by Default) + + EnableOpLockForceClose REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 0 (Disabled by Default) +</pre><p> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The EnableOplocks value configures Windows-based servers (including Workstations sharing +files) to allow or deny opportunistic locks on local files. +</p></div><p> +To force closure of open oplocks on close or program exit EnableOpLockForceClose must be set to 1. +</p><p> +An illustration of how level II oplocks work: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Station 1 opens the file, requesting oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Since no other station has the file open, the server grants station 1 exclusive oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 2 opens the file, requesting oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Since station 1 has not yet written to the file, the server asks station 1 to Break + to Level II Oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 1 complies by flushing locally buffered lock information to the server. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 1 informs the server that it has Broken to Level II Oplock (alternatively, + station 1 could have closed the file). + </p></li><li><p> + The server responds to station 2's open request, granting it level II oplock. + Other stations can likewise open the file and obtain level II oplock. + </p></li><li><p> + Station 2 (or any station that has the file open) sends a write request SMB. + The server returns the write response. + </p></li><li><p> + The server asks all stations that have the file open to Break to None, meaning no + station holds any oplock on the file. Because the workstations can have no cached + writes or locks at this point, they need not respond to the break-to-none advisory; + all they need do is invalidate locally cashed read-ahead data. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2912154"></a>Workstation Service Entries</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + \HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanWorkstation\Parameters -h4: {42} % echo hi >/tmp/hi -h4: {43} % smbclient //localhost/lw4 -added interface ip=10.0.0.4 bcast=10.0.0.255 nmask=255.255.255.0 -Password: -Domain=[ASTART] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.0.7] -smb: \> print /tmp/hi -putting file /tmp/hi as hi-17534 (0.0 kb/s) (average 0.0 kb/s) -smb: \> queue -1049 3 hi-17534 -smb: \> cancel 1049 -Error cancelling job 1049 : code 0 -smb: \> cancel 1049 -Job 1049 cancelled -smb: \> queue -smb: \> exit -</pre><p> -The 'code 0' indicates that the job was removed. The comment -by the smbclient is a bit misleading on this. -You can observe the command output and then and look at the -/tmp/tmp.print file to see what the results are. You can quickly -find out if the problem is with your printing system. Often people -have problems with their /etc/printcap file or permissions on -various print queues. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870619"></a>What printers do I have?</h3></div></div><p> -You can use the 'testprns' program to check to see if the printer -name you are using is recognized by Samba. For example, you can -use: + UseOpportunisticLocking REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 1 (true) +</pre><p> +Indicates whether the redirector should use opportunistic-locking (oplock) performance +enhancement. This parameter should be disabled only to isolate problems. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2912180"></a>Server Service Entries</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + \HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\ + CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters + + EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1 + Default: 1 (true) +</pre><p> +Specifies whether the server allows clients to use oplocks on files. Oplocks are a +significant performance enhancement, but have the potential to cause lost cached +data on some networks, particularly wide-area networks. </p><pre class="programlisting"> - testprns printer /etc/printcap + MinLinkThroughput REG_DWORD 0 to infinite bytes per second + Default: 0 +</pre><p> +Specifies the minimum link throughput allowed by the server before it disables +raw and opportunistic locks for this connection. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + MaxLinkDelay REG_DWORD 0 to 100,000 seconds + Default: 60 </pre><p> -Samba can get its printcap information from a file or from a program. -You can try the following to see the format of the extracted -information: +Specifies the maximum time allowed for a link delay. If delays exceed this number, +the server disables raw I/O and opportunistic locking for this connection. </p><pre class="programlisting"> - testprns -a printer /etc/printcap + OplockBreakWait REG_DWORD 10 to 180 seconds + Default: 35 +</pre><p> +Specifies the time that the server waits for a client to respond to an oplock break +request. Smaller values can allow detection of crashed clients more quickly but can +potentially cause loss of cached data. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2912260"></a>Persistent Data Corruption</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this paper but data corruption problems +and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out: +</p><p> +We have credible reports from developers that faulty network hardware, such as a single +faulty network card, can cause symptoms similar to read caching and data corruption. +If you see persistent data corruption even after repeated reindexing, you may have to +rebuild the data files in question. This involves creating a new data file with the +same definition as the file to be rebuilt and transferring the data from the old file +to the new one. There are several known methods for doing this that can be found in +our Knowledge Base. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2912291"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In some sites locking problems surface as soon as a server is installed, in other sites +locking problems may not surface for a long time. Almost without exception, when a locking +problem does surface it will cause embarrassment and potential data corruption. +</p><p> +Over the past few years there have been a number of complaints on the samba mailing lists +that have claimed that samba caused data corruption. Three causes have been identified +so far: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Incorrect configuration of opportunistic locking (incompatible with the application + being used. This is a VERY common problem even where MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x + based servers were in use. It is imperative that the software application vendors' + instructions for configuration of file locking should be followed. If in doubt, + disable oplocks on both the server and the client. Disabling of all forms of file + caching on the MS Windows client may be necessary also. + </p></li><li><p> + Defective network cards, cables, or HUBs / Switched. This is generally a more + prevalent factor with low cost networking hardware, though occasionally there + have been problems with incompatibilities in more up market hardware also. + </p></li><li><p> + There have been some random reports of samba log files being written over data + files. This has been reported by very few sites (about 5 in the past 3 years) + and all attempts to reproduce the problem have failed. The Samba-Team has been + unable to catch this happening and thus has NOT been able to isolate any particular + cause. Considering the millions of systems that use samba, for the sites that have + been affected by this as well as for the Samba-Team this is a frustrating and + a vexing challenge. If you see this type of thing happening please create a bug + report on https://bugzilla.samba.org without delay. Make sure that you give as much + information as you possibly can to help isolate the cause and to allow reproduction + of the problem (an essential step in problem isolation and correction). + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2912365"></a>locking.tdb error messages</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + > We are seeing lots of errors in the samba logs like: + > + > tdb(/usr/local/samba_2.2.7/var/locks/locking.tdb): rec_read bad magic + > 0x4d6f4b61 at offset=36116 + > + > What do these mean? + </pre><p> + </p><p> + Corrupted tdb. Stop all instances of smbd, delete locking.tdb, restart smbd. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2912394"></a>Additional Reading</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You may want to check for an updated version of this white paper on our Web site from +time to time. Many of our white papers are updated as information changes. For those papers, +the Last Edited date is always at the top of the paper. +</p><p> +Section of the Microsoft MSDN Library on opportunistic locking: +</p><p> +Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN), Windows Development > +Windows Base Services > Files and I/O > SDK Documentation > File Storage > File Systems +> About File Systems > Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Corporation. +<a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp</a> +</p><p> +Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q224992 "Maintaining Transactional Integrity with OPLOCKS", +Microsoft Corporation, April 1999, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992</a>. +</p><p> +Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q296264 "Configuring Opportunistic Locking in Windows 2000", +Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264</a>. +</p><p> +Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q129202 "PC Ext: Explanation of Opportunistic Locking on Windows NT", + Microsoft Corporation, April 1995, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securing-samba"></a>Chapter 15. Securing Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 26, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2914448">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914481">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914555">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914574">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914645">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914697">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914749">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914805">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914866">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2914907">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914932">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2914949">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2914974">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914448"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an +important security fix. The information contained here applies to Samba +installations in general. +</p><p> +A new apprentice reported for duty to the Chief Engineer of a boiler house. He said, "Here I am, +if you will show me the boiler I'll start working on it." Then engineer replied, "You're leaning +on it!" +</p><p> +Security concerns are just like that: You need to know a little about the subject to appreciate +how obvious most of it really is. The challenge for most of us is to discover that first morsel +of knowledge with which we may unlock the secrets of the masters. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914481"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are three level at which security principals must be observed in order to render a site +at least moderately secure. These are: the perimeter firewall, the configuration of the host +server that is running Samba, and Samba itself. +</p><p> +Samba permits a most flexible approach to network security. As far as possible Samba implements +the latest protocols to permit more secure MS Windows file and print operations. +</p><p> +Samba may be secured from connections that originate from outside the local network. This may be +done using <span class="emphasis"><em>host based protection</em></span> (using samba's implementation of a technology +known as "tcpwrappers", or it may be done be using <span class="emphasis"><em>interface based exclusion</em></span> +so that <span class="application">smbd</span> will bind only to specifically permitted interfaces. It is also +possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> +auto-share. The <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish +TCP/IP connections. +</p><p> +Another method by which Samba may be secured is by way of setting Access Control Entries in an Access +Control List on the shares themselves. This is discussed in the chapter on File, Directory and Share Access +Control. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914555"></a>Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The key challenge of security is the fact that protective measures suffice at best +only to close the door on known exploits and breach techniques. Never assume that +because you have followed these few measures that the Samba server is now an impenetrable +fortress! Given the history of information systems so far, it is only a matter of time +before someone will find yet another vulnerability. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914574"></a>Using host based protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside + your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from + any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on + a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be + especially vulnerable. + </p><p> + One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> and + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> options in the Samba <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> configuration file to only + allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example + might be: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 + </pre><p> + The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own + computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and + 192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon + as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a + <span class="errorname">not listening on called name</span> error. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914645"></a>User based protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If you want to restrict access to your server to valid users only then the following + method may be of use. In the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section put: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + valid users = @smbusers, jacko + </pre><p> + What this does is, it restricts all server access to either the user <span class="emphasis"><em>jacko</em></span> + or to members of the system group <span class="emphasis"><em>smbusers</em></span>. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914697"></a>Using interface protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that + it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP + connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those + links. This may not be what you want. + </p><p> + You can change this behaviour using options like the following: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + interfaces = eth* lo + bind interfaces only = yes + </pre><p> + This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a + name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback + interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what + OS you are using, in the above I used the common name for Ethernet + adapters on Linux. + </p><p> + If you use the above and someone tries to make a SMB connection to + your host over a PPP interface called 'ppp0' then they will get a TCP + connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as + the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that + interface to any samba process. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914749"></a>Using a firewall</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't + want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea, + although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above + methods so that you are protected even if your firewall is not active + for some reason. + </p><p> + If you are setting up a firewall then you need to know what TCP and + UDP ports to allow and block. Samba uses the following: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>UDP/137 - used by nmbd</td></tr><tr><td>UDP/138 - used by nmbd</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/139 - used by smbd</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/445 - used by smbd</td></tr></table><p> + The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be + aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in + recent years. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914805"></a>Using a IPC$ share deny</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a + more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently + discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other + shares while denying access to IPC$ from potentially untrustworthy + hosts. + </p><p> + To do that you could use: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> +[ipc$] + hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1 + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 + </pre><p> + this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from + anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local + subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the + IPC$ share is the only share that is always accessible anonymously + this provides some level of protection against attackers that do not + know a username/password for your host. + </p><p> + If you use this method then clients will be given a <span class="errorname">access denied</span> + reply when they try to access the IPC$ share. That means that those + clients will not be able to browse shares, and may also be unable to + access some other resources. + </p><p> + This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other + methods listed above for some reason. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914866"></a>NTLMv2 Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa] + "lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003 + + 0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication, + use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain + controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication. + + [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0] + "NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000 - testprns -a printer '|/bin/cat printcap' -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870661"></a>Setting up printcap and print servers</h3></div></div><p> -You may need to set up some printcaps for your Samba system to use. -It is strongly recommended that you use the facilities provided by -the print spooler to set up queues and printcap information. + 0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or + NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2 + session security is not negotiated. + </pre><p> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914907"></a>Upgrading Samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Please check regularly on <a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> for updates and +important announcements. Occasionally security releases are made and +it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability +is discovered. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2914932"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If all of samba and host platform configuration were really as intuitive as one might like then this +section would not be necessary. Security issues are often vexing for a support person to resolve, not +because of the complexity of the problem, but for reason that most administrators who post what turns +out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is with Samba. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914949"></a>Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This is a very common problem. Red Hat Linux (as do others) will install a default firewall. + With the default firewall in place only traffic on the loopback adapter (IP address 127.0.0.1) + will be allowed through the firewall. + </p><p> + The solution is either to remove the firewall (stop it) or to modify the firewall script to + allow SMB networking traffic through. See section above in this chapter. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914974"></a>Why can users access home directories of other users?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + “<span class="quote"> + We are unable to keep individual users from mapping to any other user's + home directory once they have supplied a valid password! They only need + to enter their own password. I have not found *any* method that I can + use to configure samba to enforce that only a user may map their own + home directory. + </span>” + </p><p>“<span class="quote"> + User xyzzy can map his home directory. Once mapped user xyzzy can also map + *anyone* else's home directory! + </span>”</p><p> + This is not a security flaw, it is by design. Samba allows + users to have *exactly* the same access to the UNIX filesystem + as they would if they were logged onto the UNIX box, except + that it only allows such views onto the file system as are + allowed by the defined shares. + </p><p> + This means that if your UNIX home directories are set up + such that one user can happily cd into another users + directory and do an ls, the UNIX security solution is to + change the UNIX file permissions on the users home directories + such that the cd and ls would be denied. + </p><p> + Samba tries very hard not to second guess the UNIX administrators + security policies, and trusts the UNIX admin to set + the policies and permissions he or she desires. + </p><p> + Samba does allow the setup you require when you have set the + <i class="parameter"><tt>only user = yes</tt></i> option on the share, is that you have not set the + valid users list for the share. + </p><p> + Note that only user works in conjunction with the users= list, + so to get the behavior you require, add the line : + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + users = %S + </pre><p> + this is equivalent to: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + valid users = %S + </pre><p> + to the definition of the <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> share, as recommended in + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="InterdomainTrusts"></a>Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Rafal</span> <span class="surname">Szczesniak</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:mimir@samba.org">mimir@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2915881">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915909">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2915993">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916006">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2916091">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2916127">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916155">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2916295">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2916428">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2916443">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites +will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to +adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains +some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now +possible for Samba-3 to NT4 trust (and vice versa), as well as Samba3 to Samba3 trusts. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915881"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 can participate in Samba-to-Samba as well as in Samba-to-MS Windows NT4 style +trust relationships. This imparts to Samba similar scalability as is possible with +MS Windows NT4. +</p><p> +Given that Samba-3 has the capability to function with a scalable backend authentication +database such as LDAP, and given it's ability to run in Primary as well as Backup Domain control +modes, the administrator would be well advised to consider alternatives to the use of +Interdomain trusts simply because by the very nature of how this works it is fragile. +That was, after all, a key reason for the development and adoption of Microsoft Active Directory. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915909"></a>Trust Relationship Background</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure. +The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking +in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat-name space that results from +this design significantly impacts the delegation of administrative responsibilities in +large and diverse organisations. </p><p> -Samba requires either a printcap or program to deliver printcap -information. This printcap information has the format: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - name|alias1|alias2...:option=value:... +Microsoft developed Active Directory Service (ADS), based on Kerberos and LDAP, as a means +of circumventing the limitations of the older technologies. Not every organisation is ready +or willing to embrace ADS. For small companies the older NT4 style domain security paradigm +is quite adequate, there thus remains an entrenched user base for whom there is no direct +desire to go through a disruptive change to adopt ADS. +</p><p> +Microsoft introduced with MS Windows NT the ability to allow differing security domains +to affect a mechanism so that users from one domain may be given access rights and privileges +in another domain. The language that describes this capability is couched in terms of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Trusts</em></span>. Specifically, one domain will <span class="emphasis"><em>trust</em></span> the users +from another domain. The domain from which users are available to another security domain is +said to be a trusted domain. The domain in which those users have assigned rights and privileges +is the trusting domain. With NT3.x/4.0 all trust relationships are always in one direction only, +thus if users in both domains are to have privileges and rights in each others' domain, then it is +necessary to establish two (2) relationships, one in each direction. +</p><p> +In an NT4 style MS security domain, all trusts are non-transitive. This means that if there +are three (3) domains (let's call them RED, WHITE, and BLUE) where RED and WHITE have a trust +relationship, and WHITE and BLUE have a trust relationship, then it holds that there is no +implied trust between the RED and BLUE domains. ie: Relationships are explicit and not +transitive. +</p><p> +New to MS Windows 2000 ADS security contexts is the fact that trust relationships are two-way +by default. Also, all inter-ADS domain trusts are transitive. In the case of the RED, WHITE and BLUE +domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each other. This is +an inherent feature of ADS domains. Samba-3 implements MS Windows NT4 +style Interdomain trusts and interoperates with MS Windows 200x ADS +security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915993"></a>Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2916006"></a>NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the +<span class="application">Domain User Manager</span>. To affect a two way trust relationship it is +necessary for each domain administrator to make available (for use by an external domain) it's +security resources. This is done from the Domain User Manager Policies entry on the menu bar. +From the <span class="guimenu">Policy</span> menu, select <span class="guimenuitem">Trust Relationships</span>, then +next to the lower box that is labelled <span class="guilabel">Permitted to Trust this Domain</span> are two +buttons, <span class="guibutton">Add</span> and <span class="guibutton">Remove</span>. The <span class="guibutton">Add</span> +button will open a panel in which needs to be entered the remote domain that will be able to assign +user rights to your domain. In addition it is necessary to enter a password +that is specific to this trust relationship. The password needs to be +typed twice (for standard confirmation). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2916091"></a>NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections +with the trusted domain. To consummate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the +Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the +<span class="guibutton">Add</span> button that is next to the box that is labelled +<span class="guilabel">Trusted Domains</span>. A panel will open in which must be entered the name of the remote +domain as well as the password assigned to that trust. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2916127"></a>Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This description is meant to be a fairly short introduction about how to set up a Samba server so +that it could participate in interdomain trust relationships. Trust relationship support in Samba +is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet. +</p><p> +Each of the procedures described below is treated as they were performed with Windows NT4 Server on +one end. The remote end could just as well be another Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after +reading this document, that combining Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust +between domains in purely Samba environment. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2916155"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship first you need +to create special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that, +you can use the 'smbpasswd' utility. Creating the trusted domain account is very +similar to creating a trusted machine account. Suppose, your domain is +called SAMBA, and the remote domain is called RUMBA. The first step +will be to issue this command from your favourite shell: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -a -i rumba</tt></b> + New SMB password: XXXXXXXX + Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX + Added user rumba$ </pre><p> -For almost all printing systems, the printer 'name' must be composed -only of alphanumeric or underscore '_' characters. Some systems also -allow hyphens ('-') as well. An alias is an alternative name for the -printer, and an alias with a space in it is used as a 'comment' -about the printer. The printcap format optionally uses a \ at the end of lines -to extend the printcap to multiple lines. + +where <tt class="option">-a</tt> means to add a new account into the +passdb database and <tt class="option">-i</tt> means: ''create this +account with the InterDomain trust flag'' </p><p> -Here are some examples of printcap files: +The account name will be 'rumba$' (the name of the remote domain) </p><p> -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> -pr just printer name -</p></li><li><p> -pr|alias printer name and alias -</p></li><li><p> -pr|My Printer printer name, alias used as comment -</p></li><li><p> -pr:sh:\ Same as pr:sh:cm= testing - :cm= \ - testing -</p></li><li><p> -pr:sh Same as pr:sh:cm= testing - :cm= testing -</p></li></ol></div><p> +After issuing this command you'll be asked to enter the password for +the account. You can use any password you want, but be aware that Windows NT will +not change this password until 7 days following account creation. +After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new account +(in the standard way depending on your configuration) and see that account's name is +really RUMBA$ and it has 'I' flag in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm +the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server. </p><p> -Samba reads the printcap information when first started. If you make -changes in the printcap information, then you must do the following: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> -make sure that the print spooler is aware of these changes. -The LPRng system uses the 'lpc reread' command to do this. -</p></li><li><p> -make sure that the spool queues, etc., exist and have the -correct permissions. The LPRng system uses the 'checkpc -f' -command to do this. -</p></li><li><p> -You now should send a SIGHUP signal to the smbd server to have -it reread the printcap information. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2870795"></a>Job sent, no output</h3></div></div><p> -This is the most frustrating part of printing. You may have sent the -job, verified that the job was forwarded, set up a wrapper around -the command to send the file, but there was no output from the printer. -</p><p> -First, check to make sure that the job REALLY is getting to the -right print queue. If you are using a BSD or LPRng print spooler, -you can temporarily stop the printing of jobs. Jobs can still be -submitted, but they will not be printed. Use: +Open <span class="application">User Manager for Domains</span> and from menu +<span class="guimenu">Policies</span> select <span class="guimenuitem">Trust Relationships...</span>. +Right beside <span class="guilabel">Trusted domains</span> list box press the +<span class="guimenu">Add...</span> button. You will be prompted for +the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Type in SAMBA, as this is +your domain name, and the password used at the time of account creation. +Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see +<tt class="computeroutput">Trusted domain relationship successfully +established</tt> message. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2916295"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain +controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called RUMBA. +</p><p> +The very first thing requirement is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC. +</p><p> +Launch the <span class="application">Domain User Manager</span>, then from the menu select +<span class="guimenu">Policies</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Trust Relationships</span>. +Now, next to <span class="guilabel">Trusted Domains</span> box press the <span class="guibutton">Add</span> +button, and type in the name of the trusted domain (SAMBA) and password securing +the relationship. +</p><p> +The password can be arbitrarily chosen. It is easy to change the password +from the Samba server whenever you want. After confirming the password your account is +ready for use. Now it's Samba's turn. +</p><p> +Using your favourite shell while being logged in as root, issue this command: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc trustdom establish rumba</tt></b> +</p><p> +You will be prompted for the password you just typed on your Windows NT4 Server box. +Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a returned code of +<span class="errorname">NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT</span>. It means the +password you gave is correct and the NT4 Server says the account is +ready for interdomain connection and not for ordinary +connection. After that, be patient it can take a while (especially +in large networks), you should see the <tt class="computeroutput">Success</tt> message. +Congratulations! Your trust relationship has just been established. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Note that you have to run this command as root because you must have write access to +the <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt> file. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2916428"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Interdomain trust relationships should NOT be attempted on networks that are unstable +or that suffer regular outages. Network stability and integrity are key concerns with +distributed trusted domains. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2916443"></a>Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Like many, I administer multiple LANs connected together using NT trust + relationships. This was implemented about 4 years ago. I now have the + occasion to consider performing this same task again, but this time, I + would like to implement it solely through samba - no Microsoft PDCs + anywhere. + </p><p> + I have read documentation on samba.org regarding NT-style trust + relationships and am now wondering, can I do what I want to? I already + have successfully implemented 2 samba servers, but they are not PDCs. + They merely act as file servers. I seem to remember, and it appears to + be true (according to samba.org) that trust relationships are a + challenge. + </p><p> + Please provide any helpful feedback that you may have. + </p><p> + These are almost complete in Samba 3.0 snapshots. The main catch + is getting winbindd to be able to allocate UID/GIDs for trusted + users/groups. See the updated Samba HOWTO collection for more + details. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="msdfs"></a>Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Shirish</span> <span class="surname">Kalele</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team & Veritas Software<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> + <tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> + </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Jul 2000</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2915783">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917436">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2915783"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The Distributed File System (or DFS) provides a means of separating the logical + view of files and directories that users see from the actual physical locations + of these resources on the network. It allows for higher availability, smoother + storage expansion, load balancing etc. + </p><p> + For information about DFS, refer to + <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp" target="_top"> + Microsoft documentation at http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp</a>. + </p><p> + This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a Unix machine (for DFS-aware + clients to browse) using Samba. + </p><p> + To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the <i class="parameter"><tt>--with-msdfs</tt></i> + option. Once built, a Samba server can be made a DFS server by setting the global + boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> host msdfs</tt></i></a> + parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf </tt> file. You designate a share as a DFS + root using the share level boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> + msdfs root</tt></i></a> parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS + links in the form of symbolic links that point to other servers. For example, a symbolic link + <tt class="filename">junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</tt> in the share directory acts + as the DFS junction. When DFS-aware clients attempt to access the junction link, + they are redirected to the storage location (in this case, \\storage1\share1). + </p><p> + DFS trees on Samba work with all DFS-aware clients ranging from Windows 95 to 200x. + </p><p> + Here's an example of setting up a DFS tree on a Samba server. + </p><pre class="programlisting"> +# The smb.conf file: +[global] + netbios name = SMOKEY + host msdfs = yes + +[dfs] + path = /export/dfsroot + msdfs root = yes + </pre><p>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to + other servers on the network.</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cd /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown root /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</tt></b> + </pre><p>You should set up the permissions and ownership of + the directory acting as the DFS root such that only designated + users can create, delete or modify the msdfs links. Also note + that symlink names should be all lowercase. This limitation exists + to have Samba avoid trying all the case combinations to get at + the link name. Finally set up the symbolic links to point to the + network shares you want, and start Samba.</p><p>Users on DFS-aware clients can now browse the DFS tree + on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing + links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client) + takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2917436"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Windows clients need to be rebooted + if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs + root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a + new share and make it the dfs root.</p></li><li><p>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs + symlink names should all be lowercase.</p></li><li><p>For security purposes, the directory + acting as the root of the DFS tree should have ownership + and permissions set so that only designated users can + modify the symbolic links in the directory.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Kurt</span> <span class="surname">Pfeifle</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname"> Danka Deutschland GmbH <br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 32, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2917027">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917095">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2917133">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2917203">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918120">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918450">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918559">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2918652">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2918721">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2918810">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2919116">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919220">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2919234">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919616">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2919945">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920166">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920216">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2920741">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2921021">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2921186">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921338">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921450">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921521">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2921752">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2921913">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2922008">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2922192">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2923912">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2923933">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924131">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924420">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2924516">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2924657">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2924690">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925127">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925430">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925673">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2925771">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926117">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926188">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926210">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2926256">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926297">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926316">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926340">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2926492">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926822">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2926867">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927036">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927051">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2927064">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2927097">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2917027"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Printing is often a mission-critical service for the users. Samba can +provide this service reliably and seamlessly for a client network +consisting of Windows workstations. +</p><p> +A Samba-3.0 print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain +member server, side by side with file serving functions, or on a +dedicated print server. It can be made as tight or as loosely secured +as needs dictate. Configurations may be simple or complex. Available +authentication schemes are essentially the same as described for file +services in previous chapters. Overall, Samba's printing support is +now able to replace an NT or Windows 2000 print server full-square, +with additional benefits in many cases. Clients may download and +install drivers and printers through their familiar "Point'n'Print" +mechanism. Printer installations executed by "Logon Scripts" are no +problem. Administrators can upload and manage drivers to be used by +clients through the familiar "Add Printer Wizard". As an additional +benefit, driver and printer management may be run from the command line +or through scripts, making it more efficient in case of large numbers +of printers. If a central accounting of print jobs (tracking every +single page and supplying the raw data for all sorts of statistical +reports) is required, this is best supported by CUPS as the print +subsystem underneath the Samba hood. +</p><p> +This chapter deals with the foundations of Samba printing, as they +implemented by the more traditional UNIX (BSD- and System V-style) +printing systems. Many things apply to CUPS, the newer Common UNIX +Printing System, too; so if you use CUPS, you might be tempted to jump +to the next chapter -- but you will certainly miss a few things if you +do so. Better read this chapter too. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Most of the given examples have been verified on Windows XP +Professional clients. Where this document describes the responses to +commands given, bear in mind that Windows 2000 clients are very +similar, but may differ in details. Windows NT is somewhat different +again. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2917095"></a>Technical Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba's printing support always relies on the installed print +subsystem of the Unix OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes +printfiles from Windows (or other SMB) clients and passes them to the +real printing system for further processing. Therefore it needs to +"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the Unix +printing system. Hence we must differentiate between the various +client OS types each of which behave differently, as well as the +various UNIX print subsystems, which themselves have different +features and are accessed differently. This part of the Samba HOWTO +Collection deals with the "traditional" way of Unix printing first; +the next chapter covers in great detail the more modern +<span class="emphasis"><em>Common UNIX Printing System</em></span> +(CUPS). + +</p><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Important</h3><p>CUPS users, be warned: don't just jump on to the next +chapter. You might miss important information contained only +here!</p></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2917133"></a>What happens if you send a Job from a Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To successfully print a job from a Windows client via a Samba +print server to a UNIX printer, there are 6 (potentially 7) +stages: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Windows opens a connection to the printershare</p></li><li><p>Samba must authenticate the user</p></li><li><p>Windows sends a copy of the printfile over the network +into Samba's spooling area</p></li><li><p>Windows closes the connection again</p></li><li><p>Samba invokes the print command to hand the file over +to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area</p></li><li><p>The Unix print subsystem processes the print +job</p></li><li><p>The printfile may need to be explicitly deleted +from the Samba spooling area.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2917203"></a>Printing Related Configuration Parameters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of configuration parameters in + controlling Samba's printing +behaviour. Please also refer to the man page for smb.conf to +acquire an overview about these. As with other parameters, there are +Global Level (tagged with a "<span class="emphasis"><em>G</em></span>" in the listings) and +Service Level ("<span class="emphasis"><em>S</em></span>") parameters. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Service Level Parameters</span></dt><dd><p>These <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> go into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +. In this case they define the default +behaviour of all individual or service level shares (provided those +don't have a different setting defined for the same parameter, thus +overriding the global default).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Global Parameters</span></dt><dd><p>These <span class="emphasis"><em>may not</em></span> go into individual +shares. If they go in by error, the "testparm" utility can discover +this (if you run it) and tell you so.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2918120"></a>Parameters Recommended for Use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters directly +related to printing are used in Samba-3. See also the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for detailed explanations: +</p><p><b>List of printing related parameters in Samba-3. </b> +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Global level parameters:</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name (G), printcap (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (G)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> + +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Service level parameters:</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>min print space (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>print command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printable (S), print ok (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name (S), printer (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...] (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>queuepause command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>queueresume command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><p> +Samba's printing support implements the Microsoft Remote Procedure +Calls (MS-RPC) methods for printing. These are used by Windows NT (and +later) print servers. The old "LanMan" protocol is still supported as +a fallback resort, and for older clients to use. More details will +follow further beneath. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2918450"></a>Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Two new parameters that were added in Samba 2.2.2, are still present +in Samba-3.0. Both of these options are described in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page and are disabled by +default. <span class="emphasis"><em>Use them with caution!</em></span> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss(G)</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> This is +provided for better support of Samba 2.0.x backwards capability. It +will disable Samba's support for MS-RPC printing and yield identical +printing behaviour to Samba 2.0.x.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (G)</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> was provided +for using local printer drivers on Windows NT/2000 clients. It does +not apply to Windows 95/98/ME clients.</p></dd></dl></div><p><b>Parameters "for backward compatibility only", use with caution. </b> +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2918559"></a>Parameters no longer in use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba users upgrading from 2.2.x to 3.0 need to be aware that some +previously available settings are no longer supported (as was +announced some time ago). Here is a list of them: +</p><p><b>"old" parameters, removed in Samba-3. </b> +The following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters have been +deprecated already in Samba 2.2 and are now completely removed from +Samba-3. You cannot use them in new 3.0 installations: + +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver file (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>postscript (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2918652"></a>A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a very simple example configuration for print related settings +in the file. If you compare it with your +own system's , you probably find some +additional parameters included there (as pre-configured by your OS +vendor). Further below is a discussion and explanation of the +parameters. Note, that this example doesn't use many parameters. +However, in many environments these are enough to provide a valid + which enables all clients to print. </p><pre class="programlisting"> - lpc -Pprinter stop -</pre><p> -Now submit a print job and then use 'lpq -Pprinter' to see if the -job is in the print queue. If it is not in the print queue then -you will have to find out why it is not being accepted for printing. -</p><p> -Next, you may want to check to see what the format of the job really -was. With the assistance of the system administrator you can view -the submitted jobs files. You may be surprised to find that these -are not in what you would expect to call a printable format. -You can use the UNIX 'file' utitily to determine what the job -format actually is: + [global] + printing = bsd + load printers = yes + + [printers] + path = /var/spool/samba + printable = yes + public = yes + writable = no +</pre><p> +This is only an example configuration. Many settings, if not +explicitly set to a specific value, are used and set by Samba +implicitly to its own default, because these have been compiled in. +To see all settings, let root use the <b class="command">testparm</b> +utility. <b class="command">testparm</b> also gives warnings if you have +mis-configured certain things. Its complete output is easily 340 lines +and more. You may want to pipe it through a pager program. +</p><p> +The syntax for the configuration file is easy to grasp. You should +know that is not very picky about its +syntax. It has been explained elsewhere in this document. A short +reminder: It even tolerates some spelling errors (like "browsable" +instead of "browseable"). Most spelling is case-insensitive. Also, you +can use "Yes|No" or "True|False" for boolean settings. Lists of names +may be separated by commas, spaces or tabs. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2918721"></a>Verification of "Settings in Use" with <b class="command">testparm</b></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To see all (or at least most) printing related settings in Samba, +including the implicitly used ones, try the command outlined below +(hit "ENTER" twice!). It greps for all occurrences of "lp", "print", +"spool", "driver", "ports" and "[" in testparm's output and gives you +a nice overview about the running smbd's print configuration. (Note +that this command does not show individually created printer shares, +or the spooling paths in each case). Here is the output of my Samba +setup, with exactly the same settings in +as shown above: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -v | egrep "(lp|print|spool|driver|ports|\[)"</tt></b> + Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf.simpleprinting + Processing section "[homes]" + Processing section "[printers]" + + [global] + smb ports = 445 139 + lpq cache time = 10 + total print jobs = 0 + load printers = Yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + disable spoolss = No + enumports command = + addprinter command = + deleteprinter command = + show add printer wizard = Yes + os2 driver map = + printer admin = + min print space = 0 + max print jobs = 1000 + printable = No + printing = bsd + print command = lpr -r -P'%p' %s + lpq command = lpq -P'%p' + lprm command = lprm -P'%p' %j + lppause command = + lpresume command = + printer name = + use client driver = No + + [homes] + + [printers] + path = /var/spool/samba + printable = Yes + +</pre><p> +You can easily verify which settings were implicitly added by Samba's +default behaviour. <span class="emphasis"><em>Don't forget about this point: it may +be important in your future dealings with Samba.</em></span> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> testparm in Samba-3.0 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used +without the "-v" switch it only shows you the settings actually +written into ! To see the complete +configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2918810"></a>A little Experiment to warn you</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Should you need to troubleshoot at any stage, please always come back +to this point first and verify if "testparm" shows the parameters you +expect! To give you an example from personal experience as a warning, +try to just "comment out" the <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i>" +parameter. If your 2.2.x system behaves like mine, you'll see this: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt>grep "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf + # load printers = Yes + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!! + +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt>testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf | egrep "(load printers)" + load printers = Yes + +</pre><p> +Despite my imagination that the commenting out of this setting should +prevent Samba from publishing my printers, it still did! Oh Boy -- it +cost me quite some time to find out the reason. But I am not fooled +any more... at least not by this ;-) +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>grep -A1 "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf</tt></b> + load printers = No + # This setting is what I mean!! + # load printers = Yes + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!! + +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -v smb.conf.simpleprinting | egrep "(load printers)"</tt></b> + load printers = No + +</pre><p> +Only when setting the parameter explicitly to +"<i class="parameter"><tt>load printers = No</tt></i>" +would Samba recognize my intentions. So my strong advice is: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Never rely on "commented out" parameters!</p></li><li><p>Always set it up explicitly as you intend it to +behave.</p></li><li><p>Use <b class="command">testparm</b> to uncover hidden +settings which might not reflect your intentions.</p></li></ul></div><p> +You can have a working Samba print configuration with this +minimal : +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cat /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal</tt></b> + [printers] + +</pre><p> +This example should show you that you can use testparm to test any +filename for fitness as a Samba configuration. Actually, we want to +encourage you <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> to change your + on a working system (unless you know +exactly what you are doing)! Don't rely on an assumption that changes +will only take effect after you re-start smbd! This is not the +case. Samba re-reads its every 60 +seconds and on each new client connection. You might have to face +changes for your production clients that you didn't intend to apply at +this time! You will now note a few more interesting things. Let's now +ask <b class="command">testparm</b> what the Samba print configuration +would be, if you used this minimalistic file as your real +: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"</tt></b> + Processing section "[printers]" + WARNING: [printers] service MUST be printable! + No path in service printers - using /tmp + + lpq cache time = 10 + total print jobs = 0 + load printers = Yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + disable spoolss = No + enumports command = + addprinter command = + deleteprinter command = + show add printer wizard = Yes + os2 driver map = + printer admin = + min print space = 0 + max print jobs = 1000 + printable = No + printing = bsd + print command = lpr -r -P%p %s + lpq command = lpq -P%p + printer name = + use client driver = No + [printers] + printable = Yes + +</pre><p> +testparm issued 2 warnings: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>because we didn't specify the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section as printable, +and</p></li><li><p>because we didn't tell it which spool directory to +use.</p></li></ul></div><p> +However, this was not fatal, and Samba-3.0 will default to values that +will work here. But, please!, don't rely on this and don't use this +example! This was only meant to make you careful to design and specify +your setup to be what you really want it to be. The outcome on your +system may vary for some parameters, since you may have a Samba built +with a different compile-time configuration. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Warning:</em></span> don't put a comment sign <span class="emphasis"><em>at +the end</em></span> of a valid line. It +will cause the parameter to be ignored (just as if you had put the +comment sign at the front). At first I regarded this as a bug in my +Samba version(s). But the man page states: “<span class="quote">Internal whitespace +in a parameter value is retained verbatim.</span>” This means that a +line consisting of, for example, +</p><pre class="screen"> +printing = lprng #This defines LPRng as the printing system" +</pre><p> +will regard the whole of the string after the "=" +sign as the value you want to define. And this is an invalid value +that will be ignored, and a default value used instead.] +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2919116"></a>Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here we show a more verbose example configuration for print related +settings in an . Below is a discussion +and explanation of the various parameters. We chose to use BSD-style +printing here, because we guess it is still the most commonly used +system on legacy Linux installations (new installs now predominantly +have CUPS, which is discussed entirely in the next chapter of this +document). Note, that this example explicitly names many parameters +which don't need to be stated because they are set by default. You +might be able to do with a leaner .</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +if you read access it with the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT), +and then write it to disk again, it will be optimized in a way such +that it doesn't contain any superfluous parameters and comments. SWAT +organizes the file for best performance. Remember that each smbd +re-reads the Samba configuration once a minute, and that each +connection spawns an smbd process of its own, so it is not a bad idea +to optimize the in environments with +hundreds or thousands of clients.</p></div><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + printing = bsd + load printers = yes + show add printer wizard = yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + printer admin = @ntadmin, root + total print jobs = 100 + lpq cache time = 20 + use client driver = no + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + printable = yes + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + guest ok = yes + public = yes + read only = yes + writable = no + + [my_printer_name] + comment = Printer with Restricted Access + path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer + printer admin = kurt + browseable = yes + printable = yes + writeable = no + hosts allow = 0.0.0.0 + hosts deny = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 + guest ok = no +</pre><p> +This <span class="emphasis"><em>also</em></span> is only an example configuration. You +may not find all the settings in your own + (as pre-configured by your OS +vendor). Many configuration parameters, if not explicitly set to a +specific value, are used and set by Samba implicitly to its own +default, because these have been compiled in. To see all settings, let +root use the <b class="command">testparm</b> +utility. <b class="command">testparm</b> also gives warnings if you have +mis-configured certain things.. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2919220"></a>Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Following is a discussion of the settings from above shown example. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2919234"></a>The [global] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section is one of 4 special +sections (along with [<i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i>, +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>...) It contains all parameters which +apply to the server as a whole. It is the place for parameters which +have only a "global" meaning (G). It may also contain service level +parameters (S) which then define default settings for all other +sections and shares. This way you can simplify the configuration and +avoid setting the same value repeatedly. (Within each individual +section or share you may however override these globally set "share +level" settings and specify other values). +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this causes Samba to use default print commands +applicable for the BSD (a.k.a. RFC 1179 style or LPR/LPD) printing +system. In general, the "printing" parameter informs Samba about the +print subsystem it should expect. Samba supports CUPS, LPD, LPRNG, +SYSV, HPUX, AIX, QNX and PLP. Each of these systems defaults to a +different <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> (and other queue control +commands).</p><div class="caution" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Caution</h3><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter is +normally a service level parameter. Since it is included here in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section, it will take effect for all +printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba-3.0 no longer +supports the SOFTQ printing system.</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this tells Samba to create automatically all +available printer shares. "Available" printer shares are discovered by +scanning the printcap file. All created printer shares are also loaded +for browsing. If you use this parameter, you do not need to specify +separate shares for each printer. Each automatically created printer +share will clone the configuration options found in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section. (A <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers += no</tt></i> setting will allow you to specify each UNIX printer +you want to share separately, leaving out some you don't want to be +publicly visible and available). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard = +yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this setting is normally +enabled by default (even if the parameter is not written into the +). It makes the <span class="guiicon">Add Printer Wizard</span> icon +show up in the <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder of the Samba host's +share listing (as shown in <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span> or +by the <b class="command">net view</b> command). To disable it, you need to +explicitly set it to <tt class="constant">no</tt> (commenting it out +will not suffice!). The Add Printer Wizard lets you upload printer +drivers to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and associate it +with a printer (if the respective queue exists there before the +action), or exchange a printer's driver against any other previously +uploaded driver. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs = 100</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs +being active on the Samba server at any one time. Should a client +submit a job which exceeds this number, a “<span class="quote">no more space +available on server</span>” type of error message will be returned by +Samba to the client. A setting of "0" (the default) means there is +<span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> limit at all! +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name = /etc/printcap</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this tells Samba where to look for a list of +available printer names. (If you use CUPS, make sure that a printcap +file is written: this is controlled by the "Printcap" directive of +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt>). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin = @ntadmin</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> members of the ntadmin group should be able to add +drivers and set printer properties ("ntadmin" is only an example name, +it needs to be a valid UNIX group name); root is implicitly always a +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>. The "@" sign precedes group names in +. A printer admin can do anything to +printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC +(see below). Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> +parameter is normally a share level parameter, so you may associate +different groups to different printer shares in larger installations, +if you use the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> parameter on the +share levels). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time = 20</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this controls the cache time for the results of the +lpq command. It prevents the lpq command being called too often and +reduces load on a heavily used print server. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> if set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, this setting only +takes effect for Win NT/2k/XP clients (and not for Win 95/98/ME). Its +default value is <tt class="constant">No</tt> (or <tt class="constant">False</tt>). +It must <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be enabled on print shares +(with a <tt class="constant">yes</tt> or <tt class="constant">true</tt> setting) which +have valid drivers installed on the Samba server! For more detailed +explanations see the man page of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2919616"></a>The [printers] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is the second special section. If a section with this name +appears in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>, users are able to +connect to any printer specified in the Samba host's printcap file, +because Samba on startup then creates a printer share for every +printername it finds in the printcap file. You could regard this +section as a general convenience shortcut to share all printers with +minimal configuration. It is also a container for settings which +should apply as default to all printers. (For more details see the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page.) Settings inside this +container must be share level parameters (S). +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = All printers</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the <i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i> is shown next to +the share if a client queries the server, either via <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span> or with the <b class="command">net view</b> command to list +available shares. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> please note well, that the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> service <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be +declared as printable. If you specify otherwise, smbd will refuse to +load at startup. This parameter allows +connected clients to open, write to and submit spool files into the +directory specified with the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter for +this service. It is used by Samba to differentiate printer shares from +file shares. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool +incoming print files. <span class="emphasis"><em>It must not be the same as the spool +directory specified in the configuration of your UNIX print +subsystem!</em></span> The path would typically point to a directory +which is world writeable, with the "sticky" bit set to it. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is always set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> if +<i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i>. It makes the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printer]</tt></i> share itself invisible in the +list of available shares in a <b class="command">net view</b> command or +in the Explorer browse list. (Note that you will of course see the +individual printers). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> +if set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then no password is required to +connect to the printers service. Access will be granted with the +privileges of the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i>. On many systems the +guest account will map to a user named "nobody". This user is in the UNIX +passwd file with an empty password, but with no valid UNIX login. +(Note: on some systems the guest account might not have the +privilege to be able to print. Test this by logging in as your +guest user using <b class="command">su - guest</b> and run a system print +command like +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>lpr -P printername /etc/motd</tt></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>public = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is a synonym for <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = +yes</tt></i>. Since we have <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i>, +it really doesn't need to be here! (This leads to the interesting +question: “<span class="quote">What, if I by accident have to contradictory settings +for the same share?</span>” The answer is: the last one encountered by +Samba wins. The "winner" is shown by testparm. Testparm doesn't +complain about different settings of the same parameter for the same +share! You can test this by setting up multiple lines for the "guest +account" parameter with different usernames, and then run testparm to +see which one is actually used by Samba.) +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this normally (for other types of shares) prevents +users creating or modifying files in the service's directory. However, +in a "printable" service, it is <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> allowed to +write to the directory (if user privileges allow the connection), but +only via print spooling operations. "Normal" write operations are not +allowed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> +synonym for <i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i> +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2919945"></a>Any [my_printer_name] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If a section appears in the , which is +tagged as <i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i>, Samba presents it as +a printer share to its clients. Note, that Win95/98/ME clients may +have problems with connecting or loading printer drivers if the share +name has more than 8 characters! Also be very careful if you give a +printer the same name as an existing user or file share name: upon a +client's connection request to a certain sharename, Samba always tries +to find file shares with that name first; if it finds one, it will +connect to this and will never ultimately connect to a printer with +the same name! +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = Printer with Restricted Access</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the comment says it all. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> here we set the spooling area for this printer to +another directory than the default. It is not a requirement to set it +differently, but the option is available. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin = kurt</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the printer admin definition is different for this +explicitly defined printer share from the general +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> share. It is not a requirement; we +did it to show that it is possible if you want it. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> we also made this printer browseable (so that the +clients may conveniently find it when browsing the <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span>). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>see explanation in last subsection. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>see explanation in last subsection. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>here we exercise a certain degree of access control +by using the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> parameters. Note, that +this is not by any means a safe bet. It is not a way to secure your +printers. This line accepts all clients from a certain subnet in a +first evaluation of access control +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60 +</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they +belong to the "allowed subnets"). As you can see, you could name IP +addresses as well as NetBIOS hostnames +here. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this printer is not open for the guest account! +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2920166"></a>Print Commands</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In each section defining a printer (or in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section), a <i class="parameter"><tt>print +command</tt></i> parameter may be defined. It sets a command to +process the files which have been placed into the Samba print spool +directory for that printer. (That spool directory was, if you +remember, set up with the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> +parameter). Typically, this command will submit the spool file to the +Samba host's print subsystem, using the suitable system print +command. But there is no requirement that this needs to be the +case. For debugging purposes or some other reason you may want to do +something completely different than "print" the file. An example is a +command that just copies the print file to a temporary location for +further investigation when you need to debug printing. If you craft +your own print commands (or even develop print command shell scripts), +make sure you pay attention to the need to remove the files from the +Samba spool directory. Otherwise your hard disk may soon suffer from +shortage of free space. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2920216"></a>Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You learned earlier on, that Samba in most cases uses its built-in +settings for many parameters if it can not find an explicitly stated +one in its configuration file. The same is true for the +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>. The default print command varies +depending on the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing =...</tt></i> parameter +setting. In the commands listed below, you will notice some parameters +of the form <span class="emphasis"><em>%X</em></span> where <span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> is +<span class="emphasis"><em>p, s, J</em></span> etc. These letters stand for +"printername", "spoolfile" and "job ID" respectively. They are +explained in more detail further below. Here is an overview (excluding +the special case of CUPS, which is discussed in the next chapter): +</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">If this setting is active...</th><th align="left">...this is used in lieu of an explicit command:</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lpr -r -P%p %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lp -c -P%p %s; rm %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lp -r -P%p -s %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpq -P%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpstat -o%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpq -P%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">lprm -P%p %j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">cancel %p-%j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">cancel %p-%j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command is <b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command is <b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command (...is empty)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +We excluded the special CUPS case here, because it is discussed in the +next chapter. Just a short summary. For <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = +CUPS</tt></i>: If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, it uses the +CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. (It is a good idea also to set +<i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = cups</tt></i> in case your +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> is set to write its autogenerated +printcap file to an unusual place). Otherwise Samba maps to the System +V printing commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it uses +<b class="command">lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</b> With <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = +cups</tt></i> , and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any +manually set print command will be ignored! +</p><p> +Having listed the above mappings here, you should note that there used +to be a <span class="emphasis"><em>bug</em></span> in recent 2.2.x versions which +prevented the mapping from taking effect. It lead to the +"bsd|aix|lprng|plp" settings taking effect for all other systems, for +the most important commands (the <b class="command">print</b> command, the +<b class="command">lpq</b> command and the <b class="command">lprm</b> +command). The <b class="command">lppause</b> command and the +<b class="command">lpresume</b> command remained empty. Of course, these +commands worked on bsd|aix|lprng|plp but they didn't work on +sysv|hpux|qnx systems. To work around this bug, you need to +explicitly set the commands. Use <b class="command">testparm -v</b> to +check which command takes effect. Then check that this command is +adequate and actually works for your installed print subsystem. It is +always a good idea to explicitly set up your configuration files the +way you want them to work and not rely on any built-in defaults. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2920741"></a>Setting up your own Print Commands</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After a print job has finished spooling to a service, the +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> will be used by Samba via a +<span class="emphasis"><em>system()</em></span> call to process the spool file. Usually +the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's +printing subsystem. But there is no requirement at all that this must +be the case. The print subsystem will probably not remove the spool +file on its own. So whatever command you specify on your own you +should ensure that the spool file is deleted after it has been +processed. +</p><p> +There is no difficulty with using your own customized print commands +with the traditional printing systems. However, if you don't wish to +"roll your own", you should be well informed about the default +built-in commands that Samba uses for each printing subsystem (see the +table above). In all the commands listed in the last paragraphs you +see parameters of the form <span class="emphasis"><em>%X</em></span> These are +<span class="emphasis"><em>macros</em></span>, or shortcuts, used as place holders for +the names of real objects. At the time of running a command with such +a placeholder, Samba will insert the appropriate value +automatically. Print commands can handle all Samba macro +substitutions. In regard to printing, the following ones do have +special relevance: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%s, %f</tt></i> - the path to the spool +file name</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> - the appropriate printer +name</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%J</tt></i> - the job name as +transmitted by the client.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%c</tt></i> - the number of printed +pages of the spooled job (if known).</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%z</tt></i> - the size of the spooled +print job (in bytes)</p></li></ul></div><p> +The print command MUST contain at least one occurrence of +<i class="parameter"><tt>%s</tt></i> or <i class="parameter"><tt>%f</tt></i>. -- The +<i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is optional. If no printer name is supplied, +the <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> will be silently removed from the print +command. In this case the job is sent to the default printer. +</p><p> +If specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section, the print +command given will be used for any printable service that does not +have its own print command specified. If there is neither a specified +print command for a printable service nor a global print command, +spool files will be created but not processed! And (most importantly): +print files will not be removed, so they will start filling your Samba +hard disk. +</p><p> +Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the "nobody" +account. If this happens, create an alternative guest account and +supply it with the privilege to print. Set up this guest account in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section with the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest +account</tt></i> parameter. +</p><p> +You can form quite complex print commands. You need to realize that +print commands are just passed to a UNIX shell. The shell is able to +expand the included environment variables as usual. (The syntax to +include a UNIX environment variable <i class="parameter"><tt>$variable</tt></i> +in or in the Samba print command is +<i class="parameter"><tt>%$variable</tt></i>.) To give you a working +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> example, the following will log a +print job to <tt class="filename">/tmp/print.log</tt>, print the file, then +remove it. Note that ';' is the usual separator for commands in shell +scripts: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - cd /var/spool/lpd/printer # spool directory of print jobs - ls # find job files - file dfA001myhost -</pre><p> -You should make sure that your printer supports this format OR that -your system administrator has installed a 'print filter' that will -convert the file to a format appropriate for your printer. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871344"></a>Job sent, strange output</h3></div></div><p> -Once you have the job printing, you can then start worrying about -making it print nicely. -</p><p> -The most common problem is extra pages of output: banner pages -OR blank pages at the end. -</p><p> -If you are getting banner pages, check and make sure that the -printcap option or printer option is configured for no banners. -If you have a printcap, this is the :sh (suppress header or banner -page) option. You should have the following in your printer. + + print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s + +</pre><p> +You may have to vary your own command considerably from this example +depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default +for the <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> parameter varies depending on the setting of +the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter. Another example is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - printer: ... :sh -</pre><p> -If you have this option and are still getting banner pages, there -is a strong chance that your printer is generating them for you -automatically. You should make sure that banner printing is disabled -for the printer. This usually requires using the printer setup software -or procedures supplied by the printer manufacturer. -</p><p> -If you get an extra page of output, this could be due to problems -with your job format, or if you are generating PostScript jobs, -incorrect setting on your printer driver on the MicroSoft client. -For example, under Win95 there is a option: + print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2921021"></a>Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before version 2.2.0, Samba's print server support for Windows clients +was limited to the level of <span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> printing +calls. This is the same protocol level as Windows 9x PCs offer when +they share printers. Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba started +to support the native Windows NT printing mechanisms. These are +implemented via <span class="emphasis"><em>MS-RPC</em></span> (RPC = <span class="emphasis"><em>Remote +Procedure Calls</em></span> ). MS-RPCs use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>SPOOLSS</em></span> named pipe for all printing. +</p><p> +The additional functionality provided by the new SPOOLSS support includes: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Support for downloading printer driver files to Windows +95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand (<span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span>); +</p></li><li><p>Uploading of printer drivers via the Windows NT +<span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer Wizard</em></span> (APW) or the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> tool set (refer to <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</a>); +</p></li><li><p>Support for the native MS-RPC printing calls such as +StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the MSDN documentation +at <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</a> +for more information on the Win32 printing API);</p></li><li><p>Support for NT <span class="emphasis"><em>Access Control +Lists</em></span> (ACL) on printer objects;</p></li><li><p>Improved support for printer queue manipulation +through the use of internal databases for spooled job information +(implemented by various <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> +files).</p></li></ul></div><p> +One other benefit of an update is this: Samba-3 is able to publish +all its printers in Active Directory (or LDAP)! +</p><p> +One slight difference is here: it is possible on a Windows NT print +server to have printers listed in the Printers folder which are +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> shared. Samba does not make this +distinction. By definition, the only printers of which Samba is aware +are those which are specified as shares in +. The reason is that Windows NT/200x/XP Professional +clients do not normally need to use the standard SMB printer share; +rather they can print directly to any printer on another Windows NT +host using MS-RPC. This of course assumes that the printing client has +the necessary privileges on the remote host serving the printer. The +default permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the +"Print" permissions to the well-known <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> +group. (The older clients of type Win9x can only print to "shared" +printers). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921186"></a>Client Drivers on Samba Server for <span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is still confusion about what all this means: <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it or +is it not a requirement for printer drivers to be installed on a Samba +host in order to support printing from Windows clients?</em></span> The +answer to this is: No, it is not a +<span class="emphasis"><em>requirement</em></span>. Windows NT/2000 clients can, of +course, also run their APW to install drivers +<span class="emphasis"><em>locally</em></span> (which then connect to a Samba served +print queue). This is the same method as used by Windows 9x +clients. (However, a <span class="emphasis"><em>bug</em></span> existed in Samba 2.2.0 +which made Windows NT/2000 clients require that the Samba server +possess a valid driver for the printer. This was fixed in Samba +2.2.1). +</p><p> +But it is a new <span class="emphasis"><em>option</em></span> to install the printer +drivers into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share of the Samba +server, and a big convenience too. Then <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> +clients (including 95/98/ME) get the driver installed when they first +connect to this printer share. The <span class="emphasis"><em>uploading</em></span> or +<span class="emphasis"><em>depositing</em></span> of the driver into this +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share, and the following binding of +this driver to an existing Samba printer share can be achieved by +different means: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>running the <span class="emphasis"><em>APW</em></span> on an +NT/200x/XP Professional client (this doesn't work from 95/98/ME +clients);</p></li><li><p>using the <span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> +toolset;</p></li><li><p>using the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbclient</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient</em></span> commandline tools;</p></li><li><p>using <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>(only works for +the CUPS printing system, not for LPR/LPD, LPRng +etc.).</p></li></ul></div><p> +Please take additional note of the following fact: <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba +does not use these uploaded drivers in any way to process spooled +files</em></span>. Drivers are utilized entirely by the clients, who +download and install them via the "Point'n'Print" mechanism supported +by Samba. The clients use these drivers to generate print files in the +format the printer (or the Unix print system) requires. Print files +received by Samba are handed over to the Unix printing system, which +is responsible for all further processing, if needed. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921338"></a>The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><b> +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> vs. <i class="parameter"><tt>[printer$]</tt></i> +. </b> +Versions of Samba prior to 2.2 made it possible to use a share +named <span class="emphasis"><em>[printer$]</em></span>. This name was taken from the +same named service created by Windows 9x clients when a printer was +shared by them. Windows 9x printer servers always have a +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printer$]</tt></i> service which provides read-only +access (with no password required) in order to support printer driver +downloads. However, Samba's initial implementation allowed for a +parameter named <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location</tt></i> to be +used on a per share basis. This specified the location of the driver +files associated with that printer. Another parameter named +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver</tt></i> provided a means of defining the +printer driver name to be sent to the client. These parameters, +including the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver file</tt></i> parameter, +are now removed and can not be used in installations of Samba-3.0. +Now the share name <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> is used for the +location of downloadable printer drivers. It is taken from the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service created by Windows NT PCs when +a printer is shared by them. Windows NT print servers always have a +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service which provides read-write +access (in the context of its ACLs) in order to support printer driver +down- and uploads. Don't fear -- this does not mean Windows 9x +clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share support just fine. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921450"></a>Creating the [print$] Share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order to support the up- and downloading of printer driver files, +you must first configure a file share named +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. The "public" name of this share is +hard coded in Samba's internals (because it is hard coded in the MS +Windows clients too). It cannot be renamed since Windows clients are +programmed to search for a service of exactly this name if they want +to retrieve printer driver files. +</p><p> +You should modify the server's file to +add the global parameters and create the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> file share (of course, some of the +parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced +with appropriate values for your site): +</p><pre class="screen"> + [global] + ; members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set + ; printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'. + printer admin = @ntadmin + [....] + + [printers] + [....] + + [print$] + comment = Printer Driver Download Area + path = /etc/samba/drivers + browseable = yes + guest ok = yes + read only = yes + write list = @ntadmin, root +</pre><p> +Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the +<i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter exists on the Unix file system. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921521"></a>Parameters in the [print$] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> is a special section in +. It contains settings relevant to +potential printer driver download and local installation by clients. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = Printer Driver +Download Area</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the comment appears next to the share name if it is +listed in a share list (usually Windows clients won't see it often but +it will also appear up in a <b class="command">smbclient -L sambaserver +</b> output). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /etc/samba/printers</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is the path to the location of the Windows +driver file deposit from the UNIX point of +view.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this makes the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +"invisible" in Network Neighbourhood to clients. However, you can +still "mount" it from any client using the <b class="command">net use +g:\\sambaserver\print$</b> command in a "DOS box" or the +"Connect network drive" menu from Windows +Explorer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this gives read only access to this share for all +guest users. Access may be used to download and install printer +drivers on clients. The requirement for <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = +yes</tt></i> depends upon how your site is configured. If users +will be guaranteed to have an account on the Samba host, then this is +a non-issue.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The non-issue is this: if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to +be authenticated by the Samba server (for example if Samba +authenticates via an NT domain server and the NT user has already been +validated by the Domain Controller in order to logon to the Windows NT +session), then guest access is not necessary. Of course, in a +workgroup environment where you just want to be able to print without +worrying about silly accounts and security, then configure the share +for guest access. You'll probably want to add <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest += Bad User</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section +as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before +using it. +</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or +even change driver settings) we tagged this share as not +writeable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>write list = @ntadmin,root</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>since the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> was made +read only by the previous setting, we need to create a "write list" +also. UNIX groups (denoted with a leading "@" character) and users +listed here are allowed write access (as an exception to the general +public's "read-only" access), which they need to update files on the +share. Normally you will want to only name administrative level user +accounts in this setting. Check the file system permissions to make +sure these accounts can copy files to the share. If this is a non-root +account, then the account should also be mentioned in the global +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin </tt></i> parameter. See the + man page for more information on +configuring file shares. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921752"></a>Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order for a Windows NT print server to support the downloading of +driver files by multiple client architectures, you must create several +subdirectories within the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service +(i.e. the Unix directory named by the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> +parameter). These correspond to each of the supported client +architectures. Samba follows this model as well. Just like the name of +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share itself, the subdirectories +*must* be exactly the names listed below (you may leave out the +subdirectories of architectures you don't want to support). +</p><p> +Therefore, create a directory tree below the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share for each architecture you wish +to support. </p><pre class="programlisting"> - Printers|Printer Name|(Right Click)Properties|Postscript|Advanced| -</pre><p> -that allows you to choose if a Ctrl-D is appended to all jobs. -This is a very bad thing to do, as most spooling systems will -automatically add a ^D to the end of the job if it is detected as -PostScript. The multiple ^D may cause an additional page of output. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871420"></a>Raw PostScript printed</h3></div></div><p> -This is a problem that is usually caused by either the print spooling -system putting information at the start of the print job that makes -the printer think the job is a text file, or your printer simply -does not support PostScript. You may need to enable 'Automatic -Format Detection' on your printer. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871438"></a>Advanced Printing</h3></div></div><p> -Note that you can do some pretty magic things by using your -imagination with the "print command" option and some shell scripts. -Doing print accounting is easy by passing the %U option to a print -command shell script. You could even make the print command detect -the type of output and its size and send it to an appropriate -printer. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2871464"></a>Real debugging</h3></div></div><p> -If the above debug tips don't help, then maybe you need to bring in -the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="CUPS-printing"></a>Chapter 14. CUPS Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Kurt Pfeifle</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (25 March 2003) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2871008">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871067">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871607">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2871091">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872272">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872314">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872566">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872915">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2873302">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2873339">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2873758">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874367">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874473">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871008"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> -The Common Unix Print System (CUPS) has become very popular, but to many it is -a very mystical tool. There is a great deal of uncertainty regarding CUPS and how -it works. The result is seen in a large number of posting on the samba mailing lists -expressing frustration when MS Windows printers appear not to work with a CUPS -backr-end. -</p><p> -This is a good time to point out how CUPS can be used and what it does. CUPS is more -than just a print spooling system - it is a complete printer management system that -complies with HTTP and IPP protocols. It can be managed remotely via a web browser -and it can print using http and ipp protocols. -</p><p> -CUPS allows to creation of RAW printers (ie: NO file format translation) as well as -SMART printers (ie: CUPS does file format conversion as required for the printer). In -many ways this gives CUPS similar capabilities to the MS Windows print monitoring -system. Of course, if you are a CUPS advocate, you would agrue that CUPS is better! -In any case, let us now move on to explore how one may configure CUPS for interfacing -with MS Windows print clients via Samba. -</p><p> -<a href="http://www.cups.org/" target="_top">CUPS</a> is a newcomer in the UNIX printing scene, -which has convinced many people upon first trial already. However, it has quite a few -new features, which make it different from other, more traditional printing systems. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871067"></a>Configuring <tt>smb.conf</tt> for CUPS</h2></div></div><p> -Printing with CUPS in the most basic <tt>smb.conf</tt> -setup in Samba-3 only needs two settings: <b>printing = cups</b> and -<b>printcap = cups</b>. While CUPS itself doesn't need a printcap -anymore, the <tt>cupsd.conf</tt> configuration file knows two directives -(example: <b>Printcap /etc/printcap</b> and <b>PrintcapFormat -BSD</b>), which control if such a file should be created for the -convenience of third party applications. Make sure it is set! For details see -<b>man cupsd.conf</b> and other CUPS-related documentation. -</p><p> -If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <b>printcap = cups</b> uses the -CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands -with an additional <i><tt>-oraw</tt></i> option for printing. On a Linux system, -you can use the <b>ldd</b> command to find out details (ldd may not be -present on other OS platforms, or its function may be embodied by a different command): -</p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting">transmeta:/home/kurt # ldd `which smbd` - libssl.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000) - libcrypto.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000) - libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000) - libdl.so.2 => /lib/libdl.so.2 (0x401e8000) - libnsl.so.1 => /lib/libnsl.so.1 (0x401ec000) - libpam.so.0 => /lib/libpam.so.0 (0x40202000) - libc.so.6 => /lib/libc.so.6 (0x4020b000) - /lib/ld-linux.so.2 => /lib/ld-linux.so.2 (0x40000000) -</pre><p> -The line "libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 -(0x40123000)" shows there is CUPS support compiled into this version of -Samba. If this is the case, and <b>printing = cups</b> is set, then any -otherwise manually set print command in <tt>smb.conf</tt> is ignored. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871607"></a>CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</h2></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -When used in raw print through mode is will be necessary to use the printer -vendor's drivers in each Windows client PC. +[print$]--+-- + |--W32X86 # serves drivers to "Windows NT x86" + |--WIN40 # serves drivers to "Windows 95/98" + |--W32ALPHA # serves drivers to "Windows NT Alpha_AXP" + |--W32MIPS # serves drivers to "Windows NT R4000" + |--W32PPC # serves drivers to "Windows NT PowerPC" +</pre><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Required permissions</h3><p> +In order to add a new driver to your Samba host, one of two conditions +must hold true: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host must +have a UID of 0 (i.e. a root account)</p></li><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host must be +named in the <span class="emphasis"><em>printer admin</em></span>list.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Of course, the connected account must still possess access to add +files to the subdirectories beneath +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. Remember that all file shares are set +to 'read only' by default. +</p></div><p> +Once you have created the required <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +service and associated subdirectories, go to a Windows NT 4.0/2k/XP +client workstation. Open <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span> or +<span class="guiicon">My Network Places</span> and browse for the Samba host. +Once you have located the server, navigate to its <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. You should see an initial listing of printers +that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2921913"></a>Installing Drivers into [print$]</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You have successfully created the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share in ? And Samba has re-read its +configuration? Good. But you are not yet ready to take off. The +<span class="emphasis"><em>driver files</em></span> need to be present in this share, +too! So far it is still an empty share. Unfortunately, it is not enough +to just copy the driver files over. They need to be <span class="emphasis"><em>set +up</em></span> too. And that is a bit tricky, to say the least. We +will now discuss two alternative ways to install the drivers into +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>using the Samba commandline utility +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> with its various subcommands (here: +<b class="command">adddriver</b> and <b class="command">setdriver</b>) from +any UNIX workstation;</p></li><li><p>running a GUI (<span class="emphasis"><em>Printer +Properties</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer Wizard</em></span>) +from any Windows NT/2k/XP client workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The latter option is probably the easier one (even if the only +entrance to this realm seems a little bit weird at first). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2922008"></a>Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's +<span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder accessed from a client's Explorer +will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in +Samba-3 (as in 2.2.1 and later) this driver name is set to a NULL +string. This must be changed now. The local <span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer +Wizard</em></span>, run from NT/2000/XP clients, will help us in this +task. +</p><p> +However, the job to set a valid driver for the printer is not a +straightforward one: You must attempt to view the printer properties +for the printer to which you want the driver assigned. Open the +Windows Explorer, open Network Neighbourhood, browse to the Samba +host, open Samba's <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder, right-click the printer icon and +select <span class="guimenu">Properties...</span>. You are now trying to view printer and driver +properties for a queue which has this default <tt class="constant">NULL</tt> driver +assigned. This will result in an error message (this is normal here): +</p><p><span class="errorname"> Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver +for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler properties +will be displayed. Do you want to install the driver +now?</span></p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Important:</em></span>Don't click <span class="guibutton">Yes</span>! Instead, +<span class="emphasis"><em>click <span class="guibutton">No</span></em></span> in the error dialog. +Only now you will be presented with the printer properties window. From here, +the way to assign a driver to a printer is open to us. You have now the choice +either: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>select a driver from the pop-up list of installed +drivers. <span class="emphasis"><em>Initially this list will be empty.</em></span> +Or</p></li><li><p>use the <span class="guibutton">New Driver...</span> button to +install a new printer driver (which will in fact start up the +APW).</p></li></ul></div><p> +Once the APW is started, the procedure is exactly the same as the one +you are familiar with in Windows (we assume here that you are +familiar with the printer driver installations procedure on Windows +NT). Make sure your connection is in fact setup as a user with +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> privileges (if in doubt, use +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check for this). If you wish to +install printer drivers for client operating systems other than +<span class="application">Windows NT x86</span>, you will need to use the +<span class="guilabel">Sharing</span> tab of the printer properties dialog. +</p><p> +Assuming you have connected with an administrative (or root) account +(as named by the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> parameter), +you will also be able to modify other printer properties such as ACLs +and default device settings using this dialog. For the default device +settings, please consider the advice given further below. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2922192"></a>Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +<b class="command">rpcclient</b></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The second way to install printer drivers into +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> and set them up in a valid way can be +done from the UNIX command line. This involves four distinct steps: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>gathering the info about the required driver files +and collecting the files together;</p></li><li><p>deposit the driver files into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share's correct subdirectories +(possibly by using <b class="command">smbclient</b>);</p></li><li><p>running the <b class="command">rpcclient</b> +commandline utility once with the <b class="command">adddriver</b> +subcommand,</p></li><li><p>running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> a second +time with the <b class="command">setdriver</b> +subcommand.</p></li></ol></div><p> +We will provide detailed hints for each of these steps in the next few +paragraphs. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2922300"></a>Identifying the Driver Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To find out about the driver files, you have two options: you could +investigate the driver CD which comes with your printer. Study the +<tt class="filename">*.inf</tt> file on the CD, if it is contained. This +may not be the possible, since the *.inf file might be +missing. Unfortunately, many vendors have now started to use their own +installation programs. These installations packages are often some +sort of Windows platform archive format, plus, the files may get +re-named during the installation process. This makes it extremely +difficult to identify the driver files you need. +</p><p> +Then you only have the second option: install the driver first on a +Windows client *locally* and investigate which file names and paths it +uses after they are installed. (Note, that you need to repeat this +procedure for every client platform you want to support. We are going +to show it here for the <span class="application">W32X86</span> platform only, a +name used by Microsoft for all WinNT/2k/XP clients...) +</p><p> +A good method to recognize the driver files this is to print the test +page from the driver's <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> Dialog +(<span class="guilabel">General</span> tab). Then look at the list of driver +files named on the printout. You'll need to recognize what Windows +(and Samba) are calling the <span class="guilabel">Driver File</span> , the +<span class="guilabel">Data File</span>, the <span class="guilabel">Config File</span>, +the <span class="guilabel">Help File</span> and (optionally) the +<span class="guilabel">Dependent Driver Files</span> (this may vary slightly +for Windows NT). You need to remember all names (or better take a +note) for the next steps. +</p><p> +Another method to quickly test the driver filenames and related paths +is provided by the <b class="command">rpcclient</b> utility. Run it with +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b> or with the +<b class="command">getdriver</b> subcommand, each in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span> level. In the following example, +<span class="emphasis"><em>TURBO_XP</em></span> is the name of the Windows PC (in this +case it was a Windows XP Professional laptop, BTW). I had installed +the driver locally to TURBO_XP while <span class="emphasis"><em>kde-bitshop</em></span> is +the name of the Linux host from which I am working. We could run an +<span class="emphasis"><em>interactive</em></span> <b class="command">rpcclient</b> session; +then we'd get an <span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient /></em></span> prompt and would +type the subcommands at this prompt. This is left as a good exercise +to the reader. For now we use <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with the +<tt class="option">-c</tt> parameter to execute a single subcommand +line and exit again. This is the method you would use if you want to +create scripts to automate the procedure for a large number of +printers and drivers. Note the different quotes used to overcome the +different spaces in between words: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c 'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP</tt></b> + cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3 + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL] + Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd] + Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL] + Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP] + + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +You may notice, that this driver has quite a big number of +<span class="guilabel">Dependentfiles</span> (I know worse cases however). Also, +strangely, the <span class="guilabel">Driver File</span> is here tagged as +<span class="guilabel">Driver Path</span>.... oh, well. Here we don't have yet +support for the so-called <span class="application">WIN40</span> architecture +installed. This name is used by Microsoft for the Win95/98/ME platforms. +If we want to support these, we need to install the Win95/98/ME driver +files in addition to those for <span class="application">W32X86</span> +(i.e. the WinNT72000/XP clients) onto a Windows PC. This PC +can also host the Win9x drivers, even if itself runs on Windows NT, +2000 or XP. +</p><p> +Since the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share is usually accessible +through the <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span>, you can also use the UNC notation +from Windows Explorer to poke at it. The Win9x driver files will end +up in subdirectory "0" of the "WIN40" directory. The full path to +access them will be +<tt class="filename">\\WINDOWSHOST\print$\WIN40\0\</tt>. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> more recent drivers on Windows 2000 and Windows XP are +installed into the "3" subdirectory instead of the "2". The version 2 +of drivers, as used in Windows NT, were running in Kernel Mode. +Windows 2000 changed this. While it still can use the Kernel Mode +drivers (if this is enabled by the Admin), its native mode for printer +drivers is User Mode execution. This requires drivers designed for +this. These type of drivers install into the "3" subdirectory. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2922629"></a>Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's +[print$] Share</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Now we need to collect all the driver files we identified. in our +previous step. Where do we get them from? Well, why not retrieve them +from the very PC and the same <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +which we investigated in our last step to identify the files? We can +use <b class="command">smbclient</b> to do this. We will use the paths and +names which were leaked to us by <b class="command">getdriver</b>. The +listing is edited to include linebreaks for readability: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //TURBO_XP/print\$ -U'Danka%xxxx' \ + -c 'cd W32X86/2;mget HD*_de.* \ + hd*ppd Hd*_de.* Hddm*dll HDN*Aux.DLL'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 ) + Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>n</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>y</tt></b> + getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def (22.0 kb/s) (average 22.0 kb/s) + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>y</tt></b> + getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL (737.3 kb/s) (average 737.3 kb/s) + [...] + +</pre><p> +After this command is complete, the files are in our current local +directory. You probably have noticed that this time we passed several +commands to the <tt class="option">-c</tt> parameter, separated by semi-colons. This +effects that all commands are executed in sequence on the remote +Windows server before smbclient exits again. +</p><p> +Don't forget to repeat the procedure for the <span class="application">WIN40</span> +architecture should you need to support Win95/98/XP clients. Remember, the +files for these architectures are in the WIN40/0/ subdir. Once we are +complete, we can run <b class="command">smbclient ... put</b> to store +the collected files on the Samba server's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2922781"></a>Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, now we are going to put the driver files into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Remember, the UNIX path to this +share has been defined previously in your +. You also have created subdirectories +for the different Windows client types you want to support. Supposing +your <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share maps to the UNIX path +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/</tt>, your driver files should now +go here: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>for all Windows NT, 2000 and XP clients into +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/</tt> <span class="emphasis"><em>but +*not*(yet) into the "2" subdir</em></span>!</p></li><li><p>for all Windows 95, 98 and ME clients into +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/WIN40/</tt> -- <span class="emphasis"><em>but *not* +(yet) into the "0" subdir</em></span>!</p></li></ul></div><p> +We again use smbclient to transfer the driver files across the +network. We specify the same files and paths as were leaked to us by +running <b class="command">getdriver</b> against the original +<span class="emphasis"><em>Windows</em></span> install. However, now we are going to +store the files into a <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba/UNIX</em></span> print server's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share... +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.ppd; put HDNIS01U_de.DLL; \ + put HDNIS01U_de.HLP; put Hddm91c1_de.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.INI; put Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.dat; put Hddm91c1_de.dat; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.def; put Hddm91c1_de.hre; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.vnd; put Hddm91c1_de.hlp; \ + put Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP; put HDNIS01Aux.dll; \ + put HDNIS01_de.NTF'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 ) + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL (4465.5 kb/s) (average 4465.5 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd (12876.8 kb/s) (average 4638.9 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL (20249.8 kb/s) (average 5828.3 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP (9652.8 kb/s) (average 5899.8 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL (23777.7 kb/s) (average 10400.6 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI (98.6 kb/s) (average 10329.0 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL (22931.5 kb/s) (average 10501.7 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (2462.8 kb/s) (average 10393.0 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (4925.3 kb/s) (average 10356.3 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def (417.9 kb/s) (average 10290.1 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre (22571.3 kb/s) (average 11338.5 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd (3384.6 kb/s) (average 10754.3 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp (18406.8 kb/s) (average 10839.8 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP (20278.3 kb/s) (average 11386.3 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll (14994.6 kb/s) (average 11405.2 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF (23390.2 kb/s) (average 13170.8 kb/s) + +</pre><p> +Phewww -- that was a lot of typing! Most drivers are a lot smaller -- +many only having 3 generic PostScript driver files plus 1 PPD. Note, +that while we did retrieve the files from the "2" subdirectory of the +"W32X86" directory from the Windows box, we <span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> +put them (for now) in this same subdirectory of the Samba box! This +re-location will automatically be done by the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> command which we will run shortly (and +don't forget to also put the files for the Win95/98/ME architecture +into the <tt class="filename">WIN40/</tt> subdirectory should you need +them). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2923017"></a>Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For now we verify that our files are there. This can be done with +<b class="command">smbclient</b> too (but of course you can log in via SSH +also and do this through a standard UNIX shell access too): +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 ) + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + .. D 0 Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003 + 2 D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:18 2003 + HDNIS01Aux.dll A 15356 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL A 46966 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01_de.DLL A 434400 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01_de.NTF A 790404 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.DLL A 876544 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.INI A 101 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.dat A 5044 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.def A 428 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hlp A 37699 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hre A 323584 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.ppd A 26373 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.vnd A 45056 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.DLL A 165888 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.HLP A 19770 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP A 228417 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:18 2003 + .. D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + ADOBEPS5.DLL A 434400 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + laserjet4.ppd A 9639 Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003 + ADOBEPSU.DLL A 109568 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + ADOBEPSU.HLP A 18082 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + PDFcreator2.PPD A 15746 Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available + +</pre><p> +Notice that there are already driver files present in the +<tt class="filename">2</tt> subdir (probably from a previous +installation). Once the files for the new driver are there too, you +are still a few steps away from being able to use them on the +clients. The only thing you could do *now* is to retrieve them from a +client just like you retrieve ordinary files from a file share, by +opening print$ in Windows Explorer. But that wouldn't install them per +Point'n'Print. The reason is: Samba doesn't know yet that these files +are something special, namely <span class="emphasis"><em>printer driver +files</em></span> and it doesn't know yet to which print queue(s) these +driver files belong. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2923178"></a>Running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with +<b class="command">adddriver</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, next you must tell Samba about the special category of the files +you just uploaded into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. This +is done by the <b class="command">adddriver</b> command. It will +prompt Samba to register the driver files into its internal TDB +database files. The following command and its output has been edited, +again, for readability: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \ + Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP: \ + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF, \ + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS</tt></b> + + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL: \ + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP" + + Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +After this step the driver should be recognized by Samba on the print +server. You need to be very careful when typing the command. Don't +exchange the order of the fields. Some changes would lead to a +<tt class="computeroutput">NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL</tt> error +message. These become obvious. Other changes might install the driver +files successfully, but render the driver unworkable. So take care! +Hints about the syntax of the adddriver command are in the man +page. The CUPS printing chapter of this HOWTO collection provides a +more detailed description, if you should need it. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2923278"></a>Check how Driver Files have been moved after +<b class="command">adddriver</b> finished</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One indication for Samba's recognition of the files as driver files is +the <tt class="computeroutput">successfully installed</tt> message. +Another one is the fact, that our files have been moved by the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> command into the <tt class="filename">2</tt> +subdirectory. You can check this again with +<b class="command">smbclient</b>: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xxxx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.162 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + .. D 0 Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003 + 2 D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 731 blocks available + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + .. D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + DigiMaster.PPD A 148336 Thu Apr 24 01:07:00 2003 + ADOBEPS5.DLL A 434400 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + laserjet4.ppd A 9639 Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003 + ADOBEPSU.DLL A 109568 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + ADOBEPSU.HLP A 18082 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + PDFcreator2.PPD A 15746 Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003 + HDNIS01Aux.dll A 15356 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL A 46966 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01_de.DLL A 434400 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01_de.NTF A 790404 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.DLL A 876544 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.INI A 101 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.dat A 5044 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.def A 428 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hlp A 37699 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hre A 323584 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.ppd A 26373 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.vnd A 45056 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.DLL A 165888 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.HLP A 19770 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP A 228417 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 731 blocks available + +</pre><p> +Another verification is that the timestamp of the printing TDB files +is now updated (and possibly their filesize has increased). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2923446"></a>Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Now the driver should be registered with Samba. We can easily verify +this, and will do so in a moment. However, this driver is +<span class="emphasis"><em>not yet</em></span> associated with a particular +<span class="emphasis"><em>printer</em></span>. We may check the driver status of the +files by at least three methods: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>from any Windows client browse Network Neighbourhood, +find the Samba host and open the Samba <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. Select any printer icon, right-click and +select the printer <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span>. Click on the +<span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> tab. Here is a field indicating the +driver for that printer. A drop down menu allows you to change that +driver (be careful to not do this unwittingly.). You can use this +list to view all drivers know to Samba. Your new one should be amongst +them. (Each type of client will only see his own architecture's +list. If you don't have every driver installed for each platform, the +list will differ if you look at it from Windows95/98/ME or +WindowsNT/2000/XP.)</p></li><li><p>from a Windows 2000 or XP client (not WinNT) browse +<span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span>, search for the Samba +server and open the server's <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder, +right-click the white background (with no printer highlighted). Select +<span class="guimenuitem">Server Properties</span>. On the +<span class="guilabel">Drivers</span> tab you will see the new driver listed +now. This view enables you to also inspect the list of files belonging +to that driver<span class="emphasis"><em> (this doesn't work on Windows NT, but only on +Windows 2000 and Windows XP. WinNT doesn't provide the "Drivers" +tab).</em></span>. An alternative, much quicker method for Windows +2000/XP to start this dialog is by typing into a DOS box (you must of +course adapt the name to your Samba server instead of <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i>): +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /s /t2 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p>from a UNIX prompt run this command (or a variant +thereof), where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> is the name of the Samba +host and "xxxx" represents the actual Samba password assigned to root: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'enumdrivers' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b></p><p> +You will see a listing of all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one +should be amongst them. But it is only listed under the <i class="parameter"><tt>[Windows NT +x86]</tt></i> heading, not under <i class="parameter"><tt>[Windows 4.0]</tt></i>, +since we didn't install that part. Or did *you*? -- You will see a listing of +all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one should be amongst them. In our +example it is named <span class="emphasis"><em>dm9110</em></span>. Note that the 3rd column +shows the other installed drivers twice, for each supported architecture one +time. Our new driver only shows up for +<span class="application">Windows NT 4.0 or 2000</span>. To +have it present for <span class="application">Windows 95, 98 and ME</span> you'll +have to repeat the whole procedure with the WIN40 architecture and subdirectory. +</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2923650"></a>A side note: you are not bound to specific driver names</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can name the driver as you like. If you repeat the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> step, with the same files as before, but +with a different driver name, it will work the same: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx \ + -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \ + "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \ + Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP: \ + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS + </tt></b> + + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" + "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:\ + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP" + + Printer Driver myphantasydrivername successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +You will also be able to bind that driver to any print queue (however, +you are responsible yourself that you associate drivers to queues +which make sense to the target printer). Note, that you can't run the +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> <b class="command">adddriver</b> command +repeatedly. Each run "consumes" the files you had put into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share by moving them into the +respective subdirectories. So you <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> precede an +<b class="command">smbclient ... put</b> command before each +<b class="command">rpcclient ... adddriver</b>" command. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2923761"></a>La Grande Finale: Running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with +<b class="command">setdriver</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba still needs to know <span class="emphasis"><em>which</em></span> printer's driver +this is. It needs to create a mapping of the driver to a printer, and +store this info in its "memory", the TDB files. The <b class="command">rpcclient +setdriver</b> command achieves exactly this: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername + Successfully set dm9110 to driver myphantasydrivername. +</pre><p> +Ahhhhh -- no, I didn't want to do that. Repeat, this time with the +name I intended: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'setdriver dm9110 dm9110' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 dm9110 + Successfully set dm9110 to driver dm9110. +</pre><p> +The syntax of the command is <b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient +-U'root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>sambapassword</tt></i>' -c 'setdriver +"<i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i>" +"<i class="replaceable"><tt>drivername</tt></i>' +<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-Hostname</tt></i></tt></b> . -- +Now we have done *most* of the work. But not yet all.... +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +the <b class="command">setdriver</b> command will only succeed if the printer is +known to +Samba already. A bug in 2.2.x prevented Samba from recognizing freshly +installed printers. You had to restart Samba, or at least send a HUP +signal to all running smbd processes to work around this: +<b class="userinput"><tt>kill -HUP `pidof smbd`</tt></b>. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2923912"></a>"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A famous philosopher said once: “<span class="quote">The Proof of the Pudding lies +in the Eating</span>”. The proof for our setup lies in the printing. +So let's install the printer driver onto the client PCs. This is not +as straightforward as it may seem. Read on. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2923933"></a>The first Client Driver Installation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Especially important is the installation onto the first client PC (for +each architectural platform separately). Once this is done correctly, +all further clients are easy to setup and shouldn't need further +attention. What follows is a description for the recommended first +procedure. You work now from a client workstation. First you should +guarantee that your connection is not unwittingly mapped to +<i class="parameter"><tt>bad user</tt></i> "nobody". In a DOS box type: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net use \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\print$ /user:root</tt></b></p><p> +Replace root, if needed, by another valid +<i class="replaceable"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> user as given in the definition. +Should you already be connected as a different user, you'll get an error +message. There is no easy way to get rid of that connection, because +Windows doesn't seem to know a concept of "logging off" from a share +connection (don't confuse this with logging off from the local +workstation; that is a different matter). You can try to close +<span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> Windows file explorer and Internet Explorer +windows. As a last resort, you may have to reboot. Make sure there is +no automatic re-connection set up. It may be easier to go to a +different workstation and try from there. After you have made sure you +are connected as a printer admin user (you can check this with the +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> command on Samba) do this from the +Windows workstation: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Open <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span></p></li><li><p>Browse to Samba server</p></li><li><p>Open its <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder</p></li><li><p>Highlight and right-click the printer</p></li><li><p>Select <span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span> (for WinNT4/2K +it is possibly <span class="guimenuitem">Install...</span>)</p></li></ul></div><p> +A new printer (named <i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i> on +samba-server) should now have appeared in your +<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> Printer folder (check <span class="guimenu">Start</span> -- +<span class="guimenuitem">Settings</span> -- <span class="guimenuitem">Control Panel</span> +-- <span class="guiicon">Printers and Faxes</span>). +</p><p> +Most likely you are now tempted to try and print a test page. After +all, you now can open the printer properties and on the "General" tab, +there is a button offering to do just that. But chances are that you +get an error message saying <span class="errorname">Unable to print Test +Page</span>. The reason might be that there is not yet a +valid Device Mode set for the driver, or that the "Printer Driver +Data" set is still incomplete. +</p><p> +You must now make sure that a valid "Device Mode" is set for the +driver. Don't fear -- we will explain now what that means. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2924131"></a>IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order for a printer to be truly usable by a Windows NT/2K/XP +client, it must possess: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a valid <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Mode</em></span> generated by +the driver for the printer (defining things like paper size, +orientation and duplex settings), and</p></li><li><p>a complete set of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver Data</em></span> generated by the +driver.</p></li></ul></div><p> +If either one of these is incomplete, the clients can produce less +than optimal output at best. In the worst cases, unreadable garbage or +nothing at all comes from the printer or they produce a harvest of +error messages when attempting to print. Samba stores the named values +and all printing related info in its internal TDB database files +<tt class="filename">(ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>, <tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt> +and <tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt>). +</p><p> +What do these two words stand for? Basically, the Device Mode and the +set of Printer Driver Data is a collection of settings for all print +queue properties, initialized in a sensible way. Device Modes and +Printer Driver Data should initially be set on the print server (that is +here: the Samba host) to healthy values so that the clients can start +to use them immediately. How do we set these initial healthy values? +This can be achieved by accessing the drivers remotely from an NT (or +2k/XP) client, as is discussed in the next paragraphs. +</p><p> +Be aware, that a valid Device Mode can only be initiated by a +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>, or root (the reason should be +obvious). Device Modes can only correctly be set by executing the +printer driver program itself. Since Samba can not execute this Win32 +platform driver code, it sets this field initially to NULL (which is +not a valid setting for clients to use). Fortunately, most drivers +generate themselves the Printer Driver Data that is needed, when they +are uploaded to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share with the +help of the APW or rpcclient. +</p><p> +The generation and setting of a first valid Device Mode however +requires some "tickling" from a client, to set it on the Samba +server. The easiest means of doing so is to simply change the page +orientation on the server's printer. This "executes" enough of the +printer driver program on the client for the desired effect to happen, +and feeds back the new Device Mode to our Samba server. You can use the +native Windows NT/2K/XP printer properties page from a Window client +for this: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Browse the <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span></p></li><li><p>Find the Samba server</p></li><li><p>Open the Samba server's <span class="guiicon">Printers and + Faxes</span> folder</p></li><li><p>Highlight the shared printer in question</p></li><li><p>Right-click the printer (you may already be here, if you +followed the last section's description)</p></li><li><p>At the bottom of the context menu select +<span class="guimenu">Properties....</span> (if the menu still offers the +<span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span> entry +further above, you need to click that one first to achieve the driver +installation as shown in the last section)</p></li><li><p>Go to the <span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> tab; click on +<span class="guibutton">Printing Defaults...</span></p></li><li><p>Change the "Portrait" page setting to "Landscape" (and +back)</p></li><li><p>(Oh, and make sure to <span class="emphasis"><em>apply</em></span> +changes between swapping the page orientation to cause the change to +actually take effect...).</p></li><li><p>While you're at it, you may optionally also want to +set the desired printing defaults here, which then apply to all future +client driver installations on the remaining from now +on.</p></li></ul></div><p> +This procedure has executed the printer driver program on the client +platform and fed back the correct Device Mode to Samba, which now +stored it in its TDB files. Once the driver is installed on the +client, you can follow the analogous steps by accessing the +<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder too if you are +a Samba printer admin user. From now on printing should work as expected. +</p><p> +Samba also includes a service level parameter name <i class="parameter"><tt>default +devmode</tt></i> for generating a default Device Mode for a +printer. Some drivers will function well with Samba's default set of +properties. Others may crash the client's spooler service. So use this +parameter with caution. It is always better to have the client +generate a valid device mode for the printer and store it on the +server for you. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2924420"></a>Further Client Driver Install Procedures</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every further driver may be done by any user, along the lines +described above: Browse network, open printers folder on Samba server, +right-click printer and choose <span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span>. Once +this completes (should be not more than a few seconds, but could also take +a minute, depending on network conditions), you should find the new printer in +your client workstation local <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. +</p><p> +You can also open your local <span class="guiicon">Printers and Faxes</span> folder by +using this command on Windows 2000 and Windows XP Professional workstations: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 shell32.dll,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL PrintersFolder +</tt></b></p><p> +or this command on Windows NT 4.0 workstations: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 shell32.dll,Control_RunDLL MAIN.CPL @2 +</tt></b></p><p> +You can enter the commands either inside a <span class="guilabel">DOS box</span> window +or in the <span class="guimenuitem">Run command...</span> field from the +<span class="guimenu">Start</span> menu. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2924516"></a>Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After you installed the driver on the Samba server (in its +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share, you should always make sure +that your first client installation completes correctly. Make it a habit for +yourself to build that the very first connection from a client as +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>. This is to make sure that: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> a first valid <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Mode</em></span> is +really initialized (see above for more explanation details), and +that</p></li><li><p> the default print settings of your printer for all +further client installations are as you want them</p></li></ul></div><p> +Do this by changing the orientation to landscape, click +<span class="emphasis"><em>Apply</em></span>, and then change it back again. Then modify +the other settings (for example, you don't want the default media size +set to <span class="emphasis"><em>Letter</em></span>, when you are all using +<span class="emphasis"><em>A4</em></span>, right? You may want to set the printer for +<span class="emphasis"><em>duplex</em></span> as the default; etc.). +</p><p> +To connect as root to a Samba printer, try this command from a Windows +2K/XP DOS box command prompt: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i>"</tt></b> +</p><p> +You will be prompted for root's Samba-password; type it, wait a few +seconds, click on <span class="guibutton">Printing Defaults...</span> and +proceed to set the job options as should be used as defaults by all +clients. Alternatively, instead of root you can name one other member +of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admins</tt></i> from the setting. +</p><p> +Now all the other users downloading and installing the driver +the same way (called <span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span>) will +have the same defaults set for them. If you miss this step you'll +get a lot of helpdesk calls from your users. But maybe you like to +talk to people.... ;-) +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2924657"></a>Other Gotchas</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Your driver is installed. It is ready for +<span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span> installation by the clients +now. You <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> have tried to download and use it +onto your first client machine now. But wait... let's make you +acquainted first with a few tips and tricks you may find useful. For +example, suppose you didn't manage to "set the defaults" on the +printer, as advised in the preceding paragraphs? And your users +complain about various issues (such as “<span class="quote">We need to set the paper +size for each job from Letter to A4 and it won't store it!</span>”) +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2924690"></a>Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The last sentence might be viewed with mixed feelings by some users and +admins. They have struggled for hours and hours and couldn't arrive at +a point were their settings seemed to be saved. It is not their +fault. The confusing thing is this: in the multi-tabbed dialog that pops +up when you right-click the printer name and select +<span class="guimenuitem">Properties...</span>, you can arrive at two identically +looking dialogs, each claiming that they help you to set printer options, +in three different ways. Here is the definite answer to the "Samba +Default Driver Setting FAQ": +</p><p><b>“<span class="quote">I can't set and save default print options +for all users on Win2K/XP! Why not?</span>” </b> +How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way.... (it is not very +easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring you to +a dialog that <span class="emphasis"><em>seems</em></span> to set everything. All three +dialogs <span class="emphasis"><em>look</em></span> the same. Only one of them +<span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> what you intend. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Important:</em></span> you need to be Administrator or Print +Administrator to do this for all users. Here is how I reproduce it in +on XP Professional: + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>The first "wrong" way: + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer +(<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on cupshost</em></span>) and +select in context menu <span class="guimenu">Printing +Preferences...</span></p></li><li><p>Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks +like.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>The second "wrong" way: + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="guimenu">Printers</span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer (<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on +cupshost</em></span>) and select in the context menu +<span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span></p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="guilabel">General</span> +tab</p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Printing +Preferences...</span></p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back +to the parent dialog.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second +"way" above) + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Click on the <span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> +tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged +in as a user with enough privileges).</p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Printing +Defaults...</span> button.</p></li><li><p>On any of the two new tabs, click on the +<span class="guilabel">Advanced...</span> button.</p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div><p> + +Do you see any difference in the two settings dialogs? I don't +either. However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps +C.1.-6. will permanently save any settings which will then become the +defaults for new users. If you want all clients to have the same +defaults, you need to conduct these steps as administrator +(<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> in ) +<span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> a client downloads the driver (the clients +can later set their own <span class="emphasis"><em>per-user defaults</em></span> by +following the procedures <span class="emphasis"><em>A.</em></span> +or <span class="emphasis"><em>B.</em></span> above...). (This is new: Windows 2000 and +Windows XP allow <span class="emphasis"><em>per-user</em></span> default settings and +the ones the administrator gives them, before they set up their own). +The "parents" of the identically looking dialogs have a slight +difference in their window names: one is called +<tt class="computeroutput">Default Print Values for Printer Foo on Server +Bar"</tt> (which is the one you need) and the other is +called "<tt class="computeroutput">Print Settings for Printer Foo on Server +Bar</tt>". The last one is the one you arrive at when you +right-click on the printer and select <span class="guimenuitem">Print +Settings...</span>. This is the one what you were +taught to use back in the days of Windows NT! So it is only natural to +try the same way with Win2k or WinXP. You wouldn't dream +that there is now a different "clicking path" to arrive at an +identically looking, but functionally different dialog to set defaults +for all users! +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Try (on Win2000 and WinXP) to run this command (as a user +with the right privileges): +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +to see the tab with the <span class="guilabel">Printing Defaults...</span> +button (the one you need). Also run this command: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +to see the tab with the <span class="guilabel">Printing Preferences...</span> +button (the one which doesn't set system-wide defaults). You can +start the commands from inside a DOS box" or from the <span class="guimenu">Start</span> +-- <span class="guimenuitem">Run...</span> menu. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925127"></a>Supporting large Numbers of Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One issue that has arisen during the recent development phase of Samba +is the need to support driver downloads for 100's of printers. Using +Windows NT APW here is somewhat awkward (to say the least). If you +don't want to acquire RSS pains from such the printer installation +clicking orgy alone, you need to think about a non-interactive script. +</p><p> +If more than one printer is using the same driver, the +<b class="command">rpcclient setdriver</b> command can be used to set the +driver associated with an installed queue. If the driver is uploaded +to <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> once and registered with the +printing TDBs, it can be used by multiple print queues. In this case +you just need to repeat the <b class="command">setprinter</b> subcommand +of <b class="command">rpcclient</b> for every queue (without the need to +conduct the <b class="command">adddriver</b> again and again). The +following is an example of how this could be accomplished: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumdrivers'</tt></b> + cmd = enumdrivers + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [infotec IS 2075 PCL 6] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [DANKA InfoStream] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [dm9110] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [myphantasydrivername] + + [....] +</pre><p> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110 ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><p> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'setdriver <i class="replaceable"><tt>dm9110</tt></i> "<i class="replaceable"><tt>Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)</tt></i>"'</tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PPD) + Successfully set dm9110 to driver Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS). +</pre><p> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><p> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'setdriver <i class="replaceable"><tt>dm9110</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>myphantasydrivername</tt></i>'</tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername + Successfully set dm9110 to myphantasydrivername. +</pre><p> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><p> +It may be not easy to recognize: but the first call to +<b class="command">enumprinters</b> showed the "dm9110" printer with an +empty string where the driver should have been listed (between the 2 +commas in the "description" field). After the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> command succeeded, all is well. (The +CUPS Printing chapter has more info about the installation of printer +drivers with the help of <b class="command">rpcclient</b>). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925430"></a>Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +By default, Samba exhibits all printer shares defined in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> in the +<span class="guiicon">Printers...</span> folder. Also located in this folder +is the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be shown only +if: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>...the connected user is able to successfully execute +an <b class="command">OpenPrinterEx(\\server)</b> with administrative +privileges (i.e. root or <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>). +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> Try this from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +runas /netonly /user:root rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +and click on <span class="guibutton">Printing Preferences...</span> +</p></div></li><li><p>... contains the setting +<i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard = yes</tt></i> (the +default).</p></li></ul></div><p> +The APW can do various things: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>upload a new driver to the Samba +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share;</p></li><li><p>associate an uploaded driver with an existing (but +still "driverless") print queue;</p></li><li><p>exchange the currently used driver for an existing +print queue with one that has been uploaded before;</p></li><li><p>add an entirely new printer to the Samba host (only in +conjunction with a working <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i>; +a corresponding <i class="parameter"><tt>delete printer command</tt></i> for +removing entries from the <span class="guiicon">Printers...</span> folder +may be provided too)</p></li></ul></div><p> +The last one (add a new printer) requires more effort than the +previous ones. In order to use the APW to successfully add a printer +to a Samba server, the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i> must +have a defined value. The program hook must successfully add the +printer to the Unix print system (i.e. to +<tt class="filename">/etc/printcap</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/printers.conf</tt> or other appropriate +files) and to if necessary. +</p><p> +When using the APW from a client, if the named printer share does not +exist, smbd will execute the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer +command</tt></i> and reparse to the +to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not +defined, an error of <span class="errorname">Access Denied</span> is +returned to the client. Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer +command</tt></i> is executed under the context of the connected +user, not necessarily a root account. A <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest = bad +user</tt></i> may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong +privilege; you should check it by using the +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> command. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925673"></a>Weird Error Message <span class="errorname">Cannot connect under a +different Name</span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Once you are connected with the wrong credentials, there is no means +to reverse the situation other than to close all Explorer windows, and +perhaps reboot. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <b class="command">net use \\SAMBA-SERVER\sharename +/user:root</b> gives you an error message: <tt class="computeroutput">Multiple +connections to a server or a shared resource by the same user +utilizing the several user names are not allowed. Disconnect all +previous connections to the server, resp. the shared resource, and try +again.</tt></p></li><li><p>Every attempt to "connect a network drive" to +<tt class="filename">\\SAMBASERVER\\print$</tt> to z: is countered by the +pertinacious message. <tt class="computeroutput">This network folder is currently +connected under different credentials (username and password). +Disconnect first any existing connection to this network share in +order to connect again under a different username and +password</tt>.</p></li></ul></div><p> +So you close all connections. You try again. You get the same +message. You check from the Samba side, using +<b class="command">smbstatus</b>. Yes, there are some more +connections. You kill them all. The client still gives you the same +error message. You watch the smbd.log file on a very high debug level +and try re-connect. Same error message, but not a single line in the +log. You start to wonder if there was a connection attempt at all. You +run ethereal and tcpdump while you try to connect. Result: not a +single byte goes on the wire. Windows still gives the error +message. You close all Explorer Windows and start it again. You try to +connect - and this times it works! Windows seems to cache connection +info somewhere and doesn't keep it up to date (if you are unlucky you +might need to reboot to get rid of the error message). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2925771"></a>Be careful when assembling Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You need to be very careful when you take notes about the files and +belonging to a particular driver. Don't confuse the files for driver +version "0" (for Win95/98/ME, going into +<tt class="filename">[print$]/WIN/0/</tt>), driver version "2" (Kernel Mode +driver for WinNT, going into <tt class="filename">[print$]/W32X86/2/</tt> +<span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> be used on Win2K/XP too), and driver version +"3" (non-Kernel Mode driver going into +<tt class="filename">[print$]/W32X86/3/</tt> <span class="emphasis"><em>can not</em></span> +be used on WinNT). Very often these different driver versions contain +files carrying the same name; but still the files are very different! +Also, if you look at them from the Windows Explorer (they reside in +<tt class="filename">%WINDOWS%\system32\spool\drivers\W32X86\</tt>) you +will probably see names in capital letters, while an "enumdrivers" +command from Samba would show mixed or lower case letters. So it is +easy to confuse them. If you install them manually using +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> and subcommands, you may even succeed +without an error message. Only later, when you try install on a +client, you will encounter error messages like <tt class="computeroutput">This +server has no appropriate driver for the printer</tt>. +</p><p> +Here is an example. You are invited to look very closely at the +various files, compare their names and their spelling, and discover +the differences in the composition of the version-2 and -3 sets +Note: the version-0 set contained 40 (!) +<i class="parameter"><tt>Dependentfiles</tt></i>, so I left it out for space +reasons: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U 'Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i>' -c 'enumdrivers 3' 10.160.50.8 </tt></b> + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [3] + Driver Name: [Canon iR8500 PS3] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3g.dll] + Datafile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\iR8500sg.xpd] + Configfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3gui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3g.hlp] + + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aucplmNT.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\ucs32p.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\tnl32.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aussdrv.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cnspdc.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aussapi.dat] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\CnS3G.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\NBAPI.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\NBIPC.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcview.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcdspl.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcedit.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcqm.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcspl.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cfine32.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcr407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\Cpcqm407.hlp] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcqm407.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3ggr.dll] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [Canon iR5000-6000 PS3] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3g.dll] + Datafile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\IR5000sg.xpd] + Configfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3gui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3g.hlp] + + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\AUCPLMNT.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\aussdrv.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cnspdc.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\aussapi.dat] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\CnS3G.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\NBAPI.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\NBIPC.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3gum.dll] + + Monitorname: [CPCA Language Monitor2] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +If we write the "version 2" files and the "version 3" files +into different text files and compare the result, we see this +picture: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>sdiff 2-files 3-files</tt></b> + + + cns3g.dll cns3g.dll + iR8500sg.xpd iR8500sg.xpd + cns3gui.dll cns3gui.dll + cns3g.hlp cns3g.hlp + AUCPLMNT.DLL | aucplmNT.dll + > ucs32p.dll + > tnl32.dll + aussdrv.dll aussdrv.dll + cnspdc.dll cnspdc.dll + aussapi.dat aussapi.dat + cns3407.dll cns3407.dll + CnS3G.cnt CnS3G.cnt + NBAPI.DLL NBAPI.DLL + NBIPC.DLL NBIPC.DLL + cns3gum.dll | cpcview.exe + > cpcdspl.exe + > cpcqm.exe + > cpcspl.dll + > cfine32.dll + > cpcr407.dll + > Cpcqm407.hlp + > cpcqm407.cnt + > cns3ggr.dll + +</pre><p> +Don't be fooled though! Driver files for each version with identical +names may be different in their content, as you can see from this size +comparison: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>for i in cns3g.hlp cns3gui.dll cns3g.dll; do \ + smbclient //10.160.50.8/print\$ -U 'Administrator%xxxx' \ + -c "cd W32X86/3; dir $i; cd .. ; cd 2; dir $i"; \ + done</tt></b> + + CNS3G.HLP A 122981 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3G.HLP A 99948 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + + CNS3GUI.DLL A 1805824 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3GUI.DLL A 1785344 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + + CNS3G.DLL A 1145088 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3G.DLL A 15872 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + +</pre><p> +In my example were even more differences than shown here. Conclusion: +you must be very careful to select the correct driver files for each +driver version. Don't rely on the names alone. Don't interchange files +belonging to different driver versions. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926117"></a>Samba and Printer Ports</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each +printer. These normally take the form of <tt class="filename">LPT1:</tt>, +<tt class="filename">COM1:</tt>, <tt class="filename">FILE:</tt>, etc. Samba +must also support the concept of ports associated with a printer. By +default, only one printer port, named "Samba Printer Port", exists on +a system. Samba does not really need such a "port" in order to print; +it rather is a requirement of Windows clients. They insist on being +told about an available port when they request this info, otherwise +they throw an error message at you. So Samba fakes the port +information to keep the Windows clients happy. +</p><p> +Note that Samba does not support the concept of "Printer Pooling" +internally either. Printer Pooling assigns a logical printer to +multiple ports as a form of load balancing or fail over. +</p><p> +If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason or +another (“<span class="quote">My users and my Boss should not know that they are +working with Samba</span>”), possesses a +<i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i> which can be used to define +an external program that generates a listing of ports on a system. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926188"></a>Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So - printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print +well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, +which don't look good at all. Some jobs print fast, and some are +dead-slow. We can't cover it all; but we want to encourage you to read +the little paragraph about "Avoiding the wrong PostScript Driver +Settings" in the CUPS Printing part of this document. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2926210"></a>The Imprints Toolset</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the +Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please +refer to the Imprints web site +at<a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</a> +as well as the documentation included with the imprints source +distribution. This section will only provide a brief introduction +to the features of Imprints. +</p><p><b>Attention! Maintainer required. </b> +Unfortunately, the Imprints toolset is no longer maintained. As of +December, 2000, the project is in need of a new maintainer. The most +important skill to have is decent perl coding and an interest in +MS-RPC based printing using Samba. If you wish to volunteer, please +coordinate your efforts on the samba-technical mailing list. The +toolset is still in usable form; but only for a series of older +printer models, where there are prepared packages to use. Packages for +more up to date print devices are needed if Imprints should have a +future.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926256"></a>What is Imprints?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting these goals: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Providing a central repository information regarding +Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages</p></li><li><p>Providing the tools necessary for creating the +Imprints printer driver packages.</p></li><li><p>Providing an installation client which will obtain +printer drivers from a central internet (or intranet) Imprints Server +repository and install them on remote Samba and Windows NT4 print +servers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926297"></a>Creating Printer Driver Packages</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of +this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included with the Samba +distribution for more information). In short, an Imprints driver +package is a gzipped tarball containing the driver files, related INF +files, and a control file needed by the installation client. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926316"></a>The Imprints Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried +via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer entry in the database has +an associated URL for the actual downloading of the package. Each +package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that +package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints +database. It is strongly recommended that this security check +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be disabled. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2926340"></a>The Installation Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +More information regarding the Imprints installation client is +available in the <tt class="filename">Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps</tt> file +included with the imprints source package. +</p><p> +The Imprints installation client comes in two forms. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a set of command line Perl scripts</p></li><li><p>a GTK+ based graphical interface to the command line Perl +scripts</p></li></ul></div><p> +The installation client (in both forms) provides a means of querying +the Imprints database server for a matching list of known printer +model names as well as a means to download and install the drivers on +remote Samba and Windows NT print servers. +</p><p> +The basic installation process is in four steps and perl code is +wrapped around smbclient and rpcclient +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory on the remote server</p></li><li><p>smbclient: Upload the driver files</p></li><li><p>rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC</p></li></ol></div><p> + </p></li><li><p>rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually create the printer</p></li></ul></div><p> +One of the problems encountered when implementing the Imprints tool +set was the name space issues between various supported client +architectures. For example, Windows NT includes a driver named "Apple +LaserWriter II NTX v51.8" and Windows 95 calls its version of this +driver "Apple LaserWriter II NTX" +</p><p> +The problem is how to know what client drivers have been uploaded for +a printer. An astute reader will remember that the Windows NT Printer +Properties dialog only includes space for one printer driver name. A +quick look in the Windows NT 4.0 system registry at +</p><p><tt class="filename"> + HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environment +</tt></p><p> +will reveal that Windows NT always uses the NT driver name. This is +ok as Windows NT always requires that at least the Windows NT version +of the printer driver is present. However, Samba does not have the +requirement internally. Therefore, how can you use the NT driver name +if is has not already been installed? +</p><p> +The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require that all +Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel Windows NT and +95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is installed first. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2926492"></a>Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following MS Knowledge Base article may be of some help if you +need to handle Windows 2000 clients: <span class="emphasis"><em>How to Add Printers +with No User Interaction in Windows 2000.</em></span> ( <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105</a> +). It also applies to Windows XP Professional clients. +</p><p> +The ideas sketched out below are inspired by this article. It +describes a commandline method which can be applied to install +network and local printers and their drivers. This is most useful +if integrated in Logon Scripts. You can see what options are +available by typing in a command prompt ("DOS box") this: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /?</tt></b></p><p> +A window pops up which shows you all of the commandline switches +available. An extensive list of examples is also provided. This is +only for Win 2k/XP. It doesn't work on WinNT. WinNT has probably some +other tools in the respective Resource Kit. Here is a suggestion about +what a client logon script might contain, with a short explanation of +what the lines actually do (it works if 2k/XP Windows clients access +printers via Samba, but works for Windows-based print servers too): +</p><pre class="screen"> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /dn /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-IPDS" /q</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /y /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Here is a list of the used commandline parameters: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">/dn</span></dt><dd><p>deletes a network printer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/q</span></dt><dd><p>quiet modus</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/n</span></dt><dd><p>names a printer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/in</span></dt><dd><p>adds a network printer connection</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/y</span></dt><dd><p>sets printer as default printer</p></dd></dl></div><p> +I have tested this with a Samba 2.2.7a and a Samba-3alpha24 +installation and Windows XP Professional clients. Note that this +specific command set works with network print queues (installing +local print queues requires different parameters, but this is of no +interest here). +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Line 1 deletes a possibly existing previous network +printer <span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-IPDS</em></span> (which had used native +Windows drivers with LPRng that were removed from the server which was +converted to CUPS). The <b class="command">/q</b> at the end eliminates +"Confirm" or error dialog boxes popping up. They should not be +presented to the user logging on.</p></li><li><p>Line 2 adds the new printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-PS</em></span> (which actually is same physical +device but is now run by the new CUPS printing system and associated +with the CUPS/Adobe PS drivers). The printer and its driver +<span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> have been added to Samba prior to the user +logging in (e.g. by a procedure as discussed earlier in this chapter, +or by running <b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b>). The driver is now +auto-downloaded to the client PC where the user is about to log +in.</p></li><li><p>Line 3 sets the default printer to this new network +printer (there might be several other printers installed with this +same method and some may be local as well -- so we decide for a +default printer). The default printer selection may of course be +different for different users.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Note that the second line only works if the printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-PS</em></span> has an already working print queue +on "sambacupsserver", and if the printer drivers have successfully been +uploaded (via <b class="command">APW</b> , +<b class="command">smbclient/rpcclient</b> or +<b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b>) into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> driver repository of Samba. Also, some +Samba versions prior to version 3.0 required a re-start of smbd after +the printer install and the driver upload, otherwise the script (or +any other client driver download) would fail. +</p><p> +Since there no easy way to test for the existence of an installed +network printer from the logon script, the suggestion is: don't bother +checking and just allow the deinstallation/reinstallation to occur +every time a user logs in; it's really quick anyway (1 to 2 seconds). +</p><p> +The additional benefits for this are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>It puts in place any printer default setup changes +automatically at every user logon.</p></li><li><p>It allows for "roaming" users' login into the domain from +different workstations.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Since network printers are installed per user this much simplifies the +process of keeping the installation up-to-date. The extra few seconds +at logon time will not really be noticeable. Printers can be centrally +added, changed, and deleted at will on the server with no user +intervention required on the clients (you just need to keep the logon +scripts up to date). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2926822"></a>The <b class="command">addprinter</b> command</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <b class="command">addprinter</b> command can be configured to be a +shell script or program executed by Samba. It is triggered by running +the APW from a client against the Samba print server. The APW asks the +user to fill in several fields (such as printer name, driver to be +used, comment, port monitor, etc.). These parameters are passed on to +Samba by the APW. If the addprinter command is designed in a way that +it can create a new printer (through writing correct printcap entries +on legacy systems, or execute the <b class="command">lpadmin</b> command +on more modern systems) and create the associated share in +, then the APW will in effect really +create a new printer on Samba and the UNIX print subsystem! +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2926867"></a>Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The basic "NT-style" printer driver management has not changed +considerably in 3.0 over the 2.2.x releases (apart from many small +improvements). Here migration should be quite easy, especially if you +followed previous advice to stop using deprecated parameters in your +setup. For migrations from an existing 2.0.x setup, or if you +continued "Win9x-style" printing in your Samba 2.2 installations, it +is more of an effort. Please read the appropriate release notes and +the HOWTO Collection for 2.2. You can follow several paths. Here are +possible scenarios for migration: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You need to study and apply the new Windows NT printer +and driver support. Previously used parameters "<i class="parameter"><tt>printer +driver file</tt></i>", " <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver</tt></i>" and +"<i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location</tt></i>" are no longer +supported.</p></li><li><p>If you want to take advantage of WinNT printer driver +support you also need to migrate the Win9x/ME drivers to the new +setup.</p></li><li><p>An existing <tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> file +(the one specified in the now removed parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>printer +driver file = ...</tt></i>) will work no longer with Samba-3.0. In +3.0, smbd attempts to locate a Win9x/ME driver files for the printer +in <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> and additional settings in the TDB +and only there; if it fails it will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> (as 2.2.x +used to do) drop down to using a <tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> +(and all associated parameters). The make_printerdef tool is removed +and there is no backwards compatibility for this.</p></li><li><p>You need to install a Windows 9x driver into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share for a printer on your Samba +host. The driver files will be stored in the "WIN40/0" subdirectory of +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>, and some other settings and info go +into the printing-related TDBs.</p></li><li><p>If you want to migrate an existing +<tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> file into the new setup, the current +only solution is to use the Windows NT APW to install the NT drivers +and the 9x drivers. This can be scripted using smbclient and +rpcclient. See the Imprints installation client at: +</p><p> +<a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</em></span></a> +</p><p> +for an example. See also the discussion of rpcclient usage in the +"CUPS Printing" section.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2927036"></a>Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We will publish an update to this section shortly. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2927051"></a>Common Errors and Problems</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are a few typical errors and problems people have +encountered. You can avoid them. Read on. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2927064"></a>I give my root password but I don't get access</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the Unix system +(and in most cases stored in the form of a one-way hash in a file +named <tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>) with the password used to +authenticate against Samba!. Samba doesn't know the UNIX password; for +root to access Samba resources via Samba-type access, a Samba account +for root must be created first. This is often done with the +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b> command. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2927097"></a>My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Don't use the existing Unix print system spool directory for the Samba +spool directory. It may seem convenient and a saving of space, but it +only leads to problems. The two <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be separate. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="CUPS-printing"></a>Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Kurt</span> <span class="surname">Pfeifle</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname"> Danka Deutschland GmbH <br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Ciprian</span> <span class="surname">Vizitiu</span></h3><span class="contrib">drawings</span><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:CVizitiu@gbif.org">CVizitiu@gbif.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (3 June 2003) </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2936290">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936298">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936350">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2936405">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936484">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936628">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936710">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2936828">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2936848">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936875">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936912">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2936970">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937131">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2937224">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2937300">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937344">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937445">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937533">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937630">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937742">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937813">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2937902">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2937925">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2938065">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938252">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938369">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938539">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938624">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938727">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938883">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2938940">rasterto [printers specific]</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939024">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939336">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939448">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939464">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939517">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939571">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2939786">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940015">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940170">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940401">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940530">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2940605">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2940620">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940659">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940731">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2940794">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2940814">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2940978">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941054">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941110">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941150">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941216">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941233">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941268">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941289">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941316">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2941369"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2941388">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941480">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941526">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941724">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941782">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941814">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2941864">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942086">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942268">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942369">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942596">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942690">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942777">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942812">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942865">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2942978">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2943112">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2943227">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943340">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943429">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943519">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2943682">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944334">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2944435">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2944537">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944608">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944670">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2944728">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2944795">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2944903">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2945532">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2945993">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946024">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946056">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946097">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946169">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946270">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946341">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946390">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946404">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946598">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946644">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946726">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946787">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946805">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946822">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946857">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946870">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2946883">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2946896">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2946904">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947118">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2947424">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2948546">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2936290"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936298"></a>Features and Benefits</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The Common Unix Print System (<a href="http://www.cups.org/" target="_top">CUPS</a>) has become very popular. All + big Linux distributions now ship it as their default printing + system. But to many it is still a very mystical tool. Normally it + "just works" (TM). People tend to regard it as a sort of "black box", + which they don't want to look into, as long as it works OK. But once + there is a little problem, they are in trouble to find out where to + start debugging it. Also, even the most recent and otherwise excellent + printed Samba documentation has only limited attention paid to CUPS + printing, leaving out important pieces or even writing plain wrong + things about it. This demands rectification. But before you dive into + this chapter, make sure that you don't forget to refer to the + "Classical Printing" chapter also. It contains a lot of information + that is relevant for CUPS too. + </p><p> + CUPS sports quite a few unique and powerful features. While their + basic functions may be grasped quite easily, they are also + new. Because they are different from other, more traditional printing + systems, it is best to try and not apply any prior knowledge about + printing upon this new system. Rather try to start understand CUPS + from the beginning. This documentation will lead you here to a + complete understanding of CUPS, if you study all of the material + contained. But lets start with the most basic things first. Maybe this + is all you need for now. Then you can skip most of the other + paragraphs. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936350"></a>Overview</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + CUPS is more than just a print spooling system. It is a complete + printer management system that complies with the new IPP + (<span class="emphasis"><em>Internet Printing Protocol</em></span>). IPP is an industry + and IETF (<span class="emphasis"><em>Internet Engineering Task Force</em></span>) + standard for network printing. Many of its functions can be managed + remotely (or locally) via a web browser (giving you a + platform-independent access to the CUPS print server). In addition it + has the traditional commandline and several more modern GUI interfaces + (GUI interfaces developed by 3rd parties, like KDE's + overwhelming <a href="http://printing.kde.org/" target="_top">KDEPrint</a>). + </p><p> + CUPS allows creation of "raw" printers (ie: NO print file + format translation) as well as "smart" printers (i.e. CUPS does + file format conversion as required for the printer). In many ways + this gives CUPS similar capabilities to the MS Windows print + monitoring system. Of course, if you are a CUPS advocate, you would + argue that CUPS is better! In any case, let us now move on to + explore how one may configure CUPS for interfacing with MS Windows + print clients via Samba. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2936405"></a>Basic Configuration of CUPS support</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Printing with CUPS in the most basic <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + setup in Samba 3.0 (as was true for 2.2.x) only needs two + settings: <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = cups</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>printcap + = cups</tt></i>. CUPS itself doesn't need a printcap file + anymore. However, the <tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> configuration + file knows two related directives: they control if such a file should + be automatically created and maintained by CUPS for the convenience of + third party applications (example: <i class="parameter"><tt>Printcap + /etc/printcap</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>PrintcapFormat + BSD</tt></i>). These legacy programs often require the existence of + printcap file containing printernames or they will refuse to + print. Make sure CUPS is set to generate and maintain a printcap! For + details see <b class="command">man cupsd.conf</b> and other CUPS-related + documentation, like the wealth of documents on your CUPS server + itself: <a href="http://localhost:631/documentation.html" target="_top">http://localhost:631/documentation.html</a>. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936484"></a>Linking of smbd with libcups.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba has a very special relationship to CUPS. The reason is: Samba + can be compiled with CUPS library support. Most recent installations + have this support enabled, and per default CUPS linking is compiled + into smbd and other Samba binaries. Of course, you can use CUPS even + if Samba is not linked against <tt class="filename">libcups.so</tt> -- but + there are some differences in required or supported configuration + then. + </p><p> + If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = + cups</tt></i> uses the CUPS API to list printers, submit jobs, + query queues, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with an + additional <b class="command">-oraw</b> option for printing. On a Linux + system, you can use the <b class="command">ldd</b> utility to find out + details (ldd may not be present on other OS platforms, or its function + may be embodied by a different command): + </p><pre class="screen"> + transmeta:/home/kurt # ldd `which smbd` + libssl.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libssl.so.0.9.6 (0x4002d000) + libcrypto.so.0.9.6 => /usr/lib/libcrypto.so.0.9.6 (0x4005a000) + libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 (0x40123000) + [....] + </pre><p> + The line <tt class="computeroutput">libcups.so.2 => /usr/lib/libcups.so.2 + (0x40123000)</tt> shows there is CUPS support compiled + into this version of Samba. If this is the case, and printing = cups + is set, then <span class="emphasis"><em>any otherwise manually set print command in + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is ignored</em></span>. This is an + important point to remember! + </p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> Should you require -- for any reason -- to set your own + print commands, you can still do this by setting <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = + sysv</tt></i>. However, you'll loose all the benefits from the + close CUPS/Samba integration. You are on your own then to manually + configure the rest of the printing system commands (most important: + <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>; other commands are + <i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command, lpresume command, lpq command, lprm + command, queuepause command </tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>queue resume + command</tt></i>).</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936628"></a>Simple <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> Settings for CUPS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To summarize, here is the simplest printing-related setup + for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to enable basic CUPS support: + </p><pre class="screen"> + + [global] + load printers = yes + printing = cups + printcap name = cups + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + public = yes + guest ok = yes + writable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = root, @ntadmins + + </pre><p> + This is all you need for basic printing setup for CUPS. It will print + all Graphic, Text, PDF and PostScript file submitted from Windows + clients. However, most of your Windows users would not know how to + send these kind of files to print without opening a GUI + application. Windows clients tend to have local printer drivers + installed. And the GUI application's print buttons start a printer + driver. Your users also very rarely send files from the command + line. Unlike UNIX clients, they hardly submit graphic, text or PDF + formatted files directly to the spooler. They nearly exclusively print + from GUI applications, with a "printer driver" hooked in between the + applications native format and the print data stream. If the backend + printer is not a PostScript device, the print data stream is "binary", + sensible only for the target printer. Read on to learn which problem + this may cause and how to avoid it. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936710"></a>More complex <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> Settings for +CUPS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a slightly more complex printing-related setup +for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. It enables general CUPS printing +support for all printers, but defines one printer share which is set +up differently. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [global] + printing = cups + printcap name = cups + load printers = yes + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + public = yes + guest ok = yes + writable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = root, @ntadmins + + [special_printer] + comment = A special printer with his own settings + path = /var/spool/samba-special + printing = sysv + printcap = lpstat + print command = echo "NEW: `date`: printfile %f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\ + echo " `date`: p-%p s-%s f-%f" >> /tmp/smbprn.log ;\ + echo " `date`: j-%j J-%J z-%z c-%c" >> /tmp/smbprn.log :\ + rm %f + public = no + guest ok = no + writeable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = kurt + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0 + hosts allow = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 + +</pre><p> +This special share is only there for my testing purposes. It doesn't +even write the print job to a file. It just logs the job parameters +known to Samba into the <tt class="filename">/tmp/smbprn.log</tt> file and +deletes the jobfile. Moreover, the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer +admin</tt></i> of this share is "kurt" (not the "@ntadmins" group); +guest access is not allowed; the share isn't announced in Network +Neighbourhood (so you need to know it is there), and it is only +allowing access from three hosts. To prevent CUPS kicking in and +taking over the print jobs for that share, we need to set +<i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = +lpstat</tt></i>. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2936828"></a>Advanced Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before we dive into all the configuration options, let's clarify a few +points. <span class="emphasis"><em>Network printing needs to be organized and setup +correctly</em></span>. Often this is not done correctly. Legacy systems +or small LANs in business environments often lack a clear design and +good housekeeping. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936848"></a>Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many small office or home networks, as well as badly organized larger +environments, allow each client a direct access to available network +printers. Generally, this is a bad idea. It often blocks one client's +access to the printer when another client's job is printing. It also +might freeze the first client's application while it is waiting to get +rid of the job. Also, there are frequent complaints about various jobs +being printed with their pages mixed with each other. A better concept +is the usage of a "print server": it routes all jobs through one +central system, which responds immediately, takes jobs from multiple +concurrent clients at the same time and in turn transfers them to the +printer(s) in the correct order. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936875"></a>CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Most traditionally configured Unix print servers acting on behalf of +Samba's Windows clients represented a really simple setup. Their only +task was to manage the "raw" spooling of all jobs handed to them by +Samba. This approach meant that the Windows clients were expected to +prepare the print job file in such a way that it became fit to be fed to +the printing device. Here a native (vendor-supplied) Windows printer +driver for the target device needed to be installed on each and every +client. +</p><p> +Of course you can setup CUPS, Samba and your Windows clients in the +same, traditional and simple way. When CUPS printers are configured +for RAW print-through mode operation it is the responsibility of the +Samba client to fully render the print job (file). The file must be +sent in a format that is suitable for direct delivery to the +printer. Clients need to run the vendor-provided drivers to do +this. In this case CUPS will NOT do any print file format conversion +work. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936912"></a>Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The printer drivers on the Windows clients may be installed +in two functionally different ways: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>manually install the drivers locally on each client, +one by one; this yields the old <span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> style +printing; it uses a <tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\printershare</tt> +type of connection.</p></li><li><p>deposit and prepare the drivers (for later download) on +the print server (Samba); this enables the clients to use +"Point'n'Print" to get drivers semi-automatically installed the +first time they access the printer; with this method NT/2K/XP +clients use the <span class="emphasis"><em>SPOOLSS/MS-RPC</em></span> +type printing calls.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The second method is recommended for use over the first. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936970"></a>Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span>!</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you use the first option (drivers are installed on the client +side), there is one setting to take care of: CUPS needs to be told +that it should allow "raw" printing of deliberate (binary) file +formats. The CUPS files that need to be correctly set for RAW mode +printers to work are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/etc/cups/mime.types +</p></li><li><p>/etc/cups/mime.convs</p></li></ul></div><p> +Both contain entries (at the end of the respective files) which must +be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation. +In<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> make sure this line is +present: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream + +</pre><p> +In <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt>, +have this line: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + +</pre><p> +If these two files are not set up correctly for raw Windows client +printing, you may encounter the dreaded <tt class="computeroutput">Unable to +convert file 0</tt> in your CUPS error_log file. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>editing the <tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt> and the +<tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> file does not +<span class="emphasis"><em>enforce</em></span> "raw" printing, it only +<span class="emphasis"><em>allows</em></span> it. +</p></div><p><b>Background. </b> +CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones +does not by default allow a user to send deliberate (possibly binary) +data to printing devices. This could be easily abused to launch a +"Denial of Service" attack on your printer(s), causing at the least +the loss of a lot of paper and ink. "Unknown" data are tagged by CUPS +as <span class="emphasis"><em>MIME type: application/octet-stream</em></span> and not +allowed to go to the printer. By default, you can only send other +(known) MIME types "raw". Sending data "raw" means that CUPS does not +try to convert them and passes them to the printer untouched (see next +chapter for even more background explanations). +</p><p> +This is all you need to know to get the CUPS/Samba combo printing +"raw" files prepared by Windows clients, which have vendor drivers +locally installed. If you are not interested in background information about +more advanced CUPS/Samba printing, simply skip the remaining sections +of this chapter. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937131"></a>Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to use the MS-RPC type printing, you must upload the +drivers onto the Samba server first (<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share). For a discussion on how to deposit printer drivers on the +Samba host (so that the Windows clients can download and use them via +"Point'n'Print") please also refer to the previous chapter of this +HOWTO Collection. There you will find a description or reference to +three methods of preparing the client drivers on the Samba server: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the GUI, "Add Printer Wizard" +<span class="emphasis"><em>upload-from-a-Windows-client</em></span> +method;</p></li><li><p>the commandline, "smbclient/rpcclient" +<span class="emphasis"><em>upload-from-a-UNIX-workstation</em></span> +method;</p></li><li><p>the <span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> Toolset +method.</p></li></ul></div><p> +These 3 methods apply to CUPS all the same. A new and more +convenient way to load the Windows drivers into Samba is provided +provided if you use CUPS: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span> +utility.</p></li></ul></div><p> +cupsaddsmb is discussed in much detail further below. But we will +first explore the CUPS filtering system and compare the Windows and +UNIX printing architectures. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2937224"></a>Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Still reading on? Good. Let's go into more detail then. We now know +how to set up a "dump" printserver, that is, a server which is spooling +printjobs "raw", leaving the print data untouched. +</p><p> +Possibly you need to setup CUPS in a more smart way. The reasons could +be manifold: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Maybe your boss wants to get monthly statistics: Which +printer did how many pages? What was the average data size of a job? +What was the average print run per day? What are the typical hourly +peaks in printing? Which departments prints how +much?</p></li><li><p>Maybe you are asked to setup a print quota system: +users should not be able to print more jobs, once they have surpassed +a given limit per period?</p></li><li><p>Maybe your previous network printing setup is a mess +and shall be re-organized from a clean beginning?</p></li><li><p>Maybe you have experiencing too many "Blue Screens", +originating from poorly debugged printer drivers running in NT "kernel +mode"?</p></li></ul></div><p> +These goals cannot be achieved by a raw print server. To build a +server meeting these requirements, you'll first need to learn about +how CUPS works and how you can enable its features. +</p><p> +What follows is the comparison of some fundamental concepts for +Windows and Unix printing; then is the time for a description of the +CUPS filtering system, how it works and how you can tweak it. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937300"></a>GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Network printing is one of the most complicated and error-prone +day-to-day tasks any user or an administrator may encounter. This is +true for all OS platforms. And there are reasons for this. +</p><p> +You can't expect for most file formats to just throw them towards +printers and they get printed. There needs to be a file format +conversion in between. The problem is: there is no common standard for +print file formats across all manufacturers and printer types. While +<span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript</em></span> (trademark held by Adobe), and, to an +extent, <span class="emphasis"><em>PCL</em></span> (trademark held by HP), have developed +into semi-official "standards", by being the most widely used PDLs +(<span class="emphasis"><em>Page Description Languages</em></span>), there are still +many manufacturers who "roll their own" (their reasons may be +unacceptable license fees for using printer-embedded PostScript +interpreters, etc.). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937344"></a>Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In Windows OS, the format conversion job is done by the printer +drivers. On MS Windows OS platforms all application programmers have +at their disposal a built-in API, the GDI (<span class="emphasis"><em>Graphical Device +Interface</em></span>), as part and parcel of the OS itself, to base +themselves on. This GDI core is used as one common unified ground, for +all Windows programs, to draw pictures, fonts and documents +<span class="emphasis"><em>on screen</em></span> as well as <span class="emphasis"><em>on +paper</em></span> (=print). Therefore printer driver developers can +standardize on a well-defined GDI output for their own driver +input. Achieving WYSIWYG ("What You See Is What You Get") is +relatively easy, because the on-screen graphic primitives, as well as +the on-paper drawn objects, come from one common source. This source, +the GDI, produces often a file format called EMF (<span class="emphasis"><em>Enhanced +MetaFile</em></span>). The EMF is processed by the printer driver and +converted to the printer-specific file format. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +To the GDI foundation in MS Windows, Apple has chosen to +put paper and screen output on a common foundation for their +(BSD-Unix-based, did you know??) Mac OS X and Darwin Operating +Systems.Their <span class="emphasis"><em>Core Graphic Engine</em></span> uses a +<span class="emphasis"><em>PDF</em></span> derivate for all display work. +</p></div><p> + +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2937409"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.1. Windows Printing to a local Printer</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/1small.png" alt="Windows Printing to a local Printer"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937445"></a>Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In Unix and Linux, there is no comparable layer built into the OS +kernel(s) or the X (screen display) server. Every application is +responsible for itself to create its print output. Fortunately, most +use PostScript. That gives at least some common ground. Unfortunately, +there are many different levels of quality for this PostScript. And +worse: there is a huge difference (and no common root) in the way how +the same document is displayed on screen and how it is presented on +paper. WYSIWYG is more difficult to achieve. This goes back to the +time decades ago, when the predecessors of <span class="emphasis"><em>X.org</em></span>, +designing the UNIX foundations and protocols for Graphical User +Interfaces refused to take over responsibility for "paper output" +also, as some had demanded at the time, and restricted itself to +"on-screen only". (For some years now, the "Xprint" project has been +under development, attempting to build printing support into the X +framework, including a PostScript and a PCL driver, but it is not yet +ready for prime time.) You can see this unfavorable inheritance up to +the present day by looking into the various "font" directories on your +system; there are separate ones for fonts used for X display and fonts +to be used on paper. +</p><p><b>Background. </b> +The PostScript programming language is an "invention" by Adobe Inc., +but its specifications have been published to the full. Its strength +lies in its powerful abilities to describe graphical objects (fonts, +shapes, patterns, lines, curves, dots...), their attributes (color, +linewidth...) and the way to manipulate (scale, distort, rotate, +shift...) them. Because of its open specification, anybody with the +skill can start writing his own implementation of a PostScript +interpreter and use it to display PostScript files on screen or on +paper. Most graphical output devices are based on the concept of +"raster images" or "pixels" (one notable exception are pen +plotters). Of course, you can look at a PostScript file in its textual +form and you will be reading its PostScript code, the language +instructions which need to be interpreted by a rasterizer. Rasterizers +produce pixel images, which may be displayed on screen by a viewer +program or on paper by a printer. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937533"></a>PostScript and Ghostscript</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, Unix is lacking a common ground for printing on paper and +displaying on screen. Despite this unfavorable legacy for Unix, basic +printing is fairly easy: if you have PostScript printers at your +disposal! The reason is: these devices have a built-in PostScript +language "interpreter", also called a <span class="emphasis"><em>Raster Image +Processor</em></span> (RIP), (which makes them more expensive than +other types of printers); throw PostScript towards them, and they will +spit out your printed pages. Their RIP is doing all the hard work of +converting the PostScript drawing commands into a bitmap picture as +you see it on paper, in a resolution as done by your printer. This is +no different to PostScript printing of a file from a Windows origin. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Traditional Unix programs and printing systems -- while +using PostScript -- are largely not PPD-aware. PPDs are "PostScript +Printer Description" files. They enable you to specify and control all +options a printer supports: duplexing, stapling, punching... Therefore +Unix users for a long time couldn't choose many of the supported +device and job options, unlike Windows or Apple users. But now there +is CUPS.... ;-) +</p></div><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2937580"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.2. Printing to a Postscript Printer</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/2small.png" alt="Printing to a Postscript Printer"></div></div><p> +</p><p> +However, there are other types of printers out there. These don't know +how to print PostScript. They use their own <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Description +Language</em></span> (PDL, often proprietary). To print to them is much +more demanding. Since your Unix applications mostly produce +PostScript, and since these devices don't understand PostScript, you +need to convert the printfiles to a format suitable for your printer +on the host, before you can send it away. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937630"></a>Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is where <span class="emphasis"><em>Ghostscript</em></span> kicks in. Ghostscript is +the traditional (and quite powerful) PostScript interpreter used on +Unix platforms. It is a RIP in software, capable to do a +<span class="emphasis"><em>lot</em></span> of file format conversions, for a very broad +spectrum of hardware devices as well as software file formats. +Ghostscript technology and drivers is what enables PostScript printing +to non-PostScript hardware. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2937660"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.3. Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/3small.png" alt="Ghostscript as a RIP for non-postscript printers"></div></div><p> +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +Use the "gs -h" command to check for all built-in "devices" of your +Ghostscript version. If you specify e.g. a parameter of +<i class="parameter"><tt>-sDEVICE=png256</tt></i> on your Ghostscript command +line, you are asking Ghostscript to convert the input into a PNG +file. Naming a "device" on the commandline is the most important +single parameter to tell Ghostscript how exactly it should render the +input. New Ghostscript versions are released at fairly regular +intervals, now by artofcode LLC. They are initially put under the +"AFPL" license, but re-released under the GNU GPL as soon as the next +AFPL version appears. GNU Ghostscript is probably the version +installed on most Samba systems. But it has got some +deficiencies. Therefore ESP Ghostscript was developed as an +enhancement over GNU Ghostscript, with lots of bug-fixes, additional +devices and improvements. It is jointly maintained by developers from +CUPS, Gimp-Print, MandrakeSoft, SuSE, RedHat and Debian. It includes +the "cups" device (essential to print to non-PS printers from CUPS). +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937742"></a>PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +While PostScript in essence is a <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Description +Language</em></span> (PDL) to represent the page layout in a +<span class="emphasis"><em>device independent</em></span> way, real world print jobs are +always ending up to be output on a hardware with device-specific +features. To take care of all the differences in hardware, and to +allow for innovations, Adobe has specified a syntax and file format +for <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript Printer Description</em></span> (PPD) +files. Every PostScript printer ships with one of these files. +</p><p> +PPDs contain all information about general and special features of the +given printer model: Which different resolutions can it handle? Does +it have a Duplexing Unit? How many paper trays are there? What media +types and sizes does it take? For each item it also names the special +command string to be sent to the printer (mostly inside the PostScript +file) in order to enable it. +</p><p> +Information from these PPDs is meant to be taken into account by the +printer drivers. Therefore, installed as part of the Windows +PostScript driver for a given printer is the printer's PPD. Where it +makes sense, the PPD features are presented in the drivers' UI dialogs +to display to the user as choice of print options. In the end, the +user selections are somehow written (in the form of special +PostScript, PJL, JCL or vendor-dependent commands) into the PostScript +file created by the driver. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +A PostScript file that was created to contain device-specific commands +for achieving a certain print job output (e.g. duplexed, stapled and +punched) on a specific target machine, may not print as expected, or +may not be printable at all on other models; it also may not be fit +for further processing by software (e.g. by a PDF distilling program). +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937813"></a>CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS can handle all spec-compliant PPDs as supplied by the +manufacturers for their PostScript models. Even if a +Unix/Linux-illiterate vendor might not have mentioned our favorite +OS in his manuals and brochures -- you can safely trust this: +<span class="emphasis"><em>if you get hold of the Windows NT version of the PPD, you +can use it unchanged in CUPS</em></span> and thus access the full +power of your printer just like a Windows NT user could! +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +To check the spec compliance of any PPD online, go to <a href="http://www.cups.org/testppd.php" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/testppd.php</a> +and upload your PPD. You will see the results displayed +immediately. CUPS in all versions after 1.1.19 has a much more strict +internal PPD parsing and checking code enabled; in case of printing +trouble this online resource should be one of your first pitstops. +</p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +For real PostScript printers <span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Foomatic</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic</em></span> +PPDs from Linuxprinting.org. With these devices the original +vendor-provided PPDs are always the first choice! +</p></div><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +If you are looking for an original vendor-provided PPD of a specific +device, and you know that an NT4 box (or any other Windows box) on +your LAN has the PostScript driver installed, just use +<b class="command">smbclient //NT4-box/print\$ -U username</b> to +access the Windows directory where all printer driver files are +stored. First look in the <tt class="filename">W32X86/2</tt> subdir for +the PPD you are seeking. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937902"></a>CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS also uses specially crafted PPDs to handle non-PostScript +printers. These PPDs are usually not available from the vendors (and +no, you can't just take the PPD of a Postscript printer with the same +model name and hope it works for the non-PostScript version too). To +understand how these PPDs work for non-PS printers we first need to +dive deeply into the CUPS filtering and file format conversion +architecture. Stay tuned. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2937925"></a>The CUPS Filtering Architecture</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The core of the CUPS filtering system is based on +<span class="emphasis"><em>Ghostscript</em></span>. In addition to Ghostscript, CUPS +uses some other filters of its own. You (or your OS vendor) may have +plugged in even more filters. CUPS handles all data file formats under +the label of various <span class="emphasis"><em>MIME types</em></span>. Every incoming +printfile is subjected to an initial +<span class="emphasis"><em>auto-typing</em></span>. The auto-typing determines its given +MIME type. A given MIME type implies zero or more possible filtering +chains relevant to the selected target printer. This section discusses +how MIME types recognition and conversion rules interact. They are +used by CUPS to automatically setup a working filtering chain for any +given input data format. +</p><p> +If CUPS rasterizes a PostScript file <span class="emphasis"><em>natively</em></span> to +a bitmap, this is done in 2 stages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the first stage uses a Ghostscript device named "cups" +(this is since version 1.1.15) and produces a generic raster format +called "CUPS raster". +</p></li><li><p>the second stage uses a "raster driver" which converts +the generic CUPS raster to a device specific raster.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Make sure your Ghostscript version has the "cups" device compiled in +(check with <b class="command">gs -h | grep cups</b>). Otherwise you +may encounter the dreaded <tt class="computeroutput">Unable to convert file +0</tt> in your CUPS error_log file. To have "cups" as a +device in your Ghostscript, you either need to <span class="emphasis"><em>patch GNU +Ghostscript</em></span> and re-compile or use <a href="http://www.cups.org/ghostscript.php" target="_top">ESP Ghostscript</a>. The +superior alternative is ESP Ghostscript: it supports not just CUPS, +but 300 other devices too (while GNU Ghostscript supports only about +180). Because of this broad output device support, ESP Ghostscript is +the first choice for non-CUPS spoolers too. It is now recommended by +Linuxprinting.org for all spoolers. +</p><p> +CUPS printers may be setup to use <span class="emphasis"><em>external</em></span> +rendering paths. One of the most common ones is provided by the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Foomatic/cupsomatic</em></span> concept, from <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/" target="_top">Linuxprinting.org</a>. This +uses the classical Ghostscript approach, doing everything in one +step. It doesn't use the "cups" device, but one of the many +others. However, even for Foomatic/cupsomatic usage, best results and +broadest printer model support is provided by ESP Ghostscript (more +about cupsomatic/Foomatic, particularly the new version called now +<span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>, follows below). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938065"></a>MIME types and CUPS Filters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS reads the file <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> +(and all other files carrying a <tt class="filename">*.types</tt> suffix +in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain the MIME +type recognition rules which are applied when CUPS runs its +auto-typing routines. The rule syntax is explained in the man page +for <tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> and in the comments section of the +<tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> file itself. A simple rule reads +like this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/pdf pdf string(0,%PDF) + +</pre><p> +This means: if a filename has either a +<tt class="filename">.pdf</tt> suffix, or if the magic +string <span class="emphasis"><em>%PDF</em></span> is right at the +beginning of the file itself (offset 0 from the start), then it is +a PDF file (<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span>). +Another rule is this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/postscript ai eps ps string(0,%!) string(0,<04>%!) + +</pre><p> +Its meaning: if the filename has one of the suffixes +<tt class="filename">.ai</tt>, <tt class="filename">.eps</tt>, +<tt class="filename">.ps</tt> or if the file itself starts with one of the +strings <span class="emphasis"><em>%!</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em><04>%!</em></span>, it +is a generic PostScript file +(<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>). +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +There is a very important difference between two similar MIME type in +CUPS: one is <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>, the other is +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>. While +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> is meant to be device +independent (job options for the file are still outside the PS file +content, embedded in commandline or environment variables by CUPS), +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span> may have the job +options inserted into the PostScript data itself (were +applicable). The transformation of the generic PostScript +(application/postscript) to the device-specific version +(application/vnd.cups-postscript) is the responsibility of the +CUPS <span class="emphasis"><em>pstops</em></span> filter. pstops uses information +contained in the PPD to do the transformation. +</p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +Don't confuse the other mime.types file your system might be using +with the one in the <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/</tt> directory. </p></div><p> -When CUPS printers are configured for RAW print-through mode operation it is the -responsibility of the Samba client to fully render the print job (file) in a format -that is suitable for direct delivery to the printer. In this case CUPS will NOT -do any print file format conversion work. -</p><p> -The CUPS files that need to be correctly set for RAW mode printers to work are: - -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>/etc/cups/mime.types</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt></p></li></ul></div><p> - -Both contain entries that must be uncommented to allow <span class="emphasis"><em>RAW</em></span> mode -operation. -</p><p> -Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing from Samba the following options must be -enabled in your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file [globals] section: - -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>printing = CUPS</p></li><li><p>printcap = CUPS</p></li></ul></div><p> - -When these parameters are specified the print directives in <tt>smb.conf</tt> (as well as in -samba itself) will be ignored because samba will directly interface with CUPS through -it's application program interface (API) - so long as Samba has been compiled with -CUPS library (libcups) support. If samba has NOT been compiled with CUPS support then -printing will use the System V AT&T command set with the <span class="emphasis"><em>-oraw</em></span> -option automatically passing through. -</p><p> -Cupsomatic (an enhanced printing utility that is part of some CUPS implementations) -on the Samba/CUPS server does *not* add any features if a file is really -printed "raw". However, if you have loaded the driver for the Windows client from -the CUPS server, using the "cupsaddsmb" utility, and if this driver is one using -a "Foomatic" PPD, the PJL header in question is already added on the Windows client, -at the time when the driver initially generated the PostScript data and CUPS in true -"-oraw" manner doesn't remove this PJL header and passes the file "as is" to its -printer communication backend. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>NOTE: editing in the "mime.convs" and the "mime.types" file does not *enforce* -"raw" printing, it only *allows* it.</p></div><p> -Print files that arrive from MS Windows printing are "auto-typed" by CUPS. This aids -the process of determining proper treatment while in the print queue system. +CUPS can handle ASCII text, HP-GL, PDF, PostScript, DVI and a +lot of image formats (GIF. PNG, TIFF, JPEG, Photo-CD, SUN-Raster, +PNM, PBM, SGI-RGB and some more) and their associated MIME types +with its filters. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938252"></a>MIME type Conversion Rules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS reads the file <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt> +(and all other files named with a <tt class="filename">*.convs</tt> +suffix in the same directory) upon startup. These files contain +lines naming an input MIME type, an output MIME type, a format +conversion filter which can produce the output from the input type +and virtual costs associated with this conversion. One example line +reads like this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/pdf application/postscript 33 pdftops + +</pre><p> +This means that the <span class="emphasis"><em>pdftops</em></span> filter will take +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span> as input and produce +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> as output, the virtual +cost of this operation is 33 CUPS-$. The next filter is more +expensive, costing 66 CUPS-$: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/vnd.hp-HPGL application/postscript 66 hpgltops + +</pre><p> +This is the <span class="emphasis"><em>hpgltops</em></span>, which processes HP-GL +plotter files to PostScript. +</p><pre class="screen"> + application/octet-stream + +</pre><p> +Here are two more examples: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/x-shell application/postscript 33 texttops + text/plain application/postscript 33 texttops + +</pre><p> +The last two examples name the <span class="emphasis"><em>texttops</em></span> filter +to work on "text/plain" as well as on "application/x-shell". (Hint: +this differentiation is needed for the syntax highlighting feature of +"texttops"). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938369"></a>Filter Requirements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are many more combinations named in mime.convs. However, you +are not limited to use the ones pre-defined there. You can plug in any +filter you like into the CUPS framework. It must meet, or must be made +to meet some minimal requirements. If you find (or write) a cool +conversion filter of some kind, make sure it complies to what CUPS +needs, and put in the right lines in <tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> +and <tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt>, then it will work seamlessly +inside CUPS! +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +The mentioned "CUPS requirements" for filters are simple. Take +filenames or <tt class="filename">stdin</tt> as input and write to +<tt class="filename">stdout</tt>. They should take these 5 or 6 arguments: +<span class="emphasis"><em>printer job user title copies options [filename]</em></span> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The name of the printer queue (normally this is the +name of the filter being run)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">job</span></dt><dd><p>The numeric job ID for the job being +printed</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The string from the originating-user-name +attribute</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The string from the job-name attribute</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The numeric value from the number-copies +attribute</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>The job options</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Printer</span></dt><dd><p>(Optionally) The print request file (if missing, +filters expected data fed through <tt class="filename">stdin</tt>). In most +cases it is very easy to write a simple wrapper script around existing +filters to make them work with CUPS.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938539"></a>Prefilters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As was said, PostScript is the central file format to any Unix based +printing system. From PostScript, CUPS generates raster data to feed +non-PostScript printers. +</p><p> +But what is happening if you send one of the supported non-PS formats +to print? Then CUPS runs "pre-filters" on these input formats to +generate PostScript first. There are pre-filters to create PS from +ASCII text, PDF, DVI or HP-GL. The outcome of these filters is always +of MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> (meaning that +any device-specific print options are not yet embedded into the +PostScript by CUPS, and that the next filter to be called is +pstops). Another pre-filter is running on all supported image formats, +the <span class="emphasis"><em>imagetops</em></span> filter. Its outcome is always of +MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span> +(<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> application/postscript), meaning it has the +print options already embedded into the file. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2938589"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.4. Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/4small.png" alt="Prefiltering in CUPS to form Postscript"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938624"></a>pstops</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>pstops</em></span>is the filter to convert +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> to +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>. It was said +above that this filter inserts all device-specific print options +(commands to the printer to ask for the duplexing of output, or +stapling an punching it, etc.) into the PostScript file. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2938654"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.5. Adding Device-specific Print Options</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/5small.png" alt="Adding Device-specific Print Options"></div></div><p> +</p><p> +This is not all: other tasks performed by it are: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Files generated by PCL drivers and directed at PCK printers get auto-typed as - <tt>application/octet-stream</tt>. Unknown file format types also - get auto-typed with this tag. - </p></li><li><p> - Files generated by a Postscript driver and directed at a Postscript printer - are auto-typed depending on the auto-detected most suitable MIME type as: +selecting the range of pages to be printed (if you choose to +print only pages "3, 6, 8-11, 16, 19-21", or only the odd numbered +ones) +</p></li><li><p> +putting 2 or more logical pages on one sheet of paper (the +so-called "number-up" function) +</p></li><li><p>counting the pages of the job to insert the accounting +information into the <tt class="filename">/var/log/cups/page_log</tt> +</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938727"></a>pstoraster</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>pstoraster</em></span> is at the core of the CUPS filtering +system. It is responsible for the first stage of the rasterization +process. Its input is of MIME type application/vnd.cups-postscript; +its output is application/vnd.cups-raster. This output format is not +yet meant to be printable. Its aim is to serve as a general purpose +input format for more specialized <span class="emphasis"><em>raster drivers</em></span>, +that are able to generate device-specific printer data. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2938756"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.6. Postscript to intermediate Raster format</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/6small.png" alt="Postscript to intermediate Raster format"></div></div><p> +</p><p> +CUPS raster is a generic raster format with powerful features. It is +able to include per-page information, color profiles and more to be +used by the following downstream raster drivers. Its MIME type is +registered with IANA and its specification is of course completely +open. It is designed to make it very easy and inexpensive for +manufacturers to develop Linux and Unix raster drivers for their +printer models, should they choose to do so. CUPS always takes care +for the first stage of rasterization so these vendors don't need to care +about Ghostscript complications (in fact, there is currently more +than one vendor financing the development of CUPS raster drivers). +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2938809"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.7. CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/7small.png" alt="CUPS-raster production using Ghostscript"></div></div><p> +</p><p> +CUPS versions before version 1.1.15 were shipping a binary (or source +code) standalone filter, named "pstoraster". pstoraster was derived +from GNU Ghostscript 5.50, and could be installed besides and in +addition to any GNU or AFPL Ghostscript package without conflicting. +</p><p> +From version 1.1.15, this has changed. The functions for this has been +integrated back into Ghostscript (now based on GNU Ghostscript version +7.05). The "pstoraster" filter is now a simple shell script calling +<b class="command">gs</b> with the <b class="command">-sDEVICE=cups</b> +parameter. If your Ghostscript doesn't show a success on asking for +<b class="command">gs -h |grep cups</b>, you might not be able to +print. Update your Ghostscript then! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938883"></a>imagetops and imagetoraster</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Above in the section about prefilters, we mentioned the prefilter +that generates PostScript from image formats. The imagetoraster +filter is used to convert directly from image to raster, without the +intermediate PostScript stage. It is used more often than the above +mentioned prefilters. Here is a summarizing flowchart of image file +filtering: +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2938904"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.8. Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/8small.png" alt="Image format to CUPS-raster format conversion"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938940"></a>rasterto [printers specific]</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS ships with quite some different raster drivers processing CUPS +raster. On my system I find in /usr/lib/cups/filter/ these: +<i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoalps, rastertobj, rastertoepson, rastertoescp, +rastertopcl, rastertoturboprint, rastertoapdk, rastertodymo, +rastertoescp, rastertohp</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoprinter</tt></i>. Don't worry if you have less +than this; some of these are installed by commercial add-ons to CUPS +(like <i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoturboprint</tt></i>), others (like +<i class="parameter"><tt>rastertoprinter</tt></i>) by 3rd party driver +development projects (such as Gimp-Print) wanting to cooperate as +closely as possible with CUPS. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2938988"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.9. Raster to Printer Specific formats</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/9small.png" alt="Raster to Printer Specific formats"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939024"></a>CUPS Backends</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The last part of any CUPS filtering chain is a "backend". Backends +are special programs that send the print-ready file to the final +device. There is a separate backend program for any transfer +"protocol" of sending printjobs over the network, or for every local +interface. Every CUPS printqueue needs to have a CUPS "device-URI" +associated with it. The device URI is the way to encode the backend +used to send the job to its destination. Network device-URIs are using +two slashes in their syntax, local device URIs only one, as you can +see from the following list. Keep in mind that local interface names +may vary much from my examples, if your OS is not Linux: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">usb</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to USB-connected printers. An +example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">usb:/dev/usb/lp0</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">serial</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to serially connected printers. +An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">serial:/dev/ttyS0?baud=11500</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">parallel</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to printers connected to the +parallel port. An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">parallel:/dev/lp0</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">scsi</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to printers attached to the +SCSI interface. An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">scsi:/dev/sr1</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lpd</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to LPR/LPD connected network +printers. An example for the CUPS device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">lpd://remote_host_name/remote_queue_name</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">AppSocket/HP JetDirect</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to AppSocket (a.k.a. "HP +JetDirect") connected network printers. An example for the CUPS +device-URI to use is: +<tt class="filename">socket://10.11.12.13:9100</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ipp</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to IPP connected network +printers (or to other CUPS servers). Examples for CUPS device-URIs +to use are: +<tt class="filename">ipp:://192.193.194.195/ipp</tt> +(for many HP printers) or +<tt class="filename">ipp://remote_cups_server/printers/remote_printer_name</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">http</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to HTTP connected printers. +(The http:// CUPS backend is only a symlink to the ipp:// backend.) +Examples for the CUPS device-URIs to use are: +<tt class="filename">http:://192.193.194.195:631/ipp</tt> +(for many HP printers) or +<tt class="filename">http://remote_cups_server:631/printers/remote_printer_name</tt> +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">smb</span></dt><dd><p> +This backend sends printfiles to printers shared by a Windows +host. An example for CUPS device-URIs to use are: +<tt class="filename">smb://workgroup/server/printersharename</tt> +Or +<tt class="filename">Smb://server/printersharename</tt> +or +<tt class="filename">smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printersharename</tt> +or +<tt class="filename">smb://username:password@server/printersharename</tt>. +The smb:// backend is a symlink to the Samba utility +<span class="emphasis"><em>smbspool</em></span> (doesn't ship with CUPS). If the +symlink is not present in your CUPS backend directory, have your +root user create it: <b class="command">ln -s `which smbspool` +/usr/lib/cups/backend/smb</b>. +</p></dd></dl></div><p> +It is easy to write your own backends as Shell or Perl scripts, if you +need any modification or extension to the CUPS print system. One +reason could be that you want to create "special" printers which send +the printjobs as email (through a "mailto:/" backend), convert them to +PDF (through a "pdfgen:/" backend) or dump them to "/dev/null" (In +fact I have the system-wide default printer set up to be connected to +a "devnull:/" backend: there are just too many people sending jobs +without specifying a printer, or scripts and programs which don't name +a printer. The system-wide default deletes the job and sends a polite +mail back to the $USER asking him to always specify a correct +printername). +</p><p> +Not all of the mentioned backends may be present on your system or +usable (depending on your hardware configuration). One test for all +available CUPS backends is provided by the <span class="emphasis"><em>lpinfo</em></span> +utility. Used with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter, it lists +all available backends: +</p><pre class="screen"> - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="circle"><li><p>* application/postscript</p></li><li><p>* application/vnd.cups-postscript</p></li></ul></div><p> - </p></li></ul></div><p> + lpinfo -v + +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939336"></a>cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +"cupsomatic" filters may be the most widely used on CUPS +installations. You must be clear about the fact that these were not +developed by the CUPS people. They are a "Third Party" add-on to +CUPS. They utilize the traditional Ghostscript devices to render jobs +for CUPS. When troubleshooting, you should know about the +difference. Here the whole rendering process is done in one stage, +inside Ghostscript, using an appropriate "device" for the target +printer. cupsomatic uses PPDs which are generated from the "Foomatic" +Printer & Driver Database at Linuxprinting.org. +</p><p> +You can recognize these PPDs from the line calling the +<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic</em></span> filter: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic" + +</pre><p> +This line you may find amongst the first 40 or so lines of the PPD +file. If you have such a PPD installed, the printer shows up in the +CUPS web interface with a <span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic</em></span> namepart for +the driver description. cupsomatic is a Perl script that runs +Ghostscript, with all the complicated commandline options +auto-constructed from the selected PPD and commandline options give to +the printjob. +</p><p> +However, cupsomatic is now deprecated. Its PPDs (especially the first +generation of them, still in heavy use out there) are not meeting the +Adobe specifications. You might also suffer difficulties when you try +to download them with "Point'n'Print" to Windows clients. A better, +and more powerful successor is now in a very stable Beta-version +available: it is called <span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>. To use +foomatic-rip as a filter with CUPS, you need the new-type PPDs. These +have a similar, but different line: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 foomatic-rip" + +</pre><p> +The PPD generating engine at Linuxprinting.org has been revamped. +The new PPDs comply to the Adobe spec. On top, they also provide a +new way to specify different quality levels (hi-res photo, normal +color, grayscale, draft...) with a single click (whereas before you +could have required 5 or more different selections (media type, +resolution, inktype, dithering algorithm...). There is support for +custom-size media built in. There is support to switch +print-options from page to page, in the middle of a job. And the +best thing is: the new foomatic-rip now works seamlessly with all +legacy spoolers too (like LPRng, BSD-LPD, PDQ, PPR etc.), providing +for them access to use PPDs for their printing! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939448"></a>The Complete Picture</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to see an overview over all the filters and how they +relate to each other, the complete picture of the puzzle is at the end +of this document. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939464"></a><tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS auto-constructs all possible filtering chain paths for any given +MIME type, and every printer installed. But how does it decide in +favor or against a specific alternative? (There may often be cases, +where there is a choice of two or more possible filtering chains for +the same target printer). Simple: you may have noticed the figures in +the 3rd column of the mime.convs file. They represent virtual costs +assigned to this filter. Every possible filtering chain will sum up to +a total "filter cost". CUPS decides for the most "inexpensive" route. +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +The setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>FilterLimit 1000</tt></i> in +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> will not allow more filters to +run concurrently than will consume a total of 1000 virtual filter +cost. This is a very efficient way to limit the load of any CUPS +server by setting an appropriate "FilterLimit" value. A FilterLimit of +200 allows roughly 1 job at a time, while a FilterLimit of 1000 allows +approximately 5 jobs maximum at a time. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939517"></a>"Raw" printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can tell CUPS to print (nearly) any file "raw". "Raw" means it +will not be filtered. CUPS will send the file to the printer "as is" +without bothering if the printer is able to digest it. Users need to +take care themselves that they send sensible data formats only. Raw +printing can happen on any queue if the "-o raw" option is specified +on the command line. You can also set up raw-only queues by simply not +associating any PPD with it. This command: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpadmin -P rawprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -E + +</pre><p> +sets up a queue named "rawprinter", connected via the "socket" +protocol (a.k.a. "HP JetDirect") to the device at IP address +11.12.1.3.14, using port 9100. (If you had added a PPD with +<b class="command">-P /path/to/PPD</b> to this command line, you would +have installed a "normal" printqueue. +</p><p> +CUPS will automatically treat each job sent to a queue as a "raw" one, +if it can't find a PPD associated with the queue. However, CUPS will +only send known MIME types (as defined in its own mime.types file) and +refuse others. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939571"></a>"application/octet-stream" printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Any MIME type with no rule in the +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> file is regarded as unknown +or <span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span> and will not be +sent. Because CUPS refuses to print unknown MIME types per default, +you will probably have experienced the fact that printjobs originating +from Windows clients were not printed. You may have found an error +message in your CUPS logs like: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + Unable to convert file 0 to printable format for job + +</pre><p> +To enable the printing of "application/octet-stream" files, edit +these two files: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt></p></li></ul></div><p> +Both contain entries (at the end of the respective files) which must +be uncommented to allow RAW mode operation for +application/octet-stream. In <tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> +make sure this line is present: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream + +</pre><p> +This line (with no specific auto-typing rule set) makes all files +not otherwise auto-typed a member of application/octet-stream. In +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt>, have this +line: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + application/octet-stream application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + +</pre><p> +This line tells CUPS to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>Null Filter</em></span> +(denoted as "-", doing... nothing at all) on +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span>, and tag the result as +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-raw</em></span>. This last one is +always a green light to the CUPS scheduler to now hand the file over +to the "backend" connecting to the printer and sending it over. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Editing the <tt class="filename">mime.convs</tt> and the +<tt class="filename">mime.types</tt> file does not +<span class="emphasis"><em>enforce</em></span> "raw" printing, it only +<span class="emphasis"><em>allows</em></span> it. +</p></div><p><b>Background. </b> +CUPS being a more security-aware printing system than traditional ones +does not by default allow one to send deliberate (possibly binary) +data to printing devices. (This could be easily abused to launch a +Denial of Service attack on your printer(s), causing at least the loss +of a lot of paper and ink...) "Unknown" data are regarded by CUPS +as <span class="emphasis"><em>MIME type</em></span> +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/octet-stream</em></span>. While you +<span class="emphasis"><em>can</em></span> send data "raw", the MIME type for these must +be one that is known to CUPS and an allowed one. The file +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> defines the "rules" how CUPS +recognizes MIME types. The file +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.convs</tt> decides which file +conversion filter(s) may be applied to which MIME types. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939786"></a>PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Originally PPDs were meant to be used for PostScript printers +only. Here, they help to send device-specific commands and settings +to the RIP which processes the jobfile. CUPS has extended this +scope for PPDs to cover non-PostScript printers too. This was not +very difficult, because it is a standardized file format. In a way +it was logical too: CUPS handles PostScript and uses a PostScript +RIP (=Ghostscript) to process the jobfiles. The only difference is: +a PostScript printer has the RIP built-in, for other types of +printers the Ghostscript RIP runs on the host computer. +</p><p> +PPDs for a non-PS printer have a few lines that are unique to +CUPS. The most important one looks similar to this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + *cupsFilter: application/vnd.cups-raster 66 rastertoprinter + +</pre><p> +It is the last piece in the CUPS filtering puzzle. This line tells the +CUPS daemon to use as a last filter "rastertoprinter". This filter +should be served as input an "application/vnd.cups-raster" MIME type +file. Therefore CUPS should auto-construct a filtering chain, which +delivers as its last output the specified MIME type. This is then +taken as input to the specified "rastertoprinter" filter. After this +the last filter has done its work ("rastertoprinter" is a Gimp-Print +filter), the file should go to the backend, which sends it to the +output device. +</p><p> +CUPS by default ships only a few generic PPDs, but they are good for +several hundred printer models. You may not be able to control +different paper trays, or you may get larger margins than your +specific model supports): +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">deskjet.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>older HP inkjet printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deskjet2.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>newer HP inkjet printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dymo.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>label printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">epson9.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">epson24.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Epson 24pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">okidata9.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Okidata 9pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">okidat24.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>Okidata 24pin impact printers and compatible +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stcolor.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>older Epson Stylus Color printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stcolor2.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>newer Epson Stylus Color printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stphoto.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>older Epson Stylus Photo printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">stphoto2.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>newer Epson Stylus Photo printers +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">laserjet.ppd</span></dt><dd><p>all PCL printers. Further below is a discussion +of several other driver/PPD-packages suitable fur use with CUPS. +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940015"></a>Difference between <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic/foomatic-rip</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>native CUPS</em></span> printing</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Native CUPS rasterization works in two steps. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +First is the "pstoraster" step. It uses the special "cups" +device from ESP Ghostscript 7.05.x as its tool +</p></li><li><p> +Second comes the "rasterdriver" step. It uses various +device-specific filters; there are several vendors who provide good +quality filters for this step, some are Free Software, some are +Shareware/Non-Free, some are proprietary.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Often this produces better quality (and has several more +advantages) than other methods. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2940065"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.10. cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/10small.png" alt="cupsomatic/foomatic processing versus Native CUPS"></div></div><p> +</p><p> +One other method is the <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic/foomatic-rip</em></span> +way. Note that cupsomatic is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> made by the CUPS +developers. It is an independent contribution to printing development, +made by people from Linuxprinting.org (see also <a href="http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html</a>). +cupsomatic is no longer developed and maintained and is no longer +supported. It has now been replaced by +<span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>. foomatic-rip is a complete re-write +of the old cupsomatic idea, but very much improved and generalized to +other (non-CUPS) spoolers. An upgrade to foomatic-rip is strongly +advised, especially if you are upgrading to a recent version of CUPS +too. +</p><p> +Both the cupsomatic (old) and the foomatic-rip (new) methods from +Linuxprinting.org use the traditional Ghostscript print file +processing, doing everything in a single step. It therefore relies on +all the other devices built-in into Ghostscript. The quality is as +good (or bad) as Ghostscript rendering is in other spoolers. The +advantage is that this method supports many printer models not +supported (yet) by the more modern CUPS method. +</p><p> +Of course, you can use both methods side by side on one system (and +even for one printer, if you set up different queues), and find out +which works best for you. +</p><p> +cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span> stage and +deviates it through the CUPS-external, system wide Ghostscript +installation: Therefore the printfile bypasses the "pstoraster" filter +(and thus also bypasses the CUPS-raster-drivers +"rastertosomething"). After Ghostscript finished its rasterization, +cupsomatic hands the rendered file directly to the CUPS backend. The +flowchart above illustrates the difference between native CUPS +rendering and the Foomatic/cupsomatic method. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940170"></a>Examples for filtering Chains</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are a few examples of commonly occurring filtering chains to +illustrate the workings of CUPS. +</p><p> +Assume you want to print a PDF file to a HP JetDirect-connected +PostScript printer, but you want to print the pages 3-5, 7, 11-13 +only, and you want to print them "2-up" and "duplex": +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>your print options (page selection as required, 2-up, +duplex) are passed to CUPS on the commandline;</p></li><li><p>the (complete) PDF file is sent to CUPS and autotyped as +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file therefore first must pass the +<span class="emphasis"><em>pdftops</em></span> pre-filter, which produces PostScript +MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> (a preview here +would still show all pages of the original PDF);</p></li><li><p>the file then passes the <span class="emphasis"><em>pstops</em></span> +filter which applies the commandline options: it selects the pages +2-5, 7 and 11-13, creates and imposed layout "2 pages on 1 sheet" and +inserts the correct "duplex" command (as is defined in the printer's +PPD) into the new PostScript file; the file now is of PostScript MIME +type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file goes to the <span class="emphasis"><em>socket</em></span> +backend, which transfers the job to the printers.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The resulting filter chain therefore is: +</p><pre class="screen"> +pdftops --> pstops --> socket +</pre><p> +Assume your want to print the same filter to an USB-connected +Epson Stylus Photo printer, installed with the CUPS +<tt class="filename">stphoto2.ppd</tt>. The first few filtering stages +are nearly the same: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>your print options (page selection as required, 2-up, +duplex) are passed to CUPS on the commandline;</p></li><li><p>the (complete) PDF file is sent to CUPS and autotyped as +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/pdf</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file therefore first must pass the +<span class="emphasis"><em>pdftops</em></span> pre-filter, which produces PostScript +MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span> (a preview here +would still show all pages of the original PDF);</p></li><li><p>the file then passes the "pstops" filter which applies +the commandline options: it selects the pages 2-5, 7 and 11-13, +creates and imposed layout "2 pages on 1 sheet" and inserts the +correct "duplex" command... (OOoops -- this printer and his PPD +don't support duplex printing at all -- this option will be ignored +then) into the new PostScript file; the file now is of PostScript +MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/vnd.cups-postscript</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>the file then passes the +<span class="emphasis"><em>pstoraster</em></span> stage and becomes MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/cups-raster</em></span>;</p></li><li><p>finally, the <span class="emphasis"><em>rastertoepson</em></span> filter +does its work (as is indicated in the printer's PPD), creating the +printer-specific raster data and embedding any user-selected +print-options into the print data stream;</p></li><li><p>the file goes to the <span class="emphasis"><em>usb</em></span> backend, +which transfers the job to the printers.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The resulting filter chain therefore is: +</p><pre class="screen"> +pdftops --> pstops --> pstoraster --> rastertoepson --> usb +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940401"></a>Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +On the internet you can find now many thousand CUPS-PPD files +(with their companion filters), in many national languages, +supporting more than 1000 non-PostScript models. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/" target="_top">ESP +PrintPro (http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/)</a> (commercial, +non-Free) is packaged with more than 3000 PPDs, ready for +successful use "out of the box" on Linux, Mac OS X, IBM-AIX, +HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital Unix and some +more commercial Unices (it is written by the CUPS developers +themselves and its sales help finance the further development of +CUPS, as they feed their creators).</p></li><li><p>the <a href="http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">Gimp-Print-Project +(http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/)</a> (GPL, Free Software) +provides around 140 PPDs (supporting nearly 400 printers, many driven +to photo quality output), to be used alongside the Gimp-Print CUPS +filters;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.turboprint.com/" target="_top">TurboPrint +(http://www.turboprint.com/)</a> (Shareware, non-Free) supports +roughly the same amount of printers in excellent +quality;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/" target="_top">OMNI +(http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/)</a> +(LPGL, Free) is a package made by IBM, now containing support for more +than 400 printers, stemming from the inheritance of IBM OS/2 Know-How +ported over to Linux (CUPS support is in a Beta-stage at +present);</p></li><li><p><a href="http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">HPIJS +(http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/)</a> (BSD-style licenses, Free) +supports around 150 of HP's own printers and is also providing +excellent print quality now (currently available only via the Foomatic +path);</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/" target="_top">Foomatic/cupsomatic +(http://www.linuxprinting.org/)</a> (LPGL, Free) from +Linuxprinting.org are providing PPDs for practically every Ghostscript +filter known to the world (including Omni, Gimp-Print and +HPIJS).</p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The cupsomatic/Foomatic trick from Linuxprinting.org works +differently from the other drivers. This is explained elsewhere in this +document. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940530"></a>Printing with Interface Scripts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS also supports the usage of "interface scripts" as known from +System V AT&T printing systems. These are often used for PCL +printers, from applications that generate PCL print jobs. Interface +scripts are specific to printer models. They have a similar role as +PPDs for PostScript printers. Interface scripts may inject the Escape +sequences as required into the print data stream, if the user has +chosen to select a certain paper tray, or print landscape, or use A3 +paper, etc. Interfaces scripts are practically unknown in the Linux +realm. On HP-UX platforms they are more often used. You can use any +working interface script on CUPS too. Just install the printer with +the <b class="command">-i</b> option: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpadmin -p pclprinter -v socket://11.12.13.14:9100 -i /path/to/interface-script + +</pre><p> +Interface scripts might be the "unknown animal" to many. However, +with CUPS they provide the most easy way to plug in your own +custom-written filtering script or program into one specific print +queue (some information about the traditional usage of interface scripts is +to be found at <a href="http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html" target="_top">http://playground.sun.com/printing/documentation/interface.html</a>). +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2940605"></a>Network printing (purely Windows)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Network printing covers a lot of ground. To understand what exactly +goes on with Samba when it is printing on behalf of its Windows +clients, let's first look at a "purely Windows" setup: Windows clients +with a Windows NT print server. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940620"></a>From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Windows clients printing to an NT-based print server have two +options. They may +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>execute the driver locally and render the GDI output +(EMF) into the printer specific format on their own, +or</p></li><li><p>send the GDI output (EMF) to the server, where the +driver is executed to render the printer specific +output.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Both print paths are shown in the flowcharts below. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940659"></a>Driver Execution on the Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the first case the print server must spool the file as "raw", +meaning it shouldn't touch the jobfile and try to convert it in any +way. This is what traditional Unix-based print server can do too; and +at a better performance and more reliably than NT print server. This +is what most Samba administrators probably are familiar with. One +advantage of this setup is that this "spooling-only" print server may +be used even if no driver(s) for Unix are available it is sufficient +to have the Windows client drivers available and installed on the +clients. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2940695"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.11. Print Driver execution on the Client</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/11small.png" alt="Print Driver execution on the Client"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940731"></a>Driver Execution on the Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The other path executes the printer driver on the server. The clients +transfers print files in EMF format to the server. The server uses the +PostScript, PCL, ESC/P or other driver to convert the EMF file into +the printer-specific language. It is not possible for Unix to do the +same. Currently there is no program or method to convert a Windows +client's GDI output on a Unix server into something a printer could +understand. +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2940753"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.12. Print Driver execution on the Server</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/12small.png" alt="Print Driver execution on the Server"></div></div><p> +</p><p> +However, there is something similar possible with CUPS. Read on... +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2940794"></a>Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since UNIX print servers <span class="emphasis"><em>cannot</em></span> execute the Win32 +program code on their platform, the picture is somewhat +different. However, this doesn't limit your options all that +much. In the contrary, you may have a way here to implement printing +features which are not possible otherwise. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940814"></a>From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a simple recipe showing how you can take advantage of CUPS +powerful features for the benefit of your Windows network printing +clients: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Let the Windows clients send PostScript to the CUPS +server.</p></li><li><p>Let the CUPS server render the PostScript into device +specific raster format.</p></li></ul></div><p> +This requires the clients to use a PostScript driver (even if the +printer is a non-PostScript model. It also requires that you have a +"driver" on the CUPS server. +</p><p> +Firstly, to enable CUPS based printing through Samba the +following options should be set in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file [globals] +section: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = CUPS</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = CUPS</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +When these parameters are specified, all manually set print directives +(like <i class="parameter"><tt>print command =...</tt></i>, or <i class="parameter"><tt>lppause +command =...</tt></i>) in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> (as well as +in samba itself) will be ignored. Instead, Samba will directly +interface with CUPS through it's application program interface (API) - +as long as Samba has been compiled with CUPS library (libcups) +support. If Samba has NOT been compiled with CUPS support, and if no +other print commands are set up, then printing will use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>System V</em></span> AT&T command set, with the -oraw +option automatically passing through (if you want your own defined +print commands to work with a Samba that has CUPS support compiled in, +simply use <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv</tt></i>). +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2940943"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.13. Printing via CUPS/samba server</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/13small.png" alt="Printing via CUPS/samba server"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2940978"></a>Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> use its own spool directory (it is set +by a line similar to <i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba</tt></i>, +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> or +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printername]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). Samba receives the job in its own +spool space and passes it into the spool directory of CUPS (the CUPS +spooling directory is set by the <i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot</tt></i> +directive, in a line that defaults to <i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot +/var/spool/cups</tt></i>). CUPS checks the access rights of its +spool dir and resets it to healthy values with every re-start. We have +seen quite some people who had used a common spooling space for Samba +and CUPS, and were struggling for weeks with this "problem". +</p><p> +A Windows user authenticates only to Samba (by whatever means is +configured). If Samba runs on the same host as CUPS, you only need to +allow "localhost" to print. If they run on different machines, you +need to make sure the Samba host gets access to printing on CUPS. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2941054"></a>Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PPDs can control all print device options. They are usually provided +by the manufacturer; if you own a PostScript printer, that is. PPD +files (PostScript Printer Descriptions) are always a component of +PostScript printer drivers on MS Windows or Apple Mac OS systems. They +are ASCII files containing user-selectable print options, mapped to +appropriate PostScript, PCL or PJL commands for the target +printer. Printer driver GUI dialogs translate these options +"on-the-fly" into buttons and drop-down lists for the user to select. +</p><p> +CUPS can load, without any conversions, the PPD file from any Windows +(NT is recommended) PostScript driver and handle the options. There is +a web browser interface to the print options (select <a href="http://localhost:631/printers/" target="_top">http://localhost:631/printers/</a> +and click on one <span class="emphasis"><em>Configure Printer</em></span> button to see +it), or a commandline interface (see <b class="command">man lpoptions</b> +or see if you have lphelp on your system). There are also some +different GUI frontends on Linux/UNIX, which can present PPD options +to users. PPD options are normally meant to be evaluated by the +PostScript RIP on the real PostScript printer. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941110"></a>PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS doesn't limit itself to "real" PostScript printers in its usage +of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the scope of the PPD +concept, to also describe available device and driver options for +non-PostScript printers through CUPS-PPDs. +</p><p> +This is logical, as CUPS includes a fully featured PostScript +interpreter (RIP). This RIP is based on Ghostscript. It can process +all received PostScript (and additionally many other file formats) +from clients. All CUPS-PPDs geared to non-PostScript printers contain +an additional line, starting with the keyword +<i class="parameter"><tt>*cupsFilter</tt></i> . This line tells the CUPS print +system which printer-specific filter to use for the interpretation of +the supplied PostScript. Thus CUPS lets all its printers appear as +PostScript devices to its clients, because it can act as a PostScript +RIP for those printers, processing the received PostScript code into a +proper raster print format. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941150"></a>PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a +"core" PostScript driver (now recommended is the "CUPS PostScript +Driver for WindowsNT/2K/XP"; you can also use the Adobe one, with +limitations). This feature enables CUPS to do a few tricks no other +spooler can do: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>act as a networked PostScript RIP (Raster Image +Processor), handling printfiles from all client platforms in a uniform +way;</p></li><li><p>act as a central accounting and billing server, since +all files are passed through the pstops filter and are therefore +logged in the CUPS <tt class="filename">page_log</tt> file. +<span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE:</em></span> this can not happen with "raw" print jobs, +which always remain unfiltered per definition;</p></li><li><p>enable clients to consolidate on a single PostScript +driver, even for many different target printers.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Using CUPS PPDs on Windows clients enables these to control +all print job settings just as a UNIX client can do too. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2941216"></a>Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This setup may be of special interest to people experiencing major +problems in WTS environments. WTS need often a multitude of +non-PostScript drivers installed to run their clients' variety of +different printer models. This often imposes the price of much +increased instability. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941233"></a>Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The reason is that in Win NT printer drivers run in "Kernel +Mode", this introduces a high risk for the stability of the system +if the driver is not really stable and well-tested. And there are a +lot of bad drivers out there! Especially notorious is the example +of the PCL printer driver that had an additional sound module +running, to notify users via soundcard of their finished jobs. Do I +need to say that this one was also reliably causing "Blue Screens +of Death" on a regular basis? +</p><p> +PostScript drivers generally are very well tested. They are not known +to cause any problems, even though they run in Kernel Mode too. This +might be because there have so far only been 2 different PostScript +drivers the ones from Adobe and the one from Microsoft. Both are +very well tested and are as stable as you ever can imagine on +Windows. The CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941268"></a>Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In many cases, in an attempt to work around this problem, site +administrators have resorted to restrict the allowed drivers installed +on their WTS to one generic PCL- and one PostScript driver. This +however restricts the clients in the amount of printer options +available for them; often they can't get out more than simplex +prints from one standard paper tray, while their devices could do much +better, if driven by a different driver! ) +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941289"></a>CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Using a PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD, seems to be a very +elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. There are, depending +on the version of Windows OS you use, up to 3 different PostScript +drivers available: Adobe, Microsoft and CUPS PostScript drivers. None +of them is known to cause major stability problems on WTS (even if +used with many different PPDs). The clients will be able to (again) +chose paper trays, duplex printing and other settings. However, there +is a certain price for this too: a CUPS server acting as a PostScript +RIP for its clients requires more CPU and RAM than when just acting as +a "raw spooling" device. Plus, this setup is not yet widely tested, +although the first feedbacks look very promising. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941316"></a>PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +More recent printer drivers on W2K and XP don't run in Kernel mode +(unlike Win NT) any more. However, both operating systems can still +use the NT drivers, running in Kernel mode (you can roughly tell which +is which as the drivers in subdirectory "2" of "W32X86" are "old" +ones). As was said before, the Adobe as well as the Microsoft +PostScript drivers are not known to cause any stability problems. The +CUPS driver is derived from the Microsoft one. There is a simple +reason for this: The MS DDK (Device Development Kit) for Win NT (which +used to be available at no cost to licensees of Visual Studio) +includes the source code of the Microsoft driver, and licensees of +Visual Studio are allowed to use and modify it for their own driver +development efforts. This is what the CUPS people have done. The +license doesn't allow them to publish the whole of the source code. +However, they have released the "diff" under the GPL, and if you are +owner of an "MS DDK for Win NT", you can check the driver yourself. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2941369"></a> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As we have said before: all previously known methods to prepare client +printer drivers on the Samba server for download and "Point'n'Print" +convenience of Windows workstations are working with CUPS too. These +methods were described in the previous chapter. In reality, this is a +pure Samba business, and only relates to the Samba/Win client +relationship. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941388"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>: the unknown Utility</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The cupsaddsmb utility (shipped with all current CUPS versions) is an +alternative method to transfer printer drivers into the Samba +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Remember, this share is where +clients expect drivers deposited and setup for download and +installation. It makes the sharing of any (or all) installed CUPS +printers very easy. cupsaddsmb can use the Adobe PostScript driver as +well as the newly developed <span class="emphasis"><em>CUPS PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2K/XP</em></span>. Note, that cupsaddsmb does +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> work with arbitrary vendor printer drivers, +but only with the <span class="emphasis"><em>exact</em></span> driver files that are +named in its man page. +</p><p> +The CUPS printer driver is available from the CUPS download site. Its +package name is <tt class="filename">cups-samba-[version].tar.gz</tt> . It +is preferred over the Adobe drivers since it has a number of +advantages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>it supports a much more accurate page +accounting;</p></li><li><p>it supports banner pages, and page labels on all +printers;</p></li><li><p>it supports the setting of a number of job IPP +attributes (such as job-priority, page-label and +job-billing)</p></li></ul></div><p> +However, currently only Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by the +CUPS drivers. You will need to get the respective part of Adobe driver +too if you need to support Windows 95, 98, and ME clients. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941480"></a>Prepare your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for +cupsaddsmb</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Prior to running cupsaddsmb, you need the following settings in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [global] + load printers = yes + printing = cups + printcap name = cups + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + public = yes + guest ok = yes # setting depends on your requirements + writable = no + printable = yes + printer admin = root + + [print$] + comment = Printer Drivers + path = /etc/samba/drivers + browseable = yes + guest ok = no + read only = yes + write list = root + +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941526"></a>CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS users may get the exactly same packages from<a href="http://www.cups.org/software.html" target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>http://www.cups.org/software.html</em></span></a>. +It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as +<span class="emphasis"><em>CUPS 1.1.x Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA +(tar.gz, 192k)</em></span>. The filename to download is +<tt class="filename">cups-samba-1.1.x.tar.gz</tt>. Upon untar-/unzip-ing, +it will reveal these files: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# tar xvzf cups-samba-1.1.19.tar.gz + + cups-samba.install + cups-samba.license + cups-samba.readme + cups-samba.remove + cups-samba.ss + +</pre><p> +These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software +"EPM". The <tt class="filename">*.install</tt> and +<tt class="filename">*.remove</tt> files are simple shell scripts, which +untars the <tt class="filename">*.ss</tt> (the <tt class="filename">*.ss</tt> is +nothing else but a tar-archive, which can be untar-ed by "tar" +too). Then it puts the content into +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. This content includes 3 +files: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# tar tv cups-samba.ss + + cupsdrvr.dll + cupsui.dll + cups.hlp + +</pre><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>cups-samba.install</em></span> shell scripts is easy to +handle: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# ./cups-samba.install + + [....] + Installing software... + Updating file permissions... + Running post-install commands... + Installation is complete. + +</pre><p> +The script should automatically put the driver files into the +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt> directory. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +Due to a bug, one recent CUPS release puts the +<tt class="filename">cups.hlp</tt> driver file +into<tt class="filename">/usr/share/drivers/</tt> instead of +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. To work around this, +copy/move the file (after running the +<b class="command">./cups-samba.install</b> script) manually to the +right place. +</p></div><pre class="screen"> + + cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/ + +</pre><p> +This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free of +charge. No complete source code is provided (yet). The reason is this: +it has been developed with the help of the <span class="emphasis"><em>Microsoft Driver +Developer Kit</em></span> (DDK) and compiled with Microsoft Visual +Studio 6. Driver developers are not allowed to distribute the whole of +the source code as Free Software. However, CUPS developers released +the "diff" in source code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of +Visual Studio and a DDK will be able to compile for him/herself. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941724"></a>Recognize the different Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The CUPS drivers don't support the "older" Windows 95/98/ME, but only +the Windows NT/2000/XP client: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:] + cups.hlp + cupsdrvr.dll + cupsui.dll + +</pre><p> +Adobe drivers are available for the older Windows 95/98/ME as well as +the Windows NT/2000/XP clients. The set of files is different for the +different platforms. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + [Windows 95, 98, and Me are supported by:] + ADFONTS.MFM + ADOBEPS4.DRV + ADOBEPS4.HLP + DEFPRTR2.PPD + ICONLIB.DLL + PSMON.DLL + + [Windows NT, 2000, and XP are supported by:] + ADOBEPS5.DLL + ADOBEPSU.DLL + ADOBEPSU.HLP + +</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +If both, the Adobe driver files and the CUPS driver files for the +support of WinNT/2k/XP are present in , the Adobe ones will be ignored +and the CUPS ones will be used. If you prefer -- for whatever reason +-- to use Adobe-only drivers, move away the 3 CUPS driver files. The +Win95/98/ME clients use the Adobe drivers in any case. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941782"></a>Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Acquiring the Adobe driver files seems to be unexpectedly difficult +for many users. They are not available on the Adobe website as single +files and the self-extracting and/or self-installing Windows-exe is +not easy to locate either. Probably you need to use the included +native installer and run the installation process on one client +once. This will install the drivers (and one Generic PostScript +printer) locally on the client. When they are installed, share the +Generic PostScript printer. After this, the client's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share holds the Adobe files, from +where you can get them with smbclient from the CUPS host. A more +detailed description about this is in the next (the CUPS printing) +chapter. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941814"></a>ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install their "Samba +Drivers" package for this purpose with no problem. Retrieve the driver +files from the normal download area of the ESP Print Pro software +at<a href="http://www.easysw.com/software.html" target="_top">http://www.easysw.com/software.html</a>. +You need to locate the link labelled "SAMBA" amongst the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Download Printer Drivers for ESP Print Pro 4.x</em></span> +area and download the package. Once installed, you can prepare any +driver by simply highlighting the printer in the Printer Manager GUI +and select <span class="emphasis"><em>Export Driver...</em></span> from the menu. Of +course you need to have prepared Samba beforehand too to handle the +driver files; i.e. mainly setup the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share, etc. The ESP Print Pro package includes the CUPS driver files +as well as a (licensed) set of Adobe drivers for the Windows 95/98/ME +client family. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941864"></a>Caveats to be considered</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually +moved the <tt class="filename">cups.hlp</tt> file to +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>), the driver is +ready to be put into Samba's <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share (which often maps to +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/</tt> and contains a subdir +tree with <span class="emphasis"><em>WIN40</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>W32X86</em></span> branches): You do this by running +"cupsaddsmb" (see also <b class="command">man cupsaddsmb</b> for +CUPS since release 1.1.16). +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +You may need to put root into the smbpasswd file by running +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b>; this is especially important if you +should run this whole procedure for the first time, and are not +working in an environment where everything is configured for +<span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span> to a Windows Domain Controller. +</p></div><p> +Once the driver files are in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +and are initialized, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by +the Win NT/2k/XP clients. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +Win 9x/ME clients won't work with the CUPS PostScript driver. For +these you'd still need to use the <tt class="filename">ADOBE*.*</tt> +drivers as previously. +</p></li><li><p> +It is not harmful if you still have the +<tt class="filename">ADOBE*.*</tt> driver files from previous +installations in the <tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt> +directory. The new <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span> (from 1.1.16) will +automatically prefer "its own" drivers if it finds both. +</p></li><li><p> +Should your Win clients have had the old <tt class="filename">ADOBE*.*</tt> +files for the Adobe PostScript driver installed, the download and +installation of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP +will fail at first. You need to wipe the old driver from the clients +first. It is not enough to "delete" the printer, as the driver files +will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to re-install +the printer. To really get rid of the Adobe driver files on the +clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via <span class="emphasis"><em>Start +--> Settings --> Control Panel --> Printers</em></span>), +right-click onto the folder background and select <span class="emphasis"><em>Server +Properties</em></span>. When the new dialog opens, select the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Drivers</em></span> tab. On the list select the driver you +want to delete and click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete</em></span> +button. This will only work if there is not one single printer left +which uses that particular driver. You need to "delete" all printers +using this driver in the "Printers" folder first. You will need +Administrator privileges to do this. +</p></li><li><p> +Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver to a +client, you can easily switch all printers to this one by proceeding +as described elsewhere in the "Samba HOWTO Collection": either change +a driver for an existing printer by running the "Printer Properties" +dialog, or use <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> sub-command. +</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942086"></a>What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You are interested in a comparison between the CUPS and the Adobe +PostScript drivers? For our purposes these are the most important +items which weigh in favor of the CUPS ones: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>no hassle with the Adobe EULA</p></li><li><p>no hassle with the question “<span class="quote">Where do I +get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?</span>”</p></li><li><p>the Adobe drivers (on request of the printer PPD +associated with them) often put a PJL header in front of the main +PostScript part of the print file. Thus the printfile starts with +<i class="parameter"><tt><1B >%-12345X</tt></i> or +<i class="parameter"><tt><escape>%-12345X</tt></i> instead +of <i class="parameter"><tt>%!PS</tt></i>). This leads to the +CUPS daemon auto-typing the incoming file as a print-ready file, +not initiating a pass through the "pstops" filter (to speak more +technically, it is not regarded as the generic MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>, but as +the more special MIME type +<span class="emphasis"><em>application/cups.vnd-postscript</em></span>), +which therefore also leads to the page accounting in +<span class="emphasis"><em>/var/log/cups/page_log</em></span> not +receiving the exact number of pages; instead the dummy page number +of "1" is logged in a standard setup)</p></li><li><p>the Adobe driver has more options to "mis-configure" the +PostScript generated by it (like setting it inadvertently to +<span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for Speed</em></span>, instead of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for Portability</em></span>, which +could lead to CUPS being unable to process it)</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver output sent by Windows +clients to the CUPS server will be guaranteed to be auto-typed always +as generic MIME type <span class="emphasis"><em>application/postscript</em></span>, +thusly passing through the CUPS "pstops" filter and logging the +correct number of pages in the <tt class="filename">page_log</tt> for +accounting and quota purposes</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver supports the sending of +additional standard (IPP) print options by Win NT/2k/XP clients. Such +additional print options are: naming the CUPS standard +<span class="emphasis"><em>banner pages</em></span> (or the custom ones, should they be +installed at the time of driver download), using the CUPS +<span class="emphasis"><em>page-label</em></span> option, setting a +<span class="emphasis"><em>job-priority</em></span> and setting the <span class="emphasis"><em>scheduled +time of printing</em></span> (with the option to support additional +useful IPP job attributes in the future).</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver supports the inclusion of +the new <span class="emphasis"><em>*cupsJobTicket</em></span> comments at the +beginning of the PostScript file (which could be used in the future +for all sort of beneficial extensions on the CUPS side, but which will +not disturb any other applications as they will regard it as a comment +and simply ignore it).</p></li><li><p>the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the +fully fledged CUPS IPP client for Windows NT/2K/XP to be released soon +(probably alongside the first Beta release for CUPS +1.2).</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942268"></a>Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The cupsaddsmb command copies the needed files into your +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Additionally, the PPD +associated with this printer is copied from +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/ppd/</tt> to +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. There the files wait for convenient +Windows client installations via Point'n'Print. Before we can run the +command successfully, we need to be sure that we can authenticate +towards Samba. If you have a small network you are probably using user +level security (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>). Probably your +root has already a Samba account. Otherwise, create it now, using +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b>: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # smbpasswd -a root + New SMB password: [type in password 'secret'] + Retype new SMB password: [type in password 'secret'] + +</pre><p> +Here is an example of a successfully run cupsaddsmb command. +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027 + Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: [type in password 'secret'] + +</pre><p> +To share <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> printers and drivers, use the +<i class="parameter"><tt>-a</tt></i> parameter instead of a printer name. Since +cupsaddsmb "exports" the printer drivers to Samba, it should be +obvious that it only works for queues with a CUPS driver associated. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942369"></a>Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the +<i class="parameter"><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter to get a more verbose output. The +output below was edited for better readability: all "\" at the end of +a line indicate that I inserted an artificial line break plus some +indentation here: +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +You will see the root password for the Samba account printed on +screen. If you use remote access, the password will go over the wire +unencrypted! +</p></div><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -U root -v infotec_2105 + Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: + Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir W32X86;put \ + /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll W32X86/cupsui.dll;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp W32X86/cups.hlp' + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86 + putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \W32X86/infotec_2105.ppd (2328.8 kb/s) \ + (average 2328.8 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll as \W32X86/cupsdrvr.dll (9374.3 kb/s) \ + (average 5206.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll as \W32X86/cupsui.dll (8107.2 kb/s) \ + (average 5984.1 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp as \W32X86/cups.hlp (3475.0 kb/s) \ + (average 5884.7 kb/s) + + Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \ + "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL: \ + RAW:NULL"' + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "infotec_2105:cupsdrvr.dll:infotec_2105.ppd:cupsui.dll: \ + cups.hlp:NULL:RAW:NULL" + Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed. + + Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir WIN40;put \ + /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD; put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD;put \ + /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL + WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;' + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \WIN40 + putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3e98bf2d333b5 as \WIN40/infotec_2105.PPD (2328.8 kb/s) \ + (average 2328.8 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM (9368.0 kb/s) \ + (average 6469.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV (9958.2 kb/s) \ + (average 8404.3 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP (8341.5 kb/s) \ + (average 8398.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD (2195.9 kb/s) \ + (average 8254.3 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL (8239.9 kb/s) \ + (average 8253.6 kb/s) + putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as \WIN40/PSMON.DLL (6222.2 kb/s) \ + (average 8188.5 kb/s) + + Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0" \ + "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP: \ + PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP,PSMON.DLL, \ + ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"' + cmd = adddriver "Windows 4.0" "infotec_2105:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_2105.PPD:NULL: \ + ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW:ADOBEPS4.DRV,infotec_2105.PPD,ADOBEPS4.HLP, \ + PSMON.DLL,ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL" + Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully installed. + + Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' \ + -c 'setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105' + cmd = setdriver infotec_2105 infotec_2105 + Successfully set infotec_2105 to driver infotec_2105. + +</pre><p> +If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transfered +unencrypted over the wire, so beware! Also, if you look further her, +you'll discover error messages like NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION in +between. They occur, because the directories WIN40 and W32X86 already +existed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> driver download share +(from a previous driver installation). They are harmless here. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942596"></a>Understanding cupsaddsmb</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +What has happened? What did cupsaddsmb do? There are five stages of +the procedure +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>call the CUPS server via IPP and request the +driver files and the PPD file for the named printer;</p></li><li><p>store the files temporarily in the local +TEMPDIR (as defined in +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt>);</p></li><li><p>connect via smbclient to the Samba server's + <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and put the files into the + share's WIN40 (for Win95/98/ME) and W32X86/ (for WinNT/2k/XP) sub + directories;</p></li><li><p>connect via rpcclient to the Samba server and +execute the "adddriver" command with the correct +parameters;</p></li><li><p>connect via rpcclient to the Samba server a second +time and execute the "setdriver" command.</p></li></ol></div><p> +Note, that you can run the cupsaddsmb utility with parameters to +specify one remote host as Samba host and a second remote host as CUPS +host. Especially if you want to get a deeper understanding, it is a +good idea try it and see more clearly what is going on (though in real +life most people will have their CUPS and Samba servers run on the +same host): +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -H sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername + +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942690"></a>How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> always check if the utility completed +successfully in all fields. You need as a minimum these 3 messages +amongst the output: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully +installed.</em></span> # (for the W32X86 == WinNT/2K/XP +architecture...)</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver infotec_2105 successfully +installed.</em></span> # (for the WIN40 == Win9x/ME +architecture...)</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Successfully set [printerXPZ] to driver +[printerXYZ].</em></span></p></li></ol></div><p> +These messages probably not easily recognized in the general +output. If you run cupsaddsmb with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-a</tt></i> +parameter (which tries to prepare <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> active CUPS +printer drivers for download), you might miss if individual printers +drivers had problems to install properly. Here a redirection of the +output will help you analyze the results in retrospective. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +It is impossible to see any diagnostic output if you don't run +cupsaddsmb in verbose mode. Therefore we strongly recommend to not +use the default quiet mode. It will hide any problems from you which +might occur. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942777"></a>cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can't get the standard cupsaddsmb command to run on a Samba PDC? +You are asked for the password credential all over again and again and +the command just will not take off at all? Try one of these +variations: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername + # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v printername + # cupsaddsmb -H SAMBA-PDC -U DOMAINNAME\\root -h cups-server -v printername + +</pre><p> +(Note the two backslashes: the first one is required to +"escape" the second one). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942812"></a>cupsaddsmb Flowchart</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a chart about the procedures, commandflows and +dataflows of the "cupaddsmb" command. Note again: cupsaddsmb is +not intended to, and does not work with, "raw" queues! +</p><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2942830"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.14. cupsaddsmb flowchart</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/1small.png" alt="cupsaddsmb flowchart"></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942865"></a>Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After cupsaddsmb completed, your driver is prepared for the clients to +use. Here are the steps you must perform to download and install it +via "Point'n'Print". From a Windows client, browse to the CUPS/Samba +server; +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>open the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printers</em></span> +share of Samba in Network Neighbourhood;</p></li><li><p>right-click on the printer in +question;</p></li><li><p>from the opening context-menu select +<span class="emphasis"><em>Install...</em></span> or +<span class="emphasis"><em>Connect...</em></span> (depending on the Windows version you +use).</p></li></ul></div><p> +After a few seconds, there should be a new printer in your +client's <span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> "Printers" folder: On Windows +XP it will follow a naming convention of <span class="emphasis"><em>PrinterName on +SambaServer</em></span>. (In my current case it is "infotec_2105 on +kde-bitshop"). If you want to test it and send your first job from +an application like Winword, the new printer will appears in a +<tt class="filename">\\SambaServer\PrinterName</tt> entry in the +dropdown list of available printers. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +cupsaddsmb will only reliably work with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher +and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer +driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually +install the CUPS printer PPD on top of the Adobe PostScript driver on +clients. Then point the client's printer queue to the Samba printer +share for a UNC type of connection: +</p></div><pre class="screen"> + + net use lpt1: \\sambaserver\printershare /user:ntadmin + +</pre><p> +should you desire to use the CUPS networked PostScript RIP +functions. (Note that user "ntadmin" needs to be a valid Samba user +with the required privileges to access the printershare) This would +set up the printer connection in the traditional +<span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> way (not using MS-RPC). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942978"></a>Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Soooo: printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print +well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, +which don't look very good. Some jobs print fast, and some are +dead-slow. Many of these problems can be greatly reduced or even +completely eliminated if you follow a few guidelines. Remember, if +your print device is not PostScript-enabled, you are treating your +Ghostscript installation on your CUPS host with the output your client +driver settings produce. Treat it well: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Avoid the <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript Output Option: Optimize +for Speed</em></span> setting. Rather use the <span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for +Portability</em></span> instead (Adobe PostScript +driver).</p></li><li><p>Don't use the <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence: +NO</em></span> setting. Instead use <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence +YES</em></span> (CUPS PostScript Driver)</p></li><li><p>Recommended is the <span class="emphasis"><em>True Type Font +Downloading Option: Native True Type</em></span> over +<span class="emphasis"><em>Automatic</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>Outline</em></span>; you +should by all means avoid <span class="emphasis"><em>Bitmap</em></span> (Adobe +PostScript Driver)</p></li><li><p>Choose <span class="emphasis"><em>True Type Font: Download as Softfont +into Printer</em></span> over the default <span class="emphasis"><em>Replace by Device +Font</em></span> (for exotic fonts you may need to change it back to +get a printout at all) (Adobe)</p></li><li><p>Sometimes you can choose <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript Language +Level</em></span>: in case of problems try <span class="emphasis"><em>2</em></span> +instead of <span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span> (the latest ESP Ghostscript package +handles Level 3 PostScript very well) (Adobe).</p></li><li><p>Say <span class="emphasis"><em>Yes</em></span> to <span class="emphasis"><em>PostScript +Error Handler</em></span> (Adobe)</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2943112"></a>Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Of course you can run all the commands which are embedded into the +cupsaddsmb convenience utility yourself, one by one, and hereby upload +and prepare the driver files for future client downloads. +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>prepare Samba (a CUPS printqueue with the name of the +printer should be there. We are providing the driver +now);</p></li><li><p>copy all files to +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]:</tt></i></p></li><li><p>run <b class="command">rpcclient adddriver</b> +(for each client architecture you want to support):</p></li><li><p>run <b class="command">rpcclient +setdriver.</b></p></li></ol></div><p> +We are going to do this now. First, read the man page on "rpcclient" +to get a first idea. Look at all the printing related +sub-commands. <b class="command">enumprinters</b>, +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b>, <b class="command">enumports</b>, +<b class="command">adddriver</b>, <b class="command">setdriver</b> are amongst +the most interesting ones. rpcclient implements an important part of +the MS-RPC protocol. You can use it to query (and command) a Win NT +(or 2K/XP) PC too. MS-RPC is used by Windows clients, amongst other +things, to benefit from the "Point'n'Print" features. Samba can now +mimic this too. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943227"></a>A Check of the rpcclient man Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +First let's have a little check of the rpcclient man page. Here are +two relevant passages: +</p><p> +<b class="command">adddriver <arch> <config></b> Execute an +AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on +the server. Note that the driver files should already exist in the +directory returned by <b class="command">getdriverdir</b>. Possible +values for <i class="parameter"><tt>arch</tt></i> are the same as those for the +<b class="command">getdriverdir</b> command. The +<i class="parameter"><tt>config</tt></i> parameter is defined as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> +Long Printer Name:\ +Driver File Name:\ +Data File Name:\ +Config File Name:\ +Help File Name:\ +Language Monitor Name:\ +Default Data Type:\ +Comma Separated list of Files +</pre><p>Any empty fields should be enter as the string "NULL". </p><p>Samba does not need to support the concept of Print Monitors +since these only apply to local printers whose driver can make use of +a bi-directional link for communication. This field should be "NULL". +On a remote NT print server, the Print Monitor for a driver must +already be installed prior to adding the driver or else the RPC will +fail +</p><p> +<b class="command">setdriver <printername> <drivername></b> +Execute a <b class="command">SetPrinter()</b> command to update the +printer driver associated with an installed printer. The printer +driver must already be correctly installed on the print server. +</p><p> See also the enumprinters and enumdrivers commands for +obtaining a list of installed printers and drivers. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943340"></a>Understanding the rpcclient man Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>exact</em></span> format isn't made too clear by the man +page, since you have to deal with some parameters containing +spaces. Here is a better description for it. We have line-broken the +command and indicated the breaks with "\". Usually you would type the +command in one line without the linebreaks: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + adddriver "Architecture" \ + "LongPrinterName:DriverFile:DataFile:ConfigFile:HelpFile:\ + LanguageMonitorFile:DataType:ListOfFiles,Comma-separated" + +</pre><p> +What the man pages denotes as a simple <config> +keyword, does in reality consist of 8 colon-separated fields. The +last field may take multiple (in some, very insane, cases, even +20 different additional files. This might sound confusing at first. +Note, that what the man pages names the "LongPrinterName" in +reality should rather be called the "Driver Name". You can name it +anything you want, as long as you use this name later in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient ... setdriver</em></span> command. For +practical reasons, many name the driver the same as the +printer. </p><p> -"application/postscript" first goes thru the "pstops" filter (where the page counting -and accounting takes place). The outcome will be of MIME type -"application/vnd.cups-postscript". The pstopsfilter reads and uses information from -the PPD and inserts user-provided options into the PostScript file. As a consequence, -the filtered file could possibly have an unwanted PJL header. -</p><p> -"application/postscript" will be all files with a ".ps", ".ai", ".eps" suffix or which -have as their first character string one of "%!" or ">04<%". -</p><p> -"application/vnd.cups-postscript" will files which contain the string -"LANGUAGE=POSTSCRIPT" (or similar variations with different capitalization) in the -first 512 bytes, and also contain the "PJL super escape code" in the first 128 bytes -(">1B<%-12345X"). Very likely, most PostScript files generated on Windows using a CUPS -or other PPD, will have to be auto-typed as "vnd.cups-postscript". A file produced -with a "Generic PostScript driver" will just be tagged "application/postscript". -</p><p> -Once the file is in "application/vnd.cups-postscript" format, either "pstoraster" -or "cupsomatic" will take over (depending on the printer configuration, as -determined by the PPD in use). +True: it isn't simple at all. I hear you asking: +<span class="emphasis"><em>How do I know which files are "Driver +File", "Data File", "Config File", "Help File" and "Language +Monitor File" in each case?</em></span> -- For an answer you may +want to have a look at how a Windows NT box with a shared printer +presents the files to us. Remember, that this whole procedure has +to be developed by the Samba Team by overhearing the traffic caused +by Windows computers on the wire. We may as well turn to a Windows +box now, and access it from a UNIX workstation. We will query it +with <b class="command">rpcclient</b> to see what it tells us and +try to understand the man page more clearly which we've read just +now. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943429"></a>Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We could run <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with a +<b class="command">getdriver</b> or a <b class="command">getprinter</b> +subcommand (in level 3 verbosity) against it. Just sit down at UNIX or +Linux workstation with the Samba utilities installed. Then type the +following command: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + rpcclient -U'USERNAME%PASSWORD' NT-SERVER-NAME -c 'getdriver printername 3' + +</pre><p> +From the result it should become clear which is which. Here is an +example from my installation: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' W2KSERVER -c'getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3' + cmd = getdriver "DANKA InfoStream Virtual Printer" 3 + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [DANKA InfoStream] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\PSCRIPT.DLL] + Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\INFOSTRM.PPD] + Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\PSCRPTUI.DLL] + Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\PSCRIPT.HLP] + + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + Dependentfiles: [] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +Some printer drivers list additional files under the label +"Dependentfiles": these would go into the last field +<span class="emphasis"><em>ListOfFiles,Comma-separated</em></span>. For the CUPS +PostScript drivers we don't need any (nor would we for the Adobe +PostScript driver): therefore the field will get a "NULL" entry. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943519"></a>What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +From the manpage (and from the quoted output +of <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>, above) it becomes clear that you +need to have certain conditions in order to make the manual uploading +and initializing of the driver files succeed. The two rpcclient +subcommands (<b class="command">adddriver</b> and +<b class="command">setdriver</b>) need to encounter the following +pre-conditions to complete successfully: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>you are connected as "printer admin", or root (note, +that this is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> the "Printer Operators" group in +NT, but the <span class="emphasis"><em>printer admin</em></span> group, as defined in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>);</p></li><li><p>copy all required driver files to +<tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\print$\w32x86</tt> and +<tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\print$\win40</tt> as appropriate. They +will end up in the "0" respective "2" subdirectories later -- for now +<span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> put them there, they'll be automatically +used by the <b class="command">adddriver</b> subcommand.! (if you use +"smbclient" to put the driver files into the share, note that you need +to escape the "$": <b class="command">smbclient //sambaserver/print\$ -U +root</b>);</p></li><li><p>the user you're connecting as must be able to write to +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and create +subdirectories;</p></li><li><p>the printer you are going to setup for the Windows +clients, needs to be installed in CUPS already;</p></li><li><p>the CUPS printer must be known to Samba, otherwise the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> subcommand fails with an +NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL error. To check if the printer is known by +Samba you may use the <b class="command">enumprinters</b> subcommand to +rpcclient. A long-standing bug prevented a proper update of the +printer list until every smbd process had received a SIGHUP or was +restarted. Remember this in case you've created the CUPS printer just +shortly ago and encounter problems: try restarting +Samba.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943682"></a>Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We are going to install a printer driver now by manually executing all +required commands. As this may seem a rather complicated process at +first, we go through the procedure step by step, explaining every +single action item as it comes up. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943698"></a>First Step: Install the Printer on CUPS</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# lpadmin -p mysmbtstprn -v socket://10.160.51.131:9100 -E -P /home/kurt/canonIR85.ppd + +</pre><p> +This installs printer with the name <span class="emphasis"><em>mysmbtstprn</em></span> +to the CUPS system. The printer is accessed via a socket +(a.k.a. JetDirect or Direct TCP/IP) connection. You need to be root +for this step +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943729"></a>Second Step (optional): Check if the Printer is recognized by +Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + + # rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep -C2 mysmbtstprn + + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,,mysmbtstprn] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + +</pre><p> +This should show the printer in the list. If not, stop and re-start +the Samba daemon (smbd), or send a HUP signal: <b class="command">kill -HUP +`pidof smbd`</b>. Check again. Troubleshoot and repeat until +success. Note the "empty" field between the two commas in the +"description" line. Here would the driver name appear if there was one +already. You need to know root's Samba password (as set by the +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b> command) for this step and most of the +following steps. Alternatively you can authenticate as one of the +users from the "write list" as defined in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943792"></a>Third Step (optional): Check if Samba knows a Driver for the +Printer</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver + drivername:[] + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv + servername:[\\kde-bitshop] + printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + sharename:[mysmbtstprn] + portname:[Samba Printer Port] + drivername:[] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + location:[] + sepfile:[] + printprocessor:[winprint] + +# rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost + result was WERR_UNKNOWN_PRINTER_DRIVER + +</pre><p> +Neither method of the three commands shown above should show a driver. +This step was done for the purpose of demonstrating this condition. An +attempt to connect to the printer at this stage will prompt the +message along the lines: "The server has not the required printer +driver installed". +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943830"></a>Fourth Step: Put all required Driver Files into Samba's +[print$]</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# smbclient //localhost/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' \ + -c 'cd W32X86; \ + put /etc/cups/ppd/mysmbtstprn.ppd mysmbtstprn.PPD; \ + put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsui.dll cupsui.dll; \ + put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cupsdrvr.dll cupsdrvr.dll; \ + put /usr/share/cups/drivers/cups.hlp cups.hlp' + +</pre><p> +(Note that this command should be entered in one long single +line. Line-breaks and the line-end indicating "\" has been inserted +for readability reasons.) This step is <span class="emphasis"><em>required</em></span> +for the next one to succeed. It makes the driver files physically +present in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. However, clients +would still not be able to install them, because Samba does not yet +treat them as driver files. A client asking for the driver would still +be presented with a "not installed here" message. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943881"></a>Fifth Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/ + total 669 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 532 May 25 23:08 2 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 670 May 16 03:15 3 + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 278380 May 25 23:21 cupsdrvr.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 215848 May 25 23:21 cupsui.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD + +</pre><p> +The driver files now are in the W32X86 architecture "root" of +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943920"></a>Sixth Step: Tell Samba that these are +<span class="emphasis"><em>Driver</em></span> Files +(<b class="command">adddriver</b>)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c `adddriver "Windows NT x86" "mydrivername: \ + cupsdrvr.dll:mysmbtstprn.PPD: \ + cupsui.dll:cups.hlp:NULL:RAW[<span class="citation">:</span>]NULL" \ + localhost + + Printer Driver mydrivername successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +Note that your cannot repeat this step if it fails. It could fail even +as a result of a simple typo. It will most likely have moved a part of +the driver files into the "2" subdirectory. If this step fails, you +need to go back to the fourth step and repeat it, before you can try +this one again. In this step you need to choose a name for your +driver. It is normally a good idea to use the same name as is used for +the printername; however, in big installations you may use this driver +for a number of printers which have obviously different names. So the +name of the driver is not fixed. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2943974"></a>Seventh Step: Verify where the Driver Files are now</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/ + total 1 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 532 May 25 23:22 2 + drwxr-sr-x 2 root ntadmin 670 May 16 03:15 3 + + +# ls -l /etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/2 + total 5039 + [....] + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 14234 May 25 23:21 cups.hlp + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 278380 May 13 13:53 cupsdrvr.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 215848 May 13 13:53 cupsui.dll + -rwxr--r-- 1 root ntadmin 169458 May 25 23:21 mysmbtstprn.PPD + +</pre><p> +Notice how step 6 did also move the driver files to the appropriate +subdirectory. Compare with the situation after step 5. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944008"></a>Eighth Step (optional): Verify if Samba now recognizes the +Driver</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumdrivers 3' localhost | grep -B2 -A5 mydrivername + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [mydrivername] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll] + Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD] + Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp] + +</pre><p> +Remember, this command greps for the name you did choose for the +driver in step Six. This command must succeed before you can proceed. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944041"></a>Ninth Step: Tell Samba which Printer should use these Driver +Files (<b class="command">setdriver</b>)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'setdriver mysmbtstprn mydrivername' localhost + + Successfully set mysmbtstprn to driver mydrivername + +</pre><p> +Since you can bind any printername (=printqueue) to any driver, this +is a very convenient way to setup many queues which use the same +driver. You don't need to repeat all the previous steps for the +setdriver command to succeed. The only pre-conditions are: +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b> must find the driver and +<b class="command">enumprinters</b> must find the printer. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944091"></a>Tenth Step (optional): Verify if Samba has this Association +recognized</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep driver + drivername:[mydrivername] + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'getprinter mysmbtstprn 2' localhost | grep -C4 driv + servername:[\\kde-bitshop] + printername:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + sharename:[mysmbtstprn] + portname:[Done] + drivername:[mydrivername] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + location:[] + sepfile:[] + printprocessor:[winprint] + +# rpcclient -U root%xxxx -c 'getdriver mysmbtstprn' localhost + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [mydrivername] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsdrvr.dll] + Datafile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\mysmbtstprn.PPD] + Configfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cupsui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\kde-bitshop\print$\W32X86\2\cups.hlp] + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [RAW] + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [RAW] + +# rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'enumprinters' localhost | grep mysmbtstprn + name:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn] + description:[\\kde-bitshop\mysmbtstprn,mydrivername,mysmbtstprn] + comment:[mysmbtstprn] + +</pre><p> +Compare these results with the ones from steps 2 and 3. Note that +every single of these commands show the driver is installed. Even +the <b class="command">enumprinters</b> command now lists the driver +on the "description" line. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944171"></a>Eleventh Step (optional): Tickle the Driver into a correct +Device Mode</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You certainly know how to install the driver on the client. In case +you are not particularly familiar with Windows, here is a short +recipe: browse the Network Neighbourhood, go to the Samba server, look +for the shares. You should see all shared Samba printers. +Double-click on the one in question. The driver should get +installed, and the network connection set up. An alternative way is to +open the "Printers (and Faxes)" folder, right-click on the printer in +question and select "Connect" or "Install". As a result, a new printer +should have appeared in your client's local "Printers (and Faxes)" +folder, named something like "printersharename on Sambahostname". +</p><p> +It is important that you execute this step as a Samba printer admin +(as defined in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). Here is another method +to do this on Windows XP. It uses a commandline, which you may type +into the "DOS box" (type root's smbpassword when prompted): +</p><pre class="screen"> + + C:\> runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n \\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn" + +</pre><p> +Change any printer setting once (like <span class="emphasis"><em>"portrait" +--> "landscape"</em></span>), click "Apply"; change the setting +back. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944235"></a>Twelfth Step: Install the Printer on a Client +("Point'n'Print")</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + + C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn" + +</pre><p> +If it doesn't work it could be a permission problem with the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944268"></a>Thirteenth Step (optional): Print a Test Page</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + + C:\> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /n "\\sambacupsserver\mysmbtstprn" + +</pre><p> +Then hit [TAB] 5 times, [ENTER] twice, [TAB] once and [ENTER] again +and march to the printer. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944295"></a>Fourteenth Step (recommended): Study the Test Page</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Hmmm.... just kidding! By now you know everything about printer +installations and you don't need to read a word. Just put it in a +frame and bolt it to the wall with the heading "MY FIRST +RPCCLIENT-INSTALLED PRINTER" - why not just throw it away! +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944313"></a>Fifteenth Step (obligatory): Enjoy. Jump. Celebrate your +Success</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> + +# echo "Cheeeeerioooooo! Success..." >> /var/log/samba/log.smbd + +</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944334"></a>Troubleshooting revisited</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The setdriver command will fail, if in Samba's mind the queue is not +already there. You had promising messages about the: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + Printer Driver ABC successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +after the "adddriver" parts of the procedure? But you are also seeing +a disappointing message like this one beneath? +</p><pre class="screen"> + + result was NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL + +</pre><p> +It is not good enough that <span class="emphasis"><em>you</em></span> +can see the queue <span class="emphasis"><em>in CUPS</em></span>, using +the <b class="command">lpstat -p ir85wm</b> command. A +bug in most recent versions of Samba prevents the proper update of +the queuelist. The recognition of newly installed CUPS printers +fails unless you re-start Samba or send a HUP to all smbd +processes. To verify if this is the reason why Samba doesn't +execute the setdriver command successfully, check if Samba "sees" +the printer: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'enumprinters 0'| grep ir85wm + printername:[ir85wm] + +</pre><p> +An alternative command could be this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# rpcclient transmeta -N -U'root%secret' -c 'getprinter ir85wm' + cmd = getprinter ir85wm + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\transmeta\ir85wm] + description:[\\transmeta\ir85wm,ir85wm,DPD] + comment:[CUPS PostScript-Treiber for WinNT/2K/XP] + +</pre><p> +BTW, you can use these commands, plus a few more, of course, +to install drivers on remote Windows NT print servers too! +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2944435"></a>The printing <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Some mystery is associated with the series of files with a +tdb-suffix appearing in every Samba installation. They are +<tt class="filename">connections.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">share_info.tdb</tt> , +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">unexpected.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">brlock.tdb</tt> , +<tt class="filename">locking.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">messages.tdb</tt> , +<tt class="filename">ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">sessionid.tdb</tt> and +<tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt>. What is their purpose? +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944537"></a>Trivial DataBase Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A Windows NT (Print) Server keeps track of all information needed to serve +its duty toward its clients by storing entries in the Windows +"Registry". Client queries are answered by reading from the registry, +Administrator or user configuration settings are saved by writing into +the Registry. Samba and Unix obviously don't have such a kind of +Registry. Samba instead keeps track of all client related information in a +series of <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files. (TDB = Trivial Data +Base). These are often located in <tt class="filename">/var/lib/samba/</tt> +or <tt class="filename">/var/lock/samba/</tt> . The printing related files +are <tt class="filename">ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt>,<tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt> and +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944608"></a>Binary Format</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files are not human readable. They are +written in a binary format. "Why not ASCII?", you may ask. "After all, +ASCII configuration files are a good and proofed tradition on UNIX." +-- The reason for this design decision by the Samba Team is mainly +performance. Samba needs to be fast; it runs a separate +<b class="command">smbd</b> process for each client connection, in some +environments many thousand of them. Some of these smbds might need to +write-access the same <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> file <span class="emphasis"><em>at the +same time</em></span>. The file format of Samba's +<tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files allows for this provision. Many smbd +processes may write to the same <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> file at the +same time. This wouldn't be possible with pure ASCII files. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944670"></a>Losing <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +It is very important that all <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files remain +consistent over all write and read accesses. However, it may happen +that these files <span class="emphasis"><em>do</em></span> get corrupted. (A +<b class="command">kill -9 `pidof smbd`</b> while a write access is in +progress could do the damage as well as a power interruption, +etc.). In cases of trouble, a deletion of the old printing-related +<tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files may be the only option. You need to +re-create all print related setup after that. Or you have made a +backup of the <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files in time. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944728"></a>Using <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbbackup</em></span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba ships with a little utility which helps the root user of your +system to back up your <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> files. If you run it +with no argument, it prints a little usage message: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# tdbbackup + Usage: tdbbackup [options] <fname...> + + Version:3.0a + -h this help message + -s suffix set the backup suffix + -v verify mode (restore if corrupt) + +</pre><p> +Here is how I backed up my printing.tdb file: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# ls + . browse.dat locking.tdb ntdrivers.tdb printing.tdb share_info.tdb + .. connections.tdb messages.tdb ntforms.tdb printing.tdbkp unexpected.tdb + brlock.tdb gmon.out namelist.debug ntprinters.tdb sessionid.tdb + + kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # tdbbackup -s .bak printing.tdb + printing.tdb : 135 records + + kde-bitshop:/var/lock/samba # ls -l printing.tdb* + -rw------- 1 root root 40960 May 2 03:44 printing.tdb + -rw------- 1 root root 40960 May 2 03:44 printing.tdb.bak + +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2944795"></a>CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can +install the generic driver as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd + +</pre><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>-m</tt></i> switch will retrieve the +<tt class="filename">laserjet.ppd</tt> from the standard repository for +not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in +<tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/model</tt>. Alternatively, you may use +<i class="parameter"><tt>-P /path/to/your.ppd</tt></i>. +</p><p> +The generic laserjet.ppd however does not support every special option +for every LaserJet-compatible model. It constitutes a sort of "least +denominator" of all the models. If for some reason it is ruled out to +you to pay for the commercially available ESP Print Pro drivers, your +first move should be to consult the database on <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a>. +Linuxprinting.org has excellent recommendations about which driver is +best used for each printer. Its database is kept current by the +tireless work of Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft, who is also the +principal author of the foomatic-rip utility. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -A printer queue with *no* PPD associated to it is a "raw" printer and all files -will go directly there as received by the spooler. The exeptions are file types -"application/octet-stream" which need "passthrough feature" enabled. -"Raw" queues don't do any filtering at all, they hand the file directly to the -CUPS backend. This backend is responsible for the sending of the data to the device -(as in the "device URI" notation as lpd://, socket://, smb://, ipp://, http://, -parallel:/, serial:/, usb:/ etc.) -</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -"cupsomatic"/Foomatic are *not* native CUPS drivers and they don't ship with CUPS. -They are a Third Party add-on, developed at Linuxprinting.org. As such, they are -a brilliant hack to make all models (driven by Ghostscript drivers/filters in -traditional spoolers) also work via CUPS, with the same (good or bad!) quality -as in these other spoolers. "cupsomatic" is only a vehicle to execute a ghostscript -commandline at that stage in the CUPS filtering chain, where "normally" the native -CUPS "pstoraster" filter would kick in. cupsomatic by-passes pstoraster, "kidnaps" -the printfile from CUPS away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscipt. CUPS accepts this, +The former "cupsomatic" concept is now be replaced by the new, much +more powerful "foomatic-rip". foomatic-rip is the successor of +cupsomatic. cupsomatic is no longer maintained. Here is the new URL +to the Foomatic-3.0 database:<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi</a>. +If you upgrade to foomatic-rip, don't forget to also upgrade to the +new-style PPDs for your foomatic-driven printers. foomatic-rip will +not work with PPDs generated for the old cupsomatic. The new-style +PPDs are 100% compliant to the Adobe PPD specification. They are +intended to be used by Samba and the cupsaddsmb utility also, to +provide the driver files for the Windows clients also! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944903"></a>foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Nowadays most Linux distros rely on the utilities of Linuxprinting.org +to create their printing related software (which, BTW, works on all +UNIXes and on Mac OS X or Darwin too). It is not known as well as it +should be, that it also has a very end-user friendly interface which +allows for an easy update of drivers and PPDs, for all supported +models, all spoolers, all operating systems and all package formats +(because there is none). Its history goes back a few years. +</p><p> +Recently Foomatic has achieved the astonishing milestone of <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone" target="_top">1000 +listed</a> printer models. Linuxprinting.org keeps all the +important facts about printer drivers, supported models and which +options are available for the various driver/printer combinations in +its <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic.html" target="_top">Foomatic</a> +database. Currently there are <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/driver_list.cgi" target="_top">245 drivers</a> +in the database: many drivers support various models, and many models +may be driven by different drivers; it's your choice! +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944958"></a>690 "perfect" Printers</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At present there are 690 devices dubbed as working "perfectly", 181 +"mostly", 96 "partially" and 46 are "Paperweights". Keeping in mind +that most of these are non-PostScript models (PostScript printers are +automatically supported supported by CUPS to perfection, by using +their own manufacturer-provided Windows-PPD...), and that a +multifunctional device never qualifies as working "perfectly" if it +doesn't also scan and copy and fax under GNU/Linux: then this is a +truly astonishing achievement. Three years ago the number was not +more than 500, and Linux or UNIX "printing" at the time wasn't +anywhere near the quality it is today! +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2944982"></a>How the "Printing HOWTO" started it all</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A few years ago <a href="http://www2.picante.com:81/~gtaylor/" target="_top">Grant Taylor</a> +started it all. The roots of today's Linuxprinting.org are in the +first <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/howto/" target="_top">Linux Printing +HOWTO</a> which he authored. As a side-project to this document, +which served many Linux users and admins to guide their first steps in +this complicated and delicate setup (to a scientist, printing is +"applying a structured deposition of distinct patterns of ink or toner +particles on paper substrates" <span class="emphasis"><em>;-)</em></span>, he started to +build in a little Postgres database with information about the +hardware and driver zoo that made up Linux printing of the time. This +database became the core component of today's Foomatic collection of +tools and data. In the meantime it has moved to an XML representation +of the data. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2945028"></a>Foomatic's strange Name</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +"Why the funny name?", you ask. When it really took off, around spring +2000, CUPS was far less popular than today, and most systems used LPD, +LPRng or even PDQ to print. CUPS shipped with a few generic "drivers" +(good for a few hundred different printer models). These didn't +support many device-specific options. CUPS also shipped with its own +built-in rasterization filter ("pstoraster", derived from +Ghostscript). On the other hand, CUPS provided brilliant support for +<span class="emphasis"><em>controlling</em></span> all printer options through +standardized and well-defined "PPD files" (PostScript Printers +Description files). Plus, CUPS was designed to be easily extensible. +</p><p> +Grant already had in his database a respectable compilation +of facts about a many more printers, and the Ghostscript "drivers" +they run with. His idea, to generate PPDs from the database info +and use them to make standard Ghostscript filters work within CUPS, +proved to work very well. It also "killed several birds with one +stone": +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>It made all current and future Ghostscript filter +developments available for CUPS;</p></li><li><p>It made available a lot of additional printer models +to CUPS users (because often the "traditional" Ghostscript way of +printing was the only one available);</p></li><li><p>It gave all the advanced CUPS options (web interface, +GUI driver configurations) to users wanting (or needing) to use +Ghostscript filters.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2945095"></a>cupsomatic, pdqomatic, lpdomatic, directomatic</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +CUPS worked through a quickly-hacked up filter script named <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=cupsomatic&show=0" target="_top">cupsomatic</a>. +cupsomatic ran the printfile through Ghostscript, constructing +automatically the rather complicated command line needed. It just +required to be copied into the CUPS system to make it work. To +"configure" the way cupsomatic controls the Ghostscript rendering +process, it needs a CUPS-PPD. This PPD is generated directly from the +contents of the database. For CUPS and the respective printer/filter +combo another Perl script named "CUPS-O-Matic" did the PPD +generation. After that was working, Grant implemented within a few +days a similar thing for two other spoolers. Names chosen for the +config-generator scripts were <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=lpdomatic&show=0" target="_top">PDQ-O-Matic</a> +(for PDQ) and <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=lpdomatic&show=0" target="_top">LPD-O-Matic</a> +(for - you guessed it - LPD); the configuration here didn't use PPDs +but other spooler-specific files. +</p><p> +From late summer of that year, <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/till/" target="_top">Till Kamppeter</a> +started to put work into the database. Till had been newly employed by +<a href="http://www.mandrakesoft.com/" target="_top">MandrakeSoft</a> to +convert their printing system over to CUPS, after they had seen his +<a href="http://www.fltk.org/" target="_top">FLTK</a>-based <a href="http://cups.sourceforge.net/xpp/" target="_top">XPP</a> (a GUI frontend to +the CUPS lp-command). He added a huge amount of new information and new +printers. He also developed the support for other spoolers, like +<a href="http://ppr.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">PPR</a> (via ppromatic), +<a href="http://sourceforge.net/projects/lpr/" target="_top">GNUlpr</a> and +<a href="http://www.lprng.org/" target="_top">LPRng</a> (both via an extended +lpdomatic) and "spoolerless" printing (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download.cgi?filename=directomatic&show=0" target="_top">directomatic</a>).... +</p><p> +So, to answer your question: "Foomatic" is the general name for all +the overlapping code and data behind the "*omatic" scripts.... -- +Foomatic up to versions 2.0.x required (ugly) Perl data structures +attached the Linuxprinting.org PPDs for CUPS. It had a different +"*omatic" script for every spooler, as well as different printer +configuration files.. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2945229"></a>7.13.1.5.The <span class="emphasis"><em>Grand Unification</em></span> +achieved...</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This all has changed in Foomatic versions 2.9 (Beta) and released as +"stable" 3.0. This has now achieved the convergence of all *omatic +scripts: it is called the <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0" target="_top">foomatic-rip</a>. +This single script is the unification of the previously different +spooler-specific *omatic scripts. foomatic-rip is used by all the +different spoolers alike. Because foomatic-rip can read PPDs (both the +original PostScript printer PPDs and the Linuxprinting.org-generated +ones), all of a sudden all supported spoolers can have the power of +PPDs at their disposal; users only need to plug "foomatic-rip" into +their system.... For users there is improved media type and source +support; paper sizes and trays are easier to configure. +</p><p> +Also, the New Generation of Linuxprinting.org PPDs doesn't contain +Perl data structures any more. If you are a distro maintainer and have +used the previous version of Foomatic, you may want to give the new +one a spin: but don't forget to generate a new-version set of PPDs, +via the new <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/download/foomatic/foomatic-db-engine-3.0.0beta1.tar.gz" target="_top">foomatic-db-engine</a>! +Individual users just need to generate a single new PPD specific to +their model by <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/II.Foomatic-User/II.tutorial-handout-foomatic-user.html" target="_top">following +the steps</a> outlined in the Foomatic tutorial or further +below. This new development is truly amazing. +</p><p> +foomatic-rip is a very clever wrapper around the need to run +Ghostscript with a different syntax, different options, different +device selections and/or different filters for each different printer +or different spooler. At the same time it can read the PPD associated +with a print queue and modify the print job according to the user +selections. Together with this comes the 100% compliance of the new +Foomatic PPDs with the Adobe spec. Some really innovative features of +the Foomatic concept will surprise users: it will support custom paper +sizes for many printers; and it will support printing on media drawn +from different paper trays within the same job (in both cases: even +where there is no support for this from Windows-based vendor printer +drivers). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2945316"></a>Driver Development outside</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Most driver development itself does not happen within +Linuxprinting.org. Drivers are written by independent maintainers. +Linuxprinting.org just pools all the information, and stores it in its +database. In addition, it also provides the Foomatic glue to integrate +the many drivers into any modern (or legacy) printing system known to +the world. +</p><p> +Speaking of the different driver development groups: most of +the work is currently done in three projects. These are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/" target="_top">Omni</a> +-- a Free Software project by IBM which tries to convert their printer +driver knowledge from good-ol' OS/2 times into a modern, modular, +universal driver architecture for Linux/Unix (still Beta). This +currently supports 437 models.</p></li><li><p><a href="http://hpinkjet.sf.net/" target="_top">HPIJS</a> -- +a Free Software project by HP to provide the support for their own +range of models (very mature, printing in most cases is perfect and +provides true photo quality). This currently supports 369 +models.</p></li><li><p><a href="http://gimp-print.sf.net/" target="_top">Gimp-Print</a> -- a Free software +effort, started by Michael Sweet (also lead developer for CUPS), now +directed by Robert Krawitz, which has achieved an amazing level of +photo print quality (many Epson users swear that its quality is +better than the vendor drivers provided by Epson for the Microsoft +platforms). This currently supports 522 models.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2945397"></a>Forums, Downloads, Tutorials, Howtos -- also for Mac OS X and +commercial Unix</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Linuxprinting.org today is the one-stop "shop" to download printer +drivers. Look for printer information and <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org//kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/" target="_top">tutorials</a> +or solve printing problems in its popular <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/newsportal/" target="_top">forums</a>. But +it's not just for GNU/Linux: users and admins of <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/macosx/" target="_top">commercial UNIX +systems</a> are also going there, and the relatively new <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/newsportal/thread.php3?name=linuxprinting.macosx.general" target="_top">Mac +OS X forum</a> has turned out to be one of the most frequented +fora after only a few weeks. +</p><p> +Linuxprinting.org and the Foomatic driver wrappers around Ghostscript +are now a standard toolchain for printing on all the important +distros. Most of them also have CUPS underneath. While in recent years +most printer data had been added by Till (who works at Mandrake), many +additional contributions came from engineers with SuSE, RedHat, +Connectiva, Debian and others. Vendor-neutrality is an important goal +of the Foomatic project. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job in his +spare time to maintain Linuxprinting.org and Foomatic. So if you use +it often, please send him a note showing your appreciation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2945467"></a>Foomatic Database generated PPDs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Foomatic database is an amazing piece of ingenuity in itself. Not +only does it keep the printer and driver information, but it is +organized in a way that it can generate "PPD" files "on the fly" from +its internal XML-based datasets. While these PPDs are modelled to the +Adobe specification of "PostScript Printer Descriptions" (PPDs), the +Linuxprinting.org/Foomatic-PPDs don't normally drive PostScript +printers: they are used to describe all the bells and whistles you +could ring or blow on an Epson Stylus inkjet, or a HP Photosmart or +what-have-you. The main "trick" is one little additional line, not +envisaged by the PPD specification, starting with the "*cupsFilter" +keyword: it tells the CUPS daemon how to proceed with the PostScript +print file (old-style Foomatic-PPDs named the +<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsomatic</em></span> filter script, while the new-style +PPDs now call <span class="emphasis"><em>foomatic-rip</em></span>). This filter +script calls Ghostscript on the host system (the recommended variant +is ESP Ghostscript) to do the rendering work. foomatic-rip knows which +filter or internal device setting it should ask from Ghostscript to +convert the PostScript printjob into a raster format ready for the +target device. This usage of PPDs to describe the options of non-PS +printers was the invention of the CUPS developers. The rest is easy: +GUI tools (like KDE's marvellous <a href="http://printing.kde.org/overview/kprinter.phtml" target="_top">"kprinter"</a>, +or the GNOME <a href="http://gtklp.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">"gtklp"</a>, "xpp" and the CUPS +web interface) read the PPD too and use this information to present +the available settings to the user as an intuitive menu selection. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2945532"></a>foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are the steps to install a foomatic-rip driven "LaserJet 4 Plus" +compatible printer in CUPS (note that recent distributions of SuSE, +UnitedLinux and Mandrake may ship with a complete package of +Foomatic-PPDs plus the foomatic-rip utility. going directly to +Linuxprinting.org ensures you to get the latest driver/PPD files): +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Surf to <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a> +</p></li><li><p>Check the complete list of printers in the database: +<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi?make=Anyone</a> +</p></li><li><p>There select your model and click on the +link.</p></li><li><p>You'll arrive at a page listing all drivers working +with this model (for all printers, there will always be +<span class="emphasis"><em>one</em></span> recommended driver. Try this one +first).</p></li><li><p>In our case ("HP LaserJet 4 Plus"), we'll arrive here: +<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus</a> +</p></li><li><p>The recommended driver is "ljet4".</p></li><li><p>There are several links provided here. You should +visit them all, if you are not familiar with the Linuxprinting.org +database.</p></li><li><p>There is a link to the database page for the "ljet4": +<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</a> +On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed information +about how to use that driver within the various available +spoolers.</p></li><li><p>Another link may lead you to the homepage of the +driver author or the driver.</p></li><li><p>Important links are the ones which provide hints with +setup instructions for CUPS (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html</a>), +PDQ (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/pdq-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/pdq-doc.html</a>), +LPD, LPRng and GNUlpr (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/lpd-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/lpd-doc.html</a>) +as well as PPR (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppr-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppr-doc.html)</a> +or "spooler-less" printing (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/direct-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/direct-doc.html</a> +).</p></li><li><p>You can view the PPD in your browser through this +link: <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=1" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=1</a> +</p></li><li><p>You can also (most importantly) +generate and download the PPD: <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=0" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/ppd-o-matic.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=HP-LaserJet_4_Plus&show=0</a> +</p></li><li><p>The PPD contains all the information needed to use our +model and the driver; this is, once installed, working transparently +for the user. Later you'll only need to choose resolution, paper size +etc. from the web-based menu, or from the print dialog GUI, or from +the commandline.</p></li><li><p>Should you have ended up on the driver's page (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</a>), +you can choose to use the "PPD-O-Matic" online PPD generator +program.</p></li><li><p>Select the exact model and check either "download" or +"display PPD file" and click on "Generate PPD file".</p></li><li><p>If you save the PPD file from the browser view, please +don't use "cut'n'past" (since it could possibly damage line endings +and tabs, which makes the PPD likely to fail its duty), but use "Save +as..." in your browser's menu. (Best is to use the "download" option +from the web page directly).</p></li><li><p>Another very interesting part on each driver page is +the <span class="emphasis"><em>Show execution details</em></span> button. If you +select your printer model and click that button, you will get +displayed a complete Ghostscript command line, enumerating all options +available for that driver/printermodel combo. This is a great way to +"Learn Ghostscript By Doing". It is also an excellent "cheat sheet" +for all experienced users who need to re-construct a good command line +for that damn printing script, but can't remember the exact +syntax. ;-)</p></li><li><p>Some time during your visit to Linuxprinting.org, save +the PPD to a suitable place on your harddisk, say +<tt class="filename">/path/to/my-printer.ppd</tt> (if you prefer to install +your printers with the help of the CUPS web interface, save the PPD to +the <tt class="filename">/usr/share/cups/model/</tt> path and re-start +cupsd).</p></li><li><p>Then install the printer with a suitable commandline, +e.g.: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -P path/to/my-printer.ppd + +</pre></li><li><p>Note again this: for all the new-style "Foomatic-PPDs" +from Linuxprinting.org, you also need a special "CUPS filter" named +"foomatic-rip".Get the latest version of "foomatic-rip" from: <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=0</a> +</p></li><li><p>The foomatic-rip Perlscript itself also makes some +interesting reading (<a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=1" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/foomatic2.9/download.cgi?filename=foomatic-rip&show=1</a>), +because it is very well documented by Till's inline comments (even +non-Perl hackers will learn quite a bit about printing by reading +it... ;-)</p></li><li><p>Save foomatic-rip either directly in +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/cups/filter/foomatic-rip</tt> or somewhere in +your $PATH (and don't forget to make it world-executable). Again, +don't save by "copy'n'paste" but use the appropriate link, or the +"Save as..." menu item in your browser.</p></li><li><p>If you save foomatic-rip in your $PATH, create a symlink: +<b class="command">cd /usr/lib/cups/filter/ ; ln -s `which +foomatic-rip`</b>. For CUPS to discover this new +available filter at startup, you need to re-start +cupsd.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Once you print to a printqueue set up with the Foomatic-PPD, CUPS will +insert the appropriate commands and comments into the resulting +PostScript jobfile. foomatic-rip is able to read and act upon +these. foomatic-rip uses some specially encoded Foomatic comments, +embedded in the jobfile. These in turn are used to construct +(transparently for you, the user) the complicated ghostscript command +line telling for the printer driver how exactly the resulting raster +data should look like and which printer commands to embed into the +data stream. +</p><p> +You need: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A "foomatic+something" PPD -- but it this not enough +to print with CUPS (it is only <span class="emphasis"><em>one</em></span> important +component)</p></li><li><p>The "foomatic-rip" filter script (Perl) in +/usr/lib/cups/filters/</p></li><li><p>Perl to make foomatic-rip run</p></li><li><p>Ghostscript (because it is doing the main work, +controlled by the PPD/foomatic-rip combo) to produce the raster data +fit for your printermodel's consumption</p></li><li><p>Ghostscript <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> (depending on +the driver/model) contain support for a certain "device", representing +the selected "driver" for your model (as shown by "gs +-h")</p></li><li><p>foomatic-rip needs a new version of PPDs (PPD versions +produced for cupsomatic don't work with +foomatic-rip).</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2945993"></a>Page Accounting with CUPS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Often there are questions regarding "print quotas" wherein Samba users +(that is, Windows clients) should not be able to print beyond a +certain amount of pages or data volume per day, week or month. This +feature is dependent on the real print subsystem you're using. +Samba's part is always to receive the job files from the clients +(filtered <span class="emphasis"><em>or</em></span> unfiltered) and hand it over to this +printing subsystem. +</p><p> +Of course one could "hack" things with one's own scripts. But then +there is CUPS. CUPS supports "quotas" which can be based on sizes of +jobs or on the number of pages or both, and are spanning any time +period you want. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946024"></a>Setting up Quotas</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS, +assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter": +</p><pre class="screen"> + + lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 -o job-page-limit=100 + +</pre><p> +This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of +data (whichever comes first) within the last 604,800 seconds ( = 1 +week). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946056"></a>Correct and incorrect Accounting</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS +"pstops" filter, otherwise it uses a "dummy" count of "1". Some +printfiles don't pass it (eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1 +page jobs anyway. This also means that proprietary drivers for the +target printer running on the client computers and CUPS/Samba, which +then spool these files as "raw" (i.e. leaving them untouched, not +filtering them), will be counted as "1-pagers" too! +</p><p> +You need to send PostScript from the clients (i.e. run a PostScript +driver there) to have the chance to get accounting done. If the +printer is a non-PostScript model, you need to let CUPS do the job to +convert the file to a print-ready format for the target printer. This +will be working for currently about 1,000 different printer models, +see <a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a>). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946097"></a>Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript +Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not +always passed through the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and +therefore was not counted correctly (the reason is that it often, +depending on the "PPD" being used, wrote a "PJL"-header in front of +the real PostScript which caused CUPS to skip pstops and go directly +to the "pstoraster" stage). +</p><p> +From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2K/XP clients" (which is tagged in the download area of +http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package). It does +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> work for Win9x/ME clients. But it guarantees: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>to not write an PJL-header</p></li><li><p>to still read and support all PJL-options named in the +driver PPD with its own means</p></li><li><p> that the file will pass through the "pstops" filter +on the CUPS/Samba server</p></li><li><p>to page-count correctly the +printfile</p></li></ul></div><p> +You can read more about the setup of this combination in the manpage +for "cupsaddsmb" (which is only present with CUPS installed, and only +current from CUPS 1.1.16). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946169"></a>The page_log File Syntax</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every +single <span class="emphasis"><em>page</em></span> of a job: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Printer name</p></li><li><p>User name</p></li><li><p>Job ID</p></li><li><p>Time of printing</p></li><li><p>the page number</p></li><li><p>the number of copies</p></li><li><p>a billing information string +(optional)</p></li><li><p>the host which sent the job (included since version +1.1.19)</p></li></ul></div><p> +Here is an extract of my CUPS server's page_log file to illustrate the +format and included items: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 1 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 2 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 3 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + infotec_IS2027 kurt 401 [22/Apr/2003:10:28:43 +0100] 4 3 #marketing 10.160.50.13 + DigiMaster9110 boss 402 [22/Apr/2003:10:33:22 +0100] 1 440 finance-dep 10.160.51.33 + +</pre><p> +This was job ID "401", printed on "infotec_IS2027" by user "kurt", a +64-page job printed in 3 copies and billed to "#marketing", sent +from IP address 10.160.50.13. The next job had ID "402", was sent by +user "boss" from IP address 10.160.51.33,printed from one page 440 +copies and is set to be billed to "finance-dep". +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946270"></a>Possible Shortcomings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +What flaws or shortcomings are there with this quota system? +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the ones named above (wrongly logged job in case of +printer hardware failure, etc.)</p></li><li><p>in reality, CUPS counts the job pages that are being +processed in <span class="emphasis"><em>software</em></span> (that is, going through the +"RIP") rather than the physical sheets successfully leaving the +printing device. Thus if there is a jam while printing the 5th sheet out +of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer, the "page count" will +still show the figure of 1000 for that job</p></li><li><p>all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility +to give the boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for +groups</p></li><li><p>no means to read out the current balance or the +"used-up" number of current quota</p></li><li><p>a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will +still be able to send and print a 1,000 sheet job</p></li><li><p>a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota +doesn't get a meaningful error message from CUPS other than +"client-error-not-possible".</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946341"></a>Future Developments</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is the best system currently available, and there are huge +improvements under development for CUPS 1.2: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>page counting will go into the "backends" (these talk +directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the +actual printing process: thus a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a +stop in the counting)</p></li><li><p>quotas will be handled more flexibly</p></li><li><p>probably there will be support for users to inquire +their "accounts" in advance</p></li><li><p>probably there will be support for some other tools +around this topic</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946390"></a>Other Accounting Tools</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PrintAnalyzer, pyKota, printbill, LogReport. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2946404"></a>Additional Material</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A printer queue with <span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> PPD associated to it is a +"raw" printer and all files will go directly there as received by the +spooler. The exceptions are file types "application/octet-stream" +which need "passthrough feature" enabled. "Raw" queues don't do any +filtering at all, they hand the file directly to the CUPS backend. +This backend is responsible for the sending of the data to the device +(as in the "device URI" notation: <tt class="filename">lpd://, socket://, +smb://, ipp://, http://, parallel:/, serial:/, usb:/</tt> etc.) +</p><p> +"cupsomatic"/Foomatic are <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> native CUPS drivers +and they don't ship with CUPS. They are a Third Party add-on, +developed at Linuxprinting.org. As such, they are a brilliant hack to +make all models (driven by Ghostscript drivers/filters in traditional +spoolers) also work via CUPS, with the same (good or bad!) quality as +in these other spoolers. "cupsomatic" is only a vehicle to execute a +ghostscript commandline at that stage in the CUPS filtering chain, +where "normally" the native CUPS "pstoraster" filter would kick +in. cupsomatic by-passes pstoraster, "kidnaps" the printfile from CUPS +away and re-directs it to go through Ghostscript. CUPS accepts this, because the associated CUPS-O-Matic-/Foomatic-PPD specifies: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> + *cupsFilter: "application/vnd.cups-postscript 0 cupsomatic" + </pre><p> -This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has successfully -converted it to the MIME type "application/vnd.cups-postscript". This conversion will not -happen for Jobs arriving from Windows which are auto-typed "application/octet-stream", -with the according changes in "/etc/cups/mime.types" in place. -</p></div><p> -CUPS is widely configurable and flexible, even regarding its filtering mechanism. -Another workaround in some situations would be to have -in "/etc/cups/mime.types" entries as follows: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +This line persuades CUPS to hand the file to cupsomatic, once it has +successfully converted it to the MIME type +"application/vnd.cups-postscript". This conversion will not happen for +Jobs arriving from Windows which are auto-typed +"application/octet-stream", with the according changes in +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> in place. +</p><p> +CUPS is widely configurable and flexible, even regarding its filtering +mechanism. Another workaround in some situations would be to have in +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/mime.types</tt> entries as follows: +</p><pre class="screen"> + application/postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + </pre><p> -This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather, they will go -thru the virtual "nullfilter" denoted with "-"). This could only be useful for -PS printers. If you want to print PS code on non-PS printers an entry as follows -could be useful: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +This would prevent all Postscript files from being filtered (rather, +they will through the virtual <span class="emphasis"><em>nullfilter</em></span> +denoted with "-"). This could only be useful for PS printers. If you +want to print PS code on non-PS printers (provided they support ASCII +text printing) an entry as follows could be useful: +</p><pre class="screen"> + */* application/vnd.cups-raw 0 - + </pre><p> -and would effectively send *all* files to the backend without further processing. +and would effectively send <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> files to the +backend without further processing. </p><p> Lastly, you could have the following entry: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> + application/vnd.cups-postscript application/vnd.cups-raw 0 my_PJL_stripping_filter + </pre><p> -You will need to write a "my_PJL_stripping_filter" (could be a shellscript) that -parses the PostScript and removes the unwanted PJL. This would need to conform to -CUPS filter design (mainly, receive and pass the parameters printername, job-id, -username, jobtitle, copies, print options and possibly the filename). It would -be installed as world executable into "/usr/lib/cups/filters/" and will be called -by CUPS if it encounters a MIME type "application/vnd.cups-postscript". -</p><p> -CUPS can handle "-o job-hold-until=indefinite". This keeps the job in the queue -"on hold". It will only be printed upon manual release by the printer operator. -This is a requirement in many "central reproduction departments", where a few -operators manage the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no -user is allowed to have direct access. (The operators often need to load the -proper paper type before running the 10.000 page job requested by marketing -for the mailing, etc.). -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2871091"></a>CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</h2></div></div><p> -This is the configuration where CUPS drivers are working on server, and where the -Adobe PostScript driver with CUPS-PPDs is downloaded to clients. -</p><p> -CUPS is perfectly able to use PPD files (PostScript -Printer Descriptions). PPDs can control all print device options. They -are usually provided by the manufacturer -- if you own a PostSript printer, -that is. PPD files are always a component of PostScript printer drivers on MS -Windows or Apple Mac OS systems. They are ASCII files containing -user-selectable print options, mapped to appropriate PostScript, PCL or PJL -commands for the target printer. Printer driver GUI dialogs translate these -options "on-the-fly" into buttons and drop-down lists for the user to -select. -</p><p> -CUPS can load, without any conversions, the PPD file from -any Windows (NT is recommended) PostScript driver and handle the options. -There is a web browser interface to the print options (select -http://localhost:631/printers/ and click on one "Configure Printer" button -to see it), a commandline interface (see <b>man lpoptions</b> or -try if you have <b>lphelp</b> on your system) plus some different GUI frontends on Linux -UNIX, which can present PPD options to the users. PPD options are normally -meant to become evaluated by the PostScript RIP on the real PostScript -printer. -</p><p> -CUPS doesn't stop at "real" PostScript printers in its -usage of PPDs. The CUPS developers have extended the PPD concept, to also -describe available device and driver options for non-PostScript printers -through CUPS-PPDs. -</p><p> -This is logical, as CUPS includes a fully featured -PostScript interpreter (RIP). This RIP is based on Ghostscript. It can -process all received PostScript (and additionally many other file formats) -from clients. All CUPS-PPDs geared to non-PostScript printers contain an -additional line, starting with the keyword <i><tt>*cupsFilter</tt></i>. -This line -tells the CUPS print system which printer-specific filter to use for the -interpretation of the accompanying PostScript. Thus CUPS lets all its -printers appear as PostScript devices to its clients, because it can act as a -PostScript RIP for those printers, processing the received PostScript code -into a proper raster print format. -</p><p> -CUPS-PPDs can also be used on Windows-Clients, on top of a -PostScript driver (recommended is the Adobe one). -</p><p> -This feature enables CUPS to do a few tricks no other -spooler can do: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>act as a networked PostScript RIP (Raster Image Processor), handling - printfiles from all client platforms in a uniform way;</p></li><li><p>act as a central accounting and billing server, as all files are passed - through the <b>pstops</b> Filter and are therefor logged in - the CUPS <tt>page_log</tt>. - <span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE: </em></span>this - can not happen with "raw" print jobs, which always remain unfiltered - per definition;</p></li><li><p>enable clients to consolidate on a single PostScript driver, even for - many different target printers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872272"></a>Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</h2></div></div><p> -This setup may be of special interest to people -experiencing major problems in WTS environments. WTS need often a multitude -of non-PostScript drivers installed to run their clients' variety of -different printer models. This often imposes the price of much increased -instability. In many cases, in an attempt to overcome this problem, site -administrators have resorted to restrict the allowed drivers installed on -their WTS to one generic PCL- and one PostScript driver. This however -restricts the clients in the amount of printer options available for them -- -often they can't get out more then simplex prints from one standard paper -tray, while their devices could do much better, if driven by a different -driver! -</p><p> -Using an Adobe PostScript driver, enabled with a CUPS-PPD, -seems to be a very elegant way to overcome all these shortcomings. The -PostScript driver is not known to cause major stability problems on WTS (even -if used with many different PPDs). The clients will be able to (again) chose -paper trays, duplex printing and other settings. However, there is a certain -price for this too: a CUPS server acting as a PostScript RIP for its clients -requires more CPU and RAM than just to act as a "raw spooling" device. Plus, -this setup is not yet widely tested, although the first feedbacks look very -promising... -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872314"></a>Setting up CUPS for driver download</h2></div></div><p> -The <b>cupsadsmb</b> utility (shipped with all current -CUPS versions) makes the sharing of any (or all) installed CUPS printers very -easy. Prior to using it, you need the following settings in <tt>smb.conf</tt>: -</p><pre class="programlisting">[global] - load printers = yes - printing = cups - printcap name = cups +You will need to write a <span class="emphasis"><em>my_PJL_stripping_filter</em></span> +(could be a shellscript) that parses the PostScript and removes the +unwanted PJL. This would need to conform to CUPS filter design +(mainly, receive and pass the parameters printername, job-id, +username, jobtitle, copies, print options and possibly the +filename). It would be installed as world executable into +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/cups/filters/</tt> and will be called by CUPS +if it encounters a MIME type "application/vnd.cups-postscript". +</p><p> +CUPS can handle <span class="emphasis"><em>-o job-hold-until=indefinite</em></span>. +This keeps the job in the queue "on hold". It will only be printed +upon manual release by the printer operator. This is a requirement in +many "central reproduction departments", where a few operators manage +the jobs of hundreds of users on some big machine, where no user is +allowed to have direct access (such as when the operators often need +to load the proper paper type before running the 10,000 page job +requested by marketing for the mailing, etc.). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2946598"></a>Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba print files pass through two "spool" directories. One is the +incoming directory managed by Samba, (set in the <span class="emphasis"><em>path = +/var/spool/samba</em></span> directive in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>[printers]</em></span> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). The other is the spool directory of +your UNIX print subsystem. For CUPS it is normally +<tt class="filename">/var/spool/cups/</tt>, as set by the cupsd.conf +directive <tt class="filename">RequestRoot /var/spool/cups</tt>. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946644"></a>CUPS Configuration Settings explained</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Some important parameter settings in the CUPS configuration file +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> are: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">PreserveJobHistory Yes</span></dt><dd><p> +This keeps some details of jobs in cupsd's mind (well it keeps the +"c12345", "c12346" etc. files in the CUPS spool directory, which do a +similar job as the old-fashioned BSD-LPD control files). This is set +to "Yes" as a default. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">PreserveJobFiles Yes</span></dt><dd><p> +This keeps the job files themselves in cupsd's mind +(well it keeps the "d12345", "d12346" etc. files in the CUPS spool +directory...). This is set to "No" as the CUPS +default. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><span class="emphasis"><em>"MaxJobs 500"</em></span></span></dt><dd><p> +This directive controls the maximum number of jobs +that are kept in memory. Once the number of jobs reaches the limit, +the oldest completed job is automatically purged from the system to +make room for the new one. If all of the known jobs are still +pending or active then the new job will be rejected. Setting the +maximum to 0 disables this functionality. The default setting is +0. +</p></dd></dl></div><p> +(There are also additional settings for "MaxJobsPerUser" and +"MaxJobsPerPrinter"...) +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946726"></a>Pre-conditions</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For everything to work as announced, you need to have three +things: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check +on Linux by running "ldd `which smbd`")</p></li><li><p>a Samba-<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> setting of +"printing = cups"</p></li><li><p>another Samba-<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> setting of +"printcap = cups"</p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +In this case all other manually set printing-related commands (like +"print command", "lpq command", "lprm command", "lppause command" or +"lpresume command") are ignored and they should normally have no +influence what-so-ever on your printing. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946787"></a>Manual Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you want to do things manually, replace the "printing = +cups" by "printing = bsd". Then your manually set commands may work +(haven't tested this), and a "print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s" +may do what you need. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2946805"></a>When <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> to use Samba to print to +CUPS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2946822"></a>In Case of Trouble.....</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have more problems, post the output of these commands +to the CUPS or Samba mailing lists (choose the one which seems more +relevant to your problem): +</p><pre class="screen"> + + grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$ + grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;" - [printers] - comment = All Printers - path = /var/spool/samba - browseable = no - public = yes - guest ok = yes - writable = no - printable = yes - printer admin = root - - [print$] - comment = Printer Drivers - path = /etc/samba/drivers - browseable = yes - guest ok = no - read only = yes - write list = root - </pre><p> -For licensing reasons the necessary files of the Adobe -Postscript driver can not be distributed with either Samba or CUPS. You need -to download them yourself from the Adobe website. Once extracted, create a -<tt>drivers</tt> directory in the CUPS data directory (usually -<tt>/usr/share/cups/</tt>). Copy the Adobe files using -UPPERCASE filenames, to this directory as follows: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - ADFONTS.MFM - ADOBEPS4.DRV - ADOBEPS4.HLP - ADOBEPS5.DLL - ADOBEPSU.DLL - ADOBEPSU.HLP - DEFPRTR2.PPD - ICONLIB.DLL - </pre><p> -Users of the ESP Print Pro software are able to install -their "Samba Drivers" package for this purpose with no problem. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872401"></a>Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</h2></div></div><p> -On the internet you can find now many thousand CUPS-PPD -files (with their companion filters), in many national languages, -supporting more than 1.000 non-PostScript models. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/" target="_top">ESP PrintPro - (http://wwwl.easysw.com/printpro/)</a> - (commercial, non-Free) is packaged with more than 3.000 PPDs, ready for - successful usage "out of the box" on Linux, IBM-AIX, HP-UX, Sun-Solaris, - SGI-IRIX, Compaq Tru64, Digital Unix and some more commercial Unices (it - is written by the CUPS developers themselves and its sales help finance - the further development of CUPS, as they feed their creators)</p></li><li><p>the <a href="http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">Gimp-Print-Project - (http://gimp-print.sourceforge.net/)</a> - (GPL, Free Software) provides around 120 PPDs (supporting nearly 300 - printers, many driven to photo quality output), to be used alongside the - Gimp-Print CUPS filters;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.turboprint.com/" target="_top">TurboPrint - (http://www.turboprint.com/)</a> - (Shareware, non-Freee) supports roughly the same amount of printers in - excellent quality;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/" target="_top">OMNI - (http://www-124.ibm.com/developerworks/oss/linux/projects/omni/)</a> - (LPGL, Free) is a package made by IBM, now containing support for more - than 400 printers, stemming from the inheritance of IBM OS/2 KnowHow - ported over to Linux (CUPS support is in a Beta-stage at present);</p></li><li><p><a href="http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">HPIJS - (http://hpinkjet.sourceforge.net/)</a> - (BSD-style licnes, Free) supports around 120 of HP's own printers and is - also providing excellent print quality now;</p></li><li><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/" target="_top">Foomatic/cupsomatic (http://www.linuxprinting.org/)</a> - (LPGL, Free) from Linuxprinting.org are providing PPDs for practically every - Ghostscript filter known to the world, now usable with CUPS.</p></li></ul></div><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE: </em></span>the cupsomatic trick from Linuxprinting.org is -working different from the other drivers. While the other drivers take the -generic CUPS raster (produced by CUPS' own pstoraster PostScript RIP) as -their input, cupsomatic "kidnaps" the PostScript inside CUPS, before -RIP-ping, deviates it to an external Ghostscript installation (which now -becomes the RIP) and gives it back to a CUPS backend once Ghostscript is -finished. -- CUPS versions from 1.1.15 and later will provide their pstoraster -PostScript RIP function again inside a system-wide Ghostscript -installation rather than in "their own" pstoraster filter. (This -CUPS-enabling Ghostscript version may be installed either as a -patch to GNU or AFPL Ghostscript, or as a complete ESP Ghostscript package). -However, this will not change the cupsomatic approach of guiding the printjob -along a different path through the filtering system than the standard CUPS -way... -</p><p> -Once you installed a printer inside CUPS with one of the -recommended methods (the lpadmin command, the web browser interface or one of -the available GUI wizards), you can use <b>cupsaddsmb</b> to share the -printer via Samba. <b>cupsaddsmb</b> prepares the driver files for -comfortable client download and installation upon their first contact with -this printer share. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872566"></a><b>cupsaddsmb</b></h3></div></div><p> -The <b>cupsaddsmb</b> command copies the needed files -for convenient Windows client installations from the previously prepared CUPS -data directory to your [print$] share. Additionally, the PPD -associated with this printer is copied from <tt>/etc/cups/ppd/</tt> to -[print$]. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -<tt>root# </tt> <b>cupsaddsmb -U root infotec_IS2027</b> -Password for root required to access localhost via -SAMBA: <b><tt>[type in password 'secret']</tt></b> </pre><p> -To share all printers and drivers, use the <i><tt>-a</tt></i> -parameter instead of a printer name. -</p><p> -Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the -<i><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter to get a more verbose output: -</p><p> -Probably you want to see what's going on. Use the -<i><tt>-v</tt></i> parameter to get a more verbose output: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Note: The following line shave been wrapped so that information is not lost. - -<tt>root# </tt> cupsaddsmb -v -U root infotec_IS2027 - Password for root required to access localhost via SAMBA: - Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir W32X86;put - /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 W32X86/infotec_IS2027.PPD;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/ - ADOBEPS5.DLL W32X86/ADOBEPS5.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.DLLr - W32X86/ADOBEPSU.DLL;put /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.HLP W32X86/ADOBEPSU.HLP' - added interface ip=10.160.16.45 bcast=10.160.31.255 nmask=255.255.240.0 - added interface ip=192.168.182.1 bcast=192.168.182.255 nmask=255.255.255.0 - added interface ip=172.16.200.1 bcast=172.16.200.255 nmask=255.255.255.0 - Domain=[TUX-NET] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.3a.200204262025cvs] - NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \W32X86 - putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 as - \W32X86/infotec_IS2027.PPD (17394.6 kb/s) (average 17395.2 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS5.DLL as - \W32X86/ADOBEPS5.DLL (10877.4 kb/s) (average 11343.0 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.DLL as - \W32X86/ADOBEPSU.DLL (5095.2 kb/s) (average 9260.4 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPSU.HLP as - \W32X86/ADOBEPSU.HLP (8828.7 kb/s) (average 9247.1 kb/s) - - Running command: smbclient //localhost/print\$ -N -U'root%secret' -c 'mkdir WIN40;put - /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 WIN40/infotec_IS2027.PPD;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL;put - /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL WIN40/PSMON.DLL;' - added interface ip=10.160.16.45 bcast=10.160.31.255 nmask=255.255.240.0 - added interface ip=192.168.182.1 bcast=192.168.182.255 nmask=255.255.255.0 - added interface ip=172.16.200.1 bcast=172.16.200.255 nmask=255.255.255.0 - Domain=[TUX-NET] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.3a.200204262025cvs] - NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION making remote directory \WIN40 - putting file /var/spool/cups/tmp/3cd1cc66376c0 as - \WIN40/infotec_IS2027.PPD (26091.5 kb/s) (average 26092.8 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADFONTS.MFM as - \WIN40/ADFONTS.MFM (11241.6 kb/s) (average 11812.9 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.DRV as - \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.DRV (16640.6 kb/s) (average 14679.3 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ADOBEPS4.HLP as - \WIN40/ADOBEPS4.HLP (11285.6 kb/s) (average 14281.5 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/DEFPRTR2.PPD as - \WIN40/DEFPRTR2.PPD (823.5 kb/s) (average 12944.0 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/ICONLIB.DLL as - \WIN40/ICONLIB.DLL (19226.2 kb/s) (average 13169.7 kb/s) - putting file /usr/share/cups/drivers/PSMON.DLL as - \WIN40/PSMON.DLL (18666.1 kb/s) (average 13266.7 kb/s) - - Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' - -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" - "infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS5.DLL:infotec_IS2027.PPD:ADOBEPSU.DLL: - ADOBEPSU.HLP:NULL:RAW:NULL"' - cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" - "infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS5.DLL:infotec_IS2027.PPD:ADOBEPSU.DLL: - ADOBEPSU.HLP:NULL:RAW:NULL" - Printer Driver infotec_IS2027 successfully installed. - - Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' - -c 'adddriver "Windows 4.0" - "infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS4.DRV:infotec_IS2027.PPD:NULL: - ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW: ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL"' - cmd = adddriver "Windows 4.0" "infotec_IS2027:ADOBEPS4.DRV: - infotec_IS2027.PPD:NULL:ADOBEPS4.HLP:PSMON.DLL:RAW: - ADFONTS.MFM,DEFPRTR2.PPD,ICONLIB.DLL" - Printer Driver infotec_IS2027 successfully installed. - - Running command: rpcclient localhost -N -U'root%secret' - -c 'setdriver infotec_IS2027 infotec_IS2027' - cmd = setdriver infotec_IS2027 infotec_IS2027 - Succesfully set infotec_IS2027 to driver infotec_IS2027. - - <tt>root# </tt> -</pre><p> -If you look closely, you'll discover your root password was transfered unencrypted over -the wire, so beware! Also, if you look further her, you'll discover error messages like -<tt>NT_STATUS_OBJECT_NAME_COLLISION</tt> in between. They occur, because -the directories <tt>WIN40</tt> and <tt>W32X86</tt> already -existed in the [print$] driver download share (from a previous driver -installation). They are harmless here. -</p><p> -Now your printer is prepared for the clients to use. From -a client, browse to the CUPS/Samba server, open the "Printers" -share, right-click on this printer and select "Install..." or -"Connect..." (depending on the Windows version you use). Now their -should be a new printer in your client's local "Printers" folder, -named (in my case) "infotec_IS2027 on kdebitshop" -</p><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE: </em></span> -<b>cupsaddsmb</b> will only reliably work i -with CUPS version 1.1.15 or higher -and Samba from 2.2.4. If it doesn't work, or if the automatic printer -driver download to the clients doesn't succeed, you can still manually -install the CUPS printer PPD on top of the Adobe PostScript driver on -clients and then point the client's printer queue to the Samba printer -share for connection, should you desire to use the CUPS networked -PostScript RIP functions. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872915"></a>The CUPS Filter Chains</h2></div></div><p> +(adapt paths as needed). These commands leave out the empty +lines and lines with comments, providing the "naked settings" in a +compact way. Don't forget to name the CUPS and Samba versions you +are using! This saves bandwidth and makes for easier readability +for experts (and you are expecting experts to read them, right? +;-) +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946857"></a>Where to find Documentation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946870"></a>How to ask for Help</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946883"></a>Where to find Help</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +[TO BE DONE] +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2946896"></a>Appendix</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2946904"></a>Printing <span class="emphasis"><em>from</em></span> CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +From time to time the question arises, how you can print +<span class="emphasis"><em>to</em></span> a Windows attached printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>from</em></span> Samba. Normally the local connection +"Windows host <--> printer" would be done by USB or parallel +cable, but this doesn't matter to Samba. From here only an SMB +connection needs to be opened to the Windows host. Of course, this +printer must be "shared" first. As you have learned by now, CUPS uses +<span class="emphasis"><em>backends</em></span> to talk to printers and other +servers. To talk to Windows shared printers you need to use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>smb</em></span> (surprise, surprise!) backend. Check if this +is in the CUPS backend directory. This resides usually in +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/cups/backend/</tt>. You need to find a "smb" +file there. It should be a symlink to <tt class="filename">smbspool</tt> +which file must exist and be executable: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + # ls -l /usr/lib/cups/backend/ + total 253 + drwxr-xr-x 3 root root 720 Apr 30 19:04 . + drwxr-xr-x 6 root root 125 Dec 19 17:13 .. + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 10692 Feb 16 21:29 canon + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 10692 Feb 16 21:29 epson + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 3 Apr 17 22:50 http -> ipp + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 17316 Apr 17 22:50 ipp + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 15420 Apr 20 17:01 lpd + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 8656 Apr 20 17:01 parallel + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 2162 Mar 31 23:15 pdfdistiller + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 25 Apr 30 19:04 ptal -> /usr/local/sbin/ptal-cups + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 6284 Apr 20 17:01 scsi + lrwxrwxrwx 1 root root 17 Apr 2 03:11 smb -> /usr/bin/smbspool + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 7912 Apr 20 17:01 socket + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 9012 Apr 20 17:01 usb + +# ls -l `which smbspool` + -rwxr-xr-x 1 root root 563245 Dec 28 14:49 /usr/bin/smbspool + +</pre><p> +If this symlink doesn't exist, create it: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# ln -s `which smbspool` /usr/lib/cups/backend/smb + +</pre><p> +smbspool has been written by Mike Sweet from the CUPS folks. It is +included and ships with Samba. It may also be used with print +subsystems other than CUPS, to spool jobs to Windows printer shares. To +set up printer "winprinter" on CUPS, you need to have a "driver" for +it. Essentially this means to convert the print data on the CUPS/Samba +host to a format that the printer can digest (the Windows host is +unable to convert any files you may send). This also means you should +be able to print to the printer if it were hooked directly at your +Samba/CUPS host. For troubleshooting purposes, this is what you +should do, to determine if that part of the process chain is in +order. Then proceed to fix the network connection/authentication to +the Windows host, etc. +</p><p> +To install a printer with the smb backend on CUPS, use this command: +</p><pre class="screen"> + +# lpadmin -p winprinter -v smb://WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename -P /path/to/PPD + +</pre><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>PPD</em></span> must be able to direct CUPS to generate +the print data for the target model. For PostScript printers just use +the PPD that would be used with the Windows NT PostScript driver. But +what can you do if the printer is only accessible with a password? Or +if the printer's host is part of another workgroup? This is provided +for: you can include the required parameters as part of the +<tt class="filename">smb://</tt> device-URI. Like this: +</p><pre class="screen"> + + smb://WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename + smb://username:password@WORKGROUP/WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename + smb://username:password@WINDOWSNETBIOSNAME/printersharename + +</pre><p> +Note that the device-URI will be visible in the process list of the +Samba server (e.g. when someone uses the <b class="command">ps -aux</b> +command on Linux), even if the username and passwords are sanitized +before they get written into the log files. So this is an inherently +insecure option. However it is the only one. Don't use it if you want +to protect your passwords. Better share the printer in a way that +doesn't require a password! Printing will only work if you have a +working netbios name resolution up and running. Note that this is a +feature of CUPS and you don't necessarily need to have smbd running +(but who wants that? :-). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947118"></a>More CUPS filtering Chains</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> ######################################################################### # # CUPS in and of itself has this (general) filter chain (CAPITAL # letters are FILE-FORMATS or MIME types, other are filters (this is # true for pre-1.1.15 of pre-4.3 versions of CUPS and ESP PrintPro): # -# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT -# | +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT # | # V -# <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops -# | +# somethingtops # | # V # APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstops # | -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstoraster # as shipped with CUPS, independent from any Ghostscipt # | # installation on the system # | (= "postscipt interpreter") -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER # | -# | # V -# rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> (f.e. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here) +# rastertosomething (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here) # | (= "raster driver") -# | # V # SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC # | -# | # V # backend # # -# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced "rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>" filters as compared to +# ESP PrintPro has some enhanced "rastertosomething" filters as compared to # CUPS, and also a somewhat improved "pstoraster" filter. # # NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to -# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted. +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. # ######################################################################### -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre><pre class="screen"> ######################################################################### # # This is how "cupsomatic" comes into play: # ========================================= # -# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT -# | +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT # | # V -# <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops -# | +# somethingtops # | # V # APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstops # | -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+ -# | | # | V # V cupsomatic # pstoraster (constructs complicated # | (= "postscipt interpreter") Ghostscript commandline # | to let the file be # V processed by a -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=<i><tt>s.th.</tt></i>" +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=s.th." # | call...) -# | | # V | -# rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> V +# rastertosomething V # | (= "raster driver") +-------------------------+ # | | Ghostscript at work.... | # V | | # SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC *-------------------------+ # | | -# | | # V | -# backend >------------------------------------+ -# | +# backend <------------------------------------+ # | # V # THE PRINTER # # # Note, that cupsomatic "kidnaps" the printfile after the -# "APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT" stage and deviates it through +# "APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRPT" stage and deviates it gh # the CUPS-external, systemwide Ghostscript installation, bypassing the -# "pstoraster" filter (therefor also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers -# "rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>", and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS +# "pstoraster" filter (therefore also bypassing the CUPS-raster-drivers +# "rastertosomething", and hands the rasterized file directly to the CUPS # backend... # # cupsomatic is not made by the CUPS developers. It is an independent @@ -4212,134 +11513,112 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. # Linuxprinting.org. (see also http://www.cups.org/cups-help.html) # # NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to -# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted. +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. # ######################################################################### -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre><pre class="screen"> ######################################################################### # # And this is how it works for ESP PrintPro from 4.3: # =================================================== # -# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT -# | +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT # | # V -# <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops -# | +# somethingtops # | # V # APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstops # | -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # gsrip # | (= "postscipt interpreter") -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER # | -# | # V -# rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> (f.e. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here) +# rastertosomething (e.g. Gimp-Print filters may be plugged in here) # | (= "raster driver") -# | # V # SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC # | -# | # V # backend # # NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to -# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted. +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. # ######################################################################### -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre><pre class="screen"> ######################################################################### # # This is how "cupsomatic" would come into play with ESP PrintPro: # ================================================================ # # -# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT -# | +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT # | # V -# <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops -# | +# somethingtops # | # V # APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstops # | -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT ----------------+ -# | | # | V # V cupsomatic # gsrip (constructs complicated # | (= "postscipt interpreter") Ghostscript commandline # | to let the file be # V processed by a -# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=<i><tt>s.th.</tt></i>" +# APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER "-sDEVICE=s.th." # | call...) -# | | # V | -# rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> V +# rastertosomething V # | (= "raster driver") +-------------------------+ # | | Ghostscript at work.... | # V | | # SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC *-------------------------+ # | | -# | | # V | -# backend >------------------------------------+ -# | +# backend <------------------------------------+ # | # V # THE PRINTER # # NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to -# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted. +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. # ######################################################################### -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre><pre class="screen"> ######################################################################### # # And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15: # ============================================== # -# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT -# | +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT # | # V -# <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops -# | +# somethingtops # | # V # APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstops # | -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+ -# | # +------------------v------------------------------+ # | Ghostscript | # | at work... | @@ -4350,18 +11629,14 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. # | | # +------------------v------------------------------+ # | -# | # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER >-------+ # | -# | # V -# rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> +# rastertosomething # | (= "raster driver") -# | # V # SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC # | -# | # V # backend # @@ -4372,44 +11647,39 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. # "gs -h" needs to show up a "cups" device. pstoraster is now a # calling an appropriate "gs -sDEVICE=cups..." commandline to do # the job. It will output "application/vnd.cup-raster", which will -# be finally processed by a CUPS raster driver "rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i>" -# Note the difference to "cupsomatic", which will *not* output +# be finally processed by a CUPS raster driver "rastertosomething" +# Note the difference to "cupsomatic", which will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> output # CUPS-raster, but a final version of the printfile, ready to be # sent to the printer. cupsomatic also doesn't use the "cups" # devicemode in Ghostscript, but one of the classical devicemodes.... # # NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to -# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted. +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. # ######################################################################### -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</pre><pre class="screen"> ######################################################################### # # And this is how it works for CUPS from 1.1.15, with cupsomatic included: # ======================================================================== # -# <i><tt>SOMETHNG</tt></i>-FILEFORMAT -# | +# SOMETHNG-FILEFORMAT # | # V -# <i><tt>something</tt></i>tops -# | +# somethingtops # | # V # APPLICATION/POSTSCRIPT # | -# | # V # pstops # | -# | # V # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-POSTSCRIPT-----+ -# | # +------------------v------------------------------+ # | Ghostscript . Ghostscript at work.... | # | at work... . (with "-sDEVICE= | -# | (with . <i><tt>s.th.</tt></i>" | +# | (with . s.th." | # | "-sDEVICE=cups") . | # | . | # | (CUPS standard) . (cupsomatic) | @@ -4418,476 +11688,353 @@ The following diagrams reveal how CUPS handles print jobs. # | . | # +------------------v--------------v---------------+ # | | -# | | # APPLICATION/VND.CUPS-RASTER >-------+ | # | | -# | | # V | -# rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> | +# rastertosomething | # | (= "raster driver") | -# | | # V | # SOMETHING-DEVICE-SPECIFIC >------------------------+ # | -# | # V # backend # # # NOTE: Gimp-Print and some other 3rd-Party-Filters (like TurboPrint) to -# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rasterto<i><tt>something</tt></i> is noted. +# CUPS and ESP PrintPro plug-in where rastertosomething is noted. # ########################################################################## -</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873302"></a>CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</h2></div></div><p> -CUPS ships with good support for HP LaserJet type printers. You can install -the driver as follows: +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2947424"></a>Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is a short description of how to debug printing problems +with Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from +a SMB client to a Samba server, not the other way around. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Win9x client can't install driver</span></dt><dd><p>For Win9x clients require the printer names to be 8 +chars (or "8 plus 3 chars suffix") max; otherwise the driver files +won't get transferred when you want to download them from +Samba.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">testparm</span></dt><dd><p>Run <b class="command">testparm</b>: It will tell you if +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters are in the wrong +section. Many people have had the "printer admin" parameter in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section and experienced +problems. "testparm" will tell you if it sees +this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"cupsaddsmb" keeps asking for a root password in a +neverending loop</span></dt><dd><p>Have you <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>? Have +you used <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> to give root a Samba account? +You can do 2 things: open another terminal and execute +<b class="command">smbpasswd -a root</b> to create the account, and +continue with entering the password into the first terminal. Or break +out of the loop by hitting ENTER twice (without trying to type a +password).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"cupsaddsmb" gives "No PPD file for printer..." +message (but I swear there is one!)</span></dt><dd><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Have you enabled printer sharing on CUPS? This means: +do you have a <i class="parameter"><tt><Location +/printers>....</Location></tt></i> section in CUPS +server's <tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> which doesn't deny access to +the host you run "cupsaddsmb" from? It <span class="emphasis"><em>could</em></span> be +an issue if you use cupsaddsmb remotely, or if you use it with a +<i class="parameter"><tt>-h</tt></i> parameter: <b class="command">cupsaddsmb -H +sambaserver -h cupsserver -v printername</b>. +</p></li><li><p>Is your +"TempDir" directive in +<span class="emphasis"><em>cupsd.conf</em></span> +set to a valid value and is it writeable? +</p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't connect client to Samba printer.</span></dt><dd><p>Use <b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check which user +you are from Samba's point of view. Do you have the privileges to +write into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share?</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't reconnect to Samba under a new account +from Win2K/XP</span></dt><dd><p>Once you are connected as the "wrong" user (for +example as "nobody", which often occurs if you have <i class="parameter"><tt>map to +guest = bad user</tt></i>), Windows Explorer will not accept an +attempt to connect again as a different user. There won't be any byte +transfered on the wire to Samba, but still you'll see a stupid error +message which makes you think that Samba has denied access. Use +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check for active connections. Kill the +PIDs. You still can't re-connect and get the dreaded +<tt class="computeroutput">You can't connect with a second account from the same +machine</tt> message, as soon as you are trying? And you +don't see any single byte arriving at Samba (see logs; use "ethereal") +indicating a renewed connection attempt? Shut all Explorer Windows. +This makes Windows forget what it has cached in its memory as +established connections. Then re-connect as the right user. Best +method is to use a DOS terminal window and <span class="emphasis"><em>first</em></span> +do <b class="command">net use z: \\SAMBAHOST\print$ /user:root</b>. Check +with <b class="command">smbstatus</b> that you are connected under a +different account. Now open the "Printers" folder (on the Samba server +in the <span class="emphasis"><em>Network Neighbourhood</em></span>), right-click the +printer in question and select +<span class="emphasis"><em>Connect...</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term">Avoid being connected to the Samba server as the +"wrong" user</span></dt><dd><p>You see per <b class="command">smbstatus</b> that you are +connected as user "nobody"; while you wanted to be "root" or +"printeradmin"? This is probably due to <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest = bad +user</tt></i>, which silently connects you under the guest account, +when you gave (maybe by accident) an incorrect username. Remove +<i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i>, if you want to prevent +this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Upgrading to CUPS drivers from Adobe drivers on +NT/2K/XP clients gives problems</span></dt><dd><p>First delete all "old" Adobe-using printers. Then +delete all "old" Adobe drivers. (On Win2K/XP, right-click in +background of "Printers" folder, select "Server Properties...", select +tab "Drivers" and delete here).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't use "cupsaddsmb"on a Samba server which is +a PDC</span></dt><dd><p>Do you use the "naked" root user name? Try to do it +this way: <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb -U DOMAINNAME\\root -v +printername</em></span> (note the two backslashes: the first one is +required to "escape" the second one).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I deleted a printer on Win2K; but I still see +its driver</span></dt><dd><p>Deleting a printer on the client won't delete the +driver too (to verify, right-click on the white background of the +"Printers" folder, select "Server Properties" and click on the +"Drivers" tab). These same old drivers will be re-used when you try to +install a printer with the same name. If you want to update to a new +driver, delete the old ones first. Deletion is only possible if no +other printer uses the same driver.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Win2K/XP "Local Security +Policies"</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Local Security Policies</em></span> may not +allow the installation of unsigned drivers. "Local Security Policies" +may not allow the installation of printer drivers at +all.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">WinXP clients: "Administrator can not install +printers for all local users"</span></dt><dd><p>Windows XP handles SMB printers on a "per-user" basis. +This means every user needs to install the printer himself. To have a +printer available for everybody, you might want to use the built-in +IPP client capabilities of WinXP. Add a printer with the print path of +<span class="emphasis"><em>http://cupsserver:631/printers/printername</em></span>. +Still looking into this one: maybe a "logon script" could +automatically install printers for all +users.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">"Print Change Notify" functions on +NT-clients</span></dt><dd><p>For "print change notify" functions on NT++ clients, +these need to run the "Server" service first (re-named to +<span class="emphasis"><em>File & Print Sharing for MS Networks</em></span> in +XP).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">WinXP-SP1</span></dt><dd><p>WinXP-SP1 introduced a <span class="emphasis"><em>Point and Print +Restriction Policy</em></span> (this restriction doesn't apply to +"Administrator" or "Power User" groups of users). In Group Policy +Object Editor: go to <span class="emphasis"><em>User Configuration --> +Administrative Templates --> Control Panel --> +Printers</em></span>. The policy is automatically set to +<span class="emphasis"><em>Enabled</em></span> and the <span class="emphasis"><em>Users can only Point +and Print to machines in their Forest</em></span> . You probably need +to change it to <span class="emphasis"><em>Disabled</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Users can +only Point and Print to these servers</em></span> in order to make +driver downloads from Samba possible.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't set and save default print options for all +users on Win2K/XP</span></dt><dd><p>How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way (it is not +very easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring +you to a dialog that <span class="emphasis"><em>seems</em></span> to set everything. All +three dialogs <span class="emphasis"><em>look</em></span> the same. Only one of them +<span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> what you intend. You need to be +Administrator or Print Administrator to do this for all users. Here +is how I do in on XP: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>The first "wrong" way: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E -m laserjet.ppd - </p></li></ul></div><p> - -(The "-m" switch will retrieve the "laserjet.ppd" from the standard repository -for not-yet-installed-PPDs, which CUPS typically stores in -<tt>/usr/share/cups/model</tt>. Alternatively, you may use -"-P /absolute/filesystem/path/to/where/there/is/PPD/your.ppd"). -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2873339"></a>Further printing steps</h3></div></div><p> -Always also consult the database on linuxprinting.org for all recommendations -about which driver is best used for each printer: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi</a></p><p> -There select your model and click on "Show". You'll arrive at a page listing -all drivers working with your model. There will always be *one* -<span class="emphasis"><em>recommended</em></span> one. Try this one first. In your case -("HP LaserJet 4 Plus"), you'll arrive here: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=75104" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_printer.cgi?recnum=75104</a></p><p> -The recommended driver is "ljet4". It has a link to the page for the ljet4 -driver too: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/show_driver.cgi?driver=ljet4</a></p><p> -On the driver's page, you'll find important and detailed info about how to use -that driver within the various available spoolers. You can generate a PPD for -CUPS. The PPD contains all the info about how to use your model and the driver; -this is, once installed, working transparently for the user -- you'll only -need to choose resolution, paper size etc. from the web-based menu or from -the print dialog GUI or from the commandline... -</p><p> -On the driver's page, choose to use the "PPD-O-Matic" online PPD generator -program. Select your model and click "Generate PPD file". When you safe the -appearing ASCII text file, don't use "cut'n'past" (as it could possiblly corrupt -line endings and tabs), but use "Save as..." in your browser's menu. Save it -at "/some/path/on/your/filesystem/somewhere/my-name-for-my-printer.ppd" -</p><p> -Then install the printer: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - "lpadmin -p laserjet4plus -v parallel:/dev/lp0 -E \ - -P /some/path/on/your/filesystem/somewhere/my-name-for-my-printer.ppd" -</pre><p> -Note, that for all the "Foomatic-PPDs" from Linuxprinting.org, you also need -a special "CUPS filter" named "cupsomatic". Get the latest version of -"cupsomatic" from: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cupsomatic" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cupsomatic</a></p><p> -This needs to be copied to <tt>/usr/lib/cups/filter/cupsomatic</tt> -and be made world executable. This filter is needed to read and act upon the -specially encoded Foomatic comments, embedded in the printfile, which in turn -are used to construct (transparently for you, the user) the complicated -ghostscript command line needed for your printer/driver combo. -</p><p> -You can have a look at all the options for the Ghostscript commandline supported -by your printer and the ljet4 driver by going to the section "Execution details", -selecting your model (Laserjet 4 Plus) and clicking on "Show execution details". -This will bring up this web page: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/execution.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=75104&.submit=Show%2Bexecution%2Bdetails" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/execution.cgi?driver=ljet4&printer=75104&.submit=Show+execution+details</a></p><p> -The ingenious thing is that the database is kept current. If there -is a bug fix and an improvement somewhere in the database, you will -always get the most current and stable and feature-rich driver by following -the steps described above. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Till Kamppeter from MandrakeSoft is doing an excellent job here that too few -people are aware of. (So if you use it often, please send him a note showing -your appreciation).</p></div><p> -The latest and greatest improvement now is support for "custom page sizes" -for all those printers which support it. -</p><p> -"cupsomatic" is documented here: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/cups-doc.html</a></p><p> -More printing tutorial info may be found here: -</p><p><a href="http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/" target="_top">http://www.linuxprinting.org/kpfeifle/LinuxKongress2002/Tutorial/</a></p><p> -Note, that *all* the Foomatic drivers listed on Linuxprinting.org (now -approaching the "all-time high" number of 1.000 for the supported models) -are using a special filtering chain involving Ghostscript, as described -in this document. -</p><p> -Summary - You need: -</p><p> -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>A "foomatic+<i><tt>something</tt></i>" PPD is not enough to print with CUPS (but it is *one* important component)</td></tr><tr><td>The "cupsomatic" filter script (Perl) in <tt>/usr/lib/cups/filters/</tt></td></tr><tr><td>Perl to make cupsomatic run</td></tr><tr><td>Ghostscript (because it is called and controlled by the PPD/cupsomatic combo in a way to fit your printermodel/driver combo.</td></tr><tr><td>Ghostscript *must*, depending on the driver/model, contain support for a certain "device" (as shown by "gs -h")</td></tr></table><p> -</p><p> -In the case of the "hpijs" driver, you need a Ghostscript version, which -has "ijs" amongst its supported devices in "gs -h". In the case of -"hpijs+foomatic", a valid ghostscript commandline would be reading like this: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - gs -q -dBATCH -dPARANOIDSAFER -dQUIET -dNOPAUSE -sDEVICE=ijs \ - -sIjsServer=hpijs<i><tt>PageSize</tt></i> -dDuplex=<i><tt>Duplex</tt></i> <i><tt>Model</tt></i> \ - -r<i><tt>Resolution</tt></i>,PS:MediaPosition=<i><tt>InputSlot</tt></i> -dIjsUseOutputFD \ - -sOutputFile=- - -</pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Note, that with CUPS and the "hpijs+foomatic" PPD (plus Perl and cupsomatic) -you don't need to remember this. You can choose the available print options -thru a GUI print command (like "glp" from ESP's commercially supported -PrintPro software, or KDE's "kprinter", or GNOME's "gtklp" or the independent -"xpp") or the CUPS web interface via human-readable drop-down selection -menus. -</p></div><p> -If you use "ESP Ghostscript" (also under the GPL, provided by Easy Software -Products, the makers of CUPS, downloadable from -<a href="http://www.cups.org/software.html" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/software.html</a>, -co-maintained by the developers of linuxprinting.org), you are guaranteed to -have in use the most uptodate, bug-fixed, enhanced and stable version of a Free -Ghostscript. It contains support for ~300 devices, whereas plain vanilla -GNU Ghostscript 7.05 only has ~200. -</p><p> -If you print only one CUPS test page, from the web interface and when you try to -print a windows test page, it acts like the job was never sent: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printers</em></span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer +(<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on cupshost</em></span>) and +select in context menu <span class="emphasis"><em>Printing +Preferences...</em></span></p></li><li><p>Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks +like.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>The second "wrong" way: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Can you print "standard" jobs from the CUPS machine?</td></tr><tr><td>Are the jobs from Windows visible in the Web interface on CUPS (http://localhost:631/)?</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Most important:</em></span> What kind of printer driver are you using on the Windows clients?</td></tr></table><p> +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printers</em></span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer (<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on +cupshost</em></span>) and select in the context menu +<span class="emphasis"><em>Properties</em></span></p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>General</em></span> +tab</p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="emphasis"><em>Printing +Preferences...</em></span></p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back +to the parent dialog.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second +"way" above) -You can try to get a more detailed debugging info by setting "LogLevel debug" in -<tt>/etc/cups/cupsd.conf</tt>, re-start cupsd and investigate <tt>/var/log/cups/error_log</tt> -for the whereabouts of your Windows-originating printjobs: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>what does the "auto-typing" line say? which is the "MIME type" CUPS thinks is arriving from the Windows clients?</td></tr><tr><td>are there "filter" available for this MIME type?</td></tr><tr><td>are there "filter rules" defined in "/etc/cups/mime.convs" for this MIME type?</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2873758"></a>Limiting the number of pages users can print</h2></div></div><p> -The feature you want is dependent on the real print subsystem you're using. -Samba's part is always to receive the job files from the clients (filtered -*or* unfiltered) and hand it over to this printing subsystem. -</p><p> -Of course one could "hack" things with one's own scripts. -</p><p> -But there is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System). CUPS supports "quotas". -Quotas can be based on sizes of jobs or on the number of pages or both, -and are spanning any time period you want. +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> +tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged +in as a user with enough privileges).</p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="emphasis"><em>Printing +Defaults...</em></span> button.</p></li><li><p>On any of the two new tabs, click on the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced...</em></span> +button.</p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div><p> +Do you see any difference? I don't either... However, only the last +one, which you arrived at with steps "C.1.-6." will save any settings +permanently and be the defaults for new users. If you want all clients +to get the same defaults, you need to conduct these steps <span class="emphasis"><em>as +Administrator</em></span> (<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) <span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> a client +downloads the driver (the clients can later set their own +<span class="emphasis"><em>per-user defaults</em></span> by following the +procedures <span class="emphasis"><em>A.</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>B.</em></span> +above).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">What are the most common blunders in driver +settings on Windows clients?</span></dt><dd><p>Don't use <span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for +Speed</em></span>: use <span class="emphasis"><em>Optimize for +Portability</em></span> instead (Adobe PS Driver) Don't use +<span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence: No</em></span>: always +settle with <span class="emphasis"><em>Page Independence: +Yes</em></span> (Microsoft PS Driver and CUPS PS Driver for +WinNT/2K/XP) If there are problems with fonts: use +<span class="emphasis"><em>Download as Softfont into +printer</em></span> (Adobe PS Driver). For +<span class="emphasis"><em>TrueType Download Options</em></span> +choose <span class="emphasis"><em>Outline</em></span>. Use PostScript +Level 2, if you are having trouble with a non-PS printer, and if +there is a choice.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't make <b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b> work +with newly installed printer</span></dt><dd><p>Symptom: the last command of +<b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b> doesn't complete successfully: +<b class="command">cmd = setdriver printername printername</b> result was +NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL then possibly the printer was not yet +"recognized" by Samba. Did it show up in <span class="emphasis"><em>Network +Neighbourhood</em></span>? Did it show up in <b class="command">rpcclient +hostname -c 'enumprinters'</b>? Restart smbd (or send a +<b class="command">kill -HUP</b> to all processes listed by +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> and try +again.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">My permissions on +<tt class="filename">/var/spool/samba/</tt> get reset after each +reboot</span></dt><dd><p>Have you by accident set the CUPS spool directory to +the same location? (<i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot +/var/spool/samba/</tt></i> in <tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> or +the other way round: <tt class="filename">/var/spool/cups/</tt> is set as +<i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> +section). These <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be different. Set +<i class="parameter"><tt>RequestRoot /var/spool/cups/</tt></i> in +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> and <i class="parameter"><tt>path = +/var/spool/samba</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> +section of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Otherwise cupsd will +sanitize permissions to its spool directory with each restart, and +printing will not work reliably.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">My printers work fine: just the printer named "lp" +intermittently swallows jobs and spits out completely different +ones</span></dt><dd><p>It is a very bad idea to name any printer "lp". This +is the traditional Unix name for the default printer. CUPS may be set +up to do an automatic creation of "Implicit Classes". This means, to +group all printers with the same name to a pool of devices, and +loadbalancing the jobs across them in a round-robin fashion. Chances +are high that someone else has an "lp" named printer too. You may +receive his jobs and send your own to his device unwittingly. To have +tight control over the printer names, set <i class="parameter"><tt>BrowseShortNames +No</tt></i>. It will present any printer as "printername@cupshost" +then, giving you a better control over what may happen in a large +networked environment.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">How do I "watch" my Samba server?</span></dt><dd><p>You can use <b class="command">tail -f +/var/log/samba/log.smbd</b> (you may need a different path) to +see a live scrolling of all log messages. <b class="command">smbcontrol smbd +debuglevel</b> tells you which verbosity goes into the +logs. <b class="command">smbcontrol smbd debug 3</b> sets the verbosity to +a quite high level (you can choose from 0 to 10 or 100). This works +"on the fly", without the need to restart the smbd daemon. Don't use +more than 3 initially; or you'll drown in an ocean of +messages.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">I can't use Samba from my WinXP Home box, while +access from WinXP Prof works flawlessly</span></dt><dd><p>You have our condolences! WinXP home has been +completely neutered by Microsoft as compared to WinXP Prof: you can +not log into a WinNT domain. It cannot join a Win NT domain as a +member server. While it is possible to access domain resources, users +don't have "single sign-on". They need to supply username and password +each time they connect to a resource. Logon scripts and roaming +profiles are not supported. It can serve file and print shares; but +only in "share-mode security" level. It can not use "user-mode +security" (what Windows 95/98/ME still can +do).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Where do I find the Adobe PostScript driver files +I need for "cupsaddsmb"?</span></dt><dd><p>Use <b class="command">smbclient</b> to connect to any +Windows box with a shared PostScript printer: <b class="command">smbclient +//windowsbox/print\$ -U guest</b>. You can navigate to the +<tt class="filename">W32X86/2</tt> subdir to <b class="command">mget ADOBE*</b> +and other files or to <tt class="filename">WIN40/0</tt> to do the same. -- +Another option is to download the <tt class="filename">*.exe</tt> packaged +files from the Adobe website.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2948546"></a>An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="figure"><a name="id2948557"></a><p class="title"><b>Figure 19.15. CUPS Printing Overview</b></p><div class="mediaobject"><img src="projdoc/imagefiles/a_small.png" alt="CUPS Printing Overview"></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="VFS"></a>Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Tim</span> <span class="surname">Potter</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Simo</span> <span class="surname">Sorce</span></h3><span class="contrib">original vfs_skel README</span></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Alexander</span> <span class="surname">Bokovoy</span></h3><span class="contrib">original vfs_netatalk docs</span></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Stefan</span> <span class="surname">Metzmacher</span></h3><span class="contrib">Update for multiple modules</span></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2960717">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960735">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960826">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2960833">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960871">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2960995">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961013">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961151">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2961195">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2961218">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2961273">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2961303">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2960717"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since Samba-3, there is support for stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules. +Samba passes each request to access the unix file system thru the loaded VFS modules. +This chapter covers all the modules that come with the samba source and references to +some external modules. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2960735"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If not supplied with your platform distribution binary Samba package you may have problems +to compile these modules, as shared libraries are compiled and linked in different ways +on different systems. They currently have been tested against GNU/Linux and IRIX. </p><p> -This is an example command how root would set a print quota in CUPS, -assuming an existing printer named "quotaprinter": +To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below. The +important parameter is the <b class="command">vfs objects</b> parameter where +you can list one or more VFS modules by name. For example, to log all access +to files and put deleted files in a recycle bin: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> - lpadmin -p quotaprinter -o job-quota-period=604800 -o job-k-limit=1024 \ - -o job-page-limit=100 +[audit] + comment = Audited /data directory + path = /data + vfs objects = audit recycle + writeable = yes + browseable = yes </pre><p> -This would limit every single user to print 100 pages or 1024 KB of -data (whichever comes first) within the last 604.800 seconds ( = 1 week). </p><p> -For CUPS to count correctly, the printfile needs to pass the CUPS "pstops" filter, -otherwise it uses a "dummy" count of "1". Some printfiles don't pass it -(eg: image files) but then those are mostly 1 page jobs anyway. This also means, -proprietary drivers for the target printer running on the client computers and -CUPS/Samba then spooling these files as "raw" (i.e. leaving them untouched, not -filtering them), will be counted as "1-pagers" too! +The modules are used in the order in which they are specified. </p><p> -You need to send PostScript from the clients (i.e. run a PostScript driver there) -for having the chance to get accounting done. If the printer is a non-PostScript model, -you need to let CUPS do the job to convert the file to a print-ready format for the -target printer. This will be working for currently ~1.000 different printer models, see +Samba will attempt to load modules from the <span class="emphasis"><em>lib</em></span> +directory in the root directory of the samba installation (usually +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/samba/vfs</tt> or <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/vfs +</tt>). +</p><p> +Some modules can be used twice for the same share. +This can be done using a configuration similar to the one below. + </p><pre class="programlisting"> - http://www.linuxprinting.org/printer_list.cgi +[test] + comment = VFS TEST + path = /data + writeable = yes + browseable = yes + vfs objects = example:example1 example example:test + example1: parameter = 1 + example: parameter = 5 + test: parameter = 7 </pre><p> -Before CUPS-1.1.16 your only option was to use the Adobe PostScript -Driver on the Windows clients. The output of this driver was not always -passed thru the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba side, and therefor was -not counted correctly (the reason is that it often --- depending on the -"PPD" being used --- did write a "PJL"-header in front of the real -PostScript which made CUPS to skip the pstops and go directy to -the "pstoraster" stage). -</p><p> -From CUPS-1.1.16 onward you can use the "CUPS PostScript Driver -for Windows NT/2K/XP clients" (it is tagged in the download area of -http://www.cups.org/ as the "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz" package). -It is *not* working for Win9x/ME clients. But it: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>it guarantees to not write an PJL-header</td></tr><tr><td>it guarantees to still read and support all PJL-options named in the driver PPD with its own means</td></tr><tr><td>it guarantees the file going thru the "pstops" filter on the CUPS/Samba server</td></tr><tr><td>it guarantees to page-count correctly the printfile</td></tr></table><p> -You can read more about the setup of this combination in the -manpage for "cupsaddsmb" (only present with CUPS installed, only -current with CUPS 1.1.16). -</p><p> -These are the items CUPS logs in the "page_log" for every single *page* of a job: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Printer name</td></tr><tr><td>User name</td></tr><tr><td>Job ID</td></tr><tr><td>Time of printing</td></tr><tr><td>the page number</td></tr><tr><td>the number of copies</td></tr><tr><td>a billing info string (optional)</td></tr></table><p> -</p><p> -Here is an extract of my CUPS server's page_log file to illustrate -the format and included items: -</p><p><tt> - infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 1 2 #marketing - infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 2 2 #marketing - infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 3 2 #marketing - infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 4 2 #marketing - infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 5 2 #marketing - infotec_IS2027 kurt 40 [22/Nov/2002:13:18:03 +0100] 6 2 #marketing -</tt></p><p> -This was Job ID "40", printed on "infotec_IS2027" by user "kurt", a 6-page job -printed in 2 copies and billed to "#marketing"... -</p><p> -What flaws or shortcomings are there? -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>the ones named above</td></tr><tr><td> - CUPS really counts the job pages being *processsed in software* - (going thru the "RIP") rather than the physical sheets successfully - leaving the printing device -- if there is a jam while printing - the 5th sheet out of 1000 and the job is aborted by the printer, - the "page count" will still show the figure of 1000 for that job - </td></tr><tr><td> - all quotas are the same for all users (no flexibility to give the - boss a higher quota than the clerk) no support for groups - </td></tr><tr><td> - no means to read out the current balance or "used-up" number of current quota - </td></tr><tr><td> - a user having used up 99 sheets of 100 quota will still be able to send and print a 1.000 sheet job - </td></tr><tr><td> - a user being denied a job because of a filled-up quota doesn't get a meaningful - error message from CUPS other than "client-error-not-possible". - </td></tr></table><p> -But this is the best system out there currently. And there are -huge improvements under development: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>page counting will go into the "backends" (these talk - directly to the printer and will increase the count in sync with the - actual printing process -- a jam at the 5th sheet will lead to a stop in the counting)</td></tr><tr><td>quotas will be handled more flexibly</td></tr><tr><td>probably there will be support for users to inquire their "accounts" in advance</td></tr><tr><td>probably there will be support for some other tools around this topic</td></tr></table><p> -Other than the current stage of the CUPS development, I don't -know any other ready-to-use tool which you could consider. -</p><p> -You can download the driver files from -<a href="http://www.cups.org/software.html" target="_top">http://www.cups.org/software.html</a>. -It is a separate package from the CUPS base software files, tagged as "CUPS 1.1.16 -Windows NT/2k/XP Printer Driver for SAMBA (tar.gz, 192k)". The filename to -download is "cups-samba-1.1.16.tar.gz". Upon untar-/unzip-ping it will reveal -the files: -</p><p> -<tt> - cups-samba.install - cups-samba.license - cups-samba.readme - cups-samba.remove - cups-samba.ss -</tt> -</p><p> -These have been packaged with the ESP meta packager software "EPM". The -*.install and *.remove files are simple shell script, which untars the -*.ss (which is nothing else than a tar-archive) and puts its contents -into <tt>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. Its contents are 3 files: -</p><p> -<tt> - cupsdrvr.dll - cupsui.dll - cups.hlp -</tt> -</p><div class="caution" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Caution</h3><p> -Due to a bug one CUPS release puts the <tt>cups.hlp</tt> -into <tt>/usr/share/drivers/</tt> instead of -<tt>/usr/share/cups/drivers/</tt>. To work around this, copy/move -the file after running the "./cups-samba.install" script manually to the right place: -</p><p> -<b><tt> cp /usr/share/drivers/cups.hlp /usr/share/cups/drivers/ -</tt></b> - </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -This new CUPS PostScript driver is currently binary-only, but free -no source code is provided (yet). The reason is this: it has -been developed with the help of the Microsoft Driver Developer Kit (DDK) -and compiled with Microsoft Visual Studio 6. It is not clear to the driver -developers if they are allowed to distribute the whole of the source code -as Free Software. However, they will likely release the "diff" in source -code under the GPL, so anybody with a license of Visual Studio and a DDK -will be able to compile for him/herself. -</p><p> -Once you have run the install script (and possibly manually moved the -"cups.hlp" file to "/usr/share/cups/drivers/"), the driver is ready to be -put into Samba's [print$] share (which often maps to "/etc/samba/drivers/" -and contains a subdir tree with WIN40 and W32X86 branches), by running -"cupsaddsmb" (see also "man cupsaddsmb" for CUPS 1.1.16). [Don't forget to -put root into the smbpasswd file by running "smbpasswd" should you run -this whole procedure for the first time.] Once the driver files are in the -[print$] share, they are ready to be downloaded and installed by the -Win NT/2k/XP clients. -</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - Win 9x/ME clients won't work with this driver. For these you'd - still need to use the ADOBE*.* drivers as previously. - </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - It is not harming if you've still the ADOBE*.* driver files from - previous installations in the "/usr/share/cups/drivers/" directory. - The new cupsaddsmb (from 1.1.16) will automatically use the - "newest" installed driver (which here then is the CUPS drivers). - </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - Should your Win clients have had the old ADOBE*.* files and the - Adobe PostScript drivers installed, the download and installation - of the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP will fail - at first. - </p><p> - It is not enough to "delete" the printer (as the driver files - will still be kept by the clients and re-used if you try to - re-install the printer). To really get rid of the Adobe driver - files on the clients, open the "Printers" folder (possibly via - "Start --> Settings --> Control Panel --> Printers"), right-click - onto the folder background and select "Server Properties". A - new dialog opens; select the "Drivers" tab; on the list select - the driver you want to delete and click on the "Delete" button. - (This will only work if there is no single printer left which - uses that particular driver -- you need to "delete" all printers - using this driver in the "Printers" folder first.) - </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - Once you have successfully downloaded the CUPS PostScript driver - to a client, you can easily switch all printers to this one - by proceeding as described elsewhere in the "Samba HOWTO - Collection" to change a driver for an existing printer. - </p></div><p> -What are the benefits with the "CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2k/XP" -as compared to the Adobe drivers? -</p><p> -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><p> - no hassle with the Adobe EULA - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - no hassle with the question "where do I get the ADOBE*.* driver files from?" - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - the Adobe drivers (depending on the printer PPD associated with them) - often put a PJL header in front of the core PostScript part of the print - file (thus the file starts with "<i><tt>1B</tt></i>%-12345X" - or "<i><tt>escape</tt></i>%-12345X" - instead of "%!PS"). This leads to the CUPS daemon autotyping the - arriving file as a print-ready file, not requiring a pass thru the - "pstops" filter (to speak more technical, it is not regarded as the - generic MIME type "application/postscript", but as the more special - MIME type "application/cups.vnd-postscript"), which therefore also - leads to the page accounting in "/var/log/cups/page_log" not receiving - the exact mumber of pages; instead the dummy page number of "1" is - logged in a standard setup) - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - the Adobe driver has more options to "mis-configure" the PostScript - generated by it (like setting it inadvertedly to "Optimize for Speed", - instead of "Optimize for Portability", which could lead to CUPS being - unable to process it) - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - the CUPS PostScript driver output sent by Windows clients to the CUPS - server will be guaranteed to be auto-typed as generic MIME type - "application/postscript", thusly passing thru the CUPS "pstops" filter - and logging the correct number of pages in the page_log for accounting - and quota purposes - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - the CUPS PostScript driver supports the sending of additional print - options by the Win NT/2k/XP clients, such as naming the CUPS standard - banner pages (or the custom ones, should they be installed at the time - of driver download), using the CUPS "page-label" option, setting a - job-priority and setting the scheduled time of printing (with the option - to support additional useful IPP job attributes in the future). - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - the CUPS PostScript driver supports the inclusion of the new - "*cupsJobTicket" comments at the beginnig of the PostScript file (which - could be used in the future for all sort of beneficial extensions on - the CUPS side, but which will not disturb any other application as those - will regard it as a comment and simply ignore it). - </p></td></tr><tr><td><p> - the CUPS PostScript driver will be the heart of the fully fledged CUPS - IPP client for Windows NT/2k/XP to be released soon (probably alongside - the first Beta release for CUPS 1.2). - </p></td></tr></table><p> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874367"></a>Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</h2></div></div><p> -Let the Windows Clients use a PostScript driver to deliver poistscript to -the samba print server (just like any Linux or Unix Client would also use -PostScript to send to the server) -</p><p> -Make the Unix printing subsystem to which Samba sends the job convert the -incoming PostScript files to the native print format of the target printers -(would be PCL if you have an HP printer) -</p><p> -Now if you are afraid that this would just mean using a *Generic* PostScript -driver for the clients that has no Simplex/Duplex selection, and no paper tray -choice, but you need them to be able to set up print jobs, with all the bells -and whistles of your printers:- -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Not possible with traditional spooling systems</td></tr><tr><td> - But perfectly supported by CUPS (which uses "PPD" files to - describe how to control the print options for PostScript and - non-PostScript devices alike... - </td></tr></table><p> -CUPS PPDs are working perfectly on Windows clients who use Adobe PostScript -drivers (or the new CUPS PostScript driver for Windows NT/2K/XP). Clients can use -them to setup the job to their liking and CUPS will use the received job options -to make the (PCL-, ESC/P- or PostScript-) printer behave as required. -</p><p> -If you want to have the additional benefit of page count logging and accounting -then the CUPS PostScript driver is the best choice (better than the Adobe one). -</p><p> -If you want to make the drivers downloadable for the clients then "cupsaddsmb" is -your friend. It will setup the [print$] share on the Samba host to be ready to serve -the clients for a "point and print" driver installation. -</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>What strings are attached?</p></div><p> -There are some. But, given the sheer CPU power you can buy nowadays, -these can be overcome easily. The strings: -</p><p> -Well, if the CUPS/Samba side will have to print to many printers serving many users, -you probably will need to set up a second server (which can do automatic load balancing -with the first one, plus a degree of fail-over mechanism). Converting the incoming -PostScript jobs, "interpreting" them for non-PostScript printers, amounts to the work -of a "RIP" (Raster Image Processor) done in software. This requires more CPU and RAM -than for the mere "raw spooling" task your current setup is solving. It all depends -on the avarage and peak printing load the server should be able to handle. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874473"></a>Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</h2></div></div><p> -Samba print files pass thru two "spool" directories. One the incoming directory -managed by Samba, (set eg: in the <b>path = /var/spool/samba</b> directive in the [printers] -section of <tt>smb.conf</tt>). Second is the spool directory of your UNIX print subsystem. -For CUPS it is normally "/var/spool/cups/", as set by the cupsd.conf directive -"RequestRoot /var/spool/cups". -</p><p> -I am not sure, which one of your directories keeps the files. From what you say, -it is most likely the Samba part. -</p><p> -For the CUPS part, you may want to consult: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>http://localhost:631/sam.html#PreserveJobFiles</td></tr><tr><td>http://localhost:631/sam.html#PreserveJobHistory</td></tr><tr><td>http://localhost:631/sam.html#MaxJobs</td></tr></table><p> -There are the settings described for your CUPS daemon, which could lead to completed -job files not being deleted. -</p><p> -"PreserveJobHistory Yes" -- keeps some details of jobs in -cupsd's mind (well it keeps the "c12345", "c12346" etc. files -in the CUPS spool directory, which do a similar job as the -old-fashioned BSD-LPD control files). This is set to "Yes" -as a default. -</p><p> -"PreserveJobFiles Yes" -- keeps the job files themselves in -cupsd's mind (well it keeps the "d12345", "d12346" etc. files -in the CUPS spool directory...). This is set to "No" as the -CUPS default. -</p><p> -"MaxJobs 500" -- this directive controls the maximum number -of jobs that are kept in memory. Once the number of jobs -reaches the limit, the oldest completed job is automatically -purged from the system to make room for the new one. If all -of the known jobs are still pending or active then the new -job will be rejected. Setting the maximum to 0 disables this -functionality. The default setting is 0. -</p><p> -(There are also additional settings for "MaxJobsPerUser" and -"MaxJobsPerPrinter"...) -</p><p> -For everything to work as announced, you need to have three things: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td> - a Samba-smbd which is compiled against "libcups" (Check on Linux by running <b><tt>ldd `which smbd`</tt></b>) - </td></tr><tr><td> - a Samba-<tt>smb.conf</tt> setting of <b>printing = cups</b> - </td></tr><tr><td> - another Samba-<tt>smb.conf</tt> setting of <b>printcap = cups</b> - </td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Note, that in this case all other manually set printing-related -commands (like "print command", "lpq command", "lprm command", -"lppause command" or "lpresume command") are ignored and they -should normally have no influence what-so-ever on your printing. -</p></div><p> -If you want to do things manually, replace the "printing = cups" -by "printing = bsd". Then your manually set commands may work -(haven't tested this), and a "print command = lp -d %P %s; rm %s" -may do what you need. -</p><p> -You forgot to mention the CUPS version you're using. If you did -set things up as described in the man pages, then the Samba -spool files should be deleted. Otherwise it may be a bug. On -the CUPS side, you can control the behaviour as described -above. -</p><p> -If you have more problems, post the output of these commands: -</p><p> -<b><tt> - grep -v ^# /etc/cups/cupsd.conf | grep -v ^$ - grep -v ^# /etc/samba/smb.conf | grep -v ^$ | grep -v "^;" -</tt></b> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2960826"></a>Included modules</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2960833"></a>audit</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A simple module to audit file access to the syslog + facility. The following operations are logged: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>share</td></tr><tr><td>connect/disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>directory opens/create/remove</td></tr><tr><td>file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod</td></tr></table><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2960871"></a>extd_audit</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This module is identical with the <span class="emphasis"><em>audit</em></span> module above except + that it sends audit logs to both syslog as well as the smbd log file/s. The + loglevel for this module is set in the smb.conf file. + </p><p> + The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by + the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> parameter in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. The + following information will be recorded: + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2960912"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 20.1. Extended Auditing Log Information</b></p><table summary="Extended Auditing Log Information" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Log Level</th><th align="center">Log Details - File and Directory Operations</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">0</td><td align="left">Creation / Deletion</td></tr><tr><td align="center">1</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes</td></tr><tr><td align="center">2</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2960995"></a>fake_perms</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This module was created to allow Roaming Profile files and directories to be set (on the Samba server + under Unix) as read only. This module will if installed on the Profiles share will report to the client + that the Profile files and directories are writable. This satisfies the client even though the files + will never be overwritten as the client logs out or shuts down. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2961013"></a>recycle</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call + will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle + directory instead of being deleted. + </p><p>Supported options: + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">recycle:repository</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:keeptree</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:versions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:touch</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:maxsize</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:exclude</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:exclude_dir</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">recycle:noversions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2961151"></a>netatalk</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and + netatalk file sharing services. + </p><p>Advantages compared to the old netatalk module: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync</td></tr><tr><td>if a share in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically</td></tr></table><p> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2961195"></a>VFS modules available elsewhere</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that +have been posted but don't currently reside in the Samba CVS +tree for one reason or another (e.g. it is easy for the maintainer +to have his or her own CVS tree). </p><p> -(adapt paths as needed). These commands sanitize the files -and cut out the empty lines and lines with comments, providing -the "naked settings" in a compact way. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="winbind"></a>Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</h2></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Tim Potter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Naag Mummaneni</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">27 June 2002</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2874714">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874743">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2874814">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872076">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2872107">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2872135">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872170">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2872192">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875280">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875352">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875387">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2875414">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2875442">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875518">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875611">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2877210">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2877264">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874714"></a>Abstract</h2></div></div><p>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through +No statements about the stability or functionality of any module +should be implied due to its presence here. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2961218"></a>DatabaseFS</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + URL: <a href="http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php" target="_top">http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php</a> + </p><p>By <a href="mailto:elorimer@css.tayloru.edu" target="_top">Eric Lorimer</a>.</p><p> + I have created a VFS module which implements a fairly complete read-only + filesystem. It presents information from a database as a filesystem in + a modular and generic way to allow different databases to be used + (originally designed for organizing MP3s under directories such as + "Artists," "Song Keywords," etc... I have since applied it to a student + roster database very easily). The directory structure is stored in the + database itself and the module makes no assumptions about the database + structure beyond the table it requires to run. + </p><p> + Any feedback would be appreciated: comments, suggestions, patches, + etc... If nothing else, hopefully it might prove useful for someone + else who wishes to create a virtual filesystem. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2961273"></a>vscan</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>URL: <a href="http://www.openantivirus.org/" target="_top">http://www.openantivirus.org/</a></p><p> + samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which + uses the VFS (virtual file system) features of Samba 2.2.x/3.0 + alphaX. Of course, Samba has to be compiled with VFS support. + samba-vscan supports various virus scanners and is maintained + by Rainer Link. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2961303"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There must be some gotchas we should record here! Jelmer??? +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="winbind"></a>Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</h2></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Tim</span> <span class="surname">Potter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Naag</span> <span class="surname">Mummaneni</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">27 June 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2962201">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962229">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962301">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962361">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2962392">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962420">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962454">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962477">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962613">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962685">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962720">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2962747">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2962776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962851">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2962944">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2964563">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2964582">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2962201"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous computing environments for a long time. We present <span class="emphasis"><em>winbind</em></span>, a component of the Samba suite @@ -4897,7 +12044,7 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind system, explaining the functionality it provides, how it is configured, - and how it works internally.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874743"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have + and how it works internally.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2962229"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have different models for representing user and group information and use different technologies for implementing them. This fact has made it difficult to integrate the two systems in a satisfactory @@ -4918,7 +12065,7 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon - problem.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874814"></a>What Winbind Provides</h2></div></div><p>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by + problem.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2962301"></a>What Winbind Provides</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once this is done the UNIX box will see NT users and groups as if they were native UNIX users and groups, allowing the NT domain @@ -4942,7 +12089,7 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. to provide authentication via a NT domain to any PAM enabled applications. This capability solves the problem of synchronizing passwords between systems since all passwords are stored in a single - location (on the domain controller).</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872076"></a>Target Uses</h3></div></div><p>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an + location (on the domain controller).</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962361"></a>Target Uses</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish to put UNIX workstations or servers. Winbind will allow these organizations to deploy UNIX workstations without having to @@ -4952,12 +12099,12 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. be used is as a central part of UNIX based appliances. Appliances that provide file and print services to Microsoft based networks will be able to use Winbind to provide seamless integration of - the appliance into the domain.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2872107"></a>How Winbind Works</h2></div></div><p>The winbind system is designed around a client/server - architecture. A long running <b>winbindd</b> daemon + the appliance into the domain.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2962392"></a>How Winbind Works</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The winbind system is designed around a client/server + architecture. A long running <b class="command">winbindd</b> daemon listens on a UNIX domain socket waiting for requests to arrive. These requests are generated by the NSS and PAM clients and processed sequentially.</p><p>The technologies used to implement winbind are described - in detail below.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872135"></a>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</h3></div></div><p>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway + in detail below.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962420"></a>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (MSRPC) system. This system is used for most network related operations between @@ -4970,7 +12117,7 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. users or groups. Other MSRPC calls can be used to authenticate NT domain users and to change user passwords. By directly querying a Windows PDC for user and group information, winbind maps the - NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872170"></a>Microsoft Active Directory Services</h3></div></div><p> + NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962454"></a>Microsoft Active Directory Services</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to interact with Microsoft Windows 2000 using its 'Native Mode' protocols, rather than the NT4 RPC services. @@ -4979,7 +12126,7 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. same way as a Win2k client would, and in so doing provide a much more efficient and effective winbind implementation. - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2872192"></a>Name Service Switch</h3></div></div><p>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962477"></a>Name Service Switch</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone @@ -4996,25 +12143,27 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. a UNIX machine running winbind and see all users and groups in a NT domain plus any trusted domain as though they were local users and groups.</p><p>The primary control file for NSS is - <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt>. + <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt>. When a UNIX application makes a request to do a lookup - the C library looks in <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> + the C library looks in <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> for a line which matches the service type being requested, for example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names are looked up. This config line species which implementations of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd - config line is:</p><p><b>passwd: files example</b></p><p>then the C library will first load a module called - <tt>/lib/libnss_files.so</tt> followed by - the module <tt>/lib/libnss_example.so</tt>. The + config line is:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +passwd: files example + </pre><p>then the C library will first load a module called + <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_files.so</tt> followed by + the module <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_example.so</tt>. The C library will dynamically load each of these modules in turn and call resolver functions within the modules to try to resolve the request. Once the request is resolved the C library returns the result to the application.</p><p>This NSS interface provides a very easy way for Winbind to hook into the operating system. All that needs to be done - is to put <tt>libnss_winbind.so</tt> in <tt>/lib/</tt> - then add "winbind" into <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> at + is to put <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind.so</tt> in <tt class="filename">/lib/</tt> + then add "winbind" into <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> at the appropriate place. The C library will then call Winbind to - resolve user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875280"></a>Pluggable Authentication Modules</h3></div></div><p>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, + resolve user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962613"></a>Pluggable Authentication Modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different authentication methods for different system applications without @@ -5029,17 +12178,17 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. Controller. These users can also change their passwords and have this change take effect directly on the Primary Domain Controller. </p><p>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory - <tt>/etc/pam.d/</tt> for each of the services that + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> for each of the services that require authentication. When an authentication request is made by an application the PAM code in the C library looks up this control file to determine what modules to load to do the authentication check and in what order. This interface makes adding a new authentication service for Winbind very easy, all that needs - to be done is that the <tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> module - is copied to <tt>/lib/security/</tt> and the PAM + to be done is that the <tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> module + is copied to <tt class="filename">/lib/security/</tt> and the PAM control files for relevant services are updated to allow authentication via winbind. See the PAM documentation - for more details.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875352"></a>User and Group ID Allocation</h3></div></div><p>When a user or group is created under Windows NT + for more details.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962685"></a>User and Group ID Allocation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>When a user or group is created under Windows NT is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers that are used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify @@ -5052,7 +12201,7 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. time, winbind will have mapped all Windows NT users and groups to UNIX user ids and group ids.</p><p>The results of this mapping are stored persistently in an ID mapping database held in a tdb database). This ensures that - RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875387"></a>Result Caching</h3></div></div><p>An active system can generate a lot of user and group + RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962720"></a>Result Caching</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>An active system can generate a lot of user and group name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind uses a caching scheme based on the SAM sequence number supplied by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned @@ -5063,16 +12212,16 @@ the "naked settings" in a compact way. the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry. If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information is discarded and up to date information is requested directly - from the PDC.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875414"></a>Installation and Configuration</h2></div></div><p> + from the PDC.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2962747"></a>Installation and Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Many thanks to John Trostel <a href="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com" target="_top">jtrostel@snapserver.com</a> for providing the HOWTO for this section. </p><p> This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using the winbind services which come with SAMBA 3.0. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875442"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> -This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and -running on my RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962776"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section describes the procedures used to get winbind up and +running on a RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT or Win2K PDC for 'regular' services, such as telnet a nd ftp, as well for SAMBA services. @@ -5095,17 +12244,17 @@ somewhat to fit the way your distribution works. SAMBA server, this HOWTO is for you. That said, I am no NT or PAM expert, so you may find a better or easier way to accomplish these tasks. - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875518"></a>Requirements</h3></div></div><p> -If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962851"></a>Requirements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have a Samba configuration file that you are currently using... <span class="emphasis"><em>BACK IT UP!</em></span> If your system already uses PAM, -<span class="emphasis"><em>back up the <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> directory +<span class="emphasis"><em>back up the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> directory contents!</em></span> If you haven't already made a boot disk, <span class="emphasis"><em>MAKE ONE NOW!</em></span> </p><p> -Messing with the pam configuration files can make it nearly impossible -to log in to yourmachine. That's why you want to be able to boot back +Messing with the PAM configuration files can make it nearly impossible +to log in to your machine. That's why you want to be able to boot back into your machine in single user mode and restore your -<tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> back to the original state they were in if +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> back to the original state they were in if you get frustrated with the way things are going. ;-) </p><p> The latest version of SAMBA (version 3.0 as of this writing), now @@ -5120,54 +12269,54 @@ SAMBA machine, PAM (pluggable authentication modules) must be setup properly on your machine. In order to compile the winbind modules, you should have at least the pam libraries resident on your system. For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that -means <tt>pam-0.74-22</tt>. For best results, it is helpful to also -install the development packages in <tt>pam-devel-0.74-22</tt>. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875611"></a>Testing Things Out</h3></div></div><p> +means <tt class="filename">pam-0.74-22</tt>. For best results, it is helpful to also +install the development packages in <tt class="filename">pam-devel-0.74-22</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2962944"></a>Testing Things Out</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA -related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <b>smbd</b>, -<b>nmbd</b>, and <b>winbindd</b> processes that may +related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <span class="application">smbd</span>, +<span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> processes that may be running. To use PAM, you will want to make sure that you have the -standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> +standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> directory structure, including the pam modules are used by pam-aware -services, several pam libraries, and the <tt>/usr/doc</tt> -and <tt>/usr/man</tt> entries for pam. Winbind built better +services, several pam libraries, and the <tt class="filename">/usr/doc</tt> +and <tt class="filename">/usr/man</tt> entries for pam. Winbind built better in SAMBA if the pam-devel package was also installed. This package includes -the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. For instance, -my RedHat system has both <tt>pam-0.74-22</tt> and -<tt>pam-devel-0.74-22</tt> RPMs installed. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875688"></a>Configure and compile SAMBA</h4></div></div><p> +the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963006"></a>Configure and compile SAMBA</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward. The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>autoconf</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make clean</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>rm config.cache</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>./configure</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make install</b> -</pre><p> -This will, by default, install SAMBA in <tt>/usr/local/samba</tt>. +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">autoconf</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make clean</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">rm config.cache</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">./configure</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make install</b> +</pre><p> +This will, by default, install SAMBA in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba</tt>. See the main SAMBA documentation if you want to install SAMBA somewhere else. It will also build the winbindd executable and libraries. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875809"></a>Configure <tt>nsswitch.conf</tt> and the -winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</h4></div></div><p> -The libraries needed to run the <b>winbindd</b> daemon +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963118"></a>Configure <tt class="filename">nsswitch.conf</tt> and the +winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The libraries needed to run the <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemon through nsswitch need to be copied to their proper locations, so </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib</b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib</tt></b> +</pre><p> </p><p> I also found it necessary to make the following symbolic link: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</b> -</p><p>And, in the case of Sun solaris:</p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> -</p><p> -Now, as root you need to edit <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> to -allow user and group entries to be visible from the <b>winbindd</b> -daemon. My <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file look like +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> +</p><p>And, in the case of Sun Solaris:</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Now, as root you need to edit <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> to +allow user and group entries to be visible from the <span class="application">winbindd</span> +daemon. My <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file look like this after editing: </p><pre class="programlisting"> passwd: files winbind @@ -5175,15 +12324,15 @@ this after editing: group: files winbind </pre><p> The libraries needed by the winbind daemon will be automatically -entered into the <b>ldconfig</b> cache the next time +entered into the <b class="command">ldconfig</b> cache the next time your system reboots, but it is faster (and you don't need to reboot) if you do it manually: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/sbin/ldconfig -v | grep winbind</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/sbin/ldconfig -v | grep winbind</tt></b> </p><p> -This makes <tt>libnss_winbind</tt> available to winbindd +This makes <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind</tt> available to winbindd and echos back a check to you. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876014"></a>NSS Winbind on AIX</h4></div></div><p>(This section is only for those running AIX)</p><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963326"></a>NSS Winbind on AIX</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>(This section is only for those running AIX)</p><p> The winbind AIX identification module gets built as libnss_winbind.so in the nsswitch directory of the samba source. This file can be copied to /usr/lib/security, and the AIX naming convention would indicate that it @@ -5193,22 +12342,22 @@ WINBIND: program = /usr/lib/security/WINBIND options = authonly </pre><p>can then be added to -<tt>/usr/lib/security/methods.cfg</tt>. This module only +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/security/methods.cfg</tt>. This module only supports identification, but there have been success reports using the standard winbind pam module for authentication. Use caution configuring loadable authentication modules as it is possible to make it impossible to logon to the system. More information about the AIX authentication module API can be found at "Kernel Extensions and Device Support -Programming Concepts for AIX": <a href="#"> +Programming Concepts for AIX": <a href="http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixprggd/kernextc/sec_load_mod.htm" target="_top"> Chapter 18. Loadable Authentication Module Programming Interface</a> -and more information on administering the modules at <a href="#"> +and more information on administering the modules at <a href="http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixbman/baseadmn/iandaadmin.htm" target="_top"> "System Management Guide: Operating System and Devices"</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876087"></a>Configure smb.conf</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963405"></a>Configure smb.conf</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control -the behavior of <b>winbindd</b>. Configure -<tt>smb.conf</tt> These are described in more detail in -the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> man page. My -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file was modified to +the behavior of <span class="application">winbindd</span>. Configure +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> These are described in more detail in +the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> man page. My +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file was modified to include the following entries in the [global] section: </p><pre class="programlisting"> [global] @@ -5216,61 +12365,61 @@ include the following entries in the [global] section: # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a> = + # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users - <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top">winbind uid</a> = 10000-20000 + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top">idmap uid</a> = 10000-20000 # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups - <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top">winbind gid</a> = 10000-20000 + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top">idmap gid</a> = 10000-20000 # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a> = yes <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMGROUP" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a> = yes # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access) <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a> = /home/winnt/%D/%U <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a> = /bin/bash -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876202"></a>Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</h4></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963522"></a>Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the -PDC domain, where <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is the name of -your Windows domain and <i><tt>Administrator</tt></i> is +PDC domain, where <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is the name of +your Windows domain and <i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator</tt></i> is a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain. </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</tt></b> </p><p> The proper response to the command should be: "Joined the domain -<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>" where <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> +<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>" where <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is your DOMAIN name. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876259"></a>Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963576"></a>Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of SAMBA start, but it is possible to test out just the winbind portion first. To start up winbind services, enter the following command as root: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</tt></b> </p><p> Winbindd can now also run in 'dual daemon mode'. This will make it run as 2 processes. The first will answer all requests from the cache, thus making responses to clients faster. The other will update the cache for the query that the first has just responded. Advantage of this is that responses stay accurate and are faster. -You can enable dual daemon mode by adding '-B' to the commandline: +You can enable dual daemon mode by adding <tt class="option">-B</tt> to the commandline: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</tt></b> </p><p> I'm always paranoid and like to make sure the daemon is really running... </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>ps -ae | grep winbindd</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ps -ae | grep winbindd</tt></b> </p><p> This command should produce output like this, if the daemon is running -</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> 3025 ? 00:00:00 winbindd -</p><p> +</pre><p> Now... for the real test, try to get some information about the users on your PDC </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -u</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -u</tt></b> </p><p> This should echo back a list of users on your Windows users on your PDC. For example, I get the following response: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> CEO+Administrator CEO+burdell CEO+Guest @@ -5278,13 +12427,13 @@ your PDC. For example, I get the following response: CEO+krbtgt CEO+TsInternetUser </pre><p> -Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <i><tt>winbind +Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind separator</tt></i> is '+'. </p><p> You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from the PDC: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -g</b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -g</tt></b> CEO+Domain Admins CEO+Domain Users CEO+Domain Guests @@ -5299,25 +12448,24 @@ The function 'getent' can now be used to get unified lists of both local and PDC users and groups. Try the following command: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>getent passwd</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>getent passwd</tt></b> </p><p> -You should get a list that looks like your <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> +You should get a list that looks like your <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> list followed by the domain users with their new uids, gids, home directories and default shells. </p><p> The same thing can be done for groups with the command </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>getent group</b> -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876504"></a>Fix the init.d startup scripts</h4></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876511"></a>Linux</h5></div></div><p> -The <b>winbindd</b> daemon needs to start up after the -<b>smbd</b> and <b>nmbd</b> daemons are running. +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>getent group</tt></b> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2963817"></a>Fix the init.d startup scripts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2963825"></a>Linux</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemon needs to start up after the +<span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> daemons are running. To accomplish this task, you need to modify the startup scripts of your system. -They are located at <tt>/etc/init.d/smb</tt> in RedHat and -<tt>/etc/init.d/samba</tt> in Debian. +They are located at <tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/smb</tt> in RedHat and +<tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/samba</tt> in Debian. script to add commands to invoke this daemon in the proper sequence. My -startup script starts up <b>smbd</b>, -<b>nmbd</b>, and <b>winbindd</b> from the -<tt>/usr/local/samba/bin</tt> directory directly. The 'start' +startup script starts up <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> from the +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin</tt> directory directly. The 'start' function in the script looks like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> start() { @@ -5375,10 +12523,10 @@ stop() { echo "" return $RETVAL } -</pre></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876648"></a>Solaris</h5></div></div><p>Winbind doesn't work on solaris 9, see the <a href="#winbind-solaris9" title="Winbind on Solaris 9">Portability</a> chapter for details.</p><p>On solaris, you need to modify the -<tt>/etc/init.d/samba.server</tt> startup script. It usually +</pre></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2963987"></a>Solaris</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind doesn't work on Solaris 9, see the <a href="#winbind-solaris9" title="Winbind on Solaris 9">Portability</a> chapter for details.</p><p>On Solaris, you need to modify the +<tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/samba.server</tt> startup script. It usually only starts smbd and nmbd but should now start winbindd too. If you -have samba installed in <tt>/usr/local/samba/bin</tt>, +have samba installed in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin</tt>, the file could contains something like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## @@ -5438,34 +12586,33 @@ in the script above with: </p><pre class="programlisting"> /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B </pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876749"></a>Restarting</h5></div></div><p> -If you restart the <b>smbd</b>, <b>nmbd</b>, -and <b>winbindd</b> daemons at this point, you +</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2964105"></a>Restarting</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you restart the <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemons at this point, you should be able to connect to the samba server as a domain member just as if you were a local user. -</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2876785"></a>Configure Winbind and PAM</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2964142"></a>Configure Winbind and PAM</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other services, keep reading. The pam configuration files need to be altered in this step. (Did you remember to make backups of your original -<tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> files? If not, do it now.) +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> files? If not, do it now.) </p><p> You will need a pam module to use winbindd with these other services. This -module will be compiled in the <tt>../source/nsswitch</tt> directory +module will be compiled in the <tt class="filename">../source/nsswitch</tt> directory by invoking the command </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make nsswitch/pam_winbind.so</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make nsswitch/pam_winbind.so</tt></b> </p><p> -from the <tt>../source</tt> directory. The -<tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> file should be copied to the location of +from the <tt class="filename">../source</tt> directory. The +<tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> file should be copied to the location of your other pam security modules. On my RedHat system, this was the -<tt>/lib/security</tt> directory. On Solaris, the pam security -modules reside in <tt>/usr/lib/security</tt>. +<tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt> directory. On Solaris, the pam security +modules reside in <tt class="filename">/usr/lib/security</tt>. </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security</b> -</p><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2876895"></a>Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</h5></div></div><p> -The <tt>/etc/pam.d/samba</tt> file does not need to be changed. I -just left this fileas it was: +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security</tt></b> +</p><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2964248"></a>Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/samba</tt> file does not need to be changed. I +just left this file as it was: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth @@ -5474,10 +12621,10 @@ The other services that I modified to allow the use of winbind as an authentication service were the normal login on the console (or a terminal session), telnet logins, and ftp service. In order to enable these services, you may first need to change the entries in -<tt>/etc/xinetd.d</tt> (or <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt>). +<tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d</tt> (or <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt>). RedHat 7.1 uses the new xinetd.d structure, in this case you need -to change the lines in <tt>/etc/xinetd.d/telnet</tt> -and <tt>/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</tt> from +to change the lines in <tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d/telnet</tt> +and <tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</tt> from </p><pre class="programlisting"> enable = no </pre><p> @@ -5489,12 +12636,12 @@ For ftp services to work properly, you will also need to either have individual directories for the domain users already present on the server, or change the home directory template to a general directory for all domain users. These can be easily set using -the <tt>smb.conf</tt> global entry -<b>template homedir</b>. +the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> global entry +<i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i>. </p><p> -The <tt>/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file can be changed +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file can be changed to allow winbind ftp access in a manner similar to the -samba file. My <tt>/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file was +samba file. My <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file was changed to look like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny \ @@ -5506,7 +12653,7 @@ changed to look like this: account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth </pre><p> -The <tt>/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file can be changed nearly the +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file can be changed nearly the same way. It now looks like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so @@ -5520,13 +12667,13 @@ same way. It now looks like this: session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session optional /lib/security/pam_console.so </pre><p> -In this case, I added the <b>auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</b> -lines as before, but also added the <b>required pam_securetty.so</b> +In this case, I added the </p><pre class="programlisting">auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</pre><p> +lines as before, but also added the </p><pre class="programlisting">required pam_securetty.so</pre><p> above it, to disallow root logins over the network. I also added a -<b>sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</b> -line after the <b>winbind.so</b> line to get rid of annoying +<b class="command">sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</b> +line after the <b class="command">winbind.so</b> line to get rid of annoying double prompts for passwords. -</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2877118"></a>Solaris-specific configuration</h5></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2964472"></a>Solaris-specific configuration</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but @@ -5598,7 +12745,12 @@ annoying double prompts for passwords. </p><p> Now restart your Samba and try connecting through your application that you configured in the pam.conf. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877210"></a>Limitations</h2></div></div><p>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current +</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2964563"></a>Conclusion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service + Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate + Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless + integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a + UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative + cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2964582"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current released version that we hope to overcome in future releases:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Winbind is currently only available for the Linux, Solaris and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating @@ -5606,105 +12758,148 @@ configured in the pam.conf. we require the C library of the target operating system to support the Name Service Switch and Pluggable Authentication Modules systems. This is becoming more common as NSS and - PAM gain support among UNIX vendors.</p></li><li><p>The mappings of Windows NT RIDs to UNIX ids + PAM gain support among UNIX vendors.</p></li><li><p>The mappings of Windows NT RIDs to UNIX ids is not made algorithmically and depends on the order in which unmapped users or groups are seen by winbind. It may be difficult to recover the mappings of rid to UNIX id mapping if the file containing this information is corrupted or destroyed.</p></li><li><p>Currently the winbind PAM module does not take into account possible workstation and logon time restrictions that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is - instead up to the PDC to enforce.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877264"></a>Conclusion</h2></div></div><p>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service - Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate - Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless - integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a - UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative - cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="AdvancedNetworkManagement"></a>Chapter 16. Advanced Network Manangement</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2875143">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2874905">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2874974">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2875057">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877889">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -This section attempts to document peripheral issues that are of great importance to network + instead up to the PDC to enforce.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="AdvancedNetworkManagement"></a>Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2967075">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2967264">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2967363">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967381">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2967592">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2967788">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2967822">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +This section documents peripheral issues that are of great importance to network administrators who want to improve network resource access control, to automate the user environment, and to make their lives a little easier. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875143"></a>Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</h2></div></div><p> -This section deals with how to configure Samba per share access control restrictions. -By default samba sets no restrictions on the share itself. Restrictions on the share itself -can be set on MS Windows NT4/200x/XP shares. This can be a very effective way to limit who can -connect to a share. In the absence of specific restrictions the default setting is to allow -the global user <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> Full Control (ie: Full control, Change and Read). -</p><p> -At this time Samba does NOT provide a tool for configuring access control setting on the Share -itself. Samba does have the capacity to store and act on access control settings, but the only -way to create those settings is to use either the NT4 Server Manager or the Windows 200x MMC for -Computer Management. -</p><p> -Samba stores the per share access control settings in a file called <tt>share_info.tdb</tt>. -The location of this file on your system will depend on how samba was compiled. The default location -for samba's tdb files is under <tt>/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. If the <tt>tdbdump</tt> -utility has been compiled and installed on your system then you can examine the contents of this file -by: <b><tt>tdbdump share_info.tdb</tt></b>. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2874905"></a>Share Permissions Management</h3></div></div><p> -The best tool for the task is platform dependant. Choose the best tool for your environmemt. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2874919"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation/Server</h4></div></div><p> -The tool you need to use to manage share permissions on a Samba server is the NT Server Manager. -Server Manager is shipped with Windows NT4 Server products but not with Windows NT4 Workstation. -You can obtain the NT Server Manager for MS Windows NT4 Workstation from Microsoft - see details below. -</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 16.1. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> -Launch the NT4 Server Manager, click on the Samba server you want to administer, then from the menu -select Computer, then click on the Shared Directories entry. -</p></li><li><p> - Now click on the share that you wish to manage, then click on the Properties tab, next click on - the Permissions tab. Now you can Add or change access control settings as you wish. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877329"></a>Windows 200x/XP</h4></div></div><p> -On MS Windows NT4/200x/XP system access control lists on the share itself are set using native -tools, usually from filemanager. For example, in Windows 200x: right click on the shared folder, -then select 'Sharing', then click on 'Permissions'. The default Windows NT4/200x permission allows -<span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> Full Control on the Share. -</p><p> -MS Windows 200x and later all comes with a tool called the 'Computer Management' snap-in for the -Microsoft Management Console (MMC). This tool is located by clicking on <tt>Control Panel -> -Administrative Tools -> Computer Management</tt>. -</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 16.2. Instructions</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> - After launching the MMC with the Computer Management snap-in, click on the menu item 'Action', - select 'Connect to another computer'. If you are not logged onto a domain you will be prompted - to enter a domain login user identifier and a password. This will authenticate you to the domain. - If you where already logged in with administrative privilidge this step is not offered. -</p></li><li><p> -If the Samba server is not shown in the Select Computer box, then type in the name of the target -Samba server in the field 'Name:'. Now click on the [+] next to 'System Tools', then on the [+] -next to 'Shared Folders' in the left panel. -</p></li><li><p> -Now in the right panel, double-click on the share you wish to set access control permissions on. -Then click on the tab 'Share Permissions'. It is now possible to add access control entities -to the shared folder. Do NOT forget to set what type of access (full control, change, read) you -wish to assign for each entry. -</p></li></ol></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> -Be careful. If you take away all permissions from the Everyone user without removing this user -then effectively no user will be able to access the share. This is a result of what is known as -ACL precidence. ie: Everyone with NO ACCESS means that MaryK who is part of the group Everyone -will have no access even if this user is given explicit full control access. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2874974"></a>Remote Server Administration</h2></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2967075"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Often the difference between a working network environment and a well appreciated one can +best be measured by the <span class="emphasis"><em>little things</em></span> that makes everything work more +harmoniously. A key part of every network environment solution is the ability to remotely +manage MS Windows workstations, to remotely access the Samba server, to provide customised +logon scripts, as well as other house keeping activities that help to sustain more reliable +network operations. +</p><p> +This chapter presents information on each of these area. They are placed here, and not in +other chapters, for ease of reference. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2967264"></a>Remote Server Administration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> <span class="emphasis"><em>How do I get 'User Manager' and 'Server Manager'?</em></span> </p><p> -Since I don't need to buy an NT4 Server, how do I get the 'User Manager for Domains', + Since I don't need to buy an <span class="application">NT4 Server</span>, how do I get the 'User Manager for Domains', the 'Server Manager'? </p><p> -Microsoft distributes a version of these tools called nexus for installation on Windows 9x / Me -systems. The tools set includes: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Server Manager</p></li><li><p>User Manager for Domains</p></li><li><p>Event Viewer</p></li></ul></div><p> +Microsoft distributes a version of these tools called nexus for installation +on <span class="application">Windows 9x / Me</span> systems. The tools set includes: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Server Manager</td></tr><tr><td>User Manager for Domains</td></tr><tr><td>Event Viewer</td></tr></table><p> Click here to download the archived file <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/NEXUS.EXE" target="_top">ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/NEXUS.EXE</a> </p><p> -The Windows NT 4.0 version of the 'User Manager for +The <span class="application">Windows NT 4.0</span> version of the 'User Manager for Domains' and 'Server Manager' are available from Microsoft via ftp from <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE" target="_top">ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/Softlib/MSLFILES/SRVTOOLS.EXE</a> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875057"></a>Network Logon Script Magic</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2967363"></a>Remote Desktop Management</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of possible remote desktop management solutions that range from free +through costly. Do not let that put you off. Sometimes the most costly solutions is the +most cost effective. In any case, you will need to draw your own conclusions as to which +is the best tool in your network environment. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2967381"></a>Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following information was posted to the Samba mailing list at Apr 3 23:33:50 GMT 2003. + It is presented in slightly edited form (with author details omitted for privacy reasons). + The entire answer is reproduced below with some comments removed. + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +> I have a wonderful linux/samba server running as PDC for a network. +> Now I would like to add remote desktop capabilities so that +> users outside could login to the system and get their desktop up from +> home or another country.. +> +> Is there a way to accomplish this? Do I need a windows terminal server? +> Do I need to configure it so that it is a member of the domain or a +> BDC,PDC? Are there any hacks for MS Windows XP to enable remote login +> even if the computer is in a domain? +> +> Any ideas/experience would be appreciated :) +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Answer provided: Check out the new offer from NoMachine, "NX" software: + <a href="http://www.nomachine.com/" target="_top">http://www.nomachine.com/</a>. + </p><p> + It implements a very easy-to-use interface to the remote X protocol as + well as incorporating VNC/RFB and rdesktop/RDP into it, but at a speed + performance much better than anything you may have ever seen... + </p><p> + Remote X is not new at all -- but what they did achieve successfully is + a new way of compression and caching technologies which makes the thing + fast enough to run even over slow modem/ISDN connections. + </p><p> + I could test drive their (public) RedHat machine in Italy, over a loaded + internet connection, with enabled thumbnail previews in KDE konqueror + which popped up immediately on "mouse-over". From inside that (remote X) + session I started a rdesktop session on another, a Windows XP machine. + To test the performance, I played Pinball. I am proud to announce here + that my score was 631750 points at first try... + </p><p> + NX performs better on my local LAN than any of the other "pure" + connection methods I am using from time to time: TightVNC, rdesktop or + remote X. It is even faster than a direct crosslink connection between + two nodes. + </p><p> + I even got sound playing from the remote X app to my local boxes, and + had a working "copy'n'paste" from an NX window (running a KDE session + in Italy) to my Mozilla mailing agent... These guys are certainly doing + something right! + </p><p> + I recommend to test drive NX to anybody with a only a remote interest + in remote computing + <a href="http://www.nomachine.com/testdrive.php" target="_top">http://www.nomachine.com/testdrive.php</a>. + </p><p> + Just download the free of charge client software (available for RedHat, + SuSE, Debian and Windows) and be up and running within 5 minutes (they + need to send you your account data, though, because you are assigned + a real Unix account on their testdrive.nomachine.com box... + </p><p> + They plan to get to the point were you can have NX application servers + running as a cluster of nodes, and users simply start an NX session locally, + and can select applications to run transparently (apps may even run on + another NX node, but pretend to be on the same as used for initial login, + because it displays in the same window.... well, you also can run it + fullscreen, and after a short time you forget that it is a remote session + at all). + </p><p> + Now the best thing at the end: all the core compression and caching + technologies are released under the GPL and available as source code + to anybody who wants to build on it! These technologies are working, + albeit started from the command line only (and very inconvenient to + use in order to get a fully running remote X session up and running....) + </p><p> + To answer your questions: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + You don't need to install a terminal server; XP has RDP support built in. + </p></li><li><p> + NX is much cheaper than Citrix -- and comparable in performance, probably faster + </p></li><li><p> + You don't need to hack XP -- it just works + </p></li><li><p> + You log into the XP box from remote transparently (and I think there is no + need to change anything to get a connection, even if authentication is against a domain) + </p></li><li><p> + The NX core technologies are all Open Source and released under the GPL -- + you can today use a (very inconvenient) commandline to use it at no cost, + but you can buy a comfortable (proprietary) NX GUI frontend for money + </p></li><li><p> + NoMachine are encouraging and offering help to OSS/Free Software implementations + for such a frontend too, even if it means competition to them (they have written + to this effect even to the LTSP, KDE and GNOME developer mailing lists) + </p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2967592"></a>Network Logon Script Magic</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This section needs work. Volunteer contributions most welcome. Please send your patches or updates to <a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John Terpstra</a>. </p><p> There are several opportunities for creating a custom network startup configuration environment. -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>No Logon Script</td></tr><tr><td>Simple universal Logon Script that applies to all users</td></tr><tr><td>Use of a conditional Logon Script that applies per user or per group attirbutes</td></tr><tr><td>Use of Samba's Preexec and Postexec functions on access to the NETLOGON share to create +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>No Logon Script</td></tr><tr><td>Simple universal Logon Script that applies to all users</td></tr><tr><td>Use of a conditional Logon Script that applies per user or per group attributes</td></tr><tr><td>Use of Samba's Preexec and Postexec functions on access to the NETLOGON share to create a custom Logon Script and then execute it.</td></tr><tr><td>User of a tool such as KixStart</td></tr></table><p> -The Samba source code tree includes two logon script generation/execution tools. See <tt>examples</tt> directory <tt>genlogon</tt> and <tt>ntlogon</tt> subdirectories. +The Samba source code tree includes two logon script generation/execution tools. +See <tt class="filename">examples</tt> directory <tt class="filename">genlogon</tt> and +<tt class="filename">ntlogon</tt> subdirectories. </p><p> The following listings are from the genlogon directory. </p><p> -This is the genlogon.pl file: +This is the <tt class="filename">genlogon.pl</tt> file: </p><pre class="programlisting"> #!/usr/bin/perl @@ -5781,15 +12976,46 @@ This is the genlogon.pl file: </pre><p> </p><p> Those wishing to use more elaborate or capable logon processing system should check out the following sites: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon</td></tr><tr><td>http://www.kixtart.org</td></tr><tr><td>http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105</td></tr></table><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877889"></a>Adding printers without user intervention</h3></div></div><p> +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><a href="http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon" target="_top">http://www.craigelachie.org/rhacer/ntlogon</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="http://www.kixtart.org" target="_top">http://www.kixtart.org</a></td></tr><tr><td><a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105</a></td></tr></table><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2967788"></a>Adding printers without user intervention</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Printers may be added automatically during logon script processing through the use of: </p><pre class="programlisting"> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /? </pre><p> -See the documentation in the Microsoft knowledgebase article no: 189105 referred to above. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="PolicyMgmt"></a>Chapter 17. System and Account Policies</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2877672">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877925">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878014">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878140">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878344">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2878457">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2878478">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2878502">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877672"></a>Creating and Managing System Policies</h2></div></div><p> +See the documentation in the <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.asp?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">Microsoft knowledgebase article no: 189105</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2967822"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The information provided in this chapter has been reproduced from postings on the samba@samba.org +mailing list. No implied endorsement or recommendation is offered. Administrators should conduct +their own evaluation of alternatives and are encouraged to draw their own conclusions. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="PolicyMgmt"></a>Chapter 23. System and Account Policies</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2966885">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2966939">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2968722">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2968817">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2968950">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2969202">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2969303">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969324">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969344">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2969388">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2969535">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2969549">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter summarises the current state of knowledge derived from personal +practice and knowledge from samba mailing list subscribers. Before reproduction +of posted information effort has been made to validate the information provided. +Where additional information was uncovered through this validation it is provided +also. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2966885"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When MS Windows NT3.5 was introduced the hot new topic was the ability to implement +Group Policies for users and group. Then along came MS Windows NT4 and a few sites +started to adopt this capability. How do we know that? By way of the number of "booboos" +(or mistakes) administrators made and then requested help to resolve. +</p><p> +By the time that MS Windows 2000 and Active Directory was released, administrators +got the message: Group Policies are a good thing! They can help reduce administrative +costs and actually can help to create happier users. But adoption of the true +potential of MS Windows 200x Active Directory and Group Policy Objects (GPOs) for users +and machines were picked up on rather slowly. This was very obvious from the samba +mailing list as in 2000 and 2001 there were very few postings regarding GPOs and +how to replicate them in a Samba environment. +</p><p> +Judging by the traffic volume since mid 2002, GPOs have become a standard part of +the deployment in many sites. This chapter reviews techniques and methods that can +be used to exploit opportunities for automation of control over user desktops and +network client workstations. +</p><p> +A tool new to Samba-3 may become an important part of the future Samba Administrators' +arsenal. The <b class="command">editreg</b> tool is described in this document. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2966939"></a>Creating and Managing System Policies</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Under MS Windows platforms, particularly those following the release of MS Windows NT4 and MS Windows 95) it is possible to create a type of file that would be placed in the NETLOGON share of a domain controller. As the client logs onto the network @@ -5797,16 +13023,16 @@ this file is read and the contents initiate changes to the registry of the clien machine. This file allows changes to be made to those parts of the registry that affect users, groups of users, or machines. </p><p> -For MS Windows 9x/Me this file must be called <tt>Config.POL</tt> and may -be generated using a tool called <tt>poledit.exe</tt>, better known as the +For MS Windows 9x/Me this file must be called <tt class="filename">Config.POL</tt> and may +be generated using a tool called <tt class="filename">poledit.exe</tt>, better known as the Policy Editor. The policy editor was provided on the Windows 98 installation CD, but -dissappeared again with the introduction of MS Windows Me (Millenium Edition). From +disappeared again with the introduction of MS Windows Me (Millennium Edition). From comments from MS Windows network administrators it would appear that this tool became a part of the MS Windows Me Resource Kit. </p><p> MS Windows NT4 Server products include the <span class="emphasis"><em>System Policy Editor</em></span> -under the <tt>Start -> Programs -> Administrative Tools</tt> menu item. -For MS Windows NT4 and later clients this file must be called <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt>. +under the <tt class="filename">Start -> Programs -> Administrative Tools</tt> menu item. +For MS Windows NT4 and later clients this file must be called <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>. </p><p> New with the introduction of MS Windows 2000 was the Microsoft Management Console or MMC. This tool is the new wave in the ever changing landscape of Microsoft @@ -5824,124 +13050,124 @@ be read and understood. Try searching on the Microsoft web site for "Group </p><p> What follows is a very brief discussion with some helpful notes. The information provided here is incomplete - you are warned. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877925"></a>Windows 9x/Me Policies</h3></div></div><p> -You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to set Group Profiles up under Windows 9x/Me. -It can be found on the Original full product Win98 installation CD under -<tt>tools/reskit/netadmin/poledit</tt>. Install this using the -Add/Remove Programs facility and then click on the 'Have Disk' tab. -</p><p> -Use the Group Policy Editor to create a policy file that specifies the location of -user profiles and/or the <tt>My Documents</tt> etc. stuff. Then -save these settings in a file called <tt>Config.POL</tt> that needs to -be placed in the root of the [NETLOGON] share. If Win98 is configured to log onto -the Samba Domain, it will automatically read this file and update the Win9x/Me registry -of the machine as it logs on. -</p><p> -Further details are covered in the Win98 Resource Kit documentation. -</p><p> -If you do not take the right steps, then every so often Win9x/Me will check the -integrity of the registry and will restore it's settings from the back-up -copy of the registry it stores on each Win9x/Me machine. Hence, you will -occasionally notice things changing back to the original settings. -</p><p> -Install the group policy handler for Win9x to pick up group policies. Look on the -Win98 CD in <tt>\tools\reskit\netadmin\poledit</tt>. -Install group policies on a Win9x client by double-clicking -<tt>grouppol.inf</tt>. Log off and on again a couple of times and see -if Win98 picks up group policies. Unfortunately this needs to be done on every -Win9x/Me machine that uses group policies. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878014"></a>Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</h3></div></div><p> -To create or edit <tt>ntconfig.pol</tt> you must use the NT Server -Policy Editor, <b>poledit.exe</b> which is included with NT4 Server -but <span class="emphasis"><em>not NT Workstation</em></span>. There is a Policy Editor on a NT4 -Workstation but it is not suitable for creating <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Policies</em></span>. -Further, although the Windows 95 Policy Editor can be installed on an NT4 -Workstation/Server, it will not work with NT clients. However, the files from -the NT Server will run happily enough on an NT4 Workstation. -</p><p> -You need <tt>poledit.exe, common.adm</tt> and <tt>winnt.adm</tt>. -It is convenient to put the two *.adm files in the <tt>c:\winnt\inf</tt> -directory which is where the binary will look for them unless told otherwise. Note also that that -directory is normally 'hidden'. -</p><p> -The Windows NT policy editor is also included with the Service Pack 3 (and -later) for Windows NT 4.0. Extract the files using <b>servicepackname /x</b>, -i.e. that's <b>Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</b> for service pack 6a. The policy editor, -<b>poledit.exe</b> and the associated template files (*.adm) should -be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template -files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible -location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878116"></a>Registry Tattoos</h4></div></div><p> - With NT4 style registry based policy changes, a large number of settings are not - automatically reversed as the user logs off. Since the settings that were in the - NTConfig.POL file were applied to the client machine registry and that apply to the - hive key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE are permanent until explicitly reversed. This is known - as tattooing. It can have serious consequences down-stream and the administrator must - be extremely careful not to lock out the ability to manage the machine at a later date. - </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878140"></a>MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</h3></div></div><p> -Windows NT4 System policies allows setting of registry parameters specific to -users, groups and computers (client workstations) that are members of the NT4 -style domain. Such policy file will work with MS Windows 2000 / XP clients also. -</p><p> -New to MS Windows 2000 Microsoft introduced a new style of group policy that confers -a superset of capabilities compared with NT4 style policies. Obviously, the tool used -to create them is different, and the mechanism for implementing them is much changed. -</p><p> -The older NT4 style registry based policies are known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Administrative Templates</em></span> -in MS Windows 2000/XP Group Policy Objects (GPOs). The later includes ability to set various security -configurations, enforce Internet Explorer browser settings, change and redirect aspects of the -users' desktop (including: the location of <span class="emphasis"><em>My Documents</em></span> files (directory), as -well as intrinsics of where menu items will appear in the Start menu). An additional new -feature is the ability to make available particular software Windows applications to particular -users and/or groups. -</p><p> -Remember: NT4 policy files are named <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt> and are stored in the root -of the NETLOGON share on the domain controllers. A Windows NT4 user enters a username, a password -and selects the domain name to which the logon will attempt to take place. During the logon -process the client machine reads the NTConfig.POL file from the NETLOGON share on the authenticating -server, modifies the local registry values according to the settings in this file. -</p><p> -Windows 2K GPOs are very feature rich. They are NOT stored in the NETLOGON share, rather part of -a Windows 200x policy file is stored in the Active Directory itself and the other part is stored -in a shared (and replicated) volume called the SYSVOL folder. This folder is present on all Active -Directory domain controllers. The part that is stored in the Active Directory itself is called the -group policy container (GPC), and the part that is stored in the replicated share called SYSVOL is -known as the group policy template (GPT). -</p><p> -With NT4 clients the policy file is read and executed upon only as each user logs onto the network. -MS Windows 200x policies are much more complex - GPOs are processed and applied at client machine -startup (machine specific part) and when the user logs onto the network the user specific part -is applied. In MS Windows 200x style policy management each machine and/or user may be subject -to any number of concurently applicable (and applied) policy sets (GPOs). Active Directory allows -the administrator to also set filters over the policy settings. No such equivalent capability -exists with NT4 style policy files. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878237"></a>Administration of Win2K / XP Policies</h4></div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878237"></a>Administration of Win2K / XP Policies</h4></div></div><p> -Instead of using the tool called "The System Policy Editor", commonly called Poledit (from the -executable name poledit.exe), GPOs are created and managed using a Microsoft Management Console -(MMC) snap-in as follows:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> -Go to the Windows 200x / XP menu <tt>Start->Programs->Administrative Tools</tt> - and select the MMC snap-in called "Active Directory Users and Computers" -</p></li><li><p> -Select the domain or organizational unit (OU) that you wish to manage, then right click -to open the context menu for that object, select the properties item. -</p></li><li><p> -Now left click on the Group Policy tab, then left click on the New tab. Type a name -for the new policy you will create. -</p></li><li><p> -Now left click on the Edit tab to commence the steps needed to create the GPO. -</p></li></ol></div><p> -All policy configuration options are controlled through the use of policy administrative -templates. These files have a .adm extension, both in NT4 as well as in Windows 200x / XP. -Beware however, since the .adm files are NOT interchangible across NT4 and Windows 200x. -The later introduces many new features as well as extended definition capabilities. It is -well beyond the scope of this documentation to explain how to program .adm files, for that -the adminsitrator is referred to the Microsoft Windows Resource Kit for your particular -version of MS Windows. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -The MS Windows 2000 Resource Kit contains a tool called gpolmig.exe. This tool can be used -to migrate an NT4 NTConfig.POL file into a Windows 200x style GPO. Be VERY careful how you -use this powerful tool. Please refer to the resource kit manuals for specific usage information. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878344"></a>Managing Account/User Policies</h2></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2968722"></a>Windows 9x/Me Policies</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You need the Win98 Group Policy Editor to set Group Profiles up under Windows 9x/Me. + It can be found on the Original full product Win98 installation CD under + <tt class="filename">tools/reskit/netadmin/poledit</tt>. Install this using the + Add/Remove Programs facility and then click on the 'Have Disk' tab. + </p><p> + Use the Group Policy Editor to create a policy file that specifies the location of + user profiles and/or the <tt class="filename">My Documents</tt> etc. Then save these + settings in a file called <tt class="filename">Config.POL</tt> that needs to be placed in the + root of the <i class="parameter"><tt>[NETLOGON]</tt></i> share. If Win98 is configured to log onto + the Samba Domain, it will automatically read this file and update the Win9x/Me registry + of the machine as it logs on. + </p><p> + Further details are covered in the Win98 Resource Kit documentation. + </p><p> + If you do not take the right steps, then every so often Win9x/Me will check the + integrity of the registry and will restore it's settings from the back-up + copy of the registry it stores on each Win9x/Me machine. Hence, you will + occasionally notice things changing back to the original settings. + </p><p> + Install the group policy handler for Win9x to pick up group policies. Look on the + Win98 CD in <tt class="filename">\tools\reskit\netadmin\poledit</tt>. + Install group policies on a Win9x client by double-clicking + <tt class="filename">grouppol.inf</tt>. Log off and on again a couple of times and see + if Win98 picks up group policies. Unfortunately this needs to be done on every + Win9x/Me machine that uses group policies. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2968817"></a>Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To create or edit <tt class="filename">ntconfig.pol</tt> you must use the NT Server + Policy Editor, <b class="command">poledit.exe</b> which is included with NT4 Server + but <span class="emphasis"><em>not NT Workstation</em></span>. There is a Policy Editor on a NT4 + Workstation but it is not suitable for creating <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Policies</em></span>. + Further, although the Windows 95 Policy Editor can be installed on an NT4 + Workstation/Server, it will not work with NT clients. However, the files from + the NT Server will run happily enough on an NT4 Workstation. + </p><p> + You need <tt class="filename">poledit.exe</tt>, <tt class="filename">common.adm</tt> and <tt class="filename">winnt.adm</tt>. + It is convenient to put the two *.adm files in the <tt class="filename">c:\winnt\inf</tt> + directory which is where the binary will look for them unless told otherwise. Note also that that + directory is normally 'hidden'. + </p><p> + The Windows NT policy editor is also included with the Service Pack 3 (and + later) for Windows NT 4.0. Extract the files using <b class="command">servicepackname /x</b>, + i.e. that's <b class="command">Nt4sp6ai.exe /x</b> for service pack 6a. The policy editor, + <b class="command">poledit.exe</b> and the associated template files (*.adm) should + be extracted as well. It is also possible to downloaded the policy template + files for Office97 and get a copy of the policy editor. Another possible + location is with the Zero Administration Kit available for download from Microsoft. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2968926"></a>Registry Spoiling</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + With NT4 style registry based policy changes, a large number of settings are not + automatically reversed as the user logs off. Since the settings that were in the + NTConfig.POL file were applied to the client machine registry and that apply to the + hive key HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE are permanent until explicitly reversed. This is known + as tattooing. It can have serious consequences down-stream and the administrator must + be extremely careful not to lock out the ability to manage the machine at a later date. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2968950"></a>MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Windows NT4 System policies allows setting of registry parameters specific to + users, groups and computers (client workstations) that are members of the NT4 + style domain. Such policy file will work with MS Windows 2000 / XP clients also. + </p><p> + New to MS Windows 2000 Microsoft introduced a new style of group policy that confers + a superset of capabilities compared with NT4 style policies. Obviously, the tool used + to create them is different, and the mechanism for implementing them is much changed. + </p><p> + The older NT4 style registry based policies are known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Administrative Templates</em></span> + in MS Windows 2000/XP Group Policy Objects (GPOs). The later includes ability to set various security + configurations, enforce Internet Explorer browser settings, change and redirect aspects of the + users' desktop (including: the location of <tt class="filename">My Documents</tt> files (directory), as + well as intrinsics of where menu items will appear in the Start menu). An additional new + feature is the ability to make available particular software Windows applications to particular + users and/or groups. + </p><p> + Remember: NT4 policy files are named <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> and are stored in the root + of the NETLOGON share on the domain controllers. A Windows NT4 user enters a username, a password + and selects the domain name to which the logon will attempt to take place. During the logon + process the client machine reads the NTConfig.POL file from the NETLOGON share on the authenticating + server, modifies the local registry values according to the settings in this file. + </p><p> + Windows 2K GPOs are very feature rich. They are NOT stored in the NETLOGON share, rather part of + a Windows 200x policy file is stored in the Active Directory itself and the other part is stored + in a shared (and replicated) volume called the SYSVOL folder. This folder is present on all Active + Directory domain controllers. The part that is stored in the Active Directory itself is called the + group policy container (GPC), and the part that is stored in the replicated share called SYSVOL is + known as the group policy template (GPT). + </p><p> + With NT4 clients the policy file is read and executed upon only as each user logs onto the network. + MS Windows 200x policies are much more complex - GPOs are processed and applied at client machine + startup (machine specific part) and when the user logs onto the network the user specific part + is applied. In MS Windows 200x style policy management each machine and/or user may be subject + to any number of concurrently applicable (and applied) policy sets (GPOs). Active Directory allows + the administrator to also set filters over the policy settings. No such equivalent capability + exists with NT4 style policy files. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2969051"></a>Administration of Win2K / XP Policies</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Instead of using the tool called <span class="application">The System Policy Editor</span>, commonly called Poledit (from the + executable name <b class="command">poledit.exe</b>), <span class="acronym">GPOs</span> are created and managed using a + <span class="application">Microsoft Management Console</span> <span class="acronym">(MMC)</span> snap-in as follows:</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Go to the Windows 200x / XP menu <span class="guimenu">Start->Programs->Administrative Tools</span> + and select the MMC snap-in called <span class="guimenuitem">Active Directory Users and Computers</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Select the domain or organizational unit (OU) that you wish to manage, then right click + to open the context menu for that object, select the properties item. + </p></li><li><p> + Now left click on the <span class="guilabel">Group Policy</span> tab, then left click on the New tab. Type a name + for the new policy you will create. + </p></li><li><p> + Now left click on the <span class="guilabel">Edit</span> tab to commence the steps needed to create the GPO. + </p></li></ol></div><p> + All policy configuration options are controlled through the use of policy administrative + templates. These files have a .adm extension, both in NT4 as well as in Windows 200x / XP. + Beware however, since the .adm files are NOT interchangeable across NT4 and Windows 200x. + The later introduces many new features as well as extended definition capabilities. It is + well beyond the scope of this documentation to explain how to program .adm files, for that + the administrator is referred to the Microsoft Windows Resource Kit for your particular + version of MS Windows. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The MS Windows 2000 Resource Kit contains a tool called gpolmig.exe. This tool can be used + to migrate an NT4 NTConfig.POL file into a Windows 200x style GPO. Be VERY careful how you + use this powerful tool. Please refer to the resource kit manuals for specific usage information. + </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2969202"></a>Managing Account/User Policies</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Policies can define a specific user's settings or the settings for a group of users. The resulting policy file contains the registry settings for all users, groups, and computers that will be using the policy file. Separate policy files for each user, group, or computer are not not necessary. @@ -5959,8 +13185,8 @@ applied to the user's part of the registry. </p><p> MS Windows 200x/XP clients that log onto an MS Windows Active Directory security domain may additionally, acquire policy settings through Group Policy Objects (GPOs) that are defined and stored in Active Directory -itself. The key benefit of using AS GPOs is that they impose no registry <span class="emphasis"><em>tatooing</em></span> effect. -This has considerable advanage compared with the use of NTConfig.POL (NT4) style policy updates. +itself. The key benefit of using AS GPOs is that they impose no registry <span class="emphasis"><em>spoiling</em></span> effect. +This has considerable advantage compared with the use of NTConfig.POL (NT4) style policy updates. </p><p> In addition to user access controls that may be imposed or applied via system and/or group policies in a manner that works in conjunction with user profiles, the user management environment under @@ -5968,16 +13194,19 @@ MS Windows NT4/200x/XP allows per domain as well as per user account restriction Common restrictions that are frequently used includes: </p><p> </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Logon Hours</td></tr><tr><td>Password Aging</td></tr><tr><td>Permitted Logon from certain machines only</td></tr><tr><td>Account type (Local or Global)</td></tr><tr><td>User Rights</td></tr></table><p> -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878457"></a>With Windows NT4/200x</h3></div></div><p> -The tools that may be used to configure these types of controls from the MS Windows environment are: -The NT4 User Manager for domains, the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor, the registry editor (regedt32.exe). -Under MS Windows 200x/XP this is done using the Microsoft Managment Console (MMC) with approapriate -"snap-ins", the registry editor, and potentially also the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878478"></a>With a Samba PDC</h3></div></div><p> -With a Samba Domain Controller, the new tools for managing of user account and policy information includes: -<tt>smbpasswd, pdbedit, net, rpcclient.</tt>. The administrator should read the -man pages for these tools and become familiar with their use. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878502"></a>System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</h2></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2969303"></a>Samba Editreg Toolset</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Describe in detail the benefits of <b class="command">editreg</b> and how to use it. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2969324"></a>Windows NT4/200x</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The tools that may be used to configure these types of controls from the MS Windows environment are: + The NT4 User Manager for domains, the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor, the registry editor (regedt32.exe). + Under MS Windows 200x/XP this is done using the Microsoft Management Console (MMC) with appropriate + "snap-ins", the registry editor, and potentially also the NT4 System and Group Policy Editor. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2969344"></a>Samba PDC</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + With a Samba Domain Controller, the new tools for managing of user account and policy information includes: + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b>, <b class="command">pdbedit</b>, <b class="command">net</b>, <b class="command">rpcclient</b>. + The administrator should read the + man pages for these tools and become familiar with their use. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2969388"></a>System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The following attempts to document the order of processing of system and user policies following a system reboot and as part of the user logon: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> @@ -5989,13 +13218,13 @@ reboot and as part of the user logon: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Apply to the location of machines in a Directory</td></tr><tr><td>Apply only when settings have changed</td></tr><tr><td>Depend on configuration of scope of applicability: local, site, domain, organizational unit, etc.</td></tr></table><p> No desktop user interface is presented until the above have been processed. </p></li><li><p> - Execution of start-up scripts (hidden and synchronous by defaut). + Execution of start-up scripts (hidden and synchronous by default). </p></li><li><p> A keyboard action to affect start of logon (Ctrl-Alt-Del). </p></li><li><p> User credentials are validated, User profile is loaded (depends on policy settings). </p></li><li><p> - An ordered list of User GPOs is obtained. The list contents depends on what is configured in respsect of: + An ordered list of User GPOs is obtained. The list contents depends on what is configured in respect of: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Is user a domain member, thus subject to particular policies</td></tr><tr><td>Loopback enablement, and the state of the loopback policy (Merge or Replace)</td></tr><tr><td>Location of the Active Directory itself</td></tr><tr><td>Has the list of GPOs changed. No processing is needed if not changed.</td></tr></table><p> </p></li><li><p> @@ -6007,7 +13236,31 @@ reboot and as part of the user logon: </p></li><li><p> The User Interface as determined from the GPOs is presented. Note: In a Samba domain (like and NT4 Domain) machine (system) policies are applied at start-up, User policies are applied at logon. - </p></li></ol></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ProfileMgmt"></a>Chapter 18. Desktop Profile Management</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2877599">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2877483">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879080">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879695">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879742">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2879925">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2879970">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880011">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2880040">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880129">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2880513">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877599"></a>Roaming Profiles</h2></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2969535"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Policy related problems can be very difficult to diagnose and even more difficult to rectify. The following +collection demonstrates only basic issues. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2969549"></a>Policy Does Not Work</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Question: We have created the <tt class="filename">config.pol</tt> file and put it in the <span class="emphasis"><em>NETLOGON</em></span> share. +It has made no difference to our Win XP Pro machines, they just don't see it. IT worked fine with Win 98 but does not +work any longer since we upgraded to Win XP Pro. Any hints? +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>ANSWER:</em></span> Policy files are NOT portable between Windows 9x / Me and MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP based +platforms. You need to use the NT4 Group Policy Editor to create a file called <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> so that +it is in the correct format for your MS Windows XP Pro clients. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="ProfileMgmt"></a>Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2970756">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2970790">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2970831">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2971236">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972407">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972472">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2972737">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972795">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2972841">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2972861">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973009">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2973563">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2974067">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2974080">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974143">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2974365">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2970756"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Roaming Profiles are feared by some, hated by a few, loved by many, and a Godsend for +some administrators. +</p><p> +Roaming Profiles allow an administrator to make available a consistent user desktop +as the user moves from one machine to another. This chapter provides much information +regarding how to configure and manage Roaming Profiles. +</p><p> +While Roaming Profiles might sound like nirvana to some, they are a real and tangible +problem to others. In particular, users of mobile computing tools, where often there may not +be a sustained network connection, are often better served by purely Local Profiles. +This chapter provides information to help the Samba administrator to deal with those +situations also. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2970790"></a>Roaming Profiles</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> Roaming profiles support is different for Win9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x. </p></div><p> Before discussing how to configure roaming profiles, it is useful to see how @@ -6020,10 +13273,10 @@ profiles are restricted to being stored in the user's home directory. </p><p> Windows NT4/200x clients send a NetSAMLogon RPC request, which contains many fields, including a separate field for the location of the user's profiles. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2877483"></a>Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2970831"></a>Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This section documents how to configure Samba for MS Windows client profile support. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2877497"></a>NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><p> -To support Windowns NT4/200x clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2970844"></a>NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To support Windows NT4/200x clients, in the [global] section of smb.conf set the following (for example): </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -6037,54 +13290,55 @@ following (for example): </pre><p> where %L translates to the name of the Samba server and %u translates to the user name </p><p> -The default for this option is \\%N\%U\profile, namely \\sambaserver\username\profile. -The \\N%\%U service is created automatically by the [homes] service. If you are using +The default for this option is <tt class="filename">\\%N\%U\profile</tt>, +namely <tt class="filename">\\sambaserver\username\profile</tt>. +The <tt class="filename">\\N%\%U</tt> service is created automatically by the [homes] service. If you are using a samba server for the profiles, you _must_ make the share specified in the logon path -browseable. Please refer to the man page for smb.conf in respect of the different -symantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u. +browseable. Please refer to the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> in respect of the different +semantics of %L and %N, as well as %U and %u. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> MS Windows NT/2K clients at times do not disconnect a connection to a server -between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the <b>homes</b> +between logons. It is recommended to NOT use the <i class="parameter"><tt>homes</tt></i> meta-service name as part of the profile share path. -</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878824"></a>Windows 9x / Me User Profiles</h4></div></div><p> -To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the "logon home" parameter. Samba has -now been fixed so that <b><tt>net use /home</tt></b> now works as well, and it, too, relies -on the <b>logon home</b> parameter. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2970937"></a>Windows 9x / Me User Profiles</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To support Windows 9x / Me clients, you must use the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter. Samba has +now been fixed so that <b class="userinput"><tt>net use /home</tt></b> now works as well, and it, too, relies +on the <b class="command">logon home</b> parameter. </p><p> By using the logon home parameter, you are restricted to putting Win9x / Me profiles in the user's home directory. But wait! There is a trick you -can use. If you set the following in the <b>[global]</b> section of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: +can use. If you set the following in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: </p><pre class="programlisting"> logon home = \\%L\%U\.profiles </pre><p> then your Windows 9x / Me clients will dutifully put their clients in a subdirectory -of your home directory called <tt>.profiles</tt> (thus making them hidden). +of your home directory called <tt class="filename">.profiles</tt> (thus making them hidden). </p><p> -Not only that, but <b><tt>net use /home</tt></b> will also work, because of a feature in +Not only that, but <b class="userinput"><tt>net use /home</tt></b> will also work, because of a feature in Windows 9x / Me. It removes any directory stuff off the end of the home directory area and only uses the server and share portion. That is, it looks like you -specified \\%L\%U for <b>logon home</b>. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878920"></a>Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><p> +specified <tt class="filename">\\%L\%U</tt> for <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971046"></a>Mixed Windows 9x / Me and Windows NT4/200x User Profiles</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You can support profiles for both Win9X and WinNT clients by setting both the -<b>logon home</b> and <b>logon path</b> parameters. For example: +<i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> parameters. For example: </p><pre class="programlisting"> logon home = \\%L\%u\.profiles logon path = \\%L\profiles\%u -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2878959"></a>Disabling Roaming Profile Support</h4></div></div><p> -A question often asked is "How may I enforce use of local profiles?" or -"How do I disable Roaming Profiles?" +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971085"></a>Disabling Roaming Profile Support</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A question often asked is “<span class="quote">How may I enforce use of local profiles?</span>” or + “<span class="quote">How do I disable Roaming Profiles?</span>” </p><p> There are three ways of doing this: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - <b>In smb.conf:</b> affect the following settings and ALL clients - will be forced to use a local profile: - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - logon home = - logon path = - </pre></li><li><p> - <b>MS Windows Registry:</b> by using the Microsoft Management Console - gpedit.msc to instruct your MS Windows XP machine to use only a local profile. This - of course modifies registry settings. The full path to the option is: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">In <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p> + Affect the following settings and ALL clients + will be forced to use a local profile: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + logon home = + logon path = + </pre><p> + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">MS Windows Registry:</span></dt><dd><p> + By using the Microsoft Management Console gpedit.msc to instruct your MS Windows XP machine to use only a local profile. This of course modifies registry settings. The full path to the option is: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> Local Computer Policy\ Computer Configuration\ @@ -6093,13 +13347,13 @@ There are three ways of doing this: User Profiles\ Disable: Only Allow Local User Profiles - Disable: Prevent Roaming Profile Change from Propogating to the Server + Disable: Prevent Roaming Profile Change from Propagating to the Server </pre><p> - </p></li><li><p> - <b>Change of Profile Type:</b> From the start menu right click on the - MY Computer icon, select <span class="emphasis"><em>Properties</em></span>, click on the "<span class="emphasis"><em>User Profiles</em></span> - tab, select the profile you wish to change from Roaming type to Local, click <span class="emphasis"><em>Change Type</em></span>. - </p></li></ul></div><p> + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Change of Profile Type:</span></dt><dd><p> + From the start menu right click on the + My Computer icon, select <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span>, click on the <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span> + tab, select the profile you wish to change from Roaming type to Local, click <span class="guibutton">Change Type</span>. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> Consult the MS Windows registry guide for your particular MS Windows version for more information about which registry keys to change to enforce use of only local user profiles. @@ -6107,29 +13361,30 @@ profiles. The specifics of how to convert a local profile to a roaming profile, or a roaming profile to a local one vary according to the version of MS Windows you are running. Consult the Microsoft MS Windows Resource Kit for your version of Windows for specific information. -</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879080"></a>Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879088"></a>Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2971236"></a>Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971244"></a>Windows 9x / Me Profile Setup</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> When a user first logs in on Windows 9X, the file user.DAT is created, -as are folders "Start Menu", "Desktop", "Programs" and "Nethood". +as are folders <tt class="filename">Start Menu</tt>, <tt class="filename">Desktop</tt>, +<tt class="filename">Programs</tt> and <tt class="filename">Nethood</tt>. These directories and their contents will be merged with the local -versions stored in c:\windows\profiles\username on subsequent logins, -taking the most recent from each. You will need to use the [global] -options "preserve case = yes", "short preserve case = yes" and -"case sensitive = no" in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts +versions stored in <tt class="filename">c:\windows\profiles\username</tt> on subsequent logins, +taking the most recent from each. You will need to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> +options <i class="parameter"><tt>preserve case = yes</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case = yes</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive = no</tt></i> in order to maintain capital letters in shortcuts in any of the profile folders. </p><p> The user.DAT file contains all the user's preferences. If you wish to enforce a set of preferences, rename their user.DAT file to user.MAN, and deny them write access to this file. </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to Control Panel -> Passwords and - select the User Profiles tab. Select the required level of - roaming preferences. Press OK, but do _not_ allow the computer + On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to <span class="guimenu">Control Panel</span> -> <span class="guimenuitem">Passwords</span> and + select the <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span> tab. Select the required level of + roaming preferences. Press <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, but do _not_ allow the computer to reboot. </p></li><li><p> - On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to Control Panel -> Network -> - Client for Microsoft Networks -> Preferences. Select 'Log on to - NT Domain'. Then, ensure that the Primary Logon is 'Client for - Microsoft Networks'. Press OK, and this time allow the computer + On the Windows 9x / Me machine, go to <span class="guimenu">Control Panel</span> -> <span class="guimenuitem">Network</span> -> + <span class="guimenuitem">Client for Microsoft Networks</span> -> <span class="guilabel">Preferences</span>. Select <span class="guilabel">Log on to + NT Domain</span>. Then, ensure that the Primary Logon is <span class="guilabel">Client for + Microsoft Networks</span>. Press <span class="guibutton">OK</span>, and this time allow the computer to reboot. </p></li></ol></div><p> Under Windows 9x / Me Profiles are downloaded from the Primary Logon. @@ -6147,13 +13402,13 @@ domain and profiles downloaded from it, if that domain logon server supports it), user name and user's password. </p><p> Once the user has been successfully validated, the Windows 9x / Me machine -will inform you that 'The user has not logged on before' and asks you -if you wish to save the user's preferences? Select 'yes'. +will inform you that <tt class="computeroutput">The user has not logged on before' and asks you + if you wish to save the user's preferences?</tt> Select <span class="guibutton">yes</span>. </p><p> Once the Windows 9x / Me client comes up with the desktop, you should be able -to examine the contents of the directory specified in the "logon path" -on the samba server and verify that the "Desktop", "Start Menu", -"Programs" and "Nethood" folders have been created. +to examine the contents of the directory specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> +on the samba server and verify that the <tt class="filename">Desktop</tt>, <tt class="filename">Start Menu</tt>, +<tt class="filename">Programs</tt> and <tt class="filename">Nethood</tt> folders have been created. </p><p> These folders will be cached locally on the client, and updated when the user logs off (if you haven't made them read-only by then). @@ -6172,24 +13427,10 @@ on the samba server. If you have problems creating user profiles, you can reset the user's local desktop cache, as shown below. When this user then next logs in, they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time". -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - instead of logging in under the [user, password, domain] dialog, - press escape. - </p></li><li><p> - run the regedit.exe program, and look in: - </p><p> - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList - </p><p> - you will find an entry, for each user, of ProfilePath. Note the - contents of this key (likely to be c:\windows\profiles\username), - then delete the key ProfilePath for the required user. - - [Exit the registry editor]. - - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>WARNING</em></span> - before deleting the contents of the +</p><div class="orderedlist"><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Before deleting the contents of the directory listed in the ProfilePath (this is likely to be - <tt>c:\windows\profiles\username)</tt>, ask them if they + <tt class="filename">c:\windows\profiles\username)</tt>, ask them if they have any important files stored on their desktop or in their start menu. Delete the contents of the directory ProfilePath (making a backup if any of the files are needed). @@ -6197,31 +13438,42 @@ they will be told that they are logging in "for the first time". This will have the effect of removing the local (read-only hidden system file) user.DAT in their profile directory, as well as the local "desktop", "nethood", "start menu" and "programs" folders. + </p></div><ol type="1"><li><p> + instead of logging in under the [user, password, domain] dialog, + press <span class="guibutton">escape</span>. </p></li><li><p> - search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the c:\windows + run the <b class="command">regedit.exe</b> program, and look in: + </p><p> + <tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt> + </p><p> + you will find an entry, for each user, of ProfilePath. Note the + contents of this key (likely to be <tt class="filename">c:\windows\profiles\username</tt>), + then delete the key ProfilePath for the required user. + </p><p>[Exit the registry editor].</p></li><li><p> + search for the user's .PWL password-caching file in the <tt class="filename">c:\windows</tt> directory, and delete it. </p></li><li><p> log off the windows 9x / Me client. </p></li><li><p> - check the contents of the profile path (see "logon path" described - above), and delete the user.DAT or user.MAN file for the user, + check the contents of the profile path (see <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> described + above), and delete the <tt class="filename">user.DAT</tt> or <tt class="filename">user.MAN</tt> file for the user, making a backup if required. </p></li></ol></div><p> If all else fails, increase samba's debug log levels to between 3 and 10, -and / or run a packet trace program such as ethereal or netmon.exe, and +and / or run a packet trace program such as ethereal or <b class="command">netmon.exe</b>, and look for error messages. </p><p> If you have access to an Windows NT4/200x server, then first set up roaming profiles and / or netlogons on the Windows NT4/200x server. Make a packet trace, or examine the example packet traces provided with Windows NT4/200x server, and see what the differences are with the equivalent samba trace. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879358"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971738"></a>Windows NT4 Workstation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> When a user first logs in to a Windows NT Workstation, the profile NTuser.DAT is created. The profile location can be now specified -through the "logon path" parameter. +through the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> parameter. </p><p> There is a parameter that is now available for use with NT Profiles: -"logon drive". This should be set to <tt>H:</tt> or any other drive, and +<i class="parameter"><tt>logon drive</tt></i>. This should be set to <tt class="filename">H:</tt> or any other drive, and should be used in conjunction with the new "logon home" parameter. </p><p> The entry for the NT4 profile is a _directory_ not a file. The NT @@ -6231,57 +13483,57 @@ create the full profile path (and the folder with the .PDS extension for those situations where it might be created.) </p><p> In the profile directory, Windows NT4 creates more folders than Windows 9x / Me. -It creates "Application Data" and others, as well as "Desktop", "Nethood", -"Start Menu" and "Programs". The profile itself is stored in a file -NTuser.DAT. Nothing appears to be stored in the .PDS directory, and +It creates <tt class="filename">Application Data</tt> and others, as well as <tt class="filename">Desktop</tt>, <tt class="filename">Nethood</tt>, +<tt class="filename">Start Menu</tt> and <tt class="filename">Programs</tt>. The profile itself is stored in a file +<tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt>. Nothing appears to be stored in the .PDS directory, and its purpose is currently unknown. </p><p> -You can use the System Control Panel to copy a local profile onto +You can use the <span class="application">System Control Panel</span> to copy a local profile onto a samba server (see NT Help on profiles: it is also capable of firing -up the correct location in the System Control Panel for you). The -NT Help file also mentions that renaming NTuser.DAT to NTuser.MAN +up the correct location in the <span class="application">System Control Panel</span> for you). The +NT Help file also mentions that renaming <tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> to <tt class="filename">NTuser.MAN</tt> turns a profile into a mandatory one. </p><p> The case of the profile is significant. The file must be called -NTuser.DAT or, for a mandatory profile, NTuser.MAN. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879426"></a>Windows 2000/XP Professional</h4></div></div><p> +<tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> or, for a mandatory profile, <tt class="filename">NTuser.MAN</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2971896"></a>Windows 2000/XP Professional</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You must first convert the profile from a local profile to a domain profile on the MS Windows workstation as follows: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Log on as the LOCAL workstation administrator. +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + Log on as the <span class="emphasis"><em>LOCAL</em></span> workstation administrator. </p></li><li><p> - Right click on the 'My Computer' Icon, select 'Properties' + Right click on the <span class="guiicon">My Computer</span> Icon, select <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span> </p></li><li><p> - Click on the 'User Profiles' tab + Click on the <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span> tab </p></li><li><p> Select the profile you wish to convert (click on it once) </p></li><li><p> - Click on the button 'Copy To' + Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Copy To</span> </p></li><li><p> - In the "Permitted to use" box, click on the 'Change' button. + In the <span class="guilabel">Permitted to use</span> box, click on the <span class="guibutton">Change</span> button. </p></li><li><p> Click on the 'Look in" area that lists the machine name, when you click here it will open up a selection box. Click on the domain to which the profile must be accessible. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You will need to log on if a logon box opens up. Eg: In the connect - as: MIDEARTH\root, password: mypassword.</p></div></li><li><p> + as: <i class="replaceable"><tt>MIDEARTH</tt></i>\root, password: <i class="replaceable"><tt>mypassword</tt></i>.</p></div></li><li><p> To make the profile capable of being used by anyone select 'Everyone' </p></li><li><p> - Click OK. The Selection box will close. + Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. The Selection box will close. </p></li><li><p> - Now click on the 'Ok' button to create the profile in the path you + Now click on the <span class="guibutton">Ok</span> button to create the profile in the path you nominated. - </p></li></ul></div><p> -Done. You now have a profile that can be editted using the samba-3.0.0 -<tt>profiles</tt> tool. + </p></li></ol></div><p> +Done. You now have a profile that can be edited using the samba-3.0.0 +<b class="command">profiles</b> tool. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Under NT/2K the use of mandotory profiles forces the use of MS Exchange +Under NT/2K the use of mandatory profiles forces the use of MS Exchange storage of mail data. That keeps desktop profiles usable. -</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> This is a security check new to Windows XP (or maybe only Windows XP service pack 1). It can be disabled via a group policy in -Active Directory. The policy is:</p><p>"Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User -Profiles\Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders"</p><p>...and it should be set to "Enabled". +Active Directory. The policy is:</p><p><tt class="filename">Computer Configuration\Administrative Templates\System\User +Profiles\Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders</tt></p><p>...and it should be set to <tt class="constant">Enabled</tt>. Does the new version of samba have an Active Directory analogue? If so, then you may be able to set the policy through this. </p><p> @@ -6291,9 +13543,10 @@ the following (N.B. I don't know for sure that this will work in the same way as a domain group policy): </p></li><li><p> On the XP workstation log in with an Administrator account. -</p></li><li><p>Click: "Start", "Run"</p></li><li><p>Type: "mmc"</p></li><li><p>Click: "OK"</p></li><li><p>A Microsoft Management Console should appear.</p></li><li><p>Click: File, "Add/Remove Snap-in...", "Add"</p></li><li><p>Double-Click: "Group Policy"</p></li><li><p>Click: "Finish", "Close"</p></li><li><p>Click: "OK"</p></li><li><p>In the "Console Root" window:</p></li><li><p>Expand: "Local Computer Policy", "Computer Configuration",</p></li><li><p>"Administrative Templates", "System", "User Profiles"</p></li><li><p>Double-Click: "Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile</p></li><li><p>Folders"</p></li><li><p>Select: "Enabled"</p></li><li><p>Click: OK"</p></li><li><p>Close the whole console. You do not need to save the settings (this +</p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guimenu">Start</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Run</span></p></li><li><p>Type: <b class="userinput"><tt>mmc</tt></b></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li><li><p>A Microsoft Management Console should appear.</p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guimenu">File</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Add/Remove Snap-in...</span>, <span class="guimenuitem">Add</span></p></li><li><p>Double-Click: <span class="guiicon">Group Policy</span></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">Finish</span>, <span class="guibutton">Close</span></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li><li><p>In the "Console Root" window:</p></li><li><p>Expand: <span class="guiicon">Local Computer Policy</span>, <span class="guiicon">Computer Configuration</span>, + <span class="guiicon">Administrative Templates</span>, <span class="guiicon">System</span>, <span class="guiicon">User Profiles</span></p></li><li><p>Double-Click: <span class="guilabel">Do not check for user ownership of Roaming Profile Folders</span></p></li><li><p>Select: <span class="guilabel">Enabled</span></p></li><li><p>Click: <span class="guibutton">OK</span></p></li><li><p>Close the whole console. You do not need to save the settings (this refers to the console settings rather than the policies you have - changed).</p></li><li><p>Reboot</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879695"></a>Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</h3></div></div><p> + changed).</p></li><li><p>Reboot</p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972407"></a>Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Sharing of desktop profiles between Windows versions is NOT recommended. Desktop profiles are an evolving phenomenon and profiles for later versions of MS Windows clients add features that may interfere with earlier versions @@ -6305,57 +13558,57 @@ on again with the newer version of MS Windows. </p><p> If you then want to share the same Start Menu / Desktop with W9x/Me, you will need to specify a common location for the profiles. The smb.conf parameters -that need to be common are <span class="emphasis"><em>logon path</em></span> and -<span class="emphasis"><em>logon home</em></span>. +that need to be common are <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i>. </p><p> -If you have this set up correctly, you will find separate user.DAT and -NTuser.DAT files in the same profile directory. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879742"></a>Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</h3></div></div><p> +If you have this set up correctly, you will find separate <tt class="filename">user.DAT</tt> and +<tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> files in the same profile directory. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972472"></a>Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> There is nothing to stop you specifying any path that you like for the location of users' profiles. Therefore, you could specify that the profile be stored on a samba server, or any other SMB server, as long as that SMB server supports encrypted passwords. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879759"></a>Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools</h4></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972489"></a>Windows NT4 Profile Management Tools</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Unfortunately, the Resource Kit information is specific to the version of MS Windows NT4/200x. The correct resource kit is required for each platform. </p><p> Here is a quick guide: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -On your NT4 Domain Controller, right click on 'My Computer', then -select the tab labelled 'User Profiles'. +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> +On your NT4 Domain Controller, right click on <span class="guiicon">My Computer</span>, then +select the tab labelled <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span>. </p></li><li><p> Select a user profile you want to migrate and click on it. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>I am using the term "migrate" lossely. You can copy a profile to +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>I am using the term "migrate" loosely. You can copy a profile to create a group profile. You can give the user 'Everyone' rights to the profile you copy this to. That is what you need to do, since your samba -domain is not a member of a trust relationship with your NT4 PDC.</p></div></li><li><p>Click the 'Copy To' button.</p></li><li><p>In the box labelled 'Copy Profile to' add your new path, eg: - <tt>c:\temp\foobar</tt></p></li><li><p>Click on the button labelled 'Change' in the "Permitted to use" box.</p></li><li><p>Click on the group 'Everyone' and then click OK. This closes the - 'chose user' box.</p></li><li><p>Now click OK.</p></li></ul></div><p> +domain is not a member of a trust relationship with your NT4 PDC.</p></div></li><li><p>Click the <span class="guibutton">Copy To</span> button.</p></li><li><p>In the box labelled <span class="guilabel">Copy Profile to</span> add your new path, eg: + <tt class="filename">c:\temp\foobar</tt></p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Change</span> in the <span class="guilabel">Permitted to use</span> box.</p></li><li><p>Click on the group 'Everyone' and then click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. This closes the + 'choose user' box.</p></li><li><p>Now click <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li></ol></div><p> Follow the above for every profile you need to migrate. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879852"></a>Side bar Notes</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972658"></a>Side bar Notes</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You should obtain the SID of your NT4 domain. You can use smbpasswd to do this. Read the man page.</p><p> With Samba-3.0.0 alpha code you can import all you NT4 domain accounts using the net samsync method. This way you can retain your profile settings as well as all your users. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879874"></a>moveuser.exe</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972680"></a>moveuser.exe</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> The W2K professional resource kit has moveuser.exe. moveuser.exe changes the security of a profile from one user to another. This allows the account domain to change, and/or the user name to change. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2879890"></a>Get SID</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972696"></a>Get SID</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You can identify the SID by using GetSID.exe from the Windows NT Server 4.0 Resource Kit. </p><p> Windows NT 4.0 stores the local profile information in the registry under the following key: -HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\ProfileList +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt> </p><p> Under the ProfileList key, there will be subkeys named with the SIDs of the users who have logged on to this computer. (To find the profile information for the user whose locally cached profile you want to move, find the SID for the user with the GetSID.exe utility.) Inside of the appropriate user's subkey, you will see a string value named ProfileImagePath. -</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879925"></a>Mandatory profiles</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2972737"></a>Mandatory profiles</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> A Mandatory Profile is a profile that the user does NOT have the ability to overwrite. During the user's session it may be possible to change the desktop environment, but as the user logs out all changes made will be lost. If it is desired to NOT allow the @@ -6369,10 +13622,10 @@ For MS Windows NT4/200x/XP the above method can be used to create mandatory prof also. To convert a group profile into a mandatory profile simply locate the NTUser.DAT file in the copied profile and rename it to NTUser.MAN. </p><p> -For MS Windows 9x / Me it is the User.DAT file that must be renamed to User.MAN to +For MS Windows 9x / Me it is the <tt class="filename">User.DAT</tt> file that must be renamed to <tt class="filename">User.MAN</tt> to affect a mandatory profile. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879970"></a>Creating/Managing Group Profiles</h2></div></div><p> -Most organisations are arranged into departments. There is a nice benenfit in +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2972795"></a>Creating/Managing Group Profiles</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Most organisations are arranged into departments. There is a nice benefit in this fact since usually most users in a department will require the same desktop applications and the same desktop layout. MS Windows NT4/200x/XP will allow the use of Group Profiles. A Group Profile is a profile that is created firstly using @@ -6380,33 +13633,34 @@ a template (example) user. Then using the profile migration tool (see above) the profile is assigned access rights for the user group that needs to be given access to the group profile. </p><p> -The next step is rather important. PLEASE NOTE: Instead of assigning a group profile +The next step is rather important. <span class="emphasis"><em>Please note:</em></span> Instead of assigning a group profile to users (ie: Using User Manager) on a "per user" basis, the group itself is assigned the now modified profile. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Be careful with group profiles, if the user who is a member of a group also has a personal profile, then the result will be a fusion (merge) of the two. - </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880011"></a>Default Profile for Windows Users</h2></div></div><p> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2972841"></a>Default Profile for Windows Users</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> MS Windows 9x / Me and NT4/200x/XP will use a default profile for any user for whom a profile does not already exist. Armed with a knowledge of where the default profile is located on the Windows workstation, and knowing which registry keys affect the path from which the default profile is created, it is possible to modify the default profile to one that has been optimised for the site. This has significant administrative advantages. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880040"></a>MS Windows 9x/Me</h3></div></div><p> -To enable default per use profiles in Windows 9x / Me you can either use the Windows 98 System -Policy Editor or change the registry directly. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2972861"></a>MS Windows 9x/Me</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To enable default per use profiles in Windows 9x / Me you can either use the <span class="application">Windows 98 System +Policy Editor</span> or change the registry directly. </p><p> -To enable default per user profiles in Windows 9x / Me, launch the System Policy Editor, then -select File -> Open Registry, then click on the Local Computer icon, click on Windows 98 System, -select User Profiles, click on the enable box. Do not forget to save the registry changes. +To enable default per user profiles in Windows 9x / Me, launch the <span class="application">System Policy Editor</span>, then +select <span class="guimenu">File</span> -> <span class="guimenuitem">Open Registry</span>, then click on the +<span class="guiicon">Local Computer</span> icon, click on <span class="guilabel">Windows 98 System</span>, +select <span class="guilabel">User Profiles</span>, click on the enable box. Do not forget to save the registry changes. </p><p> -To modify the registry directly, launch the Registry Editor (regedit.exe), select the hive -<tt>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Network\Logon</tt>. Now add a DWORD type key with the name +To modify the registry directly, launch the <span class="application">Registry Editor</span> (<b class="command">regedit.exe</b>), select the hive +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Network\Logon</tt>. Now add a DWORD type key with the name "User Profiles", to enable user profiles set the value to 1, to disable user profiles set it to 0. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2880080"></a>How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?</h4></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2972959"></a>How User Profiles Are Handled in Windows 9x / Me?</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> When a user logs on to a Windows 9x / Me machine, the local profile path, -<tt>HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt>, is checked +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\ProfileList</tt>, is checked for an existing entry for that user: </p><p> If the user has an entry in this registry location, Windows 9x / Me checks for a locally cached @@ -6420,46 +13674,46 @@ If a User Profile is not found in either location, the Default User Profile from machine is used and is copied to a newly created folder for the logged on user. At log off, any changes that the user made are written to the user's local profile. If the user has a roaming profile, the changes are written to the user's profile on the server. -</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880129"></a>MS Windows NT4 Workstation</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2973009"></a>MS Windows NT4 Workstation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> On MS Windows NT4 the default user profile is obtained from the location -<tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> which in a default installation will translate to -<tt>C:\WinNT\Profiles</tt>. Under this directory on a clean install there will be -three (3) directories: <tt>Administrator, All Users, Default User</tt>. +<tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> which in a default installation will translate to +<tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\Profiles</tt>. Under this directory on a clean install there will be +three (3) directories: <tt class="filename">Administrator</tt>, <tt class="filename">All Users</tt>, <tt class="filename">Default User</tt>. </p><p> -The <tt>All Users</tt> directory contains menu settings that are common across all -system users. The <tt>Default User</tt> directory contains menu entries that are +The <tt class="filename">All Users</tt> directory contains menu settings that are common across all +system users. The <tt class="filename">Default User</tt> directory contains menu entries that are customisable per user depending on the profile settings chosen/created. </p><p> When a new user first logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine a new profile is created from: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>All Users settings</td></tr><tr><td>Default User settings (contains the default NTUser.DAT file)</td></tr></table><p> When a user logs onto an MS Windows NT4 machine that is a member of a Microsoft security domain the following steps are followed in respect of profile handling: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> The users' account information which is obtained during the logon process contains the location of the users' desktop profile. The profile path may be local to the machine or it may be located on a network share. If there exists a profile at the location of the path from the user account, then this profile is copied to the location - <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>. This profile then inherits the - settings in the <tt>All Users</tt> profile in the <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> + <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>. This profile then inherits the + settings in the <tt class="filename">All Users</tt> profile in the <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles</tt> location. </p></li><li><p> If the user account has a profile path, but at it's location a profile does not exist, - then a new profile is created in the <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> - directory from reading the <tt>Default User</tt> profile. + then a new profile is created in the <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> + directory from reading the <tt class="filename">Default User</tt> profile. </p></li><li><p> If the NETLOGON share on the authenticating server (logon server) contains a policy file - (<tt>NTConfig.POL</tt>) then it's contents are applied to the <tt>NTUser.DAT</tt> - which is applied to the <tt>HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> part of the registry. + (<tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>) then it's contents are applied to the <tt class="filename">NTUser.DAT</tt> + which is applied to the <tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> part of the registry. </p></li><li><p> When the user logs out, if the profile is set to be a roaming profile it will be written - out to the location of the profile. The <tt>NTuser.DAT</tt> file is then - re-created from the contents of the <tt>HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> contents. - Thus, should there not exist in the NETLOGON share an <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt> at the - next logon, the effect of the provious <tt>NTConfig.POL</tt> will still be held + out to the location of the profile. The <tt class="filename">NTuser.DAT</tt> file is then + re-created from the contents of the <tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER</tt> contents. + Thus, should there not exist in the NETLOGON share an <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> at the + next logon, the effect of the previous <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> will still be held in the profile. The effect of this is known as <span class="emphasis"><em>tatooing</em></span>. </p></li></ol></div><p> MS Windows NT4 profiles may be <span class="emphasis"><em>Local</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Roaming</em></span>. A Local profile -will stored in the <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> location. A roaming profile will +will stored in the <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt> location. A roaming profile will also remain stored in the same way, unless the following registry key is created: </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -6467,10 +13721,10 @@ also remain stored in the same way, unless the following registry key is created "DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001 </pre><p> -In which case, the local copy (in <tt>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>) will be +In which case, the local copy (in <tt class="filename">%SystemRoot%\Profiles\%USERNAME%</tt>) will be deleted on logout. </p><p> -Under MS Windows NT4 default locations for common resources (like <tt>My Documents</tt> +Under MS Windows NT4 default locations for common resources (like <tt class="filename">My Documents</tt> may be redirected to a network share by modifying the following registry keys. These changes may be affected via use of the System Policy Editor (to do so may require that you create your owns template extension for the policy editor to allow this to be done through the GUI. Another way to do this is by way of first @@ -6479,54 +13733,20 @@ creating a default user profile, then while logged in as that user, run regedt32 The Registry Hive key that affects the behaviour of folders that are part of the default user profile are controlled by entries on Windows NT4 is: </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - HKEY_CURRENT_USER - \Software - \Microsoft - \Windows - \CurrentVersion - \Explorer - \User Shell Folders\ -</pre><p> +<tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders\</tt> </p><p> The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are: </p><p> - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - Name Default Value - -------------- ----------------------------------------- - AppData %USERPROFILE%\Application Data - Desktop %USERPROFILE%\Desktop - Favorites %USERPROFILE%\Favorites - NetHood %USERPROFILE%\NetHood - PrintHood %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood - Programs %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs - Recent %USERPROFILE%\Recent - SendTo %USERPROFILE%\SendTo - Start Menu %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu - Startup %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup - </pre><p> - </p><p> +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2973359"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 24.1. User Shell Folder registry keys default values</b></p><table summary="User Shell Folder registry keys default values" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Default Value</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AppData</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Application Data</td></tr><tr><td>Desktop</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Desktop</td></tr><tr><td>Favorites</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Favorites</td></tr><tr><td>NetHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\NetHood</td></tr><tr><td>PrintHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood</td></tr><tr><td>Programs</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs</td></tr><tr><td>Recent</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Recent</td></tr><tr><td>SendTo</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\SendTo</td></tr><tr><td>Start Menu </td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu</td></tr><tr><td>Startup</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p><p> The registry key that contains the location of the default profile settings is: - -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE - \SOFTWARE - \Microsoft - \Windows - \CurrentVersion - \Explorer - \User Shell Folders -</pre><p> - +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SOFTWARE\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders</tt> +</p><p> The default entries are: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - Common Desktop %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop - Common Programs %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs - Common Start Menu %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu - Common Startup %SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Progams\Startup -</pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2880513"></a>MS Windows 200x/XP</h3></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2973503"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 24.2. Defaults of profile settings registry keys</b></p><table summary="Defaults of profile settings registry keys" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>Common Desktop</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Desktop</td></tr><tr><td>Common Programs</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Programs</td></tr><tr><td>Common Start Menu</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu</td></tr><tr><td>Common Startup</td><td>%SystemRoot%\Profiles\All Users\Start Menu\Programs\Startup</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2973563"></a>MS Windows 200x/XP</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> MS Windows XP Home Edition does use default per user profiles, but can not participate in domain security, can not log onto an NT/ADS style domain, and thus can obtain the profile only from itself. While there are benefits in doing this the beauty of those MS Windows @@ -6534,7 +13754,7 @@ The default entries are: a global default profile and to enforce it through the use of Group Policy Objects (GPOs). </p></div><p> When a new user first logs onto MS Windows 200x/XP machine the default profile is obtained from -<tt>C:\Documents and Settings\Default User</tt>. The administrator can modify (or change +<tt class="filename">C:\Documents and Settings\Default User</tt>. The administrator can modify (or change the contents of this location and MS Windows 200x/XP will gladly use it. This is far from the optimum arrangement since it will involve copying a new default profile to every MS Windows 200x/XP client workstation. @@ -6542,20 +13762,20 @@ workstation. When MS Windows 200x/XP participate in a domain security context, and if the default user profile is not found, then the client will search for a default profile in the NETLOGON share of the authenticating server. ie: In MS Windows parlance: -<tt>%LOGONSERVER%\NETLOGON\Default User</tt> and if one exits there it will copy this -to the workstation to the <tt>C:\Documents and Settings\</tt> under the Windows +<tt class="filename">%LOGONSERVER%\NETLOGON\Default User</tt> and if one exits there it will copy this +to the workstation to the <tt class="filename">C:\Documents and Settings\</tt> under the Windows login name of the user. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - This path translates, in Samba parlance, to the smb.conf [NETLOGON] share. The directory - should be created at the root of this share and must be called <tt>Default Profile</tt>. + This path translates, in Samba parlance, to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> <i class="parameter"><tt>[NETLOGON]</tt></i> share. The directory + should be created at the root of this share and must be called <tt class="filename">Default Profile</tt>. </p></div><p> If a default profile does not exist in this location then MS Windows 200x/XP will use the local default profile. </p><p> -On loging out, the users' desktop profile will be stored to the location specified in the registry +On logging out, the users' desktop profile will be stored to the location specified in the registry settings that pertain to the user. If no specific policies have been created, or passed to the client during the login process (as Samba does automatically), then the user's profile will be written to -the local machine only under the path <tt>C:\Documents and Settings\%USERNAME%</tt>. +the local machine only under the path <tt class="filename">C:\Documents and Settings\%USERNAME%</tt>. </p><p> Those wishing to modify the default behaviour can do so through three methods: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> @@ -6571,64 +13791,26 @@ Those wishing to modify the default behaviour can do so through three methods: The Registry Hive key that affects the behaviour of folders that are part of the default user profile are controlled by entries on Windows 200x/XP is: </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - HKEY_CURRENT_USER - \Software - \Microsoft - \Windows - \CurrentVersion - \Explorer - \User Shell Folders\ -</pre><p> +<tt class="filename">HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Explorer\User Shell Folders\</tt> </p><p> The above hive key contains a list of automatically managed folders. The default entries are: </p><p> - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - Name Default Value - -------------- ----------------------------------------- - AppData %USERPROFILE%\Application Data - Cache %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files - Cookies %USERPROFILE%\Cookies - Desktop %USERPROFILE%\Desktop - Favorites %USERPROFILE%\Favorites - History %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History - Local AppData %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data - Local Settings %USERPROFILE%\Local Settings - My Pictures %USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures - NetHood %USERPROFILE%\NetHood - Personal %USERPROFILE%\My Documents - PrintHood %USERPROFILE%\PrintHood - Programs %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs - Recent %USERPROFILE%\Recent - SendTo %USERPROFILE%\SendTo - Start Menu %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu - Startup %USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup - Templates %USERPROFILE%\Templates - </pre><p> - </p><p> -There is also an entry called "Default" that has no value set. The default entry is of type REG_SZ, all -the others are of type REG_EXPAND_SZ. +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2973759"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 24.3. Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys</b></p><table summary="Defaults of default user profile paths registry keys" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Name</th><th>Default Value</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>AppData</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Application Data</td></tr><tr><td>Cache</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Temporary Internet Files</td></tr><tr><td>Cookies</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Cookies</td></tr><tr><td>Desktop</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Desktop</td></tr><tr><td>Favorites</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Favorites</td></tr><tr><td>History</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\History</td></tr><tr><td>Local AppData</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings\Application Data</td></tr><tr><td>Local Settings</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Local Settings</td></tr><tr><td>My Pictures</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\My Documents\My Pictures</td></tr><tr><td>NetHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\NetHood</td></tr><tr><td>Personal</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\My Documents</td></tr><tr><td>PrintHood</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\PrintHood</td></tr><tr><td>Programs</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs</td></tr><tr><td>Recent</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Recent</td></tr><tr><td>SendTo</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\SendTo</td></tr><tr><td>Start Menu</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu</td></tr><tr><td>Startup</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Start Menu\Programs\Startup</td></tr><tr><td>Templates</td><td>%USERPROFILE%\Templates</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p><p> +There is also an entry called "Default" that has no value set. The default entry is of type <tt class="constant">REG_SZ</tt>, all +the others are of type <tt class="constant">REG_EXPAND_SZ</tt>. </p><p> It makes a huge difference to the speed of handling roaming user profiles if all the folders are stored on a dedicated location on a network server. This means that it will NOT be necessary to write the Outlook PST file over the network for every login and logout. </p><p> To set this to a network location you could use the following examples: - -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - %LOGONSERVER%\%USERNAME%\Default Folders -</pre><p> - -This would store the folders in the user's home directory under a directory called "Default Folders" - +</p><p><tt class="filename">%LOGONSERVER%\%USERNAME%\Default Folders</tt></p><p> +This would store the folders in the user's home directory under a directory called <tt class="filename">Default Folders</tt> You could also use: - -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - \\SambaServer\FolderShare\%USERNAME% -</pre><p> - -in which case the default folders will be stored in the server named <span class="emphasis"><em>SambaServer</em></span> -in the share called <span class="emphasis"><em>FolderShare</em></span> under a directory that has the name of the MS Windows +</p><p><tt class="filename">\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SambaServer</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>FolderShare</tt></i>\%USERNAME%</tt></p><p> + in which case the default folders will be stored in the server named <i class="replaceable"><tt>SambaServer</tt></i> +in the share called <i class="replaceable"><tt>FolderShare</tt></i> under a directory that has the name of the MS Windows user as seen by the Linux/Unix file system. </p><p> Please note that once you have created a default profile share, you MUST migrate a user's profile @@ -6636,277 +13818,482 @@ Please note that once you have created a default profile share, you MUST migrate </p><p> MS Windows 200x/XP profiles may be <span class="emphasis"><em>Local</em></span> or <span class="emphasis"><em>Roaming</em></span>. A roaming profile will be cached locally unless the following registry key is created: -</p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\ - "DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001 -</pre><p> - +</p><p><tt class="filename">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\Software\Microsoft\Windows NT\CurrentVersion\winlogon\"DeleteRoamingCache"=dword:00000001</tt></p><p> In which case, the local cache copy will be deleted on logout. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="InterdomainTrusts"></a>Chapter 19. Interdomain Trust Relationships</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Rafal Szczesniak</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:mimir@samba.org">mimir@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2878684">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881006">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881019">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881063">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2881087">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881114">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881210">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -Samba-3 supports NT4 style domain trust relationships. This is feature that many sites -will want to use if they migrate to Samba-3 from and NT4 style domain and do NOT want to -adopt Active Directory or an LDAP based authentication back end. This section explains -some background information regarding trust relationships and how to create them. It is now -possible for Samba-3 to NT4 trust (and vice versa), as well as Samba3 to Samba3 trusts. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878684"></a>Trust Relationship Background</h2></div></div><p> -MS Windows NT3.x/4.0 type security domains employ a non-hierarchical security structure. -The limitations of this architecture as it affects the scalability of MS Windows networking -in large organisations is well known. Additionally, the flat-name space that results from -this design significantly impacts the delegation of administrative responsibilities in -large and diverse organisations. -</p><p> -Microsoft developed Active Directory Service (ADS), based on Kerberos and LDAP, as a means -of circumventing the limitations of the older technologies. Not every organisation is ready -or willing to embrace ADS. For small companies the older NT4 style domain security paradigm -is quite adequate, there thus remains an entrenched user base for whom there is no direct -desire to go through a disruptive change to adopt ADS. -</p><p> -Microsoft introduced with MS Windows NT the ability to allow differing security domains -to affect a mechanism so that users from one domain may be given access rights and privileges -in another domain. The language that describes this capability is couched in terms of -<span class="emphasis"><em>Trusts</em></span>. Specifically, one domain will <span class="emphasis"><em>trust</em></span> the users -from another domain. The domain from which users are available to another security domain is -said to be a trusted domain. The domain in which those users have assigned rights and privileges -is the trusting domain. With NT3.x/4.0 all trust relationships are always in one direction only, -thus if users in both domains are to have privileges and rights in each others' domain, then it is -necessary to establish two (2) relationships, one in each direction. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2974067"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following are some typical errors/problems/questions that have been asked. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2974080"></a>How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +With samba-2.2.x the choice you have is to enable or disable roaming +profiles support. It is a global only setting. The default is to have +roaming profiles and the default path will locate them in the user's home +directory. +</p><p> +If disabled globally then no-one will have roaming profile ability. +If enabled and you want it to apply only to certain machines, then on +those machines on which roaming profile support is NOT wanted it is then +necessary to disable roaming profile handling in the registry of each such +machine. +</p><p> +With samba-3.0.0 (soon to be released) you can have a global profile +setting in smb.conf _AND_ you can over-ride this by per-user settings +using the Domain User Manager (as with MS Windows NT4/ Win 2Kx). +</p><p> +In any case, you can configure only one profile per user. That profile can +be either: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>A profile unique to that user</td></tr><tr><td>A mandatory profile (one the user can not change)</td></tr><tr><td>A group profile (really should be mandatory ie:unchangable)</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2974143"></a>Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +“<span class="quote"> + I dont want Roaming profile to be implemented, I just want to give users + local profiles only. +... + Please help me I am totally lost with this error from past two days I tried + everything and googled around quite a bit but of no help. Please help me. +</span>”</p><p> +Your choices are: + + +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Local profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + I know of no registry keys that will allow auto-deletion of LOCAL profiles on log out + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Roaming profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>can use auto-delete on logout option</td></tr><tr><td>requires a registry key change on workstation</td></tr></table><p> + + Your choices are: + + </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Personal Roaming profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + - should be preserved on a central server + - workstations 'cache' (store) a local copy + - used in case the profile can not be downloaded + at next logon + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Group profiles</span></dt><dd><p>- loaded from a central place</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Mandatory profiles</span></dt><dd><p> + - can be personal or group + - can NOT be changed (except by an administrator + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p></dd></dl></div><p> + </p><p> -In an NT4 style MS security domain, all trusts are non-transitive. This means that if there -are three (3) domains (let's call them RED, WHITE, and BLUE) where RED and WHITE have a trust -relationship, and WHITE and BLUE have a trust relationship, then it holds that there is no -implied trust between the RED and BLUE domains. ie: Relationships are explicit and not -transitive. +A WinNT4/2K/XP profile can vary in size from 130KB to off the scale. +Outlook PST files are most often part of the profile and can be many GB in +size. On average (in a well controlled environment) roaming profile size of +2MB is a good rule of thumb to use for planning purposes. In an +undisciplined environment I have seen up to 2GB profiles. Users tend to +complain when it take an hour to log onto a workstation but they harvest +the fruits of folly (and ignorance). </p><p> -New to MS Windows 2000 ADS security contexts is the fact that trust relationships are two-way -by default. Also, all inter-ADS domain trusts are transitive. In the case of the RED, WHITE and BLUE -domains above, with Windows 2000 and ADS the RED and BLUE domains CAN trust each other. This is -an inherent feature of ADS domains. Samba-3 implements MS Windows NT4 -style Interdomain trusts and interoperates with MS Windows 200x ADS -security domains in similar manner to MS Windows NT4 style domains. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2881006"></a>Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</h2></div></div><p> -There are two steps to creating an interdomain trust relationship. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881019"></a>NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</h3></div></div><p> -For MS Windows NT4, all domain trust relationships are configured using the Domain User Manager. -To affect a two way trust relationship it is necessary for each domain administrator to make -available (for use by an external domain) it's security resources. This is done from the Domain -User Manager Policies entry on the menu bar. From the Policy menu, select Trust Relationships, then -next to the lower box that is labelled "Permitted to Trust this Domain" are two buttons, "Add" and -"Remove". The "Add" button will open a panel in which needs to be entered the remote domain that -will be able to assign user rights to your domain. In addition it is necessary to enter a password -that is specific to this trust relationship. The password needs to be -typed twice (for standard confirmation). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881063"></a>NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</h3></div></div><p> -A trust relationship will work only when the other (trusting) domain makes the appropriate connections -with the trusted domain. To consumate the trust relationship the administrator will launch the -Domain User Manager, from the menu select Policies, then select Trust Relationships, then click on the -"Add" button that is next to the box that is labelled "Trusted Domains". A panel will open in -which must be entered the name of the remote domain as well as the password assigned to that trust. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2881087"></a>Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</h2></div></div><p> -This description is meant to be a fairly short introduction about how to set up a Samba server so -that it could participate in interdomain trust relationships. Trust relationship support in Samba -is in its early stage, so lot of things don't work yet. +The point of all the above is to show that roaming profiles and good +controls of how they can be changed as well as good discipline make up for +a problem free site. </p><p> -Each of the procedures described below is treated as they were performed with Windows NT4 Server on -one end. The remote end could just as well be another Samba-3 domain. It can be clearly seen, after -reading this document, that combining Samba-specific parts of what's written below leads to trust -between domains in purely Samba environment. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881114"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</h3></div></div><p> -In order to set the Samba PDC to be the trusted party of the relationship first you need -to create special account for the domain that will be the trusting party. To do that, -you can use the 'smbpasswd' utility. Creating the trusted domain account is very -similiar to creating a trusted machine account. Suppose, your domain is -called SAMBA, and the remote domain is called RUMBA. The first step -will be to issue this command from your favourite shell: +Microsoft's answer to the PST problem is to store all email in an MS +Exchange Server back-end. But this is another story ...! </p><p> -</p><pre class="screen"> -<tt>deity#</tt> <b><tt>smbpasswd -a -i rumba</tt></b> - New SMB password: XXXXXXXX - Retype SMB password: XXXXXXXX - Added user rumba$ -</pre><p> +So, having LOCAL profiles means: + +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>If lots of users user each machine - lot's of local disk storage needed for local profiles</td></tr><tr><td>Every workstation the user logs into has it's own profile - can be very different from machine to machine</td></tr></table><p> + +On the other hand, having roaming profiles means: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>The network administrator can control EVERY aspect of user profiles</td></tr><tr><td>With the use of mandatory profiles - a drastic reduction in network management overheads</td></tr><tr><td>User unhappiness about not being able to change their profiles soon fades as they get used to being able to work reliably</td></tr></table><p> -where <i><tt>-a</tt></i> means to add a new account into the -passdb database and <i><tt>-i</tt></i> means: ''create this -account with the InterDomain trust flag'' -</p><p> -The account name will be 'rumba$' (the name of the remote domain) -</p><p> -After issuing this command you'll be asked to enter the password for -the account. You can use any password you want, but be aware that Windows NT will -not change this password until 7 days following account creation. -After the command returns successfully, you can look at the entry for the new account -(in the stardard way depending on your configuration) and see that account's name is -really RUMBA$ and it has 'I' flag in the flags field. Now you're ready to confirm -the trust by establishing it from Windows NT Server. -</p><p> -Open 'User Manager for Domains' and from menu 'Policies' select 'Trust Relationships...'. -Right beside 'Trusted domains' list box press 'Add...' button. You will be prompted for -the trusted domain name and the relationship password. Type in SAMBA, as this is -your domain name, and the password used at the time of account creation. -Press OK and, if everything went without incident, you will see 'Trusted domain relationship -successfully established' message. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881210"></a>Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</h3></div></div><p> -This time activities are somewhat reversed. Again, we'll assume that your domain -controlled by the Samba PDC is called SAMBA and NT-controlled domain is called RUMBA. </p><p> -The very first thing requirement is to add an account for the SAMBA domain on RUMBA's PDC. +I have managed and installed MANY NT/2K networks and have NEVER found one +where users who move from machine to machine are happy with local +profiles. In the long run local profiles bite them. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2974365"></a>Changing the default profile</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +When the client tries to logon to the PDC it looks for a profile to download +where do I put this default profile. +</span>”</p><p> +Firstly, your samba server need to be configured as a domain controller. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + server = user + os level = 32 (or more) + domain logons = Yes +</pre><p> +Plus you need to have a <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share that is world readable. +It is a good idea to add a logon script to pre-set printer and +drive connections. There is also a facility for automatically +synchronizing the workstation time clock with that of the logon +server (another good thing to do). +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +To invoke auto-deletion of roaming profile from the local +workstation cache (disk storage) you need to use the <span class="application">Group Policy Editor</span> +to create a file called <tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt> with the appropriate entries. This +file needs to be located in the <i class="parameter"><tt>netlogon</tt></i> share root directory.</p></div><p> +Oh, of course the windows clients need to be members of the domain. +Workgroup machines do NOT do network logons - so they never see domain +profiles. </p><p> -Launch the Domain User Manager, then from the menu select 'Policies', 'Trust Relationships'. -Now, next to 'Trusted Domains' box press the 'Add' button, and type in the name of the trusted -domain (SAMBA) and password securing the relationship. +Secondly, for roaming profiles you need: + + logon path = \\%N\profiles\%U (with some such path) + logon drive = H: (Z: is the default) + + Plus you need a PROFILES share that is world writable. +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pam"></a>Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Stephen</span> <span class="surname">Langasek</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:vorlon@netexpress.net">vorlon@netexpress.net</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 31, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2978309">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2978577">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2978595">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979265">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979567">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979625">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2979709">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2980075">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2980089">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter you should help you to deploy winbind based authentication on any PAM enabled +Unix/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication +from any MS Windows NT Domain, MS Windows 200x Active Directory based domain, or any Samba +based domain environment. It will also help you to configure PAM based local host access +controls that are appropriate to your Samba configuration. +</p><p> +In addition to knowing how to configure winbind into PAM, you will learn generic PAM management +possibilities and in particular how to deploy tools like pam_smbpass.so to your advantage. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to <a href="#winbind" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">the Winbind chapter</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2978309"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, +now utilize the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, +authorization and resource control services. Prior to the introduction of PAM, a decision +to use an alternative to the system password database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>) +would require the provision of alternatives for all programs that provide security services. +Such a choice would involve provision of alternatives to such programs as: <b class="command">login</b>, +<b class="command">passwd</b>, <b class="command">chown</b>, etc. +</p><p> +PAM provides a mechanism that disconnects these security programs from the underlying +authentication/authorization infrastructure. PAM is configured either through one file +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> (Solaris), or by editing individual files that are +located in <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt>. +</p><p> +On PAM enabled Unix/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any +authentication backend, so long as the appropriate dynamically loadable library modules +are available for it. The backend may be local to the system, or may be centralised on a +remote server. +</p><p> +PAM support modules are available for: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt></span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard Unix user + database. The most common are called: pam_unix.so, pam_unix2.so, pam_pwdb.so + and pam_userdb.so. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kerberos</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_krb5.so module allows the use of any Kerberos compliant server. + This tool is used to access MIT Kerberos, Heimdal Kerberos, and potentially + Microsoft Active Directory (if enabled). + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">LDAP</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_ldap.so module allows the use of any LDAP v2 or v3 compatible backend + server. Commonly used LDAP backend servers include: OpenLDAP v2.0 and v2.1, + Sun ONE iDentity server, Novell eDirectory server, Microsoft Active Directory. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NetWare Bindery</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_ncp_auth.so module allows authentication off any bindery enabled + NetWare Core Protocol based server. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SMB Password</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + This module, called pam_smbpass.so, will allow user authentication off + the passdb backend that is configured in the Samba <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SMB Server</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_smb_auth.so module is the original MS Windows networking authentication + tool. This module has been somewhat outdated by the Winbind module. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Winbind</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_winbind.so module allows Samba to obtain authentication from any + MS Windows Domain Controller. It can just as easily be used to authenticate + users for access to any PAM enabled application. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">RADIUS</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + There is a PAM RADIUS (Remote Access Dial-In User Service) authentication + module. In most cases the administrator will need to locate the source code + for this tool and compile and install it themselves. RADIUS protocols are + used by many routers and terminal servers. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Of the above, Samba provides the pam_smbpasswd.so and the pam_winbind.so modules alone. +</p><p> +Once configured, these permit a remarkable level of flexibility in the location and use +of distributed samba domain controllers that can provide wide are network bandwidth +efficient authentication services for PAM capable systems. In effect, this allows the +deployment of centrally managed and maintained distributed authentication from a single +user account database. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2978577"></a>Technical Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM is designed to provide the system administrator with a great deal of flexibility in +configuration of the privilege granting applications of their system. The local +configuration of system security controlled by PAM is contained in one of two places: +either the single system file, /etc/pam.conf; or the /etc/pam.d/ directory. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2978595"></a>PAM Configuration Syntax</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In this section we discuss the correct syntax of and generic options respected by entries to these files. +PAM specific tokens in the configuration file are case insensitive. The module paths, however, are case +sensitive since they indicate a file's name and reflect the case dependence of typical file-systems. +The case-sensitivity of the arguments to any given module is defined for each module in turn. +</p><p> +In addition to the lines described below, there are two special characters provided for the convenience +of the system administrator: comments are preceded by a `#' and extend to the next end-of-line; also, +module specification lines may be extended with a `\' escaped newline. +</p><p> +If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the +default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of +Linux, the default location is <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt>. If the module +is located outside the default then the path must be specified as: </p><p> -The password can be arbitrarily chosen. It is easy to change the password -from the Samba server whenever you want. After confirming the password your account is -ready for use. Now it's Samba's turn. +</p><pre class="screen"> +auth required /other_path/pam_strange_module.so +</pre><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2978651"></a>Anatomy of <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> Entries</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The remaining information in this subsection was taken from the documentation of the Linux-PAM +project. For more information on PAM, see +<a href="http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/" target="_top"> +http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam</a> The Official Linux-PAM home page. </p><p> -Using your favourite shell while being logged in as root, issue this command: +A general configuration line of the /etc/pam.conf file has the following form: </p><p> -<tt>deity# </tt><b><tt>net rpc trustdom establish rumba</tt></b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +service-name module-type control-flag module-path args +</pre><p> </p><p> -You will be prompted for the password you just typed on your Windows NT4 Server box. -Do not worry if you see an error message that mentions a returned code of -NT_STATUS_NOLOGON_INTERDOMAIN_TRUST_ACCOUNT. It means the -password you gave is correct and the NT4 Server says the account is -ready for interdomain connection and not for ordinary -connection. After that, be patient it can take a while (especially -in large networks), you should see the 'Success' message. Congratulations! Your trust -relationship has just been established. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Note that you have to run this command as root because you must have write access to -the <tt>secrets.tdb</tt> file. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pam"></a>Chapter 20. PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jun 21 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2880956">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2881738">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2881795">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882047">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880956"></a>Samba and PAM</h2></div></div><p> -A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the -xxxxBSD family and Linux, now utilize the Pluggable Authentication -Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, -authorization and resource control services. Prior to the -introduction of PAM, a decision to use an alternative to -the system password database (<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>) -would require the provision of alternatives for all programs that provide -security services. Such a choice would involve provision of -alternatives to such programs as: <b>login</b>, -<b>passwd</b>, <b>chown</b>, etc. -</p><p> -PAM provides a mechanism that disconnects these security programs -from the underlying authentication/authorization infrastructure. -PAM is configured either through one file <tt>/etc/pam.conf</tt> (Solaris), -or by editing individual files that are located in <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt>. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the - default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of - Linux, the default location is <tt>/lib/security</tt>. If the module - is located outside the default then the path must be specified as: - - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - auth required /other_path/pam_strange_module.so - </pre><p> - </p></div><p> -The following is an example <tt>/etc/pam.d/login</tt> configuration file. +Below, we explain the meaning of each of these tokens. The second (and more recently adopted) +way of configuring Linux-PAM is via the contents of the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> directory. +Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this method. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">service-name</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The name of the service associated with this entry. Frequently the service name is the conventional + name of the given application. For example, `ftpd', `rlogind' and `su', etc. . + </p><p> + There is a special service-name, reserved for defining a default authentication mechanism. It has + the name `OTHER' and may be specified in either lower or upper case characters. Note, when there + is a module specified for a named service, the `OTHER' entries are ignored. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">module-type</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + One of (currently) four types of module. The four types are as follows: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>auth:</em></span> this module type provides two aspects of authenticating the user. + Firstly, it establishes that the user is who they claim to be, by instructing the application + to prompt the user for a password or other means of identification. Secondly, the module can + grant group membership (independently of the <tt class="filename">/etc/groups</tt> file discussed + above) or other privileges through its credential granting properties. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>account:</em></span> this module performs non-authentication based account management. + It is typically used to restrict/permit access to a service based on the time of day, currently + available system resources (maximum number of users) or perhaps the location of the applicant + user `root' login only on the console. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>session:</em></span> primarily, this module is associated with doing things that need + to be done for the user before/after they can be given service. Such things include the logging + of information concerning the opening/closing of some data exchange with a user, mounting + directories, etc. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>password:</em></span> this last module type is required for updating the authentication + token associated with the user. Typically, there is one module for each `challenge/response' + based authentication (auth) module-type. + </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">control-flag</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The control-flag is used to indicate how the PAM library will react to the success or failure of the + module it is associated with. Since modules can be stacked (modules of the same type execute in series, + one after another), the control-flags determine the relative importance of each module. The application + is not made aware of the individual success or failure of modules listed in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> file. Instead, it receives a summary success or fail response from + the Linux-PAM library. The order of execution of these modules is that of the entries in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> file; earlier entries are executed before later ones. + As of Linux-PAM v0.60, this control-flag can be defined with one of two syntaxes. + </p><p> + The simpler (and historical) syntax for the control-flag is a single keyword defined to indicate the + severity of concern associated with the success or failure of a specific module. There are four such + <span class="emphasis"><em>keywords: required, requisite, sufficient and optional</em></span>. + </p><p> + The Linux-PAM library interprets these keywords in the following manner: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>required:</em></span> this indicates that the success of the module is required for the + module-type facility to succeed. Failure of this module will not be apparent to the user until all + of the remaining modules (of the same module-type) have been executed. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>requisite:</em></span> like required, however, in the case that such a module returns a + failure, control is directly returned to the application. The return value is that associated with + the first required or requisite module to fail. Note, this flag can be used to protect against the + possibility of a user getting the opportunity to enter a password over an unsafe medium. It is + conceivable that such behavior might inform an attacker of valid accounts on a system. This + possibility should be weighed against the not insignificant concerns of exposing a sensitive + password in a hostile environment. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>sufficient:</em></span> the success of this module is deemed `sufficient' to satisfy + the Linux-PAM library that this module-type has succeeded in its purpose. In the event that no + previous required module has failed, no more `stacked' modules of this type are invoked. (Note, + in this case subsequent required modules are not invoked.). A failure of this module is not deemed + as fatal to satisfying the application that this module-type has succeeded. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>optional:</em></span> as its name suggests, this control-flag marks the module as not + being critical to the success or failure of the user's application for service. In general, + Linux-PAM ignores such a module when determining if the module stack will succeed or fail. + However, in the absence of any definite successes or failures of previous or subsequent stacked + modules this module will determine the nature of the response to the application. One example of + this latter case, is when the other modules return something like PAM_IGNORE. + </p></li></ul></div><p> + The more elaborate (newer) syntax is much more specific and gives the administrator a great deal of control + over how the user is authenticated. This form of the control flag is delimited with square brackets and + consists of a series of value=action tokens: + </p><pre class="screen"> + [value1=action1 value2=action2 ...] + </pre><p> + Here, value1 is one of the following return values: success; open_err; symbol_err; service_err; + system_err; buf_err; perm_denied; auth_err; cred_insufficient; authinfo_unavail; user_unknown; maxtries; + new_authtok_reqd; acct_expired; session_err; cred_unavail; cred_expired; cred_err; no_module_data; conv_err; + authtok_err; authtok_recover_err; authtok_lock_busy; authtok_disable_aging; try_again; ignore; abort; + authtok_expired; module_unknown; bad_item; and default. The last of these (default) can be used to set + the action for those return values that are not explicitly defined. + </p><p> + The action1 can be a positive integer or one of the following tokens: ignore; ok; done; bad; die; and reset. + A positive integer, J, when specified as the action, can be used to indicate that the next J modules of the + current module-type will be skipped. In this way, the administrator can develop a moderately sophisticated + stack of modules with a number of different paths of execution. Which path is taken can be determined by the + reactions of individual modules. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ignore:</em></span> when used with a stack of modules, the module's return status will not + contribute to the return code the application obtains. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>bad:</em></span> this action indicates that the return code should be thought of as indicative + of the module failing. If this module is the first in the stack to fail, its status value will be used + for that of the whole stack. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>die:</em></span> equivalent to bad with the side effect of terminating the module stack and + PAM immediately returning to the application. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ok:</em></span> this tells PAM that the administrator thinks this return code should + contribute directly to the return code of the full stack of modules. In other words, if the former + state of the stack would lead to a return of PAM_SUCCESS, the module's return code will override + this value. Note, if the former state of the stack holds some value that is indicative of a modules + failure, this 'ok' value will not be used to override that value. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>done:</em></span> equivalent to ok with the side effect of terminating the module stack and + PAM immediately returning to the application. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>reset:</em></span> clear all memory of the state of the module stack and start again with + the next stacked module. + </p></li></ul></div><p> + Each of the four keywords: required; requisite; sufficient; and optional, have an equivalent expression in + terms of the [...] syntax. They are as follows: + </p><p> + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + required is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=bad] + </p></li><li><p> + requisite is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=die] + </p></li><li><p> + sufficient is equivalent to [success=done new_authtok_reqd=done default=ignore] + </p></li><li><p> + optional is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok default=ignore] + </p></li></ul></div><p> + </p><p> + Just to get a feel for the power of this new syntax, here is a taste of what you can do with it. With Linux-PAM-0.63, + the notion of client plug-in agents was introduced. This is something that makes it possible for PAM to support + machine-machine authentication using the transport protocol inherent to the client/server application. With the + <span class="emphasis"><em>[ ... value=action ... ]</em></span> control syntax, it is possible for an application to be configured + to support binary prompts with compliant clients, but to gracefully fall over into an alternative authentication + mode for older, legacy, applications. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">module-path</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The path-name of the dynamically loadable object file; the pluggable module itself. If the first character of the + module path is `/', it is assumed to be a complete path. If this is not the case, the given module path is appended + to the default module path: <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt> (but see the notes above). + </p><p> + The args are a list of tokens that are passed to the module when it is invoked. Much like arguments to a typical + Linux shell command. Generally, valid arguments are optional and are specific to any given module. Invalid arguments + are ignored by a module, however, when encountering an invalid argument, the module is required to write an error + to syslog(3). For a list of generic options see the next section. + </p><p> + Note, if you wish to include spaces in an argument, you should surround that argument with square brackets. For example: + </p><pre class="screen"> +squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \ + db=eminence [query=select user_name from internet_service where \ + user_name='%u' and password=PASSWORD('%p') and \ + service='web_proxy'] +</pre><p> + Note, when using this convention, you can include `[' characters inside the string, and if you wish to include a `]' + character inside the string that will survive the argument parsing, you should use `\['. In other words: + </p><pre class="screen"> +[..[..\]..] --> ..[..].. +</pre><p> + Any line in (one of) the configuration file(s), that is not formatted correctly, will generally tend (erring on the + side of caution) to make the authentication process fail. A corresponding error is written to the system log files + with a call to syslog(3). + </p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979265"></a>Example System Configurations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following is an example <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> configuration file. This example had all options been uncommented is probably not usable as it stacks many conditions before allowing successful completion of the login process. Essentially all conditions can be disabled -by commenting them out except the calls to <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt>. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service - # - auth required pam_securetty.so - auth required pam_nologin.so - # auth required pam_dialup.so - # auth optional pam_mail.so - auth required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 - # account requisite pam_time.so - account required pam_pwdb.so - session required pam_pwdb.so - # session optional pam_lastlog.so - # password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 -</pre><p> -PAM allows use of replacable modules. Those available on a -sample system include: -</p><p><tt>$</tt><b><tt>/bin/ls /lib/security</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - pam_access.so pam_ftp.so pam_limits.so - pam_ncp_auth.so pam_rhosts_auth.so pam_stress.so - pam_cracklib.so pam_group.so pam_listfile.so - pam_nologin.so pam_rootok.so pam_tally.so - pam_deny.so pam_issue.so pam_mail.so - pam_permit.so pam_securetty.so pam_time.so - pam_dialup.so pam_lastlog.so pam_mkhomedir.so - pam_pwdb.so pam_shells.so pam_unix.so - pam_env.so pam_ldap.so pam_motd.so - pam_radius.so pam_smbpass.so pam_unix_acct.so - pam_wheel.so pam_unix_auth.so pam_unix_passwd.so - pam_userdb.so pam_warn.so pam_unix_session.so +by commenting them out except the calls to <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt>. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2979296"></a>PAM: original login config</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service +# +auth required pam_securetty.so +auth required pam_nologin.so +# auth required pam_dialup.so +# auth optional pam_mail.so +auth required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +# account requisite pam_time.so +account required pam_pwdb.so +session required pam_pwdb.so +# session optional pam_lastlog.so +# password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2979322"></a>PAM: login using pam_smbpass</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM allows use of replaceable modules. Those available on a sample system include: +</p><p><tt class="prompt">$</tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/bin/ls /lib/security</tt></b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +pam_access.so pam_ftp.so pam_limits.so +pam_ncp_auth.so pam_rhosts_auth.so pam_stress.so +pam_cracklib.so pam_group.so pam_listfile.so +pam_nologin.so pam_rootok.so pam_tally.so +pam_deny.so pam_issue.so pam_mail.so +pam_permit.so pam_securetty.so pam_time.so +pam_dialup.so pam_lastlog.so pam_mkhomedir.so +pam_pwdb.so pam_shells.so pam_unix.so +pam_env.so pam_ldap.so pam_motd.so +pam_radius.so pam_smbpass.so pam_unix_acct.so +pam_wheel.so pam_unix_auth.so pam_unix_passwd.so +pam_userdb.so pam_warn.so pam_unix_session.so </pre><p> The following example for the login program replaces the use of -the <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt> module which uses the system -password database (<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>, -<tt>/etc/shadow</tt>, <tt>/etc/group</tt>) with -the module <tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt> which uses the Samba +the <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt> module which uses the system +password database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>, <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt>) with +the module <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt> which uses the Samba database which contains the Microsoft MD4 encrypted password hashes. This database is stored in either -<tt>/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt>, -<tt>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>, or in -<tt>/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</tt>, depending on the +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>, or in +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</tt>, depending on the Samba implementation for your Unix/Linux system. The -<tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt> module is provided by +<tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt> module is provided by Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the -<b>--with-pam_smbpass</b> options when running Samba's -<tt>configure</tt> script. For more information -on the <tt>pam_smbpass</tt> module, see the documentation -in the <tt>source/pam_smbpass</tt> directory of the Samba +<tt class="option">--with-pam_smbpass</tt> options when running Samba's +<b class="command">configure</b> script. For more information +on the <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass</tt> module, see the documentation +in the <tt class="filename">source/pam_smbpass</tt> directory of the Samba source distribution. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service - # - auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - account required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - session required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service +# +auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +account required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +session required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay </pre><p> The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular -Linux system. The default condition uses <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt>. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service - # - auth required pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit - account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay - session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay - password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +Linux system. The default condition uses <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt>. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service +# +auth required pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit +account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay +session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay +password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 </pre><p> In the following example the decision has been made to use the smbpasswd database even for basic samba authentication. Such a decision could also be made for the passwd program and would thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd program. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service - # - auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay - session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay - password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service +# +auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay +session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay +password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf </pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is also possible to pass information obtained within one PAM module through to the next module in the PAM stack. Please refer to the documentation for your particular system implementation for details regarding the specific -capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implmentations also -provide the <tt>pam_stack.so</tt> module that allows all +capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implementations also +provide the <tt class="filename">pam_stack.so</tt> module that allows all authentication to be configured in a single central file. The -<tt>pam_stack.so</tt> method has some very devoted followers +<tt class="filename">pam_stack.so</tt> method has some very devoted followers on the basis that it allows for easier administration. As with all issues in life though, every decision makes trade-offs, so you may want examine the PAM documentation for further helpful information. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881738"></a>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979567"></a>smb.conf PAM Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> There is an option in smb.conf called <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" target="_top">obey pam restrictions</a>. The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT; </p><p> -When Samba is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. -<tt>--with-pam</tt>), this parameter will +When Samba-3 is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. +<tt class="option">--with-pam</tt>), this parameter will control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to @@ -6916,272 +14303,151 @@ ignores PAM for authentication in the case of The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. -</p><p>Default: <b>obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2881795"></a>Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</h3></div></div><p> +</p><p>Default: <i class="parameter"><tt>obey pam restrictions = no</tt></i></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979625"></a>Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All operating systems depend on the provision of users credentials acceptable to the platform. +Unix requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID). +These are both simple integer type numbers that are obtained from a password backend such +as <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. +</p><p> +Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned a relative id (rid) which is unique for +the domain when the user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group into +a unix user or group, a mapping between rids and unix user and group ids is required. This +is one of the jobs that winbind performs. +</p><p> +As winbind users and groups are resolved from a server, user and group ids are allocated +from a specified range. This is done on a first come, first served basis, although all +existing users and groups will be mapped as soon as a client performs a user or group +enumeration command. The allocated unix ids are stored in a database file under the Samba +lock directory and will be remembered. +</p><p> +The astute administrator will realize from this that the combination of <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt>, +<b class="command">winbindd</b>, and a distributed passdb backend, such as ldap, will allow the establishment of a +centrally managed, distributed user/password database that can also be used by all PAM (eg: Linux) aware +programs and applications. This arrangement can have particularly potent advantages compared with the use of +Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as reduction of wide area network authentication traffic. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +The rid to unix id database is the only location where the user and group mappings are +stored by winbindd. If this file is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd +to determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user and group rids. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979709"></a>Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> pam_smbpass is a PAM module which can be used on conforming systems to keep the smbpasswd (Samba password) database in sync with the unix password file. PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is an API supported under some Unices, such as Solaris, HPUX and Linux, that provides a generic interface to authentication mechanisms. </p><p> -For more information on PAM, see http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/ -</p><p> This module authenticates a local smbpasswd user database. If you require support for authenticating against a remote SMB server, or if you're concerned about the presence of suid root binaries on your system, it is recommended that you use pam_winbind instead. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><p> Options recognized by this module are as follows: - - debug - log more debugging info - audit - like debug, but also logs unknown usernames - use_first_pass - don't prompt the user for passwords; - take them from PAM_ items instead - try_first_pass - try to get the password from a previous - PAM module, fall back to prompting the user - use_authtok - like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new - PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. - (intended for stacking password modules only) - not_set_pass - don't make passwords used by this module - available to other modules. - nodelay - don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication - failure. - nullok - null passwords are allowed. - nonull - null passwords are not allowed. Used to - override the Samba configuration. - migrate - only meaningful in an "auth" context; - used to update smbpasswd file with a - password used for successful authentication. - smbconf=< file > - specify an alternate path to the smb.conf - file. -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2979741"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass</b></p><table summary="Options recognized by pam_smbpass" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left">debug</td><td align="left">log more debugging info</td></tr><tr><td align="left">audit</td><td align="left">like debug, but also logs unknown usernames</td></tr><tr><td align="left">use_first_pass</td><td align="left">don't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead</td></tr><tr><td align="left">try_first_pass</td><td align="left">try to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user</td></tr><tr><td align="left">use_authtok</td><td align="left">like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">not_set_pass</td><td align="left">don't make passwords used by this module available to other modules.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nodelay</td><td align="left">don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nullok</td><td align="left">null passwords are allowed.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nonull</td><td align="left">null passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">migrate</td><td align="left">only meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">smbconf=<i class="replaceable"><tt>file</tt></i></td><td align="left">specify an alternate path to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p><p> Thanks go to the following people: - - * Andrew Morgan < morgan@transmeta.com >, for providing the Linux-PAM - framework, without which none of this would have happened - - * Christian Gafton < gafton@redhat.com > and Andrew Morgan again, for the - pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based - - * Luke Leighton < lkcl@switchboard.net > for being receptive to the idea, +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><a href="mailto:morgan@transmeta.com" target="_top">Andrew Morgan</a>, for providing the Linux-PAM + framework, without which none of this would have happened</td></tr><tr><td><a href="gafton@redhat.com" target="_top">Christian Gafton</a> and Andrew Morgan again, for the + pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based</td></tr><tr><td><a href="lkcl@switchboard.net" target="_top">Luke Leighton</a> for being receptive to the idea, and for the occasional good-natured complaint about the project's status - that keep me working on it :) - - * and of course, all the other members of the Samba team - <http://www.samba.org/samba/team.html>, for creating a great product - and for giving this project a purpose - - --------------------- - Stephen Langasek < vorlon@netexpress.net > -</pre><p> + that keep me working on it :)</td></tr></table><p>. +</p><p> The following are examples of the use of pam_smbpass.so in the format of Linux -<tt>/etc/pam.d/</tt> files structure. Those wishing to implement this +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> files structure. Those wishing to implement this tool on other platforms will need to adapt this appropriately. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881907"></a>Password Synchonisation Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2979941"></a>Password Synchronisation Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to make sure private/smbpasswd is kept in sync when /etc/passwd (/etc/shadow) is changed. Useful when an expired password might be changed by an application (such as ssh). -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # password-sync - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - auth required pam_unix.so - account required pam_unix.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass - password required pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass - session required pam_unix.so -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881941"></a>Password Migration Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-sync +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth required pam_unix.so +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2979974"></a>Password Migration Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to migrate from plaintext to encrypted passwords for Samba. Unlike other methods, this can be used for users who have never connected to Samba shares: password migration takes place when users ftp in, login using ssh, pop their mail, etc. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # password-migration - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - # pam_smbpass is called IFF pam_unix succeeds. - auth requisite pam_unix.so - auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate - account required pam_unix.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass - password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass - session required pam_unix.so -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2881978"></a>Mature Password Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-migration +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +# pam_smbpass is called IF pam_unix succeeds. +auth requisite pam_unix.so +auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2980009"></a>Mature Password Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation. private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the Unix password. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # password-mature - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - auth required pam_unix.so - account required pam_unix.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass - password required pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass - session required pam_unix.so -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2882011"></a>Kerberos Password Integration Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-mature +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth required pam_unix.so +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2980041"></a>Kerberos Password Integration Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration that shows pam_smbpass used together with pam_krb5. This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of a Kerberos realm. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # kdc-pdc - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - auth requisite pam_krb5.so - auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate - account required pam_krb5.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass - password required pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass - session required pam_krb5.so -</pre></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882047"></a>Distributed Authentication</h2></div></div><p> -The astute administrator will realize from this that the -combination of <tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt>, -<b>winbindd</b>, and a distributed -passdb backend, such as ldap, will allow the establishment of a -centrally managed, distributed -user/password database that can also be used by all -PAM (eg: Linux) aware programs and applications. This arrangement -can have particularly potent advantages compared with the -use of Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as -reduction of wide area network authentication traffic. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="VFS"></a>Chapter 21. Stackable VFS modules</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Alexander Bokovoy</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Tim Potter</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Simo Sorce</h3></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2881331">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882249">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882256">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882295">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882416">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882554">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2882592">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882614">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2882669">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2881331"></a>Introduction and configuration</h2></div></div><p> -Since samba 3.0, samba supports stackable VFS(Virtual File System) modules. -Samba passes each request to access the unix file system thru the loaded VFS modules. -This chapter covers all the modules that come with the samba source and references to -some external modules. -</p><p> -You may have problems to compile these modules, as shared libraries are -compiled and linked in different ways on different systems. -They currently have been tested against GNU/linux and IRIX. -</p><p> -To use the VFS modules, create a share similar to the one below. The -important parameter is the <b>vfs object</b> parameter which must point to -the exact pathname of the shared library objects. For example, to log all access -to files and use a recycle bin: - -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [audit] - comment = Audited /data directory - path = /data - vfs object = /path/to/audit.so /path/to/recycle.so - writeable = yes - browseable = yes -</pre><p> -</p><p> -The modules are used in the order they are specified. -</p><p> -Further documentation on writing VFS modules for Samba can be found in -the Samba Developers Guide. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882249"></a>Included modules</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882256"></a>audit</h3></div></div><p>A simple module to audit file access to the syslog -facility. The following operations are logged: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>share</td></tr><tr><td>connect/disconnect</td></tr><tr><td>directory opens/create/remove</td></tr><tr><td>file open/close/rename/unlink/chmod</td></tr></table><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882295"></a>extd_audit</h3></div></div><p> -This module is identical with the <span class="emphasis"><em>audit</em></span> module above except -that it sends audit logs to both syslog as well as the smbd log file/s. The -loglevel for this module is set in the smb.conf file. -</p><p> -The logging information that will be written to the smbd log file is controlled by -the <span class="emphasis"><em>log level</em></span> parameter in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. The -following information will be recorded: -</p><div class="table"><a name="id2882333"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 21.1. Extended Auditing Log Information</b></p><table summary="Extended Auditing Log Information" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="center">Log Level</th><th align="center">Log Details - File and Directory Operations</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="center">0</td><td align="left">Creation / Deletion</td></tr><tr><td align="center">1</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Permission Changes</td></tr><tr><td align="center">2</td><td align="left">Create / Delete / Rename / Perm Change / Open / Close</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882416"></a>recycle</h3></div></div><p> -A recycle-bin like module. When used any unlink call -will be intercepted and files moved to the recycle -directory instead of being deleted. -</p><p>Supported options: -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:repository</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:keeptree</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:versions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:touch</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:maxsize</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:exclude</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:exclude_dir</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd><dt><span class="term">vfs_recycle_bin:noversions</span></dt><dd><p>FIXME</p></dd></dl></div><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882554"></a>netatalk</h3></div></div><p> -A netatalk module, that will ease co-existence of samba and -netatalk file sharing services. -</p><p>Advantages compared to the old netatalk module: -</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>it doesn't care about creating of .AppleDouble forks, just keeps them in sync</td></tr><tr><td>if share in smb.conf doesn't contain .AppleDouble item in hide or veto list, it will be added automatically</td></tr></table><p> -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882592"></a>VFS modules available elsewhere</h2></div></div><p> -This section contains a listing of various other VFS modules that -have been posted but don't currently reside in the Samba CVS -tree for one reason or another (e.g. it is easy for the maintainer -to have his or her own CVS tree). +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# kdc-pdc +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth requisite pam_krb5.so +auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate +account required pam_krb5.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_krb5.so +</pre></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2980075"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM can be a very fickle and sensitive to configuration glitches. Here we look at a few cases from +the Samba mailing list. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980089"></a>pam_winbind problem</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + I have the following PAM configuration: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so +auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass nullok +auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so +account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +</pre><p> </p><p> -No statemets about the stability or functionality of any module -should be implied due to its presence here. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882614"></a>DatabaseFS</h3></div></div><p> -URL: <a href="http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php" target="_top">http://www.css.tayloru.edu/~elorimer/databasefs/index.php</a> -</p><p>By <a href="mailto:elorimer@css.tayloru.edu" target="_top">Eric Lorimer</a>.</p><p> -I have created a VFS module which implements a fairly complete read-only -filesystem. It presents information from a database as a filesystem in -a modular and generic way to allow different databases to be used -(originally designed for organizing MP3s under directories such as -"Artists," "Song Keywords," etc... I have since applied it to a student -roster database very easily). The directory structure is stored in the -database itself and the module makes no assumptions about the database -structure beyond the table it requires to run. -</p><p> -Any feedback would be appreciated: comments, suggestions, patches, -etc... If nothing else, hopefully it might prove useful for someone -else who wishes to create a virtual filesystem. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882669"></a>vscan</h3></div></div><p>URL: <a href="http://www.openantivirus.org/" target="_top">http://www.openantivirus.org/</a></p><p> -samba-vscan is a proof-of-concept module for Samba, which -uses the VFS (virtual file system) features of Samba 2.2.x/3.0 -alphaX. Of couse, Samba has to be compiled with VFS support. -samba-vscan supports various virus scanners and is maintained -by Rainer Link. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="msdfs"></a>Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Shirish Kalele</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team & Veritas Software<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> - <tt><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> - </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Jul 2000</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2882214">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2882961">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882214"></a>Instructions</h2></div></div><p>The Distributed File System (or Dfs) provides a means of - separating the logical view of files and directories that users - see from the actual physical locations of these resources on the - network. It allows for higher availability, smoother storage expansion, - load balancing etc. For more information about Dfs, refer to <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp" target="_top"> - Microsoft documentation</a>. </p><p>This document explains how to host a Dfs tree on a Unix - machine (for Dfs-aware clients to browse) using Samba.</p><p>To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the - <i><tt>--with-msdfs</tt></i> option. Once built, a - Samba server can be made a Dfs server by setting the global - boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top"><i><tt> - host msdfs</tt></i></a> parameter in the <tt>smb.conf - </tt> file. You designate a share as a Dfs root using the share - level boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top"><i><tt> - msdfs root</tt></i></a> parameter. A Dfs root directory on - Samba hosts Dfs links in the form of symbolic links that point - to other servers. For example, a symbolic link - <tt>junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</tt> in - the share directory acts as the Dfs junction. When Dfs-aware - clients attempt to access the junction link, they are redirected - to the storage location (in this case, \\storage1\share1).</p><p>Dfs trees on Samba work with all Dfs-aware clients ranging - from Windows 95 to 2000.</p><p>Here's an example of setting up a Dfs tree on a Samba - server.</p><pre class="programlisting"> -# The smb.conf file: -[global] - netbios name = SAMBA - host msdfs = yes - -[dfs] - path = /export/dfsroot - msdfs root = yes - </pre><p>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to - other servers on the network.</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>cd /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>chown root /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</tt></b></p><p>You should set up the permissions and ownership of - the directory acting as the Dfs root such that only designated - users can create, delete or modify the msdfs links. Also note - that symlink names should be all lowercase. This limitation exists - to have Samba avoid trying all the case combinations to get at - the link name. Finally set up the symbolic links to point to the - network shares you want, and start Samba.</p><p>Users on Dfs-aware clients can now browse the Dfs tree - on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing - links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client) - takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2882961"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Windows clients need to be rebooted - if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs - root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a - new share and make it the dfs root.</p></li><li><p>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs - symlink names should all be lowercase.</p></li><li><p>For security purposes, the directory - acting as the root of the Dfs tree should have ownership - and permissions set so that only designated users can - modify the symbolic links in the directory.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="integrate-ms-networks"></a>Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jan 01 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2882745">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883178">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883316">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883360">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883403">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2883498">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2883030">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883069">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883112">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883144">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883156">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> + When I open a new console with [ctrl][alt][F1], then I cant log in with my user "pitie". + I've tried with user "scienceu+pitie" also. + </p><p> + Answer: The problem may lie with your inclusion of <i class="parameter"><tt>pam_stack.so + service=system-auth</tt></i>. That file often contains a lot of stuff that may + duplicate what you're already doing. Try commenting out the pam_stack lines + for auth and account and see if things work. If they do, look at + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</tt> and copy only what you need from it into your + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file. Alternatively, if you want all services to use + winbind, you can put the winbind-specific stuff in <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</tt>. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="integrate-ms-networks"></a>Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jan 01 2001) </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2982211">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982236">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982281">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982337">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982462">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982506">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982548">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2982637">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2982784">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2982829">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983073">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983105">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983130">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2983200">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983216">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983248">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2983300">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section does not apply to your installation. If your installation involves use of @@ -7192,7 +14458,15 @@ NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problem to NOT run NetBEUI at all. Note also that there is NO such thing as NetBEUI over TCP/IP - the existence of such a protocol is a complete and utter mis-apprehension. -</p></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982211"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many MS Windows network administrators have never been exposed to basic TCP/IP +networking as it is implemented in a Unix/Linux operating system. Likewise, many Unix and +Linux administrators have not been exposed to the intricacies of MS Windows TCP/IP based +networking (and may have no desire to be either). +</p><p> +This chapter gives a short introduction to the basics of how a name can be resolved to +it's IP address for each operating system environment. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982236"></a>Background Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Since the introduction of MS Windows 2000 it is possible to run MS Windows networking without the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP. NetBIOS over TCP/IP uses UDP port 137 for NetBIOS name resolution and uses TCP port 139 for NetBIOS session services. When NetBIOS over @@ -7208,16 +14482,16 @@ disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS req Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR). Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control over client workstation network configuration. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882745"></a>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982281"></a>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The key configuration files covered in this section are: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>/etc/hosts</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/host.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883178"></a><tt>/etc/hosts</tt></h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982337"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Contains a static list of IP Addresses and names. eg: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> 127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain 192.168.1.1 bigbox.caldera.com bigbox alias4box </pre><p> -The purpose of <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> is to provide a +The purpose of <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> is to provide a name resolution mechanism so that uses do not need to remember IP addresses. </p><p> @@ -7225,16 +14499,16 @@ Network packets that are sent over the physical network transport layer communicate not via IP addresses but rather using the Media Access Control address, or MAC address. IP Addresses are currently 32 bits in length and are typically presented as four (4) decimal -numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1 +numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1. </p><p> MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg: 40:8e:0a:12:34:56 </p><p> -Every network interfrace must have an MAC address. Associated with +Every network interface must have an MAC address. Associated with a MAC address there may be one or more IP addresses. There is NO relationship between an IP address and a MAC address, all such assignments -are arbitary or discretionary in nature. At the most basic level all +are arbitrary or discretionary in nature. At the most basic level all network communications takes place using MAC addressing. Since MAC addresses must be globally unique, and generally remains fixed for any particular interface, the assignment of an IP address makes sense @@ -7246,7 +14520,7 @@ When a user or a process wants to communicate with another machine the protocol implementation ensures that the "machine name" or "host name" is resolved to an IP address in a manner that is controlled by the TCP/IP configuration control files. The file -<tt>/etc/hosts</tt> is one such file. +<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> is one such file. </p><p> When the IP address of the destination interface has been determined a protocol called ARP/RARP is used to identify @@ -7260,14 +14534,14 @@ ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. The reply packet from an ARP request will contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each interface. </p><p> -The <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file is foundational to all -Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minumum will contain +The <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file is foundational to all +Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the primary names by which they are known within the local machine. This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name resolution can exist before any other method of name resolution becomes available. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883316"></a><tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982462"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file tells the name resolution libraries: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The name of the domain to which the machine belongs @@ -7277,21 +14551,21 @@ This file tells the name resolution libraries: </p></li><li><p>The name or IP address of available Domain Name Servers that may be asked to perform name to address translation lookups - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883360"></a><tt>/etc/host.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p> -<tt>/etc/host.conf</tt> is the primary means by + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982506"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt> is the primary means by which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a critical configuration file. This file controls the order by -which name resolution may procede. The typical structure is: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +which name resolution may proceed. The typical structure is: +</p><pre class="screen"> order hosts,bind multi on </pre><p> then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the man page for host.conf for further details. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883403"></a><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982548"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The file typically has resolver object specifications as follows: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> # /etc/nsswitch.conf # # Name Service Switch configuration file. @@ -7305,7 +14579,7 @@ file typically has resolver object specifications as follows: hosts: files nis dns # Alternative entries for host name resolution are: - # hosts: files dns nis nis+ hesoid db compat ldap wins + # hosts: files dns nis nis+ hesiod db compat ldap wins networks: nis files dns ethers: nis files @@ -7324,15 +14598,15 @@ Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will be able to obtain resolution of MS Windows NetBIOS names to IP Addresses. To gain this functionality Samba needs to be compiled -with appropriate arguments to the make command (ie: <b>make -nsswitch/libnss_wins.so</b>). The resulting library should -then be installed in the <tt>/lib</tt> directory and +with appropriate arguments to the make command (ie: <b class="userinput"><tt>make +nsswitch/libnss_wins.so</tt></b>). The resulting library should +then be installed in the <tt class="filename">/lib</tt> directory and the "wins" parameter needs to be added to the "hosts:" line in -the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. At this point it +the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. At this point it will be possible to ping any MS Windows machine by it's NetBIOS machine name, so long as that machine is within the workgroup to which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883498"></a>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982637"></a>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as the "computer name", "machine name", "networking name", "netbios name", @@ -7347,7 +14621,7 @@ name is therefore registered for each service type that is provided by the client/server. </p><p> The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> Unique NetBIOS Names: MACHINENAME<00> = Server Service is running on MACHINENAME MACHINENAME<03> = Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name) @@ -7366,7 +14640,7 @@ installations where traditionally the system administrator will determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names are associated with each IP address. </p><p> -One further point of clarification should be noted, the <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> +One further point of clarification should be noted, the <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information that MS Windows clients depend on to locate the type of service that may be needed. An example of this is what happens when an MS Windows client @@ -7403,7 +14677,7 @@ NBT or NetBT, the NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows machines use a complex array of name resolution mechanisms. Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is limited to this area. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883030"></a>The NetBIOS Name Cache</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982784"></a>The NetBIOS Name Cache</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external machines that that machine has communicated with over the @@ -7420,16 +14694,16 @@ frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol. </p><p> The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS name cache is called "nbtstat". The Samba equivalent of this -is called "nmblookup". -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883069"></a>The LMHOSTS file</h3></div></div><p> +is called <b class="command">nmblookup</b>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2982829"></a>The LMHOSTS file</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or -2000 in <tt>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains +2000 in <tt class="filename">C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The -<tt>LMHOSTS</tt> file performs NetBIOS name +<tt class="filename">LMHOSTS</tt> file performs NetBIOS name to IP address mapping. </p><p> It typically looks like: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> # Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp. # # This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS @@ -7438,7 +14712,7 @@ It typically looks like: # This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames # (NetBIOS) names. Each entry should be kept on an individual line. # The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the - # corresponding computername. The address and the comptername + # corresponding computername. The address and the computername # should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character # is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions # below). @@ -7470,7 +14744,7 @@ It typically looks like: # centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server. # It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the # server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive. - # In addtion the share "public" in the example below must be in the + # In addition the share "public" in the example below must be in the # LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to # be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under # \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\parameters\nullsessionshares @@ -7506,14 +14780,14 @@ It typically looks like: # so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance. # Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the # end of this file. -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883112"></a>HOSTS file</h3></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983073"></a>HOSTS file</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in -<tt>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains +<tt class="filename">C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in -every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883144"></a>DNS Lookup</h3></div></div><p> +every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983105"></a>DNS Lookup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network configuration facility. If enabled an elaborate name resolution sequence is followed the precise nature of which is dependant on what the NetBIOS @@ -7524,140 +14798,97 @@ cache. If that fails then DNS, HOSTS and LMHOSTS are checked. If set to Node Type 8, then a NetBIOS Unicast (over UDP Unicast) is sent to the WINS Server to obtain a lookup before DNS, HOSTS, LMHOSTS, or broadcast lookup is used. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883156"></a>WINS Lookup</h3></div></div><p> -A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983130"></a>WINS Lookup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivalent of the rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores the names and IP addresses that are registered by a Windows client if the TCP/IP setup has been given at least one WINS Server IP Address. </p><p> To configure Samba to be a WINS server the following parameter needs -to be added to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +to be added to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="screen"> wins support = Yes </pre><p> To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are -needed in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +needed in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="screen"> wins support = No wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx </pre><p> -where <i><tt>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</tt></i> is the IP address +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</tt></i> is the IP address of the WINS server. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securing-samba"></a>Chapter 24. Securing Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">17 March 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2883603">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883619">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884070">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884122">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884164">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883724">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2883760">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883603"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> -This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an -important security fix. The information contained here applies to Samba -installations in general. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883619"></a>Using host based protection</h2></div></div><p> -In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside -your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from -any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on -a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be -especially vulnerable. -</p><p> -One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <b>hosts allow</b> and -<b>hosts deny</b> options in the Samba <tt>smb.conf</tt> configuration file to only -allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example -might be: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 - hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 -</pre><p> -The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own -computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and -192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon -as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a -'not listening on called name' error. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884070"></a>Using interface protection</h2></div></div><p> -By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that -it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP -connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those -links. This may not be what you want. -</p><p> -You can change this behaviour using options like the following: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - interfaces = eth* lo - bind interfaces only = yes -</pre><p> -This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a -name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback -interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what -OS you are using, in the above I used the common name for Ethernet -adapters on Linux. -</p><p> -If you use the above and someone tries to make a SMB connection to -your host over a PPP interface called 'ppp0' then they will get a TCP -connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as -the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that -interface to any samba process. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884122"></a>Using a firewall</h2></div></div><p> -Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't -want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea, -although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above -methods so that you are protected even if your firewall is not active -for some reason. -</p><p> -If you are setting up a firewall then you need to know what TCP and -UDP ports to allow and block. Samba uses the following: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - UDP/137 - used by nmbd - UDP/138 - used by nmbd - TCP/139 - used by smbd - TCP/445 - used by smbd -</pre><p> -The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be -aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in -recent years. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884164"></a>Using a IPC$ share deny</h2></div></div><p> -If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a -more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently -discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other -shares while denying access to IPC$ from potentially untrustworthy -hosts. -</p><p> -To do that you could use: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [ipc$] - hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1 - hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 -</pre><p> -this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from -anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local -subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the -IPC$ share is the only share that is always accessible anonymously -this provides some level of protection against attackers that do not -know a username/password for your host. -</p><p> -If you use this method then clients will be given a 'access denied' -reply when they try to access the IPC$ share. That means that those -clients will not be able to browse shares, and may also be unable to -access some other resources. -</p><p> -This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other -methods listed above for some reason. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883724"></a>NTLMv2 Security</h2></div></div><p> -To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about: -</p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa] - "lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003 +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2983200"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +TCP/IP network configuration problems find every network administrator sooner or later. +The cause can be anything from keyboard mishaps, forgetfulness, simple mistakes, and +carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless! +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983216"></a>My Boomerang Won't Come Back</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Well, the real complaint said, "I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can + not ping my Windows machine from the samba server." + </p><p> + The Windows machine was at IP Address 192.168.1.2 with netmask 255.255.255.0, the + Samba server (Linux) was at IP Address 192.168.1.130 with netmask 255.255.255.128. + The machines were on a local network with no external connections. + </p><p> + Due to inconsistent netmasks, the Windows machine was on network 192.168.1.0/24, while + the Samba server was on network 192.168.1.128/25 - logically a different network. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983248"></a>Very Slow Network Connections</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A common causes of slow network response includes: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down</p></li><li><p>Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down</p></li><li><p>Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server</p></li><li><p>Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server</p></li><li><p>Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983300"></a>Samba server name change problem</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be + pinged by new name from MS Windows NT4 Workstation, but it does still respond to ping using + the old name. Why? + </p><p> + From this description three (3) things are rather obvious: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>WINS is NOT in use, only broadcast based name resolution is used</p></li><li><p>The samba server was renamed and restarted within the last 10-15 minutes</p></li><li><p>The old samba server name is still in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 Workstation</p></li></ul></div><p> + To find what names are present in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 machine, + open a cmd shell, then: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + C:\temp\>nbtstat -n - 0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication, - use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain - controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication. + NetBIOS Local Name Table - [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0] - "NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000 + Name Type Status + ------------------------------------------------ + SLACK <03> UNIQUE Registered + ADMINISTRATOR <03> UNIQUE Registered + SLACK <00> UNIQUE Registered + SARDON <00> GROUP Registered + SLACK <20> UNIQUE Registered + SLACK <1F> UNIQUE Registered - 0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or - NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2 - session security is not negotiated. -</pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883760"></a>Upgrading Samba</h2></div></div><p> -Please check regularly on <a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> for updates and -important announcements. Occasionally security releases are made and -it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability -is discovered. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unicode"></a>Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">TAKAHASHI Motonobu</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 March 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884358">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884428">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884517">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884562">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884358"></a>What are charsets and unicode?</h2></div></div><p> + + C:\Temp\>nbtstat -c + + NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table + + Name Type Host Address Life [sec] + -------------------------------------------------------------- + FRODO <20> UNIQUE 192.168.1.1 240 + + C:\Temp\> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + In the above example, FRODO is the Samba server and SLACK is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation. + The first listing shows the contents of the Local Name Table (ie: Identity information on + the MS Windows workstation), the second shows the NetBIOS name in the NetBIOS name cache. + The name cache contains the remote machines known to this workstation. + </p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unicode"></a>Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">TAKAHASHI</span> <span class="surname">Motonobu</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 March 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2984418">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984620">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984690">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984790">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984835">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984418"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every industry eventually matures. One of the great areas of maturation is in +the focus that has been given over the past decade to make it possible for anyone +anywhere to use a computer. It has not always been that way, in fact, not so long +ago it was common for software to be written for exclusive use in the country of +origin. +</p><p> +Of all the effort that has been brought to bear on providing native language support +for all computer users, the efforts of the Openi18n organisation is deserving of +special mention. For more information about Openi18n please refer to: +<a href="#">http://www.openi18n.org/</a>. +</p><p> +Samba-2.x supported a single locale through a mechanism called +<span class="emphasis"><em>codepages</em></span>. Samba-3 is destined to become a truly trans-global +file and printer sharing platform. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984620"></a>What are charsets and unicode?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be translated to a corresponding letter. The meaning that will be assigned to a certain number depends on the <span class="emphasis"><em>character set(charset) @@ -7669,7 +14900,7 @@ with German umlauts, Japanese characters, etc). Usually a charset contains exactly one byte. </p><p> There are also charsets that support even more characters, but those need twice(or even more) as much storage space. These -charsets can contain <b>256 * 256 = 65536</b> characters, which +charsets can contain <b class="command">256 * 256 = 65536</b> characters, which is more then all possible characters one could think of. They are called multibyte charsets (because they use more then one byte to store one character). @@ -7680,290 +14911,475 @@ A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; no need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are communicating. </p><p>Old windows clients used to use single-byte charsets, named -'codepages' by microsoft. However, there is no support for +'codepages' by Microsoft. However, there is no support for negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an old client. Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884428"></a>Samba and charsets</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984690"></a>Samba and charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally, samba knows of three kinds of character sets: -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">unix charset</span></dt><dd><p> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> This is the charset used internally by your operating system. - The default is <tt>ASCII</tt>, which is fine for most + The default is <tt class="constant">ASCII</tt>, which is fine for most systems. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">display charset</span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba will use to print messages - on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <b>unix charset</b>. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dos charset</span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>display charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba will use to print messages + on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <b class="command">unix charset</b>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients. The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system. - Run <b>testparm -v | grep "dos charset"</b> to see + Run <b class="command">testparm -v | grep "dos charset"</b> to see what the default is on your system. - </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884517"></a>Conversion from old names</h2></div></div><p>Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984790"></a>Conversion from old names</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.</p><p>The following script from Steve Langasek converts all filenames from CP850 to the iso8859-15 charset.</p><p> -<tt>#</tt><b><tt>find <i><tt>/path/to/share</tt></i> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \ +<tt class="prompt">#</tt><b class="userinput"><tt>find <i class="replaceable"><tt>/path/to/share</tt></i> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \ -t iso8859-15`; if [ "$CP" != "$ISO" ]; then mv "$CP" "$ISO"; fi' \; </tt></b> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884562"></a>Japanese charsets</h2></div></div><p>Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are -points of attention when setting it up:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You should set <b>mangling method = -hash</b></p></li><li><p>There are various iconv() implementations around and not +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984835"></a>Japanese charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are +points of attention when setting it up:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You should set <i class="parameter"><tt>mangling method = +hash</tt></i></p></li><li><p>There are various iconv() implementations around and not all of them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem in CP932. libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and -does not work with EUC-JP.</p></li><li><p>You should set <b>dos charset = CP932</b>, not -Shift_JIS, SJIS...</p></li><li><p>Currently only <b>unix charset = CP932</b> +does not work with EUC-JP.</p></li><li><p>You should set <i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset = CP932</tt></i>, not +Shift_JIS, SJIS...</p></li><li><p>Currently only <i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset = CP932</tt></i> will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues. -<b>unix charset = EUC-JP</b> doesn't work well because of -iconv() issues.</p></li><li><p>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <b>unix charset -= UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</b></p></li></ul></div><p>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="locking"></a>Chapter 26. File and Record Locking</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884210">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884872">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884987">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2885212">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885239">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2885320">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2885350">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884210"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><p> -One area which sometimes causes trouble is locking. -</p><p> -There are two types of locking which need to be performed by a SMB server. -The first is <span class="emphasis"><em>record locking</em></span> which allows a client to lock -a range of bytes in a open file. The second is the <span class="emphasis"><em>deny modes</em></span> -that are specified when a file is open. -</p><p> -Record locking semantics under Unix is very different from record locking under -Windows. Versions of Samba before 2.2 have tried to use the native fcntl() unix -system call to implement proper record locking between different Samba clients. -This can not be fully correct due to several reasons. The simplest is the fact -that a Windows client is allowed to lock a byte range up to 2^32 or 2^64, -depending on the client OS. The unix locking only supports byte ranges up to 2^31. -So it is not possible to correctly satisfy a lock request above 2^31. There are -many more differences, too many to be listed here. +<i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset = EUC-JP</tt></i> doesn't work well because of +iconv() issues.</p></li><li><p>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset += UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Backup"></a>Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2984038">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984063">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984038"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +If you have something to contribute for this section please email it to +<a href="#">jht@samba.org</a>/ +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984063"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We need feedback from people who are backing up samba servers. +We would like to know what software tools you are using to backup +your samba server/s. +</p><p> +In particular, if you have any success and / or failure stories you could +share with other users this would be appreciated. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SambaHA"></a>Chapter 29. High Availability Options</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2985605">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2985605"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="migration"></a>Migration and Updating</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>30. <a href="#upgrading-to-3.0">Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2984190">Charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984215">Obsolete configuration options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985825">Password Backend</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983845">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983873">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2986549">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2986887">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986968">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2987210">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986434">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986468">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2988827">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2988941">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989005">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989110">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989175">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989239">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989287">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989339">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989362">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="upgrading-to-3.0"></a>Chapter 30. Upgrading from Samba-2.x to Samba-3.0.0</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 October 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2984190">Charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2984215">Obsolete configuration options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2985825">Password Backend</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984190"></a>Charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>You might experience problems with special characters +when communicating with old DOS clients. Codepage +support has changed in samba 3.0. Read the chapter +<a href="#unicode" title="Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets">Unicode support</a> for details. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2984215"></a>Obsolete configuration options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In 3.0, the following configuration options have been removed. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>printer driver (replaced by new driver procedures) </td></tr><tr><td>printer driver file (replaced by new driver procedures)</td></tr><tr><td>printer driver location (replaced by new driver procedures)</td></tr><tr><td>use rhosts</td></tr><tr><td>postscript</td></tr><tr><td>client code page (replaced by dos charset)</td></tr><tr><td>vfs path</td></tr><tr><td>vfs options</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2985825"></a>Password Backend</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Effective with the release of samba-3 it is now imperative that the password backend +be correctly defined in smb.conf. +</p><p> +Those migrating from samba-2.x with plaintext password support need the following: +<span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend = guest</em></span>. +</p><p> +Those migrating from samba-2.x with encrypted password support should add to smb.conf +<span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend = smbpasswd, guest</em></span>. +</p><p> +LDAP using Samba-2.x systems can continue to operate with the following entry +<span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend = ldapsam_compat, guest</em></span>. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NT4Migration"></a>Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2983845">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2983873">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2986549">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2986887">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986968">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2987210">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This is a rough guide to assist those wishing to migrate from NT4 domain control to +Samba-3 based domain control. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2983845"></a>Planning and Getting Started</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the IT world there is often a saying that all problems are encountered because of +poor planning. The corollary to this saying is that not all problems can be anticipated +and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticipate most show stopper type situations. </p><p> -Samba 2.2 and above implements record locking completely independent of the -underlying unix system. If a byte range lock that the client requests happens -to fall into the range 0-2^31, Samba hands this request down to the Unix system. -All other locks can not be seen by unix anyway. +Those wishing to migrate from MS Windows NT4 domain control to a Samba-3 domain control +environment would do well to develop a detailed migration plan. So here are a few pointers to +help migration get under way. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2983873"></a>Objectives</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The key objective for most organisations will be to make the migration from MS Windows NT4 +to Samba-3 domain control as painless as possible. One of the challenges you may experience +in your migration process may well be one of convincing management that the new environment +should remain in place. Many who have introduced open source technologies have experienced +pressure to return to a Microsoft based platform solution at the first sign of trouble. </p><p> -Strictly a SMB server should check for locks before every read and write call on -a file. Unfortunately with the way fcntl() works this can be slow and may overstress -the rpc.lockd. It is also almost always unnecessary as clients are supposed to -independently make locking calls before reads and writes anyway if locking is -important to them. By default Samba only makes locking calls when explicitly asked -to by a client, but if you set <span class="emphasis"><em>strict locking = yes</em></span> then it -will make lock checking calls on every read and write. +It is strongly advised that before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network +that every possible effort be made to gain all-round commitment to the change. Firstly, you +should know precisely <span class="emphasis"><em>why</em></span> the change is important for the organisation. +Possible motivations to make a change include: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Improve network manageability</td></tr><tr><td>Obtain better user level functionality</td></tr><tr><td>Reduce network operating costs</td></tr><tr><td>Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support</td></tr><tr><td>Avoid MS License 6 implications</td></tr><tr><td>Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft</td></tr></table><p> +It is vital that it be well recognised that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers +an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers some +advantages compared with it. It should also be recognised that Samba-3 lacks many of the +features that Microsoft has promoted as core values in migration from MS Windows NT4 to +MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services). </p><p> -You can also disable by range locking completely using <span class="emphasis"><em>locking = no</em></span>. -This is useful for those shares that don't support locking or don't need it -(such as cdroms). In this case Samba fakes the return codes of locking calls to -tell clients that everything is OK. +What are the features that Samba-3 can NOT provide? +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Active Directory Server</td></tr><tr><td>Group Policy Objects (in Active Directory)</td></tr><tr><td>Machine Policy objects</td></tr><tr><td>Logon Scripts in Active Directory</td></tr><tr><td>Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory</td></tr></table><p> +The features that Samba-3 DOES provide and that may be of compelling interest to your site +includes: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Lower Cost of Ownership</td></tr><tr><td>Global availability of support with no strings attached</td></tr><tr><td>Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)</td></tr><tr><td>Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts</td></tr><tr><td>Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files</td></tr><tr><td>Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability</td></tr><tr><td>Manageability via an ssh connection</td></tr><tr><td>Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)</td></tr><tr><td>Ability to implement a full single-sign-on architecture</td></tr><tr><td>Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand</td></tr></table><p> +Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 it is vital that all necessary factors are +considered. Users should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a +welcome one and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are some of the +factors that will go into a successful migration: +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2985388"></a>Domain Layout</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (probably best called +a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security +domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be +paid to the location of the primary domain controller (PDC) as well as backup controllers (BDCs). +It should be noted that one way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one +chooses to use an LDAP authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different +domains. This means that in a complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, that itself +can be distributed, that can simultaneously serve multiple domains (that can also be widely distributed). </p><p> -The second class of locking is the <span class="emphasis"><em>deny modes</em></span>. These -are set by an application when it opens a file to determine what types of -access should be allowed simultaneously with its open. A client may ask for -DENY_NONE, DENY_READ, DENY_WRITE or DENY_ALL. There are also special compatibility -modes called DENY_FCB and DENY_DOS. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884872"></a>Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</h2></div></div><p> -Opportunistic locking essentially means that the client is allowed to download and cache -a file on their hard drive while making changes; if a second client wants to access the -file, the first client receives a break and must synchronise the file back to the server. -This can give significant performance gains in some cases; some programs insist on -synchronising the contents of the entire file back to the server for a single change. +It is recommended that from a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number +of servers, per domain should be scaled according to needs and should also consider server capacity +and network bandwidth. </p><p> -Level1 Oplocks (aka just plain "oplocks") is another term for opportunistic locking. +A physical network segment may house several domains, each of which may span multiple network segments. +Where domains span routed network segments it is most advisable to consider and test the performance +implications of the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is being +designed to serve multiple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems if the +response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC is more than 100 ms. In situations +where the delay is too long it is highly recommended to locate a backup controller (BDC) to serve as +the local authentication and access control server. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2985441"></a>Server Share and Directory Layout</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are few cardinal rules to effective network design that can be broken with impunity. +The most important rule of effective network management is that simplicity is king in every +well controlled network. Every part of the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex +it is, the greater will be the demand of keeping systems secure and functional. </p><p> -Level2 Oplocks provids opportunistic locking for a file that will be treated as -<span class="emphasis"><em>read only</em></span>. Typically this is used on files that are read-only or -on files that the client has no initial intention to write to at time of opening the file. +The nature of the data that must be stored needs to be born in mind when deciding how many +shares must be created. The physical disk space layout should also be taken into account +when designing where share points will be created. Keep in mind that all data needs to be +backed up, thus the simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to keep track of what must +be backed up to tape or other off-line storage medium. Always plan and implement for minimum +maintenance. Leave nothing to chance in your design, above all, do not leave backups to chance: +Backup and test, validate every backup, create a disaster recovery plan and prove that it works. </p><p> -Kernel Oplocks are essentially a method that allows the Linux kernel to co-exist with -Samba's oplocked files, although this has provided better integration of MS Windows network -file locking with the under lying OS, SGI IRIX and Linux are the only two OS's that are -oplock aware at this time. +Users should be grouped according to data access control needs. File and directory access +is best controlled via group permissions and the use of the "sticky bit" on group controlled +directories may substantially avoid file access complaints from samba share users. </p><p> -Unless your system supports kernel oplocks, you should disable oplocks if you are -accessing the same files from both Unix/Linux and SMB clients. Regardless, oplocks should -always be disabled if you are sharing a database file (e.g., Microsoft Access) between -multiple clients, as any break the first client receives will affect synchronisation of -the entire file (not just the single record), which will result in a noticable performance -impairment and, more likely, problems accessing the database in the first place. Notably, -Microsoft Outlook's personal folders (*.pst) react very badly to oplocks. If in doubt, -disable oplocks and tune your system from that point. +Many network administrators who are new to the game will attempt to use elaborate techniques +to set access controls, on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions. +There is the ever present danger that that administrator's successor will not understand the +complex mess that has been inherited. Remember, apparent job security through complex design +and implementation may ultimately cause loss of operations and downtime to users as the new +administrator learns to untangle your web. Keep access controls simple and effective and +make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2985503"></a>Logon Scripts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Please refer to the section of this document on Advanced Network Administration for information +regarding the network logon script options for Samba-3. Logon scripts can help to ensure that +all users gain share and printer connections they need. </p><p> -If client-side caching is desirable and reliable on your network, you will benefit from -turning on oplocks. If your network is slow and/or unreliable, or you are sharing your -files among other file sharing mechanisms (e.g., NFS) or across a WAN, or multiple people -will be accessing the same files frequently, you probably will not benefit from the overhead -of your client sending oplock breaks and will instead want to disable oplocks for the share. +Logon scripts can be created on-the-fly so that all commands executed are specific to the +rights and privileges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through +group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logon script using +the <i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec</tt></i> parameters to the <tt class="filename">NETLOGON</tt> share. </p><p> -Another factor to consider is the perceived performance of file access. If oplocks provide no -measurable speed benefit on your network, it might not be worth the hassle of dealing with them. +Some sites prefer to use a tool such as <b class="command">kixstart</b> to establish a controlled +user environment. In any case you may wish to do a google search for logon script process controls. +In particular, you may wish to explore the use of the Microsoft knowledgebase article KB189105 that +deals with how to add printers without user intervention via the logon script process. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2985560"></a>Profile Migration/Creation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +User and Group Profiles may be migrated using the tools described in the section titled Desktop Profile +Management. </p><p> -You can disable oplocks on a per-share basis with the following: +Profiles may also be managed using the Samba-3 tool <b class="command">profiles</b>. This tool allows +the MS Windows NT style security identifiers (SIDs) that are stored inside the profile NTuser.DAT file +to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2986523"></a>User and Group Accounts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before +attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the +groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> to connect these to +suitable Unix/Linux groups. Following this simple advice will mean that all user and group attributes +should migrate painlessly. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2986549"></a>Steps In Migration Process</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The approximate migration process is described below. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> +You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be migrated +</p></li><li><p> +Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc. +</p></li></ul></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 31.1. The Account Migration Process</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Samba must NOT be running</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>lsaquery</p></li><li><p>Note the SID returned</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net getsid -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMNAME</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net getlocalsid</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID, now check that all three SIDS reported are the same!</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc join -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMNAME</tt></i> -U Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc vampire -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -U administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -L</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - did the users migrate?</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>initGrps.sh <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMNAME</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap list</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Now check that all groups are recognised</p></li></ol></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc vampire -S <i class="replaceable"><tt>NT4PDC</tt></i> -U administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>passwd</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -Lv</tt></b></p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - check that all group membership has been migrated</p></li></ol></li></ol></div><p> +Now it is time to migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files. +More later. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2986887"></a>Migration Options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Based on feedback from many sites as well as from actual installation and maintenance +experience sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba +based solution fit into three basic categories. +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2986904"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types</b></p><table summary="The 3 Major Site Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Number of Users</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>< 50</td><td><p>Want simple conversion with NO pain</p></td></tr><tr><td>50 - 250</td><td><p>Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity</p></td></tr><tr><td>> 250</td><td><p>Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2986968"></a>Planning for Success</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are three basic choices for sites that intend to migrate from MS Windows NT4 +to Samba-3. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Simple Conversion (total replacement) + </p></li><li><p> + Upgraded Conversion (could be one of integration) + </p></li><li><p> + Complete Redesign (completely new solution) + </p></li></ul></div><p> +No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream problems: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Take sufficient time + </p></li><li><p> + Avoid Panic + </p></li><li><p> + Test ALL assumptions + </p></li><li><p> + Test full roll-out program, including workstation deployment + </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="id2987041"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices</b></p><table summary="Nature of the Conversion Choices" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Simple</th><th>Upgraded</th><th>Redesign</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Make use of minimal OS specific features</p></td><td><p>Translate NT4 features to new host OS features</p></td><td><p>Decide:</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3</p></td><td><p>Copy and improve:</p></td><td><p>Authentication Regime (database location and access)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Make least number of operational changes</p></td><td><p>Make progressive improvements</p></td><td><p>Desktop Management Methods</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Take least amount of time to migrate</p></td><td><p>Minimise user impact</p></td><td><p>Better Control of Desktops / Users</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Live versus Isolated Conversion</p></td><td><p>Maximise functionality</p></td><td><p>Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out)</p></td><td><p>Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2987210"></a>Samba Implementation Choices</h3></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> +Authentication database back end + Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server) + Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs + External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - oplocks = False - level2 oplocks = False -</pre><p> +Database type + smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam -Alternately, you could disable oplocks on a per-file basis within the share: +Access Control Points + On the Share itself (Use NT4 Server Manager) + On the file system + Unix permissions on files and directories + Enable Posix ACLs in file system? + Through Samba share parameters + Not recommended - except as only resort -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - veto oplock files = /*.mdb/*.MDB/*.dbf/*.DBF/ +Policies (migrate or create new ones) + Group Policy Editor (NT4) + Watch out for Tattoo effect + +User and Group Profiles + Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local + to a Roaming profile Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs + (NTUser.DAT) + +Logon Scripts (Know how they work) + +User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux + username map facility may be needed + Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups + Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration +NOTE: +If migrating to LDAP back end it may be easier to dump initial LDAP database +to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP + + OS specific scripts / programs may be needed + Add / delete Users + Note OS limits on size of name (Linux 8 chars) + NT4 up to 254 chars + Add / delete machines + Applied only to domain members (note up to 16 chars) + Add / delete Groups + Note OS limits on size and nature + Linux limit is 16 char, + no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd) + +Migration Tools + Domain Control (NT4 Style) + Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security + +Migration Tools + Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles + Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS) + +Authentication + New SAM back end (smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam) </pre><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SWAT"></a>Chapter 32. SWAT - The Samba Web Administration Tool</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2986434">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2986468">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2988827">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2988941">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989005">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989110">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989175">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989239">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989287">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989339">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2989362">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +There are many and varied opinions regarding the usefulness or otherwise of SWAT. +No matter how hard one tries to produce the perfect configuration tool it remains +an object of personal taste. SWAT is a tool that will allow web based configuration +of samba. It has a wizard that may help to get samba configured quickly, it has context +sensitive help on each smb.conf parameter, it provides for monitoring of current state +of connection information, and it allows network wide MS Windows network password +management. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2986434"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are network administrators who believe that it is a good idea to write systems +documentation inside configuration files, for them SWAT will aways be a nasty tool. SWAT +does not store the configuration file in any intermediate form, rather, it stores only the +parameter settings, so when SWAT writes the smb.conf file to disk it will write only +those parameters that are at other than the default settings. The result is that all comments +will be lost from the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. Additionally, the parameters will be written back in +internal ordering. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +So before using SWAT please be warned - SWAT will completely replace your smb.conf with +a fully optimised file that has been stripped of all comments you might have placed there +and only non-default settings will be written to the file. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2986468"></a>Enabling SWAT for use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system +your Unix/Linux system has you will have either an <b class="command">inetd</b> or +<b class="command">xinetd</b> based system. </p><p> -If you are experiencing problems with oplocks as apparent from Samba's log entries, -you may want to play it safe and disable oplocks and level2 oplocks. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884987"></a>MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</h2></div></div><p> -There is a known issue when running applications (like Norton Anti-Virus) on a Windows 2000/ XP -workstation computer that can affect any application attempting to access shared database files -across a network. This is a result of a default setting configured in the Windows 2000/XP -operating system known as <span class="emphasis"><em>Opportunistic Locking</em></span>. When a workstation -attempts to access shared data files located on another Windows 2000/XP computer, -the Windows 2000/XP operating system will attempt to increase performance by locking the -files and caching information locally. When this occurs, the application is unable to -properly function, which results in an <span class="emphasis"><em>Access Denied</em></span> - error message being displayed during network operations. +The nature and location of the network super-daemon varies with the operating system +implementation. The control file (or files) can be located in the file +<tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> or in the directory <tt class="filename">/etc/[x]inet.d</tt> +or similar. </p><p> -All Windows operating systems in the NT family that act as database servers for data files -(meaning that data files are stored there and accessed by other Windows PCs) may need to -have opportunistic locking disabled in order to minimize the risk of data file corruption. -This includes Windows 9x/Me, Windows NT, Windows 200x and Windows XP. +The control entry for the older style file might be: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # swat is the Samba Web Administration Tool + swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat +</pre><p> +A control file for the newer style xinetd could be: </p><p> -If you are using a Windows NT family workstation in place of a server, you must also -disable opportunistic locking (oplocks) on that workstation. For example, if you use a -PC with the Windows NT Workstation operating system instead of Windows NT Server, and you -have data files located on it that are accessed from other Windows PCs, you may need to -disable oplocks on that system. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + # default: off + # description: SWAT is the Samba Web Admin Tool. Use swat \ + # to configure your Samba server. To use SWAT, \ + # connect to port 901 with your favorite web browser. + service swat + { + port = 901 + socket_type = stream + wait = no + only_from = localhost + user = root + server = /usr/sbin/swat + log_on_failure += USERID + disable = yes + } +</pre><p> + </p><p> -The major difference is the location in the Windows registry where the values for disabling -oplocks are entered. Instead of the LanManServer location, the LanManWorkstation location -may be used. +Both the above examples assume that the <b class="command">swat</b> binary has been +located in the <tt class="filename">/usr/sbin</tt> directory. In addition to the above +SWAT will use a directory access point from which it will load it's help files +as well as other control information. The default location for this on most Linux +systems is in the directory <tt class="filename">/usr/share/samba/swat</tt>. The default +location using samba defaults will be <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/swat</tt>. </p><p> -You can verify (or change or add, if necessary) this Registry value using the Windows -Registry Editor. When you change this registry value, you will have to reboot the PC -to ensure that the new setting goes into effect. +Access to SWAT will prompt for a logon. If you log onto SWAT as any non-root user +the only permission allowed is to view certain aspects of configuration as well as +access to the password change facility. The buttons that will be exposed to the non-root +user are: <span class="guibutton">HOME</span>, <span class="guibutton">STATUS</span>, <span class="guibutton">VIEW</span>, +<span class="guibutton">PASSWORD</span>. The only page that allows +change capability in this case is <span class="guibutton">PASSWORD</span>. </p><p> -The location of the client registry entry for opportunistic locking has changed in -Windows 2000 from the earlier location in Microsoft Windows NT. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Windows 2000 will still respect the EnableOplocks registry value used to disable oplocks -in earlier versions of Windows. -</p></div><p> -You can also deny the granting of opportunistic locks by changing the following registry entries: +So long as you log onto SWAT as the user <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> you should obtain +full change and commit ability. The buttons that will be exposed includes: +<span class="guibutton">HOME</span>, <span class="guibutton">GLOBALS</span>, <span class="guibutton">SHARES</span>, <span class="guibutton">PRINTERS</span>, +<span class="guibutton">WIZARD</span>, <span class="guibutton">STATUS</span>, <span class="guibutton">VIEW</span>, <span class="guibutton">PASSWORD</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2988827"></a>Securing SWAT through SSL</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Lots of people have asked about how to setup SWAT with SSL to allow for secure remote +administration of Samba. Here is a method that works, courtesy of Markus Krieger </p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\System\CurrentControlSet\Services\MRXSmb\Parameters\ - - OplocksDisabled REG_DWORD 0 or 1 - Default: 0 (not disabled) -</pre><p> -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -The OplocksDisabled registry value configures Windows clients to either request or not -request opportunistic locks on a remote file. To disable oplocks, the value of - OplocksDisabled must be set to 1. -</p></div><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters +Modifications to the swat setup are as following: +</p><div class="procedure"><ol type="1"><li><p> + install OpenSSL + </p></li><li><p> + generate certificate and private key - EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1 - Default: 1 (Enabled by Default) + </p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/bin/openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -nodes -config \ + /usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \ + -out /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -keyout /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem</tt></b> + </pre></li><li><p> + remove swat-entry from [x]inetd + </p></li><li><p> + start stunnel - EnableOpLockForceClose REG_DWORD 0 or 1 - Default: 0 (Disabled by Default) -</pre><p> -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -The EnableOplocks value configures Windows-based servers (including Workstations sharing -files) to allow or deny opportunistic locks on local files. -</p></div><p> -To force closure of open oplocks on close or program exit EnableOpLockForceClose must be set to 1. + </p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>stunnel -p /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -d 901 \ + -l /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat </tt></b> + </pre></li></ol></div><p> +afterwords simply contact to swat by using the URL <a href="https://myhost:901" target="_top">https://myhost:901</a>, accept the certificate +and the SSL connection is up. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2988941"></a>The SWAT Home Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The SWAT title page provides access to the latest Samba documentation. The manual page for +each samba component is accessible from this page as are the Samba-HOWTO-Collection (this +document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba". </p><p> -An illustration of how level II oplocks work: +Administrators who wish to validate their samba configuration may obtain useful information +from the man pages for the diagnostic utilities. These are available from the SWAT home page +also. One diagnostic tool that is NOT mentioned on this page, but that is particularly +useful is <b class="command">ethereal</b>, available from <a href="http://www.ethereal.com" target="_top"> +http://www.ethereal.com</a>. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +SWAT can be configured to run in <span class="emphasis"><em>demo</em></span> mode. This is NOT recommended +as it runs SWAT without authentication and with full administrative ability. ie: Allows +changes to smb.conf as well as general operation with root privileges. The option that +creates this ability is the <tt class="option">-a</tt> flag to swat. <span class="emphasis"><em>Do not use this in any +production environment.</em></span> +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989005"></a>Global Settings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Globals button will expose a page that allows configuration of the global parameters +in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Station 1 opens the file, requesting oplock. - </p></li><li><p> - Since no other station has the file open, the server grants station 1 exclusive oplock. - </p></li><li><p> - Station 2 opens the file, requesting oplock. - </p></li><li><p> - Since station 1 has not yet written to the file, the server asks station 1 to Break - to Level II Oplock. - </p></li><li><p> - Station 1 complies by flushing locally buffered lock information to the server. - </p></li><li><p> - Station 1 informs the server that it has Broken to Level II Oplock (alternatively, - station 1 could have closed the file). - </p></li><li><p> - The server responds to station 2's open request, granting it level II oplock. - Other stations can likewise open the file and obtain level II oplock. + <span class="emphasis"><em>Basic</em></span> - exposes common configuration options. </p></li><li><p> - Station 2 (or any station that has the file open) sends a write request SMB. - The server returns the write response. + <span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> - exposes configuration options needed in more + complex environments. </p></li><li><p> - The server asks all stations that have the file open to Break to None, meaning no - station holds any oplock on the file. Because the workstations can have no cached - writes or locks at this point, they need not respond to the break-to-none advisory; - all they need do is invalidate locally cashed read-ahead data. - </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885212"></a>Workstation Service Entries</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> - \HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanWorkstation\Parameters - - UseOpportunisticLocking REG_DWORD 0 or 1 - Default: 1 (true) -</pre><p> -Indicates whether the redirector should use opportunistic-locking (oplock) performance -enhancement. This parameter should be disabled only to isolate problems. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2885239"></a>Server Service Entries</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> - \HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Services\LanmanServer\Parameters - - EnableOplocks REG_DWORD 0 or 1 - Default: 1 (true) -</pre><p> -Specifies whether the server allows clients to use oplocks on files. Oplocks are a -significant performance enhancement, but have the potential to cause lost cached -data on some networks, particularly wide-area networks. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - MinLinkThroughput REG_DWORD 0 to infinite bytes per second - Default: 0 -</pre><p> -Specifies the minimum link throughput allowed by the server before it disables -raw and opportunistic locks for this connection. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - MaxLinkDelay REG_DWORD 0 to 100,000 seconds - Default: 60 -</pre><p> -Specifies the maximum time allowed for a link delay. If delays exceed this number, -the server disables raw I/O and opportunistic locking for this connection. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - OplockBreakWait REG_DWORD 10 to 180 seconds - Default: 35 -</pre><p> -Specifies the time that the server waits for a client to respond to an oplock break -request. Smaller values can allow detection of crashed clients more quickly but can -potentially cause loss of cached data. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885320"></a>Persistent Data Corruption</h2></div></div><p> -If you have applied all of the settings discussed in this paper but data corruption problems -and other symptoms persist, here are some additional things to check out: + <span class="emphasis"><em>Developer</em></span> - exposes configuration options that only the brave + will want to tamper with. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +To switch to other than <span class="emphasis"><em>Basic</em></span> editing ability click on either the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> or the <span class="emphasis"><em>Developer</em></span> dial, then click the +<span class="guibutton">Commit Changes</span> button. </p><p> -We have credible reports from developers that faulty network hardware, such as a single -faulty network card, can cause symptoms similar to read caching and data corruption. -If you see persistent data corruption even after repeated reindexing, you may have to -rebuild the data files in question. This involves creating a new data file with the -same definition as the file to be rebuilt and transferring the data from the old file -to the new one. There are several known methods for doing this that can be found in -our Knowledge Base. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2885350"></a>Additional Reading</h2></div></div><p> -You may want to check for an updated version of this white paper on our Web site from -time to time. Many of our white papers are updated as information changes. For those papers, -the Last Edited date is always at the top of the paper. +After making any changes to configuration parameters make sure that you click on the +<span class="guibutton">Commit Changes</span> button before moving to another area otherwise +your changes will be immediately lost. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +SWAT has context sensitive help. To find out what each parameter is for simply click the +<span class="guibutton">Help</span> link to the left of the configuration parameter. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989110"></a>Share Settings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To affect a currently configured share, simply click on the pull down button between the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Share</span> and the <span class="guibutton">Delete Share</span> buttons, +select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Share</span> button, to delete the share simply press the +<span class="guibutton">Delete Share</span> button. </p><p> -Section of the Microsoft MSDN Library on opportunistic locking: +To create a new share, next to the button labelled <span class="guibutton">Create Share</span> enter +into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the +<span class="guibutton">Create Share</span> button. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989175"></a>Printers Settings</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To affect a currently configured printer, simply click on the pull down button between the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Printer</span> and the <span class="guibutton">Delete Printer</span> buttons, +select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the +<span class="guibutton">Choose Printer</span> button, to delete the share simply press the +<span class="guibutton">Delete Printer</span> button. </p><p> -Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Developer Network (MSDN), Windows Development > -Windows Base Services > Files and I/O > SDK Documentation > File Storage > File Systems -> About File Systems > Opportunistic Locks, Microsoft Corporation. -<a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/library/en-us/fileio/storage_5yk3.asp</a> +To create a new printer, next to the button labelled <span class="guibutton">Create Printer</span> enter +into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the +<span class="guibutton">Create Printer</span> button. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989239"></a>The SWAT Wizard</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The purpose if the SWAT Wizard is to help the Microsoft knowledgeable network administrator +to configure Samba with a minimum of effort. </p><p> -Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q224992 "Maintaining Transactional Integrity with OPLOCKS", -Microsoft Corporation, April 1999, <a href="=http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q224992</a>. +The Wizard page provides a tool for rewriting the smb.conf file in fully optimised format. +This will also happen if you press the commit button. The two differ in the the rewrite button +ignores any changes that may have been made, while the Commit button causes all changes to be +affected. </p><p> -Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q296264 "Configuring Opportunistic Locking in Windows 2000", -Microsoft Corporation, April 2001, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q296264</a>. +The <span class="guibutton">Edit</span> button permits the editing (setting) of the minimal set of +options that may be necessary to create a working Samba server. </p><p> -Microsoft Knowledge Base Article Q129202 "PC Ext: Explanation of Opportunistic Locking on Windows NT", - Microsoft Corporation, April 1995, <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;Q129202</a>. -</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting</h1></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>27. <a href="#diagnosis">The samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2884776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884810">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793401">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886854">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2790687">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887096">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887237">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887343">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887497">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887016">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886937">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887713">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887849">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887942">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887989">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="diagnosis"></a>Chapter 27. The samba checklist</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Wed Jan 15</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2884776">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2884810">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2793401">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886854">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884776"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> +Finally, there are a limited set of options that will determine what type of server Samba +will be configured for, whether it will be a WINS server, participate as a WINS client, or +operate with no WINS support. By clicking on one button you can elect to expose (or not) user +home directories. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989287"></a>The Status Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The status page serves a limited purpose. Firstly, it allows control of the samba daemons. +The key daemons that create the samba server environment are: <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, <span class="application">winbindd</span>. +</p><p> +The daemons may be controlled individually or as a total group. Additionally, you may set +an automatic screen refresh timing. As MS Windows clients interact with Samba new smbd processes +will be continually spawned. The auto-refresh facility will allow you to track the changing +conditions with minimal effort. +</p><p> +Lastly, the Status page may be used to terminate specific smbd client connections in order to +free files that may be locked. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989339"></a>The View Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This page allows the administrator to view the optimised <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file and, if you are +particularly masochistic, will permit you also to see all possible global configuration +parameters and their settings. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2989362"></a>The Password Change Page</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Password Change page is a popular tool. This tool allows the creation, deletion, deactivation +and reactivation of MS Windows networking users on the local machine. Alternatively, you can use +this tool to change a local password for a user account. +</p><p> +When logged in as a non-root account the user will have to provide the old password as well as +the new password (twice). When logged in as <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> only the new password is +required. +</p><p> +One popular use for this tool is to change user passwords across a range of remote MS Windows +servers. +</p></div></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="troubleshooting"></a>Troubleshooting</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>33. <a href="#diagnosis">The Samba checklist</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2988578">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990437">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990614">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991790">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#problems">Analysing and solving samba problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2993414">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993555">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993839">Useful URLs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993884">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994036">How to get off the mailing lists</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#bugreport">Reporting Bugs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994775">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994997">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995034">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995176">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995284">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995331">Patches</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="diagnosis"></a>Chapter 33. The Samba checklist</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Wed Jan 15</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2988578">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990437">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2990614">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2991790">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2988578"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem is if it fails any one of these steps. If it passes all these tests @@ -7978,16 +15394,16 @@ to solve a problem. If you send one of the samba mailing lists an email saying "it doesn't work" and you have not followed this test procedure then you should not be surprised if your email is ignored. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884810"></a>Assumptions</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990437"></a>Assumptions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP. </p><p> The procedure is similar for other types of clients. </p><p> It is also assumed you know the name of an available share in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt>. I will assume this share is called <i><tt>tmp</tt></i>. -You can add a <i><tt>tmp</tt></i> share like this by adding the -following to <tt>smb.conf</tt>: +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. I will assume this share is called <i class="replaceable"><tt>tmp</tt></i>. +You can add a <i class="replaceable"><tt>tmp</tt></i> share like this by adding the +following to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: </p><pre class="programlisting"> [tmp] @@ -8002,41 +15418,41 @@ Some commands shown did not exist in earlier versions. </p></div><p> Please pay attention to the error messages you receive. If any error message reports that your server is being unfriendly you should first check that your -IP name resolution is correctly set up. eg: Make sure your <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt> +IP name resolution is correctly set up. eg: Make sure your <tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt> file points to name servers that really do exist. </p><p> Also, if you do not have DNS server access for name resolution please check -that the settings for your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file results in <b>dns proxy = no</b>. The -best way to check this is with <b><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. +that the settings for your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file results in <b class="command">dns proxy = no</b>. The +best way to check this is with <b class="userinput"><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. </p><p> It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the -<b>tail -F <i><tt>log_file_name</tt></i></b> in a separate +<b class="command">tail -F <i class="replaceable"><tt>log_file_name</tt></i></b> in a separate terminal console (use ctrl-alt-F1 through F6 or multiple terminals in X). Relevant log files can be found (for default installations) in -<tt>/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. Also, connection logs from -machines can be found here or possibly in <tt>/var/log/samba</tt> -depending on how or if you specified logging in your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. -</p><p> -If you make changes to your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file while going through these test, -don't forget to restart smbd and nmbd. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2793401"></a>The tests</h2></div></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 27.1. Diagnosing your samba server</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> -In the directory in which you store your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, run the command -<b><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. If it reports any errors then your <tt>smb.conf</tt> +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. Also, connection logs from +machines can be found here or possibly in <tt class="filename">/var/log/samba</tt> +depending on how or if you specified logging in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. +</p><p> +If you make changes to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file while going through these test, +don't forget to restart <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2990614"></a>The tests</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> +In the directory in which you store your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, run the command +<b class="userinput"><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. If it reports any errors then your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> configuration file is faulty. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file may be located in: <tt>/etc/samba</tt> -Or in: <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib</tt> +Your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file may be located in: <tt class="filename">/etc/samba</tt> +Or in: <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</tt> </p></div></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>ping BIGSERVER</tt></b> from the PC and -<b><tt>ping ACLIENT</tt></b> from +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>ping BIGSERVER</tt></b> from the PC and +<b class="userinput"><tt>ping ACLIENT</tt></b> from the unix box. If you don't get a valid response then your TCP/IP software is not correctly installed. </p><p> Note that you will need to start a "dos prompt" window on the PC to run ping. </p><p> -If you get a message saying "host not found" or similar then your DNS -software or <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file is not correctly setup. +If you get a message saying <span class="errorname">host not found</span> or similar then your DNS +software or <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file is not correctly setup. It is possible to run samba without DNS entries for the server and client, but I assume you do have correct entries for the remainder of these tests. @@ -8044,77 +15460,78 @@ you do have correct entries for the remainder of these tests. Another reason why ping might fail is if your host is running firewall software. You will need to relax the rules to let in the workstation in question, perhaps by allowing access from another subnet (on Linux -this is done via the ipfwadm program.) -</p><p> -Note: Modern Linux distributions install ipchains/iptables by default. +this is done via the <span class="application">ipfwadm</span> program.) +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Modern Linux distributions install ipchains/iptables by default. This is a common problem that is often overlooked. -</p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>smbclient -L BIGSERVER</tt></b> on the unix box. You +</p></div></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L BIGSERVER</tt></b> on the unix box. You should get a list of available shares back. </p><p> If you get a error message containing the string "Bad password" then -you probably have either an incorrect <b>hosts allow</b>, -<b>hosts deny</b> or <b>valid users</b> line in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt>, or your guest account is not -valid. Check what your guest account is using testparm and -temporarily remove any <b>hosts allow</b>, <b>hosts deny</b>, <b>valid users</b> or <b>invalid users</b> lines. +you probably have either an incorrect <b class="command">hosts allow</b>, +<b class="command">hosts deny</b> or <b class="command">valid users</b> line in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>, or your guest account is not +valid. Check what your guest account is using <span class="application">testparm</span> and +temporarily remove any <b class="command">hosts allow</b>, <b class="command">hosts deny</b>, <b class="command">valid users</b> or <b class="command">invalid users</b> lines. </p><p> -If you get a "connection refused" response then the smbd server may +If you get a <span class="errorname">connection refused</span> response then the smbd server may not be running. If you installed it in inetd.conf then you probably edited that file incorrectly. If you installed it as a daemon then check that it is running, and check that the netbios-ssn port is in a LISTEN -state using <b><tt>netstat -a</tt></b>. +state using <b class="userinput"><tt>netstat -a</tt></b>. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Some Unix / Linux systems use <b>xinetd</b> in place of -<b>inetd</b>. Check your system documentation for the location +Some Unix / Linux systems use <b class="command">xinetd</b> in place of +<b class="command">inetd</b>. Check your system documentation for the location of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of this network super daemon. </p></div><p> -If you get a "session request failed" then the server refused the +If you get a <span class="errorname">session request failed</span> then the server refused the connection. If it says "Your server software is being unfriendly" then -its probably because you have invalid command line parameters to smbd, -or a similar fatal problem with the initial startup of smbd. Also -check your config file (<tt>smb.conf</tt>) for syntax errors with testparm +its probably because you have invalid command line parameters to <span class="application">smbd</span>, +or a similar fatal problem with the initial startup of <span class="application">smbd</span>. Also +check your config file (<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) for syntax errors with <span class="application">testparm</span> and that the various directories where samba keeps its log and lock files exist. </p><p> There are a number of reasons for which smbd may refuse or decline a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of -the following <tt>smb.conf</tt> file entries: +the following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file entries: </p><pre class="programlisting"> hosts deny = ALL hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy bind interfaces only = Yes </pre><p> In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that -will automatically translate to the loopback adaptor address 127.0.0.1. +will automatically translate to the loopback adapter address 127.0.0.1. To solve this problem change these lines to: </p><pre class="programlisting"> hosts deny = ALL hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127. </pre><p> -Do NOT use the <b>bind interfaces only</b> parameter where you +Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use the <b class="command">bind interfaces only</b> parameter where you may wish to -use the samba password change facility, or where smbclient may need to +use the samba password change facility, or where <span class="application">smbclient</span> may need to access a local service for name resolution or for local resource -connections. (Note: the <b>bind interfaces only</b> parameter deficiency +connections. (Note: the <b class="command">bind interfaces only</b> parameter deficiency where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be fixed soon). </p><p> Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running -on port 139, such as Samba (ie: smbd is running from inetd already) or -something like Digital's Pathworks. Check your <tt>inetd.conf</tt> file before trying -to start smbd as a daemon, it can avoid a lot of frustration! +on port <tt class="constant">139</tt>, such as Samba +(ie: <span class="application">smbd</span> is running from <span class="application">inetd</span> already) or +something like Digital's Pathworks. Check your <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt> file before trying +to start <span class="application">smbd</span> as a daemon, it can avoid a lot of frustration! </p><p> And yet another possible cause for failure of this test is when the subnet mask and / or broadcast address settings are incorrect. Please check that the network interface IP Address / Broadcast Address / Subnet Mask settings are -correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the <tt>log.nmb</tt> file. +correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the <tt class="filename">log.nmbd</tt> file. </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__</tt></b>. You should get the +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__</tt></b>. You should get the IP address of your Samba server back. </p><p> -If you don't then nmbd is incorrectly installed. Check your <tt>inetd.conf</tt> +If you don't then nmbd is incorrectly installed. Check your <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt> if you run it from there, or that the daemon is running and listening to udp port 137. </p><p> @@ -8122,7 +15539,7 @@ One common problem is that many inetd implementations can't take many parameters on the command line. If this is the case then create a one-line script that contains the right parameters and run that from inetd. -</p></li><li><p>run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -B ACLIENT '*'</tt></b></p><p> +</p></li><li><p>run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -B ACLIENT '*'</tt></b></p><p> You should get the PCs IP address back. If you don't then the client software on the PC isn't installed correctly, or isn't started, or you got the name of the PC wrong. @@ -8130,86 +15547,85 @@ got the name of the PC wrong. If ACLIENT doesn't resolve via DNS then use the IP address of the client in the above test. </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -d 2 '*'</tt></b> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -d 2 '*'</tt></b> </p><p> This time we are trying the same as the previous test but are trying it via a broadcast to the default broadcast address. A number of -Netbios/TCPIP hosts on the network should respond, although Samba may +NetBIOS / TCP/IP hosts on the network should respond, although Samba may not catch all of the responses in the short time it listens. You -should see "got a positive name query response" messages from several -hosts. +should see <span class="errorname">got a positive name query response</span> +messages from several hosts. </p><p> If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the -<b>interfaces</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to manually configure your IP +<b class="command">interfaces</b> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to manually configure your IP address, broadcast and netmask. </p><p> If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to -use the <i><tt>-B</tt></i> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs +use the <i class="parameter"><tt>-B</tt></i> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs subnet. </p><p> This test will probably fail if your subnet mask and broadcast address are not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above). </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</tt></b>. You should +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</tt></b>. You should then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with -another account then add the <i><tt>-U <i><tt>accountname</tt></i></tt></i> option to the end of +another account then add the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U <i class="replaceable"><tt>accountname</tt></i></tt></i> option to the end of the command line. eg: -<b><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</tt></b> </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> It is possible to specify the password along with the username as follows: -<b><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe%secret</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe%secret</tt></b> </p></div><p> -Once you enter the password you should get the <tt>smb></tt> prompt. If you -don't then look at the error message. If it says "invalid network -name" then the service "tmp" is not correctly setup in your <tt>smb.conf</tt>. +Once you enter the password you should get the <tt class="prompt">smb></tt> prompt. If you +don't then look at the error message. If it says <span class="errorname">invalid network +name</span> then the service <span class="emphasis"><em>"tmp"</em></span> is not correctly setup in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. </p><p> -If it says "bad password" then the likely causes are: +If it says <span class="errorname">bad password</span> then the likely causes are: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - you have shadow passords (or some other password system) but didn't - compile in support for them in smbd + you have shadow passwords (or some other password system) but didn't + compile in support for them in <span class="application">smbd</span> </p></li><li><p> - your <b>valid users</b> configuration is incorrect + your <b class="command">valid users</b> configuration is incorrect </p></li><li><p> - you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <b>password + you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <b class="command">password level</b> option at a high enough level </p></li><li><p> - the <b>path =</b> line in <tt>smb.conf</tt> is incorrect. Check it with testparm + the <b class="command">path =</b> line in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is incorrect. Check it with <span class="application">testparm</span> </p></li><li><p> - you enabled password encryption but didn't create the SMB encrypted - password file + you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users </p></li></ol></div><p> Once connected you should be able to use the commands -<b>dir</b> <b>get</b> <b>put</b> etc. -Type <b>help <i><tt>command</tt></i></b> for instructions. You should +<b class="command">dir</b> <b class="command">get</b> <b class="command">put</b> etc. +Type <b class="command">help <i class="replaceable"><tt>command</tt></i></b> for instructions. You should especially check that the amount of free disk space shown is correct -when you type <b>dir</b>. +when you type <b class="command">dir</b>. </p></li><li><p> -On the PC, type the command <b><tt>net view \\BIGSERVER</tt></b>. You will +On the PC, type the command <b class="userinput"><tt>net view \\BIGSERVER</tt></b>. You will need to do this from within a "dos prompt" window. You should get back a list of available shares on the server. </p><p> -If you get a "network name not found" or similar error then netbios +If you get a <span class="errorname">network name not found</span> or similar error then netbios name resolution is not working. This is usually caused by a problem in nmbd. To overcome it you could do one of the following (you only need to choose one of them): </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - fixup the nmbd installation + fixup the <span class="application">nmbd</span> installation </p></li><li><p> - add the IP address of BIGSERVER to the <b>wins server</b> box in the - advanced tcp/ip setup on the PC. + add the IP address of BIGSERVER to the <b class="command">wins server</b> box in the + advanced TCP/IP setup on the PC. </p></li><li><p> enable windows name resolution via DNS in the advanced section of - the tcp/ip setup + the TCP/IP setup </p></li><li><p> add BIGSERVER to your lmhosts file on the PC. </p></li></ol></div><p> -If you get a "invalid network name" or "bad password error" then the -same fixes apply as they did for the <b><tt>smbclient -L</tt></b> test above. In -particular, make sure your <b>hosts allow</b> line is correct (see the man +If you get a <span class="errorname">invalid network name</span> or <span class="errorname">bad password error</span> then the +same fixes apply as they did for the <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L</tt></b> test above. In +particular, make sure your <b class="command">hosts allow</b> line is correct (see the man pages) </p><p> Also, do not overlook that fact that when the workstation requests the @@ -8218,37 +15634,37 @@ name with which you logged onto your Windows machine. You need to make sure that an account exists on your Samba server with that exact same name and password. </p><p> -If you get "specified computer is not receiving requests" or similar +If you get <span class="errorname">specified computer is not receiving requests</span> or similar it probably means that the host is not contactable via tcp services. Check to see if the host is running tcp wrappers, and if so add an entry in -the <tt>hosts.allow</tt> file for your client (or subnet, etc.) +the <tt class="filename">hosts.allow</tt> file for your client (or subnet, etc.) </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>net use x: \\BIGSERVER\TMP</tt></b>. You should -be prompted for a password then you should get a "command completed -successfully" message. If not then your PC software is incorrectly -installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your <b>hosts allow</b> -and other config lines in <tt>smb.conf</tt> are correct. +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>net use x: \\BIGSERVER\TMP</tt></b>. You should +be prompted for a password then you should get a <tt class="computeroutput">command completed +successfully</tt> message. If not then your PC software is incorrectly +installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your <b class="command">hosts allow</b> +and other config lines in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> are correct. </p><p> It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to -connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <b>user = -<i><tt>username</tt></i></b> to the <b>[tmp]</b> section of -<tt>smb.conf</tt> where <i><tt>username</tt></i> is the +connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <i class="parameter"><tt>user = +<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i></tt></i> to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[tmp]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> where <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> is the username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this fixes things you may need the username mapping option. </p><p> It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords -and you have <b>encrypt passwords = no</b> in <tt>smb.conf</tt> +and you have <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords = no</tt></i> in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> Turn it back on to fix. </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -M <i><tt>testgroup</tt></i></tt></b> where -<i><tt>testgroup</tt></i> is the name of the workgroup that your Samba server and +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -M <i class="replaceable"><tt>testgroup</tt></i></tt></b> where +<i class="replaceable"><tt>testgroup</tt></i> is the name of the workgroup that your Samba server and Windows PCs belong to. You should get back the IP address of the master browser for that workgroup. </p><p> If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after -that then look at the browsing options you have set in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. Make -sure you have <b>preferred master = yes</b> to ensure that +that then look at the browsing options you have set in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Make +sure you have <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master = yes</tt></i> to ensure that an election is held at startup. </p></li><li><p> >From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should @@ -8258,25 +15674,25 @@ of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a "invalid password" error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set -<b>security = server</b> AND -<b>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</b> in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file, or make sure <b>encrypted passwords</b> is +<i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> AND +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</tt></i> in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, or make sure <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> is set to "yes". -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886854"></a>Still having troubles?</h2></div></div><p>Read the chapter on -<a href="#problems" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</a>. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="problems"></a>Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Bannon</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 Apr 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2790687">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887096">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887237">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887343">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887497">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></div><p> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2991790"></a>Still having troubles?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Read the chapter on +<a href="#problems" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="problems"></a>Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Bannon</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 Apr 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2993414">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993555">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993839">Useful URLs</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2993884">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994036">How to get off the mailing lists</a></dt></dl></div><p> There are many sources of information available in the form of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation. The docs that come with the samba distribution contain very good explanations of -general SMB topics such as browsing.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2790687"></a>Diagnostics tools</h2></div></div><p> +general SMB topics such as browsing.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2993414"></a>Diagnostics tools</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself. -You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what -'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and +You can use the <tt class="option">-d option</tt> for both <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> to specify what +<i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i> at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords). </p><p> Another helpful method of debugging is to compile samba using the -<b>gcc -g </b> flag. This will include debug +<b class="userinput"><tt>gcc -g </tt></b> flag. This will include debug information in the binaries and allow you to attach gdb to the running smbd / nmbd process. In order to attach gdb to an smbd process for an NT workstation, first get the workstation to make the @@ -8289,7 +15705,10 @@ idle timeout) So, in between pressing ctrl alt delete, and actually typing in your password, you can attach gdb and continue. </p><p> Some useful samba commands worth investigating: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>testparam | more</p></li><li><p>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm | more</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</tt></b> +</pre><p> An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from <a href="http://www.tcpdump.org/" target="_top">http://www.tcpdup.org/</a>. Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for Unix and Win32 @@ -8304,7 +15723,7 @@ The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon formatted files. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887096"></a>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2993555"></a>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple of steps. The following are for installing Netmon V4.00.349, which comes with Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, on Microsoft Windows NT @@ -8312,51 +15731,44 @@ Workstation 4.0. The process should be similar for other versions of Windows NT / Netmon. You will need both the Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0 Install CD and the Workstation 4.0 Install CD. </p><p> -Initially you will need to install 'Network Monitor Tools and Agent' +Initially you will need to install <span class="application">Network Monitor Tools and Agent</span> on the NT Server. To do this -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto Start - Settings - Control Panel - - Network - Services - Add </p></li><li><p>Select the 'Network Monitor Tools and Agent' and - click on 'OK'.</p></li><li><p>Click 'OK' on the Network Control Panel. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto <span class="guibutton">Start</span> - <span class="guibutton">Settings</span> - <span class="guibutton">Control Panel</span> - + <span class="guibutton">Network</span> - <span class="guibutton">Services</span> - <span class="guibutton">Add</span> </p></li><li><p>Select the <span class="guilabel">Network Monitor Tools and Agent</span> and + click on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on the Network Control Panel. </p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Server 4.0 install CD when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p> At this point the Netmon files should exist in -<tt>%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt>. -Two subdirectories exist as well, <tt>parsers\</tt> +<tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt>. +Two subdirectories exist as well, <tt class="filename">parsers\</tt> which contains the necessary DLL's for parsing the netmon packet -dump, and <tt>captures\</tt>. +dump, and <tt class="filename">captures\</tt>. </p><p> In order to install the Netmon tools on an NT Workstation, you will first need to install the 'Network Monitor Agent' from the Workstation install CD. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto Start - Settings - Control Panel - - Network - Services - Add</p></li><li><p>Select the 'Network Monitor Agent' and click - on 'OK'.</p></li><li><p>Click 'OK' on the Network Control Panel. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto <span class="guibutton">Start</span> - <span class="guibutton">Settings</span> - <span class="guibutton">Control Panel</span> - + <span class="guibutton">Network</span> - <span class="guibutton">Services</span> - <span class="guibutton">Add</span></p></li><li><p>Select the <span class="guilabel">Network Monitor Agent</span> and click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on the Network Control Panel. </p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Workstation 4.0 install CD when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p> -Now copy the files from the NT Server in %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* -to %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* on the Workstation and set -permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need +Now copy the files from the NT Server in <tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt> +to <tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt> on the Workstation and set +permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon. </p><p> To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent -from the Windows 9x CD (\admin\nettools\netmon). There is a readme +from the Windows 9x CD (<tt class="filename">\admin\nettools\netmon</tt>). There is a readme file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need information on how to do this. Copy the files from a working Netmon installation. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887237"></a>Useful URL's</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Home of Samba site <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top"> - http://samba.org</a>. We have a mirror near you !</p></li><li><p> The <span class="emphasis"><em>Development</em></span> document -on the Samba mirrors might mention your problem. If so, -it might mean that the developers are working on it.</p></li><li><p>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2993839"></a>Useful URLs</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at <a href="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html" target="_top"> - http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</a>. </p></li><li><p>Although 2.0.7 has almost had its day as a PDC, David Bannon will - keep the 2.0.7 PDC pages at <a href="http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba" target="_top"> - http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba</a> going for a while yet.</p></li><li><p>Misc links to CIFS information - <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">http://samba.org/cifs/</a></p></li><li><p>NT Domains for Unix <a href="http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/ntdom/" target="_top"> - http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/ntdom/</a></p></li><li><p>FTP site for older SMB specs: + http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</a>. </p></li><li><p>FTP site for older SMB specs: <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/" target="_top"> - ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887343"></a>Getting help from the mailing lists</h2></div></div><p> + ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2993884"></a>Getting help from the mailing lists</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top">http://samba.org</a>, click on your nearest mirror -and then click on <b>Support</b> and then click on <b> +and then click on <b class="command">Support</b> and then click on <b class="command"> Samba related mailing lists</b>. </p><p> For questions relating to Samba TNG go to @@ -8369,7 +15781,7 @@ not paid and they never guarantee to produce a particular feature at a particular time. Any time lines are 'best guess' and nothing more. </p></li><li><p> Always mention what version of samba you are using and what operating system its running under. You should probably list the -relevant sections of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, at least the options +relevant sections of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, at least the options in [global] that affect PDC support.</p></li><li><p>In addition to the version, if you obtained Samba via CVS mention the date when you last checked it out.</p></li><li><p> Try and make your question clear and brief, lots of long, convoluted questions get deleted before they are completely read ! @@ -8388,15 +15800,16 @@ error messages.</p></li><li><p>(Possibly) If you have a complete netmon trace ( the pipe to the error ) you can send the *.CAP file as well.</p></li><li><p>Please think carefully before attaching a document to an email. Consider pasting the relevant parts into the body of the message. The samba mailing lists go to a huge number of people, do they all need a copy of your -smb.conf in their attach directory?</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887497"></a>How to get off the mailinglists</h2></div></div><p>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the +smb.conf in their attach directory?</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994036"></a>How to get off the mailing lists</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the same place you went to to get on it. Go to <a href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>, -click on your nearest mirror and then click on <b>Support</b> and -then click on <b> Samba related mailing lists</b>. Or perhaps see +click on your nearest mirror and then click on <b class="command">Support</b> and +then click on <b class="command"> Samba related mailing lists</b>. Or perhaps see <a href="http://lists.samba.org/mailman/roster/samba-ntdom" target="_top">here</a> </p><p> Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...) -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="bugreport"></a>Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 June 1997 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2887016">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2886937">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887713">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887849">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887942">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887989">Patches</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887016"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Please report bugs using <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla</a>.</p><p> +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="bugreport"></a>Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 June 1997 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2994775">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994997">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995034">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995176">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995284">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2995331">Patches</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994775"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Please report bugs using + <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla</a>.</p><p> Please take the time to read this file before you submit a bug report. Also, please see if it has changed between releases, as we may be changing the bug reporting mechanism at some time. @@ -8417,27 +15830,27 @@ that list that may be able to help you. You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives, which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886937"></a>General info</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994997"></a>General info</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that you've misconfigured something and run testparm to test your config file for correct syntax. </p><p> -Have you run through the <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist">diagnosis</a>? +Have you run through the <a href="#diagnosis" title="Chapter 33. The Samba checklist">diagnosis</a>? This is very important. </p><p> If you include part of a log file with your bug report then be sure to annotate it with exactly what you were doing on the client at the time, and exactly what the results were. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887713"></a>Debug levels</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995034"></a>Debug levels</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably be very useful. Depending on the problem a log level of between 3 and -10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level givesmore +10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level gives more detail, but may use too much disk space. </p><p> -To set the debug level use <b>log level =</b> in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt>. You may also find it useful to set the log +To set the debug level use the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. You may also find it useful to set the log level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. To do this use: </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -8446,26 +15859,27 @@ log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m </pre><p> then create a file -<tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<i><tt>machine</tt></i></tt> where -<i><tt>machine</tt></i> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file -put any <tt>smb.conf</tt> commands you want, for example -<b>log level=</b> may be useful. This also allows you to +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine</tt></i></tt> where +<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine</tt></i> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file +put any <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> commands you want, for example +<i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> may be useful. This also allows you to experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just one machine. </p><p> -The <tt>smb.conf</tt> entry <b>log level =</b> -is synonymous with the entry <b>debuglevel =</b> that has been -used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards -compatibility of <tt>smb.conf</tt> files. +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> +is synonymous with the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> that has +been used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards +compatibility of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> files. </p><p> -As the <b>log level =</b> value is increased you will record +As the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> value is increased you will record a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most -debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than 3. Nearly -all bugs can be tracked at a setting of 10, but be prepared for a VERY -large volume of log data. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887849"></a>Internal errors</h2></div></div><p> -If you get a "INTERNAL ERROR" message in your log files it means that -Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a +debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than +<tt class="constant">3</tt>. Nearly +all bugs can be tracked at a setting of <tt class="constant">10</tt>, but be +prepared for a VERY large volume of log data. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995176"></a>Internal errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">INTERNAL ERROR</span> message in your log files +it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a segmentation fault and almost certainly means a bug in Samba (unless you have faulty hardware or system software). </p><p> @@ -8477,44 +15891,49 @@ include it in your bug report. You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if possible. Please make this reasonably detailed. </p><p> -You may also find that a core file appeared in a <tt>corefiles</tt> +You may also find that a core file appeared in a <tt class="filename">corefiles</tt> subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To use it you do this: -</p><p><b>gdb smbd core</b></p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gdb smbd core</tt></b> +</pre><p> adding appropriate paths to smbd and core so gdb can find them. If you -don't have gdb then try <b><tt>dbx</tt></b>. Then within the debugger use the -command <b><tt>where</tt></b> to give a stack trace of where the problem -occurred. Include this in your mail. +don't have gdb then try <b class="userinput"><tt>dbx</tt></b>. Then within the debugger +use the command <b class="command">where</b> to give a stack trace of where the +problem occurred. Include this in your report. </p><p> -If you know any assembly language then do a <b><tt>disass</tt></b> of the routine +If you know any assembly language then do a +<b class="command">disass</b> of the routine where the problem occurred (if its in a library routine then disassemble the routine that called it) and try to work out exactly where the problem is by looking at the surrounding code. Even if you -don't know assembly then incuding this info in the bug report can be +don't know assembly, including this info in the bug report can be useful. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887942"></a>Attaching to a running process</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995284"></a>Attaching to a running process</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels) refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd does often). To debug with this sort of system you could try to attach -to the running process using <b><tt>gdb smbd <i><tt>PID</tt></i></tt></b> where you get <i><tt>PID</tt></i> from -smbstatus. Then use <b><tt>c</tt></b> to continue and try to cause the core dump +to the running process using +<b class="userinput"><tt>gdb smbd <i class="replaceable"><tt>PID</tt></i></tt></b> where you get +<i class="replaceable"><tt>PID</tt></i> from <span class="application">smbstatus</span>. +Then use <b class="command">c</b> to continue and try to cause the core dump using the client. The debugger should catch the fault and tell you where it occurred. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887989"></a>Patches</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995331"></a>Patches</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us -patches please use <b><tt>diff -u</tt></b> format if your version of -diff supports it, otherwise use <b><tt>diff -c4</tt></b>. Make sure +patches please use <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -u</tt></b> format if your version of +diff supports it, otherwise use <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -c4</tt></b>. Make sure you do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know exactly what version you used. -</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Appendixes"></a>Appendixes</h1></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>30. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887580">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887587">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887620">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888377">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888418">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888501">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888639">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888786">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888853">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889045">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>31. <a href="#NT4Migration">Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888159">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888028">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889725">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889980">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890062">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890304">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>32. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2889273">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889171">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889194">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890671">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890709">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890716">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890741">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890748">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>33. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890402">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890976">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890983">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891066">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891126">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) - is used as a client?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891155">How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891218">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891226">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891257">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891287">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891313">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891344">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891361">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891388">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891458">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891475">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891585">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>34. <a href="#SWAT">SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890961">SWAT Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890837">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891873">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891946">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892010">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892118">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892167">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892216">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892261">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892300">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892316">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>35. <a href="#speed">Samba performance issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891608">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891653">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892541">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892584">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892637">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892660">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892717">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892759">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892781">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="compiling"></a>Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (22 May 2001) </p></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 18 March 2003 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2887580">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2887587">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2887620">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888377">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888418">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2888501">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888639">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2888786">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888853">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889045">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -You can obtain the samba source from the <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">samba website</a>. To obtain a development version, +</p></div></div></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="Appendixes"></a>Appendixes</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>36. <a href="#compiling">How to compile SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994651">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994658">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994688">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996207">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996256">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996392">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996529">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996694">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996786">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996990">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2997085">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>37. <a href="#Portability">Portability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2995985">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998515">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998546">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998716">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998760">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998767">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2998793">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998800">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>38. <a href="#Other-Clients">Samba and other CIFS clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998169">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999522">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2999529">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999608">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999670">How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2999766">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2999774">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999864">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999894">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999940">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999970">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999988">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3000034">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3000107">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3000131">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3000242">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>39. <a href="#speed">Samba Performance Tuning</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3001274">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001319">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001394">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001437">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001490">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001513">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001570">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001612">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001633">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001658">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001692">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>40. <a href="#DNSDHCP">DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3001112">Note</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>41. <a href="#Further-Resources">Further Resources</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3001272">Websites</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3002922">Related updates from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3002990">Books</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="compiling"></a>Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Someone; Jerry perhaps?</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 22 May 2001 </p></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 18 March 2003 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2994651">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2994658">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2994688">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996207">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996256">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996392">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996529">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2996694">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2996786">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2996990">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2997085">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +You can obtain the samba source from the +<a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">samba website</a>. To obtain a development version, you can download samba from CVS or using rsync. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887580"></a>Access Samba source code via CVS</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887587"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2994651"></a>Access Samba source code via CVS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2994658"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS (Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as "commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can @@ -8523,12 +15942,12 @@ detailed in this chapter. </p><p> This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html</a> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887620"></a>CVS Access to samba.org</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2994688"></a>CVS Access to samba.org</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS repository for access to the source code of several packages, -including samba, rsync and jitterbug. There are two main ways of -accessing the CVS server on this host. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2887636"></a>Access via CVSweb</h4></div></div><p> +including samba, rsync, distcc, ccache and jitterbug. There are two main ways +of accessing the CVS server on this host. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2994705"></a>Access via CVSweb</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You can access the source code via your favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of individual files in the repository and also to look at the revision @@ -8536,7 +15955,7 @@ history and commit logs of individual files. You can also ask for a diff listing between any two versions on the repository. </p><p> Use the URL : <a href="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb" target="_top">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</a> -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888200"></a>Access via cvs</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2996017"></a>Access via cvs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You can also access the source code via a normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over what you can do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees @@ -8545,369 +15964,183 @@ preferred method of access if you are a developer and not just a casual browser. </p><p> To download the latest cvs source code, point your -browser at the URL : <a href="http://www.cyclic.com/" target="_top">http://www.cyclic.com/</a>. +browser at the URL : +<a href="http://www.cyclic.com/" target="_top">http://www.cyclic.com/</a>. and click on the 'How to get cvs' link. CVS is free software under the GNU GPL (as is Samba). Note that there are several graphical CVS clients which provide a graphical interface to the sometimes mundane CVS commands. -Links to theses clients are also available from http://www.cyclic.com. +Links to theses clients are also available from the Cyclic website. </p><p> To gain access via anonymous cvs use the following steps. For this example it is assumed that you want a copy of the samba source code. For the other source code repositories on this system just substitute the correct package name -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 36.1. Retrieving samba using CVS</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> Install a recent copy of cvs. All you really need is a copy of the cvs client binary. </p></li><li><p> Run the command </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot login</tt></b> - </p><p> - When it asks you for a password type <b><tt>cvs</tt></b>. + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot login</tt></b> + </p></li><li><p> + When it asks you for a password type <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs</tt></b>. </p></li><li><p> Run the command </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co samba</tt></b> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co samba</tt></b> </p><p> This will create a directory called samba containing the latest samba source code (i.e. the HEAD tagged cvs branch). This currently corresponds to the 3.0 development tree. </p><p> - CVS branches other then HEAD can be obtained by using the <i><tt>-r</tt></i> - and defining a tag name. A list of branch tag names can be found on the - "Development" page of the samba web site. A common request is to obtain the - latest 2.2 release code. This could be done by using the following userinput. + CVS branches other then HEAD can be obtained by using the + <tt class="option">-r</tt> and defining a tag name. A list of branch tag names + can be found on the "Development" page of the samba web site. A common + request is to obtain the latest 3.0 release code. This could be done by + using the following command: </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co -r SAMBA_2_2 samba</tt></b> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co -r SAMBA_3_0 samba</tt></b> </p></li><li><p> Whenever you want to merge in the latest code changes use the following command from within the samba directory: </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs update -d -P</tt></b> - </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888377"></a>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</h2></div></div><p> - pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS tree at <a href="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked" target="_top">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</a> and also via anonymous rsync at rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp. + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs update -d -P</tt></b> + </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996207"></a>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS + tree at <a href="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked" target="_top">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</a> and also via anonymous rsync at + <a href="rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/" target="_top">rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/</a>. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp. See <a href="http://rsync.samba.org/" target="_top">the rsync homepage</a> for more info on rsync. </p><p> - The disadvantage of the unpacked trees - is that they do not support automatic - merging of local changes like CVS does. - rsync access is most convenient for an - initial install. - </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888418"></a>Verifying Samba's PGP signature</h2></div></div><p> -In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP signature for any -source file before installing it. According to Jerry Carter of the Samba Team, only about 22% of -all Samba downloads have had a corresponding PGP signature download (a very low percentage, which -should be considered a bad thing). Even if you're not downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP -signatures should be a standard reflex. + The disadvantage of the unpacked trees is that they do not support automatic + merging of local changes like CVS does. rsync access is most convenient + for an initial install. + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996256"></a>Verifying Samba's PGP signature</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP +signature for any source file before installing it. Even if you're not +downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP signatures should be a +standard reflex. </p><p> With that said, go ahead and download the following files: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - $ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc - $ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc</tt></b> </pre><p> The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - $ gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc</tt></b> </pre><p> And verify the Samba source code integrity with: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - $ gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz - $ gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</tt></b> </pre><p> -If you receive a message like, "Good signature from Samba Distribution Verification Key..." -then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An example of what -you would not want to see would be: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +If you receive a message like, "Good signature from Samba Distribution +Verification Key..." +then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An +example of what you would not want to see would be: +</p><tt class="computeroutput"> gpg: BAD signature from "Samba Distribution Verification Key" -</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888501"></a>Building the Binaries</h2></div></div><p>To do this, first run the program <b><tt>./configure +</tt></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996392"></a>Building the Binaries</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>To do this, first run the program <b class="userinput"><tt>./configure </tt></b> in the source directory. This should automatically configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual - needs then you may wish to run</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>./configure --help + needs then you may wish to run</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>./configure --help </tt></b></p><p>first to see what special options you can enable. - Then executing</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make</tt></b></p><p>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully - compiled you can use </p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make install</tt></b></p><p>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can - separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make installbin - </tt></b></p><p>and</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make installman + Then executing</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make</tt></b></p><p>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully + compiled you can use </p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make install</tt></b></p><p>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can + separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make installbin + </tt></b></p><p>and</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make installman </tt></b></p><p>Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of the binaries will be renamed with a ".old" extension. You - can go back to the previous version with</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make revert - </tt></b></p><p>if you find this version a disaster!</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888639"></a>Compiling samba with Active Directory support</h3></div></div><p>In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed + can go back to the previous version with</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make revert + </tt></b></p><p>if you find this version a disaster!</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2996529"></a>Compiling samba with Active Directory support</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed on your system:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the MIT kerberos development libraries (either install from the sources or use a package). The - heimdal libraries will not work.</p></li><li><p>the OpenLDAP development libraries.</p></li></ul></div><p>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then - remember to add the configure option --with-krb5=DIR.</p><p>After you run configure make sure that <tt>include/config.h</tt> it generates contains lines like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> + Heimdal libraries will not work.</p></li><li><p>the OpenLDAP development libraries.</p></li></ul></div><p>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then + remember to add the configure option + <tt class="option">--with-krb5=<i class="replaceable"><tt>DIR</tt></i></tt>.</p><p>After you run configure make sure that + <tt class="filename">include/config.h</tt> it generates contains lines like + this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> #define HAVE_KRB5 1 #define HAVE_LDAP 1 </pre><p>If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or - your ldap libraries. Look in config.log to figure out why and fix - it.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888706"></a>Installing the required packages for Debian</h4></div></div><p>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</p><p> - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>libkrb5-dev</li><li>krb5-user</li></ul></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2888736"></a>Installing the required packages for RedHat</h4></div></div><p>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </p><p> - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</li><li>krb5-libs (for linking with)</li><li>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</li></ul></div><p> + your ldap libraries. Look in <tt class="filename">config.log</tt> to figure + out why and fix it.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2996610"></a>Installing the required packages for Debian</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</p><p> + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>libkrb5-dev</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-user</td></tr></table><p> + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2996642"></a>Installing the required packages for RedHat</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </p><p> + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-libs (for linking with)</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</td></tr></table><p> </p><p>in addition to the standard development environment.</p><p>Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need - to get them off CD2.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888786"></a>Starting the smbd and nmbd</h2></div></div><p>You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either - as daemons or from inetdDon't try - to do both! Either you can put them in <tt> + to get them off CD2.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996694"></a>Starting the <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span></h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>You must choose to start <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> either + as daemons or from <span class="application">inetd</span>. Don't try + to do both! Either you can put them in <tt class="filename"> inetd.conf</tt> and have them started on demand - by inetd, or you can start them as - daemons either from the command line or in <tt> + by <span class="application">inetd</span>, or you can start them as + daemons either from the command line or in <tt class="filename"> /etc/rc.local</tt>. See the man pages for details on the command line options. Take particular care to read the bit about what user you need to be in order to start - Samba. In many cases you must be root.</p><p>The main advantage of starting smbd - and nmbd using the recommended daemon method + Samba. In many cases you must be root.</p><p>The main advantage of starting <span class="application">smbd</span> + and <span class="application">nmbd</span> using the recommended daemon method is that they will respond slightly more quickly to an initial connection - request.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888853"></a>Starting from inetd.conf</h3></div></div><p>NOTE; The following will be different if - you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</p><p>Look at your <tt>/etc/services</tt>. + request.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2996786"></a>Starting from inetd.conf</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The following will be different if + you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</p></div><p>Look at your <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt>. What is defined at port 139/tcp. If nothing is defined - then add a line like this:</p><p><b><tt>netbios-ssn 139/tcp</tt></b></p><p>similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:</p><p><b><tt>netbios-ns 137/udp</tt></b></p><p>Next edit your <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> + then add a line like this:</p><pre class="programlisting">netbios-ssn 139/tcp</pre><p>similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:</p><pre class="programlisting">netbios-ns 137/udp</pre><p>Next edit your <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> and add two lines something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> netbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd smbd netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd - </pre><p>The exact syntax of <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> + </pre><p>The exact syntax of <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf for a guide.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns - (note the underscore) in <tt>/etc/services</tt>. - You must either edit <tt>/etc/services</tt> or - <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> to make them consistent.</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>On many systems you may need to use the - <b>interfaces</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to specify the IP address - and netmask of your interfaces. Run ifconfig + (note the underscore) in <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt>. + You must either edit <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt> or + <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> to make them consistent. + </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>On many systems you may need to use the + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to specify the IP + address and netmask of your interfaces. Run + <span class="application">ifconfig</span> as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your - net. nmbd tries to determine it at run + net. <span class="application">nmbd</span> tries to determine it at run time, but fails on some unixes. </p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Many unixes only accept around 5 - parameters on the command line in <tt>inetd.conf</tt>. + parameters on the command line in <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt>. This means you shouldn't use spaces between the options and arguments, or you should use a script, and start the script - from <b>inetd</b>.</p></div><p>Restart <b>inetd</b>, perhaps just send - it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of - nmbd then you may need to kill nmbd as well.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889045"></a>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</h3></div></div><p>To start the server as a daemon you should create + from <b class="command">inetd</b>.</p></div><p>Restart <span class="application">inetd</span>, perhaps just send + it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of <span class="application">nmbd</span> then + you may need to kill <span class="application">nmbd</span> as well.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2996990"></a>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>To start the server as a daemon you should create a script something like this one, perhaps calling - it <tt>startsmb</tt>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> + it <tt class="filename">startsmb</tt>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> #!/bin/sh /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D - </pre><p>then make it executable with <b>chmod - +x startsmb</b></p><p>You can then run <b>startsmb</b> by - hand or execute it from <tt>/etc/rc.local</tt> + </pre><p>then make it executable with <b class="command">chmod + +x startsmb</b></p><p>You can then run <b class="command">startsmb</b> by + hand or execute it from <tt class="filename">/etc/rc.local</tt> </p><p>To kill it send a kill signal to the processes - <b>nmbd</b> and <b>smbd</b>.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>If you use the SVR4 style init system then - you may like to look at the <tt>examples/svr4-startup</tt> - script to make Samba fit into that system.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="NT4Migration"></a>Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 3, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2888159">Planning and Getting Started</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2888028">Objectives</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889725">Steps In Migration Process</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2889980">Migration Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890062">Planning for Success</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890304">Samba Implementation Choices</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -This is a rough guide to assist those wishing to migrate from NT4 domain control to -Samba-3 based domain control. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2888159"></a>Planning and Getting Started</h2></div></div><p> -In the IT world there is often a saying that all problems are encountered because of -poor planning. The corrollary to this saying is that not all problems can be anticpated -and planned for. Then again, good planning will anticpate most show stopper type situations. -</p><p> -Those wishing to migrate from MS Windows NT4 domain control to a Samba-3 domain control -environment would do well to develop a detailed migration plan. So here are a few pointers to -help migration get under way. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888028"></a>Objectives</h3></div></div><p> -The key objective for most organisations will be to make the migration from MS Windows NT4 -to Samba-3 domain control as painless as possible. One of the challenges you may experience -in your migration process may well be one of convincing management that the new environment -should remain in place. Many who have introduced open source technologies have experienced -pressure to return to a Microsoft based platform solution at the first sign of trouble. -</p><p> -It is strongly advised that before attempting a migration to a Samba-3 controlled network -that every possible effort be made to gain all-round commitment to the change. Firstly, you -should know precisely <span class="emphasis"><em>why</em></span> the change is important for the organisation. -Possible motivations to make a change include: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Improve network manageability</p></li><li><p>Obtain better user level functionality</p></li><li><p>Reduce network operating costs</p></li><li><p>Reduce exposure caused by Microsoft withdrawal of NT4 support</p></li><li><p>Avoid MS License 6 implications</p></li><li><p>Reduce organisation's dependency on Microsoft</p></li></ul></div><p> -It is vital that it be well recognised that Samba-3 is NOT MS Windows NT4. Samba-3 offers -an alternative solution that is both different from MS Windows NT4 and that offers some -advantages compared with it. It should also be recognised that Samba-3 lacks many of the -features that Microsoft has promoted as core values in migration from MS Windows NT4 to -MS Windows 2000 and beyond (with or without Active Directory services). -</p><p> -What are the features that Samba-3 can NOT provide? -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Active Directory Server</p></li><li><p>Group Policy Objects (in Active Direcrtory)</p></li><li><p>Machine Policy objects</p></li><li><p>Logon Scripts in Active Directorty</p></li><li><p>Software Application and Access Controls in Active Directory</p></li></ul></div><p> -The features that Samba-3 DOES provide and that may be of compelling interest to your site -includes: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Lower Cost of Ownership</p></li><li><p>Global availability of support with no strings attached</p></li><li><p>Dynamic SMB Servers (ie:Can run more than one server per Unix/Linux system)</p></li><li><p>Creation of on-the-fly logon scripts</p></li><li><p>Creation of on-the-fly Policy Files</p></li><li><p>Greater Stability, Reliability, Performance and Availability</p></li><li><p>Manageability via an ssh connection</p></li><li><p>Flexible choices of back-end authentication technologies (tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam)</p></li><li><p>Ability to implement a full single-signon architecture</p></li><li><p>Ability to distribute authentication systems for absolute minimum wide area network bandwidth demand</p></li></ul></div><p> -Before migrating a network from MS Windows NT4 to Samba-3 it is vital that all necessary factors are -considered. Users should be educated about changes they may experience so that the change will be a -welcome one and not become an obstacle to the work they need to do. The following are some of the -factors that will go into a successful migration: -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889498"></a>Domain Layout</h4></div></div><p> -Samba-3 can be configured as a domain controller, a back-up domain controller (probably best called -a secondary controller), a domain member, or as a stand-alone server. The Windows network security -domain context should be sized and scoped before implementation. Particular attention needs to be -paid to the location of the primary domain controller (PDC) as well as backup controllers (BDCs). -It should be noted that one way in which Samba-3 differs from Microsoft technology is that if one -chooses to use an LDAP authentication backend then the same database can be used by several different -domains. This means that in a complex organisation there can be a single LDAP database, that itself -can be distributed, that can simultaneously serve multiple domains (that can also be widely distributed). -</p><p> -It is recommended that from a design perspective, the number of users per server, as well as the number -of servers, per domain should be scaled according to needs and should also consider server capacity -and network bandwidth. -</p><p> -A physical network segment may house several domains, each of which may span multiple network segments. -Where domains span routed network segments it is most advisable to consider and test the performance -implications of the design and layout of a network. A Centrally located domain controller that is being -designed to serve mulitple routed network segments may result in severe performance problems if the -response time (eg: ping timing) between the remote segment and the PDC is more than 100 ms. In situations -where the delay is too long it is highly recommended to locate a backup controller (BDC) to serve as -the local authentication and access control server. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889551"></a>Server Share and Directory Layout</h4></div></div><p> -There are few cardinal rules to effective network design that can be broken with impunity. -The most important rule of effective network management is that simplicity is king in every -well controlled network. Every part of the infrastructure must be managed, the more complex -it is, the greater will be the demand of keeping systems secure and functional. -</p><p> -The nature of the data that must be stored needs to be born in mind when deciding how many -shares must be created. The physical disk space layout should also be taken into account -when designing where share points will be created. Keep in mind that all data needs to be -backed up, thus the simpler the disk layout the easier it will be to keep track of what must -be backed up to tape or other off-line storage medium. Always plan and implement for minimum -maintenance. Leave nothing to chance in your design, above all, do not leave backups to chance: -Backup and test, validate every backup, create a disaster recovery plan and prove that it works. -</p><p> -Users should be grouped according to data access control needs. File and directory access -is best controlled via group permissions and the use of the "sticky bit" on group controlled -directories may substantially avoid file access complaints from samba share users. -</p><p> -Many network administrators who are new to the game will attempt to use elaborate techniques -to set access controls, on files, directories, shares, as well as in share definitions. -There is the ever present danger that that administrator's successor will not understand the -complex mess that has been inherited. Remember, apparent job security through complex design -and implementation may ultimately cause loss of operations and downtime to users as the new -administrator learns to untangle your web. Keep access controls simple and effective and -make sure that users will never be interrupted by the stupidity of complexity. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889612"></a>Logon Scripts</h4></div></div><p> -Please refer to the section of this document on Advanced Network Adminsitration for information -regarding the network logon script options for Samba-3. Logon scripts can help to ensure that -all users gain share and printer connections they need. -</p><p> -Logon scripts can be created on-the-fly so that all commands executed are specific to the -rights and privilidges granted to the user. The preferred controls should be affected through -group membership so that group information can be used to custom create a logong script using -the <tt>root preexec</tt> parameters to the <tt>NETLOGON</tt> share. -</p><p> -Some sites prefer to use a tool such as <tt>kixstart</tt> to establish a controlled -user environment. In any case you may wish to do a google search for logon script process controls. -In particular, you may wish to explore the use of the Microsoft knowledgebase article KB189105 that -deals with how to add printers without user intervention via the logon script process. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889670"></a>Profile Migration/Creation</h4></div></div><p> -User and Group Profiles may be migrated using the tools described in the section titled Desktop Profile -Management. -</p><p> -Profiles may also be managed using the Samba-3 tool <tt>profiles</tt>. This tool allows -the MS Windows NT style security identifiers (SIDs) that are stored inside the profile NTuser.DAT file -to be changed to the SID of the Samba-3 domain. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2889700"></a>User and Group Accounts</h4></div></div><p> -It is possible to migrate all account settings from an MS Windows NT4 domain to Samba-3. Before -attempting to migrate user and group accounts it is STRONGLY advised to create in Samba-3 the -groups that are present on the MS Windows NT4 domain <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> to connect these to -suitable Unix/Linux groups. Following this simple advice will mean that all user and group attributes -should migrate painlessly. -</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889725"></a>Steps In Migration Process</h3></div></div><p> -The approximate migration process is described below. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -You will have an NT4 PDC that has the users, groups, policies and profiles to be migrated -</p></li><li><p> -Samba-3 set up as a DC with netlogon share, profile share, etc. -</p></li></ul></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 31.1. The Account Migration Process</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p>Create a BDC account for the samba server using NT Server Manager</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Samba must NOT be running</p></li></ol></li><li><p>rpcclient NT4PDC -U Administrator%passwd</p><ol type="a"><li><p>lsaquery</p></li><li><p>Note the SID returned</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net getsid -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net getlocalsid</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note the SID, now check that all three SIDS reported are the same!</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net rpc join -S NT4PDC -w DOMNAME -U Administrator%passwd</p></li><li><p>net rpc vampire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd</p></li><li><p>pdbedit -l</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - did the users migrate?</p></li></ol></li><li><p>initGrps.sh DOMNAME</p></li><li><p>net groupmap list</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Now check that all groups are recognised</p></li></ol></li><li><p>net rpc campire -S NT4PDC -U administrator%passwd</p></li><li><p>pdbedit -lv</p><ol type="a"><li><p>Note - check that all group membership has been migrated</p></li></ol></li></ol></div><p> -Now it is time to migrate all the profiles, then migrate all policy files. -More later. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889980"></a>Migration Options</h2></div></div><p> -Based on feedback from many sites as well as from actual installation and maintenance -experience sites that wish to migrate from MS Windows NT4 Domain Control to a Samba -based solution fit into three basic categories. -</p><div class="table"><a name="id2889997"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.1. The 3 Major Site Types</b></p><table summary="The 3 Major Site Types" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Number of Users</th><th>Description</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>< 50</td><td><p>Want simple conversion with NO pain</p></td></tr><tr><td>50 - 250</td><td><p>Want new features, can manage some in-house complexity</p></td></tr><tr><td>> 250</td><td><p>Solution/Implementation MUST scale well, complex needs. Cross departmental decision process. Local expertise in most areas</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890062"></a>Planning for Success</h3></div></div><p> -There are three basic choices for sites that intend to migrate from MS Windwows NT4 -to Samba-3. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Simple Conversion (total replacement) - </p></li><li><p> - Upgraded Conversion (could be one of integration) - </p></li><li><p> - Complete Redesign (completely new solution) - </p></li></ul></div><p> -No matter what choice you make, the following rules will minimise down-stream problems: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Take sufficient time - </p></li><li><p> - Avoid Panic - </p></li><li><p> - Test ALL assumptions - </p></li><li><p> - Test full roll-out program, including workstation deployment - </p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="id2890135"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 31.2. Nature of the Conversion Choices</b></p><table summary="Nature of the Conversion Choices" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Simple</th><th>Upgraded</th><th>Redesign</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td><p>Make use of minimal OS specific features</p></td><td><p>Translate NT4 features to new host OS features</p></td><td><p>Decide:</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Suck all accounts from NT4 into Samba-3</p></td><td><p>Copy and improve:</p></td><td><p>Authentication Regime (database location and access)</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Make least number of operational changes</p></td><td><p>Make progressive improvements</p></td><td><p>Desktop Management Methods</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Take least amount of time to migrate</p></td><td><p>Minimise user impact</p></td><td><p>Better Control of Desktops / Users</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Live versus Isolated Conversion</p></td><td><p>Maximise functionality</p></td><td><p>Identify Needs for: Manageability, Scalability, Security, Availability</p></td></tr><tr><td><p>Integrate Samba-3 then migrate while users are active, then Change of control (ie: swap out)</p></td><td><p>Take advantage of lower maintenance opportunity</p></td><td><p></p></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890304"></a>Samba Implementation Choices</h3></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> -Authentication database back end - Winbind (external Samba or NT4/200x server) - Can use pam_mkhomedir.so to auto-create home dirs - External server could use Active Directory or NT4 Domain - -Database type - smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, MySQLsam - -Access Control Points - On the Share itself (Use NT4 Server Manager) - On the file system - Unix permissions on files and directories - Posix ACLs enablement in file system? - Through Samba share parameters - Not recommended - except as only resort - -Policies (migrate or create new ones) - Group Policy Editor (NT4) - Watch out for Tattoo effect - -User and Group Profiles - Platform specific so use platform tool to change from a Local - to a Roaming profile Can use new profiles tool to change SIDs - (NTUser.DAT) - -Logon Scripts (Know how they work) - -User and Group mapping to Unix/Linux - username map facility may be needed - Use 'net groupmap' to connect NT4 groups to Unix groups - Use pdbedit to set/change user configuration -NOTE: -If migrating to LDAP back end it may be easier to dump initial LDAP database -to LDIF, then edit, then reload into LDAP - - OS specific scripts / programs may be needed - Add / delete Users - Note OS limits on size of name (Linux 8 chars) - NT4 up to 254 chars - Add / delete machines - Applied only to domain members (note up to 16 chars) - Add / delete Groups - Note OS limits on size and nature - Linux limit is 16 char, - no spaces and no upper case chars (groupadd) - -Migration Tools - Domain Control (NT4 Style) - Profiles, Policies, Access Controls, Security - -Migration Tools - Samba: net, rpcclient, smbpasswd, pdbedit, profiles - Windows: NT4 Domain User Manager, Server Manager (NEXUS) - -Authentication - New SAM back end (smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, mysqlsam) -</pre><p> -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Portability"></a>Chapter 32. Portability</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2889273">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889171">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2889194">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890671">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890709">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890716">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2890741">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890748">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the + <span class="application">nmbd</span> and <span class="application">smbd</span>.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>If you use the SVR4 style init system then + you may like to look at the <tt class="filename">examples/svr4-startup</tt> + script to make Samba fit into that system.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997085"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +I'm using gcc 3 and I've compiled Samba-3 from the CVS and the +binaries are very large files (40 Mb and 20 Mb). I've the same result with +<tt class="option">--enable-shared</tt> ? +</span>” +</p><p> +The dwarf format used by GCC 3 for storing debugging symbols is very inefficient. +Strip the binaries, don't compile with -g or compile with -gstabs. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Portability"></a>Chapter 37. Portability</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2995985">HPUX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998515">SCO Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998546">DNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998716">RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2998760">AIX</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998767">Sequential Read Ahead</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2998793">Solaris</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2998800">Locking improvements</a></dt><dt><a href="#winbind-solaris9">Winbind on Solaris 9</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Samba works on a wide range of platforms but the interface all the platforms provide is not always compatible. This chapter contains -platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889273"></a>HPUX</h2></div></div><p> +platform-specific information about compiling and using samba.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995985"></a>HPUX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> HP's implementation of supplementary groups is, er, non-standard (for -hysterical reasons). There are two group files, /etc/group and -/etc/logingroup; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but +hysterical reasons). There are two group files, <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> and +<tt class="filename">/etc/logingroup</tt>; the system maps UIDs to numbers using the former, but initgroups() reads the latter. Most system admins who know the ropes -symlink /etc/group to /etc/logingroup (hard link doesn't work for reasons -too stupid to go into here). initgroups() will complain if one of the -groups you're in in /etc/logingroup has what it considers to be an invalid -ID, which means outside the range [0..UID_MAX], where UID_MAX is (I think) -60000 currently on HP-UX. This precludes -2 and 65534, the usual 'nobody' +symlink <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> to <tt class="filename">/etc/logingroup</tt> +(hard link doesn't work for reasons too stupid to go into here). initgroups() will complain if one of the +groups you're in in <tt class="filename">/etc/logingroup</tt> has what it considers to be an invalid +ID, which means outside the range <tt class="constant">[0..UID_MAX]</tt>, where <tt class="constant">UID_MAX</tt> is (I think) +60000 currently on HP-UX. This precludes -2 and 65534, the usual <tt class="constant">nobody</tt> GIDs. </p><p> If you encounter this problem, make sure that the programs that are failing @@ -8915,17 +16148,18 @@ to initgroups() be run as users not in any groups with GIDs outside the allowed range. </p><p>This is documented in the HP manual pages under setgroups(2) and passwd(4). </p><p> -On HPUX you must use gcc or the HP Ansi compiler. The free compiler -that comes with HP-UX is not Ansi compliant and cannot compile +On HPUX you must use gcc or the HP ANSI compiler. The free compiler +that comes with HP-UX is not ANSI compliant and cannot compile Samba. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889171"></a>SCO Unix</h2></div></div><p> -If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998515"></a>SCO Unix</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you run an old version of SCO Unix then you may need to get important TCP/IP patches for Samba to work correctly. Without the patch, you may encounter corrupt data transfers using samba. </p><p> The patch you need is UOD385 Connection Drivers SLS. It is available from -SCO (ftp.sco.com, directory SLS, files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z). -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889194"></a>DNIX</h2></div></div><p> +SCO (<a href="ftp://ftp.sco.com/" target="_top">ftp.sco.com</a>, directory SLS, +files uod385a.Z and uod385a.ltr.Z). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998546"></a>DNIX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> DNIX has a problem with seteuid() and setegid(). These routines are needed for Samba to work correctly, but they were left out of the DNIX C library for some reason. @@ -8938,7 +16172,7 @@ To fix the problem properly you need to assemble the following two functions and then either add them to your C library or link them into Samba. </p><p> -put this in the file <tt>setegid.s</tt>: +put this in the file <tt class="filename">setegid.s</tt>: </p><pre class="programlisting"> .globl _setegid _setegid: @@ -8953,7 +16187,7 @@ _setegid: clrl d0 rts </pre><p> -put this in the file <tt>seteuid.s</tt>: +put this in the file <tt class="filename">seteuid.s</tt>: </p><pre class="programlisting"> .globl _seteuid _seteuid: @@ -8969,9 +16203,12 @@ _seteuid: rts </pre><p> after creating the above files you then assemble them using -</p><p><b>as seteuid.s</b></p><p><b>as setegid.s</b></p><p> -that should produce the files <tt>seteuid.o</tt> and -<tt>setegid.o</tt> +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>as seteuid.s</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>as setegid.s</tt></b> +</pre><p> +that should produce the files <tt class="filename">seteuid.o</tt> and +<tt class="filename">setegid.o</tt> </p><p> then you need to add these to the LIBSM line in the DNIX section of the Samba Makefile. Your LIBSM line will then look something like this: @@ -8981,9 +16218,9 @@ LIBSM = setegid.o seteuid.o -ln You should then remove the line: </p><pre class="programlisting"> #define NO_EID -</pre><p>from the DNIX section of <tt>includes.h</tt></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890671"></a>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</h2></div></div><p> +</pre><p>from the DNIX section of <tt class="filename">includes.h</tt></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998716"></a>RedHat Linux Rembrandt-II</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> By default RedHat Rembrandt-II during installation adds an -entry to /etc/hosts as follows: +entry to <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> as follows: </p><pre class="programlisting"> 127.0.0.1 loopback "hostname"."domainname" </pre><p> @@ -8995,13 +16232,13 @@ is the master browse list holder and who is the master browser. </p><p> Corrective Action: Delete the entry after the word loopback in the line starting 127.0.0.1 -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890709"></a>AIX</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890716"></a>Sequential Read Ahead</h3></div></div><p> -Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using <b><tt>vmtune -r 0</tt></b> improves -samba performance significally. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890741"></a>Solaris</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890748"></a>Locking improvements</h3></div></div><p>Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl -when running samba on solaris. The built in file locking mechanism was +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998760"></a>AIX</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2998767"></a>Sequential Read Ahead</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Disabling Sequential Read Ahead using <b class="userinput"><tt>vmtune -r 0</tt></b> improves +Samba performance significantly. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998793"></a>Solaris</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2998800"></a>Locking improvements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Some people have been experiencing problems with F_SETLKW64/fcntl +when running Samba on Solaris. The built in file locking mechanism was not scalable. Performance would degrade to the point where processes would -get into loops of trying to lock a file. It woul try a lock, then fail, +get into loops of trying to lock a file. It would try a lock, then fail, then try again. The lock attempt was failing before the grant was occurring. So the visible manifestation of this would be a handful of processes stealing all of the CPU, and when they were trussed they would @@ -9011,21 +16248,19 @@ Sun released patches for Solaris 2.6, 8, and 9. The patch for Solaris 7 has not been released yet. </p><p> The patch revision for 2.6 is 105181-34 -for 8 is 108528-19 -and for 9 is 112233-04 +for 8 is 108528-19 and for 9 is 112233-04 </p><p> After the install of these patches it is recommended to reconfigure and rebuild samba. -</p><p>Thanks to Joe Meslovich for reporting</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="winbind-solaris9"></a>Winbind on Solaris 9</h3></div></div><p> +</p><p>Thanks to Joe Meslovich for reporting</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="winbind-solaris9"></a>Winbind on Solaris 9</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Nsswitch on Solaris 9 refuses to use the winbind nss module. This behavior is fixed by Sun in patch 113476-05 which as of March 2003 is not in any roll-up packages. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Other-Clients"></a>Chapter 33. Samba and other CIFS clients</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jim McDonough</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IBM<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jmcd@us.ibm.com">jmcd@us.ibm.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">5 Mar 2001</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2890402">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2890976">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890983">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891066">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891126">Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) - is used as a client?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891155">How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891218">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891226">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891257">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891287">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891313">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891344">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891361">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891388">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2891458">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2891475">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891585">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter contains client-specific information.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890402"></a>Macintosh clients?</h2></div></div><p> -Yes. <a href="http://www.thursby.com/" target="_top">Thursby</a> now have a CIFS Client / Server called <a href="http://www.thursby.com/products/dave.html" target="_top">DAVE</a> +</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Other-Clients"></a>Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jim</span> <span class="surname">McDonough</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IBM<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jmcd@us.ibm.com">jmcd@us.ibm.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">5 Mar 2001</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2998169">Macintosh clients?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999522">OS2 Client</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2999529">How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999608">How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999670">How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id2999766">Windows for Workgroups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2999774">Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999864">Delete .pwl files after password change</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999894">Configure WfW password handling</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999940">Case handling of passwords</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999970">Use TCP/IP as default protocol</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2999988">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3000034">Windows '95/'98</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id3000107">Speed improvement</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="#id3000131">Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3000242">Windows NT 3.1</a></dt></dl></div><p>This chapter contains client-specific information.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2998169"></a>Macintosh clients?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Yes. <a href="http://www.thursby.com/" target="_top">Thursby</a> now has a CIFS Client / Server called <a href="http://www.thursby.com/products/dave.html" target="_top">DAVE</a> </p><p> They test it against Windows 95, Windows NT and samba for compatibility issues. At the time of writing, DAVE was at version @@ -9034,23 +16269,20 @@ the Thursby web site (the speed of finder copies has been greatly enhanced, and there are bug-fixes included). </p><p> Alternatives - There are two free implementations of AppleTalk for -several kinds of UNIX machnes, and several more commercial ones. +several kinds of UNIX machines, and several more commercial ones. These products allow you to run file services and print services natively to Macintosh users, with no additional support required on -the Macintosh. The two free omplementations are +the Macintosh. The two free implementations are <a href="http://www.umich.edu/~rsug/netatalk/" target="_top">Netatalk</a>, and <a href="http://www.cs.mu.oz.au/appletalk/atalk.html" target="_top">CAP</a>. What Samba offers MS Windows users, these packages offer to Macs. For more info on these packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see <a href="http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html" target="_top">http://www.eats.com/linux_mac_win.html</a> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890976"></a>OS2 Client</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890983"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or - OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</h3></div></div><p>A more complete answer to this question can be +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2999522"></a>OS2 Client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999529"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp Connect or + OS/2 Warp 4 as a client for Samba?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>A more complete answer to this question can be found on <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html" target="_top"> - http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</a>.</p><p>Basically, you need three components:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer') - </p></li><li><p>TCP/IP ('Internet support') - </p></li><li><p>The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI') - </p></li></ul></div><p>Installing the first two together with the base operating + http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/warp.html</a>.</p><p>Basically, you need three components:</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>The File and Print Client ('IBM Peer')</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/IP ('Internet support') </td></tr><tr><td>The "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" driver ('TCPBEUI')</td></tr></table><p>Installing the first two together with the base operating system on a blank system is explained in the Warp manual. If Warp has already been installed, but you now want to install the networking support, use the "Selective Install for Networking" @@ -9065,8 +16297,8 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see to the "Names List", or specify a WINS server ('NetBIOS Nameserver' in IBM and RFC terminology). For Warp Connect you may need to download an update for 'IBM Peer' to bring it on - the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891066"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), - OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</h3></div></div><p>You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client + the same level as Warp 4. See the webpage mentioned above.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999608"></a>How can I configure OS/2 Warp 3 (not Connect), + OS/2 1.2, 1.3 or 2.x for Samba?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>You can use the free Microsoft LAN Manager 2.2c Client for OS/2 from <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/" target="_top"> ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/BusSys/Clients/LANMAN.OS2/</a>. @@ -9083,42 +16315,39 @@ packages, Samba, and Linux (and other UNIX-based systems) see or NS2000 driver from <a href="ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/" target="_top"> ftp://ftp.cdrom.com/pub/os2/network/ndis/</a> instead. - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891126"></a>Are there any other issues when OS/2 (any version) - is used as a client?</h3></div></div><p>When you do a NET VIEW or use the "File and Print - Client Resource Browser", no Samba servers show up. This can - be fixed by a patch from <a href="http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html" target="_top"> - http://carol.wins.uva.nl/~leeuw/samba/fix.html</a>. - The patch will be included in a later version of Samba. It also - fixes a couple of other problems, such as preserving long - filenames when objects are dragged from the Workplace Shell - to the Samba server. </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891155"></a>How do I get printer driver download working - for OS/2 clients?</h3></div></div><p>First, create a share called [PRINTDRV] that is + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999670"></a>How do I get printer driver download working + for OS/2 clients?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>First, create a share called <i class="parameter"><tt>[PRINTDRV]</tt></i> that is world-readable. Copy your OS/2 driver files there. Note that the .EA_ files must still be separate, so you will need to use the original install files, and not copy an installed driver from an OS/2 system.</p><p>Install the NT driver first for that printer. Then, - add to your smb.conf a parameter, os2 driver map = - <i><tt>filename</tt></i>". Then, in the file - specified by <i><tt>filename</tt></i>, map the + add to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> a parameter, <i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map = + <i class="replaceable"><tt>filename</tt></i></tt></i>. Then, in the file + specified by <i class="replaceable"><tt>filename</tt></i>, map the name of the NT driver name to the OS/2 driver name as - follows:</p><p><b>nt driver name = os2 "driver - name"."device name"</b>, e.g.: - HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</p><p>You can have multiple drivers mapped in this file.</p><p>If you only specify the OS/2 driver name, and not the + follows:</p><p><i class="parameter"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>nt driver name</tt></i> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>os2 driver name</tt></i>.<i class="replaceable"><tt>device name</tt></i></tt></i>, e.g.:</p><p><i class="parameter"><tt> + HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</tt></i></p><p>You can have multiple drivers mapped in this file.</p><p>If you only specify the OS/2 driver name, and not the device name, the first attempt to download the driver will actually download the files, but the OS/2 client will tell you the driver is not available. On the second attempt, it will work. This is fixed simply by adding the device name to the mapping, after which it will work on the first attempt. - </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891218"></a>Windows for Workgroups</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891226"></a>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</h3></div></div><p>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from microsoft if you use Windows -for workgroups. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2999766"></a>Windows for Workgroups</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999774"></a>Use latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Use the latest TCP/IP stack from Microsoft if you use Windows +for Workgroups. </p><p>The early TCP/IP stacks had lots of bugs.</p><p> Microsoft has released an incremental upgrade to their TCP/IP 32-Bit VxD drivers. The latest release can be found on their ftp site at -ftp.microsoft.com, located in /peropsys/windows/public/tcpip/wfwt32.exe. +ftp.microsoft.com, located in <tt class="filename">/peropsys/windows/public/tcpip/wfwt32.exe</tt>. There is an update.txt file there that describes the problems that were -fixed. New files include WINSOCK.DLL, TELNET.EXE, WSOCK.386, VNBT.386, -WSTCP.386, TRACERT.EXE, NETSTAT.EXE, and NBTSTAT.EXE. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891257"></a>Delete .pwl files after password change</h3></div></div><p> +fixed. New files include <tt class="filename">WINSOCK.DLL</tt>, +<tt class="filename">TELNET.EXE</tt>, +<tt class="filename">WSOCK.386</tt>, +<tt class="filename">VNBT.386</tt>, +<tt class="filename">WSTCP.386</tt>, +<tt class="filename">TRACERT.EXE</tt>, +<tt class="filename">NETSTAT.EXE</tt>, and +<tt class="filename">NBTSTAT.EXE</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999864"></a>Delete .pwl files after password change</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> WfWg does a lousy job with passwords. I find that if I change my password on either the unix box or the PC the safest thing to do is to delete the .pwl files in the windows directory. The PC will complain about not finding the files, but will soon get over it, allowing you to enter the new password. @@ -9127,28 +16356,30 @@ If you don't do this you may find that WfWg remembers and uses the old password, even if you told it a new one. </p><p> Often WfWg will totally ignore a password you give it in a dialog box. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891287"></a>Configure WfW password handling</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999894"></a>Configure WfW password handling</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> There is a program call admincfg.exe on the last disk (disk 8) of the WFW 3.11 disk set. To install it -type EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE Then add an icon -for it via the "Progam Manager" "New" Menu. This program allows you -to control how WFW handles passwords. ie disable Password Caching etc -for use with <b>security = user</b> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891313"></a>Case handling of passwords</h3></div></div><p>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> information on <b>password level</b> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891344"></a>Use TCP/IP as default protocol</h3></div></div><p>To support print queue reporting you may find +type <b class="userinput"><tt>EXPAND A:\ADMINCFG.EX_ C:\WINDOWS\ADMINCFG.EXE</tt></b>. +Then add an icon +for it via the <span class="application">Program Manager</span> <span class="guimenu">New</span> Menu. +This program allows you to control how WFW handles passwords. ie disable Password Caching etc +for use with <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999940"></a>Case handling of passwords</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Windows for Workgroups uppercases the password before sending it to the server. Unix passwords can be case-sensitive though. Check the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> information on <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> to specify what characters samba should try to uppercase when checking.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999970"></a>Use TCP/IP as default protocol</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>To support print queue reporting you may find that you have to use TCP/IP as the default protocol under -WfWg. For some reason if you leave Netbeui as the default +WfWg. For some reason if you leave NetBEUI as the default it may break the print queue reporting on some systems. -It is presumably a WfWg bug.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891361"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><p> -Note that some people have found that setting DefaultRcvWindow in -the [MSTCP] section of the SYSTEM.INI file under WfWg to 3072 gives a +It is presumably a WfWg bug.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999988"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Note that some people have found that setting <i class="parameter"><tt>DefaultRcvWindow</tt></i> in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[MSTCP]</tt></i> section of the +<tt class="filename">SYSTEM.INI</tt> file under WfWg to 3072 gives a big improvement. I don't know why. </p><p> -My own experience wth DefaultRcvWindow is that I get much better +My own experience with DefaultRcvWindow is that I get much better performance with a large value (16384 or larger). Other people have -reported that anything over 3072 slows things down enourmously. One +reported that anything over 3072 slows things down enormously. One person even reported a speed drop of a factor of 30 when he went from 3072 to 8192. I don't know why. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891388"></a>Windows '95/'98</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3000034"></a>Windows '95/'98</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> When using Windows 95 OEM SR2 the following updates are recommended where Samba is being used. Please NOTE that the above change will affect you once these updates have been installed. @@ -9156,25 +16387,26 @@ updates have been installed. There are more updates than the ones mentioned here. You are referred to the Microsoft Web site for all currently available updates to your specific version of Windows 95. -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Kernel Update: KRNLUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>Ping Fix: PINGUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>RPC Update: RPCRTUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>TCP/IP Update: VIPUPD.EXE</p></li><li><p>Redirector Update: VRDRUPD.EXE</p></li></ol></div><p> -Also, if using MS OutLook it is desirable to install the OLEUPD.EXE fix. This +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Kernel Update: KRNLUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>Ping Fix: PINGUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>RPC Update: RPCRTUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/IP Update: VIPUPD.EXE</td></tr><tr><td>Redirector Update: VRDRUPD.EXE</td></tr></table><p> +Also, if using <span class="application">MS Outlook</span> it is desirable to +install the <b class="command">OLEUPD.EXE</b> fix. This fix may stop your machine from hanging for an extended period when exiting -OutLook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network +Outlook and you may also notice a significant speedup when accessing network neighborhood services. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891458"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000107"></a>Speed improvement</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Configure the win95 TCPIP registry settings to give better -performance. I use a program called MTUSPEED.exe which I got off the +performance. I use a program called <b class="command">MTUSPEED.exe</b> which I got off the net. There are various other utilities of this type freely available. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891475"></a>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3000131"></a>Windows 2000 Service Pack 2</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are several annoyances with Windows 2000 SP2. One of which only appears when using a Samba server to host user profiles to Windows 2000 SP2 clients in a Windows domain. This assumes that Samba is a member of the domain, but the problem will likely occur if it is not. </p><p> -In order to server profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 +In order to serve profiles successfully to Windows 2000 SP2 clients (when not operating as a PDC), Samba must have -<b>nt acl support = no</b> +<i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support = no</tt></i> added to the file share which houses the roaming profiles. If this is not done, then the Windows 2000 SP2 client will complain about not being able to access the profile (Access @@ -9182,7 +16414,7 @@ Denied) and create multiple copies of it on disk (DOMAIN.user.001, DOMAIN.user.002, etc...). See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> man page for more details on this option. Also note that the -<b>nt acl support</b> parameter was formally a global parameter in +<i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> parameter was formally a global parameter in releases prior to Samba 2.2.2. </p><p> The following is a minimal profile share: @@ -9199,214 +16431,17 @@ the security descriptor for the profile which contains the Samba server's SID, and not the domain SID. The client compares the SID for SAMBA\user and realizes it is different that the one assigned to DOMAIN\user. Hence the reason -for the "access denied" message. +for the <span class="errorname">access denied</span> message. </p><p> -By disabling the <b>nt acl support</b> parameter, Samba will send +By disabling the <i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i> parameter, Samba will send the Win2k client a response to the QuerySecurityDescriptor trans2 call which causes the client to set a default ACL for the profile. This default ACL includes -</p><p><b>DOMAIN\user "Full Control"</b></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This bug does not occur when using winbind to -create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891585"></a>Windows NT 3.1</h2></div></div><p>If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DOMAIN\user "Full Control"</em></span>></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>This bug does not occur when using winbind to +create accounts on the Samba host for Domain users.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3000242"></a>Windows NT 3.1</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>If you have problems communicating across routers with Windows NT 3.1 workstations, read <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;%5BLN%5D;Q103765" target="_top">this Microsoft Knowledge Base article</a>. -</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="SWAT"></a>Chapter 34. SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">April 21, 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2890961">SWAT Features and Benefits</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="#id2890837">Enabling SWAT for use</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891873">Securing SWAT through SSL</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891946">The SWAT Home Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892010">Global Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892118">Share Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892167">Printers Settings</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892216">The SWAT Wizard</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892261">The Status Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892300">The View Page</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892316">The Password Change Page</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -There are many and varied opinions regarding the usefulness or otherwise of SWAT. -No matter how hard one tries to produce the perfect configuration tool it remains -an object of personal taste. SWAT is a tool that will allow web based configuration -of samba. It has a wizard that may help to get samba configured quickly, it has context -sensitive help on each smb.conf parameter, it provides for monitoring of current state -of connection information, and it allows network wide MS Windows network password -management. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2890961"></a>SWAT Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><p> -There are network administrators who believe that it is a good idea to write systems -documentation inside configuration files, for them SWAT will aways be a nasty tool. SWAT -does not store the configuration file in any intermediate form, rather, it stores only the -parameter settings, so when SWAT writes the smb.conf file to disk it will write only -those parameters that are at other than the default settings. The result is that all comments -will be lost from the smb.conf file. Additionally, the parameters will be written back in -internal ordering. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -So before using SWAT please be warned - SWAT will completely replace your smb.conf with -a fully optimised file that has been stripped of all comments you might have placed there -and only non-default settings will be written to the file. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2890837"></a>Enabling SWAT for use</h3></div></div><p> -SWAT should be installed to run via the network super daemon. Depending on which system -your Unix/Linux system has you will have either an <tt>inetd</tt> or -<tt>xinetd</tt> based system. -</p><p> -The nature and location of the network super-daemon varies with the operating system -implementation. The control file (or files) can be located in the file -<tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> or in the directory <tt>/etc/[x]inet.d</tt> -or similar. -</p><p> -The control entry for the older style file might be: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - # swat is the Samba Web Administration Tool - swat stream tcp nowait.400 root /usr/sbin/swat swat -</pre><p> -A control file for the newer style xinetd could be: -</p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - # default: off - # description: SWAT is the Samba Web Admin Tool. Use swat \ - # to configure your Samba server. To use SWAT, \ - # connect to port 901 with your favorite web browser. - service swat - { - port = 901 - socket_type = stream - wait = no - only_from = localhost - user = root - server = /usr/sbin/swat - log_on_failure += USERID - disable = yes - } -</pre><p> - -</p><p> -Both the above examples assume that the <tt>swat</tt> binary has been -located in the <tt>/usr/sbin</tt> directory. In addition to the above -SWAT will use a directory access point from which it will load it's help files -as well as other control information. The default location for this on most Linux -systems is in the directory <tt>/usr/share/samba/swat</tt>. The default -location using samba defaults will be <tt>/usr/local/samba/swat</tt>. -</p><p> -Access to SWAT will prompt for a logon. If you log onto SWAT as any non-root user -the only permission allowed is to view certain aspects of configuration as well as -access to the password change facility. The buttons that will be exposed to the non-root -user are: <span class="emphasis"><em>HOME, STATUS, VIEW, PASSWORD</em></span>. The only page that allows -change capability in this case is <span class="emphasis"><em>PASSWORD</em></span>. -</p><p> -So long as you log onto SWAT as the user <b>root</b> you should obtain -full change and commit ability. The buttons that will be exposed includes: -<span class="emphasis"><em>HOME, GLOBALS, SHARES, PRINTERS, WIZARD, STATUS, VIEW, PASSWORD</em></span>. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891873"></a>Securing SWAT through SSL</h3></div></div><p> -Lots of people have asked about how to setup SWAT with SSL to allow for secure remote -administration of Samba. Here is a method that works, courtesy of Markus Krieger -</p><p> -Modifications to the swat setup are as following: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - install OpenSSL - </p></li><li><p> - generate certificate and private key - - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - root# /usr/bin/openssl req -new -x509 -days 365 -nodes -config \ - /usr/share/doc/packages/stunnel/stunnel.cnf \ - -out /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -keyout /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem - </pre></li><li><p> - remove swat-entry from [x]inetd - </p></li><li><p> - start stunnel - - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - root# stunnel -p /etc/stunnel/stunnel.pem -d 901 \ - -l /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat - </pre></li></ul></div><p> -afterwards simply contact to swat by using the URL "https://myhost:901", accept the certificate -and the SSL connection is up. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2891946"></a>The SWAT Home Page</h3></div></div><p> -The SWAT title page provides access to the latest Samba documentation. The manual page for -each samba component is accessible from this page as are the Samba-HOWTO-Collection (this -document) as well as the O'Reilly book "Using Samba". -</p><p> -Administrators who wish to validate their samba configuration may obtain useful information -from the man pages for the diganostic utilities. These are available from the SWAT home page -also. One diagnostic tool that is NOT mentioned on this page, but that is particularly -useful is <b>ethereal</b>, available from <a href="http://www.ethereal.com" target="_top"> -http://www.ethereal.com</a>. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -SWAT can be configured to run in <span class="emphasis"><em>demo</em></span> mode. This is NOT recommended -as it runs SWAT without authentication and with full administrative ability. ie: Allows -changes to smb.conf as well as general operation with root privilidges. The option that -creates this ability is the <b>-a</b> flag to swat. DO NOT USE THIS IN ANY -PRODUCTION ENVIRONMENT - you have been warned! -</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892010"></a>Global Settings</h3></div></div><p> -The Globals button will expose a page that allows configuration of the global parameters -in smb.conf. There are three levels of exposure of the parameters: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - <b>Basic</b> - exposes common configuration options. - </p></li><li><p> - <b>Advanced</b> - exposes configuration options needed in more - complex environments. - </p></li><li><p> - <b>Developer</b> - exposes configuration options that only the brave - will want to tamper with. - </p></li></ul></div><p> -To switch to other than <span class="emphasis"><em>Basic</em></span> editing ability click on either the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Advanced</em></span> or the <span class="emphasis"><em>Developer</em></span> dial, then click the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Commit Changes</em></span> button. -</p><p> -After making any changes to configuration parameters make sure that you click on the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Commit Changes</em></span> button before moving to another area otherwise -your changes will be immediately lost. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -SWAT has context sensitive help. To find out what each parameter is for simply click the -<b>Help</b> link to the left of the configurartion parameter. -</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892118"></a>Share Settings</h3></div></div><p> -To affect a currenly configured share, simply click on the pull down button between the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Share</em></span> and the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Share</em></span> buttons, -select the share you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Share</em></span> button, to delete the share simply press the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Share</em></span> button. -</p><p> -To create a new share, next to the button labelled <span class="emphasis"><em>Create Share</em></span> enter -into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Create Share</em></span> button. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892167"></a>Printers Settings</h3></div></div><p> -To affect a currenly configured printer, simply click on the pull down button between the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Printer</em></span> and the <span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Printer</em></span> buttons, -select the printer you wish to operate on, then to edit the settings click on the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Choose Printer</em></span> button, to delete the share simply press the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Delete Printer</em></span> button. -</p><p> -To create a new printer, next to the button labelled <span class="emphasis"><em>Create Printer</em></span> enter -into the text field the name of the share to be created, then click on the -<span class="emphasis"><em>Create Printer</em></span> button. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892216"></a>The SWAT Wizard</h3></div></div><p> -The purpose if the SWAT Wizard is to help the Microsoft knowledgable network administrator -to configure Samba with a minimum of effort. -</p><p> -The Wizard page provides a tool for rewiting the smb.conf file in fully optimised format. -This will also happen if you press the commit button. The two differ in the the rewrite button -ignores any changes that may have been made, while the Commit button causes all changes to be -affected. -</p><p> -The <span class="emphasis"><em>Edit</em></span> button permits the editing (setting) of the minimal set of -options that may be necessary to create a working samba server. -</p><p> -Finally, there are a limited set of options that will determine what type of server samba -will be configured for, whether it will be a WINS server, participate as a WINS client, or -operate with no WINS support. By clicking on one button you can elect to epose (or not) user -home directories. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892261"></a>The Status Page</h3></div></div><p> -The status page serves a limited purpose. Firstly, it allows control of the samba daemons. -The key daemons that create the samba server environment are: <b> smbd, nmbd, winbindd</b>. -</p><p> -The daemons may be controlled individually or as a total group. Additionally, you may set -an automatic screen refresh timing. As MS Windows clients interact with Samba new smbd processes -will be continually spawned. The auto-refresh facility will allow you to track the changing -conditions with minimal effort. -</p><p> -Lastly, the Status page may be used to terminate specific smbd client connections in order to -free files that may be locked. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892300"></a>The View Page</h3></div></div><p> -This page allows the administrator to view the optimised smb.conf file and if you are -particularly massochistic will permit you also to see all possible global configuration -parameters and their settings. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892316"></a>The Password Change Page</h3></div></div><p> -The Password Change page is a popular tool. This tool allows the creation, deletion, deactivation -and reactivation of MS Windows networking users on the local machine. Alternatively, you can use -this tool to change a local password for a user account. -</p><p> -When logged in as a non-root account the user will have to provide the old password as well as -the new password (twice). When logged in as <b>root</b> only the new password is -required. -</p><p> -One popular use for this tool is to change user passwords across a range of remote MS Windows -servers. -</p></div></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="speed"></a>Chapter 35. Samba performance issues</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Paul Cochrane</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Dundee Limb Fitting Centre<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id2891608">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2891653">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892541">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892584">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892637">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892660">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892717">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892759">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id2892781">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891608"></a>Comparisons</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="speed"></a>Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Paul</span> <span class="surname">Cochrane</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Dundee Limb Fitting Centre<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id3001274">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001319">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001394">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001437">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001490">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001513">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001570">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001612">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001633">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001658">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3001692">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001274"></a>Comparisons</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to programs that use the same protocol. The most readily available @@ -9416,7 +16451,7 @@ SMB server. If you want to test against something like a NT or WfWg server then you will have to disable all but TCP on either the client or server. Otherwise you may well be using a totally different protocol -(such as Netbeui) and comparisons may not be valid. +(such as NetBEUI) and comparisons may not be valid. </p><p> Generally you should find that Samba performs similarly to ftp at raw transfer speed. It should perform quite a bit faster than NFS, @@ -9428,14 +16463,14 @@ suspect the biggest factor is not Samba vs some other system but the hardware and drivers used on the various systems. Given similar hardware Samba should certainly be competitive in speed with other systems. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891653"></a>Socket options</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001319"></a>Socket options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the performance of a TCP based server like Samba. </p><p> The socket options that Samba uses are settable both on the command -line with the -O option, or in the smb.conf file. +line with the <tt class="option">-O</tt> option, or in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. </p><p> -The <b>socket options</b> section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page describes how +The <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> manual page describes how to set these and gives recommendations. </p><p> Getting the socket options right can make a big difference to your @@ -9444,11 +16479,11 @@ much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network. </p><p> The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that -adding <b>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b> doubles the read +adding <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</tt></i> doubles the read performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892541"></a>Read size</h2></div></div><p> -The option <b>read size</b> affects the overlap of disk +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001394"></a>Read size</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The option <i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i> affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing @@ -9464,11 +16499,11 @@ The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892584"></a>Max xmit</h2></div></div><p> -At startup the client and server negotiate a <b>maximum transmit</b> size, +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001437"></a>Max xmit</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At startup the client and server negotiate a <i class="parameter"><tt>maximum transmit</tt></i> size, which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the -maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <b>max xmit = </b> option -in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that +maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <i class="parameter"><tt>max xmit = </tt></i> option +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept. The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba honours this limit. @@ -9478,38 +16513,173 @@ clients may perform better with a smaller transmit unit. Trying values of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems. </p><p> In most cases the default is the best option. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892637"></a>Log level</h2></div></div><p> -If you set the log level (also known as <b>debug level</b>) higher than 2 +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001490"></a>Log level</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you set the log level (also known as <i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i>) higher than 2 then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very expensive. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892660"></a>Read raw</h2></div></div><p> -The <b>read raw</b> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001513"></a>Read raw</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file read operation. A server may choose to not support it, -however. and Samba makes support for <b>read raw</b> optional, with it +however. and Samba makes support for <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> optional, with it being enabled by default. </p><p> -In some cases clients don't handle <b>read raw</b> very well and actually +In some cases clients don't handle <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> very well and actually get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional read operations. </p><p> -So you might like to try <b>read raw = no</b> and see what happens on your +So you might like to try <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw = no</tt></i> and see what happens on your network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only testing can really tell. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892717"></a>Write raw</h2></div></div><p> -The <b>write raw</b> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001570"></a>Write raw</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file write operation. A server may choose to not support it, -however. and Samba makes support for <b>write raw</b> optional, with it +however. and Samba makes support for <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> optional, with it being enabled by default. </p><p> -Some machines may find <b>write raw</b> slower than normal write, in which +Some machines may find <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> slower than normal write, in which case you may wish to change this option. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892759"></a>Slow Logins</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001612"></a>Slow Logins</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using -the lowest practical <b>password level</b> will improve things. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892781"></a>Client tuning</h2></div></div><p> +the lowest practical <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> will improve things. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001633"></a>Client tuning</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP performance. Check the sections on the various clients in -<a href="#Other-Clients" title="Chapter 33. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and Other Clients</a>. -</p></div></div></div></div></body></html> +<a href="#Other-Clients" title="Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and Other Clients</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001658"></a>Samba performance problem due changing kernel</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Hi everyone. I am running Gentoo on my server and samba 2.2.8a. Recently +I changed kernel version from linux-2.4.19-gentoo-r10 to +linux-2.4.20-wolk4.0s. And now I have performance issue with samba. Ok +many of you will probably say that move to vanilla sources...well I tried +it too and it didn't work. I have 100mb LAN and two computers (linux + +Windows2000). Linux server shares directory with DivX files, client +(windows2000) plays them via LAN. Before when I was running 2.4.19 kernel +everything was fine, but now movies freezes and stops...I tried moving +files between server and Windows and it's terribly slow. +</p><p> +Grab mii-tool and check the duplex settings on the NIC. +My guess is that it is a link layer issue, not an application +layer problem. Also run ifconfig and verify that the framing +error, collisions, etc... look normal for ethernet. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001692"></a>Corrupt tdb Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Well today it happened, Our first major problem using samba. +Our samba PDC server has been hosting 3 TB of data to our 500+ users +[Windows NT/XP] for the last 3 years using samba, no problem. +But today all shares went SLOW; very slow. Also the main smbd kept +spawning new processes so we had 1600+ running smbd's (normally we avg. 250). +It crashed the SUN E3500 cluster twice. After a lot of searching I +decided to <b class="command">rm /var/locks/*.tdb</b>. Happy again. +</p><p> +Q1) Is there any method of keeping the *.tdb files in top condition or +how to early detect corruption? +</p><p> +A1) Yes, run <b class="command">tdbbackup</b> each time after stopping nmbd and before starting nmbd. +</p><p> +Q2) What I also would like to mention is that the service latency seems +a lot lower then before the locks cleanup, any ideas on keeping it top notch? +</p><p> +A2) Yes! Same answer as for Q1! +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="DNSDHCP"></a>Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id3001112">Note</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001112"></a>Note</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This chapter did not make it into this release. +It is planned for the published release of this document. +</p></div></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="Further-Resources"></a>Chapter 41. Further Resources</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Lechnyr</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Unofficial HOWTO<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:david@lechnyr.com">david@lechnyr.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 1, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="#id3001272">Websites</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3002922">Related updates from Microsoft</a></dt><dt><a href="#id3002990">Books</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001272"></a>Websites</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/cifs.txt" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>CIFS: Common Insecurities Fail Scrutiny</em></span> by "Hobbit"</a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://afr.com/it/2002/10/01/FFXDF43AP6D.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Doing the Samba on Windows</em></span> by Financial Review + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Implementing CIFS</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://samba.anu.edu.au/cifs/docs/what-is-smb.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Just What Is SMB?</em></span> by Richard Sharpe + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-05/samba_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Opening Windows Everywhere</em></span> by Mike Warfield + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/SMB-HOWTO.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB HOWTO</em></span> by David Wood + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.phrack.org/phrack/60/p60-0x0b.txt" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>SMB/CIFS by The Root</em></span> by "ledin" + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/1999-09/samba_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>The Story of Samba</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://hr.uoregon.edu/davidrl/samba/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>The Unofficial Samba HOWTO</em></span> by David Lechnyr + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2001-05/smb_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Understanding the Network Neighborhood</em></span> by Christopher R. Hertel + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2002-02/samba_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Using Samba as a PDC</em></span> by Andrew Bartlett + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://ru.samba.org/samba/ftp/docs/Samba24Hc13.pdf" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>PDF version of the Troubleshooting Techniques chapter</em></span> + from the second edition of Sam's Teach Yourself Samba in 24 Hours + (publishing date of Dec. 12, 2001)</a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://ru.samba.org/samba/ftp/slides/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Slide presentations</em></span> by Samba Team members + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Introduction to Samba 3.0</em></span> by Motonobu Takahashi + (written in Japanese). </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.linux-mag.com/2001-05/smb_01.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Understanding the Network Neighborhood</em></span>, by team member + Chris Hertel. This article appeared in the May 2001 issue of + Linux Magazine. + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="ftp://ftp.stratus.com/pub/vos/customers/samba/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba 2.0.x Troubleshooting guide</em></span> from Paul Green + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://samba.org/samba/docs/10years.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Ten Years of Samba</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://tldp.org/HOWTO/Samba-Authenticated-Gateway-HOWTO.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba Authenticated Gateway HOWTO</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://samba.org/samba/docs/SambaIntro.html" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>An Introduction to Samba</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://www.samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>What is CIFS?</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q92/5/88.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>WFWG: Password Caching and How It Affects LAN Manager + Security</em></span> at Microsoft Knowledge Base + </a> + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3002922"></a>Related updates from Microsoft</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q92/5/88.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Enhanced Encryption for Windows 95 Password Cache</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q136/4/18.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Windows '95 File Sharing Updates</em></span> + </a> + </p></li><li><p> + <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/q136/4/18.asp" target="_top"> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Windows for Workgroups Sharing Updates</em></span> + </a> + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3002990"></a>Books</h2></div></div><div></div></div></div></div></div><div class="index"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="id3001039"></a>Index</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="index"></div></div></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html b/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html index b46173f559..9ae4797d31 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/bugreport.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part IV. Troubleshooting"><link rel="previous" href="problems.html" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems"><link rel="next" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part V. Appendixes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="problems.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part IV. Troubleshooting</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Appendixes.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="bugreport"></a>Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 June 1997 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id2903912">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id2903826">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id2904609">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id2904745">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id2904838">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id2904885">Patches</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2903912"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Please report bugs using <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla</a>.</p><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part V. Troubleshooting"><link rel="previous" href="problems.html" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems"><link rel="next" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part VI. Appendixes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="problems.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part V. Troubleshooting</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Appendixes.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="bugreport"></a>Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Someone; Tridge or Karl Auer perhaps?</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 27 June 1997 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id3012269">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id3012491">General info</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id3012528">Debug levels</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id3012670">Internal errors</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id3012778">Attaching to a running process</a></dt><dt><a href="bugreport.html#id3012825">Patches</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012269"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Please report bugs using + <a href="https://bugzilla.samba.org/" target="_top">bugzilla</a>.</p><p> Please take the time to read this file before you submit a bug report. Also, please see if it has changed between releases, as we may be changing the bug reporting mechanism at some time. @@ -20,27 +20,27 @@ that list that may be able to help you. You may also like to look though the recent mailing list archives, which are conveniently accessible on the Samba web pages at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2903826"></a>General info</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012491"></a>General info</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Before submitting a bug report check your config for silly errors. Look in your log files for obvious messages that tell you that you've misconfigured something and run testparm to test your config file for correct syntax. </p><p> -Have you run through the <a href="diagnosis.html" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist">diagnosis</a>? +Have you run through the <a href="diagnosis.html" title="Chapter 33. The Samba checklist">diagnosis</a>? This is very important. </p><p> If you include part of a log file with your bug report then be sure to annotate it with exactly what you were doing on the client at the time, and exactly what the results were. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904609"></a>Debug levels</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012528"></a>Debug levels</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> If the bug has anything to do with Samba behaving incorrectly as a server (like refusing to open a file) then the log files will probably be very useful. Depending on the problem a log level of between 3 and -10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level givesmore +10 showing the problem may be appropriate. A higher level gives more detail, but may use too much disk space. </p><p> -To set the debug level use <b>log level =</b> in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt>. You may also find it useful to set the log +To set the debug level use the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. You may also find it useful to set the log level higher for just one machine and keep separate logs for each machine. To do this use: </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -49,26 +49,27 @@ log file = /usr/local/samba/lib/log.%m include = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m </pre><p> then create a file -<tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<i><tt>machine</tt></i></tt> where -<i><tt>machine</tt></i> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file -put any <tt>smb.conf</tt> commands you want, for example -<b>log level=</b> may be useful. This also allows you to +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine</tt></i></tt> where +<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine</tt></i> is the name of the client you wish to debug. In that file +put any <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> commands you want, for example +<i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> may be useful. This also allows you to experiment with different security systems, protocol levels etc on just one machine. </p><p> -The <tt>smb.conf</tt> entry <b>log level =</b> -is synonymous with the entry <b>debuglevel =</b> that has been -used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards -compatibility of <tt>smb.conf</tt> files. +The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> +is synonymous with the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> that has +been used in older versions of Samba and is being retained for backwards +compatibility of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> files. </p><p> -As the <b>log level =</b> value is increased you will record +As the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> value is increased you will record a significantly increasing level of debugging information. For most -debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than 3. Nearly -all bugs can be tracked at a setting of 10, but be prepared for a VERY -large volume of log data. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904745"></a>Internal errors</h2></div></div><p> -If you get a "INTERNAL ERROR" message in your log files it means that -Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a +debugging operations you may not need a setting higher than +<tt class="constant">3</tt>. Nearly +all bugs can be tracked at a setting of <tt class="constant">10</tt>, but be +prepared for a VERY large volume of log data. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012670"></a>Internal errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you get a <span class="errorname">INTERNAL ERROR</span> message in your log files +it means that Samba got an unexpected signal while running. It is probably a segmentation fault and almost certainly means a bug in Samba (unless you have faulty hardware or system software). </p><p> @@ -80,34 +81,39 @@ include it in your bug report. You should also detail how to reproduce the problem, if possible. Please make this reasonably detailed. </p><p> -You may also find that a core file appeared in a <tt>corefiles</tt> +You may also find that a core file appeared in a <tt class="filename">corefiles</tt> subdirectory of the directory where you keep your samba log files. This file is the most useful tool for tracking down the bug. To use it you do this: -</p><p><b>gdb smbd core</b></p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gdb smbd core</tt></b> +</pre><p> adding appropriate paths to smbd and core so gdb can find them. If you -don't have gdb then try <b><tt>dbx</tt></b>. Then within the debugger use the -command <b><tt>where</tt></b> to give a stack trace of where the problem -occurred. Include this in your mail. +don't have gdb then try <b class="userinput"><tt>dbx</tt></b>. Then within the debugger +use the command <b class="command">where</b> to give a stack trace of where the +problem occurred. Include this in your report. </p><p> -If you know any assembly language then do a <b><tt>disass</tt></b> of the routine +If you know any assembly language then do a +<b class="command">disass</b> of the routine where the problem occurred (if its in a library routine then disassemble the routine that called it) and try to work out exactly where the problem is by looking at the surrounding code. Even if you -don't know assembly then incuding this info in the bug report can be +don't know assembly, including this info in the bug report can be useful. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904838"></a>Attaching to a running process</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012778"></a>Attaching to a running process</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Unfortunately some unixes (in particular some recent linux kernels) refuse to dump a core file if the task has changed uid (which smbd does often). To debug with this sort of system you could try to attach -to the running process using <b><tt>gdb smbd <i><tt>PID</tt></i></tt></b> where you get <i><tt>PID</tt></i> from -smbstatus. Then use <b><tt>c</tt></b> to continue and try to cause the core dump +to the running process using +<b class="userinput"><tt>gdb smbd <i class="replaceable"><tt>PID</tt></i></tt></b> where you get +<i class="replaceable"><tt>PID</tt></i> from <span class="application">smbstatus</span>. +Then use <b class="command">c</b> to continue and try to cause the core dump using the client. The debugger should catch the fault and tell you where it occurred. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904885"></a>Patches</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012825"></a>Patches</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The best sort of bug report is one that includes a fix! If you send us -patches please use <b><tt>diff -u</tt></b> format if your version of -diff supports it, otherwise use <b><tt>diff -c4</tt></b>. Make sure +patches please use <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -u</tt></b> format if your version of +diff supports it, otherwise use <b class="userinput"><tt>diff -c4</tt></b>. Make sure you do the diff against a clean version of the source and let me know exactly what version you used. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="problems.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="troubleshooting.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Appendixes.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Part V. Appendixes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="problems.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="troubleshooting.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Appendixes.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Part VI. Appendixes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html b/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html index c62fcf13f2..d8b85602d9 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/compiling.html @@ -1,8 +1,8 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part V. Appendixes"><link rel="previous" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part V. Appendixes"><link rel="next" href="NT4Migration.html" title="Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Appendixes.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part V. Appendixes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="NT4Migration.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="compiling"></a>Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (22 May 2001) </p></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 18 March 2003 </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2904479">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2904486">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2904519">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905273">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905314">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905397">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905534">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905682">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905749">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id2905941">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> -You can obtain the samba source from the <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">samba website</a>. To obtain a development version, +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part VI. Appendixes"><link rel="previous" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part VI. Appendixes"><link rel="next" href="Portability.html" title="Chapter 37. Portability"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Appendixes.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part VI. Appendixes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Portability.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="compiling"></a>Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Someone; Jerry perhaps?</span></h3></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 22 May 2001 </p></div><div><p class="pubdate"> 18 March 2003 </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3012145">Access Samba source code via CVS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3012152">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3012182">CVS Access to samba.org</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3013701">Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3013750">Verifying Samba's PGP signature</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3013886">Building the Binaries</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3014023">Compiling samba with Active Directory support</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3014188">Starting the smbd and nmbd</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3014280">Starting from inetd.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3014484">Alternative: starting it as a daemon</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="compiling.html#id3014579">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><p> +You can obtain the samba source from the +<a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">samba website</a>. To obtain a development version, you can download samba from CVS or using rsync. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904479"></a>Access Samba source code via CVS</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904486"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3012145"></a>Access Samba source code via CVS</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3012152"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba is developed in an open environment. Developers use CVS (Concurrent Versioning System) to "checkin" (also known as "commit") new source code. Samba's various CVS branches can @@ -11,12 +11,12 @@ detailed in this chapter. </p><p> This chapter is a modified version of the instructions found at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html" target="_top">http://samba.org/samba/cvs.html</a> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2904519"></a>CVS Access to samba.org</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3012182"></a>CVS Access to samba.org</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> The machine samba.org runs a publicly accessible CVS repository for access to the source code of several packages, -including samba, rsync and jitterbug. There are two main ways of -accessing the CVS server on this host. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2904535"></a>Access via CVSweb</h4></div></div><p> +including samba, rsync, distcc, ccache and jitterbug. There are two main ways +of accessing the CVS server on this host. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3012198"></a>Access via CVSweb</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You can access the source code via your favourite WWW browser. This allows you to access the contents of individual files in the repository and also to look at the revision @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ history and commit logs of individual files. You can also ask for a diff listing between any two versions on the repository. </p><p> Use the URL : <a href="http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb" target="_top">http://samba.org/cgi-bin/cvsweb</a> -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905096"></a>Access via cvs</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3013511"></a>Access via cvs</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> You can also access the source code via a normal cvs client. This gives you much more control over what you can do with the repository and allows you to checkout whole source trees @@ -33,154 +33,169 @@ preferred method of access if you are a developer and not just a casual browser. </p><p> To download the latest cvs source code, point your -browser at the URL : <a href="http://www.cyclic.com/" target="_top">http://www.cyclic.com/</a>. +browser at the URL : +<a href="http://www.cyclic.com/" target="_top">http://www.cyclic.com/</a>. and click on the 'How to get cvs' link. CVS is free software under the GNU GPL (as is Samba). Note that there are several graphical CVS clients which provide a graphical interface to the sometimes mundane CVS commands. -Links to theses clients are also available from http://www.cyclic.com. +Links to theses clients are also available from the Cyclic website. </p><p> To gain access via anonymous cvs use the following steps. For this example it is assumed that you want a copy of the samba source code. For the other source code repositories on this system just substitute the correct package name -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> +</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 36.1. Retrieving samba using CVS</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> Install a recent copy of cvs. All you really need is a copy of the cvs client binary. </p></li><li><p> Run the command </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot login</tt></b> - </p><p> - When it asks you for a password type <b><tt>cvs</tt></b>. + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot login</tt></b> + </p></li><li><p> + When it asks you for a password type <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs</tt></b>. </p></li><li><p> Run the command </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co samba</tt></b> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co samba</tt></b> </p><p> This will create a directory called samba containing the latest samba source code (i.e. the HEAD tagged cvs branch). This currently corresponds to the 3.0 development tree. </p><p> - CVS branches other then HEAD can be obtained by using the <i><tt>-r</tt></i> - and defining a tag name. A list of branch tag names can be found on the - "Development" page of the samba web site. A common request is to obtain the - latest 2.2 release code. This could be done by using the following userinput. + CVS branches other then HEAD can be obtained by using the + <tt class="option">-r</tt> and defining a tag name. A list of branch tag names + can be found on the "Development" page of the samba web site. A common + request is to obtain the latest 3.0 release code. This could be done by + using the following command: </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co -r SAMBA_2_2 samba</tt></b> + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs -d :pserver:cvs@samba.org:/cvsroot co -r SAMBA_3_0 samba</tt></b> </p></li><li><p> Whenever you want to merge in the latest code changes use the following command from within the samba directory: </p><p> - <b><tt>cvs update -d -P</tt></b> - </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905273"></a>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</h2></div></div><p> - pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS tree at <a href="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked" target="_top">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</a> and also via anonymous rsync at rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp. + <b class="userinput"><tt>cvs update -d -P</tt></b> + </p></li></ol></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3013701"></a>Accessing the samba sources via rsync and ftp</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + pserver.samba.org also exports unpacked copies of most parts of the CVS + tree at <a href="ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked" target="_top">ftp://pserver.samba.org/pub/unpacked</a> and also via anonymous rsync at + <a href="rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/" target="_top">rsync://pserver.samba.org/ftp/unpacked/</a>. I recommend using rsync rather than ftp. See <a href="http://rsync.samba.org/" target="_top">the rsync homepage</a> for more info on rsync. </p><p> - The disadvantage of the unpacked trees - is that they do not support automatic - merging of local changes like CVS does. - rsync access is most convenient for an - initial install. - </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905314"></a>Verifying Samba's PGP signature</h2></div></div><p> -In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP signature for any -source file before installing it. According to Jerry Carter of the Samba Team, only about 22% of -all Samba downloads have had a corresponding PGP signature download (a very low percentage, which -should be considered a bad thing). Even if you're not downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP -signatures should be a standard reflex. + The disadvantage of the unpacked trees is that they do not support automatic + merging of local changes like CVS does. rsync access is most convenient + for an initial install. + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3013750"></a>Verifying Samba's PGP signature</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In these days of insecurity, it's strongly recommended that you verify the PGP +signature for any source file before installing it. Even if you're not +downloading from a mirror site, verifying PGP signatures should be a +standard reflex. </p><p> With that said, go ahead and download the following files: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - $ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc - $ wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> wget http://us1.samba.org/samba/ftp/samba-pubkey.asc</tt></b> </pre><p> The first file is the PGP signature for the Samba source file; the other is the Samba public PGP key itself. Import the public PGP key with: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - $ gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gpg --import samba-pubkey.asc</tt></b> </pre><p> And verify the Samba source code integrity with: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - $ gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz - $ gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gzip -d samba-2.2.8a.tar.gz</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>gpg --verify samba-2.2.8a.tar.asc</tt></b> </pre><p> -If you receive a message like, "Good signature from Samba Distribution Verification Key..." -then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An example of what -you would not want to see would be: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +If you receive a message like, "Good signature from Samba Distribution +Verification Key..." +then all is well. The warnings about trust relationships can be ignored. An +example of what you would not want to see would be: +</p><tt class="computeroutput"> gpg: BAD signature from "Samba Distribution Verification Key" -</pre></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905397"></a>Building the Binaries</h2></div></div><p>To do this, first run the program <b><tt>./configure +</tt></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3013886"></a>Building the Binaries</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>To do this, first run the program <b class="userinput"><tt>./configure </tt></b> in the source directory. This should automatically configure Samba for your operating system. If you have unusual - needs then you may wish to run</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>./configure --help + needs then you may wish to run</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>./configure --help </tt></b></p><p>first to see what special options you can enable. - Then executing</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make</tt></b></p><p>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully - compiled you can use </p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make install</tt></b></p><p>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can - separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make installbin - </tt></b></p><p>and</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make installman + Then executing</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make</tt></b></p><p>will create the binaries. Once it's successfully + compiled you can use </p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make install</tt></b></p><p>to install the binaries and manual pages. You can + separately install the binaries and/or man pages using</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make installbin + </tt></b></p><p>and</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make installman </tt></b></p><p>Note that if you are upgrading for a previous version of Samba you might like to know that the old versions of the binaries will be renamed with a ".old" extension. You - can go back to the previous version with</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>make revert - </tt></b></p><p>if you find this version a disaster!</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905534"></a>Compiling samba with Active Directory support</h3></div></div><p>In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed + can go back to the previous version with</p><p><tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make revert + </tt></b></p><p>if you find this version a disaster!</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3014023"></a>Compiling samba with Active Directory support</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>In order to compile samba with ADS support, you need to have installed on your system:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>the MIT kerberos development libraries (either install from the sources or use a package). The - heimdal libraries will not work.</p></li><li><p>the OpenLDAP development libraries.</p></li></ul></div><p>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then - remember to add the configure option --with-krb5=DIR.</p><p>After you run configure make sure that <tt>include/config.h</tt> it generates contains lines like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> + Heimdal libraries will not work.</p></li><li><p>the OpenLDAP development libraries.</p></li></ul></div><p>If your kerberos libraries are in a non-standard location then + remember to add the configure option + <tt class="option">--with-krb5=<i class="replaceable"><tt>DIR</tt></i></tt>.</p><p>After you run configure make sure that + <tt class="filename">include/config.h</tt> it generates contains lines like + this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> #define HAVE_KRB5 1 #define HAVE_LDAP 1 </pre><p>If it doesn't then configure did not find your krb5 libraries or - your ldap libraries. Look in config.log to figure out why and fix - it.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905601"></a>Installing the required packages for Debian</h4></div></div><p>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</p><p> - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>libkrb5-dev</li><li>krb5-user</li></ul></div><p> - </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2905632"></a>Installing the required packages for RedHat</h4></div></div><p>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </p><p> - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</li><li>krb5-libs (for linking with)</li><li>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</li></ul></div><p> + your ldap libraries. Look in <tt class="filename">config.log</tt> to figure + out why and fix it.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3014104"></a>Installing the required packages for Debian</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>On Debian you need to install the following packages:</p><p> + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>libkrb5-dev</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-user</td></tr></table><p> + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id3014136"></a>Installing the required packages for RedHat</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>On RedHat this means you should have at least: </p><p> + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>krb5-workstation (for kinit)</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-libs (for linking with)</td></tr><tr><td>krb5-devel (because you are compiling from source)</td></tr></table><p> </p><p>in addition to the standard development environment.</p><p>Note that these are not standard on a RedHat install, and you may need - to get them off CD2.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2905682"></a>Starting the smbd and nmbd</h2></div></div><p>You must choose to start smbd and nmbd either - as daemons or from inetdDon't try - to do both! Either you can put them in <tt> + to get them off CD2.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3014188"></a>Starting the <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span></h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>You must choose to start <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> either + as daemons or from <span class="application">inetd</span>. Don't try + to do both! Either you can put them in <tt class="filename"> inetd.conf</tt> and have them started on demand - by inetd, or you can start them as - daemons either from the command line or in <tt> + by <span class="application">inetd</span>, or you can start them as + daemons either from the command line or in <tt class="filename"> /etc/rc.local</tt>. See the man pages for details on the command line options. Take particular care to read the bit about what user you need to be in order to start - Samba. In many cases you must be root.</p><p>The main advantage of starting smbd - and nmbd using the recommended daemon method + Samba. In many cases you must be root.</p><p>The main advantage of starting <span class="application">smbd</span> + and <span class="application">nmbd</span> using the recommended daemon method is that they will respond slightly more quickly to an initial connection - request.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905749"></a>Starting from inetd.conf</h3></div></div><p>NOTE; The following will be different if - you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</p><p>Look at your <tt>/etc/services</tt>. + request.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3014280"></a>Starting from inetd.conf</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The following will be different if + you use NIS, NIS+ or LDAP to distribute services maps.</p></div><p>Look at your <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt>. What is defined at port 139/tcp. If nothing is defined - then add a line like this:</p><p><b><tt>netbios-ssn 139/tcp</tt></b></p><p>similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:</p><p><b><tt>netbios-ns 137/udp</tt></b></p><p>Next edit your <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> + then add a line like this:</p><pre class="programlisting">netbios-ssn 139/tcp</pre><p>similarly for 137/udp you should have an entry like:</p><pre class="programlisting">netbios-ns 137/udp</pre><p>Next edit your <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> and add two lines something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> netbios-ssn stream tcp nowait root /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd smbd netbios-ns dgram udp wait root /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd nmbd - </pre><p>The exact syntax of <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> + </pre><p>The exact syntax of <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> varies between unixes. Look at the other entries in inetd.conf for a guide.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Some unixes already have entries like netbios_ns - (note the underscore) in <tt>/etc/services</tt>. - You must either edit <tt>/etc/services</tt> or - <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> to make them consistent.</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>On many systems you may need to use the - <b>interfaces</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to specify the IP address - and netmask of your interfaces. Run ifconfig + (note the underscore) in <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt>. + You must either edit <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt> or + <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> to make them consistent. + </p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>On many systems you may need to use the + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to specify the IP + address and netmask of your interfaces. Run + <span class="application">ifconfig</span> as root if you don't know what the broadcast is for your - net. nmbd tries to determine it at run + net. <span class="application">nmbd</span> tries to determine it at run time, but fails on some unixes. </p></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Many unixes only accept around 5 - parameters on the command line in <tt>inetd.conf</tt>. + parameters on the command line in <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt>. This means you shouldn't use spaces between the options and arguments, or you should use a script, and start the script - from <b>inetd</b>.</p></div><p>Restart <b>inetd</b>, perhaps just send - it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of - nmbd then you may need to kill nmbd as well.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2905941"></a>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</h3></div></div><p>To start the server as a daemon you should create + from <b class="command">inetd</b>.</p></div><p>Restart <span class="application">inetd</span>, perhaps just send + it a HUP. If you have installed an earlier version of <span class="application">nmbd</span> then + you may need to kill <span class="application">nmbd</span> as well.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3014484"></a>Alternative: starting it as a daemon</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>To start the server as a daemon you should create a script something like this one, perhaps calling - it <tt>startsmb</tt>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> + it <tt class="filename">startsmb</tt>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> #!/bin/sh /usr/local/samba/bin/smbd -D /usr/local/samba/bin/nmbd -D - </pre><p>then make it executable with <b>chmod - +x startsmb</b></p><p>You can then run <b>startsmb</b> by - hand or execute it from <tt>/etc/rc.local</tt> + </pre><p>then make it executable with <b class="command">chmod + +x startsmb</b></p><p>You can then run <b class="command">startsmb</b> by + hand or execute it from <tt class="filename">/etc/rc.local</tt> </p><p>To kill it send a kill signal to the processes - <b>nmbd</b> and <b>smbd</b>.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>If you use the SVR4 style init system then - you may like to look at the <tt>examples/svr4-startup</tt> - script to make Samba fit into that system.</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Appendixes.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Appendixes.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="NT4Migration.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Part V. Appendixes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 31. Migration from NT4 PDC to Samba-3 PDC</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + <span class="application">nmbd</span> and <span class="application">smbd</span>.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>If you use the SVR4 style init system then + you may like to look at the <tt class="filename">examples/svr4-startup</tt> + script to make Samba fit into that system.</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3014579"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>“<span class="quote"> +I'm using gcc 3 and I've compiled Samba-3 from the CVS and the +binaries are very large files (40 Mb and 20 Mb). I've the same result with +<tt class="option">--enable-shared</tt> ? +</span>” +</p><p> +The dwarf format used by GCC 3 for storing debugging symbols is very inefficient. +Strip the binaries, don't compile with -g or compile with -gstabs. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Appendixes.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Appendixes.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Portability.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Part VI. Appendixes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 37. Portability</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html b/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html index 35c0ea11ac..ff3099ac72 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/diagnosis.html @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 27. The samba checklist</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part IV. Troubleshooting"><link rel="previous" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part IV. Troubleshooting"><link rel="next" href="problems.html" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 27. The samba checklist</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="troubleshooting.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part IV. Troubleshooting</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="problems.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="diagnosis"></a>Chapter 27. The samba checklist</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Wed Jan 15</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id2901594">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id2901628">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id2902640">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id2903749">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901594"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 33. The Samba checklist</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part V. Troubleshooting"><link rel="previous" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part V. Troubleshooting"><link rel="next" href="problems.html" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 33. The Samba checklist</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="troubleshooting.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part V. Troubleshooting</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="problems.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="diagnosis"></a>Chapter 33. The Samba checklist</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">Wed Jan 15</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id3006072">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id3007931">Assumptions</a></dt><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id3008108">The tests</a></dt><dt><a href="diagnosis.html#id3009283">Still having troubles?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3006072"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file contains a list of tests you can perform to validate your Samba server. It also tells you what the likely cause of the problem is if it fails any one of these steps. If it passes all these tests @@ -14,16 +13,16 @@ to solve a problem. If you send one of the samba mailing lists an email saying "it doesn't work" and you have not followed this test procedure then you should not be surprised if your email is ignored. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901628"></a>Assumptions</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3007931"></a>Assumptions</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> In all of the tests it is assumed you have a Samba server called BIGSERVER and a PC called ACLIENT both in workgroup TESTGROUP. </p><p> The procedure is similar for other types of clients. </p><p> It is also assumed you know the name of an available share in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt>. I will assume this share is called <i><tt>tmp</tt></i>. -You can add a <i><tt>tmp</tt></i> share like this by adding the -following to <tt>smb.conf</tt>: +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. I will assume this share is called <i class="replaceable"><tt>tmp</tt></i>. +You can add a <i class="replaceable"><tt>tmp</tt></i> share like this by adding the +following to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: </p><pre class="programlisting"> [tmp] @@ -38,41 +37,41 @@ Some commands shown did not exist in earlier versions. </p></div><p> Please pay attention to the error messages you receive. If any error message reports that your server is being unfriendly you should first check that your -IP name resolution is correctly set up. eg: Make sure your <tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt> +IP name resolution is correctly set up. eg: Make sure your <tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt> file points to name servers that really do exist. </p><p> Also, if you do not have DNS server access for name resolution please check -that the settings for your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file results in <b>dns proxy = no</b>. The -best way to check this is with <b><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. +that the settings for your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file results in <b class="command">dns proxy = no</b>. The +best way to check this is with <b class="userinput"><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. </p><p> It is helpful to monitor the log files during testing by using the -<b>tail -F <i><tt>log_file_name</tt></i></b> in a separate +<b class="command">tail -F <i class="replaceable"><tt>log_file_name</tt></i></b> in a separate terminal console (use ctrl-alt-F1 through F6 or multiple terminals in X). Relevant log files can be found (for default installations) in -<tt>/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. Also, connection logs from -machines can be found here or possibly in <tt>/var/log/samba</tt> -depending on how or if you specified logging in your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var</tt>. Also, connection logs from +machines can be found here or possibly in <tt class="filename">/var/log/samba</tt> +depending on how or if you specified logging in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. </p><p> -If you make changes to your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file while going through these test, -don't forget to restart smbd and nmbd. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2902640"></a>The tests</h2></div></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 27.1. Diagnosing your samba server</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> -In the directory in which you store your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, run the command -<b><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. If it reports any errors then your <tt>smb.conf</tt> +If you make changes to your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file while going through these test, +don't forget to restart <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3008108"></a>The tests</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 33.1. Diagnosing your samba server</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> +In the directory in which you store your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, run the command +<b class="userinput"><tt>testparm smb.conf</tt></b>. If it reports any errors then your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> configuration file is faulty. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file may be located in: <tt>/etc/samba</tt> -Or in: <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib</tt> +Your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file may be located in: <tt class="filename">/etc/samba</tt> +Or in: <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib</tt> </p></div></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>ping BIGSERVER</tt></b> from the PC and -<b><tt>ping ACLIENT</tt></b> from +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>ping BIGSERVER</tt></b> from the PC and +<b class="userinput"><tt>ping ACLIENT</tt></b> from the unix box. If you don't get a valid response then your TCP/IP software is not correctly installed. </p><p> Note that you will need to start a "dos prompt" window on the PC to run ping. </p><p> -If you get a message saying "host not found" or similar then your DNS -software or <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file is not correctly setup. +If you get a message saying <span class="errorname">host not found</span> or similar then your DNS +software or <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file is not correctly setup. It is possible to run samba without DNS entries for the server and client, but I assume you do have correct entries for the remainder of these tests. @@ -80,77 +79,78 @@ you do have correct entries for the remainder of these tests. Another reason why ping might fail is if your host is running firewall software. You will need to relax the rules to let in the workstation in question, perhaps by allowing access from another subnet (on Linux -this is done via the ipfwadm program.) -</p><p> -Note: Modern Linux distributions install ipchains/iptables by default. +this is done via the <span class="application">ipfwadm</span> program.) +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Modern Linux distributions install ipchains/iptables by default. This is a common problem that is often overlooked. -</p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>smbclient -L BIGSERVER</tt></b> on the unix box. You +</p></div></li><li><p> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L BIGSERVER</tt></b> on the unix box. You should get a list of available shares back. </p><p> If you get a error message containing the string "Bad password" then -you probably have either an incorrect <b>hosts allow</b>, -<b>hosts deny</b> or <b>valid users</b> line in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt>, or your guest account is not -valid. Check what your guest account is using testparm and -temporarily remove any <b>hosts allow</b>, <b>hosts deny</b>, <b>valid users</b> or <b>invalid users</b> lines. +you probably have either an incorrect <b class="command">hosts allow</b>, +<b class="command">hosts deny</b> or <b class="command">valid users</b> line in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>, or your guest account is not +valid. Check what your guest account is using <span class="application">testparm</span> and +temporarily remove any <b class="command">hosts allow</b>, <b class="command">hosts deny</b>, <b class="command">valid users</b> or <b class="command">invalid users</b> lines. </p><p> -If you get a "connection refused" response then the smbd server may +If you get a <span class="errorname">connection refused</span> response then the smbd server may not be running. If you installed it in inetd.conf then you probably edited that file incorrectly. If you installed it as a daemon then check that it is running, and check that the netbios-ssn port is in a LISTEN -state using <b><tt>netstat -a</tt></b>. +state using <b class="userinput"><tt>netstat -a</tt></b>. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Some Unix / Linux systems use <b>xinetd</b> in place of -<b>inetd</b>. Check your system documentation for the location +Some Unix / Linux systems use <b class="command">xinetd</b> in place of +<b class="command">inetd</b>. Check your system documentation for the location of the control file/s for your particular system implementation of this network super daemon. </p></div><p> -If you get a "session request failed" then the server refused the +If you get a <span class="errorname">session request failed</span> then the server refused the connection. If it says "Your server software is being unfriendly" then -its probably because you have invalid command line parameters to smbd, -or a similar fatal problem with the initial startup of smbd. Also -check your config file (<tt>smb.conf</tt>) for syntax errors with testparm +its probably because you have invalid command line parameters to <span class="application">smbd</span>, +or a similar fatal problem with the initial startup of <span class="application">smbd</span>. Also +check your config file (<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>) for syntax errors with <span class="application">testparm</span> and that the various directories where samba keeps its log and lock files exist. </p><p> There are a number of reasons for which smbd may refuse or decline a session request. The most common of these involve one or more of -the following <tt>smb.conf</tt> file entries: +the following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file entries: </p><pre class="programlisting"> hosts deny = ALL hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy bind interfaces only = Yes </pre><p> In the above, no allowance has been made for any session requests that -will automatically translate to the loopback adaptor address 127.0.0.1. +will automatically translate to the loopback adapter address 127.0.0.1. To solve this problem change these lines to: </p><pre class="programlisting"> hosts deny = ALL hosts allow = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx/yy 127. </pre><p> -Do NOT use the <b>bind interfaces only</b> parameter where you +Do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> use the <b class="command">bind interfaces only</b> parameter where you may wish to -use the samba password change facility, or where smbclient may need to +use the samba password change facility, or where <span class="application">smbclient</span> may need to access a local service for name resolution or for local resource -connections. (Note: the <b>bind interfaces only</b> parameter deficiency +connections. (Note: the <b class="command">bind interfaces only</b> parameter deficiency where it will not allow connections to the loopback address will be fixed soon). </p><p> Another common cause of these two errors is having something already running -on port 139, such as Samba (ie: smbd is running from inetd already) or -something like Digital's Pathworks. Check your <tt>inetd.conf</tt> file before trying -to start smbd as a daemon, it can avoid a lot of frustration! +on port <tt class="constant">139</tt>, such as Samba +(ie: <span class="application">smbd</span> is running from <span class="application">inetd</span> already) or +something like Digital's Pathworks. Check your <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt> file before trying +to start <span class="application">smbd</span> as a daemon, it can avoid a lot of frustration! </p><p> And yet another possible cause for failure of this test is when the subnet mask and / or broadcast address settings are incorrect. Please check that the network interface IP Address / Broadcast Address / Subnet Mask settings are -correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the <tt>log.nmb</tt> file. +correct and that Samba has correctly noted these in the <tt class="filename">log.nmbd</tt> file. </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__</tt></b>. You should get the +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -B BIGSERVER __SAMBA__</tt></b>. You should get the IP address of your Samba server back. </p><p> -If you don't then nmbd is incorrectly installed. Check your <tt>inetd.conf</tt> +If you don't then nmbd is incorrectly installed. Check your <tt class="filename">inetd.conf</tt> if you run it from there, or that the daemon is running and listening to udp port 137. </p><p> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ One common problem is that many inetd implementations can't take many parameters on the command line. If this is the case then create a one-line script that contains the right parameters and run that from inetd. -</p></li><li><p>run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -B ACLIENT '*'</tt></b></p><p> +</p></li><li><p>run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -B ACLIENT '*'</tt></b></p><p> You should get the PCs IP address back. If you don't then the client software on the PC isn't installed correctly, or isn't started, or you got the name of the PC wrong. @@ -166,86 +166,85 @@ got the name of the PC wrong. If ACLIENT doesn't resolve via DNS then use the IP address of the client in the above test. </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -d 2 '*'</tt></b> +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -d 2 '*'</tt></b> </p><p> This time we are trying the same as the previous test but are trying it via a broadcast to the default broadcast address. A number of -Netbios/TCPIP hosts on the network should respond, although Samba may +NetBIOS / TCP/IP hosts on the network should respond, although Samba may not catch all of the responses in the short time it listens. You -should see "got a positive name query response" messages from several -hosts. +should see <span class="errorname">got a positive name query response</span> +messages from several hosts. </p><p> If this doesn't give a similar result to the previous test then nmblookup isn't correctly getting your broadcast address through its automatic mechanism. In this case you should experiment with the -<b>interfaces</b> option in <tt>smb.conf</tt> to manually configure your IP +<b class="command">interfaces</b> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to manually configure your IP address, broadcast and netmask. </p><p> If your PC and server aren't on the same subnet then you will need to -use the <i><tt>-B</tt></i> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs +use the <i class="parameter"><tt>-B</tt></i> option to set the broadcast address to that of the PCs subnet. </p><p> This test will probably fail if your subnet mask and broadcast address are not correct. (Refer to TEST 3 notes above). </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</tt></b>. You should +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //BIGSERVER/TMP</tt></b>. You should then be prompted for a password. You should use the password of the account you are logged into the unix box with. If you want to test with -another account then add the <i><tt>-U <i><tt>accountname</tt></i></tt></i> option to the end of +another account then add the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U <i class="replaceable"><tt>accountname</tt></i></tt></i> option to the end of the command line. eg: -<b><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe</tt></b> </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> It is possible to specify the password along with the username as follows: -<b><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe%secret</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //bigserver/tmp -Ujohndoe%secret</tt></b> </p></div><p> -Once you enter the password you should get the <tt>smb></tt> prompt. If you -don't then look at the error message. If it says "invalid network -name" then the service "tmp" is not correctly setup in your <tt>smb.conf</tt>. +Once you enter the password you should get the <tt class="prompt">smb></tt> prompt. If you +don't then look at the error message. If it says <span class="errorname">invalid network +name</span> then the service <span class="emphasis"><em>"tmp"</em></span> is not correctly setup in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. </p><p> -If it says "bad password" then the likely causes are: +If it says <span class="errorname">bad password</span> then the likely causes are: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - you have shadow passords (or some other password system) but didn't - compile in support for them in smbd + you have shadow passwords (or some other password system) but didn't + compile in support for them in <span class="application">smbd</span> </p></li><li><p> - your <b>valid users</b> configuration is incorrect + your <b class="command">valid users</b> configuration is incorrect </p></li><li><p> - you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <b>password + you have a mixed case password and you haven't enabled the <b class="command">password level</b> option at a high enough level </p></li><li><p> - the <b>path =</b> line in <tt>smb.conf</tt> is incorrect. Check it with testparm + the <b class="command">path =</b> line in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> is incorrect. Check it with <span class="application">testparm</span> </p></li><li><p> - you enabled password encryption but didn't create the SMB encrypted - password file + you enabled password encryption but didn't map unix to samba users </p></li></ol></div><p> Once connected you should be able to use the commands -<b>dir</b> <b>get</b> <b>put</b> etc. -Type <b>help <i><tt>command</tt></i></b> for instructions. You should +<b class="command">dir</b> <b class="command">get</b> <b class="command">put</b> etc. +Type <b class="command">help <i class="replaceable"><tt>command</tt></i></b> for instructions. You should especially check that the amount of free disk space shown is correct -when you type <b>dir</b>. +when you type <b class="command">dir</b>. </p></li><li><p> -On the PC, type the command <b><tt>net view \\BIGSERVER</tt></b>. You will +On the PC, type the command <b class="userinput"><tt>net view \\BIGSERVER</tt></b>. You will need to do this from within a "dos prompt" window. You should get back a list of available shares on the server. </p><p> -If you get a "network name not found" or similar error then netbios +If you get a <span class="errorname">network name not found</span> or similar error then netbios name resolution is not working. This is usually caused by a problem in nmbd. To overcome it you could do one of the following (you only need to choose one of them): </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - fixup the nmbd installation + fixup the <span class="application">nmbd</span> installation </p></li><li><p> - add the IP address of BIGSERVER to the <b>wins server</b> box in the - advanced tcp/ip setup on the PC. + add the IP address of BIGSERVER to the <b class="command">wins server</b> box in the + advanced TCP/IP setup on the PC. </p></li><li><p> enable windows name resolution via DNS in the advanced section of - the tcp/ip setup + the TCP/IP setup </p></li><li><p> add BIGSERVER to your lmhosts file on the PC. </p></li></ol></div><p> -If you get a "invalid network name" or "bad password error" then the -same fixes apply as they did for the <b><tt>smbclient -L</tt></b> test above. In -particular, make sure your <b>hosts allow</b> line is correct (see the man +If you get a <span class="errorname">invalid network name</span> or <span class="errorname">bad password error</span> then the +same fixes apply as they did for the <b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L</tt></b> test above. In +particular, make sure your <b class="command">hosts allow</b> line is correct (see the man pages) </p><p> Also, do not overlook that fact that when the workstation requests the @@ -254,37 +253,37 @@ name with which you logged onto your Windows machine. You need to make sure that an account exists on your Samba server with that exact same name and password. </p><p> -If you get "specified computer is not receiving requests" or similar +If you get <span class="errorname">specified computer is not receiving requests</span> or similar it probably means that the host is not contactable via tcp services. Check to see if the host is running tcp wrappers, and if so add an entry in -the <tt>hosts.allow</tt> file for your client (or subnet, etc.) +the <tt class="filename">hosts.allow</tt> file for your client (or subnet, etc.) </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>net use x: \\BIGSERVER\TMP</tt></b>. You should -be prompted for a password then you should get a "command completed -successfully" message. If not then your PC software is incorrectly -installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your <b>hosts allow</b> -and other config lines in <tt>smb.conf</tt> are correct. +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>net use x: \\BIGSERVER\TMP</tt></b>. You should +be prompted for a password then you should get a <tt class="computeroutput">command completed +successfully</tt> message. If not then your PC software is incorrectly +installed or your smb.conf is incorrect. make sure your <b class="command">hosts allow</b> +and other config lines in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> are correct. </p><p> It's also possible that the server can't work out what user name to -connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <b>user = -<i><tt>username</tt></i></b> to the <b>[tmp]</b> section of -<tt>smb.conf</tt> where <i><tt>username</tt></i> is the +connect you as. To see if this is the problem add the line <i class="parameter"><tt>user = +<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i></tt></i> to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[tmp]</tt></i> section of +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> where <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> is the username corresponding to the password you typed. If you find this fixes things you may need the username mapping option. </p><p> It might also be the case that your client only sends encrypted passwords -and you have <b>encrypt passwords = no</b> in <tt>smb.conf</tt> +and you have <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords = no</tt></i> in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> Turn it back on to fix. </p></li><li><p> -Run the command <b><tt>nmblookup -M <i><tt>testgroup</tt></i></tt></b> where -<i><tt>testgroup</tt></i> is the name of the workgroup that your Samba server and +Run the command <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -M <i class="replaceable"><tt>testgroup</tt></i></tt></b> where +<i class="replaceable"><tt>testgroup</tt></i> is the name of the workgroup that your Samba server and Windows PCs belong to. You should get back the IP address of the master browser for that workgroup. </p><p> If you don't then the election process has failed. Wait a minute to see if it is just being slow then try again. If it still fails after -that then look at the browsing options you have set in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. Make -sure you have <b>preferred master = yes</b> to ensure that +that then look at the browsing options you have set in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Make +sure you have <i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master = yes</tt></i> to ensure that an election is held at startup. </p></li><li><p> >From file manager try to browse the server. Your samba server should @@ -294,10 +293,10 @@ of the server and get a list of shares. If you get a "invalid password" error when you do then you are probably running WinNT and it is refusing to browse a server that has no encrypted password capability and is in user level security mode. In this case either set -<b>security = server</b> AND -<b>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</b> in your -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file, or make sure <b>encrypted passwords</b> is +<i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> AND +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server = Windows_NT_Machine</tt></i> in your +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, or make sure <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> is set to "yes". -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2903749"></a>Still having troubles?</h2></div></div><p>Read the chapter on -<a href="problems.html" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</a>. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="troubleshooting.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="troubleshooting.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="problems.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Part IV. Troubleshooting </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3009283"></a>Still having troubles?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Read the chapter on +<a href="problems.html" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="troubleshooting.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="troubleshooting.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="problems.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Part V. Troubleshooting </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/domain-member.html b/docs/htmldocs/domain-member.html index 5be675a541..59040dfebc 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/domain-member.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/domain-member.html @@ -1,79 +1,528 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"><link rel="previous" href="ADS.html" title="Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member"><link rel="next" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ADS.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="optional.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="domain-member"></a>Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">16 Apr 2001</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2879309">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2880214">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879309"></a>Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</h2></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Assumptions:</em></span> - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - NetBIOS name: SERV1 - Win2K/NT domain name: DOM - Domain's PDC NetBIOS name: DOMPDC - Domain's BDC NetBIOS names: DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2 - </pre><p> - </p><p>First, you must edit your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file to tell Samba it should - now use domain security.</p><p>Change (or add) your <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top"> - <i><tt>security =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section - of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> to read:</p><p><b>security = domain</b></p><p>Next change the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top"><i><tt> - workgroup =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section to read: </p><p><b>workgroup = DOM</b></p><p>as this is the name of the domain we are joining. </p><p>You must also have the parameter <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top"> - <i><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> set to <tt>yes - </tt> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC.</p><p>Finally, add (or modify) a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top"> - <i><tt>password server =</tt></i></a> line in the [global] - section to read: </p><p><b>password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2</b></p><p>These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba - will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will - try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to - rearrange this list in order to spread out the authentication load - among domain controllers.</p><p>Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine - the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may - set this line to be :</p><p><b>password server = *</b></p><p>This method, allows Samba to use exactly the same - mechanism that NT does. This - method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to - find domain controllers to authenticate against.</p><p>In order to actually join the domain, you must run this - command:</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net join -S DOMPDC - -U<i><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i></tt></b></p><p> - If the <b><tt>-S DOMPDC</tt></b> argument is not given then - the domain name will be obtained from smb.conf. - </p><p>as we are joining the domain DOM and the PDC for that domain - (the only machine that has write access to the domain SAM database) - is DOMPDC. The <i><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i> is - the login name and password for an account which has the necessary - privilege to add machines to the domain. If this is successful - you will see the message:</p><p><tt>Joined domain DOM.</tt> - or <tt>Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</tt> - </p><p>in your terminal window. See the <a href="net.8.html" target="_top"> - net(8)</a> man page for more details.</p><p>This process joins the server to the domain - without having to create the machine trust account on the PDC - beforehand.</p><p>This command goes through the machine account password - change protocol, then writes the new (random) machine account - password for this Samba server into a file in the same directory - in which an smbpasswd file would be stored - normally :</p><p><tt>/usr/local/samba/private/secrets.tdb</tt></p><p>This file is created and owned by root and is not - readable by any other user. It is the key to the domain-level - security for your system, and should be treated as carefully - as a shadow password file.</p><p>Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for - clients to begin using domain security!</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2880214"></a>Why is this better than security = server?</h2></div></div><p>Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from - having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching - to your server. This means that if domain user <tt>DOM\fred - </tt> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs - to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix - filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" target="_top">security = server</a>, - where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows - NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would. - </p><p>Please refer to the <a href="winbind.html" target="_top">Winbind - paper</a> for information on a system to automatically - assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups. - </p><p>The advantage to domain-level security is that the - authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated - RPC channel in exactly the same way that an NT server would do it. This - means Samba servers now participate in domain trust relationships in - exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into - a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource - domain PDC to an account domain PDC).</p><p>In addition, with <b>security = server</b> every Samba - daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the - authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain - the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run - out of available connections. With <b>security = domain</b>, - however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long - as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, - thus conserving PDC connection resources.</p><p>And finally, acting in the same manner as an NT server - authenticating to a PDC means that as part of the authentication - reply, the Samba server gets the user identification information such - as the user SID, the list of NT groups the user belongs to, etc. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> Much of the text of this document - was first published in the Web magazine <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com" target="_top"> - LinuxWorld</a> as the article <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com/linuxworld/lw-1998-10/lw-10-samba.html" target="_top">Doing - the NIS/NT Samba</a>.</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ADS.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="type.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="optional.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Part III. Advanced Configuration</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 7. Domain Membership</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"><link rel="previous" href="samba-bdc.html" title="Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control"><link rel="next" href="StandAloneServer.html" title="Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 7. Domain Membership</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="samba-bdc.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="StandAloneServer.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="domain-member"></a>Chapter 7. Domain Membership</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2897897">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898012">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898188">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898440">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898636">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898699">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="domain-member.html#domain-member-server">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898901">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899283">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899424">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899508">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899872">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899892">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899919">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899951">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Domain Membership is a subject of vital concern, Samba must be able to +participate as a member server in a Microsoft Domain security context, and +Samba must be capable of providing Domain machine member trust accounts, +otherwise it would not be capable of offering a viable option for many users. +</p><p> +This chapter covers background information pertaining to domain membership, +Samba configuration for it, and MS Windows client procedures for joining a +domain. Why is this necessary? Because both are areas in which there exists +within the current MS Windows networking world and particularly in the +Unix/Linux networking and administration world, a considerable level of +mis-information, incorrect understanding, and a lack of knowledge. Hopefully +this chapter will fill the voids. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2897897"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +MS Windows workstations and servers that want to participate in domain +security need to +be made Domain members. Participating in Domain security is often called +<span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span> or <span class="acronym">SSO</span> for short. This +chapter describes the process that must be followed to make a workstation +(or another server - be it an <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x</span> +server) or a Samba server a member of an MS Windows Domain security context. +</p><p> +Samba-3 can join an MS Windows NT4 style domain as a native member server, an +MS Windows Active Directory Domain as a native member server, or a Samba Domain +Control network. +</p><p> +Domain membership has many advantages: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + MS Windows workstation users get the benefit of SSO + </p></li><li><p> + Domain user access rights and file ownership / access controls can be set + from the single Domain SAM (Security Account Manager) database + (works with Domain member servers as well as with MS Windows workstations + that are domain members) + </p></li><li><p> + Only <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional</span> + workstations that are Domain members + can use network logon facilities + </p></li><li><p> + Domain Member workstations can be better controlled through the use of + Policy files (<tt class="filename">NTConfig.POL</tt>) and Desktop Profiles. + </p></li><li><p> + Through the use of logon scripts, users can be given transparent access to network + applications that run off application servers + </p></li><li><p> + Network administrators gain better application and user access management + abilities because there is no need to maintain user accounts on any network + client or server, other than the central Domain database + (either NT4/Samba SAM style Domain, NT4 Domain that is back ended with an + LDAP directory, or via an Active Directory infrastructure) + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898012"></a>MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A machine trust account is an account that is used to authenticate a client +machine +(rather than a user) to the Domain Controller server. In Windows terminology, +this is known as a "Computer Account." +</p><p> +The password of a machine trust account acts as the shared secret for +secure communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security +feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name +from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group +accounts. Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust +accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not. Hence, a +Windows 9x / Me / XP Home client is never a true member of a domain +because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no +shared secret with the domain controller. +</p><p> +A Windows NT4 PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows Registry. +The introduction of MS Windows 2000 saw the introduction of Active Directory, +the new repository for machine trust accounts. +</p><p> +A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts, +as follows: + +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + A Domain Security Account (stored in the + <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> that has been configured in the + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. The precise nature of the account information that is + stored depends on the type of backend database that has been chosen. + </p><p> + The older format of this data is the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> database + which contains the unix login ID, the Unix user identifier (UID), and the + LanMan and NT encrypted passwords. There is also some other information in + this file that we do not need to concern ourselves with here. + </p><p> + The two newer database types are called <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span>, + <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span>. Both store considerably more data than the + older <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file did. The extra information + enables new user account controls to be used. + </p></li><li><p> + A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. Work is in progress to allow a + simplified mode of operation that does not require Unix user accounts, but + this may not be a feature of the early releases of Samba-3. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><p> +There are three ways to create machine trust accounts: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Manual creation from the Unix/Linux command line. Here, both the Samba and + corresponding Unix account are created by hand. + </p></li><li><p> + Using the MS Windows NT4 Server Manager (either from an NT4 Domain member + server, or using the Nexus toolkit available from the Microsoft web site. + This tool can be run from any MS Windows machine so long as the user is + logged on as the administrator account. + </p></li><li><p> + "On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust account is automatically + created by Samba at the time the client is joined to the domain. + (For security, this is the recommended method.) The corresponding Unix + account may be created automatically or manually. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898188"></a>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to manually +create the corresponding Unix account in <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. +This can be done using <b class="command">vipw</b> or another 'add user' command +that is normally used to create new Unix accounts. The following is an example for a Linux based Samba server: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <i class="replaceable"><tt>"machine nickname"</tt></i> -s /bin/false <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$ </tt></b> +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>passwd -l <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$</tt></b> +</p><p> +On *BSD systems, this can be done using the <b class="command">chpass</b> utility: +</p><p> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chpass -a "<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</tt></b> +</p><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry will list the machine name +with a "$" appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no +home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an +<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry like this: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +doppy$:x:505:501:<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i>:/dev/null:/bin/false +</pre><p> +Above, <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i> can be any +descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer. +<i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i> absolutely must be the NetBIOS +name of the client to be joined to the domain. The "$" must be +appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize +this as a machine trust account. +</p><p> +Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create +the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial +machine trust account password. This can be done using the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top"><b class="command">smbpasswd(8)</b></a> command +as shown here: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -a -m <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>machine_name</tt></i> is the machine's NetBIOS +name. The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of +the corresponding Unix account. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Join the client to the domain immediately</h3><p> + Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the + equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using + the <span class="application">Server Manager</span>. From the time at which the + account is created to the time which the client joins the domain and + changes the password, your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining + your domain using a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently + trusts members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user + information to such clients. You have been warned! + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898440"></a>Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If the machine from which you are trying to manage the domain is an +<span class="application">MS Windows NT4 workstation</span> +then the tool of choice is the package called <b class="command">SRVTOOLS.EXE</b>. +When executed in the target directory this will unpack +<b class="command">SrvMge.exe</b> and <b class="command">UsrMgr.exe</b> (both are +Domain Management tools for MS Windows NT4 workstation. +</p><p> +If your workstation is any other MS Windows product you should download the +<b class="command">Nexus.exe</b> package from the Microsoft web site. When executed +from the target directory this will unpack the same tools but for use on +<span class="application">MS Windows 9x/Me/200x/XP</span>. +</p><p> +Launch the <b class="command">srvmgr.exe</b> (Server Manager for Domains) and follow these steps: +</p><div class="procedure"><p class="title"><b>Procedure 7.1. Server Manager Account Machine Account Management</b></p><ol type="1"><li><p> + From the menu select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on <span class="guimenuitem">Select Domain</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Click on the name of the domain you wish to administer in the + <span class="guilabel">Select Domain</span> panel and then click + <span class="guibutton">OK</span>. + </p></li><li><p> + Again from the menu select <span class="guimenu">Computer</span> + </p></li><li><p> + Select <span class="guimenuitem">Add to Domain</span> + </p></li><li><p> + In the dialog box, click on the radio button to + <span class="guilabel">Add NT Workstation of Server</span>, then + enter the machine name in the field provided, then click the + <span class="guibutton">Add</span> button. + </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898636"></a>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is +simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client +is joined to the domain. +</p><p>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding Unix account, a method +for automatically creating the Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDMACHINESCRIPT" target="_top">add machine script</a> option in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. This method is not required, however; corresponding Unix +accounts may also be created manually. +</p><p> +Below is an example for a RedHat Linux system. +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +[global] + # <...remainder of parameters...> + add machine script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898699"></a>Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The procedure for making an MS Windows workstation of server a member of the domain varies +with the version of Windows: +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898711"></a>Windows 200x XP Professional</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When the user elects to make the client a domain member, Windows 200x prompts for + an account and password that has privileges to create machine accounts in the domain. + A Samba administrative account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the + Samba server) must be entered here; the operation will fail if an ordinary user + account is given. + </p><p> + Note: For security reasons the password for this administrative account should be set + to a password that is other than that used for the root user in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. + </p><p> + The name of the account that is used to create domain member machine accounts can be + anything the network administrator may choose. If it is other than <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> + then this is easily mapped to root using the file pointed to be the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter + <i class="parameter"><tt>username map = /etc/samba/smbusers</tt></i>. + </p><p> + The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an + encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust + account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or + updated if it already exists. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898779"></a>Windows NT4</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If the machine trust account was created manually, on the + Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not + check the box <span class="guilabel">Create a Computer Account in the Domain</span>. + In this case, the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine + to the domain. + </p><p> + If the machine trust account is to be created + on-the-fly, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain + name, and check the box <span class="guilabel">Create a Computer Account in the + Domain</span>. In this case, joining the domain proceeds as above + for Windows 2000 (i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when + prompted). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898820"></a>Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>Joining a Samba client to a domain is documented in + the <a href="domain-member.html#domain-member-server" title="Domain Member Server">Domain Member Server</a> section of this chapter chapter. + </p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="domain-member-server"></a>Domain Member Server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This mode of server operation involves the Samba machine being made a member +of a domain security context. This means by definition that all user +authentication will be done from a centrally defined authentication regime. +The authentication regime may come from an NT3/4 style (old domain technology) +server, or it may be provided from an Active Directory server (ADS) running on +MS Windows 2000 or later. +</p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em> +Of course it should be clear that the authentication back end itself could be +from any distributed directory architecture server that is supported by Samba. +This can be LDAP (from OpenLDAP), or Sun's iPlanet, of NetWare Directory +Server, etc. +</em></span> +</p><p> +Please refer to the <a href="samba-pdc.html" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control chapter</a> +for more information regarding how to create a domain +machine account for a domain member server as well as for information +regarding how to enable the Samba domain member machine to join the domain and +to be fully trusted by it. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898901"></a>Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2898912"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 7.1. Assumptions</b></p><table summary="Assumptions" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left">NetBIOS name:</td><td align="left">SERV1</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Win2K/NT domain name:</td><td align="left">DOM</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Domain's PDC NetBIOS name:</td><td align="left">DOMPDC</td></tr><tr><td align="left">Domain's BDC NetBIOS names:</td><td align="left">DOMBDC1 and DOMBDC2</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p><p> +First, you must edit your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file to tell Samba it should +now use domain security. +</p><p> +Change (or add) your <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITY" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a> line in the [global] section +of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> to read: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +security = domain +</pre><p> +</p><p> +Next change the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> +workgroup</tt></i></a> line in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> +section to read: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +workgroup = DOM +</pre><p> +</p><p> +as this is the name of the domain we are joining. +</p><p> +You must also have the parameter <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> set to <tt class="constant">yes +</tt> in order for your users to authenticate to the NT PDC. +</p><p> +Finally, add (or modify) a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSWORDSERVER" target="_top"> +<i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a> line in the [global] +section to read: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +password server = DOMPDC DOMBDC1 DOMBDC2 +</pre><p> +</p><p> +These are the primary and backup domain controllers Samba +will attempt to contact in order to authenticate users. Samba will +try to contact each of these servers in order, so you may want to +rearrange this list in order to spread out the authentication load +among domain controllers. +</p><p> +Alternatively, if you want smbd to automatically determine +the list of Domain controllers to use for authentication, you may +set this line to be: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +password server = * +</pre><p> +</p><p> +This method allows Samba to use exactly the same mechanism that NT does. This +method either broadcasts or uses a WINS database in order to +find domain controllers to authenticate against. +</p><p> +In order to actually join the domain, you must run this command: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -S DOMPDC -U<i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i></tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> +If the <tt class="option">-S DOMPDC</tt> argument is not given then +the domain name will be obtained from <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p><p> +As we are joining the domain DOM and the PDC for that domain +(the only machine that has write access to the domain SAM database) +is DOMPDC, we use it for the <tt class="option">-S</tt> option. +The <i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator%password</tt></i> is +the login name and password for an account which has the necessary +privilege to add machines to the domain. If this is successful +you will see the message: +</p><p> +<tt class="computeroutput">Joined domain DOM.</tt> +or <tt class="computeroutput">Joined 'SERV1' to realm 'MYREALM'</tt> +</p><p> +in your terminal window. See the <a href="net.8.html" target="_top"> +net(8)</a> man page for more details. +</p><p> +This process joins the server to the domain without having to create the machine +trust account on the PDC beforehand. +</p><p> +This command goes through the machine account password +change protocol, then writes the new (random) machine account +password for this Samba server into a file in the same directory +in which an smbpasswd file would be stored - normally: +</p><p> +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/secrets.tdb</tt> +</p><p> +This file is created and owned by root and is not +readable by any other user. It is the key to the domain-level +security for your system, and should be treated as carefully +as a shadow password file. +</p><p> +Finally, restart your Samba daemons and get ready for +clients to begin using domain security! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899283"></a>Why is this better than security = server?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Currently, domain security in Samba doesn't free you from +having to create local Unix users to represent the users attaching +to your server. This means that if domain user <tt class="constant">DOM\fred +</tt> attaches to your domain security Samba server, there needs +to be a local Unix user fred to represent that user in the Unix +filesystem. This is very similar to the older Samba security mode +<a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSSERVER" target="_top">security = server</a>, +where Samba would pass through the authentication request to a Windows +NT server in the same way as a Windows 95 or Windows 98 server would. +</p><p> +Please refer to the <a href="winbind.html" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">Winbind</a> chapter +for information on a system to automatically +assign UNIX uids and gids to Windows NT Domain users and groups. +</p><p> +The advantage to domain-level security is that the +authentication in domain-level security is passed down the authenticated +RPC channel in exactly the same way that an NT server would do it. This +means Samba servers now participate in domain trust relationships in +exactly the same way NT servers do (i.e., you can add Samba servers into +a resource domain and have the authentication passed on from a resource +domain PDC to an account domain PDC). +</p><p> +In addition, with <i class="parameter"><tt>security = server</tt></i> every Samba +daemon on a server has to keep a connection open to the +authenticating server for as long as that daemon lasts. This can drain +the connection resources on a Microsoft NT server and cause it to run +out of available connections. With <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i>, +however, the Samba daemons connect to the PDC/BDC only for as long +as is necessary to authenticate the user, and then drop the connection, +thus conserving PDC connection resources. +</p><p> +And finally, acting in the same manner as an NT server +authenticating to a PDC means that as part of the authentication +reply, the Samba server gets the user identification information such +as the user SID, the list of NT groups the user belongs to, etc. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Much of the text of this document +was first published in the Web magazine +<a href="http://www.linuxworld.com" target="_top">LinuxWorld</a> as the article <a href="http://www.linuxworld.com/linuxworld/lw-1998-10/lw-10-samba.html" target="_top">Doing +the NIS/NT Samba</a>. +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="ads-member"></a>Samba ADS Domain Membership</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is a rough guide to setting up Samba 3.0 with Kerberos authentication against a +Windows2000 KDC. A familiarity with Kerberos is assumed. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899424"></a>Setup your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must use at least the following 3 options in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + realm = your.kerberos.REALM + security = ADS + encrypt passwords = yes +</pre><p> +In case samba can't figure out your ads server using your realm name, use the +<i class="parameter"><tt>ads server</tt></i> option in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + ads server = your.kerberos.server +</pre><p> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +You do <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> need a smbpasswd file, and older clients will be authenticated as +if <i class="parameter"><tt>security = domain</tt></i>, although it won't do any harm and +allows you to have local users not in the domain. It is expected that the above +required options will change soon when active directory integration will get +better. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899508"></a>Setup your <tt class="filename">/etc/krb5.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The minimal configuration for <tt class="filename">krb5.conf</tt> is: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + [realms] + YOUR.KERBEROS.REALM = { + kdc = your.kerberos.server + } +</pre><p> +Test your config by doing a <b class="userinput"><tt>kinit +<i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b> and +making sure that your password is accepted by the Win2000 KDC. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The realm must be uppercase or you will get <span class="errorname">Cannot find KDC for +requested realm while getting initial credentials</span> error. +</p></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Time between the two servers must be synchronized. You will get a +<span class="errorname">kinit(v5): Clock skew too great while getting initial credentials</span> +if the time difference is more than five minutes. +</p></div><p> +You also must ensure that you can do a reverse DNS lookup on the IP +address of your KDC. Also, the name that this reverse lookup maps to +must either be the NetBIOS name of the KDC (ie. the hostname with no +domain attached) or it can alternatively be the NetBIOS name +followed by the realm. +</p><p> +The easiest way to ensure you get this right is to add a +<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> entry mapping the IP address of your KDC to +its NetBIOS name. If you don't get this right then you will get a +<span class="errorname">local error</span> when you try to join the realm. +</p><p> +If all you want is Kerberos support in <span class="application">smbclient</span> then you can skip +straight to <a href="domain-member.html#ads-test-smbclient" title="Testing with smbclient">Test with <span class="application">smbclient</span></a> now. +<a href="domain-member.html#ads-create-machine-account" title="Create the computer account">Creating a computer account</a> +and <a href="domain-member.html#ads-test-server" title="Test your server setup">testing your servers</a> +is only needed if you want Kerberos support for <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">winbindd</span>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-create-machine-account"></a>Create the computer account</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As a user that has write permission on the Samba private directory +(usually root) run: +</p><pre class="programlisting"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net join -U Administrator%password</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2899718"></a>Possible errors</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><span class="errorname">ADS support not compiled in</span></span></dt><dd><p>Samba must be reconfigured (remove config.cache) and recompiled + (make clean all install) after the Kerberos libs and headers are installed. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><span class="errorname">net join prompts for user name</span></span></dt><dd><p>You need to login to the domain using <b class="userinput"><tt>kinit + <i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i>@<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i></tt></b>. + <i class="replaceable"><tt>USERNAME</tt></i> must be a user who has rights to add a machine + to the domain. </p></dd></dl></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-test-server"></a>Test your server setup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If the join was successful, you will see a new computer account with the +NetBIOS name of your Samba server in Active Directory (in the "Computers" +folder under Users and Computers. +</p><p> +On a Windows 2000 client try <b class="userinput"><tt>net use * \\server\share</tt></b>. You should +be logged in with Kerberos without needing to know a password. If +this fails then run <b class="userinput"><tt>klist tickets</tt></b>. Did you get a ticket for the +server? Does it have an encoding type of DES-CBC-MD5 ? +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="ads-test-smbclient"></a>Testing with <span class="application">smbclient</span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +On your Samba server try to login to a Win2000 server or your Samba +server using <span class="application">smbclient</span> and Kerberos. Use <span class="application">smbclient</span> as usual, but +specify the <i class="parameter"><tt>-k</tt></i> option to choose Kerberos authentication. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899872"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You must change administrator password at least once after DC +install, to create the right encoding types +</p><p> +W2k doesn't seem to create the _kerberos._udp and _ldap._tcp in +their defaults DNS setup. Maybe fixed in service packs? +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2899892"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In the process of adding / deleting / re-adding domain member machine accounts there are +many traps for the unwary player and there are many “<span class="quote">little</span>” things that can go wrong. +It is particularly interesting how often subscribers on the samba mailing list have concluded +after repeated failed attempts to add a machine account that it is necessary to "re-install" +MS Windows on t he machine. In truth, it is seldom necessary to reinstall because of this type +of problem. The real solution is often very simple, and with understanding of how MS Windows +networking functions. easily overcome. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899919"></a>Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Problem:</em></span> A Windows workstation was reinstalled. The original domain machine +account was deleted and added immediately. The workstation will not join the domain if I use +the same machine name. Attempts to add the machine fail with a message that the machine already +exists on the network - I know it doesn't. Why is this failing? +</p><p> +The original name is still in the NetBIOS name cache and must expire after machine account +deletion BEFORE adding that same name as a domain member again. The best advice is to delete +the old account and then to add the machine with a new name. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899951"></a>Adding Machine to Domain Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Adding a Windows 200x or XP Professional machine to the Samba PDC Domain fails with a +message that, <span class="errorname">The machine could not be added at this time, there is a network problem. +Please try again later.</span> Why? +</p><p> +You should check that there is an <i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i> in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> +file. If there is not, please add one that is appropriate for your OS platform. If a script +has been defined you will need to debug it's operation. Increase the <i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i> +in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file to level 10, then try to rejoin the domain. Check the logs to see which +operation is failing. +</p><p> +Possible causes include: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The script does not actually exist, or could not be located in the path specified. + </p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Corrective Action:</em></span> Fix it. Make sure that when run manually + that the script will add both the Unix system account _and_ the Samba SAM account. + </p></li><li><p> + The machine could not be added to the Unix system accounts file <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> + </p><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>Corrective Action:</em></span> Check that the machine name is a legal Unix + system account name. ie: If the Unix utility <b class="command">useradd</b> is called + then make sure that the machine name you are trying to add can be added using this + tool. <b class="command">Useradd</b> on some systems will not allow any upper case characters + nor will it allow spaces in the name. + </p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="samba-bdc.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="type.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="StandAloneServer.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 8. Stand-Alone Servers</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html index c5a86ee960..fe366f2b03 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/editreg.1.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>editreg</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="editreg.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>editreg — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files - </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>editreg</tt> [-v] [-c file] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>editreg</b> is a utility that +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>editreg</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="editreg.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>editreg — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files + </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">editreg</tt> [-v] [-c file] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">editreg</b> is a utility that can visualize windows registry files (currently only NT4) and apply so-called commandfiles to them. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">registry_file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c commandfile</span></dt><dd><p>Read commands to execute on <tt>registry_file</tt> from <tt>commandfile</tt>. Currently not yet supported! + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c commandfile</span></dt><dd><p>Read commands to execute on <tt class="filename">registry_file</tt> from <tt class="filename">commandfile</tt>. Currently not yet supported! </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html index 878c3d78fe..a6013a13ec 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/findsmb.1.html @@ -1,39 +1,39 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB - name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>findsmb</tt> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> - suite.</p><p><b>findsmb</b> is a perl script that +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>findsmb</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="findsmb.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>findsmb — list info about machines that respond to SMB + name queries on a subnet</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">findsmb</tt> [subnet broadcast address]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This perl script is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> + suite.</p><p><b class="command">findsmb</b> is a perl script that prints out several pieces of information about machines on a subnet that respond to SMB name query requests. - It uses <a href="nmblookup.1.html">nmblookup(1)</a> - and <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a> + It uses <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> + and <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> to obtain this information. - </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <b>findsmb</b> takes + </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Controls whether <b class="command">findsmb</b> takes bugs in Windows95 into account when trying to find a Netbios name registered of the remote machine. This option is disabled by default because it is specific to Windows 95 and Windows 95 machines only. - If set, <a href="nmblookup.1.html">nmblookup(1)</a> - will be called with <tt>-B</tt> option.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">subnet broadcast address</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <b>findsmb + If set, <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> + will be called with <tt class="constant">-B</tt> option.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">subnet broadcast address</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <b class="command">findsmb </b> will probe the subnet of the machine where - <a href="findsmb.1.html">findsmb(1)</a> + <a href="findsmb.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">findsmb</span>(1)</span></a> is run. This value is passed to - <a href="nmblookup.1.html">nmblookup(1)</a> - as part of the <tt>-B</tt> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <b>findsmb</b> lists the following + <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> + as part of the <tt class="constant">-B</tt> option.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>The output of <b class="command">findsmb</b> lists the following information for all machines that respond to the initial - <b>nmblookup</b> for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, + <b class="command">nmblookup</b> for any name: IP address, NetBIOS name, Workgroup name, operating system, and SMB server version.</p><p>There will be a '+' in front of the workgroup name for machines that are local master browsers for that workgroup. There will be an '*' in front of the workgroup name for machines that are the domain master browser for that workgroup. Machines that are running Windows, Windows 95 or Windows 98 will not show any information about the operating system or server - version.</p><p>The command with <tt>-r</tt> option - must be run on a system without <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> running. + version.</p><p>The command with <tt class="constant">-r</tt> option + must be run on a system without <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> running. - If <b>nmbd</b> is running on the system, you will + If <b class="command">nmbd</b> is running on the system, you will only get the IP address and the DNS name of the machine. To get proper responses from Windows 95 and Windows 98 machines, - the command must be run as root and with <tt>-r</tt> - option on a machine without <b>nmbd</b> running.</p><p>For example, running <b>findsmb</b> - without <tt>-r</tt> option set would yield output similar + the command must be run as root and with <tt class="constant">-r</tt> + option on a machine without <b class="command">nmbd</b> running.</p><p>For example, running <b class="command">findsmb</b> + without <tt class="constant">-r</tt> option set would yield output similar to the following</p><pre class="screen"> IP ADDR NETBIOS NAME WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION --------------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -48,8 +48,8 @@ IP ADDR NETBIOS NAME WORKGROUP/OS/VERSION 192.168.35.93 FROGSTAR-PC [MVENGR] [Windows 5.0] [Windows 2000 LAN Manager] 192.168.35.97 HERBNT1 *[HERB-NT] [Windows NT 4.0] [NT LAN Manager 4.0] </pre></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a>, - <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>, and <a href="nmblookup.1.html">nmblookup(1)</a> + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, + <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, and <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html b/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html index 704b799631..39fb34ce62 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/groupmapping.html @@ -1,53 +1,178 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="unix-permissions.html" title="Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists"><link rel="next" href="printing.html" title="Chapter 13. Printing Support"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="unix-permissions.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="printing.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="groupmapping"></a>Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jean François Micouleau</h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><p> -Starting with Samba 3.0 alpha 2, new group mapping functionality -is available to create associations between Windows SIDs and UNIX -groups. The <i><tt>groupmap</tt></i> subcommand included with -the <b>net</b> tool can be used to manage these associations. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases"><link rel="next" href="AccessControls.html" title="Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="passdb.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="AccessControls.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="groupmapping"></a>Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jean François</span> <span class="surname">Micouleau</span></h3></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921449">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921551">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921742">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921806">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921820">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921889">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921981">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921997">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2922057">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> + Starting with Samba-3, new group mapping functionality is available to create associations + between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. The <i class="parameter"><tt>groupmap</tt></i> subcommand + included with the <span class="application">net</span> tool can be used to manage these associations. + </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that + the <i class="parameter"><tt>domain admin group</tt></i> has been removed and should no longer + be specified in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. This parameter was used to give the listed users membership + in the <tt class="constant">Domain Admins</tt> Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations + (in default configurations). + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2921449"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba allows the administrator to create MS Windows NT4 / 200x group accounts and to + arbitrarily associate them with Unix/Linux group accounts. + </p><p> + Group accounts can be managed using the MS Windows NT4 or MS Windows 200x MMC tools + so long as appropriate interface scripts have been provided to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + </p><p> + Administrators should be aware that where <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> group interface scripts make + direct calls to the Unix/Linux system tools (eg: the shadow utilities, <b class="command">groupadd</b>, + <b class="command">groupdel</b>, <b class="command">groupmod</b>) then the resulting Unix/Linux group names will be subject + to any limits imposed by these tools. If the tool does NOT allow upper case characters + or space characters, then the creation of an MS Windows NT4 / 200x style group of + <i class="parameter"><tt>Engineering Managers</tt></i> will attempt to create an identically named + Unix/Linux group, an attempt that will of course fail! + </p><p> + There are several possible work-arounds for the operating system tools limitation. One + method is to use a script that generates a name for the Unix/Linux system group that + fits the operating system limits, and that then just passes the Unix/Linux group id (GID) + back to the calling Samba interface. This will provide a dynamic work-around solution. + </p><p> + Another work-around is to manually create a Unix/Linux group, then manually create the + MS Windows NT4 / 200x group on the Samba server and then use the <b class="command">net groupmap</b> + tool to connect the two to each other. + </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2921551"></a>Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + When installing <span class="application">MS Windows NT4 / 200x</span> on a computer, the installation + program creates default users and groups, notably the <tt class="constant">Administrators</tt> group, + and gives that group privileges necessary privileges to perform essential system tasks. + eg: Ability to change the date and time or to kill (or close) any process running on the + local machine. + </p><p> + The 'Administrator' user is a member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus inherits + 'Administrators' group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created to be a member of the + 'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'. + </p><p> + When an MS Windows NT4 / W200x is made a domain member, the "Domain Admins" group of the + PDC is added to the local 'Administrators' group of the workstation. Every member of the + 'Domain Administrators' group inherits the rights of the local 'Administrators' group when + logging on the workstation. + </p><p> + The following steps describe how to make Samba PDC users members of the 'Domain Admins' group? + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> + create a unix group (usually in <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt>), let's call it domadm + </p></li><li><p>add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example + if you want joe, john and mary, your entry in <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> will + look like: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary + </pre><p> + </p></li><li><p> + Map this domadm group to the "Domain Admins" group by running the command: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. + Also make sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=). + </p></li></ol></div><p> + Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators! + </p><p> + It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT4 / 200x group as well as + making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. For example, if you wanted to include a + UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a local file or printer on a domain member machine, + you would flag that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + Be aware that the RID parameter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should + normally start at 1000. However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned + to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend + you are using. Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically, + but for now the burden is on you. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921742"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing + <b class="command">net groupmap list</b>. Here is an example: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>net groupmap list</tt></b> + System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin + Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin + Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser + Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest + </pre><p> + </p><p> + For complete details on <b class="command">net groupmap</b>, refer to the net(8) man page. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2921806"></a>Configuration Scripts</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Everyone needs tools. Some of us like to create our own, others prefer to use canned tools + (ie: prepared by someone else for general use). + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921820"></a>Sample <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> add group script</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A script to great complying group names for use by the Samba group interfaces: + </p><p> +</p><div class="example"><a name="id2921843"></a><p class="title"><b>Example 12.1. smbgrpadd.sh</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + +#!/bin/bash + +# Add the group using normal system groupadd tool. +groupadd smbtmpgrp00 + +thegid=`cat /etc/group | grep smbtmpgrp00 | cut -d ":" -f3` + +# Now change the name to what we want for the MS Windows networking end +cp /etc/group /etc/group.bak +cat /etc/group.bak | sed s/smbtmpgrp00/$1/g > /etc/group + +# Now return the GID as would normally happen. +echo $thegid +exit 0 +</pre></div><p> </p><p> -The first immediate reason to use the group mapping on a Samba PDC, is that -the <i><tt>domain admin group</tt></i> <tt>smb.conf</tt> has been removed. -This parameter was used to give the listed users membership in the "Domain Admins" -Windows group which gave local admin rights on their workstations (in -default configurations). + The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> entry for the above script would look like: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + add group script = /path_to_tool/smbgrpadd.sh %g + </pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921889"></a>Script to configure Group Mapping</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + In our example we have created a Unix/Linux group called <i class="parameter"><tt>ntadmin</tt></i>. + Our script will create the additional groups <i class="parameter"><tt>Engineers, Marketoids, Gnomes</tt></i>: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +#!/bin/bash + +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=ntadmin +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Users" unixgroup=users +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Domain Guests" unixgroup=nobody +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Administrators" unixgroup=root +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Users" unixgroup=users +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Guests" unixgroup=nobody +net groupmap modify ntgroup="System Operators" unixgroup=sys +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Account Operators" unixgroup=root +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Backup Operators" unixgroup=bin +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Print Operators" unixgroup=lp +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Replicators" unixgroup=daemon +net groupmap modify ntgroup="Power Users" unixgroup=sys + +#groupadd Engineers +#groupadd Marketoids +#groupadd Gnomes + +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Engineers" unixgroup=Engineers type=d +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Marketoids" unixgroup=Marketoids type=d +#net groupmap add ntgroup="Gnomes" unixgroup=Gnomes type=d +</pre><p> </p><p> -When installing NT/W2K on a computer, the installer program creates some users -and groups. Notably the 'Administrators' group, and gives to that group some -privileges like the ability to change the date and time or to kill any process -(or close too) running on the local machine. The 'Administrator' user is a -member of the 'Administrators' group, and thus 'inherit' the 'Administrators' -group privileges. If a 'joe' user is created and become a member of the -'Administrator' group, 'joe' has exactly the same rights as 'Administrator'. -</p><p> -When a NT/W2K machine is joined to a domain, the "Domain Adminis" group of the -PDC is added to the local 'Administrators' group of the workstation. Every -member of the 'Domain Administrators' group 'inherit' the -rights of the local 'Administrators' group when logging on the workstation. -</p><p> -The following steps describe how to make samba PDC users members of the -'Domain Admins' group? -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>create a unix group (usually in <tt>/etc/group</tt>), - let's call it domadm</p></li><li><p>add to this group the users that must be Administrators. For example - if you want joe,john and mary, your entry in <tt>/etc/group</tt> will - look like:</p><pre class="programlisting"> - domadm:x:502:joe,john,mary - </pre></li><li><p>Map this domadm group to the "Domain Admins" group - by running the command:</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net groupmap add ntgroup="Domain Admins" unixgroup=domadm</tt></b></p><p>The quotes around "Domain Admins" are necessary due to the space in the group name. Also make - sure to leave no whitespace surrounding the equal character (=).</p></li></ol></div><p>Now joe, john and mary are domain administrators!</p><p> -It is possible to map any arbitrary UNIX group to any Windows NT -group as well as making any UNIX group a Windows domain group. -For example, if you wanted to include a UNIX group (e.g. acct) in a ACL on a -local file or printer on a domain member machine, you would flag -that group as a domain group by running the following on the Samba PDC: -</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>net groupmap add rid=1000 ntgroup="Accounting" unixgroup=acct</tt></b></p><p>Be aware that the rid parmeter is a unsigned 32 bit integer that should -normally start at 1000. However, this rid must not overlap with any RID assigned -to a user. Verifying this is done differently depending on on the passdb backend -you are using. Future versions of the tools may perform the verification automatically, -but for now the burden in on you.</p><p>You can list the various groups in the mapping database by executing -<b>net groupmap list</b>. Here is an example:</p><pre class="programlisting"><tt>root# </tt>net groupmap list -System Administrators (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-1002) -> sysadmin -Domain Admins (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-512) -> domadmin -Domain Users (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-513) -> domuser -Domain Guests (S-1-5-21-2547222302-1596225915-2414751004-514) -> domguest -</pre><p>For complete details on <b>net groupmap</b>, refer to the -net(8) man page.</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="unix-permissions.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="printing.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 13. Printing Support</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + Of course it is expected that the administrator will modify this to suit local needs. + For information regarding the use of the <b class="command">net groupmap</b> tool please + refer to the man page. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2921981"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At this time there are many little surprises for the unwary administrator. In a real sense +it is imperative that every step of automated control scripts must be carefully tested +manually before putting them into active service. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2921997"></a>Adding Groups Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This is a common problem when the <b class="command">groupadd</b> is called directly + by the Samba interface script for the <i class="parameter"><tt>add group script</tt></i> in + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p><p> + The most common cause of failure is an attempt to add an MS Windows group account + that has either an upper case character and/or a space character in it. + </p><p> + There are three possible work-arounds. Firstly, use only group names that comply + with the limitations of the Unix/Linux <b class="command">groupadd</b> system tool. + The second involves use of the script mentioned earlier in this chapter, and the + third option is to manually create a Unix/Linux group account that can substitute + for the MS Windows group name, then use the procedure listed above to map that group + to the MS Windows group. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2922057"></a>Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba-3 does NOT support nested groups from the MS Windows control environment. + </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="passdb.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="AccessControls.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 11. Account Information Databases </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 13. File, Directory and Share Access Controls</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/install.html b/docs/htmldocs/install.html index 1c107c0019..154b9705e1 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/install.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/install.html @@ -1,75 +1,155 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="introduction.html" title="Part I. General Installation"><link rel="previous" href="IntroSMB.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba"><link rel="next" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="IntroSMB.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part I. General Installation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="type.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="install"></a>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Karl Auer</h3></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2812103">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2812254">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2812000">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2875811">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="install.html#id2875850">Try listing the shares available on your - server</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2875900">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2876004">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2876065">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2812103"></a>Obtaining and installing samba</h2></div></div><p>Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="introduction.html" title="Part I. General Installation"><link rel="previous" href="IntroSMB.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba"><link rel="next" href="FastStart.html" title="Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="IntroSMB.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part I. General Installation</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="FastStart.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="install"></a>Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Karl</span> <span class="surname">Auer</span></h3></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2886868">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2886909">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2886946">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887096">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="install.html#id2887140">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887191">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887292">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887355">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887388">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2887401">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887617">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886868"></a>Obtaining and installing samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Binary packages of samba are included in almost any Linux or Unix distribution. There are also some packages available at <a href="http://samba.org/" target="_top">the samba homepage</a>. </p><p>If you need to compile samba from source, check the - <a href="compiling.html" title="Chapter 30. How to compile SAMBA">appropriate appendix chapter</a>.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2812254"></a>Configuring samba</h2></div></div><p>Samba's configuration is stored in the smb.conf file, - that usually resides in <tt>/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt> - or <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt>. You can either + <a href="compiling.html" title="Chapter 36. How to compile SAMBA">appropriate appendix chapter</a>.</p><p>If you have already installed samba, or if your operating system + was pre-installed with samba, then you may not need to bother with this + chapter. On the other hand, you may want to read this chapter anyhow + for information about updating samba.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886909"></a>Configuring samba (smb.conf)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba's configuration is stored in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, + that usually resides in <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt> + or <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt>. You can either edit this file yourself or do it using one of the many graphical tools that are available, such as the web-based interface swat, that - is included with samba.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2812000"></a>Editing the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file</h3></div></div><p>There are sample configuration files in the examples - subdirectory in the distribution. I suggest you read them - carefully so you can see how the options go together in - practice. See the man page for all the options.</p><p>The simplest useful configuration file would be - something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - workgroup = MYGROUP + is included with samba. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886946"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are sample configuration files in the examples subdirectory in the + distribution. I suggest you read them carefully so you can see how the options + go together in practice. See the man page for all the options. + </p><p> + The simplest useful configuration file would be something like this: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + workgroup = MYGROUP -[homes] - guest ok = no - read only = no - </pre><p>which would allow connections by anyone with an - account on the server, using either their login name or - "<b>homes</b>" as the service name. (Note that I also set the - workgroup that Samba is part of. See BROWSING.txt for details)</p><p>Make sure you put the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file in the same place - you specified in the<tt>Makefile</tt> (the default is to - look for it in <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/</tt>).</p><p>For more information about security settings for the - <b>[homes]</b> share please refer to the chapter - <a href="securing-samba.html" title="Chapter 24. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a>.</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2875758"></a>Test your config file with - <b>testparm</b></h4></div></div><p>It's important that you test the validity of your - <tt>smb.conf</tt> file using the testparm program. - If testparm runs OK then it will list the loaded services. If - not it will give an error message.</p><p>Make sure it runs OK and that the services look - reasonable before proceeding. </p><p>Always run testparm again when you change - <tt>smb.conf</tt>!</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2875811"></a>SWAT</h3></div></div><p> + [homes] + guest ok = no + read only = no + </pre><p> + </p><p> + This will allow connections by anyone with an account on the server, using either + their login name or "<i class="parameter"><tt>homes</tt></i>" as the service name. + (Note that the workgroup that Samba must also be set.) + </p><p> + Make sure you put the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in the same place + you specified in the <tt class="filename">Makefile</tt> (the default is to + look for it in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/</tt>). + </p><p> + For more information about security settings for the + <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> share please refer to the chapter + <a href="securing-samba.html" title="Chapter 15. Securing Samba">Securing Samba</a>. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2887041"></a>Test your config file with <b class="command">testparm</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + It's important that you test the validity of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + file using the <span class="application">testparm</span> program. If testparm runs OK + then it will list the loaded services. If not it will give an error message. + </p><p> + Make sure it runs OK and that the services look reasonable before proceeding. + </p><p> + Always run testparm again when you change <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>! + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887096"></a>SWAT</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> SWAT is a web-based interface that helps you configure samba. SWAT might not be available in the samba package on your platform, but in a separate package. Please read the swat manpage on compiling, installing and configuring swat from source. - </p><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and - point it at "http://localhost:901/". Replace <i><tt>localhost</tt></i> with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you - are running samba on a different computer than your browser.</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected + </p><p> + To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and + point it at <a href="http://localhost:901/" target="_top">http://localhost:901/</a>. Replace + <i class="replaceable"><tt>localhost</tt></i> + with the name of the computer you are running samba on if you + are running samba on a different computer than your browser. + </p><p> + Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent - in the clear over the wire. </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875850"></a>Try listing the shares available on your - server</h2></div></div><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient -L - <i><tt>yourhostname</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>You should get back a list of shares available on + in the clear over the wire. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887140"></a>Try listing the shares available on your + server</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L + <i class="replaceable"><tt>yourhostname</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>You should get back a list of shares available on your server. If you don't then something is incorrectly setup. Note that this method can also be used to see what shares are available on other LanManager clients (such as WfWg).</p><p>If you choose user level security then you may find that Samba requests a password before it will list the shares. - See the <b>smbclient</b> man page for details. (you + See the <b class="command">smbclient</b> man page for details. (you can force it to list the shares without a password by adding the option -U% to the command line. This will not work - with non-Samba servers)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2875900"></a>Try connecting with the unix client</h2></div></div><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient <i><tt> - //yourhostname/aservice</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>Typically the <i><tt>yourhostname</tt></i> - would be the name of the host where you installed smbd. - The <i><tt>aservice</tt></i> is - any service you have defined in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> - file. Try your user name if you just have a <b>[homes]</b> + with non-Samba servers)</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887191"></a>Try connecting with the unix client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient <i class="replaceable"><tt> + //yourhostname/aservice</tt></i></tt></b></p><p>Typically the <i class="replaceable"><tt>yourhostname</tt></i> + would be the name of the host where you installed <span class="application">smbd</span>. + The <i class="replaceable"><tt>aservice</tt></i> is + any service you have defined in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> + file. Try your user name if you just have a <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> section - in <tt>smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>For example if your unix host is <i><tt>bambi</tt></i> - and your login name is <i><tt>fred</tt></i> you would type:</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbclient //<i><tt>bambi</tt></i>/<i><tt>fred</tt></i> - </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876004"></a>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</h2></div></div><p>Try mounting disks. eg:</p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b><tt>net use d: \\servername\service - </tt></b></p><p>Try printing. eg:</p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b><tt>net use lpt1: - \\servername\spoolservice</tt></b></p><p><tt>C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b><tt>print filename - </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2876065"></a>What If Things Don't Work?</h2></div></div><p>Then you might read the file chapter - <a href="diagnosis.html" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist">Diagnosis</a> and the + in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>For example if your unix host is <i class="replaceable"><tt>bambi</tt></i> + and your login name is <i class="replaceable"><tt>fred</tt></i> you would type:</p><p><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //<i class="replaceable"><tt>bambi</tt></i>/<i class="replaceable"><tt>fred</tt></i> + </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887292"></a>Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Try mounting disks. eg:</p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net use d: \\servername\service + </tt></b></p><p>Try printing. eg:</p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net use lpt1: + \\servername\spoolservice</tt></b></p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\WINDOWS\> </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>print filename + </tt></b></p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887355"></a>What If Things Don't Work?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Then you might read the file chapter + <a href="diagnosis.html" title="Chapter 33. The Samba checklist">Diagnosis</a> and the FAQ. If you are still stuck then try to follow - the <a href="problems.html" title="Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</a> + the <a href="problems.html" title="Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems">Analysing and Solving Problems chapter</a> Samba has been successfully installed at thousands of sites worldwide, - so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="IntroSMB.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="introduction.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="type.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Part II. Server Configuration Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + so maybe someone else has hit your problem and has overcome it. </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2887388"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following questions and issues get raised on the samba mailing list over and over again. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887401"></a>Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +“<span class="quote"> +Site that is running Samba on an AIX box. They are sharing out about 2 terabytes using samba. +Samba was installed using smitty and the binaries. We seem to be experiencing a memory problem +with this box. When I do a <b class="command">svmon -Pu</b> the monitoring program shows that <span class="application">smbd</span> has several +processes of smbd running: +</span>” +</p><p> + “<span class="quote"> +Is samba suppose to start this many different smbd processes? Or does it run as one smbd process? Also +is it normal for it to be taking up this much memory? +</span>” +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +Inuse * 4096 = amount of memory being used by this process + + Pid Command Inuse Pin Pgsp Virtual 64-bit Mthrd + 20950 smbd 33098 1906 181 5017 N N + 22262 smbd 9104 1906 5410 + 21060 smbd 9048 1906 181 5479 N N + 25972 smbd 8678 1906 181 5109 N N + 24524 smbd 8674 1906 181 5105 N N + 19262 smbd 8582 1906 181 5013 N N + 20722 smbd 8572 1906 181 5003 N N + 21454 smbd 8572 1906 181 5003 N N + 28946 smbd 8567 1906 181 4996 N N + 24076 smbd 8566 1906 181 4996 N N + 20138 smbd 8566 1906 181 4996 N N + 17608 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 21820 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 26940 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 19884 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 9912 smbd 8565 1906 181 4996 N N + 25800 smbd 8564 1906 181 4995 N N + 20452 smbd 8564 1906 181 4995 N N + 18592 smbd 8562 1906 181 4993 N N + 28216 smbd 8521 1906 181 4954 N N + 19110 smbd 8404 1906 181 4862 N N + + Total memory used: 841,592,832 bytes +</pre><p> +</p><p> +Samba consists on three core programs: +<span class="application">nmbd</span>, <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">winbindd</span>. <span class="application">nmbd</span> is the name server message daemon, +<span class="application">smbd</span> is the server message daemon, <span class="application">winbindd</span> is the daemon that +handles communication with Domain Controllers. +</p><p> +If your system is NOT running as a WINS server, then there will be one (1) single instance of + <span class="application">nmbd</span> running on your system. If it is running as a WINS server then there will be +two (2) instances - one to handle the WINS requests. +</p><p> +<span class="application">smbd</span> handles ALL connection requests and then spawns a new process for each client +connection made. That is why you are seeing so many of them, one (1) per client connection. +</p><p> +<span class="application">winbindd</span> will run as one or two daemons, depending on whether or not it is being +run in "split mode" (in which case there will be two instances). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887617"></a>I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Your loopback device isn't working correctly. Make sure it's running. </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="IntroSMB.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="introduction.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="FastStart.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html b/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html index 70f446e09d..083aeed9f3 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/integrate-ms-networks.html @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="msdfs.html" title="Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba"><link rel="next" href="securing-samba.html" title="Chapter 24. Securing Samba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="msdfs.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="securing-samba.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="integrate-ms-networks"></a>Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jan 01 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2899641">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900075">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900212">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900256">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900299">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900394">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2899927">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2899966">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900009">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900041">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900053">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="pam.html" title="Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication"><link rel="next" href="unicode.html" title="Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="pam.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="unicode.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="integrate-ms-networks"></a>Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jan 01 2001) </p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999705">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999730">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999775">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999831">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999956">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000000">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000042">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000130">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000278">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000323">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000567">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000600">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000624">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000695">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000711">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000742">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000794">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> This section deals with NetBIOS over TCP/IP name to IP address resolution. If your MS Windows clients are NOT configured to use NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section does not apply to your installation. If your installation involves use of @@ -10,7 +9,15 @@ NetBIOS over TCP/IP then this section may help you to resolve networking problem to NOT run NetBEUI at all. Note also that there is NO such thing as NetBEUI over TCP/IP - the existence of such a protocol is a complete and utter mis-apprehension. -</p></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2999705"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Many MS Windows network administrators have never been exposed to basic TCP/IP +networking as it is implemented in a Unix/Linux operating system. Likewise, many Unix and +Linux administrators have not been exposed to the intricacies of MS Windows TCP/IP based +networking (and may have no desire to be either). +</p><p> +This chapter gives a short introduction to the basics of how a name can be resolved to +it's IP address for each operating system environment. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2999730"></a>Background Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Since the introduction of MS Windows 2000 it is possible to run MS Windows networking without the use of NetBIOS over TCP/IP. NetBIOS over TCP/IP uses UDP port 137 for NetBIOS name resolution and uses TCP port 139 for NetBIOS session services. When NetBIOS over @@ -26,16 +33,16 @@ disable NetBIOS over TCP/IP today use MS Active Directory Service (ADS). ADS req Dynamic DNS with Service Resource Records (SRV RR) and with Incremental Zone Transfers (IXFR). Use of DHCP with ADS is recommended as a further means of maintaining central control over client workstation network configuration. -</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2899641"></a>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2999775"></a>Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The key configuration files covered in this section are: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>/etc/hosts</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/host.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900075"></a><tt>/etc/hosts</tt></h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999831"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Contains a static list of IP Addresses and names. eg: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> 127.0.0.1 localhost localhost.localdomain 192.168.1.1 bigbox.caldera.com bigbox alias4box </pre><p> -The purpose of <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> is to provide a +The purpose of <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> is to provide a name resolution mechanism so that uses do not need to remember IP addresses. </p><p> @@ -43,16 +50,16 @@ Network packets that are sent over the physical network transport layer communicate not via IP addresses but rather using the Media Access Control address, or MAC address. IP Addresses are currently 32 bits in length and are typically presented as four (4) decimal -numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1 +numbers that are separated by a dot (or period). eg: 168.192.1.1. </p><p> MAC Addresses use 48 bits (or 6 bytes) and are typically represented as two digit hexadecimal numbers separated by colons. eg: 40:8e:0a:12:34:56 </p><p> -Every network interfrace must have an MAC address. Associated with +Every network interface must have an MAC address. Associated with a MAC address there may be one or more IP addresses. There is NO relationship between an IP address and a MAC address, all such assignments -are arbitary or discretionary in nature. At the most basic level all +are arbitrary or discretionary in nature. At the most basic level all network communications takes place using MAC addressing. Since MAC addresses must be globally unique, and generally remains fixed for any particular interface, the assignment of an IP address makes sense @@ -64,7 +71,7 @@ When a user or a process wants to communicate with another machine the protocol implementation ensures that the "machine name" or "host name" is resolved to an IP address in a manner that is controlled by the TCP/IP configuration control files. The file -<tt>/etc/hosts</tt> is one such file. +<tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> is one such file. </p><p> When the IP address of the destination interface has been determined a protocol called ARP/RARP is used to identify @@ -78,14 +85,14 @@ ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff. The reply packet from an ARP request will contain the MAC address and the primary IP address for each interface. </p><p> -The <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file is foundational to all -Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minumum will contain +The <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file is foundational to all +Unix/Linux TCP/IP installations and as a minimum will contain the localhost and local network interface IP addresses and the primary names by which they are known within the local machine. This file helps to prime the pump so that a basic level of name resolution can exist before any other method of name resolution becomes available. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900212"></a><tt>/etc/resolv.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2999956"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/resolv.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file tells the name resolution libraries: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The name of the domain to which the machine belongs @@ -95,21 +102,21 @@ This file tells the name resolution libraries: </p></li><li><p>The name or IP address of available Domain Name Servers that may be asked to perform name to address translation lookups - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900256"></a><tt>/etc/host.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p> -<tt>/etc/host.conf</tt> is the primary means by + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000000"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<tt class="filename">/etc/host.conf</tt> is the primary means by which the setting in /etc/resolv.conf may be affected. It is a critical configuration file. This file controls the order by -which name resolution may procede. The typical structure is: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +which name resolution may proceed. The typical structure is: +</p><pre class="screen"> order hosts,bind multi on </pre><p> then both addresses should be returned. Please refer to the man page for host.conf for further details. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900299"></a><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></h3></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000042"></a><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file controls the actual name resolution targets. The file typically has resolver object specifications as follows: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> # /etc/nsswitch.conf # # Name Service Switch configuration file. @@ -123,7 +130,7 @@ file typically has resolver object specifications as follows: hosts: files nis dns # Alternative entries for host name resolution are: - # hosts: files dns nis nis+ hesoid db compat ldap wins + # hosts: files dns nis nis+ hesiod db compat ldap wins networks: nis files dns ethers: nis files @@ -142,15 +149,15 @@ Starting with version 2.2.0 samba has Linux support for extensions to the name service switch infrastructure so that linux clients will be able to obtain resolution of MS Windows NetBIOS names to IP Addresses. To gain this functionality Samba needs to be compiled -with appropriate arguments to the make command (ie: <b>make -nsswitch/libnss_wins.so</b>). The resulting library should -then be installed in the <tt>/lib</tt> directory and +with appropriate arguments to the make command (ie: <b class="userinput"><tt>make +nsswitch/libnss_wins.so</tt></b>). The resulting library should +then be installed in the <tt class="filename">/lib</tt> directory and the "wins" parameter needs to be added to the "hosts:" line in -the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. At this point it +the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. At this point it will be possible to ping any MS Windows machine by it's NetBIOS machine name, so long as that machine is within the workgroup to which both the samba machine and the MS Windows machine belong. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2900394"></a>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3000130"></a>Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> MS Windows networking is predicated about the name each machine is given. This name is known variously (and inconsistently) as the "computer name", "machine name", "networking name", "netbios name", @@ -165,7 +172,7 @@ name is therefore registered for each service type that is provided by the client/server. </p><p> The following are typical NetBIOS name/service type registrations: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> Unique NetBIOS Names: MACHINENAME<00> = Server Service is running on MACHINENAME MACHINENAME<03> = Generic Machine Name (NetBIOS name) @@ -184,7 +191,7 @@ installations where traditionally the system administrator will determine in the /etc/hosts or in the DNS database what names are associated with each IP address. </p><p> -One further point of clarification should be noted, the <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> +One further point of clarification should be noted, the <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file and the DNS records do not provide the NetBIOS name type information that MS Windows clients depend on to locate the type of service that may be needed. An example of this is what happens when an MS Windows client @@ -221,7 +228,7 @@ NBT or NetBT, the NetBIOS over TCP/IP. MS Windows machines use a complex array of name resolution mechanisms. Since we are primarily concerned with TCP/IP this demonstration is limited to this area. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899927"></a>The NetBIOS Name Cache</h3></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000278"></a>The NetBIOS Name Cache</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> All MS Windows machines employ an in memory buffer in which is stored the NetBIOS names and IP addresses for all external machines that that machine has communicated with over the @@ -238,16 +245,16 @@ frustrating for users - but it is a characteristic of the protocol. </p><p> The MS Windows utility that allows examination of the NetBIOS name cache is called "nbtstat". The Samba equivalent of this -is called "nmblookup". -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899966"></a>The LMHOSTS file</h3></div></div><p> +is called <b class="command">nmblookup</b>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000323"></a>The LMHOSTS file</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or -2000 in <tt>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains +2000 in <tt class="filename">C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains the IP Address and the machine name in matched pairs. The -<tt>LMHOSTS</tt> file performs NetBIOS name +<tt class="filename">LMHOSTS</tt> file performs NetBIOS name to IP address mapping. </p><p> It typically looks like: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> # Copyright (c) 1998 Microsoft Corp. # # This is a sample LMHOSTS file used by the Microsoft Wins Client (NetBIOS @@ -256,7 +263,7 @@ It typically looks like: # This file contains the mappings of IP addresses to NT computernames # (NetBIOS) names. Each entry should be kept on an individual line. # The IP address should be placed in the first column followed by the - # corresponding computername. The address and the comptername + # corresponding computername. The address and the computername # should be separated by at least one space or tab. The "#" character # is generally used to denote the start of a comment (see the exceptions # below). @@ -288,7 +295,7 @@ It typically looks like: # centralized lmhosts file to be maintained on a server. # It is ALWAYS necessary to provide a mapping for the IP address of the # server prior to the #INCLUDE. This mapping must use the #PRE directive. - # In addtion the share "public" in the example below must be in the + # In addition the share "public" in the example below must be in the # LanManServer list of "NullSessionShares" in order for client machines to # be able to read the lmhosts file successfully. This key is under # \machine\system\currentcontrolset\services\lanmanserver\parameters\nullsessionshares @@ -324,14 +331,14 @@ It typically looks like: # so keeping the number of comments to a minimum will improve performance. # Therefore it is not advisable to simply add lmhosts file entries onto the # end of this file. -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900009"></a>HOSTS file</h3></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000567"></a>HOSTS file</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This file is usually located in MS Windows NT 4.0 or 2000 in -<tt>C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains +<tt class="filename">C:\WINNT\SYSTEM32\DRIVERS\ETC</tt> and contains the IP Address and the IP hostname in matched pairs. It can be used by the name resolution infrastructure in MS Windows, depending on how the TCP/IP environment is configured. This file is in -every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900041"></a>DNS Lookup</h3></div></div><p> +every way the equivalent of the Unix/Linux <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000600"></a>DNS Lookup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> This capability is configured in the TCP/IP setup area in the network configuration facility. If enabled an elaborate name resolution sequence is followed the precise nature of which is dependant on what the NetBIOS @@ -342,23 +349,79 @@ cache. If that fails then DNS, HOSTS and LMHOSTS are checked. If set to Node Type 8, then a NetBIOS Unicast (over UDP Unicast) is sent to the WINS Server to obtain a lookup before DNS, HOSTS, LMHOSTS, or broadcast lookup is used. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2900053"></a>WINS Lookup</h3></div></div><p> -A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivaent of the +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000624"></a>WINS Lookup</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) service is the equivalent of the rfc1001/1002 specified NBNS (NetBIOS Name Server). A WINS server stores the names and IP addresses that are registered by a Windows client if the TCP/IP setup has been given at least one WINS Server IP Address. </p><p> To configure Samba to be a WINS server the following parameter needs -to be added to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +to be added to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="screen"> wins support = Yes </pre><p> To configure Samba to use a WINS server the following parameters are -needed in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +needed in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file: +</p><pre class="screen"> wins support = No wins server = xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx </pre><p> -where <i><tt>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</tt></i> is the IP address +where <i class="replaceable"><tt>xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx</tt></i> is the IP address of the WINS server. -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="msdfs.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="securing-samba.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 24. Securing Samba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3000695"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +TCP/IP network configuration problems find every network administrator sooner or later. +The cause can be anything from keyboard mishaps, forgetfulness, simple mistakes, and +carelessness. Of course, no one is every deliberately careless! +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000711"></a>My Boomerang Won't Come Back</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Well, the real complaint said, "I can ping my samba server from Windows, but I can + not ping my Windows machine from the samba server." + </p><p> + The Windows machine was at IP Address 192.168.1.2 with netmask 255.255.255.0, the + Samba server (Linux) was at IP Address 192.168.1.130 with netmask 255.255.255.128. + The machines were on a local network with no external connections. + </p><p> + Due to inconsistent netmasks, the Windows machine was on network 192.168.1.0/24, while + the Samba server was on network 192.168.1.128/25 - logically a different network. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000742"></a>Very Slow Network Connections</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A common causes of slow network response includes: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Client is configured to use DNS and DNS server is down</p></li><li><p>Client is configured to use remote DNS server, but remote connection is down</p></li><li><p>Client is configured to use a WINS server, but there is no WINS server</p></li><li><p>Client is NOT configured to use a WINS server, but there is a WINS server</p></li><li><p>Firewall is filtering our DNS or WINS traffic</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id3000794"></a>Samba server name change problem</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The name of the samba server was changed, samba was restarted, samba server can not be + pinged by new name from MS Windows NT4 Workstation, but it does still respond to ping using + the old name. Why? + </p><p> + From this description three (3) things are rather obvious: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>WINS is NOT in use, only broadcast based name resolution is used</p></li><li><p>The samba server was renamed and restarted within the last 10-15 minutes</p></li><li><p>The old samba server name is still in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 Workstation</p></li></ul></div><p> + To find what names are present in the NetBIOS name cache on the MS Windows NT4 machine, + open a cmd shell, then: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + C:\temp\>nbtstat -n + + NetBIOS Local Name Table + + Name Type Status + ------------------------------------------------ + SLACK <03> UNIQUE Registered + ADMINISTRATOR <03> UNIQUE Registered + SLACK <00> UNIQUE Registered + SARDON <00> GROUP Registered + SLACK <20> UNIQUE Registered + SLACK <1F> UNIQUE Registered + + + C:\Temp\>nbtstat -c + + NetBIOS Remote Cache Name Table + + Name Type Host Address Life [sec] + -------------------------------------------------------------- + FRODO <20> UNIQUE 192.168.1.1 240 + + C:\Temp\> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + In the above example, FRODO is the Samba server and SLACK is the MS Windows NT4 Workstation. + The first listing shows the contents of the Local Name Table (ie: Identity information on + the MS Windows workstation), the second shows the NetBIOS name in the NetBIOS name cache. + The name cache contains the remote machines known to this workstation. + </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="pam.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="unicode.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html b/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html index f54776747c..94419cff04 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/introduction.html @@ -1,6 +1,5 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Part I. General Installation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="previous" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="next" href="IntroSMB.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Part I. General Installation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="IntroSMB.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="introduction"></a>General Installation</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2861627"></a>Preparing Samba for Configuration</h1></div></div><p>This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Part I. General Installation</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="previous" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="next" href="IntroSMB.html" title="Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Part I. General Installation</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="IntroSMB.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="introduction"></a>General Installation</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2884330"></a>Preparing Samba for Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p>This section of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection contains general info on how to install samba and how to configure the parts of samba you will most likely need. -PLEASE read this.</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="IntroSMB.html">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2810945">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2811002">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2811109">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2810650">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2807791">Additional Resources</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2810803">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2810879">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="install.html">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2812103">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2812254">Configuring samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2812000">Editing the smb.conf file</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2875811">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="install.html#id2875850">Try listing the shares available on your - server</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2875900">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2876004">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, - Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2876065">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="IntroSMB.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">SAMBA Project Documentation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +PLEASE read this.</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>1. <a href="IntroSMB.html">Introduction to Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2885613">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2885824">Terminology</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2885978">Related Projects</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2886047">SMB Methodology</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2886135">Epilogue</a></dt><dt><a href="IntroSMB.html#id2886209">Miscellaneous</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>2. <a href="install.html">How to Install and Test SAMBA</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2886868">Obtaining and installing samba</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2886909">Configuring samba (smb.conf)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2886946">Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887096">SWAT</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="install.html#id2887140">Try listing the shares available on your + server</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887191">Try connecting with the unix client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887292">Try connecting from a DOS, WfWg, Win9x, WinNT, + Win2k, OS/2, etc... client</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887355">What If Things Don't Work?</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887388">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="install.html#id2887401">Why are so many smbd processes eating memory?</a></dt><dt><a href="install.html#id2887617">I'm getting "open_oplock_ipc: Failed to get local UDP socket for address 100007f. Error was Cannot assign requested" in the logs</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>3. <a href="FastStart.html">Fast Start for the Impatient</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="FastStart.html#id2886744">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="IntroSMB.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">SAMBA Project Documentation </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 1. Introduction to Samba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html index 9995b6937a..b96ddf8ddb 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/lmhosts.5.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><tt>lmhosts</tt> is the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><tt>lmhosts</tt> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>lmhosts</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="lmhosts.5"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>lmhosts — The Samba NetBIOS hosts file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><tt class="filename">lmhosts</tt> is the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This file is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><tt class="filename">lmhosts</tt> is the <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba </em></span> NetBIOS name to IP address mapping file. It - is very similar to the <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> file + is very similar to the <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> file format, except that the hostname component must correspond to the NetBIOS naming format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>It is an ASCII file containing one line for NetBIOS name. The two fields on each line are separated from each other by @@ -22,8 +22,8 @@ and "SAMBASERVER" respectively, whatever the type component of the NetBIOS name requested.</p><p>The second mapping will be returned only when the "0x20" name type for a name "NTSERVER" is queried. Any other name type will not - be resolved.</p><p>The default location of the <tt>lmhosts</tt> file - is in the same directory as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>, and <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a> + be resolved.</p><p>The default location of the <tt class="filename">lmhosts</tt> file + is in the same directory as the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, and <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html b/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html index cb7592214e..d01b8f4c5d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/msdfs.html @@ -1,51 +1,62 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="VFS.html" title="Chapter 21. Stackable VFS modules"><link rel="next" href="integrate-ms-networks.html" title="Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="VFS.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="msdfs"></a>Chapter 22. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Shirish Kalele</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team & Veritas Software<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> - <tt><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> - </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Jul 2000</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2899111">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2899858">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2899111"></a>Instructions</h2></div></div><p>The Distributed File System (or Dfs) provides a means of - separating the logical view of files and directories that users - see from the actual physical locations of these resources on the - network. It allows for higher availability, smoother storage expansion, - load balancing etc. For more information about Dfs, refer to <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp" target="_top"> - Microsoft documentation</a>. </p><p>This document explains how to host a Dfs tree on a Unix - machine (for Dfs-aware clients to browse) using Samba.</p><p>To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the - <i><tt>--with-msdfs</tt></i> option. Once built, a - Samba server can be made a Dfs server by setting the global - boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top"><i><tt> - host msdfs</tt></i></a> parameter in the <tt>smb.conf - </tt> file. You designate a share as a Dfs root using the share - level boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top"><i><tt> - msdfs root</tt></i></a> parameter. A Dfs root directory on - Samba hosts Dfs links in the form of symbolic links that point - to other servers. For example, a symbolic link - <tt>junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</tt> in - the share directory acts as the Dfs junction. When Dfs-aware - clients attempt to access the junction link, they are redirected - to the storage location (in this case, \\storage1\share1).</p><p>Dfs trees on Samba work with all Dfs-aware clients ranging - from Windows 95 to 2000.</p><p>Here's an example of setting up a Dfs tree on a Samba - server.</p><pre class="programlisting"> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="InterdomainTrusts.html" title="Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships"><link rel="next" href="printing.html" title="Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="printing.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="msdfs"></a>Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Shirish</span> <span class="surname">Kalele</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team & Veritas Software<br></span><div class="address"><p><br> + <tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:samba@samba.org">samba@samba.org</a>></tt><br> + </p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">12 Jul 2000</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2933279">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2934931">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2933279"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The Distributed File System (or DFS) provides a means of separating the logical + view of files and directories that users see from the actual physical locations + of these resources on the network. It allows for higher availability, smoother + storage expansion, load balancing etc. + </p><p> + For information about DFS, refer to + <a href="http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp" target="_top"> + Microsoft documentation at http://www.microsoft.com/NTServer/nts/downloads/winfeatures/NTSDistrFile/AdminGuide.asp</a>. + </p><p> + This document explains how to host a DFS tree on a Unix machine (for DFS-aware + clients to browse) using Samba. + </p><p> + To enable SMB-based DFS for Samba, configure it with the <i class="parameter"><tt>--with-msdfs</tt></i> + option. Once built, a Samba server can be made a DFS server by setting the global + boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#HOSTMSDFS" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> host msdfs</tt></i></a> + parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf </tt> file. You designate a share as a DFS + root using the share level boolean <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MSDFSROOT" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt> + msdfs root</tt></i></a> parameter. A DFS root directory on Samba hosts DFS + links in the form of symbolic links that point to other servers. For example, a symbolic link + <tt class="filename">junction->msdfs:storage1\share1</tt> in the share directory acts + as the DFS junction. When DFS-aware clients attempt to access the junction link, + they are redirected to the storage location (in this case, \\storage1\share1). + </p><p> + DFS trees on Samba work with all DFS-aware clients ranging from Windows 95 to 200x. + </p><p> + Here's an example of setting up a DFS tree on a Samba server. + </p><pre class="programlisting"> # The smb.conf file: [global] - netbios name = SAMBA + netbios name = SMOKEY host msdfs = yes [dfs] path = /export/dfsroot msdfs root = yes </pre><p>In the /export/dfsroot directory we set up our dfs links to - other servers on the network.</p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>cd /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>chown root /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</tt></b></p><p><tt>root# </tt><b><tt>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</tt></b></p><p>You should set up the permissions and ownership of - the directory acting as the Dfs root such that only designated + other servers on the network.</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cd /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chown root /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>chmod 755 /export/dfsroot</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s msdfs:storageA\\shareA linka</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s msdfs:serverB\\share,serverC\\share linkb</tt></b> + </pre><p>You should set up the permissions and ownership of + the directory acting as the DFS root such that only designated users can create, delete or modify the msdfs links. Also note that symlink names should be all lowercase. This limitation exists to have Samba avoid trying all the case combinations to get at the link name. Finally set up the symbolic links to point to the - network shares you want, and start Samba.</p><p>Users on Dfs-aware clients can now browse the Dfs tree + network shares you want, and start Samba.</p><p>Users on DFS-aware clients can now browse the DFS tree on the Samba server at \\samba\dfs. Accessing links linka or linkb (which appear as directories to the client) - takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2899858"></a>Notes</h3></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Windows clients need to be rebooted - if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs - root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a - new share and make it the dfs root.</p></li><li><p>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs - symlink names should all be lowercase.</p></li><li><p>For security purposes, the directory - acting as the root of the Dfs tree should have ownership - and permissions set so that only designated users can - modify the symbolic links in the directory.</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="VFS.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 21. Stackable VFS modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + takes users directly to the appropriate shares on the network.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2934931"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Windows clients need to be rebooted + if a previously mounted non-dfs share is made a dfs + root or vice versa. A better way is to introduce a + new share and make it the dfs root.</p></li><li><p>Currently there's a restriction that msdfs + symlink names should all be lowercase.</p></li><li><p>For security purposes, the directory + acting as the root of the DFS tree should have ownership + and permissions set so that only designated users can + modify the symbolic links in the directory.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="printing.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html index be30dbed05..13e4be81be 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/net.8.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>net</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="net.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>net — Tool for administration of Samba and remote CIFS servers. - </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>net</tt> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-D debuglevel]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>The samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility + </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">net</tt> {<ads|rap|rpc>} [-h] [-w workgroup] [-W myworkgroup] [-U user] [-I ip-address] [-p port] [-n myname] [-s conffile] [-S server] [-l] [-P] [-D debuglevel]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The samba net utility is meant to work just like the net utility available for windows and DOS. The first argument should be used to specify the protocol to use when executing a certain command. ADS is used for ActiveDirectory, RAP is using for old (Win9x/NT3) @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ Defaults to trying 445 first, then 139. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i><tt>NetBIOS -name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. However, a command +to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>NetBIOS +name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in -<a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S server</span></dt><dd><p> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S server</span></dt><dd><p> When listing data, give more information on each item. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P</span></dt><dd><p> Make queries to the external server using the machine account of the local server. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -56,11 +56,11 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <b>NET TIME</b> command allows you to view the time on a remote server - or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <b>NET TIME</b> command +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>TIME</h3><p>The <b class="command">NET TIME</b> command allows you to view the time on a remote server + or synchronise the time on the local server with the time on the remote server.</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME</h4><p>Without any options, the <b class="command">NET TIME</b> command displays the time on the remote server. -</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p> Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <b>/bin/date</b></p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on -the remote server using <b>/bin/date</b>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [options]</h3><p> +</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME SYSTEM</h4><p> Displays the time on the remote server in a format ready for <b class="command">/bin/date</b></p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME SET</h4><p>Tries to set the date and time of the local server to that on +the remote server using <b class="command">/bin/date</b>. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>TIME ZONE</h4><p>Displays the timezone in hours from GMT on the remote computer.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] JOIN [TYPE] [-U username[%password]] [options]</h3><p> Join a domain. If the account already exists on the server, and [TYPE] is MEMBER, the machine will attempt to join automatically. (Assuming that the machine has been created in server manager) @@ -70,37 +70,37 @@ be created.</p><p> joining the domain. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC] OLDJOIN [options]</h3><p>Join a domain. Use the OLDJOIN option to join the domain using the old style of domain joining - you need to create a trust -account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <i><tt>target</tt></i></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER LIST</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <i><tt>target</tt></i></h4><p>List the domain groups of a the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <i><tt>name</tt></i> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <i><tt>name</tt></i> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <i><tt>name</tt></i> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <i><tt>name=serverpath</tt></i> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers +account in server manager first.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] USER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER DELETE <i class="replaceable"><tt>target</tt></i></h4><p>Delete specified user</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER LIST</h4><p>List all users</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER INFO <i class="replaceable"><tt>target</tt></i></h4><p>List the domain groups of a the specified user.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] USER ADD <i class="replaceable"><tt>name</tt></i> [password] [-F user flags] [-C comment]</h4><p>Add specified user.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] GROUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP [misc options] [targets]</h4><p>List user groups.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP DELETE <i class="replaceable"><tt>name</tt></i> [misc. options]</h4><p>Delete specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|ADS] GROUP ADD <i class="replaceable"><tt>name</tt></i> [-C comment]</h4><p>Create specified group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RAP|RPC] SHARE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE [misc. options] [targets]</h4><p>Enumerates all exported resources (network shares) on target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RAP|RPC] SHARE ADD <i class="replaceable"><tt>name=serverpath</tt></i> [-C comment] [-M maxusers] [targets]</h4><p>Adds a share from a server (makes the export active). Maxusers specifies the number of users that can be connected to the -share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>SHARE DELETE <i><tt>sharenam</tt></i></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <i><tt>fileid</tt></i></h4><p>Close file with specified <i><tt>fileid</tt></i> on -remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <i><tt>fileid</tt></i></h4><p> -Print information on specified <i><tt>fileid</tt></i>. +share simultaneously.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>SHARE DELETE <i class="replaceable"><tt>sharenam</tt></i></h4><p>Delete specified share.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE</h4><p>List all open files on remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE CLOSE <i class="replaceable"><tt>fileid</tt></i></h4><p>Close file with specified <i class="replaceable"><tt>fileid</tt></i> on +remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RPC|RAP] FILE INFO <i class="replaceable"><tt>fileid</tt></i></h4><p> +Print information on specified <i class="replaceable"><tt>fileid</tt></i>. Currently listed are: file-id, username, locks, path, permissions. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>[RAP|RPC] FILE USER</h4><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>SESSION</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SESSION</h4><p>Without any other options, SESSION enumerates all active SMB/CIFS -sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <i><tt>CLIENT_NAME</tt></i></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <i><tt>CLIENT_NAME</tt></i></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP SERVER <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults +sessions on the target server.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SESSION DELETE|CLOSE <i class="replaceable"><tt>CLIENT_NAME</tt></i></h4><p>Close the specified sessions.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SESSION INFO <i class="replaceable"><tt>CLIENT_NAME</tt></i></h4><p>Give a list with all the open files in specified session.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP SERVER <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h3><p>List all servers in specified domain or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP DOMAIN</h3><p>Lists all domains and workgroups visible on the -current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST <i><tt>QUEUE_NAME</tt></i></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. -If the <i><tt>QUEUE_NAME</tt></i> is omitted, all -queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <i><tt>JOBID</tt></i></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP VALIDATE <i><tt>user</tt></i> [<i><tt>password</tt></i>]</h3><p> +current network.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP PRINTQ</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP PRINTQ LIST <i class="replaceable"><tt>QUEUE_NAME</tt></i></h4><p>Lists the specified print queue and print jobs on the server. +If the <i class="replaceable"><tt>QUEUE_NAME</tt></i> is omitted, all +queues are listed.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP PRINTQ DELETE <i class="replaceable"><tt>JOBID</tt></i></h4><p>Delete job with specified id.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP VALIDATE <i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i> [<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i>]</h3><p> Validate whether the specified user can log in to the remote server. If the password is not specified on the commandline, it will be prompted. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <i><tt>GROUP</tt></i></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <i><tt>GROUP</tt></i> <i><tt>USER</tt></i></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <i><tt>GROUP</tt></i> <i><tt>USER</tt></i></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP ADMIN <i><tt>command</tt></i></h3><p>Execute the specified <i><tt>command</tt></i> on +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP GROUPMEMBER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER LIST <i class="replaceable"><tt>GROUP</tt></i></h4><p>List all members of the specified group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER DELETE <i class="replaceable"><tt>GROUP</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>USER</tt></i></h4><p>Delete member from group.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP GROUPMEMBER ADD <i class="replaceable"><tt>GROUP</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>USER</tt></i></h4><p>Add member to group.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP ADMIN <i class="replaceable"><tt>command</tt></i></h3><p>Execute the specified <i class="replaceable"><tt>command</tt></i> on the remote server. Only works with OS/2 servers. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SERVICE START <i><tt>NAME</tt></i> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP PASSWORD <i><tt>USER</tt></i> <i><tt>OLDPASS</tt></i> <i><tt>NEWPASS</tt></i></h3><p> -Change password of <i><tt>USER</tt></i> from <i><tt>OLDPASS</tt></i> to <i><tt>NEWPASS</tt></i>. -</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP HOST <i><tt>HOSTNAME</tt></i> [<i><tt>TYPE</tt></i>]</h4><p> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP SERVICE</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SERVICE START <i class="replaceable"><tt>NAME</tt></i> [arguments...]</h4><p>Start the specified service on the remote server. Not implemented yet.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RAP SERVICE STOP</h4><p>Stop the specified service on the remote server.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RAP PASSWORD <i class="replaceable"><tt>USER</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>OLDPASS</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>NEWPASS</tt></i></h3><p> +Change password of <i class="replaceable"><tt>USER</tt></i> from <i class="replaceable"><tt>OLDPASS</tt></i> to <i class="replaceable"><tt>NEWPASS</tt></i>. +</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>LOOKUP</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP HOST <i class="replaceable"><tt>HOSTNAME</tt></i> [<i class="replaceable"><tt>TYPE</tt></i>]</h4><p> Lookup the IP address of the given host with the specified type (netbios suffix). The type defaults to 0x20 (workstation). -</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<i><tt>REALM</tt></i>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <i><tt>REALM</tt></i>. -Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP DC [<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <i><tt> -DOMAIN</tt></i>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> +</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP LDAP [<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Give IP address of LDAP server of specified <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP KDC [<i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i>]</h4><p>Give IP address of KDC for the specified <i class="replaceable"><tt>REALM</tt></i>. +Defaults to local realm.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP DC [<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>]</h4><p>Give IP's of Domain Controllers for specified <i class="replaceable"><tt> +DOMAIN</tt></i>. Defaults to local domain.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>LOOKUP MASTER <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Give IP of master browser for specified <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> or workgroup. Defaults to local domain.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>CACHE</h3><p>Samba uses a general caching interface called 'gencache'. It can be controlled using 'NET CACHE'.</p><p>All the timeout parameters support the suffixes: </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>s - Seconds</td></tr><tr><td>m - Minutes</td></tr><tr><td>h - Hours</td></tr><tr><td>d - Days</td></tr><tr><td>w - Weeks</td></tr></table><p> -</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE ADD <i><tt>key</tt></i> <i><tt>data</tt></i> <i><tt>time-out</tt></i></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE DEL <i><tt>key</tt></i></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE SET <i><tt>key</tt></i> <i><tt>data</tt></i> <i><tt>time-out</tt></i></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE SEARCH <i><tt>PATTERN</tt></i></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p> +</p><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE ADD <i class="replaceable"><tt>key</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>data</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>time-out</tt></i></h4><p>Add specified key+data to the cache with the given timeout.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE DEL <i class="replaceable"><tt>key</tt></i></h4><p>Delete key from the cache.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE SET <i class="replaceable"><tt>key</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>data</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>time-out</tt></i></h4><p>Update data of existing cache entry.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE SEARCH <i class="replaceable"><tt>PATTERN</tt></i></h4><p>Search for the specified pattern in the cache data.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE LIST</h4><p> List all current items in the cache. </p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>CACHE FLUSH</h4><p>Remove all the current items from the cache.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>GETLOCALSID [DOMAIN]</h3><p>Print the SID of the specified domain, or if the parameter is omitted, the SID of the domain the local server is in.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>SETLOCALSID S-1-5-21-x-y-z</h3><p>Sets domain sid for the local server to the specified SID.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>GROUPMAP</h3><p>Manage the mappings between Windows group SIDs and UNIX groups. @@ -110,14 +110,14 @@ Parameters take the for "parameter=value". Common options include:</p server (by the active 'passdb backend'). </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RPC INFO</h3><p>Print information about the domain of the remote server, such as domain name, domain sid and number of users and groups. -</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for -<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> to the remote server. -</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <i><tt>DOMAIM</tt></i></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for -<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> from the remote server. -</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p> +</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] TESTJOIN</h3><p>Check whether participation in a domain is still valid.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>[RPC|ADS] CHANGETRUSTPW</h3><p>Force change of domain trust password.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RPC TRUSTDOM</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ADD <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Add a interdomain trust account for +<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> to the remote server. +</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM DEL <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIM</tt></i></h4><p>Remove interdomain trust account for +<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> from the remote server. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Currently NOT implemented.</p></div></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM ESTABLISH <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p> Establish a trust relationship to a trusting domain. Interdomain account must already be created on the remote PDC. -</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p> +</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM REVOKE <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i></h4><p>Abandon relationship to trusted domain</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>RPC TRUSTDOM LIST</h4><p>List all current interdomain trust relationships.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>RPC ABORTSHUTDOWN</h3><p>Abort the shutdown of a remote server.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>SHUTDOWN [-t timeout] [-r] [-f] [-C message]</h3><p>Shut down the remote server.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p> Reboot after shutdown. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f</span></dt><dd><p> Force shutting down all applications. @@ -128,18 +128,18 @@ user of the system can use this time to cancel the shutdown. announce the shutdown.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>SAMDUMP</h3><p>Print out sam database of remote server. You need to run this on either a BDC. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>VAMPIRE</h3><p>Export users, aliases and groups from remote server to local server. Can only be run an a BDC. -</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <tt>secrets.tdb</tt>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. +</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>GETSID</h3><p>Fetch domain SID and store it in the local <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt>. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS LEAVE</h3><p>Make the remote host leave the domain it is part of. </p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS STATUS</h3><p>Print out status of machine account of the local machine in ADS. Prints out quite some debug info. Aimed at developers, regular -users should use <b>NET ADS TESTJOIN</b>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<i><tt>PRINTER</tt></i>] [<i><tt>SERVER</tt></i>]</h4><p> -Lookup info for <i><tt>PRINTER</tt></i> on <i><tt>SERVER</tt></i>. The printer name defaults to "*", the -server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <i><tt>PRINTER</tt></i></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <i><tt>PRINTER</tt></i></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS SEARCH <i><tt>EXPRESSION</tt></i> <i><tt>ATTRIBUTES...</tt></i></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The +users should use <b class="command">NET ADS TESTJOIN</b>.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS PRINTER</h3><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>ADS PRINTER INFO [<i class="replaceable"><tt>PRINTER</tt></i>] [<i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i>]</h4><p> +Lookup info for <i class="replaceable"><tt>PRINTER</tt></i> on <i class="replaceable"><tt>SERVER</tt></i>. The printer name defaults to "*", the +server name defaults to the local host.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>ADS PRINTER PUBLISH <i class="replaceable"><tt>PRINTER</tt></i></h4><p>Publish specified printer using ADS.</p></div><div class="refsect3" lang="en"><h4>ADS PRINTER REMOVE <i class="replaceable"><tt>PRINTER</tt></i></h4><p>Remove specified printer from ADS directory.</p></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS SEARCH <i class="replaceable"><tt>EXPRESSION</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>ATTRIBUTES...</tt></i></h3><p>Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The expression is a standard LDAP search expression, and the -attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.</p><p>Example: <b><tt>net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName</tt></b> -</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS DN <i><tt>DN</tt></i> <i><tt>(attributes)</tt></i></h3><p> +attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the results.</p><p>Example: <b class="userinput"><tt>net ads search '(objectCategory=group)' sAMAccountName</tt></b> +</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>ADS DN <i class="replaceable"><tt>DN</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>(attributes)</tt></i></h3><p> Perform a raw LDAP search on a ADS server and dump the results. The DN standard LDAP DN, and the attributes are a list of LDAP fields to show in the result. -</p><p>Example: <b><tt>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</tt></b></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba +</p><p>Example: <b class="userinput"><tt>net ads dn 'CN=administrator,CN=Users,DC=my,DC=domain' SAMAccountName</tt></b></p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>WORKGROUP</h3><p>Print out workgroup name for specified kerberos realm.</p></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>HELP [COMMAND]</h3><p>Gives usage information for the specified command.</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is complete for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html index b07267fa45..c282bde89d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmbd.8.html @@ -1,76 +1,76 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS - over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>nmbd</tt> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-n <primary netbios name>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>nmbd</b> is a server that understands +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmbd — NetBIOS name server to provide NetBIOS + over IP naming services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">nmbd</tt> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-a] [-i] [-o] [-h] [-V] [-d <debug level>] [-H <lmhosts file>] [-l <log directory>] [-n <primary netbios name>] [-p <port number>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">nmbd</b> is a server that understands and can reply to NetBIOS over IP name service requests, like those produced by SMB/CIFS clients such as Windows 95/98/ME, Windows NT, Windows 2000, Windows XP and LanManager clients. It also participates in the browsing protocols which make up the Windows "Network Neighborhood" view.</p><p>SMB/CIFS clients, when they start up, may wish to locate an SMB/CIFS server. That is, they wish to know what - IP number a specified host is using.</p><p>Amongst other services, <b>nmbd</b> will + IP number a specified host is using.</p><p>Amongst other services, <b class="command">nmbd</b> will listen for such requests, and if its own NetBIOS name is specified it will respond with the IP number of the host it is running on. Its "own NetBIOS name" is by default the primary DNS name of the host it is running on, but this can be overridden with the <span class="emphasis"><em>-n</em></span> - option (see OPTIONS below). Thus <b>nmbd</b> will + option (see OPTIONS below). Thus <b class="command">nmbd</b> will reply to broadcast queries for its own name(s). Additional - names for <b>nmbd</b> to respond on can be set - via parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> configuration file.</p><p><b>nmbd</b> can also be used as a WINS + names for <b class="command">nmbd</b> to respond on can be set + via parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> configuration file.</p><p><b class="command">nmbd</b> can also be used as a WINS (Windows Internet Name Server) server. What this basically means is that it will act as a WINS database server, creating a database from name registration requests that it receives and - replying to queries from clients for these names.</p><p>In addition, <b>nmbd</b> can act as a WINS + replying to queries from clients for these names.</p><p>In addition, <b class="command">nmbd</b> can act as a WINS proxy, relaying broadcast queries from clients that do not understand how to talk the WINS protocol to a WINS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - <b>nmbd</b> to operate as a daemon. That is, + <b class="command">nmbd</b> to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding - requests on the appropriate port. By default, <b>nmbd</b> + requests on the appropriate port. By default, <b class="command">nmbd</b> will operate as a daemon if launched from a command shell. - nmbd can also be operated from the <b>inetd</b> + nmbd can also be operated from the <b class="command">inetd</b> meta-daemon, although this is not recommended. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - the main <b>nmbd</b> process to not daemonize, + the main <b class="command">nmbd</b> process to not daemonize, i.e. double-fork and disassociate with the terminal. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit. This operation mode is suitable for running - <b>nmbd</b> under process supervisors such - as <b>supervise</b> and <b>svscan</b> - from Daniel J. Bernstein's <b>daemontools</b> + <b class="command">nmbd</b> under process supervisors such + as <b class="command">supervise</b> and <b class="command">svscan</b> + from Daniel J. Bernstein's <b class="command">daemontools</b> package, or the AIX process monitor. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - <b>nmbd</b> to log to standard output rather + <b class="command">nmbd</b> to log to standard output rather than a file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell. Setting this parameter negates the implicit daemon mode when run from the - command line. <b>nmbd</b> also logs to standard - output, as if the <tt>-S</tt> parameter had been + command line. <b class="command">nmbd</b> also logs to standard + output, as if the <tt class="constant">-S</tt> parameter had been given. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-H <filename></span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS lmhosts file. The lmhosts file is a list of NetBIOS names to IP addresses that is loaded by the nmbd server and used via the name - resolution mechanism <a href="smb.conf.5.html#nameresolveorder" target="_top"><i><tt>name resolve - order</tt></i></a> described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> to resolve any + resolution mechanism <a href="smb.conf.5.html#nameresolveorder" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve + order</tt></i></a> described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> to resolve any NetBIOS name queries needed by the server. Note that the contents of this file are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> - used by <b>nmbd</b> to answer any name queries. + used by <b class="command">nmbd</b> to answer any name queries. Adding a line to this file affects name NetBIOS resolution from this host <span class="emphasis"><em>ONLY</em></span>.</p><p>The default path to this file is compiled into Samba as part of the build process. Common defaults - are <tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts</tt>, - <tt>/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts</tt> or - <tt>/etc/samba/lmhosts</tt>. See the <a href="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</a> man page for details on the contents of this file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the + are <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/lmhosts</tt>, + <tt class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/lmhosts</tt> or + <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/lmhosts</tt>. See the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> man page for details on the contents of this file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -84,61 +84,61 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p <UDP port number></span></dt><dd><p>UDP port number is a positive integer value. This option changes the default UDP port number (normally 137) - that <b>nmbd</b> responds to name queries on. Don't + that <b class="command">nmbd</b> responds to name queries on. Don't use this option unless you are an expert, in which case you - won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the - <b>inetd</b> meta-daemon, this file + won't need help!</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the + <b class="command">inetd</b> meta-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta-daemon. See the <a href="install.html" target="_top">install</a> document for details. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/rc</tt></span></dt><dd><p>or whatever initialization script your + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/rc</tt></span></dt><dd><p>or whatever initialization script your system uses).</p><p>If running the server as a daemon at startup, this file will need to contain an appropriate startup sequence for the server. See the <a href="install.html" target="_top">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</a> document - for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/services</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If running the server via the - meta-daemon <b>inetd</b>, this file + for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If running the server via the + meta-daemon <b class="command">inetd</b>, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e.g., netbios-ssn) to service port (e.g., 139) and protocol type (e.g., tcp). See the <a href="install.html" target="_top">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</a> - document for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of - the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> server + document for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of + the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file. Other common places that systems - install this file are <tt>/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt> - and <tt>/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>When run as a WINS server (see the - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top"><tt>wins support</tt></a> - parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> man page), - <b>nmbd</b> - will store the WINS database in the file <tt>wins.dat</tt> - in the <tt>var/locks</tt> directory configured under - wherever Samba was configured to install itself.</p><p>If <b>nmbd</b> is acting as a <span class="emphasis"><em> - browse master</em></span> (see the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top"><tt>local master</tt></a> - parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> man page, <b>nmbd</b> - will store the browsing database in the file <tt>browse.dat - </tt> in the <tt>var/locks</tt> directory + install this file are <tt class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt> + and <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>When run as a WINS server (see the + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINSSUPPORT" target="_top"><tt class="constant">wins support</tt></a> + parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page), + <b class="command">nmbd</b> + will store the WINS database in the file <tt class="filename">wins.dat</tt> + in the <tt class="filename">var/locks</tt> directory configured under + wherever Samba was configured to install itself.</p><p>If <b class="command">nmbd</b> is acting as a <span class="emphasis"><em> + browse master</em></span> (see the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top"><tt class="constant">local master</tt></a> + parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> man page, <b class="command">nmbd</b> + will store the browsing database in the file <tt class="filename">browse.dat + </tt> in the <tt class="filename">var/locks</tt> directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself. - </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <b>nmbd</b> process it is recommended + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>To shut down an <b class="command">nmbd</b> process it is recommended that SIGKILL (-9) <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the name database in an inconsistent state. - The correct way to terminate <b>nmbd</b> is to send it - a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own.</p><p><b>nmbd</b> will accept SIGHUP, which will cause - it to dump out its namelists into the file <tt>namelist.debug - </tt> in the <tt>/usr/local/samba/var/locks</tt> - directory (or the <tt>var/locks</tt> directory configured + The correct way to terminate <b class="command">nmbd</b> is to send it + a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for it to die on its own.</p><p><b class="command">nmbd</b> will accept SIGHUP, which will cause + it to dump out its namelists into the file <tt class="filename">namelist.debug + </tt> in the <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks</tt> + directory (or the <tt class="filename">var/locks</tt> directory configured under wherever Samba was configured to install itself). This will also - cause <b>nmbd</b> to dump out its server database in - the <tt>log.nmb</tt> file.</p><p>The debug log level of nmbd may be raised or lowered - using <a href="smbcontrol.1.html">smbcontrol(1)</a> (SIGUSR[1|2] signals + cause <b class="command">nmbd</b> to dump out its server database in + the <tt class="filename">log.nmb</tt> file.</p><p>The debug log level of nmbd may be raised or lowered + using <a href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a> (SIGUSR[1|2] signals are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running at a normally low log level.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> - <a href="inetd.8.html">inetd(8)</a>, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>, <a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a>, <a href="testprns.1.html">testprns(1)</a>, and the Internet - RFC's <tt>rfc1001.txt</tt>, <tt>rfc1002.txt</tt>. + <a href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the Internet + RFC's <tt class="filename">rfc1001.txt</tt>, <tt class="filename">rfc1002.txt</tt>. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html index 851544f0d8..46c17ce706 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/nmblookup.1.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS - names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>nmblookup</tt> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>nmblookup</b> is used to query NetBIOS names +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>nmblookup</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="nmblookup"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>nmblookup — NetBIOS over TCP/IP client used to lookup NetBIOS + names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">nmblookup</tt> [-M] [-R] [-S] [-r] [-A] [-h] [-B <broadcast address>] [-U <unicast address>] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-i <NetBIOS scope>] [-T] [-f] {name}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">nmblookup</b> is used to query NetBIOS names and map them to IP addresses in a network using NetBIOS over TCP/IP queries. The options allow the name queries to be directed at a particular IP broadcast area or to a particular machine. All queries are done over UDP.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-M</span></dt><dd><p>Searches for a master browser by looking - up the NetBIOS name <i><tt>name</tt></i> with a - type of <tt>0x1d</tt>. If <i><tt> + up the NetBIOS name <i class="replaceable"><tt>name</tt></i> with a + type of <tt class="constant">0x1d</tt>. If <i class="replaceable"><tt> name</tt></i> is "-" then it does a lookup on the special name - <tt>__MSBROWSE__</tt>. Please note that in order to + <tt class="constant">__MSBROWSE__</tt>. Please note that in order to use the name "-", you need to make sure "-" isn't parsed as an argument, e.g. use : - <b><tt>nmblookup -M -- -</tt></b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R</span></dt><dd><p>Set the recursion desired bit in the packet + <b class="userinput"><tt>nmblookup -M -- -</tt></b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R</span></dt><dd><p>Set the recursion desired bit in the packet to do a recursive lookup. This is used when sending a name query to a machine running a WINS server and the user wishes to query the names in the WINS server. If this bit is unset @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ where it ignores the source port of the requesting packet and only replies to UDP port 137. Unfortunately, on most UNIX systems root privilege is needed to bind to this port, and - in addition, if the <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> daemon is running on this machine it also binds to this port. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-A</span></dt><dd><p>Interpret <i><tt>name</tt></i> as + in addition, if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is running on this machine it also binds to this port. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-A</span></dt><dd><p>Interpret <i class="replaceable"><tt>name</tt></i> as an IP Address and do a node status query on this address.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i><tt>NetBIOS -name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. However, a command +to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>NetBIOS +name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in -<a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i <scope></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that -<b>nmblookup</b> will use to communicate with when +<a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i <scope></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that +<b class="command">nmblookup</b> will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt. NetBIOS scopes are <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> rarely used, only set this parameter @@ -43,26 +43,26 @@ smb.conf. If the domain specified is the same as the servers NetBIOS name, it causes the client to log on using the servers local SAM (as opposed to the Domain SAM). </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-O socket options</span></dt><dd><p>TCP socket options to set on the client socket. See the socket options parameter in -the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> manual page for the list of valid +the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manual page for the list of valid options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-B <broadcast address></span></dt><dd><p>Send the query to the given broadcast address. Without this option the default behavior of nmblookup is to send the query to the broadcast address of the network interfaces as - either auto-detected or defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top"><i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> - </a> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. + either auto-detected or defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#INTERFACES" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> + </a> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U <unicast address></span></dt><dd><p>Do a unicast query to the specified address or - host <i><tt>unicast address</tt></i>. This option - (along with the <i><tt>-R</tt></i> option) is needed to + host <i class="replaceable"><tt>unicast address</tt></i>. This option + (along with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-R</tt></i> option) is needed to query a WINS server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -76,8 +76,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T</span></dt><dd><p>This causes any IP addresses found in the lookup to be looked up via a reverse DNS lookup into a @@ -90,12 +90,12 @@ never removed by the client. If a NetBIOS name then the different name types may be specified by appending '#<type>' to the name. This name may also be '*', which will return all registered names within a broadcast - area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><b>nmblookup</b> can be used to query - a WINS server (in the same way <b>nslookup</b> is - used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, <b>nmblookup</b> - must be called like this:</p><p><b>nmblookup -U server -R 'name'</b></p><p>For example, running :</p><p><b>nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'</b></p><p>would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain + area.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p><b class="command">nmblookup</b> can be used to query + a WINS server (in the same way <b class="command">nslookup</b> is + used to query DNS servers). To query a WINS server, <b class="command">nmblookup</b> + must be called like this:</p><p><b class="command">nmblookup -U server -R 'name'</b></p><p>For example, running :</p><p><b class="command">nmblookup -U samba.org -R 'IRIX#1B'</b></p><p>would query the WINS server samba.org for the domain master browser (1B name type) for the IRIX workgroup.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a>, <a href="samba.7.html">samba(7)</a>, and <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html index 956f30641d..d2ee979d4d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/ntlm_auth.1.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>ntlm_auth</tt> [-d debuglevel] [-l logfile] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>ntlm_auth</b> is a helper utility that authenticates +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>ntlm_auth</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="ntlm-auth.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>ntlm_auth — tool to allow external access to Winbind's NTLM authentication function</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">ntlm_auth</tt> [-d debuglevel] [-l logfile] [-s <smb config file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">ntlm_auth</b> is a helper utility that authenticates users using NT/LM authentication. It returns 0 if the users is authenticated successfully and 1 if access was denied. ntlm_auth uses winbind to access the user and authentication data for a domain. This utility @@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--workstation=WORKSTATION</span></dt><dd><p> Specify the workstation the user authenticated from </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--challenge=STRING</span></dt><dd><p>challenge (HEX encoded)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--lm-response=RESPONSE</span></dt><dd><p>LM Response to the challenge (HEX encoded)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--nt-response=RESPONSE</span></dt><dd><p>NT or NTLMv2 Response to the challenge (HEX encoded)</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--password=PASSWORD</span></dt><dd><p>User's plaintext password</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--request-lm-key</span></dt><dd><p>Retreive LM session key</p></dd><dt><span class="term">--request-nt-key</span></dt><dd><p>Request NT key</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/optional.html b/docs/htmldocs/optional.html index 33f7a02b7c..1c300521bc 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/optional.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/optional.html @@ -1,7 +1,26 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Part III. Advanced Configuration</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="previous" href="domain-member.html" title="Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member"><link rel="next" href="NetworkBrowsing.html" title="Chapter 9. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="domain-member.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="optional"></a>Advanced Configuration</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2812389"></a>Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information</h1></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Part III. Advanced Configuration</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="previous" href="ClientConfig.html" title="Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide"><link rel="next" href="NetworkBrowsing.html" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ClientConfig.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="optional"></a>Advanced Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2901731"></a>Valuable Nuts and Bolts Information</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba has several features that you might want or might not want to use. The chapters in this part each cover specific Samba features. -</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>9. <a href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2879892">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2880542">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2880704">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2880831">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881020">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#browse-force-master">Forcing samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881285">Making samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881434">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881451">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881480">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881591">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2881658">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2880482">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882114">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882139">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882170">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882183">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882250">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882366">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882413">Browsing support in samba</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882520">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2882599">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>10. <a href="passdb.html">User information database</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2882995">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883048">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883210">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883249">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883283">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883464">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883493">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883509">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883516">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883617">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883756">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883794">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883904">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884200">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884237">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884352">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884633">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884689">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884696">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884750">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884895">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884925">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884968">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="unix-permissions.html">UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2881950">Viewing and changing UNIX permissions using the NT - security dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2881832">How to view file security on a Samba share</a></dt><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2885176">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2885297">Viewing file or directory permissions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2885379">File Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2885483">Directory Permissions</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2885533">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2885693">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask - parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="unix-permissions.html#id2886008">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute - mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="groupmapping.html">Configuring Group Mapping</a></dt><dt>13. <a href="printing.html">Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886394">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886510">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886557">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886789">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886888">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886995">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887127">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886128">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886155">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887231">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887251">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887275">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886236">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886243">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887448">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887515">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887557">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887691">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888240">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888316">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888334">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888360">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="CUPS-printing.html">CUPS Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2887904">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2887963">Configuring smb.conf for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2888503">CUPS - RAW Print Through Mode</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2887987">CUPS as a network PostScript RIP</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2889168">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS clients</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2889210">Setting up CUPS for driver download</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2889297">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2889462">cupsaddsmb</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2889811">The CUPS Filter Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2890198">CUPS Print Drivers and Devices</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2890235">Further printing steps</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2890654">Limiting the number of pages users can print</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2891263">Advanced Postscript Printing from MS Windows</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2891369">Auto-Deletion of CUPS spool files</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="winbind.html">Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2891610">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2891639">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2891710">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2888972">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889003">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889031">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889066">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889088">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892176">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892248">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892282">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892310">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892338">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892413">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892507">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2894106">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2894160">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html">Advanced Network Manangement</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2892036">Configuring Samba Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2891799">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2891866">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2891949">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2894784">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="PolicyMgmt.html">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2894568">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2894821">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2894910">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2895036">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2895240">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2895353">With Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2895374">With a Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2895398">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="ProfileMgmt.html">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2894496">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2894382">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2895976">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2896591">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2896638">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2896821">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2896866">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2896907">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2896936">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2897025">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2897409">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2895580">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2897902">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2897915">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2897959">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2897983">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2898010">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2898106">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="pam.html">PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2897853">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2898634">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2898691">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="pam.html#id2898943">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="VFS.html">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2898226">Introduction and configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899145">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899152">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899191">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899312">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899450">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899488">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899510">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2899565">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="msdfs.html">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2899111">Instructions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2899858">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2899641">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900075">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900212">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900256">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900299">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900394">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2899927">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2899966">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900009">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900041">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2900053">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="securing-samba.html">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900501">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900517">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900967">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2901018">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2901061">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900617">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900653">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="unicode.html">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901255">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901324">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901414">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901459">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="locking.html">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2901106">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2901768">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2901884">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2902109">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2902136">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="locking.html#id2902216">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2902247">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="domain-member.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 9. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>10. <a href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2903558">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2903637">What is Browsing?</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2903747">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2903764">NetBIOS over TCP/IP</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2903926">TCP/IP - without NetBIOS</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904058">DNS and Active Directory</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904194">How Browsing Functions</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904320">Setting up WORKGROUP Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904541">Setting up DOMAIN Browsing</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#browse-force-master">Forcing Samba to be the master</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904811">Making Samba the domain master</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904967">Note about broadcast addresses</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2904984">Multiple interfaces</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905013">Use of the Remote Announce parameter</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905122">Use of the Remote Browse Sync parameter</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905183">WINS - The Windows Internetworking Name Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905341">Setting up a WINS server</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905540">WINS Replication</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905565">Static WINS Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905650">Helpful Hints</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905663">Windows Networking Protocols</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905730">Name Resolution Order</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905867">Technical Overview of browsing</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2905914">Browsing support in Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2906021">Problem resolution</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2906100">Browsing across subnets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2906720">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2906735">How can one flush the Samba NetBIOS name cache without restarting Samba?</a></dt><dt><a href="NetworkBrowsing.html#id2906764">My client reports "This server is not configured to list shared resources"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>11. <a href="passdb.html">Account Information Databases</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910308">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910636">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910700">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910954">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911009">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911041">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911306">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911458">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911494">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911534">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911641">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911668">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2913185">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2913989">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2913997">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2914012">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2914072">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>12. <a href="groupmapping.html">Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921449">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921551">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921742">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921806">Configuration Scripts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921820">Sample smb.conf add group script</a></dt><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921889">Script to configure Group Mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921981">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2921997">Adding Groups Fails</a></dt><dt><a href="groupmapping.html#id2922057">Adding MS Windows Groups to MS Windows Groups Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>13. <a href="AccessControls.html">File, Directory and Share Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2920271">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2920308">File System Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2920326">MS Windows NTFS Comparison with Unix File Systems</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2920583">Managing Directories</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2920678">File and Directory Access Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2920894">Share Definition Access Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2922074">User and Group Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2922346">File and Directory Permissions Based Controls</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2922591">Miscellaneous Controls</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2922807">Access Controls on Shares</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2922879">Share Permissions Management</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923178">MS Windows Access Control Lists and Unix Interoperability</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923186">Managing UNIX permissions Using NT Security Dialogs</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923224">Viewing File Security on a Samba Share</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923303">Viewing file ownership</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923425">Viewing File or Directory Permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923653">Modifying file or directory permissions</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2923805">Interaction with the standard Samba create mask + parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2924134">Interaction with the standard Samba file attribute + mapping</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2924210">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2924224">Users can not write to a public share</a></dt><dt><a href="AccessControls.html#id2924604">I have set force user and Samba still makes root the owner of all the files + I touch!</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>14. <a href="locking.html">File and Record Locking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2928216">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2928272">Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2928403">Opportunistic Locking Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929049">Samba Opportunistic Locking Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929159">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929419">MS Windows Opportunistic Locking and Caching Controls</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929649">Workstation Service Entries</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929676">Server Service Entries</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929755">Persistent Data Corruption</a></dt><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929785">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929859">locking.tdb error messages</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="locking.html#id2929890">Additional Reading</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>15. <a href="securing-samba.html">Securing Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2931943">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2931976">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932050">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932069">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932140">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932191">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932244">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932300">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932362">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932402">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932426">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932444">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932469">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>16. <a href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Interdomain Trust Relationships</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933376">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933404">Trust Relationship Background</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933488">Native MS Windows NT4 Trusts Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933501">NT4 as the Trusting Domain (ie. creating the trusted account)</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933586">NT4 as the Trusted Domain (ie. creating trusted account's password)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933622">Configuring Samba NT-style Domain Trusts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933649">Samba-3 as the Trusting Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933790">Samba-3 as the Trusted Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933922">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="InterdomainTrusts.html#id2933937">Tell me about Trust Relationships using Samba</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>17. <a href="msdfs.html">Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2933279">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="msdfs.html#id2934931">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>18. <a href="printing.html">Classical Printing Support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934522">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934590">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934627">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934698">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2935615">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2935946">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936054">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936147">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936216">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936305">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936612">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936715">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936728">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937111">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937440">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937660">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937711">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938236">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938516">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938681">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938833">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938945">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939016">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939247">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939408">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939503">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939686">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941408">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941428">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941626">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941915">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942010">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942152">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942185">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942622">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942924">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943168">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943267">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943612">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943683">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943705">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943751">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943792">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943811">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943835">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943987">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944316">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944362">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944531">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944545">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944558">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944591">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>19. <a href="CUPS-printing.html">CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2953785">Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2953792">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2953845">Overview</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2953900">Basic Configuration of CUPS support</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2953979">Linking of smbd with libcups.so</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954122">Simple smb.conf Settings for CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954205">More complex smb.conf Settings for +CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954322">Advanced Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954343">Central spooling vs. "Peer-to-Peer" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954370">CUPS/Samba as a "spooling-only" Print Server; "raw" printing +with Vendor Drivers on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954406">Driver Installation Methods on Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954465">Explicitly enable "raw" printing for +application/octet-stream!</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954626">Three familiar Methods for driver upload plus a new one</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954719">Using CUPS/Samba in an advanced Way -- intelligent printing +with PostScript Driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954794">GDI on Windows -- PostScript on Unix</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954839">Windows Drivers, GDI and EMF</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2954940">Unix Printfile Conversion and GUI Basics</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955028">PostScript and Ghostscript</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955125">Ghostscript -- the Software RIP for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955238">PostScript Printer Description (PPD) Specification</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955308">CUPS can use all Windows-formatted Vendor PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955397">CUPS also uses PPDs for non-PostScript Printers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955420">The CUPS Filtering Architecture</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955560">MIME types and CUPS Filters</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955747">MIME type Conversion Rules</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2955864">Filter Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956034">Prefilters</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956120">pstops</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956222">pstoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956377">imagetops and imagetoraster</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956434">rasterto [printers specific]</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956519">CUPS Backends</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956831">cupsomatic/Foomatic -- how do they fit into the Picture?</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956944">The Complete Picture</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2956960">mime.convs</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2957012">"Raw" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2957066">"application/octet-stream" printing</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2957282">PostScript Printer Descriptions (PPDs) for non-PS Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2957510">Difference between cupsomatic/foomatic-rip and +native CUPS printing</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2957666">Examples for filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2957897">Sources of CUPS drivers / PPDs</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958024">Printing with Interface Scripts</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958100">Network printing (purely Windows)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958116">From Windows Clients to an NT Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958155">Driver Execution on the Client</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958227">Driver Execution on the Server</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958289">Network Printing (Windows clients -- UNIX/Samba Print +Servers)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958310">From Windows Clients to a CUPS/Samba Print Server</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958474">Samba receiving Jobfiles and passing them to CUPS</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958550">Network PostScript RIP: CUPS Filters on Server -- clients use +PostScript Driver with CUPS-PPDs</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958605">PPDs for non-PS Printers on UNIX</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958646">PPDs for non-PS Printers on Windows</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958712">Windows Terminal Servers (WTS) as CUPS Clients</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958729">Printer Drivers running in "Kernel Mode" cause many +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958763">Workarounds impose Heavy Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958784">CUPS: a "Magical Stone"?</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958811">PostScript Drivers with no major problems -- even in Kernel +Mode</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958865"> Setting up CUPS for driver Download</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958884">cupsaddsmb: the unknown Utility</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2958976">Prepare your smb.conf for +cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959022">CUPS Package of "PostScript Driver for WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959220">Recognize the different Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959278">Acquiring the Adobe Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959310">ESP Print Pro Package of "PostScript Driver for +WinNT/2k/XP"</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959360">Caveats to be considered</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959582">What are the Benefits of using the "CUPS PostScript Driver for +Windows NT/2k/XP" as compared to the Adobe Driver?</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959764">Run "cupsaddsmb" (quiet Mode)</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2959865">Run "cupsaddsmb" with verbose Output</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960092">Understanding cupsaddsmb</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960186">How to recognize if cupsaddsm completed successfully</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960273">cupsaddsmb with a Samba PDC</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960308">cupsaddsmb Flowchart</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960361">Installing the PostScript Driver on a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960474">Avoiding critical PostScript Driver Settings on the +Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960608">Installing PostScript Driver Files manually (using +rpcclient)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960723">A Check of the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960836">Understanding the rpcclient man Page</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2960925">Producing an Example by querying a Windows Box</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2961015">What is required for adddriver and setdriver to succeed</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2961177">Manual Commandline Driver Installation in 15 little Steps</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2961830">Troubleshooting revisited</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2961930">The printing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2962033">Trivial DataBase Files</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2962103">Binary Format</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2962165">Losing *.tdb Files</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2962224">Using tdbbackup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2962290">CUPS Print Drivers from Linuxprinting.org</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2962398">foomatic-rip and Foomatic explained</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963027">foomatic-rip and Foomatic-PPD Download and Installation</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963488">Page Accounting with CUPS</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963519">Setting up Quotas</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963551">Correct and incorrect Accounting</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963592">Adobe and CUPS PostScript Drivers for Windows Clients</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963663">The page_log File Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963765">Possible Shortcomings</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963836">Future Developments</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963884">Other Accounting Tools</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2963899">Additional Material</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964092">Auto-Deletion or Preservation of CUPS Spool Files</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964138">CUPS Configuration Settings explained</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964221">Pre-conditions</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964281">Manual Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964299">When not to use Samba to print to +CUPS</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964316">In Case of Trouble.....</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964352">Where to find Documentation</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964364">How to ask for Help</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964377">Where to find Help</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964391">Appendix</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964398">Printing from CUPS to Windows attached +Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964612">More CUPS filtering Chains</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2964919">Trouble Shooting Guidelines to fix typical Samba printing +Problems</a></dt><dt><a href="CUPS-printing.html#id2966041">An Overview of the CUPS Printing Processes</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>20. <a href="VFS.html">Stackable VFS modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978211">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978229">Discussion</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978320">Included modules</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978327">audit</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978365">extd_audit</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978489">fake_perms</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978508">recycle</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978645">netatalk</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978690">VFS modules available elsewhere</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978712">DatabaseFS</a></dt><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978768">vscan</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="VFS.html#id2978797">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>21. <a href="winbind.html">Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979695">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979724">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979795">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979856">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979886">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979914">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979949">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979971">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980108">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980179">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980214">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980242">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980271">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980346">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980438">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2982058">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2982077">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>22. <a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html">Advanced Network Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2984570">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2984759">Remote Server Administration</a></dt><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2984858">Remote Desktop Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2984876">Remote Management from NoMachines.Com</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2985087">Network Logon Script Magic</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2985283">Adding printers without user intervention</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html#id2985316">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>23. <a href="PolicyMgmt.html">System and Account Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2984380">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2984435">Creating and Managing System Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986217">Windows 9x/Me Policies</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986312">Windows NT4 Style Policy Files</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986445">MS Windows 200x / XP Professional Policies</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986697">Managing Account/User Policies</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986798">Samba Editreg Toolset</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986819">Windows NT4/200x</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986839">Samba PDC</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2986883">System Startup and Logon Processing Overview</a></dt><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2987030">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="PolicyMgmt.html#id2987044">Policy Does Not Work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>24. <a href="ProfileMgmt.html">Desktop Profile Management</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2988251">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2988285">Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2988326">Samba Configuration for Profile Handling</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2988731">Windows Client Profile Configuration Information</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2989902">Sharing Profiles between W9x/Me and NT4/200x/XP workstations</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2989967">Profile Migration from Windows NT4/200x Server to Samba</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2990232">Mandatory profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2990290">Creating/Managing Group Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2990336">Default Profile for Windows Users</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2990356">MS Windows 9x/Me</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2990504">MS Windows NT4 Workstation</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2991058">MS Windows 200x/XP</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2991562">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2991575">How does one set up roaming profiles for just one (or a few) user/s or group/s?</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2991638">Can NOT use Roaming Profiles</a></dt><dt><a href="ProfileMgmt.html#id2991859">Changing the default profile</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>25. <a href="pam.html">PAM based Distributed Authentication</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2995804">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2996071">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2996089">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2996760">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997062">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997119">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997203">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997570">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997583">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>26. <a href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999705">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999730">Background Information</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999775">Name Resolution in a pure Unix/Linux world</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999831">/etc/hosts</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id2999956">/etc/resolv.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000000">/etc/host.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000042">/etc/nsswitch.conf</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000130">Name resolution as used within MS Windows networking</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000278">The NetBIOS Name Cache</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000323">The LMHOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000567">HOSTS file</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000600">DNS Lookup</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000624">WINS Lookup</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000695">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000711">My Boomerang Won't Come Back</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000742">Very Slow Network Connections</a></dt><dt><a href="integrate-ms-networks.html#id3000794">Samba server name change problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>27. <a href="unicode.html">Unicode/Charsets</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3001913">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002114">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002184">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002284">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002329">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>28. <a href="Backup.html">Samba Backup Techniques</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="Backup.html#id3001533">Note</a></dt><dt><a href="Backup.html#id3001557">Features and Benefits</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>29. <a href="SambaHA.html">High Availability Options</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="SambaHA.html#id3003099">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ClientConfig.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 9. MS Windows Network Configuration Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/pam.html b/docs/htmldocs/pam.html index f8624e94c5..a0221b57e0 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/pam.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/pam.html @@ -1,136 +1,371 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 20. PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="InterdomainTrusts.html" title="Chapter 19. Interdomain Trust Relationships"><link rel="next" href="VFS.html" title="Chapter 21. Stackable VFS modules"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 20. PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="VFS.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pam"></a>Chapter 20. PAM Configuration for Centrally Managed Authentication</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (Jun 21 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2897853">Samba and PAM</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2898634">PAM Configuration in smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2898691">Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="pam.html#id2898943">Distributed Authentication</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2897853"></a>Samba and PAM</h2></div></div><p> -A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the -xxxxBSD family and Linux, now utilize the Pluggable Authentication -Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, -authorization and resource control services. Prior to the -introduction of PAM, a decision to use an alternative to -the system password database (<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>) -would require the provision of alternatives for all programs that provide -security services. Such a choice would involve provision of -alternatives to such programs as: <b>login</b>, -<b>passwd</b>, <b>chown</b>, etc. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="ProfileMgmt.html" title="Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management"><link rel="next" href="integrate-ms-networks.html" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ProfileMgmt.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="pam"></a>Chapter 25. PAM based Distributed Authentication</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Stephen</span> <span class="surname">Langasek</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:vorlon@netexpress.net">vorlon@netexpress.net</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 31, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2995804">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2996071">Technical Discussion</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2996089">PAM Configuration Syntax</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2996760">Example System Configurations</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997062">smb.conf PAM Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997119">Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</a></dt><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997203">Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997570">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="pam.html#id2997583">pam_winbind problem</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +This chapter you should help you to deploy winbind based authentication on any PAM enabled +Unix/Linux system. Winbind can be used to enable user level application access authentication +from any MS Windows NT Domain, MS Windows 200x Active Directory based domain, or any Samba +based domain environment. It will also help you to configure PAM based local host access +controls that are appropriate to your Samba configuration. </p><p> -PAM provides a mechanism that disconnects these security programs -from the underlying authentication/authorization infrastructure. -PAM is configured either through one file <tt>/etc/pam.conf</tt> (Solaris), -or by editing individual files that are located in <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt>. +In addition to knowing how to configure winbind into PAM, you will learn generic PAM management +possibilities and in particular how to deploy tools like pam_smbpass.so to your advantage. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> - If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the - default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of - Linux, the default location is <tt>/lib/security</tt>. If the module - is located outside the default then the path must be specified as: - - </p><pre class="programlisting"> - auth required /other_path/pam_strange_module.so - </pre><p> - </p></div><p> -The following is an example <tt>/etc/pam.d/login</tt> configuration file. +The use of Winbind require more than PAM configuration alone. Please refer to <a href="winbind.html" title="Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind">the Winbind chapter</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2995804"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A number of Unix systems (eg: Sun Solaris), as well as the xxxxBSD family and Linux, +now utilize the Pluggable Authentication Modules (PAM) facility to provide all authentication, +authorization and resource control services. Prior to the introduction of PAM, a decision +to use an alternative to the system password database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>) +would require the provision of alternatives for all programs that provide security services. +Such a choice would involve provision of alternatives to such programs as: <b class="command">login</b>, +<b class="command">passwd</b>, <b class="command">chown</b>, etc. +</p><p> +PAM provides a mechanism that disconnects these security programs from the underlying +authentication/authorization infrastructure. PAM is configured either through one file +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> (Solaris), or by editing individual files that are +located in <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt>. +</p><p> +On PAM enabled Unix/Linux systems it is an easy matter to configure the system to use any +authentication backend, so long as the appropriate dynamically loadable library modules +are available for it. The backend may be local to the system, or may be centralised on a +remote server. +</p><p> +PAM support modules are available for: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt></span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + There are several PAM modules that interact with this standard Unix user + database. The most common are called: pam_unix.so, pam_unix2.so, pam_pwdb.so + and pam_userdb.so. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Kerberos</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_krb5.so module allows the use of any Kerberos compliant server. + This tool is used to access MIT Kerberos, Heimdal Kerberos, and potentially + Microsoft Active Directory (if enabled). + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">LDAP</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_ldap.so module allows the use of any LDAP v2 or v3 compatible backend + server. Commonly used LDAP backend servers include: OpenLDAP v2.0 and v2.1, + Sun ONE iDentity server, Novell eDirectory server, Microsoft Active Directory. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">NetWare Bindery</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_ncp_auth.so module allows authentication off any bindery enabled + NetWare Core Protocol based server. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SMB Password</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + This module, called pam_smbpass.so, will allow user authentication off + the passdb backend that is configured in the Samba <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SMB Server</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_smb_auth.so module is the original MS Windows networking authentication + tool. This module has been somewhat outdated by the Winbind module. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">Winbind</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The pam_winbind.so module allows Samba to obtain authentication from any + MS Windows Domain Controller. It can just as easily be used to authenticate + users for access to any PAM enabled application. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">RADIUS</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + There is a PAM RADIUS (Remote Access Dial-In User Service) authentication + module. In most cases the administrator will need to locate the source code + for this tool and compile and install it themselves. RADIUS protocols are + used by many routers and terminal servers. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Of the above, Samba provides the pam_smbpasswd.so and the pam_winbind.so modules alone. +</p><p> +Once configured, these permit a remarkable level of flexibility in the location and use +of distributed samba domain controllers that can provide wide are network bandwidth +efficient authentication services for PAM capable systems. In effect, this allows the +deployment of centrally managed and maintained distributed authentication from a single +user account database. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2996071"></a>Technical Discussion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM is designed to provide the system administrator with a great deal of flexibility in +configuration of the privilege granting applications of their system. The local +configuration of system security controlled by PAM is contained in one of two places: +either the single system file, /etc/pam.conf; or the /etc/pam.d/ directory. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2996089"></a>PAM Configuration Syntax</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In this section we discuss the correct syntax of and generic options respected by entries to these files. +PAM specific tokens in the configuration file are case insensitive. The module paths, however, are case +sensitive since they indicate a file's name and reflect the case dependence of typical file-systems. +The case-sensitivity of the arguments to any given module is defined for each module in turn. +</p><p> +In addition to the lines described below, there are two special characters provided for the convenience +of the system administrator: comments are preceded by a `#' and extend to the next end-of-line; also, +module specification lines may be extended with a `\' escaped newline. +</p><p> +If the PAM authentication module (loadable link library file) is located in the +default location then it is not necessary to specify the path. In the case of +Linux, the default location is <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt>. If the module +is located outside the default then the path must be specified as: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +auth required /other_path/pam_strange_module.so +</pre><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2996146"></a>Anatomy of <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> Entries</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The remaining information in this subsection was taken from the documentation of the Linux-PAM +project. For more information on PAM, see +<a href="http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/" target="_top"> +http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam</a> The Official Linux-PAM home page. +</p><p> +A general configuration line of the /etc/pam.conf file has the following form: +</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +service-name module-type control-flag module-path args +</pre><p> +</p><p> +Below, we explain the meaning of each of these tokens. The second (and more recently adopted) +way of configuring Linux-PAM is via the contents of the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> directory. +Once we have explained the meaning of the above tokens, we will describe this method. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">service-name</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The name of the service associated with this entry. Frequently the service name is the conventional + name of the given application. For example, `ftpd', `rlogind' and `su', etc. . + </p><p> + There is a special service-name, reserved for defining a default authentication mechanism. It has + the name `OTHER' and may be specified in either lower or upper case characters. Note, when there + is a module specified for a named service, the `OTHER' entries are ignored. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">module-type</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + One of (currently) four types of module. The four types are as follows: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>auth:</em></span> this module type provides two aspects of authenticating the user. + Firstly, it establishes that the user is who they claim to be, by instructing the application + to prompt the user for a password or other means of identification. Secondly, the module can + grant group membership (independently of the <tt class="filename">/etc/groups</tt> file discussed + above) or other privileges through its credential granting properties. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>account:</em></span> this module performs non-authentication based account management. + It is typically used to restrict/permit access to a service based on the time of day, currently + available system resources (maximum number of users) or perhaps the location of the applicant + user `root' login only on the console. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>session:</em></span> primarily, this module is associated with doing things that need + to be done for the user before/after they can be given service. Such things include the logging + of information concerning the opening/closing of some data exchange with a user, mounting + directories, etc. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>password:</em></span> this last module type is required for updating the authentication + token associated with the user. Typically, there is one module for each `challenge/response' + based authentication (auth) module-type. + </p></li></ul></div></dd><dt><span class="term">control-flag</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The control-flag is used to indicate how the PAM library will react to the success or failure of the + module it is associated with. Since modules can be stacked (modules of the same type execute in series, + one after another), the control-flags determine the relative importance of each module. The application + is not made aware of the individual success or failure of modules listed in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> file. Instead, it receives a summary success or fail response from + the Linux-PAM library. The order of execution of these modules is that of the entries in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.conf</tt> file; earlier entries are executed before later ones. + As of Linux-PAM v0.60, this control-flag can be defined with one of two syntaxes. + </p><p> + The simpler (and historical) syntax for the control-flag is a single keyword defined to indicate the + severity of concern associated with the success or failure of a specific module. There are four such + <span class="emphasis"><em>keywords: required, requisite, sufficient and optional</em></span>. + </p><p> + The Linux-PAM library interprets these keywords in the following manner: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>required:</em></span> this indicates that the success of the module is required for the + module-type facility to succeed. Failure of this module will not be apparent to the user until all + of the remaining modules (of the same module-type) have been executed. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>requisite:</em></span> like required, however, in the case that such a module returns a + failure, control is directly returned to the application. The return value is that associated with + the first required or requisite module to fail. Note, this flag can be used to protect against the + possibility of a user getting the opportunity to enter a password over an unsafe medium. It is + conceivable that such behavior might inform an attacker of valid accounts on a system. This + possibility should be weighed against the not insignificant concerns of exposing a sensitive + password in a hostile environment. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>sufficient:</em></span> the success of this module is deemed `sufficient' to satisfy + the Linux-PAM library that this module-type has succeeded in its purpose. In the event that no + previous required module has failed, no more `stacked' modules of this type are invoked. (Note, + in this case subsequent required modules are not invoked.). A failure of this module is not deemed + as fatal to satisfying the application that this module-type has succeeded. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>optional:</em></span> as its name suggests, this control-flag marks the module as not + being critical to the success or failure of the user's application for service. In general, + Linux-PAM ignores such a module when determining if the module stack will succeed or fail. + However, in the absence of any definite successes or failures of previous or subsequent stacked + modules this module will determine the nature of the response to the application. One example of + this latter case, is when the other modules return something like PAM_IGNORE. + </p></li></ul></div><p> + The more elaborate (newer) syntax is much more specific and gives the administrator a great deal of control + over how the user is authenticated. This form of the control flag is delimited with square brackets and + consists of a series of value=action tokens: + </p><pre class="screen"> + [value1=action1 value2=action2 ...] + </pre><p> + Here, value1 is one of the following return values: success; open_err; symbol_err; service_err; + system_err; buf_err; perm_denied; auth_err; cred_insufficient; authinfo_unavail; user_unknown; maxtries; + new_authtok_reqd; acct_expired; session_err; cred_unavail; cred_expired; cred_err; no_module_data; conv_err; + authtok_err; authtok_recover_err; authtok_lock_busy; authtok_disable_aging; try_again; ignore; abort; + authtok_expired; module_unknown; bad_item; and default. The last of these (default) can be used to set + the action for those return values that are not explicitly defined. + </p><p> + The action1 can be a positive integer or one of the following tokens: ignore; ok; done; bad; die; and reset. + A positive integer, J, when specified as the action, can be used to indicate that the next J modules of the + current module-type will be skipped. In this way, the administrator can develop a moderately sophisticated + stack of modules with a number of different paths of execution. Which path is taken can be determined by the + reactions of individual modules. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ignore:</em></span> when used with a stack of modules, the module's return status will not + contribute to the return code the application obtains. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>bad:</em></span> this action indicates that the return code should be thought of as indicative + of the module failing. If this module is the first in the stack to fail, its status value will be used + for that of the whole stack. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>die:</em></span> equivalent to bad with the side effect of terminating the module stack and + PAM immediately returning to the application. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ok:</em></span> this tells PAM that the administrator thinks this return code should + contribute directly to the return code of the full stack of modules. In other words, if the former + state of the stack would lead to a return of PAM_SUCCESS, the module's return code will override + this value. Note, if the former state of the stack holds some value that is indicative of a modules + failure, this 'ok' value will not be used to override that value. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>done:</em></span> equivalent to ok with the side effect of terminating the module stack and + PAM immediately returning to the application. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>reset:</em></span> clear all memory of the state of the module stack and start again with + the next stacked module. + </p></li></ul></div><p> + Each of the four keywords: required; requisite; sufficient; and optional, have an equivalent expression in + terms of the [...] syntax. They are as follows: + </p><p> + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + required is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=bad] + </p></li><li><p> + requisite is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok ignore=ignore default=die] + </p></li><li><p> + sufficient is equivalent to [success=done new_authtok_reqd=done default=ignore] + </p></li><li><p> + optional is equivalent to [success=ok new_authtok_reqd=ok default=ignore] + </p></li></ul></div><p> + </p><p> + Just to get a feel for the power of this new syntax, here is a taste of what you can do with it. With Linux-PAM-0.63, + the notion of client plug-in agents was introduced. This is something that makes it possible for PAM to support + machine-machine authentication using the transport protocol inherent to the client/server application. With the + <span class="emphasis"><em>[ ... value=action ... ]</em></span> control syntax, it is possible for an application to be configured + to support binary prompts with compliant clients, but to gracefully fall over into an alternative authentication + mode for older, legacy, applications. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">module-path</span></dt><dd><p>-</p><p> + The path-name of the dynamically loadable object file; the pluggable module itself. If the first character of the + module path is `/', it is assumed to be a complete path. If this is not the case, the given module path is appended + to the default module path: <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt> (but see the notes above). + </p><p> + The args are a list of tokens that are passed to the module when it is invoked. Much like arguments to a typical + Linux shell command. Generally, valid arguments are optional and are specific to any given module. Invalid arguments + are ignored by a module, however, when encountering an invalid argument, the module is required to write an error + to syslog(3). For a list of generic options see the next section. + </p><p> + Note, if you wish to include spaces in an argument, you should surround that argument with square brackets. For example: + </p><pre class="screen"> +squid auth required pam_mysql.so user=passwd_query passwd=mada \ + db=eminence [query=select user_name from internet_service where \ + user_name='%u' and password=PASSWORD('%p') and \ + service='web_proxy'] +</pre><p> + Note, when using this convention, you can include `[' characters inside the string, and if you wish to include a `]' + character inside the string that will survive the argument parsing, you should use `\['. In other words: + </p><pre class="screen"> +[..[..\]..] --> ..[..].. +</pre><p> + Any line in (one of) the configuration file(s), that is not formatted correctly, will generally tend (erring on the + side of caution) to make the authentication process fail. A corresponding error is written to the system log files + with a call to syslog(3). + </p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2996760"></a>Example System Configurations</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following is an example <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> configuration file. This example had all options been uncommented is probably not usable as it stacks many conditions before allowing successful completion of the login process. Essentially all conditions can be disabled -by commenting them out except the calls to <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt>. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service - # - auth required pam_securetty.so - auth required pam_nologin.so - # auth required pam_dialup.so - # auth optional pam_mail.so - auth required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 - # account requisite pam_time.so - account required pam_pwdb.so - session required pam_pwdb.so - # session optional pam_lastlog.so - # password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 -</pre><p> -PAM allows use of replacable modules. Those available on a -sample system include: -</p><p><tt>$</tt><b><tt>/bin/ls /lib/security</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - pam_access.so pam_ftp.so pam_limits.so - pam_ncp_auth.so pam_rhosts_auth.so pam_stress.so - pam_cracklib.so pam_group.so pam_listfile.so - pam_nologin.so pam_rootok.so pam_tally.so - pam_deny.so pam_issue.so pam_mail.so - pam_permit.so pam_securetty.so pam_time.so - pam_dialup.so pam_lastlog.so pam_mkhomedir.so - pam_pwdb.so pam_shells.so pam_unix.so - pam_env.so pam_ldap.so pam_motd.so - pam_radius.so pam_smbpass.so pam_unix_acct.so - pam_wheel.so pam_unix_auth.so pam_unix_passwd.so - pam_userdb.so pam_warn.so pam_unix_session.so +by commenting them out except the calls to <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt>. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2996790"></a>PAM: original login config</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service +# +auth required pam_securetty.so +auth required pam_nologin.so +# auth required pam_dialup.so +# auth optional pam_mail.so +auth required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +# account requisite pam_time.so +account required pam_pwdb.so +session required pam_pwdb.so +# session optional pam_lastlog.so +# password required pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2996817"></a>PAM: login using pam_smbpass</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM allows use of replaceable modules. Those available on a sample system include: +</p><p><tt class="prompt">$</tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/bin/ls /lib/security</tt></b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +pam_access.so pam_ftp.so pam_limits.so +pam_ncp_auth.so pam_rhosts_auth.so pam_stress.so +pam_cracklib.so pam_group.so pam_listfile.so +pam_nologin.so pam_rootok.so pam_tally.so +pam_deny.so pam_issue.so pam_mail.so +pam_permit.so pam_securetty.so pam_time.so +pam_dialup.so pam_lastlog.so pam_mkhomedir.so +pam_pwdb.so pam_shells.so pam_unix.so +pam_env.so pam_ldap.so pam_motd.so +pam_radius.so pam_smbpass.so pam_unix_acct.so +pam_wheel.so pam_unix_auth.so pam_unix_passwd.so +pam_userdb.so pam_warn.so pam_unix_session.so </pre><p> The following example for the login program replaces the use of -the <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt> module which uses the system -password database (<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>, -<tt>/etc/shadow</tt>, <tt>/etc/group</tt>) with -the module <tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt> which uses the Samba +the <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt> module which uses the system +password database (<tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>, <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt>) with +the module <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt> which uses the Samba database which contains the Microsoft MD4 encrypted password hashes. This database is stored in either -<tt>/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt>, -<tt>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>, or in -<tt>/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</tt>, depending on the +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/private/smbpasswd</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt>, or in +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba.d/smbpasswd</tt>, depending on the Samba implementation for your Unix/Linux system. The -<tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt> module is provided by +<tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt> module is provided by Samba version 2.2.1 or later. It can be compiled by specifying the -<b>--with-pam_smbpass</b> options when running Samba's -<tt>configure</tt> script. For more information -on the <tt>pam_smbpass</tt> module, see the documentation -in the <tt>source/pam_smbpass</tt> directory of the Samba +<tt class="option">--with-pam_smbpass</tt> options when running Samba's +<b class="command">configure</b> script. For more information +on the <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass</tt> module, see the documentation +in the <tt class="filename">source/pam_smbpass</tt> directory of the Samba source distribution. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `login' service - # - auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - account required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - session required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `login' service +# +auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +account required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +session required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay </pre><p> The following is the PAM configuration file for a particular -Linux system. The default condition uses <tt>pam_pwdb.so</tt>. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service - # - auth required pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit - account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay - session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay - password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 +Linux system. The default condition uses <tt class="filename">pam_pwdb.so</tt>. +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service +# +auth required pam_pwdb.so nullok nodelay shadow audit +account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay +session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay +password required pam_pwdb.so shadow md5 </pre><p> In the following example the decision has been made to use the smbpasswd database even for basic samba authentication. Such a decision could also be made for the passwd program and would thus allow the smbpasswd passwords to be changed using the passwd program. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service - # - auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay - account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay - session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay - password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# The PAM configuration file for the `samba' service +# +auth required pam_smbpass.so nodelay +account required pam_pwdb.so audit nodelay +session required pam_pwdb.so nodelay +password required pam_smbpass.so nodelay smbconf=/etc/samba.d/smb.conf </pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>PAM allows stacking of authentication mechanisms. It is also possible to pass information obtained within one PAM module through to the next module in the PAM stack. Please refer to the documentation for your particular system implementation for details regarding the specific -capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implmentations also -provide the <tt>pam_stack.so</tt> module that allows all +capabilities of PAM in this environment. Some Linux implementations also +provide the <tt class="filename">pam_stack.so</tt> module that allows all authentication to be configured in a single central file. The -<tt>pam_stack.so</tt> method has some very devoted followers +<tt class="filename">pam_stack.so</tt> method has some very devoted followers on the basis that it allows for easier administration. As with all issues in life though, every decision makes trade-offs, so you may want examine the PAM documentation for further helpful information. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898634"></a>PAM Configuration in smb.conf</h3></div></div><p> +</p></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997062"></a>smb.conf PAM Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> There is an option in smb.conf called <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS" target="_top">obey pam restrictions</a>. The following is from the on-line help for this option in SWAT; </p><p> -When Samba is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. -<tt>--with-pam</tt>), this parameter will +When Samba-3 is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. +<tt class="option">--with-pam</tt>), this parameter will control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to @@ -140,141 +375,148 @@ ignores PAM for authentication in the case of The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. -</p><p>Default: <b>obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2898691"></a>Password Synchronisation using pam_smbpass.so</h3></div></div><p> +</p><p>Default: <i class="parameter"><tt>obey pam restrictions = no</tt></i></p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997119"></a>Remote CIFS Authentication using winbindd.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All operating systems depend on the provision of users credentials acceptable to the platform. +Unix requires the provision of a user identifier (UID) as well as a group identifier (GID). +These are both simple integer type numbers that are obtained from a password backend such +as <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>. +</p><p> +Users and groups on a Windows NT server are assigned a relative id (rid) which is unique for +the domain when the user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group into +a unix user or group, a mapping between rids and unix user and group ids is required. This +is one of the jobs that winbind performs. +</p><p> +As winbind users and groups are resolved from a server, user and group ids are allocated +from a specified range. This is done on a first come, first served basis, although all +existing users and groups will be mapped as soon as a client performs a user or group +enumeration command. The allocated unix ids are stored in a database file under the Samba +lock directory and will be remembered. +</p><p> +The astute administrator will realize from this that the combination of <tt class="filename">pam_smbpass.so</tt>, +<b class="command">winbindd</b>, and a distributed passdb backend, such as ldap, will allow the establishment of a +centrally managed, distributed user/password database that can also be used by all PAM (eg: Linux) aware +programs and applications. This arrangement can have particularly potent advantages compared with the use of +Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as reduction of wide area network authentication traffic. +</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> +The rid to unix id database is the only location where the user and group mappings are +stored by winbindd. If this file is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd +to determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user and group rids. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997203"></a>Password Synchronization using pam_smbpass.so</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> pam_smbpass is a PAM module which can be used on conforming systems to keep the smbpasswd (Samba password) database in sync with the unix password file. PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) is an API supported under some Unices, such as Solaris, HPUX and Linux, that provides a generic interface to authentication mechanisms. </p><p> -For more information on PAM, see http://ftp.kernel.org/pub/linux/libs/pam/ -</p><p> This module authenticates a local smbpasswd user database. If you require support for authenticating against a remote SMB server, or if you're concerned about the presence of suid root binaries on your system, it is recommended that you use pam_winbind instead. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><p> Options recognized by this module are as follows: - - debug - log more debugging info - audit - like debug, but also logs unknown usernames - use_first_pass - don't prompt the user for passwords; - take them from PAM_ items instead - try_first_pass - try to get the password from a previous - PAM module, fall back to prompting the user - use_authtok - like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new - PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. - (intended for stacking password modules only) - not_set_pass - don't make passwords used by this module - available to other modules. - nodelay - don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication - failure. - nullok - null passwords are allowed. - nonull - null passwords are not allowed. Used to - override the Samba configuration. - migrate - only meaningful in an "auth" context; - used to update smbpasswd file with a - password used for successful authentication. - smbconf=< file > - specify an alternate path to the smb.conf - file. -</pre><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><div class="table"><a name="id2997236"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 25.1. Options recognized by pam_smbpass</b></p><table summary="Options recognized by pam_smbpass" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left">debug</td><td align="left">log more debugging info</td></tr><tr><td align="left">audit</td><td align="left">like debug, but also logs unknown usernames</td></tr><tr><td align="left">use_first_pass</td><td align="left">don't prompt the user for passwords; take them from PAM_ items instead</td></tr><tr><td align="left">try_first_pass</td><td align="left">try to get the password from a previous PAM module, fall back to prompting the user</td></tr><tr><td align="left">use_authtok</td><td align="left">like try_first_pass, but *fail* if the new PAM_AUTHTOK has not been previously set. (intended for stacking password modules only)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">not_set_pass</td><td align="left">don't make passwords used by this module available to other modules.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nodelay</td><td align="left">don't insert ~1 second delays on authentication failure.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nullok</td><td align="left">null passwords are allowed.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">nonull</td><td align="left">null passwords are not allowed. Used to override the Samba configuration.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">migrate</td><td align="left">only meaningful in an "auth" context; used to update smbpasswd file with a password used for successful authentication.</td></tr><tr><td align="left">smbconf=<i class="replaceable"><tt>file</tt></i></td><td align="left">specify an alternate path to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +</p><p> Thanks go to the following people: - - * Andrew Morgan < morgan@transmeta.com >, for providing the Linux-PAM - framework, without which none of this would have happened - - * Christian Gafton < gafton@redhat.com > and Andrew Morgan again, for the - pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based - - * Luke Leighton < lkcl@switchboard.net > for being receptive to the idea, +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><a href="mailto:morgan@transmeta.com" target="_top">Andrew Morgan</a>, for providing the Linux-PAM + framework, without which none of this would have happened</td></tr><tr><td><a href="gafton@redhat.com" target="_top">Christian Gafton</a> and Andrew Morgan again, for the + pam_pwdb module upon which pam_smbpass was originally based</td></tr><tr><td><a href="lkcl@switchboard.net" target="_top">Luke Leighton</a> for being receptive to the idea, and for the occasional good-natured complaint about the project's status - that keep me working on it :) - - * and of course, all the other members of the Samba team - <http://www.samba.org/samba/team.html>, for creating a great product - and for giving this project a purpose - - --------------------- - Stephen Langasek < vorlon@netexpress.net > -</pre><p> + that keep me working on it :)</td></tr></table><p>. +</p><p> The following are examples of the use of pam_smbpass.so in the format of Linux -<tt>/etc/pam.d/</tt> files structure. Those wishing to implement this +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> files structure. Those wishing to implement this tool on other platforms will need to adapt this appropriately. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898803"></a>Password Synchonisation Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2997436"></a>Password Synchronisation Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to make sure private/smbpasswd is kept in sync when /etc/passwd (/etc/shadow) is changed. Useful when an expired password might be changed by an application (such as ssh). -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # password-sync - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - auth required pam_unix.so - account required pam_unix.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass - password required pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass - session required pam_unix.so -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898838"></a>Password Migration Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-sync +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth required pam_unix.so +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2997469"></a>Password Migration Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration that shows the use of pam_smbpass to migrate from plaintext to encrypted passwords for Samba. Unlike other methods, this can be used for users who have never connected to Samba shares: password migration takes place when users ftp in, login using ssh, pop their mail, etc. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # password-migration - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - # pam_smbpass is called IFF pam_unix succeeds. - auth requisite pam_unix.so - auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate - account required pam_unix.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass - password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass - session required pam_unix.so -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898875"></a>Mature Password Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-migration +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +# pam_smbpass is called IF pam_unix succeeds. +auth requisite pam_unix.so +auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2997504"></a>Mature Password Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration for a 'mature' smbpasswd installation. private/smbpasswd is fully populated, and we consider it an error if the smbpasswd doesn't exist or doesn't match the Unix password. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # password-mature - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - auth required pam_unix.so - account required pam_unix.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass - password required pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass - session required pam_unix.so -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2898908"></a>Kerberos Password Integration Configuration</h4></div></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# password-mature +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth required pam_unix.so +account required pam_unix.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password requisite pam_unix.so shadow md5 use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_smbpass.so use_authtok use_first_pass +session required pam_unix.so +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2997536"></a>Kerberos Password Integration Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A sample PAM configuration that shows pam_smbpass used together with pam_krb5. This could be useful on a Samba PDC that is also a member of a Kerberos realm. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - #%PAM-1.0 - # kdc-pdc - # - auth requisite pam_nologin.so - auth requisite pam_krb5.so - auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate - account required pam_krb5.so - password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 - password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass - password required pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass - session required pam_krb5.so -</pre></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2898943"></a>Distributed Authentication</h2></div></div><p> -The astute administrator will realize from this that the -combination of <tt>pam_smbpass.so</tt>, -<b>winbindd</b>, and a distributed -passdb backend, such as ldap, will allow the establishment of a -centrally managed, distributed -user/password database that can also be used by all -PAM (eg: Linux) aware programs and applications. This arrangement -can have particularly potent advantages compared with the -use of Microsoft Active Directory Service (ADS) in so far as -reduction of wide area network authentication traffic. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="VFS.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 19. Interdomain Trust Relationships </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 21. Stackable VFS modules</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p><pre class="screen"> +#%PAM-1.0 +# kdc-pdc +# +auth requisite pam_nologin.so +auth requisite pam_krb5.so +auth optional pam_smbpass.so migrate +account required pam_krb5.so +password requisite pam_cracklib.so retry=3 +password optional pam_smbpass.so nullok use_authtok try_first_pass +password required pam_krb5.so use_authtok try_first_pass +session required pam_krb5.so +</pre></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2997570"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +PAM can be a very fickle and sensitive to configuration glitches. Here we look at a few cases from +the Samba mailing list. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2997583"></a>pam_winbind problem</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + I have the following PAM configuration: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so +auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass nullok +auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so +account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +password required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth +</pre><p> +</p><p> + When I open a new console with [ctrl][alt][F1], then I cant log in with my user "pitie". + I've tried with user "scienceu+pitie" also. + </p><p> + Answer: The problem may lie with your inclusion of <i class="parameter"><tt>pam_stack.so + service=system-auth</tt></i>. That file often contains a lot of stuff that may + duplicate what you're already doing. Try commenting out the pam_stack lines + for auth and account and see if things work. If they do, look at + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</tt> and copy only what you need from it into your + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file. Alternatively, if you want all services to use + winbind, you can put the winbind-specific stuff in <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/system-auth</tt>. + </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ProfileMgmt.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html b/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html index 9f313ee123..2c68f50c87 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/passdb.html @@ -1,257 +1,533 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 10. User information database</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="NetworkBrowsing.html" title="Chapter 9. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide"><link rel="next" href="unix-permissions.html" title="Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 10. User information database</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="unix-permissions.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="passdb"></a>Chapter 10. User information database</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jeremy Allison</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Olivier (lem) Lemaire</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IDEALX<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">February 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2882995">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883048">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883210">Advantages of SMB Encryption</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883249">Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883283">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883464">Plain text</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883493">TDB</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883509">LDAP</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883516">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883617">Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883756">Supported LDAP Servers</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883794">Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2883904">Configuring Samba with LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884200">Accounts and Groups management</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884237">Security and sambaAccount</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884352">LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884633">Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884689">MySQL</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884696">Creating the database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884750">Configuring</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884895">Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884925">Getting non-column data from the table</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2884968">XML</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2882995"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. - Samba can check these passwords by crypting them and comparing them - to the hash stored in the unix user database. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 11. Account Information Databases</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="NetworkBrowsing.html" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide"><link rel="next" href="groupmapping.html" title="Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 11. Account Information Databases</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="groupmapping.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="passdb"></a>Chapter 11. Account Information Databases</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeremy</span> <span class="surname">Allison</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jra@samba.org">jra@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Olivier (lem)</span> <span class="surname">Lemaire</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">IDEALX<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:olem@IDEALX.org">olem@IDEALX.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 24, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910308">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910636">Technical Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910700">Important Notes About Security</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2910954">Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911009">Account Management Tools</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911041">The smbpasswd Command</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911306">The pdbedit Command</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911458">Password Backends</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911494">Plain Text</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911534">smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911641">tdbsam</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2911668">ldapsam</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2913185">MySQL</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#XMLpassdb">XML</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2913989">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2913997">Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2914012">Users are being added to the wrong backend database</a></dt><dt><a href="passdb.html#id2914072">auth methods does not work</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 implements a new capability to work concurrently with multiple account backends. +The possible new combinations of password backends allows Samba-3 a degree of flexibility +and scalability that previously could be achieved only with MS Windows Active Directory. +This chapter describes the new functionality and how to get the most out of it. +</p><p> +In the course of development of Samba-3, a number of requests were received to provide the +ability to migrate MS Windows NT4 SAM accounts to Samba-3 without the need to provide +matching Unix/Linux accounts. We called this the <span class="emphasis"><em>Non Unix Accounts (NUA)</em></span> +capability. The intent was that an administrator could decide to use the <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> +backend and by simply specifying <span class="emphasis"><em>"passdb backend = tdbsam_nua, guest"</em></span> +this would allow Samba-3 to implement a solution that did not use Unix accounts per se. Late +in the development cycle, the team doing this work hit upon some obstacles that prevents this +solution from being used. Given the delays with Samba-3 release a decision was made to NOT +deliver this functionality until a better method of recognising NT Group SIDs from NT User +SIDs could be found. This feature may thus return during the life cycle for the Samba-3 series. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Samba-3.0.0 does NOT support Non-Unix Account (NUA) operation. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910308"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 provides for complete backwards compatibility with Samba-2.2.x functionality +as follows: +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>Backwards Compatibility Backends</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">Plain Text:</span></dt><dd><p> + This option uses nothing but the Unix/Linux <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> + style back end. On systems that have PAM (Pluggable Authentication Modules) + support all PAM modules are supported. The behaviour is just as it was with + Samba-2.2.x, and the protocol limitations imposed by MS Windows clients + apply likewise. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">smbpasswd:</span></dt><dd><p> + This option allows continues use of the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> + file that maintains a plain ASCII (text) layout that includes the MS Windows + LanMan and NT encrypted passwords as well as a field that stores some + account information. This form of password backend does NOT store any of + the MS Windows NT/200x SAM (Security Account Manager) information needed to + provide the extended controls that are needed for more comprehensive + interoperation with MS Windows NT4 / 200x servers. + </p><p> + This backend should be used only for backwards compatibility with older + versions of Samba. It may be deprecated in future releases. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ldapsam_compat (Samba-2.2 LDAP Compatibility):</span></dt><dd><p> + There is a password backend option that allows continued operation with + a existing OpenLDAP backend that uses the Samba-2.2.x LDAP schema extension. + This option is provided primarily as a migration tool, although there is + no reason to force migration at this time. Note that this tool will eventually + be deprecated. + </p></dd></dl></div><p> +Samba-3 introduces the following new password backend capabilities: +</p><div class="variablelist"><p class="title"><b>New Backends</b></p><dl><dt><span class="term">guest:</span></dt><dd><p> + This is <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> required as the last backend specified. + It provides the ability to handle guest account requirements for access to + resources like <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> which is used for browsing. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tdbsam:</span></dt><dd><p> + This backend provides a rich database backend for local servers. This + backend is NOT suitable for multiple domain controller (ie: PDC + one + or more BDC) installations. + </p><p> + The <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> password backend stores the old <span class="emphasis"><em> + smbpasswd</em></span> information PLUS the extended MS Windows NT / 200x + SAM information into a binary format TDB (trivial database) file. + The inclusion of the extended information makes it possible for Samba-3 + to implement the same account and system access controls that are possible + with MS Windows NT4 and MS Windows 200x based systems. + </p><p> + The inclusion of the <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> capability is a direct + response to user requests to allow simple site operation without the overhead + of the complexities of running OpenLDAP. It is recommended to use this only + for sites that have fewer than 250 users. For larger sites or implementations + the use of OpenLDAP or of Active Directory integration is strongly recommended. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ldapsam:</span></dt><dd><p> + This provides a rich directory backend for distributed account installation. + </p><p> + Samba-3 has a new and extended LDAP implementation that requires configuration + of OpenLDAP with a new format samba schema. The new format schema file is + included in the <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP</tt> directory of the Samba distribution. + </p><p> + The new LDAP implementation significantly expands the control abilities that + were possible with prior versions of Samba. It is now possible to specify + "per user" profile settings, home directories, account access controls, and + much more. Corporate sites will see that the Samba-Team has listened to their + requests both for capability and to allow greater scalability. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mysqlsam (MySQL based backend):</span></dt><dd><p> + It is expected that the MySQL based SAM will be very popular in some corners. + This database backend will be on considerable interest to sites that want to + leverage existing MySQL technology. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">xmlsam (XML based datafile):</span></dt><dd><p> + Allows the account and password data to be stored in an XML format + data file. This backend can not be used for normal operation, it can only + be used in conjunction with <b class="command">pdbedit</b>'s pdb2pdb + functionality. The DTD that is used might be subject to changes in the future. + </p><p> + The xmlsam option can be useful for account migration between database + backends or backups. Use of this tool will allow the data to be edited before migration + into another backend format. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">nisplussam:</span></dt><dd><p> + The NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an + optional argument. Only works with Sun NIS+ servers. + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2910636"></a>Technical Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Old windows clients send plain text passwords over the wire. Samba can check these + passwords by crypting them and comparing them to the hash stored in the unix user database. + </p><p> + Newer windows clients send encrypted passwords (so-called Lanman and NT hashes) over + the wire, instead of plain text passwords. The newest clients will send only encrypted + passwords and refuse to send plain text passwords, unless their registry is tweaked. + </p><p> + These passwords can't be converted to unix style encrypted passwords. Because of that, + you can't use the standard unix user database, and you have to store the Lanman and NT + hashes somewhere else. + </p><p> + In addition to differently encrypted passwords, windows also stores certain data for each + user that is not stored in a unix user database. e.g: workstations the user may logon from, + the location where the users' profile is stored, and so on. Samba retrieves and stores this + information using a <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i>. Commonly available backends are LDAP, plain text + file, MySQL and nisplus. For more information, see the man page for <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> regarding the + <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> parameter. + </p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910700"></a>Important Notes About Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar on the surface. This + similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix scheme typically sends clear text + passwords over the network when logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme + never sends the cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte + hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed values + are a "password equivalent". You cannot derive the user's password from them, but + they could potentially be used in a modified client to gain access to a server. + This would require considerable technical knowledge on behalf of the attacker but + is perfectly possible. You should thus treat the data stored in whatever passdb + backend you use (smbpasswd file, ldap, mysql) as though it contained the cleartext + passwords of all your users. Its contents must be kept secret, and the file should + be protected accordingly. + </p><p> + Ideally we would like a password scheme that involves neither plain text passwords + on the net nor on disk. Unfortunately this is not available as Samba is stuck with + having to be compatible with other SMB systems (WinNT, WfWg, Win95 etc). + </p><p> + Windows NT 4.0 Service pack 3 changed the default setting so that plaintext passwords + are disabled from being sent over the wire. This mandates either the use of encrypted + password support or edit the Windows NT registry to re-enable plaintext passwords. + </p><p> + The following versions of MS Windows do not support full domain security protocols, + although they may log onto a domain environment: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with the basic network redirector installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 95 with the network redirector update installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 98 [se]</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Me</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + MS Windows XP Home does not have facilities to become a domain member and it can + not participate in domain logons. + </p></div><p> + The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain security protocols. + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Windows NT 3.5x</td></tr><tr><td>Windows NT 4.0</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 2000 Professional</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Professional</td></tr></table><p> + All current release of Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the + SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling clear text authentication + does not disable the ability of the client to participate in encrypted authentication. + Instead, it allows the client to negotiate either plain text _or_ encrypted password + handling. + </p><p> + MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone. Where plain text passwords + are re-enabled, through the appropriate registry change, the plain text password is NEVER + cached. This means that in the event that a network connections should become disconnected + (broken) only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server to + affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted passwords the + auto-reconnect will fail. <span class="emphasis"><em>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</em></span> + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2910863"></a>Advantages of Encrypted Passwords</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Plain text passwords are not passed across + the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just + record passwords going to the SMB server.</p></li><li><p>Plain text passwords are not stored anywhere in + memory or on disk.</p></li><li><p>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server + that does not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse + to browse the server if the server is also in user level + security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the + password on each connection, which is very annoying. The + only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption. + </p></li><li><p>Encrypted password support allows automatic share + (resource) reconnects.</p></li><li><p>Encrypted passwords are essential for PDC/BDC + operation.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2910917"></a>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Plain text passwords are not kept + on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </p></li><li><p>Uses same password file as other unix + services such as login and ftp</p></li><li><p>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which + send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB + isn't such a big deal.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2910954"></a>Mapping User Identifiers between MS Windows and Unix</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Every operation in Unix/Linux requires a user identifier (UID), just as in + MS Windows NT4 / 200x this requires a Security Identifier (SID). Samba provides + two means for mapping an MS Windows user to a Unix/Linux UID. </p><p> - Newer windows clients send encrypted passwords (so-called - Lanman and NT hashes) over - the wire, instead of plain text passwords. The newest clients - will only send encrypted passwords and refuse to send plain text - passwords, unless their registry is tweaked. - </p><p>These passwords can't be converted to unix style encrypted - passwords. Because of that you can't use the standard unix - user database, and you have to store the Lanman and NT hashes - somewhere else. </p><p>Next to a differently encrypted passwords, - windows also stores certain data for each user - that is not stored in a unix user database, e.g. - workstations the user may logon from, the location where his/her - profile is stored, etc. - Samba retrieves and stores this information using a "passdb backend". - Commonly - available backends are LDAP, plain text file, MySQL and nisplus. - For more information, see the documentation about the - <b>passdb backend = </b> parameter. - </p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883048"></a>Important Notes About Security</h2></div></div><p>The unix and SMB password encryption techniques seem similar - on the surface. This similarity is, however, only skin deep. The unix - scheme typically sends clear text passwords over the network when - logging in. This is bad. The SMB encryption scheme never sends the - cleartext password over the network but it does store the 16 byte - hashed values on disk. This is also bad. Why? Because the 16 byte hashed - values are a "password equivalent". You cannot derive the user's - password from them, but they could potentially be used in a modified - client to gain access to a server. This would require considerable - technical knowledge on behalf of the attacker but is perfectly possible. - You should thus treat the data stored in whatever - passdb backend you use (smbpasswd file, ldap, mysql) as though it contained the - cleartext passwords of all your users. Its contents must be kept - secret, and the file should be protected accordingly.</p><p>Ideally we would like a password scheme which neither requires - plain text passwords on the net or on disk. Unfortunately this - is not available as Samba is stuck with being compatible with - other SMB systems (WinNT, WfWg, Win95 etc). </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p>Note that Windows NT 4.0 Service pack 3 changed the - default for permissible authentication so that plaintext - passwords are <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> sent over the wire. - The solution to this is either to switch to encrypted passwords - with Samba or edit the Windows NT registry to re-enable plaintext - passwords. See the document WinNT.txt for details on how to do - this.</p><p>Other Microsoft operating systems which also exhibit - this behavior includes</p><p> These versions of MS Windows do not support full domain - security protocols, although they may log onto a domain environment. - Of these Only MS Windows XP Home does NOT support domain logons.</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>MS DOS Network client 3.0 with - the basic network redirector installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 95 with the network redirector - update installed</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 98 [se]</td></tr><tr><td>Windows Me</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Home</td></tr></table><p> The following versions of MS Windows fully support domain - security protocols.</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Windows NT 3.5x</td></tr><tr><td>Windows NT 4.0</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 2000 Professional</td></tr><tr><td>Windows 200x Server/Advanced Server</td></tr><tr><td>Windows XP Professional</td></tr></table></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>All current release of - Microsoft SMB/CIFS clients support authentication via the - SMB Challenge/Response mechanism described here. Enabling - clear text authentication does not disable the ability - of the client to participate in encrypted authentication.</p></div><p>MS Windows clients will cache the encrypted password alone. - Even when plain text passwords are re-enabled, through the appropriate - registry change, the plain text password is NEVER cached. This means that - in the event that a network connections should become disconnected (broken) - only the cached (encrypted) password will be sent to the resource server - to affect a auto-reconnect. If the resource server does not support encrypted - passwords the auto-reconnect will fail. <span class="emphasis"><em>USE OF ENCRYPTED PASSWORDS - IS STRONGLY ADVISED.</em></span></p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883210"></a>Advantages of SMB Encryption</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Plain text passwords are not passed across - the network. Someone using a network sniffer cannot just - record passwords going to the SMB server.</td></tr><tr><td>WinNT doesn't like talking to a server - that does not support encrypted passwords. It will refuse - to browse the server if the server is also in user level - security mode. It will insist on prompting the user for the - password on each connection, which is very annoying. The - only things you can do to stop this is to use SMB encryption. - </td></tr><tr><td>Encrypted password support allows automatic share - (resource) reconnects.</td></tr></table></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883249"></a>Advantages of non-encrypted passwords</h3></div></div><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Plain text passwords are not kept - on disk, and are NOT cached in memory. </td></tr><tr><td>Uses same password file as other unix - services such as login and ftp</td></tr><tr><td>Use of other services (such as telnet and ftp) which - send plain text passwords over the net, so sending them for SMB - isn't such a big deal.</td></tr></table></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883283"></a>The smbpasswd Command</h2></div></div><p>The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the - <b>passwd</b> or <b>yppasswd</b> programs. - It maintains the two 32 byte password fields in the passdb backend. </p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> works in a client-server mode - where it contacts the local smbd to change the user's password on its - behalf. This has enormous benefits - as follows.</p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> has the capability - to change passwords on Windows NT servers (this only works when - the request is sent to the NT Primary Domain Controller if you - are changing an NT Domain user's password).</p><p>To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type :</p><p><tt>$ </tt><b><tt>smbpasswd</tt></b></p><p><tt>Old SMB password: </tt><b><tt><type old value here - - or hit return if there was no old password></tt></b></p><p><tt>New SMB Password: </tt><b><tt><type new value> - </tt></b></p><p><tt>Repeat New SMB Password: </tt><b><tt><re-type new value - </tt></b></p><p>If the old value does not match the current value stored for - that user, or the two new values do not match each other, then the - password will not be changed.</p><p>If invoked by an ordinary user it will only allow the user - to change his or her own Samba password.</p><p>If run by the root user smbpasswd may take an optional - argument, specifying the user name whose SMB password you wish to - change. Note that when run as root smbpasswd does not prompt for - or check the old password value, thus allowing root to set passwords - for users who have forgotten their passwords.</p><p><b>smbpasswd</b> is designed to work in the same way - and be familiar to UNIX users who use the <b>passwd</b> or - <b>yppasswd</b> commands.</p><p>For more details on using <b>smbpasswd</b> refer - to the man page which will always be the definitive reference.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883464"></a>Plain text</h2></div></div><p> -Older versions of samba retrieved user information from the unix user database -and eventually some other fields from the file <tt>/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt> -or <tt>/etc/smbpasswd</tt>. When password encryption is disabled, no -data is stored at all. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883493"></a>TDB</h2></div></div><p>Samba can also store the user data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). Using this backend -doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is recommended for new installations that -don not require LDAP. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2883509"></a>LDAP</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883516"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> -This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user -account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is -assumed that the reader already has a basic understanding of LDAP concepts -and has a working directory server already installed. For more information -on LDAP architectures and Directories, please refer to the following sites. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>OpenLDAP - <a href="http://www.openldap.org/" target="_top">http://www.openldap.org/</a></p></li><li><p>iPlanet Directory Server - <a href="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory" target="_top">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</a></p></li></ul></div><p> -Note that <a href="http://www.ora.com/" target="_top">O'Reilly Publishing</a> is working on -a guide to LDAP for System Administrators which has a planned release date of -early summer, 2002. + Firstly, all Samba SAM (Security Account Manager database) accounts require + a Unix/Linux UID that the account will map to. As users are added to the account + information database, Samba-3 will call the <i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i> + interface to add the account to the Samba host OS. In essence, all accounts in + the local SAM require a local user account. + </p><p> + The second way to affect Windows SID to Unix UID mapping is via the + <span class="emphasis"><em>idmap uid, idmap gid</em></span> parameters in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + Please refer to the man page for information about these parameters. + These parameters are essential when mapping users from a remote SAM server. + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911009"></a>Account Management Tools</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 provides two (2) tools for management of User and machine accounts. These tools are +called <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> and <b class="command">pdbedit</b>. A third tool is under +development but is NOT expected to ship in time for Samba-3.0.0. The new tool will be a TCL/TK +GUI tool that looks much like the MS Windows NT4 Domain User Manager - hopefully this will +be announced in time for the Samba-3.0.1 release. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911041"></a>The <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> Command</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The smbpasswd utility is a utility similar to the <b class="command">passwd</b> + or <b class="command">yppasswd</b> programs. It maintains the two 32 byte password + fields in the passdb backend. + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> works in a client-server mode where it contacts the + local smbd to change the user's password on its behalf. This has enormous benefits + as follows: + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> has the capability to change passwords on Windows NT + servers (this only works when the request is sent to the NT Primary Domain Controller + if changing an NT Domain user's password). + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> can be used to: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>add</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>delete</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>enable</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>disable</em></span> user or machine accounts</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>set to NULL</em></span> user passwords</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>manage interdomain trust accounts</em></span></td></tr></table><p> + To run smbpasswd as a normal user just type: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Old SMB password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><p> + For <i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> type old value here - or hit return if + there was no old password + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">New SMB Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>new secret</tt></i></tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Repeat New SMB Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt><i class="replaceable"><tt>new secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p><p> + If the old value does not match the current value stored for that user, or the two + new values do not match each other, then the password will not be changed. + </p><p> + When invoked by an ordinary user it will only allow change of their own + SMB password. + </p><p> + When run by root smbpasswd may take an optional argument, specifying + the user name whose SMB password you wish to change. When run as root, smbpasswd + does not prompt for or check the old password value, thus allowing root to set passwords + for users who have forgotten their passwords. + </p><p> + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> is designed to work in the way familiar to UNIX + users who use the <b class="command">passwd</b> or <b class="command">yppasswd</b> commands. + While designed for administrative use, this tool provides essential user level + password change capabilities. + </p><p> + For more details on using <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> refer to the man page (the + definitive reference). + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911306"></a>The <span class="emphasis"><em>pdbedit</em></span> Command</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + <b class="command">pdbedit</b> is a tool that can be used only by root. It is used to + manage the passdb backend. <b class="command">pdbedit</b> can be used to: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>add, remove or modify user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>listing user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>migrate user accounts</td></tr></table><p> + The <b class="command">pdbedit</b> tool is the only one that can manage the account + security and policy settings. It is capable of all operations that smbpasswd can + do as well as a super set of them. + </p><p> + One particularly important purpose of the <b class="command">pdbedit</b> is to allow + the migration of account information from one passdb backend to another. See the + <a href="passdb.html#XMLpassdb" title="XML">XML</a> password backend section of this chapter. + </p><p> + The following is an example of the user account information that is stored in + a tdbsam password backend. This listing was produced by running: + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -Lv met</tt></b> + Unix username: met + NT username: + Account Flags: [UX ] + User SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-2004 + Primary Group SID: S-1-5-21-1449123459-1407424037-3116680435-1201 + Full Name: Melissa E Terpstra + Home Directory: \\frodo\met\Win9Profile + HomeDir Drive: H: + Logon Script: scripts\logon.bat + Profile Path: \\frodo\Profiles\met + Domain: MIDEARTH + Account desc: + Workstations: melbelle + Munged dial: + Logon time: 0 + Logoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + Kickoff time: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + Password last set: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT + Password can change: Sat, 14 Dec 2002 14:37:03 GMT + Password must change: Mon, 18 Jan 2038 20:14:07 GMT + </pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2911458"></a>Password Backends</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 offers the greatest flexibility in backend account database design of any SMB/CIFS server +technology available today. The flexibility is immediately obvious as one begins to explore this +capability. </p><p> -Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <a href="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb/ldap-smb-3-howto.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO</a> - maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.</p></li><li><p>The NT migration scripts from <a href="http://samba.idealx.org/" target="_top">IDEALX</a> that are - geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration. - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883617"></a>Encrypted Password Database</h3></div></div><p> -Traditionally, when configuring <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">"encrypt -passwords = yes"</a> in Samba's <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, user account -information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account -flags have been stored in the <tt>smbpasswd(5)</tt> file. There are several -disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted -in the thousands). -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -The first is that all lookups must be performed sequentially. Given that -there are approximately two lookups per domain logon (one for a normal -session connection such as when mapping a network drive or printer), this -is a performance bottleneck for large sites. What is needed is an indexed approach -such as is used in databases. -</p></li><li><p> -The second problem is that administrators who desired to replicate a -smbpasswd file to more than one Samba server were left to use external -tools such as <b>rsync(1)</b> and <b>ssh(1)</b> -and wrote custom, in-house scripts. -</p></li><li><p> -And finally, the amount of information which is stored in an -smbpasswd entry leaves no room for additional attributes such as -a home directory, password expiration time, or even a Relative -Identified (RID). -</p></li></ul></div><p> -As a result of these defeciencies, a more robust means of storing user attributes -used by smbd was developed. The API which defines access to user accounts -is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb -API, and is still so named in the CVS trees). +It is possible to specify not only multiple different password backends, but even multiple +backends of the same type. For example, to use two different tdbsam databases: </p><p> -There are a few points to stress about that the ldapsam -does not provide. The LDAP support referred to in the this documentation does not -include: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A means of retrieving user account information from - an Windows 2000 Active Directory server.</p></li><li><p>A means of replacing /etc/passwd.</p></li></ul></div><p> -The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules. LGPL -versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software -(<a href="http://www.padl.com/" target="_top">http://www.padl.com/</a>). More -information about the configuration of these packages may be found at "LDAP, -System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS". -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883756"></a>Supported LDAP Servers</h3></div></div><p> -The LDAP samdb code in 2.2.3 (and later) has been developed and tested -using the OpenLDAP 2.0 server and client libraries. -The same code should be able to work with Netscape's Directory Server -and client SDK. However, due to lack of testing so far, there are bound -to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix. -If you are so inclined, please be sure to forward all patches to -<a href="mailto:samba-patches@samba.org" target="_top">samba-patches@samba.org</a> and -<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883794"></a>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</h3></div></div><p> -Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in -<tt>examples/LDAP/samba.schema</tt>. The sambaAccount objectclass is given here: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -objectclass ( 1.3.1.5.1.4.1.7165.2.2.2 NAME 'sambaAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY - DESC 'Samba Account' - MUST ( uid $ rid ) - MAY ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $ - logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $ - displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $ - description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain )) +[globals] + passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/passdb.tdb, \ + tdbsam:/etc/samba/old-passdb.tdb, guest +</pre><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911494"></a>Plain Text</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Older versions of Samba retrieved user information from the unix user database + and eventually some other fields from the file <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smbpasswd</tt> + or <tt class="filename">/etc/smbpasswd</tt>. When password encryption is disabled, no + SMB specific data is stored at all. Instead all operations are conducted via the way + that the Samba host OS will access its <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> database. + eg: On Linux systems that is done via PAM. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911534"></a>smbpasswd - Encrypted Password Database</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Traditionally, when configuring <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt + passwords = yes</a> in Samba's <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, user account + information such as username, LM/NT password hashes, password change times, and account + flags have been stored in the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd(5)</tt> file. There are several + disadvantages to this approach for sites with very large numbers of users (counted + in the thousands). + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + The first is that all lookups must be performed sequentially. Given that + there are approximately two lookups per domain logon (one for a normal + session connection such as when mapping a network drive or printer), this + is a performance bottleneck for large sites. What is needed is an indexed approach + such as is used in databases. + </p></li><li><p> + The second problem is that administrators who desire to replicate a smbpasswd file + to more than one Samba server were left to use external tools such as + <b class="command">rsync(1)</b> and <b class="command">ssh(1)</b> and wrote custom, + in-house scripts. + </p></li><li><p> + And finally, the amount of information which is stored in an smbpasswd entry leaves + no room for additional attributes such as a home directory, password expiration time, + or even a Relative Identifier (RID). + </p></li></ul></div><p> + As a result of these deficiencies, a more robust means of storing user attributes + used by smbd was developed. The API which defines access to user accounts + is commonly referred to as the samdb interface (previously this was called the passdb + API, and is still so named in the Samba CVS trees). + </p><p> + Samba-3 provides an enhanced set of passdb backends that overcome the deficiencies + of the smbpasswd plain text database. These are tdbsam, ldapsam, and xmlsam. + Of these ldapsam will be of most interest to large corporate or enterprise sites. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911641"></a>tdbsam</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba can store user and machine account data in a "TDB" (Trivial Database). + Using this backend doesn't require any additional configuration. This backend is + recommended for new installations that do not require LDAP. + </p><p> + As a general guide the Samba-Team does NOT recommend using the tdbsam backend for sites + that have 250 or more users. Additionally, tdbsam is not capable of scaling for use + in sites that require PDB/BDC implementations that requires replication of the account + database. Clearly, for reason of scalability, the use of ldapsam should be encouraged. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2911668"></a>ldapsam</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are a few points to stress that the ldapsam does not provide. The LDAP + support referred to in the this documentation does not include: + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A means of retrieving user account information from + an Windows 200x Active Directory server.</p></li><li><p>A means of replacing /etc/passwd.</p></li></ul></div><p> + The second item can be accomplished by using LDAP NSS and PAM modules. LGPL + versions of these libraries can be obtained from PADL Software + (<a href="http://www.padl.com/" target="_top">http://www.padl.com/</a>). More + information about the configuration of these packages may be found at "LDAP, + System Administration; Gerald Carter, O'Reilly; Chapter 6: Replacing NIS". + Refer to <a href="http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6" target="_top"> + http://safari.oreilly.com/?XmlId=1-56592-491-6</a> for those who might wish to know + more about configuration and administration of an OpenLDAP server. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + This section is outdated for Samba-3 schema. Samba-3 introduces a new schema + that has not been documented at the time of this publication. + </p></div><p> + This document describes how to use an LDAP directory for storing Samba user + account information traditionally stored in the smbpasswd(5) file. It is + assumed that the reader already has a basic understanding of LDAP concepts + and has a working directory server already installed. For more information + on LDAP architectures and Directories, please refer to the following sites. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>OpenLDAP - <a href="http://www.openldap.org/" target="_top">http://www.openldap.org/</a></p></li><li><p>iPlanet Directory Server - + <a href="http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory" target="_top">http://iplanet.netscape.com/directory</a></p></li></ul></div><p> + Two additional Samba resources which may prove to be helpful are + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <a href="http://www.unav.es/cti/ldap-smb/ldap-smb-3-howto.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-LDAP-HOWTO</a> + maintained by Ignacio Coupeau.</p></li><li><p>The NT migration scripts from <a href="http://samba.idealx.org/" target="_top">IDEALX</a> that are + geared to manage users and group in such a Samba-LDAP Domain Controller configuration. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911821"></a>Supported LDAP Servers</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The LDAP ldapsam code has been developed and tested using the OpenLDAP 2.0 and 2.1 server and + client libraries. The same code should work with Netscape's Directory Server and client SDK. + However, there are bound to be compile errors and bugs. These should not be hard to fix. + Please submit fixes via <a href="bugreport.html" title="Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs">Bug reporting facility</a>. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911847"></a>Schema and Relationship to the RFC 2307 posixAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Samba 3.0 includes the necessary schema file for OpenLDAP 2.0 in + <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP/samba.schema</tt>. The sambaSamAccount objectclass is given here: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="programlisting"> +objectclass ( 1.3.6.1.4.1.7165.2.2.3 NAME 'sambaSamAccount' SUP top AUXILIARY + DESC 'Samba Auxiliary Account' + MUST ( uid $ rid ) + MAY ( cn $ lmPassword $ ntPassword $ pwdLastSet $ logonTime $ + logoffTime $ kickoffTime $ pwdCanChange $ pwdMustChange $ acctFlags $ + displayName $ smbHome $ homeDrive $ scriptPath $ profilePath $ + description $ userWorkstations $ primaryGroupID $ domain )) </pre><p> -The samba.schema file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0. The OID's are -owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published. -If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please -submit the modified schema file as a patch to <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a> -</p><p> -Just as the smbpasswd file is meant to store information which supplements a -user's <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry, so is the sambaAccount object -meant to supplement the UNIX user account information. A sambaAccount is a -<tt>STRUCTURAL</tt> objectclass so it can be stored individually -in the directory. However, there are several fields (e.g. uid) which overlap -with the posixAccount objectclass outlined in RFC2307. This is by design. -</p><p> -In order to store all user account information (UNIX and Samba) in the directory, -it is necessary to use the sambaAccount and posixAccount objectclasses in -combination. However, smbd will still obtain the user's UNIX account -information via the standard C library calls (e.g. getpwnam(), et. al.). -This means that the Samba server must also have the LDAP NSS library installed -and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to -store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account -information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2883904"></a>Configuring Samba with LDAP</h3></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2883912"></a>OpenLDAP configuration</h4></div></div><p> -To include support for the sambaAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory -server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory. </p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b><tt>cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/</tt></b> + The <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file has been formatted for OpenLDAP 2.0/2.1. + The OID's are owned by the Samba Team and as such is legal to be openly published. + If you translate the schema to be used with Netscape DS, please + submit the modified schema file as a patch to + <a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org" target="_top">jerry@samba.org</a>. + </p><p> + Just as the smbpasswd file is meant to store information which supplements a + user's <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> entry, so is the sambaSamAccount object + meant to supplement the UNIX user account information. A sambaSamAccount is a + <tt class="constant">STRUCTURAL</tt> objectclass so it can be stored individually + in the directory. However, there are several fields (e.g. uid) which overlap + with the posixAccount objectclass outlined in RFC2307. This is by design. + </p><p> + In order to store all user account information (UNIX and Samba) in the directory, + it is necessary to use the sambaSamAccount and posixAccount objectclasses in + combination. However, smbd will still obtain the user's UNIX account + information via the standard C library calls (e.g. getpwnam(), et. al.). + This means that the Samba server must also have the LDAP NSS library installed + and functioning correctly. This division of information makes it possible to + store all Samba account information in LDAP, but still maintain UNIX account + information in NIS while the network is transitioning to a full LDAP infrastructure. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2911953"></a>OpenLDAP configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To include support for the sambaSamAccount object in an OpenLDAP directory + server, first copy the samba.schema file to slapd's configuration directory. + The samba.schema file can be found in the directory <tt class="filename">examples/LDAP</tt> + in the samba source distribution. + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp samba.schema /etc/openldap/schema/</tt></b> +</pre><p> </p><p> -Next, include the <tt>samba.schema</tt> file in <tt>slapd.conf</tt>. -The sambaAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema -files. The 'uid' attribute is defined in <tt>cosine.schema</tt> and -the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the <tt>inetorgperson.schema</tt> -file. Both of these must be included before the <tt>samba.schema</tt> file. + Next, include the <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file in <tt class="filename">slapd.conf</tt>. + The sambaSamAccount object contains two attributes which depend upon other schema + files. The 'uid' attribute is defined in <tt class="filename">cosine.schema</tt> and + the 'displayName' attribute is defined in the <tt class="filename">inetorgperson.schema</tt> + file. Both of these must be included before the <tt class="filename">samba.schema</tt> file. + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## /etc/openldap/slapd.conf ## schema files (core.schema is required by default) include /etc/openldap/schema/core.schema -## needed for sambaAccount +## needed for sambaSamAccount include /etc/openldap/schema/cosine.schema include /etc/openldap/schema/inetorgperson.schema include /etc/openldap/schema/samba.schema include /etc/openldap/schema/nis.schema - .... </pre><p> -It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most usefull attributes, -like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaAccount objectclasses -(and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well). -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><p> + It is recommended that you maintain some indices on some of the most useful attributes, + like in the following example, to speed up searches made on sambaSamAccount objectclasses + (and possibly posixAccount and posixGroup as well). + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> # Indices to maintain -## required by OpenLDAP 2.0 -index objectclass eq +## required by OpenLDAP +index objectclass eq -## support pb_getsampwnam() -index uid pres,eq -## support pdb_getsambapwrid() -index rid eq +index cn pres,sub,eq +index sn pres,sub,eq +## required to support pdb_getsampwnam +index uid pres,sub,eq +## required to support pdb_getsambapwrid() +index displayName pres,sub,eq ## uncomment these if you are storing posixAccount and ## posixGroup entries in the directory as well -##index uidNumber eq -##index gidNumber eq -##index cn eq -##index memberUid eq +##index uidNumber eq +##index gidNumber eq +##index memberUid eq -# (both fetched via ldapsearch): -index primaryGroupID eq -index displayName pres,eq +index sambaSID eq +index sambaPrimaryGroupSID eq +index sambaDomainName eq +index default sub +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Create the new index by executing: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +./sbin/slapindex -f slapd.conf +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Remember to restart slapd after making these changes: + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/etc/init.d/slapd restart</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2912141"></a>Initialise the LDAP database</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Before you can add accounts to the LDAP database you must create the account containers + that they will be stored in. The following LDIF file should be modified to match your + needs (ie: Your DNS entries, etc.). + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +# Organization for Samba Base +dn: dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: dcObject +objectclass: organization +dc: plainjoe +o: Terpstra Org Network +description: The Samba-3 Network LDAP Example + +# Organizational Role for Directory Management +dn: cn=Manager,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: organizationalRole +cn: Manager +description: Directory Manager + +# Setting up container for users +dn: ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +objectclass: top +objectclass: organizationalUnit +ou: People -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2884030"></a>Configuring Samba</h4></div></div><p> -The following parameters are available in smb.conf only with <i><tt>--with-ldapsam</tt></i> -was included when compiling Samba. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend [ldapsam|ldapsam_nua]:url</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER" target="_top">ldap filter</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPORT" target="_top">ldap port</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN" target="_top">ldap delete dn</a></p></li></ul></div><p> -These are described in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5)</a> man -page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for -use with an LDAP directory could appear as +# Setting up admin handle for People OU +dn: cn=admin,ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org +cn: admin +objectclass: top +objectclass: organizationalRole +objectclass: simpleSecurityObject +userPassword: {SSHA}c3ZM9tBaBo9autm1dL3waDS21+JSfQVz +</pre><p> +</p><p> + The userPassword shown above should be generated using <b class="command">slappasswd</b>. + </p><p> + The following command will then load the contents of the LDIF file into the LDAP + database. + </p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>slapadd -v -l initldap.dif</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p><p> + Do not forget to secure your LDAP server with an adequate access control list, + as well as an admin password. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + Before Samba can access the LDAP server you need to store the LDAP admin password + into the Samba-3 <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt> database by: + </p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i></tt></b> + </pre><p> + </p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2912270"></a>Configuring Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following parameters are available in smb.conf only if your + version of samba was built with LDAP support. Samba automatically builds with LDAP support if the + LDAP libraries are found. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend = ldapsam:url</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSSL" target="_top">ldap ssl</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top">ldap admin dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPFILTER" target="_top">ldap filter</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPMACHINSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap machine suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPUSERSUFFIX" target="_top">ldap user suffix</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPDELETEDN" target="_top">ldap delete dn</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">ldap passwd sync</a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPTRUSTIDS" target="_top">ldap trust ids</a></p></li></ul></div><p> + These are described in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man + page and so will not be repeated here. However, a sample smb.conf file for + use with an LDAP directory could appear as + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf [global] @@ -265,7 +541,7 @@ use with an LDAP directory could appear as # define the DN to use when binding to the directory servers # The password for this DN is not stored in smb.conf. Rather it - # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <i><tt>secretpw</tt></i>' to store the + # must be set by using 'smbpasswd -w <i class="replaceable"><tt>secretpw</tt></i>' to store the # passphrase in the secrets.tdb file. If the "ldap admin dn" values # change, this password will need to be reset. ldap admin dn = "cn=Samba Manager,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" @@ -274,245 +550,263 @@ use with an LDAP directory could appear as # ('off', 'start tls', or 'on' (default)) ldap ssl = start tls - passdb backend ldapsam:ldap://ahab.samba.org + # syntax: passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://server-name[:port] + passdb backend = ldapsam:ldap://funball.samba.org, guest # smbpasswd -x delete the entire dn-entry ldap delete dn = no # the machine and user suffix added to the base suffix - # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL siffixes by default + # wrote WITHOUT quotes. NULL suffixes by default ldap user suffix = ou=People ldap machine suffix = ou=Systems - # define the port to use in the LDAP session (defaults to 636 when - # "ldap ssl = on") - ldap port = 389 + # Trust unix account information in LDAP + # (see the smb.conf manpage for details) + ldap trust ids = Yes # specify the base DN to use when searching the directory ldap suffix = "ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org" # generally the default ldap search filter is ok - # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))" -</pre></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884200"></a>Accounts and Groups management</h3></div></div><p> -As users accounts are managed thru the sambaAccount objectclass, you should -modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaAccount attributes. -</p><p> -Machines accounts are managed with the sambaAccount objectclass, just -like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store thoses accounts -in a different tree of you LDAP namespace: you should use -"ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and -"ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your -NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration -file). -</p><p> -In Samba release 3.0, the group management system is based on posix -groups. This means that Samba makes usage of the posixGroup objectclass. -For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local -groups). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884237"></a>Security and sambaAccount</h3></div></div><p> -There are two important points to remember when discussing the security -of sambaAccount entries in the directory. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> retrieve the lmPassword or - ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> allow non-admin users to - view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</p></li></ul></div><p> -These password hashes are clear text equivalents and can be used to impersonate -the user without deriving the original clear text strings. For more information -on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the <a href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 10. User information database">User Database</a> of the Samba-HOWTO-Collection. -</p><p> -To remedy the first security issue, the "ldap ssl" smb.conf parameter defaults -to require an encrypted session (<b>ldap ssl = on</b>) using -the default port of 636 -when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP 2.0 server, it -is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of -LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security -(<b>ldap ssl = off</b>). -</p><p> -Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS -extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for -the older method of securing communication between clients and servers. -</p><p> -The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from -harvesting password hashes from the directory. This can be done using the -following ACL in <tt>slapd.conf</tt>: + # ldap filter = "(&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaSamAccount))" +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2912468"></a>Accounts and Groups management</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + As users accounts are managed through the sambaSamAccount objectclass, you should + modify your existing administration tools to deal with sambaSamAccount attributes. + </p><p> + Machines accounts are managed with the sambaSamAccount objectclass, just + like users accounts. However, it's up to you to store those accounts + in a different tree of your LDAP namespace: you should use + "ou=Groups,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store groups and + "ou=People,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" to store users. Just configure your + NSS and PAM accordingly (usually, in the /etc/ldap.conf configuration + file). + </p><p> + In Samba release 3.0, the group management system is based on POSIX + groups. This means that Samba makes use of the posixGroup objectclass. + For now, there is no NT-like group system management (global and local + groups). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2912505"></a>Security and sambaSamAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + There are two important points to remember when discussing the security + of sambaSamAccount entries in the directory. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> retrieve the lmPassword or + ntPassword attribute values over an unencrypted LDAP session.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Never</em></span> allow non-admin users to + view the lmPassword or ntPassword attribute values.</p></li></ul></div><p> + These password hashes are clear text equivalents and can be used to impersonate + the user without deriving the original clear text strings. For more information + on the details of LM/NT password hashes, refer to the + <a href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database</a> section of this chapter. + </p><p> + To remedy the first security issue, the <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i> <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameter defaults + to require an encrypted session (<i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl = on</tt></i>) using + the default port of <tt class="constant">636</tt> + when contacting the directory server. When using an OpenLDAP server, it + is possible to use the use the StartTLS LDAP extended operation in the place of + LDAPS. In either case, you are strongly discouraged to disable this security + (<i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl = off</tt></i>). + </p><p> + Note that the LDAPS protocol is deprecated in favor of the LDAPv3 StartTLS + extended operation. However, the OpenLDAP library still provides support for + the older method of securing communication between clients and servers. + </p><p> + The second security precaution is to prevent non-administrative users from + harvesting password hashes from the directory. This can be done using the + following ACL in <tt class="filename">slapd.conf</tt>: + </p><p> </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## allow the "ldap admin dn" access, but deny everyone else access to attrs=lmPassword,ntPassword by dn="cn=Samba Admin,ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org" write by * none -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884352"></a>LDAP specials attributes for sambaAccounts</h3></div></div><p> -The sambaAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmPassword</tt>: the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character - representation of a hexidecimal string.</p></li><li><p><tt>ntPassword</tt>: the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character - representation of a hexidecimal string.</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdLastSet</tt>: The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the - <tt>lmPassword</tt> and <tt>ntPassword</tt> attributes were last set. - </p></li><li><p><tt>acctFlags</tt>: string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] - representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), and - D(disabled).</p></li><li><p><tt>logonTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>logoffTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>kickoffTime</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdCanChange</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>pwdMustChange</tt>: Integer value currently unused</p></li><li><p><tt>homeDrive</tt>: specifies the drive letter to which to map the - UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" - where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the - smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>scriptPath</tt>: The scriptPath property specifies the path of - the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path - is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the - smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>profilePath</tt>: specifies a path to the user's profile. - This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the - "logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</p></li><li><p><tt>smbHome</tt>: The homeDirectory property specifies the path of - the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies - a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network - UNC path of the form \\server\share\directory. This value can be a null string. - Refer to the "logon home" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information. - </p></li><li><p><tt>userWorkstation</tt>: character string value currently unused. - </p></li><li><p><tt>rid</tt>: the integer representation of the user's relative identifier - (RID).</p></li><li><p><tt>primaryGroupID</tt>: the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group - of the user.</p></li></ul></div><p> -The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of -a domain (refer to the <a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-HOWTO</a> for details on -how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes -are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if the values are non-default values: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>smbHome</p></li><li><p>scriptPath</p></li><li><p>logonPath</p></li><li><p>homeDrive</p></li></ul></div><p> -These attributes are only stored with the sambaAccount entry if -the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been -configured as a PDC and that <b>logon home = \\%L\%u</b> was defined in -its <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain, -the <i><tt>logon home</tt></i> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. -If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org", -this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value -of the <i><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter is used in its place. Samba -will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is -something other than the default (e.g. \\MOBY\becky). -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884633"></a>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaAccount</h3></div></div><p> -The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org -ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 -pwdMustChange: 2147483647 -primaryGroupID: 1201 -lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE -pwdLastSet: 1010179124 -logonTime: 0 -objectClass: sambaAccount -uid: guest2 -kickoffTime: 2147483647 -acctFlags: [UX ] -logoffTime: 2147483647 -rid: 19006 -pwdCanChange: 0 </pre><p> -The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaAccount and -posixAccount objectclasses: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org -logonTime: 0 -displayName: Gerald Carter -lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE -primaryGroupID: 1201 -objectClass: posixAccount -objectClass: sambaAccount -acctFlags: [UX ] -userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo -uid: gcarter -uidNumber: 9000 -cn: Gerald Carter -loginShell: /bin/bash -logoffTime: 2147483647 -gidNumber: 100 -kickoffTime: 2147483647 -pwdLastSet: 1010179230 -rid: 19000 -homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter -pwdCanChange: 0 -pwdMustChange: 2147483647 -ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 -</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884689"></a>MySQL</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884696"></a>Creating the database</h3></div></div><p> -You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below -for the column names) or use the default table. The file <tt>examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt> -contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command : - -<b>mysql -u<i><tt>username</tt></i> -h<i><tt>hostname</tt></i> -p<i><tt>password</tt></i> <i><tt>databasename</tt></i> > <tt>/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt></b> - -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884750"></a>Configuring</h3></div></div><p>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</p><p>Add a the following to the <b>passdb backend</b> variable in your <tt>smb.conf</tt>: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins] -</pre><p> -</p><p>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with -the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you -specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in 'passdb backend', you also need to -use different identifiers! -</p><p> -Additional options can be given thru the smb.conf file in the [global] section. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -identifier:mysql host - host name, defaults to 'localhost' -identifier:mysql password -identifier:mysql user - defaults to 'samba' -identifier:mysql database - defaults to 'samba' -identifier:mysql port - defaults to 3306 -identifier:table - Name of the table containing users -</pre><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> -Since the password for the mysql user is stored in the -smb.conf file, you should make the the smb.conf file -readable only to the user that runs samba. This is considered a security -bug and will be fixed soon. -</p></div><p>Names of the columns in this table(I've added column types those columns should have first):</p><pre class="programlisting"> -identifier:logon time column - int(9) -identifier:logoff time column - int(9) -identifier:kickoff time column - int(9) -identifier:pass last set time column - int(9) -identifier:pass can change time column - int(9) -identifier:pass must change time column - int(9) -identifier:username column - varchar(255) - unix username -identifier:domain column - varchar(255) - NT domain user is part of -identifier:nt username column - varchar(255) - NT username -identifier:fullname column - varchar(255) - Full name of user -identifier:home dir column - varchar(255) - Unix homedir path -identifier:dir drive column - varchar(2) - Directory drive path (eg: 'H:') -identifier:logon script column - varchar(255) - - Batch file to run on client side when logging on -identifier:profile path column - varchar(255) - Path of profile -identifier:acct desc column - varchar(255) - Some ASCII NT user data -identifier:workstations column - varchar(255) - - Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all) -identifier:unknown string column - varchar(255) - unknown string -identifier:munged dial column - varchar(255) - ? -identifier:user sid column - varchar(255) - NT user SID -identifier:group sid column - varchar(255) - NT group ID -identifier:lanman pass column - varchar(255) - encrypted lanman password -identifier:nt pass column - varchar(255) - encrypted nt passwd -identifier:plain pass column - varchar(255) - plaintext password -identifier:acct control column - int(9) - nt user data -identifier:unknown 3 column - int(9) - unknown -identifier:logon divs column - int(9) - ? -identifier:hours len column - int(9) - ? -identifier:unknown 5 column - int(9) - unknown -identifier:unknown 6 column - int(9) - unknown +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2912642"></a>LDAP special attributes for sambaSamAccounts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The sambaSamAccount objectclass is composed of the following attributes: + </p><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2912659"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.1. Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)</b></p><table summary="Attributes in the sambaSamAccount objectclass (LDAP)" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><tbody><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt></td><td align="left">the LANMAN password 16-byte hash stored as a character + representation of a hexadecimal string.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt></td><td align="left">the NT password hash 16-byte stored as a character + representation of a hexadecimal string.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdLastSet</tt></td><td align="left">The integer time in seconds since 1970 when the + <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt> and <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt> attributes were last set. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">acctFlags</tt></td><td align="left">string of 11 characters surrounded by square brackets [] + representing account flags such as U (user), W(workstation), X(no password expiration), + I(Domain trust account), H(Home dir required), S(Server trust account), + and D(disabled).</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">logonTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">logoffTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">kickoffTime</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdCanChange</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">pwdMustChange</tt></td><td align="left">Integer value currently unused</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">homeDrive</tt></td><td align="left">specifies the drive letter to which to map the + UNC path specified by homeDirectory. The drive letter must be specified in the form "X:" + where X is the letter of the drive to map. Refer to the "logon drive" parameter in the + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">scriptPath</tt></td><td align="left">The scriptPath property specifies the path of + the user's logon script, .CMD, .EXE, or .BAT file. The string can be null. The path + is relative to the netlogon share. Refer to the "logon script" parameter in the + smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">profilePath</tt></td><td align="left">specifies a path to the user's profile. + This value can be a null string, a local absolute path, or a UNC path. Refer to the + "logon path" parameter in the smb.conf(5) man page for more information.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">smbHome</tt></td><td align="left">The homeDirectory property specifies the path of + the home directory for the user. The string can be null. If homeDrive is set and specifies + a drive letter, homeDirectory should be a UNC path. The path must be a network + UNC path of the form <tt class="filename">\\server\share\directory</tt>. This value can be a null string. + Refer to the <b class="command">logon home</b> parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for more information. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">userWorkstation</tt></td><td align="left">character string value currently unused. + </td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">rid</tt></td><td align="left">the integer representation of the user's relative identifier + (RID).</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">primaryGroupID</tt></td><td align="left">the relative identifier (RID) of the primary group + of the user.</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><tt class="constant">domain</tt></td><td align="left">domain the user is part of.</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p><p> + The majority of these parameters are only used when Samba is acting as a PDC of + a domain (refer to the <a href="samba-pdc.html" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Samba as a primary domain controller</a> chapter for details on + how to configure Samba as a Primary Domain Controller). The following four attributes + are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if the values are non-default values: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>smbHome</td></tr><tr><td>scriptPath</td></tr><tr><td>logonPath</td></tr><tr><td>homeDrive</td></tr></table><p> + These attributes are only stored with the sambaSamAccount entry if + the values are non-default values. For example, assume TASHTEGO has now been + configured as a PDC and that <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home = \\%L\%u</tt></i> was defined in + its <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. When a user named "becky" logons to the domain, + the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> string is expanded to \\TASHTEGO\becky. + If the smbHome attribute exists in the entry "uid=becky,ou=people,dc=samba,dc=org", + this value is used. However, if this attribute does not exist, then the value + of the <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i> parameter is used in its place. Samba + will only write the attribute value to the directory entry if the value is + something other than the default (e.g. <tt class="filename">\\MOBY\becky</tt>). + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2913008"></a>Example LDIF Entries for a sambaSamAccount</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + The following is a working LDIF with the inclusion of the posixAccount objectclass: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + dn: uid=guest2, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org + ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 + pwdMustChange: 2147483647 + primaryGroupID: 1201 + lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE + pwdLastSet: 1010179124 + logonTime: 0 + objectClass: sambaSamAccount + uid: guest2 + kickoffTime: 2147483647 + acctFlags: [UX ] + logoffTime: 2147483647 + rid: 19006 + pwdCanChange: 0 + </pre><p> + </p><p> + The following is an LDIF entry for using both the sambaSamAccount and + posixAccount objectclasses: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + dn: uid=gcarter, ou=people,dc=plainjoe,dc=org + logonTime: 0 + displayName: Gerald Carter + lmPassword: 552902031BEDE9EFAAD3B435B51404EE + primaryGroupID: 1201 + objectClass: posixAccount + objectClass: sambaSamAccount + acctFlags: [UX ] + userPassword: {crypt}BpM2ej8Rkzogo + uid: gcarter + uidNumber: 9000 + cn: Gerald Carter + loginShell: /bin/bash + logoffTime: 2147483647 + gidNumber: 100 + kickoffTime: 2147483647 + pwdLastSet: 1010179230 + rid: 19000 + homeDirectory: /home/tashtego/gcarter + pwdCanChange: 0 + pwdMustChange: 2147483647 + ntPassword: 878D8014606CDA29677A44EFA1353FC7 </pre><p> -Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which -should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also -specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be -updated. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884895"></a>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</h3></div></div><p> -I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them: -</p><p> -If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set -'identifier:lanman pass column' and 'identifier:nt pass column' to -'NULL' (without the quotes) and 'identifier:plain pass column' to the -name of the column containing the plaintext passwords. -</p><p> -If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass -column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2884925"></a>Getting non-column data from the table</h3></div></div><p> -It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'. -</p><p> -For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : -<b>CONCAT(First_name,' ',Sur_name)</b> -</p><p> -Or, set 'identifier:workstations column' to : -<b>NULL</b></p><p>See the MySQL documentation for more language constructs.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2884968"></a>XML</h2></div></div><p>This module requires libxml2 to be installed.</p><p>The usage of pdb_xml is pretty straightforward. To export data, use: -</p><p> - <b><tt>pdbedit -e xml:filename</tt></b> -</p><p> -(where filename is the name of the file to put the data in) -</p><p> -To import data, use: -<b><tt>pdbedit -i xml:filename -e current-pdb</tt></b> -</p><p> -Where filename is the name to read the data from and current-pdb to put it in. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="unix-permissions.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 9. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 11. UNIX Permission Bits and Windows NT Access Control Lists</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2913071"></a>Password synchronisation</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Since version 3.0 samba can update the non-samba (LDAP) password stored with an account. When + using pam_ldap, this allows changing both unix and windows passwords at once. + </p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i> options can have the following values:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">yes</span></dt><dd><p>When the user changes his password, update + <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt>, <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt> + and the <tt class="constant">password</tt> fields.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">no</span></dt><dd><p>Only update <tt class="constant">ntPassword</tt> and <tt class="constant">lmPassword</tt>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">only</span></dt><dd><p>Only update the LDAP password and let the LDAP server worry + about the other fields. This option is only available when the LDAP server supports LDAP_EXOP_X_MODIFY_PASSWD. </p></dd></dl></div><p>More information can be found in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPPASSWDSYNC" target="_top">smb.conf</a> manpage. + </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2913185"></a>MySQL</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Every so often someone will come along with a great new idea. Storing of user accounts in an + SQL backend is one of them. Those who want to do this are in the best position to know what the + specific benefits are to them. This may sound like a cop-out, but in truth we can not attempt + to document every nitty little detail why certain things of marginal utility to the bulk of + Samba users might make sense to the rest. In any case, the following instructions should help + the determined SQL user to implement a working system. + </p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2913204"></a>Creating the database</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + You either can set up your own table and specify the field names to pdb_mysql (see below + for the column names) or use the default table. The file <tt class="filename">examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt> + contains the correct queries to create the required tables. Use the command : + + </p><pre class="screen"><tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>mysql -u<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> -h<i class="replaceable"><tt>hostname</tt></i> -p<i class="replaceable"><tt>password</tt></i> \ +<i class="replaceable"><tt>databasename</tt></i> < <tt class="filename">/path/to/samba/examples/pdb/mysql/mysql.dump</tt></tt></b></pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2913268"></a>Configuring</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>This plugin lacks some good documentation, but here is some short info:</p><p>Add a the following to the <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i> variable in your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + passdb backend = [other-plugins] mysql:identifier [other-plugins] + </pre><p> + </p><p>The identifier can be any string you like, as long as it doesn't collide with + the identifiers of other plugins or other instances of pdb_mysql. If you + specify multiple pdb_mysql.so entries in <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i>, you also need to + use different identifiers! + </p><p> + Additional options can be given through the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section. + </p><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2913346"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.2. Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend</b></p><table summary="Basic smb.conf options for MySQL passdb backend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Field</th><th align="left">Contents</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql host</td><td align="left">host name, defaults to 'localhost'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql password</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql user</td><td align="left">defaults to 'samba'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql database</td><td align="left">defaults to 'samba'</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:mysql port</td><td align="left">defaults to 3306</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:table</td><td align="left">Name of the table containing users</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Warning</h3><p> + Since the password for the MySQL user is stored in the + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, you should make the the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file + readable only to the user that runs Samba This is considered a security + bug and will be fixed soon. + </p></div><p>Names of the columns in this table (I've added column types those columns should have first):</p><p> + </p><div class="table"><a name="id2913471"></a><p class="title"><b>Table 11.3. MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend</b></p><table summary="MySQL field names for MySQL passdb backend" border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">Field</th><th align="left">Type</th><th align="left">Contents</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logoff time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:kickoff time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass last set time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass can change time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:pass must change time column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left"> </td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:username column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">unix username</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:domain column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT domain user is part of</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:nt username column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT username</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:fullname column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Full name of user</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:home dir column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Unix homedir path</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:dir drive column</td><td align="left">varchar(2)</td><td align="left">Directory drive path (eg: 'H:')</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon script column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Batch file to run on client side when logging on</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:profile path column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Path of profile</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:acct desc column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Some ASCII NT user data</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:workstations column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">Workstations user can logon to (or NULL for all)</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown string column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">unknown string</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:munged dial column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:user sid column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT user SID</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:group sid column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">NT group ID</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:lanman pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">encrypted lanman password</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:nt pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">encrypted nt passwd</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:plain pass column</td><td align="left">varchar(255)</td><td align="left">plaintext password</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:acct control column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">nt user data</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 3 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:logon divs column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:hours len column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">?</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 5 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr><tr><td align="left">identifier:unknown 6 column</td><td align="left">int(9)</td><td align="left">unknown</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> + </p><p> + Eventually, you can put a colon (:) after the name of each column, which + should specify the column to update when updating the table. You can also + specify nothing behind the colon - then the data from the field will not be + updated. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2913850"></a>Using plaintext passwords or encrypted password</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + I strongly discourage the use of plaintext passwords, however, you can use them: + </p><p> + If you would like to use plaintext passwords, set + 'identifier:lanman pass column' and 'identifier:nt pass column' to + 'NULL' (without the quotes) and 'identifier:plain pass column' to the + name of the column containing the plaintext passwords. + </p><p> + If you use encrypted passwords, set the 'identifier:plain pass + column' to 'NULL' (without the quotes). This is the default. + </p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2913881"></a>Getting non-column data from the table</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> + It is possible to have not all data in the database and making some 'constant'. + </p><p> + For example, you can set 'identifier:fullname column' to : + <b class="command">CONCAT(First_name,' ',Sur_name)</b> + </p><p> + Or, set 'identifier:workstations column' to : + <b class="command">NULL</b></p><p>See the MySQL documentation for more language constructs.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="XMLpassdb"></a>XML</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>This module requires libxml2 to be installed.</p><p>The usage of pdb_xml is pretty straightforward. To export data, use: + </p><p> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -e xml:filename</tt></b> + </p><p> + (where filename is the name of the file to put the data in) + </p><p> + To import data, use: + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>pdbedit -i xml:filename</tt></b> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2913989"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2913997"></a>Users can not logon - Users not in Samba SAM</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + People forget to put their users in their backend and then complain Samba won't authorize them. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914012"></a>Users are being added to the wrong backend database</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A few complaints have been received from users that just moved to Samba-3. The following + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file entries were causing problems, new accounts were being added to the old + smbpasswd file, not to the tdbsam passdb.tdb file: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + ... + passdb backend = smbpasswd, tdbsam, guest + ... + </pre><p> + </p><p> + Samba will add new accounts to the first entry in the <span class="emphasis"><em>passdb backend</em></span> + parameter entry. If you want to update to the tdbsam, then change the entry to: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + [globals] + ... + passdb backend = tdbsam, smbpasswd, guest + ... + </pre><p> + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2914072"></a>auth methods does not work</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If you explicitly set an 'auth methods' parameter, guest must be specified as the first + entry on the line. Eg: <i class="parameter"><tt>auth methods = guest sam</tt></i>. + </p><p> + This is the exact opposite of the requirement for the <i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backed</tt></i> + option, where it must be the <span class="emphasis"><em>LAST</em></span> parameter on the line. + </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="NetworkBrowsing.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="groupmapping.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html index f239011639..368a6911b7 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/pdbedit.8.html @@ -1,18 +1,18 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>pdbedit</tt> [-l] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-g] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>pdbedit</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="pdbedit.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>pdbedit — manage the SAM database</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">pdbedit</tt> [-L] [-v] [-w] [-u username] [-f fullname] [-h homedir] [-D drive] [-S script] [-p profile] [-a] [-m] [-x] [-i passdb-backend] [-e passdb-backend] [-b passdb-backend] [-g] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-P account-policy] [-C value]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The pdbedit program is used to manage the users accounts stored in the sam database and can only be run by root.</p><p>The pdbedit tool uses the passdb modular interface and is independent from the kind of users database used (currently there are smbpasswd, ldap, nis+ and tdb based and more can be added without changing the tool).</p><p>There are five main ways to use pdbedit: adding a user account, removing a user account, modifing a user account, listing user - accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-l</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts + accounts, importing users accounts.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option lists all the user accounts present in the users database. This option prints a list of user/uid pairs separated by - the ':' character.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -l</b></p><pre class="screen"> + the ':' character.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -L</b></p><pre class="screen"> sorce:500:Simo Sorce samba:45:Test User </pre></dd><dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt><dd><p>This option enables the verbose listing format. It causes pdbedit to list the users in the database, printing - out the account fields in a descriptive format.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -l -v</b></p><pre class="screen"> + out the account fields in a descriptive format.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -L -v</b></p><pre class="screen"> --------------- username: sorce user ID/Group: 500/500 @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ Profile Path: \\BERSERKER\profile </pre></dd><dt><span class="term">-w</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the "smbpasswd" listing format. It will make pdbedit list the users in the database, printing out the account fields in a format compatible with the - <tt>smbpasswd</tt> file format. (see the - <a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a> for details)</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -l -w</b></p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file format. (see the + <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details)</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -L -w</b></p><pre class="screen"> sorce:500:508818B733CE64BEAAD3B435B51404EE:D2A2418EFC466A8A0F6B1DBB5C3DB80C:[UX ]:LCT-00000000: samba:45:0F2B255F7B67A7A9AAD3B435B51404EE:BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:[UX ]:LCT-3BFA1E8D: </pre></dd><dt><span class="term">-u username</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the username to be @@ -44,64 +44,75 @@ samba:45:0F2B255F7B67A7A9AAD3B435B51404EE:BC281CE3F53B6A5146629CD4751D3490:[UX operations and <span class="emphasis"><em>optional</em></span> in list operations.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-f fullname</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or modifing a user account. It will specify the user's full - name. </p><p>Example: <b>-f "Simo Sorce"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h homedir</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or + name. </p><p>Example: <b class="command">-f "Simo Sorce"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h homedir</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or modifing a user account. It will specify the user's home - directory network path.</p><p>Example: <b>-h "\\\\BERSERKER\\sorce"</b> + directory network path.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">-h "\\\\BERSERKER\\sorce"</b> </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D drive</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or modifing a user account. It will specify the windows drive - letter to be used to map the home directory.</p><p>Example: <b>-d "H:"</b> + letter to be used to map the home directory.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">-d "H:"</b> </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S script</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or modifing a user account. It will specify the user's logon - script path.</p><p>Example: <b>-s "\\\\BERSERKER\\netlogon\\sorce.bat"</b> + script path.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">-s "\\\\BERSERKER\\netlogon\\sorce.bat"</b> </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p profile</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or modifing a user account. It will specify the user's profile - directory.</p><p>Example: <b>-p "\\\\BERSERKER\\netlogon"</b> - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to add a user into the + directory.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">-p "\\\\BERSERKER\\netlogon"</b> + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-G SID|rid</span></dt><dd><p> + This option can be used while adding or modifying a user account. It + will specify the users' new primary group SID (Security Identifier) or + rid. </p><p>Example: <b class="command">-G S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-1201</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U SID|rid</span></dt><dd><p> + This option can be used while adding or modifying a user account. It + will specify the users' new SID (Security Identifier) or + rid. </p><p>Example: <b class="command">-U S-1-5-21-2447931902-1787058256-3961074038-5004</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c account-control</span></dt><dd><p>This option can be used while adding or modifying a user + account. It will specify the users' account control property. Possible + flags that can be set are: N, D, H, L, X. + </p><p>Example: <b class="command">-c "[X ]"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to add a user into the database. This command needs a user name specified with the -u switch. When adding a new user, pdbedit will also - ask for the password to be used.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -a -u sorce</b> + ask for the password to be used.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -a -u sorce</b> </p><pre class="programlisting">new password: retype new password </pre><p> -</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m</span></dt><dd><p>This option may only be used in conjunction - with the <i><tt>-a</tt></i> option. It will make +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to modify an existing user + in the database. This command needs a user name specified with the -u + switch. Other options can be specified to modify the properties of + the specified user. This flag is kept for backwards compatibility, but + it is no longer necessary to specify it. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m</span></dt><dd><p>This option may only be used in conjunction + with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-a</tt></i> option. It will make pdbedit to add a machine trust account instead of a user - account (-u username will provide the machine name).</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -a -m -u w2k-wks</b> + account (-u username will provide the machine name).</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -a -m -u w2k-wks</b> </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x</span></dt><dd><p>This option causes pdbedit to delete an account from the database. It needs a username specified with the - -u switch.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -x -u bob</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i passdb-backend</span></dt><dd><p>Use a different passdb backend to retrieve users + -u switch.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -x -u bob</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i passdb-backend</span></dt><dd><p>Use a different passdb backend to retrieve users than the one specified in smb.conf. Can be used to import data into your local user database.</p><p>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to - another.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd.old + another.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -i smbpasswd:/etc/smbpasswd.old </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-e passdb-backend</span></dt><dd><p>Exports all currently available users to the specified password database backend.</p><p>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to - another and will ease backing up.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -e smbpasswd:/root/samba-users.backup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g</span></dt><dd><p>If you specify <i><tt>-g</tt></i>, - then <i><tt>-i in-backend -e out-backend</tt></i> + another and will ease backing up.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -e smbpasswd:/root/samba-users.backup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g</span></dt><dd><p>If you specify <i class="parameter"><tt>-g</tt></i>, + then <i class="parameter"><tt>-i in-backend -e out-backend</tt></i> applies to the group mapping instead of the user database.</p><p>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to - another and will ease backing up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g</span></dt><dd><p>If you specify <i><tt>-g</tt></i>, - then <i><tt>-i in-backend -e out-backend</tt></i> - applies to the group mapping instead of the user database.</p><p>This option will ease migration from one passdb backend to - another and will ease backing up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b passdb-backend</span></dt><dd><p>Use a different default passdb backend. </p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -b xml:/root/pdb-backup.xml -l</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P account-policy</span></dt><dd><p>Display an account policy</p><p>Valid policies are: minimum password age, reset count minutes, disconnect time, + another and will ease backing up.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b passdb-backend</span></dt><dd><p>Use a different default passdb backend. </p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -b xml:/root/pdb-backup.xml -l</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-P account-policy</span></dt><dd><p>Display an account policy</p><p>Valid policies are: minimum password age, reset count minutes, disconnect time, user must logon to change password, password history, lockout duration, min password length, - maximum password age and bad lockout attempt.</p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -P "bad lockout attempt"</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + maximum password age and bad lockout attempt.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -P "bad lockout attempt"</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> account policy value for bad lockout attempt is 0 </pre></dd><dt><span class="term">-C account-policy-value</span></dt><dd><p>Sets an account policy to a specified value. This option may only be used in conjunction - with the <i><tt>-P</tt></i> option. - </p><p>Example: <b>pdbedit -P "bad lockout attempt" -C 3</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> + with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-P</tt></i> option. + </p><p>Example: <b class="command">pdbedit -P "bad lockout attempt" -C 3</b></p><pre class="programlisting"> account policy value for bad lockout attempt was 0 account policy value for bad lockout attempt is now 3 </pre></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -115,17 +126,11 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. -</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 2.2 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a>, <a href="samba.7.html">samba(7)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>NOTES</h2><p>This command may be used only by root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar - to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. - The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another - excellent piece of Open Source software, available at <a href="ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/" target="_top"> - ftp://ftp.icce.rug.nl/pub/unix/</a>) and updated for the Samba 2.0 - release by Jeremy Allison. The conversion to DocBook for - Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook - XML 4.2 for Samba 3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</p></div></div></body></html> + to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p></div></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/printing.html b/docs/htmldocs/printing.html index 620aa5e8ba..089bba6e0f 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/printing.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/printing.html @@ -1,581 +1,2240 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 13. Printing Support</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="groupmapping.html" title="Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping"><link rel="next" href="CUPS-printing.html" title="Chapter 14. CUPS Printing Support"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 13. Printing Support</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="groupmapping.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="CUPS-printing.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 13. Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Patrick Powell</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:papowell@lprng.org">papowell@lprng.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (3 May 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886394">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886510">Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886557">Creating [print$]</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886789">Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886888">Support a large number of printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886995">Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887127">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886128">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886155">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887231">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887251">The Imprints server</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887275">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886236">Diagnosis</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2886243">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887448">Debugging printer problems</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887515">What printers do I have?</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887557">Setting up printcap and print servers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2887691">Job sent, no output</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888240">Job sent, strange output</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888316">Raw PostScript printed</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888334">Advanced Printing</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2888360">Real debugging</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886394"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba supports -the native Windows NT printing mechanisms implemented via -MS-RPC (i.e. the SPOOLSS named pipe). Previous versions of -Samba only supported LanMan printing calls.</p><p>The additional functionality provided by the new -SPOOLSS support includes:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Support for downloading printer driver - files to Windows 95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand. - </p></li><li><p>Uploading of printer drivers via the - Windows NT Add Printer Wizard (APW) or the - Imprints tool set (refer to <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</a>). - </p></li><li><p>Support for the native MS-RPC printing - calls such as StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See - the MSDN documentation at <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</a> - for more information on the Win32 printing API) - </p></li><li><p>Support for NT Access Control Lists (ACL) - on printer objects</p></li><li><p>Improved support for printer queue manipulation - through the use of an internal databases for spooled job - information</p></li></ul></div><p> -There has been some initial confusion about what all this means -and whether or not it is a requirement for printer drivers to be -installed on a Samba host in order to support printing from Windows -clients. As a side note, Samba does not use these drivers in any way to process -spooled files. They are utilized entirely by the clients. -</p><p> -The following MS KB article, may be of some help if you are dealing with -Windows 2000 clients: <span class="emphasis"><em>How to Add Printers with No User -Interaction in Windows 2000</em></span> -</p><p> -<a href="http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q189/1/05.ASP" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/support/kb/articles/Q189/1/05.ASP</a> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886510"></a>Configuration</h2></div></div><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">[print$] vs. [printer$]</h3><p> -Previous versions of Samba recommended using a share named [printer$]. -This name was taken from the printer$ service created by Windows 9x -clients when a printer was shared. Windows 9x printer servers always have -a printer$ service which provides read-only access via no -password in order to support printer driver downloads. -</p><p> -However, the initial implementation allowed for a -parameter named <i><tt>printer driver location</tt></i> -to be used on a per share basis to specify the location of -the driver files associated with that printer. Another -parameter named <i><tt>printer driver</tt></i> provided -a means of defining the printer driver name to be sent to -the client. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886557"></a>Creating [print$]</h3></div></div><p> -In order to support the uploading of printer driver -files, you must first configure a file share named [print$]. -The name of this share is hard coded in Samba's internals so -the name is very important (print$ is the service used by -Windows NT print servers to provide support for printer driver -download). -</p><p>You should modify the server's smb.conf file to add the global -parameters and to create the -following file share (of course, some of the parameter values, -such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced with -appropriate values for your site):</p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - ; members of the ntadmin group should be able - ; to add drivers and set printer properties - ; root is implicitly a 'printer admin' - printer admin = @ntadmin - -[print$] - path = /usr/local/samba/printers - guest ok = yes - browseable = yes - read only = yes - ; since this share is configured as read only, then we need - ; a 'write list'. Check the file system permissions to make - ; sure this account can copy files to the share. If this - ; is setup to a non-root account, then it should also exist - ; as a 'printer admin' - write list = @ntadmin,root -</pre><p>The <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top"><i><tt> -write list</tt></i></a> is used to allow administrative -level user accounts to have write access in order to update files -on the share. See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top">smb.conf(5) -man page</a> for more information on configuring file shares.</p><p>The requirement for <a href="smb.conf.5.html#GUESTOK" target="_top"><b>guest -ok = yes</b></a> depends upon how your -site is configured. If users will be guaranteed to have -an account on the Samba host, then this is a non-issue.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Author's Note</h3><p> -The non-issue is that if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to be -authenticated by the Samba server (such as a domain member server and the NT -user has already been validated by the Domain Controller in -order to logon to the Windows NT console), then guest access -is not necessary. Of course, in a workgroup environment where -you just want to be able to print without worrying about -silly accounts and security, then configure the share for -guest access. You'll probably want to add <a href="smb.conf.5.html#MAPTOGUEST" target="_top"><b>map to guest = Bad User -</b></a> in the [global] section as well. Make sure -you understand what this parameter does before using it -though. --jerry -</p></div><p>In order for a Windows NT print server to support -the downloading of driver files by multiple client architectures, -it must create subdirectories within the [print$] service -which correspond to each of the supported client architectures. -Samba follows this model as well.</p><p>Next create the directory tree below the [print$] share -for each architecture you wish to support.</p><p><tt> -[print$]----- - |-W32X86 ; "Windows NT x86" - |-WIN40 ; "Windows 95/98" - |-W32ALPHA ; "Windows NT Alpha_AXP" - |-W32MIPS ; "Windows NT R4000" - |-W32PPC ; "Windows NT PowerPC" -</tt></p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">ATTENTION! REQUIRED PERMISSIONS</h3><p> -In order to currently add a new driver to you Samba host, -one of two conditions must hold true: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host - must have a uid of 0 (i.e. a root account)</p></li><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host - must be a member of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PRINTERADMIN" target="_top"><i><tt>printer - admin</tt></i></a> list.</p></li></ul></div><p> -Of course, the connected account must still possess access -to add files to the subdirectories beneath [print$]. Remember -that all file shares are set to 'read only' by default. -</p></div><p> -Once you have created the required [print$] service and -associated subdirectories, simply log onto the Samba server using -a root (or <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i>) account -from a Windows NT 4.0/2k client. Open "Network Neighbourhood" or -"My Network Places" and browse for the Samba host. Once you have located -the server, navigate to the "Printers..." folder. -You should see an initial listing of printers -that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886789"></a>Setting Drivers for Existing Printers</h3></div></div><p>The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's -Printers folder will have no real printer driver assigned -to them. This defaults to a NULL string to allow the use -of the local Add Printer Wizard on NT/2000 clients. -Attempting to view the printer properties for a printer -which has this default driver assigned will result in -the error message:</p><p> -<span class="emphasis"><em>Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver -for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler -properties will be displayed. Do you want to install the -driver now?</em></span> -</p><p> -Click "No" in the error dialog and you will be presented with -the printer properties window. The way to assign a driver to a -printer is to either -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Use the "New Driver..." button to install - a new printer driver, or</p></li><li><p>Select a driver from the popup list of - installed drivers. Initially this list will be empty.</p></li></ul></div><p>If you wish to install printer drivers for client -operating systems other than "Windows NT x86", you will need -to use the "Sharing" tab of the printer properties dialog.</p><p>Assuming you have connected with a root account, you -will also be able modify other printer properties such as -ACLs and device settings using this dialog box.</p><p>A few closing comments for this section, it is possible -on a Windows NT print server to have printers -listed in the Printers folder which are not shared. Samba does -not make this distinction. By definition, the only printers of -which Samba is aware are those which are specified as shares in -<tt>smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>Another interesting side note is that Windows NT clients do -not use the SMB printer share, but rather can print directly -to any printer on another Windows NT host using MS-RPC. This -of course assumes that the printing client has the necessary -privileges on the remote host serving the printer. The default -permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the "Print" -permissions to the "Everyone" well-known group. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886888"></a>Support a large number of printers</h3></div></div><p>One issue that has arisen during the development -phase of Samba 2.2 is the need to support driver downloads for -100's of printers. Using the Windows NT APW is somewhat -awkward to say the list. If more than one printer are using the -same driver, the <a href="rpcclient.1.html" target="_top"><b>rpcclient's -setdriver command</b></a> can be used to set the driver -associated with an installed driver. The following is example -of how this could be accomplished:</p><p> -<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c "enumdrivers"</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] - -[Windows NT x86] -Printer Driver Info 1: - Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS] - -Printer Driver Info 1: - Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 2100 Series PS] - -Printer Driver Info 1: - Driver Name: [HP LaserJet 4Si/4SiMX PS] -</pre><p> -<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c "enumprinters"</tt></b> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="msdfs.html" title="Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba"><link rel="next" href="CUPS-printing.html" title="Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="msdfs.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="CUPS-printing.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="printing"></a>Chapter 18. Classical Printing Support</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Kurt</span> <span class="surname">Pfeifle</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname"> Danka Deutschland GmbH <br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:kpfeifle@danka.de">kpfeifle@danka.de</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 32, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934522">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934590">Technical Introduction</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934627">What happens if you send a Job from a Client</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2934698">Printing Related Configuration Parameters</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2935615">Parameters Recommended for Use</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2935946">Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936054">Parameters no longer in use</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936147">A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936216">Verification of "Settings in Use" with testparm</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936305">A little Experiment to warn you</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936612">Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936715">Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2936728">The [global] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937111">The [printers] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937440">Any [my_printer_name] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937660">Print Commands</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2937711">Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938236">Setting up your own Print Commands</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938516">Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938681">Client Drivers on Samba Server for Point'n'Print</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938833">The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2938945">Creating the [print$] Share</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939016">Parameters in the [print$] Section</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939247">Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939408">Installing Drivers into [print$]</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939503">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2939686">Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +rpcclient</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941408">"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941428">The first Client Driver Installation</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941626">IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2941915">Further Client Driver Install Procedures</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942010">Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942152">Other Gotchas</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942185">Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942622">Supporting large Numbers of Printers</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2942924">Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943168">Weird Error Message Cannot connect under a +different Name</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943267">Be careful when assembling Driver Files</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943612">Samba and Printer Ports</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943683">Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943705">The Imprints Toolset</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943751">What is Imprints?</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943792">Creating Printer Driver Packages</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943811">The Imprints Server</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943835">The Installation Client</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="printing.html#id2943987">Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944316">The addprinter command</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944362">Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944531">Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944545">Common Errors and Problems</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944558">I give my root password but I don't get access</a></dt><dt><a href="printing.html#id2944591">My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2934522"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Printing is often a mission-critical service for the users. Samba can +provide this service reliably and seamlessly for a client network +consisting of Windows workstations. +</p><p> +A Samba-3.0 print service may be run on a Standalone or a Domain +member server, side by side with file serving functions, or on a +dedicated print server. It can be made as tight or as loosely secured +as needs dictate. Configurations may be simple or complex. Available +authentication schemes are essentially the same as described for file +services in previous chapters. Overall, Samba's printing support is +now able to replace an NT or Windows 2000 print server full-square, +with additional benefits in many cases. Clients may download and +install drivers and printers through their familiar "Point'n'Print" +mechanism. Printer installations executed by "Logon Scripts" are no +problem. Administrators can upload and manage drivers to be used by +clients through the familiar "Add Printer Wizard". As an additional +benefit, driver and printer management may be run from the command line +or through scripts, making it more efficient in case of large numbers +of printers. If a central accounting of print jobs (tracking every +single page and supplying the raw data for all sorts of statistical +reports) is required, this is best supported by CUPS as the print +subsystem underneath the Samba hood. +</p><p> +This chapter deals with the foundations of Samba printing, as they +implemented by the more traditional UNIX (BSD- and System V-style) +printing systems. Many things apply to CUPS, the newer Common UNIX +Printing System, too; so if you use CUPS, you might be tempted to jump +to the next chapter -- but you will certainly miss a few things if you +do so. Better read this chapter too. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Most of the given examples have been verified on Windows XP +Professional clients. Where this document describes the responses to +commands given, bear in mind that Windows 2000 clients are very +similar, but may differ in details. Windows NT is somewhat different +again. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2934590"></a>Technical Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba's printing support always relies on the installed print +subsystem of the Unix OS it runs on. Samba is a "middleman". It takes +printfiles from Windows (or other SMB) clients and passes them to the +real printing system for further processing. Therefore it needs to +"talk" to two sides: to the Windows print clients and to the Unix +printing system. Hence we must differentiate between the various +client OS types each of which behave differently, as well as the +various UNIX print subsystems, which themselves have different +features and are accessed differently. This part of the Samba HOWTO +Collection deals with the "traditional" way of Unix printing first; +the next chapter covers in great detail the more modern +<span class="emphasis"><em>Common UNIX Printing System</em></span> +(CUPS). + +</p><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Important</h3><p>CUPS users, be warned: don't just jump on to the next +chapter. You might miss important information contained only +here!</p></div><p> +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2934627"></a>What happens if you send a Job from a Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To successfully print a job from a Windows client via a Samba +print server to a UNIX printer, there are 6 (potentially 7) +stages: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Windows opens a connection to the printershare</p></li><li><p>Samba must authenticate the user</p></li><li><p>Windows sends a copy of the printfile over the network +into Samba's spooling area</p></li><li><p>Windows closes the connection again</p></li><li><p>Samba invokes the print command to hand the file over +to the UNIX print subsystem's spooling area</p></li><li><p>The Unix print subsystem processes the print +job</p></li><li><p>The printfile may need to be explicitly deleted +from the Samba spooling area.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2934698"></a>Printing Related Configuration Parameters</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are a number of configuration parameters in + controlling Samba's printing +behaviour. Please also refer to the man page for smb.conf to +acquire an overview about these. As with other parameters, there are +Global Level (tagged with a "<span class="emphasis"><em>G</em></span>" in the listings) and +Service Level ("<span class="emphasis"><em>S</em></span>") parameters. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">Service Level Parameters</span></dt><dd><p>These <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> go into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section of +. In this case they define the default +behaviour of all individual or service level shares (provided those +don't have a different setting defined for the same parameter, thus +overriding the global default).</p></dd><dt><span class="term">Global Parameters</span></dt><dd><p>These <span class="emphasis"><em>may not</em></span> go into individual +shares. If they go in by error, the "testparm" utility can discover +this (if you run it) and tell you so.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2935615"></a>Parameters Recommended for Use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters directly +related to printing are used in Samba-3. See also the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page for detailed explanations: +</p><p><b>List of printing related parameters in Samba-3. </b> +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Global level parameters:</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name (G), printcap (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (G)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> + +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Service level parameters:</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>min print space (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>print command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printable (S), print ok (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name (S), printer (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = [cups|bsd|lprng...] (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>queuepause command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>queueresume command (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><p> +Samba's printing support implements the Microsoft Remote Procedure +Calls (MS-RPC) methods for printing. These are used by Windows NT (and +later) print servers. The old "LanMan" protocol is still supported as +a fallback resort, and for older clients to use. More details will +follow further beneath. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2935946"></a>Parameters for Backwards Compatibility</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Two new parameters that were added in Samba 2.2.2, are still present +in Samba-3.0. Both of these options are described in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page and are disabled by +default. <span class="emphasis"><em>Use them with caution!</em></span> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss(G)</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> This is +provided for better support of Samba 2.0.x backwards capability. It +will disable Samba's support for MS-RPC printing and yield identical +printing behaviour to Samba 2.0.x.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (G)</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> was provided +for using local printer drivers on Windows NT/2000 clients. It does +not apply to Windows 95/98/ME clients.</p></dd></dl></div><p><b>Parameters "for backward compatibility only", use with caution. </b> +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936054"></a>Parameters no longer in use</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba users upgrading from 2.2.x to 3.0 need to be aware that some +previously available settings are no longer supported (as was +announced some time ago). Here is a list of them: +</p><p><b>"old" parameters, removed in Samba-3. </b> +The following <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> parameters have been +deprecated already in Samba 2.2 and are now completely removed from +Samba-3. You cannot use them in new 3.0 installations: + +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver file (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs (G)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>postscript (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver (S)</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location (S)</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2936147"></a>A simple Configuration to Print with Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here is a very simple example configuration for print related settings +in the file. If you compare it with your +own system's , you probably find some +additional parameters included there (as pre-configured by your OS +vendor). Further below is a discussion and explanation of the +parameters. Note, that this example doesn't use many parameters. +However, in many environments these are enough to provide a valid + which enables all clients to print. </p><pre class="programlisting"> -Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] - flags:[0x800000] - name:[\\POGO\hp-print] - description:[POGO\\POGO\hp-print,NO DRIVER AVAILABLE FOR THIS PRINTER,] - comment:[] - + [global] + printing = bsd + load printers = yes + + [printers] + path = /var/spool/samba + printable = yes + public = yes + writable = no </pre><p> -<tt>$ </tt><b><tt>rpcclient pogo -U root%secret -c "setdriver hp-print \"HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS\""</tt></b> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -Domain=[NARNIA] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.0-alpha3] -Successfully set hp-print to driver HP LaserJet 4000 Series PS. -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886995"></a>Adding New Printers via the Windows NT APW</h3></div></div><p> -By default, Samba offers all printer shares defined in <tt>smb.conf</tt> -in the "Printers..." folder. Also existing in this folder is the Windows NT -Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be show only if -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The connected user is able to successfully - execute an OpenPrinterEx(\\server) with administrative - privileges (i.e. root or <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i>). - </p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD" target="_top"><i><tt>show - add printer wizard = yes</tt></i></a> (the default). - </p></li></ul></div><p> -In order to be able to use the APW to successfully add a printer to a Samba -server, the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>add -printer command</tt></i></a> must have a defined value. The program -hook must successfully add the printer to the system (i.e. -<tt>/etc/printcap</tt> or appropriate files) and -<tt>smb.conf</tt> if necessary. -</p><p> -When using the APW from a client, if the named printer share does -not exist, <b>smbd</b> will execute the <i><tt>add printer -command</tt></i> and reparse to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> -to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not defined, -an error of "Access Denied" is returned to the client. Note that the -<i><tt>add printer program</tt></i> is executed under the context -of the connected user, not necessarily a root account. -</p><p> -There is a complementary <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>delete -printer command</tt></i></a> for removing entries from the "Printers..." -folder. -</p><p> -The following is an example <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDPRINTERCOMMAN" target="_top"><i><tt>add printer command</tt></i></a> script. It adds the appropriate entries to <tt>/etc/printcap.local</tt> (change that to what you need) and returns a line of 'Done' which is needed for the whole process to work. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -#!/bin/sh - -# Script to insert a new printer entry into printcap.local -# -# $1, printer name, used as the descriptive name -# $2, share name, used as the printer name for Linux -# $3, port name -# $4, driver name -# $5, location, used for the device file of the printer -# $6, win9x location - -# -# Make sure we use the location that RedHat uses for local printer defs -PRINTCAP=/etc/printcap.local -DATE=`date +%Y%m%d-%H%M%S` -LP=lp -RESTART="service lpd restart" - -# Keep a copy -cp $PRINTCAP $PRINTCAP.$DATE -# Add the printer to $PRINTCAP -echo "" >> $PRINTCAP -echo "$2|$1:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :sd=/var/spool/lpd/$2:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :mx=0:ml=0:sh:\\" >> $PRINTCAP -echo " :lp=/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn:" >> $PRINTCAP - -touch "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" >> /tmp/printadd.$$ 2>&1 -chown $LP "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" >> /tmp/printadd.$$ 2>&1 - -mkdir /var/spool/lpd/$2 -chmod 700 /var/spool/lpd/$2 -chown $LP /var/spool/lpd/$2 -#echo $1 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $2 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $3 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $4 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $5 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -#echo $6 >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -$RESTART >> "/usr/local/samba/var/print/$5.prn" -# Not sure if this is needed -touch /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf -# -# You need to return a value, but I am not sure what it means. -# -echo "Done" -exit 0 -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887127"></a>Samba and Printer Ports</h3></div></div><p> -Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each printer. These normally -take the form of LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:, etc... Samba must also support the -concept of ports associated with a printer. By default, only one printer port, -named "Samba Printer Port", exists on a system. Samba does not really a port in -order to print, rather it is a requirement of Windows clients. -</p><p> -Note that Samba does not support the concept of "Printer Pooling" internally -either. This is when a logical printer is assigned to multiple ports as -a form of load balancing or fail over. -</p><p> -If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason, -<tt>smb.conf</tt> possesses a <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND" target="_top"><i><tt>enumports -command</tt></i></a> which can be used to define an external program -that generates a listing of ports on a system. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886128"></a>The Imprints Toolset</h2></div></div><p>The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the - Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please - refer to the Imprints web site at <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top"> - http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</a> as well as the documentation - included with the imprints source distribution. This section will - only provide a brief introduction to the features of Imprints.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886155"></a>What is Imprints?</h3></div></div><p>Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting the goals - of</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Providing a central repository information - regarding Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages</p></li><li><p>Providing the tools necessary for creating - the Imprints printer driver packages.</p></li><li><p>Providing an installation client which - will obtain and install printer drivers on remote Samba - and Windows NT 4 print servers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887231"></a>Creating Printer Driver Packages</h3></div></div><p>The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond - the scope of this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included - with the Samba distribution for more information). In short, - an Imprints driver package is a gzipped tarball containing the - driver files, related INF files, and a control file needed by the - installation client.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887251"></a>The Imprints server</h3></div></div><p>The Imprints server is really a database server that - may be queried via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer - entry in the database has an associated URL for the actual - downloading of the package. Each package is digitally signed - via GnuPG which can be used to verify that package downloaded - is actually the one referred in the Imprints database. It is - <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended that this security check - be disabled.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887275"></a>The Installation Client</h3></div></div><p>More information regarding the Imprints installation client - is available in the <tt>Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps</tt> - file included with the imprints source package.</p><p>The Imprints installation client comes in two forms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a set of command line Perl scripts</p></li><li><p>a GTK+ based graphical interface to - the command line perl scripts</p></li></ul></div><p>The installation client (in both forms) provides a means - of querying the Imprints database server for a matching - list of known printer model names as well as a means to - download and install the drivers on remote Samba and Windows - NT print servers.</p><p>The basic installation process is in four steps and - perl code is wrapped around <b>smbclient</b> - and <b>rpcclient</b>.</p><pre class="programlisting"> -foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) -{ - 1. rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory - on the remote server - 2. smbclient: Upload the driver files - 3. rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC -} - -4. rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually - create the printer -</pre><p>One of the problems encountered when implementing - the Imprints tool set was the name space issues between - various supported client architectures. For example, Windows - NT includes a driver named "Apple LaserWriter II NTX v51.8" - and Windows 95 calls its version of this driver "Apple - LaserWriter II NTX"</p><p>The problem is how to know what client drivers have - been uploaded for a printer. As astute reader will remember - that the Windows NT Printer Properties dialog only includes - space for one printer driver name. A quick look in the - Windows NT 4.0 system registry at</p><p><tt>HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environment - </tt></p><p>will reveal that Windows NT always uses the NT driver - name. This is ok as Windows NT always requires that at least - the Windows NT version of the printer driver is present. - However, Samba does not have the requirement internally. - Therefore, how can you use the NT driver name if is has not - already been installed?</p><p>The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require - that all Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel - Windows NT and 95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is - installed first.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2886236"></a>Diagnosis</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2886243"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> -This is a short description of how to debug printing problems with -Samba. This describes how to debug problems with printing from a SMB -client to a Samba server, not the other way around. For the reverse -see the examples/printing directory. -</p><p> -Ok, so you want to print to a Samba server from your PC. The first -thing you need to understand is that Samba does not actually do any -printing itself, it just acts as a middleman between your PC client -and your Unix printing subsystem. Samba receives the file from the PC -then passes the file to a external "print command". What print command -you use is up to you. -</p><p> -The whole things is controlled using options in smb.conf. The most -relevant options (which you should look up in the smb.conf man page) -are: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [global] - print command - send a file to a spooler - lpq command - get spool queue status - lprm command - remove a job - [printers] - path = /var/spool/lpd/samba +This is only an example configuration. Many settings, if not +explicitly set to a specific value, are used and set by Samba +implicitly to its own default, because these have been compiled in. +To see all settings, let root use the <b class="command">testparm</b> +utility. <b class="command">testparm</b> also gives warnings if you have +mis-configured certain things. Its complete output is easily 340 lines +and more. You may want to pipe it through a pager program. +</p><p> +The syntax for the configuration file is easy to grasp. You should +know that is not very picky about its +syntax. It has been explained elsewhere in this document. A short +reminder: It even tolerates some spelling errors (like "browsable" +instead of "browseable"). Most spelling is case-insensitive. Also, you +can use "Yes|No" or "True|False" for boolean settings. Lists of names +may be separated by commas, spaces or tabs. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936216"></a>Verification of "Settings in Use" with <b class="command">testparm</b></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To see all (or at least most) printing related settings in Samba, +including the implicitly used ones, try the command outlined below +(hit "ENTER" twice!). It greps for all occurrences of "lp", "print", +"spool", "driver", "ports" and "[" in testparm's output and gives you +a nice overview about the running smbd's print configuration. (Note +that this command does not show individually created printer shares, +or the spooling paths in each case). Here is the output of my Samba +setup, with exactly the same settings in +as shown above: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -v | egrep "(lp|print|spool|driver|ports|\[)"</tt></b> + Load smb config files from /etc/samba/smb.conf.simpleprinting + Processing section "[homes]" + Processing section "[printers]" + + [global] + smb ports = 445 139 + lpq cache time = 10 + total print jobs = 0 + load printers = Yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + disable spoolss = No + enumports command = + addprinter command = + deleteprinter command = + show add printer wizard = Yes + os2 driver map = + printer admin = + min print space = 0 + max print jobs = 1000 + printable = No + printing = bsd + print command = lpr -r -P'%p' %s + lpq command = lpq -P'%p' + lprm command = lprm -P'%p' %j + lppause command = + lpresume command = + printer name = + use client driver = No + + [homes] + + [printers] + path = /var/spool/samba + printable = Yes + </pre><p> -The following are nice to know about: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - queuepause command - stop a printer or print queue - queueresume command - start a printer or print queue +You can easily verify which settings were implicitly added by Samba's +default behaviour. <span class="emphasis"><em>Don't forget about this point: it may +be important in your future dealings with Samba.</em></span> +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> testparm in Samba-3.0 behaves differently from 2.2.x: used +without the "-v" switch it only shows you the settings actually +written into ! To see the complete +configuration used, add the "-v" parameter to testparm.</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936305"></a>A little Experiment to warn you</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Should you need to troubleshoot at any stage, please always come back +to this point first and verify if "testparm" shows the parameters you +expect! To give you an example from personal experience as a warning, +try to just "comment out" the <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i>" +parameter. If your 2.2.x system behaves like mine, you'll see this: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt>grep "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf + # load printers = Yes + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!! + +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt>testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf | egrep "(load printers)" + load printers = Yes + </pre><p> -Example: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - print command = /usr/bin/lpr -r -P%p %s - lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p %s - lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j - queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p stop - queuepause command = /usr/sbin/lpc -P%p start +Despite my imagination that the commenting out of this setting should +prevent Samba from publishing my printers, it still did! Oh Boy -- it +cost me quite some time to find out the reason. But I am not fooled +any more... at least not by this ;-) +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>grep -A1 "load printers" /etc/samba/smb.conf</tt></b> + load printers = No + # This setting is what I mean!! + # load printers = Yes + # This setting is commented ooouuuuut!! + +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm -v smb.conf.simpleprinting | egrep "(load printers)"</tt></b> + load printers = No + </pre><p> -Samba should set reasonable defaults for these depending on your -system type, but it isn't clairvoyant. It is not uncommon that you -have to tweak these for local conditions. The commands should -always have fully specified pathnames, as the smdb may not have -the correct PATH values. -</p><p> -When you send a job to Samba to be printed, it will make a temporary -copy of it in the directory specified in the [printers] section. -and it should be periodically cleaned out. The lpr -r option -requests that the temporary copy be removed after printing; If -printing fails then you might find leftover files in this directory, -and it should be periodically cleaned out. Samba used the lpq -command to determine the "job number" assigned to your print job -by the spooler. -</p><p> -The %>letter< are "macros" that get dynamically replaced with appropriate -values when they are used. The %s gets replaced with the name of the spool -file that Samba creates and the %p gets replaced with the name of the -printer. The %j gets replaced with the "job number" which comes from -the lpq output. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887448"></a>Debugging printer problems</h3></div></div><p> -One way to debug printing problems is to start by replacing these -command with shell scripts that record the arguments and the contents -of the print file. A simple example of this kind of things might -be: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - print command = /tmp/saveprint %p %s - - #!/bin/saveprint - # we make sure that we are the right user - /usr/bin/id -p >/tmp/tmp.print - # we run the command and save the error messages - # replace the command with the one appropriate for your system - /usr/bin/lpr -r -P$1 $2 2>>&/tmp/tmp.print +Only when setting the parameter explicitly to +"<i class="parameter"><tt>load printers = No</tt></i>" +would Samba recognize my intentions. So my strong advice is: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Never rely on "commented out" parameters!</p></li><li><p>Always set it up explicitly as you intend it to +behave.</p></li><li><p>Use <b class="command">testparm</b> to uncover hidden +settings which might not reflect your intentions.</p></li></ul></div><p> +You can have a working Samba print configuration with this +minimal : +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cat /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal</tt></b> + [printers] + </pre><p> -Then you print a file and try removing it. You may find that the -print queue needs to be stopped in order to see the queue status -and remove the job: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +This example should show you that you can use testparm to test any +filename for fitness as a Samba configuration. Actually, we want to +encourage you <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> to change your + on a working system (unless you know +exactly what you are doing)! Don't rely on an assumption that changes +will only take effect after you re-start smbd! This is not the +case. Samba re-reads its every 60 +seconds and on each new client connection. You might have to face +changes for your production clients that you didn't intend to apply at +this time! You will now note a few more interesting things. Let's now +ask <b class="command">testparm</b> what the Samba print configuration +would be, if you used this minimalistic file as your real +: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt> testparm -v /etc/samba/smb.conf-minimal | egrep "(print|lpq|spool|driver|ports|[)"</tt></b> + Processing section "[printers]" + WARNING: [printers] service MUST be printable! + No path in service printers - using /tmp + + lpq cache time = 10 + total print jobs = 0 + load printers = Yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + disable spoolss = No + enumports command = + addprinter command = + deleteprinter command = + show add printer wizard = Yes + os2 driver map = + printer admin = + min print space = 0 + max print jobs = 1000 + printable = No + printing = bsd + print command = lpr -r -P%p %s + lpq command = lpq -P%p + printer name = + use client driver = No + [printers] + printable = Yes -h4: {42} % echo hi >/tmp/hi -h4: {43} % smbclient //localhost/lw4 -added interface ip=10.0.0.4 bcast=10.0.0.255 nmask=255.255.255.0 -Password: -Domain=[ASTART] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.0.7] -smb: \> print /tmp/hi -putting file /tmp/hi as hi-17534 (0.0 kb/s) (average 0.0 kb/s) -smb: \> queue -1049 3 hi-17534 -smb: \> cancel 1049 -Error cancelling job 1049 : code 0 -smb: \> cancel 1049 -Job 1049 cancelled -smb: \> queue -smb: \> exit </pre><p> -The 'code 0' indicates that the job was removed. The comment -by the smbclient is a bit misleading on this. -You can observe the command output and then and look at the -/tmp/tmp.print file to see what the results are. You can quickly -find out if the problem is with your printing system. Often people -have problems with their /etc/printcap file or permissions on -various print queues. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887515"></a>What printers do I have?</h3></div></div><p> -You can use the 'testprns' program to check to see if the printer -name you are using is recognized by Samba. For example, you can -use: +testparm issued 2 warnings: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>because we didn't specify the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section as printable, +and</p></li><li><p>because we didn't tell it which spool directory to +use.</p></li></ul></div><p> +However, this was not fatal, and Samba-3.0 will default to values that +will work here. But, please!, don't rely on this and don't use this +example! This was only meant to make you careful to design and specify +your setup to be what you really want it to be. The outcome on your +system may vary for some parameters, since you may have a Samba built +with a different compile-time configuration. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Warning:</em></span> don't put a comment sign <span class="emphasis"><em>at +the end</em></span> of a valid line. It +will cause the parameter to be ignored (just as if you had put the +comment sign at the front). At first I regarded this as a bug in my +Samba version(s). But the man page states: “<span class="quote">Internal whitespace +in a parameter value is retained verbatim.</span>” This means that a +line consisting of, for example, +</p><pre class="screen"> +printing = lprng #This defines LPRng as the printing system" +</pre><p> +will regard the whole of the string after the "=" +sign as the value you want to define. And this is an invalid value +that will be ignored, and a default value used instead.] +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2936612"></a>Extended Sample Configuration to Print with Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here we show a more verbose example configuration for print related +settings in an . Below is a discussion +and explanation of the various parameters. We chose to use BSD-style +printing here, because we guess it is still the most commonly used +system on legacy Linux installations (new installs now predominantly +have CUPS, which is discussed entirely in the next chapter of this +document). Note, that this example explicitly names many parameters +which don't need to be stated because they are set by default. You +might be able to do with a leaner .</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> +if you read access it with the Samba Web Administration Tool (SWAT), +and then write it to disk again, it will be optimized in a way such +that it doesn't contain any superfluous parameters and comments. SWAT +organizes the file for best performance. Remember that each smbd +re-reads the Samba configuration once a minute, and that each +connection spawns an smbd process of its own, so it is not a bad idea +to optimize the in environments with +hundreds or thousands of clients.</p></div><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + printing = bsd + load printers = yes + show add printer wizard = yes + printcap name = /etc/printcap + printer admin = @ntadmin, root + total print jobs = 100 + lpq cache time = 20 + use client driver = no + + [printers] + comment = All Printers + printable = yes + path = /var/spool/samba + browseable = no + guest ok = yes + public = yes + read only = yes + writable = no + + [my_printer_name] + comment = Printer with Restricted Access + path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer + printer admin = kurt + browseable = yes + printable = yes + writeable = no + hosts allow = 0.0.0.0 + hosts deny = turbo_xp, 10.160.50.23, 10.160.51.60 + guest ok = no +</pre><p> +This <span class="emphasis"><em>also</em></span> is only an example configuration. You +may not find all the settings in your own + (as pre-configured by your OS +vendor). Many configuration parameters, if not explicitly set to a +specific value, are used and set by Samba implicitly to its own +default, because these have been compiled in. To see all settings, let +root use the <b class="command">testparm</b> +utility. <b class="command">testparm</b> also gives warnings if you have +mis-configured certain things.. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2936715"></a>Detailed Explanation of the Example's Settings</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Following is a discussion of the settings from above shown example. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2936728"></a>The [global] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section is one of 4 special +sections (along with [<i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i>, +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> and +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>...) It contains all parameters which +apply to the server as a whole. It is the place for parameters which +have only a "global" meaning (G). It may also contain service level +parameters (S) which then define default settings for all other +sections and shares. This way you can simplify the configuration and +avoid setting the same value repeatedly. (Within each individual +section or share you may however override these globally set "share +level" settings and specify other values). +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this causes Samba to use default print commands +applicable for the BSD (a.k.a. RFC 1179 style or LPR/LPD) printing +system. In general, the "printing" parameter informs Samba about the +print subsystem it should expect. Samba supports CUPS, LPD, LPRNG, +SYSV, HPUX, AIX, QNX and PLP. Each of these systems defaults to a +different <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> (and other queue control +commands).</p><div class="caution" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Caution</h3><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter is +normally a service level parameter. Since it is included here in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section, it will take effect for all +printer shares that are not defined differently. Samba-3.0 no longer +supports the SOFTQ printing system.</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this tells Samba to create automatically all +available printer shares. "Available" printer shares are discovered by +scanning the printcap file. All created printer shares are also loaded +for browsing. If you use this parameter, you do not need to specify +separate shares for each printer. Each automatically created printer +share will clone the configuration options found in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section. (A <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers += no</tt></i> setting will allow you to specify each UNIX printer +you want to share separately, leaving out some you don't want to be +publicly visible and available). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard = +yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this setting is normally +enabled by default (even if the parameter is not written into the +). It makes the <span class="guiicon">Add Printer Wizard</span> icon +show up in the <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder of the Samba host's +share listing (as shown in <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span> or +by the <b class="command">net view</b> command). To disable it, you need to +explicitly set it to <tt class="constant">no</tt> (commenting it out +will not suffice!). The Add Printer Wizard lets you upload printer +drivers to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share and associate it +with a printer (if the respective queue exists there before the +action), or exchange a printer's driver against any other previously +uploaded driver. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs = 100</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this setting sets the upper limit to 100 print jobs +being active on the Samba server at any one time. Should a client +submit a job which exceeds this number, a “<span class="quote">no more space +available on server</span>” type of error message will be returned by +Samba to the client. A setting of "0" (the default) means there is +<span class="emphasis"><em>no</em></span> limit at all! +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name = /etc/printcap</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this tells Samba where to look for a list of +available printer names. (If you use CUPS, make sure that a printcap +file is written: this is controlled by the "Printcap" directive of +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt>). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin = @ntadmin</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> members of the ntadmin group should be able to add +drivers and set printer properties ("ntadmin" is only an example name, +it needs to be a valid UNIX group name); root is implicitly always a +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>. The "@" sign precedes group names in +. A printer admin can do anything to +printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC +(see below). Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> +parameter is normally a share level parameter, so you may associate +different groups to different printer shares in larger installations, +if you use the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> parameter on the +share levels). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time = 20</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this controls the cache time for the results of the +lpq command. It prevents the lpq command being called too often and +reduces load on a heavily used print server. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> if set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, this setting only +takes effect for Win NT/2k/XP clients (and not for Win 95/98/ME). Its +default value is <tt class="constant">No</tt> (or <tt class="constant">False</tt>). +It must <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be enabled on print shares +(with a <tt class="constant">yes</tt> or <tt class="constant">true</tt> setting) which +have valid drivers installed on the Samba server! For more detailed +explanations see the man page of <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937111"></a>The [printers] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is the second special section. If a section with this name +appears in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>, users are able to +connect to any printer specified in the Samba host's printcap file, +because Samba on startup then creates a printer share for every +printername it finds in the printcap file. You could regard this +section as a general convenience shortcut to share all printers with +minimal configuration. It is also a container for settings which +should apply as default to all printers. (For more details see the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page.) Settings inside this +container must be share level parameters (S). +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = All printers</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the <i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i> is shown next to +the share if a client queries the server, either via <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span> or with the <b class="command">net view</b> command to list +available shares. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> please note well, that the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> service <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be +declared as printable. If you specify otherwise, smbd will refuse to +load at startup. This parameter allows +connected clients to open, write to and submit spool files into the +directory specified with the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter for +this service. It is used by Samba to differentiate printer shares from +file shares. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this must point to a directory used by Samba to spool +incoming print files. <span class="emphasis"><em>It must not be the same as the spool +directory specified in the configuration of your UNIX print +subsystem!</em></span> The path would typically point to a directory +which is world writeable, with the "sticky" bit set to it. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is always set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> if +<i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i>. It makes the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printer]</tt></i> share itself invisible in the +list of available shares in a <b class="command">net view</b> command or +in the Explorer browse list. (Note that you will of course see the +individual printers). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> +if set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then no password is required to +connect to the printers service. Access will be granted with the +privileges of the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i>. On many systems the +guest account will map to a user named "nobody". This user is in the UNIX +passwd file with an empty password, but with no valid UNIX login. +(Note: on some systems the guest account might not have the +privilege to be able to print. Test this by logging in as your +guest user using <b class="command">su - guest</b> and run a system print +command like +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>lpr -P printername /etc/motd</tt></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>public = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is a synonym for <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = +yes</tt></i>. Since we have <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i>, +it really doesn't need to be here! (This leads to the interesting +question: “<span class="quote">What, if I by accident have to contradictory settings +for the same share?</span>” The answer is: the last one encountered by +Samba wins. The "winner" is shown by testparm. Testparm doesn't +complain about different settings of the same parameter for the same +share! You can test this by setting up multiple lines for the "guest +account" parameter with different usernames, and then run testparm to +see which one is actually used by Samba.) +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this normally (for other types of shares) prevents +users creating or modifying files in the service's directory. However, +in a "printable" service, it is <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> allowed to +write to the directory (if user privileges allow the connection), but +only via print spooling operations. "Normal" write operations are not +allowed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> +synonym for <i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i> +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937440"></a>Any [my_printer_name] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If a section appears in the , which is +tagged as <i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i>, Samba presents it as +a printer share to its clients. Note, that Win95/98/ME clients may +have problems with connecting or loading printer drivers if the share +name has more than 8 characters! Also be very careful if you give a +printer the same name as an existing user or file share name: upon a +client's connection request to a certain sharename, Samba always tries +to find file shares with that name first; if it finds one, it will +connect to this and will never ultimately connect to a printer with +the same name! +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = Printer with Restricted Access</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the comment says it all. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /var/spool/samba_my_printer</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> here we set the spooling area for this printer to +another directory than the default. It is not a requirement to set it +differently, but the option is available. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin = kurt</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the printer admin definition is different for this +explicitly defined printer share from the general +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> share. It is not a requirement; we +did it to show that it is possible if you want it. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> we also made this printer browseable (so that the +clients may conveniently find it when browsing the <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span>). +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>see explanation in last subsection. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>see explanation in last subsection. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow = 10.160.50.,10.160.51.</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>here we exercise a certain degree of access control +by using the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> parameters. Note, that +this is not by any means a safe bet. It is not a way to secure your +printers. This line accepts all clients from a certain subnet in a +first evaluation of access control +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny = turbo_xp,10.160.50.23,10.160.51.60 +</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>all listed hosts are not allowed here (even if they +belong to the "allowed subnets"). As you can see, you could name IP +addresses as well as NetBIOS hostnames +here. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this printer is not open for the guest account! +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937660"></a>Print Commands</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In each section defining a printer (or in the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printers]</tt></i> section), a <i class="parameter"><tt>print +command</tt></i> parameter may be defined. It sets a command to +process the files which have been placed into the Samba print spool +directory for that printer. (That spool directory was, if you +remember, set up with the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> +parameter). Typically, this command will submit the spool file to the +Samba host's print subsystem, using the suitable system print +command. But there is no requirement that this needs to be the +case. For debugging purposes or some other reason you may want to do +something completely different than "print" the file. An example is a +command that just copies the print file to a temporary location for +further investigation when you need to debug printing. If you craft +your own print commands (or even develop print command shell scripts), +make sure you pay attention to the need to remove the files from the +Samba spool directory. Otherwise your hard disk may soon suffer from +shortage of free space. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2937711"></a>Default Print Commands for various Unix Print Subsystems</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You learned earlier on, that Samba in most cases uses its built-in +settings for many parameters if it can not find an explicitly stated +one in its configuration file. The same is true for the +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>. The default print command varies +depending on the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing =...</tt></i> parameter +setting. In the commands listed below, you will notice some parameters +of the form <span class="emphasis"><em>%X</em></span> where <span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> is +<span class="emphasis"><em>p, s, J</em></span> etc. These letters stand for +"printername", "spoolfile" and "job ID" respectively. They are +explained in more detail further below. Here is an overview (excluding +the special case of CUPS, which is discussed in the next chapter): +</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th align="left">If this setting is active...</th><th align="left">...this is used in lieu of an explicit command:</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lpr -r -P%p %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lp -c -P%p %s; rm %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">print command is <b class="command">lp -r -P%p -s %s</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpq -P%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpstat -o%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpq command is <b class="command">lpq -P%p</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">lprm -P%p %j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">cancel %p-%j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lprm command is <b class="command">cancel %p-%j</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command is <b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lppause command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = bsd|aix|lprng|plp</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command is <b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</b></td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = sysv|hpux</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command (...is empty)</td></tr><tr><td align="left"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing = qnx</tt></i></td><td align="left">lpresume command (...is empty)</td></tr></tbody></table></div><p> +We excluded the special CUPS case here, because it is discussed in the +next chapter. Just a short summary. For <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = +CUPS</tt></i>: If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, it uses the +CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. (It is a good idea also to set +<i class="parameter"><tt>printcap = cups</tt></i> in case your +<tt class="filename">cupsd.conf</tt> is set to write its autogenerated +printcap file to an unusual place). Otherwise Samba maps to the System +V printing commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it uses +<b class="command">lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</b> With <i class="parameter"><tt>printing = +cups</tt></i> , and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any +manually set print command will be ignored! +</p><p> +Having listed the above mappings here, you should note that there used +to be a <span class="emphasis"><em>bug</em></span> in recent 2.2.x versions which +prevented the mapping from taking effect. It lead to the +"bsd|aix|lprng|plp" settings taking effect for all other systems, for +the most important commands (the <b class="command">print</b> command, the +<b class="command">lpq</b> command and the <b class="command">lprm</b> +command). The <b class="command">lppause</b> command and the +<b class="command">lpresume</b> command remained empty. Of course, these +commands worked on bsd|aix|lprng|plp but they didn't work on +sysv|hpux|qnx systems. To work around this bug, you need to +explicitly set the commands. Use <b class="command">testparm -v</b> to +check which command takes effect. Then check that this command is +adequate and actually works for your installed print subsystem. It is +always a good idea to explicitly set up your configuration files the +way you want them to work and not rely on any built-in defaults. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938236"></a>Setting up your own Print Commands</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After a print job has finished spooling to a service, the +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> will be used by Samba via a +<span class="emphasis"><em>system()</em></span> call to process the spool file. Usually +the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's +printing subsystem. But there is no requirement at all that this must +be the case. The print subsystem will probably not remove the spool +file on its own. So whatever command you specify on your own you +should ensure that the spool file is deleted after it has been +processed. +</p><p> +There is no difficulty with using your own customized print commands +with the traditional printing systems. However, if you don't wish to +"roll your own", you should be well informed about the default +built-in commands that Samba uses for each printing subsystem (see the +table above). In all the commands listed in the last paragraphs you +see parameters of the form <span class="emphasis"><em>%X</em></span> These are +<span class="emphasis"><em>macros</em></span>, or shortcuts, used as place holders for +the names of real objects. At the time of running a command with such +a placeholder, Samba will insert the appropriate value +automatically. Print commands can handle all Samba macro +substitutions. In regard to printing, the following ones do have +special relevance: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%s, %f</tt></i> - the path to the spool +file name</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> - the appropriate printer +name</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%J</tt></i> - the job name as +transmitted by the client.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%c</tt></i> - the number of printed +pages of the spooled job (if known).</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%z</tt></i> - the size of the spooled +print job (in bytes)</p></li></ul></div><p> +The print command MUST contain at least one occurrence of +<i class="parameter"><tt>%s</tt></i> or <i class="parameter"><tt>%f</tt></i>. -- The +<i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is optional. If no printer name is supplied, +the <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> will be silently removed from the print +command. In this case the job is sent to the default printer. +</p><p> +If specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section, the print +command given will be used for any printable service that does not +have its own print command specified. If there is neither a specified +print command for a printable service nor a global print command, +spool files will be created but not processed! And (most importantly): +print files will not be removed, so they will start filling your Samba +hard disk. +</p><p> +Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the "nobody" +account. If this happens, create an alternative guest account and +supply it with the privilege to print. Set up this guest account in +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section with the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest +account</tt></i> parameter. +</p><p> +You can form quite complex print commands. You need to realize that +print commands are just passed to a UNIX shell. The shell is able to +expand the included environment variables as usual. (The syntax to +include a UNIX environment variable <i class="parameter"><tt>$variable</tt></i> +in or in the Samba print command is +<i class="parameter"><tt>%$variable</tt></i>.) To give you a working +<i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> example, the following will log a +print job to <tt class="filename">/tmp/print.log</tt>, print the file, then +remove it. Note that ';' is the usual separator for commands in shell +scripts: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - testprns printer /etc/printcap + + print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s + </pre><p> -Samba can get its printcap information from a file or from a program. -You can try the following to see the format of the extracted -information: +You may have to vary your own command considerably from this example +depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default +for the <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i> parameter varies depending on the setting of +the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter. Another example is: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - testprns -a printer /etc/printcap + print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s +</pre></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2938516"></a>Innovations in Samba Printing since 2.2</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Before version 2.2.0, Samba's print server support for Windows clients +was limited to the level of <span class="emphasis"><em>LanMan</em></span> printing +calls. This is the same protocol level as Windows 9x PCs offer when +they share printers. Beginning with the 2.2.0 release, Samba started +to support the native Windows NT printing mechanisms. These are +implemented via <span class="emphasis"><em>MS-RPC</em></span> (RPC = <span class="emphasis"><em>Remote +Procedure Calls</em></span> ). MS-RPCs use the +<span class="emphasis"><em>SPOOLSS</em></span> named pipe for all printing. +</p><p> +The additional functionality provided by the new SPOOLSS support includes: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Support for downloading printer driver files to Windows +95/98/NT/2000 clients upon demand (<span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span>); +</p></li><li><p>Uploading of printer drivers via the Windows NT +<span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer Wizard</em></span> (APW) or the +<span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> tool set (refer to <a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net</a>); +</p></li><li><p>Support for the native MS-RPC printing calls such as +StartDocPrinter, EnumJobs(), etc... (See the MSDN documentation +at <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">http://msdn.microsoft.com/</a> +for more information on the Win32 printing API);</p></li><li><p>Support for NT <span class="emphasis"><em>Access Control +Lists</em></span> (ACL) on printer objects;</p></li><li><p>Improved support for printer queue manipulation +through the use of internal databases for spooled job information +(implemented by various <tt class="filename">*.tdb</tt> +files).</p></li></ul></div><p> +One other benefit of an update is this: Samba-3 is able to publish +all its printers in Active Directory (or LDAP)! +</p><p> +One slight difference is here: it is possible on a Windows NT print +server to have printers listed in the Printers folder which are +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> shared. Samba does not make this +distinction. By definition, the only printers of which Samba is aware +are those which are specified as shares in +. The reason is that Windows NT/200x/XP Professional +clients do not normally need to use the standard SMB printer share; +rather they can print directly to any printer on another Windows NT +host using MS-RPC. This of course assumes that the printing client has +the necessary privileges on the remote host serving the printer. The +default permissions assigned by Windows NT to a printer gives the +"Print" permissions to the well-known <span class="emphasis"><em>Everyone</em></span> +group. (The older clients of type Win9x can only print to "shared" +printers). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938681"></a>Client Drivers on Samba Server for <span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There is still confusion about what all this means: <span class="emphasis"><em>Is it or +is it not a requirement for printer drivers to be installed on a Samba +host in order to support printing from Windows clients?</em></span> The +answer to this is: No, it is not a +<span class="emphasis"><em>requirement</em></span>. Windows NT/2000 clients can, of +course, also run their APW to install drivers +<span class="emphasis"><em>locally</em></span> (which then connect to a Samba served +print queue). This is the same method as used by Windows 9x +clients. (However, a <span class="emphasis"><em>bug</em></span> existed in Samba 2.2.0 +which made Windows NT/2000 clients require that the Samba server +possess a valid driver for the printer. This was fixed in Samba +2.2.1). +</p><p> +But it is a new <span class="emphasis"><em>option</em></span> to install the printer +drivers into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share of the Samba +server, and a big convenience too. Then <span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> +clients (including 95/98/ME) get the driver installed when they first +connect to this printer share. The <span class="emphasis"><em>uploading</em></span> or +<span class="emphasis"><em>depositing</em></span> of the driver into this +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share, and the following binding of +this driver to an existing Samba printer share can be achieved by +different means: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>running the <span class="emphasis"><em>APW</em></span> on an +NT/200x/XP Professional client (this doesn't work from 95/98/ME +clients);</p></li><li><p>using the <span class="emphasis"><em>Imprints</em></span> +toolset;</p></li><li><p>using the <span class="emphasis"><em>smbclient</em></span> and +<span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient</em></span> commandline tools;</p></li><li><p>using <span class="emphasis"><em>cupsaddsmb</em></span>(only works for +the CUPS printing system, not for LPR/LPD, LPRng +etc.).</p></li></ul></div><p> +Please take additional note of the following fact: <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba +does not use these uploaded drivers in any way to process spooled +files</em></span>. Drivers are utilized entirely by the clients, who +download and install them via the "Point'n'Print" mechanism supported +by Samba. The clients use these drivers to generate print files in the +format the printer (or the Unix print system) requires. Print files +received by Samba are handed over to the Unix printing system, which +is responsible for all further processing, if needed. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938833"></a>The [printer$] Section is removed from Samba-3</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p><b> +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> vs. <i class="parameter"><tt>[printer$]</tt></i> +. </b> +Versions of Samba prior to 2.2 made it possible to use a share +named <span class="emphasis"><em>[printer$]</em></span>. This name was taken from the +same named service created by Windows 9x clients when a printer was +shared by them. Windows 9x printer servers always have a +<i class="parameter"><tt>[printer$]</tt></i> service which provides read-only +access (with no password required) in order to support printer driver +downloads. However, Samba's initial implementation allowed for a +parameter named <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location</tt></i> to be +used on a per share basis. This specified the location of the driver +files associated with that printer. Another parameter named +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver</tt></i> provided a means of defining the +printer driver name to be sent to the client. These parameters, +including the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver file</tt></i> parameter, +are now removed and can not be used in installations of Samba-3.0. +Now the share name <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> is used for the +location of downloadable printer drivers. It is taken from the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service created by Windows NT PCs when +a printer is shared by them. Windows NT print servers always have a +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service which provides read-write +access (in the context of its ACLs) in order to support printer driver +down- and uploads. Don't fear -- this does not mean Windows 9x +clients are thrown aside now. They can use Samba's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share support just fine. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2938945"></a>Creating the [print$] Share</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order to support the up- and downloading of printer driver files, +you must first configure a file share named +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. The "public" name of this share is +hard coded in Samba's internals (because it is hard coded in the MS +Windows clients too). It cannot be renamed since Windows clients are +programmed to search for a service of exactly this name if they want +to retrieve printer driver files. +</p><p> +You should modify the server's file to +add the global parameters and create the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> file share (of course, some of the +parameter values, such as 'path' are arbitrary and should be replaced +with appropriate values for your site): +</p><pre class="screen"> + [global] + ; members of the ntadmin group should be able to add drivers and set + ; printer properties. root is implicitly always a 'printer admin'. + printer admin = @ntadmin + [....] - testprns -a printer '|/bin/cat printcap' -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887557"></a>Setting up printcap and print servers</h3></div></div><p> -You may need to set up some printcaps for your Samba system to use. -It is strongly recommended that you use the facilities provided by -the print spooler to set up queues and printcap information. + [printers] + [....] + + [print$] + comment = Printer Driver Download Area + path = /etc/samba/drivers + browseable = yes + guest ok = yes + read only = yes + write list = @ntadmin, root +</pre><p> +Of course, you also need to ensure that the directory named by the +<i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> parameter exists on the Unix file system. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939016"></a>Parameters in the [print$] Section</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> is a special section in +. It contains settings relevant to +potential printer driver download and local installation by clients. +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment = Printer Driver +Download Area</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> the comment appears next to the share name if it is +listed in a share list (usually Windows clients won't see it often but +it will also appear up in a <b class="command">smbclient -L sambaserver +</b> output). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>path = /etc/samba/printers</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this is the path to the location of the Windows +driver file deposit from the UNIX point of +view.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable = no</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> this makes the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +"invisible" in Network Neighbourhood to clients. However, you can +still "mount" it from any client using the <b class="command">net use +g:\\sambaserver\print$</b> command in a "DOS box" or the +"Connect network drive" menu from Windows +Explorer.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>this gives read only access to this share for all +guest users. Access may be used to download and install printer +drivers on clients. The requirement for <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok = +yes</tt></i> depends upon how your site is configured. If users +will be guaranteed to have an account on the Samba host, then this is +a non-issue.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The non-issue is this: if all your Windows NT users are guaranteed to +be authenticated by the Samba server (for example if Samba +authenticates via an NT domain server and the NT user has already been +validated by the Domain Controller in order to logon to the Windows NT +session), then guest access is not necessary. Of course, in a +workgroup environment where you just want to be able to print without +worrying about silly accounts and security, then configure the share +for guest access. You'll probably want to add <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest += Bad User</tt></i> in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i> section +as well. Make sure you understand what this parameter does before +using it. +</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only = yes</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>as we don't want everybody to upload driver files (or +even change driver settings) we tagged this share as not +writeable.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>write list = @ntadmin,root</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>since the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> was made +read only by the previous setting, we need to create a "write list" +also. UNIX groups (denoted with a leading "@" character) and users +listed here are allowed write access (as an exception to the general +public's "read-only" access), which they need to update files on the +share. Normally you will want to only name administrative level user +accounts in this setting. Check the file system permissions to make +sure these accounts can copy files to the share. If this is a non-root +account, then the account should also be mentioned in the global +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin </tt></i> parameter. See the + man page for more information on +configuring file shares. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939247"></a>Subdirectory Structure in [print$]</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order for a Windows NT print server to support the downloading of +driver files by multiple client architectures, you must create several +subdirectories within the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> service +(i.e. the Unix directory named by the <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i> +parameter). These correspond to each of the supported client +architectures. Samba follows this model as well. Just like the name of +the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share itself, the subdirectories +*must* be exactly the names listed below (you may leave out the +subdirectories of architectures you don't want to support). </p><p> -Samba requires either a printcap or program to deliver printcap -information. This printcap information has the format: +Therefore, create a directory tree below the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share for each architecture you wish +to support. </p><pre class="programlisting"> - name|alias1|alias2...:option=value:... +[print$]--+-- + |--W32X86 # serves drivers to "Windows NT x86" + |--WIN40 # serves drivers to "Windows 95/98" + |--W32ALPHA # serves drivers to "Windows NT Alpha_AXP" + |--W32MIPS # serves drivers to "Windows NT R4000" + |--W32PPC # serves drivers to "Windows NT PowerPC" +</pre><div class="important" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Required permissions</h3><p> +In order to add a new driver to your Samba host, one of two conditions +must hold true: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host must +have a UID of 0 (i.e. a root account)</p></li><li><p>The account used to connect to the Samba host must be +named in the <span class="emphasis"><em>printer admin</em></span>list.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Of course, the connected account must still possess access to add +files to the subdirectories beneath +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>. Remember that all file shares are set +to 'read only' by default. +</p></div><p> +Once you have created the required <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +service and associated subdirectories, go to a Windows NT 4.0/2k/XP +client workstation. Open <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span> or +<span class="guiicon">My Network Places</span> and browse for the Samba host. +Once you have located the server, navigate to its <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. You should see an initial listing of printers +that matches the printer shares defined on your Samba host. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2939408"></a>Installing Drivers into [print$]</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You have successfully created the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> +share in ? And Samba has re-read its +configuration? Good. But you are not yet ready to take off. The +<span class="emphasis"><em>driver files</em></span> need to be present in this share, +too! So far it is still an empty share. Unfortunately, it is not enough +to just copy the driver files over. They need to be <span class="emphasis"><em>set +up</em></span> too. And that is a bit tricky, to say the least. We +will now discuss two alternative ways to install the drivers into +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>using the Samba commandline utility +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> with its various subcommands (here: +<b class="command">adddriver</b> and <b class="command">setdriver</b>) from +any UNIX workstation;</p></li><li><p>running a GUI (<span class="emphasis"><em>Printer +Properties</em></span> and <span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer Wizard</em></span>) +from any Windows NT/2k/XP client workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p> +The latter option is probably the easier one (even if the only +entrance to this realm seems a little bit weird at first). +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939503"></a>Setting Drivers for existing Printers with a Client GUI</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The initial listing of printers in the Samba host's +<span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder accessed from a client's Explorer +will have no real printer driver assigned to them. By default, in +Samba-3 (as in 2.2.1 and later) this driver name is set to a NULL +string. This must be changed now. The local <span class="emphasis"><em>Add Printer +Wizard</em></span>, run from NT/2000/XP clients, will help us in this +task. +</p><p> +However, the job to set a valid driver for the printer is not a +straightforward one: You must attempt to view the printer properties +for the printer to which you want the driver assigned. Open the +Windows Explorer, open Network Neighbourhood, browse to the Samba +host, open Samba's <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder, right-click the printer icon and +select <span class="guimenu">Properties...</span>. You are now trying to view printer and driver +properties for a queue which has this default <tt class="constant">NULL</tt> driver +assigned. This will result in an error message (this is normal here): +</p><p><span class="errorname"> Device settings cannot be displayed. The driver +for the specified printer is not installed, only spooler properties +will be displayed. Do you want to install the driver +now?</span></p><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>Important:</em></span>Don't click <span class="guibutton">Yes</span>! Instead, +<span class="emphasis"><em>click <span class="guibutton">No</span></em></span> in the error dialog. +Only now you will be presented with the printer properties window. From here, +the way to assign a driver to a printer is open to us. You have now the choice +either: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>select a driver from the pop-up list of installed +drivers. <span class="emphasis"><em>Initially this list will be empty.</em></span> +Or</p></li><li><p>use the <span class="guibutton">New Driver...</span> button to +install a new printer driver (which will in fact start up the +APW).</p></li></ul></div><p> +Once the APW is started, the procedure is exactly the same as the one +you are familiar with in Windows (we assume here that you are +familiar with the printer driver installations procedure on Windows +NT). Make sure your connection is in fact setup as a user with +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> privileges (if in doubt, use +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> to check for this). If you wish to +install printer drivers for client operating systems other than +<span class="application">Windows NT x86</span>, you will need to use the +<span class="guilabel">Sharing</span> tab of the printer properties dialog. +</p><p> +Assuming you have connected with an administrative (or root) account +(as named by the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> parameter), +you will also be able to modify other printer properties such as ACLs +and default device settings using this dialog. For the default device +settings, please consider the advice given further below. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2939686"></a>Setting Drivers for existing Printers with +<b class="command">rpcclient</b></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The second way to install printer drivers into +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> and set them up in a valid way can be +done from the UNIX command line. This involves four distinct steps: +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>gathering the info about the required driver files +and collecting the files together;</p></li><li><p>deposit the driver files into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share's correct subdirectories +(possibly by using <b class="command">smbclient</b>);</p></li><li><p>running the <b class="command">rpcclient</b> +commandline utility once with the <b class="command">adddriver</b> +subcommand,</p></li><li><p>running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> a second +time with the <b class="command">setdriver</b> +subcommand.</p></li></ol></div><p> +We will provide detailed hints for each of these steps in the next few +paragraphs. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2939795"></a>Identifying the Driver Files</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +To find out about the driver files, you have two options: you could +investigate the driver CD which comes with your printer. Study the +<tt class="filename">*.inf</tt> file on the CD, if it is contained. This +may not be the possible, since the *.inf file might be +missing. Unfortunately, many vendors have now started to use their own +installation programs. These installations packages are often some +sort of Windows platform archive format, plus, the files may get +re-named during the installation process. This makes it extremely +difficult to identify the driver files you need. +</p><p> +Then you only have the second option: install the driver first on a +Windows client *locally* and investigate which file names and paths it +uses after they are installed. (Note, that you need to repeat this +procedure for every client platform you want to support. We are going +to show it here for the <span class="application">W32X86</span> platform only, a +name used by Microsoft for all WinNT/2k/XP clients...) +</p><p> +A good method to recognize the driver files this is to print the test +page from the driver's <span class="guilabel">Properties</span> Dialog +(<span class="guilabel">General</span> tab). Then look at the list of driver +files named on the printout. You'll need to recognize what Windows +(and Samba) are calling the <span class="guilabel">Driver File</span> , the +<span class="guilabel">Data File</span>, the <span class="guilabel">Config File</span>, +the <span class="guilabel">Help File</span> and (optionally) the +<span class="guilabel">Dependent Driver Files</span> (this may vary slightly +for Windows NT). You need to remember all names (or better take a +note) for the next steps. +</p><p> +Another method to quickly test the driver filenames and related paths +is provided by the <b class="command">rpcclient</b> utility. Run it with +<b class="command">enumdrivers</b> or with the +<b class="command">getdriver</b> subcommand, each in the +<span class="emphasis"><em>3</em></span> level. In the following example, +<span class="emphasis"><em>TURBO_XP</em></span> is the name of the Windows PC (in this +case it was a Windows XP Professional laptop, BTW). I had installed +the driver locally to TURBO_XP while <span class="emphasis"><em>kde-bitshop</em></span> is +the name of the Linux host from which I am working. We could run an +<span class="emphasis"><em>interactive</em></span> <b class="command">rpcclient</b> session; +then we'd get an <span class="emphasis"><em>rpcclient /></em></span> prompt and would +type the subcommands at this prompt. This is left as a good exercise +to the reader. For now we use <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with the +<tt class="option">-c</tt> parameter to execute a single subcommand +line and exit again. This is the method you would use if you want to +create scripts to automate the procedure for a large number of +printers and drivers. Note the different quotes used to overcome the +different spaces in between words: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'Danka%xxxx' -c 'getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3' TURBO_XP</tt></b> + cmd = getdriver "Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)" 3 + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.DLL] + Datafile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.ppd] + Configfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.DLL] + Helpfile: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01U_de.HLP] + + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.INI] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.dat] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.cat] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hre] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.vnd] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.hlp] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01Aux.dll] + Dependentfiles: [C:\WINNT\System32\spool\DRIVERS\W32X86\2\HDNIS01_de.NTF] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +You may notice, that this driver has quite a big number of +<span class="guilabel">Dependentfiles</span> (I know worse cases however). Also, +strangely, the <span class="guilabel">Driver File</span> is here tagged as +<span class="guilabel">Driver Path</span>.... oh, well. Here we don't have yet +support for the so-called <span class="application">WIN40</span> architecture +installed. This name is used by Microsoft for the Win95/98/ME platforms. +If we want to support these, we need to install the Win95/98/ME driver +files in addition to those for <span class="application">W32X86</span> +(i.e. the WinNT72000/XP clients) onto a Windows PC. This PC +can also host the Win9x drivers, even if itself runs on Windows NT, +2000 or XP. +</p><p> +Since the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share is usually accessible +through the <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span>, you can also use the UNC notation +from Windows Explorer to poke at it. The Win9x driver files will end +up in subdirectory "0" of the "WIN40" directory. The full path to +access them will be +<tt class="filename">\\WINDOWSHOST\print$\WIN40\0\</tt>. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> more recent drivers on Windows 2000 and Windows XP are +installed into the "3" subdirectory instead of the "2". The version 2 +of drivers, as used in Windows NT, were running in Kernel Mode. +Windows 2000 changed this. While it still can use the Kernel Mode +drivers (if this is enabled by the Admin), its native mode for printer +drivers is User Mode execution. This requires drivers designed for +this. These type of drivers install into the "3" subdirectory. +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2940123"></a>Collecting the Driver Files from a Windows Host's +[print$] Share</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Now we need to collect all the driver files we identified. in our +previous step. Where do we get them from? Well, why not retrieve them +from the very PC and the same <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share +which we investigated in our last step to identify the files? We can +use <b class="command">smbclient</b> to do this. We will use the paths and +names which were leaked to us by <b class="command">getdriver</b>. The +listing is edited to include linebreaks for readability: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //TURBO_XP/print\$ -U'Danka%xxxx' \ + -c 'cd W32X86/2;mget HD*_de.* \ + hd*ppd Hd*_de.* Hddm*dll HDN*Aux.DLL'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.50.8 ( 10.160.50.8 ) + Domain=[DEVELOPMENT] OS=[Windows 5.1] Server=[Windows 2000 LAN Manager] + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.ABD? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>n</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.def? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>y</tt></b> + getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.def of size 428 as Hddm91c1_de.def (22.0 kb/s) (average 22.0 kb/s) + <tt class="prompt">Get file Hddm91c1_de.DLL? </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>y</tt></b> + getting file \W32X86\2\Hddm91c1_de.DLL of size 876544 as Hddm91c1_de.DLL (737.3 kb/s) (average 737.3 kb/s) + [...] + +</pre><p> +After this command is complete, the files are in our current local +directory. You probably have noticed that this time we passed several +commands to the <tt class="option">-c</tt> parameter, separated by semi-colons. This +effects that all commands are executed in sequence on the remote +Windows server before smbclient exits again. +</p><p> +Don't forget to repeat the procedure for the <span class="application">WIN40</span> +architecture should you need to support Win95/98/XP clients. Remember, the +files for these architectures are in the WIN40/0/ subdir. Once we are +complete, we can run <b class="command">smbclient ... put</b> to store +the collected files on the Samba server's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2940276"></a>Depositing the Driver Files into [print$]</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, now we are going to put the driver files into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. Remember, the UNIX path to this +share has been defined previously in your +. You also have created subdirectories +for the different Windows client types you want to support. Supposing +your <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share maps to the UNIX path +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/</tt>, your driver files should now +go here: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>for all Windows NT, 2000 and XP clients into +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/W32X86/</tt> <span class="emphasis"><em>but +*not*(yet) into the "2" subdir</em></span>!</p></li><li><p>for all Windows 95, 98 and ME clients into +<tt class="filename">/etc/samba/drivers/WIN40/</tt> -- <span class="emphasis"><em>but *not* +(yet) into the "0" subdir</em></span>!</p></li></ul></div><p> +We again use smbclient to transfer the driver files across the +network. We specify the same files and paths as were leaked to us by +running <b class="command">getdriver</b> against the original +<span class="emphasis"><em>Windows</em></span> install. However, now we are going to +store the files into a <span class="emphasis"><em>Samba/UNIX</em></span> print server's +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share... +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; put HDNIS01_de.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.ppd; put HDNIS01U_de.DLL; \ + put HDNIS01U_de.HLP; put Hddm91c1_de.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.INI; put Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.dat; put Hddm91c1_de.dat; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.def; put Hddm91c1_de.hre; \ + put Hddm91c1_de.vnd; put Hddm91c1_de.hlp; \ + put Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP; put HDNIS01Aux.dll; \ + put HDNIS01_de.NTF'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 ) + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + putting file HDNIS01_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.DLL (4465.5 kb/s) (average 4465.5 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.ppd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.ppd (12876.8 kb/s) (average 4638.9 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01U_de.DLL as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.DLL (20249.8 kb/s) (average 5828.3 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01U_de.HLP as \W32X86\HDNIS01U_de.HLP (9652.8 kb/s) (average 5899.8 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.DLL (23777.7 kb/s) (average 10400.6 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.INI as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.INI (98.6 kb/s) (average 10329.0 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL as \W32X86\Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL (22931.5 kb/s) (average 10501.7 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (2462.8 kb/s) (average 10393.0 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.dat as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.dat (4925.3 kb/s) (average 10356.3 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.def as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.def (417.9 kb/s) (average 10290.1 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.hre as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hre (22571.3 kb/s) (average 11338.5 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.vnd as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.vnd (3384.6 kb/s) (average 10754.3 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de.hlp as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de.hlp (18406.8 kb/s) (average 10839.8 kb/s) + putting file Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP as \W32X86\Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP (20278.3 kb/s) (average 11386.3 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01Aux.dll as \W32X86\HDNIS01Aux.dll (14994.6 kb/s) (average 11405.2 kb/s) + putting file HDNIS01_de.NTF as \W32X86\HDNIS01_de.NTF (23390.2 kb/s) (average 13170.8 kb/s) + +</pre><p> +Phewww -- that was a lot of typing! Most drivers are a lot smaller -- +many only having 3 generic PostScript driver files plus 1 PPD. Note, +that while we did retrieve the files from the "2" subdirectory of the +"W32X86" directory from the Windows box, we <span class="emphasis"><em>don't</em></span> +put them (for now) in this same subdirectory of the Samba box! This +re-location will automatically be done by the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> command which we will run shortly (and +don't forget to also put the files for the Win95/98/ME architecture +into the <tt class="filename">WIN40/</tt> subdirectory should you need +them). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2940512"></a>Check if the Driver Files are there (with smbclient)</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +For now we verify that our files are there. This can be done with +<b class="command">smbclient</b> too (but of course you can log in via SSH +also and do this through a standard UNIX shell access too): +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -U 'root%xxxx' -c 'cd W32X86; pwd; dir; cd 2; pwd; dir'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.60 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Got a positive name query response from 10.160.51.162 ( 10.160.51.162 ) + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + .. D 0 Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003 + 2 D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:18 2003 + HDNIS01Aux.dll A 15356 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL A 46966 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01_de.DLL A 434400 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01_de.NTF A 790404 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.DLL A 876544 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.INI A 101 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.dat A 5044 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.def A 428 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hlp A 37699 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hre A 323584 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.ppd A 26373 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.vnd A 45056 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.DLL A 165888 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.HLP A 19770 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP A 228417 Sun May 4 03:58:59 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:18 2003 + .. D 0 Sun May 4 03:56:35 2003 + ADOBEPS5.DLL A 434400 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + laserjet4.ppd A 9639 Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003 + ADOBEPSU.DLL A 109568 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + ADOBEPSU.HLP A 18082 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + PDFcreator2.PPD A 15746 Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 709 blocks available + </pre><p> -For almost all printing systems, the printer 'name' must be composed -only of alphanumeric or underscore '_' characters. Some systems also -allow hyphens ('-') as well. An alias is an alternative name for the -printer, and an alias with a space in it is used as a 'comment' -about the printer. The printcap format optionally uses a \ at the end of lines -to extend the printcap to multiple lines. -</p><p> -Here are some examples of printcap files: -</p><p> -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> -pr just printer name -</p></li><li><p> -pr|alias printer name and alias -</p></li><li><p> -pr|My Printer printer name, alias used as comment -</p></li><li><p> -pr:sh:\ Same as pr:sh:cm= testing - :cm= \ - testing -</p></li><li><p> -pr:sh Same as pr:sh:cm= testing - :cm= testing +Notice that there are already driver files present in the +<tt class="filename">2</tt> subdir (probably from a previous +installation). Once the files for the new driver are there too, you +are still a few steps away from being able to use them on the +clients. The only thing you could do *now* is to retrieve them from a +client just like you retrieve ordinary files from a file share, by +opening print$ in Windows Explorer. But that wouldn't install them per +Point'n'Print. The reason is: Samba doesn't know yet that these files +are something special, namely <span class="emphasis"><em>printer driver +files</em></span> and it doesn't know yet to which print queue(s) these +driver files belong. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2940672"></a>Running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with +<b class="command">adddriver</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So, next you must tell Samba about the special category of the files +you just uploaded into the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share. This +is done by the <b class="command">adddriver</b> command. It will +prompt Samba to register the driver files into its internal TDB +database files. The following command and its output has been edited, +again, for readability: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \ + Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP: \ + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF, \ + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS</tt></b> + + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" "dm9110:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL: \ + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP" + + Printer Driver dm9110 successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +After this step the driver should be recognized by Samba on the print +server. You need to be very careful when typing the command. Don't +exchange the order of the fields. Some changes would lead to a +<tt class="computeroutput">NT_STATUS_UNSUCCESSFUL</tt> error +message. These become obvious. Other changes might install the driver +files successfully, but render the driver unworkable. So take care! +Hints about the syntax of the adddriver command are in the man +page. The CUPS printing chapter of this HOWTO collection provides a +more detailed description, if you should need it. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2940772"></a>Check how Driver Files have been moved after +<b class="command">adddriver</b> finished</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One indication for Samba's recognition of the files as driver files is +the <tt class="computeroutput">successfully installed</tt> message. +Another one is the fact, that our files have been moved by the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> command into the <tt class="filename">2</tt> +subdirectory. You can check this again with +<b class="command">smbclient</b>: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient //SAMBA-CUPS/print\$ -Uroot%xxxx -c 'cd W32X86;dir;pwd;cd 2;dir;pwd'</tt></b> + added interface ip=10.160.51.162 bcast=10.160.51.255 nmask=255.255.252.0 + Domain=[CUPS-PRINT] OS=[Unix] Server=[Samba 2.2.7a] + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + .. D 0 Thu Apr 10 23:47:40 2003 + 2 D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 731 blocks available + + Current directory is \\SAMBA-CUPS\print$\W32X86\2\ + . D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + .. D 0 Sun May 4 04:32:48 2003 + DigiMaster.PPD A 148336 Thu Apr 24 01:07:00 2003 + ADOBEPS5.DLL A 434400 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + laserjet4.ppd A 9639 Thu Apr 24 01:05:32 2003 + ADOBEPSU.DLL A 109568 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + ADOBEPSU.HLP A 18082 Sat May 3 23:18:45 2003 + PDFcreator2.PPD A 15746 Sun Apr 20 22:24:07 2003 + HDNIS01Aux.dll A 15356 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL A 46966 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01_de.DLL A 434400 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01_de.NTF A 790404 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.DLL A 876544 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.INI A 101 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.dat A 5044 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.def A 428 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hlp A 37699 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.hre A 323584 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.ppd A 26373 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de.vnd A 45056 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.DLL A 165888 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + HDNIS01U_de.HLP A 19770 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP A 228417 Sun May 4 04:32:18 2003 + 40976 blocks of size 262144. 731 blocks available + +</pre><p> +Another verification is that the timestamp of the printing TDB files +is now updated (and possibly their filesize has increased). +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2940941"></a>Check if the Driver is recognized by Samba</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Now the driver should be registered with Samba. We can easily verify +this, and will do so in a moment. However, this driver is +<span class="emphasis"><em>not yet</em></span> associated with a particular +<span class="emphasis"><em>printer</em></span>. We may check the driver status of the +files by at least three methods: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>from any Windows client browse Network Neighbourhood, +find the Samba host and open the Samba <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. Select any printer icon, right-click and +select the printer <span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span>. Click on the +<span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> tab. Here is a field indicating the +driver for that printer. A drop down menu allows you to change that +driver (be careful to not do this unwittingly.). You can use this +list to view all drivers know to Samba. Your new one should be amongst +them. (Each type of client will only see his own architecture's +list. If you don't have every driver installed for each platform, the +list will differ if you look at it from Windows95/98/ME or +WindowsNT/2000/XP.)</p></li><li><p>from a Windows 2000 or XP client (not WinNT) browse +<span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span>, search for the Samba +server and open the server's <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder, +right-click the white background (with no printer highlighted). Select +<span class="guimenuitem">Server Properties</span>. On the +<span class="guilabel">Drivers</span> tab you will see the new driver listed +now. This view enables you to also inspect the list of files belonging +to that driver<span class="emphasis"><em> (this doesn't work on Windows NT, but only on +Windows 2000 and Windows XP. WinNT doesn't provide the "Drivers" +tab).</em></span>. An alternative, much quicker method for Windows +2000/XP to start this dialog is by typing into a DOS box (you must of +course adapt the name to your Samba server instead of <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i>): +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /s /t2 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b></p></li><li><p>from a UNIX prompt run this command (or a variant +thereof), where <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> is the name of the Samba +host and "xxxx" represents the actual Samba password assigned to root: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'enumdrivers' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b></p><p> +You will see a listing of all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one +should be amongst them. But it is only listed under the <i class="parameter"><tt>[Windows NT +x86]</tt></i> heading, not under <i class="parameter"><tt>[Windows 4.0]</tt></i>, +since we didn't install that part. Or did *you*? -- You will see a listing of +all drivers Samba knows about. Your new one should be amongst them. In our +example it is named <span class="emphasis"><em>dm9110</em></span>. Note that the 3rd column +shows the other installed drivers twice, for each supported architecture one +time. Our new driver only shows up for +<span class="application">Windows NT 4.0 or 2000</span>. To +have it present for <span class="application">Windows 95, 98 and ME</span> you'll +have to repeat the whole procedure with the WIN40 architecture and subdirectory. +</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2941145"></a>A side note: you are not bound to specific driver names</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You can name the driver as you like. If you repeat the +<b class="command">adddriver</b> step, with the same files as before, but +with a different driver name, it will work the same: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -Uroot%xxxx \ + -c 'adddriver "Windows NT x86" \ + "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL: \ + Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:HDNIS01U_de.HLP: \ + NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP' SAMBA-CUPS + </tt></b> + + cmd = adddriver "Windows NT x86" + "myphantasydrivername:HDNIS01_de.DLL:Hddm91c1_de.ppd:HDNIS01U_de.DLL:\ + HDNIS01U_de.HLP:NULL:RAW:Hddm91c1_de.DLL,Hddm91c1_de.INI, \ + Hddm91c1_de.dat,Hddm91c1_de.def,Hddm91c1_de.hre, \ + Hddm91c1_de.vnd,Hddm91c1_de.hlp,Hddm91c1KMMin.DLL, \ + HDNIS01Aux.dll,HDNIS01_de.NTF,Hddm91c1_de_reg.HLP" + + Printer Driver myphantasydrivername successfully installed. + +</pre><p> +You will also be able to bind that driver to any print queue (however, +you are responsible yourself that you associate drivers to queues +which make sense to the target printer). Note, that you can't run the +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> <b class="command">adddriver</b> command +repeatedly. Each run "consumes" the files you had put into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share by moving them into the +respective subdirectories. So you <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> precede an +<b class="command">smbclient ... put</b> command before each +<b class="command">rpcclient ... adddriver</b>" command. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2941256"></a>La Grande Finale: Running <b class="command">rpcclient</b> with +<b class="command">setdriver</b></h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba still needs to know <span class="emphasis"><em>which</em></span> printer's driver +this is. It needs to create a mapping of the driver to a printer, and +store this info in its "memory", the TDB files. The <b class="command">rpcclient +setdriver</b> command achieves exactly this: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername + Successfully set dm9110 to driver myphantasydrivername. +</pre><p> +Ahhhhh -- no, I didn't want to do that. Repeat, this time with the +name I intended: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U'root%xxxx' -c 'setdriver dm9110 dm9110' <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i></tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 dm9110 + Successfully set dm9110 to driver dm9110. +</pre><p> +The syntax of the command is <b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient +-U'root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>sambapassword</tt></i>' -c 'setdriver +"<i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i>" +"<i class="replaceable"><tt>drivername</tt></i>' +<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-Hostname</tt></i></tt></b> . -- +Now we have done *most* of the work. But not yet all.... +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +the <b class="command">setdriver</b> command will only succeed if the printer is +known to +Samba already. A bug in 2.2.x prevented Samba from recognizing freshly +installed printers. You had to restart Samba, or at least send a HUP +signal to all running smbd processes to work around this: +<b class="userinput"><tt>kill -HUP `pidof smbd`</tt></b>. </p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2941408"></a>"The Proof of the Pudding lies in the Eating" (Client Driver Install +Procedure)</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A famous philosopher said once: “<span class="quote">The Proof of the Pudding lies +in the Eating</span>”. The proof for our setup lies in the printing. +So let's install the printer driver onto the client PCs. This is not +as straightforward as it may seem. Read on. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941428"></a>The first Client Driver Installation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Especially important is the installation onto the first client PC (for +each architectural platform separately). Once this is done correctly, +all further clients are easy to setup and shouldn't need further +attention. What follows is a description for the recommended first +procedure. You work now from a client workstation. First you should +guarantee that your connection is not unwittingly mapped to +<i class="parameter"><tt>bad user</tt></i> "nobody". In a DOS box type: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>net use \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\print$ /user:root</tt></b></p><p> +Replace root, if needed, by another valid +<i class="replaceable"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> user as given in the definition. +Should you already be connected as a different user, you'll get an error +message. There is no easy way to get rid of that connection, because +Windows doesn't seem to know a concept of "logging off" from a share +connection (don't confuse this with logging off from the local +workstation; that is a different matter). You can try to close +<span class="emphasis"><em>all</em></span> Windows file explorer and Internet Explorer +windows. As a last resort, you may have to reboot. Make sure there is +no automatic re-connection set up. It may be easier to go to a +different workstation and try from there. After you have made sure you +are connected as a printer admin user (you can check this with the +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> command on Samba) do this from the +Windows workstation: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Open <span class="guiicon">Network +Neighbourhood</span></p></li><li><p>Browse to Samba server</p></li><li><p>Open its <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder</p></li><li><p>Highlight and right-click the printer</p></li><li><p>Select <span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span> (for WinNT4/2K +it is possibly <span class="guimenuitem">Install...</span>)</p></li></ul></div><p> +A new printer (named <i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i> on +samba-server) should now have appeared in your +<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> Printer folder (check <span class="guimenu">Start</span> -- +<span class="guimenuitem">Settings</span> -- <span class="guimenuitem">Control Panel</span> +-- <span class="guiicon">Printers and Faxes</span>). +</p><p> +Most likely you are now tempted to try and print a test page. After +all, you now can open the printer properties and on the "General" tab, +there is a button offering to do just that. But chances are that you +get an error message saying <span class="errorname">Unable to print Test +Page</span>. The reason might be that there is not yet a +valid Device Mode set for the driver, or that the "Printer Driver +Data" set is still incomplete. +</p><p> +You must now make sure that a valid "Device Mode" is set for the +driver. Don't fear -- we will explain now what that means. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941626"></a>IMPORTANT! Setting Device Modes on new Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +In order for a printer to be truly usable by a Windows NT/2K/XP +client, it must possess: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a valid <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Mode</em></span> generated by +the driver for the printer (defining things like paper size, +orientation and duplex settings), and</p></li><li><p>a complete set of +<span class="emphasis"><em>Printer Driver Data</em></span> generated by the +driver.</p></li></ul></div><p> +If either one of these is incomplete, the clients can produce less +than optimal output at best. In the worst cases, unreadable garbage or +nothing at all comes from the printer or they produce a harvest of +error messages when attempting to print. Samba stores the named values +and all printing related info in its internal TDB database files +<tt class="filename">(ntprinters.tdb</tt>, +<tt class="filename">ntdrivers.tdb</tt>, <tt class="filename">printing.tdb</tt> +and <tt class="filename">ntforms.tdb</tt>). +</p><p> +What do these two words stand for? Basically, the Device Mode and the +set of Printer Driver Data is a collection of settings for all print +queue properties, initialized in a sensible way. Device Modes and +Printer Driver Data should initially be set on the print server (that is +here: the Samba host) to healthy values so that the clients can start +to use them immediately. How do we set these initial healthy values? +This can be achieved by accessing the drivers remotely from an NT (or +2k/XP) client, as is discussed in the next paragraphs. +</p><p> +Be aware, that a valid Device Mode can only be initiated by a +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>, or root (the reason should be +obvious). Device Modes can only correctly be set by executing the +printer driver program itself. Since Samba can not execute this Win32 +platform driver code, it sets this field initially to NULL (which is +not a valid setting for clients to use). Fortunately, most drivers +generate themselves the Printer Driver Data that is needed, when they +are uploaded to the <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share with the +help of the APW or rpcclient. +</p><p> +The generation and setting of a first valid Device Mode however +requires some "tickling" from a client, to set it on the Samba +server. The easiest means of doing so is to simply change the page +orientation on the server's printer. This "executes" enough of the +printer driver program on the client for the desired effect to happen, +and feeds back the new Device Mode to our Samba server. You can use the +native Windows NT/2K/XP printer properties page from a Window client +for this: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Browse the <span class="guiicon">Network Neighbourhood</span></p></li><li><p>Find the Samba server</p></li><li><p>Open the Samba server's <span class="guiicon">Printers and + Faxes</span> folder</p></li><li><p>Highlight the shared printer in question</p></li><li><p>Right-click the printer (you may already be here, if you +followed the last section's description)</p></li><li><p>At the bottom of the context menu select +<span class="guimenu">Properties....</span> (if the menu still offers the +<span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span> entry +further above, you need to click that one first to achieve the driver +installation as shown in the last section)</p></li><li><p>Go to the <span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> tab; click on +<span class="guibutton">Printing Defaults...</span></p></li><li><p>Change the "Portrait" page setting to "Landscape" (and +back)</p></li><li><p>(Oh, and make sure to <span class="emphasis"><em>apply</em></span> +changes between swapping the page orientation to cause the change to +actually take effect...).</p></li><li><p>While you're at it, you may optionally also want to +set the desired printing defaults here, which then apply to all future +client driver installations on the remaining from now +on.</p></li></ul></div><p> +This procedure has executed the printer driver program on the client +platform and fed back the correct Device Mode to Samba, which now +stored it in its TDB files. Once the driver is installed on the +client, you can follow the analogous steps by accessing the +<span class="emphasis"><em>local</em></span> <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> folder too if you are +a Samba printer admin user. From now on printing should work as expected. +</p><p> +Samba also includes a service level parameter name <i class="parameter"><tt>default +devmode</tt></i> for generating a default Device Mode for a +printer. Some drivers will function well with Samba's default set of +properties. Others may crash the client's spooler service. So use this +parameter with caution. It is always better to have the client +generate a valid device mode for the printer and store it on the +server for you. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2941915"></a>Further Client Driver Install Procedures</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every further driver may be done by any user, along the lines +described above: Browse network, open printers folder on Samba server, +right-click printer and choose <span class="guimenuitem">Connect...</span>. Once +this completes (should be not more than a few seconds, but could also take +a minute, depending on network conditions), you should find the new printer in +your client workstation local <span class="guiicon">Printers and +Faxes</span> folder. +</p><p> +You can also open your local <span class="guiicon">Printers and Faxes</span> folder by +using this command on Windows 2000 and Windows XP Professional workstations: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 shell32.dll,SHHelpShortcuts_RunDLL PrintersFolder +</tt></b></p><p> +or this command on Windows NT 4.0 workstations: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 shell32.dll,Control_RunDLL MAIN.CPL @2 +</tt></b></p><p> +You can enter the commands either inside a <span class="guilabel">DOS box</span> window +or in the <span class="guimenuitem">Run command...</span> field from the +<span class="guimenu">Start</span> menu. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942010"></a>Always make first Client Connection as root or "printer admin"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +After you installed the driver on the Samba server (in its +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share, you should always make sure +that your first client installation completes correctly. Make it a habit for +yourself to build that the very first connection from a client as +<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>. This is to make sure that: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> a first valid <span class="emphasis"><em>Device Mode</em></span> is +really initialized (see above for more explanation details), and +that</p></li><li><p> the default print settings of your printer for all +further client installations are as you want them</p></li></ul></div><p> +Do this by changing the orientation to landscape, click +<span class="emphasis"><em>Apply</em></span>, and then change it back again. Then modify +the other settings (for example, you don't want the default media size +set to <span class="emphasis"><em>Letter</em></span>, when you are all using +<span class="emphasis"><em>A4</em></span>, right? You may want to set the printer for +<span class="emphasis"><em>duplex</em></span> as the default; etc.). +</p><p> +To connect as root to a Samba printer, try this command from a Windows +2K/XP DOS box command prompt: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>runas /netonly /user:root "rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printername</tt></i>"</tt></b> +</p><p> +You will be prompted for root's Samba-password; type it, wait a few +seconds, click on <span class="guibutton">Printing Defaults...</span> and +proceed to set the job options as should be used as defaults by all +clients. Alternatively, instead of root you can name one other member +of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admins</tt></i> from the setting. +</p><p> +Now all the other users downloading and installing the driver +the same way (called <span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span>) will +have the same defaults set for them. If you miss this step you'll +get a lot of helpdesk calls from your users. But maybe you like to +talk to people.... ;-) +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2942152"></a>Other Gotchas</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Your driver is installed. It is ready for +<span class="emphasis"><em>Point'n'Print</em></span> installation by the clients +now. You <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> have tried to download and use it +onto your first client machine now. But wait... let's make you +acquainted first with a few tips and tricks you may find useful. For +example, suppose you didn't manage to "set the defaults" on the +printer, as advised in the preceding paragraphs? And your users +complain about various issues (such as “<span class="quote">We need to set the paper +size for each job from Letter to A4 and it won't store it!</span>”) +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942185"></a>Setting Default Print Options for the Client Drivers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The last sentence might be viewed with mixed feelings by some users and +admins. They have struggled for hours and hours and couldn't arrive at +a point were their settings seemed to be saved. It is not their +fault. The confusing thing is this: in the multi-tabbed dialog that pops +up when you right-click the printer name and select +<span class="guimenuitem">Properties...</span>, you can arrive at two identically +looking dialogs, each claiming that they help you to set printer options, +in three different ways. Here is the definite answer to the "Samba +Default Driver Setting FAQ": +</p><p><b>“<span class="quote">I can't set and save default print options +for all users on Win2K/XP! Why not?</span>” </b> +How are you doing it? I bet the wrong way.... (it is not very +easy to find out, though). There are 3 different ways to bring you to +a dialog that <span class="emphasis"><em>seems</em></span> to set everything. All three +dialogs <span class="emphasis"><em>look</em></span> the same. Only one of them +<span class="emphasis"><em>does</em></span> what you intend. +<span class="emphasis"><em>Important:</em></span> you need to be Administrator or Print +Administrator to do this for all users. Here is how I reproduce it in +on XP Professional: + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="A"><li><p>The first "wrong" way: + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="guiicon">Printers</span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer +(<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on cupshost</em></span>) and +select in context menu <span class="guimenu">Printing +Preferences...</span></p></li><li><p>Look at this dialog closely and remember what it looks +like.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>The second "wrong" way: + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Open the <span class="guimenu">Printers</span> +folder.</p></li><li><p>Right-click on the printer (<span class="emphasis"><em>remoteprinter on +cupshost</em></span>) and select in the context menu +<span class="guimenuitem">Properties</span></p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="guilabel">General</span> +tab</p></li><li><p>Click on the button <span class="guibutton">Printing +Preferences...</span></p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Keep this dialog open and go back +to the parent dialog.</p></li></ol></div><p> +</p></li><li><p>The third, the "correct" way: (should you do +this from the beginning, just carry out steps 1. and 2. from second +"way" above) + +</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>Click on the <span class="guilabel">Advanced</span> +tab. (Hmmm... if everything is "Grayed Out", then you are not logged +in as a user with enough privileges).</p></li><li><p>Click on the <span class="guibutton">Printing +Defaults...</span> button.</p></li><li><p>On any of the two new tabs, click on the +<span class="guilabel">Advanced...</span> button.</p></li><li><p>A new dialog opens. Compare this one to the other, +identical looking one from "B.5" or A.3".</p></li></ol></div><p> </p></li></ol></div><p> + +Do you see any difference in the two settings dialogs? I don't +either. However, only the last one, which you arrived at with steps +C.1.-6. will permanently save any settings which will then become the +defaults for new users. If you want all clients to have the same +defaults, you need to conduct these steps as administrator +(<i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> in ) +<span class="emphasis"><em>before</em></span> a client downloads the driver (the clients +can later set their own <span class="emphasis"><em>per-user defaults</em></span> by +following the procedures <span class="emphasis"><em>A.</em></span> +or <span class="emphasis"><em>B.</em></span> above...). (This is new: Windows 2000 and +Windows XP allow <span class="emphasis"><em>per-user</em></span> default settings and +the ones the administrator gives them, before they set up their own). +The "parents" of the identically looking dialogs have a slight +difference in their window names: one is called +<tt class="computeroutput">Default Print Values for Printer Foo on Server +Bar"</tt> (which is the one you need) and the other is +called "<tt class="computeroutput">Print Settings for Printer Foo on Server +Bar</tt>". The last one is the one you arrive at when you +right-click on the printer and select <span class="guimenuitem">Print +Settings...</span>. This is the one what you were +taught to use back in the days of Windows NT! So it is only natural to +try the same way with Win2k or WinXP. You wouldn't dream +that there is now a different "clicking path" to arrive at an +identically looking, but functionally different dialog to set defaults +for all users! +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p>Try (on Win2000 and WinXP) to run this command (as a user +with the right privileges): +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t3 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +to see the tab with the <span class="guilabel">Printing Defaults...</span> +button (the one you need). Also run this command: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n\\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +to see the tab with the <span class="guilabel">Printing Preferences...</span> +button (the one which doesn't set system-wide defaults). You can +start the commands from inside a DOS box" or from the <span class="guimenu">Start</span> +-- <span class="guimenuitem">Run...</span> menu. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942622"></a>Supporting large Numbers of Printers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +One issue that has arisen during the recent development phase of Samba +is the need to support driver downloads for 100's of printers. Using +Windows NT APW here is somewhat awkward (to say the least). If you +don't want to acquire RSS pains from such the printer installation +clicking orgy alone, you need to think about a non-interactive script. </p><p> -Samba reads the printcap information when first started. If you make -changes in the printcap information, then you must do the following: -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> -make sure that the print spooler is aware of these changes. -The LPRng system uses the 'lpc reread' command to do this. -</p></li><li><p> -make sure that the spool queues, etc., exist and have the -correct permissions. The LPRng system uses the 'checkpc -f' -command to do this. -</p></li><li><p> -You now should send a SIGHUP signal to the smbd server to have -it reread the printcap information. -</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2887691"></a>Job sent, no output</h3></div></div><p> -This is the most frustrating part of printing. You may have sent the -job, verified that the job was forwarded, set up a wrapper around -the command to send the file, but there was no output from the printer. -</p><p> -First, check to make sure that the job REALLY is getting to the -right print queue. If you are using a BSD or LPRng print spooler, -you can temporarily stop the printing of jobs. Jobs can still be -submitted, but they will not be printed. Use: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - lpc -Pprinter stop +If more than one printer is using the same driver, the +<b class="command">rpcclient setdriver</b> command can be used to set the +driver associated with an installed queue. If the driver is uploaded +to <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> once and registered with the +printing TDBs, it can be used by multiple print queues. In this case +you just need to repeat the <b class="command">setprinter</b> subcommand +of <b class="command">rpcclient</b> for every queue (without the need to +conduct the <b class="command">adddriver</b> again and again). The +following is an example of how this could be accomplished: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumdrivers'</tt></b> + cmd = enumdrivers + + [Windows NT x86] + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [infotec IS 2075 PCL 6] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [DANKA InfoStream] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [dm9110] + + Printer Driver Info 1: + Driver Name: [myphantasydrivername] + + [....] </pre><p> -Now submit a print job and then use 'lpq -Pprinter' to see if the -job is in the print queue. If it is not in the print queue then -you will have to find out why it is not being accepted for printing. -</p><p> -Next, you may want to check to see what the format of the job really -was. With the assistance of the system administrator you can view -the submitted jobs files. You may be surprised to find that these -are not in what you would expect to call a printable format. -You can use the UNIX 'file' utitily to determine what the job -format actually is: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - cd /var/spool/lpd/printer # spool directory of print jobs - ls # find job files - file dfA001myhost + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110 ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] </pre><p> -You should make sure that your printer supports this format OR that -your system administrator has installed a 'print filter' that will -convert the file to a format appropriate for your printer. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888240"></a>Job sent, strange output</h3></div></div><p> -Once you have the job printing, you can then start worrying about -making it print nicely. -</p><p> -The most common problem is extra pages of output: banner pages -OR blank pages at the end. -</p><p> -If you are getting banner pages, check and make sure that the -printcap option or printer option is configured for no banners. -If you have a printcap, this is the :sh (suppress header or banner -page) option. You should have the following in your printer. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - printer: ... :sh + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'setdriver <i class="replaceable"><tt>dm9110</tt></i> "<i class="replaceable"><tt>Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS)</tt></i>"'</tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PPD) + Successfully set dm9110 to driver Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS). </pre><p> -If you have this option and are still getting banner pages, there -is a strong chance that your printer is generating them for you -automatically. You should make sure that banner printing is disabled -for the printer. This usually requires using the printer setup software -or procedures supplied by the printer manufacturer. -</p><p> -If you get an extra page of output, this could be due to problems -with your job format, or if you are generating PostScript jobs, -incorrect setting on your printer driver on the MicroSoft client. -For example, under Win95 there is a option: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - Printers|Printer Name|(Right Click)Properties|Postscript|Advanced| + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,Heidelberg Digimaster 9110 (PS),110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] </pre><p> -that allows you to choose if a Ctrl-D is appended to all jobs. -This is a very bad thing to do, as most spooling systems will -automatically add a ^D to the end of the job if it is detected as -PostScript. The multiple ^D may cause an additional page of output. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888316"></a>Raw PostScript printed</h3></div></div><p> -This is a problem that is usually caused by either the print spooling -system putting information at the start of the print job that makes -the printer think the job is a text file, or your printer simply -does not support PostScript. You may need to enable 'Automatic -Format Detection' on your printer. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888334"></a>Advanced Printing</h3></div></div><p> -Note that you can do some pretty magic things by using your -imagination with the "print command" option and some shell scripts. -Doing print accounting is easy by passing the %U option to a print -command shell script. You could even make the print command detect -the type of output and its size and send it to an appropriate -printer. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888360"></a>Real debugging</h3></div></div><p> -If the above debug tips don't help, then maybe you need to bring in -the bug guns, system tracing. See Tracing.txt in this directory. -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="groupmapping.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="CUPS-printing.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 12. Configuring Group Mapping </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 14. CUPS Printing Support</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'setdriver <i class="replaceable"><tt>dm9110</tt></i> <i class="replaceable"><tt>myphantasydrivername</tt></i>'</tt></b> + cmd = setdriver dm9110 myphantasydrivername + Successfully set dm9110 to myphantasydrivername. +</pre><p> + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient <i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-CUPS</tt></i> -U root%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i> -c 'enumprinters'</tt></b> + cmd = enumprinters + flags:[0x800000] + name:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110] + description:[\\SAMBA-CUPS\dm9110,myphantasydrivername,110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + comment:[110ppm HiVolume DANKA Stuttgart] + [....] +</pre><p> +It may be not easy to recognize: but the first call to +<b class="command">enumprinters</b> showed the "dm9110" printer with an +empty string where the driver should have been listed (between the 2 +commas in the "description" field). After the +<b class="command">setdriver</b> command succeeded, all is well. (The +CUPS Printing chapter has more info about the installation of printer +drivers with the help of <b class="command">rpcclient</b>). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2942924"></a>Adding new Printers with the Windows NT APW</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +By default, Samba exhibits all printer shares defined in +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> in the +<span class="guiicon">Printers...</span> folder. Also located in this folder +is the Windows NT Add Printer Wizard icon. The APW will be shown only +if: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>...the connected user is able to successfully execute +an <b class="command">OpenPrinterEx(\\server)</b> with administrative +privileges (i.e. root or <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i>). +</p><div class="tip" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Tip</h3><p> Try this from a Windows 2K/XP DOS box command prompt: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> +runas /netonly /user:root rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /p /t0 /n \\<i class="replaceable"><tt>SAMBA-SERVER</tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>printersharename</tt></i> +</tt></b></p><p> +and click on <span class="guibutton">Printing Preferences...</span> +</p></div></li><li><p>... contains the setting +<i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard = yes</tt></i> (the +default).</p></li></ul></div><p> +The APW can do various things: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>upload a new driver to the Samba +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share;</p></li><li><p>associate an uploaded driver with an existing (but +still "driverless") print queue;</p></li><li><p>exchange the currently used driver for an existing +print queue with one that has been uploaded before;</p></li><li><p>add an entirely new printer to the Samba host (only in +conjunction with a working <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i>; +a corresponding <i class="parameter"><tt>delete printer command</tt></i> for +removing entries from the <span class="guiicon">Printers...</span> folder +may be provided too)</p></li></ul></div><p> +The last one (add a new printer) requires more effort than the +previous ones. In order to use the APW to successfully add a printer +to a Samba server, the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i> must +have a defined value. The program hook must successfully add the +printer to the Unix print system (i.e. to +<tt class="filename">/etc/printcap</tt>, +<tt class="filename">/etc/cups/printers.conf</tt> or other appropriate +files) and to if necessary. +</p><p> +When using the APW from a client, if the named printer share does not +exist, smbd will execute the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer +command</tt></i> and reparse to the +to attempt to locate the new printer share. If the share is still not +defined, an error of <span class="errorname">Access Denied</span> is +returned to the client. Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer +command</tt></i> is executed under the context of the connected +user, not necessarily a root account. A <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest = bad +user</tt></i> may have connected you unwittingly under the wrong +privilege; you should check it by using the +<b class="command">smbstatus</b> command. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943168"></a>Weird Error Message <span class="errorname">Cannot connect under a +different Name</span></h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Once you are connected with the wrong credentials, there is no means +to reverse the situation other than to close all Explorer windows, and +perhaps reboot. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The <b class="command">net use \\SAMBA-SERVER\sharename +/user:root</b> gives you an error message: <tt class="computeroutput">Multiple +connections to a server or a shared resource by the same user +utilizing the several user names are not allowed. Disconnect all +previous connections to the server, resp. the shared resource, and try +again.</tt></p></li><li><p>Every attempt to "connect a network drive" to +<tt class="filename">\\SAMBASERVER\\print$</tt> to z: is countered by the +pertinacious message. <tt class="computeroutput">This network folder is currently +connected under different credentials (username and password). +Disconnect first any existing connection to this network share in +order to connect again under a different username and +password</tt>.</p></li></ul></div><p> +So you close all connections. You try again. You get the same +message. You check from the Samba side, using +<b class="command">smbstatus</b>. Yes, there are some more +connections. You kill them all. The client still gives you the same +error message. You watch the smbd.log file on a very high debug level +and try re-connect. Same error message, but not a single line in the +log. You start to wonder if there was a connection attempt at all. You +run ethereal and tcpdump while you try to connect. Result: not a +single byte goes on the wire. Windows still gives the error +message. You close all Explorer Windows and start it again. You try to +connect - and this times it works! Windows seems to cache connection +info somewhere and doesn't keep it up to date (if you are unlucky you +might need to reboot to get rid of the error message). +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943267"></a>Be careful when assembling Driver Files</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +You need to be very careful when you take notes about the files and +belonging to a particular driver. Don't confuse the files for driver +version "0" (for Win95/98/ME, going into +<tt class="filename">[print$]/WIN/0/</tt>), driver version "2" (Kernel Mode +driver for WinNT, going into <tt class="filename">[print$]/W32X86/2/</tt> +<span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> be used on Win2K/XP too), and driver version +"3" (non-Kernel Mode driver going into +<tt class="filename">[print$]/W32X86/3/</tt> <span class="emphasis"><em>can not</em></span> +be used on WinNT). Very often these different driver versions contain +files carrying the same name; but still the files are very different! +Also, if you look at them from the Windows Explorer (they reside in +<tt class="filename">%WINDOWS%\system32\spool\drivers\W32X86\</tt>) you +will probably see names in capital letters, while an "enumdrivers" +command from Samba would show mixed or lower case letters. So it is +easy to confuse them. If you install them manually using +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> and subcommands, you may even succeed +without an error message. Only later, when you try install on a +client, you will encounter error messages like <tt class="computeroutput">This +server has no appropriate driver for the printer</tt>. +</p><p> +Here is an example. You are invited to look very closely at the +various files, compare their names and their spelling, and discover +the differences in the composition of the version-2 and -3 sets +Note: the version-0 set contained 40 (!) +<i class="parameter"><tt>Dependentfiles</tt></i>, so I left it out for space +reasons: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>rpcclient -U 'Administrator%<i class="replaceable"><tt>secret</tt></i>' -c 'enumdrivers 3' 10.160.50.8 </tt></b> + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [3] + Driver Name: [Canon iR8500 PS3] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3g.dll] + Datafile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\iR8500sg.xpd] + Configfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3gui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3g.hlp] + + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aucplmNT.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\ucs32p.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\tnl32.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aussdrv.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cnspdc.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\aussapi.dat] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\CnS3G.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\NBAPI.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\NBIPC.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcview.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcdspl.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcedit.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcqm.exe] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcspl.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cfine32.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcr407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\Cpcqm407.hlp] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cpcqm407.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\3\cns3ggr.dll] + + Monitorname: [] + Defaultdatatype: [] + + Printer Driver Info 3: + Version: [2] + Driver Name: [Canon iR5000-6000 PS3] + Architecture: [Windows NT x86] + Driver Path: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3g.dll] + Datafile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\IR5000sg.xpd] + Configfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3gui.dll] + Helpfile: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3g.hlp] + + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\AUCPLMNT.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\aussdrv.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cnspdc.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\aussapi.dat] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3407.dll] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\CnS3G.cnt] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\NBAPI.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\NBIPC.DLL] + Dependentfiles: [\\10.160.50.8\print$\W32X86\2\cns3gum.dll] + + Monitorname: [CPCA Language Monitor2] + Defaultdatatype: [] + +</pre><p> +If we write the "version 2" files and the "version 3" files +into different text files and compare the result, we see this +picture: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>sdiff 2-files 3-files</tt></b> + + + cns3g.dll cns3g.dll + iR8500sg.xpd iR8500sg.xpd + cns3gui.dll cns3gui.dll + cns3g.hlp cns3g.hlp + AUCPLMNT.DLL | aucplmNT.dll + > ucs32p.dll + > tnl32.dll + aussdrv.dll aussdrv.dll + cnspdc.dll cnspdc.dll + aussapi.dat aussapi.dat + cns3407.dll cns3407.dll + CnS3G.cnt CnS3G.cnt + NBAPI.DLL NBAPI.DLL + NBIPC.DLL NBIPC.DLL + cns3gum.dll | cpcview.exe + > cpcdspl.exe + > cpcqm.exe + > cpcspl.dll + > cfine32.dll + > cpcr407.dll + > Cpcqm407.hlp + > cpcqm407.cnt + > cns3ggr.dll + +</pre><p> +Don't be fooled though! Driver files for each version with identical +names may be different in their content, as you can see from this size +comparison: +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>for i in cns3g.hlp cns3gui.dll cns3g.dll; do \ + smbclient //10.160.50.8/print\$ -U 'Administrator%xxxx' \ + -c "cd W32X86/3; dir $i; cd .. ; cd 2; dir $i"; \ + done</tt></b> + + CNS3G.HLP A 122981 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3G.HLP A 99948 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + + CNS3GUI.DLL A 1805824 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3GUI.DLL A 1785344 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + + CNS3G.DLL A 1145088 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + CNS3G.DLL A 15872 Thu May 30 02:31:00 2002 + +</pre><p> +In my example were even more differences than shown here. Conclusion: +you must be very careful to select the correct driver files for each +driver version. Don't rely on the names alone. Don't interchange files +belonging to different driver versions. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943612"></a>Samba and Printer Ports</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Windows NT/2000 print servers associate a port with each +printer. These normally take the form of <tt class="filename">LPT1:</tt>, +<tt class="filename">COM1:</tt>, <tt class="filename">FILE:</tt>, etc. Samba +must also support the concept of ports associated with a printer. By +default, only one printer port, named "Samba Printer Port", exists on +a system. Samba does not really need such a "port" in order to print; +it rather is a requirement of Windows clients. They insist on being +told about an available port when they request this info, otherwise +they throw an error message at you. So Samba fakes the port +information to keep the Windows clients happy. +</p><p> +Note that Samba does not support the concept of "Printer Pooling" +internally either. Printer Pooling assigns a logical printer to +multiple ports as a form of load balancing or fail over. +</p><p> +If you require that multiple ports be defined for some reason or +another (“<span class="quote">My users and my Boss should not know that they are +working with Samba</span>”), possesses a +<i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i> which can be used to define +an external program that generates a listing of ports on a system. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943683"></a>Avoiding the most common Misconfigurations of the Client Driver</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +So - printing works, but there are still problems. Most jobs print +well, some don't print at all. Some jobs have problems with fonts, +which don't look good at all. Some jobs print fast, and some are +dead-slow. We can't cover it all; but we want to encourage you to read +the little paragraph about "Avoiding the wrong PostScript Driver +Settings" in the CUPS Printing part of this document. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2943705"></a>The Imprints Toolset</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Imprints tool set provides a UNIX equivalent of the +Windows NT Add Printer Wizard. For complete information, please +refer to the Imprints web site +at<a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top">http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</a> +as well as the documentation included with the imprints source +distribution. This section will only provide a brief introduction +to the features of Imprints. +</p><p><b>Attention! Maintainer required. </b> +Unfortunately, the Imprints toolset is no longer maintained. As of +December, 2000, the project is in need of a new maintainer. The most +important skill to have is decent perl coding and an interest in +MS-RPC based printing using Samba. If you wish to volunteer, please +coordinate your efforts on the samba-technical mailing list. The +toolset is still in usable form; but only for a series of older +printer models, where there are prepared packages to use. Packages for +more up to date print devices are needed if Imprints should have a +future.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943751"></a>What is Imprints?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Imprints is a collection of tools for supporting these goals: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Providing a central repository information regarding +Windows NT and 95/98 printer driver packages</p></li><li><p>Providing the tools necessary for creating the +Imprints printer driver packages.</p></li><li><p>Providing an installation client which will obtain +printer drivers from a central internet (or intranet) Imprints Server +repository and install them on remote Samba and Windows NT4 print +servers.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943792"></a>Creating Printer Driver Packages</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The process of creating printer driver packages is beyond the scope of +this document (refer to Imprints.txt also included with the Samba +distribution for more information). In short, an Imprints driver +package is a gzipped tarball containing the driver files, related INF +files, and a control file needed by the installation client. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943811"></a>The Imprints Server</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The Imprints server is really a database server that may be queried +via standard HTTP mechanisms. Each printer entry in the database has +an associated URL for the actual downloading of the package. Each +package is digitally signed via GnuPG which can be used to verify that +package downloaded is actually the one referred in the Imprints +database. It is strongly recommended that this security check +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> be disabled. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2943835"></a>The Installation Client</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +More information regarding the Imprints installation client is +available in the <tt class="filename">Imprints-Client-HOWTO.ps</tt> file +included with the imprints source package. +</p><p> +The Imprints installation client comes in two forms. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>a set of command line Perl scripts</p></li><li><p>a GTK+ based graphical interface to the command line Perl +scripts</p></li></ul></div><p> +The installation client (in both forms) provides a means of querying +the Imprints database server for a matching list of known printer +model names as well as a means to download and install the drivers on +remote Samba and Windows NT print servers. +</p><p> +The basic installation process is in four steps and perl code is +wrapped around smbclient and rpcclient +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + foreach (supported architecture for a given driver) + </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p>rpcclient: Get the appropriate upload directory on the remote server</p></li><li><p>smbclient: Upload the driver files</p></li><li><p>rpcclient: Issues an AddPrinterDriver() MS-RPC</p></li></ol></div><p> + </p></li><li><p>rpcclient: Issue an AddPrinterEx() MS-RPC to actually create the printer</p></li></ul></div><p> +One of the problems encountered when implementing the Imprints tool +set was the name space issues between various supported client +architectures. For example, Windows NT includes a driver named "Apple +LaserWriter II NTX v51.8" and Windows 95 calls its version of this +driver "Apple LaserWriter II NTX" +</p><p> +The problem is how to know what client drivers have been uploaded for +a printer. An astute reader will remember that the Windows NT Printer +Properties dialog only includes space for one printer driver name. A +quick look in the Windows NT 4.0 system registry at +</p><p><tt class="filename"> + HKLM\System\CurrentControlSet\Control\Print\Environment +</tt></p><p> +will reveal that Windows NT always uses the NT driver name. This is +ok as Windows NT always requires that at least the Windows NT version +of the printer driver is present. However, Samba does not have the +requirement internally. Therefore, how can you use the NT driver name +if is has not already been installed? +</p><p> +The way of sidestepping this limitation is to require that all +Imprints printer driver packages include both the Intel Windows NT and +95/98 printer drivers and that NT driver is installed first. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2943987"></a>Add Network Printers at Logon without User Interaction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The following MS Knowledge Base article may be of some help if you +need to handle Windows 2000 clients: <span class="emphasis"><em>How to Add Printers +with No User Interaction in Windows 2000.</em></span> ( <a href="http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105" target="_top">http://support.microsoft.com/default.aspx?scid=kb;en-us;189105</a> +). It also applies to Windows XP Professional clients. +</p><p> +The ideas sketched out below are inspired by this article. It +describes a commandline method which can be applied to install +network and local printers and their drivers. This is most useful +if integrated in Logon Scripts. You can see what options are +available by typing in a command prompt ("DOS box") this: +</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /?</tt></b></p><p> +A window pops up which shows you all of the commandline switches +available. An extensive list of examples is also provided. This is +only for Win 2k/XP. It doesn't work on WinNT. WinNT has probably some +other tools in the respective Resource Kit. Here is a suggestion about +what a client logon script might contain, with a short explanation of +what the lines actually do (it works if 2k/XP Windows clients access +printers via Samba, but works for Windows-based print servers too): +</p><pre class="screen"> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /dn /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-IPDS" /q</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /in /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"</tt></b> +<b class="userinput"><tt>rundll32 printui.dll,PrintUIEntry /y /n "\\sambacupsserver\infotec2105-PS"</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Here is a list of the used commandline parameters: +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">/dn</span></dt><dd><p>deletes a network printer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/q</span></dt><dd><p>quiet modus</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/n</span></dt><dd><p>names a printer</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/in</span></dt><dd><p>adds a network printer connection</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/y</span></dt><dd><p>sets printer as default printer</p></dd></dl></div><p> +I have tested this with a Samba 2.2.7a and a Samba-3alpha24 +installation and Windows XP Professional clients. Note that this +specific command set works with network print queues (installing +local print queues requires different parameters, but this is of no +interest here). +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Line 1 deletes a possibly existing previous network +printer <span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-IPDS</em></span> (which had used native +Windows drivers with LPRng that were removed from the server which was +converted to CUPS). The <b class="command">/q</b> at the end eliminates +"Confirm" or error dialog boxes popping up. They should not be +presented to the user logging on.</p></li><li><p>Line 2 adds the new printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-PS</em></span> (which actually is same physical +device but is now run by the new CUPS printing system and associated +with the CUPS/Adobe PS drivers). The printer and its driver +<span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> have been added to Samba prior to the user +logging in (e.g. by a procedure as discussed earlier in this chapter, +or by running <b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b>). The driver is now +auto-downloaded to the client PC where the user is about to log +in.</p></li><li><p>Line 3 sets the default printer to this new network +printer (there might be several other printers installed with this +same method and some may be local as well -- so we decide for a +default printer). The default printer selection may of course be +different for different users.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Note that the second line only works if the printer +<span class="emphasis"><em>infotec2105-PS</em></span> has an already working print queue +on "sambacupsserver", and if the printer drivers have successfully been +uploaded (via <b class="command">APW</b> , +<b class="command">smbclient/rpcclient</b> or +<b class="command">cupsaddsmb</b>) into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> driver repository of Samba. Also, some +Samba versions prior to version 3.0 required a re-start of smbd after +the printer install and the driver upload, otherwise the script (or +any other client driver download) would fail. +</p><p> +Since there no easy way to test for the existence of an installed +network printer from the logon script, the suggestion is: don't bother +checking and just allow the deinstallation/reinstallation to occur +every time a user logs in; it's really quick anyway (1 to 2 seconds). +</p><p> +The additional benefits for this are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>It puts in place any printer default setup changes +automatically at every user logon.</p></li><li><p>It allows for "roaming" users' login into the domain from +different workstations.</p></li></ul></div><p> +Since network printers are installed per user this much simplifies the +process of keeping the installation up-to-date. The extra few seconds +at logon time will not really be noticeable. Printers can be centrally +added, changed, and deleted at will on the server with no user +intervention required on the clients (you just need to keep the logon +scripts up to date). +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2944316"></a>The <b class="command">addprinter</b> command</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <b class="command">addprinter</b> command can be configured to be a +shell script or program executed by Samba. It is triggered by running +the APW from a client against the Samba print server. The APW asks the +user to fill in several fields (such as printer name, driver to be +used, comment, port monitor, etc.). These parameters are passed on to +Samba by the APW. If the addprinter command is designed in a way that +it can create a new printer (through writing correct printcap entries +on legacy systems, or execute the <b class="command">lpadmin</b> command +on more modern systems) and create the associated share in +, then the APW will in effect really +create a new printer on Samba and the UNIX print subsystem! +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2944362"></a>Migration of "Classical" printing to Samba-3</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The basic "NT-style" printer driver management has not changed +considerably in 3.0 over the 2.2.x releases (apart from many small +improvements). Here migration should be quite easy, especially if you +followed previous advice to stop using deprecated parameters in your +setup. For migrations from an existing 2.0.x setup, or if you +continued "Win9x-style" printing in your Samba 2.2 installations, it +is more of an effort. Please read the appropriate release notes and +the HOWTO Collection for 2.2. You can follow several paths. Here are +possible scenarios for migration: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You need to study and apply the new Windows NT printer +and driver support. Previously used parameters "<i class="parameter"><tt>printer +driver file</tt></i>", " <i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver</tt></i>" and +"<i class="parameter"><tt>printer driver location</tt></i>" are no longer +supported.</p></li><li><p>If you want to take advantage of WinNT printer driver +support you also need to migrate the Win9x/ME drivers to the new +setup.</p></li><li><p>An existing <tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> file +(the one specified in the now removed parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>printer +driver file = ...</tt></i>) will work no longer with Samba-3.0. In +3.0, smbd attempts to locate a Win9x/ME driver files for the printer +in <i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> and additional settings in the TDB +and only there; if it fails it will <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> (as 2.2.x +used to do) drop down to using a <tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> +(and all associated parameters). The make_printerdef tool is removed +and there is no backwards compatibility for this.</p></li><li><p>You need to install a Windows 9x driver into the +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i> share for a printer on your Samba +host. The driver files will be stored in the "WIN40/0" subdirectory of +<i class="parameter"><tt>[print$]</tt></i>, and some other settings and info go +into the printing-related TDBs.</p></li><li><p>If you want to migrate an existing +<tt class="filename">printers.def</tt> file into the new setup, the current +only solution is to use the Windows NT APW to install the NT drivers +and the 9x drivers. This can be scripted using smbclient and +rpcclient. See the Imprints installation client at: +</p><p> +<a href="http://imprints.sourceforge.net/" target="_top"><span class="emphasis"><em>http://imprints.sourceforge.net/</em></span></a> +</p><p> +for an example. See also the discussion of rpcclient usage in the +"CUPS Printing" section.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2944531"></a>Publishing Printer Information in Active Directory or LDAP</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +We will publish an update to this section shortly. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2944545"></a>Common Errors and Problems</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Here are a few typical errors and problems people have +encountered. You can avoid them. Read on. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944558"></a>I give my root password but I don't get access</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Don't confuse the root password which is valid for the Unix system +(and in most cases stored in the form of a one-way hash in a file +named <tt class="filename">/etc/shadow</tt>) with the password used to +authenticate against Samba!. Samba doesn't know the UNIX password; for +root to access Samba resources via Samba-type access, a Samba account +for root must be created first. This is often done with the +<b class="command">smbpasswd</b> command. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2944591"></a>My printjobs get spooled into the spooling directory, but then get lost</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Don't use the existing Unix print system spool directory for the Samba +spool directory. It may seem convenient and a saving of space, but it +only leads to problems. The two <span class="emphasis"><em>must</em></span> be separate. +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="msdfs.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="CUPS-printing.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 17. Hosting a Microsoft Distributed File System tree on Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 19. CUPS Printing Support in Samba 3.0</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/problems.html b/docs/htmldocs/problems.html index f2bc0008eb..6628a7d8fe 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/problems.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/problems.html @@ -1,17 +1,16 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part IV. Troubleshooting"><link rel="previous" href="diagnosis.html" title="Chapter 27. The samba checklist"><link rel="next" href="bugreport.html" title="Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="diagnosis.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part IV. Troubleshooting</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bugreport.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="problems"></a>Chapter 28. Analysing and solving samba problems</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Bannon</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 Apr 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="problems.html#id2902374">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id2903991">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id2904132">Useful URL's</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id2904239">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id2904392">How to get off the mailinglists</a></dt></dl></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="troubleshooting.html" title="Part V. Troubleshooting"><link rel="previous" href="diagnosis.html" title="Chapter 33. The Samba checklist"><link rel="next" href="bugreport.html" title="Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="diagnosis.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part V. Troubleshooting</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bugreport.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="problems"></a>Chapter 34. Analysing and solving samba problems</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Bannon</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">8 Apr 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="problems.html#id3010907">Diagnostics tools</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id3011048">Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id3011333">Useful URLs</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id3011378">Getting help from the mailing lists</a></dt><dt><a href="problems.html#id3011530">How to get off the mailing lists</a></dt></dl></div><p> There are many sources of information available in the form of mailing lists, RFC's and documentation. The docs that come with the samba distribution contain very good explanations of -general SMB topics such as browsing.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2902374"></a>Diagnostics tools</h2></div></div><p> +general SMB topics such as browsing.</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3010907"></a>Diagnostics tools</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> One of the best diagnostic tools for debugging problems is Samba itself. -You can use the -d option for both smbd and nmbd to specify what -'debug level' at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and +You can use the <tt class="option">-d option</tt> for both <span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> to specify what +<i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i> at which to run. See the man pages on smbd, nmbd and smb.conf for more information on debugging options. The debug level can range from 1 (the default) to 10 (100 for debugging passwords). </p><p> Another helpful method of debugging is to compile samba using the -<b>gcc -g </b> flag. This will include debug +<b class="userinput"><tt>gcc -g </tt></b> flag. This will include debug information in the binaries and allow you to attach gdb to the running smbd / nmbd process. In order to attach gdb to an smbd process for an NT workstation, first get the workstation to make the @@ -24,7 +23,10 @@ idle timeout) So, in between pressing ctrl alt delete, and actually typing in your password, you can attach gdb and continue. </p><p> Some useful samba commands worth investigating: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>testparam | more</p></li><li><p>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</p></li></ul></div><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>testparm | more</tt></b> + <tt class="prompt">$ </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbclient -L //{netbios name of server}</tt></b> +</pre><p> An SMB enabled version of tcpdump is available from <a href="http://www.tcpdump.org/" target="_top">http://www.tcpdup.org/</a>. Ethereal, another good packet sniffer for Unix and Win32 @@ -39,7 +41,7 @@ The version on the NT Server install CD will only allow monitoring of network traffic directed to the local NT box and broadcasts on the local subnet. Be aware that Ethereal can read and write netmon formatted files. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2903991"></a>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3011048"></a>Installing 'Network Monitor' on an NT Workstation or a Windows 9x box</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Installing netmon on an NT workstation requires a couple of steps. The following are for installing Netmon V4.00.349, which comes with Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0, on Microsoft Windows NT @@ -47,51 +49,44 @@ Workstation 4.0. The process should be similar for other versions of Windows NT / Netmon. You will need both the Microsoft Windows NT Server 4.0 Install CD and the Workstation 4.0 Install CD. </p><p> -Initially you will need to install 'Network Monitor Tools and Agent' +Initially you will need to install <span class="application">Network Monitor Tools and Agent</span> on the NT Server. To do this -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto Start - Settings - Control Panel - - Network - Services - Add </p></li><li><p>Select the 'Network Monitor Tools and Agent' and - click on 'OK'.</p></li><li><p>Click 'OK' on the Network Control Panel. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto <span class="guibutton">Start</span> - <span class="guibutton">Settings</span> - <span class="guibutton">Control Panel</span> - + <span class="guibutton">Network</span> - <span class="guibutton">Services</span> - <span class="guibutton">Add</span> </p></li><li><p>Select the <span class="guilabel">Network Monitor Tools and Agent</span> and + click on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on the Network Control Panel. </p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Server 4.0 install CD when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p> At this point the Netmon files should exist in -<tt>%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt>. -Two subdirectories exist as well, <tt>parsers\</tt> +<tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt>. +Two subdirectories exist as well, <tt class="filename">parsers\</tt> which contains the necessary DLL's for parsing the netmon packet -dump, and <tt>captures\</tt>. +dump, and <tt class="filename">captures\</tt>. </p><p> In order to install the Netmon tools on an NT Workstation, you will first need to install the 'Network Monitor Agent' from the Workstation install CD. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto Start - Settings - Control Panel - - Network - Services - Add</p></li><li><p>Select the 'Network Monitor Agent' and click - on 'OK'.</p></li><li><p>Click 'OK' on the Network Control Panel. +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Goto <span class="guibutton">Start</span> - <span class="guibutton">Settings</span> - <span class="guibutton">Control Panel</span> - + <span class="guibutton">Network</span> - <span class="guibutton">Services</span> - <span class="guibutton">Add</span></p></li><li><p>Select the <span class="guilabel">Network Monitor Agent</span> and click + on <span class="guibutton">OK</span>.</p></li><li><p>Click <span class="guibutton">OK</span> on the Network Control Panel. </p></li><li><p>Insert the Windows NT Workstation 4.0 install CD when prompted.</p></li></ul></div><p> -Now copy the files from the NT Server in %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* -to %SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.* on the Workstation and set -permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need +Now copy the files from the NT Server in <tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt> +to <tt class="filename">%SYSTEMROOT%\System32\netmon\*.*</tt> on the Workstation and set +permissions as you deem appropriate for your site. You will need administrative rights on the NT box to run netmon. </p><p> To install Netmon on a Windows 9x box install the network monitor agent -from the Windows 9x CD (\admin\nettools\netmon). There is a readme +from the Windows 9x CD (<tt class="filename">\admin\nettools\netmon</tt>). There is a readme file located with the netmon driver files on the CD if you need information on how to do this. Copy the files from a working Netmon installation. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904132"></a>Useful URL's</h2></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Home of Samba site <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top"> - http://samba.org</a>. We have a mirror near you !</p></li><li><p> The <span class="emphasis"><em>Development</em></span> document -on the Samba mirrors might mention your problem. If so, -it might mean that the developers are working on it.</p></li><li><p>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3011333"></a>Useful URLs</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>See how Scott Merrill simulates a BDC behavior at <a href="http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html" target="_top"> - http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</a>. </p></li><li><p>Although 2.0.7 has almost had its day as a PDC, David Bannon will - keep the 2.0.7 PDC pages at <a href="http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba" target="_top"> - http://bioserve.latrobe.edu.au/samba</a> going for a while yet.</p></li><li><p>Misc links to CIFS information - <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top">http://samba.org/cifs/</a></p></li><li><p>NT Domains for Unix <a href="http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/ntdom/" target="_top"> - http://mailhost.cb1.com/~lkcl/ntdom/</a></p></li><li><p>FTP site for older SMB specs: + http://www.skippy.net/linux/smb-howto.html</a>. </p></li><li><p>FTP site for older SMB specs: <a href="ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/" target="_top"> - ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904239"></a>Getting help from the mailing lists</h2></div></div><p> + ftp://ftp.microsoft.com/developr/drg/CIFS/</a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3011378"></a>Getting help from the mailing lists</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are a number of Samba related mailing lists. Go to <a href="http://samba.org" target="_top">http://samba.org</a>, click on your nearest mirror -and then click on <b>Support</b> and then click on <b> +and then click on <b class="command">Support</b> and then click on <b class="command"> Samba related mailing lists</b>. </p><p> For questions relating to Samba TNG go to @@ -104,7 +99,7 @@ not paid and they never guarantee to produce a particular feature at a particular time. Any time lines are 'best guess' and nothing more. </p></li><li><p> Always mention what version of samba you are using and what operating system its running under. You should probably list the -relevant sections of your <tt>smb.conf</tt> file, at least the options +relevant sections of your <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file, at least the options in [global] that affect PDC support.</p></li><li><p>In addition to the version, if you obtained Samba via CVS mention the date when you last checked it out.</p></li><li><p> Try and make your question clear and brief, lots of long, convoluted questions get deleted before they are completely read ! @@ -123,12 +118,12 @@ error messages.</p></li><li><p>(Possibly) If you have a complete netmon trace ( the pipe to the error ) you can send the *.CAP file as well.</p></li><li><p>Please think carefully before attaching a document to an email. Consider pasting the relevant parts into the body of the message. The samba mailing lists go to a huge number of people, do they all need a copy of your -smb.conf in their attach directory?</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2904392"></a>How to get off the mailinglists</h2></div></div><p>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the +smb.conf in their attach directory?</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3011530"></a>How to get off the mailing lists</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>To have your name removed from a samba mailing list, go to the same place you went to to get on it. Go to <a href="http://lists.samba.org/" target="_top">http://lists.samba.org</a>, -click on your nearest mirror and then click on <b>Support</b> and -then click on <b> Samba related mailing lists</b>. Or perhaps see +click on your nearest mirror and then click on <b class="command">Support</b> and +then click on <b class="command"> Samba related mailing lists</b>. Or perhaps see <a href="http://lists.samba.org/mailman/roster/samba-ntdom" target="_top">here</a> </p><p> Please don't post messages to the list asking to be removed, you will just be referred to the above address (unless that process failed in some way...) -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="diagnosis.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="troubleshooting.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bugreport.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 27. The samba checklist </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 29. Reporting Bugs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="diagnosis.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="troubleshooting.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="bugreport.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 33. The Samba checklist </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 35. Reporting Bugs</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html index ea9f779b57..4aa4987203 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/profiles.1.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files - </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>profiles</tt> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>profiles</b> is a utility that +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>profiles</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="profiles.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>profiles — A utility to report and change SIDs in registry files + </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">profiles</tt> [-v] [-c SID] [-n SID] {file}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">profiles</b> is a utility that reports and changes SIDs in windows registry files. It currently only supports NT. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">file</span></dt><dd><p>Registry file to view or edit. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v,--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>Increases verbosity of messages. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c SID1 -n SID2</span></dt><dd><p>Change all occurences of SID1 in <tt>file</tt> by SID2. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c SID1 -n SID2</span></dt><dd><p>Change all occurences of SID1 in <tt class="filename">file</tt> by SID2. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html index ed351b0096..47c4d914a5 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/rpcclient.1.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side - MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>rpcclient</tt> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logfile] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>rpcclient</b> is a utility initially developed +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>rpcclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="rpcclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>rpcclient — tool for executing client side + MS-RPC functions</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">rpcclient</tt> [-A authfile] [-c <command string>] [-d debuglevel] [-h] [-l logfile] [-N] [-s <smb config file>] [-U username[%password]] [-W workgroup] [-N] [-I destinationIP] {server}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">rpcclient</b> is a utility initially developed to test MS-RPC functionality in Samba itself. It has undergone several stages of development and stability. Many system administrators have now written scripts around it to manage Windows NT clients from their UNIX workstation. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">server</span></dt><dd><p>NetBIOS name of Server to which to connect. The server can be any SMB/CIFS server. The name is resolved using the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NAMERESOLVEORDER" target="_top"> - <i><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a> line from <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed - below)) </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>IP address</tt></i> is the address of the server to connect to. + <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a> line from <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c|--command='command string'</span></dt><dd><p>execute semicolon separated commands (listed + below)) </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>IP address</tt></i> is the address of the server to connect to. It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </p><p>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named SMB/CIFS server by looking it up via the NetBIOS name resolution - mechanism described above in the <i><tt>name resolve order</tt></i> + mechanism described above in the <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i> parameter above. Using this parameter will force the client to assume that the server is on the machine with the specified IP address and the NetBIOS name component of the resource being connected to will be ignored. </p><p>There is no default for this parameter. If not supplied, it will be determined automatically by the client as described above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user. This is useful when @@ -58,26 +58,26 @@ password = <value> domain = <value> </pre><p>Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--user=username[%password]</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the SMB username or username and password. </p><p>If %password is not specified, the user will be prompted. The -client will first check the <tt>USER</tt> environment variable, then the -<tt>LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the +client will first check the <tt class="envar">USER</tt> environment variable, then the +<tt class="envar">LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not -found, the username <tt>GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which +found, the username <tt class="constant">GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which contains the plaintext of the username and password. This option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the -<i><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on +<i class="parameter"><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen -via the <b>ps</b> command. To be safe always allow -<b>rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type +via the <b class="command">ps</b> command. To be safe always allow +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i><tt>NetBIOS -name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. However, a command +to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>NetBIOS +name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in -<a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i <scope></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that -<b>nmblookup</b> will use to communicate with when +<a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i <scope></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that +<b class="command">nmblookup</b> will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt. NetBIOS scopes are <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> rarely used, only set this parameter @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ smb.conf. If the domain specified is the same as the servers NetBIOS name, it causes the client to log on using the servers local SAM (as opposed to the Domain SAM). </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-O socket options</span></dt><dd><p>TCP socket options to set on the client socket. See the socket options parameter in -the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> manual page for the list of valid +the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manual page for the list of valid options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMMANDS</h2><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>LSARPC</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">lsaquery</span></dt><dd><p>Query info policy</p></dd><dt><span class="term">lookupsids</span></dt><dd><p>Resolve a list of SIDs to usernames. @@ -98,10 +98,10 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a sum Execute an AddPrinterDriver() RPC to install the printer driver information on the server. Note that the driver files should already exist in the directory returned by - <b>getdriverdir</b>. Possible values for - <i><tt>arch</tt></i> are the same as those for - the <b>getdriverdir</b> command. - The <i><tt>config</tt></i> parameter is defined as + <b class="command">getdriverdir</b>. Possible values for + <i class="parameter"><tt>arch</tt></i> are the same as those for + the <b class="command">getdriverdir</b> command. + The <i class="parameter"><tt>config</tt></i> parameter is defined as follows: </p><pre class="programlisting"> Long Printer Name:\ Driver File Name:\ @@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ Comma Separated list of Files <sharename> <drivername> <port></span></dt><dd><p> Add a printer on the remote server. This printer will be automatically shared. Be aware that the printer driver - must already be installed on the server (see <b>adddriver</b>) - and the <i><tt>port</tt></i>must be a valid port name (see - <b>enumports</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deldriver</span></dt><dd><p>Delete the + must already be installed on the server (see <b class="command">adddriver</b>) + and the <i class="parameter"><tt>port</tt></i>must be a valid port name (see + <b class="command">enumports</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deldriver</span></dt><dd><p>Delete the specified printer driver for all architectures. This does not delete the actual driver files from the server, only the entry from the server's list of drivers. @@ -144,8 +144,8 @@ Comma Separated list of Files options. Currently supported info levels are 1, 2, and 3.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumprinters [level]</span></dt><dd><p>Execute an EnumPrinters() call. This lists the various installed and share printers. Refer to the MS Platform SDK documentation for more details of the various flags and calling options. Currently - supported info levels are 0, 1, and 2.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdata <printername> <valuename;></span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve the data for a given printer setting. See - the <b>enumdata</b> command for more information. + supported info levels are 1, 2 and 5.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdata <printername> <valuename;></span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve the data for a given printer setting. See + the <b class="command">enumdata</b> command for more information. This command corresponds to the GetPrinterData() MS Platform SDK function. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">getdataex</span></dt><dd><p>Get printer driver data with @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ Comma Separated list of Files Execute a GetPrinterDriverDirectory() RPC to retrieve the SMB share name and subdirectory for storing printer driver files for a given architecture. Possible - values for <i><tt>arch</tt></i> are "Windows 4.0" + values for <i class="parameter"><tt>arch</tt></i> are "Windows 4.0" (for Windows 95/98), "Windows NT x86", "Windows NT PowerPC", "Windows Alpha_AXP", and "Windows NT R4000". </p></dd><dt><span class="term">getprinter <printername></span></dt><dd><p>Retrieve the current printer information. This command corresponds to the GetPrinter() MS Platform SDK function. @@ -168,13 +168,13 @@ Comma Separated list of Files against a given printer. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">setdriver <printername> <drivername></span></dt><dd><p>Execute a SetPrinter() command to update the printer driver associated with an installed printer. The printer driver must - already be correctly installed on the print server. </p><p>See also the <b>enumprinters</b> and - <b>enumdrivers</b> commands for obtaining a list of + already be correctly installed on the print server. </p><p>See also the <b class="command">enumprinters</b> and + <b class="command">enumdrivers</b> commands for obtaining a list of of installed printers and drivers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">addform</span></dt><dd><p>Add form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setform</span></dt><dd><p>Set form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">getform</span></dt><dd><p>Get form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">deleteform</span></dt><dd><p>Delete form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">enumforms</span></dt><dd><p>Enumerate form</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinter</span></dt><dd><p>Set printer comment</p></dd><dt><span class="term">setprinterdata</span></dt><dd><p>Set REG_SZ printer data</p></dd><dt><span class="term">rffpcnex</span></dt><dd><p>Rffpcnex test</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>NETLOGON</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">logonctrl2</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control 2</p></dd><dt><span class="term">logonctrl</span></dt><dd><p>Logon Control</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Synchronisation</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samdeltas</span></dt><dd><p>Query Sam Deltas</p></dd><dt><span class="term">samlogon</span></dt><dd><p>Sam Logon</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>GENERAL COMMANDS</h3><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p>Set the current debug level used to log information.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">help (?)</span></dt><dd><p>Print a listing of all known commands or extended help on a particular command. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit (exit)</span></dt><dd><p>Exit <b>rpcclient - </b>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p><b>rpcclient</b> is designed as a developer testing tool + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit (exit)</span></dt><dd><p>Exit <b class="command">rpcclient + </b>.</p></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p><b class="command">rpcclient</b> is designed as a developer testing tool and may not be robust in certain areas (such as command line parsing). It has been known to generate a core dump upon failures when invalid parameters where passed to the interpreter. </p><p>From Luke Leighton's original rpcclient man page:</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>WARNING!</em></span> The MSRPC over SMB code has @@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ Comma Separated list of Files implementation of these services has been demonstrated (and reported) to be... a bit flaky in places. </p><p>The development of Samba's implementation is also a bit rough, and as more of the services are understood, it can even result in - versions of <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> and <a href="rpcclient.1.html">rpcclient(1)</a> that are incompatible for some commands or services. Additionally, + versions of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="rpcclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">rpcclient</span>(1)</span></a> that are incompatible for some commands or services. Additionally, the developers are sending reports to Microsoft, and problems found or reported to Microsoft are fixed in Service Packs, which may result in incompatibilities.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html index 0a8a8fa2e1..4c2045642d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba-bdc.html @@ -1,148 +1,259 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 6. -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"><link rel="previous" href="samba-pdc.html" title="Chapter 5. -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -"><link rel="next" href="ADS.html" title="Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="samba-pdc.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ADS.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-bdc"></a>Chapter 6. -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Volker Lendecke</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (26 Apr 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2807541">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2877190">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879061">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879083">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879107">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879127">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879160">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879257">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879286">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2807541"></a>Prerequisite Reading</h2></div></div><p> -Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure -that you are comfortable with configuring a Samba PDC -as described in the <a href="Samba-PDC-HOWTO.html" target="_top">Samba-PDC-HOWTO</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877190"></a>Background</h2></div></div><p> -What is a Domain Controller? It is a machine that is able to answer -logon requests from workstations in a Windows NT Domain. Whenever a -user logs into a Windows NT Workstation, the workstation connects to a -Domain Controller and asks him whether the username and password the -user typed in is correct. The Domain Controller replies with a lot of -information about the user, for example the place where the users -profile is stored, the users full name of the user. All this -information is stored in the NT user database, the so-called SAM. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"><link rel="previous" href="samba-pdc.html" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control"><link rel="next" href="domain-member.html" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="samba-pdc.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="domain-member.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-bdc"></a>Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Volker</span> <span class="surname">Lendecke</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE">Volker.Lendecke@SerNet.DE</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896028">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896201">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896230">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896450">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896471">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896497">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896542">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896645">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896706">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896719">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896750">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896783">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896828">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p> +Before you continue reading in this section, please make sure that you are comfortable +with configuring a Samba Domain Controller as described in the +<a href="samba-pdc.html" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control</a> chapter. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896028"></a>Features And Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This is one of the most difficult chapters to summarise. It does not matter what we say here +for someone will still draw conclusions and / or approach the Samba-Team with expectations +that are either not yet capable of being delivered, or that can be achieved far more +effectively using a totally different approach. Since this HOWTO is already so large and +extensive, we have taken the decision to provide sufficient (but not comprehensive) +information regarding Backup Domain Control. In the event that you should have a persistent +concern that is not addressed in this HOWTO document then please email +<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org" target="_top">John H Terpstra</a> clearly setting out your requirements +and / or question and we will do our best to provide a solution. </p><p> -There are two kinds of Domain Controller in a NT 4 compatible Domain: -A Primary Domain Controller (PDC) and one or more Backup Domain -Controllers (BDC). The PDC contains the master copy of the -SAM. Whenever the SAM has to change, for example when a user changes -his password, this change has to be done on the PDC. A Backup Domain -Controller is a machine that maintains a read-only copy of the -SAM. This way it is able to reply to logon requests and authenticate -users in case the PDC is not available. During this time no changes to -the SAM are possible. Whenever changes to the SAM are done on the PDC, -all BDC receive the changes from the PDC. +Samba-3 is capable of acting as a Backup Domain Controller to another Samba Primary Domain +Controller. A Samba-3 PDC can operate with an LDAP Account backend. The Samba-3 BDC can +operate with a slave LDAP server for the Account backend. This effectively gives samba a high +degree of scalability. This is a very sweet (nice) solution for large organisations. </p><p> -Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all -current Windows Clients, including Windows 2000 and XP. This text -assumes the domain to be named SAMBA. To be able to act as a PDC, some -parameters in the [global]-section of the smb.conf have to be set: +While it is possible to run a Samba-3 BDC with non-LDAP backend, the administrator will +need to figure out precisely what is the best way to replicate (copy / distribute) the +user and machine Accounts backend. +</p><p> +The use of a non-LDAP backend SAM database is particularly problematic because Domain member +servers and workstations periodically change the machine trust account password. The new +password is then stored only locally. This means that in the absence of a centrally stored +accounts database (such as that provided with an LDAP based solution) if Samba-3 is running +as a BDC, the BDC instance of the Domain member trust account password will not reach the +PDC (master) copy of the SAM. If the PDC SAM is then replicated to BDCs this results in +overwriting of the SAM that contains the updated (changed) trust account password with resulting +breakage of the domain trust. +</p><p> +Considering the number of comments and questions raised concerning how to configure a BDC +lets consider each possible option and look at the pro's and con's for each theoretical solution: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><p class="title"><b>Backup Domain Backend Account Distribution Options</b></p><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Solution: Passwd Backend is LDAP based, BDCs use a slave LDAP server + </p><p> + Arguments For: This is a neat and manageable solution. The LDAP based SAM (ldapsam) + is constantly kept up to date. + </p><p> + Arguments Against: Complexity + </p></li><li><p> + Passdb Backend is tdbsam based, BDCs use cron based "net rpc vampire" to + suck down the Accounts database from the PDC + </p><p> + Arguments For: It would be a nice solution + </p><p> + Arguments Against: It does not work because Samba-3 does not support the required + protocols. This may become a later feature but is not available today. + </p></li><li><p> + Make use of rsync to replicate (pull down) copies of the essential account files + </p><p> + Arguments For: It is a simple solution, easy to set up as a scheduled job + </p><p> + Arguments Against: This will over-write the locally changed machine trust account + passwords. This is a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. + </p></li><li><p> + Operate with an entirely local accounts database (not recommended) + </p><p> + Arguments For: Simple, easy to maintain + </p><p> + Arguments Against: All machine trust accounts and user accounts will be locally + maintained. Domain users will NOT be able to roam from office to office. This is + a broken and flawed solution. Do NOT do this. + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896201"></a>Essential Background Information</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A Domain Controller is a machine that is able to answer logon requests from network +workstations. Microsoft LanManager and IBM LanServer were two early products that +provided this capability. The technology has become known as the LanMan Netlogon service. +</p><p> +When MS Windows NT3.10 was first released, it supported an new style of Domain Control +and with it a new form of the network logon service that has extended functionality. +This service became known as the NT NetLogon Service. The nature of this service has +changed with the evolution of MS Windows NT and today provides a very complex array of +services that are implemented over a complex spectrum of technologies. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896230"></a>MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Whenever a user logs into a Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional Workstation, +the workstation connects to a Domain Controller (authentication server) to validate +the username and password that the user entered are valid. If the information entered +does not validate against the account information that has been stored in the Domain +Control database (the SAM, or Security Account Manager database) then a set of error +codes is returned to the workstation that has made the authentication request. +</p><p> +When the username / password pair has been validated, the Domain Controller +(authentication server) will respond with full enumeration of the account information +that has been stored regarding that user in the User and Machine Accounts database +for that Domain. This information contains a complete network access profile for +the user but excludes any information that is particular to the user's desktop profile, +or for that matter it excludes all desktop profiles for groups that the user may +belong to. It does include password time limits, password uniqueness controls, +network access time limits, account validity information, machine names from which the +user may access the network, and much more. All this information was stored in the SAM +in all versions of MS Windows NT (3.10, 3.50, 3.51, 4.0). +</p><p> +The account information (user and machine) on Domain Controllers is stored in two files, +one containing the Security information and the other the SAM. These are stored in files +by the same name in the <tt class="filename">C:\WinNT\System32\config</tt> directory. These +are the files that are involved in replication of the SAM database where Backup Domain +Controllers are present on the network. +</p><p> +There are two situations in which it is desirable to install Backup Domain Controllers: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + On the local network that the Primary Domain Controller is on, if there are many + workstations and/or where the PDC is generally very busy. In this case the BDCs + will pick up network logon requests and help to add robustness to network services. + </p></li><li><p> + At each remote site, to reduce wide area network traffic and to add stability to + remote network operations. The design of the network, the strategic placement of + Backup Domain Controllers, together with an implementation that localises as much + of network to client interchange as possible will help to minimise wide area network + bandwidth needs (and thus costs). + </p></li></ul></div><p> +The PDC contains the master copy of the SAM. In the event that an administrator makes a +change to the user account database while physically present on the local network that +has the PDC, the change will likely be made directly to the PDC instance of the master +copy of the SAM. In the event that this update may be performed in a branch office the +change will likely be stored in a delta file on the local BDC. The BDC will then send +a trigger to the PDC to commence the process of SAM synchronisation. The PDC will then +request the delta from the BDC and apply it to the master SAM. The PDC will then contact +all the BDCs in the Domain and trigger them to obtain the update and then apply that to +their own copy of the SAM. +</p><p> +Thus the BDC is said to hold a <span class="emphasis"><em>read-only</em></span> of the SAM from which +it is able to process network logon requests and to authenticate users. The BDC can +continue to provide this service, particularly while, for example, the wide area +network link to the PDC is down. Thus a BDC plays a very important role in both +maintenance of Domain security as well as in network integrity. +</p><p> +In the event that the PDC should need to be taken out of service, or if it dies, then +one of the BDCs can be promoted to a PDC. If this happens while the original PDC is on +line then it is automatically demoted to a BDC. This is an important aspect of Domain +Controller management. The tool that is used to affect a promotion or a demotion is the +Server Manager for Domains. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2896379"></a>Example PDC Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Since version 2.2 Samba officially supports domain logons for all current Windows Clients, +including Windows NT4, 2003 and XP Professional. For samba to be enabled as a PDC some +parameters in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i>-section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> have to be set: </p><pre class="programlisting"> workgroup = SAMBA domain master = yes domain logons = yes </pre><p> -Several other things like a [homes] and a [netlogon] share also may be -set along with settings for the profile path, the users home drive and -others. This will not be covered in this document. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879061"></a>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</h2></div></div><p> -Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to -register the NetBIOS group name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server and/or -by broadcast on the local network. The PDC also registers the unique -NetBIOS name SAMBA#1b with the WINS server. The name type #1b is -normally reserved for the domain master browser, a role that has -nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the -Microsoft Domain implementation requires the domain master browser to -be on the same machine as the PDC. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879083"></a>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</h3></div></div><p> -A NT workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a local user to be -authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does -this by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA#1c. It -assumes that each of the machines it gets back from the queries is a -domain controller and can answer logon requests. To not open security -holes both the workstation and the selected (TODO: How is the DC -chosen) domain controller authenticate each other. After that the -workstation sends the user's credentials (his name and password) to -the domain controller, asking for approval. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879107"></a>When is the PDC needed?</h3></div></div><p> -Whenever a user wants to change his password, this has to be done on -the PDC. To find the PDC, the workstation does a NetBIOS name query -for SAMBA#1b, assuming this machine maintains the master copy of the -SAM. The workstation contacts the PDC, both mutually authenticate and -the password change is done. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879127"></a>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</h2></div></div><p> -With version 2.2, no. The native NT SAM replication protocols have -not yet been fully implemented. The Samba Team is working on -understanding and implementing the protocols, but this work has not -been finished for version 2.2. -</p><p> -With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a -suitable storage mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC -support is expected soon. -</p><p> -Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes. The main reason for -implementing a BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, -a second Samba machine can be set up to -service logon requests whenever the PDC is down. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2879160"></a>How do I set up a Samba BDC?</h2></div></div><p> +Several other things like a <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> and a <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share also need to be set along with +settings for the profile path, the users home drive, etc.. This will not be covered in this +chapter, for more information please refer to the chapter on <a href="samba-pdc.html" title="Chapter 5. Domain Control">Domain Control</a>. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896450"></a>Active Directory Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As of the release of MS Windows 2000 and Active Directory, this information is now stored +in a directory that can be replicated and for which partial or full administrative control +can be delegated. Samba-3 is NOT able to be a Domain Controller within an Active Directory +tree, and it can not be an Active Directory server. This means that Samba-3 also can NOT +act as a Backup Domain Controller to an Active Directory Domain Controller. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896471"></a>What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every machine that is a Domain Controller for the domain SAMBA has to register the NetBIOS +group name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server and/or by broadcast on the local network. +The PDC also registers the unique NetBIOS name SAMBA<#1b> with the WINS server. +The name type <#1b> name is normally reserved for the Domain Master Browser, a role +that has nothing to do with anything related to authentication, but the Microsoft Domain +implementation requires the domain master browser to be on the same machine as the PDC. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896497"></a>How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +An MS Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional workstation in the domain SAMBA that wants a +local user to be authenticated has to find the domain controller for SAMBA. It does this +by doing a NetBIOS name query for the group name SAMBA<#1c>. It assumes that each +of the machines it gets back from the queries is a domain controller and can answer logon +requests. To not open security holes both the workstation and the selected domain controller +authenticate each other. After that the workstation sends the user's credentials (name and +password) to the local Domain Controller, for validation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896542"></a>Backup Domain Controller Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Several things have to be done: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to -be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created -anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is -stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb -from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would -generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this -new BDC SID.</p><p> -To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the -secrets.tdb, execute 'net rpc getsid' on the BDC. -</p></li><li><p> -The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the -BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be -replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually -whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master -server and the BDC as a NIS slave server. To set up the BDC as a -mere NIS client would not be enough, as the BDC would not be able to -access its user database in case of a PDC failure. -</p></li><li><p> -The Samba password database in the file private/smbpasswd has to be -replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This is a bit tricky, see the -next section. -</p></li><li><p> -Any netlogon share has to be replicated from the PDC to the -BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed, -or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd -synchronization. -</p></li></ul></div><p> -Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done -by setting + The domain SID has to be the same on the PDC and the BDC. This used to + be stored in the file private/MACHINE.SID. This file is not created + anymore since Samba 2.2.5 or even earlier. Nowadays the domain SID is + stored in the file private/secrets.tdb. Simply copying the secrets.tdb + from the PDC to the BDC does not work, as the BDC would + generate a new SID for itself and override the domain SID with this + new BDC SID.</p><p> + To retrieve the domain SID from the PDC or an existing BDC and store it in the + secrets.tdb, execute: + </p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net rpc getsid</tt></b> + </pre></li><li><p> + The Unix user database has to be synchronized from the PDC to the + BDC. This means that both the /etc/passwd and /etc/group have to be + replicated from the PDC to the BDC. This can be done manually + whenever changes are made, or the PDC is set up as a NIS master + server and the BDC as a NIS slave server. To set up the BDC as a + mere NIS client would not be enough, as the BDC would not be able to + access its user database in case of a PDC failure. NIS is by no means + the only method to synchronize passwords. An LDAP solution would work + as well. + </p></li><li><p> + The Samba password database has to be replicated from the PDC to the BDC. + As said above, though possible to synchronise the <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> + file with rsync and ssh, this method is broken and flawed, and is + therefore not recommended. A better solution is to set up slave LDAP + servers for each BDC and a master LDAP server for the PDC. + </p></li><li><p> + Any netlogon share has to be replicated from the PDC to the + BDC. This can be done manually whenever login scripts are changed, + or it can be done automatically together with the smbpasswd + synchronization. + </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896645"></a>Example Configuration</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Finally, the BDC has to be found by the workstations. This can be done by setting: </p><pre class="programlisting"> - workgroup = samba + workgroup = SAMBA domain master = no domain logons = yes </pre><p> -in the [global]-section of the smb.conf of the BDC. This makes the BDC -only register the name SAMBA#1c with the WINS server. This is no -problem as the name SAMBA#1c is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to +in the <i class="parameter"><tt>[global]</tt></i>-section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> of the BDC. This makes the BDC +only register the name SAMBA<#1c> with the WINS server. This is no +problem as the name SAMBA<#1c> is a NetBIOS group name that is meant to be registered by more than one machine. The parameter 'domain master = -no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA#1b which as a unique NetBIOS +no' forces the BDC not to register SAMBA<#1b> which as a unique NetBIOS name is reserved for the Primary Domain Controller. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879257"></a>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</h3></div></div><p> -Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done -whenever changes to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is -done in the smbpasswd file and has to be replicated to the BDC. So -replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2896706"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +As this is a rather new area for Samba there are not many examples that we may refer to. Keep +watching for updates to this section. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896719"></a>Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This problem will occur when occur when the passdb (SAM) files are copied from a central +server but the local Backup Domain Controllers. Local machine trust account password updates +are not copied back to the central server. The newer machine account password is then over +written when the SAM is copied from the PDC. The result is that the Domain member machine +on start up will find that it's passwords does not match the one now in the database and +since the startup security check will now fail, this machine will not allow logon attempts +to proceed and the account expiry error will be reported. +</p><p> +The solution: use a more robust passdb backend, such as the ldapsam backend, setting up +an slave LDAP server for each BDC, and a master LDAP server for the PDC. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896750"></a>Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +With version 2.2, no. The native NT4 SAM replication protocols have not yet been fully +implemented. The Samba Team is working on understanding and implementing the protocols, +but this work has not been finished for version 2.2. +</p><p> +With version 3.0, the work on both the replication protocols and a suitable storage +mechanism has progressed, and some form of NT4 BDC support is expected soon. +</p><p> +Can I get the benefits of a BDC with Samba? Yes. The main reason for implementing a +BDC is availability. If the PDC is a Samba machine, a second Samba machine can be set up to +service logon requests whenever the PDC is down. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896783"></a>How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Replication of the smbpasswd file is sensitive. It has to be done whenever changes +to the SAM are made. Every user's password change is done in the smbpasswd file and +has to be replicated to the BDC. So replicating the smbpasswd file very often is necessary. +</p><p> +As the smbpasswd file contains plain text password equivalents, it must not be +sent unencrypted over the wire. The best way to set up smbpasswd replication from +the PDC to the BDC is to use the utility rsync. rsync can use ssh as a transport. +Ssh itself can be set up to accept <span class="emphasis"><em>only</em></span> rsync transfer without requiring the user +to type a password. </p><p> -As the smbpasswd file contains plain text password equivalents, it -must not be sent unencrypted over the wire. The best way to set up -smbpasswd replication from the PDC to the BDC is to use the utility -rsync. rsync can use ssh as a transport. ssh itself can be set up to -accept *only* rsync transfer without requiring the user to type a -password. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2879286"></a>Can I do this all with LDAP?</h3></div></div><p>The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports -binding to a replica LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and -rebind to the master if it ever needs to make a modification to the -database. (Normally BDCs are read only, so this will not occur -often). -</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="samba-pdc.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="type.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ADS.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller - </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 7. Samba as a ADS domain member</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +As said a few times before, use of this method is broken and flawed. Machine trust +accounts will go out of sync, resulting in a very broken domain. This method is +<span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> recommended. Try using LDAP instead. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2896828"></a>Can I do this all with LDAP?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The simple answer is YES. Samba's pdb_ldap code supports binding to a replica +LDAP server, and will also follow referrals and rebind to the master if it ever +needs to make a modification to the database. (Normally BDCs are read only, so +this will not occur often). +</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="samba-pdc.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="type.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="domain-member.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 5. Domain Control </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 7. Domain Membership</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html index 951dd2ea96..930315b3f5 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba-pdc.html @@ -1,137 +1,306 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"><link rel="previous" href="securitylevels.html" title="Chapter 4. Samba as Stand-Alone Server"><link rel="next" href="samba-bdc.html" title="Chapter 6. -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="securitylevels.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="samba-bdc.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-pdc"></a>Chapter 5. -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Gerald (Jerry) Carter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">David Bannon</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate"> (26 Apr 2001) </p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2807495">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2807518"> -Background -</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2877458">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2877759">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878028">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878262">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878318">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878425">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878432">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878470">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 5. Domain Control</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="type.html" title="Part II. Server Configuration Basics"><link rel="previous" href="ServerType.html" title="Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes"><link rel="next" href="samba-bdc.html" title="Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 5. Domain Control</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ServerType.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="samba-bdc.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="samba-pdc"></a>Chapter 5. Domain Control</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Gerald</span> <span class="othername">(Jerry)</span> <span class="surname">Carter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jerry@samba.org">jerry@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">David</span> <span class="surname">Bannon</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:dbannon@samba.org">dbannon@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2891986">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892290">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892306">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892517">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892837">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893136">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893157">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893173">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893499">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893607">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893614">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893653">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878517">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878568">The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878617">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878642">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878805">Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2807495"></a>Prerequisite Reading</h2></div></div><p> -Before you continue reading in this chapter, please make sure -that you are comfortable with configuring basic files services -in smb.conf and how to enable and administer password -encryption in Samba. Theses two topics are covered in the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> manpage. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2807518"></a> -Background -</h2></div></div><p> -This article outlines the steps necessary for configuring Samba as a PDC. -It is necessary to have a working Samba server prior to implementing the -PDC functionality. +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893703">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893773">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893836">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893863">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p><b><span class="emphasis"><em>The Essence of Learning:</em></span> </b> +There are many who approach MS Windows networking with incredible misconceptions. +That's OK, because it gives the rest of us plenty of opportunity to be of assistance. +Those who really want help would be well advised to become familiar with information +that is already available. +</p><p> +The reader is advised NOT to tackle this section without having first understood +and mastered some basics. MS Windows networking is not particularly forgiving of +misconfiguration. Users of MS Windows networking are likely to complain bitterly +of persistent niggles that may be caused by broken network or system configuration. +To a great many people however, MS Windows networking starts with a domain controller +that in some magical way is expected to solve all ills. +</p><p> +From the Samba mailing list one can readily identify many common networking issues. +If you are not clear on the following subjects, then it will do much good to read the +sections of this HOWTO that deal with it. These are the most common causes of MS Windows +networking problems: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Basic TCP/IP configuration</td></tr><tr><td>NetBIOS name resolution</td></tr><tr><td>Authentication configuration</td></tr><tr><td>User and Group configuration</td></tr><tr><td>Basic File and Directory Permission Control in Unix/Linux</td></tr><tr><td>Understanding of how MS Windows clients interoperate in a network + environment</td></tr></table><p> +Do not be put off; on the surface of it MS Windows networking seems so simple that any fool +can do it. In fact, it is not a good idea to set up an MS Windows network with +inadequate training and preparation. But let's get our first indelible principle out of the +way: <span class="emphasis"><em>It is perfectly OK to make mistakes!</em></span> In the right place and at +the right time, mistakes are the essence of learning. It is <span class="emphasis"><em>very much</em></span> +not ok to make mistakes that cause loss of productivity and impose an avoidable financial +burden on an organisation. +</p><p> +Where is the right place to make mistakes? Only out of harm's way! If you are going to +make mistakes, then please do this on a test network, away from users and in such a way as +to not inflict pain on others. Do your learning on a test network. +</p><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891986"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +<span class="emphasis"><em>What is the key benefit of Microsoft Domain security?</em></span> +</p><p> +In a word, <span class="emphasis"><em>Single Sign On</em></span>, or SSO for short. To many, this is the holy +grail of MS Windows NT and beyond networking. SSO allows users in a well designed network +to log onto any workstation that is a member of the domain that their user account is in +(or in a domain that has an appropriate trust relationship with the domain they are visiting) +and they will be able to log onto the network and access resources (shares, files, and printers) +as if they are sitting at their home (personal) workstation. This is a feature of the Domain +security protocols. +</p><p> +The benefits of Domain security are fully available to those sites that deploy a Samba PDC. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Network clients of an MS Windows Domain security environment must be Domain members to be +able to gain access to the advanced features provided. Domain membership involves more than just +setting the workgroup name to the Domain name. It requires the creation of a Domain trust account +for the workstation (called a machine account). Please refer to the chapter on +<a href="domain-member.html" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> for more information. +</p></div><p> +The following functionalities are new to the Samba-3 release: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Domain logons for Windows NT 4.0 / 200x / XP Professional clients. - </p></li><li><p> - Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - </p></li><li><p> - Retrieving a list of users and groups from a Samba PDC to - Windows 9x / Me / NT / 200x / XP Professional clients + Windows NT4 domain trusts </p></li><li><p> - Roaming Profiles + Adding users via the User Manager for Domains. This can be done on any MS Windows + client using the Nexus toolkit that is available from Microsoft's web site. + At some later date Samba-3 may get support for the use of the Microsoft Management + Console for user management. </p></li><li><p> - Network/System Policies - </p></li></ul></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics -that are covered separately in this document. -</p></div><p> -The following functionalities are new to the Samba 3.0 release: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - Windows NT 4 domain trusts + Introduces replaceable and multiple user account (authentication) + back ends. In the case where the back end is placed in an LDAP database, + Samba-3 confers the benefits of a back end that can be distributed, replicated, + and is highly scalable. </p></li><li><p> - Adding users via the User Manager for Domains + Implements full Unicode support. This simplifies cross locale internationalisation + support. It also opens up the use of protocols that Samba-2.2.x had but could not use due + to the need to fully support Unicode. </p></li></ul></div><p> -The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba 3.0: +The following functionalities are NOT provided by Samba-3: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - SAM replication with Windows NT 4.0 Domain Controllers + SAM replication with Windows NT4 Domain Controllers (i.e. a Samba PDC and a Windows NT BDC or vice versa) </p></li><li><p> Acting as a Windows 2000 Domain Controller (i.e. Kerberos and - Active Directory) + Active Directory) - In point of fact, Samba-3 DOES have some + Active Directory Domain Control ability that is at this time + purely experimental <span class="emphasis"><em>AND</em></span> that is certain + to change as it becomes a fully supported feature some time + during the Samba-3 (or later) life cycle. </p></li></ul></div><p> -Please note that Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain -for reasons outlined in this article. Therefore the protocol for -support of Windows 9x-style domain logons is completely different -from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported for some -time. -</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> -MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit -the use of domain logons.</em></span> +Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients are not true members of a domain for reasons outlined +in this chapter. The protocol for support of Windows 9x / Me style network (domain) logons +is completely different from NT4 / Win2k type domain logons and has been officially supported +for some time. These clients use the old LanMan Network Logon facilities that are supported +in Samba since approximately the Samba-1.9.15 series. </p><p> -Implementing a Samba PDC can basically be divided into 3 broad -steps. -</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> - Configuring the Samba PDC +Samba-3 has an implementation of group mapping between Windows NT groups +and Unix groups (this is really quite complicated to explain in a short space). This is +discussed more fully in the <a href="groupmapping.html" title="Chapter 12. Mapping MS Windows and Unix Groups">Group Mapping</a> chapter. +</p><p> +Samba-3, like an MS Windows NT4 PDC or a Windows 200x Active Directory, needs to store +user and machine trust account information in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 +there can be multiple back-ends for this including: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> - the plain ASCII file stored used by + earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires + a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for + machine accounts). This file will be located in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> + directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba). </p></li><li><p> - Creating machine trust accounts and joining clients to the domain + <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> - a binary database backend that will be + stored in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> directory in a file called + <span class="emphasis"><em>passdb.tdb</em></span>. The key benefit of this binary format + file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accommodated + in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. These permit the extended + account controls that MS Windows NT4 and later also have. </p></li><li><p> - Adding and managing domain user accounts - </p></li></ol></div><p> -There are other minor details such as user profiles, system -policies, etc... However, these are not necessarily specific -to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking -concepts. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877458"></a>Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</h2></div></div><p> -The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to -understand the parameters necessary in smb.conf. Here we -attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in -the <tt>smb.conf</tt> man page. + <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the + LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com. + Like the tdbsam, ldapsam permits the storing of extended account attributes + for control of things like: Permitted access times, password activation and + expiry, permitted points of access (workstation names), per user profile + location, and much more. + </p></li><li><p> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam_compat</em></span> - An LDAP back-end that maintains backwards + compatibility with the behaviour of samba-2.2.x. You should use this in the process + of migrating from samba-2.2.x to samba-3 if you do not want to rebuild your LDAP + database. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +Read the chapter about <a href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database</a> for details +regarding the choices available and how to configure them. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store substantially more information than +smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify +per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc. +Thus, with samba-3 it is possible to have a default system configuration for profiles, +and on a per user basis to over-ride this for those users who should not be subject +to the default configuration. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892290"></a>Basics of Domain Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Over the years, public perceptions of what Domain Control really is has taken on an +almost mystical nature. Before we branch into a brief overview of Domain Control, +there are three basic types of domain controllers: +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892306"></a>Domain Controller Types</h3></div></div><div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Primary Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>Backup Domain Controller</p></li><li><p>ADS Domain Controller</p></li></ul></div><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> or PDC plays an important role in the MS +Windows NT4 and Windows 200x Domain Control architecture, but not in the manner that so many +expect. There is folk lore that dictates that because of it's role in the MS Windows +network, the PDC should be the most powerful and most capable machine in the network. +As strange as it may seem to say this here, good over all network performance dictates that +the entire infrastructure needs to be balanced. It is advisable to invest more in the Backup +Domain Controllers and Stand-Alone (or Domain Member) servers than in the PDC. +</p><p> +In the case of MS Windows NT4 style domains, it is the PDC seeds the Domain Control database, +a part of the Windows registry called the SAM (Security Account Manager). It plays a key +part in NT4 type domain user authentication and in synchronisation of the domain authentication +database with Backup Domain Controllers. +</p><p> +With MS Windows 200x Server based Active Directory domains, one domain controller seeds a potential +hierarchy of domain controllers, each with their own area of delegated control. The master domain +controller has the ability to override any down-stream controller, but a down-line controller has +control only over it's down-line. With Samba-3 this functionality can be implemented using an +LDAP based user and machine account back end. </p><p> -Here is an example <tt>smb.conf</tt> for acting as a PDC: +New to Samba-3 is the ability to use a back-end database that holds the same type of data as +the NT4 style SAM (Security Account Manager) database (one of the registry files). +The Samba-3 SAM can be specified via the smb.conf file parameter +<i class="parameter"><tt>passwd backend</tt></i> and valid options include +<span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd, tdbsam, ldapsam, nisplussam, xmlsam, mysqlsam, guest</em></span>. +</p><p> +The <span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> or BDC plays a key role in servicing network +authentication requests. The BDC is biased to answer logon requests in preference to the PDC. +On a network segment that has a BDC and a PDC the BDC will be most likely to service network +logon requests. The PDC will answer network logon requests when the BDC is too busy (high load). +A BDC can be promoted to a PDC. If the PDC is on line at the time that a BDC is promoted to +PDC, the previous PDC is automatically demoted to a BDC. With Samba-3 this is NOT an automatic +operation; the PDC and BDC must be manually configured and changes need to be made likewise. +</p><p> +With MS Windows NT4, it is an install time decision what type of machine the server will be. +It is possible to change the promote a BDC to a PDC and vice versa only, but the only way +to convert a domain controller to a domain member server or a stand-alone server is to +reinstall it. The install time choices offered are: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Primary Domain Controller</em></span> - The one that seeds the domain SAM</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Backup Domain Controller</em></span> - One that obtains a copy of the domain SAM</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Domain Member Server</em></span> - One that has NO copy of the domain SAM, rather it obtains authentication from a Domain Controller for all access controls.</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Stand-Alone Server</em></span> - One that plays NO part is SAM synchronisation, has it's own authentication database and plays no role in Domain security.</p></li></ul></div><p> +With MS Windows 2000 the configuration of domain control is done after the server has been +installed. Samba-3 is capable of acting fully as a native member of a Windows 200x server +Active Directory domain. +</p><p> +New to Samba-3 is the ability to function fully as an MS Windows NT4 style Domain Controller, +excluding the SAM replication components. However, please be aware that Samba-3 support the +MS Windows 200x domain control protocols also. +</p><p> +At this time any appearance that Samba-3 is capable of acting as an +<span class="emphasis"><em>ADS Domain Controller</em></span> is limited and experimental in nature. +This functionality should not be used until the Samba-Team offers formal support for it. +At such a time, the documentation will be revised to duly reflect all configuration and +management requirements. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892517"></a>Preparing for Domain Control</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are two ways that MS Windows machines may interact with each other, with other servers, +and with Domain Controllers: Either as <span class="emphasis"><em>Stand-Alone</em></span> systems, more commonly +called <span class="emphasis"><em>Workgroup</em></span> members, or as full participants in a security system, +more commonly called <span class="emphasis"><em>Domain</em></span> members. +</p><p> +It should be noted that <span class="emphasis"><em>Workgroup</em></span> membership involve no special configuration +other than the machine being configured so that the network configuration has a commonly used name +for it's workgroup entry. It is not uncommon for the name WORKGROUP to be used for this. With this +mode of configuration there are NO machine trust accounts and any concept of membership as such +is limited to the fact that all machines appear in the network neighbourhood to be logically +grouped together. Again, just to be clear: <span class="emphasis"><em>workgroup mode does not involve any security machine +accounts</em></span>. +</p><p> +Domain member machines have a machine account in the Domain accounts database. A special procedure +must be followed on each machine to affect Domain membership. This procedure, which can be done +only by the local machine Administrator account, will create the Domain machine account (if +if does not exist), and then initializes that account. When the client first logs onto the +Domain it triggers a machine password change. +</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +When running a Domain all MS Windows NT / 200x / XP Professional clients should be configured +as full Domain Members - IF A SECURE NETWORK IS WANTED. If the machine is NOT made a member of the +Domain, then it will operate like a workgroup (stand-alone) machine. Please refer the +<a href="domain-member.html" title="Chapter 7. Domain Membership">Domain Membership</a> chapter for information regarding + HOW to make your MS Windows clients Domain members. +</p></div><p> +The following are necessary for configuring Samba-3 as an MS Windows NT4 style PDC for MS Windows +NT4 / 200x / XP clients. +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</td></tr><tr><td>Correct designation of the Server Role (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>)</td></tr><tr><td>Consistent configuration of Name Resolution (See chapter on <a href="NetworkBrowsing.html" title="Chapter 10. Samba / MS Windows Network Browsing Guide">Browsing</a> and on + <a href="integrate-ms-networks.html" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba">MS Windows network Integration</a>)</td></tr><tr><td>Domain logons for Windows NT4 / 200x / XP Professional clients</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of Roaming Profiles or explicit configuration to force local profile usage</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of Network/System Policies</td></tr><tr><td>Adding and managing domain user accounts</td></tr><tr><td>Configuring MS Windows client machines to become domain members</td></tr></table><p> +The following provisions are required to serve MS Windows 9x / Me Clients: +</p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>Configuration of basic TCP/IP and MS Windows Networking</td></tr><tr><td>Correct designation of the Server Role (<i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>)</td></tr><tr><td>Network Logon Configuration (Since Windows 9x / XP Home are not technically domain + members, they do not really participate in the security aspects of Domain logons as such)</td></tr><tr><td>Roaming Profile Configuration</td></tr><tr><td>Configuration of System Policy handling</td></tr><tr><td>Installation of the Network driver "Client for MS Windows Networks" and configuration + to log onto the domain</td></tr><tr><td>Placing Windows 9x / Me clients in user level security - if it is desired to allow + all client share access to be controlled according to domain user / group identities.</td></tr><tr><td>Adding and managing domain user accounts</td></tr></table><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +Roaming Profiles and System/Network policies are advanced network administration topics +that are covered in the <a href="ProfileMgmt.html" title="Chapter 24. Desktop Profile Management">Profile Management</a> and +<a href="PolicyMgmt.html" title="Chapter 23. System and Account Policies">Policy Management</a> chapters of this document. However, these are not necessarily specific +to a Samba PDC as much as they are related to Windows NT networking concepts. +</p></div><p> +A Domain Controller is an SMB/CIFS server that: +</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> + Registers and advertises itself as a Domain Controller (through NetBIOS broadcasts + as well as by way of name registrations either by Mailslot Broadcasts over UDP broadcast, + to a WINS server over UDP unicast, or via DNS and Active Directory) + </p></li><li><p> + Provides the NETLOGON service (actually a collection of services that runs over + a number of protocols. These include the LanMan Logon service, the Netlogon service, + the Local Security Account service, and variations of them) + </p></li><li><p> + Provides a share called NETLOGON + </p></li></ul></div><p> +For Samba to provide these is rather easy to configure. Each Samba Domain Controller must provide +the NETLOGON service which Samba calls the <span class="emphasis"><em>domain logons</em></span> functionality +(after the name of the parameter in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file). Additionally, one (1) server in a Samba-3 +Domain must advertise itself as the domain master browser. This causes the Primary Domain Controller +to claim domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given +domain/workgroup. Local master browsers in the same domain/workgroup on broadcast-isolated subnets +then ask for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients +will then contact their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, +instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892837"></a>Domain Control - Example Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The first step in creating a working Samba PDC is to understand the parameters necessary +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Here we attempt to explain the parameters that are covered in +the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. +</p><p> +Here is an example <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for acting as a PDC: </p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - ; Basic server settings - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> = <i><tt>POGO</tt></i> - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> = <i><tt>NARNIA</tt></i> + [global] + ; Basic server settings + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NETBIOSNAME" target="_top">netbios name</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>POGO</tt></i> + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WORKGROUP" target="_top">workgroup</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>NARNIA</tt></i> - ; User and Machine Account Backends - ; Choices are: tdbsam, tdbsam_nua, smbpasswd, smbpasswd_nua, ldapsam, ldapsam_nua, ... - ; mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a> = ldapsam, guest + ; User and Machine Account Backends + ; Choices are: tdbsam, smbpasswd, ldapsam, mysqlsam, xmlsam, guest + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PASSDBBACKEND" target="_top">passdb backend</a> = ldapsam, guest - ; we should act as the domain and local master browser - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL" target="_top">os level</a> = 64 - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER" target="_top">preferred master</a> = yes - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> = yes - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> = yes - - ; security settings (must user security = user) - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER" target="_top">security</a> = user - - ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> = yes - - ; support domain logons - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> = yes - - ; where to store user profiles? - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> = \\%N\profiles\%u - - ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at? - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE" target="_top">logon drive</a> = H: - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> = \\homeserver\%u - - ; specify a generic logon script for all users - ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script</a> = logon.cmd + ; we should act as the domain and local master browser + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OSLEVEL" target="_top">os level</a> = 64 + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PERFERREDMASTER" target="_top">preferred master</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINMASTER" target="_top">domain master</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOCALMASTER" target="_top">local master</a> = yes + + ; security settings (must user security = user) + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SECURITYEQUALSUSER" target="_top">security</a> = user + + ; encrypted passwords are a requirement for a PDC (default = Yes) + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS" target="_top">encrypt passwords</a> = yes + + ; support domain logons + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DOMAINLOGONS" target="_top">domain logons</a> = yes + + ; where to store user profiles? + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONPATH" target="_top">logon path</a> = \\%N\profiles\%u + + ; where is a user's home directory and where should it be mounted at? + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONDRIVE" target="_top">logon drive</a> = H: + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONHOME" target="_top">logon home</a> = \\homeserver\%u\winprofile + + ; specify a generic logon script for all users + ; this is a relative **DOS** path to the [netlogon] share + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LOGONSCRIPT" target="_top">logon script</a> = logon.cmd -; necessary share for domain controller -[netlogon] - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = yes - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top">write list</a> = <i><tt>ntadmin</tt></i> - -; share for storing user profiles -[profiles] - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /export/smb/ntprofile - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = no - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> = 0600 - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> = 0700 + ; necessary share for domain controller + [netlogon] + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /usr/local/samba/lib/netlogon + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = yes + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#WRITELIST" target="_top">write list</a> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>ntadmin</tt></i> + + ; share for storing user profiles + [profiles] + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#PATH" target="_top">path</a> = /export/smb/ntprofile + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#READONLY" target="_top">read only</a> = no + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#CREATEMASK" target="_top">create mask</a> = 0600 + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#DIRECTORYMASK" target="_top">directory mask</a> = 0700 </pre><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> The above parameters make for a full set of parameters that may define the server's mode of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone: @@ -139,6 +308,7 @@ of operation. The following parameters are the essentials alone: </p><pre class="programlisting"> workgroup = NARNIA domain logons = Yes + domain master = Yes security = User </pre><p> @@ -148,244 +318,53 @@ more complete environment. There are a couple of points to emphasize in the above configuration. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Encrypted passwords must be enabled. For more details on how - to do this, refer to <a href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 10. User information database">the User Database chapter</a>. + to do this, refer to <a href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 11. Account Information Databases">Account Information Database chapter</a>. </p></li><li><p> - The server must support domain logons and a - <tt>[netlogon]</tt> share + The server must support domain logons and have a + <i class="parameter"><tt>[netlogon]</tt></i> share </p></li><li><p> The server must be the domain master browser in order for Windows client to locate the server as a DC. Please refer to the various Network Browsing documentation included with this distribution for details. - </p></li></ul></div><p> -Samba 3.0 offers a complete implementation of group mapping -between Windows NT groups and Unix groups (this is really quite -complicated to explain in a short space). -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2877759"></a>Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</h2></div></div><p> -A machine trust account is a Samba account that is used to -authenticate a client machine (rather than a user) to the Samba -server. In Windows terminology, this is known as a "Computer -Account."</p><p> -The password of a machine trust account acts as the shared secret for -secure communication with the Domain Controller. This is a security -feature to prevent an unauthorized machine with the same NetBIOS name -from joining the domain and gaining access to domain user/group -accounts. Windows NT, 200x, XP Professional clients use machine trust -accounts, but Windows 9x / Me / XP Home clients do not. Hence, a -Windows 9x / Me / XP Home client is never a true member of a domain -because it does not possess a machine trust account, and thus has no -shared secret with the domain controller. -</p><p>A Windows PDC stores each machine trust account in the Windows -Registry. A Samba-3 PDC also has to store machine trust account information -in a suitable backend data store. With Samba-3 there can be multiple back-ends -for this including: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd</em></span> - the plain ascii file stored used by - earlier versions of Samba. This file configuration option requires - a Unix/Linux system account for EVERY entry (ie: both for user and for - machine accounts). This file will be located in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> - directory (default is /usr/local/samba/lib/private or on linux /etc/samba). - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>smbpasswd_nua</em></span> - This file is independant of the - system wide user accounts. The use of this back-end option requires - specification of the "non unix account range" option also. It is called - smbpasswd and will be located in the <tt>private</tt> directory. - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam</em></span> - a binary database backend that will be - stored in the <span class="emphasis"><em>private</em></span> directory in a file called - <span class="emphasis"><em>passwd.tdb</em></span>. The key benefit of this binary format - file is that it can store binary objects that can not be accomodated - in the traditional plain text smbpasswd file. - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>tdbsam_nua</em></span> like the smbpasswd_nua option above, this - file allows the creation of arbitrary user and machine accounts without - requiring that account to be added to the system (/etc/passwd) file. It - too requires the specification of the "non unix account range" option - in the [globals] section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam</em></span> - An LDAP based back-end. Permits the - LDAP server to be specified. eg: ldap://localhost or ldap://frodo.murphy.com - </p></li><li><p> - <span class="emphasis"><em>ldapsam_nua</em></span> - LDAP based back-end with no unix - account requirement, like smbpasswd_nua and tdbsam_nua above. - </p></li></ul></div><p>Read the chapter about the <a href="passdb.html" title="Chapter 10. User information database">User Database</a> -for details.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> -The new tdbsam and ldapsam account backends store vastly more information than -smbpasswd is capable of. The new backend database includes capacity to specify -per user settings for many parameters, over-riding global settings given in the -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file. eg: logon drive, logon home, logon path, etc. -</p></div><p> -A Samba PDC, however, stores each machine trust account in two parts, -as follows: - -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>A Samba account, stored in the same location as user - LanMan and NT password hashes (currently - <tt>smbpasswd</tt>). The Samba account - possesses and uses only the NT password hash.</p></li><li><p>A corresponding Unix account, typically stored in - <tt>/etc/passwd</tt>. (Future releases will alleviate the need to - create <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entries.) </p></li></ul></div><p> -</p><p> -There are two ways to create machine trust accounts: -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> Manual creation. Both the Samba and corresponding - Unix account are created by hand.</p></li><li><p> "On-the-fly" creation. The Samba machine trust - account is automatically created by Samba at the time the client - is joined to the domain. (For security, this is the - recommended method.) The corresponding Unix account may be - created automatically or manually. </p></li></ul></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878028"></a>Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><p> -The first step in manually creating a machine trust account is to -manually create the corresponding Unix account in -<tt>/etc/passwd</tt>. This can be done using -<b>vipw</b> or other 'add user' command that is normally -used to create new Unix accounts. The following is an example for a -Linux based Samba server: -</p><p> - <tt>root# </tt><b>/usr/sbin/useradd -g 100 -d /dev/null -c <i><tt>"machine -nickname"</tt></i> -s /bin/false <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$ </b> -</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b>passwd -l <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$</b> -</p><p>On *BSD systems, this can be done using the 'chpass' utility:</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b>chpass -a "<i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>$:*:101:100::0:0:Workstation <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i>:/dev/null:/sbin/nologin"</b> -</p><p> -The <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry will list the machine name -with a "$" appended, won't have a password, will have a null shell and no -home directory. For example a machine named 'doppy' would have an -<tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry like this: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -doppy$:x:505:501:<i><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i>:/dev/null:/bin/false -</pre><p> -Above, <i><tt>machine_nickname</tt></i> can be any -descriptive name for the client, i.e., BasementComputer. -<i><tt>machine_name</tt></i> absolutely must be the NetBIOS -name of the client to be joined to the domain. The "$" must be -appended to the NetBIOS name of the client or Samba will not recognize -this as a machine trust account. -</p><p> -Now that the corresponding Unix account has been created, the next step is to create -the Samba account for the client containing the well-known initial -machine trust account password. This can be done using the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html" target="_top"><b>smbpasswd(8)</b></a> command -as shown here: -</p><p> -<tt>root# </tt><b><tt>smbpasswd -a -m <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i></tt></b> -</p><p> -where <i><tt>machine_name</tt></i> is the machine's NetBIOS -name. The RID of the new machine account is generated from the UID of -the corresponding Unix account. -</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Join the client to the domain immediately</h3><p> - Manually creating a machine trust account using this method is the - equivalent of creating a machine trust account on a Windows NT PDC using - the "Server Manager". From the time at which the account is created - to the time which the client joins the domain and changes the password, - your domain is vulnerable to an intruder joining your domain using - a machine with the same NetBIOS name. A PDC inherently trusts - members of the domain and will serve out a large degree of user - information to such clients. You have been warned! - </p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878262"></a>"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</h3></div></div><p> -The second (and recommended) way of creating machine trust accounts is -simply to allow the Samba server to create them as needed when the client -is joined to the domain. </p><p>Since each Samba machine trust account requires a corresponding -Unix account, a method for automatically creating the -Unix account is usually supplied; this requires configuration of the -<a href="smb.conf.5.html#ADDUSERSCRIPT" target="_top">add user script</a> -option in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. This -method is not required, however; corresponding Unix accounts may also -be created manually. -</p><p>Below is an example for a RedHat 6.2 Linux system. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -[global] - # <...remainder of parameters...> - add user script = /usr/sbin/useradd -d /dev/null -g 100 -s /bin/false -M %u -</pre></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878318"></a>Joining the Client to the Domain</h3></div></div><p> -The procedure for joining a client to the domain varies with the -version of Windows. -</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Windows 2000</em></span></p><p> - When the user elects to join the client to a domain, Windows prompts for - an account and password that is privileged to join the domain. A Samba administrative - account (i.e., a Samba account that has root privileges on the Samba server) must be - entered here; the operation will fail if an ordinary user account is given. - The password for this account should be set to a different password than the associated - <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> entry, for security reasons. - </p><p> - The session key of the Samba administrative account acts as an - encryption key for setting the password of the machine trust - account. The machine trust account will be created on-the-fly, or - updated if it already exists. - </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Windows NT</em></span></p><p> If the machine trust account was created manually, on the - Identification Changes menu enter the domain name, but do not - check the box "Create a Computer Account in the Domain." In this case, - the existing machine trust account is used to join the machine to - the domain.</p><p> If the machine trust account is to be created - on-the-fly, on the Identification Changes menu enter the domain - name, and check the box "Create a Computer Account in the Domain." In - this case, joining the domain proceeds as above for Windows 2000 - (i.e., you must supply a Samba administrative account when - prompted).</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Samba</em></span></p><p>Joining a samba client to a domain is documented in - the <a href="domain-member.html" title="Chapter 8. Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member">Domain Member</a> chapter. -</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878425"></a>Common Problems and Errors</h2></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878432"></a>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</h3></div></div><p> -A 'machine name' in (typically) <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> -of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD -systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. -</p><p> -The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly. -Create a user without the '$' using <b>vipw</b> to edit the entry, adding -the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like, make sure you use a unique User ID! -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878470"></a>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." -or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</h3></div></div><p> -This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the -machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) -to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC. The following command -will remove all network drive connections: -</p><p> -<tt>C:\WINNT\></tt> <b>net use * /d</b> -</p><p> -Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that -is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will -get this message. Change the workgroup name to something else, it -does not matter what, reboot, and try again. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878517"></a>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</h3></div></div><p>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading -to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, "The system -can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your -system administrator" when attempting to logon. -</p><p> -This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database -is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when -the domain name and/or the server name (netbios name) is changed. -The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain -SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain -SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities. -</p><p> -The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows: + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893136"></a>Samba ADS Domain Control</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Samba-3 is not and can not act as an Active Directory Server. It can not truly function as +an Active Directory Primary Domain Controller. The protocols for some of the functionality +the Active Directory Domain Controllers is have been partially implemented on an experimental +only basis. Please do NOT expect Samba-3 to support these protocols - nor should you depend +on any such functionality either now or in the future. The Samba-Team may well remove such +experimental features or may change their behaviour. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893157"></a>Domain and Network Logon Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The subject of Network or Domain Logons is discussed here because it rightly forms +an integral part of the essential functionality that is provided by a Domain Controller. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893173"></a>Domain Network Logon Service</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +All Domain Controllers must run the netlogon service (<span class="emphasis"><em>domain logons</em></span> +in Samba). One Domain Controller must be configured with <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = Yes</tt></i> +(the Primary Domain Controller); on ALL Backup Domain Controllers <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master = No</tt></i> +must be set. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893206"></a>Example Configuration</h4></div></div><div></div></div><pre class="programlisting"> + [global] + domain logons = Yes + domain master = (Yes on PDC, No on BDCs) -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME' - net setlocalsid 'SID' -</pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878568"></a>The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</h3></div></div><p> -When I try to join the domain I get the message "The machine account -for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible". What's -wrong? -</p><p> -This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. -If you are using the <i><tt>add user script</tt></i> method to create -accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain -admin user system is working. + [netlogon] + comment = Network Logon Service + path = /var/lib/samba/netlogon + guest ok = Yes + browseable = No +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893226"></a>The Special Case of MS Windows XP Home Edition</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> +MS Windows XP Home Edition does not have the ability to join any type of Domain +security facility. Unlike, MS Windows 9x / Me, MS Windows XP Home Edition also completely +lacks the ability to log onto a network. +</p></div><p> +To be completely clear: If you want MS Windows XP Home Edition to integrate with your +MS Windows NT4 or Active Directory Domain security understand - IT CAN NOT BE DONE. +Your only choice is to buy the upgrade pack from MS Windows XP Home Edition to +MS Windows XP Professional. </p><p> -Alternatively if you are creating account entries manually then they -have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry -correct for the machine trust account in smbpasswd file on the Samba PDC. -If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd -utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name -with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry -in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. Some people have reported -that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT -client have caused this problem. Make sure that these are consistent -for both client and server. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878617"></a>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</h3></div></div><p> -At first be ensure to enable the useraccounts with <b>smbpasswd -e -%user%</b>, this is normally done, when you create an account. -</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2878642"></a>Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</h2></div></div><p> +Now that this has been said, please do NOT ask the mailing list, or email any of the +Samba-Team members with your questions asking how to make this work. It can't be done. +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893261"></a>The Special Case of Windows 9x / Me</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> A domain and a workgroup are exactly the same thing in terms of network browsing. The difference is that a distributable authentication database is associated with a domain, for secure login access to a @@ -404,7 +383,7 @@ section. Samba supports domain logons, network logon scripts, and user profiles for MS Windows for workgroups and MS Windows 9X/ME clients which are the focus of this section. </p><p> -When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon it broadcast requests for a +When an SMB client in a domain wishes to logon, it broadcasts requests for a logon server. The first one to reply gets the job, and validates its password using whatever mechanism the Samba administrator has installed. It is possible (but very stupid) to create a domain where the user @@ -416,15 +395,18 @@ involved with domains. Using these features you can make your clients verify their logon via the Samba server; make clients run a batch file when they logon to the network and download their preferences, desktop and start menu. -</p><p> +</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em> +MS Windows XP Home edition is NOT able to join a domain and does not permit +the use of domain logons. +</em></span></p><p> Before launching into the configuration instructions, it is worthwhile to look at how a Windows 9x/ME client performs a logon: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol type="1"><li><p> The client broadcasts (to the IP broadcast address of the subnet it is in) - a NetLogon request. This is sent to the NetBIOS name DOMAIN<1c> at the + a NetLogon request. This is sent to the NetBIOS name DOMAIN<#1c> at the NetBIOS layer. The client chooses the first response it receives, which contains the NetBIOS name of the logon server to use in the format of - \\SERVER. + <tt class="filename">\\SERVER</tt>. </p></li><li><p> The client then connects to that server, logs on (does an SMBsessetupX) and then connects to the IPC$ share (using an SMBtconX). @@ -432,67 +414,137 @@ worthwhile to look at how a Windows 9x/ME client performs a logon: The client then does a NetWkstaUserLogon request, which retrieves the name of the user's logon script. </p></li><li><p> - The client then connects to the NetLogon share and searches for this + The client then connects to the NetLogon share and searches for said script and if it is found and can be read, is retrieved and executed by the client. After this, the client disconnects from the NetLogon share. </p></li><li><p> The client then sends a NetUserGetInfo request to the server, to retrieve the user's home share, which is used to search for profiles. Since the - response to the NetUserGetInfo request does not contain much more then + response to the NetUserGetInfo request does not contain much more than the user's home share, profiles for Win9X clients MUST reside in the user home directory. </p></li><li><p> The client then connects to the user's home share and searches for the user's profile. As it turns out, you can specify the user's home share as - a sharename and path. For example, \\server\fred\.profile. + a sharename and path. For example, <tt class="filename">\\server\fred\.winprofile</tt>. If the profiles are found, they are implemented. </p></li><li><p> The client then disconnects from the user's home share, and reconnects to - the NetLogon share and looks for CONFIG.POL, the policies file. If this is + the NetLogon share and looks for <tt class="filename">CONFIG.POL</tt>, the policies file. If this is found, it is read and implemented. - </p></li></ol></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2878805"></a>Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</h3></div></div><p> -The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon -server configuration is that + </p></li></ol></div><p> +The main difference between a PDC and a Windows 9x logon server configuration is that </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p> -Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. -</p></li><li><p> -Windows 9x/ME clients do not possess machine trust accounts. -</p></li></ul></div><p> -Therefore, a Samba PDC will also act as a Windows 9x logon -server. -</p><div class="warning" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">security mode and master browsers</h3><p> + Password encryption is not required for a Windows 9x logon server. But note + that beginning with MS Windows 98 the default setting is that plain-text + password support has been disabled. It can be re-enabled with the registry + changes that are documented in the chapter on Policies. + </p></li><li><p> + Windows 9x/ME clients do not require and do not use machine trust accounts. + </p></li></ul></div><p> +A Samba PDC will act as a Windows 9x logon server; after all, it does provide the +network logon services that MS Windows 9x / Me expect to find. +</p></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893499"></a>Security Mode and Master Browsers</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are a few comments to make in order to tie up some loose ends. There has been much debate over the issue of whether or not it is ok to configure Samba as a Domain Controller in security -modes other than <tt>USER</tt>. The only security mode -which will not work due to technical reasons is <tt>SHARE</tt> -mode security. <tt>DOMAIN</tt> and <tt>SERVER</tt> -mode security is really just a variation on SMB user level security. +modes other than <tt class="constant">USER</tt>. The only security mode +which will not work due to technical reasons is <tt class="constant">SHARE</tt> +mode security. <tt class="constant">DOMAIN</tt> and <tt class="constant">SERVER</tt> +mode security are really just a variation on SMB user level security. </p><p> Actually, this issue is also closely tied to the debate on whether or not Samba must be the domain master browser for its workgroup when operating as a DC. While it may technically be possible to configure a server as such (after all, browsing and domain logons are two distinctly different functions), it is not a good idea to do -so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN#1b NetBIOS +so. You should remember that the DC must register the DOMAIN<#1b> NetBIOS name. This is the name used by Windows clients to locate the DC. Windows clients do not distinguish between the DC and the DMB. For this reason, it is very wise to configure the Samba DC as the DMB. </p><p> Now back to the issue of configuring a Samba DC to use a mode other -than "security = user". If a Samba host is configured to use +than <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>. If a Samba host is configured to use another SMB server or DC in order to validate user connection requests, then it is a fact that some other machine on the network -(the "password server") knows more about the user than the Samba host. +(the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i>) knows more about the user than the Samba host. 99% of the time, this other host is a domain controller. Now -in order to operate in domain mode security, the "workgroup" parameter +in order to operate in domain mode security, the <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> parameter must be set to the name of the Windows NT domain (which already -has a domain controller, right?) +has a domain controller). If the domain does NOT already have a Domain Controller +then you do not yet have a Domain! </p><p> -Therefore configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that -already by definition has a PDC is asking for trouble. -Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC to be the DMB -for its domain. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="securitylevels.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="type.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="samba-bdc.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Samba as Stand-Alone Server </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 6. -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +Configuring a Samba box as a DC for a domain that already by definition has a +PDC is asking for trouble. Therefore, you should always configure the Samba DC +to be the DMB for its domain and set <i class="parameter"><tt>security = user</tt></i>. +This is the only officially supported mode of operation. +</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2893607"></a>Common Problems and Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893614"></a>I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +A 'machine account', (typically) stored in <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>, +takes the form of the machine name with a '$' appended. FreeBSD (and other BSD +systems?) won't create a user with a '$' in their name. +</p><p> +The problem is only in the program used to make the entry. Once made, it works perfectly. +Create a user without the '$'. Then use <b class="command">vipw</b> to edit the entry, adding +the '$'. Or create the whole entry with vipw if you like; make sure you use a unique User ID! +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893653"></a>I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This happens if you try to create a machine trust account from the +machine itself and already have a connection (e.g. mapped drive) +to a share (or IPC$) on the Samba PDC. The following command +will remove all network drive connections: +</p><pre class="screen"> + <tt class="prompt">C:\WINNT\></tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>net use * /d</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Further, if the machine is already a 'member of a workgroup' that +is the same name as the domain you are joining (bad idea) you will +get this message. Change the workgroup name to something else, it +does not matter what, reboot, and try again. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893703"></a>The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>I joined the domain successfully but after upgrading +to a newer version of the Samba code I get the message, <span class="errorname">The system +can not log you on (C000019B), Please try again or consult your +system administrator</span> when attempting to logon. +</p><p> +This occurs when the domain SID stored in the secrets.tdb database +is changed. The most common cause of a change in domain SID is when +the domain name and/or the server name (NetBIOS name) is changed. +The only way to correct the problem is to restore the original domain +SID or remove the domain client from the domain and rejoin. The domain +SID may be reset using either the net or rpcclient utilities. +</p><p> +The reset or change the domain SID you can use the net command as follows: + +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net getlocalsid 'OLDNAME'</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>net setlocalsid 'SID'</tt></b> +</pre><p> +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893773"></a>The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +When I try to join the domain I get the message <span class="errorname">The machine account +for this computer either does not exist or is not accessible</span>. What's +wrong? +</p><p> +This problem is caused by the PDC not having a suitable machine trust account. +If you are using the <i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i> method to create +accounts then this would indicate that it has not worked. Ensure the domain +admin user system is working. +</p><p> +Alternatively if you are creating account entries manually then they +have not been created correctly. Make sure that you have the entry +correct for the machine trust account in <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file on the Samba PDC. +If you added the account using an editor rather than using the smbpasswd +utility, make sure that the account name is the machine NetBIOS name +with a '$' appended to it ( i.e. computer_name$ ). There must be an entry +in both /etc/passwd and the smbpasswd file. +</p><p> +Some people have also reported +that inconsistent subnet masks between the Samba server and the NT +client can cause this problem. Make sure that these are consistent +for both client and server. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893836"></a>When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Enable the user accounts with <b class="userinput"><tt>smbpasswd -e <i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> +</tt></b>, this is normally done as an account is created. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2893863"></a>Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + A domain controller has to announce on the network who it is. This usually takes a while. + </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="ServerType.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="type.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="samba-bdc.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 6. Backup Domain Control</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html b/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html index a54d3e883f..222bdee995 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/samba.7.html @@ -1,68 +1,68 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>Samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>Samba</tt> </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="samba.7"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>samba — A Windows SMB/CIFS fileserver for UNIX</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">Samba</tt> </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>The Samba software suite is a collection of programs that implements the Server Message Block (commonly abbreviated as SMB) protocol for UNIX systems. This protocol is sometimes also referred to as the Common Internet File System (CIFS). For a more thorough description, see <a href="http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/" target="_top"> http://www.ubiqx.org/cifs/</a>. Samba also implements the NetBIOS - protocol in nmbd.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbd</b> daemon provides the file and print services to + protocol in nmbd.</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbd</b> daemon provides the file and print services to SMB clients, such as Windows 95/98, Windows NT, Windows for Workgroups or LanManager. The configuration file - for this daemon is described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>nmbd</b> + for this daemon is described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">nmbd</b> daemon provides NetBIOS nameservice and browsing support. The configuration file for this daemon - is described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbclient</b> + is described in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbclient</b> program implements a simple ftp-like client. This is useful for accessing SMB shares on other compatible servers (such as Windows NT), and can also be used to allow a UNIX box to print to a printer attached to - any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>testparm</b> - utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba's <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testprns.1.html">testprns(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>testprns</b> + any SMB server (such as a PC running Windows NT).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">testparm</b> + utility is a simple syntax checker for Samba's <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">testprns</b> utility supports testing printer names defined - in your <tt>printcap</tt> file used - by Samba.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbstatus.1.html">smbstatus(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbstatus</b> + in your <tt class="filename">printcap</tt> file used + by Samba.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbstatus.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbstatus</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbstatus</b> tool provides access to information about the - current connections to <b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmblookup.1.html">nmblookup(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>nmblookup</b> + current connections to <b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">nmblookup</b> tools allows NetBIOS name queries to be made - from a UNIX host.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbgroupedit.8.html">smbgroupedit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbgroupedit</b> + from a UNIX host.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbgroupedit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbgroupedit</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbgroupedit</b> tool allows for mapping unix groups to NT Builtin, Domain, or Local groups. Also it allows setting - priviledges for that group, such as saAddUser, etc.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbpasswd</b> + priviledges for that group, such as saAddUser, etc.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> command is a tool for changing LanMan and Windows NT - password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcacls.1.html">smbcacls(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbcacls</b> command is - a tool to set ACL's on remote CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbsh.1.html">smbsh(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbsh</b> command is + password hashes on Samba and Windows NT servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcacls.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcacls</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbcacls</b> command is + a tool to set ACL's on remote CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbsh</b> command is a program that allows you to run a unix shell with - with an overloaded VFS.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtree.1.html">smbtree(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbtree</b> command - is a text-based network neighborhood tool.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtar.1.html">smbtar(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>smbtar</b> can make - backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbspool.8.html">smbspool(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>smbspool</b> is a + with an overloaded VFS.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtree.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbtree</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbtree</b> command + is a text-based network neighborhood tool.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbtar.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbtar</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">smbtar</b> can make + backups of data on CIFS/SMB servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbspool.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbspool</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">smbspool</b> is a helper utility for printing on printers connected - to CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcontrol.1.html">smbcontrol(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>smbcontrol</b> is a utility + to CIFS servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">smbcontrol</b> is a utility that can change the behaviour of running samba daemons. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="rpcclient.1.html">rpcclient(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>rpcclient</b> is a utility + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="rpcclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">rpcclient</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">rpcclient</b> is a utility that can be used to execute RPC commands on remote - CIFS servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="pdbedit.8.html">pdbedit(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>pdbedit</b> command + CIFS servers.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="pdbedit.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">pdbedit</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">pdbedit</b> command can be used to maintain the local user database on - a samba server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="findsmb.1.html">findsmb(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>findsmb</b> command + a samba server.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="findsmb.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">findsmb</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">findsmb</b> command can be used to find SMB servers on the local network. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="net.8.html">net(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b>net</b> command + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>The <b class="command">net</b> command is supposed to work similar to the DOS/Windows - NET.EXE command.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="swat.8.html">swat(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>swat</b> is a web-based - interface to configuring <tt>smb.conf</tt>. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>winbindd</b> is a daemon + NET.EXE command.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">swat</b> is a web-based + interface to configuring <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">winbindd</b> is a daemon that is used for integrating authentication and - the user database into unix.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="wbinfo.1.html">wbinfo(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>wbinfo</b> is a utility + the user database into unix.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="wbinfo.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">wbinfo</b> is a utility that retrieves and stores information related to winbind. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="editreg.1.html">editreg(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>editreg</b> is a command-line + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="editreg.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">editreg</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">editreg</b> is a command-line utility that can edit windows registry files. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="profiles.1.html">profiles(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>profiles</b> is a command-line + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="profiles.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">profiles</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">profiles</b> is a command-line utility that can be used to replace all occurences of a certain SID with another SID. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfstest.1.html">vfstest(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>vfstest</b> is a utility - that can be used to test vfs modules.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="ntlm_auth.1.html">ntlm_auth(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>ntlm_auth</b> is a helper-utility + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="vfstest.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">vfstest</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">vfstest</b> is a utility + that can be used to test vfs modules.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="ntlm_auth.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ntlm_auth</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">ntlm_auth</b> is a helper-utility for external programs wanting to do NTLM-authentication. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbmount.8.html">smbmount(8)</a>, <a href="smbumount.8.html">smbumount(8)</a>, <a href="smbmount.8.html">smbmount(8)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>smbmount</b>,<b>smbmnt</b> and <b>smbmnt</b> are commands that can be used to + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbumount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbumount</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">smbmount</b>,<b class="command">smbmnt</b> and <b class="command">smbmnt</b> are commands that can be used to mount CIFS/SMB shares on Linux. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcquotas.1.html">smbcquotas(1)</a></span></dt><dd><p><b>smbcquotas</b> is a tool that + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a href="smbcquotas.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcquotas</span>(1)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p><b class="command">smbcquotas</b> is a tool that can set remote QUOTA's on server with NTFS 5. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPONENTS</h2><p>The Samba suite is made up of several components. Each component is described in a separate manual page. It is strongly recommended that you read the documentation that comes with Samba @@ -93,18 +93,15 @@ </p><p>If you have patches to submit, visit <a href="http://devel.samba.org/" target="_top">http://devel.samba.org/</a> for information on how to do it properly. We prefer patches - in <b>diff -u</b> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous + in <b class="command">diff -u</b> format.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>CONTRIBUTORS</h2><p>Contributors to the project are now too numerous to mention here but all deserve the thanks of all Samba - users. To see a full list, look at <a href="ftp://samba.org/pub/samba/alpha/change-log" target="_top"> - ftp://samba.org/pub/samba/alpha/change-log</a> - for the pre-CVS changes and at <a href="ftp://samba.org/pub/samba/alpha/cvs.log" target="_top"> - ftp://samba.org/pub/samba/alpha/cvs.log</a> + users. To see a full list, look at the + <tt class="filename">change-log</tt> in the source package + for the pre-CVS changes and at <a href="http://cvs.samba.org/" target="_top"> + http://cvs.samba.org/</a> for the contributors to Samba post-CVS. CVS is the Open Source source code control system used by the Samba Team to develop - Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p><p>In addition, several commercial organizations now help - fund the Samba Team with money and equipment. For details see - the Samba Web pages at <a href="http://samba.org/samba/samba-thanks.html" target="_top"> - http://samba.org/samba/samba-thanks.html</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + Samba. The project would have been unmanageable without it.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html b/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html index ae6408ea7b..a790816d02 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/securing-samba.html @@ -1,116 +1,206 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 24. Securing Samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="integrate-ms-networks.html" title="Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba"><link rel="next" href="unicode.html" title="Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 24. Securing Samba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="unicode.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securing-samba"></a>Chapter 24. Securing Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">17 March 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900501">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900517">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900967">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2901018">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2901061">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900617">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2900653">Upgrading Samba</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2900501"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 15. Securing Samba</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="locking.html" title="Chapter 14. File and Record Locking"><link rel="next" href="InterdomainTrusts.html" title="Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 15. Securing Samba</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="locking.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="securing-samba"></a>Chapter 15. Securing Samba</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">May 26, 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2931943">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2931976">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932050">Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932069">Using host based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932140">User based protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932191">Using interface protection</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932244">Using a firewall</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932300">Using a IPC$ share deny</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932362">NTLMv2 Security</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932402">Upgrading Samba</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932426">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932444">Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</a></dt><dt><a href="securing-samba.html#id2932469">Why can users access home directories of other users?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2931943"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> This note was attached to the Samba 2.2.8 release notes as it contained an important security fix. The information contained here applies to Samba installations in general. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2900517"></a>Using host based protection</h2></div></div><p> -In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside -your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from -any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on -a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be -especially vulnerable. </p><p> -One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <b>hosts allow</b> and -<b>hosts deny</b> options in the Samba <tt>smb.conf</tt> configuration file to only -allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example -might be: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 - hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 -</pre><p> -The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own -computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and -192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon -as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a -'not listening on called name' error. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2900967"></a>Using interface protection</h2></div></div><p> -By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that -it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP -connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those -links. This may not be what you want. -</p><p> -You can change this behaviour using options like the following: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - interfaces = eth* lo - bind interfaces only = yes -</pre><p> -This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a -name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback -interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what -OS you are using, in the above I used the common name for Ethernet -adapters on Linux. -</p><p> -If you use the above and someone tries to make a SMB connection to -your host over a PPP interface called 'ppp0' then they will get a TCP -connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as -the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that -interface to any samba process. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901018"></a>Using a firewall</h2></div></div><p> -Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't -want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea, -although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above -methods so that you are protected even if your firewall is not active -for some reason. +A new apprentice reported for duty to the Chief Engineer of a boiler house. He said, "Here I am, +if you will show me the boiler I'll start working on it." Then engineer replied, "You're leaning +on it!" </p><p> -If you are setting up a firewall then you need to know what TCP and -UDP ports to allow and block. Samba uses the following: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - UDP/137 - used by nmbd - UDP/138 - used by nmbd - TCP/139 - used by smbd - TCP/445 - used by smbd -</pre><p> -The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be -aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in -recent years. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901061"></a>Using a IPC$ share deny</h2></div></div><p> -If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a -more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently -discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other -shares while denying access to IPC$ from potentially untrustworthy -hosts. +Security concerns are just like that: You need to know a little about the subject to appreciate +how obvious most of it really is. The challenge for most of us is to discover that first morsel +of knowledge with which we may unlock the secrets of the masters. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2931976"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +There are three level at which security principals must be observed in order to render a site +at least moderately secure. These are: the perimeter firewall, the configuration of the host +server that is running Samba, and Samba itself. </p><p> -To do that you could use: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [ipc$] - hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1 - hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 -</pre><p> -this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from -anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local -subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the -IPC$ share is the only share that is always accessible anonymously -this provides some level of protection against attackers that do not -know a username/password for your host. +Samba permits a most flexible approach to network security. As far as possible Samba implements +the latest protocols to permit more secure MS Windows file and print operations. </p><p> -If you use this method then clients will be given a 'access denied' -reply when they try to access the IPC$ share. That means that those -clients will not be able to browse shares, and may also be unable to -access some other resources. +Samba may be secured from connections that originate from outside the local network. This may be +done using <span class="emphasis"><em>host based protection</em></span> (using samba's implementation of a technology +known as "tcpwrappers", or it may be done be using <span class="emphasis"><em>interface based exclusion</em></span> +so that <span class="application">smbd</span> will bind only to specifically permitted interfaces. It is also +possible to set specific share or resource based exclusions, eg: on the <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> +auto-share. The <i class="parameter"><tt>IPC$</tt></i> share is used for browsing purposes as well as to establish +TCP/IP connections. </p><p> -This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other -methods listed above for some reason. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2900617"></a>NTLMv2 Security</h2></div></div><p> -To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about: -</p><p> -</p><pre class="programlisting"> - [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa] - "lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003 +Another method by which Samba may be secured is by way of setting Access Control Entries in an Access +Control List on the shares themselves. This is discussed in the chapter on File, Directory and Share Access +Control. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932050"></a>Technical Discussion of Protective Measures and Issues</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The key challenge of security is the fact that protective measures suffice at best +only to close the door on known exploits and breach techniques. Never assume that +because you have followed these few measures that the Samba server is now an impenetrable +fortress! Given the history of information systems so far, it is only a matter of time +before someone will find yet another vulnerability. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932069"></a>Using host based protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + In many installations of Samba the greatest threat comes for outside + your immediate network. By default Samba will accept connections from + any host, which means that if you run an insecure version of Samba on + a host that is directly connected to the Internet you can be + especially vulnerable. + </p><p> + One of the simplest fixes in this case is to use the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> and + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> options in the Samba <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> configuration file to only + allow access to your server from a specific range of hosts. An example + might be: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + hosts allow = 127.0.0.1 192.168.2.0/24 192.168.3.0/24 + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 + </pre><p> + The above will only allow SMB connections from 'localhost' (your own + computer) and from the two private networks 192.168.2 and + 192.168.3. All other connections will be refused as soon + as the client sends its first packet. The refusal will be marked as a + <span class="errorname">not listening on called name</span> error. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932140"></a>User based protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If you want to restrict access to your server to valid users only then the following + method may be of use. In the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> <i class="parameter"><tt>[globals]</tt></i> section put: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + valid users = @smbusers, jacko + </pre><p> + What this does is, it restricts all server access to either the user <span class="emphasis"><em>jacko</em></span> + or to members of the system group <span class="emphasis"><em>smbusers</em></span>. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932191"></a>Using interface protection</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + By default Samba will accept connections on any network interface that + it finds on your system. That means if you have a ISDN line or a PPP + connection to the Internet then Samba will accept connections on those + links. This may not be what you want. + </p><p> + You can change this behaviour using options like the following: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + interfaces = eth* lo + bind interfaces only = yes + </pre><p> + This tells Samba to only listen for connections on interfaces with a + name starting with 'eth' such as eth0, eth1, plus on the loopback + interface called 'lo'. The name you will need to use depends on what + OS you are using, in the above I used the common name for Ethernet + adapters on Linux. + </p><p> + If you use the above and someone tries to make a SMB connection to + your host over a PPP interface called 'ppp0' then they will get a TCP + connection refused reply. In that case no Samba code is run at all as + the operating system has been told not to pass connections from that + interface to any samba process. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932244"></a>Using a firewall</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + Many people use a firewall to deny access to services that they don't + want exposed outside their network. This can be a very good idea, + although I would recommend using it in conjunction with the above + methods so that you are protected even if your firewall is not active + for some reason. + </p><p> + If you are setting up a firewall then you need to know what TCP and + UDP ports to allow and block. Samba uses the following: + </p><table class="simplelist" border="0" summary="Simple list"><tr><td>UDP/137 - used by nmbd</td></tr><tr><td>UDP/138 - used by nmbd</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/139 - used by smbd</td></tr><tr><td>TCP/445 - used by smbd</td></tr></table><p> + The last one is important as many older firewall setups may not be + aware of it, given that this port was only added to the protocol in + recent years. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932300"></a>Using a IPC$ share deny</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + If the above methods are not suitable, then you could also place a + more specific deny on the IPC$ share that is used in the recently + discovered security hole. This allows you to offer access to other + shares while denying access to IPC$ from potentially untrustworthy + hosts. + </p><p> + To do that you could use: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> +[ipc$] + hosts allow = 192.168.115.0/24 127.0.0.1 + hosts deny = 0.0.0.0/0 + </pre><p> + this would tell Samba that IPC$ connections are not allowed from + anywhere but the two listed places (localhost and a local + subnet). Connections to other shares would still be allowed. As the + IPC$ share is the only share that is always accessible anonymously + this provides some level of protection against attackers that do not + know a username/password for your host. + </p><p> + If you use this method then clients will be given a <span class="errorname">access denied</span> + reply when they try to access the IPC$ share. That means that those + clients will not be able to browse shares, and may also be unable to + access some other resources. + </p><p> + This is not recommended unless you cannot use one of the other + methods listed above for some reason. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932362"></a>NTLMv2 Security</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + To configure NTLMv2 authentication the following registry keys are worth knowing about: + </p><p> + </p><pre class="screen"> + [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa] + "lmcompatibilitylevel"=dword:00000003 - 0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication, - use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain - controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication. + 0x3 - Send NTLMv2 response only. Clients will use NTLMv2 authentication, + use NTLMv2 session security if the server supports it. Domain + controllers accept LM, NTLM and NTLMv2 authentication. - [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0] - "NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000 + [HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\Lsa\MSV1_0] + "NtlmMinClientSec"=dword:00080000 - 0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or - NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2 - session security is not negotiated. -</pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2900653"></a>Upgrading Samba</h2></div></div><p> + 0x80000 - NTLMv2 session security. If either NtlmMinClientSec or + NtlmMinServerSec is set to 0x80000, the connection will fail if NTLMv2 + session security is not negotiated. + </pre><p> + </p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932402"></a>Upgrading Samba</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Please check regularly on <a href="http://www.samba.org/" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/</a> for updates and important announcements. Occasionally security releases are made and it is highly recommended to upgrade Samba when a security vulnerability is discovered. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="unicode.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 23. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2932426"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If all of samba and host platform configuration were really as intuitive as one might like then this +section would not be necessary. Security issues are often vexing for a support person to resolve, not +because of the complexity of the problem, but for reason that most administrators who post what turns +out to be a security problem request are totally convinced that the problem is with Samba. +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932444"></a>Smbclient works on localhost, but the network is dead</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + This is a very common problem. Red Hat Linux (as do others) will install a default firewall. + With the default firewall in place only traffic on the loopback adapter (IP address 127.0.0.1) + will be allowed through the firewall. + </p><p> + The solution is either to remove the firewall (stop it) or to modify the firewall script to + allow SMB networking traffic through. See section above in this chapter. + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2932469"></a>Why can users access home directories of other users?</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> + “<span class="quote"> + We are unable to keep individual users from mapping to any other user's + home directory once they have supplied a valid password! They only need + to enter their own password. I have not found *any* method that I can + use to configure samba to enforce that only a user may map their own + home directory. + </span>” + </p><p>“<span class="quote"> + User xyzzy can map his home directory. Once mapped user xyzzy can also map + *anyone* else's home directory! + </span>”</p><p> + This is not a security flaw, it is by design. Samba allows + users to have *exactly* the same access to the UNIX filesystem + as they would if they were logged onto the UNIX box, except + that it only allows such views onto the file system as are + allowed by the defined shares. + </p><p> + This means that if your UNIX home directories are set up + such that one user can happily cd into another users + directory and do an ls, the UNIX security solution is to + change the UNIX file permissions on the users home directories + such that the cd and ls would be denied. + </p><p> + Samba tries very hard not to second guess the UNIX administrators + security policies, and trusts the UNIX admin to set + the policies and permissions he or she desires. + </p><p> + Samba does allow the setup you require when you have set the + <i class="parameter"><tt>only user = yes</tt></i> option on the share, is that you have not set the + valid users list for the share. + </p><p> + Note that only user works in conjunction with the users= list, + so to get the behavior you require, add the line : + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + users = %S + </pre><p> + this is equivalent to: + </p><pre class="programlisting"> + valid users = %S + </pre><p> + to the definition of the <i class="parameter"><tt>[homes]</tt></i> share, as recommended in + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> man page. + </p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="locking.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="InterdomainTrusts.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 14. File and Record Locking </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 16. Interdomain Trust Relationships</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html index 3a54a894ac..f22afa5884 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smb.conf.5.html @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>The <tt>smb.conf</tt> file is a configuration - file for the Samba suite. <tt>smb.conf</tt> contains - runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The <tt>smb.conf</tt> file - is designed to be configured and administered by the <a href="swat.8.html">swat(8)</a> program. The complete +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smb.conf</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smb.conf.5"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smb.conf — The configuration file for the Samba suite</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SYNOPSIS</h2><p>The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file is a configuration + file for the Samba suite. <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> contains + runtime configuration information for the Samba programs. The <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file + is designed to be configured and administered by the <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> program. The complete description of the file format and possible parameters held within are here for reference purposes.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><a name="FILEFORMATSECT"></a><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The file consists of sections and parameters. A section begins with the name of the section in square brackets and continues until the next section begins. Sections contain parameters of the - form</p><p><i><tt>name</tt></i> = <i><tt>value + form</p><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>name</tt></i> = <i class="replaceable"><tt>value </tt></i></p><p>The file is line-based - that is, each newline-terminated line represents either a comment, a section name or a parameter.</p><p>Section and parameter names are not case sensitive.</p><p>Only the first equals sign in a parameter is significant. Whitespace before or after the first equals sign is discarded. @@ -44,9 +44,9 @@ masked by the access rights granted to the specified or guest UNIX user by the host system. The server does not grant more access than the host system grants.</p><p>The following sample section defines a file space share. - The user has write access to the path <tt>/home/bar</tt>. + The user has write access to the path <tt class="filename">/home/bar</tt>. The share is accessed via the share name "foo":</p><pre class="screen"> -<tt> +<tt class="computeroutput"> [foo] path = /home/bar read only = no @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ spool file. The <span class="emphasis"><em>guest ok</em></span> parameter means access will be permitted as the default guest user (specified elsewhere):</p><pre class="screen"> -<tt> +<tt class="computeroutput"> [aprinter] path = /usr/spool/public read only = yes @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ the located username.</p></li><li><p>If no path was given, the path is set to the user's home directory.</p></li></ul></div><p>If you decide to use a <span class="emphasis"><em>path =</em></span> line in your [homes] section then you may find it useful - to use the %S macro. For example :</p><p><b><tt>path = /data/pchome/%S</tt></b></p><p>would be useful if you have different home directories + to use the %S macro. For example :</p><p><b class="userinput"><tt>path = /data/pchome/%S</tt></b></p><p>would be useful if you have different home directories for your PCs than for UNIX access.</p><p>This is a fast and simple way to give a large number of clients access to their home directories with a minimum of fuss.</p><p>A similar process occurs if the requested section @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ a normal service section can specify, though some make more sense than others. The following is a typical and suitable [homes] section:</p><pre class="screen"> -<tt> +<tt class="computeroutput"> [homes] read only = no </tt> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ to load the configuration file.</p><p>Typically the path specified would be that of a world-writeable spool directory with the sticky bit set on it. A typical [printers] entry would look like - this:</p><pre class="screen"><tt> + this:</p><pre class="screen"><tt class="computeroutput"> [printers] path = /usr/spool/public guest ok = yes @@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ If your printing subsystem doesn't work like that, you will have to set up a pseudo-printcap. This is a file consisting of one or more lines like this:</p><pre class="screen"> -<tt> +<tt class="computeroutput"> alias|alias|alias|alias... </tt> </pre><p>Each alias should be an acceptable printer name for @@ -184,8 +184,8 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... WinNT and Win2k. Anything else will be known as "UNKNOWN". If it gets it wrong then sending a level 3 log to <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">samba@samba.org - </a> should allow it to be fixed.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I</span></dt><dd><p>The IP address of the client machine.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T</span></dt><dd><p>the current date and time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D</span></dt><dd><p>Name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%$(<i><tt>envvar</tt></i>)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the environment variable - <i><tt>envar</tt></i>.</p></dd></dl></div><p>The following substitutes apply only to some configuration options(only those + </a> should allow it to be fixed.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%I</span></dt><dd><p>The IP address of the client machine.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%T</span></dt><dd><p>the current date and time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%D</span></dt><dd><p>Name of the domain or workgroup of the current user.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%$(<i class="replaceable"><tt>envvar</tt></i>)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the environment variable + <i class="replaceable"><tt>envar</tt></i>.</p></dd></dl></div><p>The following substitutes apply only to some configuration options(only those that are used when a connection has been established):</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">%S</span></dt><dd><p>the name of the current service, if any.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%P</span></dt><dd><p>the root directory of the current service, if any.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%u</span></dt><dd><p>user name of the current service, if any.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%g</span></dt><dd><p>primary group name of %u.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%H</span></dt><dd><p>the home directory of the user given by %u.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">%N</span></dt><dd><p>the name of your NIS home directory server. @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... pair and that username/password pair is validated by the UNIX system's password programs then the connection is made as that username. Note that this includes the - \\server\service%<i><tt>username</tt></i> method of passing + \\server\service%<i class="replaceable"><tt>username</tt></i> method of passing a username.</p></li><li><p>If the client has previously registered a username with the system and now supplies a correct password for that username then the connection is allowed.</p></li><li><p>The client's NetBIOS name and any previously @@ -233,7 +233,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... user.</p></li><li><p>If the client has previously validated a username/password pair with the server and the client has passed the validation token then that username is used. </p></li><li><p>If a "user = " field is given in the - <tt>smb.conf</tt> file for the service and the client + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file for the service and the client has supplied a password, and that password matches (according to the UNIX system's password checking) with one of the usernames from the "user =" field then the connection is made as @@ -244,116 +244,114 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... connection is made as the username given in the "guest account =" for the service, irrespective of the supplied password.</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPLETE LIST OF GLOBAL PARAMETERS</h2><p>Here is a list of all global parameters. See the section of - each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT"><i><tt>add group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT"><i><tt>add machine script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt>addprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>add share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERSCRIPT"><i><tt>add user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"><i><tt>add user to group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADSSERVER"><i><tt>ads server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"><i><tt>algorithmic rid base</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"><i><tt>allow trusted domains</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEAS"><i><tt>announce as</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEVERSION"><i><tt>announce version</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTHMETHODS"><i><tt>auth methods</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTOSERVICES"><i><tt>auto services</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSELIST"><i><tt>browse list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"><i><tt>change notify timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>change share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CONFIGFILE"><i><tt>config file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEADTIME"><i><tt>dead time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"><i><tt>debug hires timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"><i><tt>debug level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGPID"><i><tt>debug pid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i><tt>debug timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGUID"><i><tt>debug uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i><tt>default service</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULT"><i><tt>default</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"><i><tt>delete group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>delete share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"><i><tt>delete user from group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i><tt>delete user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DFREECOMMAND"><i><tt>dfree command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLENETBIOS"><i><tt>disable netbios</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISPLAYCHARSET"><i><tt>display charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DNSPROXY"><i><tt>dns proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i><tt>domain logons</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINMASTER"><i><tt>domain master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSCHARSET"><i><tt>dos charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><i><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENHANCEDBROWSING"><i><tt>enhanced browsing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"><i><tt>enumports command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GETWDCACHE"><i><tt>getwd cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDELOCALUSERS"><i><tt>hide local users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOMEDIRMAP"><i><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"><i><tt>hostname lookups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSEQUIV"><i><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INCLUDE"><i><tt>include</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INTERFACES"><i><tt>interfaces</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KEEPALIVE"><i><tt>keepalive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i><tt>lanman auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LARGEREADWRITE"><i><tt>large readwrite</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPADMINDN"><i><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPDELETEDN"><i><tt>ldap delete dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPFILTER"><i><tt>ldap filter</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"><i><tt>ldap machine suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC"><i><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPORT"><i><tt>ldap port</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSSL"><i><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSUFFIX"><i><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPTRUSTIDS"><i><tt>ldap trust ids</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX"><i><tt>ldap user suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOADPRINTERS"><i><tt>load printers</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCALMASTER"><i><tt>local master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIR"><i><tt>lock dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i><tt>lock spin count</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINTIME"><i><tt>lock spin time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGFILE"><i><tt>log file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i><tt>log level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONDRIVE"><i><tt>logon drive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONHOME"><i><tt>logon home</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONPATH"><i><tt>logon path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONSCRIPT"><i><tt>logon script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCACHETIME"><i><tt>lpq cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"><i><tt>machine password timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGSTACK"><i><tt>mangling stack</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGPREFIX"><i><tt>mangling prefix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGMETHOD"><i><tt>mangling method</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i><tt>map to guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXDISKSIZE"><i><tt>max disk size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXLOGSIZE"><i><tt>max log size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXMUX"><i><tt>max mux</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXOPENFILES"><i><tt>max open files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES"><i><tt>max smbd processes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXTTL"><i><tt>max ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXWINSTTL"><i><tt>max wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXXMIT"><i><tt>max xmit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MESSAGECOMMAND"><i><tt>message command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWDLENGTH"><i><tt>min passwd length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"><i><tt>min password length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i><tt>min protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i><tt>min wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT"><i><tt>name cache timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"><i><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i><tt>netbios aliases</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i><tt>netbios name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSSCOPE"><i><tt>netbios scope</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i><tt>nis homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"><i><tt>non unix account range</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTLMAUTH"><i><tt>ntlm auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTPIPESUPPORT"><i><tt>nt pipe support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT"><i><tt>nt status support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NULLPASSWORDS"><i><tt>null passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"><i><tt>obey pam restrictions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"><i><tt>oplock break wait time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OS2DRIVERMAP"><i><tt>os2 driver map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OSLEVEL"><i><tt>os level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PANICACTION"><i><tt>panic action</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"><i><tt>paranoid server security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"><i><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDLEVEL"><i><tt>password level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i><tt>password server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PIDDIRECTORY"><i><tt>pid directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFEREDMASTER"><i><tt>prefered master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i><tt>preferred master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOADMODULES"><i><tt>preload modules</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOAD"><i><tt>preload</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAP"><i><tt>printcap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRIVATEDIR"><i><tt>private dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PROTOCOL"><i><tt>protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READBMPX"><i><tt>read bmpx</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READRAW"><i><tt>read raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READSIZE"><i><tt>read size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REALM"><i><tt>realm</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEANNOUNCE"><i><tt>remote announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC"><i><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i><tt>restrict anonymous</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"><i><tt>root directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIR"><i><tt>root dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOT"><i><tt>root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITY"><i><tt>security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSCHANNEL"><i><tt>server schannel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i><tt>server string</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"><i><tt>set primary group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i><tt>show add printer wizard</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPASSWDFILE"><i><tt>smb passwd file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPORTS"><i><tt>smb ports</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETADDRESS"><i><tt>socket address</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETOPTIONS"><i><tt>socket options</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT"><i><tt>source environment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STATCACHESIZE"><i><tt>stat cache size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STATCACHE"><i><tt>stat cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRIPDOT"><i><tt>strip dot</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOGONLY"><i><tt>syslog only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOG"><i><tt>syslog</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"><i><tt>template homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATESHELL"><i><tt>template shell</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMEOFFSET"><i><tt>time offset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESERVER"><i><tt>time server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESTAMPLOGS"><i><tt>timestamp logs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"><i><tt>total print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNICODE"><i><tt>unicode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXCHARSET"><i><tt>unix charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXEXTENSIONS"><i><tt>unix extensions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i><tt>unix password sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UPDATEENCRYPTED"><i><tt>update encrypted</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USEMMAP"><i><tt>use mmap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMELEVEL"><i><tt>username level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMEMAP"><i><tt>username map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESPNEGO"><i><tt>use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i><tt>utmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMP"><i><tt>utmp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDCACHETIME"><i><tt>winbind cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"><i><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMUSERS"><i><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDGID"><i><tt>winbind gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDSEPARATOR"><i><tt>winbind separator</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUID"><i><tt>winbind uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUSEDDEFAULTDOMAIN"><i><tt>winbind used default domain</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSHOOK"><i><tt>wins hook</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPARTNER"><i><tt>wins partner</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPROXY"><i><tt>wins proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSERVER"><i><tt>wins server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i><tt>wins support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WORKGROUP"><i><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITERAW"><i><tt>write raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WTMPDIRECTORY"><i><tt>wtmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</h2><p>Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section on - each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ADMINUSERS"><i><tt>admin users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWHOSTS"><i><tt>allow hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AVAILABLE"><i><tt>available</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKINGLOCKS"><i><tt>blocking locks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKSIZE"><i><tt>block size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSABLE"><i><tt>browsable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSEABLE"><i><tt>browseable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESENSITIVE"><i><tt>case sensitive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESIGNAMES"><i><tt>casesignames</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COMMENT"><i><tt>comment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COPY"><i><tt>copy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMASK"><i><tt>create mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMODE"><i><tt>create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CSCPOLICY"><i><tt>csc policy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i><tt>default case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTDEVMODE"><i><tt>default devmode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEREADONLY"><i><tt>delete readonly</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEVETOFILES"><i><tt>delete veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DENYHOSTS"><i><tt>deny hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"><i><tt>directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORY"><i><tt>directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DONTDESCEND"><i><tt>dont descend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILEMODE"><i><tt>dos filemode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"><i><tt>dos filetime resolution</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMES"><i><tt>dos filetimes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#EXEC"><i><tt>exec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"><i><tt>fake directory create times</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEOPLOCKS"><i><tt>fake oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS"><i><tt>follow symlinks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"><i><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEUSER"><i><tt>force user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FSTYPE"><i><tt>fstype</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GROUP"><i><tt>group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTOK"><i><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTONLY"><i><tt>guest only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEDOTFILES"><i><tt>hide dot files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEFILES"><i><tt>hide files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDESPECIALFILES"><i><tt>hide special files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNREADABLE"><i><tt>hide unreadable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"><i><tt>hide unwriteable files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSALLOW"><i><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i><tt>hosts deny</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITACLS"><i><tt>inherit acls</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i><tt>invalid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i><tt>level2 oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKING"><i><tt>locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"><i><tt>lppause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCOMMAND"><i><tt>lpq command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRESUMECOMMAND"><i><tt>lpresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRMCOMMAND"><i><tt>lprm command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICOUTPUT"><i><tt>magic output</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i><tt>magic script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLECASE"><i><tt>mangle case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDMAP"><i><tt>mangled map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDNAMES"><i><tt>mangled names</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGCHAR"><i><tt>mangling char</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPARCHIVE"><i><tt>map archive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPHIDDEN"><i><tt>map hidden</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPSYSTEM"><i><tt>map system</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i><tt>max connections</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"><i><tt>max print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPRINTSPACE"><i><tt>min print space</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSPROXY"><i><tt>msdfs proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTACLSUPPORT"><i><tt>nt acl support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYGUEST"><i><tt>only guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYUSER"><i><tt>only user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"><i><tt>oplock contention limit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKS"><i><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PATH"><i><tt>path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSIXLOCKING"><i><tt>posix locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSTEXEC"><i><tt>postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXEC"><i><tt>preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRESERVECASE"><i><tt>preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTABLE"><i><tt>printable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i><tt>printcap name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCOMMAND"><i><tt>print command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERADMIN"><i><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i><tt>printer name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTER"><i><tt>printer</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTOK"><i><tt>print ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PUBLIC"><i><tt>public</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i><tt>queuepause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"><i><tt>queueresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READLIST"><i><tt>read list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READONLY"><i><tt>read only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPOSTEXEC"><i><tt>root postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"><i><tt>root preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXEC"><i><tt>root preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i><tt>security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETDIRECTORY"><i><tt>set directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHAREMODES"><i><tt>share modes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"><i><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTALLOCATE"><i><tt>strict allocate</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTLOCKING"><i><tt>strict locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i><tt>strict sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i><tt>sync always</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USECLIENTDRIVER"><i><tt>use client driver</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAME"><i><tt>username</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERS"><i><tt>users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USER"><i><tt>user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESENDFILE"><i><tt>use sendfile</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i><tt>valid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOFILES"><i><tt>veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"><i><tt>veto oplock files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECT"><i><tt>vfs object</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOPTIONS"><i><tt>vfs options</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSPATH"><i><tt>vfs path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VOLUME"><i><tt>volume</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WIDELINKS"><i><tt>wide links</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITABLE"><i><tt>writable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEABLE"><i><tt>writeable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITECACHESIZE"><i><tt>write cache size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITELIST"><i><tt>write list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEOK"><i><tt>write ok</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>abort shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span> - This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> that + each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDMACHINESCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add machine script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>add user to group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>algorithmic rid base</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"><i class="parameter"><tt>allow trusted domains</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEAS"><i class="parameter"><tt>announce as</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ANNOUNCEVERSION"><i class="parameter"><tt>announce version</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTHMETHODS"><i class="parameter"><tt>auth methods</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AUTOSERVICES"><i class="parameter"><tt>auto services</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>browse list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>change notify timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CLIENTUSESPNEGO"><i class="parameter"><tt>client use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CONFIGFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>config file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEADTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>dead time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug hires timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGPID"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug pid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug timestamp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEBUGUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULT"><i class="parameter"><tt>default</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default service</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user from group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DFREECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>dfree command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLENETBIOS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable netbios</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DISPLAYCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>display charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DNSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>dns proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOMAINMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENHANCEDBROWSING"><i class="parameter"><tt>enhanced browsing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GETWDCACHE"><i class="parameter"><tt>getwd cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDELOCALUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide local users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOMEDIRMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"><i class="parameter"><tt>hostname lookups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSEQUIV"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPGID"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#IDMAPUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>idmap uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INCLUDE"><i class="parameter"><tt>include</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INTERFACES"><i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KEEPALIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>keepalive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>lanman auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LARGEREADWRITE"><i class="parameter"><tt>large readwrite</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPADMINDN"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPDELETEDN"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap delete dn</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPFILTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap filter</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap machine suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPASSWDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap port</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSSL"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPTRUSTIDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap trust ids</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LDAPUSERSUFFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap user suffix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOADPRINTERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCALMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>local master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin count</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKSPINTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>log file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>log level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONDRIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon drive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONHOME"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONPATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOGONSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>logon script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCACHETIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>machine password timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGSTACK"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling stack</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGPREFIX"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling prefix</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGMETHOD"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling method</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXDISKSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXLOGSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>max log size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXMUX"><i class="parameter"><tt>max mux</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXOPENFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>max open files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXSMBDPROCESSES"><i class="parameter"><tt>max smbd processes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXXMIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>max xmit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MESSAGECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>message command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWDLENGTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>min passwd length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>min password length</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min wins ttl</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMECACHETIMEOUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>name cache timeout</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"><i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios aliases</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NETBIOSSCOPE"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios scope</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>non unix account range</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTLMAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>ntlm auth</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTPIPESUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt pipe support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTSTATUSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt status support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NULLPASSWORDS"><i class="parameter"><tt>null passwords</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>obey pam restrictions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplock break wait time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OS2DRIVERMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>os2 driver map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OSLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PANICACTION"><i class="parameter"><tt>panic action</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>paranoid server security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PIDDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>pid directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFEREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>prefered master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>preferred master</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOAD"><i class="parameter"><tt>preload</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRELOADMODULES"><i class="parameter"><tt>preload modules</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRIVATEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>private dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>protocol</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READBMPX"><i class="parameter"><tt>read bmpx</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READRAW"><i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REALM"><i class="parameter"><tt>realm</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>remote announce</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#REMOTEBROWSESYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>remote browse sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i class="parameter"><tt>restrict anonymous</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>root dir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>root directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSCHANNEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i class="parameter"><tt>server string</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>set primary group script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPASSWDFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>smb passwd file</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SMBPORTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>smb ports</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETADDRESS"><i class="parameter"><tt>socket address</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOCKETOPTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SOURCEENVIRONMENT"><i class="parameter"><tt>source environment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STATCACHE"><i class="parameter"><tt>stat cache</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STATCACHESIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>stat cache size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRIPDOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>strip dot</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOG"><i class="parameter"><tt>syslog</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYSLOGONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>syslog only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TEMPLATESHELL"><i class="parameter"><tt>template shell</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMEOFFSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>time offset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>time server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TIMESTAMPLOGS"><i class="parameter"><tt>timestamp logs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNICODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>unicode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXCHARSET"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXEXTENSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix extensions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix password sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UPDATEENCRYPTED"><i class="parameter"><tt>update encrypted</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USEMMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>use mmap</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMELEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>username level</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAMEMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>username map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESPNEGO"><i class="parameter"><tt>use spnego</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMP"><i class="parameter"><tt>utmp</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>utmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDCACHETIME"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMGROUPS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDENUMUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDGID"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDSEPARATOR"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind separator</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUID"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINBINDUSEDDEFAULTDOMAIN"><i class="parameter"><tt>winbind used default domain</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSHOOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins hook</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPARTNER"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins partner</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins server</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>wins support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WORKGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITERAW"><i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>wtmp directory</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMPLETE LIST OF SERVICE PARAMETERS</h2><p>Here is a list of all service parameters. See the section on + each parameter for details. Note that some are synonyms.</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="#ADMINUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>admin users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ALLOWHOSTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>allow hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#AVAILABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>available</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKINGLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>blocking locks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BLOCKSIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>block size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>browsable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#BROWSEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>browseable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESENSITIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CASESIGNAMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>casesignames</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COMMENT"><i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#COPY"><i class="parameter"><tt>copy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#CSCPOLICY"><i class="parameter"><tt>csc policy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DEFAULTDEVMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default devmode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEREADONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete readonly</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DELETEVETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DENYHOSTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>deny hosts</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DONTDESCEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>dont descend</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filemode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filetime resolution</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#DOSFILETIMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos filetimes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#EXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>exec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>fake directory create times</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FAKEOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>fake oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FOLLOWSYMLINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>follow symlinks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#FSTYPE"><i class="parameter"><tt>fstype</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>group</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEDOTFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide dot files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDESPECIALFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide special files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNREADABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide unreadable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide unwriteable files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSALLOW"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITACLS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit acls</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>level2 oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPQCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRESUMECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#LPRMCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICOUTPUT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic output</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic script</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangle case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDMAP"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled map</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLEDNAMES"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangled names</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MANGLINGCHAR"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling char</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPACLINHERIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>map acl inherit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPARCHIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>map archive</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPHIDDEN"><i class="parameter"><tt>map hidden</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAPSYSTEM"><i class="parameter"><tt>map system</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max reported print jobs</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MINPRINTSPACE"><i class="parameter"><tt>min print space</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSPROXY"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs proxy</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#NTACLSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt>nt acl support</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>only guest</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ONLYUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>only user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplock contention limit</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSIXLOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>posix locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRESERVECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>printable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>printcap name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTER"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERADMIN"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PRINTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>print ok</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#PUBLIC"><i class="parameter"><tt>public</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>queuepause command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>queueresume command</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READLIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>read list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#READONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPOSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>root postexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>root preexec close</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SETDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt>set directory</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHAREMODES"><i class="parameter"><tt>share modes</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTALLOCATE"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict allocate</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTLOCKING"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict locking</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict sync</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i class="parameter"><tt>sync always</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USECLIENTDRIVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>use client driver</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USER"><i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#USESENDFILE"><i class="parameter"><tt>use sendfile</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#-VALID"><i class="parameter"><tt>-valid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>valid users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto oplock files</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECT"><i class="parameter"><tt>vfs object</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VFSOBJECTS"><i class="parameter"><tt>vfs objects</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#VOLUME"><i class="parameter"><tt>volume</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WIDELINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wide links</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>writable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt>writeable</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITECACHESIZE"><i class="parameter"><tt>write cache size</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>write list</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="#WRITEOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>write ok</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXPLANATION OF EACH PARAMETER</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a name="ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>abort shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span> + This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should stop a shutdown procedure issued by the <a href="#SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"> - <i><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>This command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None</em></span>.</p><p>Example: <b>abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run - <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> - when a new group is requested. It will expand any <i><tt>%g</tt></i> to the group name passed. This + <i class="parameter"><tt>shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>This command will be run as user.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None</em></span>.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">abort shutdown script = /sbin/shutdown -c</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run + <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> + when a new group is requested. It will expand any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. The script is free to create a group with an arbitrary name to circumvent unix group name restrictions. In that case the script must print the numeric gid of the created group on stdout.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDMACHINESCRIPT"></a>add machine script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will be run by - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when a machine is added + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a machine is added to it's domain using the administrator username and password method. </p><p>This option is only required when using sam back-ends tied to the Unix uid method of RID calculation such as smbpasswd. - This option is only available in Samba 3.0.</p><p>Default: <b>add machine script = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>add machine script = /usr/sbin/adduser -n -g + This option is only available in Samba 3.0.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">add machine script = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add machine script = /usr/sbin/adduser -n -g machines -c Machine -d /dev/null -s /bin/false %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>addprinter command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, The MS Add Printer Wizard (APW) icon is now also available in the "Printers..." folder displayed a share listing. The APW allows for printers to be add remotely to a Samba or Windows NT/2000 print server.</p><p>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be - physically added to the underlying printing system. The <i><tt>add + physically added to the underlying printing system. The <i class="parameter"><tt>add printer command</tt></i> defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for adding the printer to the print system and to add the appropriate service definition - to the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file in order that it can be - shared by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>.</p><p>The <i><tt>addprinter command</tt></i> is + to the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file in order that it can be + shared by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i> is automatically invoked with the following parameter (in - order):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>printer name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i><tt>share name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i><tt>port name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i><tt>driver name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i><tt>location</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i><tt>Windows 9x driver location</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent + order):</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>printer name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>share name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>port name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>driver name</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>location</tt></i></p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Windows 9x driver location</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p>All parameters are filled in from the PRINTER_INFO_2 structure sent by the Windows NT/2000 client with one exception. The "Windows 9x driver location" parameter is included for backwards compatibility only. The remaining fields in the structure are generated from answers - to the APW questions.</p><p>Once the <i><tt>addprinter command</tt></i> has - been executed, <b>smbd</b> will reparse the <tt> + to the APW questions.</p><p>Once the <i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i> has + been executed, <b class="command">smbd</b> will reparse the <tt class="filename"> smb.conf</tt> to determine if the share defined by the APW - exists. If the sharename is still invalid, then <b>smbd + exists. If the sharename is still invalid, then <b class="command">smbd </b> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</p><p> The "add printer command" program can output a single line of text, which Samba will set as the port the new printer is connected to. If this line isn't output, Samba won't reload its printer shares. - </p><p>See also <a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt> + </p><p>See also <a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt> deleteprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTING"> - <i><tt>printing</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i><tt>show add - printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a>add share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically + <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a>, + <a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add + printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">addprinter command = /usr/bin/addprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDSHARECOMMAND"></a>add share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The - <i><tt>add share command</tt></i> is used to define an + <i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i> is used to define an external program or script which will add a new service definition - to <tt>smb.conf</tt>. In order to successfully - execute the <i><tt>add share command</tt></i>, <b>smbd</b> + to <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. In order to successfully + execute the <i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i>, <b class="command">smbd</b> requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). </p><p> - When executed, <b>smbd</b> will automatically invoke the - <i><tt>add share command</tt></i> with four parameters. - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>configFile</tt></i> - the location - of the global <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>shareName</tt></i> - the name of the new + When executed, <b class="command">smbd</b> will automatically invoke the + <i class="parameter"><tt>add share command</tt></i> with four parameters. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>configFile</tt></i> - the location + of the global <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>shareName</tt></i> - the name of the new share. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>pathName</tt></i> - path to an **existing** + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>pathName</tt></i> - path to an **existing** directory on disk. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>comment</tt></i> - comment string to associate + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i> - comment string to associate with the new share. </p></li></ul></div><p> This parameter is only used for add file shares. To add printer shares, - see the <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt>addprinter + see the <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i></a>. </p><p> - See also <a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>change share - command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>delete share + See also <a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change share + command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i></a>. - </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>add share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a>add user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> under special circumstances described below.</p><p>Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are + </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERSCRIPT"></a>add user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> under special circumstances described below.</p><p>Normally, a Samba server requires that UNIX users are created for all users accessing files on this server. For sites that use Windows NT account databases as their primary user database creating these users and keeping the user list in sync with the Windows NT PDC is an onerous task. This option allows <a href="smbd.8.html" target="_top">smbd</a> to create the required UNIX users - <span class="emphasis"><em>ON DEMAND</em></span> when a user accesses the Samba server.</p><p>In order to use this option, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to <i><tt>security = share</tt></i> - and <i><tt>add user script</tt></i> + <span class="emphasis"><em>ON DEMAND</em></span> when a user accesses the Samba server.</p><p>In order to use this option, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be set to <i class="parameter"><tt>security = share</tt></i> + and <i class="parameter"><tt>add user script</tt></i> must be set to a full pathname for a script that will create a UNIX - user given one argument of <i><tt>%u</tt></i>, which expands into + user given one argument of <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i>, which expands into the UNIX user name to create.</p><p>When the Windows user attempts to access the Samba server, - at login (session setup in the SMB protocol) time, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> contacts the <i><tt>password server</tt></i> and + at login (session setup in the SMB protocol) time, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> and attempts to authenticate the given user with the given password. If the - authentication succeeds then <b>smbd</b> + authentication succeeds then <b class="command">smbd</b> attempts to find a UNIX user in the UNIX password database to map the - Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and <i><tt>add user script - </tt></i> is set then <b>smbd</b> will + Windows user into. If this lookup fails, and <i class="parameter"><tt>add user script + </tt></i> is set then <b class="command">smbd</b> will call the specified script <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>, expanding - any <i><tt>%u</tt></i> argument to be the user name to create.</p><p>If this script successfully creates the user then <b>smbd + any <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> argument to be the user name to create.</p><p>If this script successfully creates the user then <b class="command">smbd </b> will continue on as though the UNIX user already existed. In this way, UNIX users are dynamically created to - match existing Windows NT accounts.</p><p>See also <a href="#SECURITY"><i><tt> + match existing Windows NT accounts.</p><p>See also <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt> security</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"> - <i><tt>password server</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i><tt>delete user - script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>add user script = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>add user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add user to group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when + <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a>, + <a href="#DELETEUSERSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete user + script</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">add user script = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/add_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADDUSERTOGROUPSCRIPT"></a>add user to group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when a user is added to a group using the Windows NT domain administration - tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. - Any <i><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group name and - any <i><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name. - </p><p>Default: <b>add user to group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b>add user to group script = /usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a>admin users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted + tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. + Any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group name and + any <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">add user to group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">add user to group script = /usr/sbin/adduser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADMINUSERS"></a>admin users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users who will be granted administrative privileges on the share. This means that they will do all file operations as the super-user (root).</p><p>You should use this option very carefully, as any user in this list will be able to do anything they like on the share, - irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no admin users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>admin users = jason</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ADSSERVER"></a>ads server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this option is specified, samba does not try to figure out what - ads server to use itself, but uses the specified ads server. Either one - DNS name or IP address can be used.</p><p>Default: <b>ads server = </b></p><p>Example: <b>ads server = 192.168.1.2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a>algorithmic rid base (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its + irrespective of file permissions.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no admin users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">admin users = jason</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALGORITHMICRIDBASE"></a>algorithmic rid base (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This determines how Samba will use its algorithmic mapping from uids/gid to the RIDs needed to construct NT Security Identifiers. </p><p>Setting this option to a larger value could be useful to sites @@ -364,10 +362,10 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... mapping can't be 'turned off', but pushing it 'out of the way' should resolve the issues. Users and groups can then be assigned 'low' RIDs in arbitary-rid supporting backends. - </p><p>Default: <b>algorithmic rid base = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b>algorithmic rid base = 100000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSALLOW"> - <i><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a>allow trusted domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option only takes effect when the <a href="#SECURITY"> - <i><tt>security</tt></i></a> option is set to - <tt>server</tt> or <tt>domain</tt>. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">algorithmic rid base = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">algorithmic rid base = 100000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWHOSTS"></a>allow hosts (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSALLOW"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ALLOWTRUSTEDDOMAINS"></a>allow trusted domains (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option only takes effect when the <a href="#SECURITY"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a> option is set to + <tt class="constant">server</tt> or <tt class="constant">domain</tt>. If it is set to no, then attempts to connect to a resource from a domain or workgroup other than the one which <a href="smbd.8.html" target="_top">smbd</a> is running in will fail, even if that domain is trusted by the remote server @@ -378,7 +376,7 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... circumstances, a user with an account in DOMB can then access the resources of a UNIX account with the same account name on the Samba server even if they do not have an account in DOMA. This - can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <b>allow trusted domains = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a>announce as (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse + can make implementing a security boundary difficult.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">allow trusted domains = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEAS"></a>announce as (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what type of server <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will announce itself as, to a network neighborhood browse list. By default this is set to Windows NT. The valid options are : "NT Server" (which can also be written as "NT"), "NT Workstation", "Win95" or "WfW" meaning Windows NT Server, @@ -386,73 +384,81 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... respectively. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific need to stop Samba appearing as an NT server as this may prevent Samba servers from participating as browser servers - correctly.</p><p>Default: <b>announce as = NT Server</b></p><p>Example: <b>announce as = Win95</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a>announce version (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers + correctly.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">announce as = NT Server</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">announce as = Win95</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ANNOUNCEVERSION"></a>announce version (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the major and minor version numbers that nmbd will use when announcing itself as a server. The default is 4.9. Do not change this parameter unless you have a specific - need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.</p><p>Default: <b>announce version = 4.9</b></p><p>Example: <b>announce version = 2.0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a>auth methods (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose what - authentication methods <b>smbd</b> will use when authenticating + need to set a Samba server to be a downlevel server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">announce version = 4.9</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">announce version = 2.0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTHMETHODS"></a>auth methods (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose what + authentication methods <b class="command">smbd</b> will use when authenticating a user. This option defaults to sensible values based on <a href="#SECURITY"> - <i><tt>security</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Each entry in the list attempts to authenticate the user in turn, until + <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i></a>. This should be considered + a developer option and used only in rare circumstances. In the majority (if not all) + of production servers, the default setting should be adequate.</p><p>Each entry in the list attempts to authenticate the user in turn, until the user authenticates. In practice only one method will ever actually be able to complete the authentication. - </p><p>Default: <b>auth methods = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>auth methods = guest sam ntdomain</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for the <a href="#PRELOAD"> - <i><tt>preload</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AVAILABLE"></a>available (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If - <i><tt>available = no</tt></i>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> + </p><p>Possible options include <tt class="constant">guest</tt> (anonymous access), + <tt class="constant">sam</tt> (lookups in local list of accounts based on netbios + name or domain name), <tt class="constant">winbind</tt> (relay authentication requests + for remote users through winbindd), <tt class="constant">ntdomain</tt> (pre-winbindd + method of authentication for remote domain users; deprecated in favour of winbind method), + <tt class="constant">trustdomain</tt> (authenticate trusted users by contacting the + remote DC directly from smbd; deprecated in favour of winbind method).</p><p>Default: <b class="command">auth methods = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">auth methods = guest sam winbind</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AUTOSERVICES"></a>auto services (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for the <a href="#PRELOAD"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>preload</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="AVAILABLE"></a>available (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter lets you "turn off" a service. If + <i class="parameter"><tt>available = no</tt></i>, then <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> attempts to connect to the service will fail. Such failures are - logged.</p><p>Default: <b>available = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a>bind interfaces only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin + logged.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">available = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BINDINTERFACESONLY"></a>bind interfaces only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter allows the Samba admin to limit what interfaces on a machine will serve SMB requests. It - affects file service <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> and name service <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p>For name service it causes <b>nmbd</b> to bind + affects file service <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and name service <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> in a slightly different ways.</p><p>For name service it causes <b class="command">nmbd</b> to bind to ports 137 and 138 on the interfaces listed in - the <a href="#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. <b>nmbd</b> also + the <a href="#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. <b class="command">nmbd</b> also binds to the "all addresses" interface (0.0.0.0) on ports 137 and 138 for the purposes of reading broadcast messages. - If this option is not set then <b>nmbd</b> will service - name requests on all of these sockets. If <i><tt>bind interfaces - only</tt></i> is set then <b>nmbd</b> will check the + If this option is not set then <b class="command">nmbd</b> will service + name requests on all of these sockets. If <i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces + only</tt></i> is set then <b class="command">nmbd</b> will check the source address of any packets coming in on the broadcast sockets and discard any that don't match the broadcast addresses of the - interfaces in the <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter list. + interfaces in the <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter list. As unicast packets are received on the other sockets it allows - <b>nmbd</b> to refuse to serve names to machines that + <b class="command">nmbd</b> to refuse to serve names to machines that send packets that arrive through any interfaces not listed in the - <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> list. IP Source address spoofing + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> list. IP Source address spoofing does defeat this simple check, however, so it must not be used - seriously as a security feature for <b>nmbd</b>.</p><p>For file service it causes <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> to bind only to the interface list + seriously as a security feature for <b class="command">nmbd</b>.</p><p>For file service it causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to bind only to the interface list given in the <a href="#INTERFACES">interfaces</a> parameter. This - restricts the networks that <b>smbd</b> will serve + restricts the networks that <b class="command">smbd</b> will serve to packets coming in those interfaces. Note that you should not use this parameter for machines that are serving PPP or other intermittent or non-broadcast network - interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces.</p><p>If <i><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i> is set then + interfaces as it will not cope with non-permanent interfaces.</p><p>If <i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i> is set then unless the network address <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added - to the <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter - list <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a> and <a href="swat.8.html">swat(8)</a> may not work as expected due - to the reasons covered below.</p><p>To change a users SMB password, the <b>smbpasswd</b> + to the <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter + list <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a> may not work as expected due + to the reasons covered below.</p><p>To change a users SMB password, the <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> by default connects to the <span class="emphasis"><em>localhost - 127.0.0.1</em></span> address as an SMB client to issue the password change request. If - <i><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i> is set then unless the + <i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i> is set then unless the network address <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> is added to the - <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter list then <b> + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter list then <b class="command"> smbpasswd</b> will fail to connect in it's default mode. - <b>smbpasswd</b> can be forced to use the primary IP interface - of the local host by using its <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a> <i><tt>-r <i><tt>remote machine</tt></i></tt></i> - parameter, with <i><tt>remote machine</tt></i> set - to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host.</p><p>The <b>swat</b> status page tries to connect with - <b>smbd</b> and <b>nmbd</b> at the address + <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> can be forced to use the primary IP interface + of the local host by using its <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> <i class="parameter"><tt>-r <i class="replaceable"><tt>remote machine</tt></i></tt></i> + parameter, with <i class="replaceable"><tt>remote machine</tt></i> set + to the IP name of the primary interface of the local host.</p><p>The <b class="command">swat</b> status page tries to connect with + <b class="command">smbd</b> and <b class="command">nmbd</b> at the address <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> to determine if they are running. - Not adding <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> will cause <b> - smbd</b> and <b>nmbd</b> to always show - "not running" even if they really are. This can prevent <b> - swat</b> from starting/stopping/restarting <b>smbd</b> - and <b>nmbd</b>.</p><p>Default: <b>bind interfaces only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a>blocking locks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior - of <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when given a request by a client + Not adding <span class="emphasis"><em>127.0.0.1</em></span> will cause <b class="command"> + smbd</b> and <b class="command">nmbd</b> to always show + "not running" even if they really are. This can prevent <b class="command"> + swat</b> from starting/stopping/restarting <b class="command">smbd</b> + and <b class="command">nmbd</b>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">bind interfaces only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKINGLOCKS"></a>blocking locks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior + of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when given a request by a client to obtain a byte range lock on a region of an open file, and the request has a time limit associated with it.</p><p>If this parameter is set and the lock range requested cannot be immediately satisfied, samba will internally queue the lock request, and periodically attempt to obtain - the lock until the timeout period expires.</p><p>If this parameter is set to <tt>no</tt>, then + the lock until the timeout period expires.</p><p>If this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>, then samba will behave as previous versions of Samba would and will fail the lock request immediately if the lock range - cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <b>blocking locks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a>block size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when reporting disk free + cannot be obtained.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">blocking locks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BLOCKSIZE"></a>block size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the behavior of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when reporting disk free sizes. By default, this reports a disk block size of 1024 bytes. </p><p>Changing this parameter may have some effect on the efficiency of client writes, this is not yet confirmed. This @@ -463,62 +469,68 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... </p><p>Changing this option does not change the disk free reporting size, just the block size unit reported to the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSABLE"></a>browsable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the <a href="#BROWSEABLE"> - <i><tt>browseable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a>browseable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in - the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <b>browseable = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSELIST"></a>browse list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will serve a browse list to - a client doing a <b>NetServerEnum</b> call. Normally - set to <tt>yes</tt>. You should never need to change - this.</p><p>Default: <b>browse list = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a>case sensitive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b>case sensitive = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"></a>change notify timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This SMB allows a client to tell a server to + <i class="parameter"><tt>browseable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSEABLE"></a>browseable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether this share is seen in + the list of available shares in a net view and in the browse list.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">browseable = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="BROWSELIST"></a>browse list (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will serve a browse list to + a client doing a <b class="command">NetServerEnum</b> call. Normally + set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. You should never need to change + this.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">browse list = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESENSITIVE"></a>case sensitive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the discussion in the section <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">case sensitive = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CASESIGNAMES"></a>casesignames (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#CASESENSITIVE">case sensitive</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGENOTIFYTIMEOUT"></a>change notify timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This SMB allows a client to tell a server to "watch" a particular directory for any changes and only reply to the SMB request when a change has occurred. Such constant scanning of - a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> daemon only performs such a scan - on each requested directory once every <i><tt>change notify - timeout</tt></i> seconds.</p><p>Default: <b>change notify timeout = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b>change notify timeout = 300</b></p><p>Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a>change share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically + a directory is expensive under UNIX, hence an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon only performs such a scan + on each requested directory once every <i class="parameter"><tt>change notify + timeout</tt></i> seconds.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">change notify timeout = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">change notify timeout = 300</b></p><p>Would change the scan time to every 5 minutes.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CHANGESHARECOMMAND"></a>change share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The - <i><tt>change share command</tt></i> is used to define an + <i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i> is used to define an external program or script which will modify an existing service definition - in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. In order to successfully - execute the <i><tt>change share command</tt></i>, <b>smbd</b> + in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. In order to successfully + execute the <i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i>, <b class="command">smbd</b> requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). </p><p> - When executed, <b>smbd</b> will automatically invoke the - <i><tt>change share command</tt></i> with four parameters. - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>configFile</tt></i> - the location - of the global <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>shareName</tt></i> - the name of the new + When executed, <b class="command">smbd</b> will automatically invoke the + <i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i> with four parameters. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>configFile</tt></i> - the location + of the global <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>shareName</tt></i> - the name of the new share. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>pathName</tt></i> - path to an **existing** + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>pathName</tt></i> - path to an **existing** directory on disk. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>comment</tt></i> - comment string to associate + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>comment</tt></i> - comment string to associate with the new share. </p></li></ul></div><p> This parameter is only used modify existing file shares definitions. To modify printer shares, use the "Printers..." folder as seen when browsing the Samba host. </p><p> - See also <a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>add share - command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>delete + See also <a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share + command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i></a>. - </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>change share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COMMENT"></a>comment (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share + </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">change share command = /usr/local/bin/addshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CLIENTUSESPNEGO"></a>client use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba clients will try + to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with + WindowsXP and Windows2000 servers to agree upon an authentication mechanism. + SPNEGO client support with Sign and Seal is currently broken, so + you might want to turn this option off when doing joins to + Windows 2003 domains. + </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>client use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COMMENT"></a>comment (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a text field that is seen next to a share when a client does a queries the server, either via the network - neighborhood or via <b>net view</b> to list what shares + neighborhood or via <b class="command">net view</b> to list what shares are available.</p><p>If you want to set the string that is displayed next to the - machine name then see the <a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i><tt> - server string</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No comment string</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>comment = Fred's Files</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a>config file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file - to use, instead of the default (usually <tt>smb.conf</tt>). + machine name then see the <a href="#SERVERSTRING"><i class="parameter"><tt> + server string</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No comment string</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">comment = Fred's Files</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CONFIGFILE"></a>config file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to override the config file + to use, instead of the default (usually <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>). There is a chicken and egg problem here as this option is set in the config file!</p><p>For this reason, if the name of the config file has changed when the parameters are loaded then it will reload them from the new config file.</p><p>This option takes the usual substitutions, which can be very useful.</p><p>If the config file doesn't exist then it won't be loaded (allowing you to special case the config files of just a few - clients).</p><p>Example: <b>config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COPY"></a>copy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service + clients).</p><p>Example: <b class="command">config file = /usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="COPY"></a>copy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows you to "clone" service entries. The specified service is simply duplicated under the current service's name. Any parameters specified in the current section will override those in the section being copied.</p><p>This feature lets you set up a 'template' service and create similar services easily. Note that the service being copied must occur earlier in the configuration file than the - service doing the copying.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>copy = otherservice</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMASK"></a>create mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is - <a href="#CREATEMODE"><i><tt>create mode</tt></i> + service doing the copying.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">copy = otherservice</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMASK"></a>create mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is + <a href="#CREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mode</tt></i> </a>.</p><p>When a file is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, and the resulting UNIX mode is then bit-wise 'AND'ed @@ -528,23 +540,23 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... created.</p><p>The default value of this parameter removes the 'group' and 'other' write and execute bits from the UNIX modes.</p><p>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"> - <i><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a> parameter which is set to 000 by default.</p><p>This parameter does not affect directory modes. See the - parameter <a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"><i><tt>directory mode - </tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"><i><tt>force + parameter <a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory mode + </tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a> parameter for forcing particular mode bits to be set on created files. See also the <a href="#DIRECTORYMODE"> - <i><tt>directory mode</tt></i></a> parameter for masking + <i class="parameter"><tt>directory mode</tt></i></a> parameter for masking mode bits on created directories. See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"> - <i><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions + <i class="parameter"><tt>inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a href="#SECURITYMASK"> - <i><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>create mask = 0744</b></p><p>Example: <b>create mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i><tt> + <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">create mask = 0744</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">create mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CREATEMODE"></a>create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> create mask</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="CSCPOLICY"></a>csc policy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This stands for <span class="emphasis"><em>client-side caching policy</em></span>, and specifies how clients capable of offline caching will cache the files in the share. The valid values are: manual, documents, programs, disable.</p><p>These values correspond to those used on Windows servers.</p><p>For example, shares containing roaming profiles can have - offline caching disabled using <b>csc policy = disable</b>.</p><p>Default: <b>csc policy = manual</b></p><p>Example: <b>csc policy = programs</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEADTIME"></a>dead time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) + offline caching disabled using <b class="command">csc policy = disable</b>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">csc policy = manual</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">csc policy = programs</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEADTIME"></a>dead time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a decimal integer) represents the number of minutes of inactivity before a connection is considered dead, and it is disconnected. The deadtime only takes effect if the number of open files is zero.</p><p>This is useful to stop a server's resources being @@ -552,30 +564,31 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... connection is broken so in most cases this parameter should be transparent to users.</p><p>Using this parameter with a timeout of a few minutes is recommended for most systems.</p><p>A deadtime of zero indicates that no auto-disconnection - should be performed.</p><p>Default: <b>deadtime = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>deadtime = 15</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a>debug hires timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages + should be performed.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">deadtime = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">deadtime = 15</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGHIRESTIMESTAMP"></a>debug hires timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Sometimes the timestamps in the log messages are needed with a resolution of higher that seconds, this boolean parameter adds microsecond resolution to the timestamp - message header when turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i><tt> + message header when turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt> debug timestamp</tt></i></a> must be on for this to have an - effect.</p><p>Default: <b>debug hires timestamp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debug level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i><tt> + effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug hires timestamp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGLEVEL"></a>debug level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt> log level</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGPID"></a>debug pid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When using only one log file for more then one forked - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>-process there may be hard to + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>-process there may be hard to follow which process outputs which message. This boolean parameter is adds the process-id to the timestamp message headers in the - logfile when turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i><tt> + logfile when turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt> debug timestamp</tt></i></a> must be on for this to have an - effect.</p><p>Default: <b>debug pid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a>debug timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba debug log messages are timestamped + effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug pid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGTIMESTAMP"></a>debug timestamp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba debug log messages are timestamped by default. If you are running at a high <a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"> - <i><tt>debug level</tt></i></a> these timestamps + <i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i></a> these timestamps can be distracting. This boolean parameter allows timestamping - to be turned off.</p><p>Default: <b>debug timestamp = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGUID"></a>debug uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime + to be turned off.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug timestamp = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEBUGUID"></a>debug uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba is sometimes run as root and sometime run as the connected user, this boolean parameter inserts the current euid, egid, uid and gid to the timestamp message headers - in the log file if turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i><tt> + in the log file if turned on.</p><p>Note that the parameter <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt> debug timestamp</tt></i></a> must be on for this to have an - effect.</p><p>Default: <b>debug uid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a>default case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING"> + effect.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">debug uid = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i class="parameter"><tt> + default service</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTCASE"></a>default case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING"> NAME MANGLING</a>. Also note the <a href="#SHORTPRESERVECASE"> - <i><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>default case = lower</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a>default devmode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a href="#PRINTOK">printable</a> services. + <i class="parameter"><tt>short preserve case</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">default case = lower</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTDEVMODE"></a>default devmode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only applicable to <a href="#PRINTOK">printable</a> services. When smbd is serving Printer Drivers to Windows NT/2k/XP clients, each printer on the Samba server has a Device Mode which defines things such as paper size and orientation and duplex settings. The device mode can only correctly be @@ -592,20 +605,20 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... </p><p>This parameter should be used with care and tested with the printer driver in question. It is better to leave the device mode to NULL and let the Windows client set the correct values. Because drivers do not - do this all the time, setting <b>default devmode = yes</b> + do this all the time, setting <b class="command">default devmode = yes</b> will instruct smbd to generate a default one. </p><p>For more information on Windows NT/2k printing and Device Modes, see the <a href="http://msdn.microsoft.com/" target="_top">MSDN documentation</a>. - </p><p>Default: <b>default devmode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a>default service (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">default devmode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULTSERVICE"></a>default service (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a service which will be connected to if the service actually requested cannot be found. Note that the square brackets are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> given in the parameter value (see example below).</p><p>There is no default value for this parameter. If this parameter is not given, attempting to connect to a nonexistent service results in an error.</p><p>Typically the default service would be a <a href="#GUESTOK"> - <i><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a>, <a href="#READONLY"> - <i><tt>read-only</tt></i></a> service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a>, <a href="#READONLY"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>read-only</tt></i></a> service.</p><p>Also note that the apparent service name will be changed to equal that of the requested service, this is very useful as it - allows you to use macros like <i><tt>%S</tt></i> to make + allows you to use macros like <i class="parameter"><tt>%S</tt></i> to make a wildcard service.</p><p>Note also that any "_" characters in the name of the service used in the default service will get mapped to a "/". This allows for interesting things.</p><p>Example:</p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -614,80 +627,79 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... [pub] path = /%S -</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DEFAULT"></a>default (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#DEFAULTSERVICE"><i><tt> - default service</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when a group is requested to be deleted. - It will expand any <i><tt>%g</tt></i> to the group name passed. +</pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a group is requested to be deleted. + It will expand any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> to the group name passed. This script is only useful for installations using the Windows NT domain administration tools. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"></a>deleteprinter command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printer support for Windows NT/2000 clients in Samba 2.2, it is now possible to delete printer at run time by issuing the DeletePrinter() RPC call.</p><p>For a Samba host this means that the printer must be - physically deleted from underlying printing system. The <i><tt> + physically deleted from underlying printing system. The <i class="parameter"><tt> deleteprinter command</tt></i> defines a script to be run which will perform the necessary operations for removing the printer - from the print system and from <tt>smb.conf</tt>. - </p><p>The <i><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i> is - automatically called with only one parameter: <i><tt> - "printer name"</tt></i>.</p><p>Once the <i><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i> has - been executed, <b>smbd</b> will reparse the <tt> + from the print system and from <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. + </p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i> is + automatically called with only one parameter: <i class="parameter"><tt> + "printer name"</tt></i>.</p><p>Once the <i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i> has + been executed, <b class="command">smbd</b> will reparse the <tt class="filename"> smb.conf</tt> to associated printer no longer exists. - If the sharename is still valid, then <b>smbd - </b> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</p><p>See also <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt> + If the sharename is still valid, then <b class="command">smbd + </b> will return an ACCESS_DENIED error to the client.</p><p>See also <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt> addprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTING"> - <i><tt>printing</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i><tt>show add - printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>deleteprinter command = /usr/bin/removeprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a>delete readonly (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. + <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a>, + <a href="#SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"><i class="parameter"><tt>show add + printer wizard</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">deleteprinter command = /usr/bin/removeprinter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEREADONLY"></a>delete readonly (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows readonly files to be deleted. This is not normal DOS semantics, but is allowed by UNIX.</p><p>This option may be useful for running applications such as rcs, where UNIX file ownership prevents changing file - permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <b>delete readonly = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a>delete share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically + permissions, and DOS semantics prevent deletion of a read only file.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete readonly = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETESHARECOMMAND"></a>delete share command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Samba 2.2.0 introduced the ability to dynamically add and delete shares via the Windows NT 4.0 Server Manager. The - <i><tt>delete share command</tt></i> is used to define an + <i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i> is used to define an external program or script which will remove an existing service - definition from <tt>smb.conf</tt>. In order to successfully - execute the <i><tt>delete share command</tt></i>, <b>smbd</b> + definition from <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. In order to successfully + execute the <i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i>, <b class="command">smbd</b> requires that the administrator be connected using a root account (i.e. uid == 0). </p><p> - When executed, <b>smbd</b> will automatically invoke the - <i><tt>delete share command</tt></i> with two parameters. - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>configFile</tt></i> - the location - of the global <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>shareName</tt></i> - the name of + When executed, <b class="command">smbd</b> will automatically invoke the + <i class="parameter"><tt>delete share command</tt></i> with two parameters. + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>configFile</tt></i> - the location + of the global <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>shareName</tt></i> - the name of the existing service. </p></li></ul></div><p> This parameter is only used to remove file shares. To delete printer shares, - see the <a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt>deleteprinter + see the <a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a>. </p><p> - See also <a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>add share - command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i><tt>change + See also <a href="#ADDSHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>add share + command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#CHANGESHARECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>change share command</tt></i></a>. - </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>delete share command = /usr/local/bin/delshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete user from group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when + </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete share command = /usr/local/bin/delshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERFROMGROUPSCRIPT"></a>delete user from group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Full path to the script that will be called when a user is removed from a group using the Windows NT domain administration - tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. - Any <i><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group name and - any <i><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name. - </p><p>Default: <b>delete user from group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b>delete user from group script = /usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a>delete user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will - be run by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when managing users + tools. It will be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span>. + Any <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group name and + any <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete user from group script = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete user from group script = /usr/sbin/deluser %u %g</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEUSERSCRIPT"></a>delete user script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the full pathname to a script that will + be run by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when managing users with remote RPC (NT) tools. </p><p>This script is called when a remote client removes a user from the server, normally using 'User Manager for Domains' or - <b>rpcclient</b>.</p><p>This script should delete the given UNIX username.</p><p>Default: <b>delete user script = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>delete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a>delete veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to + <b class="command">rpcclient</b>.</p><p>This script should delete the given UNIX username.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete user script = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">delete user script = /usr/local/samba/bin/del_user %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DELETEVETOFILES"></a>delete veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used when Samba is attempting to delete a directory that contains one or more vetoed directories - (see the <a href="#VETOFILES"><i><tt>veto files</tt></i></a> - option). If this option is set to <tt>no</tt> (the default) then if a vetoed + (see the <a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto files</tt></i></a> + option). If this option is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> (the default) then if a vetoed directory contains any non-vetoed files or directories then the - directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</p><p>If this option is set to <tt>yes</tt>, then Samba + directory delete will fail. This is usually what you want.</p><p>If this option is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then Samba will attempt to recursively delete any files and directories within the vetoed directory. This can be useful for integration with file serving systems such as NetAtalk which create meta-files within directories you might normally veto DOS/Windows users from seeing - (e.g. <tt>.AppleDouble</tt>)</p><p>Setting <b>delete veto files = yes</b> allows these + (e.g. <tt class="filename">.AppleDouble</tt>)</p><p>Setting <b class="command">delete veto files = yes</b> allows these directories to be transparently deleted when the parent directory - is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>See also the <a href="#VETOFILES"><i><tt>veto - files</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>delete veto files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i><tt>hosts - deny</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a>dfree command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <i><tt>dfree command</tt></i> setting + is deleted (so long as the user has permissions to do so).</p><p>See also the <a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto + files</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">delete veto files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DENYHOSTS"></a>deny hosts (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#HOSTSDENY"><i class="parameter"><tt>hosts + deny</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DFREECOMMAND"></a>dfree command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>dfree command</tt></i> setting should only be used on systems where a problem occurs with the internal disk space calculations. This has been known to happen with Ultrix, but may occur with other operating systems. The @@ -697,20 +709,20 @@ alias|alias|alias|alias... routine. The example below gives a possible script that might fulfill this function.</p><p>The external program will be passed a single parameter indicating a directory in the filesystem being queried. This will typically consist - of the string <tt>./</tt>. The script should return two + of the string <tt class="filename">./</tt>. The script should return two integers in ASCII. The first should be the total disk space in blocks, and the second should be the number of available blocks. An optional third return value can give the block size in bytes. The default blocksize is 1024 bytes.</p><p>Note: Your script should <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be setuid or setgid and should be owned by (and writeable only by) root!</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>By default internal routines for determining the disk capacity and remaining space will be used. - </em></span></p><p>Example: <b>dfree command = /usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</b></p><p>Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:</p><pre class="programlisting"> + </em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">dfree command = /usr/local/samba/bin/dfree</b></p><p>Where the script dfree (which must be made executable) could be:</p><pre class="programlisting"> #!/bin/sh df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' </pre><p>or perhaps (on Sys V based systems):</p><pre class="programlisting"> #!/bin/sh /usr/bin/df -k $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $3" "$5}' -</pre><p>Note that you may have to replace the command names with full path names on some systems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a>directory mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are +</pre><p>Note that you may have to replace the command names with full path names on some systems.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PATH"><i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMASK"></a>directory mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is the octal modes which are used when converting DOS modes to UNIX modes when creating UNIX directories.</p><p>When a directory is created, the necessary permissions are calculated according to the mapping from DOS modes to UNIX permissions, @@ -722,17 +734,17 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' and 'other' write bits from the UNIX mode, allowing only the user who owns the directory to modify it.</p><p>Following this Samba will bit-wise 'OR' the UNIX mode created from this parameter with the value of the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"> - <i><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a> parameter. + <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a> parameter. This parameter is set to 000 by default (i.e. no extra mode bits are added).</p><p>Note that this parameter does not apply to permissions set by Windows NT/2000 ACL editors. If the administrator wishes to enforce a mask on access control lists also, they need to set the <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"> - <i><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></a>.</p><p>See the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i><tt>force + <i class="parameter"><tt>directory security mask</tt></i></a>.</p><p>See the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a> parameter to cause particular mode - bits to always be set on created directories.</p><p>See also the <a href="#CREATEMODE"><i><tt>create mode + bits to always be set on created directories.</p><p>See also the <a href="#CREATEMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mode </tt></i></a> parameter for masking mode bits on created files, - and the <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i><tt>directory - security mask</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Also refer to the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i><tt> - inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>directory mask = 0755</b></p><p>Example: <b>directory mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i><tt> + and the <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory + security mask</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Also refer to the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt> + inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">directory mask = 0755</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">directory mask = 0775</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYMODE"></a>directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> directory mask</tt></i></a></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"></a>directory security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permission on a directory using the native NT security dialog @@ -746,15 +758,15 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave - it as the default of <tt>0777</tt>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i><tt> + it as the default of <tt class="constant">0777</tt>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt> force directory security mode</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK"> - <i><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i><tt>force security mode - </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>directory security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b>directory security mask = 0700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DIRECTORY"></a>directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PATH"><i><tt>path</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a>disable netbios (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support + <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>, + <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode + </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">directory security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">directory security mask = 0700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLENETBIOS"></a>disable netbios (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable netbios support in Samba. Netbios is the only available form of browsing in all windows versions except for 2000 and XP. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that clients that only support netbios won't be able to see your samba server when netbios support is disabled. - </p></div><p>Default: <b>disable netbios = no</b></p><p>Example: <b>disable netbios = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a>disable spoolss (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support + </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">disable netbios = no</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">disable netbios = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISABLESPOOLSS"></a>disable spoolss (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Enabling this parameter will disable Samba's support for the SPOOLSS set of MS-RPC's and will yield identical behavior as Samba 2.0.x. Windows NT/2000 clients will downgrade to using Lanman style printing commands. Windows 9x/ME will be uneffected by @@ -765,58 +777,58 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' print drivers from the Samba host upon demand. <span class="emphasis"><em>Be very careful about enabling this parameter.</em></span> </p><p>See also <a href="#USECLIENTDRIVER">use client driver</a> - </p><p>Default : <b>disable spoolss = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a>display charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset that samba will use + </p><p>Default : <b class="command">disable spoolss = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DISPLAYCHARSET"></a>display charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset that samba will use to print messages to stdout and stderr and SWAT will use. - Should generally be the same as the <b>unix charset</b>. - </p><p>Default: <b>display charset = ASCII</b></p><p>Example: <b>display charset = UTF8</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DNSPROXY"></a>dns proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> when acting as a WINS server and + Should generally be the same as the <b class="command">unix charset</b>. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">display charset = ASCII</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">display charset = UTF8</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DNSPROXY"></a>dns proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server and finding that a NetBIOS name has not been registered, should treat the NetBIOS name word-for-word as a DNS name and do a lookup with the DNS server for that name on behalf of the name-querying client.</p><p>Note that the maximum length for a NetBIOS name is 15 characters, so the DNS name (or DNS alias) can likewise only be - 15 characters, maximum.</p><p><b>nmbd</b> spawns a second copy of itself to do the + 15 characters, maximum.</p><p><b class="command">nmbd</b> spawns a second copy of itself to do the DNS name lookup requests, as doing a name lookup is a blocking - action.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i><tt> - wins support</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>dns proxy = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a>domain logons (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to <tt>yes</tt>, the Samba server will serve + action.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt> + wins support</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dns proxy = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINLOGONS"></a>domain logons (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, the Samba server will serve Windows 95/98 Domain logons for the <a href="#WORKGROUP"> - <i><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a> it is in. Samba 2.2 + <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a> it is in. Samba 2.2 has limited capability to act as a domain controller for Windows NT 4 Domains. For more details on setting up this feature see - the Samba-PDC-HOWTO included in the Samba documentation.</p><p>Default: <b>domain logons = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a>domain master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Tell <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> to enable WAN-wide browse list - collation. Setting this option causes <b>nmbd</b> to + the Samba-PDC-HOWTO included in the Samba documentation.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">domain logons = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOMAINMASTER"></a>domain master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Tell <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to enable WAN-wide browse list + collation. Setting this option causes <b class="command">nmbd</b> to claim a special domain specific NetBIOS name that identifies it as a domain master browser for its given <a href="#WORKGROUP"> - <i><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a>. Local master browsers - in the same <i><tt>workgroup</tt></i> on broadcast-isolated - subnets will give this <b>nmbd</b> their local browse lists, - and then ask <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> for a complete copy of the browse + <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a>. Local master browsers + in the same <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> on broadcast-isolated + subnets will give this <b class="command">nmbd</b> their local browse lists, + and then ask <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> for a complete copy of the browse list for the whole wide area network. Browser clients will then contact their local master browser, and will receive the domain-wide browse list, instead of just the list for their broadcast-isolated subnet.</p><p>Note that Windows NT Primary Domain Controllers expect to be - able to claim this <i><tt>workgroup</tt></i> specific special + able to claim this <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> specific special NetBIOS name that identifies them as domain master browsers for - that <i><tt>workgroup</tt></i> by default (i.e. there is no + that <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> by default (i.e. there is no way to prevent a Windows NT PDC from attempting to do this). This - means that if this parameter is set and <b>nmbd</b> claims - the special name for a <i><tt>workgroup</tt></i> before a Windows + means that if this parameter is set and <b class="command">nmbd</b> claims + the special name for a <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i> before a Windows NT PDC is able to do so then cross subnet browsing will behave - strangely and may fail.</p><p>If <a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><b>domain logons = yes</b> - </a>, then the default behavior is to enable the <i><tt>domain - master</tt></i> parameter. If <i><tt>domain logons</tt></i> is - not enabled (the default setting), then neither will <i><tt>domain - master</tt></i> be enabled by default.</p><p>Default: <b>domain master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a>dont descend (S)</span></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems - (e.g., the <tt>/proc</tt> tree under Linux) that are either not + strangely and may fail.</p><p>If <a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><b class="command">domain logons = yes</b> + </a>, then the default behavior is to enable the <i class="parameter"><tt>domain + master</tt></i> parameter. If <i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i> is + not enabled (the default setting), then neither will <i class="parameter"><tt>domain + master</tt></i> be enabled by default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">domain master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DONTDESCEND"></a>dont descend (S)</span></dt><dd><p>There are certain directories on some systems + (e.g., the <tt class="filename">/proc</tt> tree under Linux) that are either not of interest to clients or are infinitely deep (recursive). This parameter allows you to specify a comma-delimited list of directories that the server should always show as empty.</p><p>Note that Samba can be very fussy about the exact format - of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need <tt> - ./proc</tt> instead of just <tt>/proc</tt>. + of the "dont descend" entries. For example you may need <tt class="filename"> + ./proc</tt> instead of just <tt class="filename">/proc</tt>. Experimentation is the best policy :-) </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., all directories are OK - to descend)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>dont descend = /proc,/dev</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a>dos charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has + to descend)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">dont descend = /proc,/dev</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSCHARSET"></a>dos charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>DOS SMB clients assume the server has the same charset as they do. This option specifies which charset Samba should talk to DOS clients. </p><p>The default depends on which charsets you have installed. Samba tries to use charset 850 but falls back to ASCII in - case it is not available. Run <a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a> to check the default on your system.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a>dos filemode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide + case it is not available. Run <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> to check the default on your system.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILEMODE"></a>dos filemode (S)</span></dt><dd><p> The default behavior in Samba is to provide UNIX-like behavior where only the owner of a file/directory is able to change the permissions on it. However, this behavior is often confusing to DOS/Windows users. Enabling this parameter @@ -825,11 +837,11 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' belonging to the group owning the file will not be allowed to change permissions if the group is only granted read access. Ownership of the file/directory is not changed, only the permissions - are modified.</p><p>Default: <b>dos filemode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a>dos filetime resolution (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest + are modified.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filemode = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMERESOLUTION"></a>dos filetime resolution (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under the DOS and Windows FAT filesystem, the finest granularity on time resolution is two seconds. Setting this parameter for a share causes Samba to round the reported time down to the nearest two second boundary when a query call that requires one second - resolution is made to <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>.</p><p>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual + resolution is made to <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This option is mainly used as a compatibility option for Visual C++ when used against Samba shares. If oplocks are enabled on a share, Visual C++ uses two different time reading calls to check if a file has changed since it was last read. One of these calls uses a @@ -838,23 +850,23 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' timestamp of an odd number of seconds then the two timestamps will not match and Visual C++ will keep reporting the file has changed. Setting this option causes the two timestamps to match, and Visual C++ is - happy.</p><p>Default: <b>dos filetime resolution = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a>dos filetimes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a + happy.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filetime resolution = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="DOSFILETIMES"></a>dos filetimes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Under DOS and Windows, if a user can write to a file they can change the timestamp on it. Under POSIX semantics, only the owner of the file or root may change the timestamp. By default, Samba runs with POSIX semantics and refuses to change the - timestamp on a file if the user <b>smbd</b> is acting - on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <tt> - yes</tt> allows DOS semantics and <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will change the file - timestamp as DOS requires.</p><p>Default: <b>dos filetimes = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a>encrypt passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords + timestamp on a file if the user <b class="command">smbd</b> is acting + on behalf of is not the file owner. Setting this option to <tt class="constant"> + yes</tt> allows DOS semantics and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will change the file + timestamp as DOS requires.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">dos filetimes = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"></a>encrypt passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls whether encrypted passwords will be negotiated with the client. Note that Windows NT 4.0 SP3 and above and also Windows 98 will by default expect encrypted passwords unless a registry entry is changed. To use encrypted passwords in Samba see the chapter "User Database" in the Samba HOWTO Collection. </p><p>In order for encrypted passwords to work correctly - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> must either - have access to a local <a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a> file (see the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a> program for information on how to set up + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> must either + have access to a local <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file (see the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> program for information on how to set up and maintain this file), or set the <a href="#SECURITY">security = [server|domain|ads]</a> parameter which - causes <b>smbd</b> to authenticate against another - server.</p><p>Default: <b>encrypt passwords = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a>enhanced browsing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to + causes <b class="command">smbd</b> to authenticate against another + server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">encrypt passwords = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENHANCEDBROWSING"></a>enhanced browsing (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option enables a couple of enhancements to cross-subnet browse propagation that have been added in Samba but which are not standard in Microsoft implementations. </p><p>The first enhancement to browse propagation consists of a regular @@ -865,21 +877,21 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' workgroups not disappearing from browse lists. Due to the restrictions of the browse protocols these enhancements can cause a empty workgroup to stay around forever which can be annoying.</p><p>In general you should leave this option enabled as it makes - cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <b>enhanced browsing = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a>enumports command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign + cross-subnet browse propagation much more reliable.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">enhanced browsing = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ENUMPORTSCOMMAND"></a>enumports command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The concept of a "port" is fairly foreign to UNIX hosts. Under Windows NT/2000 print servers, a port is associated with a port monitor and generally takes the form of a local port (i.e. LPT1:, COM1:, FILE:) or a remote port (i.e. LPD Port Monitor, etc...). By default, Samba has only one - port defined--<tt>"Samba Printer Port"</tt>. Under + port defined--<tt class="constant">"Samba Printer Port"</tt>. Under Windows NT/2000, all printers must have a valid port name. - If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (<b>smbd + If you wish to have a list of ports displayed (<b class="command">smbd </b> does not use a port name for anything) other than - the default <tt>"Samba Printer Port"</tt>, you - can define <i><tt>enumports command</tt></i> to point to + the default <tt class="constant">"Samba Printer Port"</tt>, you + can define <i class="parameter"><tt>enumports command</tt></i> to point to a program which should generate a list of ports, one per line, to standard output. This listing will then be used in response - to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no enumports command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>enumports command = /usr/bin/listports</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EXEC"></a>exec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#PREEXEC"> - <i><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a>fake directory create times (S)</span></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create + to the level 1 and 2 EnumPorts() RPC.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no enumports command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">enumports command = /usr/bin/listports</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="EXEC"></a>exec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a synonym for <a href="#PREEXEC"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEDIRECTORYCREATETIMES"></a>fake directory create times (S)</span></dt><dd><p>NTFS and Windows VFAT file systems keep a create time for all files and directories. This is not the same as the ctime - status change time - that Unix keeps, so Samba by default reports the earliest of the various times Unix does keep. Setting @@ -899,40 +911,40 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' directory's timestamp if newer, then all object files will be rebuilt. Enabling this option ensures directories always predate their contents and an NMAKE build - will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <b>fake directory create times = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a>fake oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission + will proceed as expected.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fake directory create times = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FAKEOPLOCKS"></a>fake oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Oplocks are the way that SMB clients get permission from a server to locally cache file operations. If a server grants an oplock (opportunistic lock) then the client is free to assume that it is the only one accessing the file and it will aggressively cache file data. With some oplock types the client may even cache file open/close operations. This can give enormous performance benefits. - </p><p>When you set <b>fake oplocks = yes</b>, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will + </p><p>When you set <b class="command">fake oplocks = yes</b>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will always grant oplock requests no matter how many clients are using the file.</p><p>It is generally much better to use the real <a href="#OPLOCKS"> - <i><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a> support rather + <i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a> support rather than this parameter.</p><p>If you enable this option on all read-only shares or shares that you know will only be accessed from one client at a time such as physically read-only media like CDROMs, you will see a big performance improvement on many operations. If you enable this option on shares where multiple clients may be accessing the files read-write at the same time you can get data corruption. Use - this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <b>fake oplocks = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a>follow symlinks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the Samba administrator - to stop <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> from following symbolic + this option carefully!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fake oplocks = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FOLLOWSYMLINKS"></a>follow symlinks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the Samba administrator + to stop <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> from following symbolic links in a particular share. Setting this - parameter to <tt>no</tt> prevents any file or directory + parameter to <tt class="constant">no</tt> prevents any file or directory that is a symbolic link from being followed (the user will get an error). This option is very useful to stop users from adding a - symbolic link to <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> in their home + symbolic link to <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> in their home directory for instance. However it will slow filename lookups - down slightly.</p><p>This option is enabled (i.e. <b>smbd</b> will - follow symbolic links) by default.</p><p>Default: <b>follow symlinks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a>force create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit + down slightly.</p><p>This option is enabled (i.e. <b class="command">smbd</b> will + follow symbolic links) by default.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">follow symlinks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCECREATEMODE"></a>force create mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a file created by Samba. This is done by bitwise 'OR'ing these bits onto the mode bits of a file that is being created or having its permissions changed. The default for this parameter is (in octal) 000. The modes in this parameter are bitwise 'OR'ed onto the file - mode after the mask set in the <i><tt>create mask</tt></i> - parameter is applied.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i><tt>create - mask</tt></i></a> for details on masking mode bits on files.</p><p>See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i><tt>inherit - permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>force create mode = 000</b></p><p>Example: <b>force create mode = 0755</b></p><p>would force all created files to have read and execute + mode after the mask set in the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i> + parameter is applied.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>create + mask</tt></i></a> for details on masking mode bits on files.</p><p>See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>inherit + permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force create mode = 000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force create mode = 0755</b></p><p>would force all created files to have read and execute permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"></a>force directory mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a set of UNIX mode bit permissions that will <span class="emphasis"><em>always</em></span> be set on a directory @@ -940,11 +952,11 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' mode bits of a directory that is being created. The default for this parameter is (in octal) 0000 which will not add any extra permission bits to a created directory. This operation is done after the mode - mask in the parameter <i><tt>directory mask</tt></i> is - applied.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i><tt> + mask in the parameter <i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask</tt></i> is + applied.</p><p>See also the parameter <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> directory mask</tt></i></a> for details on masking mode bits - on created directories.</p><p>See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i><tt> - inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>force directory mode = 000</b></p><p>Example: <b>force directory mode = 0755</b></p><p>would force all created directories to have read and execute + on created directories.</p><p>See also the <a href="#INHERITPERMISSIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt> + inherit permissions</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force directory mode = 000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force directory mode = 0755</b></p><p>would force all created directories to have read and execute permissions set for 'group' and 'other' as well as the read/write/execute bits set for the 'user'.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"></a>force directory security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX @@ -958,11 +970,11 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave - it set as 0000.</p><p>See also the <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i><tt> + it set as 0000.</p><p>See also the <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> directory security mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK"> - <i><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i><tt>force security mode - </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>force directory security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>force directory security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a>force group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be + <i class="parameter"><tt>security mask</tt></i></a>, + <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode + </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force directory security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force directory security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEGROUP"></a>force group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX group name that will be assigned as the default primary group for all users connecting to this service. This is useful for sharing files by ensuring that all access to files on service will use the named group for @@ -976,13 +988,13 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' an administrator to decide that only users who are already in a particular group will create files with group ownership set to that group. This gives a finer granularity of ownership assignment. For - example, the setting <tt>force group = +sys</tt> means + example, the setting <tt class="filename">force group = +sys</tt> means that only users who are already in group sys will have their default primary group assigned to sys when accessing this Samba share. All - other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</p><p>If the <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i><tt>force user</tt></i> + other users will retain their ordinary primary group.</p><p>If the <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i> </a> parameter is also set the group specified in - <i><tt>force group</tt></i> will override the primary group - set in <i><tt>force user</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i><tt>force user</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced group</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>force group = agroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a>force security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission + <i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i> will override the primary group + set in <i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEUSER"><i class="parameter"><tt>force user</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced group</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force group = agroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCESECURITYMODE"></a>force security mode (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security dialog box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (OR'ed with) to the @@ -995,11 +1007,11 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' the Samba server through other means can easily bypass this restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will probably want to leave - this set to 0000.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i><tt> + this set to 0000.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt> force directory security mode</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i><tt>directory security - mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i><tt> - security mask</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>force security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>force security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUSER"></a>force user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be + <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory security + mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#SECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> + security mask</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">force security mode = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force security mode = 700</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FORCEUSER"></a>force user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a UNIX user name that will be assigned as the default user for all users connecting to this service. This is useful for sharing files. You should also use it carefully as using it incorrectly can cause security problems.</p><p>This user name only gets used once a connection is established. @@ -1009,19 +1021,19 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' as. This can be very useful.</p><p>In Samba 2.0.5 and above this parameter also causes the primary group of the forced user to be used as the primary group for all file activity. Prior to 2.0.5 the primary group was left - as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced user</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>force user = auser</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FSTYPE"></a>fstype (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the administrator to + as the primary group of the connecting user (this was a bug).</p><p>See also <a href="#FORCEGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no forced user</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">force user = auser</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="FSTYPE"></a>fstype (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows the administrator to configure the string that specifies the type of filesystem a share - is using that is reported by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when a client queries the filesystem type - for a share. The default type is <tt>NTFS</tt> for + is using that is reported by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when a client queries the filesystem type + for a share. The default type is <tt class="constant">NTFS</tt> for compatibility with Windows NT but this can be changed to other - strings such as <tt>Samba</tt> or <tt>FAT - </tt> if required.</p><p>Default: <b>fstype = NTFS</b></p><p>Example: <b>fstype = Samba</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a>getwd cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a + strings such as <tt class="constant">Samba</tt> or <tt class="constant">FAT + </tt> if required.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">fstype = NTFS</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">fstype = Samba</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GETWDCACHE"></a>getwd cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning option. When this is enabled a caching algorithm will be used to reduce the time taken for getwd() calls. This can have a significant impact on performance, especially - when the <a href="#WIDELINKS"><i><tt>wide links</tt></i> - </a> parameter is set to <tt>no</tt>.</p><p>Default: <b>getwd cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GROUP"></a>group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#FORCEGROUP"> - <i><tt>force group</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a>guest account (G,S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access - to services which are specified as <a href="#GUESTOK"><i><tt> + when the <a href="#WIDELINKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>wide links</tt></i> + </a> parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">getwd cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GROUP"></a>group (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#FORCEGROUP"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force group</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTACCOUNT"></a>guest account (G,S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a username which will be used for access + to services which are specified as <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt> guest ok</tt></i></a> (see below). Whatever privileges this user has will be available to any client connecting to the guest service. Typically this user will exist in the password file, but will not @@ -1031,24 +1043,24 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' </p><p>One some systems the default guest account "nobody" may not be able to print. Use another account in this case. You should test this by trying to log in as your guest user (perhaps by using the - <b>su -</b> command) and trying to print using the - system print command such as <b>lpr(1)</b> or <b> + <b class="command">su -</b> command) and trying to print using the + system print command such as <b class="command">lpr(1)</b> or <b class="command"> lp(1)</b>.</p><p>This parameter does not accept % macros, because many parts of the system require this value to be - constant for correct operation.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>specified at compile time, usually "nobody"</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>guest account = ftp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTOK"></a>guest ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt>yes</tt> for + constant for correct operation.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>specified at compile time, usually "nobody"</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">guest account = ftp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTOK"></a>guest ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for a service, then no password is required to connect to the service. - Privileges will be those of the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i><tt> + Privileges will be those of the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt> guest account</tt></i></a>.</p><p>This paramater nullifies the benifits of setting - <a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i><tt>restrict - anonymous</tt></i></a> = 2</p><p>See the section below on <a href="#SECURITY"><i><tt> + <a href="#RESTRICTANONYMOUS"><i class="parameter"><tt>restrict + anonymous</tt></i></a> = 2</p><p>See the section below on <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt> security</tt></i></a> for more information about this option. - </p><p>Default: <b>guest ok = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTONLY"></a>guest only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt>yes</tt> for + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">guest ok = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="GUESTONLY"></a>guest only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for a service, then only guest connections to the service are permitted. This parameter will have no effect if <a href="#GUESTOK"> - <i><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a href="#SECURITY"><i><tt> + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a> is not set for the service.</p><p>See the section below on <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt> security</tt></i></a> for more information about this option. - </p><p>Default: <b>guest only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a>hide dot files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether - files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <b>hide dot files = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEFILES"></a>hide files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">guest only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEDOTFILES"></a>hide dot files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether + files starting with a dot appear as hidden files.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide dot files = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEFILES"></a>hide files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files or directories that are not visible but are accessible. The DOS 'hidden' attribute is applied to any files or directories that match.</p><p>Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' @@ -1057,111 +1069,116 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' not include the Unix directory separator '/'.</p><p>Note that the case sensitivity option is applicable in hiding files.</p><p>Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as it will be forced to check all files and directories for a match - as they are scanned.</p><p>See also <a href="#HIDEDOTFILES"><i><tt>hide - dot files</tt></i></a>, <a href="#VETOFILES"><i><tt> + as they are scanned.</p><p>See also <a href="#HIDEDOTFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide + dot files</tt></i></a>, <a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt> veto files</tt></i></a> and <a href="#CASESENSITIVE"> - <i><tt>case sensitive</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no file are hidden</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>hide files = + <i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no file are hidden</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hide files = /.*/DesktopFolderDB/TrashFor%m/resource.frk/</b></p><p>The above example is based on files that the Macintosh SMB client (DAVE) available from <a href="http://www.thursby.com" target="_top"> Thursby</a> creates for internal use, and also still hides all files beginning with a dot.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDELOCALUSERS"></a>hide local users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter toggles the hiding of local UNIX - users (root, wheel, floppy, etc) from remote clients.</p><p>Default: <b>hide local users = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a>hide special files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing + users (root, wheel, floppy, etc) from remote clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide local users = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDESPECIALFILES"></a>hide special files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing special files such as sockets, devices and fifo's in directory listings. - </p><p>Default: <b>hide special files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a>hide unreadable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the - existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <b>hide unreadable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a>hide unwriteable files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide special files = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNREADABLE"></a>hide unreadable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the + existance of files that cannot be read. Defaults to off.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide unreadable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HIDEUNWRITEABLEFILES"></a>hide unwriteable files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter prevents clients from seeing the existance of files that cannot be written to. Defaults to off. Note that unwriteable directories are shown as usual. - </p><p>Default: <b>hide unwriteable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a>homedir map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If<a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i><tt>nis homedir - </tt></i></a> is <tt>yes</tt>, and <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> is also acting - as a Win95/98 <i><tt>logon server</tt></i> then this parameter + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hide unwriteable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOMEDIRMAP"></a>homedir map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If<a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir + </tt></i></a> is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> is also acting + as a Win95/98 <i class="parameter"><tt>logon server</tt></i> then this parameter specifies the NIS (or YP) map from which the server for the user's home directory should be extracted. At present, only the Sun - auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is:</p><p><b>username server:/some/file/system</b></p><p>and the program will extract the servername from before + auto.home map format is understood. The form of the map is:</p><p><b class="command">username server:/some/file/system</b></p><p>and the program will extract the servername from before the first ':'. There should probably be a better parsing system that copes with different map formats and also Amd (another automounter) maps.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>A working NIS client is required on - the system for this option to work.</p></div><p>See also <a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i><tt>nis homedir</tt></i> - </a>, <a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i><tt>domain logons</tt></i> - </a>.</p><p>Default: <b>homedir map = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>homedir map = amd.homedir</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a>host msdfs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available - if Samba has been configured and compiled with the <b> - --with-msdfs</b> option. If set to <tt>yes</tt>, + the system for this option to work.</p></div><p>See also <a href="#NISHOMEDIR"><i class="parameter"><tt>nis homedir</tt></i> + </a>, <a href="#DOMAINLOGONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>domain logons</tt></i> + </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">homedir map = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">homedir map = amd.homedir</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTMSDFS"></a>host msdfs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available + if Samba has been configured and compiled with the <b class="command"> + --with-msdfs</b> option. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, Samba will act as a Dfs server, and allow Dfs-aware clients - to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i><tt> + to browse Dfs trees hosted on the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt> msdfs root</tt></i></a> share level parameter. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to <a href="msdfs_setup.html" target="_top">msdfs_setup.html</a>. - </p><p>Default: <b>host msdfs = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a>hostname lookups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">host msdfs = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTNAMELOOKUPS"></a>hostname lookups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether samba should use (expensive) hostname lookups or use the ip addresses instead. An example place where hostname lookups are currently used is when checking - the <b>hosts deny</b> and <b>hosts allow</b>. - </p><p>Default: <b>hostname lookups = yes</b></p><p>Example: <b>hostname lookups = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a>hosts allow (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <i><tt>allow + the <b class="command">hosts deny</b> and <b class="command">hosts allow</b>. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">hostname lookups = yes</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hostname lookups = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSALLOW"></a>hosts allow (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for this parameter is <i class="parameter"><tt>allow hosts</tt></i>.</p><p>This parameter is a comma, space, or tab delimited set of hosts which are permitted to access a service.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section then it will apply to all services, regardless of whether the individual service has a different setting.</p><p>You can specify the hosts by name or IP number. For example, you could restrict access to only the hosts on a - Class C subnet with something like <b>allow hosts = 150.203.5. + Class C subnet with something like <b class="command">allow hosts = 150.203.5. </b>. The full syntax of the list is described in the man - page <tt>hosts_access(5)</tt>. Note that this man + page <tt class="filename">hosts_access(5)</tt>. Note that this man page may not be present on your system, so a brief description will be given here also.</p><p>Note that the localhost address 127.0.0.1 will always be allowed access unless specifically denied by a <a href="#HOSTSDENY"> - <i><tt>hosts deny</tt></i></a> option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i></a> option.</p><p>You can also specify hosts by network/netmask pairs and by netgroup names if your system supports netgroups. The <span class="emphasis"><em>EXCEPT</em></span> keyword can also be used to limit a - wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</p><p>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</p><p><b>hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</b></p><p>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</p><p><b>hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</b></p><p>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</p><p><b>hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</b></p><p>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but - deny access from one particular host</p><p><b>hosts allow = @foonet</b></p><p><b>hosts deny = pirate</b></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a> for a way of testing your host access - to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a>hosts deny (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <i><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> + wildcard list. The following examples may provide some help:</p><p>Example 1: allow all IPs in 150.203.*.*; except one</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = 150.203. EXCEPT 150.203.6.66</b></p><p>Example 2: allow hosts that match the given network/netmask</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = 150.203.15.0/255.255.255.0</b></p><p>Example 3: allow a couple of hosts</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = lapland, arvidsjaur</b></p><p>Example 4: allow only hosts in NIS netgroup "foonet", but + deny access from one particular host</p><p><b class="command">hosts allow = @foonet</b></p><p><b class="command">hosts deny = pirate</b></p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Note that access still requires suitable user-level passwords.</p></div><p>See <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> for a way of testing your host access + to see if it does what you expect.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., all hosts permitted access)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">allow hosts = 150.203.5. myhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSDENY"></a>hosts deny (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The opposite of <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i> - hosts listed here are <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> permitted access to services unless the specific services have their own lists to override - this one. Where the lists conflict, the <i><tt>allow</tt></i> - list takes precedence.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>hosts deny = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSEQUIV"></a>hosts equiv (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this global parameter is a non-null string, + this one. Where the lists conflict, the <i class="parameter"><tt>allow</tt></i> + list takes precedence.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (i.e., no hosts specifically excluded)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hosts deny = 150.203.4. badhost.mynet.edu.au</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="HOSTSEQUIV"></a>hosts equiv (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this global parameter is a non-null string, it specifies the name of a file to read for the names of hosts and users who will be allowed access without specifying a password. </p><p>This is not be confused with <a href="#HOSTSALLOW"> - <i><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a> which is about hosts - access to services and is more useful for guest services. <i><tt> + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts allow</tt></i></a> which is about hosts + access to services and is more useful for guest services. <i class="parameter"><tt> hosts equiv</tt></i> may be useful for NT clients which will - not supply passwords to Samba.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The use of <i><tt>hosts equiv + not supply passwords to Samba.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>The use of <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts equiv </tt></i> can be a major security hole. This is because you are trusting the PC to supply the correct username. It is very easy to get a PC to supply a false username. I recommend that the - <i><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i> option be only used if you really + <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts equiv</tt></i> option be only used if you really know what you are doing, or perhaps on a home network where you trust your spouse and kids. And only if you <span class="emphasis"><em>really</em></span> trust - them :-).</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no host equivalences</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INCLUDE"></a>include (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to include one config file + them :-).</p></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no host equivalences</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">hosts equiv = /etc/hosts.equiv</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPGID"></a>idmap gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The idmap gid parameter specifies the range of group ids that are allocated for + the purpose of mapping UNX groups to NT group SIDs. This range of group ids should have no + existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>The availability of an idmap gid range is essential for correct operation of + all group mapping.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap gid = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="IDMAPUID"></a>idmap uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The idmap uid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are allocated for use + in mapping UNIX users to NT user SIDs. This range of ids should have no existing local + or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">idmap uid = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">idmap uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INCLUDE"></a>include (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This allows you to include one config file inside another. The file is included literally, as though typed - in place.</p><p>It takes the standard substitutions, except <i><tt>%u - </tt></i>, <i><tt>%P</tt></i> and <i><tt>%S</tt></i>. - </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no file included</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>include = /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITACLS"></a>inherit acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls + in place.</p><p>It takes the standard substitutions, except <i class="parameter"><tt>%u + </tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>%P</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>%S</tt></i>. + </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no file included</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">include = /usr/local/samba/lib/admin_smb.conf</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITACLS"></a>inherit acls (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter can be used to ensure that if default acls exist on parent directories, they are always honored when creating a subdirectory. The default behavior is to use the mode specified when creating the directory. Enabling this option sets the mode to 0777, thus guaranteeing that default directory acls are propagated. - </p><p>Default: <b>inherit acls = no</b> + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">inherit acls = no</b> </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INHERITPERMISSIONS"></a>inherit permissions (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The permissions on new files and directories - are normally governed by <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i><tt> + are normally governed by <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> create mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"> - <i><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"> - <i><tt>force create mode</tt></i> - </a> and <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i><tt>force + <i class="parameter"><tt>directory mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i> + </a> and <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"><i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i></a> but the boolean inherit permissions parameter overrides this.</p><p>New directories inherit the mode of the parent directory, including bits such as setgid.</p><p>New files inherit their read/write bits from the parent directory. Their execute bits continue to be determined by - <a href="#MAPARCHIVE"><i><tt>map archive</tt></i> - </a>, <a href="#MAPHIDDEN"><i><tt>map hidden</tt></i> - </a> and <a href="#MAPSYSTEM"><i><tt>map system</tt></i> + <a href="#MAPARCHIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt>map archive</tt></i> + </a>, <a href="#MAPHIDDEN"><i class="parameter"><tt>map hidden</tt></i> + </a> and <a href="#MAPSYSTEM"><i class="parameter"><tt>map system</tt></i> </a> as usual.</p><p>Note that the setuid bit is <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> set via inheritance (the code explicitly prohibits this).</p><p>This can be particularly useful on large systems with many users, perhaps several thousand, to allow a single [homes] - share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>See also <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i><tt>create mask - </tt></i></a>, <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i><tt> + share to be used flexibly by each user.</p><p>See also <a href="#CREATEMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>create mask + </tt></i></a>, <a href="#DIRECTORYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt> directory mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCECREATEMODE"> - <i><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a> and <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"> - <i><tt>force directory mode</tt></i> - </a>.</p><p>Default: <b>inherit permissions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INTERFACES"></a>interfaces (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default + <i class="parameter"><tt>force create mode</tt></i></a> and <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYMODE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory mode</tt></i> + </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">inherit permissions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INTERFACES"></a>interfaces (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the default network interfaces list that Samba will use for browsing, name registration and other NBT traffic. By default Samba will query the kernel for the list of all active interfaces and use any @@ -1174,9 +1191,9 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' as 24 for a C class network) or a full netmask in dotted decimal form.</p><p>The "IP" parameters above can either be a full dotted decimal IP address or a hostname which will be looked up via - the OS's normal hostname resolution mechanisms.</p><p>For example, the following line:</p><p><b>interfaces = eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</b></p><p>would configure three network interfaces corresponding + the OS's normal hostname resolution mechanisms.</p><p>For example, the following line:</p><p><b class="command">interfaces = eth0 192.168.2.10/24 192.168.3.10/255.255.255.0</b></p><p>would configure three network interfaces corresponding to the eth0 device and IP addresses 192.168.2.10 and 192.168.3.10. - The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.</p><p>See also <a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i><tt>bind + The netmasks of the latter two interfaces would be set to 255.255.255.0.</p><p>See also <a href="#BINDINTERFACESONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>bind interfaces only</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>all active interfaces except 127.0.0.1 that are broadcast capable</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="INVALIDUSERS"></a>invalid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should not be allowed to login to this service. This is really a <span class="emphasis"><em>paranoid</em></span> @@ -1188,85 +1205,95 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' '&' is interpreted only by looking in the NIS netgroup database (this requires NIS to be working on your system). The characters '+' and '&' may be used at the start of the name in either order - so the value <i><tt>+&group</tt></i> means check the + so the value <i class="parameter"><tt>+&group</tt></i> means check the UNIX group database, followed by the NIS netgroup database, and - the value <i><tt>&+group</tt></i> means check the NIS + the value <i class="parameter"><tt>&+group</tt></i> means check the NIS netgroup database, followed by the UNIX group database (the - same as the '@' prefix).</p><p>The current servicename is substituted for <i><tt>%S</tt></i>. - This is useful in the [homes] section.</p><p>See also <a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i><tt>valid users - </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no invalid users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>invalid users = root fred admin @wheel</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a>keepalive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents - the number of seconds between <i><tt>keepalive</tt></i> + same as the '@' prefix).</p><p>The current servicename is substituted for <i class="parameter"><tt>%S</tt></i>. + This is useful in the [homes] section.</p><p>See also <a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>valid users + </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no invalid users</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">invalid users = root fred admin @wheel</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KEEPALIVE"></a>keepalive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (an integer) represents + the number of seconds between <i class="parameter"><tt>keepalive</tt></i> packets. If this parameter is zero, no keepalive packets will be sent. Keepalive packets, if sent, allow the server to tell whether a client is still present and responding.</p><p>Keepalives should, in general, not be needed if the socket being used has the SO_KEEPALIVE attribute set on it (see <a href="#SOCKETOPTIONS"> - <i><tt>socket options</tt></i></a>). - Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <b>keepalive = 300</b></p><p>Example: <b>keepalive = 600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a>kernel oplocks (G)</span></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a href="#OPLOCKS"> - <i><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i></a>). + Basically you should only use this option if you strike difficulties.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">keepalive = 300</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">keepalive = 600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="KERNELOPLOCKS"></a>kernel oplocks (G)</span></dt><dd><p>For UNIXes that support kernel based <a href="#OPLOCKS"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a> (currently only IRIX and the Linux 2.4 kernel), this parameter - allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <i><tt>oplocks + allows the use of them to be turned on or off.</p><p>Kernel oplocks support allows Samba <i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks </tt></i> to be broken whenever a local UNIX process or NFS operation - accesses a file that <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> has oplocked. This allows complete + accesses a file that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has oplocked. This allows complete data consistency between SMB/CIFS, NFS and local file access (and is - a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> cool feature :-).</p><p>This parameter defaults to <tt>on</tt>, but is translated + a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> cool feature :-).</p><p>This parameter defaults to <tt class="constant">on</tt>, but is translated to a no-op on systems that no not have the necessary kernel support. - You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>See also the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i><tt>oplocks</tt></i> - </a> and <a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i><tt>level2 oplocks - </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>kernel oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a>lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will attempt to authenticate users + You should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>See also the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i> + </a> and <a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>level2 oplocks + </tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">kernel oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LANMANAUTH"></a>lanman auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to authenticate users using the LANMAN password hash. If disabled, only clients which support NT password hashes (e.g. Windows NT/2000 clients, smbclient, etc... but not - Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</p><p>Default : <b>lanman auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a>large readwrite (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> supports the new 64k + Windows 95/98 or the MS DOS network client) will be able to connect to the Samba host.</p><p>The LANMAN encrypted response is easily broken, due to it's + case-insensitive nature, and the choice of algorithm. Servers + without Windows 95/98 or MS DOS clients are advised to disable + this option. </p><p>Unlike the <b class="command">encypt + passwords</b> option, this parameter cannot alter client + behaviour, and the LANMAN response will still be sent over the + network. See the <b class="command">client lanman + auth</b> to disable this for Samba's clients (such as smbclient)</p><p>If this option, and <b class="command">ntlm + auth</b> are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be + permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require + special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">lanman auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LARGEREADWRITE"></a>large readwrite (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> supports the new 64k streaming read and write varient SMB requests introduced with Windows 2000. Note that due to Windows 2000 client redirector bugs this requires Samba to be running on a 64-bit capable operating system such as IRIX, Solaris or a Linux 2.4 kernel. Can improve performance by 10% with Windows 2000 clients. Defaults to on. Not as - tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <b>large readwrite = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a>ldap admin dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> The <i><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i> + tested as some other Samba code paths.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">large readwrite = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPADMINDN"></a>ldap admin dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i> defines the Distinguished Name (DN) name used by Samba to contact the ldap server when retreiving user account - information. The <i><tt>ldap admin + information. The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i> is used in conjunction with the admin dn password - stored in the <tt>private/secrets.tdb</tt> file. - See the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a> man page for more + stored in the <tt class="filename">private/secrets.tdb</tt> file. + See the <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a> man page for more information on how to accmplish this.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPDELETEDN"></a>ldap delete dn (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter specifies whether a delete operation in the ldapsam deletes the complete entry or only the attributes specific to Samba. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>ldap delete dn = no</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPFILTER"></a>ldap filter (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the RFC 2254 compliant LDAP search filter. - The default is to match the login name with the <tt>uid</tt> - attribute for all entries matching the <tt>sambaAccount</tt> + The default is to match the login name with the <tt class="constant">uid</tt> + attribute for all entries matching the <tt class="constant">sambaAccount</tt> objectclass. Note that this filter should only return one entry. - </p><p>Default: <b>ldap filter = (&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a>ldap machine suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a>ldap passwd sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap filter = (&(uid=%u)(objectclass=sambaAccount))</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPMACHINESUFFIX"></a>ldap machine suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>It specifies where machines should be added to the ldap tree.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPASSWDSYNC"></a>ldap passwd sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should sync the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes for normal accounts (NOT for workstation, server or domain trusts) on a password change via SAMBA. - </p><p>The <i><tt>ldap passwd - sync</tt></i> can be set to one of three values: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>Yes</tt></i> = Try - to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>No</tt></i> = Update NT and - LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>Only</tt></i> = Only update - the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <b>ldap passwd sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPORT"></a>ldap port (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been - configure to include the <b>--with-ldapsam</b> option + </p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap passwd + sync</tt></i> can be set to one of three values: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Yes</tt></i> = Try + to update the LDAP, NT and LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>No</tt></i> = Update NT and + LM passwords and update the pwdLastSet time.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Only</tt></i> = Only update + the LDAP password and let the LDAP server do the rest.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap passwd sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPPORT"></a>ldap port (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been + configure to include the <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b> option at compile time.</p><p>This option is used to control the tcp port number used to contact - the <a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a>. - The default is to use the stand LDAPS port 636.</p><p>See Also: <a href="#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a></p><p>Default : <b>ldap port = 636 ; if ldap ssl = on</b></p><p>Default : <b>ldap port = 389 ; if ldap ssl = off</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSERVER"></a>ldap server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been - configure to include the <b>--with-ldapsam</b> + the <a href="#LDAPSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i></a>. + The default is to use the stand LDAPS port 636.</p><p>See Also: <a href="#LDAPSSL">ldap ssl</a></p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap port = 636 ; if ldap ssl = on</b></p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap port = 389 ; if ldap ssl = off</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSERVER"></a>ldap server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been + configure to include the <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b> option at compile time.</p><p>This parameter should contain the FQDN of the ldap directory server which should be queried to locate user account information. - </p><p>Default : <b>ldap server = localhost</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSSL"></a>ldap ssl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should + </p><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap server = localhost</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSSL"></a>ldap ssl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to define whether or not Samba should use SSL when connecting to the ldap server This is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> related to Samba's previous SSL support which was enabled by specifying the - <b>--with-ssl</b> option to the <tt>configure</tt> - script.</p><p>The <i><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i> can be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>Off</tt></i> = Never - use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>Start_tls</tt></i> = Use + <b class="command">--with-ssl</b> option to the <tt class="filename">configure</tt> + script.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i> can be set to one of three values:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Off</tt></i> = Never + use SSL when querying the directory.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>Start_tls</tt></i> = Use the LDAPv3 StartTLS extended operation (RFC2830) for - communicating with the directory server.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>On</tt></i> = Use SSL - on the ldaps port when contacting the <i><tt>ldap server</tt></i>. Only available when the - backwards-compatiblity <b>--with-ldapsam</b> option is specified - to configure. See <a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>Default : <b>ldap ssl = start_tls</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies where user and machine accounts are added to the - tree. Can be overriden by <b>ldap user - suffix</b> and <b>ldap machine + communicating with the directory server.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>On</tt></i> = Use SSL + on the ldaps port when contacting the <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap server</tt></i>. Only available when the + backwards-compatiblity <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b> option is specified + to configure. See <a href="#PASSDBBACKEND"><i class="parameter"><tt>passdb backend</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div><p>Default : <b class="command">ldap ssl = start_tls</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPSUFFIX"></a>ldap suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies where user and machine accounts are added to the + tree. Can be overriden by <b class="command">ldap user + suffix</b> and <b class="command">ldap machine suffix</b>. It also used as the base dn for all ldap searches. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPTRUSTIDS"></a>ldap trust ids (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Normally, Samba validates each entry in the LDAP server against getpwnam(). This allows LDAP to be used for Samba with @@ -1276,8 +1303,8 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' instead to rely on the presence of the appropriate attributes in LDAP directly, which can result in a significant performance boost in some situations. Setting this option to yes effectivly - assumes that the local machine is running <b>nss_ldap</b> against the same LDAP - server.</p><p>Default: <b>ldap trust ids = No</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a>ldap user suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>It specifies where users are added to the tree.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a>level2 oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports + assumes that the local machine is running <b class="command">nss_ldap</b> against the same LDAP + server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">ldap trust ids = No</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LDAPUSERSUFFIX"></a>ldap user suffix (G)</span></dt><dd><p>It specifies where users are added to the tree.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LEVEL2OPLOCKS"></a>level2 oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether Samba supports level2 (read-only) oplocks on a share.</p><p>Level2, or read-only oplocks allow Windows NT clients that have an oplock on a file to downgrade from a read-write oplock to a read-only oplock once a second client opens the file (instead @@ -1290,58 +1317,58 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' writes to the file all clients are notified (no reply is needed or waited for) and told to break their oplocks to "none" and delete any read-ahead caches.</p><p>It is recommended that this parameter be turned on to - speed access to shared executables.</p><p>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</p><p>Currently, if <a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i><tt>kernel + speed access to shared executables.</p><p>For more discussions on level2 oplocks see the CIFS spec.</p><p>Currently, if <a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i></a> are supported then level2 oplocks are - not granted (even if this parameter is set to <tt>yes</tt>). - Note also, the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i><tt>oplocks</tt></i> - </a> parameter must be set to <tt>yes</tt> on this share in order for - this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>See also the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i><tt>oplocks</tt></i> - </a> and <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i> - </a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>level2 oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a>lm announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> will produce Lanman announce + not granted (even if this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>). + Note also, the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i> + </a> parameter must be set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> on this share in order for + this parameter to have any effect.</p><p>See also the <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i> + </a> and <a href="#OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i> + </a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">level2 oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMANNOUNCE"></a>lm announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will produce Lanman announce broadcasts that are needed by OS/2 clients in order for them to see the Samba server in their browse list. This parameter can have three - values, <tt>yes</tt>, <tt>no</tt>, or - <tt>auto</tt>. The default is <tt>auto</tt>. - If set to <tt>no</tt> Samba will never produce these - broadcasts. If set to <tt>yes</tt> Samba will produce + values, <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, <tt class="constant">no</tt>, or + <tt class="constant">auto</tt>. The default is <tt class="constant">auto</tt>. + If set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> Samba will never produce these + broadcasts. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> Samba will produce Lanman announce broadcasts at a frequency set by the parameter - <i><tt>lm interval</tt></i>. If set to <tt>auto</tt> + <i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i>. If set to <tt class="constant">auto</tt> Samba will not send Lanman announce broadcasts by default but will listen for them. If it hears such a broadcast on the wire it will then start sending them at a frequency set by the parameter - <i><tt>lm interval</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>lm announce = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b>lm announce = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a>lm interval (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce + <i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i>.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMINTERVAL"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm interval</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lm announce = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lm announce = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LMINTERVAL"></a>lm interval (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If Samba is set to produce Lanman announce broadcasts needed by OS/2 clients (see the <a href="#LMANNOUNCE"> - <i><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a> parameter) then this + <i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a> parameter) then this parameter defines the frequency in seconds with which they will be made. If this is set to zero then no Lanman announcements will be - made despite the setting of the <i><tt>lm announce</tt></i> - parameter.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>lm interval = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b>lm interval = 120</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a>load printers (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all + made despite the setting of the <i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i> + parameter.</p><p>See also <a href="#LMANNOUNCE"><i class="parameter"><tt>lm announce</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lm interval = 60</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lm interval = 120</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOADPRINTERS"></a>load printers (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A boolean variable that controls whether all printers in the printcap will be loaded for browsing by default. See the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">printers</a> section for - more details.</p><p>Default: <b>load printers = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a>local master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> to try and become a local master browser - on a subnet. If set to <tt>no</tt> then <b> + more details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">load printers = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCALMASTER"></a>local master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to try and become a local master browser + on a subnet. If set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> then <b class="command"> nmbd</b> will not attempt to become a local master browser on a subnet and will also lose in all browsing elections. By - default this value is set to <tt>yes</tt>. Setting this value to - <tt>yes</tt> doesn't mean that Samba will <span class="emphasis"><em>become</em></span> the - local master browser on a subnet, just that <b>nmbd</b> - will <span class="emphasis"><em>participate</em></span> in elections for local master browser.</p><p>Setting this value to <tt>no</tt> will cause <b>nmbd</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> to become a local - master browser.</p><p>Default: <b>local master = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a>lock directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock - files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the - <a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i><tt>max connections</tt></i> - </a> option.</p><p>Default: <b>lock directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b>lock directory = /var/run/samba/locks</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i><tt> + default this value is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. Setting this value to + <tt class="constant">yes</tt> doesn't mean that Samba will <span class="emphasis"><em>become</em></span> the + local master browser on a subnet, just that <b class="command">nmbd</b> + will <span class="emphasis"><em>participate</em></span> in elections for local master browser.</p><p>Setting this value to <tt class="constant">no</tt> will cause <b class="command">nmbd</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>never</em></span> to become a local + master browser.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">local master = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIR"></a>lock dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt> lock directory</tt></i></a>. -</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKING"></a>locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be +</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKDIRECTORY"></a>lock directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where lock + files will be placed. The lock files are used to implement the + <a href="#MAXCONNECTIONS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i> + </a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lock directory = /var/run/samba/locks</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKING"></a>locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether or not locking will be performed by the server in response to lock requests from the - client.</p><p>If <b>locking = no</b>, all lock and unlock + client.</p><p>If <b class="command">locking = no</b>, all lock and unlock requests will appear to succeed and all lock queries will report - that the file in question is available for locking.</p><p>If <b>locking = yes</b>, real locking will be performed + that the file in question is available for locking.</p><p>If <b class="command">locking = yes</b>, real locking will be performed by the server.</p><p>This option <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> be useful for read-only filesystems which <span class="emphasis"><em>may</em></span> not need locking (such as - CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <tt>no</tt> + CDROM drives), although setting this parameter of <tt class="constant">no</tt> is not really recommended even in this case.</p><p>Be careful about disabling locking either globally or in a specific service, as lack of locking may result in data corruption. - You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a>lock spin count (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of times + You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINCOUNT"></a>lock spin count (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of times that smbd should attempt to gain a byte range lock on the behalf of a client request. Experiments have shown that Windows 2k servers do not reply with a failure if the lock @@ -1349,47 +1376,47 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' in case the lock could later be aquired. This behavior is used to support PC database formats such as MS Access and FoxPro. - </p><p>Default: <b>lock spin count = 2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a>lock spin time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock spin count = 2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOCKSPINTIME"></a>lock spin time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The time in microseconds that smbd should pause before attempting to gain a failed lock. See - <a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i><tt>lock spin - count</tt></i></a> for more details.</p><p>Default: <b>lock spin time = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGFILE"></a>log file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the name + <a href="#LOCKSPINCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt>lock spin + count</tt></i></a> for more details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lock spin time = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGFILE"></a>log file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the name of the Samba log file (also known as the debug file).</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing - you to have separate log files for each user or machine.</p><p>Example: <b>log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a>log level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a astring) allows + you to have separate log files for each user or machine.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">log file = /usr/local/samba/var/log.%m</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGLEVEL"></a>log level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a astring) allows the debug level (logging level) to be specified in the - <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. This parameter has been + <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. This parameter has been extended since the 2.2.x series, now it allow to specify the debug level for multiple debug classes. This is to give greater flexibility in the configuration of the system.</p><p>The default will be the log level specified on - the command line or level zero if none was specified.</p><p>Example: <b>log level = 3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a>logon drive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the local path to + the command line or level zero if none was specified.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">log level = 3 passdb:5 auth:10 winbind:2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONDRIVE"></a>logon drive (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the local path to which the home directory will be connected (see <a href="#LOGONHOME"> - <i><tt>logon home</tt></i></a>) + <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i></a>) and is only used by NT Workstations. </p><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up as a - logon server.</p><p>Default: <b>logon drive = z:</b></p><p>Example: <b>logon drive = h:</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONHOME"></a>logon home (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory + logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon drive = z:</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon drive = h:</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONHOME"></a>logon home (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory location when a Win95/98 or NT Workstation logs into a Samba PDC. - It allows you to do </p><p><tt>C:\></tt> - <b><tt>NET USE H: /HOME</tt></b> + It allows you to do </p><p><tt class="prompt">C:\></tt> + <b class="userinput"><tt>NET USE H: /HOME</tt></b> </p><p>from a command prompt, for example.</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</p><p>This parameter can be used with Win9X workstations to ensure that roaming profiles are stored in a subdirectory of the user's - home directory. This is done in the following way:</p><p><b>logon home = \\%N\%U\profile</b></p><p>This tells Samba to return the above string, with + home directory. This is done in the following way:</p><p><b class="command">logon home = \\%N\%U\profile</b></p><p>This tells Samba to return the above string, with substitutions made when a client requests the info, generally in a NetUserGetInfo request. Win9X clients truncate the info to - \\server\share when a user does <b>net use /home</b> + \\server\share when a user does <b class="command">net use /home</b> but use the whole string when dealing with profiles.</p><p>Note that in prior versions of Samba, the <a href="#LOGONPATH"> - <i><tt>logon path</tt></i></a> was returned rather than - <i><tt>logon home</tt></i>. This broke <b>net use /home</b> but allowed profiles outside the home directory. + <i class="parameter"><tt>logon path</tt></i></a> was returned rather than + <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i>. This broke <b class="command">net use /home</b> but allowed profiles outside the home directory. The current implementation is correct, and can be used for profiles if you use the above trick.</p><p>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon - server.</p><p>Default: <b>logon home = "\\%N\%U"</b></p><p>Example: <b>logon home = "\\remote_smb_server\%U"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONPATH"></a>logon path (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory + server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon home = "\\%N\%U"</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon home = "\\remote_smb_server\%U"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONPATH"></a>logon path (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the home directory where roaming profiles (NTuser.dat etc files for Windows NT) are stored. Contrary to previous versions of these manual pages, it has nothing to do with Win 9X roaming profiles. To find out how to handle roaming profiles for Win 9X system, see the <a href="#LOGONHOME"> - <i><tt>logon home</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you + <i class="parameter"><tt>logon home</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine. It also specifies the directory from which the "Application Data", - (<tt>desktop</tt>, <tt>start menu</tt>, - <tt>network neighborhood</tt>, <tt>programs</tt> + (<tt class="filename">desktop</tt>, <tt class="filename">start menu</tt>, + <tt class="filename">network neighborhood</tt>, <tt class="filename">programs</tt> and other folders, and their contents, are loaded and displayed on your Windows NT client.</p><p>The share and the path must be readable by the user for the preferences and directories to be loaded onto the Windows NT @@ -1405,126 +1432,126 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' reference to the homes share (i.e. setting this parameter to \%N\%U\profile_path will cause problems).</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</p><p>Note that this option is only useful if Samba is set up - as a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b>logon path = \\%N\%U\profile</b></p><p>Example: <b>logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a>logon script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or + as a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">logon path = \\%N\%U\profile</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon path = \\PROFILESERVER\PROFILE\%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LOGONSCRIPT"></a>logon script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the batch file (.bat) or NT command file (.cmd) to be downloaded and run on a machine when a user successfully logs in. The file must contain the DOS style CR/LF line endings. Using a DOS-style editor to create the file is recommended.</p><p>The script must be a relative path to the [netlogon] service. If the [netlogon] service specifies a <a href="#PATH"> - <i><tt>path</tt></i></a> of <tt>/usr/local/samba/netlogon</tt>, and <b>logon script = STARTUP.BAT</b>, then - the file that will be downloaded is:</p><p><tt>/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT</tt></p><p>The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A - suggested command would be to add <b>NET TIME \\SERVER /SET + <i class="parameter"><tt>path</tt></i></a> of <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon</tt>, and <b class="command">logon script = STARTUP.BAT</b>, then + the file that will be downloaded is:</p><p><tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/netlogon/STARTUP.BAT</tt></p><p>The contents of the batch file are entirely your choice. A + suggested command would be to add <b class="command">NET TIME \\SERVER /SET /YES</b>, to force every machine to synchronize clocks with - the same time server. Another use would be to add <b>NET USE - U: \\SERVER\UTILS</b> for commonly used utilities, or <b> + the same time server. Another use would be to add <b class="command">NET USE + U: \\SERVER\UTILS</b> for commonly used utilities, or <b class="command"> NET USE Q: \\SERVER\ISO9001_QA</b> for example.</p><p>Note that it is particularly important not to allow write access to the [netlogon] share, or to grant users write permission on the batch files in a secure environment, as this would allow the batch files to be arbitrarily modified and security to be breached.</p><p>This option takes the standard substitutions, allowing you to have separate logon scripts for each user or machine.</p><p>This option is only useful if Samba is set up as a logon - server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no logon script defined</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>logon script = scripts\%U.bat</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a>lppause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be + server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no logon script defined</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">logon script = scripts\%U.bat</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPPAUSECOMMAND"></a>lppause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to stop printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name and job number to pause the print job. One way of implementing this is by using job priorities, where jobs - having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.</p><p>If a <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name - is put in its place. A <i><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with - the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see <i><tt>printing=hpux - </tt></i>), if the <i><tt>-p%p</tt></i> option is added + having a too low priority won't be sent to the printer.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A <i class="parameter"><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with + the job number (an integer). On HPUX (see <i class="parameter"><tt>printing=hpux + </tt></i>), if the <i class="parameter"><tt>-p%p</tt></i> option is added to the lpq command, the job will show up with the correct status, i.e. if the job priority is lower than the set fence priority it will have the PAUSED status, whereas if the priority is equal or higher it will have the SPOOLED or PRINTING status.</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path - in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing + in the lppause command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given to - this string, unless the value of the <i><tt>printing</tt></i> - parameter is <tt>SYSV</tt>, in which case the default is :</p><p><b>lp -i %p-%j -H hold</b></p><p>or if the value of the <i><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter - is <tt>SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b>qstat -s -j%j -h</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b>lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a>lpq cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached - for to prevent the <b>lpq</b> command being called too - often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <b> + this string, unless the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> + parameter is <tt class="constant">SYSV</tt>, in which case the default is :</p><p><b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H hold</b></p><p>or if the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter + is <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b class="command">qstat -s -j%j -h</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b class="command">lppause command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCACHETIME"></a>lpq cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls how long lpq info will be cached + for to prevent the <b class="command">lpq</b> command being called too + often. A separate cache is kept for each variation of the <b class="command"> lpq</b> command used by the system, so if you use different - <b>lpq</b> commands for different users then they won't - share cache information.</p><p>The cache files are stored in <tt>/tmp/lpq.xxxx</tt> - where xxxx is a hash of the <b>lpq</b> command in use.</p><p>The default is 10 seconds, meaning that the cached results - of a previous identical <b>lpq</b> command will be used + <b class="command">lpq</b> commands for different users then they won't + share cache information.</p><p>The cache files are stored in <tt class="filename">/tmp/lpq.xxxx</tt> + where xxxx is a hash of the <b class="command">lpq</b> command in use.</p><p>The default is 10 seconds, meaning that the cached results + of a previous identical <b class="command">lpq</b> command will be used if the cached data is less than 10 seconds old. A large value may - be advisable if your <b>lpq</b> command is very slow.</p><p>A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>lpq cache time = 10</b></p><p>Example: <b>lpq cache time = 30</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a>lpq command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be - executed on the server host in order to obtain <b>lpq + be advisable if your <b class="command">lpq</b> command is very slow.</p><p>A value of 0 will disable caching completely.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">lpq cache time = 10</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lpq cache time = 30</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPQCOMMAND"></a>lpq command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be + executed on the server host in order to obtain <b class="command">lpq </b>-style printer status information.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name as its only parameter and outputs printer status information.</p><p>Currently nine styles of printer status information are supported; BSD, AIX, LPRNG, PLP, SYSV, HPUX, QNX, CUPS, and SOFTQ. This covers most UNIX systems. You control which type is expected - using the <i><tt>printing =</tt></i> option.</p><p>Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not + using the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing =</tt></i> option.</p><p>Some clients (notably Windows for Workgroups) may not correctly send the connection number for the printer they are requesting status information about. To get around this, the server reports on the first printer service connected to by the - client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.</p><p>If a <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name + client. This only happens if the connection number sent is invalid.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path - in the <i><tt>lpq command</tt></i> as the <tt>$PATH + in the <i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i> as the <tt class="envar">$PATH </tt> may not be available to the server. When compiled with - the CUPS libraries, no <i><tt>lpq command</tt></i> is + the CUPS libraries, no <i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i> is needed because smbd will make a library call to obtain the - print queue listing.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing - </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i><tt> - printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b>lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a>lpresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be + print queue listing.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing + </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt> + printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">lpq command = /usr/bin/lpq -P%p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRESUMECOMMAND"></a>lpresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to restart or continue printing or spooling a specific print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name and job number to resume the print job. See - also the <a href="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"><i><tt>lppause command - </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>If a <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name - is put in its place. A <i><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with + also the <a href="#LPPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command + </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A <i class="parameter"><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with the job number (an integer).</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path - in the <i><tt>lpresume command</tt></i> as the PATH may not - be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing + in the <i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command</tt></i> as the PATH may not + be available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: Currently no default value is given - to this string, unless the value of the <i><tt>printing</tt></i> - parameter is <tt>SYSV</tt>, in which case the default is :</p><p><b>lp -i %p-%j -H resume</b></p><p>or if the value of the <i><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter - is <tt>SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b>qstat -s -j%j -r</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b>lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a>lprm command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be + to this string, unless the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> + parameter is <tt class="constant">SYSV</tt>, in which case the default is :</p><p><b class="command">lp -i %p-%j -H resume</b></p><p>or if the value of the <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i> parameter + is <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, then the default is:</p><p><b class="command">qstat -s -j%j -r</b></p><p>Example for HPUX: <b class="command">lpresume command = /usr/bin/lpalt %p-%j -p2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="LPRMCOMMAND"></a>lprm command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to delete a print job.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes - a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name - is put in its place. A <i><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with + a printer name and job number, and deletes the print job.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name + is put in its place. A <i class="parameter"><tt>%j</tt></i> is replaced with the job number (an integer).</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute - path in the <i><tt>lprm command</tt></i> as the PATH may not be - available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing - </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i><tt>printing - </tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example 1: <b>lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j</b></p><p>Example 2: <b>lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a>machine password timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows + path in the <i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i> as the PATH may not be + available to the server.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing + </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>printing + </tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example 1: <b class="command">lprm command = /usr/bin/lprm -P%p %j</b></p><p>Example 2: <b class="command">lprm command = /usr/bin/cancel %p-%j</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MACHINEPASSWORDTIMEOUT"></a>machine password timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If a Samba server is a member of a Windows NT Domain (see the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN">security = domain</a>) parameter) then periodically a running <a href="smbd.8.html" target="_top"> smbd(8)</a> process will try and change the MACHINE ACCOUNT - PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <tt>private/secrets.tdb + PASSWORD stored in the TDB called <tt class="filename">private/secrets.tdb </tt>. This parameter specifies how often this password will be changed, in seconds. The default is one week (expressed in - seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.</p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a>, and the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"> - security = domain</a>) parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>machine password timeout = 604800</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a>magic output (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file + seconds), the same as a Windows NT Domain member server.</p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, and the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"> + security = domain</a>) parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">machine password timeout = 604800</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICOUTPUT"></a>magic output (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which will contain output created by a magic script (see the - <a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i><tt>magic script</tt></i></a> - parameter below).</p><p>Warning: If two clients use the same <i><tt>magic script + <a href="#MAGICSCRIPT"><i class="parameter"><tt>magic script</tt></i></a> + parameter below).</p><p>Warning: If two clients use the same <i class="parameter"><tt>magic script </tt></i> in the same directory the output file content - is undefined.</p><p>Default: <b>magic output = <magic script name>.out</b></p><p>Example: <b>magic output = myfile.txt</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a>magic script (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, + is undefined.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">magic output = <magic script name>.out</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">magic output = myfile.txt</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAGICSCRIPT"></a>magic script (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of a file which, if opened, will be executed by the server when the file is closed. This allows a UNIX script to be sent to the Samba host and executed on behalf of the connected user.</p><p>Scripts executed in this way will be deleted upon completion assuming that the user has the appropriate level of privilege and the file permissions allow the deletion.</p><p>If the script generates output, output will be sent to - the file specified by the <a href="#MAGICOUTPUT"><i><tt> + the file specified by the <a href="#MAGICOUTPUT"><i class="parameter"><tt> magic output</tt></i></a> parameter (see above).</p><p>Note that some shells are unable to interpret scripts containing CR/LF instead of CR as the end-of-line marker. Magic scripts must be executable <span class="emphasis"><em>as is</em></span> on the host, which for some hosts and some shells will require filtering at the DOS end.</p><p>Magic scripts are <span class="emphasis"><em>EXPERIMENTAL</em></span> and - should <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be relied upon.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None. Magic scripts disabled.</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>magic script = user.csh</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLECASE"></a>mangle case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a></p><p>Default: <b>mangle case = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a>mangled map (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX + should <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be relied upon.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None. Magic scripts disabled.</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">magic script = user.csh</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLECASE"></a>mangle case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangle case = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDMAP"></a>mangled map (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is for those who want to directly map UNIX file names which cannot be represented on Windows/DOS. The mangling of names is not always what is needed. In particular you may have documents with file extensions that differ between DOS and UNIX. - For example, under UNIX it is common to use <tt>.html</tt> - for HTML files, whereas under Windows/DOS <tt>.htm</tt> - is more commonly used.</p><p>So to map <tt>html</tt> to <tt>htm</tt> - you would use:</p><p><b>mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</b></p><p>One very useful case is to remove the annoying <tt>;1 + For example, under UNIX it is common to use <tt class="filename">.html</tt> + for HTML files, whereas under Windows/DOS <tt class="filename">.htm</tt> + is more commonly used.</p><p>So to map <tt class="filename">html</tt> to <tt class="filename">htm</tt> + you would use:</p><p><b class="command">mangled map = (*.html *.htm)</b></p><p>One very useful case is to remove the annoying <tt class="filename">;1 </tt> off the ends of filenames on some CDROMs (only visible - under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no mangled map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>mangled map = (*;1 *;)</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a>mangled names (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX + under some UNIXes). To do this use a map of (*;1 *;).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no mangled map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangled map = (*;1 *;)</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLEDNAMES"></a>mangled names (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether non-DOS names under UNIX should be mapped to DOS-compatible names ("mangled") and made visible, or whether non-DOS names should simply be ignored.</p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for details on how to control the mangling process.</p><p>If mangling is used then the mangling algorithm is as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first (up to) five alphanumeric characters @@ -1536,7 +1563,7 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' extension). The final extension is included in the hash calculation only if it contains any upper case characters or is longer than three characters.</p><p>Note that the character to use may be specified using - the <a href="#MANGLINGCHAR"><i><tt>mangling char</tt></i> + the <a href="#MANGLINGCHAR"><i class="parameter"><tt>mangling char</tt></i> </a> option, if you don't like '~'.</p></li><li><p>The first three alphanumeric characters of the final extension are preserved, forced to upper case and appear as the extension of the mangled name. The final extension is defined as that @@ -1552,56 +1579,62 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' copied between UNIX directories from Windows/DOS while retaining the long UNIX filename. UNIX files can be renamed to a new extension from Windows/DOS and will retain the same basename. Mangled names - do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <b>mangled names = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGSTACK"></a>mangling stack (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of mangled names - that should be cached in the Samba server <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>.</p><p>This stack is a list of recently mangled base names + do not change between sessions.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangled names = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGSTACK"></a>mangling stack (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls the number of mangled names + that should be cached in the Samba server <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>This stack is a list of recently mangled base names (extensions are only maintained if they are longer than 3 characters or contains upper case characters).</p><p>The larger this value, the more likely it is that mangled names can be successfully converted to correct long UNIX names. However, large stack sizes will slow most directory accesses. Smaller stacks save memory in the server (each stack element costs 256 bytes). </p><p>It is not possible to absolutely guarantee correct long - filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</p><p>Default: <b>mangled stack = 50</b></p><p>Example: <b>mangled stack = 100</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGPREFIX"></a>mangling prefix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix + filenames, so be prepared for some surprises!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangled stack = 50</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangled stack = 100</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGPREFIX"></a>mangling prefix (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the number of prefix characters from the original name used when generating the mangled names. A larger value will give a weaker hash and therefore more name collisions. The minimum - value is 1 and the maximum value is 6.</p><p>Default: <b>mangle prefix = 1</b></p><p>Example: <b>mangle prefix = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a>mangling char (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as + value is 1 and the maximum value is 6.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangle prefix = 1</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangle prefix = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGCHAR"></a>mangling char (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what character is used as the <span class="emphasis"><em>magic</em></span> character in <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">name mangling</a>. The default is a '~' but this may interfere with some software. Use this option to set - it to whatever you prefer.</p><p>Default: <b>mangling char = ~</b></p><p>Example: <b>mangling char = ^</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a>mangling method (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating + it to whatever you prefer.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangling char = ~</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangling char = ^</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MANGLINGMETHOD"></a>mangling method (G)</span></dt><dd><p> controls the algorithm used for the generating the mangled names. Can take two different values, "hash" and "hash2". "hash" is the default and is the algorithm that has been used in Samba for many years. "hash2" is a newer and considered a better algorithm (generates less collisions) in the names. However, many Win32 applications store the mangled names and so changing to the new algorithm must not be done - lightly as these applications may break unless reinstalled.</p><p>Default: <b>mangling method = hash2</b></p><p>Example: <b>mangling method = hash</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a>map archive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the DOS archive attribute + lightly as these applications may break unless reinstalled.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">mangling method = hash2</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">mangling method = hash</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPACLINHERIT"></a>map acl inherit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map the 'inherit' and 'protected' + access control entry flags stored in Windows ACLs into an extended attribute + called user.SAMBA_PAI. This parameter only takes effect if Samba is being run + on a platform that supports extended attributes (Linux and IRIX so far) and + allows the Windows 2000 ACL editor to correctly use inheritance with the Samba + POSIX ACL mapping code. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">map acl inherit = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPARCHIVE"></a>map archive (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the DOS archive attribute should be mapped to the UNIX owner execute bit. The DOS archive bit is set when a file has been modified since its last backup. One motivation for this option it to keep Samba/your PC from making any file it touches from becoming executable under UNIX. This can - be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...</p><p>Note that this requires the <i><tt>create mask</tt></i> + be quite annoying for shared source code, documents, etc...</p><p>Note that this requires the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i> parameter to be set such that owner execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 100). See the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK"> - <i><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b>map archive = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a>map hidden (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style hidden files - should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.</p><p>Note that this requires the <i><tt>create mask</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map archive = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPHIDDEN"></a>map hidden (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style hidden files + should be mapped to the UNIX world execute bit.</p><p>Note that this requires the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i> to be set such that the world execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 001). See the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK"> - <i><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b>map hidden = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a>map system (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style system files - should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.</p><p>Note that this requires the <i><tt>create mask</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map hidden = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPSYSTEM"></a>map system (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether DOS style system files + should be mapped to the UNIX group execute bit.</p><p>Note that this requires the <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i> to be set such that the group execute bit is not masked out (i.e. it must include 010). See the parameter <a href="#CREATEMASK"> - <i><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b>map system = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a>map to guest (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a href="#SECURITY"> - security</a> modes other than <i><tt>security = share</tt></i> - - i.e. <tt>user</tt>, <tt>server</tt>, - and <tt>domain</tt>.</p><p>This parameter can take three different values, which tell - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> what to do with user - login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>Never</tt> - Means user login + <i class="parameter"><tt>create mask</tt></i></a> for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map system = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAPTOGUEST"></a>map to guest (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only useful in <a href="#SECURITY"> + security</a> modes other than <i class="parameter"><tt>security = share</tt></i> + - i.e. <tt class="constant">user</tt>, <tt class="constant">server</tt>, + and <tt class="constant">domain</tt>.</p><p>This parameter can take three different values, which tell + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> what to do with user + login requests that don't match a valid UNIX user in some way.</p><p>The three settings are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">Never</tt> - Means user login requests with an invalid password are rejected. This is the - default.</p></li><li><p><tt>Bad User</tt> - Means user + default.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">Bad User</tt> - Means user logins with an invalid password are rejected, unless the username does not exist, in which case it is treated as a guest login and - mapped into the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i><tt> - guest account</tt></i></a>.</p></li><li><p><tt>Bad Password</tt> - Means user logins + mapped into the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"><i class="parameter"><tt> + guest account</tt></i></a>.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">Bad Password</tt> - Means user logins with an invalid password are treated as a guest login and mapped into the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT">guest account</a>. Note that this can cause problems as it means that any user incorrectly typing @@ -1609,175 +1642,188 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' will not know the reason they cannot access files they think they should - there will have been no message given to them that they got their password wrong. Helpdesk services will - <span class="emphasis"><em>hate</em></span> you if you set the <i><tt>map to + <span class="emphasis"><em>hate</em></span> you if you set the <i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i> parameter this way :-).</p></li></ul></div><p>Note that this parameter is needed to set up "Guest" - share services when using <i><tt>security</tt></i> modes other than + share services when using <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i> modes other than share. This is because in these modes the name of the resource being requested is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client so the server cannot make authentication decisions at the correct time (connection to the share) for "Guest" shares.</p><p>For people familiar with the older Samba releases, this - parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the <tt> - GUEST_SESSSETUP</tt> value in local.h.</p><p>Default: <b>map to guest = Never</b></p><p>Example: <b>map to guest = Bad User</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a>max connections (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. - If <i><tt>max connections</tt></i> is greater than 0 then connections + parameter maps to the old compile-time setting of the <tt class="constant"> + GUEST_SESSSETUP</tt> value in local.h.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">map to guest = Never</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">map to guest = Bad User</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXCONNECTIONS"></a>max connections (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the number of simultaneous connections to a service to be limited. + If <i class="parameter"><tt>max connections</tt></i> is greater than 0 then connections will be refused if this number of connections to the service are already open. A value of zero mean an unlimited number of connections may be made.</p><p>Record lock files are used to implement this feature. The lock files will be stored in the directory specified by the <a href="#LOCKDIRECTORY"> - <i><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b>max connections = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>max connections = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a>max disk size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit + <i class="parameter"><tt>lock directory</tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max connections = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max connections = 10</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXDISKSIZE"></a>max disk size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to put an upper limit on the apparent size of disks. If you set this option to 100 then all shares will appear to be not larger than 100 MB in size.</p><p>Note that this option does not limit the amount of data you can put on the disk. In the above case you could still store much more than 100 MB on the disk, but if a client ever asks for the amount of free disk space or the total disk size then the - result will be bounded by the amount specified in <i><tt>max + result will be bounded by the amount specified in <i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i>.</p><p>This option is primarily useful to work around bugs in some pieces of software that can't handle very large disks, - particularly disks over 1GB in size.</p><p>A <i><tt>max disk size</tt></i> of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b>max disk size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>max disk size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a>max log size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies + particularly disks over 1GB in size.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>max disk size</tt></i> of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max disk size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max disk size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXLOGSIZE"></a>max log size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option (an integer in kilobytes) specifies the max size the log file should grow to. Samba periodically checks the size and if it is exceeded it will rename the file, adding - a <tt>.old</tt> extension.</p><p>A size of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b>max log size = 5000</b></p><p>Example: <b>max log size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXMUX"></a>max mux (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of + a <tt class="filename">.old</tt> extension.</p><p>A size of 0 means no limit.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max log size = 5000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max log size = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXMUX"></a>max mux (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum number of outstanding simultaneous SMB operations that Samba tells the client - it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>max mux = 50</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a>max open files (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of - open files that one <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> file + it will allow. You should never need to set this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max mux = 50</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXOPENFILES"></a>max open files (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of + open files that one <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> file serving process may have open for a client at any one time. The default for this parameter is set very high (10,000) as Samba uses only one bit per unopened file.</p><p>The limit of the number of open files is usually set by the UNIX per-process file descriptor limit rather than - this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>max open files = 10000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a>max print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of + this parameter so you should never need to touch this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max open files = 10000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPRINTJOBS"></a>max print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of jobs allowable in a Samba printer queue at any given moment. - If this number is exceeded, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. - See all <a href="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"><i><tt>total + If this number is exceeded, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will remote "Out of Space" to the client. + See all <a href="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>total print jobs</tt></i></a>. - </p><p>Default: <b>max print jobs = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b>max print jobs = 5000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a>max protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest - protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>CORE</tt>: Earliest version. No - concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><tt>COREPLUS</tt>: Slight improvements on - CORE for efficiency.</p></li><li><p><tt>LANMAN1</tt>: First <span class="emphasis"><em> + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max print jobs = 1000</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max print jobs = 5000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXPROTOCOL"></a>max protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the highest + protocol level that will be supported by the server.</p><p>Possible values are :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">CORE</tt>: Earliest version. No + concept of user names.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">COREPLUS</tt>: Slight improvements on + CORE for efficiency.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">LANMAN1</tt>: First <span class="emphasis"><em> modern</em></span> version of the protocol. Long filename - support.</p></li><li><p><tt>LANMAN2</tt>: Updates to Lanman1 protocol.</p></li><li><p><tt>NT1</tt>: Current up to date version of the protocol. + support.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">LANMAN2</tt>: Updates to Lanman1 protocol.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">NT1</tt>: Current up to date version of the protocol. Used by Windows NT. Known as CIFS.</p></li></ul></div><p>Normally this option should not be set as the automatic negotiation phase in the SMB protocol takes care of choosing - the appropriate protocol.</p><p>See also <a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i><tt>min - protocol</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b>max protocol = NT1</b></p><p>Example: <b>max protocol = LANMAN1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a>max smbd processes (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended + the appropriate protocol.</p><p>See also <a href="#MINPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min + protocol</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">max protocol = NT1</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max protocol = LANMAN1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXREPORTEDPRINTJOBS"></a>max reported print jobs (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of + jobs displayed in a port monitor for Samba printer queue at any given + moment. If this number is exceeded, the excess jobs will not be shown. + A value of zero means there is no limit on the number of print + jobs reported. + + See all <a href="#TOTALPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>total + print jobs</tt></i></a> and <a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"><i class="parameter"><tt>max print + jobs</tt></i></a> parameters. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max reported print jobs = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max reported print jobs = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXSMBDPROCESSES"></a>max smbd processes (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter limits the maximum number of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes concurrently running on a system and is intended as a stopgap to prevent degrading service to clients in the event that the server has insufficient resources to handle more than this number of connections. Remember that under normal operating - conditions, each user will have an <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all - shares from a given host.</p><p>Default: <b>max smbd processes = 0</b> ## no limit</p><p>Example: <b>max smbd processes = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXTTL"></a>max ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> what the default 'time to live' - of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <b>nmbd</b> is + conditions, each user will have an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> associated with him or her to handle connections to all + shares from a given host.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max smbd processes = 0</b> ## no limit</p><p>Example: <b class="command">max smbd processes = 1000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXTTL"></a>max ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> what the default 'time to live' + of NetBIOS names should be (in seconds) when <b class="command">nmbd</b> is requesting a name using either a broadcast packet or from a WINS server. You should - never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <b>max ttl = 259200</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a>max wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT"> - <i><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i></a>) what the maximum - 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <b>nmbd</b> + never need to change this parameter. The default is 3 days.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max ttl = 259200</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXWINSTTL"></a>max wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>wins support = yes</tt></i></a>) what the maximum + 'time to live' of NetBIOS names that <b class="command">nmbd</b> will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this - parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>See also the <a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i><tt>min - wins ttl</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>max wins ttl = 518400</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXXMIT"></a>max xmit (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size + parameter. The default is 6 days (518400 seconds).</p><p>See also the <a href="#MINWINSTTL"><i class="parameter"><tt>min + wins ttl</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">max wins ttl = 518400</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MAXXMIT"></a>max xmit (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option controls the maximum packet size that will be negotiated by Samba. The default is 65535, which is the maximum. In some cases you may find you get better performance with a smaller value. A value below 2048 is likely to cause problems. - </p><p>Default: <b>max xmit = 65535</b></p><p>Example: <b>max xmit = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a>message command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">max xmit = 65535</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">max xmit = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MESSAGECOMMAND"></a>message command (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies what command to run when the server receives a WinPopup style message.</p><p>This would normally be a command that would deliver the message somehow. How this is to be done is - up to your imagination.</p><p>An example is:</p><p><b>message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &</b> - </p><p>This delivers the message using <b>xedit</b>, then + up to your imagination.</p><p>An example is:</p><p><b class="command">message command = csh -c 'xedit %s;rm %s' &</b> + </p><p>This delivers the message using <b class="command">xedit</b>, then removes it afterwards. <span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE THAT IT IS VERY IMPORTANT THAT THIS COMMAND RETURN IMMEDIATELY</em></span>. That's why I have the '&' on the end. If it doesn't return immediately then your PCs may freeze when sending messages (they should recover after 30 seconds, hopefully).</p><p>All messages are delivered as the global guest user. - The command takes the standard substitutions, although <i><tt> - %u</tt></i> won't work (<i><tt>%U</tt></i> may be better + The command takes the standard substitutions, although <i class="parameter"><tt> + %u</tt></i> won't work (<i class="parameter"><tt>%U</tt></i> may be better in this case).</p><p>Apart from the standard substitutions, some additional - ones apply. In particular:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>%s</tt></i> = the filename containing - the message.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>%t</tt></i> = the destination that - the message was sent to (probably the server name).</p></li><li><p><i><tt>%f</tt></i> = who the message + ones apply. In particular:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%s</tt></i> = the filename containing + the message.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%t</tt></i> = the destination that + the message was sent to (probably the server name).</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%f</tt></i> = who the message is from.</p></li></ul></div><p>You could make this command send mail, or whatever else takes your fancy. Please let us know of any really interesting - ideas you have.</p><p>Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root:</p><p><b>message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on + ideas you have.</p><p>Here's a way of sending the messages as mail to root:</p><p><b class="command">message command = /bin/mail -s 'message from %f on %m' root < %s; rm %s</b></p><p>If you don't have a message command then the message won't be delivered and Samba will tell the sender there was an error. Unfortunately WfWg totally ignores the error code and carries on regardless, saying that the message was delivered. - </p><p>If you want to silently delete it then try:</p><p><b>message command = rm %s</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no message command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>message command = csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWDLENGTH"></a>min passwd length (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"> - <i><tt>min password length</tt></i></a>. + </p><p>If you want to silently delete it then try:</p><p><b class="command">message command = rm %s</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no message command</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">message command = csh -c 'xedit %s; rm %s' &</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWDLENGTH"></a>min passwd length (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MINPASSWORDLENGTH"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>min password length</tt></i></a>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPASSWORDLENGTH"></a>min password length (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the minimum length in characters of a - plaintext password that <b>smbd</b> will - accept when performing UNIX password changing.</p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i><tt>unix + plaintext password that <b class="command">smbd</b> will + accept when performing UNIX password changing.</p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix password sync</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"> - <i><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"> - <i><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>min password length = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a>min print space (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk + <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min password length = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPRINTSPACE"></a>min print space (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the minimum amount of free disk space that must be available before a user will be able to spool a print job. It is specified in kilobytes. The default is 0, which - means a user can always spool a print job.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i><tt>printing - </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>min print space = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>min print space = 2000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a>min protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the + means a user can always spool a print job.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PRINTING"><i class="parameter"><tt>printing + </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min print space = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">min print space = 2000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINPROTOCOL"></a>min protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The value of the parameter (a string) is the lowest SMB protocol dialect than Samba will support. Please refer - to the <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a> + to the <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"><i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a> parameter for a list of valid protocol names and a brief description of each. You may also wish to refer to the C source code in - <tt>source/smbd/negprot.c</tt> for a listing of known protocol + <tt class="filename">source/smbd/negprot.c</tt> for a listing of known protocol dialects supported by clients.</p><p>If you are viewing this parameter as a security measure, you should - also refer to the <a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i><tt>lanman + also refer to the <a href="#LANMANAUTH"><i class="parameter"><tt>lanman auth</tt></i></a> parameter. Otherwise, you should never need - to change this parameter.</p><p>Default : <b>min protocol = CORE</b></p><p>Example : <b>min protocol = NT1</b> # disable DOS clients</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a>min wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> - when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i><tt> + to change this parameter.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">min protocol = CORE</b></p><p>Example : <b class="command">min protocol = NT1</b> # disable DOS clients</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MINWINSTTL"></a>min wins ttl (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> + when acting as a WINS server (<a href="#WINSSUPPORT"><i class="parameter"><tt> wins support = yes</tt></i></a>) what the minimum 'time to live' - of NetBIOS names that <b>nmbd</b> will grant will be (in + of NetBIOS names that <b class="command">nmbd</b> will grant will be (in seconds). You should never need to change this parameter. The default - is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <b>min wins ttl = 21600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a>msdfs proxy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a + is 6 hours (21600 seconds).</p><p>Default: <b class="command">min wins ttl = 21600</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSPROXY"></a>msdfs proxy (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter indicates that the share is a stand-in for another CIFS share whose location is specified by the value of the parameter. When clients attempt to connect to this share, they are redirected to the proxied share using the SMB-Dfs protocol.</p><p>Only Dfs roots can act as proxy shares. Take a look at the - <a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a> - and <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a> - options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p>Example: <b>msdfs proxy = \\\\otherserver\\someshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a>msdfs root (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if - Samba is configured and compiled with the <b> - --with-msdfs</b> option. If set to <tt>yes</tt>, + <a href="#MSDFSROOT"><i class="parameter"><tt>msdfs root</tt></i></a> + and <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a> + options to find out how to set up a Dfs root share.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">msdfs proxy = \\\\otherserver\\someshare</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="MSDFSROOT"></a>msdfs root (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if + Samba is configured and compiled with the <b class="command"> + --with-msdfs</b> option. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, Samba treats the share as a Dfs root and allows clients to browse the distributed file system tree rooted at the share directory. Dfs links are specified in the share directory by symbolic - links of the form <tt>msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB</tt> + links of the form <tt class="filename">msdfs:serverA\\shareA,serverB\\shareB</tt> and so on. For more information on setting up a Dfs tree on Samba, refer to <a href="msdfs.html" target="_top">"Hosting a Microsoft - Distributed File System tree on Samba"</a> document.</p><p>See also <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b>msdfs root = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a>name cache timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before + Distributed File System tree on Samba"</a> document.</p><p>See also <a href="#HOSTMSDFS"><i class="parameter"><tt>host msdfs</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">msdfs root = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMECACHETIMEOUT"></a>name cache timeout (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the number of seconds it takes before entries in samba's hostname resolve cache time out. If the timeout is set to 0. the caching is disabled. - </p><p>Default: <b>name cache timeout = 660</b></p><p>Example: <b>name cache timeout = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a>name resolve order (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">name cache timeout = 660</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">name cache timeout = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NAMERESOLVEORDER"></a>name resolve order (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option is used by the programs in the Samba suite to determine what naming services to use and in what order - to resolve host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space + to resolve host names to IP addresses. Its main purpose to is to + control how netbios name resolution is performed. The option takes a space separated string of name resolution options.</p><p>The options are: "lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They cause names to be - resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmhosts</tt> : Lookup an IP + resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">lmhosts</tt> : Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html" target="_top">lmhosts(5)</a> for details) then - any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><tt>host</tt> : Do a standard host - name to IP address resolution, using the system <tt>/etc/hosts + any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">host</tt> : Do a standard host + name to IP address resolution, using the system <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts </tt>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this - may be controlled by the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> - file. Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name - type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise - it is ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt>wins</tt> : Query a name with - the IP address listed in the <a href="#WINSSERVER"><i><tt> + may be controlled by the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> + file. Note that this method is used only if the NetBIOS name + type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type or 0x1c (domain controllers). + The latter case is only useful for active directory domains and results in a DNS + query for the SRV RR entry matching _ldap._tcp.domain.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">wins</tt> : Query a name with + the IP address listed in the <a href="#WINSSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt> wins server</tt></i></a> parameter. If no WINS server has - been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt>bcast</tt> : Do a broadcast on - each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a href="#INTERFACES"><i><tt>interfaces</tt></i></a> + been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">bcast</tt> : Do a broadcast on + each of the known local interfaces listed in the <a href="#INTERFACES"><i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i></a> parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally - connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <b>name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast</b></p><p>Example: <b>name resolve order = lmhosts bcast host</b></p><p>This will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined + connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <b class="command">name resolve order = lmhosts host wins bcast</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">name resolve order = lmhosts bcast host</b></p><p>This will cause the local lmhosts file to be examined first, followed by a broadcast attempt, followed by a normal - system hostname lookup.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a>netbios aliases (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that <a href="nmbd.8.html" target="_top">nmbd(8)</a> will + system hostname lookup.</p><p>When Samba is functioning in ADS security mode (<b class="command">security = ads</b>) + it is advised to use following settings for <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i>:</p><p><b class="command">name resolve order = wins bcast</b></p><p>DC lookups will still be done via DNS, but fallbacks to netbios names will + not inundate your DNS servers with needless querys for DOMAIN<0x1c> lookups.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSALIASES"></a>netbios aliases (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of NetBIOS names that <a href="nmbd.8.html" target="_top">nmbd(8)</a> will advertise as additional names by which the Samba server is known. This allows one machine to appear in browse lists under multiple names. If a machine is acting as a browse server or logon server none of these names will be advertised as either browse server or logon servers, only the primary name of the machine will be advertised with these capabilities. - </p><p>See also <a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i><tt>netbios - name</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>empty string (no additional names)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a>netbios name (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba + </p><p>See also <a href="#NETBIOSNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios + name</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>empty string (no additional names)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">netbios aliases = TEST TEST1 TEST2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSNAME"></a>netbios name (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS name by which a Samba server is known. By default it is the same as the first component of the host's DNS name. If a machine is a browse server or logon server this name (or the first component of the hosts DNS name) will be the name that these services are - advertised under.</p><p>See also <a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i><tt>netbios - aliases</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>machine DNS name</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>netbios name = MYNAME</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a>netbios scope (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will + advertised under.</p><p>See also <a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"><i class="parameter"><tt>netbios + aliases</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>machine DNS name</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">netbios name = MYNAME</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NETBIOSSCOPE"></a>netbios scope (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This sets the NetBIOS scope that Samba will operate under. This should not be set unless every machine on your LAN also sets this value.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NISHOMEDIR"></a>nis homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Get the home share server from a NIS map. For UNIX systems that use an automounter, the user's home directory @@ -1793,10 +1839,10 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' it will be mounted on the Samba client directly from the directory server. When Samba is returning the home share to the client, it will consult the NIS map specified in <a href="#HOMEDIRMAP"> - <i><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a> and return the server + <i class="parameter"><tt>homedir map</tt></i></a> and return the server listed there.</p><p>Note that for this option to work there must be a working NIS system and the Samba server with this option must also - be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b>nis homedir = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"></a>non unix account range (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The non unix account range parameter specifies + be a logon server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nis homedir = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"></a>non unix account range (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The non unix account range parameter specifies the range of 'user ids' that are allocated by the various 'non unix account' passdb backends. These backends allow the storage of passwords for users who don't exist in /etc/passwd. @@ -1805,105 +1851,109 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' it as strange conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>These userids never appear on the system and Samba will never 'become' these users. They are used only to ensure that the algorithmic RID mapping does not conflict with normal users. - </p></div><p>Default: <b>non unix account range = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>non unix account range = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a>nt acl support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will attempt to map + </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">non unix account range = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">non unix account range = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTACLSUPPORT"></a>nt acl support (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to map UNIX permissions into Windows NT access control lists. This parameter was formally a global parameter in releases - prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <b>nt acl support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a>ntlm auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will attempt to authenticate users using the NTLM password hash. - If disabled, only the lanman password hashes will be used.</p><p>Please note that at least this option or <b>lanman auth</b> should - be enabled in order to be able to log in.</p><p>Default : <b>ntlm auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a>nt pipe support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will allow Windows NT - clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <tt>IPC$</tt> + prior to 2.2.2.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt acl support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTLMAUTH"></a>ntlm auth (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines whether or not <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will attempt to + authenticate users using the NTLM encrypted password response. + If disabled, either the lanman password hash or an NTLMv2 response + will need to be sent by the client.</p><p>If this option, and <b class="command">lanman + auth</b> are both disabled, then only NTLMv2 logins will be + permited. Not all clients support NTLMv2, and most will require + special configuration to us it.</p><p>Default : <b class="command">ntlm auth = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTPIPESUPPORT"></a>nt pipe support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will allow Windows NT + clients to connect to the NT SMB specific <tt class="constant">IPC$</tt> pipes. This is a developer debugging option and can be left - alone.</p><p>Default: <b>nt pipe support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a>nt status support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will negotiate NT specific status + alone.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt pipe support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NTSTATUSSUPPORT"></a>nt status support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will negotiate NT specific status support with Windows NT/2k/XP clients. This is a developer debugging option and should be left alone. - If this option is set to <tt>no</tt> then Samba offers + If this option is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> then Samba offers exactly the same DOS error codes that versions prior to Samba 2.2.3 - reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>nt status support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a>null passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a>.</p><p>Default: <b>null passwords = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a>obey pam restrictions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support + reported.</p><p>You should not need to ever disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">nt status support = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="NULLPASSWORDS"></a>null passwords (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Allow or disallow client access to accounts that have null passwords. </p><p>See also <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">null passwords = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OBEYPAMRESTRICTIONS"></a>obey pam restrictions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba 3.0 is configured to enable PAM support (i.e. --with-pam), this parameter will control whether or not Samba should obey PAM's account and session management directives. The default behavior is to use PAM for clear text authentication only and to ignore any account or session management. Note that Samba always ignores PAM for authentication in the case of <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypt passwords = yes</tt></i></a>. The reason + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords = yes</tt></i></a>. The reason is that PAM modules cannot support the challenge/response authentication mechanism needed in the presence of SMB password encryption. - </p><p>Default: <b>obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#GUESTONLY"><i><tt> + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">obey pam restrictions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYGUEST"></a>only guest (S)</span></dt><dd><p>A synonym for <a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt> guest only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ONLYUSER"></a>only user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean option that controls whether - connections with usernames not in the <i><tt>user</tt></i> + connections with usernames not in the <i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i> list will be allowed. By default this option is disabled so that a client can supply a username to be used by the server. Enabling this parameter will force the server to only use the login - names from the <i><tt>user</tt></i> list and is only really + names from the <i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i> list and is only really useful in <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSSHARE">share level</a> security.</p><p>Note that this also means Samba won't try to deduce usernames from the service name. This can be annoying for - the [homes] section. To get around this you could use <b>user = - %S</b> which means your <i><tt>user</tt></i> list + the [homes] section. To get around this you could use <b class="command">user = + %S</b> which means your <i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i> list will be just the service name, which for home directories is the - name of the user.</p><p>See also the <a href="#USER"><i><tt>user</tt></i> - </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>only user = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a>oplock break wait time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in + name of the user.</p><p>See also the <a href="#USER"><i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i> + </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">only user = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKBREAKWAITTIME"></a>oplock break wait time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a tuning parameter added due to bugs in both Windows 9x and WinNT. If Samba responds to a client too quickly when that client issues an SMB that can cause an oplock break request, then the network client can fail and not respond to the break request. This tuning parameter (which is set in milliseconds) is the amount of time Samba will wait before sending an oplock break request to such (broken) clients.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ AND - UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b>oplock break wait time = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a>oplock contention limit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> tuning option to + UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplock break wait time = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKCONTENTIONLIMIT"></a>oplock contention limit (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> advanced + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> tuning option to improve the efficiency of the granting of oplocks under multiple - client contention for the same file.</p><p>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>not to grant an oplock even when requested + client contention for the same file.</p><p>In brief it specifies a number, which causes <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>not to grant an oplock even when requested if the approximate number of clients contending for an oplock on the same file goes over this - limit. This causes <b>smbd</b> to behave in a similar + limit. This causes <b class="command">smbd</b> to behave in a similar way to Windows NT.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DO NOT CHANGE THIS PARAMETER UNLESS YOU HAVE READ - AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b>oplock contention limit = 2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKS"></a>oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option tells <b>smbd</b> whether to + AND UNDERSTOOD THE SAMBA OPLOCK CODE</em></span>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplock contention limit = 2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OPLOCKS"></a>oplocks (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option tells <b class="command">smbd</b> whether to issue oplocks (opportunistic locks) to file open requests on this share. The oplock code can dramatically (approx. 30% or more) improve the speed of access to files on Samba servers. It allows the clients to aggressively cache files locally and you may want to disable this option for unreliable network environments (it is turned on by default in Windows NT Servers). For more information see the file - <tt>Speed.txt</tt> in the Samba <tt>docs/</tt> + <tt class="filename">Speed.txt</tt> in the Samba <tt class="filename">docs/</tt> directory.</p><p>Oplocks may be selectively turned off on certain files with a - share. See the <a href="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"><i><tt> + share. See the <a href="#VETOOPLOCKFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt> veto oplock files</tt></i></a> parameter. On some systems oplocks are recognized by the underlying operating system. This allows data synchronization between all access to oplocked files, whether it be via Samba or NFS or a local UNIX process. See the - <i><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i> parameter for details.</p><p>See also the <a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i><tt>kernel - oplocks</tt></i></a> and <a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i><tt> - level2 oplocks</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a>os2 driver map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute + <i class="parameter"><tt>kernel oplocks</tt></i> parameter for details.</p><p>See also the <a href="#KERNELOPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt>kernel + oplocks</tt></i></a> and <a href="#LEVEL2OPLOCKS"><i class="parameter"><tt> + level2 oplocks</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">oplocks = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OS2DRIVERMAP"></a>os2 driver map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The parameter is used to define the absolute path to a file containing a mapping of Windows NT printer driver names to OS/2 printer driver names. The format is:</p><p><nt driver name> = <os2 driver name>.<device name></p><p>For example, a valid entry using the HP LaserJet 5 - printer driver would appear as <b>HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP + printer driver would appear as <b class="command">HP LaserJet 5L = LASERJET.HP LaserJet 5L</b>.</p><p>The need for the file is due to the printer driver namespace problem described in the <a href="printing.html" target="_top">Samba Printing HOWTO</a>. For more details on OS/2 clients, please - refer to the OS2-Client-HOWTO containing in the Samba documentation.</p><p>Default: <b>os2 driver map = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OSLEVEL"></a>os level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This integer value controls what level Samba + refer to the OS2-Client-HOWTO containing in the Samba documentation.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">os2 driver map = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="OSLEVEL"></a>os level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This integer value controls what level Samba advertises itself as for browse elections. The value of this - parameter determines whether <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> - has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <i><tt> + parameter determines whether <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> + has a chance of becoming a local master browser for the <i class="parameter"><tt> WORKGROUP</tt></i> in the local broadcast area.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note :</em></span>By default, Samba will win a local master browsing election over all Microsoft operating systems except a Windows NT 4.0/2000 Domain Controller. This means that a misconfigured Samba host can effectively isolate - a subnet for browsing purposes. See <tt>BROWSING.txt - </tt> in the Samba <tt>docs/</tt> directory - for details.</p><p>Default: <b>os level = 20</b></p><p>Example: <b>os level = 65 </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a>pam password change (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, + a subnet for browsing purposes. See <tt class="filename">BROWSING.txt + </tt> in the Samba <tt class="filename">docs/</tt> directory + for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">os level = 20</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">os level = 65 </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"></a>pam password change (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the addition of better PAM support in Samba 2.2, this parameter, it is possible to use PAM's password change control flag for Samba. If enabled, then PAM will be used for password changes when requested by an SMB client instead of the program listed in - <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a>. + <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i></a>. It should be possible to enable this without changing your - <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a> - parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <b>pam password change = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PANICACTION"></a>panic action (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a - system command to be called when either <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> or <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> crashes. This is usually used to - draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred.</p><p>Default: <b>panic action = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>panic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a>paranoid server security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest + <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i></a> + parameter for most setups.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">pam password change = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PANICACTION"></a>panic action (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a Samba developer option that allows a + system command to be called when either <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> or <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> crashes. This is usually used to + draw attention to the fact that a problem occurred.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">panic action = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">panic action = "/bin/sleep 90000"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PARANOIDSERVERSECURITY"></a>paranoid server security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some version of NT 4.x allow non-guest users with a bad passowrd. When this option is enabled, samba will not use a broken NT 4.x server as password server, but instead complain to the logs and exit. </p><p>Disabling this option prevents Samba from making this check, which involves deliberatly attempting a - bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <b>paranoid server security = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a>passdb backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backends + bad logon to the remote server.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">paranoid server security = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSDBBACKEND"></a>passdb backend (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the administrator to chose which backends to retrieve and store passwords with. This allows (for example) both smbpasswd and tdbsam to be used without a recompile. Multiple backends can be specified, separated by spaces. The backends will be @@ -1911,98 +1961,95 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' to the first backend specified. </p><p>This parameter is in two parts, the backend's name, and a 'location' string that has meaning only to that particular backed. These are separated by a : character.</p><p>Available backends can include: - </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><b>smbpasswd</b> - The default smbpasswd + </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><b class="command">smbpasswd</b> - The default smbpasswd backend. Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument. - </p></li><li><p><b>smbpasswd_nua</b> - The smbpasswd - backend, but with support for 'not unix accounts'. - Takes a path to the smbpasswd file as an optional argument.</p><p>See also <a href="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"> - <i><tt>non unix account range</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><b>tdbsam</b> - The TDB based password storage + </p></li><li><p><b class="command">tdbsam</b> - The TDB based password storage backend. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb in the <a href="#PRIVATEDIR"> - <i><tt>private dir</tt></i></a> directory.</p></li><li><p><b>tdbsam_nua</b> - The TDB based password storage - backend, with non unix account support. Takes a path to the TDB as an optional argument (defaults to passdb.tdb - in the <a href="#PRIVATEDIR"> - <i><tt>private dir</tt></i></a> directory.</p><p>See also <a href="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"> - <i><tt>non unix account range</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><b>ldapsam</b> - The LDAP based passdb + <i class="parameter"><tt>private dir</tt></i></a> directory.</p></li><li><p><b class="command">ldapsam</b> - The LDAP based passdb backend. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to - <b>ldap://localhost</b>)</p></li><li><p><b>ldapsam_nua</b> - The LDAP based passdb - backend, with non unix account support. Takes an LDAP URL as an optional argument (defaults to - <b>ldap://localhost</b>)</p><p>Note: In this module, any account without a matching POSIX account is regarded - as 'non unix'. </p><p>See also <a href="#NONUNIXACCOUNTRANGE"> - <i><tt>non unix account range</tt></i></a></p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either - Start-TLS (see <a href="#LDAPSSL"><i><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i></a>) or by - specifying <i><tt>ldaps://</tt></i> in - the URL argument. </p></li><li><p><b>nisplussam</b> - + <b class="command">ldap://localhost</b>)</p><p>LDAP connections should be secured where possible. This may be done using either + Start-TLS (see <a href="#LDAPSSL"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap ssl</tt></i></a>) or by + specifying <i class="parameter"><tt>ldaps://</tt></i> in + the URL argument. </p></li><li><p><b class="command">nisplussam</b> - The NIS+ based passdb backend. Takes name NIS domain as an optional argument. Only works with sun NIS+ servers. + </p></li><li><p><b class="command">mysql</b> - + The MySQL based passdb backend. Takes an identifier as + argument. Read the Samba HOWTO Collection for configuration + details. + </p></li><li><p><b class="command">guest</b> - + Very simple backend that only provides one user: the guest user. + Only maps the NT guest user to the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i>. + Required in pretty much all situations. </p></li></ul></div><p> - </p><p>Default: <b>passdb backend = smbpasswd unixsam</b></p><p>Example: <b>passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd guest</b></p><p>Example: <b>passdb backend = ldapsam_nua:ldaps://ldap.example.com guest</b></p><p>Example: <b>passdb backend = mysql:my_plugin_args tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a>passwd chat debug (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script - parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the - strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed - in the <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> log with a - <a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"><i><tt>debug level</tt></i></a> - of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords - to be seen in the <b>smbd</b> log. It is available to help - Samba admins debug their <i><tt>passwd chat</tt></i> scripts - when calling the <i><tt>passwd program</tt></i> and should - be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the - <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a> - paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>See also <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i><tt>passwd chat</tt></i> - </a>, <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i><tt>pam password change</tt></i> - </a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i><tt>passwd program</tt></i> - </a>.</p><p>Default: <b>passwd chat debug = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a>passwd chat (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> - conversation that takes places between <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> and the local password changing + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">passdb backend = smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb smbpasswd:/etc/samba/smbpasswd guest</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = ldapsam:ldaps://ldap.example.com guest</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passdb backend = mysql:my_plugin_args tdbsam:/etc/samba/private/passdb.tdb guest</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHAT"></a>passwd chat (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This string controls the <span class="emphasis"><em>"chat"</em></span> + conversation that takes places between <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and the local password changing program to change the user's password. The string describes a - sequence of response-receive pairs that <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> uses to determine what to send to the - <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i><tt>passwd program</tt></i> + sequence of response-receive pairs that <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> uses to determine what to send to the + <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i> </a> and what to expect back. If the expected output is not received then the password is not changed.</p><p>This chat sequence is often quite site specific, depending on what local methods are used for password control (such as NIS - etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"> <i><tt>unix password sync</tt></i> - </a> parameter is set to <tt>yes</tt>. This sequence is + etc).</p><p>Note that this parameter only is only used if the <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"> <i class="parameter"><tt>unix password sync</tt></i> + </a> parameter is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. This sequence is then called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> when the SMB password in the smbpasswd file is being changed, without access to the old password cleartext. This means that root must be able to reset the user's password without knowing the text of the previous password. In the presence of NIS/YP, this means that the <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM">passwd program</a> must be executed on the NIS master. - </p><p>The string can contain the macro <i><tt>%n</tt></i> which is substituted + </p><p>The string can contain the macro <i class="parameter"><tt>%n</tt></i> which is substituted for the new password. The chat sequence can also contain the standard - macros <tt>\\n</tt>, <tt>\\r</tt>, <tt>\\t</tt> and <tt>\\s</tt> to + macros <tt class="constant">\\n</tt>, <tt class="constant">\\r</tt>, <tt class="constant">\\t</tt> and <tt class="constant">\\s</tt> to give line-feed, carriage-return, tab and space. The chat sequence string can also contain a '*' which matches any sequence of characters. Double quotes can be used to collect strings with spaces in them into a single string.</p><p>If the send string in any part of the chat sequence is a full stop ".", then no string is sent. Similarly, if the - expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i><tt>pam - password change</tt></i></a> parameter is set to <tt>yes</tt>, the chat pairs + expect string is a full stop then no string is expected.</p><p>If the <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam + password change</tt></i></a> parameter is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, the chat pairs may be matched in any order, and success is determined by the PAM result, not any particular output. The \n macro is ignored for PAM conversions. - </p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i><tt>unix password - sync</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i><tt> + </p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix password + sync</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt> passwd program</tt></i></a> ,<a href="#PASSWDCHATDEBUG"> - <i><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"> - <i><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>passwd chat = *new*password* %n\\n - *new*password* %n\\n *changed*</b></p><p>Example: <b>passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\\n + <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat debug</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd chat = *new*password* %n\\n + *new*password* %n\\n *changed*</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passwd chat = "*Enter OLD password*" %o\\n "*Enter NEW password*" %n\\n "*Reenter NEW password*" %n\\n - "*Password changed*"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a>passwd program (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set - UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <i><tt>%u</tt></i> + "*Password changed*"</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDCHATDEBUG"></a>passwd chat debug (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean specifies if the passwd chat script + parameter is run in <span class="emphasis"><em>debug</em></span> mode. In this mode the + strings passed to and received from the passwd chat are printed + in the <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> log with a + <a href="#DEBUGLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i></a> + of 100. This is a dangerous option as it will allow plaintext passwords + to be seen in the <b class="command">smbd</b> log. It is available to help + Samba admins debug their <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i> scripts + when calling the <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i> and should + be turned off after this has been done. This option has no effect if the + <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i></a> + paramter is set. This parameter is off by default.</p><p>See also <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd chat</tt></i> + </a>, <a href="#PAMPASSWORDCHANGE"><i class="parameter"><tt>pam password change</tt></i> + </a>, <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i> + </a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd chat debug = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWDPROGRAM"></a>passwd program (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The name of a program that can be used to set + UNIX user passwords. Any occurrences of <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user name. The user name is checked for existence before calling the password changing program.</p><p>Also note that many passwd programs insist in <span class="emphasis"><em>reasonable </em></span> passwords, such as a minimum length, or the inclusion of mixed case chars and digits. This can pose a problem as some clients (such as Windows for Workgroups) uppercase the password before sending - it.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that if the <i><tt>unix - password sync</tt></i> parameter is set to <tt>yes + it.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that if the <i class="parameter"><tt>unix + password sync</tt></i> parameter is set to <tt class="constant">yes </tt> then this program is called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> - before the SMB password in the <a href="smbpasswd.5.html" target="_top"><a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a> + before the SMB password in the <a href="smbpasswd.5.html" target="_top"><a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> </a> file is changed. If this UNIX password change fails, then - <b>smbd</b> will fail to change the SMB password also - (this is by design).</p><p>If the <i><tt>unix password sync</tt></i> parameter + <b class="command">smbd</b> will fail to change the SMB password also + (this is by design).</p><p>If the <i class="parameter"><tt>unix password sync</tt></i> parameter is set this parameter <span class="emphasis"><em>MUST USE ABSOLUTE PATHS</em></span> for <span class="emphasis"><em>ALL</em></span> programs called, and must be examined - for security implications. Note that by default <i><tt>unix - password sync</tt></i> is set to <tt>no</tt>.</p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i><tt>unix - password sync</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>passwd program = /bin/passwd</b></p><p>Example: <b>passwd program = /sbin/npasswd %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a>password level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty + for security implications. Note that by default <i class="parameter"><tt>unix + password sync</tt></i> is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt>.</p><p>See also <a href="#UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix + password sync</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">passwd program = /bin/passwd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">passwd program = /sbin/npasswd %u</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDLEVEL"></a>password level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Some client/server combinations have difficulty with mixed-case passwords. One offending client is Windows for Workgroups, which for some reason forces passwords to upper case when using the LANMAN1 protocol, but leaves them alone when @@ -2010,23 +2057,27 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' family of operating systems. These clients upper case clear text passwords even when NT LM 0.12 selected by the protocol negotiation request/response.</p><p>This parameter defines the maximum number of characters - that may be upper case in passwords.</p><p>For example, say the password given was "FRED". If <i><tt> + that may be upper case in passwords.</p><p>For example, say the password given was "FRED". If <i class="parameter"><tt> password level</tt></i> is set to 1, the following combinations - would be tried if "FRED" failed:</p><p>"Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd","freD"</p><p>If <i><tt>password level</tt></i> was set to 2, + would be tried if "FRED" failed:</p><p>"Fred", "fred", "fRed", "frEd","freD"</p><p>If <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> was set to 2, the following combinations would also be tried: </p><p>"FRed", "FrEd", "FreD", "fREd", "fReD", "frED", ..</p><p>And so on.</p><p>The higher value this parameter is set to the more likely it is that a mixed case password will be matched against a single case password. However, you should be aware that use of this parameter reduces security and increases the time taken to process a new connection.</p><p>A value of zero will cause only two attempts to be - made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>Default: <b>password level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>password level = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a>password server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server (such - as a WinNT box) with this option, and using <b>security = domain - </b> or <b>security = server</b> you can get Samba - to do all its username/password validation via a remote server.</p><p>This option sets the name of the password server to use. - It must be a NetBIOS name, so if the machine's NetBIOS name is - different from its Internet name then you may have to add its NetBIOS - name to the lmhosts file which is stored in the same directory - as the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file.</p><p>The name of the password server is looked up using the - parameter <a href="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"><i><tt>name + made - the password as is and the password in all-lower case.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">password level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password level = 4</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PASSWORDSERVER"></a>password server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>By specifying the name of another SMB server + or Active Directory domain controller with this option, + and using <b class="command">security = [ads|domain|server]</b> + it is possible to get Samba to + to do all its username/password validation using a specific remote server.</p><p>This option sets the name or IP address of the password server to use. + New syntax has been added to support defining the port to use when connecting + to the server the case of an ADS realm. To define a port other than the + default LDAP port of 389, add the port number using a colon after the + name or IP address (e.g. 192.168.1.100:389). If you do not specify a port, + Samba will use the standard LDAP port of tcp/389. Note that port numbers + have no effect on password servers for Windows NT 4.0 domains or netbios + connections.</p><p>If parameter is a name, it is looked up using the + parameter <a href="#NAMERESOLVEORDER"><i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i></a> and so may resolved by any method and order described in that parameter.</p><p>The password server must be a machine capable of using the "LM1.2X002" or the "NT LM 0.12" protocol, and it must be in @@ -2035,117 +2086,118 @@ df $1 | tail -1 | awk '{print $2" "$4}' CHOOSE A PASSWORD SERVER THAT YOU DON'T COMPLETELY TRUST</em></span>. </p></div><p>Never point a Samba server at itself for password serving. This will cause a loop and could lock up your Samba server!</p><p>The name of the password server takes the standard - substitutions, but probably the only useful one is <i><tt>%m + substitutions, but probably the only useful one is <i class="parameter"><tt>%m </tt></i>, which means the Samba server will use the incoming client as the password server. If you use this then you better - trust your clients, and you had better restrict them with hosts allow!</p><p>If the <i><tt>security</tt></i> parameter is set to - <tt>domain</tt>, then the list of machines in this + trust your clients, and you had better restrict them with hosts allow!</p><p>If the <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i> parameter is set to + <tt class="constant">domain</tt> or <tt class="constant">ads</tt>, then the list of machines in this option must be a list of Primary or Backup Domain controllers for the Domain or the character '*', as the Samba server is effectively in that domain, and will use cryptographically authenticated RPC calls - to authenticate the user logging on. The advantage of using <b> + to authenticate the user logging on. The advantage of using <b class="command"> security = domain</b> is that if you list several hosts in the - <i><tt>password server</tt></i> option then <b>smbd - </b> will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This - is useful in case your primary server goes down.</p><p>If the <i><tt>password server</tt></i> option is set + <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> option then <b class="command">smbd + </b> will try each in turn till it finds one that responds. This + is useful in case your primary server goes down.</p><p>If the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> option is set to the character '*', then Samba will attempt to auto-locate the Primary or Backup Domain controllers to authenticate against by - doing a query for the name <tt>WORKGROUP<1C></tt> + doing a query for the name <tt class="constant">WORKGROUP<1C></tt> and then contacting each server returned in the list of IP - addresses from the name resolution source. </p><p>If the list of servers contains both names and the '*' + addresses from the name resolution source. </p><p>If the list of servers contains both names/IP's and the '*' character, the list is treated as a list of preferred domain controllers, but an auto lookup of all remaining DC's will be added to the list as well. Samba will not attempt to optimize - this list by locating the closest DC.</p><p>If the <i><tt>security</tt></i> parameter is - set to <tt>server</tt>, then there are different - restrictions that <b>security = domain</b> doesn't + this list by locating the closest DC.</p><p>If the <i class="parameter"><tt>security</tt></i> parameter is + set to <tt class="constant">server</tt>, then there are different + restrictions that <b class="command">security = domain</b> doesn't suffer from:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You may list several password servers in - the <i><tt>password server</tt></i> parameter, however if an - <b>smbd</b> makes a connection to a password server, + the <i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i> parameter, however if an + <b class="command">smbd</b> makes a connection to a password server, and then the password server fails, no more users will be able - to be authenticated from this <b>smbd</b>. This is a - restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in <b>security = server + to be authenticated from this <b class="command">smbd</b>. This is a + restriction of the SMB/CIFS protocol when in <b class="command">security = server </b> mode and cannot be fixed in Samba.</p></li><li><p>If you are using a Windows NT server as your password server then you will have to ensure that your users - are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <b> + are able to login from the Samba server, as when in <b class="command"> security = server</b> mode the network logon will appear to - come from there rather than from the users workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p>See also the <a href="#SECURITY"><i><tt>security - </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>password server = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, *</b></p><p>Example: <b>password server = *</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PATH"></a>path (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which + come from there rather than from the users workstation.</p></li></ul></div><p>See also the <a href="#SECURITY"><i class="parameter"><tt>security + </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">password server = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = NT-PDC, NT-BDC1, NT-BDC2, *</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = windc.mydomain.com:389 192.168.1.101 *</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">password server = *</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PATH"></a>path (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a directory to which the user of the service is to be given access. In the case of printable services, this is where print data will spool prior to being submitted to the host for printing.</p><p>For a printable service offering guest access, the service should be readonly and the path should be world-writeable and have the sticky bit set. This is not mandatory of course, but you probably won't get the results you expect if you do - otherwise.</p><p>Any occurrences of <i><tt>%u</tt></i> in the path + otherwise.</p><p>Any occurrences of <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> in the path will be replaced with the UNIX username that the client is using - on this connection. Any occurrences of <i><tt>%m</tt></i> + on this connection. Any occurrences of <i class="parameter"><tt>%m</tt></i> will be replaced by the NetBIOS name of the machine they are connecting from. These replacements are very useful for setting up pseudo home directories for users.</p><p>Note that this path will be based on <a href="#ROOTDIR"> - <i><tt>root dir</tt></i></a> if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>path = /home/fred</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a>pid directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where pid - files will be placed. </p><p>Default: <b>pid directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b>pid directory = /var/run/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a>posix locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>root dir</tt></i></a> if one was specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">path = /home/fred</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PIDDIRECTORY"></a>pid directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the directory where pid + files will be placed. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">pid directory = ${prefix}/var/locks</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">pid directory = /var/run/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSIXLOCKING"></a>posix locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>The <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon maintains an database of file locks obtained by SMB clients. The default behavior is to map this internal database to POSIX locks. This means that file locks obtained by SMB clients are consistent with those seen by POSIX compliant applications accessing the files via a non-SMB method (e.g. NFS or local file access). - You should never need to disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>posix locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSTEXEC"></a>postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run + You should never need to disable this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">posix locking = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="POSTEXEC"></a>postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever the service is disconnected. It takes the usual substitutions. The command may be run as the root on some systems.</p><p>An interesting example may be to unmount server - resources:</p><p><b>postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom</b></p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>postexec = echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a>preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option controls whether a non-zero - return code from <a href="#PREEXEC"><i><tt>preexec - </tt></i></a> should close the service being connected to.</p><p>Default: <b>preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXEC"></a>preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever + resources:</p><p><b class="command">postexec = /etc/umount /cdrom</b></p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">postexec = echo \"%u disconnected from %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXEC"></a>preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies a command to be run whenever the service is connected to. It takes the usual substitutions.</p><p>An interesting example is to send the users a welcome message every time they log in. Maybe a message of the day? Here - is an example:</p><p><b>preexec = csh -c 'echo \"Welcome to %S!\" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & </b></p><p>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a> and <a href="#POSTEXEC"><i><tt>postexec - </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>preexec = echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i><tt> + is an example:</p><p><b class="command">preexec = csh -c 'echo \"Welcome to %S!\" | /usr/local/samba/bin/smbclient -M %m -I %I' & </b></p><p>Of course, this could get annoying after a while :-)</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a> and <a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>postexec + </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (no command executed)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preexec = echo \"%u connected to %S from %m (%I)\" >> /tmp/log</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREEXECCLOSE"></a>preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean option controls whether a non-zero + return code from <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt>preexec + </tt></i></a> should close the service being connected to.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFEREDMASTER"></a>prefered master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PREFERREDMASTER"><i class="parameter"><tt> preferred master</tt></i></a> for people who cannot spell :-).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PREFERREDMASTER"></a>preferred master (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if - <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> is a preferred master - browser for its workgroup.</p><p>If this is set to <tt>yes</tt>, on startup, <b>nmbd</b> + <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> is a preferred master + browser for its workgroup.</p><p>If this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, on startup, <b class="command">nmbd</b> will force an election, and it will have a slight advantage in winning the election. It is recommended that this parameter is - used in conjunction with <b><a href="#DOMAINMASTER"> - <i><tt>domain master</tt></i></a> = yes</b>, so - that <b>nmbd</b> can guarantee becoming a domain master.</p><p>Use this option with caution, because if there are several + used in conjunction with <b class="command"><a href="#DOMAINMASTER"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>domain master</tt></i></a> = yes</b>, so + that <b class="command">nmbd</b> can guarantee becoming a domain master.</p><p>Use this option with caution, because if there are several hosts (whether Samba servers, Windows 95 or NT) that are preferred master browsers on the same subnet, they will each periodically and continuously attempt to become the local master browser. This will result in unnecessary broadcast - traffic and reduced browsing capabilities.</p><p>See also <a href="#OSLEVEL"><i><tt>os level</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>preferred master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a>preload modules (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should - be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves - the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>It is recommended to only use this option on heavy-performance - servers.</p><p>Default: <b>preload modules = </b></p><p>Example: <b>preload modules = /usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so+++ </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOAD"></a>preload (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be + traffic and reduced browsing capabilities.</p><p>See also <a href="#OSLEVEL"><i class="parameter"><tt>os level</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preferred master = auto</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOAD"></a>preload (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of services that you want to be automatically added to the browse lists. This is most useful for homes and printers services that would otherwise not be visible.</p><p>Note that if you just want all printers in your printcap file loaded then the <a href="#LOADPRINTERS"> - <i><tt>load printers</tt></i></a> option is easier.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no preloaded services</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>preload = fred lp colorlp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a>preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This controls if new filenames are created + <i class="parameter"><tt>load printers</tt></i></a> option is easier.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no preloaded services</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preload = fred lp colorlp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRELOADMODULES"></a>preload modules (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of paths to modules that should + be loaded into smbd before a client connects. This improves + the speed of smbd when reacting to new connections somewhat. </p><p>It is recommended to only use this option on heavy-performance + servers.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preload modules = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">preload modules = /usr/lib/samba/passdb/mysql.so+++ </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRESERVECASE"></a>preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This controls if new filenames are created with the case that the client passes, or if they are forced to - be the <a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i><tt>default case - </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>preserve case = yes</b></p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTABLE"></a>printable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt>yes</tt>, then + be the <a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case + </tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">preserve case = yes</b></p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a> for a fuller discussion.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTABLE"></a>printable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then clients may open, write to and submit spool files on the directory specified for the service. </p><p>Note that a printable service will ALWAYS allow writing to the service path (user privileges permitting) via the spooling - of print data. The <a href="#READONLY"><i><tt>read only + of print data. The <a href="#READONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>read only </tt></i></a> parameter controls only non-printing access to - the resource.</p><p>Default: <b>printable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a>printcap name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter may be used to override the - compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually <tt> + the resource.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">printable = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt> + printcap name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAPNAME"></a>printcap name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter may be used to override the + compiled-in default printcap name used by the server (usually <tt class="filename"> /etc/printcap</tt>). See the discussion of the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section">[printers]</a> section above for reasons - why you might want to do this.</p><p>To use the CUPS printing interface set <b>printcap name = cups + why you might want to do this.</p><p>To use the CUPS printing interface set <b class="command">printcap name = cups </b>. This should be supplemented by an addtional setting <a href="#PRINTING">printing = cups</a> in the [global] - section. <b>printcap name = cups</b> will use the + section. <b class="command">printcap name = cups</b> will use the "dummy" printcap created by CUPS, as specified in your CUPS configuration file. - </p><p>On System V systems that use <b>lpstat</b> to - list available printers you can use <b>printcap name = lpstat + </p><p>On System V systems that use <b class="command">lpstat</b> to + list available printers you can use <b class="command">printcap name = lpstat </b> to automatically obtain lists of available printers. This is the default for systems that define SYSV at configure time in - Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If <i><tt> - printcap name</tt></i> is set to <b>lpstat</b> on - these systems then Samba will launch <b>lpstat -v</b> and + Samba (this includes most System V based systems). If <i class="parameter"><tt> + printcap name</tt></i> is set to <b class="command">lpstat</b> on + these systems then Samba will launch <b class="command">lpstat -v</b> and attempt to parse the output to obtain a printer list.</p><p>A minimal printcap file would look something like this:</p><pre class="programlisting"> print1|My Printer 1 print2|My Printer 2 @@ -2155,115 +2207,114 @@ print5|My Printer 5 </pre><p>where the '|' separates aliases of a printer. The fact that the second alias has a space in it gives a hint to Samba that it's a comment.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Under AIX the default printcap - name is <tt>/etc/qconfig</tt>. Samba will assume the - file is in AIX <tt>qconfig</tt> format if the string - <tt>qconfig</tt> appears in the printcap filename.</p></div><p>Default: <b>printcap name = /etc/printcap</b></p><p>Example: <b>printcap name = /etc/myprintcap</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCAP"></a>printcap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTCAPNAME"><i><tt> - printcap name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a>print command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to - a service, this command will be used via a <b>system()</b> + name is <tt class="filename">/etc/qconfig</tt>. Samba will assume the + file is in AIX <tt class="filename">qconfig</tt> format if the string + <tt class="filename">qconfig</tt> appears in the printcap filename.</p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">printcap name = /etc/printcap</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printcap name = /etc/myprintcap</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTCOMMAND"></a>print command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>After a print job has finished spooling to + a service, this command will be used via a <b class="command">system()</b> call to process the spool file. Typically the command specified will submit the spool file to the host's printing subsystem, but there is no requirement that this be the case. The server will not remove the spool file, so whatever command you specify should remove the spool file when it has been processed, otherwise you will need to manually remove old spool files.</p><p>The print command is simply a text string. It will be used - verbatim after macro substitutions have been made:</p><p>%s, %p - the path to the spool + verbatim after macro substitutions have been made:</p><p>%s, %f - the path to the spool file name</p><p>%p - the appropriate printer name</p><p>%J - the job name as transmitted by the client.</p><p>%c - The number of printed pages of the spooled job (if known).</p><p>%z - the size of the spooled print job (in bytes)</p><p>The print command <span class="emphasis"><em>MUST</em></span> contain at least - one occurrence of <i><tt>%s</tt></i> or <i><tt>%f - </tt></i> - the <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is optional. At the time - a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the <i><tt>%p + one occurrence of <i class="parameter"><tt>%s</tt></i> or <i class="parameter"><tt>%f + </tt></i> - the <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is optional. At the time + a job is submitted, if no printer name is supplied the <i class="parameter"><tt>%p </tt></i> will be silently removed from the printer command.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section, the print command given will be used for any printable service that does not have its own print command specified.</p><p>If there is neither a specified print command for a printable service nor a global print command, spool files will be created but not processed and (most importantly) not removed.</p><p>Note that printing may fail on some UNIXes from the - <tt>nobody</tt> account. If this happens then create + <tt class="constant">nobody</tt> account. If this happens then create an alternative guest account that can print and set the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"> - <i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a> in the [global] section.</p><p>You can form quite complex print commands by realizing that they are just passed to a shell. For example the following will log a print job, print the file, then remove it. Note that - ';' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts.</p><p><b>print command = echo Printing %s >> + ';' is the usual separator for command in shell scripts.</p><p><b class="command">print command = echo Printing %s >> /tmp/print.log; lpr -P %p %s; rm %s</b></p><p>You may have to vary this command considerably depending on how you normally print files on your system. The default for the parameter varies depending on the setting of the <a href="#PRINTING"> - <i><tt>printing</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: For <b>printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG - or PLP :</b></p><p><b>print command = lpr -r -P%p %s</b></p><p>For <b>printing = SYSV or HPUX :</b></p><p><b>print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s</b></p><p>For <b>printing = SOFTQ :</b></p><p><b>print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s</b></p><p>For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against + <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: For <b class="command">printing = BSD, AIX, QNX, LPRNG + or PLP :</b></p><p><b class="command">print command = lpr -r -P%p %s</b></p><p>For <b class="command">printing = SYSV or HPUX :</b></p><p><b class="command">print command = lp -c -d%p %s; rm %s</b></p><p>For <b class="command">printing = SOFTQ :</b></p><p><b class="command">print command = lp -d%p -s %s; rm %s</b></p><p>For printing = CUPS : If SAMBA is compiled against libcups, then <a href="#PRINTING">printcap = cups</a> uses the CUPS API to submit jobs, etc. Otherwise it maps to the System V commands with the -oraw option for printing, i.e. it - uses <b>lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</b>. - With <b>printing = cups</b>, + uses <b class="command">lp -c -d%p -oraw; rm %s</b>. + With <b class="command">printing = cups</b>, and if SAMBA is compiled against libcups, any manually - set print command will be ignored.</p><p>Example: <b>print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a>printer admin (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that can do anything to + set print command will be ignored.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">print command = /usr/local/samba/bin/myprintscript %p %s</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt> + printer name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERADMIN"></a>printer admin (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that can do anything to printers via the remote administration interfaces offered by MS-RPC (usually using a NT workstation). Note that the root user always - has admin rights.</p><p>Default: <b>printer admin = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>printer admin = admin, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a>printer name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of the printer + has admin rights.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">printer admin = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printer admin = admin, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTERNAME"></a>printer name (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the name of the printer to which print jobs spooled through a printable service will be sent.</p><p>If specified in the [global] section, the printer name given will be used for any printable service that does - not have its own printer name specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (but may be <tt>lp</tt> - on many systems)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>printer name = laserwriter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTER"></a>printer (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTERNAME"><i><tt> - printer name</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTING"></a>printing (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is + not have its own printer name specified.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>none (but may be <tt class="constant">lp</tt> + on many systems)</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">printer name = laserwriter</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTING"></a>printing (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters controls how printer status information is interpreted on your system. It also affects the default values for - the <i><tt>print command</tt></i>, <i><tt>lpq command</tt></i>, <i><tt>lppause command </tt></i>, <i><tt>lpresume command</tt></i>, and <i><tt>lprm command</tt></i> if specified in the + the <i class="parameter"><tt>print command</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>lpq command</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>lppause command </tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>lpresume command</tt></i>, and <i class="parameter"><tt>lprm command</tt></i> if specified in the [global] section.</p><p>Currently nine printing styles are supported. They are - <tt>BSD</tt>, <tt>AIX</tt>, - <tt>LPRNG</tt>, <tt>PLP</tt>, - <tt>SYSV</tt>, <tt>HPUX</tt>, - <tt>QNX</tt>, <tt>SOFTQ</tt>, - and <tt>CUPS</tt>.</p><p>To see what the defaults are for the other print - commands when using the various options use the <a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section"> + <tt class="constant">BSD</tt>, <tt class="constant">AIX</tt>, + <tt class="constant">LPRNG</tt>, <tt class="constant">PLP</tt>, + <tt class="constant">SYSV</tt>, <tt class="constant">HPUX</tt>, + <tt class="constant">QNX</tt>, <tt class="constant">SOFTQ</tt>, + and <tt class="constant">CUPS</tt>.</p><p>To see what the defaults are for the other print + commands when using the various options use the <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a> program.</p><p>This option can be set on a per printer basis</p><p>See also the discussion in the <a href="#PRINTERSSECT" title="The [printers] section"> [printers]</a> section.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRINTOK"></a>print ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#PRINTABLE"> - <i><tt>printable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a>private dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory - smbd will use for storing such files as <tt>smbpasswd</tt> - and <tt>secrets.tdb</tt>. - </p><p>Default :<b>private dir = ${prefix}/private</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"> - <i><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#GUESTOK"><i><tt>guest + <i class="parameter"><tt>printable</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PRIVATEDIR"></a>private dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameters defines the directory + smbd will use for storing such files as <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> + and <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt>. + </p><p>Default :<b class="command">private dir = ${prefix}/private</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PROTOCOL"></a>protocol (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#MAXPROTOCOL"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>max protocol</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="PUBLIC"></a>public (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest ok</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"></a>queuepause command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to pause the printer queue.</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name as its only parameter and stops the printer queue, such that no longer jobs are submitted to the printer.</p><p>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 - and NT.</p><p>If a <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name + and NT.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command. </p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the - server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i><tt>printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b>queuepause command = disable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a>queueresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be + server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">queuepause command = disable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="QUEUERESUMECOMMAND"></a>queueresume command (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the command to be executed on the server host in order to resume the printer queue. It is the command to undo the behavior that is caused by the - previous parameter (<a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i><tt> + previous parameter (<a href="#QUEUEPAUSECOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt> queuepause command</tt></i></a>).</p><p>This command should be a program or script which takes a printer name as its only parameter and resumes the printer queue, such that queued jobs are resubmitted to the printer.</p><p>This command is not supported by Windows for Workgroups, but can be issued from the Printers window under Windows 95 - and NT.</p><p>If a <i><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name + and NT.</p><p>If a <i class="parameter"><tt>%p</tt></i> is given then the printer name is put in its place. Otherwise it is placed at the end of the command.</p><p>Note that it is good practice to include the absolute path in the command as the PATH may not be available to the server.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>depends on the setting of <a href="#PRINTING"> - <i><tt>printing</tt></i></a></em></span></p><p>Example: <b>queuepause command = enable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READBMPX"></a>read bmpx (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will support the "Read + <i class="parameter"><tt>printing</tt></i></a></em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">queuepause command = enable %p</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READBMPX"></a>read bmpx (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will support the "Read Block Multiplex" SMB. This is now rarely used and defaults to - <tt>no</tt>. You should never need to set this - parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>read bmpx = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READLIST"></a>read list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-only + <tt class="constant">no</tt>. You should never need to set this + parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read bmpx = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READLIST"></a>read list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-only access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will not be given write access, no matter what the <a href="#READONLY"> - <i><tt>read only</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a> option is set to. The list can include group names using the - syntax described in the <a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i><tt> - invalid users</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>See also the <a href="#WRITELIST"><i><tt> + syntax described in the <a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt> + invalid users</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>See also the <a href="#WRITELIST"><i class="parameter"><tt> write list</tt></i></a> parameter and the <a href="#INVALIDUSERS"> - <i><tt>invalid users</tt></i> - </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>read list = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>read list = mary, @students</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READONLY"></a>read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a href="#WRITEABLE"> - <i><tt>writeable</tt></i></a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <tt>yes</tt>, then users + <i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i> + </a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read list = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">read list = mary, @students</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READONLY"></a>read only (S)</span></dt><dd><p>An inverted synonym is <a href="#WRITEABLE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>writeable</tt></i></a>.</p><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, then users of a service may not create or modify files in the service's - directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<b>printable = yes</b>) + directory.</p><p>Note that a printable service (<b class="command">printable = yes</b>) will <span class="emphasis"><em>ALWAYS</em></span> allow writing to the directory - (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <b>read only = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READRAW"></a>read raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server + (user privileges permitting), but only via spooling operations.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read only = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READRAW"></a>read raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server will support the raw read SMB requests when transferring data to clients.</p><p>If enabled, raw reads allow reads of 65535 bytes in one packet. This typically provides a major performance benefit. @@ -2271,7 +2322,7 @@ print5|My Printer 5 block size incorrectly or are incapable of supporting larger block sizes, and for these clients you may need to disable raw reads.</p><p>In general this parameter should be viewed as a system tuning tool and left severely alone. See also <a href="#WRITERAW"> - <i><tt>write raw</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>read raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READSIZE"></a>read size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The option <i><tt>read size</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="READSIZE"></a>read size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The option <i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i> affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger @@ -2284,101 +2335,101 @@ print5|My Printer 5 has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate - memory unnecessarily.</p><p>Default: <b>read size = 16384</b></p><p>Example: <b>read size = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REALM"></a>realm (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is - used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <b>domain</b>. It + memory unnecessarily.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">read size = 16384</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">read size = 8192</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REALM"></a>realm (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies the kerberos realm to use. The realm is + used as the ADS equivalent of the NT4 <b class="command">domain</b>. It is usually set to the DNS name of the kerberos server. - </p><p>Default: <b>realm = </b></p><p>Example: <b>realm = mysambabox.mycompany.com</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a>remote announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a>to periodically announce itself + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">realm = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">realm = mysambabox.mycompany.com</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEANNOUNCE"></a>remote announce (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>to periodically announce itself to arbitrary IP addresses with an arbitrary workgroup name.</p><p>This is useful if you want your Samba server to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere that you - can send IP packets to.</p><p>For example:</p><p><b>remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS - 192.168.4.255/STAFF</b></p><p>the above line would cause <b>nmbd</b> to announce itself + can send IP packets to.</p><p>For example:</p><p><b class="command">remote announce = 192.168.2.255/SERVERS + 192.168.4.255/STAFF</b></p><p>the above line would cause <b class="command">nmbd</b> to announce itself to the two given IP addresses using the given workgroup names. If you leave out the workgroup name then the one given in - the <a href="#WORKGROUP"><i><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a> + the <a href="#WORKGROUP"><i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup</tt></i></a> parameter is used instead.</p><p>The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known browse masters if your network config is that stable.</p><p>See the documentation file <a href="improved-browsing.html" target="_top">BROWSING</a> - in the <tt>docs/</tt> directory.</p><p>Default: <b>remote announce = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a>remote browse sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> to periodically request + in the <tt class="filename">docs/</tt> directory.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">remote announce = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="REMOTEBROWSESYNC"></a>remote browse sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to setup <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> to periodically request synchronization of browse lists with the master browser of a Samba server that is on a remote segment. This option will allow you to gain browse lists for multiple workgroups across routed networks. This is done in a manner that does not work with any non-Samba servers.</p><p>This is useful if you want your Samba server and all local clients to appear in a remote workgroup for which the normal browse propagation rules don't work. The remote workgroup can be anywhere - that you can send IP packets to.</p><p>For example:</p><p><b>remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255</b></p><p>the above line would cause <b>nmbd</b> to request + that you can send IP packets to.</p><p>For example:</p><p><b class="command">remote browse sync = 192.168.2.255 192.168.4.255</b></p><p>the above line would cause <b class="command">nmbd</b> to request the master browser on the specified subnets or addresses to synchronize their browse lists with the local server.</p><p>The IP addresses you choose would normally be the broadcast addresses of the remote networks, but can also be the IP addresses of known browse masters if your network config is that stable. If a machine IP address is given Samba makes NO attempt to validate that the remote machine is available, is listening, nor that it - is in fact the browse master on its segment.</p><p>Default: <b>remote browse sync = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a>restrict anonymous (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a integer parameter, and mirrors as much as possible the functinality the - <tt>RestrictAnonymous</tt> registry key does on NT/Win2k. - </p><p>Default: <b>restrict anonymous = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a>root directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The server will <b>chroot()</b> (i.e. + is in fact the browse master on its segment.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">remote browse sync = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="RESTRICTANONYMOUS"></a>restrict anonymous (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The setting of this parameter determines whether user and + group list information is returned for an anonymous connection. + and mirrors the effects of the + <tt class="constant">HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\SYSTEM\CurrentControlSet\Control\LSA\RestrictAnonymous</tt> registry key in Windows + 2000 and Windows NT. When set to 0, user and group list + information is returned to anyone who asks. When set + to 1, only an authenticated user can retrive user and + group list information. For the value 2, supported by + Windows 2000/XP and Samba, no anonymous connections are allowed at + all. This can break third party and Microsoft + applications which expect to be allowed to perform + operations anonymously.</p><p> + The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 1 is dubious, + as user and group list information can be obtained using other + means. + </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> + The security advantage of using restrict anonymous = 2 is removed + by setting <a href="#GUESTOK"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest + ok</tt></i> = yes</a> on any share. + </p></div><p>Default: <b class="command">restrict anonymous = 0</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOT"></a>root (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>root directory"</tt></i></a>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>root directory"</tt></i></a>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIRECTORY"></a>root directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The server will <b class="command">chroot()</b> (i.e. Change its root directory) to this directory on startup. This is not strictly necessary for secure operation. Even without it the server will deny access to files not in one of the service entries. It may also check for, and deny access to, soft links to other parts of the filesystem, or attempts to use ".." in file names to access other directories (depending on the setting of the <a href="#WIDELINKS"> - <i><tt>wide links</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>wide links</tt></i></a> parameter). - </p><p>Adding a <i><tt>root directory</tt></i> entry other + </p><p>Adding a <i class="parameter"><tt>root directory</tt></i> entry other than "/" adds an extra level of security, but at a price. It absolutely ensures that no access is given to files not in the - sub-tree specified in the <i><tt>root directory</tt></i> + sub-tree specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>root directory</tt></i> option, <span class="emphasis"><em>including</em></span> some files needed for complete operation of the server. To maintain full operability of the server you will need to mirror some system files - into the <i><tt>root directory</tt></i> tree. In particular - you will need to mirror <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> (or a + into the <i class="parameter"><tt>root directory</tt></i> tree. In particular + you will need to mirror <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> (or a subset of it), and any binaries or configuration files needed for printing (if required). The set of files that must be mirrored is - operating system dependent.</p><p>Default: <b>root directory = /</b></p><p>Example: <b>root directory = /homes/smb</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTDIR"></a>root dir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"> - <i><tt>root directory"</tt></i></a>. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a>root postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i><tt>postexec</tt></i> + operating system dependent.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root directory = /</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">root directory = /homes/smb</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPOSTEXEC"></a>root postexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>postexec</tt></i> parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for unmounting filesystems - (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</p><p>See also <a href="#POSTEXEC"><i><tt> - postexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>root postexec = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a>root preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i><tt>preexec close - </tt></i> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i><tt> - preexec</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"> - <i><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>root preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a>root preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i><tt>preexec</tt></i> + (such as CDROMs) after a connection is closed.</p><p>See also <a href="#POSTEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt> + postexec</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root postexec = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXEC"></a>root preexec (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec</tt></i> parameter except that the command is run as root. This is useful for mounting filesystems (such as CDROMs) when a - connection is opened.</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i><tt> + connection is opened.</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt> preexec</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"> - <i><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b>root preexec = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOT"></a>root (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#ROOTDIRECTORY"> - <i><tt>root directory"</tt></i></a>. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a>security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission - bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating - the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security - dialog box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to - the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not in - this mask from being modified. Essentially, zero bits in this - mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed - to change.</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing - a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file. - </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that users who can access the - Samba server through other means can easily bypass this - restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone - "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will - probably want to leave it set to <tt>0777</tt>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"> - <i><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a>, - <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i><tt>directory - security mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"> - <i><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b>security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b>security mask = 0770</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITY"></a>security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to - Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <tt> + <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root preexec = <empty string></b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="ROOTPREEXECCLOSE"></a>root preexec close (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is the same as the <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close + </tt></i> parameter except that the command is run as root.</p><p>See also <a href="#PREEXEC"><i class="parameter"><tt> + preexec</tt></i></a> and <a href="#PREEXECCLOSE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>preexec close</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">root preexec close = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITY"></a>security (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option affects how clients respond to + Samba and is one of the most important settings in the <tt class="filename"> smb.conf</tt> file.</p><p>The option sets the "security mode bit" in replies to - protocol negotiations with <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide + protocol negotiations with <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> to turn share level security on or off. Clients decide based on this bit whether (and how) to transfer user and password - information to the server.</p><p>The default is <b>security = user</b>, as this is + information to the server.</p><p>The default is <b class="command">security = user</b>, as this is the most common setting needed when talking to Windows 98 and - Windows NT.</p><p>The alternatives are <b>security = share</b>, - <b>security = server</b> or <b>security = domain + Windows NT.</p><p>The alternatives are <b class="command">security = share</b>, + <b class="command">security = server</b> or <b class="command">security = domain </b>.</p><p>In versions of Samba prior to 2.0.0, the default was - <b>security = share</b> mainly because that was + <b class="command">security = share</b> mainly because that was the only option at one stage.</p><p>There is a bug in WfWg that has relevance to this setting. When in user or server level security a WfWg client will totally ignore the password you type in the "connect @@ -2386,36 +2437,36 @@ print5|My Printer 5 to connect to a Samba service as anyone except the user that you are logged into WfWg as.</p><p>If your PCs use usernames that are the same as their usernames on the UNIX machine then you will want to use - <b>security = user</b>. If you mostly use usernames - that don't exist on the UNIX box then use <b>security = - share</b>.</p><p>You should also use <b>security = share</b> if you + <b class="command">security = user</b>. If you mostly use usernames + that don't exist on the UNIX box then use <b class="command">security = + share</b>.</p><p>You should also use <b class="command">security = share</b> if you want to mainly setup shares without a password (guest shares). This is commonly used for a shared printer server. It is more difficult - to setup guest shares with <b>security = user</b>, see - the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i><tt>map to guest</tt></i> - </a>parameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <b>smbd</b> in a <span class="emphasis"><em> + to setup guest shares with <b class="command">security = user</b>, see + the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i> + </a>parameter for details.</p><p>It is possible to use <b class="command">smbd</b> in a <span class="emphasis"><em> hybrid mode</em></span> where it is offers both user and share level security under different <a href="#NETBIOSALIASES"> - <i><tt>NetBIOS aliases</tt></i></a>. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they + <i class="parameter"><tt>NetBIOS aliases</tt></i></a>. </p><p>The different settings will now be explained.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSHARE"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SHARE</em></span></p><p>When clients connect to a share level security server they need not log onto the server with a valid username and password before attempting to connect to a shared resource (although modern clients such as Windows 95/98 and Windows NT will send a logon request with - a username but no password when talking to a <b>security = share + a username but no password when talking to a <b class="command">security = share </b> server). Instead, the clients send authentication information (passwords) on a per-share basis, at the time they attempt to connect - to that share.</p><p>Note that <b>smbd</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>ALWAYS</em></span> + to that share.</p><p>Note that <b class="command">smbd</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>ALWAYS</em></span> uses a valid UNIX user to act on behalf of the client, even in - <b>security = share</b> level security.</p><p>As clients are not required to send a username to the server - in share level security, <b>smbd</b> uses several + <b class="command">security = share</b> level security.</p><p>As clients are not required to send a username to the server + in share level security, <b class="command">smbd</b> uses several techniques to determine the correct UNIX user to use on behalf of the client.</p><p>A list of possible UNIX usernames to match with the given - client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a href="#GUESTONLY"><i><tt>guest + client password is constructed using the following methods :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>If the <a href="#GUESTONLY"><i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i></a> parameter is set, then all the other stages are missed and only the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"> - <i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a> username is checked. + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a> username is checked. </p></li><li><p>Is a username is sent with the share connection request, then this username (after mapping - see <a href="#USERNAMEMAP"> - <i><tt>username map</tt></i></a>), + <i class="parameter"><tt>username map</tt></i></a>), is added as a potential username. </p></li><li><p>If the client did a previous <span class="emphasis"><em>logon </em></span> request (the SessionSetup SMB call) then the @@ -2424,69 +2475,68 @@ print5|My Printer 5 added as a potential username. </p></li><li><p>The NetBIOS name of the client is added to the list as a potential username. - </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a href="#USER"><i><tt> + </p></li><li><p>Any users on the <a href="#USER"><i class="parameter"><tt> user</tt></i></a> list are added as potential usernames. - </p></li></ul></div><p>If the <i><tt>guest only</tt></i> parameter is + </p></li></ul></div><p>If the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i> parameter is not set, then this list is then tried with the supplied password. The first user for whom the password matches will be used as the - UNIX user.</p><p>If the <i><tt>guest only</tt></i> parameter is + UNIX user.</p><p>If the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i> parameter is set, or no username can be determined then if the share is marked - as available to the <i><tt>guest account</tt></i>, then this + as available to the <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i>, then this guest user will be used, otherwise access is denied.</p><p>Note that it can be <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> confusing in share-level security as to which UNIX username will eventually be used in granting access.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSUSER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = USER</em></span></p><p>This is the default security setting in Samba 3.0. With user-level security a client must first "log-on" with a valid username and password (which can be mapped using the <a href="#USERNAMEMAP"> - <i><tt>username map</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>username map</tt></i></a> parameter). Encrypted passwords (see the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter) can also + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter) can also be used in this security mode. Parameters such as <a href="#USER"> - <i><tt>user</tt></i></a> and <a href="#GUESTONLY"> - <i><tt>guest only</tt></i></a> if set are then applied and + <i class="parameter"><tt>user</tt></i></a> and <a href="#GUESTONLY"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest only</tt></i></a> if set are then applied and may change the UNIX user to use on this connection, but only after the user has been successfully authenticated.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that the name of the resource being requested is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"> - <i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a>. - See the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i><tt>map to guest</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a>. + See the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i> </a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> - NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a href="net.8.html">net(8)</a> has been used to add this + NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = DOMAIN</em></span></p><p>This mode will only work correctly if <a href="net.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">net</span>(8)</span></a> has been used to add this machine into a Windows NT Domain. It expects the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> - </a> parameter to be set to <tt>yes</tt>. In this + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> + </a> parameter to be set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>. In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to a Windows NT Primary or Backup Domain Controller, in exactly the same way that a Windows NT Server would do.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that a valid UNIX user must still exist as well as the account on the Domain Controller to allow Samba to have a valid UNIX account to map file access to.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that from the client's point - of view <b>security = domain</b> is the same - as <b>security = user</b>. It only + of view <b class="command">security = domain</b> is the same + as <b class="command">security = user</b>. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that the name of the resource being requested is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"> - <i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a>. - See the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i><tt>map to guest</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a>. + See the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i> </a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> - NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i><tt>password + NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a> parameter and the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i> </a> parameter.</p><p><a name="SECURITYEQUALSSERVER"></a><span class="emphasis"><em>SECURITY = SERVER</em></span></p><p>In this mode Samba will try to validate the username/password by passing it to another SMB server, such as an NT box. If this - fails it will revert to <b>security = + fails it will revert to <b class="command">security = user</b>. It expects the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter - to be set to <tt>yes</tt>, unless the remote server + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter + to be set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, unless the remote server does not support them. However note that if encrypted passwords have been negotiated then Samba cannot revert back to checking the UNIX password file, - it must have a valid <tt>smbpasswd</tt> file to check - users against. See the documentation file in the <tt>docs/</tt> directory - <tt>ENCRYPTION.txt</tt> for details on how to set this up.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> this mode of operation has + it must have a valid <tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt> file to check + users against. See the chapter about the User Database in the Samba HOWTO Collection for details on how to set this up.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> this mode of operation has significant pitfalls, due to the fact that is activly initiates a man-in-the-middle attack on the remote SMB server. In particular, this mode of operation can cause significant resource consuption on @@ -2495,66 +2545,83 @@ print5|My Printer 5 there is no way to reestablish it, and futher authenticaions to the Samba server may fail. (From a single client, till it disconnects). </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that from the client's point of - view <b>security = server</b> is the - same as <b>security = user</b>. It + view <b class="command">security = server</b> is the + same as <b class="command">security = user</b>. It only affects how the server deals with the authentication, it does not in any way affect what the client sees.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that the name of the resource being requested is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> sent to the server until after the server has successfully authenticated the client. This is why guest shares don't work in user level security without allowing the server to automatically map unknown users into the <a href="#GUESTACCOUNT"> - <i><tt>guest account</tt></i></a>. - See the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i><tt>map to guest</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>guest account</tt></i></a>. + See the <a href="#MAPTOGUEST"><i class="parameter"><tt>map to guest</tt></i> </a> parameter for details on doing this.</p><p>See also the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION"> - NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i><tt>password + NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt>password server</tt></i></a> parameter and the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>security = USER</b></p><p>Example: <b>security = DOMAIN</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a>server schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or even + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypted passwords</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">security = USER</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">security = DOMAIN</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SECURITYMASK"></a>security mask (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls what UNIX permission + bits can be modified when a Windows NT client is manipulating + the UNIX permission on a file using the native NT security + dialog box.</p><p>This parameter is applied as a mask (AND'ed with) to + the changed permission bits, thus preventing any bits not in + this mask from being modified. Essentially, zero bits in this + mask may be treated as a set of bits the user is not allowed + to change.</p><p>If not set explicitly this parameter is 0777, allowing + a user to modify all the user/group/world permissions on a file. + </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span> that users who can access the + Samba server through other means can easily bypass this + restriction, so it is primarily useful for standalone + "appliance" systems. Administrators of most normal systems will + probably want to leave it set to <tt class="constant">0777</tt>.</p><p>See also the <a href="#FORCEDIRECTORYSECURITYMODE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force directory security mode</tt></i></a>, + <a href="#DIRECTORYSECURITYMASK"><i class="parameter"><tt>directory + security mask</tt></i></a>, <a href="#FORCESECURITYMODE"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>force security mode</tt></i></a> parameters.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">security mask = 0777</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">security mask = 0770</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSCHANNEL"></a>server schannel (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls whether the server offers or even demands the use of the netlogon schannel. - <i><tt>server schannel = no</tt></i> does not - offer the schannel, <i><tt>server schannel = + <i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel = no</tt></i> does not + offer the schannel, <i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel = auto</tt></i> offers the schannel but does not - enforce it, and <i><tt>server schannel = + enforce it, and <i class="parameter"><tt>server schannel = yes</tt></i> denies access if the client is not able to speak netlogon schannel. This is only the case for Windows NT4 before SP4.</p><p>Please note that with this set to - <i><tt>no</tt></i> you will have to apply the + <i class="parameter"><tt>no</tt></i> you will have to apply the WindowsXP requireSignOrSeal-Registry patch found in - the docs/Registry subdirectory.</p><p>Default: <b>server schannel = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b>server schannel = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a>server string (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print - manager and next to the IPC connection in <b>net view</b>. It + the docs/Registry subdirectory.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">server schannel = auto</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">server schannel = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SERVERSTRING"></a>server string (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what string will show up in the printer comment box in print + manager and next to the IPC connection in <b class="command">net view</b>. It can be any string that you wish to show to your users.</p><p>It also sets what will appear in browse lists next - to the machine name.</p><p>A <i><tt>%v</tt></i> will be replaced with the Samba - version number.</p><p>A <i><tt>%h</tt></i> will be replaced with the - hostname.</p><p>Default: <b>server string = Samba %v</b></p><p>Example: <b>server string = University of GNUs Samba - Server</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a>set directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If <b>set directory = no</b>, then + to the machine name.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>%v</tt></i> will be replaced with the Samba + version number.</p><p>A <i class="parameter"><tt>%h</tt></i> will be replaced with the + hostname.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">server string = Samba %v</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">server string = University of GNUs Samba + Server</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETDIRECTORY"></a>set directory (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If <b class="command">set directory = no</b>, then users of the service may not use the setdir command to change - directory.</p><p>The <b>setdir</b> command is only implemented + directory.</p><p>The <b class="command">setdir</b> command is only implemented in the Digital Pathworks client. See the Pathworks documentation - for details.</p><p>Default: <b>set directory = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a>set primary group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a + for details.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">set directory = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SETPRIMARYGROUPSCRIPT"></a>set primary group script (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Thanks to the Posix subsystem in NT a Windows User has a primary group in addition to the auxiliary groups. This script sets the primary group in the unix userdatase when an administrator sets the primary group from the windows user - manager or when fetching a SAM with <b>net rpc - vampire</b>. <i><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced + manager or when fetching a SAM with <b class="command">net rpc + vampire</b>. <i class="parameter"><tt>%u</tt></i> will be replaced with the user whose primary group is to be set. - <i><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group to - set.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>set primary group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHAREMODES"></a>share modes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of - the <i><tt>share modes</tt></i> during a file open. These + <i class="parameter"><tt>%g</tt></i> will be replaced with the group to + set.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">set primary group script = /usr/sbin/usermod -g '%g' '%u'</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHAREMODES"></a>share modes (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This enables or disables the honoring of + the <i class="parameter"><tt>share modes</tt></i> during a file open. These modes are used by clients to gain exclusive read or write access to a file.</p><p>These open modes are not directly supported by UNIX, so they are simulated using shared memory, or lock files if your UNIX doesn't support shared memory (almost all do).</p><p>The share modes that are enabled by this option are - <tt>DENY_DOS</tt>, <tt>DENY_ALL</tt>, - <tt>DENY_READ</tt>, <tt>DENY_WRITE</tt>, - <tt>DENY_NONE</tt> and <tt>DENY_FCB</tt>. + <tt class="constant">DENY_DOS</tt>, <tt class="constant">DENY_ALL</tt>, + <tt class="constant">DENY_READ</tt>, <tt class="constant">DENY_WRITE</tt>, + <tt class="constant">DENY_NONE</tt> and <tt class="constant">DENY_FCB</tt>. </p><p>This option gives full share compatibility and enabled by default.</p><p>You should <span class="emphasis"><em>NEVER</em></span> turn this parameter - off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <b>share modes = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a>short preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if new files + off as many Windows applications will break if you do so.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">share modes = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHORTPRESERVECASE"></a>short preserve case (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls if new files which conform to 8.3 syntax, that is all in upper case and of suitable length, are created upper case, or if they are forced - to be the <a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i><tt>default case - </tt></i></a>. This option can be use with <a href="#PRESERVECASE"><b>preserve case = yes</b> + to be the <a href="#DEFAULTCASE"><i class="parameter"><tt>default case + </tt></i></a>. This option can be use with <a href="#PRESERVECASE"><b class="command">preserve case = yes</b> </a> to permit long filenames to retain their case, while short - names are lowered. </p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b>short preserve case = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a>show add printer wizard (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support + names are lowered. </p><p>See the section on <a href="#NAMEMANGLINGSECT" title="NAME MANGLING">NAME MANGLING</a>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">short preserve case = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHOWADDPRINTERWIZARD"></a>show add printer wizard (G)</span></dt><dd><p>With the introduction of MS-RPC based printing support for Windows NT/2000 client in Samba 2.2, a "Printers..." folder will appear on Samba hosts in the share listing. Normally this folder will contain an icon for the MS Add Printer Wizard (APW). However, it is @@ -2563,25 +2630,25 @@ print5|My Printer 5 open a handle on the printer server with OpenPrinterEx() asking for Administrator privileges. If the user does not have administrative access on the print server (i.e is not root or a member of the - <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i> group), the OpenPrinterEx() + <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i> group), the OpenPrinterEx() call fails and the client makes another open call with a request for a lower privilege level. This should succeed, however the APW - icon will not be displayed.</p><p>Disabling the <i><tt>show add printer wizard</tt></i> + icon will not be displayed.</p><p>Disabling the <i class="parameter"><tt>show add printer wizard</tt></i> parameter will always cause the OpenPrinterEx() on the server to fail. Thus the APW icon will never be displayed. <span class="emphasis"><em> Note :</em></span>This does not prevent the same user from having - administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p><p>See also <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i><tt>addprinter + administrative privilege on an individual printer.</p><p>See also <a href="#ADDPRINTERCOMMAND"><i class="parameter"><tt>addprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#DELETEPRINTERCOMMAND"> - <i><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTERADMIN"> - <i><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p><p>Default :<b>show add printer wizard = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span> - This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> that should start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>This command will be run as the user connected to the server.</p><p>%m %t %r %f parameters are expanded:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>%m</tt></i> will be substituted with the - shutdown message sent to the server.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>%t</tt></i> will be substituted with the + <i class="parameter"><tt>deleteprinter command</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PRINTERADMIN"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>printer admin</tt></i></a></p><p>Default :<b class="command">show add printer wizard = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SHUTDOWNSCRIPT"></a>shutdown script (G)</span></dt><dd><p><span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter only exists in the HEAD cvs branch</em></span> + This a full path name to a script called by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> that should start a shutdown procedure.</p><p>This command will be run as the user connected to the server.</p><p>%m %t %r %f parameters are expanded:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%m</tt></i> will be substituted with the + shutdown message sent to the server.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%t</tt></i> will be substituted with the number of seconds to wait before effectively starting the - shutdown procedure.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>%r</tt></i> will be substituted with the + shutdown procedure.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%r</tt></i> will be substituted with the switch <span class="emphasis"><em>-r</em></span>. It means reboot after shutdown - for NT.</p></li><li><p><i><tt>%f</tt></i> will be substituted with the + for NT.</p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>%f</tt></i> will be substituted with the switch <span class="emphasis"><em>-f</em></span>. It means force the shutdown - even if applications do not respond for NT.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None</em></span>.</p><p>Example: <b>abort shutdown script = /usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</b></p><p>Shutdown script example: + even if applications do not respond for NT.</p></li></ul></div><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>None</em></span>.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">abort shutdown script = /usr/local/samba/sbin/shutdown %m %t %r %f</b></p><p>Shutdown script example: </p><pre class="programlisting"> #!/bin/bash @@ -2593,12 +2660,12 @@ let "time++" </pre><p> Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. </p><p>See also <a href="#ABORTSHUTDOWNSCRIPT"> - <i><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a>smb passwd file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By - default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p>Default: <b>smb passwd file = ${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b>smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPORTS"></a>smb ports (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <b>smb ports = 445 139</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a>socket address (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what + <i class="parameter"><tt>abort shutdown script</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPASSWDFILE"></a>smb passwd file (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option sets the path to the encrypted smbpasswd file. By + default the path to the smbpasswd file is compiled into Samba.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">smb passwd file = ${prefix}/private/smbpasswd</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">smb passwd file = /etc/samba/smbpasswd</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SMBPORTS"></a>smb ports (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies which ports the server should listen on for SMB traffic.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">smb ports = 445 139</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETADDRESS"></a>socket address (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to control what address Samba will listen for connections on. This is used to support multiple virtual interfaces on the one server, each with a different configuration.</p><p>By default Samba will accept connections on any - address.</p><p>Example: <b>socket address = 192.168.2.20</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a>socket options (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options + address.</p><p>Example: <b class="command">socket address = 192.168.2.20</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOCKETOPTIONS"></a>socket options (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to set socket options to be used when talking with the client.</p><p>Socket options are controls on the networking layer of the operating systems which allow the connection to be tuned.</p><p>This option will typically be used to tune your Samba server @@ -2606,7 +2673,7 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. that Samba can know what the optimal parameters are for your net, so you must experiment and choose them yourself. We strongly suggest you read the appropriate documentation for your operating - system first (perhaps <b>man + system first (perhaps <b class="command">man setsockopt</b> will help).</p><p>You may find that on some systems Samba will say "Unknown socket option" when you supply an option. This means you either incorrectly typed it or you need to add an include file @@ -2618,114 +2685,114 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. argument. The others can optionally take a 1 or 0 argument to enable or disable the option, by default they will be enabled if you don't specify 1 or 0.</p><p>To specify an argument use the syntax SOME_OPTION = VALUE - for example <b>SO_SNDBUF = 8192</b>. Note that you must + for example <b class="command">SO_SNDBUF = 8192</b>. Note that you must not have any spaces before or after the = sign.</p><p>If you are on a local network then a sensible option - might be:</p><p><b>socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p><p>If you have a local network then you could try:</p><p><b>socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try + might be:</p><p><b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p><p>If you have a local network then you could try:</p><p><b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>If you are on a wide area network then perhaps try setting IPTOS_THROUGHPUT. </p><p>Note that several of the options may cause your Samba - server to fail completely. Use these options with caution!</p><p>Default: <b>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>Example: <b>socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOURCEENVIRONMENT"></a>source environment (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter causes Samba to set environment + server to fail completely. Use these options with caution!</p><p>Default: <b class="command">socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">socket options = IPTOS_LOWDELAY</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SOURCEENVIRONMENT"></a>source environment (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter causes Samba to set environment variables as per the content of the file named.</p><p>If the value of this parameter starts with a "|" character then Samba will treat that value as a pipe command to open and will set the environment variables from the output of the pipe.</p><p>The contents of the file or the output of the pipe should - be formatted as the output of the standard Unix <b>env(1)</b> command. This is of the form:</p><p>Example environment entry:</p><p><b>SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Examples: <b>source environment = |/etc/smb.conf.sh</b></p><p>Example: <b>source environment = - /usr/local/smb_env_vars</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHESIZE"></a>stat cache size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines the number of - entries in the <i><tt>stat cache</tt></i>. You should - never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>stat cache size = 50</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHE"></a>stat cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will use a cache in order to + be formatted as the output of the standard Unix <b class="command">env(1)</b> command. This is of the form:</p><p>Example environment entry:</p><p><b class="command">SAMBA_NETBIOS_NAME = myhostname</b></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No default value</em></span></p><p>Examples: <b class="command">source environment = |/etc/smb.conf.sh</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">source environment = + /usr/local/smb_env_vars</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHE"></a>stat cache (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will use a cache in order to speed up case insensitive name mappings. You should never need - to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>stat cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a>strict allocate (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of - disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <tt>yes</tt> + to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">stat cache = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STATCACHESIZE"></a>stat cache size (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines the number of + entries in the <i class="parameter"><tt>stat cache</tt></i>. You should + never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">stat cache size = 50</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTALLOCATE"></a>strict allocate (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of + disk space allocation in the server. When this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> the server will change from UNIX behaviour of not committing real disk storage blocks when a file is extended to the Windows behaviour of actually forcing the disk system to allocate real storage blocks when a file is created or extended to be a given size. In UNIX terminology this means that Samba will stop creating sparse files. - This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict allocate is <tt>no</tt> the server does sparse - disk block allocation when a file is extended.</p><p>Setting this to <tt>yes</tt> can help Samba return + This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict allocate is <tt class="constant">no</tt> the server does sparse + disk block allocation when a file is extended.</p><p>Setting this to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> can help Samba return out of quota messages on systems that are restricting the disk quota - of users.</p><p>Default: <b>strict allocate = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a>strict locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of - file locking in the server. When this is set to <tt>yes</tt> + of users.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict allocate = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTLOCKING"></a>strict locking (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls the handling of + file locking in the server. When this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> the server will check every read and write access for file locks, and - deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict locking is <tt>no</tt> the server does file + deny access if locks exist. This can be slow on some systems.</p><p>When strict locking is <tt class="constant">no</tt> the server does file lock checks only when the client explicitly asks for them.</p><p>Well-behaved clients always ask for lock checks when it - is important, so in the vast majority of cases <b>strict - locking = no</b> is preferable.</p><p>Default: <b>strict locking = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a>strict sync (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer + is important, so in the vast majority of cases <b class="command">strict + locking = no</b> is preferable.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict locking = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRICTSYNC"></a>strict sync (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Many Windows applications (including the Windows 98 explorer shell) seem to confuse flushing buffer contents to disk with doing a sync to disk. Under UNIX, a sync call forces the process to be suspended until the kernel has ensured that all outstanding data in kernel disk buffers has been safely stored onto stable storage. This is very slow and should only be done rarely. Setting this - parameter to <tt>no</tt> (the default) means that - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> ignores the Windows + parameter to <tt class="constant">no</tt> (the default) means that + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> ignores the Windows applications requests for a sync call. There is only a possibility of losing data if the operating system itself that Samba is running on crashes, so there is little danger in this default setting. In addition, this fixes many performance problems that people have - reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>See also the <a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i><tt>sync - always</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>strict sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRIPDOT"></a>strip dot (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls whether to + reported with the new Windows98 explorer shell file copies.</p><p>See also the <a href="#SYNCALWAYS"><i class="parameter"><tt>sync + always</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strict sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="STRIPDOT"></a>strip dot (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls whether to strip trailing dots off UNIX filenames. This helps with some - CDROMs that have filenames ending in a single dot.</p><p>Default: <b>strip dot = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a>sync always (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls + CDROMs that have filenames ending in a single dot.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">strip dot = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYNCALWAYS"></a>sync always (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean parameter that controls whether writes will always be written to stable storage before - the write call returns. If this is <tt>no</tt> then the server will be + the write call returns. If this is <tt class="constant">no</tt> then the server will be guided by the client's request in each write call (clients can set a bit indicating that a particular write should be synchronous). - If this is <tt>yes</tt> then every write will be followed by a <b>fsync() + If this is <tt class="constant">yes</tt> then every write will be followed by a <b class="command">fsync() </b> call to ensure the data is written to disk. Note that - the <i><tt>strict sync</tt></i> parameter must be set to - <tt>yes</tt> in order for this parameter to have - any affect.</p><p>See also the <a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i><tt>strict - sync</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>sync always = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a>syslog only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set then Samba debug - messages are logged into the system syslog only, and not to - the debug log files.</p><p>Default: <b>syslog only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOG"></a>syslog (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter maps how Samba debug messages + the <i class="parameter"><tt>strict sync</tt></i> parameter must be set to + <tt class="constant">yes</tt> in order for this parameter to have + any affect.</p><p>See also the <a href="#STRICTSYNC"><i class="parameter"><tt>strict + sync</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">sync always = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOG"></a>syslog (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter maps how Samba debug messages are logged onto the system syslog logging levels. Samba debug - level zero maps onto syslog <tt>LOG_ERR</tt>, debug - level one maps onto <tt>LOG_WARNING</tt>, debug level - two maps onto <tt>LOG_NOTICE</tt>, debug level three - maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to <tt> + level zero maps onto syslog <tt class="constant">LOG_ERR</tt>, debug + level one maps onto <tt class="constant">LOG_WARNING</tt>, debug level + two maps onto <tt class="constant">LOG_NOTICE</tt>, debug level three + maps onto LOG_INFO. All higher levels are mapped to <tt class="constant"> LOG_DEBUG</tt>.</p><p>This parameter sets the threshold for sending messages to syslog. Only messages with debug level less than this value - will be sent to syslog.</p><p>Default: <b>syslog = 1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a>template homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT - user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon uses this + will be sent to syslog.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">syslog = 1</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="SYSLOGONLY"></a>syslog only (G)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is set then Samba debug + messages are logged into the system syslog only, and not to + the debug log files.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">syslog only = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATEHOMEDIR"></a>template homedir (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT + user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this parameter to fill in the home directory for that user. If the - string <i><tt>%D</tt></i> is present it + string <i class="parameter"><tt>%D</tt></i> is present it is substituted with the user's Windows NT domain name. If the - string <i><tt>%U</tt></i> is present it - is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <b>template homedir = /home/%D/%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a>template shell (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT - user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon uses this - parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p>Default: <b>template shell = /bin/false</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a>time offset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add + string <i class="parameter"><tt>%U</tt></i> is present it + is substituted with the user's Windows NT user name.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">template homedir = /home/%D/%U</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TEMPLATESHELL"></a>template shell (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When filling out the user information for a Windows NT + user, the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon uses this + parameter to fill in the login shell for that user.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">template shell = /bin/false</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMEOFFSET"></a>time offset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is a setting in minutes to add to the normal GMT to local time conversion. This is useful if you are serving a lot of PCs that have incorrect daylight - saving time handling.</p><p>Default: <b>time offset = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>time offset = 60</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESERVER"></a>time server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows - clients.</p><p>Default: <b>time server = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i><tt> + saving time handling.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">time offset = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">time offset = 60</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESERVER"></a>time server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter determines if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> advertises itself as a time server to Windows + clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">time server = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TIMESTAMPLOGS"></a>timestamp logs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#DEBUGTIMESTAMP"><i class="parameter"><tt> debug timestamp</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="TOTALPRINTJOBS"></a>total print jobs (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter accepts an integer value which defines a limit on the maximum number of print jobs that will be accepted system wide at any given time. If a print job is submitted - by a client which will exceed this number, then <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> will return an + by a client which will exceed this number, then <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> will return an error indicating that no space is available on the server. The default value of 0 means that no such limit exists. This parameter can be used to prevent a server from exceeding its capacity and is designed as a printing throttle. See also <a href="#MAXPRINTJOBS"> - <i><tt>max print jobs</tt></i></a>. - </p><p>Default: <b>total print jobs = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>total print jobs = 5000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNICODE"></a>unicode (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether Samba should try + <i class="parameter"><tt>max print jobs</tt></i></a>. + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">total print jobs = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">total print jobs = 5000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNICODE"></a>unicode (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies whether Samba should try to use unicode on the wire by default. Note: This does NOT mean that samba will assume that the unix machine uses unicode! - </p><p>Default: <b>unicode = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a>unix charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unicode = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXCHARSET"></a>unix charset (G)</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies the charset the unix machine Samba runs on uses. Samba needs to know this in order to be able to convert text to the charsets other SMB clients use. - </p><p>Default: <b>unix charset = UTF8</b></p><p>Example: <b>unix charset = ASCII</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a>unix extensions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix charset = UTF8</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">unix charset = ASCII</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXEXTENSIONS"></a>unix extensions (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba implments the CIFS UNIX extensions, as defined by HP. These extensions enable Samba to better serve UNIX CIFS clients by supporting features such as symbolic links, hard links, etc... These extensions require a similarly enabled client, and are of - no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <b>unix extensions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a>unix password sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba + no current use to Windows clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix extensions = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UNIXPASSWORDSYNC"></a>unix password sync (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter controls whether Samba attempts to synchronize the UNIX password with the SMB password when the encrypted SMB password in the smbpasswd file is changed. - If this is set to <tt>yes</tt> the program specified in the <i><tt>passwd + If this is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> the program specified in the <i class="parameter"><tt>passwd program</tt></i>parameter is called <span class="emphasis"><em>AS ROOT</em></span> - to allow the new UNIX password to be set without access to the old UNIX password (as the SMB password change code has no - access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>See also <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i><tt>passwd - program</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i><tt> + access to the old password cleartext, only the new).</p><p>See also <a href="#PASSWDPROGRAM"><i class="parameter"><tt>passwd + program</tt></i></a>, <a href="#PASSWDCHAT"><i class="parameter"><tt> passwd chat</tt></i></a>. - </p><p>Default: <b>unix password sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a>update encrypted (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">unix password sync = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UPDATEENCRYPTED"></a>update encrypted (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter allows a user logging on with a plaintext password to have their encrypted (hashed) password in the smbpasswd file to be updated automatically as they log on. This option allows a site to migrate from plaintext @@ -2738,19 +2805,19 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. over to encrypted passwords to be made over a longer period. Once all users have encrypted representations of their passwords in the smbpasswd file this parameter should be set to - <tt>no</tt>.</p><p>In order for this parameter to work correctly the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> - <i><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> parameter must - be set to <tt>no</tt> when this parameter is set to <tt>yes</tt>.</p><p>Note that even when this parameter is set a user - authenticating to <b>smbd</b> must still enter a valid + <tt class="constant">no</tt>.</p><p>In order for this parameter to work correctly the <a href="#ENCRYPTPASSWORDS"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>encrypt passwords</tt></i></a> parameter must + be set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> when this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt>.</p><p>Note that even when this parameter is set a user + authenticating to <b class="command">smbd</b> must still enter a valid password in order to connect correctly, and to update their hashed - (smbpasswd) passwords.</p><p>Default: <b>update encrypted = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a>use client driver (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 - clients. It has no affect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When + (smbpasswd) passwords.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">update encrypted = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USECLIENTDRIVER"></a>use client driver (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter applies only to Windows NT/2000 + clients. It has no effect on Windows 95/98/ME clients. When serving a printer to Windows NT/2000 clients without first installing a valid printer driver on the Samba host, the client will be required to install a local printer driver. From this point on, the client will treat the print as a local printer and not a network printer connection. This is much the same behavior that will occur - when <b>disable spoolss = yes</b>. + when <b class="command">disable spoolss = yes</b>. </p><p>The differentiating factor is that under normal circumstances, the NT/2000 client will attempt to open the network printer using MS-RPC. The problem is that because the client @@ -2766,14 +2833,49 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. to PRINTER_ACCESS_USE instead. Thus allowing the OpenPrinterEx() call to succeed. <span class="emphasis"><em>This parameter MUST not be able enabled on a print share which has valid print driver installed on the Samba - server.</em></span></p><p>See also <a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b>use client driver = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEMMAP"></a>use mmap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can + server.</em></span></p><p>See also <a href="#DISABLESPOOLSS"><i class="parameter"><tt>disable spoolss</tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <b class="command">use client driver = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USEMMAP"></a>use mmap (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This global parameter determines if the tdb internals of Samba can depend on mmap working correctly on the running system. Samba requires a coherent mmap/read-write system memory cache. Currently only HPUX does not have such a - coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <tt>no</tt> by + coherent cache, and so this parameter is set to <tt class="constant">no</tt> by default on HPUX. On all other systems this parameter should be left alone. This parameter is provided to help the Samba developers track down problems with the tdb internal code. - </p><p>Default: <b>use mmap = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a>username level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">use mmap = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USER"></a>user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAME"></a>username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited + list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against + each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i> line is needed only when + the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case + for the COREPLUS protocol or where your users have different WfWg + usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these cases you may also be + better using the \\server\share%user syntax instead.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i> line is not a great + solution in many cases as it means Samba will try to validate + the supplied password against each of the usernames in the + <i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i> line in turn. This is slow and + a bad idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords. + You may get timeouts or security breaches using this parameter + unwisely.</p><p>Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security. This + parameter does not restrict who can login, it just offers hints + to the Samba server as to what usernames might correspond to the + supplied password. Users can login as whoever they please and + they will be able to do no more damage than if they started a + telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as, + so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.</p><p>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you + can use the <a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>valid users + </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name + will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba + is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in + the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users + in the group of that name.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '+' then the name + will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will + expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '&' then the name + will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba + is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list + of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</p><p>Note that searching though a groups database can take + quite some time, and some clients may time out during the + search.</p><p>See the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT + USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a> for more information on how + this parameter determines access to the services.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">The guest account if a guest service, + else <empty string>.</b></p><p>Examples:<b class="command">username = fred, mary, jack, jane, + @users, @pcgroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMELEVEL"></a>username level (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option helps Samba to try and 'guess' at the real UNIX username, as many DOS clients send an all-uppercase username. By default Samba tries all lowercase, followed by the username with the first letter capitalized, and fails if the @@ -2782,8 +2884,8 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. combinations to try while trying to determine the UNIX user name. The higher the number the more combinations will be tried, but the slower the discovery of usernames will be. Use this parameter when you have - strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <tt>AstrangeUser - </tt>.</p><p>Default: <b>username level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>username level = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a>username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to specify a file containing + strange usernames on your UNIX machine, such as <tt class="constant">AstrangeUser + </tt>.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">username level = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">username level = 5</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAMEMAP"></a>username map (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to specify a file containing a mapping of usernames from the clients to the server. This can be used for several purposes. The most common is to map usernames that users use on DOS or Windows machines to those that the UNIX @@ -2802,13 +2904,13 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. will stop after that line if a mapping was done by the line. Otherwise mapping continues with every line being processed. Using '!' is most useful when you have a wildcard mapping line - later in the file.</p><p>For example to map from the name <tt>admin</tt> - or <tt>administrator</tt> to the UNIX name <tt> - root</tt> you would use:</p><p><b>root = admin administrator</b></p><p>Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <tt>system</tt> - to the UNIX name <tt>sys</tt> you would use:</p><p><b>sys = @system</b></p><p>You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file.</p><p>If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then - the netgroup database is checked before the <tt>/etc/group + later in the file.</p><p>For example to map from the name <tt class="constant">admin</tt> + or <tt class="constant">administrator</tt> to the UNIX name <tt class="constant"> + root</tt> you would use:</p><p><b class="command">root = admin administrator</b></p><p>Or to map anyone in the UNIX group <tt class="constant">system</tt> + to the UNIX name <tt class="constant">sys</tt> you would use:</p><p><b class="command">sys = @system</b></p><p>You can have as many mappings as you like in a username map file.</p><p>If your system supports the NIS NETGROUP option then + the netgroup database is checked before the <tt class="filename">/etc/group </tt> database for matching groups.</p><p>You can map Windows usernames that have spaces in them - by using double quotes around the name. For example:</p><p><b>tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</b></p><p>would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the + by using double quotes around the name. For example:</p><p><b class="command">tridge = "Andrew Tridgell"</b></p><p>would map the windows username "Andrew Tridgell" to the unix username "tridge".</p><p>The following example would map mary and fred to the unix user sys, and map the rest to guest. Note the use of the '!' to tell Samba to stop processing if it gets a match on @@ -2816,107 +2918,79 @@ Shutdown does not return so we need to launch it in background. !sys = mary fred guest = * </pre><p>Note that the remapping is applied to all occurrences - of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and <tt> - fred</tt> is remapped to <tt>mary</tt> then you + of usernames. Thus if you connect to \\server\fred and <tt class="constant"> + fred</tt> is remapped to <tt class="constant">mary</tt> then you will actually be connecting to \\server\mary and will need to - supply a password suitable for <tt>mary</tt> not - <tt>fred</tt>. The only exception to this is the - username passed to the <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i><tt> + supply a password suitable for <tt class="constant">mary</tt> not + <tt class="constant">fred</tt>. The only exception to this is the + username passed to the <a href="#PASSWORDSERVER"><i class="parameter"><tt> password server</tt></i></a> (if you have one). The password server will receive whatever username the client supplies without modification.</p><p>Also note that no reverse mapping is done. The main effect this has is with printing. Users who have been mapped may have trouble deleting print jobs as PrintManager under WfWg will think - they don't own the print job.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no username map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERNAME"></a>username (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Multiple users may be specified in a comma-delimited - list, in which case the supplied password will be tested against - each username in turn (left to right).</p><p>The <i><tt>username</tt></i> line is needed only when - the PC is unable to supply its own username. This is the case - for the COREPLUS protocol or where your users have different WfWg - usernames to UNIX usernames. In both these cases you may also be - better using the \\server\share%user syntax instead.</p><p>The <i><tt>username</tt></i> line is not a great - solution in many cases as it means Samba will try to validate - the supplied password against each of the usernames in the - <i><tt>username</tt></i> line in turn. This is slow and - a bad idea for lots of users in case of duplicate passwords. - You may get timeouts or security breaches using this parameter - unwisely.</p><p>Samba relies on the underlying UNIX security. This - parameter does not restrict who can login, it just offers hints - to the Samba server as to what usernames might correspond to the - supplied password. Users can login as whoever they please and - they will be able to do no more damage than if they started a - telnet session. The daemon runs as the user that they log in as, - so they cannot do anything that user cannot do.</p><p>To restrict a service to a particular set of users you - can use the <a href="#VALIDUSERS"><i><tt>valid users - </tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '@' then the name - will be looked up first in the NIS netgroups list (if Samba - is compiled with netgroup support), followed by a lookup in - the UNIX groups database and will expand to a list of all users - in the group of that name.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '+' then the name - will be looked up only in the UNIX groups database and will - expand to a list of all users in the group of that name.</p><p>If any of the usernames begin with a '&' then the name - will be looked up only in the NIS netgroups database (if Samba - is compiled with netgroup support) and will expand to a list - of all users in the netgroup group of that name.</p><p>Note that searching though a groups database can take - quite some time, and some clients may time out during the - search.</p><p>See the section <a href="#VALIDATIONSECT" title="NOTE ABOUT USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION">NOTE ABOUT - USERNAME/PASSWORD VALIDATION</a> for more information on how - this parameter determines access to the services.</p><p>Default: <b>The guest account if a guest service, - else <empty string>.</b></p><p>Examples:<b>username = fred, mary, jack, jane, - @users, @pcgroup</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERS"></a>users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i><tt> - username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USER"></a>user (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i><tt>username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESENDFILE"></a>use sendfile (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt>yes</tt>, and Samba + they don't own the print job.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no username map</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">username map = /usr/local/samba/lib/users.map</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USERS"></a>users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#USERNAME"><i class="parameter"><tt> + username</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESENDFILE"></a>use sendfile (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is <tt class="constant">yes</tt>, and Samba was built with the --with-sendfile-support option, and the underlying operating system supports sendfile system call, then some SMB read calls (mainly ReadAndX and ReadRaw) will use the more efficient sendfile system call for files that are exclusively oplocked. This may make more efficient use of the system CPU's and cause Samba to be faster. This is off by default as it's effects are unknown - as yet.</p><p>Default: <b>use sendfile = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESPNEGO"></a>use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba will try + as yet.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">use sendfile = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="USESPNEGO"></a>use spnego (G)</span></dt><dd><p> This variable controls controls whether samba will try to use Simple and Protected NEGOciation (as specified by rfc2478) with - WindowsXP and Windows2000sp2 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. + WindowsXP and Windows2000 clients to agree upon an authentication mechanism. Unless further issues are discovered with our SPNEGO implementation, there is no reason this should ever be - disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a>utmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has - been configured and compiled with the option <b> - --with-utmp</b>. It specifies a directory pathname that is - used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that - record user connections to a Samba server. See also the <a href="#UTMP"> - <i><tt>utmp</tt></i></a> parameter. By default this is - not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the - native system is set to use (usually - <tt>/var/run/utmp</tt> on Linux).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no utmp directory</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>utmp directory = /var/run/utmp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMP"></a>utmp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if - Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <b> - --with-utmp</b>. If set to <tt>yes</tt> then Samba will attempt + disabled.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>use spnego = yes</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMP"></a>utmp (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean parameter is only available if + Samba has been configured and compiled with the option <b class="command"> + --with-utmp</b>. If set to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> then Samba will attempt to add utmp or utmpx records (depending on the UNIX system) whenever a connection is made to a Samba server. Sites may use this to record the user connecting to a Samba share.</p><p>Due to the requirements of the utmp record, we are required to create a unique identifier for the incoming user. Enabling this option creates an n^2 algorithm to find this number. This may impede - performance on large installations. </p><p>See also the <a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i><tt> - utmp directory</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>utmp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a>valid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should be allowed + performance on large installations. </p><p>See also the <a href="#UTMPDIRECTORY"><i class="parameter"><tt> + utmp directory</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">utmp = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="UTMPDIRECTORY"></a>utmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has + been configured and compiled with the option <b class="command"> + --with-utmp</b>. It specifies a directory pathname that is + used to store the utmp or utmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that + record user connections to a Samba server. See also the <a href="#UTMP"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>utmp</tt></i></a> parameter. By default this is + not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the + native system is set to use (usually + <tt class="filename">/var/run/utmp</tt> on Linux).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no utmp directory</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">utmp directory = /var/run/utmp</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="-VALID"></a>-valid (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This parameter indicates whether a share is + valid and thus can be used. When this parameter is set to false, + the share will be in no way visible nor accessible. + </p><p> + This option should not be + used by regular users but might be of help to developers. + Samba uses this option internally to mark shares as deleted. + </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>True</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VALIDUSERS"></a>valid users (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that should be allowed to login to this service. Names starting with '@', '+' and '&' are interpreted using the same rules as described in the - <i><tt>invalid users</tt></i> parameter.</p><p>If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. - If a username is in both this list and the <i><tt>invalid - users</tt></i> list then access is denied for that user.</p><p>The current servicename is substituted for <i><tt>%S - </tt></i>. This is useful in the [homes] section.</p><p>See also <a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i><tt>invalid users + <i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users</tt></i> parameter.</p><p>If this is empty (the default) then any user can login. + If a username is in both this list and the <i class="parameter"><tt>invalid + users</tt></i> list then access is denied for that user.</p><p>The current servicename is substituted for <i class="parameter"><tt>%S + </tt></i>. This is useful in the [homes] section.</p><p>See also <a href="#INVALIDUSERS"><i class="parameter"><tt>invalid users </tt></i></a></p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No valid users list (anyone can login) - </em></span></p><p>Example: <b>valid users = greg, @pcusers</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOFILES"></a>veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files and directories that + </em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">valid users = greg, @pcusers</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOFILES"></a>veto files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of files and directories that are neither visible nor accessible. Each entry in the list must be separated by a '/', which allows spaces to be included in the entry. '*' and '?' can be used to specify multiple files or directories as in DOS wildcards.</p><p>Each entry must be a unix path, not a DOS path and must <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> include the unix directory - separator '/'.</p><p>Note that the <i><tt>case sensitive</tt></i> option + separator '/'.</p><p>Note that the <i class="parameter"><tt>case sensitive</tt></i> option is applicable in vetoing files.</p><p>One feature of the veto files parameter that it is important to be aware of is Samba's behaviour when trying to delete a directory. If a directory that is to be deleted contains nothing but veto files this deletion will <span class="emphasis"><em>fail</em></span> unless you also set - the <i><tt>delete veto files</tt></i> parameter to - <i><tt>yes</tt></i>.</p><p>Setting this parameter will affect the performance + the <i class="parameter"><tt>delete veto files</tt></i> parameter to + <i class="parameter"><tt>yes</tt></i>.</p><p>Setting this parameter will affect the performance of Samba, as it will be forced to check all files and directories - for a match as they are scanned.</p><p>See also <a href="#HIDEFILES"><i><tt>hide files - </tt></i></a> and <a href="#CASESENSITIVE"><i><tt> + for a match as they are scanned.</p><p>See also <a href="#HIDEFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>hide files + </tt></i></a> and <a href="#CASESENSITIVE"><i class="parameter"><tt> case sensitive</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No files or directories are vetoed. </em></span></p><p>Examples: </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -2929,26 +3003,25 @@ veto files = /*Security*/*.tmp/*root*/ ; creates. veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ </pre></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VETOOPLOCKFILES"></a>veto oplock files (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only valid when the <a href="#OPLOCKS"> - <i><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>oplocks</tt></i></a> parameter is turned on for a share. It allows the Samba administrator to selectively turn off the granting of oplocks on selected files that match a wildcarded list, similar to the wildcarded list used in the - <a href="#VETOFILES"><i><tt>veto files</tt></i></a> + <a href="#VETOFILES"><i class="parameter"><tt>veto files</tt></i></a> parameter.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>No files are vetoed for oplock grants</em></span></p><p>You might want to do this on files that you know will be heavily contended for by clients. A good example of this is in the NetBench SMB benchmark program, which causes heavy - client contention for files ending in <tt>.SEM</tt>. + client contention for files ending in <tt class="filename">.SEM</tt>. To cause Samba not to grant oplocks on these files you would use the line (either in the [global] section or in the section for - the particular NetBench share :</p><p>Example: <b>veto oplock files = /*.SEM/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies a shared object files that + the particular NetBench share :</p><p>Example: <b class="command">veto oplock files = /*.SEM/</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECT"></a>vfs object (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for + <a href="#VFSOBJECTS"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>vfs objects</tt></i> + </a>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOBJECTS"></a>vfs objects (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the backend names which are used for Samba VFS I/O operations. By default, normal disk I/O operations are used but these can be overloaded - with one or more VFS objects. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSOPTIONS"></a>vfs options (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows parameters to be passed - to the vfs layer at initialization time. - See also <a href="#VFSOBJECT"><i><tt> - vfs object</tt></i></a>.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VFSPATH"></a>vfs path (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the directory - to look in for vfs modules. The name of every <b>vfs object - </b> will be prepended by this directory.</p><p>Default: <b>vfs path = </b></p><p>Example: <b>vfs path = /usr/lib/samba/vfs</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VOLUME"></a>volume (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This allows you to override the volume label + with one or more VFS objects. </p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no value</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">vfs objects = extd_audit recycle</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="VOLUME"></a>volume (S)</span></dt><dd><p> This allows you to override the volume label returned for a share. Useful for CDROMs with installation programs that insist on a particular volume label.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>the name of the share</em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WIDELINKS"></a>wide links (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not links in the UNIX file system may be followed by the server. Links @@ -2956,52 +3029,52 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ server are always allowed; this parameter controls access only to areas that are outside the directory tree being exported.</p><p>Note that setting this parameter can have a negative effect on your server performance due to the extra system calls - that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <b>wide links = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a>winbind cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of - seconds the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon will cache + that Samba has to do in order to perform the link checks.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wide links = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDCACHETIME"></a>winbind cache time (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the number of + seconds the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon will cache user and group information before querying a Windows NT server - again.</p><p>Default: <b>winbind cache type = 15</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a>winbind enum groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> it may be necessary to suppress - the enumeration of groups through the <b>setgrent()</b>, - <b>getgrent()</b> and - <b>endgrent()</b> group of system calls. If - the <i><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i> parameter is - <tt>no</tt>, calls to the <b>getgrent()</b> system + again.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind cache type = 15</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMGROUPS"></a>winbind enum groups (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be necessary to suppress + the enumeration of groups through the <b class="command">setgrent()</b>, + <b class="command">getgrent()</b> and + <b class="command">endgrent()</b> group of system calls. If + the <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i> parameter is + <tt class="constant">no</tt>, calls to the <b class="command">getgrent()</b> system call will not return any data. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Warning:</em></span> Turning off group enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. - </p><p>Default: <b>winbind enum groups = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a>winbind enum users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> it may be - necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <b>setpwent()</b>, - <b>getpwent()</b> and - <b>endpwent()</b> group of system calls. If - the <i><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i> parameter is - <tt>no</tt>, calls to the <b>getpwent</b> system call + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enum groups = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDENUMUSERS"></a>winbind enum users (G)</span></dt><dd><p>On large installations using <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> it may be + necessary to suppress the enumeration of users through the <b class="command">setpwent()</b>, + <b class="command">getpwent()</b> and + <b class="command">endpwent()</b> group of system calls. If + the <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i> parameter is + <tt class="constant">no</tt>, calls to the <b class="command">getpwent</b> system call will not return any data. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Warning:</em></span> Turning off user enumeration may cause some programs to behave oddly. For example, the finger program relies on having access to the full user list when searching for matching - usernames. </p><p>Default: <b>winbind enum users = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group - ids that are allocated by the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon. This range of group ids should have no + usernames. </p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind enum users = yes </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDGID"></a>winbind gid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is now an alias for <b class="command">idmap gid</b></p><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group + ids that are allocated by the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. This range of group ids should have no existing local or NIS groups within it as strange conflicts can - occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b>winbind gid = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>winbind gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a>winbind separator (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character - used when listing a username of the form of <i><tt>DOMAIN - </tt></i>\<i><tt>user</tt></i>. This parameter - is only applicable when using the <tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> - and <tt>nss_winbind.so</tt> modules for UNIX services. + occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind gid = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind gid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDSEPARATOR"></a>winbind separator (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter allows an admin to define the character + used when listing a username of the form of <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN + </tt></i>\<i class="replaceable"><tt>user</tt></i>. This parameter + is only applicable when using the <tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> + and <tt class="filename">nss_winbind.so</tt> modules for UNIX services. </p><p>Please note that setting this parameter to + causes problems with group membership at least on glibc systems, as the character + - is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group.</p><p>Default: <b>winbind separator = '\'</b></p><p>Example: <b>winbind separator = +</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of group - ids that are allocated by the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon. This range of ids should have no - existing local or NIS users within it as strange conflicts can - occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b>winbind uid = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>winbind uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUSEDDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a>winbind used default domain (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the - <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon should operate on users + is used as a special character for NIS in /etc/group.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind separator = '\'</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind separator = +</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUID"></a>winbind uid (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is now an alias for <b class="command">idmap uid</b></p><p>The winbind gid parameter specifies the range of user ids that are allocated by the + <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> + daemon. This range of ids should have no existing local or NIS users within it as strange + conflicts can occur otherwise.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind uid = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind uid = 10000-20000</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINBINDUSEDDEFAULTDOMAIN"></a>winbind used default domain (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies whether the + <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon should operate on users without domain component in their username. Users without a domain component are treated as is part of the winbindd server's own domain. While this does not benifit Windows users, it makes SSH, FTP and e-mail function in a way much closer to the way they - would in a native unix system.</p><p>Default: <b>winbind use default domain = <no></b></p><p>Example: <b>winbind use default domain = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSHOOK"></a>wins hook (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this + would in a native unix system.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">winbind use default domain = <no></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">winbind use default domain = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSHOOK"></a>wins hook (G)</span></dt><dd><p>When Samba is running as a WINS server this allows you to call an external program for all changes to the WINS database. The primary use for this option is to allow the dynamic update of external name resolution databases such as dynamic DNS.</p><p>The wins hook parameter specifies the name of a script - or executable that will be called as follows:</p><p><b>wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first argument is the operation and is + or executable that will be called as follows:</p><p><b class="command">wins_hook operation name nametype ttl IP_list</b></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The first argument is the operation and is one of "add", "delete", or "refresh". In most cases the operation can be ignored as the rest of the parameters @@ -3016,16 +3089,16 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ for the name in seconds.</p></li><li><p>The fifth and subsequent arguments are the IP addresses currently registered for that name. If this list is empty then the name should be deleted.</p></li></ul></div><p>An example script that calls the BIND dynamic DNS update - program <b>nsupdate</b> is provided in the examples + program <b class="command">nsupdate</b> is provided in the examples directory of the Samba source code. </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPARTNER"></a>wins partner (G)</span></dt><dd><p>A space separated list of partners' IP addresses for WINS replication. WINS partners are always defined as push/pull partners as defining only one way WINS replication is unreliable. WINS replication is currently experimental and unreliable between samba servers. - </p><p>Default: <b>wins partners = </b></p><p>Example: <b>wins partners = 192.168.0.1 172.16.1.2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPROXY"></a>wins proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> will respond to broadcast name + </p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins partners = </b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins partners = 192.168.0.1 172.16.1.2</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSPROXY"></a>wins proxy (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a boolean that controls if <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> will respond to broadcast name queries on behalf of other hosts. You may need to set this - to <tt>yes</tt> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <b>wins proxy = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSERVER"></a>wins server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP - address for preference) of the WINS server that <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on + to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> for some older clients.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins proxy = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSERVER"></a>wins server (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This specifies the IP address (or DNS name: IP + address for preference) of the WINS server that <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> should register with. If you have a WINS server on your network then you should set this to the WINS server's IP.</p><p>You should point this at your WINS server if you have a multi-subnetted network.</p><p>If you want to work in multiple namespaces, you can give every wins server a 'tag'. For each tag, only one @@ -3033,20 +3106,20 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ seperated from the ip address by a colon. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>You need to set up Samba to point to a WINS server if you have multiple subnets and wish cross-subnet - browsing to work correctly.</p></div><p>See the documentation file <a href="improved-browsing.html" target="_top">Browsing</a> in the samba howto collection.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>not enabled</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>wins server = mary:192.9.200.1 fred:192.168.3.199 mary:192.168.2.61</b></p><p>For this example when querying a certain name, 192.19.200.1 will + browsing to work correctly.</p></div><p>See the documentation file <a href="improved-browsing.html" target="_top">Browsing</a> in the samba howto collection.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>not enabled</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins server = mary:192.9.200.1 fred:192.168.3.199 mary:192.168.2.61</b></p><p>For this example when querying a certain name, 192.19.200.1 will be asked first and if that doesn't respond 192.168.2.61. If either of those doesn't know the name 192.168.3.199 will be queried. - </p><p>Example: <b>wins server = 192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a>wins support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should - not set this to <tt>yes</tt> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and - you wish a particular <b>nmbd</b> to be your WINS server. - Note that you should <span class="emphasis"><em>NEVER</em></span> set this to <tt>yes</tt> - on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <b>wins support = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WORKGROUP"></a>workgroup (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will + </p><p>Example: <b class="command">wins server = 192.9.200.1 192.168.2.61</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WINSSUPPORT"></a>wins support (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This boolean controls if the <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> process in Samba will act as a WINS server. You should + not set this to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> unless you have a multi-subnetted network and + you wish a particular <b class="command">nmbd</b> to be your WINS server. + Note that you should <span class="emphasis"><em>NEVER</em></span> set this to <tt class="constant">yes</tt> + on more than one machine in your network.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">wins support = no</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WORKGROUP"></a>workgroup (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This controls what workgroup your server will appear to be in when queried by clients. Note that this parameter also controls the Domain name used with - the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"><b>security = domain</b></a> - setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>set at compile time to WORKGROUP</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>workgroup = MYGROUP</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#WRITEABLE"><i><tt> + the <a href="#SECURITYEQUALSDOMAIN"><b class="command">security = domain</b></a> + setting.</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>set at compile time to WORKGROUP</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">workgroup = MYGROUP</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITABLE"></a>writable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Synonym for <a href="#WRITEABLE"><i class="parameter"><tt> writeable</tt></i></a> for people who can't spell :-).</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEABLE"></a>writeable (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY"> - <i><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a>write cache size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, + <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITECACHESIZE"></a>write cache size (S)</span></dt><dd><p>If this integer parameter is set to non-zero value, Samba will create an in-memory cache for each oplocked file (it does <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> do this for non-oplocked files). All writes that the client does not request @@ -3059,31 +3132,31 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ be the RAID stripe size) and can improve performance on systems where the disk subsystem is a bottleneck but there is free memory for userspace programs.</p><p>The integer parameter specifies the size of this cache - (per oplocked file) in bytes.</p><p>Default: <b>write cache size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b>write cache size = 262144</b></p><p>for a 256k cache size per file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITELIST"></a>write list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-write + (per oplocked file) in bytes.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write cache size = 0</b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">write cache size = 262144</b></p><p>for a 256k cache size per file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITELIST"></a>write list (S)</span></dt><dd><p>This is a list of users that are given read-write access to a service. If the connecting user is in this list then they will be given write access, no matter what the <a href="#READONLY"> - <i><tt>read only</tt></i></a> + <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a> option is set to. The list can include group names using the @group syntax.</p><p>Note that if a user is in both the read list and the - write list then they will be given write access.</p><p>See also the <a href="#READLIST"><i><tt>read list - </tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b>write list = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b>write list = admin, root, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEOK"></a>write ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY"> - <i><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITERAW"></a>write raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server + write list then they will be given write access.</p><p>See also the <a href="#READLIST"><i class="parameter"><tt>read list + </tt></i></a> option.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write list = <empty string></b></p><p>Example: <b class="command">write list = admin, root, @staff</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITEOK"></a>write ok (S)</span></dt><dd><p>Inverted synonym for <a href="#READONLY"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>read only</tt></i></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WRITERAW"></a>write raw (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter controls whether or not the server will support raw write SMB's when transferring data from clients. - You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b>write raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a>wtmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has - been configured and compiled with the option <b> + You should never need to change this parameter.</p><p>Default: <b class="command">write raw = yes</b></p></dd><dt><span class="term"><a name="WTMPDIRECTORY"></a>wtmp directory (G)</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has + been configured and compiled with the option <b class="command"> --with-utmp</b>. It specifies a directory pathname that is used to store the wtmp or wtmpx files (depending on the UNIX system) that record user connections to a Samba server. The difference with the utmp directory is the fact that user info is kept after a user has logged out.</p><p>See also the <a href="#UTMP"> - <i><tt>utmp</tt></i></a> parameter. By default this is + <i class="parameter"><tt>utmp</tt></i></a> parameter. By default this is not set, meaning the system will use whatever utmp file the native system is set to use (usually - <tt>/var/run/wtmp</tt> on Linux).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no wtmp directory</em></span></p><p>Example: <b>wtmp directory = /var/log/wtmp</b></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>Although the configuration file permits service names + <tt class="filename">/var/run/wtmp</tt> on Linux).</p><p>Default: <span class="emphasis"><em>no wtmp directory</em></span></p><p>Example: <b class="command">wtmp directory = /var/log/wtmp</b></p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p>Although the configuration file permits service names to contain spaces, your client software may not. Spaces will be ignored in comparisons anyway, so it shouldn't be a problem - but be aware of the possibility.</p><p>On a similar note, many clients - especially DOS clients - - limit service names to eight characters. <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> has no such limitation, but attempts to connect from such + limit service names to eight characters. <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> has no such limitation, but attempts to connect from such clients will fail if they truncate the service names. For this reason you should probably keep your service names down to eight characters in length.</p><p>Use of the [homes] and [printers] special sections make life @@ -3091,7 +3164,7 @@ veto files = /.AppleDouble/.bin/.AppleDesktop/Network Trash Folder/ attributes can be tricky. Take extreme care when designing these sections. In particular, ensure that the permissions on spool directories are correct.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p> - <a href="samba.7.html">samba(7)</a>, <a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a>, <a href="swat.8.html">swat(8)</a>, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>, <a href="nmblookup.1.html">nmblookup(1)</a>, <a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a>, <a href="testprns.1.html">testprns(1)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + <a href="samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="swat.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">swat</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="nmblookup.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmblookup</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html index f987680f33..d7c5fed1b5 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcacls.1.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbcacls</tt> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-A acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [-n] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>The <b>smbcacls</b> program manipulates NT Access Control - Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <b>smbcacls</b> program. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcacls</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcacls.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcacls — Set or get ACLs on an NT file or directory names</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbcacls</tt> {//server/share} {filename} [-D acls] [-M acls] [-A acls] [-S acls] [-C name] [-G name] [-n] [-t] [-U username] [-h] [-d]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <b class="command">smbcacls</b> program manipulates NT Access Control + Lists (ACLs) on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <b class="command">smbcacls</b> program. The format of ACLs is described in the section ACL FORMAT </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-A acls</span></dt><dd><p>Add the ACLs specified to the ACL list. Existing access control entries are unchanged. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M acls</span></dt><dd><p>Modify the mask value (permissions) for the ACLs specified on the command line. An error will be printed for each @@ -12,14 +12,14 @@ type, owner and group for the call to succeed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U username</span></dt><dd><p>Specifies a username used to connect to the specified service. The username may be of the form "username" in which case the user is prompted to enter in a password and the - workgroup specified in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file is + workgroup specified in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file is used, or "username%password" or "DOMAIN\username%password" and the password and workgroup names are used as provided. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-C name</span></dt><dd><p>The owner of a file or directory can be changed - to the name given using the <i><tt>-C</tt></i> option. + to the name given using the <i class="parameter"><tt>-C</tt></i> option. The name can be a sid in the form S-1-x-y-z or a name resolved against the server specified in the first argument. </p><p>This command is a shortcut for -M OWNER:name. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-G name</span></dt><dd><p>The group owner of a file or directory can - be changed to the name given using the <i><tt>-G</tt></i> + be changed to the name given using the <i class="parameter"><tt>-G</tt></i> option. The name can be a sid in the form S-1-x-y-z or a name resolved against the server specified n the first argument. </p><p>This command is a shortcut for -M GROUP:name.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>This option displays all ACL information in numeric @@ -29,15 +29,15 @@ the arguments. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -51,8 +51,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ACL FORMAT</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> @@ -73,23 +73,23 @@ ACL:<sid or name>:<type>/<flags>/<mask> access granted to the SID. </p><p>The type can be either 0 or 1 corresponding to ALLOWED or DENIED access to the SID. The flags values are generally zero for file ACLs and either 9 or 2 for directory ACLs. Some - common flags are: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_OBJECT_INHERIT 0x1</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_CONTAINER_INHERIT 0x2</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT 0x4</tt></p></li><li><p><tt>#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_INHERIT_ONLY 0x8</tt></p></li></ul></div><p>At present flags can only be specified as decimal or + common flags are: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_OBJECT_INHERIT 0x1</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_CONTAINER_INHERIT 0x2</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_NO_PROPAGATE_INHERIT 0x4</tt></p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">#define SEC_ACE_FLAG_INHERIT_ONLY 0x8</tt></p></li></ul></div><p>At present flags can only be specified as decimal or hexadecimal values.</p><p>The mask is a value which expresses the access right granted to the SID. It can be given as a decimal or hexadecimal value, or by using one of the following text strings which map to the NT file permissions of the same name. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>R</em></span> - Allow read access </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - Allow write access</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>X</em></span> - Execute permission on the object</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - Delete the object</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>P</em></span> - Change permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>O</em></span> - Take ownership</p></li></ul></div><p>The following combined permissions can be specified:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>READ</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RX' permissions</p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>CHANGE</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RXWD' permissions </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>FULL</em></span> - Equivalent to 'RWXDPO' - permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <b>smbcacls</b> program sets the exit status + permissions</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <b class="command">smbcacls</b> program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcacls returns and exit - status of 0. If <b>smbcacls</b> couldn't connect to the specified server, + status of 0. If <b class="command">smbcacls</b> couldn't connect to the specified server, or there was an error getting or setting the ACLs, an exit status of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar - to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b>smbcacls</b> was written by Andrew Tridgell + to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b class="command">smbcacls</b> was written by Andrew Tridgell and Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for Samba 3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</p></div></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html index 49f00fb2db..ecb85d6e85 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbclient.1.html @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources - on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbclient</tt> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logfile] [-L <netbios name>] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbclient</b> is a client that can +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbclient</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbclient.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbclient — ftp-like client to access SMB/CIFS resources + on servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbclient</tt> {servicename} [password] [-b <buffer size>] [-d debuglevel] [-D Directory] [-U username] [-W workgroup] [-M <netbios name>] [-m maxprotocol] [-A authfile] [-N] [-l logfile] [-L <netbios name>] [-I destinationIP] [-E] [-c <command string>] [-i scope] [-O <socket options>] [-p port] [-R <name resolve order>] [-s <smb config file>] [-T<c|x>IXFqgbNan] [-k]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbclient</b> is a client that can 'talk' to an SMB/CIFS server. It offers an interface - similar to that of the ftp program (see <a href="ftp.1.html">ftp(1)</a>). + similar to that of the ftp program (see <a href="ftp.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">ftp</span>(1)</span></a>). Operations include things like getting files from the server to the local machine, putting files from the local machine to the server, retrieving directory information from the server and so on. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">servicename</span></dt><dd><p>servicename is the name of the service you want to use on the server. A service name takes the form - <tt>//server/service</tt> where <i><tt>server + <tt class="filename">//server/service</tt> where <i class="parameter"><tt>server </tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of the SMB/CIFS server - offering the desired service and <i><tt>service</tt></i> + offering the desired service and <i class="parameter"><tt>service</tt></i> is the name of the service offered. Thus to connect to the service "printer" on the SMB/CIFS server "smbserver", - you would use the servicename <tt>//smbserver/printer + you would use the servicename <tt class="filename">//smbserver/printer </tt></p><p>Note that the server name required is NOT necessarily the IP (DNS) host name of the server ! The name required is a NetBIOS server name, which may or may not be the same as the IP hostname of the machine running the server. </p><p>The server name is looked up according to either - the <i><tt>-R</tt></i> parameter to <b>smbclient</b> or + the <i class="parameter"><tt>-R</tt></i> parameter to <b class="command">smbclient</b> or using the name resolve order parameter in - the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file, + the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file, allowing an administrator to change the order and methods by which server names are looked up. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">password</span></dt><dd><p>The password required to access the specified service on the specified server. If this parameter is - supplied, the <i><tt>-N</tt></i> option (suppress + supplied, the <i class="parameter"><tt>-N</tt></i> option (suppress password prompt) is assumed. </p><p>There is no default password. If no password is supplied on the command line (either by using this parameter or adding - a password to the <i><tt>-U</tt></i> option (see - below)) and the <i><tt>-N</tt></i> option is not + a password to the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U</tt></i> option (see + below)) and the <i class="parameter"><tt>-N</tt></i> option is not specified, the client will prompt for a password, even if the desired service does not require one. (If no password is required, simply press ENTER to provide a null password.) @@ -40,30 +40,30 @@ suite to determine what naming services and in what order to resolve host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated string of different name resolution options.</p><p>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They - cause names to be resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmhosts</tt>: Lookup an IP + cause names to be resolved as follows:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">lmhosts</tt>: Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see - the <a href="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</a> for details) then - any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><tt>host</tt>: Do a standard host - name to IP address resolution, using the system <tt>/etc/hosts + the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then + any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">host</tt>: Do a standard host + name to IP address resolution, using the system <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts </tt>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this - may be controlled by the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> + may be controlled by the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise - it is ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt>wins</tt>: Query a name with - the IP address listed in the <i><tt>wins server</tt></i> + it is ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">wins</tt>: Query a name with + the IP address listed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>wins server</tt></i> parameter. If no WINS server has - been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt>bcast</tt>: Do a broadcast on + been specified this method will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">bcast</tt>: Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces listed in the - <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>If this parameter is not set then the name resolve order - defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file parameter + defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file parameter (name resolve order) will be used. </p><p>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast and without - this parameter or any entry in the <i><tt>name resolve order - </tt></i> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file the name resolution + this parameter or any entry in the <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order + </tt></i> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file the name resolution methods will be attempted in this order. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-M NetBIOS name</span></dt><dd><p>This options allows you to send messages, using the "WinPopup" protocol, to another computer. Once a connection is established you then type your message, pressing ^D (control-D) to @@ -73,27 +73,27 @@ occur. </p><p>The message is also automatically truncated if the message is over 1600 bytes, as this is the limit of the protocol. </p><p>One useful trick is to cat the message through - <b>smbclient</b>. For example: <b> + <b class="command">smbclient</b>. For example: <b class="command"> cat mymessage.txt | smbclient -M FRED </b> will - send the message in the file <tt>mymessage.txt</tt> - to the machine FRED. </p><p>You may also find the <i><tt>-U</tt></i> and - <i><tt>-I</tt></i> options useful, as they allow you to - control the FROM and TO parts of the message. </p><p>See the <i><tt>message command</tt></i> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> for a description of how to handle incoming + send the message in the file <tt class="filename">mymessage.txt</tt> + to the machine FRED. </p><p>You may also find the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U</tt></i> and + <i class="parameter"><tt>-I</tt></i> options useful, as they allow you to + control the FROM and TO parts of the message. </p><p>See the <i class="parameter"><tt>message command</tt></i> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for a description of how to handle incoming WinPopup messages in Samba. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Note</em></span>: Copy WinPopup into the startup group on your WfWg PCs if you want them to always be able to receive messages. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p port</span></dt><dd><p>This number is the TCP port number that will be used when making connections to the server. The standard (well-known) TCP port number for an SMB/CIFS server is 139, which is the - default. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l logfilename</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, <i><tt>logfilename</tt></i> specifies a base filename + default. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l logfilename</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, <i class="replaceable"><tt>logfilename</tt></i> specifies a base filename into which operational data from the running client will be logged. </p><p>The default base name is specified at compile time.</p><p>The base name is used to generate actual log file names. For example, if the name specified was "log", the debug file - would be <tt>log.client</tt>.</p><p>The log file generated is never removed by the client. + would be <tt class="filename">log.client</tt>.</p><p>The log file generated is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. -</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>IP address</tt></i> is the address of the server to connect to. +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I IP-address</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>IP address</tt></i> is the address of the server to connect to. It should be specified in standard "a.b.c.d" notation. </p><p>Normally the client would attempt to locate a named SMB/CIFS server by looking it up via the NetBIOS name resolution - mechanism described above in the <i><tt>name resolve order</tt></i> + mechanism described above in the <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i> parameter above. Using this parameter will force the client to assume that the server is on the machine with the specified IP address and the NetBIOS name component of the resource being @@ -103,16 +103,16 @@ to the standard error stream (stderr) rather than to the standard output stream. </p><p>By default, the client writes messages to standard output - typically the user's tty. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to look at what services - are available on a server. You use it as <b>smbclient -L - host</b> and a list should appear. The <i><tt>-I + are available on a server. You use it as <b class="command">smbclient -L + host</b> and a list should appear. The <i class="parameter"><tt>-I </tt></i> option may be useful if your NetBIOS names don't match your TCP/IP DNS host names or if you are trying to reach a - host on another network. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t terminal code</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <b>smbclient</b> how to interpret + host on another network. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t terminal code</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells <b class="command">smbclient</b> how to interpret filenames coming from the remote server. Usually Asian language multibyte UNIX implementations use different character sets than SMB/CIFS servers (<span class="emphasis"><em>EUC</em></span> instead of <span class="emphasis"><em> SJIS</em></span> for example). Setting this parameter will let - <b>smbclient</b> convert between the UNIX filenames and + <b class="command">smbclient</b> convert between the UNIX filenames and the SMB filenames correctly. This option has not been seriously tested and may have some problems. </p><p>The terminal codes include CWsjis, CWeuc, CWjis7, CWjis8, CWjunet, CWhex, CWcap. This is not a complete list, check the Samba @@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ is 65520 bytes. Setting this value smaller (to 1200 bytes) has been observed to speed up file transfers to and from a Win9x server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -143,8 +143,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user. This is useful when @@ -162,26 +162,26 @@ password = <value> domain = <value> </pre><p>Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--user=username[%password]</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the SMB username or username and password. </p><p>If %password is not specified, the user will be prompted. The -client will first check the <tt>USER</tt> environment variable, then the -<tt>LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the +client will first check the <tt class="envar">USER</tt> environment variable, then the +<tt class="envar">LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not -found, the username <tt>GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which +found, the username <tt class="constant">GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which contains the plaintext of the username and password. This option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the -<i><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on +<i class="parameter"><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen -via the <b>ps</b> command. To be safe always allow -<b>rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type +via the <b class="command">ps</b> command. To be safe always allow +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n <primary NetBIOS name></span></dt><dd><p>This option allows you to override the NetBIOS name that Samba uses for itself. This is identical -to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i><tt>NetBIOS -name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. However, a command +to setting the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#netbiosname" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>NetBIOS +name</tt></i></a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. However, a command line setting will take precedence over settings in -<a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i <scope></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that -<b>nmblookup</b> will use to communicate with when +<a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i <scope></span></dt><dd><p>This specifies a NetBIOS scope that +<b class="command">nmblookup</b> will use to communicate with when generating NetBIOS names. For details on the use of NetBIOS scopes, see rfc1001.txt and rfc1002.txt. NetBIOS scopes are <span class="emphasis"><em>very</em></span> rarely used, only set this parameter @@ -192,71 +192,71 @@ smb.conf. If the domain specified is the same as the servers NetBIOS name, it causes the client to log on using the servers local SAM (as opposed to the Domain SAM). </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-O socket options</span></dt><dd><p>TCP socket options to set on the client socket. See the socket options parameter in -the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> manual page for the list of valid -options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbclient may be used to create <b>tar(1) +the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manual page for the list of valid +options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbclient may be used to create <b class="command">tar(1) </b> compatible backups of all the files on an SMB/CIFS share. The secondary tar flags that can be given to this option - are : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i><tt>c</tt></i> - Create a tar file on UNIX. + are : </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>c</tt></i> - Create a tar file on UNIX. Must be followed by the name of a tar file, tape device or "-" for standard output. If using standard output you must turn the log level to its lowest value -d0 to avoid corrupting your tar file. This flag is mutually exclusive with the - <i><tt>x</tt></i> flag. </p></li><li><p><i><tt>x</tt></i> - Extract (restore) a local + <i class="parameter"><tt>x</tt></i> flag. </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>x</tt></i> - Extract (restore) a local tar file back to a share. Unless the -D option is given, the tar files will be restored from the top level of the share. Must be followed by the name of the tar file, device or "-" for standard - input. Mutually exclusive with the <i><tt>c</tt></i> flag. + input. Mutually exclusive with the <i class="parameter"><tt>c</tt></i> flag. Restored files have their creation times (mtime) set to the date saved in the tar file. Directories currently do not get - their creation dates restored properly. </p></li><li><p><i><tt>I</tt></i> - Include files and directories. + their creation dates restored properly. </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>I</tt></i> - Include files and directories. Is the default behavior when filenames are specified above. Causes tar files to be included in an extract or create (and therefore everything else to be excluded). See example below. Filename globbing - works in one of two ways. See r below. </p></li><li><p><i><tt>X</tt></i> - Exclude files and directories. + works in one of two ways. See r below. </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>X</tt></i> - Exclude files and directories. Causes tar files to be excluded from an extract or create. See example below. Filename globbing works in one of two ways now. - See <i><tt>r</tt></i> below. </p></li><li><p><i><tt>b</tt></i> - Blocksize. Must be followed + See <i class="parameter"><tt>r</tt></i> below. </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>b</tt></i> - Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in blocksize*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>g</tt></i> - Incremental. Only back up + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>g</tt></i> - Incremental. Only back up files that have the archive bit set. Useful only with the - <i><tt>c</tt></i> flag. </p></li><li><p><i><tt>q</tt></i> - Quiet. Keeps tar from printing + <i class="parameter"><tt>c</tt></i> flag. </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>q</tt></i> - Quiet. Keeps tar from printing diagnostics as it works. This is the same as tarmode quiet. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>r</tt></i> - Regular expression include + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>r</tt></i> - Regular expression include or exclude. Uses regular expression matching for excluding or excluding files if compiled with HAVE_REGEX_H. However this mode can be very slow. If not compiled with HAVE_REGEX_H, does a limited wildcard match on '*' and '?'. - </p></li><li><p><i><tt>N</tt></i> - Newer than. Must be followed + </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>N</tt></i> - Newer than. Must be followed by the name of a file whose date is compared against files found on the share during a create. Only files newer than the file specified are backed up to the tar file. Useful only with the - <i><tt>c</tt></i> flag. </p></li><li><p><i><tt>a</tt></i> - Set archive bit. Causes the + <i class="parameter"><tt>c</tt></i> flag. </p></li><li><p><i class="parameter"><tt>a</tt></i> - Set archive bit. Causes the archive bit to be reset when a file is backed up. Useful with the - <i><tt>g</tt></i> and <i><tt>c</tt></i> flags. - </p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Tar Long File Names</em></span></p><p><b>smbclient</b>'s tar option now supports long + <i class="parameter"><tt>g</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>c</tt></i> flags. + </p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Tar Long File Names</em></span></p><p><b class="command">smbclient</b>'s tar option now supports long file names both on backup and restore. However, the full path name of the file must be less than 1024 bytes. Also, when - a tar archive is created, <b>smbclient</b>'s tar option places all + a tar archive is created, <b class="command">smbclient</b>'s tar option places all files in the archive with relative names, not absolute names. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Tar Filenames</em></span></p><p>All file names can be given as DOS path names (with '\\' as the component separator) or as UNIX path names (with '/' as - the component separator). </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Examples</em></span></p><p>Restore from tar file <tt>backup.tar</tt> into myshare on mypc - (no password on share). </p><p><b>smbclient //mypc/yshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar - </b></p><p>Restore everything except <tt>users/docs</tt> - </p><p><b>smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -TXx backup.tar - users/docs</b></p><p>Create a tar file of the files beneath <tt> - users/docs</tt>. </p><p><b>smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tc + the component separator). </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Examples</em></span></p><p>Restore from tar file <tt class="filename">backup.tar</tt> into myshare on mypc + (no password on share). </p><p><b class="command">smbclient //mypc/yshare "" -N -Tx backup.tar + </b></p><p>Restore everything except <tt class="filename">users/docs</tt> + </p><p><b class="command">smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -TXx backup.tar + users/docs</b></p><p>Create a tar file of the files beneath <tt class="filename"> + users/docs</tt>. </p><p><b class="command">smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tc backup.tar users/docs </b></p><p>Create the same tar file as above, but now use - a DOS path name. </p><p><b>smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -tc backup.tar + a DOS path name. </p><p><b class="command">smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -tc backup.tar users\edocs </b></p><p>Create a tar file of all the files and directories in - the share. </p><p><b>smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tc backup.tar * + the share. </p><p><b class="command">smbclient //mypc/myshare "" -N -Tc backup.tar * </b></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D initial directory</span></dt><dd><p>Change to initial directory before starting. Probably only of any use with the tar -T option. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-c command string</span></dt><dd><p>command string is a semicolon-separated list of - commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <i><tt> - -N</tt></i> is implied by <i><tt>-c</tt></i>.</p><p>This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin - to the server, e.g. <b>-c 'print -'</b>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with - a prompt : </p><p><tt>smb:\> </tt></p><p>The backslash ("\\") indicates the current working directory + commands to be executed instead of prompting from stdin. <i class="parameter"><tt> + -N</tt></i> is implied by <i class="parameter"><tt>-c</tt></i>.</p><p>This is particularly useful in scripts and for printing stdin + to the server, e.g. <b class="command">-c 'print -'</b>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPERATIONS</h2><p>Once the client is running, the user is presented with + a prompt : </p><p><tt class="prompt">smb:\> </tt></p><p>The backslash ("\\") indicates the current working directory on the server, and will change if the current working directory is changed. </p><p>The prompt indicates that the client is ready and waiting to carry out a user command. Each command is a single word, optionally @@ -271,10 +271,10 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbcli </p><p>Note that all commands operating on the server are actually performed by issuing a request to the server. Thus the behavior may vary from server to server, depending on how the server was implemented. - </p><p>The commands available are given here in alphabetical order. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">? [command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <i><tt>command</tt></i> is specified, the ? command will display + </p><p>The commands available are given here in alphabetical order. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">? [command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <i class="replaceable"><tt>command</tt></i> is specified, the ? command will display a brief informative message about the specified command. If no command is specified, a list of available commands will - be displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">! [shell command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <i><tt>shell command</tt></i> is specified, the ! + be displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">! [shell command]</span></dt><dd><p>If <i class="replaceable"><tt>shell command</tt></i> is specified, the ! command will execute a shell locally and run the specified shell command. If no command is specified, a local shell will be run. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">altname file</span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server return @@ -294,15 +294,15 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbcli specified. This operation will fail if for any reason the specified directory is inaccessible. </p><p>If no directory name is specified, the current working directory on the server will be reported. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">del <mask></span></dt><dd><p>The client will request that the server attempt - to delete all files matching <i><tt>mask</tt></i> from the current working - directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dir <mask></span></dt><dd><p>A list of the files matching <i><tt>mask</tt></i> in the current + to delete all files matching <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> from the current working + directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dir <mask></span></dt><dd><p>A list of the files matching <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> in the current working directory on the server will be retrieved from the server and displayed. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">exit</span></dt><dd><p>Terminate the connection with the server and exit - from the program. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">get <remote file name> [local file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <tt>remote file name</tt> from + from the program. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">get <remote file name> [local file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <tt class="filename">remote file name</tt> from the server to the machine running the client. If specified, name - the local copy <tt>local file name</tt>. Note that all transfers in - <b>smbclient</b> are binary. See also the - lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">help [command]</span></dt><dd><p>See the ? command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lcd [directory name]</span></dt><dd><p>If <i><tt>directory name</tt></i> is specified, the current + the local copy <tt class="filename">local file name</tt>. Note that all transfers in + <b class="command">smbclient</b> are binary. See also the + lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">help [command]</span></dt><dd><p>See the ? command above. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">lcd [directory name]</span></dt><dd><p>If <i class="replaceable"><tt>directory name</tt></i> is specified, the current working directory on the local machine will be changed to the directory specified. This operation will fail if for any reason the specified directory is inaccessible. </p><p>If no directory name is specified, the name of the @@ -329,16 +329,16 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbcli to "*") and remains so until the mask command is used to change it. It retains the most recently specified value indefinitely. To avoid unexpected results it would be wise to change the value of - mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">md <directory name></span></dt><dd><p>See the mkdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mget <mask></span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <i><tt>mask</tt></i> from the server to - the machine running the client. </p><p>Note that <i><tt>mask</tt></i> is interpreted differently during recursive + mask back to "*" after using the mget or mput commands. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">md <directory name></span></dt><dd><p>See the mkdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mget <mask></span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> from the server to + the machine running the client. </p><p>Note that <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask commands for more information. Note that all transfers in - <b>smbclient</b> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mkdir <directory name></span></dt><dd><p>Create a new directory on the server (user access - privileges permitting) with the specified name. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mput <mask></span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <i><tt>mask</tt></i> in the current working + <b class="command">smbclient</b> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mkdir <directory name></span></dt><dd><p>Create a new directory on the server (user access + privileges permitting) with the specified name. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">mput <mask></span></dt><dd><p>Copy all files matching <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> in the current working directory on the local machine to the current working directory on - the server. </p><p>Note that <i><tt>mask</tt></i> is interpreted differently during recursive + the server. </p><p>Note that <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> is interpreted differently during recursive operation and non-recursive operation - refer to the recurse and mask - commands for more information. Note that all transfers in <b>smbclient</b> + commands for more information. Note that all transfers in <b class="command">smbclient</b> are binary. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">print <file name></span></dt><dd><p>Print the specified file from the local machine through a printable service on the server. </p><p>See also the printmode command.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">printmode <graphics or text></span></dt><dd><p>Set the print mode to suit either binary data (such as graphical information) or text. Subsequent print @@ -346,10 +346,10 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbcli of the mget and mput commands. </p><p>When toggled ON, the user will be prompted to confirm the transfer of each file during these commands. When toggled OFF, all specified files will be transferred without prompting. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">put <local file name> [remote file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <tt>local file name</tt> from the + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">put <local file name> [remote file name]</span></dt><dd><p>Copy the file called <tt class="filename">local file name</tt> from the machine running the client to the server. If specified, - name the remote copy <tt>remote file name</tt>. Note that all transfers - in <b>smbclient</b> are binary. See also the lowercase command. + name the remote copy <tt class="filename">remote file name</tt>. Note that all transfers + in <b class="command">smbclient</b> are binary. See also the lowercase command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">queue</span></dt><dd><p>Displays the print queue, showing the job id, name, size and current status. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">quit</span></dt><dd><p>See the exit command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rd <directory name></span></dt><dd><p>See the rmdir command. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">recurse</span></dt><dd><p>Toggle directory recursion for the commands mget and mput. </p><p>When toggled ON, these commands will process all directories @@ -360,22 +360,22 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbcli </p><p>When recursion is toggled OFF, only files from the current working directory on the source machine that match the mask specified to the mget or mput commands will be copied, and any mask specified - using the mask command will be ignored. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rm <mask></span></dt><dd><p>Remove all files matching <i><tt>mask</tt></i> from the current + using the mask command will be ignored. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rm <mask></span></dt><dd><p>Remove all files matching <i class="replaceable"><tt>mask</tt></i> from the current working directory on the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rmdir <directory name></span></dt><dd><p>Remove the specified directory (user access privileges permitting) from the server. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">setmode <filename> <perm=[+|\-]rsha></span></dt><dd><p>A version of the DOS attrib command to set - file permissions. For example: </p><p><b>setmode myfile +r </b></p><p>would make myfile read only. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">symlink source destination</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS + file permissions. For example: </p><p><b class="command">setmode myfile +r </b></p><p>would make myfile read only. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">symlink source destination</span></dt><dd><p>This command depends on the server supporting the CIFS UNIX extensions and will fail if the server does not. The client requests that the server create a symbolic hard link between the source and destination files. The source file must not exist. Note that the server will not create a link to any path that lies outside the currently connected share. This is enforced by the Samba server. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tar <c|x>[IXbgNa]</span></dt><dd><p>Performs a tar operation - see the <i><tt>-T + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tar <c|x>[IXbgNa]</span></dt><dd><p>Performs a tar operation - see the <i class="parameter"><tt>-T </tt></i> command line option above. Behavior may be affected by the tarmode command (see below). Using g (incremental) and N (newer) will affect tarmode settings. Note that using the "-" option with tar x may not work - use the command line option instead. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">blocksize <blocksize></span></dt><dd><p>Blocksize. Must be followed by a valid (greater than zero) blocksize. Causes tar file to be written out in - <i><tt>blocksize</tt></i>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tarmode <full|inc|reset|noreset></span></dt><dd><p>Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive + <i class="replaceable"><tt>blocksize</tt></i>*TBLOCK (usually 512 byte) blocks. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">tarmode <full|inc|reset|noreset></span></dt><dd><p>Changes tar's behavior with regard to archive bits. In full mode, tar will back up everything regardless of the archive bit setting (this is the default mode). In incremental mode, tar will only back up files with the archive bit set. In reset mode, @@ -387,26 +387,26 @@ options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-T tar options</span></dt><dd><p>smbcli to some types of servers. For example OS/2 LanManager insists on a valid NetBIOS name being used, so you need to supply a valid name that would be known to the server.</p><p>smbclient supports long file names where the server - supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <tt>USER</tt> may contain the + supports the LANMAN2 protocol or above. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <tt class="envar">USER</tt> may contain the username of the person using the client. This information is used only if the protocol level is high enough to support - session-level passwords.</p><p>The variable <tt>PASSWD</tt> may contain + session-level passwords.</p><p>The variable <tt class="envar">PASSWD</tt> may contain the password of the person using the client. This information is used only if the protocol level is high enough to support - session-level passwords. </p><p>The variable <tt>LIBSMB_PROG</tt> may contain + session-level passwords. </p><p>The variable <tt class="envar">LIBSMB_PROG</tt> may contain the path, executed with system(), which the client should connect to instead of connecting to a server. This functionality is primarily intended as a development aid, and works best when using a LMHOSTS file</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>The location of the client program is a matter for individual system administrators. The following are thus suggestions only. </p><p>It is recommended that the smbclient software be installed - in the <tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/</tt> or <tt> + in the <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin/</tt> or <tt class="filename"> /usr/samba/bin/</tt> directory, this directory readable by all, writeable only by root. The client program itself should be executable by all. The client should <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be setuid or setgid! </p><p>The client log files should be put in a directory readable and writeable only by the user. </p><p>To test the client, you will need to know the name of a - running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon + running SMB/CIFS server. It is possible to run <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> as an ordinary user - running that server as a daemon on a user-accessible port (typically any port number over 1024) would provide a suitable test server. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>Most diagnostics issued by the client are logged in a specified log file. The log file name is specified at compile time, diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html index 6fa017fdb0..21344b9ade 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcontrol.1.html @@ -1,30 +1,30 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbcontrol</tt> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbcontrol</tt> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbcontrol</b> is a very small program, which - sends messages to a <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, a <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a>, or a <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcontrol</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcontrol.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcontrol — send messages to smbd, nmbd or winbindd processes</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbcontrol</tt> [-i] [-s]</p></div><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbcontrol</tt> [destination] [message-type] [parameter]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbcontrol</b> is a very small program, which + sends messages to a <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, a <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, or a <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon running on the system.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Run interactively. Individual commands of the form destination message-type parameters can be entered on STDIN. An empty command line or a "q" will quit the - program.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">destination</span></dt><dd><p>One of <i><tt>nmbd</tt></i>, <i><tt>smbd</tt></i> or a process ID.</p><p>The <i><tt>smbd</tt></i> destination causes the - message to "broadcast" to all smbd daemons.</p><p>The <i><tt>nmbd</tt></i> destination causes the + program.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">destination</span></dt><dd><p>One of <i class="parameter"><tt>nmbd</tt></i>, <i class="parameter"><tt>smbd</tt></i> or a process ID.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>smbd</tt></i> destination causes the + message to "broadcast" to all smbd daemons.</p><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>nmbd</tt></i> destination causes the message to be sent to the nmbd daemon specified in the - <tt>nmbd.pid</tt> file.</p><p>If a single process ID is given, the message is sent + <tt class="filename">nmbd.pid</tt> file.</p><p>If a single process ID is given, the message is sent to only that process.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">message-type</span></dt><dd><p>Type of message to send. See - the section <tt>MESSAGE-TYPES</tt> for details. + the section <tt class="constant">MESSAGE-TYPES</tt> for details. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">parameters</span></dt><dd><p>any parameters required for the message-type</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>MESSAGE-TYPES</h2><p>Available message types are:</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">close-share</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to close the client connections to the named share. Note that this doesn't affect client connections to any other shares. This message-type takes an argument of the share name for which client connections will be closed, or the "*" character which will close all currently open shares. This may be useful if you made changes to the access controls on the share. - This message can only be sent to <tt>smbd</tt>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debug</span></dt><dd><p>Set debug level to the value specified by the - parameter. This can be sent to any of the destinations.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">force-election</span></dt><dd><p>This message causes the <b>nmbd</b> daemon to + This message can only be sent to <tt class="constant">smbd</tt>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">debug</span></dt><dd><p>Set debug level to the value specified by the + parameter. This can be sent to any of the destinations.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">force-election</span></dt><dd><p>This message causes the <b class="command">nmbd</b> daemon to force a new browse master election. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ping</span></dt><dd><p> Send specified number of "ping" messages and wait for the same number of reply "pong" messages. This can be sent to @@ -52,14 +52,14 @@ compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Run interactiv Note that this message only sends notification that an event has occured. It doesn't actually cause the event to happen. - </p><p>This message can only be sent to <tt>smbd</tt>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to synchronise sam database from PDC (being BDC). Can only be sent to <tt>smbd</tt>. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Not working at the moment</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">samrepl</span></dt><dd><p>Send sam replication message, with specified serial. Can only be sent to <tt>smbd</tt>. Should not be used manually.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-mark</span></dt><dd><p>Set a mark for dmalloc. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-log-changed</span></dt><dd><p> + </p><p>This message can only be sent to <tt class="constant">smbd</tt>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">samsync</span></dt><dd><p>Order smbd to synchronise sam database from PDC (being BDC). Can only be sent to <tt class="constant">smbd</tt>. </p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p>Not working at the moment</p></div></dd><dt><span class="term">samrepl</span></dt><dd><p>Send sam replication message, with specified serial. Can only be sent to <tt class="constant">smbd</tt>. Should not be used manually.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-mark</span></dt><dd><p>Set a mark for dmalloc. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmalloc-log-changed</span></dt><dd><p> Dump the pointers that have changed since the mark set by dmalloc-mark. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd. Only available if samba is built with dmalloc support. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">shutdown</span></dt><dd><p>Shut down specified daemon. Can be sent to both smbd and nmbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">pool-usage</span></dt><dd><p>Print a human-readable description of all talloc(pool) memory usage by the specified daemon/process. Available for both smbd and nmbd.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">drvupgrade</span></dt><dd><p>Force clients of printers using specified driver to update their local version of the driver. Can only be sent to smbd.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> and <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html index 478c03cdaa..468edd1d61 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbcquotas.1.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbcquotas</tt> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logfilebase] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>The <b>smbcquotas</b> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <b>smbcquotas</b> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set. +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbcquotas</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbcquotas.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbcquotas — Set or get QUOTAs of NTFS 5 shares</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbcquotas</tt> {//server/share} [-u user] [-L] [-F] [-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND] [-n] [-t] [-v] [-d debuglevel] [-s configfile] [-l logfilebase] [-V] [-U username] [-N] [-k] [-A]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <b class="command">smbcquotas</b> program manipulates NT Quotas on SMB file shares. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><p>The following options are available to the <b class="command">smbcquotas</b> program. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p> Specifies the user of whom the quotas are get or set. By default the current user's username will be used.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L</span></dt><dd><p>Lists all quota records of the share.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>Show the share quota status and default limits.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S QUOTA_SET_COMMAND</span></dt><dd><p>This command set/modify quotas for a user or on the share, depending on the QUOTA_SET_COMMAND parameter witch is described later</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>This option displays all QUOTA information in numeric format. The default is to convert SIDs to names and QUOTA limits @@ -9,15 +9,15 @@ Be verbose. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user. This is useful when @@ -50,39 +50,39 @@ password = <value> domain = <value> </pre><p>Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--user=username[%password]</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the SMB username or username and password. </p><p>If %password is not specified, the user will be prompted. The -client will first check the <tt>USER</tt> environment variable, then the -<tt>LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the +client will first check the <tt class="envar">USER</tt> environment variable, then the +<tt class="envar">LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not -found, the username <tt>GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which +found, the username <tt class="constant">GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which contains the plaintext of the username and password. This option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the -<i><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on +<i class="parameter"><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen -via the <b>ps</b> command. To be safe always allow -<b>rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type +via the <b class="command">ps</b> command. To be safe always allow +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type it in directly. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>QUOTA_SET_COMAND</h2><p>The format of an ACL is one or more ACL entries separated by either commas or newlines. An ACL entry is one of the following: </p><p> for user setting quotas for the specified by -u or the current username: - </p><p><b><tt> + </p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> UQLIM:<username><softlimit><hardlimit> </tt></b></p><p> for setting the share quota defaults limits: - </p><p><b><tt> + </p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> FSQLIM:<softlimit><hardlimit> </tt></b></p><p> for changing the share quota settings: - </p><p><b><tt> + </p><p><b class="userinput"><tt> FSQFLAGS:QUOTA_ENABLED/DENY_DISK/LOG_SOFTLIMIT/LOG_HARD_LIMIT - </tt></b></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <b>smbcquotas</b> program sets the exit status + </tt></b></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The <b class="command">smbcquotas</b> program sets the exit status depending on the success or otherwise of the operations performed. The exit status may be one of the following values. </p><p>If the operation succeeded, smbcquotas returns an exit - status of 0. If <b>smbcquotas</b> couldn't connect to the specified server, + status of 0. If <b class="command">smbcquotas</b> couldn't connect to the specified server, or when there was an error getting or setting the quota(s), an exit status of 1 is returned. If there was an error parsing any command line arguments, an exit status of 2 is returned. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar - to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b>smbcacls</b> was written by Stefan Metzmacher.</p></div></div></body></html> + to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b class="command">smbcacls</b> was written by Stefan Metzmacher.</p></div></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html index 2ae976c3e8..5b71bd7196 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbd.8.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbd</tt> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbd</b> is the server daemon that +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbd — server to provide SMB/CIFS services to clients</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbd</tt> [-D] [-F] [-S] [-i] [-h] [-V] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-l <log directory>] [-p <port number>] [-O <socket option>] [-s <configuration file>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbd</b> is the server daemon that provides filesharing and printing services to Windows clients. The server provides filespace and printer services to clients using the SMB (or CIFS) protocol. This is compatible @@ -8,10 +8,10 @@ OS/2, DAVE for Macintosh, and smbfs for Linux.</p><p>An extensive description of the services that the server can provide is given in the man page for the configuration file controlling the attributes of those - services (see <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>. This man page will not describe the + services (see <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>. This man page will not describe the services, but will concentrate on the administrative aspects of running the server.</p><p>Please note that there are significant security - implications to running this server, and the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> manual page should be regarded as mandatory reading before + implications to running this server, and the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> manual page should be regarded as mandatory reading before proceeding with installation.</p><p>A session is created whenever a client requests one. Each client gets a copy of the server for each session. This copy then services all connections made by the client during @@ -21,43 +21,43 @@ can force a reload by sending a SIGHUP to the server. Reloading the configuration file will not affect connections to any service that is already established. Either the user will have to - disconnect from the service, or <b>smbd</b> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes + disconnect from the service, or <b class="command">smbd</b> killed and restarted.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-D</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes the server to operate as a daemon. That is, it detaches itself and runs in the background, fielding requests on the appropriate port. Operating the server as a - daemon is the recommended way of running <b>smbd</b> for + daemon is the recommended way of running <b class="command">smbd</b> for servers that provide more than casual use file and - print services. This switch is assumed if <b>smbd + print services. This switch is assumed if <b class="command">smbd </b> is executed on the command line of a shell. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - the main <b>smbd</b> process to not daemonize, + the main <b class="command">smbd</b> process to not daemonize, i.e. double-fork and disassociate with the terminal. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit. This operation mode is suitable for running - <b>smbd</b> under process supervisors such - as <b>supervise</b> and <b>svscan</b> - from Daniel J. Bernstein's <b>daemontools</b> + <b class="command">smbd</b> under process supervisors such + as <b class="command">supervise</b> and <b class="command">svscan</b> + from Daniel J. Bernstein's <b class="command">daemontools</b> package, or the AIX process monitor. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - <b>smbd</b> to log to standard output rather + <b class="command">smbd</b> to log to standard output rather than a file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter is specified it causes the server to run "interactively", not as a daemon, even if the server is executed on the command line of a shell. Setting this parameter negates the implicit deamon mode when run from the - command line. <b>smbd</b> also logs to standard - output, as if the <b>-S</b> parameter had been + command line. <b class="command">smbd</b> also logs to standard + output, as if the <b class="command">-S</b> parameter had been given. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -71,23 +71,23 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b</span></dt><dd><p>Prints information about how Samba was built.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l <log directory></span></dt><dd><p>If specified, - <i><tt>log directory</tt></i> + <i class="replaceable"><tt>log directory</tt></i> specifies a log directory into which the "log.smbd" log file will be created for informational and debug messages from the running server. The log file generated is never removed by the server although - its size may be controlled by the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#maxlogsize" target="_top"><i><tt>max log size</tt></i></a> - option in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. <span class="emphasis"><em>Beware:</em></span> - If the directory specified does not exist, <b>smbd</b> + its size may be controlled by the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#maxlogsize" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>max log size</tt></i></a> + option in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. <span class="emphasis"><em>Beware:</em></span> + If the directory specified does not exist, <b class="command">smbd</b> will log to the default debug log location defined at compile time. </p><p>The default log directory is specified at - compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p <port number></span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>port number</tt></i> is a positive integer + compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p <port number></span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>port number</tt></i> is a positive integer value. The default value if this parameter is not specified is 139.</p><p>This number is the port number that will be used when making connections to the server from client @@ -101,38 +101,38 @@ never removed by the client. than 139, you will require port redirection services on port 139, details of which are outlined in rfc1002.txt section 4.3.5.</p><p>This parameter is not normally specified except - in the above situation.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the - <b>inetd</b> meta-daemon, this file + in the above situation.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If the server is to be run by the + <b class="command">inetd</b> meta-daemon, this file must contain suitable startup information for the meta-daemon. See the <a href="install.html" target="_top">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</a> document for details. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/rc</tt></span></dt><dd><p>or whatever initialization script your + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/rc</tt></span></dt><dd><p>or whatever initialization script your system uses).</p><p>If running the server as a daemon at startup, this file will need to contain an appropriate startup sequence for the server. See the <a href="install.html" target="_top">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</a> - document for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/services</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If running the server via the - meta-daemon <b>inetd</b>, this file + document for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If running the server via the + meta-daemon <b class="command">inetd</b>, this file must contain a mapping of service name (e.g., netbios-ssn) to service port (e.g., 139) and protocol type (e.g., tcp). See the <a href="install.html" target="_top">"How to Install and Test SAMBA"</a> - document for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> server configuration file. Other common places that systems - install this file are <tt>/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt> - and <tt>/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>This file describes all the services the server - is to make available to clients. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <b>smbd</b> cannot change uid back + document for details.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file. Other common places that systems + install this file are <tt class="filename">/usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt> + and <tt class="filename">/etc/samba/smb.conf</tt>.</p><p>This file describes all the services the server + is to make available to clients. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> for more information.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>LIMITATIONS</h2><p>On some systems <b class="command">smbd</b> cannot change uid back to root after a setuid() call. Such systems are called trapdoor uid systems. If you have such a system, you will be unable to connect from a client (such as a PC) as two different users at once. Attempts to connect the second user will result in access denied or - similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt>PRINTER</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to + similar.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="envar">PRINTER</tt></span></dt><dd><p>If no printer name is specified to printable services, most systems will use the value of - this variable (or <tt>lp</tt> if this variable is + this variable (or <tt class="constant">lp</tt> if this variable is not defined) as the name of the printer to use. This is not specific to the server, however.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>PAM INTERACTION</h2><p>Samba uses PAM for authentication (when presented with a plaintext password), for account checking (is this account disabled?) and for session management. The degree too which samba supports PAM is restricted - by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESRICTIONS" target="_top"><i><tt>obey - pam restricions</tt></i></a> <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> paramater. When this is set, the following restrictions apply: + by the limitations of the SMB protocol and the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#OBEYPAMRESRICTIONS" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>obey + pam restricions</tt></i></a> <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> paramater. When this is set, the following restrictions apply: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Account Validation</em></span>: All accesses to a samba server are checked against PAM to see if the account is vaild, not disabled and is permitted to @@ -152,23 +152,23 @@ never removed by the client. available in the source code to warrant describing each and every diagnostic. At this stage your best bet is still to grep the source code and inspect the conditions that gave rise to the - diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <b>smbd</b> a SIGHUP will cause it to - reload its <tt>smb.conf</tt> configuration - file within a short period of time.</p><p>To shut down a user's <b>smbd</b> process it is recommended - that <b>SIGKILL (-9)</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> + diagnostics you are seeing.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>Sending the <b class="command">smbd</b> a SIGHUP will cause it to + reload its <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> configuration + file within a short period of time.</p><p>To shut down a user's <b class="command">smbd</b> process it is recommended + that <b class="command">SIGKILL (-9)</b> <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> be used, except as a last resort, as this may leave the shared memory area in an inconsistent state. The safe way to terminate - an <b>smbd</b> is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for - it to die on its own.</p><p>The debug log level of <b>smbd</b> may be raised - or lowered using <a href="smbcontrol.1.html">smbcontrol(1)</a> program (SIGUSR[1|2] signals are no longer + an <b class="command">smbd</b> is to send it a SIGTERM (-15) signal and wait for + it to die on its own.</p><p>The debug log level of <b class="command">smbd</b> may be raised + or lowered using <a href="smbcontrol.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbcontrol</span>(1)</span></a> program (SIGUSR[1|2] signals are no longer used since Samba 2.2). This is to allow transient problems to be diagnosed, whilst still running at a normally low log level.</p><p>Note that as the signal handlers send a debug write, - they are not re-entrant in <b>smbd</b>. This you should wait until - <b>smbd</b> is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before + they are not re-entrant in <b class="command">smbd</b>. This you should wait until + <b class="command">smbd</b> is in a state of waiting for an incoming SMB before issuing them. It is possible to make the signal handlers safe by un-blocking the signals before the select call and re-blocking - them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="hosts_access.5.html">hosts_access(5)</a>, <a href="inetd.8.html">inetd(8)</a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>, <a href="testparm.1.html">testparm(1)</a>, <a href="testprns.1.html">testprns(1)</a>, and the - Internet RFC's <tt>rfc1001.txt</tt>, <tt>rfc1002.txt</tt>. + them after, however this would affect performance.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="hosts_access.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">hosts_access</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="inetd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">inetd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testparm.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testparm</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="testprns.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">testprns</span>(1)</span></a>, and the + Internet RFC's <tt class="filename">rfc1001.txt</tt>, <tt class="filename">rfc1002.txt</tt>. In addition the CIFS (formerly SMB) specification is available as a link from the Web page <a href="http://samba.org/cifs/" target="_top"> http://samba.org/cifs/</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html index d577a6a3a7..8caedac3f5 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmnt.8.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt — helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbmnt</tt> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><b>smbmnt</b> is a helper application used +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmnt</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmnt.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmnt — helper utility for mounting SMB filesystems</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbmnt</tt> {mount-point} [-s <share>] [-r] [-u <uid>] [-g <gid>] [-f <mask>] [-d <mask>] [-o <options>] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><b class="command">smbmnt</b> is a helper application used by the smbmount program to do the actual mounting of SMB shares. - <b>smbmnt</b> can be installed setuid root if you want + <b class="command">smbmnt</b> can be installed setuid root if you want normal users to be able to mount their SMB shares.</p><p>A setuid smbmnt will only allow mounts on directories owned - by the user, and that the user has write permission on.</p><p>The <b>smbmnt</b> program is normally invoked - by <a href="smbmount.8.html">smbmount(8)</a>. It should not be invoked directly by users. </p><p>smbmount searches the normal PATH for smbmnt. You must ensure + by the user, and that the user has write permission on.</p><p>The <b class="command">smbmnt</b> program is normally invoked + by <a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a>. It should not be invoked directly by users. </p><p>smbmount searches the normal PATH for smbmnt. You must ensure that the smbmnt version in your path matches the smbmount used.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>mount the filesystem read-only </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u uid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the uid that the files will be owned by </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g gid</span></dt><dd><p>specify the gid that the files will be @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace - tools <b>smbmount</b>, <b>smbumount</b>, - and <b>smbmnt</b> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>. + tools <b class="command">smbmount</b>, <b class="command">smbumount</b>, + and <b class="command">smbmnt</b> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>. The <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a> is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs. </p><p>The conversion of this manpage for Samba 2.2 was performed diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html index 94560fba66..233dee51d7 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbmount.8.html @@ -1,27 +1,27 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount — mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbmount</tt> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><b>smbmount</b> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It - is usually invoked as <b>mount.smbfs</b> by - the <a href="mount.8.html">mount(8)</a> command when using the +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbmount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbmount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbmount — mount an smbfs filesystem</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbmount</tt> {service} {mount-point} [-o options]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p><b class="command">smbmount</b> mounts a Linux SMB filesystem. It + is usually invoked as <b class="command">mount.smbfs</b> by + the <a href="mount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">mount</span>(8)</span></a> command when using the "-t smbfs" option. This command only works in Linux, and the kernel must - support the smbfs filesystem. </p><p>Options to <b>smbmount</b> are specified as a comma-separated + support the smbfs filesystem. </p><p>Options to <b class="command">smbmount</b> are specified as a comma-separated list of key=value pairs. It is possible to send options other than those listed here, assuming that smbfs supports them. If you get mount failures, check your kernel log for errors on - unknown options.</p><p><b>smbmount</b> is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until + unknown options.</p><p><b class="command">smbmount</b> is a daemon. After mounting it keeps running until the mounted smbfs is umounted. It will log things that happen when in daemon mode using the "machine name" smbmount, so - typically this output will end up in <tt>log.smbmount</tt>. The <b> - smbmount</b> process may also be called mount.smbfs.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>NOTE:</em></span> <b>smbmount</b> - calls <a href="smbmnt.8.html">smbmnt(8)</a> to do the actual mount. You - must make sure that <b>smbmnt</b> is in the path so - that it can be found. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If - this is not given, then the environment variable <tt> + typically this output will end up in <tt class="filename">log.smbmount</tt>. The <b class="command"> + smbmount</b> process may also be called mount.smbfs.</p><div class="note" style="margin-left: 0.5in; margin-right: 0.5in;"><h3 class="title">Note</h3><p> <b class="command">smbmount</b> + calls <a href="smbmnt.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmnt</span>(8)</span></a> to do the actual mount. You + must make sure that <b class="command">smbmnt</b> is in the path so + that it can be found. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">username=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the username to connect as. If + this is not given, then the environment variable <tt class="envar"> USER</tt> is used. This option can also take the form "user%password" or "user/workgroup" or "user/workgroup%password" to allow the password and workgroup to be specified as part of the username.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">password=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>specifies the SMB password. If this option is not given then the environment variable - <tt>PASSWD</tt> is used. If it can find - no password <b>smbmount</b> will prompt + <tt class="envar">PASSWD</tt> is used. If it can find + no password <b class="command">smbmount</b> will prompt for a passeword, unless the guest option is given. </p><p> Note that passwords which contain the argument delimiter @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ The format of the file is: username = <value> password = <value> </pre><p>This is preferred over having passwords in plaintext in a - shared file, such as <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Be sure to protect any + shared file, such as <tt class="filename">/etc/fstab</tt>. Be sure to protect any credentials file properly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">krb</span></dt><dd><p>Use kerberos (Active Directory). </p></dd><dt><span class="term">netbiosname=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>sets the source NetBIOS name. It defaults to the local hostname. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">uid=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>sets the uid that will own all files on @@ -47,13 +47,15 @@ password = <value> gid. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">port=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>sets the remote SMB port number. The default is 139. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">fmask=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>sets the file mask. This determines the permissions that remote files have in the local filesystem. + This is not a umask, but the actual permissions for the files. The default is based on the current umask. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dmask=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the directory mask. This determines the permissions that remote directories have in the local filesystem. + This is not a umask, but the actual permissions for the directories. The default is based on the current umask. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">debug=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the debug level. This is useful for tracking down SMB connection problems. A suggested value to start with is 4. If set too high there will be a lot of output, possibly hiding the useful output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">ip=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the destination host or IP address. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the workgroup on the destination </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sockopt=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the TCP socket options. See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" target="_top"><a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></a> <i><tt>socket options</tt></i> option. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">workgroup=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the workgroup on the destination </p></dd><dt><span class="term">sockopt=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the TCP socket options. See the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#SOCKETOPTIONS" target="_top"><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></a> <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i> option. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">scope=<arg></span></dt><dd><p>Sets the NetBIOS scope </p></dd><dt><span class="term">guest</span></dt><dd><p>Don't prompt for a password </p></dd><dt><span class="term">ro</span></dt><dd><p>mount read-only </p></dd><dt><span class="term">rw</span></dt><dd><p>mount read-write </p></dd><dt><span class="term">iocharset=<arg></span></dt><dd><p> sets the charset used by the Linux side for codepage to charset translations (NLS). Argument should be the @@ -73,14 +75,14 @@ password = <value> like 10000ms (10 seconds) is probably more reasonable in many cases. (Note: only kernel 2.4.2 or later) - </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <tt>USER</tt> may contain the username of the + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The variable <tt class="envar">USER</tt> may contain the username of the person using the client. This information is used only if the protocol level is high enough to support session-level passwords. The variable can be used to set both username and - password by using the format username%password.</p><p>The variable <tt>PASSWD</tt> may contain the password of the + password by using the format username%password.</p><p>The variable <tt class="envar">PASSWD</tt> may contain the password of the person using the client. This information is used only if the protocol level is high enough to support session-level - passwords.</p><p>The variable <tt>PASSWD_FILE</tt> may contain the pathname + passwords.</p><p>The variable <tt class="envar">PASSWD_FILE</tt> may contain the pathname of a file to read the password from. A single line of input is read and used as the password.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p>Passwords and other options containing , can not be handled. For passwords an alternative way of passing them is in a credentials @@ -94,11 +96,11 @@ password = <value> to try the latest version first. So please try doing that first, and always include which versions you use of relevant software when reporting bugs (minimum: samba, kernel, distribution)</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p>Documentation/filesystems/smbfs.txt in the linux kernel - source tree may contain additional options and information.</p><p>FreeBSD also has a smbfs, but it is not related to smbmount</p><p>For Solaris, HP-UX and others you may want to look at <a href="smbsh.1.html">smbsh(1)</a> or at other solutions, such as + source tree may contain additional options and information.</p><p>FreeBSD also has a smbfs, but it is not related to smbmount</p><p>For Solaris, HP-UX and others you may want to look at <a href="smbsh.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbsh</span>(1)</span></a> or at other solutions, such as Sharity or perhaps replacing the SMB server with a NFS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace - tools <b>smbmount</b>, <b>smbumount</b>, - and <b>smbmnt</b> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>. + tools <b class="command">smbmount</b>, <b class="command">smbumount</b>, + and <b class="command">smbmnt</b> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>. The <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a> is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs. </p><p>The conversion of this manpage for Samba 2.2 was performed diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html index 82cb3450e9..556b637f4f 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.5.html @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><tt>smbpasswd</tt></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.5"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — The Samba encrypted password file</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><p><tt class="filename">smbpasswd</tt></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbpasswd is the Samba encrypted password file. It contains the username, Unix user id and the SMB hashed passwords of the user, as well as account flag information and the time the password was last changed. This file format has been evolving with Samba and has had several different formats in the past. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILE FORMAT</h2><p>The format of the smbpasswd file used by Samba 2.2 - is very similar to the familiar Unix <tt>passwd(5)</tt> + is very similar to the familiar Unix <tt class="filename">passwd(5)</tt> file. It is an ASCII file containing one line for each user. Each field ithin each line is separated from the next by a colon. Any entry beginning with '#' is ignored. The smbpasswd file contains the @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ null password this field will contain the characters "NO PASSWORD" as the start of the hex string. If the hex string is equal to 32 'X' characters then the user's account is marked as - <tt>disabled</tt> and the user will not be able to + <tt class="constant">disabled</tt> and the user will not be able to log onto the Samba server. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>WARNING !!</em></span> Note that, due to the challenge-response nature of the SMB/CIFS authentication protocol, anyone with a knowledge of this password hash will @@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ in the smbpasswd file. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>N</em></span> - This means the account has no password (the passwords in the fields LANMAN Password Hash and NT Password Hash are ignored). Note that this - will only allow users to log on with no password if the <i><tt> - null passwords</tt></i> parameter is set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NULLPASSWORDS" target="_top"><a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></a> config file. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - This means the account + will only allow users to log on with no password if the <i class="parameter"><tt> + null passwords</tt></i> parameter is set in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#NULLPASSWORDS" target="_top"><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></a> config file. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>D</em></span> - This means the account is disabled and no SMB/CIFS logins will be allowed for this user. </p></li><li><p><span class="emphasis"><em>W</em></span> - This means this account is a "Workstation Trust" account. This kind of account is used in the Samba PDC code stream to allow Windows NT Workstations @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ "Last Change Time") followed by a numeric encoding of the UNIX time in seconds since the epoch (1970) that the last change was made. </p></dd></dl></div><p>All other colon separated fields are ignored at this time.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.8.html">smbpasswd(8)</a>, <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a>, and + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, and the Internet RFC1321 for details on the MD4 algorithm. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html index 44a1089e13..7612fdd775 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbpasswd.8.html @@ -1,17 +1,17 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbpasswd</tt> [-a] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbpasswd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbpasswd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbpasswd — change a user's SMB password</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbpasswd</tt> [-a] [-x] [-d] [-e] [-D debuglevel] [-n] [-r <remote machine>] [-R <name resolve order>] [-m] [-U username[%password]] [-h] [-s] [-w pass] [-i] [-L] [username]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The smbpasswd program has several different functions, depending on whether it is run by the <span class="emphasis"><em>root</em></span> user or not. When run as a normal user it allows the user to change the password used for their SMB sessions on any machines that store SMB passwords. </p><p>By default (when run with no arguments) it will attempt to change the current user's SMB password on the local machine. This is - similar to the way the <b>passwd(1)</b> program works. <b> + similar to the way the <b class="command">passwd(1)</b> program works. <b class="command"> smbpasswd</b> differs from how the passwd program works however in that it is not <span class="emphasis"><em>setuid root</em></span> but works in a client-server mode and communicates with a - locally running <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>. As a consequence in order for this to + locally running <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. As a consequence in order for this to succeed the smbd daemon must be running on the local machine. On a UNIX machine the encrypted SMB passwords are usually stored in - the <a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a> file. </p><p>When run by an ordinary user with no options, smbpasswd + the <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> file. </p><p>When run by an ordinary user with no options, smbpasswd will prompt them for their old SMB password and then ask them for their new password twice, to ensure that the new password was typed correctly. No passwords will be echoed on the screen @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ the string "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file) then just press the <Enter> key when asked for your old password. </p><p>smbpasswd can also be used by a normal user to change their SMB password on remote machines, such as Windows NT Primary Domain - Controllers. See the (<i><tt>-r</tt></i>) and <i><tt>-U</tt></i> options + Controllers. See the (<i class="parameter"><tt>-r</tt></i>) and <i class="parameter"><tt>-U</tt></i> options below. </p><p>When run by root, smbpasswd allows new users to be added and deleted in the smbpasswd file, as well as allows changes to - the attributes of the user in this file to be made. When run by root, <b> + the attributes of the user in this file to be made. When run by root, <b class="command"> smbpasswd</b> accesses the local smbpasswd file directly, thus enabling changes to be made even if smbd is not running. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies that the username @@ -32,29 +32,29 @@ the smbpasswd file and it is treated like a regular change password command. Note that the default passdb backends require the user to already exist in the system password file (usually - <tt>/etc/passwd</tt>), else the request to add the + <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt>), else the request to add the user will fail. </p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies that the username following should be deleted from the local smbpasswd file. </p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies that the username following - should be <tt>disabled</tt> in the local smbpasswd - file. This is done by writing a <tt>'D'</tt> flag + should be <tt class="constant">disabled</tt> in the local smbpasswd + file. This is done by writing a <tt class="constant">'D'</tt> flag into the account control space in the smbpasswd file. Once this is done all attempts to authenticate via SMB using this username will fail. </p><p>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format (pre-Samba 2.0 format) there is no space in the user's password entry to write - this information and the command will FAIL. See <a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a> for details on the 'old' and new password file formats. + this information and the command will FAIL. See <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details on the 'old' and new password file formats. </p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-e</span></dt><dd><p>This option specifies that the username following - should be <tt>enabled</tt> in the local smbpasswd file, + should be <tt class="constant">enabled</tt> in the local smbpasswd file, if the account was previously disabled. If the account was not disabled this option has no effect. Once the account is enabled then - the user will be able to authenticate via SMB once again. </p><p>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format, then <b> + the user will be able to authenticate via SMB once again. </p><p>If the smbpasswd file is in the 'old' format, then <b class="command"> smbpasswd</b> will FAIL to enable the account. - See <a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a> for + See <a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a> for details on the 'old' and new password file formats. </p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-D debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero. </p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of smbpasswd. At level 0, only @@ -69,17 +69,17 @@ smbpasswd file. </p><p>Note that to allow users to logon to a Samba server once the password has been set to "NO PASSWORD" in the smbpasswd file the administrator must set the following parameter in the [global] - section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p><b>null passwords = yes</b></p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as + section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file : </p><p><b class="command">null passwords = yes</b></p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r remote machine name</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows a user to specify what machine they wish to change their password on. Without this parameter - smbpasswd defaults to the local host. The <i><tt>remote + smbpasswd defaults to the local host. The <i class="replaceable"><tt>remote machine name</tt></i> is the NetBIOS name of the SMB/CIFS server to contact to attempt the password change. This name is resolved into an IP address using the standard name resolution - mechanism in all programs of the Samba suite. See the <i><tt>-R + mechanism in all programs of the Samba suite. See the <i class="parameter"><tt>-R name resolve order</tt></i> parameter for details on changing this resolving mechanism. </p><p>The username whose password is changed is that of the - current UNIX logged on user. See the <i><tt>-U username</tt></i> + current UNIX logged on user. See the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U username</tt></i> parameter for details on changing the password for a different username. </p><p>Note that if changing a Windows NT Domain password the remote machine specified must be the Primary Domain Controller for @@ -90,47 +90,47 @@ specifying a Win95/98 machine as remote machine target. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R name resolve order</span></dt><dd><p>This option allows the user of smbpasswd to determine what name resolution services to use when looking up the NetBIOS name of the host being connected to. </p><p>The options are :"lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". They - cause names to be resolved as follows: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmhosts</tt>: Lookup an IP + cause names to be resolved as follows: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">lmhosts</tt>: Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has - no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</a> for details) then - any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><tt>host</tt>: Do a standard host - name to IP address resolution, using the system <tt>/etc/hosts + no name type attached to the NetBIOS name (see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then + any name type matches for lookup.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">host</tt>: Do a standard host + name to IP address resolution, using the system <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts </tt>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is operating system depended for instance on IRIX or Solaris this - may be controlled by the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> + may be controlled by the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise - it is ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt>wins</tt>: Query a name with - the IP address listed in the <i><tt>wins server</tt></i> + it is ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">wins</tt>: Query a name with + the IP address listed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>wins server</tt></i> parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method - will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt>bcast</tt>: Do a broadcast on + will be ignored.</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">bcast</tt>: Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces listed in the - <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter. This is the least + <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the - target host being on a locally connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>The default order is <b>lmhosts, host, wins, bcast</b> - and without this parameter or any entry in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file the name resolution methods will + target host being on a locally connected subnet.</p></li></ul></div><p>The default order is <b class="command">lmhosts, host, wins, bcast</b> + and without this parameter or any entry in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file the name resolution methods will be attempted in this order. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells smbpasswd that the account being changed is a MACHINE account. Currently this is used when Samba is being used as an NT Primary Domain Controller.</p><p>This option is only available when running smbpasswd as root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U username</span></dt><dd><p>This option may only be used in conjunction - with the <i><tt>-r</tt></i> option. When changing + with the <i class="parameter"><tt>-r</tt></i> option. When changing a password on a remote machine it allows the user to specify the user name on that machine whose password will be changed. It is present to allow users who have different user names on - different systems to change these passwords. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>This option prints the help string for <b> + different systems to change these passwords. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h</span></dt><dd><p>This option prints the help string for <b class="command"> smbpasswd</b>, selecting the correct one for running as root or as an ordinary user. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>This option causes smbpasswd to be silent (i.e. not issue prompts) and to read its old and new passwords from - standard input, rather than from <tt>/dev/tty</tt> - (like the <b>passwd(1)</b> program does). This option + standard input, rather than from <tt class="filename">/dev/tty</tt> + (like the <b class="command">passwd(1)</b> program does). This option is to aid people writing scripts to drive smbpasswd</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-w password</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter is only available if Samba has been configured to use the experimental - <b>--with-ldapsam</b> option. The <i><tt>-w</tt></i> + <b class="command">--with-ldapsam</b> option. The <i class="parameter"><tt>-w</tt></i> switch is used to specify the password to be used with the - <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top"><i><tt>ldap admin + <a href="smb.conf.5.html#LDAPADMINDN" target="_top"><i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i></a>. Note that the password is stored in - the <tt>secrets.tdb</tt> and is keyed off - of the admin's DN. This means that if the value of <i><tt>ldap + the <tt class="filename">secrets.tdb</tt> and is keyed off + of the admin's DN. This means that if the value of <i class="parameter"><tt>ldap admin dn</tt></i> ever changes, the password will need to be manually updated as well. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>This option tells smbpasswd that the account @@ -141,17 +141,17 @@ <span class="emphasis"><em>root only</em></span> options to operate on. Only root can specify this parameter as only root has the permission needed to modify attributes directly in the local smbpasswd file. - </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <b>smbpasswd</b> works in client-server + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>NOTES</h2><p>Since <b class="command">smbpasswd</b> works in client-server mode communicating with a local smbd for a non-root user then the smbd daemon must be running for this to work. A common problem - is to add a restriction to the hosts that may access the <b> - smbd</b> running on the local machine by specifying either <i><tt>allow - hosts</tt></i> or <i><tt>deny hosts</tt></i> entry in - the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file and neglecting to + is to add a restriction to the hosts that may access the <b class="command"> + smbd</b> running on the local machine by specifying either <i class="parameter"><tt>allow + hosts</tt></i> or <i class="parameter"><tt>deny hosts</tt></i> entry in + the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and neglecting to allow "localhost" access to the smbd. </p><p>In addition, the smbpasswd command is only useful if Samba has been set up to use encrypted passwords. See the document <a href="pwencrypt.html" target="_top"> "LanMan and NT Password Encryption in Samba"</a> in the docs directory for details - on how to do this. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.5.html">smbpasswd(5)</a>, <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + on how to do this. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbpasswd.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbpasswd</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html index 942f617920..935576af6b 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbsh.1.html @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbsh</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbsh.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbsh — Allows access to Windows NT filesystem - using UNIX commands</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbsh</tt> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R <name resolve order>] [-d <debug level>] [-l logfile] [-L libdir]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbsh</b> allows you to access an NT filesystem - using UNIX commands such as <b>ls</b>, <b> - egrep</b>, and <b>rcp</b>. You must use a - shell that is dynamically linked in order for <b>smbsh</b> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbsh</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbsh.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbsh — Allows access to Windows NT filesystem + using UNIX commands</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbsh</tt> [-W workgroup] [-U username] [-P prefix] [-R <name resolve order>] [-d <debug level>] [-l logfile] [-L libdir]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbsh</b> allows you to access an NT filesystem + using UNIX commands such as <b class="command">ls</b>, <b class="command"> + egrep</b>, and <b class="command">rcp</b>. You must use a + shell that is dynamically linked in order for <b class="command">smbsh</b> to work correctly.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-W WORKGROUP</span></dt><dd><p>Override the default workgroup specified in the - workgroup parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file + workgroup parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file for this session. This may be needed to connect to some servers. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U username[%pass]</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the SMB username or username and password. If this option is not specified, the user will be prompted for @@ -19,10 +19,10 @@ configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -36,69 +36,69 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R <name resolve order></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to determine what naming +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-R <name resolve order></span></dt><dd><p>This option is used to determine what naming services and in what order to resolve host names to IP addresses. The option takes a space-separated string of different name resolution options.</p><p>The options are: "lmhosts", "host", "wins" and "bcast". -They cause names to be resolved as follows :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt>lmhosts</tt>: +They cause names to be resolved as follows :</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><tt class="constant">lmhosts</tt>: Lookup an IP address in the Samba lmhosts file. If the line in lmhosts has no name type attached to the NetBIOS name -(see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html">lmhosts(5)</a> for details) +(see the <a href="lmhosts.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">lmhosts</span>(5)</span></a> for details) then any name type matches for lookup. -</p></li><li><p><tt>host</tt>: +</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">host</tt>: Do a standard host name to IP address resolution, using -the system <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>, NIS, or DNS +the system <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt>, NIS, or DNS lookups. This method of name resolution is operating system dependent, for instance on IRIX or Solaris this -may be controlled by the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf +may be controlled by the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf </tt> file). Note that this method is only used if the NetBIOS name type being queried is the 0x20 (server) name type, otherwise it is ignored. -</p></li><li><p><tt>wins</tt>: +</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">wins</tt>: Query a name with the IP address listed in the -<i><tt>wins server</tt></i> parameter. If no +<i class="parameter"><tt>wins server</tt></i> parameter. If no WINS server has been specified this method will be ignored. -</p></li><li><p><tt>bcast</tt>: +</p></li><li><p><tt class="constant">bcast</tt>: Do a broadcast on each of the known local interfaces -listed in the <i><tt>interfaces</tt></i> +listed in the <i class="parameter"><tt>interfaces</tt></i> parameter. This is the least reliable of the name resolution methods as it depends on the target host being on a locally connected subnet. </p></li></ul></div><p>If this parameter is not set then the name resolve order -defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file parameter -(<i><tt>name resolve order</tt></i>) will be used. </p><p>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast. Without -this parameter or any entry in the <i><tt>name resolve order -</tt></i> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file, the name resolution methods +defined in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file parameter +(<i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order</tt></i>) will be used. </p><p>The default order is lmhosts, host, wins, bcast. Without +this parameter or any entry in the <i class="parameter"><tt>name resolve order +</tt></i> parameter of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file, the name resolution methods will be attempted in this order. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L libdir</span></dt><dd><p>This parameter specifies the location of the - shared libraries used by <b>smbsh</b>. The default + shared libraries used by <b class="command">smbsh</b>. The default value is specified at compile time. - </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>To use the <b>smbsh</b> command, execute <b> + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLES</h2><p>To use the <b class="command">smbsh</b> command, execute <b class="command"> smbsh</b> from the prompt and enter the username and password that authenticates you to the machine running the Windows NT operating system. </p><pre class="programlisting"> -<tt>system% </tt><b><tt>smbsh</tt></b> -<tt>Username: </tt><b><tt>user</tt></b> -<tt>Password: </tt><b><tt>XXXXXXX</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">system% </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>smbsh</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">Username: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>user</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">Password: </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>XXXXXXX</tt></b> </pre><p>Any dynamically linked command you execute from - this shell will access the <tt>/smb</tt> directory - using the smb protocol. For example, the command <b>ls /smb + this shell will access the <tt class="filename">/smb</tt> directory + using the smb protocol. For example, the command <b class="command">ls /smb </b> will show a list of workgroups. The command - <b>ls /smb/MYGROUP </b> will show all the machines in + <b class="command">ls /smb/MYGROUP </b> will show all the machines in the workgroup MYGROUP. The command - <b>ls /smb/MYGROUP/<machine-name></b> will show the share - names for that machine. You could then, for example, use the <b> - cd</b> command to change directories, <b>vi</b> to - edit files, and <b>rcp</b> to copy files.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p><b>smbsh</b> works by intercepting the standard - libc calls with the dynamically loaded versions in <tt> + <b class="command">ls /smb/MYGROUP/<machine-name></b> will show the share + names for that machine. You could then, for example, use the <b class="command"> + cd</b> command to change directories, <b class="command">vi</b> to + edit files, and <b class="command">rcp</b> to copy files.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p><b class="command">smbsh</b> works by intercepting the standard + libc calls with the dynamically loaded versions in <tt class="filename"> smbwrapper.o</tt>. Not all calls have been "wrapped", so - some programs may not function correctly under <b>smbsh + some programs may not function correctly under <b class="command">smbsh </b>.</p><p>Programs which are not dynamically linked cannot make - use of <b>smbsh</b>'s functionality. Most versions - of UNIX have a <b>file</b> command that will - describe how a program was linked.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + use of <b class="command">smbsh</b>'s functionality. Most versions + of UNIX have a <b class="command">file</b> command that will + describe how a program was linked.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html index fffd779dcf..186f30ebcf 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbspool.8.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbspool</tt> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbspool</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbspool.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbspool — send a print file to an SMB printer</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbspool</tt> {job} {user} {title} {copies} {options} [filename]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>smbspool is a very small print spooling program that sends a print file to an SMB printer. The command-line arguments are position-dependent for compatibility with the Common UNIX Printing System, but you can use smbspool with any printing system or from a program or script.</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>DEVICE URI</em></span></p><p>smbspool specifies the destination using a Uniform Resource Identifier ("URI") with a method of "smb". This string can take a number of forms:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>smb://server/printer</p></li><li><p>smb://workgroup/server/printer</p></li><li><p>smb://username:password@server/printer</p></li><li><p>smb://username:password@workgroup/server/printer</p></li></ul></div><p>smbspool tries to get the URI from argv[0]. If argv[0] - contains the name of the program then it looks in the <tt> - DEVICE_URI</tt> environment variable.</p><p>Programs using the <b>exec(2)</b> functions can + contains the name of the program then it looks in the <tt class="envar"> + DEVICE_URI</tt> environment variable.</p><p>Programs using the <b class="command">exec(2)</b> functions can pass the URI in argv[0], while shell scripts must set the - <tt>DEVICE_URI</tt> environment variable prior to + <tt class="envar">DEVICE_URI</tt> environment variable prior to running smbspool.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>The job argument (argv[1]) contains the job ID number and is presently not used by smbspool. </p></li><li><p>The user argument (argv[2]) contains the @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ the print options in a single string and is currently not used by smbspool.</p></li><li><p>The filename argument (argv[6]) contains the name of the file to print. If this argument is not specified - then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> and <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><b>smbspool</b> was written by Michael Sweet + then the print file is read from the standard input.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p><b class="command">smbspool</b> was written by Michael Sweet at Easy Software Products.</p><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html index a8ae9132ec..c1be6234c3 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbstatus.1.html @@ -1,16 +1,16 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbstatus</tt> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbstatus</b> is a very simple program to +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbstatus</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbstatus.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbstatus — report on current Samba connections</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbstatus</tt> [-P] [-b] [-d <debug level>] [-v] [-L] [-B] [-p] [-S] [-s <configuration file>] [-u <username>]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbstatus</b> is a very simple program to list the current Samba connections.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-P|--profile</span></dt><dd><p>If samba has been compiled with the profiling option, print only the contents of the profiling shared memory area.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b|--brief</span></dt><dd><p>gives brief output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -24,15 +24,15 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v|--verbose</span></dt><dd><p>gives verbose output.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L|--locks</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list locks.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-B|--byterange</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to include byte range locks. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> processes and exit. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p|--processes</span></dt><dd><p>print a list of <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> processes and exit. Useful for scripting.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S|--shares</span></dt><dd><p>causes smbstatus to only list shares.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u|--user=<username></span></dt><dd><p>selects information relevant to - <i><tt>username</tt></i> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> and <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + <i class="parameter"><tt>username</tt></i> only.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> and <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html index 35802edb90..30058d1860 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbtar.1.html @@ -1,34 +1,34 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares - directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbtar</tt> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbtar</b> is a very small shell script on top - of <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtar</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtar.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtar — shell script for backing up SMB/CIFS shares + directly to UNIX tape drives</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbtar</tt> [-r] [-i] [-a] [-v] {-s server} [-p password] [-x services] [-X] [-N filename] [-b blocksize] [-d directory] [-l loglevel] [-u user] [-t tape] {filenames}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbtar</b> is a very small shell script on top + of <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> which dumps SMB shares directly to tape.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s server</span></dt><dd><p>The SMB/CIFS server that the share resides upon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-x service</span></dt><dd><p>The share name on the server to connect to. The default is "backup".</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-X</span></dt><dd><p>Exclude mode. Exclude filenames... from tar - create or restore. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d directory</span></dt><dd><p>Change to initial <i><tt>directory + create or restore. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d directory</span></dt><dd><p>Change to initial <i class="parameter"><tt>directory </tt></i> before restoring / backing up files. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt><dd><p>Verbose mode.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p password</span></dt><dd><p>The password to use to access a share. Default: none </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-u user</span></dt><dd><p>The user id to connect as. Default: UNIX login name. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>Reset DOS archive bit mode to indicate file has been archived. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t tape</span></dt><dd><p>Tape device. May be regular file or tape - device. Default: <i><tt>$TAPE</tt></i> environmental - variable; if not set, a file called <tt>tar.out + device. Default: <i class="parameter"><tt>$TAPE</tt></i> environmental + variable; if not set, a file called <tt class="filename">tar.out </tt>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-b blocksize</span></dt><dd><p>Blocking factor. Defaults to 20. See - <b>tar(1)</b> for a fuller explanation. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N filename</span></dt><dd><p>Backup only files newer than filename. Could + <b class="command">tar(1)</b> for a fuller explanation. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N filename</span></dt><dd><p>Backup only files newer than filename. Could be used (for example) on a log file to implement incremental backups. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Incremental mode; tar files are only backed up if they have the archive bit set. The archive bit is reset after each file is read. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-r</span></dt><dd><p>Restore. Files are restored to the share from the tar file. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l log level</span></dt><dd><p>Log (debug) level. Corresponds to the - <i><tt>-d</tt></i> flag of <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <i><tt>$TAPE</tt></i> variable specifies the + <i class="parameter"><tt>-d</tt></i> flag of <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES</h2><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>$TAPE</tt></i> variable specifies the default tape device to write to. May be overridden - with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <b>smbtar</b> script has different + with the -t option. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>BUGS</h2><p>The <b class="command">smbtar</b> script has different options from ordinary tar and from smbclient's tar command. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>CAVEATS</h2><p>Sites that are more careful about security may not like the way the script handles PC passwords. Backup and restore work on entire shares; should work on file lists. smbtar works best - with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + with GNU tar and may not work well with other versions. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>See the <span class="emphasis"><em>DIAGNOSTICS</em></span> section for the <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a> command.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><a href="mailto:poultenr@logica.co.uk" target="_top">Ricky Poulten</a> - wrote the tar extension and this man page. The <b>smbtar</b> + wrote the tar extension and this man page. The <b class="command">smbtar</b> script was heavily rewritten and improved by <a href="mailto:Martin.Kraemer@mch.sni.de" target="_top">Martin Kraemer</a>. Many thanks to everyone who suggested extensions, improvements, bug fixes, etc. The man page sources were converted to YODL format (another diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbtree.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbtree.1.html index 0d9a845d70..6cf24ddf91 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbtree.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbtree.1.html @@ -1,5 +1,5 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser - </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbtree</tt> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>smbtree</b> is a smb browser program +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbtree</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbtree.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbtree — A text based smb network browser + </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbtree</tt> [-b] [-D] [-S]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">smbtree</b> is a smb browser program in text mode. It is similar to the "Network Neighborhood" found on Windows computers. It prints a tree with all the known domains, the servers in those domains and @@ -12,15 +12,15 @@ all the domains and servers responding on broadcast or known by the master browser. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter suppresses the normal password prompt from the client to the user. This is useful when @@ -53,19 +53,19 @@ password = <value> domain = <value> </pre><p>Make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U|--user=username[%password]</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the SMB username or username and password. </p><p>If %password is not specified, the user will be prompted. The -client will first check the <tt>USER</tt> environment variable, then the -<tt>LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the +client will first check the <tt class="envar">USER</tt> environment variable, then the +<tt class="envar">LOGNAME</tt> variable and if either exists, the string is uppercased. If these environmental variables are not -found, the username <tt>GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which +found, the username <tt class="constant">GUEST</tt> is used. </p><p>A third option is to use a credentials file which contains the plaintext of the username and password. This option is mainly provided for scripts where the admin does not wish to pass the credentials on the command line or via environment variables. If this method is used, make certain that the permissions on the file restrict access from unwanted users. See the -<i><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on +<i class="parameter"><tt>-A</tt></i> for more details. </p><p>Be cautious about including passwords in scripts. Also, on many systems the command line of a running process may be seen -via the <b>ps</b> command. To be safe always allow -<b>rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type +via the <b class="command">ps</b> command. To be safe always allow +<b class="command">rpcclient</b> to prompt for a password and type it in directly. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html index e297d448e3..f0aa0f974d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/smbumount.8.html @@ -1,14 +1,14 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount — smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>smbumount</tt> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems, - provided that it is suid root. <b>smbumount</b> has +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>smbumount</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="smbumount.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>smbumount — smbfs umount for normal users</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">smbumount</tt> {mount-point}</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>With this program, normal users can unmount smb-filesystems, + provided that it is suid root. <b class="command">smbumount</b> has been written to give normal Linux users more control over their resources. It is safe to install this program suid root, because only the user who has mounted a filesystem is allowed to unmount it again. For root it is not necessary to use smbumount. The normal umount program works perfectly well, but it would certainly be problematic - to make umount setuid root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbmount.8.html">smbmount(8)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield + to make umount setuid root.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">mount-point</span></dt><dd><p>The directory to unmount.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smbmount.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbmount</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>Volker Lendecke, Andrew Tridgell, Michael H. Warfield and others.</p><p>The current maintainer of smbfs and the userspace - tools <b>smbmount</b>, <b>smbumount</b>, - and <b>smbmnt</b> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>. + tools <b class="command">smbmount</b>, <b class="command">smbumount</b>, + and <b class="command">smbmnt</b> is <a href="mailto:urban@teststation.com" target="_top">Urban Widmark</a>. The <a href="mailto:samba@samba.org" target="_top">SAMBA Mailing list</a> is the preferred place to ask questions regarding these programs. </p><p>The conversion of this manpage for Samba 2.2 was performed diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/speed.html b/docs/htmldocs/speed.html index d2e1f2c15b..626d5e0193 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/speed.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/speed.html @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 35. Samba performance issues</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part V. Appendixes"><link rel="previous" href="SWAT.html" title="Chapter 34. SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 35. Samba performance issues</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="SWAT.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part V. Appendixes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> </td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="speed"></a>Chapter 35. Samba performance issues</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Paul Cochrane</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Dundee Limb Fitting Centre<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="speed.html#id2908657">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2908548">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909437">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909480">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909533">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909556">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909613">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909655">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id2909676">Client tuning</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2908657"></a>Comparisons</h2></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="Appendixes.html" title="Part VI. Appendixes"><link rel="previous" href="Other-Clients.html" title="Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients"><link rel="next" href="DNSDHCP.html" title="Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Other-Clients.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part VI. Appendixes</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="DNSDHCP.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="speed"></a>Chapter 39. Samba Performance Tuning</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Paul</span> <span class="surname">Cochrane</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Dundee Limb Fitting Centre<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk">paulc@dth.scot.nhs.uk</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="speed.html#id3018768">Comparisons</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3018812">Socket options</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3018887">Read size</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3018931">Max xmit</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3018984">Log level</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3019007">Read raw</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3019064">Write raw</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3019106">Slow Logins</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3019127">Client tuning</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3019154">Samba performance problem due changing kernel</a></dt><dt><a href="speed.html#id3019185">Corrupt tdb Files</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3018768"></a>Comparisons</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> The Samba server uses TCP to talk to the client. Thus if you are trying to see if it performs well you should really compare it to programs that use the same protocol. The most readily available @@ -9,7 +8,7 @@ SMB server. If you want to test against something like a NT or WfWg server then you will have to disable all but TCP on either the client or server. Otherwise you may well be using a totally different protocol -(such as Netbeui) and comparisons may not be valid. +(such as NetBEUI) and comparisons may not be valid. </p><p> Generally you should find that Samba performs similarly to ftp at raw transfer speed. It should perform quite a bit faster than NFS, @@ -21,14 +20,14 @@ suspect the biggest factor is not Samba vs some other system but the hardware and drivers used on the various systems. Given similar hardware Samba should certainly be competitive in speed with other systems. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2908548"></a>Socket options</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3018812"></a>Socket options</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> There are a number of socket options that can greatly affect the performance of a TCP based server like Samba. </p><p> The socket options that Samba uses are settable both on the command -line with the -O option, or in the smb.conf file. +line with the <tt class="option">-O</tt> option, or in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. </p><p> -The <b>socket options</b> section of the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page describes how +The <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options</tt></i> section of the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> manual page describes how to set these and gives recommendations. </p><p> Getting the socket options right can make a big difference to your @@ -37,11 +36,11 @@ much. The correct settings are very dependent on your local network. </p><p> The socket option TCP_NODELAY is the one that seems to make the biggest single difference for most networks. Many people report that -adding <b>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</b> doubles the read +adding <i class="parameter"><tt>socket options = TCP_NODELAY</tt></i> doubles the read performance of a Samba drive. The best explanation I have seen for this is that the Microsoft TCP/IP stack is slow in sending tcp ACKs. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909437"></a>Read size</h2></div></div><p> -The option <b>read size</b> affects the overlap of disk +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3018887"></a>Read size</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The option <i class="parameter"><tt>read size</tt></i> affects the overlap of disk reads/writes with network reads/writes. If the amount of data being transferred in several of the SMB commands (currently SMBwrite, SMBwriteX and SMBreadbraw) is larger than this value then the server begins writing @@ -57,11 +56,11 @@ The default value is 16384, but very little experimentation has been done yet to determine the optimal value, and it is likely that the best value will vary greatly between systems anyway. A value over 65536 is pointless and will cause you to allocate memory unnecessarily. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909480"></a>Max xmit</h2></div></div><p> -At startup the client and server negotiate a <b>maximum transmit</b> size, +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3018931"></a>Max xmit</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +At startup the client and server negotiate a <i class="parameter"><tt>maximum transmit</tt></i> size, which limits the size of nearly all SMB commands. You can set the -maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <b>max xmit = </b> option -in <tt>smb.conf</tt>. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that +maximum size that Samba will negotiate using the <i class="parameter"><tt>max xmit = </tt></i> option +in <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt>. Note that this is the maximum size of SMB requests that Samba will accept, but not the maximum size that the *client* will accept. The client maximum receive size is sent to Samba by the client and Samba honours this limit. @@ -71,38 +70,71 @@ clients may perform better with a smaller transmit unit. Trying values of less than 2048 is likely to cause severe problems. </p><p> In most cases the default is the best option. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909533"></a>Log level</h2></div></div><p> -If you set the log level (also known as <b>debug level</b>) higher than 2 +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3018984"></a>Log level</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you set the log level (also known as <i class="parameter"><tt>debug level</tt></i>) higher than 2 then you may suffer a large drop in performance. This is because the server flushes the log file after each operation, which can be very expensive. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909556"></a>Read raw</h2></div></div><p> -The <b>read raw</b> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3019007"></a>Read raw</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file read operation. A server may choose to not support it, -however. and Samba makes support for <b>read raw</b> optional, with it +however. and Samba makes support for <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> optional, with it being enabled by default. </p><p> -In some cases clients don't handle <b>read raw</b> very well and actually +In some cases clients don't handle <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw</tt></i> very well and actually get lower performance using it than they get using the conventional read operations. </p><p> -So you might like to try <b>read raw = no</b> and see what happens on your +So you might like to try <i class="parameter"><tt>read raw = no</tt></i> and see what happens on your network. It might lower, raise or not affect your performance. Only testing can really tell. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909613"></a>Write raw</h2></div></div><p> -The <b>write raw</b> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3019064"></a>Write raw</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> operation is designed to be an optimised, low-latency file write operation. A server may choose to not support it, -however. and Samba makes support for <b>write raw</b> optional, with it +however. and Samba makes support for <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> optional, with it being enabled by default. </p><p> -Some machines may find <b>write raw</b> slower than normal write, in which +Some machines may find <i class="parameter"><tt>write raw</tt></i> slower than normal write, in which case you may wish to change this option. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909655"></a>Slow Logins</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3019106"></a>Slow Logins</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Slow logins are almost always due to the password checking time. Using -the lowest practical <b>password level</b> will improve things. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2909676"></a>Client tuning</h2></div></div><p> +the lowest practical <i class="parameter"><tt>password level</tt></i> will improve things. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3019127"></a>Client tuning</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Often a speed problem can be traced to the client. The client (for example Windows for Workgroups) can often be tuned for better TCP performance. Check the sections on the various clients in -<a href="Other-Clients.html" title="Chapter 33. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and Other Clients</a>. -</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="SWAT.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Appendixes.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> </td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 34. SWAT - The Samba Web Admininistration Tool </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> </td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<a href="Other-Clients.html" title="Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients">Samba and Other Clients</a>. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3019154"></a>Samba performance problem due changing kernel</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Hi everyone. I am running Gentoo on my server and samba 2.2.8a. Recently +I changed kernel version from linux-2.4.19-gentoo-r10 to +linux-2.4.20-wolk4.0s. And now I have performance issue with samba. Ok +many of you will probably say that move to vanilla sources...well I tried +it too and it didn't work. I have 100mb LAN and two computers (linux + +Windows2000). Linux server shares directory with DivX files, client +(windows2000) plays them via LAN. Before when I was running 2.4.19 kernel +everything was fine, but now movies freezes and stops...I tried moving +files between server and Windows and it's terribly slow. +</p><p> +Grab mii-tool and check the duplex settings on the NIC. +My guess is that it is a link layer issue, not an application +layer problem. Also run ifconfig and verify that the framing +error, collisions, etc... look normal for ethernet. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3019185"></a>Corrupt tdb Files</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Well today it happened, Our first major problem using samba. +Our samba PDC server has been hosting 3 TB of data to our 500+ users +[Windows NT/XP] for the last 3 years using samba, no problem. +But today all shares went SLOW; very slow. Also the main smbd kept +spawning new processes so we had 1600+ running smbd's (normally we avg. 250). +It crashed the SUN E3500 cluster twice. After a lot of searching I +decided to <b class="command">rm /var/locks/*.tdb</b>. Happy again. +</p><p> +Q1) Is there any method of keeping the *.tdb files in top condition or +how to early detect corruption? +</p><p> +A1) Yes, run <b class="command">tdbbackup</b> each time after stopping nmbd and before starting nmbd. +</p><p> +Q2) What I also would like to mention is that the service latency seems +a lot lower then before the locks cleanup, any ideas on keeping it top notch? +</p><p> +A2) Yes! Same answer as for Q1! +</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="Other-Clients.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="Appendixes.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="DNSDHCP.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 38. Samba and other CIFS clients </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 40. DNS and DHCP Configuration Guide</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html index c5a5ab271b..e0719dce3d 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/swat.8.html @@ -1,28 +1,28 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>swat</tt> [-s <smb config file>] [-a]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>swat</b> allows a Samba administrator to - configure the complex <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file via a Web browser. In addition, - a <b>swat</b> configuration page has help links - to all the configurable options in the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file allowing an - administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><b>swat</b> is run from <b>inetd</b> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>swat</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="swat.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>swat — Samba Web Administration Tool</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">swat</tt> [-s <smb config file>] [-a]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">swat</b> allows a Samba administrator to + configure the complex <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file via a Web browser. In addition, + a <b class="command">swat</b> configuration page has help links + to all the configurable options in the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file allowing an + administrator to easily look up the effects of any change. </p><p><b class="command">swat</b> is run from <b class="command">inetd</b> </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s smb configuration file</span></dt><dd><p>The default configuration file path is determined at compile time. The file specified contains - the configuration details required by the <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> server. This is the file - that <b>swat</b> will modify. + the configuration details required by the <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> server. This is the file + that <b class="command">swat</b> will modify. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is to provide. - See <tt>smb.conf</tt> for more information. + See <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> for more information. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-a</span></dt><dd><p>This option disables authentication and puts - <b>swat</b> in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify - the <tt>smb.conf</tt> file. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>WARNING: Do NOT enable this option on a production + <b class="command">swat</b> in demo mode. In that mode anyone will be able to modify + the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file. </p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>WARNING: Do NOT enable this option on a production server. </em></span></p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -36,46 +36,46 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>INSTALLATION</h2><p>Swat is included as binary package with most distributions. The package manager in this case takes care of the installation and configuration. This section is only for those who have compiled swat from scratch. - </p><p>After you compile SWAT you need to run <b>make install - </b> to install the <b>swat</b> binary + </p><p>After you compile SWAT you need to run <b class="command">make install + </b> to install the <b class="command">swat</b> binary and the various help files and images. A default install would put - these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/bin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <tt>/etc/inetd.conf - </tt> and <tt>/etc/services</tt> - to enable SWAT to be launched via <b>inetd</b>.</p><p>In <tt>/etc/services</tt> you need to - add a line like this: </p><p><b>swat 901/tcp</b></p><p>Note for NIS/YP and LDAP users - you may need to rebuild the - NIS service maps rather than alter your local <tt> + these in: </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>/usr/local/samba/bin/swat</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/images/*</p></li><li><p>/usr/local/samba/swat/help/*</p></li></ul></div><div class="refsect2" lang="en"><h3>Inetd Installation</h3><p>You need to edit your <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf + </tt> and <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt> + to enable SWAT to be launched via <b class="command">inetd</b>.</p><p>In <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt> you need to + add a line like this: </p><p><b class="command">swat 901/tcp</b></p><p>Note for NIS/YP and LDAP users - you may need to rebuild the + NIS service maps rather than alter your local <tt class="filename"> /etc/services</tt> file. </p><p>the choice of port number isn't really important except that it should be less than 1024 and not currently used (using a number above 1024 presents an obscure security hole depending on the implementation details of your - <b>inetd</b> daemon). </p><p>In <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> you should - add a line like this: </p><p><b>swat stream tcp nowait.400 root - /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat</b></p><p>One you have edited <tt>/etc/services</tt> - and <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt> you need to send a - HUP signal to inetd. To do this use <b>kill -1 PID + <b class="command">inetd</b> daemon). </p><p>In <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> you should + add a line like this: </p><p><b class="command">swat stream tcp nowait.400 root + /usr/local/samba/bin/swat swat</b></p><p>One you have edited <tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt> + and <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt> you need to send a + HUP signal to inetd. To do this use <b class="command">kill -1 PID </b> where PID is the process ID of the inetd daemon. </p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>LAUNCHING</h2><p>To launch SWAT just run your favorite web browser and point it at "http://localhost:901/".</p><p>Note that you can attach to SWAT from any IP connected machine but connecting from a remote machine leaves your connection open to password sniffing as passwords will be sent - in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup - information for the meta-daemon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/services</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain a mapping of service name + in the clear over the wire. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain suitable startup + information for the meta-daemon.</p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/services</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This file must contain a mapping of service name (e.g., swat) to service port (e.g., 901) and protocol type - (e.g., tcp). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt>/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> server configuration file that swat edits. Other - common places that systems install this file are <tt> - /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt> and <tt>/etc/smb.conf + (e.g., tcp). </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is the default location of the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> server configuration file that swat edits. Other + common places that systems install this file are <tt class="filename"> + /usr/samba/lib/smb.conf</tt> and <tt class="filename">/etc/smb.conf </tt>. This file describes all the services the server - is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><b>swat</b> will rewrite your <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all - comments, <i><tt>include=</tt></i> and <i><tt>copy= - </tt></i> options. If you have a carefully crafted <tt> - smb.conf</tt> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><b>inetd(5)</b>, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + is to make available to clients. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>WARNINGS</h2><p><b class="command">swat</b> will rewrite your <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. It will rearrange the entries and delete all + comments, <i class="parameter"><tt>include=</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>copy= + </tt></i> options. If you have a carefully crafted <tt class="filename"> + smb.conf</tt> then back it up or don't use swat! </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><b class="command">inetd(5)</b>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html index 55779a2ad8..3732b53f4c 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/testparm.1.html @@ -1,45 +1,45 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for - internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>testparm</tt> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>testparm</b> is a very simple test program - to check an <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> configuration file for +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testparm</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testparm.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testparm — check an smb.conf configuration file for + internal correctness</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">testparm</tt> [-s] [-h] [-v] [-L <servername>] [-t <encoding>] {config filename} [hostname hostIP]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">testparm</b> is a very simple test program + to check an <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> configuration file for internal correctness. If this program reports no problems, you - can use the configuration file with confidence that <b>smbd + can use the configuration file with confidence that <b class="command">smbd </b> will successfully load the configuration file.</p><p>Note that this is <span class="emphasis"><em>NOT</em></span> a guarantee that the services specified in the configuration file will be available or will operate as expected. </p><p>If the optional host name and host IP address are specified on the command line, this test program will run through the service entries reporting whether the specified host - has access to each service. </p><p>If <b>testparm</b> finds an error in the <tt> + has access to each service. </p><p>If <b class="command">testparm</b> finds an error in the <tt class="filename"> smb.conf</tt> file it returns an exit code of 1 to the calling program, else it returns an exit code of 0. This allows shell scripts - to test the output from <b>testparm</b>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <b>testparm</b> + to test the output from <b class="command">testparm</b>.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-s</span></dt><dd><p>Without this option, <b class="command">testparm</b> will prompt for a carriage return after printing the service names and before dumping the service definitions.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L servername</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the value of the %L macro to <i><tt>servername</tt></i>. +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-L servername</span></dt><dd><p>Sets the value of the %L macro to <i class="replaceable"><tt>servername</tt></i>. This is useful for testing include files specified with the %L macro. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-v</span></dt><dd><p>If this option is specified, testparm - will also output all options that were not used in <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> and are thus set to their defaults.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t encoding</span></dt><dd><p> + will also output all options that were not used in <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> and are thus set to their defaults.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t encoding</span></dt><dd><p> Output data in specified encoding. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">configfilename</span></dt><dd><p>This is the name of the configuration file to check. If this parameter is not present then the - default <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file will be checked. + default <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file will be checked. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostname</span></dt><dd><p>If this parameter and the following are - specified, then <b>testparm</b> will examine the <i><tt>hosts - allow</tt></i> and <i><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> - parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file to + specified, then <b class="command">testparm</b> will examine the <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts + allow</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>hosts deny</tt></i> + parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file to determine if the hostname with this IP address would be - allowed access to the <b>smbd</b> server. If + allowed access to the <b class="command">smbd</b> server. If this parameter is supplied, the hostIP parameter must also be supplied.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">hostIP</span></dt><dd><p>This is the IP address of the host specified in the previous parameter. This address must be supplied - if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration - file used by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>. + if the hostname parameter is supplied. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the name of the configuration + file used by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>The program will issue a message saying whether the configuration file loaded OK or not. This message may be preceded by errors and warnings if the file did not load. If the file was loaded OK, the program then dumps all known service details to stdout. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a>, <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a>, <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html index 16784fcc25..ff7d4efd33 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/testprns.1.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testprns</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testprns.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testprns — check printer name for validity with smbd</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>testprns</tt> {printername} [printcapname]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>testprns</b> is a very simple test program +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>testprns</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="testprns.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>testprns — check printer name for validity with smbd</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">testprns</tt> {printername} [printcapname]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">testprns</b> is a very simple test program to determine whether a given printer name is valid for use in - a service to be provided by <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>.</p><p>"Valid" in this context means "can be found in the + a service to be provided by <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>.</p><p>"Valid" in this context means "can be found in the printcap specified". This program is very stupid - so stupid in fact that it would be wisest to always specify the printcap file to use. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">printername</span></dt><dd><p>The printer name to validate.</p><p>Printer names are taken from the first field in each @@ -9,24 +9,24 @@ Note that no validation or checking of the printcap syntax is done beyond that required to extract the printer name. It may be that the print spooling system is more forgiving or less - forgiving than <b>testprns</b>. However, if - <b>testprns</b> finds the printer then <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a> should do so as well. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">printcapname</span></dt><dd><p>This is the name of the printcap file within - which to search for the given printer name. </p><p>If no printcap name is specified <b>testprns + forgiving than <b class="command">testprns</b>. However, if + <b class="command">testprns</b> finds the printer then <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a> should do so as well. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">printcapname</span></dt><dd><p>This is the name of the printcap file within + which to search for the given printer name. </p><p>If no printcap name is specified <b class="command">testprns </b> will attempt to scan the printcap file name - specified at compile time. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/printcap</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the default printcap - file to scan. See <tt>printcap (5)</tt>. + specified at compile time. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/printcap</tt></span></dt><dd><p>This is usually the default printcap + file to scan. See <tt class="filename">printcap (5)</tt>. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DIAGNOSTICS</h2><p>If a printer is found to be valid, the message "Printer name <printername> is valid" will be displayed. </p><p>If a printer is found to be invalid, the message "Printer name <printername> is not valid" will be displayed. </p><p>All messages that would normally be logged during operation of the Samba daemons are logged by this program to the - file <tt>test.log</tt> in the current directory. The + file <tt class="filename">test.log</tt> in the current directory. The program runs at debuglevel 3, so quite extensive logging information is written. The log should be checked carefully for errors and warnings. </p><p>Other messages are self-explanatory. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><tt>printcap(5)</tt>, - <a href="smbd.8.html">smbd(8)</a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html">smbclient(1)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><tt class="filename">printcap(5)</tt>, + <a href="smbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbd</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smbclient.1.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smbclient</span>(1)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p>The original Samba man pages were written by Karl Auer. diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/type.html b/docs/htmldocs/type.html index 3524abc962..209c177a0b 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/type.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/type.html @@ -1,16 +1,9 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Part II. Server Configuration Basics</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="previous" href="install.html" title="Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA"><link rel="next" href="ServerType.html" title="Chapter 3. Nomenclature of Server Types"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="install.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ServerType.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h1 class="title"><a name="type"></a>Server Configuration Basics</h1></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2812280"></a>First Steps in Server Configuration</h1></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Part II. Server Configuration Basics</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="previous" href="FastStart.html" title="Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient"><link rel="next" href="ServerType.html" title="Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Part II. Server Configuration Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="FastStart.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center"> </th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ServerType.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="part" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="type"></a>Server Configuration Basics</h1></div></div><div></div></div><div class="partintro" lang="en"><div><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id2886812"></a>First Steps in Server Configuration</h1></div></div><div></div></div><p> Samba can operate in various modes within SMB networks. This HOWTO section contains information on configuring samba to function as the type of server your network requires. Please read this section carefully. -</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>3. <a href="ServerType.html">Nomenclature of Server Types</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2810455">Stand Alone Server</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2810516">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2810556">Domain Controller</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2810572">Domain Controller Types</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>4. <a href="securitylevels.html">Samba as Stand-Alone Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securitylevels.html#id2807692">User and Share security level</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="securitylevels.html#id2807727">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="securitylevels.html#id2810322">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="securitylevels.html#id2812328">Server Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="securitylevels.html#id2876991">Domain Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="securitylevels.html#id2877129">ADS Level Security</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="samba-pdc.html"> -Samba as an NT4 or Win2k Primary Domain Controller -</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2807495">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2807518"> -Background -</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2877458">Configuring the Samba Domain Controller</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2877759">Creating Machine Trust Accounts and Joining Clients to the Domain</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878028">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878262">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878318">Joining the Client to the Domain</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878425">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878432">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878470">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." +</p><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt>4. <a href="ServerType.html">Server Types and Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2888767">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2888862">Server Types</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2888947">Samba Security Modes</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2889062">User Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2889195">Share Level Security</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2889317">Domain Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2889568">ADS Security Mode (User Level Security)</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2889655">Server Security (User Level Security)</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2889880">Seamless Windows Network Integration</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2890056">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2890084">What makes Samba a SERVER?</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2890117">What makes Samba a Domain Controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2890146">What makes Samba a Domain Member?</a></dt><dt><a href="ServerType.html#id2890179">Constantly Losing Connections to Password Server</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>5. <a href="samba-pdc.html">Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2891986">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892290">Basics of Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892306">Domain Controller Types</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892517">Preparing for Domain Control</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2892837">Domain Control - Example Configuration</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893136">Samba ADS Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893157">Domain and Network Logon Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893173">Domain Network Logon Service</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893499">Security Mode and Master Browsers</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893607">Common Problems and Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893614">I cannot include a '$' in a machine name</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893653">I get told "You already have a connection to the Domain...." or "Cannot join domain, the credentials supplied conflict with an -existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878517">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878568">The machine trust account for this computer either does not -exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878617">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, -I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878642">Domain Control for Windows 9x/ME</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2878805">Configuration Instructions: Network Logons</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="samba-bdc.html"> -Samba Backup Domain Controller to Samba Domain Control -</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2807541">Prerequisite Reading</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2877190">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879061">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879083">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879107">When is the PDC needed?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879127">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879160">How do I set up a Samba BDC?</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879257">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2879286">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="ADS.html">Samba as a ADS domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ADS.html#id2878917">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="ADS.html#id2879467">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="ADS.html#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ADS.html#id2879661">Possible errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="ADS.html#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="ADS.html#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="ADS.html#id2879814">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="domain-member.html">Samba as a NT4 or Win2k domain member</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2879309">Joining an NT Domain with Samba 3.0</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2880214">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="install.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ServerType.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 2. How to Install and Test SAMBA </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 3. Nomenclature of Server Types</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +existing set.." when creating a machine trust account.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893703">The system can not log you on (C000019B)....</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893773">The machine trust account for this computer either does not +exist or is not accessible.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893836">When I attempt to login to a Samba Domain from a NT4/W2K workstation, +I get a message about my account being disabled.</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-pdc.html#id2893863">Until a few minutes after Samba has started, clients get the error "Domain Controller Unavailable"</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>6. <a href="samba-bdc.html">Backup Domain Control</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896028">Features And Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896201">Essential Background Information</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896230">MS Windows NT4 Style Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896450">Active Directory Domain Control</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896471">What qualifies a Domain Controller on the network?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896497">How does a Workstation find its domain controller?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896542">Backup Domain Controller Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896645">Example Configuration</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896706">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896719">Machine Accounts keep expiring, what can I do?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896750">Can Samba be a Backup Domain Controller to an NT4 PDC?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896783">How do I replicate the smbpasswd file?</a></dt><dt><a href="samba-bdc.html#id2896828">Can I do this all with LDAP?</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>7. <a href="domain-member.html">Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2897897">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898012">MS Windows Workstation/Server Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898188">Manual Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898440">Using NT4 Server Manager to Add Machine Accounts to the Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898636">"On-the-Fly" Creation of Machine Trust Accounts</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898699">Making an MS Windows Workstation or Server a Domain Member</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="domain-member.html#domain-member-server">Domain Member Server</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2898901">Joining an NT4 type Domain with Samba-3</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899283">Why is this better than security = server?</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-member">Samba ADS Domain Membership</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899424">Setup your smb.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899508">Setup your /etc/krb5.conf</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-create-machine-account">Create the computer account</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-test-server">Test your server setup</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#ads-test-smbclient">Testing with smbclient</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899872">Notes</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899892">Common Errors</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899919">Can Not Add Machine Back to Domain</a></dt><dt><a href="domain-member.html#id2899951">Adding Machine to Domain Fails</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt>8. <a href="StandAloneServer.html">Stand-Alone Servers</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="StandAloneServer.html#id2902304">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="StandAloneServer.html#id2902501">Background</a></dt><dt><a href="StandAloneServer.html#id2902573">Example Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="StandAloneServer.html#id2902588">Reference Documentation Server</a></dt><dt><a href="StandAloneServer.html#id2902638">Central Print Serving</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="StandAloneServer.html#id2902852">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></dd><dt>9. <a href="ClientConfig.html">MS Windows Network Configuration Guide</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="ClientConfig.html#id2901966">Note</a></dt></dl></dd></dl></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="FastStart.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="index.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="ServerType.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 3. Fast Start for the Impatient </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 4. Server Types and Security Modes</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/unicode.html b/docs/htmldocs/unicode.html index 0c5bb01d13..a971602e81 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/unicode.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/unicode.html @@ -1,5 +1,19 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="securing-samba.html" title="Chapter 24. Securing Samba"><link rel="next" href="locking.html" title="Chapter 26. File and Record Locking"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="securing-samba.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="locking.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unicode"></a>Chapter 25. Unicode/Charsets</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">TAKAHASHI Motonobu</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 March 2003</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901255">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901324">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901414">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id2901459">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901255"></a>What are charsets and unicode?</h2></div></div><p> +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="integrate-ms-networks.html" title="Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba"><link rel="next" href="Backup.html" title="Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Backup.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="unicode"></a>Chapter 27. Unicode/Charsets</h2></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">TAKAHASHI</span> <span class="surname">Motonobu</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:monyo@home.monyo.com">monyo@home.monyo.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">25 March 2003</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3001913">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002114">What are charsets and unicode?</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002184">Samba and charsets</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002284">Conversion from old names</a></dt><dt><a href="unicode.html#id3002329">Japanese charsets</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3001913"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> +Every industry eventually matures. One of the great areas of maturation is in +the focus that has been given over the past decade to make it possible for anyone +anywhere to use a computer. It has not always been that way, in fact, not so long +ago it was common for software to be written for exclusive use in the country of +origin. +</p><p> +Of all the effort that has been brought to bear on providing native language support +for all computer users, the efforts of the Openi18n organisation is deserving of +special mention. For more information about Openi18n please refer to: +<a href="">http://www.openi18n.org/</a>. +</p><p> +Samba-2.x supported a single locale through a mechanism called +<span class="emphasis"><em>codepages</em></span>. Samba-3 is destined to become a truly trans-global +file and printer sharing platform. +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3002114"></a>What are charsets and unicode?</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Computers communicate in numbers. In texts, each number will be translated to a corresponding letter. The meaning that will be assigned to a certain number depends on the <span class="emphasis"><em>character set(charset) @@ -11,7 +25,7 @@ with German umlauts, Japanese characters, etc). Usually a charset contains exactly one byte. </p><p> There are also charsets that support even more characters, but those need twice(or even more) as much storage space. These -charsets can contain <b>256 * 256 = 65536</b> characters, which +charsets can contain <b class="command">256 * 256 = 65536</b> characters, which is more then all possible characters one could think of. They are called multibyte charsets (because they use more then one byte to store one character). @@ -22,39 +36,39 @@ A big advantage of using a multibyte charset is that you only need one; no need to make sure two computers use the same charset when they are communicating. </p><p>Old windows clients used to use single-byte charsets, named -'codepages' by microsoft. However, there is no support for +'codepages' by Microsoft. However, there is no support for negotiating the charset to be used in the smb protocol. Thus, you have to make sure you are using the same charset when talking to an old client. Newer clients (Windows NT, 2K, XP) talk unicode over the wire. -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901324"></a>Samba and charsets</h2></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3002184"></a>Samba and charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> As of samba 3.0, samba can (and will) talk unicode over the wire. Internally, samba knows of three kinds of character sets: -</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">unix charset</span></dt><dd><p> +</p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p> This is the charset used internally by your operating system. - The default is <tt>ASCII</tt>, which is fine for most + The default is <tt class="constant">ASCII</tt>, which is fine for most systems. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">display charset</span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba will use to print messages - on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <b>unix charset</b>. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">dos charset</span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>display charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba will use to print messages + on your screen. It should generally be the same as the <b class="command">unix charset</b>. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term"><i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset</tt></i></span></dt><dd><p>This is the charset samba uses when communicating with DOS and Windows 9x clients. It will talk unicode to all newer clients. The default depends on the charsets you have installed on your system. - Run <b>testparm -v | grep "dos charset"</b> to see + Run <b class="command">testparm -v | grep "dos charset"</b> to see what the default is on your system. - </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901414"></a>Conversion from old names</h2></div></div><p>Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, + </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3002284"></a>Conversion from old names</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Because previous samba versions did not do any charset conversion, characters in filenames are usually not correct in the unix charset but only for the local charset used by the DOS/Windows clients.</p><p>The following script from Steve Langasek converts all filenames from CP850 to the iso8859-15 charset.</p><p> -<tt>#</tt><b><tt>find <i><tt>/path/to/share</tt></i> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \ +<tt class="prompt">#</tt><b class="userinput"><tt>find <i class="replaceable"><tt>/path/to/share</tt></i> -type f -exec bash -c 'CP="{}"; ISO=`echo -n "$CP" | iconv -f cp850 \ -t iso8859-15`; if [ "$CP" != "$ISO" ]; then mv "$CP" "$ISO"; fi' \; </tt></b> -</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2901459"></a>Japanese charsets</h2></div></div><p>Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are -points of attention when setting it up:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You should set <b>mangling method = -hash</b></p></li><li><p>There are various iconv() implementations around and not +</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id3002329"></a>Japanese charsets</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Samba doesn't work correctly with Japanese charsets yet. Here are +points of attention when setting it up:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>You should set <i class="parameter"><tt>mangling method = +hash</tt></i></p></li><li><p>There are various iconv() implementations around and not all of them work equally well. glibc2's iconv() has a critical problem in CP932. libiconv-1.8 works with CP932 but still has some problems and -does not work with EUC-JP.</p></li><li><p>You should set <b>dos charset = CP932</b>, not -Shift_JIS, SJIS...</p></li><li><p>Currently only <b>unix charset = CP932</b> +does not work with EUC-JP.</p></li><li><p>You should set <i class="parameter"><tt>dos charset = CP932</tt></i>, not +Shift_JIS, SJIS...</p></li><li><p>Currently only <i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset = CP932</tt></i> will work (but still has some problems...) because of iconv() issues. -<b>unix charset = EUC-JP</b> doesn't work well because of -iconv() issues.</p></li><li><p>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <b>unix charset -= UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</b></p></li></ul></div><p>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="securing-samba.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="locking.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 24. Securing Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 26. File and Record Locking</td></tr></table></div></body></html> +<i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset = EUC-JP</tt></i> doesn't work well because of +iconv() issues.</p></li><li><p>Currently Samba 3.0 does not support <i class="parameter"><tt>unix charset += UTF8-MAC/CAP/HEX/JIS*</tt></i></p></li></ul></div><p>More information (in Japanese) is available at: <a href="http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html" target="_top">http://www.atmarkit.co.jp/flinux/special/samba3/samba3a.html</a>.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="integrate-ms-networks.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="Backup.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 26. Integrating MS Windows networks with Samba </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 28. Samba Backup Techniques</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/vfstest.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/vfstest.1.html index 8c5565f02b..7b124c070f 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/vfstest.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/vfstest.1.html @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>vfstest</tt> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logfile] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>vfstest</b> is a small command line +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>vfstest</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="vfstest.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>vfstest — tool for testing samba VFS modules </p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">vfstest</tt> [-d debuglevel] [-c command] [-l logfile] [-h]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">vfstest</b> is a small command line utility that has the ability to test dso samba VFS modules. It gives the user the ability to call the various VFS functions manually and supports cascaded VFS modules. @@ -6,18 +6,18 @@ See below for the commands that are available. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension - <tt>'.client'</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed + <tt class="constant">'.client'</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -31,12 +31,12 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. -</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><b>load <module.so></b> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><b>populate <char> <size></b> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data - </p></li><li><p><b>showdata [<offset> <len>]</b> - Show data currently in data buffer - </p></li><li><p><b>connect</b> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><b>disconnect</b> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><b>disk_free</b> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><b>opendir</b> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><b>readdir</b> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><b>mkdir</b> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><b>rmdir</b> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><b>closedir</b> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><b>open</b> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><b>close</b> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><b>read</b> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><b>write</b> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><b>lseek</b> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><b>rename</b> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><b>fsync</b> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><b>stat</b> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><b>fstat</b> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><b>lstat</b> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><b>unlink</b> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><b>chmod</b> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><b>fchmod</b> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><b>chown</b> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><b>fchown</b> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><b>chdir</b> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><b>getwd</b> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><b>utime</b> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><b>ftruncate</b> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><b>lock</b> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><b>symlink</b> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><b>readlink</b> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><b>link</b> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><b>mknod</b> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><b>realpath</b> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><b>conf <smb.conf></b> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><b>help [<command>]</b> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><b>debuglevel <level></b> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><b>freemem</b> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><b>exit</b> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba +</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>COMMANDS</h2><p><span class="emphasis"><em>VFS COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><b class="command">load <module.so></b> - Load specified VFS module </p></li><li><p><b class="command">populate <char> <size></b> - Populate a data buffer with the specified data + </p></li><li><p><b class="command">showdata [<offset> <len>]</b> - Show data currently in data buffer + </p></li><li><p><b class="command">connect</b> - VFS connect()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">disconnect</b> - VFS disconnect()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">disk_free</b> - VFS disk_free()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">opendir</b> - VFS opendir()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">readdir</b> - VFS readdir()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">mkdir</b> - VFS mkdir()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">rmdir</b> - VFS rmdir()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">closedir</b> - VFS closedir()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">open</b> - VFS open()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">close</b> - VFS close()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">read</b> - VFS read()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">write</b> - VFS write()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">lseek</b> - VFS lseek()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">rename</b> - VFS rename()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">fsync</b> - VFS fsync()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">stat</b> - VFS stat()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">fstat</b> - VFS fstat()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">lstat</b> - VFS lstat()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">unlink</b> - VFS unlink()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">chmod</b> - VFS chmod()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">fchmod</b> - VFS fchmod()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">chown</b> - VFS chown()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">fchown</b> - VFS fchown()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">chdir</b> - VFS chdir()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">getwd</b> - VFS getwd()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">utime</b> - VFS utime()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">ftruncate</b> - VFS ftruncate()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">lock</b> - VFS lock()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">symlink</b> - VFS symlink()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">readlink</b> - VFS readlink()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">link</b> - VFS link()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">mknod</b> - VFS mknod()</p></li><li><p><b class="command">realpath</b> - VFS realpath()</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>GENERAL COMMANDS</em></span></p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><b class="command">conf <smb.conf></b> - Load a different configuration file</p></li><li><p><b class="command">help [<command>]</b> - Get list of commands or info about specified command</p></li><li><p><b class="command">debuglevel <level></b> - Set debug level</p></li><li><p><b class="command">freemem</b> - Free memory currently in use</p></li><li><p><b class="command">exit</b> - Exit vfstest</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html index fc72b333a8..4aa9ddab12 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/wbinfo.1.html @@ -1,31 +1,31 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>wbinfo</tt> [-u] [-g] [-N netbios-name] [-I ip] [-n name] [-s sid] [-U uid] [-G gid] [-S sid] [-Y sid] [-t] [-m] [--sequence] [-r user] [-a user%password] [-A user%password] [--get-auth-user] [-p]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p>The <b>wbinfo</b> program queries and returns information - created and used by the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon. </p><p>The <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon must be configured - and running for the <b>wbinfo</b> program to be able +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>wbinfo</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="wbinfo.1"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>wbinfo — Query information from winbind daemon</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">wbinfo</tt> [-u] [-g] [-N netbios-name] [-I ip] [-n name] [-s sid] [-U uid] [-G gid] [-S sid] [-Y sid] [-t] [-m] [--sequence] [-r user] [-a user%password] [--set-auth-user user%password] [--get-auth-user] [-p]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This tool is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p>The <b class="command">wbinfo</b> program queries and returns information + created and used by the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon. </p><p>The <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon must be configured + and running for the <b class="command">wbinfo</b> program to be able to return information.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-u</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all users available - in the Windows NT domain for which the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon is operating in. Users in all trusted domains + in the Windows NT domain for which the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Users in all trusted domains will also be listed. Note that this operation does not assign - user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> + user ids to any users that have not already been seen by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> .</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-g</span></dt><dd><p>This option will list all groups available - in the Windows NT domain for which the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> daemon is operating in. Groups in all trusted domains + in the Windows NT domain for which the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> daemon is operating in. Groups in all trusted domains will also be listed. Note that this operation does not assign group ids to any groups that have not already been - seen by <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N name</span></dt><dd><p>The <i><tt>-N</tt></i> option - queries <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> to query the WINS + seen by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-N name</span></dt><dd><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>-N</tt></i> option + queries <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to query the WINS server for the IP address associated with the NetBIOS name - specified by the <i><tt>name</tt></i> parameter. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I ip</span></dt><dd><p>The <i><tt>-I</tt></i> option - queries <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> to send a node status + specified by the <i class="parameter"><tt>name</tt></i> parameter. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-I ip</span></dt><dd><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>-I</tt></i> option + queries <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> to send a node status request to get the NetBIOS name associated with the IP address - specified by the <i><tt>ip</tt></i> parameter. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n name</span></dt><dd><p>The <i><tt>-n</tt></i> option - queries <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> for the SID + specified by the <i class="parameter"><tt>ip</tt></i> parameter. + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n name</span></dt><dd><p>The <i class="parameter"><tt>-n</tt></i> option + queries <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> for the SID associated with the name specified. Domain names can be specified before the user name by using the winbind separator character. For example CWDOM1/Administrator refers to the Administrator user in the domain CWDOM1. If no domain is specified then the - domain used is the one specified in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> <i><tt>workgroup - </tt></i> parameter. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s sid</span></dt><dd><p>Use <i><tt>-s</tt></i> to resolve - a SID to a name. This is the inverse of the <i><tt>-n + domain used is the one specified in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> <i class="parameter"><tt>workgroup + </tt></i> parameter. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s sid</span></dt><dd><p>Use <i class="parameter"><tt>-s</tt></i> to resolve + a SID to a name. This is the inverse of the <i class="parameter"><tt>-n </tt></i> option above. SIDs must be specified as ASCII strings in the traditional Microsoft format. For example, S-1-5-21-1455342024-3071081365-2475485837-500. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-U uid</span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX user id to a Windows NT @@ -33,12 +33,12 @@ the winbind uid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-G gid</span></dt><dd><p>Try to convert a UNIX group id to a Windows NT SID. If the gid specified does not refer to one within the winbind gid range then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX user id. If the SID - does not correspond to a UNIX user mapped by <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-Y sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX group id. If the SID - does not correspond to a UNIX group mapped by <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> then + does not correspond to a UNIX user mapped by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-Y sid</span></dt><dd><p>Convert a SID to a UNIX group id. If the SID + does not correspond to a UNIX group mapped by <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> then the operation will fail. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-t</span></dt><dd><p>Verify that the workstation trust account created when the Samba server is added to the Windows NT domain is working. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-m</span></dt><dd><p>Produce a list of domains trusted by the - Windows NT server <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> contacts + Windows NT server <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> contacts when resolving names. This list does not include the Windows NT domain the server is a Primary Domain Controller for. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--sequence</span></dt><dd><p>Show sequence numbers of @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ defined on a Domain Controller. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-a username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Attempt to authenticate a user via winbindd. This checks both authenticaion methods and reports its results. - </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-A username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Store username and password used by winbindd + </p></dd><dt><span class="term">--set-auth-user username%password</span></dt><dd><p>Store username and password used by winbindd during session setup to a domain controller. This enables winbindd to operate in a Windows 2000 domain with Restrict Anonymous turned on (a.k.a. Permissions compatiable with @@ -58,14 +58,14 @@ root.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-p</span></dt><dd><p>Check whether winbindd is still alive. Prints out either 'succeeded' or 'failed'. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXIT STATUS</h2><p>The wbinfo program returns 0 if the operation - succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> daemon is not working <b>wbinfo</b> will always return + succeeded, or 1 if the operation failed. If the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> daemon is not working <b class="command">wbinfo</b> will always return failure. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar - to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b>wbinfo</b> and <b>winbindd</b> + to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b class="command">wbinfo</b> and <b class="command">winbindd</b> were written by Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for Samba 3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</p></div></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html index 3672fa0717..567e882367 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbind.html @@ -1,5 +1,4 @@ -<!DOCTYPE HTML PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD HTML 4.01 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/html4/loose.dtd"> -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="CUPS-printing.html" title="Chapter 14. CUPS Printing Support"><link rel="next" href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html" title="Chapter 16. Advanced Network Manangement"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="CUPS-printing.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title"><a name="winbind"></a>Chapter 15. Unified Logons between Windows NT and UNIX using Winbind</h2></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Tim Potter</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Andrew Tridgell</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">John H. Terpstra</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Naag Mummaneni</h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author">Jelmer R. Vernooij</h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">27 June 2002</p></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2891610">Abstract</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2891639">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2891710">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2888972">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889003">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889031">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889066">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2889088">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892176">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892248">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892282">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892310">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892338">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892413">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2892507">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2894106">Limitations</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2894160">Conclusion</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891610"></a>Abstract</h2></div></div><p>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="SAMBA Project Documentation"><link rel="up" href="optional.html" title="Part III. Advanced Configuration"><link rel="previous" href="VFS.html" title="Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules"><link rel="next" href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html" title="Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="VFS.html">Prev</a> </td><th width="60%" align="center">Part III. Advanced Configuration</th><td width="20%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="winbind"></a>Chapter 21. Integrated Logon Support using Winbind</h2></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Tim</span> <span class="surname">Potter</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tpot@linuxcare.com.au">tpot@linuxcare.com.au</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Andrew</span> <span class="surname">Tridgell</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:tridge@samba.org">tridge@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Naag</span> <span class="surname">Mummaneni</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:getnag@rediffmail.com">getnag@rediffmail.com</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jelmer</span> <span class="othername">R.</span> <span class="surname">Vernooij</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">The Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jelmer@samba.org">jelmer@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">John</span> <span class="othername">H.</span> <span class="surname">Terpstra</span></h3><div class="affiliation"><span class="orgname">Samba Team<br></span><div class="address"><p><tt class="email"><<a href="mailto:jht@samba.org">jht@samba.org</a>></tt></p></div></div></div></div></div><div><p class="pubdate">27 June 2002</p></div></div><div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979695">Features and Benefits</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979724">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979795">What Winbind Provides</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979856">Target Uses</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979886">How Winbind Works</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979914">Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979949">Microsoft Active Directory Services</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2979971">Name Service Switch</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980108">Pluggable Authentication Modules</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980179">User and Group ID Allocation</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980214">Result Caching</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980242">Installation and Configuration</a></dt><dd><dl><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980271">Introduction</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980346">Requirements</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2980438">Testing Things Out</a></dt></dl></dd><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2982058">Conclusion</a></dt><dt><a href="winbind.html#id2982077">Common Errors</a></dt></dl></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979695"></a>Features and Benefits</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Integration of UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT through a unified logon has been considered a "holy grail" in heterogeneous computing environments for a long time. We present <span class="emphasis"><em>winbind</em></span>, a component of the Samba suite @@ -9,7 +8,7 @@ Service Switch to allow Windows NT domain users to appear and operate as UNIX users on a UNIX machine. This paper describes the winbind system, explaining the functionality it provides, how it is configured, - and how it works internally.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891639"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><p>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have + and how it works internally.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979724"></a>Introduction</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>It is well known that UNIX and Microsoft Windows NT have different models for representing user and group information and use different technologies for implementing them. This fact has made it difficult to integrate the two systems in a satisfactory @@ -30,7 +29,7 @@ tasks for the system administrator when maintaining users and groups on either system. The winbind system provides a simple and elegant solution to all three components of the unified logon - problem.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2891710"></a>What Winbind Provides</h2></div></div><p>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by + problem.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979795"></a>What Winbind Provides</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind unifies UNIX and Windows NT account management by allowing a UNIX box to become a full member of a NT domain. Once this is done the UNIX box will see NT users and groups as if they were native UNIX users and groups, allowing the NT domain @@ -54,7 +53,7 @@ to provide authentication via a NT domain to any PAM enabled applications. This capability solves the problem of synchronizing passwords between systems since all passwords are stored in a single - location (on the domain controller).</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2888972"></a>Target Uses</h3></div></div><p>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an + location (on the domain controller).</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979856"></a>Target Uses</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind is targeted at organizations that have an existing NT based domain infrastructure into which they wish to put UNIX workstations or servers. Winbind will allow these organizations to deploy UNIX workstations without having to @@ -64,12 +63,12 @@ be used is as a central part of UNIX based appliances. Appliances that provide file and print services to Microsoft based networks will be able to use Winbind to provide seamless integration of - the appliance into the domain.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2889003"></a>How Winbind Works</h2></div></div><p>The winbind system is designed around a client/server - architecture. A long running <b>winbindd</b> daemon + the appliance into the domain.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2979886"></a>How Winbind Works</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The winbind system is designed around a client/server + architecture. A long running <b class="command">winbindd</b> daemon listens on a UNIX domain socket waiting for requests to arrive. These requests are generated by the NSS and PAM clients and processed sequentially.</p><p>The technologies used to implement winbind are described - in detail below.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889031"></a>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</h3></div></div><p>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway + in detail below.</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979914"></a>Microsoft Remote Procedure Calls</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Over the last few years, efforts have been underway by various Samba Team members to decode various aspects of the Microsoft Remote Procedure Call (MSRPC) system. This system is used for most network related operations between @@ -82,7 +81,7 @@ users or groups. Other MSRPC calls can be used to authenticate NT domain users and to change user passwords. By directly querying a Windows PDC for user and group information, winbind maps the - NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889066"></a>Microsoft Active Directory Services</h3></div></div><p> + NT account information onto UNIX user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979949"></a>Microsoft Active Directory Services</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Since late 2001, Samba has gained the ability to interact with Microsoft Windows 2000 using its 'Native Mode' protocols, rather than the NT4 RPC services. @@ -91,7 +90,7 @@ same way as a Win2k client would, and in so doing provide a much more efficient and effective winbind implementation. - </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2889088"></a>Name Service Switch</h3></div></div><p>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is + </p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2979971"></a>Name Service Switch</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>The Name Service Switch, or NSS, is a feature that is present in many UNIX operating systems. It allows system information such as hostnames, mail aliases and user information to be resolved from different sources. For example, a standalone @@ -108,25 +107,27 @@ a UNIX machine running winbind and see all users and groups in a NT domain plus any trusted domain as though they were local users and groups.</p><p>The primary control file for NSS is - <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt>. + <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt>. When a UNIX application makes a request to do a lookup - the C library looks in <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> + the C library looks in <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> for a line which matches the service type being requested, for example the "passwd" service type is used when user or group names are looked up. This config line species which implementations of that service should be tried and in what order. If the passwd - config line is:</p><p><b>passwd: files example</b></p><p>then the C library will first load a module called - <tt>/lib/libnss_files.so</tt> followed by - the module <tt>/lib/libnss_example.so</tt>. The + config line is:</p><pre class="programlisting"> +passwd: files example + </pre><p>then the C library will first load a module called + <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_files.so</tt> followed by + the module <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_example.so</tt>. The C library will dynamically load each of these modules in turn and call resolver functions within the modules to try to resolve the request. Once the request is resolved the C library returns the result to the application.</p><p>This NSS interface provides a very easy way for Winbind to hook into the operating system. All that needs to be done - is to put <tt>libnss_winbind.so</tt> in <tt>/lib/</tt> - then add "winbind" into <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> at + is to put <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind.so</tt> in <tt class="filename">/lib/</tt> + then add "winbind" into <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> at the appropriate place. The C library will then call Winbind to - resolve user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892176"></a>Pluggable Authentication Modules</h3></div></div><p>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, + resolve user and group names.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980108"></a>Pluggable Authentication Modules</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>Pluggable Authentication Modules, also known as PAM, is a system for abstracting authentication and authorization technologies. With a PAM module it is possible to specify different authentication methods for different system applications without @@ -141,17 +142,17 @@ Controller. These users can also change their passwords and have this change take effect directly on the Primary Domain Controller. </p><p>PAM is configured by providing control files in the directory - <tt>/etc/pam.d/</tt> for each of the services that + <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/</tt> for each of the services that require authentication. When an authentication request is made by an application the PAM code in the C library looks up this control file to determine what modules to load to do the authentication check and in what order. This interface makes adding a new authentication service for Winbind very easy, all that needs - to be done is that the <tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> module - is copied to <tt>/lib/security/</tt> and the PAM + to be done is that the <tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> module + is copied to <tt class="filename">/lib/security/</tt> and the PAM control files for relevant services are updated to allow authentication via winbind. See the PAM documentation - for more details.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892248"></a>User and Group ID Allocation</h3></div></div><p>When a user or group is created under Windows NT + for more details.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980179"></a>User and Group ID Allocation</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>When a user or group is created under Windows NT is it allocated a numerical relative identifier (RID). This is slightly different to UNIX which has a range of numbers that are used to identify users, and the same range in which to identify @@ -164,7 +165,7 @@ time, winbind will have mapped all Windows NT users and groups to UNIX user ids and group ids.</p><p>The results of this mapping are stored persistently in an ID mapping database held in a tdb database). This ensures that - RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892282"></a>Result Caching</h3></div></div><p>An active system can generate a lot of user and group + RIDs are mapped to UNIX IDs in a consistent way.</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980214"></a>Result Caching</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p>An active system can generate a lot of user and group name lookups. To reduce the network cost of these lookups winbind uses a caching scheme based on the SAM sequence number supplied by NT domain controllers. User or group information returned @@ -175,16 +176,16 @@ the PDC and compared against the sequence number of the cached entry. If the sequence numbers do not match, then the cached information is discarded and up to date information is requested directly - from the PDC.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2892310"></a>Installation and Configuration</h2></div></div><p> + from the PDC.</p></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2980242"></a>Installation and Configuration</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p> Many thanks to John Trostel <a href="mailto:jtrostel@snapserver.com" target="_top">jtrostel@snapserver.com</a> for providing the HOWTO for this section. </p><p> This HOWTO describes how to get winbind services up and running to control access and authenticate users on your Linux box using the winbind services which come with SAMBA 3.0. -</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892338"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><p> -This HOWTO describes the procedures used to get winbind up and -running on my RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access +</p><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980271"></a>Introduction</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +This section describes the procedures used to get winbind up and +running on a RedHat 7.1 system. Winbind is capable of providing access and authentication control for Windows Domain users through an NT or Win2K PDC for 'regular' services, such as telnet a nd ftp, as well for SAMBA services. @@ -207,17 +208,17 @@ somewhat to fit the way your distribution works. SAMBA server, this HOWTO is for you. That said, I am no NT or PAM expert, so you may find a better or easier way to accomplish these tasks. - </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892413"></a>Requirements</h3></div></div><p> -If you have a samba configuration file that you are currently + </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980346"></a>Requirements</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you have a Samba configuration file that you are currently using... <span class="emphasis"><em>BACK IT UP!</em></span> If your system already uses PAM, -<span class="emphasis"><em>back up the <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> directory +<span class="emphasis"><em>back up the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> directory contents!</em></span> If you haven't already made a boot disk, <span class="emphasis"><em>MAKE ONE NOW!</em></span> </p><p> -Messing with the pam configuration files can make it nearly impossible -to log in to yourmachine. That's why you want to be able to boot back +Messing with the PAM configuration files can make it nearly impossible +to log in to your machine. That's why you want to be able to boot back into your machine in single user mode and restore your -<tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> back to the original state they were in if +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> back to the original state they were in if you get frustrated with the way things are going. ;-) </p><p> The latest version of SAMBA (version 3.0 as of this writing), now @@ -232,54 +233,54 @@ SAMBA machine, PAM (pluggable authentication modules) must be setup properly on your machine. In order to compile the winbind modules, you should have at least the pam libraries resident on your system. For recent RedHat systems (7.1, for instance), that -means <tt>pam-0.74-22</tt>. For best results, it is helpful to also -install the development packages in <tt>pam-devel-0.74-22</tt>. -</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2892507"></a>Testing Things Out</h3></div></div><p> +means <tt class="filename">pam-0.74-22</tt>. For best results, it is helpful to also +install the development packages in <tt class="filename">pam-devel-0.74-22</tt>. +</p></div><div class="sect2" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="id2980438"></a>Testing Things Out</h3></div></div><div></div></div><p> Before starting, it is probably best to kill off all the SAMBA -related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <b>smbd</b>, -<b>nmbd</b>, and <b>winbindd</b> processes that may +related daemons running on your server. Kill off all <span class="application">smbd</span>, +<span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> processes that may be running. To use PAM, you will want to make sure that you have the -standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> +standard PAM package (for RedHat) which supplies the <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> directory structure, including the pam modules are used by pam-aware -services, several pam libraries, and the <tt>/usr/doc</tt> -and <tt>/usr/man</tt> entries for pam. Winbind built better +services, several pam libraries, and the <tt class="filename">/usr/doc</tt> +and <tt class="filename">/usr/man</tt> entries for pam. Winbind built better in SAMBA if the pam-devel package was also installed. This package includes -the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. For instance, -my RedHat system has both <tt>pam-0.74-22</tt> and -<tt>pam-devel-0.74-22</tt> RPMs installed. -</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2892584"></a>Configure and compile SAMBA</h4></div></div><p> +the header files needed to compile pam-aware applications. +</p><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2980500"></a>Configure and compile SAMBA</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> The configuration and compilation of SAMBA is pretty straightforward. The first three steps may not be necessary depending upon whether or not you have previously built the Samba binaries. -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>autoconf</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make clean</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>rm config.cache</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>./configure</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make</b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make install</b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">autoconf</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make clean</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">rm config.cache</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">./configure</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="command">make install</b> </pre><p> -This will, by default, install SAMBA in <tt>/usr/local/samba</tt>. +This will, by default, install SAMBA in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba</tt>. See the main SAMBA documentation if you want to install SAMBA somewhere else. It will also build the winbindd executable and libraries. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2892705"></a>Configure <tt>nsswitch.conf</tt> and the -winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</h4></div></div><p> -The libraries needed to run the <b>winbindd</b> daemon +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2980613"></a>Configure <tt class="filename">nsswitch.conf</tt> and the +winbind libraries on Linux and Solaris</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The libraries needed to run the <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemon through nsswitch need to be copied to their proper locations, so </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib</b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/libnss_winbind.so /lib</tt></b> +</pre><p> </p><p> I also found it necessary to make the following symbolic link: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</b> -</p><p>And, in the case of Sun solaris:</p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> -<tt>root#</tt> <b><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> -</p><p> -Now, as root you need to edit <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> to -allow user and group entries to be visible from the <b>winbindd</b> -daemon. My <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file look like +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt> <b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /lib/libnss_winbind.so /lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> +</p><p>And, in the case of Sun Solaris:</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.1</tt></b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ln -s /usr/lib/libnss_winbind.so /usr/lib/nss_winbind.so.2</tt></b> +</pre><p> +Now, as root you need to edit <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> to +allow user and group entries to be visible from the <span class="application">winbindd</span> +daemon. My <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file look like this after editing: </p><pre class="programlisting"> passwd: files winbind @@ -287,15 +288,15 @@ this after editing: group: files winbind </pre><p> The libraries needed by the winbind daemon will be automatically -entered into the <b>ldconfig</b> cache the next time +entered into the <b class="command">ldconfig</b> cache the next time your system reboots, but it is faster (and you don't need to reboot) if you do it manually: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/sbin/ldconfig -v | grep winbind</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/sbin/ldconfig -v | grep winbind</tt></b> </p><p> -This makes <tt>libnss_winbind</tt> available to winbindd +This makes <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind</tt> available to winbindd and echos back a check to you. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2892910"></a>NSS Winbind on AIX</h4></div></div><p>(This section is only for those running AIX)</p><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2980820"></a>NSS Winbind on AIX</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p>(This section is only for those running AIX)</p><p> The winbind AIX identification module gets built as libnss_winbind.so in the nsswitch directory of the samba source. This file can be copied to /usr/lib/security, and the AIX naming convention would indicate that it @@ -305,22 +306,22 @@ WINBIND: program = /usr/lib/security/WINBIND options = authonly </pre><p>can then be added to -<tt>/usr/lib/security/methods.cfg</tt>. This module only +<tt class="filename">/usr/lib/security/methods.cfg</tt>. This module only supports identification, but there have been success reports using the standard winbind pam module for authentication. Use caution configuring loadable authentication modules as it is possible to make it impossible to logon to the system. More information about the AIX authentication module API can be found at "Kernel Extensions and Device Support -Programming Concepts for AIX": <a href=""> +Programming Concepts for AIX": <a href="http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixprggd/kernextc/sec_load_mod.htm" target="_top"> Chapter 18. Loadable Authentication Module Programming Interface</a> -and more information on administering the modules at <a href=""> +and more information on administering the modules at <a href="http://publibn.boulder.ibm.com/doc_link/en_US/a_doc_lib/aixbman/baseadmn/iandaadmin.htm" target="_top"> "System Management Guide: Operating System and Devices"</a>. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2892983"></a>Configure smb.conf</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2980900"></a>Configure smb.conf</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Several parameters are needed in the smb.conf file to control -the behavior of <b>winbindd</b>. Configure -<tt>smb.conf</tt> These are described in more detail in -the <a href="winbindd.8.html">winbindd(8)</a> man page. My -<tt>smb.conf</tt> file was modified to +the behavior of <span class="application">winbindd</span>. Configure +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> These are described in more detail in +the <a href="winbindd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">winbindd</span>(8)</span></a> man page. My +<tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> file was modified to include the following entries in the [global] section: </p><pre class="programlisting"> [global] @@ -328,61 +329,61 @@ include the following entries in the [global] section: # separate domain and username with '+', like DOMAIN+username <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top">winbind separator</a> = + # use uids from 10000 to 20000 for domain users - <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top">winbind uid</a> = 10000-20000 + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top">idmap uid</a> = 10000-20000 # use gids from 10000 to 20000 for domain groups - <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top">winbind gid</a> = 10000-20000 + <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top">idmap gid</a> = 10000-20000 # allow enumeration of winbind users and groups <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top">winbind enum users</a> = yes <a href="winbindd.8.html#WINBINDENUMGROUP" target="_top">winbind enum groups</a> = yes # give winbind users a real shell (only needed if they have telnet access) <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top">template homedir</a> = /home/winnt/%D/%U <a href="winbindd.8.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top">template shell</a> = /bin/bash -</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893098"></a>Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</h4></div></div><p> +</pre></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981017"></a>Join the SAMBA server to the PDC domain</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Enter the following command to make the SAMBA server join the -PDC domain, where <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is the name of -your Windows domain and <i><tt>Administrator</tt></i> is +PDC domain, where <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is the name of +your Windows domain and <i class="replaceable"><tt>Administrator</tt></i> is a domain user who has administrative privileges in the domain. </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/net join -S PDC -U Administrator</tt></b> </p><p> The proper response to the command should be: "Joined the domain -<i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>" where <i><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> +<i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i>" where <i class="replaceable"><tt>DOMAIN</tt></i> is your DOMAIN name. -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893155"></a>Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981071"></a>Start up the winbindd daemon and test it!</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> Eventually, you will want to modify your smb startup script to automatically invoke the winbindd daemon when the other parts of SAMBA start, but it is possible to test out just the winbind portion first. To start up winbind services, enter the following command as root: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd</tt></b> </p><p> Winbindd can now also run in 'dual daemon mode'. This will make it run as 2 processes. The first will answer all requests from the cache, thus making responses to clients faster. The other will update the cache for the query that the first has just responded. Advantage of this is that responses stay accurate and are faster. -You can enable dual daemon mode by adding '-B' to the commandline: +You can enable dual daemon mode by adding <tt class="option">-B</tt> to the commandline: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B</tt></b> </p><p> I'm always paranoid and like to make sure the daemon is really running... </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>ps -ae | grep winbindd</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>ps -ae | grep winbindd</tt></b> </p><p> This command should produce output like this, if the daemon is running -</p><p> +</p><pre class="screen"> 3025 ? 00:00:00 winbindd -</p><p> +</pre><p> Now... for the real test, try to get some information about the users on your PDC </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -u</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -u</tt></b> </p><p> This should echo back a list of users on your Windows users on your PDC. For example, I get the following response: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> +</p><pre class="screen"> CEO+Administrator CEO+burdell CEO+Guest @@ -390,13 +391,13 @@ your PDC. For example, I get the following response: CEO+krbtgt CEO+TsInternetUser </pre><p> -Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <i><tt>winbind +Obviously, I have named my domain 'CEO' and my <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind separator</tt></i> is '+'. </p><p> You can do the same sort of thing to get group information from the PDC: -</p><pre class="programlisting"> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -g</b> +</p><pre class="screen"> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>/usr/local/samba/bin/wbinfo -g</tt></b> CEO+Domain Admins CEO+Domain Users CEO+Domain Guests @@ -411,25 +412,24 @@ The function 'getent' can now be used to get unified lists of both local and PDC users and groups. Try the following command: </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>getent passwd</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>getent passwd</tt></b> </p><p> -You should get a list that looks like your <tt>/etc/passwd</tt> +You should get a list that looks like your <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd</tt> list followed by the domain users with their new uids, gids, home directories and default shells. </p><p> The same thing can be done for groups with the command </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>getent group</b> -</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893399"></a>Fix the init.d startup scripts</h4></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2893407"></a>Linux</h5></div></div><p> -The <b>winbindd</b> daemon needs to start up after the -<b>smbd</b> and <b>nmbd</b> daemons are running. +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>getent group</tt></b> +</p></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981312"></a>Fix the init.d startup scripts</h4></div></div><div></div></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2981320"></a>Linux</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemon needs to start up after the +<span class="application">smbd</span> and <span class="application">nmbd</span> daemons are running. To accomplish this task, you need to modify the startup scripts of your system. -They are located at <tt>/etc/init.d/smb</tt> in RedHat and -<tt>/etc/init.d/samba</tt> in Debian. +They are located at <tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/smb</tt> in RedHat and +<tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/samba</tt> in Debian. script to add commands to invoke this daemon in the proper sequence. My -startup script starts up <b>smbd</b>, -<b>nmbd</b>, and <b>winbindd</b> from the -<tt>/usr/local/samba/bin</tt> directory directly. The 'start' +startup script starts up <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> from the +<tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin</tt> directory directly. The 'start' function in the script looks like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> start() { @@ -487,10 +487,10 @@ stop() { echo "" return $RETVAL } -</pre></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2893544"></a>Solaris</h5></div></div><p>Winbind doesn't work on solaris 9, see the <a href="Portability.html#winbind-solaris9" title="Winbind on Solaris 9">Portability</a> chapter for details.</p><p>On solaris, you need to modify the -<tt>/etc/init.d/samba.server</tt> startup script. It usually +</pre></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2981482"></a>Solaris</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind doesn't work on Solaris 9, see the <a href="Portability.html#winbind-solaris9" title="Winbind on Solaris 9">Portability</a> chapter for details.</p><p>On Solaris, you need to modify the +<tt class="filename">/etc/init.d/samba.server</tt> startup script. It usually only starts smbd and nmbd but should now start winbindd too. If you -have samba installed in <tt>/usr/local/samba/bin</tt>, +have samba installed in <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/bin</tt>, the file could contains something like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> ## @@ -550,34 +550,33 @@ in the script above with: </p><pre class="programlisting"> /usr/local/samba/bin/winbindd -B </pre><p> -</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2893644"></a>Restarting</h5></div></div><p> -If you restart the <b>smbd</b>, <b>nmbd</b>, -and <b>winbindd</b> daemons at this point, you +</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2981600"></a>Restarting</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +If you restart the <span class="application">smbd</span>, <span class="application">nmbd</span>, and <span class="application">winbindd</span> daemons at this point, you should be able to connect to the samba server as a domain member just as if you were a local user. -</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2893681"></a>Configure Winbind and PAM</h4></div></div><p> +</p></div></div><div class="sect3" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a name="id2981637"></a>Configure Winbind and PAM</h4></div></div><div></div></div><p> If you have made it this far, you know that winbindd and samba are working together. If you want to use winbind to provide authentication for other services, keep reading. The pam configuration files need to be altered in this step. (Did you remember to make backups of your original -<tt>/etc/pam.d</tt> files? If not, do it now.) +<tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d</tt> files? If not, do it now.) </p><p> You will need a pam module to use winbindd with these other services. This -module will be compiled in the <tt>../source/nsswitch</tt> directory +module will be compiled in the <tt class="filename">../source/nsswitch</tt> directory by invoking the command </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>make nsswitch/pam_winbind.so</b> +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>make nsswitch/pam_winbind.so</tt></b> </p><p> -from the <tt>../source</tt> directory. The -<tt>pam_winbind.so</tt> file should be copied to the location of +from the <tt class="filename">../source</tt> directory. The +<tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so</tt> file should be copied to the location of your other pam security modules. On my RedHat system, this was the -<tt>/lib/security</tt> directory. On Solaris, the pam security -modules reside in <tt>/usr/lib/security</tt>. +<tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt> directory. On Solaris, the pam security +modules reside in <tt class="filename">/usr/lib/security</tt>. </p><p> -<tt>root#</tt> <b>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security</b> -</p><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2893790"></a>Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</h5></div></div><p> -The <tt>/etc/pam.d/samba</tt> file does not need to be changed. I -just left this fileas it was: +<tt class="prompt">root# </tt><b class="userinput"><tt>cp ../samba/source/nsswitch/pam_winbind.so /lib/security</tt></b> +</p><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2981743"></a>Linux/FreeBSD-specific PAM configuration</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/samba</tt> file does not need to be changed. I +just left this file as it was: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth @@ -586,10 +585,10 @@ The other services that I modified to allow the use of winbind as an authentication service were the normal login on the console (or a terminal session), telnet logins, and ftp service. In order to enable these services, you may first need to change the entries in -<tt>/etc/xinetd.d</tt> (or <tt>/etc/inetd.conf</tt>). +<tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d</tt> (or <tt class="filename">/etc/inetd.conf</tt>). RedHat 7.1 uses the new xinetd.d structure, in this case you need -to change the lines in <tt>/etc/xinetd.d/telnet</tt> -and <tt>/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</tt> from +to change the lines in <tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d/telnet</tt> +and <tt class="filename">/etc/xinetd.d/wu-ftp</tt> from </p><pre class="programlisting"> enable = no </pre><p> @@ -601,12 +600,12 @@ For ftp services to work properly, you will also need to either have individual directories for the domain users already present on the server, or change the home directory template to a general directory for all domain users. These can be easily set using -the <tt>smb.conf</tt> global entry -<b>template homedir</b>. +the <tt class="filename">smb.conf</tt> global entry +<i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i>. </p><p> -The <tt>/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file can be changed +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file can be changed to allow winbind ftp access in a manner similar to the -samba file. My <tt>/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file was +samba file. My <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/ftp</tt> file was changed to look like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_listfile.so item=user sense=deny \ @@ -618,7 +617,7 @@ changed to look like this: account required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth </pre><p> -The <tt>/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file can be changed nearly the +The <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/login</tt> file can be changed nearly the same way. It now looks like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so @@ -632,13 +631,13 @@ same way. It now looks like this: session required /lib/security/pam_stack.so service=system-auth session optional /lib/security/pam_console.so </pre><p> -In this case, I added the <b>auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</b> -lines as before, but also added the <b>required pam_securetty.so</b> +In this case, I added the </p><pre class="programlisting">auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so</pre><p> +lines as before, but also added the </p><pre class="programlisting">required pam_securetty.so</pre><p> above it, to disallow root logins over the network. I also added a -<b>sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</b> -line after the <b>winbind.so</b> line to get rid of annoying +<b class="command">sufficient /lib/security/pam_unix.so use_first_pass</b> +line after the <b class="command">winbind.so</b> line to get rid of annoying double prompts for passwords. -</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2894014"></a>Solaris-specific configuration</h5></div></div><p> +</p></div><div class="sect4" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a name="id2981966"></a>Solaris-specific configuration</h5></div></div><div></div></div><p> The /etc/pam.conf needs to be changed. I changed this file so that my Domain users can logon both locally as well as telnet.The following are the changes that I made.You can customize the pam.conf file as per your requirements,but @@ -710,7 +709,12 @@ annoying double prompts for passwords. </p><p> Now restart your Samba and try connecting through your application that you configured in the pam.conf. -</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2894106"></a>Limitations</h2></div></div><p>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current +</p></div></div></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982058"></a>Conclusion</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service + Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate + Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless + integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a + UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative + cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.</p></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2982077"></a>Common Errors</h2></div></div><div></div></div><p>Winbind has a number of limitations in its current released version that we hope to overcome in future releases:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p>Winbind is currently only available for the Linux, Solaris and IRIX operating systems, although ports to other operating @@ -718,16 +722,11 @@ configured in the pam.conf. we require the C library of the target operating system to support the Name Service Switch and Pluggable Authentication Modules systems. This is becoming more common as NSS and - PAM gain support among UNIX vendors.</p></li><li><p>The mappings of Windows NT RIDs to UNIX ids + PAM gain support among UNIX vendors.</p></li><li><p>The mappings of Windows NT RIDs to UNIX ids is not made algorithmically and depends on the order in which unmapped users or groups are seen by winbind. It may be difficult to recover the mappings of rid to UNIX id mapping if the file containing this information is corrupted or destroyed.</p></li><li><p>Currently the winbind PAM module does not take into account possible workstation and logon time restrictions that may be been set for Windows NT users, this is - instead up to the PDC to enforce.</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="sect1" lang="en"><div class="titlepage"><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="id2894160"></a>Conclusion</h2></div></div><p>The winbind system, through the use of the Name Service - Switch, Pluggable Authentication Modules, and appropriate - Microsoft RPC calls have allowed us to provide seamless - integration of Microsoft Windows NT domain users on a - UNIX system. The result is a great reduction in the administrative - cost of running a mixed UNIX and NT network.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="CUPS-printing.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 14. CUPS Printing Support </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 16. Advanced Network Manangement</td></tr></table></div></body></html> + instead up to the PDC to enforce.</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="VFS.html">Prev</a> </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="optional.html">Up</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"> <a accesskey="n" href="AdvancedNetworkManagement.html">Next</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Chapter 20. Stackable VFS modules </td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Home</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"> Chapter 22. Advanced Network Management</td></tr></table></div></body></html> diff --git a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html index b1260df500..c1a64d6a00 100644 --- a/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html +++ b/docs/htmldocs/winbindd.8.html @@ -1,64 +1,64 @@ -<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.59.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names - from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt>winbindd</tt> [-F] [-S] [-i] [-B] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a> suite.</p><p><b>winbindd</b> is a daemon that provides +<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>winbindd</title><link rel="stylesheet" href="samba.css" type="text/css"><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.60.1"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="refentry" lang="en"><a name="winbindd.8"></a><div class="titlepage"><div></div><div></div></div><div class="refnamediv"><h2>Name</h2><p>winbindd — Name Service Switch daemon for resolving names + from NT servers</p></div><div class="refsynopsisdiv"><h2>Synopsis</h2><div class="cmdsynopsis"><p><tt class="command">winbindd</tt> [-F] [-S] [-i] [-B] [-d <debug level>] [-s <smb config file>] [-n]</p></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>DESCRIPTION</h2><p>This program is part of the <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a> suite.</p><p><b class="command">winbindd</b> is a daemon that provides a service for the Name Service Switch capability that is present in most modern C libraries. The Name Service Switch allows user and system information to be obtained from different databases services such as NIS or DNS. The exact behaviour can be configured - throught the <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. + throught the <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file. Users and groups are allocated as they are resolved to a range of user and group ids specified by the administrator of the - Samba system.</p><p>The service provided by <b>winbindd</b> is called `winbind' and + Samba system.</p><p>The service provided by <b class="command">winbindd</b> is called `winbind' and can be used to resolve user and group information from a Windows NT server. The service can also provide authentication services via an associated PAM module. </p><p> - The <tt>pam_winbind</tt> module in the 2.2.2 release only - supports the <i><tt>auth</tt></i> and <i><tt>account</tt></i> + The <tt class="filename">pam_winbind</tt> module in the 2.2.2 release only + supports the <i class="parameter"><tt>auth</tt></i> and <i class="parameter"><tt>account</tt></i> module-types. The latter simply performs a getpwnam() to verify that the system can obtain a uid for the - user. If the <tt>libnss_winbind</tt> library has been correctly + user. If the <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind</tt> library has been correctly installed, this should always succeed. </p><p>The following nsswitch databases are implemented by the winbindd service: </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">hosts</span></dt><dd><p>User information traditionally stored in - the <tt>hosts(5)</tt> file and used by - <b>gethostbyname(3)</b> functions. Names are + the <tt class="filename">hosts(5)</tt> file and used by + <b class="command">gethostbyname(3)</b> functions. Names are resolved through the WINS server or by broadcast. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">passwd</span></dt><dd><p>User information traditionally stored in - the <tt>passwd(5)</tt> file and used by - <b>getpwent(3)</b> functions. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">group</span></dt><dd><p>Group information traditionally stored in - the <tt>group(5)</tt> file and used by - <b>getgrent(3)</b> functions. </p></dd></dl></div><p>For example, the following simple configuration in the - <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file can be used to initially - resolve user and group information from <tt>/etc/passwd - </tt> and <tt>/etc/group</tt> and then from the + the <tt class="filename">passwd(5)</tt> file and used by + <b class="command">getpwent(3)</b> functions. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">group</span></dt><dd><p>Group information traditionally stored in + the <tt class="filename">group(5)</tt> file and used by + <b class="command">getgrent(3)</b> functions. </p></dd></dl></div><p>For example, the following simple configuration in the + <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file can be used to initially + resolve user and group information from <tt class="filename">/etc/passwd + </tt> and <tt class="filename">/etc/group</tt> and then from the Windows NT server. </p><pre class="programlisting"> passwd: files winbind group: files winbind </pre><p>The following simple configuration in the - <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file can be used to initially - resolve hostnames from <tt>/etc/hosts</tt> and then from the + <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> file can be used to initially + resolve hostnames from <tt class="filename">/etc/hosts</tt> and then from the WINS server.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>OPTIONS</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">-F</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - the main <b>winbindd</b> process to not daemonize, + the main <b class="command">winbindd</b> process to not daemonize, i.e. double-fork and disassociate with the terminal. Child processes are still created as normal to service each connection request, but the main process does not exit. This operation mode is suitable for running - <b>winbindd</b> under process supervisors such - as <b>supervise</b> and <b>svscan</b> - from Daniel J. Bernstein's <b>daemontools</b> + <b class="command">winbindd</b> under process supervisors such + as <b class="command">supervise</b> and <b class="command">svscan</b> + from Daniel J. Bernstein's <b class="command">daemontools</b> package, or the AIX process monitor. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-S</span></dt><dd><p>If specified, this parameter causes - <b>winbindd</b> to log to standard output rather + <b class="command">winbindd</b> to log to standard output rather than a file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-V</span></dt><dd><p>Prints the version number for -<b>smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the +<b class="command">smbd</b>.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-s <configuration file></span></dt><dd><p>The file specified contains the configuration details required by the server. The information in this file includes server-specific information such as what printcap file to use, as well as descriptions of all the services that the server is -to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt> +to provide. See <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"><tt class="filename"> smb.conf(5)</tt></a> for more information. The default configuration file name is determined at -compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer +compile time.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-d|--debug=debuglevel</span></dt><dd><p><i class="replaceable"><tt>debuglevel</tt></i> is an integer from 0 to 10. The default value if this parameter is not specified is zero.</p><p>The higher this value, the more detail will be logged to the log files about the activities of the @@ -72,16 +72,16 @@ use only by developers and generate HUGE amounts of log data, most of which is extremely cryptic.</p><p>Note that specifying this parameter here will override the <a href="smb.conf.5.html#loglevel" target="_top">log level</a> parameter in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html" target="_top"> -<tt>smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension -<tt>".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is +<tt class="filename">smb.conf(5)</tt></a> file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-l|--logfile=logbasename</span></dt><dd><p>File name for log/debug files. The extension +<tt class="constant">".client"</tt> will be appended. The log file is never removed by the client. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-h|--help</span></dt><dd><p>Print a summary of command line options. -</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Tells <b>winbindd</b> to not +</p></dd><dt><span class="term">-i</span></dt><dd><p>Tells <b class="command">winbindd</b> to not become a daemon and detach from the current terminal. This option is used by developers when interactive debugging - of <b>winbindd</b> is required. - <b>winbindd</b> also logs to standard output, - as if the <b>-S</b> parameter had been given. + of <b class="command">winbindd</b> is required. + <b class="command">winbindd</b> also logs to standard output, + as if the <b class="command">-S</b> parameter had been given. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">-n</span></dt><dd><p>Disable caching. This means winbindd will always have to wait for a response from the domain controller before it can respond to a client and this thus makes things @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ never removed by the client. a relative id (rid) which is unique for the domain when the user or group is created. To convert the Windows NT user or group into a unix user or group, a mapping between rids and unix user - and group ids is required. This is one of the jobs that <b> + and group ids is required. This is one of the jobs that <b class="command"> winbindd</b> performs. </p><p>As winbindd users and groups are resolved from a server, user and group ids are allocated from a specified range. This is done on a first come, first served basis, although all existing @@ -108,43 +108,43 @@ never removed by the client. where the user and group mappings are stored by winbindd. If this file is deleted or corrupted, there is no way for winbindd to determine which user and group ids correspond to Windows NT user - and group rids. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <b>winbindd</b> daemon - is done through configuration parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file. All parameters should be specified in the + and group rids. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>CONFIGURATION</h2><p>Configuration of the <b class="command">winbindd</b> daemon + is done through configuration parameters in the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file. All parameters should be specified in the [global] section of smb.conf. </p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul type="disc"><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDSEPARATOR" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind separator</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top"> - <i><tt>template homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top"> - <i><tt>template shell</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" target="_top"> - <i><tt>winbind use default domain</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind separator</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUID" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind uid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDGID" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind gid</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDCACHETIME" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind cache time</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMUSERS" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum users</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDENUMGROUPS" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind enum groups</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATEHOMEDIR" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>template homedir</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#TEMPLATESHELL" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>template shell</tt></i></a></p></li><li><p><a href="smb.conf.5.html#WINBINDUSEDEFAULTDOMAIN" target="_top"> + <i class="parameter"><tt>winbind use default domain</tt></i></a></p></li></ul></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>EXAMPLE SETUP</h2><p>To setup winbindd for user and group lookups plus authentication from a domain controller use something like the - following setup. This was tested on a RedHat 6.2 Linux box. </p><p>In <tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> put the + following setup. This was tested on a RedHat 6.2 Linux box. </p><p>In <tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf</tt> put the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> passwd: files winbind group: files winbind -</pre><p>In <tt>/etc/pam.d/*</tt> replace the <i><tt> +</pre><p>In <tt class="filename">/etc/pam.d/*</tt> replace the <i class="parameter"><tt> auth</tt></i> lines with something like this: </p><pre class="programlisting"> auth required /lib/security/pam_securetty.so auth required /lib/security/pam_nologin.so auth sufficient /lib/security/pam_winbind.so auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok -</pre><p>Note in particular the use of the <i><tt>sufficient - </tt></i> keyword and the <i><tt>use_first_pass</tt></i> keyword. </p><p>Now replace the account lines with this: </p><p><b>account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so +</pre><p>Note in particular the use of the <i class="parameter"><tt>sufficient + </tt></i> keyword and the <i class="parameter"><tt>use_first_pass</tt></i> keyword. </p><p>Now replace the account lines with this: </p><p><b class="command">account required /lib/security/pam_winbind.so </b></p><p>The next step is to join the domain. To do that use the - <b>net</b> program like this: </p><p><b>net join -S PDC -U Administrator</b></p><p>The username after the <i><tt>-U</tt></i> can be any + <b class="command">net</b> program like this: </p><p><b class="command">net join -S PDC -U Administrator</b></p><p>The username after the <i class="parameter"><tt>-U</tt></i> can be any Domain user that has administrator privileges on the machine. - Substitute the name or IP of your PDC for "PDC".</p><p>Next copy <tt>libnss_winbind.so</tt> to - <tt>/lib</tt> and <tt>pam_winbind.so - </tt> to <tt>/lib/security</tt>. A symbolic link needs to be - made from <tt>/lib/libnss_winbind.so</tt> to - <tt>/lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</tt>. If you are using an + Substitute the name or IP of your PDC for "PDC".</p><p>Next copy <tt class="filename">libnss_winbind.so</tt> to + <tt class="filename">/lib</tt> and <tt class="filename">pam_winbind.so + </tt> to <tt class="filename">/lib/security</tt>. A symbolic link needs to be + made from <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_winbind.so</tt> to + <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.2</tt>. If you are using an older version of glibc then the target of the link should be - <tt>/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt>.</p><p>Finally, setup a <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> containing directives like the + <tt class="filename">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.1</tt>.</p><p>Finally, setup a <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> containing directives like the following: </p><pre class="programlisting"> [global] @@ -161,54 +161,54 @@ auth required /lib/security/pam_pwdb.so use_first_pass shadow nullok group database is expanded to include your NT users and groups, and that you can login to your unix box as a domain user, using the DOMAIN+user syntax for the username. You may wish to use the - commands <b>getent passwd</b> and <b>getent group + commands <b class="command">getent passwd</b> and <b class="command">getent group </b> to confirm the correct operation of winbindd.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>NOTES</h2><p>The following notes are useful when configuring and - running <b>winbindd</b>: </p><p><a href="nmbd.8.html">nmbd(8)</a> must be running on the local machine - for <b>winbindd</b> to work. <b>winbindd</b> queries + running <b class="command">winbindd</b>: </p><p><a href="nmbd.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">nmbd</span>(8)</span></a> must be running on the local machine + for <b class="command">winbindd</b> to work. <b class="command">winbindd</b> queries the list of trusted domains for the Windows NT server - on startup and when a SIGHUP is received. Thus, for a running <b> + on startup and when a SIGHUP is received. Thus, for a running <b class="command"> winbindd</b> to become aware of new trust relationships between servers, it must be sent a SIGHUP signal. </p><p>PAM is really easy to misconfigure. Make sure you know what you are doing when modifying PAM configuration files. It is possible - to set up PAM such that you can no longer log into your system. </p><p>If more than one UNIX machine is running <b>winbindd</b>, + to set up PAM such that you can no longer log into your system. </p><p>If more than one UNIX machine is running <b class="command">winbindd</b>, then in general the user and groups ids allocated by winbindd will not be the same. The user and group ids will only be valid for the local machine.</p><p>If the the Windows NT RID to UNIX user and group id mapping file is damaged or destroyed then the mappings will be lost. </p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SIGNALS</h2><p>The following signals can be used to manipulate the - <b>winbindd</b> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a> file and + <b class="command">winbindd</b> daemon. </p><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term">SIGHUP</span></dt><dd><p>Reload the <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a> file and apply any parameter changes to the running version of winbindd. This signal also clears any cached user and group information. The list of other domains trusted - by winbindd is also reloaded. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SIGUSR1</span></dt><dd><p>The SIGUSR1 signal will cause <b> + by winbindd is also reloaded. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">SIGUSR1</span></dt><dd><p>The SIGUSR1 signal will cause <b class="command"> winbindd</b> to write status information to the winbind log file including information about the number of user and - group ids allocated by <b>winbindd</b>.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the - log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt>/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</tt></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with - the <b>winbindd</b> program. For security reasons, the + group ids allocated by <b class="command">winbindd</b>.</p><p>Log files are stored in the filename specified by the + log file parameter.</p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>FILES</h2><div class="variablelist"><dl><dt><span class="term"><tt class="filename">/etc/nsswitch.conf(5)</tt></span></dt><dd><p>Name service switch configuration file.</p></dd><dt><span class="term">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which clients communicate with + the <b class="command">winbindd</b> program. For security reasons, the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon - if both the <tt>/tmp/.winbindd</tt> directory - and <tt>/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</tt> file are owned by + if both the <tt class="filename">/tmp/.winbindd</tt> directory + and <tt class="filename">/tmp/.winbindd/pipe</tt> file are owned by root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privilaged/pipe</span></dt><dd><p>The UNIX pipe over which 'privilaged' clients - communicate with the <b>winbindd</b> program. For security + communicate with the <b class="command">winbindd</b> program. For security reasons, access to some winbindd functions - like those needed by - the <b>ntlm_auth</b> utility - is restricted. By default, + the <b class="command">ntlm_auth</b> utility - is restricted. By default, only users in the 'root' group will get this access, however the administrator may change the group permissions on $LOCKDIR/winbindd_privilaged to allow programs like 'squid' to use ntlm_auth. Note that the winbind client will only attempt to connect to the winbindd daemon - if both the <tt>$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privilaged</tt> directory - and <tt>$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privilaged/pipe</tt> file are owned by + if both the <tt class="filename">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privilaged</tt> directory + and <tt class="filename">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_privilaged/pipe</tt> file are owned by root. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">/lib/libnss_winbind.so.X</span></dt><dd><p>Implementation of name service switch library. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_idmap.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for the Windows NT rid to UNIX user/group id mapping. The lock directory is specified when Samba is initially - compiled using the <i><tt>--with-lockdir</tt></i> option. - This directory is by default <tt>/usr/local/samba/var/locks + compiled using the <i class="parameter"><tt>--with-lockdir</tt></i> option. + This directory is by default <tt class="filename">/usr/local/samba/var/locks </tt>. </p></dd><dt><span class="term">$LOCKDIR/winbindd_cache.tdb</span></dt><dd><p>Storage for cached user and group information. </p></dd></dl></div></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>VERSION</h2><p>This man page is correct for version 3.0 of - the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><tt>nsswitch.conf(5)</tt>, <a href="Samba.7.html">Samba(7)</a>, <a href="wbinfo.8.html">wbinfo(8)</a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html">smb.conf(5)</a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities + the Samba suite.</p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>SEE ALSO</h2><p><tt class="filename">nsswitch.conf(5)</tt>, <a href="Samba.7.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">Samba</span>(7)</span></a>, <a href="wbinfo.8.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">wbinfo</span>(8)</span></a>, <a href="smb.conf.5.html"><span class="citerefentry"><span class="refentrytitle">smb.conf</span>(5)</span></a></p></div><div class="refsect1" lang="en"><h2>AUTHOR</h2><p>The original Samba software and related utilities were created by Andrew Tridgell. Samba is now developed by the Samba Team as an Open Source project similar - to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b>wbinfo</b> and <b>winbindd</b> were + to the way the Linux kernel is developed.</p><p><b class="command">wbinfo</b> and <b class="command">winbindd</b> were written by Tim Potter.</p><p>The conversion to DocBook for Samba 2.2 was done by Gerald Carter. The conversion to DocBook XML 4.2 for Samba 3.0 was done by Alexander Bokovoy.</p></div></div></body></html> |